Table of Contents

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on May 5, 2014

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE

COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

MARKIT LTD.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Bermuda    7370        N/A
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
   (Primary Standard Industrial
     Classification Code Number)      
   (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

4th Floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street London, England

EC2Y 9LY +44 20 7260 2000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

 

Adam J. Kansler

Chief Administrative Officer

c/o Markit North America, Inc.

620 Eighth Avenue, 35th Floor

New York, NY 10018

(212) 931-4900

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

 

Copies to :

Richard D. Truesdell, Jr., Esq.
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017

212-450-4000

  

David J. Goldschmidt, Esq.

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

4 Times Square

New York, NY 10036

212-735-3000

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of each class of securities to be registered      Proposed maximum aggregate offering price(1)        Amount of registration
fee
 

Common shares, par value $0.01 per share

       $750,000,000           $96,600   
  (1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933.

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION

Dated May 5, 2014

PROSPECTUS

 

LOGO

             Common Shares

This is an initial public offering of Markit Ltd. The selling shareholders, including certain employees and members of our management, are offering all of the common shares being offered under this prospectus. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common shares in this offering.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common shares. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price will be between $         and $         per common share. We intend to apply to list the common shares on the              under the symbol “        .”

We are an “emerging growth company” under the U.S. federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.

Investing in the common shares involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 of this prospectus.

 

 

 

        Price to public        Underwriting
discounts and
commissions
       Proceeds, before
expenses, to selling
shareholders
 

Per share

       $                                 $                                 $                                    

Total

       $                                 $                                 $                                    

The selling shareholders have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to an additional              common shares from the selling shareholders identified in this prospectus on the same terms as set forth above to cover over-allotments, if any. See “Underwriting.”

Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Consent under the Exchange Control Act 1972 (and its related regulations) has been obtained from the Bermuda Monetary Authority for the issue and transfer of the common shares to and between residents and non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes provided our common shares remain listed on an appointed stock exchange, which includes the                     . In granting such consent, neither the Bermuda Monetary Authority nor the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda accepts any responsibility for our financial soundness or the correctness of any of the statements made or opinions expressed in this prospectus.

The common shares will be ready for delivery on or about                     , 2014.

 

 

 

BofA Merrill Lynch   Barclays   Citigroup   Credit Suisse
Deutsche Bank Securities   Goldman, Sachs & Co.   HSBC

J.P. Morgan

  Morgan Stanley  

UBS Investment Bank

BNP PARIBAS   Jefferies  

RBC Capital Markets

  TD Securities

 

 

                    , 2014


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

     Page

Presentation of Financial Information

    ii   

Market and Industry Data and Forecasts

    ii   

Prospectus Summary

    1   

Risk Factors

    10   

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    34   

Use of Proceeds

    36   

Dividends and Dividend Policy

    36   

Corporate Reorganization

    37   

Capitalization

    40   

Selected Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information

    41   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

    45   

Business

    64   

Management

    77   

Principal and Selling Shareholders

    86   

Related Party Transactions

    88   

Common Shares Eligible for Future Sale

    91   

Description of Share Capital

    93   

Bermuda Company Considerations

    100   

Taxation

    106   

Underwriting

    112   

Legal Matters

    120   

Experts

    120   

Where You Can Find More Information

    120   

Expenses of the Offering

    121   

Enforcement of Judgments

    121   

Index to Financial Statements

    F-1   

 

 

Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, all references in this prospectus to “Markit” or the “company,” “we,” “our,” “ours,” “us” or similar terms refer to Markit Group Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries prior to the completion of our corporate reorganization, and Markit Ltd. and its subsidiaries as of the completion of our corporate reorganization and thereafter. See “Corporate Reorganization.”

We and the selling shareholders have not authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we may have referred you. We and the selling shareholders take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. Neither we, the selling shareholders nor the underwriters are making an offer to sell the common shares in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. This offering is being made in the United States and elsewhere solely on the basis of the information contained in this prospectus. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of the common shares. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since the date on the front cover of this prospectus.

For investors outside the United States: neither we, the selling shareholders nor any of the underwriters has done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this

 

i


Table of Contents

prospectus or any free writing prospectus we may provide to you in connection with this offering in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus outside of the United States.

Presentation of Financial Information

We prepare and report our consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (the “IASB”). None of our financial statements were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. We maintain our books and records in U.S. dollars.

We have historically conducted our business through Markit Group Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries, and therefore our historical financial statements present the results of operations of Markit Group Holdings Limited. Prior to the closing of this offering, we will engage in a corporate reorganization described under “Corporate Reorganization” pursuant to which Markit Group Holdings Limited will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Markit Ltd., a newly formed holding company with nominal assets and liabilities, which will not have conducted any operations prior to this offering. Markit Ltd.’s financial statements will be the same as Markit Group Holdings Limited’s financial statements prior to this offering, as adjusted for the corporate reorganization. Following the corporate reorganization and this offering, our financial statements will present the results of operations of Markit Ltd. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

We have made rounding adjustments to some of the figures included in this prospectus. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in some tables may not be an arithmetic aggregation of the figures that precede them.

Unless otherwise indicated, all references to currency amounts in this prospectus are in U.S. dollars.

Market and Industry Data and Forecasts

Certain market data and industry data and forecasts used throughout this prospectus were obtained from internal company surveys, market research, consultant surveys, reports of governmental and international agencies and industry publications and surveys. Industry publications and third-party research, surveys and reports generally indicate that their information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable. We believe the data from third-party sources to be reliable based upon our management’s knowledge of the industry, but have not independently verified such data. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which this data is derived. In that regard, when we refer to one or more sources of this type of data in any paragraph, you should assume that other data of this type appearing in the same paragraph is derived from the same sources, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires. Our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

 

ii


Table of Contents

Prospectus Summary

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all the information that may be important to you, and we urge you to read this entire prospectus carefully, including the “Risk Factors,” “Business” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections and the consolidated financial statements of Markit Group Holdings Limited and the notes to those statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in the common shares.

MARKIT

 

 

Markit is a leading global diversified provider of financial information services. Our offerings enhance transparency, reduce risk and improve operational efficiency in the financial markets. Since we launched our business in 2003, we have become deeply embedded in the systems and workflows of many of our customers and continue to become increasingly important to our customers’ operations. We leverage leading technologies and our industry expertise to create innovative products and services across multiple asset classes. We provide pricing and reference data, indices, valuation and trading services, trade processing, enterprise software and managed services. Our end-users include front and back office professionals, such as traders, portfolio managers, risk managers, research professionals and other capital markets participants, as well as operations, compliance and enterprise data managers. We are highly responsive to evolving industry needs and work closely with market participants to develop new products and services.

We have over 3,000 institutional customers globally, including banks, hedge funds, asset managers, accounting firms, regulators, corporations, exchanges and central banks. For the year ended December 31, 2013, approximately 49.9% of our revenue came from customers in the United States, 40.3% from the European Union and 9.8% from other geographic areas. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we generated 50.6% of our revenue from recurring fixed fees and 45.3% from recurring variable fees.

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, we generated revenue of $762.5 million, $860.6 million and $947.9 million, respectively. We generated profit attributable to equity holders of $125.8 million, $125.0 million and $139.4 million, and Adjusted EBITDA of $305.0 million, $358.2 million and $421.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. Our Adjusted EBITDA margin for the year ended December 31, 2013 was 45.6%, reflecting the operating leverage inherent in our business model and our culture of cost management. See “Selected Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information” for a description of how we define Adjusted EBITDA, why we believe it is useful to investors and a reconciliation to profit for the period from continuing operations.

Our business is organized in three divisions: Information, Processing and Solutions.

Information: Our Information division, which represented approximately 48.5% of our revenue in 2013, provides enriched content comprising pricing and reference data, indices and valuation and trading services across multiple asset classes and geographies through both direct and third-party distribution channels. Our Information division products and services are used for independent valuations, research, trading, and liquidity and risk assessments. These products and services help our customers price instruments, comply with relevant regulatory reporting and risk management requirements, and analyze financial markets.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Processing: Our Processing division, which represented approximately 28.0% of our revenue in 2013, offers trade processing solutions globally for over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives, foreign exchange (“FX”) and syndicated loans. Our trade processing services enable buy-side and sell-side firms to confirm transactions rapidly, which increases efficiency by optimizing post-trade workflow, reducing risk, complying with reporting regulations and improving connectivity. We believe we are the largest provider of end-to-end multi-asset OTC derivatives trade processing services.

Solutions: Our Solutions division, which represented approximately 23.5% of our revenue in 2013, provides configurable enterprise software platforms, managed services and hosted custom web solutions. Our offerings, which are targeted at a broad range of financial services industry participants, help our customers capture, organize, process, display and analyze information, manage risk and meet regulatory requirements.

Our Competitive Strengths

 

 

We believe that our competitive strengths include the following:

Demonstrated Ability to Innovate and Develop New Products. We work closely with our customers to develop and introduce new offerings that are designed to enhance transparency, reduce risk and improve operational efficiency. In recent years, we have launched new products addressing a wide array of customer needs, such as managing credit exposure, meeting regulatory reporting requirements, increasing efficiency in trade confirmation, enhancing industry communication and improving bond market transparency. We offer a distribution model that enables our customers to receive our data either through our own proprietary distribution channels or through third-party applications.

Trusted Partner for Diversified, Global Customer Base and Strong Brand Recognition. We believe that our customers trust and rely on us for our consultative approach to product development, dedication to customer support and proven ability to execute and deliver effective solutions. Our industry expertise allows us to understand our customers’ needs, provide effective solutions and grow our product and service offerings. Our global footprint allows us to serve our customers throughout the world and to introduce our products and services to customers in new markets. The Markit brand is well established and recognized throughout the financial services community—many of the major financial market participants use our products and services. We also own a number of well-known index brands, including the Purchasing Managers Index (“PMI”) series, iBoxx, iTraxx and CDX.

Proven Ability to Acquire and Grow Complementary Businesses. We have a history of making targeted acquisitions that facilitate our growth by complementing our existing products and services and addressing market opportunities. We seek to acquire companies that allow us to consolidate existing businesses, diversify into related markets, and access technologies, products or expertise that enhance our product and service offerings. We have a proven track record of successfully integrating acquisitions into our business, including our global sales network, technology infrastructure and operational delivery model.

Attractive Financial Model. We believe we have an attractive financial model due to high recurring revenue, strong organic growth and high cash generation.

 

High Recurring Revenue : We offer our products and services primarily through recurring fixed fee and variable fee agreements, and this business model has historically delivered stable revenue and predictable cash flows. Many of the capabilities that we provide are core to our customers’ business operations, deeply embedded in their existing workflows and difficult to replace.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

We calculate a renewal rate to assess how successful we have been in maintaining our existing business for products and services that fall due for renewal. This renewal rate compares the dollar value of renewals during the period to the total dollar value of all contracts that fall due for renewal during the period. This population of renewals is largely contracts that are recurring fixed fee in nature. The value of the contracts renewed includes situations where customers have renewed but downgraded the contract price, reduced the number of products and services they purchase from us and decided not to renew all products and services. It does not include the benefit of price increases on these existing products or services, or upgrades to existing contracted products or services. Using this definition, for the year ended December 31, 2013, our renewal rate of recurring fixed fee contracts was approximately 90%.

 

Strong Organic Growth : The breadth of our offerings in conjunction with our large, global customer base allows us to cross-sell our products and services. We have also developed new products and services and substantially expanded our customer base.

 

High Cash Generation : Our business has low capital requirements for product maintenance and development, allowing us to generate strong cash flow.

Experienced Management Team Incentivized by Ownership Culture. On average, our 35 most senior managers have worked in the financial industry for 22 years. This experience has provided our management team with a strong network of relationships and an extensive understanding of market participants within the financial services industry. We have attracted a highly-qualified and motivated employee base through significant employee ownership which creates a culture of innovation and an organization that quickly adapts to change.

Our Market Opportunity

 

 

We believe we are well-positioned to embrace changes in the financial services industry:

Focus on Efficiency in the Financial Services Industry. Financial institutions are focused on rationalizing costs and increasingly view third-party products and services as effective means of achieving cost efficiencies. In addition, as financial institutions look to optimize vendor management, they are exhibiting a preference for companies with scale that offer a broad array of products and services. We believe our scale and broad portfolio of solutions position us well as customers seek to consolidate vendors. We also work actively with our customers to find opportunities to reduce their costs and improve services through industry solutions, most notably in managed services.

Changing Regulatory Landscape. New global regulations are driving higher capital requirements, enhanced risk management, and increased electronic trading and reporting and compliance requirements. In addition, regulations are driving market participants to gather more timely, relevant and complete data to improve transparency. With these new regulations and as regulatory authorities globally continue to establish stricter standards, we believe our customers will continue to strengthen their compliance capabilities, manage greater volumes of data and improve their risk management functions.

Evolving Technology and Communication Networks. Technology and information services are migrating toward cloud-based solutions and open architecture platforms. This trend creates challenges for securities firms and institutional investors, which have typically employed technology that is designed, built and administered in-house, a model that has limited flexibility and results in increased costs. In addition, instant messaging and social networks challenge the current closed, point-to-point communication networks used in financial services. These trends present an opportunity to create new services based on flexible technologies in a secure and compliant manner by moving away from high-cost, single-provider platforms.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Growth Shifting to Emerging Markets and Developing Economies. Emerging markets and developing economies are experiencing more rapid economic and population growth relative to developed economies in Western Europe and the United States. As financial markets in emerging markets and developing economies continue to mature, we expect increased demand in these countries for our products and services.

Shifting Investment Styles. Investors are allocating increasing amounts of capital to passive investment products and are seeking exposure beyond equities to a wider range of asset classes, including bonds, loans and commodities. Passive investment products have proliferated due to investor demand for transparency, lower costs and greater liquidity. We believe these trends will persist, generating significant growth opportunities for our multi-asset class offerings.

Our Growth Strategies

 

 

The key components of our growth strategy include:

Deliver Products and Services to Drive Customer Cost-Efficiency. The financial services industry’s regulatory and operating environment is putting pressure on our customers’ profits, driving them to rationalize costs and operate more efficiently. We believe there is a significant opportunity to reshape the cost structure of the industry by replacing services that have historically been duplicated across institutions. Our experience, reputation as a trusted partner and strong relationships with major financial institutions have allowed us to respond to customer needs for centralized services such as reference data management, customer on-boarding, global corporate actions and document management, which we believe will generate substantial cost savings for our customers.

Capitalize on Evolving Regulatory and Compliance Environment. Changing regulations are creating the need for new compliance and reporting processes, risk management protocols, disclosure requirements and analytics. We will continue to address these needs by providing auditable and compliant sources of risk and pricing data, multi-asset class global solutions, and integrated market and credit risk reporting. Our solutions are expected to support customers’ regulatory submissions, including stress testing and scenario analysis. In addition, we are re-positioning our trade processing business from a transaction-based confirmation service to a connectivity and regulatory reporting service; building out our know your customer (“KYC”) managed services capabilities; and enhancing our counterparty risk management and risk analytics offerings to meet the growing requirements of regulation and compliance. We expect our index business to benefit from the increased regulatory scrutiny imposed on administrators of benchmarks, which larger, well established providers such as ourselves are best positioned to address.

Introduce Innovative Offerings and Enhancements. To maintain and enhance our leadership position, we continuously strive to introduce enhancements to our existing products and services as well as new products and services. We maintain an active dialogue with our customers and partners to allow us to understand their needs and anticipate market developments.

Increase in Geographic, Product and Customer Penetration. We believe there are significant opportunities to increase the number of users of our products and services at existing institutional customers, increase the number of locations where our products and services are used with existing customers and increase our cross-selling of products and services. We plan to add new customers by responding to the changing demands of the financial services community and by leveraging our brand strength, broad portfolio of solutions, global footprint and strong industry knowledge. We have developed significant penetration into large sell-side and buy-side firms in North America and Western Europe and have established a presence in select emerging markets and developing economies, and there is potential for further penetration and growth in emerging markets and developing economies, particularly in Asia.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Pursue Strategic Acquisitions. We selectively evaluate technologies and businesses that we believe have potential to enhance, complement or expand our product and service offerings and strengthen our value proposition to customers. We target acquisitions that can be efficiently integrated into our global sales network, technology infrastructure and operational delivery model to drive value. We believe we are an acquirer of choice among prospective acquisition targets due to our entrepreneurial culture, growth, global scale, strong brand and market position.

Corporate Information

 

 

Markit Group Holdings Limited was formed on May 9, 2007 pursuant to the laws of England and Wales, as a successor company to Markit Group Limited. Markit Ltd. was incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda on January 16, 2014 to become a holding company for Markit Group Holdings Limited. Pursuant to the terms of a corporate reorganization that will be completed prior to the closing of this offering, all of the interests in Markit Group Holdings Limited will ultimately be exchanged for newly issued common shares of Markit Ltd. and, as a result, Markit Group Holdings Limited will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Markit Ltd.

Our principal executive offices are located at 4th Floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London, England EC2Y 9LY. Our telephone number at this address is +44 20 7260 2000. Investors should contact us for any inquiries through the address and telephone number of our principal executive office. We maintain a website at www.markit.com . Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

We maintain a registered office in Bermuda at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda. The telephone number of our registered office is +1 441 295 5950.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. References in this prospectus to “emerging growth company” shall have the meaning associated with that term in the JOBS Act.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Issuer

Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

Common shares issued and outstanding prior to this offering

             common shares.

 

 

 

Common shares offered by the selling shareholders

             common shares.

 

 

 

Voting rights

The common shares have one vote per share.

 

 

 

Over-allotment option

The selling shareholders have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional              common shares within 30 days of the date of this prospectus, to cover over-allotments, if any, in connection with the offering.

 

 

 

Common shares to be issued and outstanding immediately after this offering 

             common shares (             common shares if the over-allotment option is exercised in full).

 

 

 

Use of proceeds

The selling shareholders will receive all of the net proceeds from the sale of the common shares offered under this prospectus. Accordingly, we will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common shares in this offering. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

 

 

Dividend policy

We have not adopted a dividend policy with respect to future dividends, and we do not currently intend to pay cash dividends on our common shares. Any future determination related to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on many factors, such as our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, business prospects and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors. See “Dividends and Dividend Policy” and “Description of Share Capital.”

 

 

 

Lock-up agreements

We and the selling shareholders have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell or dispose of any shares of our share capital or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our share capital during the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus. Members of our Board of Directors and our executive officers, as well as most of our other existing shareholders, have agreed to substantially similar lock-up provisions, subject to certain exceptions. See “Underwriting.”

 

 

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider before deciding to invest in the common shares.

 

 

 

Listing

We intend to apply to list the common shares on the              under the symbol “    .”

 

 

 

 

 

6


Table of Contents

The number of common shares to be issued and outstanding after this offering excludes:

 

             common shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of December 31, 2013, at a weighted-average exercise price of $         per share;

 

                 restricted shares outstanding as of December 31, 2013; and

 

             common shares available for future issuance under our equity incentive plans as of             ,         .

Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus assumes the completion, prior to the closing of this offering, of our corporate reorganization pursuant to which (i) all of the voting ordinary shares and non-voting ordinary shares in Markit Group Holdings Limited will be exchanged for common shares and non-voting common shares, respectively, in Markit Ltd., in each case on a one for one basis; and (ii) the holders of the common shares and non-voting common shares will agree to the reclassification and variation of the rights of their shares and the adoption of bye-laws, resulting in a single class of common shares of Markit Ltd. with the rights as further described in this prospectus. See “Corporate Reorganization.”

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus also reflects and assumes:

 

the issuance of                  shares to certain selling shareholders upon exercise of outstanding options in connection with the consummation of this offering, which shares will be sold by such selling shareholders in this offering; and

 

no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional                  common shares to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information

The following summary consolidated historical and pro forma financial information should be read in conjunction with the sections entitled “Corporate Reorganization,” “Presentation of Financial Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the audited consolidated financial statements of Markit Group Holdings Limited, including the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. The summary consolidated historical financial information presented as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Markit Group Holdings Limited included elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results expected in any future period.

The unaudited pro forma financial information set forth below is derived from Markit Group Holdings Limited’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and is based on assumptions as explained in the notes to the tables.

All our operations are continuing operations and we have not proposed or paid dividends in any of the periods presented.

 

     As of and for the year ended December 31,  
($ in millions other than per share data)    2011     2012     2013  

Income statement data:

                        

Revenue

     762.5        860.6        947.9   

Operating expenses

     (403.0     (454.0     (515.1

Operating profit

     229.7        224.7        230.1   

Profit for the period

     156.2        153.1        147.0   

Profit attributable to equity holders

     125.8        125.0        139.4   

Earnings per share – basic

     7.0     7.0     8.0

Earnings per share – diluted

     6.9     6.9     7.9

Pro forma earnings(1):

                        

Pro forma earnings per common share, basic and diluted

                        

Pro forma weighted average number of shares used to compute pro forma earnings per common share, basic and diluted(2)

                        

Balance sheet data:

                        

Total assets

     2,648.3        3,151.3        3,199.9   

Total equity/net assets

     2,031.4        1,929.7        2,055.9   

Cash flow data:

                        

Net cash generated from operating activities

     322.2        340.6        339.8   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (137.8     (479.6     (170.6

Net cash (used in) / generated from financing activities

     (163.3     99.4        (203.9

Net (decrease) / increase in cash

     21.1        (39.6     (34.7

Other financial data:

                        

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

     305.0        358.2        421.3   

Adjusted EBITDA margin(4)

     45.8     47.0     45.6

Adjusted Earnings(5)

     184.8        218.4        248.4   

 

 

8


Table of Contents
     As of and for the year ended December 31,  
($ in millions other than per share data)    2011     2012     2013  

Adjusted Earnings per share – diluted(6)

     10.17        12.13        14.15   

Segmental data:

                        

Revenue

                        

Information

     373.4        431.3        459.6   

Processing

     227.3        238.8        265.3   

Solutions

     161.8        190.5        223.0   

Total revenue

     762.5        860.6        947.9   

Adjusted EBITDA

                        

Information

     174.5        214.5        217.2   

Processing

     128.8        124.5        138.1   

Solutions

     56.2        67.6        77.5   

Less non-controlling interests

     (54.5     (48.4     (11.5

Total Adjusted EBITDA

     305.0        358.2        421.3   

Adjusted EBITDA margin

                        

Information

     46.7     49.7     47.3

Processing

     56.7     52.1     52.1

Solutions

     34.7     35.5     34.8

Adjusted EBITDA margin(4)

     45.8     47.0     45.6

 

(1) Pursuant to the terms of a corporate reorganization that will be completed prior to the closing of this offering, all of the interests in Markit Group Holdings Limited will ultimately be exchanged for newly issued common shares of Markit Ltd. See “Corporate Reorganization.”

 

(2) The pro forma weighted average common shares issued and outstanding has been calculated as if the ownership structure resulting from the corporate reorganization was in place since inception, including the proposed share split.

 

(3) See “Selected Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information” for a description of how we define Adjusted EBITDA, why we believe it is useful to investors and a reconciliation to profit for the period from continuing operations.

 

(4) Adjusted EBITDA margin is defined as Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue, excluding revenue attributable to non-controlling interests.

 

(5) See “Selected Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information” for a description of how we define Adjusted Earnings, why we believe it is useful to investors and a reconciliation to profit for the period from continuing operations.

 

(6) Adjusted Earnings per share – diluted is defined as Adjusted Earnings divided by the weighted average number of shares issued and outstanding, diluted, as disclosed in “Selected Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information.”

 

 

9


Table of Contents

Risk Factors

You should carefully consider the material risks and uncertainties described below and the other information in this prospectus before making an investment in the common shares. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected if any of these risks occurs, and as a result, the market price of the common shares could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

 

 

We operate in highly competitive markets and may be adversely affected by this competition.

The markets for our products and services are highly competitive and are subject to rapid technological changes and evolving customer demands and needs. Many of our principal competitors are established companies that have substantial financial resources, recognized brands, technological expertise and vast market experience. These competitors sometimes have more established positions in certain product segments and geographic regions than we do. We also compete with smaller companies, some of which may be able to adopt new or emerging technologies or address customer requirements more quickly than we can.

Our competitors are also continuously improving their products and services (such as by adding new content and functionalities), developing new products and services, and investing in technology to better serve the needs of their existing customers and to attract new customers. Our competitors may also continue to acquire additional businesses in key sectors that will allow them to offer a broader array of products and services. Some of our competitors also market some of their products and services as lower cost alternatives to certain of our solutions, which may diminish the relative value of some of our products and services. We cannot assure you that our investments have been or will be sufficient to maintain or improve our competitive position or that the development of new or improved technologies, products and services by our competitors will not have a material adverse effect on our business.

Some of our current or future products or services could also be rendered obsolete as a result of competitive offerings or changes in regulation or the financial markets. Competition may require us to reduce the price of some of our products and services or make additional capital investments that would adversely affect our profit margins or cash flows. If we are unable or unwilling to do so, we may lose market share and our financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected.

In addition, barriers to entry to create a new product or offer a new service may be low in many cases. The Internet as a distribution channel has allowed free or relatively inexpensive access to information sources, which has reduced barriers to entry even further. Low barriers to entry could lead to the emergence of new competitors.

If we fail to compete effectively against current or future competitors, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

10


Table of Contents

If we are unable to develop successful new products and services, or if we experience design defects, errors, failures or delays associated with our products or services or migration of an existing product or service to a new system, our business could suffer serious harm.

Our growth and success depend upon our ability to develop and sell new products and services. If we are unable to develop new products or services, or if we are not successful in introducing or obtaining any required regulatory approval or acceptance for new products or services, we may not be able to grow our business or growth may occur more slowly than we anticipate.

Despite testing, products and services that we develop, license or distribute may contain errors or defects well after release. In addition, whether we release new products and services or migrate existing products and services to new systems, our software may contain design defects and errors when first introduced or when major new updates or enhancements are released despite testing. We have also experienced delays in the past while developing and introducing new products and services, primarily due to difficulties in acquiring data, developing new products or services and adapting to particular operating environments. Additionally, in our development of new products and services or updates and enhancements to our existing products and services, we may make a major design error that makes the product or service operate incorrectly or less effectively. Our customers may also use our products and services together with their own software, data or products from other companies. As a result, when problems occur, it might be difficult to identify the source of the problem. If design defects, errors or failures are discovered in our current or future products or services, we may not be able to correct them in a timely manner, if at all.

Our inability to develop and sell new products and services, our inability to successfully migrate existing products or services to new systems, or design defects, errors or delays in our products or services that are significant, or are perceived to be significant, could result in rejection or delay in market acceptance of our products or services, damage to our reputation, loss of revenue, a lower rate of license renewals or upgrades, diversion of development resources, product liability claims or regulatory actions, or increases in service and support costs. We may also need to expend significant capital resources to eliminate or work around design defects, errors, failures or delays. In each of these ways, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely impacted.

Declining activity levels in the securities or derivatives markets, weak or declining financial performance of financial market participants or the failure of market participants could lower demand for our products and services and could affect our recurring variable fee revenue.

Our business is dependent upon the global financial markets as well as the financial health of the participants in those markets. Reduced activity by any of our customer segments may decrease demand for some of our products and services. This could adversely affect our financial results by reducing our revenue.

In addition, a significant proportion of our revenue is variable and depends upon transaction volumes, investment levels (i.e., assets under management) or the number of positions we value. Lower activity levels in the financial markets, including lower transaction volumes, assets under management or positions taken could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

 

11


Table of Contents

We work on product development with and generate a significant percentage of our total revenue from financial institutions that are also our shareholders, who are not contractually obligated to continue to maintain these relationships and who also have similar involvement with our competitors.

We have historically earned a substantial portion of our revenue from and have worked on new product and service offerings with financial institution customers that are also our shareholders. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, 43.8%, 44.7% and 42.6% of our total revenue, respectively, was generated by payments from financial institutions or their affiliates that are also our shareholders. Cooperation with these financial institution customers has also been important in the development of many of our products and services. In addition, as described above, these financial institutions that are our customers and shareholders also provide us with data, which is a critical input for our products and services. Additionally, some of these financial institution customers that are also our shareholders have had a right to appoint members of our Board of Directors, which right will terminate upon the consummation of this offering.

Our financial institution shareholders and our other customers have made, and may continue to make, investments in businesses that directly compete with us. Our customers also trade, and will continue to trade, on markets operated by our competitors. Reduced engagement from these financial institution customers after this offering due to their loss of a right to designate a member of our Board of Directors, or the reduction in the level of their equity ownership in us in connection with or following the completion of this offering, may cause them to reduce or discontinue their use of our products and services, their desire to work with us on new product developments or their willingness to supply data and information services to us. The loss of, or a significant reduction in, participation on our platform by these financial institution customers may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We are dependent on third parties for data and information services.

We depend upon data and information services from external sources, including data received from certain competitors, customers and various government and public record services, for information used in certain of our products and services. In some cases, we do not own the information provided by these external sources, and the participating organizations could discontinue contributing information to the databases. Furthermore, our data sources could increase the price for or withdraw their data or information services for a variety of reasons, and we could also become subject to legislative, judicial or contractual restrictions on the use of data, in particular if such data is not collected by the third parties in a way which allows us to process the data or use it legally.

In addition, some of our customers are both significant shareholders of our company and data suppliers or information service providers. As of December 31, 2013, after giving effect to our corporate reorganization and this offering,     % of our issued and outstanding common shares were owned by financial institutions who are also our customers. These same parties provide us a significant amount of our data. There can be no assurance that those customers will continue to provide data to the same extent or on the same terms or continue to purchase our products and services.

In addition, our competitors could enter into exclusive contracts with our existing or other data sources or information service providers. If our competitors enter into such exclusive contracts, we may be precluded from receiving certain data or information services from these suppliers or restricted in our use of such data or information services, which may give our competitors an advantage. Such disruption of our data supply could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and operating results if we were unable to arrange for substitute sources of information.

 

12


Table of Contents

Further, our competitors could revise the current terms on which they provide us with data or services or could cease providing us with data or services altogether for a variety of reasons, including cessation or interruption of their provision of such data or services generally or to us specifically (for instance, because they decline to support us given our competing positions). Such disruption of our data or services supply could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and operating results if we are unable to compel supply of this data or services or suitably replace the data or services by sourcing alternatives internally or via another third-party provider.

If a substantial number of data sources or certain key sources were to withdraw or were unable to provide us with their data or information services, or if we were to lose access to data or information services due to government regulation or regulatory concerns of our suppliers or if the collection of data were to become uneconomical, our ability to provide products and services to our customers could be impacted. If any of these factors negatively impact our ability to provide products and services to our customers, our business, reputation, financial condition, operating results and cash flow could be materially adversely affected.

There may be consolidation in our end customer market, which would reduce the use of our products and services.

Mergers or consolidations among our customers could reduce the number of our customers and potential customers. This could adversely affect our revenue even if these events do not reduce the activities of the consolidated entities. If our customers merge with or are acquired by other entities that are not our customers, or entities that use fewer of our products or services, such customers may discontinue or reduce their use of our products and services. For example, when Bank of America acquired Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, several of our agreements with Merrill Lynch related to various products and services were terminated and consolidated under our historical contracts with Bank of America. Any such developments could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flow.

The impact of cost-cutting pressures across the industry we serve could lower demand for our products and services.

Our customers are focused on controlling or reducing spending as a result of the continued financial challenges and market uncertainty many of them face. For example, in 2012, many large financial institutions initiated reductions in their workforces and took other measures to control or contain operational spending. In 2013, many of these institutions were subject to substantial penalties from regulatory bodies. Customers within the financial services industry that strive to reduce their operating costs may seek to reduce their spending on our products and services. Our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected if a large number of smaller customers or a critical number of larger customers reduce their spending with us.

Alternatively, customers may use other strategies to reduce their overall spending on financial market products and services by consolidating their spending with fewer vendors, including by selecting other vendors with lower-cost offerings, or by self-sourcing their need for financial market products and services. If customers elect to consolidate their spending on financial market products and services with other vendors and not us, if we lose business to lower priced competitors, or if customers elect to self-source their financial market product and service needs, our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

 

13


Table of Contents

Our customers may become more self-sufficient, which may reduce demand for our products and services and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our customers may, as some have in the past, internally develop certain products and services as well as functionality contained in the products and services that they currently obtain from us, including through the formation of consortia. For example, some of our customers who currently license our valuations data and analytics tools to analyze their portfolios may develop their own tools to collect data and assess risk, making our products and services less useful to them. Furthermore, public sources of free or relatively inexpensive information, whether through the Internet, from governmental and regulatory agencies or from companies and other organizations, have become more readily available, and this trend is expected to continue. This greater availability of information could further assist our customers in independently developing certain products and services that we currently provide. To the extent that customers become more self-sufficient, demand for our products and services may be reduced, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We are subject to ongoing antitrust investigations and litigation arising from activities in the credit default swaps markets, and may in the future become subject to further investigations and litigation. An adverse outcome in these investigations or litigation could result in substantial fines, damages or penalties and could change how we offer products or services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We are subject to antitrust and competition laws and regulations in the countries where we have operations. These laws and regulations seek to prevent and prohibit anticompetitive activity. We are currently subject to a number of antitrust and competition-related investigations and claims, including investigations by the Antitrust Division of the U.S. Department of Justice and the Competition Directorate of the European Commission (the “EC”) as well as class action lawsuits in the United States. See “Business – Legal Proceedings” for a description of these matters. These investigations and lawsuits involve multiple parties and complex claims that are subject to significant uncertainties and unspecified penalties or damages. Therefore, we cannot estimate the probability of loss or the extent of our potential liability on a standalone basis or relative to the potential liability of the other parties to the investigations and lawsuits.

Depending on the outcome of any pending or future claims or investigations, we may be required to change the way we offer particular products or services, which could result in material disruptions to and costs incurred by our business, and we may be subject to substantial fines, penalties, damages or injunction. These pending antitrust and competition-related claims and investigations, and any future claims and investigations, could also be costly to us in terms of time and expense incurred defending such claims or investigations. Any of the above impacts, individually or together, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

For some of our products and services, we typically face a long selling cycle to secure new contracts that requires significant resource commitments, resulting in a long lead time before we receive revenue.

For new products and services and for complex products and services, we typically face a long selling cycle to secure each new contract, and there is generally a long preparation period before we commence providing products and services or delivering configurable software. For instance, our

 

14


Table of Contents

Analytics service provides a range of enterprise risk management software solutions, using the latest risk technology to deliver computation speed. The consultative nature of these projects requires our sales team to actively engage with potential customers through various procurement stages, often requiring many levels of internal approval, and including various milestone phases such as scoping, planning and proof of concept to reach deal closure, which typically takes 12 months or more. We typically incur significant business development expenses during the selling cycle and we may not succeed in winning a new customer’s business, in which case we receive no revenue and may receive no reimbursement for such expenses. Current selling cycle periods could lengthen, causing us to incur even higher business development expenses with no guarantee of winning a new customer’s business. Even if we succeed in developing a relationship with a potential new customer, we may not be successful in obtaining contractual commitments after the selling cycle or in maintaining contractual commitments after the implementation cycle, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We rely heavily on network systems and the Internet and any failures or disruptions may adversely affect our ability to serve our customers.

Most of our products and services are delivered electronically, and our customers rely on our ability to process transactions rapidly and deliver substantial quantities of data on computer-based networks. Our customers also depend on the continued capacity, reliability and security of our electronic delivery systems, our websites and the Internet. Our ability to deliver our products and services electronically may be impaired due to infrastructure or network failures, malicious or defective software, human error, natural disasters, service outages at third-party Internet providers or increased government regulation. For example, as a result of Hurricane Sandy in 2012, one of our data centers in New Jersey and some of our office space in New York City were flooded and unavailable, resulting in several days of reduced operations and substantial costs associated with repairs, relocation and resource reallocation to ensure continued delivery of our products and services. Significant growth of our customer base may also strain our systems in the future. Delays in our ability to deliver our products and services electronically may harm our reputation and result in the loss of customers. In addition, a number of our customers entrust us with storing and securing their data and information on our servers. Although we have disaster recovery plans that include backup facilities for our primary data centers, our systems are not always fully redundant, and our disaster planning may not always be sufficient or effective. As such, these disruptions may affect our ability to store, handle and secure such data and information.

From time to time, the speed at which we are required to update market and customer data can increase. This can sometimes impact product and network performance. Factors that have significantly increased data update rates include high market volatility, new derivative instruments, increased automatically generated algorithmic and program trading and market fragmentation, resulting in an increased number of trading and clearing venues. Changes in legislation and regulation pertaining to market structure and dissemination of market information may also increase data flow rates. There can be no assurance that our company and our network providers will be able to accommodate accelerated growth of data volumes or avoid other failures or interruptions. We currently face significant increases in our use of power and data storage, and we may experience a shortage of capacity and increased costs associated with such usage. A significant delay or disruption of our network systems, servers or use of the Internet may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition, and our existing insurance coverage may not cover all of our losses.

If embargoed data or non-public information relating to our indices, including the PMI series, is inadvertently disclosed or deliberately misused, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

We own and administer several indices, including the PMI series, which are monthly economic surveys of selected companies that provide advance insight into the private sector economy. Among others,

 

15


Table of Contents

central banks use the PMI series data to help make interest rate decisions and financial analysts use the PMI series data to forecast official economic data. If, prior to the date of intended release, we are unable to limit access to the PMI series or prevent its unauthorized disclosure, whether inadvertent or deliberate, our reputation may suffer, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Moreover, we provide the PMI series data under embargo to certain financial and marketplace news providers. Part of the value to us from doing so is that these news providers are able to analyze and provide commentary on the data simultaneously with the public release of such data by us. If the embargoed data is inadvertently disclosed or deliberately misused prior to our authorization, financial markets could be negatively affected and any resulting need to change our procedures around the provision of embargoed data to any third parties may diminish the value of the PMI series to our business.

Fraudulent or unpermitted data access and other security or privacy breaches may negatively impact our business and harm our reputation.

Our products, services and systems and our customers’ systems may be vulnerable to physical break-ins, computer viruses, attacks by hackers and other similarly disruptive activity. Our existing resources and measures to maintain data and information security have not always in the past been, and may not always in the future be, effective. In the past, we have experienced security breaches and cyber incidents as well as occasional system interruptions that have made some of our services or websites unavailable for limited periods of time. Third-party contractors also may experience security breaches involving the storage and transmission of proprietary information. If users gain improper access to our databases, they may be able to steal, publish, delete or modify our confidential information or that of a third-party stored or transmitted on our networks. Any significant failure, compromise, cyber-breach or interruption of our systems, including operational services, loss of service from third parties, sabotage, break-ins, war, terrorist activities, power or coding loss or computer viruses could slow, damage or destroy our systems and interrupt service for periods of time. Any breach of data or information security caused by one of these events could also result in unintentional disclosure of, or unauthorized access to, company, customer, vendor, employee or other confidential data or information that could be material.

Any such security or privacy breach may adversely affect us in the following ways:

 

losing sales;

 

deterring customers from using our products or services;

 

affecting our ability to meet customers’ expectations;

 

deterring data suppliers from supplying data to us;

 

harming our reputation;

 

disclosing valuable trade secrets, know-how or other confidential information;

 

exposing us to liability;

 

increasing operating expenses to correct problems caused by the breach and to prevent future breaches of a similar nature;

 

breaching terms of agreements;

 

violating certain data privacy or related legislation; or

 

causing inquiry or penalization from governmental authorities.

 

16


Table of Contents

We rely on third-party software that may be difficult or costly to replace or could cause errors or failures in our products or services which could harm our customer relationships or our reputation.

Many of our systems rely on third-party software, such as software provided by SunGuard, Microsoft and Symantec, as key components. This software may not continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Should the companies providing such software cease supporting that software or significantly increase the cost of licensing such software, we may incur significant costs or product development delays until we either develop equivalent technology or, if available, identify, obtain and integrate alternative third-party technology into our systems. Moreover, our use of third-party software could cause errors or failures in our systems, products or services as a result of design defects in such software. Any such costs, delays, errors or failures could harm our business, customer relationships and reputation.

Our use of open source software and third-party software containing open source elements could result in litigation or impose unanticipated restrictions on our ability to commercialize our products and services.

We use open source software in our technology most often as small components within a larger product or service, to augment algorithms, functionalities or libraries created by Markit, and may use more open source software in the future. For example, Analytics and certain MarkitSERV foreign exchange products all use ANTLR, a standard, industry-known parser for reading, processing, executing or translating structured text or binary files, which is licensed pursuant to the permissive Berkeley Software Distribution license. Open source code is also contained in some third-party software we rely on. We could be subject to suits by parties claiming breach of the terms of the license for such open source software. The terms of many open source licenses are ambiguous and have not been interpreted by U.S. or other courts, and these licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our products and services. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative impact on our operating results and financial condition or require us to devote additional research and development resources to remove open source elements from or otherwise change our software. In addition, if we were to combine our proprietary technology with open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain open source licenses, be required to release the source code of our proprietary software. If we inappropriately use open source software, we may also be required to re-engineer our software, license our software on unfavorable terms or at no cost, discontinue certain products and services or take other remedial actions, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

We may face liability for content contained in our products and services.

We may be subject to claims for breach of contract, defamation, libel, copyright or trademark infringement, fraud or negligence, or other theories of liability, in each case relating to the data, articles, commentary, ratings, information or other content we collect and distribute in the provision of our products and services. If such data or other content or information that we distribute has errors, is delayed or has design defects, we could be subject to liability or our reputation could suffer. We could also be subject to claims based upon the content that is accessible from our corporate website or those websites that we own and operate through links to other websites. Costs to defend or liability arising as a result of such claims, or any resulting reputational harm, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

 

17


Table of Contents

We depend on world class personnel to operate and grow our business, and if we do not continue to recruit, motivate and retain high quality management and key employees, we may not be able to execute our business strategies.

The performance of our strategies depends on our ability to continue to recruit, motivate and retain our executive officers and other key management, sales, marketing, product development and operations personnel across our entire business. We compete with many businesses that are seeking skilled individuals, including those with advanced technical abilities. Competition for professionals in our Information, Solutions and Processing divisions can be intense as other companies seek to enhance their positions in our market segments.

A significant amount of the equity interests in our company that were granted to our employees prior to this offering will be fully vested at the time of this offering. As a result, some of our employees may be able to realize substantial financial gains in connection with the sales of their vested equity interests following the expiration of any lock-up period, which could result in a loss of these employees. We also intend to continue to use equity incentive awards as a means of retaining employees; if, however, our share price does not appreciate above the initial public offering price or there is a significant decline in our share price relative to the exercise price at which equity awards are granted in the future, the value of equity incentives as a retention tool would decline. In addition, any future organizational changes, including the integration of new acquisitions with our other business units, could cause our employee attrition rate to increase. The loss of the services of key personnel or our inability to otherwise recruit, motivate or retain qualified personnel could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

We generate a significant percentage of our revenue from recurring fixed fee agreements, and our ability to maintain existing revenue and to generate higher revenue is dependent in part on maintaining a high renewal rate.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, we generated 50.6% of our revenue from recurring fixed fees, which are typically subscription agreements. Although the initial term of our subscription agreements can range from one to five years and many of them include auto-renewal clauses, with appropriate notice, certain arrangements are cancelable. To maintain existing fixed revenue and to generate higher revenue, we rely on a significant number of our customers renewing their subscriptions with us or not canceling their subscriptions. Our revenue could also be adversely impacted if a significant number of our customers renewed their subscriptions with us but reduced the amount of their spending on those subscriptions.

Our growth and profitability may not continue at the same rate as we have experienced in the past, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We have experienced significant growth during our operating history. There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain the levels of growth and profitability that we have experienced in the past. Among other things, there can be no assurance that we will be as successful in our expansion efforts as we have been in the past, or that such efforts will result in growth rates or profit margins comparable to those we have experienced in the past. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” Any failure to continue to grow our business and maintain profitability could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. See, for example, “—If we are unable to develop successful new products and services, or if we experience design defects, errors, failures or delays associated with our products or services or migration of an existing product or service to a new system, our business could suffer serious harm”

 

18


Table of Contents

and “—We depend on world class personnel to operate and grow our business, and if we do not continue to recruit, motivate and retain high quality management and key employees, we may not be able to execute our business strategies.”

Our brands and reputation are important company assets and are key to our ability to remain a trusted source of our products and services.

The integrity of our brands and reputation is key to our ability to remain a trusted source of products and services and to attract and retain customers. Negative publicity regarding Markit or actual, alleged or perceived issues regarding one of our products or services could harm our relationships with customers. Failure to protect our brands may adversely impact our credibility as a trusted supplier of content and may have a negative impact on our business.

We enter into redistribution arrangements that allow other firms to represent certain of our products and services. It is difficult to monitor whether such agents’ representation of our products and services is accurate. In the past, certain companies have used our products and services to attract customers without our permission to do so. Poor representation of our products and services by our partners or agents, or entities acting without our permission, could have an adverse effect on our reputation and our business.

Changes in legislation and regulation may decrease the demand for our products and services from customers.

Over the past few years, the United States, the European Union (the “EU”) and other jurisdictions have introduced new legislation and regulation of financial markets, including the OTC derivatives markets from which we derive a significant portion of our revenue. These legislative and regulatory efforts may decrease the demand for our products and services from customers, thereby adversely affecting our revenue.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) in the United States, the European Market Infrastructure Regulation (“EMIR”) and Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (“MiFID”) in the EU and other legislation and regulation in these jurisdictions and others mandate that many OTC derivatives be centrally cleared through regulated clearinghouses and reported to trade repositories (and, in many cases, also to the public) and subject market participants to business conduct, risk management, capital, margin and recordkeeping rules, among other requirements. New capital rules, including the Capital Requirements Directive IV (“CRD IV”) and Basel III require higher capital charges for non-cleared derivatives. President Obama’s proposed 2014 budget would subject all derivatives to mark-to-market taxation treatment, likely increasing derivatives customers’ tax burden. Some of these statutory and regulatory requirements are currently effective, while others, including significant revisions to MiFID, will become effective over the next several years. Additional legislation and regulation in this area, beyond what is currently contemplated, are also possible. Other legislation and regulatory actions and proposals could also impact non-derivative cash products that our products and services support, including, for example, bond pricing.

These legislative and regulatory efforts may significantly increase the cost of entering into OTC derivative contracts and reduce the variety of derivatives traded, thereby decreasing the use of such instruments by the market participants who are our customers. Legislative and regulatory changes may also lead to market participants terminating the derivatives activity for which they use our products and services, or moving that activity to other entities that do not use our products and services. If our customers reduce their use of our products and services relating to derivatives as a result of such legislation and regulations, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

19


Table of Contents

These legislative and regulatory efforts could also cause some or all of our products or services to become obsolete, reduce demand for our products or services or increase our expenses of providing products or services to customers, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We may not be as well equipped to respond to such changes as some of our competitors and may lose any existing first-mover advantage. Some of our larger, more established competitors may have the financial and human resources to adapt to such changes quickly. Other smaller competitors may be able to move quickly to adopt new technologies or create products or services to capitalize on such changes. Delays in adapting our products and services to legislative and regulatory changes could harm our reputation and have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

For example, our trade processing business could be negatively affected by a shift towards further standardization in the derivatives markets, resulting in part from the new regulatory regimes in the United States, the EU and other jurisdictions. Our processing business serves to facilitate confirmation and mutual agreement between parties to bespoke bilateral derivatives transactions. Due to the regulatory efforts outlined above and a movement towards centralized clearing and exchange or exchange-like trading, many of these products may become increasingly standardized, lessening the need for our services. Similarly, as a result of regulatory requirements or incentives, some of our customers may seek to achieve economically equivalent positions and exposures through futures products, rather than OTC derivatives. This trend towards “futurization” may diminish customer demand for our processing services.

Demand for our Information division services may also decline as a result of new derivatives regulations. For example, new U.S. rules promulgated by the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) and proposed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) require public dissemination of certain information about OTC derivative transactions reported to trade repositories, with the effect that customers may have more access to free, publicly available information about pricing and other salient trade terms. Additional transparency in the market may also be facilitated by other types of market intermediaries, including central counterparties and electronic trading platforms. To the extent customers are able to process, interpret and rationalize this information without the help of third parties, demand for our services may decline. Similar trade reporting regimes are expected for OTC derivatives in non-U.S. jurisdictions, where we would expect the impact on customer demands to be similar to those anticipated in the United States, and for other instruments, for example bonds in Europe.

We may become subject to increased regulation of our services, including our benchmarking, pricing and processing services.

As part of global regulatory reform efforts, including those discussed above, we may become subject to increased regulation of our services, which could increase our costs and decrease our profitability. For example, on September 13, 2013, the European Commission proposed draft legislation to establish regulation of benchmarks, including LIBOR and commodity benchmarks. The draft would require benchmark administrators to be authorized and subject to ongoing supervision by EU regulators, and supervised entities in the EU may only use benchmarks as a reference in a financial instrument if the benchmark is provided by an entity authorized in the EU or a third country deemed equivalent. Although we already intend to comply with the benchmark principles established by the International Organization of Securities Commissions, because of the nature of our operations, we may be deemed to be a “benchmark administrator” and subject to additional direct regulation under the authority of the European Commission. We are subject to limited direct regulation currently (primarily around our processing, compression and transaction reporting businesses which are subject to supervision by the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority), and therefore direct regulation would impose new compliance burdens, which could negatively impact our profitability.

 

20


Table of Contents

We could also become subject to further direct regulation as a result of the “matching” services that we provide for the confirmation of OTC derivatives transactions. For example, under the SEC’s proposed standards for clearing agency operation and governance, intermediating organizations such as ours that capture trade information and perform an independent comparison of that information in order to confirm each party’s terms could be considered clearing agencies and required to register with the SEC, rendering them subject to direct regulation as clearing agencies. If we were required to register as a clearing agency with the SEC it would bring with it significant new regulatory compliance burdens; such burdens could negatively impact our profitability. As derivatives regulations in Europe and Asia continue to evolve, similar oversight may come into effect, creating additional compliance costs.

Similarly, existing and proposed legislation and regulations, including changes in the manner in which such legislation and regulations are interpreted by courts, may impose limits on our collection and use of certain kinds of information and our ability to communicate such information effectively to our customers. Laws relating to e-commerce, electronic and mobile communications, privacy and data protection, anti-money laundering, direct marketing and digital advertising and the use of public records have also become more prevalent in recent years. It is difficult to predict the substance of new international laws and regulations in this area, how they will be construed by the relevant courts or the extent to which any changes may adversely affect us, either directly or via regulation of our customers. Existing and proposed legislation and regulation, some of which may be conflicting on a global basis (such as U.S. Data Privacy regulation, the EU Privacy directives and similar laws or U.S. derivatives regulations and their cross-border application, as compared to similar regulations and possible cross-border applications in non-U.S. jurisdictions), may also increase our cost of doing business or require us to change some of our existing business practices. We could be subject to fines or penalties as well as reputational harm for any violations.

Acquisitions that we have completed and any future acquisitions, strategic investments, partnerships or alliances may be difficult to integrate or identify, divert the attention of key management personnel, disrupt our business, dilute shareholder value and adversely affect our financial results, including impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets.

Acquisitions have been an important part of our growth strategy. We have acquired, and in the future may acquire or make strategic investments in, complementary businesses, technologies or services or enter into strategic partnerships or alliances with third parties to enhance our business. These types of transactions involve numerous risks, including:

 

making incorrect assumptions regarding the future results of acquired businesses, technologies or services or expected cost reductions or other synergies expected to be realized as a result of acquiring businesses, technologies or services;

 

difficulties in integrating operations, technologies, accounting and personnel;

 

difficulties in supporting and transitioning customers of our acquired companies or strategic partners;

 

diversion of financial and management resources from existing operations;

 

entering new markets;

 

potential loss of key team members;

 

inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset transaction costs;

 

unanticipated liabilities;

 

21


Table of Contents
failure to implement or remediate controls, procedures and policies appropriate for a public company at acquired companies that prior to the acquisition lacked such controls, procedures and policies; and

 

payment of more than fair market value for an acquired company or assets.

If any of the above risks are realized, we might fail to achieve the expected benefits or strategic objectives of any acquisition we undertake. Any such failure to integrate an acquired company or impairment of all or a portion of goodwill and other intangible assets of any such company could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statements of income.

It is also possible that we may not identify suitable acquisition, strategic investment or partnership or alliance candidates, or if we do identify suitable candidates, we may not be able to complete transactions on terms commercially acceptable to us, if at all. Our inability to identify suitable acquisition targets or strategic investments, partners or alliances, or our inability to complete such transactions, may negatively affect our competitiveness and growth prospects. Moreover, if we fail to evaluate acquisitions, alliances, partnerships or investments adequately, we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of any such transaction and we may incur costs in excess of what we anticipate.

We may also incur earn-out and contingent consideration payments in connection with future acquisitions, which could result in a higher than expected impact on our future earnings. In addition, we may finance future transactions through debt financing, including significant draws on our revolving credit facility, the issuance of our equity securities, the use of existing cash, cash equivalents or investments or a combination of the foregoing. Acquisitions financed with debt could require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow to principal and interest payments and could subject us to restrictive covenants. Acquisitions financed with the issuance of our equity securities would be dilutive, which could affect the market price of our common shares. Future acquisitions financed with our own cash could deplete the cash and working capital available to fund our operations adequately. Difficulty borrowing funds, selling securities or generating sufficient cash from operations to finance our activities may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our relationships with third-party service providers, including market data vendors, trade order, risk, accounting and portfolio management service providers and other market participants, may not be successful or may change, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We have commercial relationships with third-party service providers whose capabilities complement our own, including market data vendors, trade order, risk, accounting and portfolio management service providers and other market participants. In some cases, these providers are also our competitors. A significant portion of our products and services are developed using third-party service providers’ data or services, or are made available to our customers or are integrated for our customers’ use through information and technology solutions provided by such third-party service providers. The priorities and objectives of these providers, particularly those that are our competitors, may differ from ours, which may make us vulnerable to unpredictable price increases and may cause some service providers not to renew certain agreements. Moreover, providers that are not currently our competitors, including one or more of our key providers, may become competitors or be acquired by or merge with a competitor in the future, any of which could reduce our access over time to the information and technology solutions provided by those companies. For example, as we expand our product and service offerings, whether through organic growth or acquisitions, we may launch products and services that compete with providers that are not currently our competitors, which could negatively impact our existing relationships. If we do not obtain the expected benefits from our relationships with third-party service providers or if a substantial number of our third-party service providers or any key service providers were to withdraw their services, we may be less competitive, our ability to offer products and services to our customers may be negatively affected, and our results of operations could be adversely impacted.

 

22


Table of Contents

In addition, we rely on other third-party service providers for management of our data centers, telecommunications, data processing, software development and certain human resources functions. If we are unable to sustain commercially acceptable arrangements with these service providers or find substitutes or alternative sources of service, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.

Third parties may claim that we infringe upon their intellectual property rights.

We are significantly dependent on technology, processes, methodologies and information, as well as the intellectual property rights related to them. Companies in our industry, including our competitors and potential competitors, have in recent years increasingly pursued patent and other intellectual property protection for their data, technologies and business methods. If any third party owns a patent or other intellectual property covering any of our data, technologies or business methods, we could be sued for infringement. Furthermore, there is always a risk that third parties will sue us for infringement or misappropriation of trademarks, copyrights or trade secrets, or otherwise challenge our use of technology, processes, methodologies or information.

We do not actively monitor third-party patents and patent applications that may be relevant to our technologies or business methods, and it is not possible for us to detect all potentially relevant patents and patent applications. Since the patent application process can take several years to complete, there may be currently pending applications, unknown to us, that may later result in issued patents that cover our products and technologies. As a result, we may infringe existing and future third-party patents of which we are not aware.

From time to time, we may receive offers to license, notices of claims or threats from third parties alleging infringement or potential infringement of their intellectual property. The number of these claims may grow as our business expands. We have made and may make expenditures related to the use of certain intellectual property rights as part of our strategy to manage this risk.

Responding to claims of infringement, misappropriation or other violation of intellectual property rights, regardless of merit, can consume valuable time, result in costly litigation and delay certain operations of our business. We may be forced to settle such claims on unfavorable terms, and there can be no assurance that we would prevail in any litigation or proceeding arising from such claims if such claims are not settled. We may be required to pay damages and legal expenses, stop providing or using the affected technologies, processes, methodologies or information, redesign our products and services or enter into royalty and licensing agreements. There can be no assurance that any royalty or licensing agreements will be made, if at all, on terms that are commercially acceptable to us. Such litigation or proceedings could result in the loss or compromise of our intellectual property rights. We have in the past and may also be in the future called upon to defend partners, customers, suppliers or distributors against such third-party claims under indemnification clauses in our agreements. Any such outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Failure to protect our intellectual property and confidential information adequately, in the United States and abroad, could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our success depends in part on our proprietary technology, processes, methodologies and information. We rely on a combination of trademark, trade secret, patent, copyright, misappropriation and domain name laws and all other intellectual property laws to establish, maintain and protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights in such technology, processes, methodologies and information. These laws are subject to change at any time and could further restrict our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights. In addition, the existing laws of certain countries in which we operate may not protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights to the same extent

 

23


Table of Contents

as do the laws of the United States. Even if we are able to obtain intellectual property rights, there is no guarantee that such rights will provide adequate protection of our proprietary technology, processes, methodologies or information, a competitive advantage to our business or deterrence against infringement, misappropriation or other violations of our intellectual property by competitors, former employees or other third parties. In addition, third parties may try to challenge, invalidate or circumvent our rights and protections.

We may be required to spend significant resources to monitor, enforce or protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights. Despite such efforts, we may not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate and timely steps to enforce, our intellectual property and proprietary rights. Even if we attempt to enforce or protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights or determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others through litigation or proceedings before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or other governmental authorities or administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, it may require considerable cost, time and resources to do so, and there is no guarantee that we would be successful in such litigation or proceedings. In the past, we have sent cease and desist letters to third parties to enforce our trademark rights, but there can be no guarantee that such actions will be successful. If we fail to enforce our intellectual property or proprietary rights, our competitive position could suffer. Furthermore, our intellectual property rights may not prevent competitors from independently developing or securing rights to products or services that are similar to or duplicative of ours, using trademarks that are similar to ours in different fields of goods and services, reverse engineering our technologies or designing around our patents. Even if we are able to enter into licensing or restricted use agreements with business partners, or coexistence agreements with third-party trademark owners, such parties may breach the terms of these agreements. Any failure to establish, maintain or protect our intellectual property or proprietary rights could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We further attempt to protect our confidential and proprietary information, trade secrets and know-how by requiring our employees and consultants to enter into confidentiality and assignment of inventions agreements and third parties, such as customers and vendors, to enter into nondisclosure agreements. These agreements may not effectively prevent unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential or proprietary information, trade secrets, know-how or other intellectual property and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of such unauthorized use or disclosure.

Our results of operations could be materially adversely affected by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

Although we report our results of operations in U.S. dollars, a portion of our revenue and expenses are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Because our consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars, we must translate revenue and expenses, as well as assets and liabilities, into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect during or at the end of each reporting period. Therefore, changes in the value of the U.S. dollar against other currencies will affect our revenue, operating profit and the value of balance sheet items originally denominated in other currencies. These changes cause our growth in consolidated earnings stated in U.S. dollars to be higher or lower than our growth in local currency when compared against other periods.

As we continue to leverage our global delivery model, more of our expenses will be incurred in currencies other than those in which we bill for the related services. An increase in the value of certain currencies against the U.S. dollar could increase costs for delivery of services at off-shore sites by increasing labor and other costs that are denominated in local currency. There can be no assurance that our contractual provisions will offset their impact, or that our currency hedging activities, which are designed to partially offset this impact, will be successful. Consequently, our results of operations may be materially adversely affected. In addition, our currency hedging activities are themselves subject to risk. These include risks related to counterparty performance under hedging contracts.

 

24


Table of Contents

Our global operations expose us to numerous and sometimes conflicting legal and regulatory requirements, and violation of these regulations could harm our business.

We are subject to numerous, and sometimes conflicting, legal regimes on matters as diverse as anticorruption, import/export controls, content requirements, trade restrictions, tariffs, taxation, sanctions, immigration, internal and disclosure control obligations, securities regulation, anti-competition, data privacy and labor relations. For example, our operations in the United States are subject to U.S. laws on these diverse matters, which are different in several respects from the laws of the United Kingdom and India where we have significant operations. We also have operations in emerging market jurisdictions where legal systems may be less developed or familiar to us. Compliance with diverse legal requirements is costly, time-consuming and requires significant resources. Violations of one or more of these regulations in the conduct of our business could result in significant fines, criminal sanctions against us or our officers, prohibitions on doing business and damage to our reputation. Violations of these regulations in connection with the performance of our obligations to our customers also could result in liability for significant monetary damages, fines or criminal prosecution, unfavorable publicity and other reputational damage, restrictions on our ability to process information and allegations by our customers that we have not performed our contractual obligations. Due to the varying degrees of development of the legal systems of the countries in which we operate, local laws might be insufficient to protect our rights.

In particular, in many parts of the world, including countries in which we operate or seek to expand, practices in the local business community may not conform to international business standards and could violate anticorruption laws or regulations, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act 2010. Our employees, subcontractors, agents, joint venture partners and other third parties with which we associate could take actions that violate policies or procedures designed to promote legal and regulatory compliance or applicable anticorruption laws or regulations. Violations of these laws or regulations by us, our employees or any of these third parties could subject us to criminal or civil enforcement actions (whether or not we participated or knew about the actions leading to the violations), including fines or penalties, disgorgement of profits and suspension or disqualification from work, including U.S. federal contracting, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, including our results of operations and our reputation.

Operating globally involves challenges that we may not be able to meet and that may adversely affect our ability to grow.

As of December 31, 2013, we had offices in 10 countries, and we expect the number of countries in which we operate to increase as we seek out growth opportunities in new geographic areas, including emerging markets and developing economies. There are certain risks inherent in doing business globally which may adversely affect our business and ability to grow. These risks include difficulties in penetrating new markets due to established and entrenched competitors, difficulties in developing products and services that are tailored to the needs of local customers, lack of local acceptance or knowledge of our products and services, lack of recognition of our brands, unavailability of joint venture partners or local companies for acquisition, instability of international economies and governments, exposure to adverse government action in countries where we may conduct reporting activities, changes in laws and policies affecting trade and investment in other jurisdictions, restrictions or limitations on outsourcing contracts or services abroad, and exposure to varying legal standards, including intellectual property protection laws. Adverse developments in any of these areas could cause our actual results to differ materially from expected results. Expanding our business into emerging markets and developing economies may also present additional risks beyond those associated with more developed international markets. In any emerging markets and developing economies, we may face the risks of working in cash-based economies, dealing with inconsistent government policies and encountering sudden currency revaluations.

 

25


Table of Contents

We may be required to take future impairment charges that would reduce our reported assets and earnings.

Goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets comprise a substantial portion of our total assets. We are required under IFRS to test our goodwill and identifiable intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment on an annual basis. We also are required by IFRS to perform an interim or periodic review of our goodwill and all identifiable intangible assets if events or changes in circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. Impairment testing requires us to make significant estimates about our future performance and cash flows, as well as other assumptions. Economic, legal, regulatory, competitive, contractual and other factors as well as changes in our share price and market capitalization may affect these assumptions. In 2013, we incurred a $53.5 million impairment charge related to our BOAT, Markit Hub and MOD cash generating units. If future testing indicates that impairment has occurred relative to current fair values, we may be required to record a non-cash impairment charge in the period the determination is made. Recognition of an impairment would reduce our reported assets and earnings.

International hostilities, terrorist activities, natural disasters, pandemics and infrastructure disruptions could prevent us from effectively serving our customers and thus adversely affect our results of operations.

Acts of terrorist violence, political unrest, armed regional and international hostilities and international responses to these hostilities, natural disasters, including hurricanes or floods, global health risks or pandemics or the threat of or perceived potential for these events could have a negative impact on us. These events could adversely affect our customers’ levels of business activity and precipitate sudden significant changes in regional and global economic conditions and cycles. These events also pose significant risks to our people and our physical facilities and operations around the world, whether the facilities are ours or those of our third-party service providers or customers. By disrupting communications and travel and increasing the difficulty of obtaining and retaining highly skilled and qualified personnel, these events could make it difficult or impossible for us to deliver products and services to our customers. Extended disruptions of electricity, other public utilities or network services at our facilities, as well as system failures at our facilities or otherwise, could also adversely affect our ability to serve our customers. We may be unable to protect our people, facilities and systems against all such occurrences. We generally do not have insurance for losses and interruptions caused by terrorist attacks, conflicts and wars. If these disruptions prevent us from effectively serving our customers, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

Changes in our rates of taxation, and audits, investigations and tax proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to direct and indirect taxes in numerous jurisdictions. We calculate and provide for such taxes in each tax jurisdiction in which we operate. The amount of tax we pay is subject to our interpretation of applicable tax laws in the jurisdictions in which we file. We will seek to run Markit Ltd. in such a way that it is and remains tax resident in the United Kingdom. We have taken and will continue to take tax positions based on our interpretation of tax laws, but tax accounting often involves complex matters and judgment is required in determining our worldwide provision for taxes and other tax liabilities. Although we believe that we have complied with all applicable tax laws, there can be no assurance that a taxing authority will not have a different interpretation of the law and assess us with additional taxes.

We are subject to ongoing tax audits in various jurisdictions. Tax authorities have disagreed, and may in the future disagree, with our judgments. We regularly assess the likely outcomes of these audits to

 

26


Table of Contents

determine the appropriateness of our tax liabilities. However, our judgments might not be sustained as a result of these audits, and the amounts ultimately paid could be different from the amounts previously recorded. In addition, our effective tax rate in the future could be adversely affected by changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities and changes in tax laws. Tax rates in the jurisdictions in which we operate may change as a result of macroeconomic, political or other factors. Increases in the tax rate in any of the jurisdictions in which we operate could have a negative impact on our profitability. In addition, changes in tax laws, treaties or regulations, or their interpretation or enforcement, may be unpredictable, particularly in less developed markets, and could become more stringent, which could materially adversely affect our tax position. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Certain Risks Relating to Our Common Shares and the Offering

 

 

There is no existing market for our common shares, and we do not know whether one will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity. If our share price fluctuates after this offering, you could lose a significant part of your investment.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common shares. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our common shares that you buy. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of an active trading market on                     , or otherwise, or how liquid that market might become. The initial public offering price for the common shares will be determined by negotiations among us, the selling shareholders and the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. Consequently, you may not be able to sell our common shares at prices equal to or greater than the price paid by you in this offering. In addition to the risks described above, the market price of our common shares may be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

 

regulatory or legal developments in the countries in which we operate;

 

actual or anticipated variations in our operating results;

 

the failure of financial analysts to cover our common shares after this offering;

 

changes in financial estimates by financial analysts, or any failure by us to meet or exceed any of these estimates, or changes in the recommendations of any financial analysts that elect to follow our common shares or the shares of our competitors;

 

changes in market valuation of similar companies;

 

announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, strategic partnerships or joint ventures;

 

introduction of new products, services or technologies by our competitors;

 

significant lawsuits or disputes in which we are a party;

 

future sales of our shares by us or our shareholders;

 

27


Table of Contents
general economic, industry and market conditions;

 

additions and departures of key personnel;

 

investor perceptions of us and the financial services industry;

 

failure of any of our products or services to achieve or maintain market acceptance; and

 

the other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section.

In addition, the stock market in general has experienced substantial price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies affected. These broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our common shares, regardless of our operating performance.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales may occur, could cause the market price of our shares to decline.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales may occur, could depress the market price of our common shares and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. We are unable to predict the effect that sales may have on the prevailing market price of our shares.

Under our memorandum of association and bye-laws that will take effect upon completion of our corporate reorganization, we are authorized to issue up to              common shares, of which              common shares will be issued and outstanding immediately following this offering. We, the selling shareholders, our executive officers and directors, and most of our other existing shareholders have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, or dispose of any shares of our share capital or securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, any shares of our share capital during the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus. Subject to limitations, approximately              shares will become eligible for sale upon expiration of the lock-up period, as calculated and described in more detail in the section entitled “Common Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” Although we have been advised that there is no present intent to do so, the underwriters may, in their sole discretion and without notice, release all or any portion of the common shares from the restrictions in any of the lock-up agreements described above. In addition, shares issued or issuable upon exercise of options and restricted (unvested) shares vested as of the expiration of the lock-up period will be eligible for sale at that time. Sales of common shares by our shareholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our shares.

In addition, following the expiration of the lock-up period, certain of our existing shareholders have the right to demand that we file a registration statement covering the offer and sale of their securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for as long as each holds unregistered securities. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. Any sales of securities by these shareholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common shares. We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our shares or the effect, if any, that future sales and issuances of shares would have on the market price of our common shares.

We also intend to file a registration statement in respect of all common shares that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements described in the “Underwriting” section of this prospectus.

 

28


Table of Contents

Transformation into a public company may increase our costs and disrupt the regular operations of our business.

This offering will have a significant transformative effect on us. Our business historically has operated as a privately owned company, and we expect to incur significant additional legal, accounting, tax (by virtue of U.K. National Insurance requirements), reporting and other expenses as a result of having publicly traded common shares. We will also incur costs which we have not incurred previously, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses for directors’ fees, increased directors and officers insurance, investor relations and various other costs of a public company.

We also anticipate that we will incur costs associated with corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), as well as rules implemented by the SEC and             . We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some management and corporate governance activities more time-consuming and costly, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” These rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. This could have an adverse impact on our ability to recruit and bring on a qualified Board of Directors.

The additional demands associated with being a public company may disrupt regular operations of our business by diverting the attention of some of our senior management team away from revenue producing activities to management and administrative oversight, adversely affecting our ability to attract and complete business opportunities and increasing the difficulty in both retaining professionals and managing and growing our business. Any of these effects could harm our business, financial condition or results of operations.

In addition, in connection with the implementation of the necessary procedures and practices related to internal control over financial reporting, we may identify deficiencies that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the deadline imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. Failure to comply with Section 404 could subject us to regulatory scrutiny and sanctions, impair our ability to raise revenue, cause investors to lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and negatively affect our share price.

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to, and we will, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure and corporate governance standards applicable to U.S. issuers. This may be less favorable to holders of our common shares.

As a foreign private issuer, we are not subject to the same disclosure and procedural requirements as domestic U.S. registrants under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). For instance, we are not required to prepare and file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act, we are not subject to the proxy requirements under Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and we are not generally required to comply with Regulation FD, which restricts the selective disclosure of material nonpublic information. In addition, our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Moreover, we will be permitted to disclose compensation information for our executive officers on an aggregate, rather than an individual, basis because individual disclosure is not required under Bermuda law. We do, however, intend to furnish our shareholders with annual reports containing financial statements audited by our independent auditors and to make available to our shareholders quarterly reports containing unaudited financial information for each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year.

 

29


Table of Contents

We are also exempt from certain corporate governance standards applicable to U.S. issuers. For example, Section          of              Listing Rules requires listed companies to have, among other things, a majority of their board members be independent, and to have independent director oversight of executive compensation, nomination of directors and corporate governance matters. As a foreign private issuer, however, we are permitted to follow Bermuda practice in lieu of the above requirements, under which there is no requirement that a majority of our directors be independent.

We will lose our foreign private issuer status if we fail to meet the requirements under U.S. securities laws necessary to avoid loss of foreign private issuer status. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws as a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher. If we are not a foreign private issuer, we will be required to prepare and report our consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States rather than IFRS, and that transition would involve significant cost and time. We would also be required to file periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms with the SEC, which are more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. We may also be required to modify certain of our policies to comply with good governance practices associated with U.S. domestic issuers. Such conversion and modifications will involve additional costs. In addition, we may lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements on              that are available to foreign private issuers.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common shares less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the requirement of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act that our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We cannot predict if investors will find our common shares less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common shares less attractive, there may be a less active trading market for our common shares and our share price may be more volatile. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years. See “Prospectus Summary—Corporate Information.”

Insiders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering and could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.

After giving effect to our corporate reorganization and this offering, our shareholders who own more than 5% of our common shares (and entities affiliated with them) and our directors and executive officers will collectively own approximately     % of our issued and outstanding common shares. As a result, these shareholders, if acting together, would be able to influence or control matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including amendments to our bye-laws, the election of directors and the approval of mergers or other extraordinary transactions. In addition, they could influence our dividend policy. They may also have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. The concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our company, could deprive our shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common shares as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our common shares.

 

 

30


Table of Contents

Certain affiliates of the underwriters of this offering are also selling shareholders and, therefore, have interests in this offering beyond customary underwriting discounts and commissions.

Certain affiliates of the underwriters of this offering are participating as selling shareholders in this offering. There may be a conflict of interest between their interests as selling shareholders (for example, to maximize the value of their investment) and their respective interests as underwriters (for example, in negotiating the initial public offering price) as well as your interest as a purchaser. As participants in this offering that are seeking to realize the value of their investment in us, these underwriters have interests beyond customary underwriting discounts and commissions.

We currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends.

We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to repay indebtedness and to fund the development and growth of our business. We currently do not intend to pay any dividends to holders of our common shares. As a result, capital appreciation in the price of our common shares, if any, will be your only source of gain on an investment in our common shares. The payment of any future dividends will be determined at the discretion of our Board of Directors in light of conditions then existing, including our earnings, financial condition and capital requirements, business conditions, corporate law requirements and other factors. See “Dividends and Dividend Policy” and “Description of Share Capital.”

Volatility in our share price could subject us to securities class action litigation.

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. This risk is especially relevant for us because financial services companies have experienced significant share price volatility in recent years. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

We are a Bermuda company and it may be difficult for you to enforce judgments against us or our directors and executive officers.

We are a Bermuda exempted company. As a result, the rights of holders of our common shares will be governed by Bermuda law and our memorandum of association and bye-laws. The rights of shareholders under Bermuda law may differ from the rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in other jurisdictions. A number of our directors and some of the named experts referred to in this prospectus are not residents of the United States, and a substantial portion of our assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process on those persons in the United States or to enforce in the United States judgments obtained in U.S. courts against us or those persons based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws. It is doubtful whether courts in Bermuda will enforce judgments obtained in other jurisdictions, including the United States, against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of those jurisdictions or entertain actions in Bermuda against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of other jurisdictions.

Bermuda law differs from the laws in effect in the United States and may afford less protection to holders of our common shares.

We are organized under the laws of Bermuda. As a result, our corporate affairs are governed by the Companies Act, which differs in some material respects from laws typically applicable to U.S.

 

31


Table of Contents

corporations and shareholders, including the provisions relating to interested directors, amalgamations, mergers and acquisitions, takeovers, shareholder lawsuits and indemnification of directors. Generally, the duties of directors and officers of a Bermuda company are owed to the company only. Shareholders of Bermuda companies typically do not have rights to take action against directors or officers of the company and may only do so in limited circumstances. Class actions are not available under Bermuda law. The circumstances in which derivative actions may be available under Bermuda law are substantially more proscribed and less clear than they would be to shareholders of U.S. corporations. The Bermuda courts, however, would ordinarily be expected to permit a shareholder to commence an action in the name of a company to remedy a wrong to the company where the act complained of is alleged to be beyond the corporate power of the company or illegal, or would result in the violation of the company’s memorandum of association or bye-laws. Furthermore, consideration would be given by a Bermuda court to acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or, for instance, where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of the company’s shareholders than that which actually approved it.

When the affairs of a company are being conducted in a manner that is oppressive or prejudicial to the interests of some shareholders, one or more shareholders may apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda, which may make such order as it sees fit, including an order regulating the conduct of the company’s affairs in the future or ordering the purchase of the shares of any shareholders by other shareholders or by the company. Additionally, under our bye-laws and as permitted by Bermuda law, each shareholder has waived any claim or right of action against our directors or officers for any action taken by directors or officers in the performance of their duties, except for actions involving fraud or dishonesty. In addition, the rights of holders of our common shares and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Bermuda law are not as clearly established as under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in jurisdictions in the United States, particularly the State of Delaware. Therefore, holders of our common shares may have more difficulty protecting their interests than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction within the United States.

We have anti-takeover provisions in our bye-laws that may discourage a change of control.

Our bye-laws contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us without the consent of our Board of Directors. These provisions provide for:

 

a classified Board of Directors with staggered three-year terms;

 

directors only to be removed for cause;

 

restrictions on the time period in which directors may be nominated;

 

our Board of Directors to determine the powers, preferences and rights of our preference shares and to issue the preference shares without shareholder approval; and

 

an affirmative vote of     % of our voting shares for certain “business combination” transactions which have not been approved by our Board of Directors.

These provisions could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if the third party’s offer may be considered beneficial by many shareholders. As a result, shareholders may be limited in their ability to obtain a premium for their shares. See “Description of Share Capital” for a discussion of these provisions.

 

32


Table of Contents

If we are, or were to become, a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes, U.S. investors in our common shares would be subject to certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences.

In general, a non-U.S. corporation will be a PFIC for any taxable year if (i) 75% or more of its gross income consists of passive income or (ii) 50% or more of the average quarterly value of its assets consists of assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. We do not expect to be a PFIC for our current taxable year or in the foreseeable future. However, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year. If we were a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. investor held common shares, such investor would be subject to certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences, such as ineligibility for any preferred tax rates on capital gains or on actual or deemed dividends, an additional interest charge on certain taxes treated as deferred, and additional reporting requirements under U.S. federal income tax laws and regulations. If we are characterized as a PFIC, a U.S. investor may be able to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common shares that would alleviate some of the adverse consequences of PFIC status. Although U.S. tax rules also permit a U.S. investor to make a “qualified electing fund” election with respect to the shares of a foreign corporation that is a PFIC if the foreign corporation provides certain information to its investors, we do not currently intend to provide the information that would be necessary for a U.S. investor to make a valid “qualified electing fund” election with respect to our common shares. See “Taxation––U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules.”

 

33


Table of Contents

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This prospectus contains statements that constitute forward-looking statements. Many of the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus can be identified by the use of forward-looking words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “expect,” “should,” “plan,” “intend,” “estimate” and “potential,” among others, or the negative of these words.

Forward-looking statements appear in a number of places in this prospectus and include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our intent, belief or current expectations. Forward-looking statements are based on management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Such statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, and actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements due to various factors, including, but not limited to, those identified under the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. These risks and uncertainties include factors relating to:

 

our operation in highly competitive markets;

 

our inability to develop successful new products and services;

 

any design defects, errors, failures or delays associated with our products or services;

 

declining activity levels in the securities or derivatives markets, weak or declining financial performance of financial market participants or the failure of market participants;

 

our generation of a significant percentage of our total revenue from financial institutions that are also our shareholders;

 

our dependence on third parties for data and information services;

 

consolidation in our end customer market;

 

the impact of cost-cutting pressures across the financial services industry;

 

our customers becoming more self-sufficient in terms of their needs for our products and services;

 

ongoing antitrust investigations and litigation arising from our activities in the credit default swaps markets;

 

long selling cycles to secure new contracts that require us to commit significant resources before we receive revenue;

 

our reliance on network systems and the Internet; and

 

other risk factors discussed under “Risk Factors.”

Moreover, new risks emerge from time to time as we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

 

34


Table of Contents

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of the forward-looking statements in this prospectus by these cautionary statements. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

35


Table of Contents

Use of Proceeds

The selling shareholders, including certain employees and members of our management, will receive all of the net proceeds from the sale of the common shares offered under this prospectus. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common shares in this offering.

Dividends and Dividend Policy

We have not adopted a dividend policy with respect to future dividends, and we do not currently intend to pay cash dividends on our common shares. Any future determination related to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, business prospects and other factors our Board of Directors may deem relevant.

Additionally, we are subject to Bermuda legal constraints that may affect our ability to pay dividends on our common shares and make other payments. Under Bermuda law, a company may not declare or pay dividends if there are reasonable grounds for believing that: (i) the company is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or (ii) the realizable value of its assets would thereby be less than its liabilities.

Under our bye-laws, each common share is entitled to dividends when dividends are declared by our Board of Directors, subject to any preferred dividend right of the holders of any preference shares.

 

36


Table of Contents

Corporate Reorganization

Markit Ltd. is a Bermuda exempted company that was formed for the purpose of making this offering. Pursuant to the terms of a corporate reorganization that will be completed prior to the closing of this offering, all of the interests in Markit Group Holdings Limited will ultimately be exchanged for newly issued common shares of Markit Ltd. as described below, and, as a result, Markit Group Holdings Limited will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Markit Ltd. Therefore, investors in this offering will only acquire, and this prospectus only describes the offering of, common shares of Markit Ltd.

We refer to the reorganization pursuant to which Markit Ltd. will ultimately acquire all of the interests in Markit Group Holdings Limited in exchange for common shares of Markit Ltd., the amendment of Markit Group Holdings Limited’s current articles of association and the adoption of Markit Ltd.’s new bye-laws as our “corporate reorganization.”

The Scheme

 

 

The corporate reorganization will be undertaken pursuant to a scheme of arrangement under Part 26 of the English Companies Act 2006 (the “Scheme”) approved by the High Court of Justice of England and Wales (the “Court”) so that Markit Group Holdings Limited becomes a wholly and directly owned subsidiary of Markit Ltd. and former Markit Group Holdings Limited shareholders become shareholders of Markit Ltd. Pursuant to the Scheme, the overall ownership of the company held historically through shareholders’ interests in Markit Group Holdings Limited will be replicated in the shares to be held by such shareholders in Markit Ltd. Holders of Markit Group Holdings Limited options will also have their interests replicated in corresponding interests in Markit Ltd.

The Scheme will be implemented by cancelling and extinguishing Markit Group Holdings Limited shares, capitalizing the reserve created by the cancellation and issuing new Markit Group Holdings Limited shares to Markit Ltd. In exchange for their Markit Group Holdings Limited shares, Markit Group Holdings Limited shareholders will receive one share in Markit Ltd. for every share they hold in Markit Group Holdings Limited. Pursuant to the Scheme, holders of voting ordinary shares in Markit Group Holdings Limited will receive common shares in Markit Ltd. and holders of non-voting ordinary shares in Markit Group Holdings Limited will receive non-voting common shares in Markit Ltd., in each case, that entitle them to the same economic and voting rights (to the extent permitted by Bermuda law) in Markit Ltd. as they had in Markit Group Holdings Limited prior to the Scheme. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, the non-voting common shares of Markit Ltd. will be reclassified as common shares in Markit Ltd. and the rights of all common shares will be varied such that all shareholders in Markit Ltd. will hold common shares with the rights as further described in this prospectus. See “The reclassification and variation of rights of shares in Markit Ltd.” below.

The Scheme will require the sanction of the Court as well as the approval of Markit Group Holdings Limited shareholders at meetings convened by the Court and at a separate general meeting of shareholders of Markit Group Holdings Limited convened to approve certain matters in connection with the Scheme.

 

37


Table of Contents

Necessary approvals

The implementation of the Scheme will be conditional upon the following:

 

certain matters in connection with the Scheme and this offering being approved by certain shareholders of Markit Group Holdings Limited pursuant to the Shareholders’ Agreement described in “Related Party Transactions—Shareholders’ Agreement and Current Articles of Association”;

 

the Scheme being approved by a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of those Markit Group Holdings Limited shareholders present and voting, either in person or by proxy at the meetings convened by order of the Court pursuant to sections 895-899 of the English Companies Act 2006;

 

a special resolution to approve certain matters in connection with the Scheme being duly passed at general meetings of Markit Group Holdings Limited shareholders by a majority of not less than three-fourths of the votes cast;

 

the Scheme being sanctioned and the reduction of capital of Markit Group Holdings Limited provided for by the Scheme being confirmed by the Court at a hearing convened for that purpose; and

 

an office copy of the Order of the Court sanctioning the Scheme under Part 26 of the English Companies Act 2006 having been delivered to the Registrar of Companies in England and Wales for registration and the order under section 648 of the English Companies Act 2006 confirming the reduction of capital pursuant to the Scheme and the statement of capital under section 649 of the English Companies Act 2006 having been delivered to the Registrar of Companies in England and Wales.

The Scheme can only become effective if all conditions to the Scheme, including approvals at the shareholder meetings referred to above and the sanction of the Court, have been satisfied or, where appropriate, waived.

In addition, the directors of Markit Group Holdings Limited will not prior to or after the Court hearing referred to above take the steps necessary to enable the Scheme to become effective unless, at the relevant time, they consider that the Scheme continues to be in the best interests of Markit Group Holdings Limited shareholders as a whole.

If the Scheme is sanctioned by the Court and the conditions to the Scheme are satisfied or waived, it is expected that the Scheme will become effective on the date one business day prior to the date of this prospectus. This date is, however, subject to change.

If the Scheme becomes effective, it will be binding on all Markit Group Holdings Limited shareholders, including any shareholders who did not vote to approve the Scheme or who voted against the Scheme.

Ancillary matters

Markit Group Holdings Limited will, subject to the special resolution to approve certain matters in connection with the Scheme referred to under “—Necessary approvals” being duly passed and conditional upon the Scheme becoming effective, adopt new articles of association appropriate for a wholly-owned subsidiary company. Upon the completion of the reorganization, new bye-laws will be put in place for Markit Ltd.

 

38


Table of Contents

The reclassification and variation of rights of shares in Markit Ltd.

Following the effective time of the Scheme and until the reclassification described below occurs, Markit Ltd. will have two classes of shares—common shares and non-voting common shares. These two classes of shares will entitle their holders to the same economic and voting rights (to the extent permitted by Bermuda law) in Markit Ltd. as they had in Markit Group Holdings Limited prior to the Scheme.

Following the Scheme becoming effective and immediately prior to the closing of this offering, the holders of the common shares and non-voting common shares issued pursuant to the Scheme will agree to the reclassification and variation of the rights of their shares and the adoption of bye-laws, which will result in a single class of common shares with the rights as further described in “Description of Share Capital.”

 

39


Table of Contents

Capitalization

The table below sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and total capitalization as of December 31, 2013, on an actual basis and on a pro forma basis to give effect to our corporate reorganization.

Investors should read this table in conjunction with the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements, and the related notes thereto, included in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31, 2013
($ in millions)    Actual      Pro forma to give effect to
our corporate
reorganization(1)

Cash and cash equivalents

     75.3        
               

Current borrowings

     101.9        

Non-current borrowings

     472.7        

Total borrowings

     574.6        
               

Share capital

     0.2        

Share premium

     372.9        

Other reserves

     19.5        

Retained earnings

     1,663.3        

Total equity

     2,055.9        
               

Total capitalization(2)

     2,630.5        

 

(1) Gives effect to the exchange of all of the interests in Markit Group Holdings Limited for newly issued common shares of Markit Ltd. pursuant to the terms of a corporate reorganization that will be completed prior to the closing of this offering. See “Corporate Reorganization.”

 

(2) Total capitalization consists of total borrowings plus total equity.

 

40


Table of Contents

Selected Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information

The following selected consolidated historical and pro forma financial information should be read in conjunction with the sections entitled “Corporate Reorganization,” “Presentation of Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the audited consolidated financial statements of Markit Group Holdings Limited, including the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. The selected consolidated historical financial information presented as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Markit Group Holdings Limited included elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results expected in any future period.

The selected consolidated historical financial information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, which has been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, is derived from the unaudited accounting data records of Markit Group Holdings Limited and is not included in the financial statements or notes thereto that are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The unaudited pro forma financial information set forth below is derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Markit Group Holdings Limited appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and is based on assumptions as explained in the notes to the tables.

All our operations are continuing operations and we have not proposed or paid dividends in any of the periods presented.

 

41


Table of Contents
     As of and for the year ended December 31,  
($ in millions other than share and per share data)    2009     2010     2011     2012     2013  

Income statement data:

                                        

Revenue

     478.1          668.4          762.5          860.6          947.9     

Operating profit

     153.8          213.2          229.7          224.7          230.1     

Profit for the period

     92.2          151.2          156.2          153.1          147.0     

Profit attributable to equity holders

     79.0          102.1          125.8          125.0          139.4     

Earnings per share – basic

     4.54        5.72        7.03        7.03        8.02   

Earnings per share – diluted

     4.40        5.60        6.92        6.94        7.94   

Weighted average number of shares outstanding - basic

     17,402,924        17,860,713        17,892,921        17,771,624        17,387,598   

Weighted average number of shares outstanding - diluted

     17,963,330        18,234,779        18,173,083        18,002,012        17,555,076   

Pro forma earnings(1):

                                        

Pro forma earnings per common share, basic and diluted

                                        

Pro forma weighted average number of shares used to compute pro forma earnings per common share, basic and diluted(2)

                                        

Balance sheet data:

                                        

Total assets

     2,275.1        2,526.6        2,648.3        3,151.3        3,199.9   

Total equity/net assets

     1,752.9        1,907.3        2,031.4        1,929.7        2,055.9   

Share capital

     0.2        0.2        0.2        0.2        0.2   

Other financial data:

                                        

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

     208.4        261.0        305.0        358.2        421.3   

Adjusted EBITDA margin(4)

     48.1     46.2     45.8     47.0     45.6

Adjusted Earnings(5)

     115.2        144.9        184.8        218.4        248.4   

Adjusted Earnings per share – diluted(6)

     6.41        7.95        10.17        12.13        14.15   

 

(1) Pursuant to the terms of a corporate reorganization that will be completed prior to the closing of this offering, all of the interests in Markit Group Holdings Limited will ultimately be exchanged for newly issued common shares of Markit Ltd. See “Corporate Reorganization.”

 

(2) The pro forma weighted average common shares issued and outstanding has been calculated as if the ownership structure resulting from the corporate reorganization was in place since inception.

 

(3) In considering the financial performance of the business, management and our chief operating decision maker analyze the primary financial performance measure of Adjusted EBITDA in our business segments and at a company level. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as profit for the period from continuing operations before income taxes, net finance costs, depreciation and amortization on fixed assets and intangible assets (including acquisition related intangible assets), acquisition related items, exceptional items, share-based compensation and net other gains or losses and excluding Adjusted EBITDA attributable to non-controlling interests. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure defined by IFRS. The most directly comparable IFRS measure to Adjusted EBITDA is our profit for the period from continuing operations.

We believe Adjusted EBITDA, as defined above, is useful to investors and is used by our management for measuring profitability because it excludes the impact of certain items which have less bearing on our core operating performance. We believe that utilizing Adjusted EBITDA allows for a more meaningful comparison of operating fundamentals between companies within our industry by eliminating the impact of capital structure and taxation differences between the companies. We further adjust our profit for the following non-cash items: depreciation, amortization of intangible fixed assets, share-based compensation, and other gains and losses associated with foreign exchange variations.

Since January 1, 2011 we acquired seven businesses for a total consideration of $547.3 million and have incurred significant acquisition-related expenses. These acquisition-related expenses include acquisition costs, fair-value adjustments to contingent consideration and amortization of intangible fixed assets. Adjusted EBITDA is important in illustrating what our core operating results would have been without the impact of non-operational acquisition related expenses.

 

42


Table of Contents

We also adjust for exceptional items which are determined to be those that in management’s judgment need to be disclosed by virtue of their size, nature or incidence, which includes non-cash items and items settled in cash. In determining whether an event or transaction is exceptional, management considers quantitative as well as qualitative factors such as the frequency or predictability of occurrence. This is consistent with the way that financial performance is measured by management and reported to the Board and assists in providing a meaningful analysis of our operating performance.

Adjusted EBITDA measures are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in their evaluation of companies comparable to us, many of which present an Adjusted EBITDA-related performance measure when reporting their results.

Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool. It is not a presentation made in accordance with IFRS, is not a measure of financial condition or liquidity and should not be considered as an alternative to profit or loss for the period determined in accordance with IFRS or operating cash flows determined in accordance with IFRS. Adjusted EBITDA is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. As a result, you should not consider this performance measure in isolation from, or as a substitute analysis for, our results of operations as determined in accordance with IFRS.

The following table reconciles our profit for the period from continuing operations to our Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

 

     For the year ended December 31,     
($ in millions)    2009         2010         2011         2012         2013     

Profit for the period

     92.2            151.2            156.2            153.1            147.0      

Income tax expense

     44.4            43.8            50.6            42.7            63.7      

Finance costs – net

     17.2            18.2            22.9            28.9            19.4      

Depreciation and amortization – other

     32.4            48.2            62.7            66.7            86.0      

Amortization – acquisition related

     5.7            28.5            34.4            46.2            50.1      

Acquisition related items

     5.1            (11.3)           4.8            0.9            (1.4)     

Exceptional items

     3.0            30.9            11.6            40.3            60.6      

Share-based compensation

     9.3            14.9            11.7            16.2            8.1      

Other losses/(gains) – net

     16.5            0.1            4.6            11.6            (0.7)     

Adjusted EBITDA attributable to non-controlling interests

     (17.4)           (63.5)           (54.5)           (48.4)           (11.5)     

Adjusted EBITDA

         208.4                261.0                305.0                358.2            421.3       

 

(4) Adjusted EBITDA margin is defined as Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue, excluding revenue attributable to non-controlling interests.

 

(5) In considering the financial performance of the business, management and our chief operating decision maker analyze the performance measure of Adjusted Earnings. Adjusted Earnings is defined as profit for the period from continuing operations before amortization of acquired intangibles, acquisition related items, exceptional items, share-based compensation, net other gains or losses and unwind of discount, less the tax effect of these adjustments and excluding Adjusted Earnings attributable to non-controlling interests. The most directly comparable IFRS measure to Adjusted Earnings is our profit for the period from continuing operations.

We believe Adjusted Earnings, as defined above, is useful to investors and is used by our management for measuring profitability because it represents a group measure of performance which excludes the impact of certain non-cash charges and other charges not associated with the underlying operating performance of the business, while including the effect of items that we believe affect shareholder value and in-year return, such as income tax expense and net finance costs.

Management uses Adjusted Earnings to (i) provide senior management a monthly report of our operating results that is prepared on an adjusted earnings basis; (ii) prepare strategic plans and annual budgets on an adjusted earnings basis; and (iii) review senior management’s annual compensation, in part, using adjusted performance measures.

Adjusted Earnings is defined to exclude items which have less bearing on our core operating performance or are unusual in nature or infrequent in occurrence and therefore are inherently difficult to budget for or control. Adjusted Earnings measures are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in their evaluation of companies comparable to us, many of which present an Adjusted Earnings-related performance measure when reporting their results.

In addition we use Adjusted Earnings for the purposes of calculating diluted Adjusted Earnings per share. Management uses diluted Adjusted Earnings per share to assess total company performance on a consistent basis at a per share level.

Adjusted Earnings has limitations as an analytical tool. Adjusted Earnings is not a presentation made in accordance with IFRS, is not a measure of financial condition or liquidity and should not be considered as an alternative to profit or loss for the period determined in accordance with IFRS or operating cash flows determined in accordance with IFRS. Adjusted

 

43


Table of Contents

Earnings is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. As a result, you should not consider this performance measure in isolation from, or as a substitute analysis for, our results of operations as determined in accordance with IFRS.

The following table reconciles our profit for the period from continuing operations to our Adjusted Earnings for the periods presented:

 

      

For the year ended December 31,   

 
($ in millions)      2009        2010        2011        2012        2013     

Profit for the period

       92.2           151.2           156.2           153.1           147.0      

Amortization – acquisition related

       5.7           28.5           34.4           46.2           50.1      

Acquisition related items

       5.1           (11.3)          4.8           0.9           (1.4)     

Exceptional items

       3.0           30.9           11.6           40.3           60.6      

Share-based compensation

       9.3           14.9           11.7           16.2           8.1      

Other losses/(gains) – net

       16.5           0.1           4.6           11.6           (0.7)     

Unwind of discount(a)

       0.7           3.4           8.9           9.3           12.4      

Tax effect of above adjustments

       (1.0)          (14.6)          (7.6)          (24.1)          (18.0)     

Adjusted Earnings attributable to non-controlling interests

       (16.3)          (58.2)          (39.8)          (35.1)          (9.7)     

Adjusted Earnings

             115.2                  144.9                 184.8                 218.4                 248.4      

(a)    Unwind of discount represents the non-cash unwinding of discount, recorded through finance costs – net in the income statement, primarily in relation to our share buyback liability, described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

 

(6) Adjusted Earnings per share – diluted is defined as Adjusted Earnings divided by the weighted average number of shares issued and outstanding, diluted.

 

44


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis is based principally on the audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 of Markit Group Holdings Limited, which appear elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion is to be read in conjunction with “Corporate Reorganization,” “Selected Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information,” “Business” and the audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, which appear elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following discussion and analysis includes forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed elsewhere in this prospectus. See in particular “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”

Business Overview

 

 

Markit is a leading global diversified provider of financial information services. Our offerings enhance transparency, reduce risk and improve operational efficiency in the financial markets. Since we launched our business in 2003, we have become deeply embedded in the systems and workflows of many of our customers and continue to become increasingly important to our customers’ operations. We leverage leading technologies and our industry expertise to create innovative products and services across multiple asset classes. We provide pricing and reference data, indices, valuation and trading services, trade processing, enterprise software and managed services. Our end-users include front and back office professionals, such as traders, portfolio managers, risk managers, research professionals and other capital markets participants, as well as operations, compliance and enterprise data managers. We are highly responsive to evolving industry needs and work closely with market participants to develop new products and services. We have over 3,000 institutional customers globally, including banks, hedge funds, asset managers, accounting firms, regulators, corporations, exchanges and central banks. As of December 31, 2013, we had 22 offices in 10 countries.

Our Operating Segments

 

 

We organize our business in three segments: Information, Processing and Solutions.

Information segment

Our Information segment, which represented approximately 48.5% of our revenue in 2013, provides enriched content comprising pricing and reference data, indices and valuation and trading services across multiple asset classes and geographies through both direct and third-party distribution channels. Our Information segment products and services are used for independent valuations, research, trading, and liquidity and risk assessments. These products and services help our customers price instruments, comply with relevant regulatory reporting and risk management requirements, and analyze financial markets.

 

45


Table of Contents

Processing segment

Our Processing segment, which represented approximately 28.0% of our revenue in 2013, offers trade processing solutions globally for over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives, foreign exchange (“FX”) and syndicated loans. Our trade processing services enable buy-side and sell-side firms to confirm transactions rapidly, which increases efficiency by optimizing post-trade workflow, reducing risk, complying with reporting regulations and improving connectivity. We believe we are the largest provider of end-to-end multi-asset OTC derivatives trade processing services.

Solutions segment

Our Solutions segment, which represented approximately 23.5% of our revenue in 2013, provides configurable enterprise software platforms, managed services and hosted custom web solutions. Our offerings, which are targeted at a broad range of financial services industry participants, help our customers capture, organize, process, display and analyze information, manage risk and meet regulatory requirements.

Key Performance Indicators

 

 

We believe that revenue growth, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin and Adjusted Earnings are key measures to assess our financial performance. These measures demonstrate our ability to grow while maintaining profitability and generating strong positive cash flows over time.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Earnings are not measures defined by IFRS. The most directly comparable IFRS measure is our profit from continuing operations for the relevant period. These measures are not necessarily comparable to similarly referenced measures used by other companies. As a result, investors should not consider these performance measures in isolation from, or as a substitute analysis for, our results of operations as determined in accordance with IFRS.

Revenue growth

We view period-over-period revenue growth as a key measure of our financial success. We measure revenue growth in terms of organic revenue growth, acquisition related revenue growth and foreign currency impact on revenue growth.

We define these components as follows:

 

Organic – Revenue growth from continuing operations from factors other than acquisitions and foreign currency fluctuations. We derive organic revenue growth from the development of new products and services, increased penetration of existing products and services to new and existing customers, price changes for our products and services and market driven factors such as increased trading volumes or changes in customer assets under management.

 

Acquisition related – Revenue growth from acquired businesses through the end of the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the acquisition was completed. This growth results from our strategy of making targeted acquisitions that facilitate growth by complementing our existing products and services and addressing market opportunities.

 

Foreign currency – The impact on revenue growth resulting from the difference between current revenue at current exchange rates and current revenue at the corresponding prior period exchange rates.

 

46


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin

We believe Adjusted EBITDA, as defined below, is useful to investors and is used by our management for measuring profitability because it excludes the impact of certain items which have less bearing on our core operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA measures are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in their evaluation of companies comparable to us, many of which present an Adjusted EBITDA-related performance measure when reporting their results.

Adjusted EBITDA is defined as profit for the period from continuing operations before income taxes, net finance costs, depreciation and amortization on fixed assets and intangible assets (including acquisition related intangible assets), acquisition related items, exceptional items, share-based compensation and net other gains or losses and excluding Adjusted EBITDA attributable to non-controlling interests.

Adjusted EBITDA margin is defined as Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue, excluding revenue attributable to non-controlling interests.

Adjusted Earnings

We believe Adjusted Earnings, as defined below, is useful to investors and is used by our management for measuring profitability because it represents a group measure of performance which excludes the impact of certain non-cash charges and other charges not associated with the underlying operating performance of the business, while including the effect of items that we believe affect shareholder value and in-year return, such as income tax expense and net finance costs. Adjusted Earnings measures are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in their evaluation of companies comparable to us, many of which present an Adjusted Earnings-related performance measure when reporting their results.

Adjusted Earnings is defined as profit for the period from continuing operations before amortization of acquired intangibles, acquisition related items, exceptional items, share-based compensation, net other gains or losses and unwind of discount, less the tax effect of these adjustments and excluding Adjusted Earnings attributable to non-controlling interests.

Factors Affecting the Comparability of Our Results

 

 

Global operations

We are a global company with operations, as of December 31, 2013, primarily in the United Kingdom, the United States, Germany, Netherlands, India, Singapore, Canada, Australia, Japan and Hong Kong. As a result, our consolidated revenue and results of operations are affected by fluctuations in the exchange rates of the currencies of the countries in which we operate, primarily the U.S. dollar, pound sterling and euro. Our revenue is typically earned in these currencies, and our expenses across the company are typically incurred in these same currencies, providing a natural hedge to the exposure. Where this is not the case, we have implemented a strategy to hedge material, highly probable or committed foreign currency cash flows. We do not use financial derivatives for trading or other speculative purposes. We have not historically considered it necessary to, and we do not currently, hedge our balance sheet or capital exposures.

Product and service innovation

We plan to continue making investments to enhance our products, services and technical capabilities to create avenues for growth. The associated expenses consist primarily of personnel-related costs for our developers and other employees engaged in research and development. These expenses may vary depending on the number and scale of development projects in a particular period.

 

47


Table of Contents

Business combinations

Acquisitions are an important part of our growth strategy, and we expect to make additional acquisitions in the future. From January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2013, we acquired seven businesses for aggregate consideration of $547.3 million. As a consequence of the contributions of these businesses and acquisition related expenses, our consolidated results of operations may not be comparable between periods.

Our two most significant acquisitions since January 1, 2011 were:

 

Our acquisition of the Data Explorers Group on April 2, 2012, a leading provider of global securities lending data, which is reported within our Information segment and has been subsequently rebranded Markit Securities Finance (“Securities Finance”).

 

Our acquisition of Cadis Software Limited on June 1, 2012, a leading provider of global enterprise data management, which is reported within our Solutions segment and has been subsequently rebranded Markit Enterprise Data Management (“EDM”).

Acquisition of non-controlling interest

On April 2, 2013, we acquired the remaining interests in our subsidiary MarkitSERV LLC, previously owned by the Depository Trust and Clearing Corporation, increasing our holding to 100%. As a result of this transaction, our results of operations are no longer reduced by non-controlling interest.

Public company expenses

We expect to incur additional operating expenses related to operating as a public company. This will include increased accounting and legal expenses, the cost of an investor relations function, expenses related to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and increased director and officer insurance premiums. We do not expect these expenses to materially affect our overall profitability or to impede our growth prospects.

Share-based compensation

We operate a number of equity-settled, share-based compensation plans, under which we grant equity instruments (options and restricted shares) as consideration for services from our employees. The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the options granted. The options granted vest upon the satisfaction of a service condition which, for the majority of awards, is satisfied over either three or five years. Restricted shares are granted to certain employees and become unrestricted typically over a period of three or five years. Most options granted prior to August 1, 2013 will vest in full upon the successful completion of this offering, which will result in a one-time accelerated share-based charge of $5.5 million during the period in which this offering closes.

On August 1, 2013, we granted options to purchase 2.6 million shares to certain key employees as part of an incentive based retention program. These options will vest upon the satisfaction of a service condition which will be satisfied over a five-year period after the successful completion of this offering. Annual compensation expense related to this grant, which will not begin to be recognized until after the completion of this offering becomes probable, will be approximately $2.2 million.

In many of our locations globally, employer’s tax liabilities result from employees exercising share options. As a public company we anticipate that a greater number of employees may exercise options, increasing the level of tax which is payable by us, resulting in an increase in personnel costs. This is particularly relevant with regard to most options issued prior to August 1, 2013, which will vest in full upon the successful completion of this offering.

See Note 21 of the audited consolidated financial statements for a more detailed analysis of our share-based compensation plans.

 

48


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

 

 

Description of key line items of the historical consolidated statements of income

Set forth below is a brief description of the composition of the key line items of our historical consolidated statements of income from continuing operations:

 

Revenue .  Represents the income recognized from our sale of pricing and reference data, indices, valuation and trading services, trade processing, enterprise software and managed services. We classify our revenue in three groups as follows:

 

  Recurring fixed revenue – Revenue generated from contracts specifying a fixed fee for services delivered over the life of the contract. The fixed fee is typically paid annually, semiannually or quarterly in advance. These contracts are typically subscription contracts where the revenue is recognized across the life of the contract. The initial term of these contracts can range from one to five years and usually includes auto-renewal clauses.

 

  Recurring variable revenue – Revenue derived from contracts that specify a fee for services which is typically not fixed. The variable fee is typically paid monthly in arrears. Recurring variable revenue is based on, among other factors, the number of trades processed, assets under management or the number of positions we value. Many of these contracts do not have a maturity date while the remainder have an initial term ranging from one to five years.

 

  Non-recurring revenue – Revenue that relates to certain software license sales and the associated consulting revenue.

 

Operating expenses.   Includes personnel costs, operating lease payments, technology costs, subcontractor and professional fees and other expenses. Personnel costs are our most significant cost and include salaries, bonuses and benefits.

 

Exceptional items.   Items of income and expenses that have been shown separately due to the significance of their nature, size or incidence of occurrence. Exceptional items include certain legal advisory costs, platform migration costs, IFRS conversion costs, impairments of intangible assets, fair value gains or losses on disposals, profit/(loss) on the sale of available for sale financial assets, indirect taxes and restructuring costs.

 

Acquisition related items.   Primarily relates to legal and tax advisory costs attributable to acquisitions. In addition to these direct acquisition costs, we also include fair value adjustments to contingent consideration paid in relation to our completed acquisitions.

 

Amortization – acquisition related.   Amortization of the intangible assets associated with our acquisitions is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the difference between each asset’s cost and the residual value over the asset’s estimated useful life.

 

Depreciation and amortization - other.   Depreciation on tangible fixed assets and amortization of other intangible assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the difference between each asset’s cost and the residual value over the asset’s estimated useful life.

 

Share-based compensation.   Relates to equity compensation arrangements for our employees under which we grant equity instruments as consideration for services.

 

Other gains/(losses) – net .   Principally includes the net profit and loss impact of adjustments to the fair value of unrealized forward foreign exchange contracts used to manage our foreign exchange

 

49


Table of Contents
  risk and the non-cash impact of the retranslation of foreign exchange exposures on monetary balances.

 

Finance costs – net .   Interest and similar expenses relate to interest on borrowings and on finance lease liabilities, issue costs on borrowings, dividends on redeemable preference shares and the unwinding of discounts. Interest income relates to interest earned on short-term bank deposits.

 

Income tax expense .   Represents the aggregate amount included in the determination of profit for the period in respect of current tax and deferred tax, predominantly paid in the United Kingdom and the United States.

Results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013:

 

       For the year ended December 31,  
($ in millions and as a % of revenue, unless noted)     

2012

       2013  

Revenue

       860.6           100.0 %          947.9           100.0

Operating expenses

       (454.0        52.8        (515.1        54.3

Exceptional items

       (40.3        4.7 %          (60.6        6.4

Acquisition related items

       (0.9        0.1        1.4           (0.1 )% 

Amortization – acquisition related

       (46.2        5.4        (50.1        5.3

Depreciation and amortization – other

       (66.7        7.8        (86.0        9.1

Share-based compensation

       (16.2        1.9        (8.1        0.9

Other gains/(losses) – net

       (11.6        1.3        0.7           (0.1 )% 

Operating profit

       224.7           26.1        230.1           24.3

Finance costs – net

       (28.9        3.4        (19.4        2.0

Profit before income tax

       195.8           22.8        210.7           22.2

Income tax expense

       (42.7        5.0        (63.7        6.7

Profit after income tax

       153.1           17.8        147.0           15.5

Other financial data:

                                           

Adjusted EBITDA

       358.2           –             421.3           –     

Adjusted EBITDA margin(1)

       47.0        –             45.6        –     

Adjusted Earnings

       218.4           –             248.4           –     

 

(1) Adjusted EBITDA margin is defined as Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue, excluding revenue attributable to non-controlling interests.

Revenue

Revenue increased by $87.3 million, or 10.1%, to $947.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $860.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. On a constant currency basis, our revenue growth was 10.5%, or $90.7 million.

Organic revenue growth accounted for $52.1 million, or 6.1% of the 10.1% increase. This was driven by a $28.1 million increase in our Processing segment revenue, primarily associated with our loans processing product due to increased trading volumes across primary, secondary and buy-side trades, with each having different unit charges. In addition, we saw continued growth in our Information segment, which accounted for $18.6 million of the increase, primarily attributable to continued new business wins and new product and service developments.

 

50


Table of Contents

Acquisitions contributed $38.6 million to revenue growth, or 4.4% of the 10.1% increase in revenue, primarily in relation to revenue from Securities Finance and EDM, which were acquired in April 2012 and July 2012, respectively.

We experienced an unfavorable movement in the pound sterling, period-over-period, which reduced our revenue growth by $3.4 million, or 0.4% of the 10.1% increase in revenue.

Recurring fixed revenue as a percentage of total revenue increased from 49.8% for the year ended December 31, 2012, to 50.6% for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was driven by revenue growth associated with the acquisitions of Securities Finance and EDM, both of which have predominantly fixed fee subscription-based revenue models, as well as new business within our Information segment and Managed Services sub-division. Recurring variable revenue as a percentage of total revenue increased from 44.8% for the year ended December 31, 2012, to 45.3% for the year ended December 31, 2013, principally due to the previously mentioned increase in our Processing segment revenue. Non-recurring revenue as a percentage of total revenue decreased from 5.4% for the year ended December 31, 2012, to 4.1% for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Operating expenses

Operating expenses increased by $61.1 million, or 13.5%, to $515.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $454.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. As a percentage of revenue, operating expenses increased from 52.8% to 54.3% over the same period.

Personnel costs contributed 59.9% and 59.7% of total operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. Personnel costs increased $35.2 million, or 12.9%, to $307.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was driven by several factors, including the addition of employees due to acquisitions, continued investment in products to facilitate future growth, as well as increases in employee cash compensation levels. In 2013 we revised our discretionary compensation structure, which resulted in an increased cash and lower equity award.

Exceptional items

Exceptional items for the year ended December 31, 2013 were a net expense of $60.6 million, and principally consisted of a $53.5 million impairment charge related to goodwill and acquired intangibles. The impairments are associated with the following cash generating units (“CGU”): full impairment of the assets of our Markit Hub CGU associated with the commercial outlook for this product, a partial impairment of our Markit on Demand (“MOD”) goodwill due to local cost pressures associated with operating at this asset’s location, reducing the anticipated rate of profit growth, and full impairment of the assets associated with BOAT following our decision to cease the operation of this product.

In addition, we incurred legal advisory fees of $6.3 million related to ongoing antitrust investigations by the U.S. Department of Justice and the European Commission and the associated class action lawsuits. A $5.0 million non-recurring charge associated with our review of our indirect tax compliance has been taken. These costs were partially offset by a $4.2 million profit on the sale of an investment.

Exceptional items totaled $40.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, and $21.4 million of this expenditure related to one-time costs incurred in migrating customers to a fully integrated platform for our loan settlement business. Legal advisory costs of $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 consisted of legal advisory fees associated with the ongoing antitrust investigation by the U.S. Department of Justice and the European Commission relating to credit derivatives and related markets. An $8.9 million goodwill impairment charge arose during the year ended December 31, 2012, which was largely offset by a reduction in contingent consideration associated with the same asset in acquisition related items.

 

51


Table of Contents

Acquisition related items

Acquisition related items decreased by $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from the year ended December 31, 2012, to a gain of $1.4 million. This included a gain of $1.8 million on the re-assessment of the fair value of contingent consideration on historic acquisitions. The cost of $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 related to the acquisitions of Securities Finance and EDM.

Amortization – acquisition related

Acquisition related amortization increased by $3.9 million, or 8.4%, to $50.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, reflecting the impact of a full period of amortization of intangible assets acquired through our Securities Finance and EDM acquisitions in April 2012 and June 2012, respectively.

Depreciation and amortization – other

Depreciation and amortization – other increased by $19.3 million, or 28.9%, to $86.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, principally due to a $16.4 million increase in the amortization of internally generated intangibles. This increase reflects the continued investment in developing and enhancing products and services.

Share-based compensation

Share-based compensation decreased by $8.1 million, or 50.0%, to $8.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $16.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease reflects a revision, in 2012, of the estimated number of options and restricted shares expected to vest.

Other gains/(losses) – net

For the year ended December 31, 2013, we had total net other gains of $0.7 million compared to total net other losses of $11.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The movement reflects, in part, net foreign exchange losses of $3.2 million recognized for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared with net foreign exchange losses of $10.1 million recognized for the year ended December 31, 2012, representing the non-cash impact of the retranslation of foreign exchange exposures on monetary balances.

A net gain on foreign exchange forward contracts of $3.9 million was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared with a net loss of $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Finance costs – net

Net finance costs decreased by $9.5 million, or 32.9%, to $19.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $28.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Interest on bank borrowings increased $1.4 million, or 27.5%, to $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, due to the higher average level of bank borrowings during the period.

Net finance costs for the year ended December 31, 2013 included a $3.1 million increase in the unwinding of discounts associated with the share buyback liability created following a share repurchase of $495.1 million in August 2012. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources” for more detail regarding this transaction.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, net finance costs included $5.2 million of interest cost related to $210.0 million of convertible notes, which were converted in full to equity on June 30, 2012.

In the year ended December 31, 2012, we entered into two new debt facilities. In March 2012, we entered into a $350.0 million debt facility with HSBC Bank plc. This facility was subsequently repaid during 2012 and cancelled. In July 2012, we entered into a $800.0 million debt facility with Barclays Bank plc, HSBC Bank plc and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc. Issue costs of $8.2 million were incurred in relation to these agreements in the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

52


Table of Contents

Income tax expense

Income tax expense was $63.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $42.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $21.0 million, or 49.2%. Our effective tax rate was 30.2% for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to 21.8% for the year ended December 31, 2012, reflecting the impact of non-deductible goodwill impairment costs and an increase in the proportion of profits earned in higher tax jurisdictions.

Profit after income tax

Profit for the period was $147.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $153.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, a decrease of $6.1 million, or 4.0%, which principally reflects the charge associated with our goodwill and acquired intangible asset impairments and an increased tax charge.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin

Adjusted EBITDA of $421.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased by $63.1 million, or 17.6%, from $358.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 due to increases in Adjusted EBITDA across all of our segments, but most notably within our Processing segment, which increased by $13.6 million attributable to increased volumes within our loans product, and within our Solutions segment, which increased by $9.9 million associated with continued growth of our Managed Services sub-division and the acquisition of EDM. The remainder of the increase in Adjusted EBITDA was largely attributable to a $36.9 million reduction in non-controlling interests following the acquisition of the remaining interests in our subsidiary MarkitSERV LLC.

The reduction in our Adjusted EBITDA margin to 45.6% for the year ended December 31, 2013 from 47.0% for the year ended December 31, 2012 was attributable to the above performance drivers, including the structural change to our compensation program. See “Selected Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information” for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to profit for the period from continuing operations.

Adjusted Earnings

Adjusted Earnings for the year ended December 31, 2013, increased $30.0 million, or 13.7%, to $248.4 million from $218.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This reflects the improved operating performance discussed above, partially offset by increased non-acquisition related intangible amortization, reflecting the continued investment in the development of new products and services and increased tax charges, reflecting the proportion of profits earned in higher tax jurisdictions. See “Selected Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information” for a reconciliation of Adjusted Earnings to profit for the period from continuing operations.

 

53


Table of Contents

Results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

       For the year ended December 31,  
($ in millions and as a % of revenue unless noted)      2011        2012  

Revenue

       762.5           100.0        860.6         100.0%       

Operating expenses

       (403.0        52.9        (454.0      52.8%       

Exceptional items

       (11.6        1.5        (40.3      4.7%       

Acquisition related items

       (4.8        0.6        (0.9      0.1%       

Amortization – acquisition related

       (34.4        4.5        (46.2      5.4%       

Depreciation and amortization – other

       (62.7        8.2        (66.7      7.8%       

Share-based compensation

       (11.7        1.5        (16.2      1.9%       

Other losses – net

       (4.6        0.6        (11.6      1.3%       

Operating profit

       229.7           30.1        224.7         26.1%       

Finance costs – net

       (22.9        3.0        (28.9      3.4%       

Profit before income tax

       206.8           27.1        195.8         22.8%       

Income tax expense

       (50.6        6.6        (42.7      5.0%       

Profit after income tax

       156.2           20.5        153.1         17.8%       

Other financial data:

                                         

Adjusted EBITDA

       305.0           –               358.2         –               

Adjusted EBITDA margin(1)

       45.8        –               47.0      –               

Adjusted Earnings

       184.8           –               218.4         –               

 

(1) Adjusted EBITDA margin is defined as Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue, excluding revenue attributable to non-controlling interests.

Revenue

Revenue from continuing operations increased by $98.1 million, or 12.9%, to $860.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $762.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. On a constant currency basis, our revenue growth was 13.7%, or $104.4 million.

Organic revenue growth accounted for $45.0 million, or 5.9% of the 12.9% increase in revenue. This growth was attributed to an increase of $25.4 million in our Information segment due to continued new business wins and $12.5 million in our Processing segment, primarily associated with our loans processing product due to increased primary trade volumes and the introduction of buy-side trade fees.

Acquisitions contributed $59.4 million to revenue growth, or 7.8% of the 12.9% increase in revenue, of which $50.1 million was associated with the acquisitions of Securities Finance and EDM made in April 2012 and June 2012, respectively.

We also experienced unfavorable movements in both euro and pounds sterling, period-over-period, which reduced our revenue growth by $6.3 million, or (0.8)% of the 12.9% increase in revenue.

Recurring fixed revenue increased as a percentage of total revenue from 45.4% for the year ended December 31, 2011, to 49.8% for the year ended December 31, 2012. Recurring variable revenue decreased as a percentage of total revenue from 49.7% for the year ended December 31, 2011, to 44.8% for the year ended December 31, 2012. The change in the relative contribution of these two revenue classifications was driven by the revenue growth associated with the acquisitions of Securities Finance and EDM, both of which have predominantly subscription-based revenue models, as well as

 

54


Table of Contents

continued growth of our Information segment. Non-recurring revenue as a percentage of total revenue increased from 4.9% for the year ended December 31, 2011, to 5.4% for the year ended December 31, 2012, principally driven by consulting revenue from the acquisition of EDM.

Operating expenses

Operating expenses increased by $51.0 million, or 12.7%, to $454.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $403.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase is primarily attributable to a $30.0 million increase in personnel costs. The increase in personnel costs was driven by $15.7 million associated with the addition of employees due to acquisitions, as well as an increase in hiring to support organic growth and increases in employee compensation levels.

Technology costs increased by $12.9 million, or 19.3%, which included costs associated with the acquisition of Securities Finance and EDM, as well as additional technology costs within our Processing segment to support the provision of enhanced services to customers in light of regulatory changes in the derivatives market.

Exceptional items

Exceptional items totaled $40.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, and $21.4 million of this expenditure related to one-time costs incurred in migrating customers to a fully integrated platform for our loan settlement business. Legal advisory costs of $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 consisted of legal advisory fees associated with the ongoing antitrust investigation by the U.S. Department of Justice and the European Commission relating to credit derivatives and related markets. An $8.9 million goodwill impairment charge arose during the year ended December 31, 2012, which was largely offset by a reduction in contingent consideration associated with the same asset in acquisition related items.

Exceptional items of $11.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 included $7.8 million of restructuring costs involving a rationalization of our premises and severance costs associated with a company-wide employee reduction program. Additionally, $6.1 million of legal advisory costs were incurred in relation to the antitrust investigations. Exceptional costs were partially offset by a gain on sale of assets of $2.3 million.

Acquisition related items

Total acquisition related items decreased by $3.9 million, or 81.3%, to $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease can be attributed to adjustments to the fair value of contingent consideration on historic acquisitions. This was partially offset by a $1.0 million, or 38.5%, increase in acquisition costs, which represent legal, tax and other advisory fees.

Amortization – acquisition related

Acquisition related amortization increased by $11.8 million, or 34.3%, to $46.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, representing the impact of the acquisitions of Securities Finance and EDM in April 2012 and June 2012, respectively.

Depreciation and amortization – other

Depreciation and amortization – other increased by $4.0 million, or 6.4%, to $66.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, reflecting our continued investment in developing and enhancing products and services.

Share-based compensation

Share-based compensation increased by $4.5 million, or 38.5%, to $16.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 due to the impact of a revision of the number of options and restricted shares expected to vest in 2012.

 

55


Table of Contents

Other losses – net

For the year ended December 31, 2012, net other losses were $11.6 million, compared to net other losses of $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The higher loss reflects, in part, a recorded net loss on foreign exchange forward contracts of $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared with a net gain of $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Other net foreign exchange losses of $10.1 million were recognized for the year ended December 31, 2012, representing the non-cash impact of the retranslation of foreign exchange exposures on monetary balances. For the year ended December 31, 2011, a net foreign exchange loss of $5.6 million was recognized.

Finance costs – net

Net finance costs increased by $6.0 million, or 26.2%, to $28.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $22.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in net finance costs was primarily driven by the increase in interest on bank borrowings, which reflects the higher level of average bank debt held during the year, due in particular to the acquisitions made in April 2012 and June 2012 for a combined $387.2 million in cash. In addition, $8.2 million of issue costs were incurred for the year ended December 31, 2012 related to two multi-currency credit facilities agreed in the year, one of which has subsequently been repaid and cancelled.

These increases were partially offset by a $5.3 million, or 50.5%, decrease in interest on convertible notes year-over-year. This follows the conversion, in full, of the outstanding $210.0 million convertible notes to equity on June 30, 2012.

Income tax expense

Income tax expense was $50.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $42.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, a decrease of $7.9 million, or 15.6%. Our effective tax rate was 21.8% for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to 24.5% for the year ended December 31, 2011. The 2012 effective tax rate was lower due to U.K. profits being subject to a lower U.K. statutory tax rate, and increased permanent tax deductible expenditures recognized for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Profit after income tax

Profit for the period was $153.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $156.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, a decrease of $3.1 million, or 2.0%.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin

Adjusted EBITDA was $358.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $305.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $53.2 million, or 17.4%. Our Information segment contributed $40.0 million to the increase in Adjusted EBITDA, driven by the acquisition of Securities Finance and increased Adjusted EBITDA in our Valuation and Trading Services sub-division. Our Solutions segment also contributed $11.4 million of Adjusted EBITDA growth, primarily due to the acquisition of EDM and other growth within our Enterprise Software sub-division.

Adjusted EBITDA margin for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 47.0%, which increased from 45.8% for the year ended December 31, 2011. See “Selected Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information” for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to profit for the period from continuing operations.

Adjusted Earnings

Adjusted Earnings of $218.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased $33.6 million, or 18.2%, from $184.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This reflects the improved operating performance discussed above partially offset by increased non-acquisition related intangible

 

56


Table of Contents

amortization, reflecting the continued investment in the development of new products and services. See “Selected Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information” for a reconciliation of Adjusted Earnings to profit for the period from continuing operations.

Segmental Analysis

 

 

 

      

    For the year ended December 31,

 
($ in millions)      2011        2012        2013  

Segmental data:

                                

Information

       373.4           431.3           459.6   

Processing

       227.3           238.8           265.3   

Solutions

       161.8           190.5           223.0   

Total revenue

       762.5           860.6           947.9   

Information

       174.5           214.5           217.2   

Processing

       128.8           124.5           138.1   

Solutions

       56.2           67.6           77.5   

Less non-controlling interests

       (54.5        (48.4        (11.5

Total Adjusted EBITDA

       305.0           358.2           421.3   

Information

       46.7        49.7        47.3

Processing

       56.7        52.1        52.1

Solutions

       34.7        35.5        34.8

Adjusted EBITDA margin(1)

       45.8        47.0        45.6

 

(1) Adjusted EBITDA margin is total Adjusted EBITDA divided by total revenue, excluding revenue attributable to non-controlling interests.

Segmental analysis for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013

Information

Revenue in our Information segment increased by $28.3 million, or 6.6%, to $459.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $431.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The acquisition of Securities Finance accounted for a significant amount of the increase, with the remaining growth attributable to new product development and new business wins, mainly within our Pricing and Reference Data and Indices sub-divisions.

Adjusted EBITDA in our Information segment increased by $2.7 million, or 1.3%, to $217.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $214.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was attributable to the acquisition of Securities Finance and growth within our Pricing and Reference Data sub-division, offset by lower Adjusted EBITDA within our Services sub-division associated with investment in the development of new products. Adjusted EBITDA margin was 47.3% for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to 49.7% for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Processing

Revenue in our Processing segment increased by $26.5 million, or 11.1%, to $265.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $238.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Our revenue increase was the result of continued growth of our loans processing product, which benefited from high levels of primary loan issuances and trading volume in loan markets.

Adjusted EBITDA in our Processing segment increased by $13.6 million, or 10.9%, to $138.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $124.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was attributable to the performance of our loans processing product, which as highlighted above saw strong levels of revenue growth. This was partially offset by investment in our derivatives

 

57


Table of Contents

processing product associated with increased personnel costs as we continue to invest in product development opportunities created by the changing regulatory environment. Our Adjusted EBITDA margin remained consistent at 52.1% for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to the year ended December 31, 2012.

Solutions

Revenue in our Solutions segment increased by $32.5 million, or 17.1%, to $223.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $190.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This growth was largely attributable to the acquisition of EDM, as well as growth from new customer contracts within our Managed Services sub-division.

Adjusted EBITDA in our Solutions segment increased by $9.9 million, or 14.6%, to $77.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $67.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was driven by the acquisition of EDM, as well as growth within our Managed Services sub-division. Our Adjusted EBITDA margin reduced to 34.8% for the year ended December 31, 2013, from 35.5% for the year ended December 31, 2012, driven by lower non-recurring software license revenue in our Enterprise Software sub-division.

Segmental analysis for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012

Information

Revenue in our Information segment increased by $57.9 million, or 15.5%, to $431.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $373.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase is primarily driven by acquisitions in the period, which contributed growth of $37.6 million. In addition to the acquisitions, the remainder of the growth was attributable to new business growth across each of our Pricing and Reference Data, Indices and Valuation and Trading Services sub-divisions.

Adjusted EBITDA in our Information segment increased by $40.0 million, or 22.9%, to $214.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $174.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase reflects the impact of acquisitions in the period, as well as operating leverage within our Valuation and Trading Services sub-division as revenue increased. This combination resulted in Adjusted EBITDA margins increasing to 49.7% for the year ended December 31, 2012, from 46.7% for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Processing

Revenue in our Processing segment increased by $11.5 million, or 5.1%, to $238.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $227.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Our loans processing product increased revenue during the year ended December 31, 2012, as the number of loan issuances increased and because of the introduction of buy-side fees. Revenue within our derivatives processing product was flat, as growth in interest rates, foreign exchange and equity derivatives was largely offset by lower trade volumes within the credit markets.

Adjusted EBITDA in our Processing segment decreased by $4.3 million, or 3.3%, to $124.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $128.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Although our loans processing product saw an increase in Adjusted EBITDA during the year ended December 31, 2012, this increase was more than offset by a decrease in Adjusted EBITDA attributable to our derivatives processing product due to an increase in personnel costs resulting from investment in product development opportunities created by a changing regulatory landscape. As a consequence, Adjusted EBITDA margins declined from 56.7% for the year ended December 31, 2011, to 52.1% for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Solutions

Revenue in our Solutions segment increased by $28.7 million, or 17.7%, to $190.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $161.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase

 

58


Table of Contents

was driven by the acquisition of EDM, as well as organic growth from our Enterprise Software sub-division due to new customers and the development of new products and services in response to regulatory change.

Adjusted EBITDA in our Solutions segment increased by $11.4 million, or 20.3%, to $67.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $56.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase was driven by the acquisition of EDM and by the above mentioned organic growth within our Enterprise Software sub-division. Our Adjusted EBITDA margin increased to 35.5% for the year ended December 31, 2012, from 34.7% for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Quarterly Financial Information

The table below presents summary financial data for our quarterly unaudited consolidated results of operations for each of the quarters in the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013. In management’s opinion, the data has been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, and reflects all necessary adjustments for a fair presentation of this data. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for a full year or any future period.

 

    March 31,     June 30,     September 30,     December 31,         March 31,     June 30,     September 30,     December 31,  
($ in millions)   2012         2013  

Information

    97.3        108.5        111.4        114.1          111.6        115.6        115.5        116.9   

Processing

    58.9        60.0        57.8        62.1          65.2        70.9        64.2        65.0   

Solutions

    41.4        41.5        53.6        54.0          50.6        51.8        58.7        61.9   

Revenue

    197.6        210.0        222.8        230.2          227.4        238.3        238.4        243.8   

Operating expenses

    (108.0     (114.8     (113.6     (117.6       (125.1     (126.9     (127.7     (135.4

Exceptional items

    (1.0     (2.1     (25.5     (11.7       3.1        (1.1     (14.3     (48.3

Acquisition related items

    (0.1     (3.5     –          2.7          –          (0.1     (0.1     1.6   

Amortization – acquisition related

    (8.7     (11.7     (12.9     (12.9       (12.5     (11.9     (12.6     (13.1

Depreciation and amortization – other

    (15.2     (16.1     (17.0     (18.4       (19.8     (20.7     (21.9     (23.6

Share-based compensation

    (3.9     (3.9     (4.2     (4.2       (1.9     (2.0     (2.0     (2.2

Other (losses) / gains – net

    (5.2     2.1        (6.3     (2.2       12.9        (2.1     (6.3     (3.9

Operating profit

    55.5        60.0        43.3        65.9          84.1        73.5        53.5        18.9   

Finance costs – net

    (5.8     (6.6     (9.7     (6.8       (5.0     (5.3     (4.7     (4.4

Profit before income tax

    49.7        53.4        33.6        59.1          79.1        68.2        48.8        14.5   

Income tax expense

    (11.3     (13.1     (8.3     (10.0       (20.8     (14.8     (16.5     (11.6

Profit for the period from continuing operations

    38.4        40.3        25.3        49.1          58.3        53.4        32.3        2.9   

Owners of the parent

    30.8        33.1        19.7        41.4          50.7        53.4        32.3        2.9   

Non-controlling interests

    7.6        7.2        5.6        7.7          7.6        –          –          –     
      38.4        40.3        25.3        49.1          58.3        53.4        32.3        2.9   

Adjusted EBITDA(1):

                                                                 

Information

    45.5        50.8        56.5        61.7          51.4        55.0        54.4        56.4   

Processing

    30.7        32.4        30.4        31.0          34.7        39.0        34.6        29.8   

Solutions

    13.4        12.0        22.3        19.9          16.2        17.4        21.7        22.2   

Non-controlling interest

    (12.7     (13.0     (11.9     (10.8       (11.5     –          –          –     
      76.9        82.2        97.3        101.8          90.8        111.4        110.7        108.4   

Adjusted Earnings(2)

    46.2        48.3        55.7        68.2          47.5        70.8        64.7        65.4   

 

59


Table of Contents

 

(1) See “Selected Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information” for a description of how we define Adjusted EBITDA, why we believe it is useful to investors and a reconciliation to profit for the period from continuing operations.

 

(2) See “Selected Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information” for a description of how we define Adjusted Earnings, why we believe it is useful to investors and a reconciliation to profit for the period from continuing operations.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

 

We believe that cash flow from operating activities, available cash and cash equivalents and our access to our revolving credit facility will be sufficient to fund our liquidity requirements for at least the next 12 months. As of December 31, 2013, we had $607.3 million of total liquidity, comprising $75.3 million in cash and cash equivalents and $532.0 million of available borrowings under our multi-currency revolving credit facility. At December 31, 2012, we had $669.7 million of total liquidity, comprising $110.2 million in cash and cash equivalents and $559.5 million of available borrowings under our multi-currency revolving credit facility. In addition, we have historically generated strong cash flows from operations.

As of December 31, 2013, cash and cash equivalents of $48.6 million and $25.9 million were held in the United Kingdom and United States, respectively. All material cash and cash equivalents are available for use in the United Kingdom if required and without ramification. All cash and cash equivalents are held with three independent financial institutions with a minimum credit rating of A as defined by the three main credit rating agencies. As of December 31, 2013, all cash and cash equivalents were held in accounts with banks such that the funds are immediately available or in fixed term deposits with a maximum maturity of three months.

In July 2012, we entered into a credit agreement under which we obtained an $800.0 million unsecured multi-currency revolving credit facility. At December 31, 2013, we were in material compliance with all covenants under the facility. See Note 25 to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a summary of the material terms of our revolving credit facility.

In March 2014, we amended and restated our existing credit agreement. The amended and restated agreement provided a $1,050.0 million unsecured multi-currency revolving credit facility. The amended and restated facility is for a term of five years, through March 21, 2019, and carries interest at a margin of between 0.75% and 1.75% over LIBOR, or, for amounts drawn in euro, over EURIBOR, and a commitment fee of 35% of the margin on the undrawn balance.

In June 2012, $210.0 million of convertible notes issued in 2010 matured, and the entire balance of the loan was converted into equity.

In August 2012, we repurchased 2,193,948 shares for consideration of $495.1 million, payable in quarterly instalments through May 2017. Amounts outstanding under this arrangement carry no coupon but bear an accounting charge for the unwinding of discounts. For accounting purposes, the present value of this liability at December 31, 2013 amounted to $306.6 million. At December 31, 2012, the present value of this liability was $398.7 million.

We had total debt, excluding capital leases and certain other obligations, of $221.4 million, $653.7 million and $574.6 million as of December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. At December 31, 2013, our total debt principally included $268.0 million drawn under our long-term multi-currency revolving credit facility and $306.6 million related to our share repurchase in August 2012.

 

60


Table of Contents

Cash flows

The following table summarizes our operating, investing and financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013:

 

      

For the year ended December 31,

 
($ in millions)      2011        2012       

2013  

 

Net cash provided by / (used) in:

                            

Operating activities

       322.2         340.6         339.8   

Investing activities

       (137.8      (479.6      (170.6

Financing activities

       (163.3      99.4         (203.9

Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

       21.1         (39.6      (34.7

Net cash generated by operating activities

Net cash generated by operating activities decreased by $0.8 million, to $339.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $340.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Cash generated for the year ended December 31, 2013 reflected additional cash generated from operations during the period and a reduction in interest paid, offset by movements in working capital, reflecting business growth as well as an increase in income tax paid.

Net cash generated by operating activities increased by $18.4 million, to $340.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $322.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Cash generated for the year ended December 31, 2012 reflected additional cash generated from operations and positive net working capital movements. The working capital movement is principally related to an increase in liabilities, specifically related to a $21.4 million platform migration exceptional cost and growth in the deferred income liability due to the impact of acquisitions, in addition to the continued growth in the business. This was partially offset by an increase in interest paid, due predominantly to arrangement fees associated with two credit facilities, one of which was subsequently repaid and cancelled, and an increase in income tax paid reflecting the mitigation of tax liabilities in 2011 through the utilization of brought forward tax losses.

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows used in investing activities decreased by $309.0 million to an outflow of $170.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from an outflow of $479.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Cash flows used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 primarily related to the payment of $33.1 million of contingent consideration in relation to historic acquisitions and capital expenditures of $130.5 million as we continued to invest in our business to drive growth. This was partially offset by $5.2 million of proceeds from the sale of an investment.

Cash flows used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily related to $380.8 million used for acquisitions. Acquisitions for the period included our acquisitions of Securities Finance and EDM. Additionally, capital expenditures totaled $99.0 million during the period.

The $31.5 million increase in capital expenditures from the year ended December 31, 2012 to the year ended December 31, 2013 related to product development costs and the impact of acquisitions. The increase also reflects further expenditure on computer equipment.

Cash flows used in investing activities increased by $341.8 million to an outflow of $479.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from an outflow of $137.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Cash flows used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 primarily related to $66.7 million used for acquisitions and $75.0 million for capital expenditures. This was partially offset by $3.8 million of proceeds from the disposal of fixed assets.

 

61


Table of Contents

The $24.0 million increase in capital expenditures from the year ended December 31, 2011 to the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily a result of growth in the business, and in particular investment in a number of new offices in the second half of the year.

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

Net cash provided by financing activities decreased to an outflow of $203.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from an inflow of $99.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 reflected $281.3 million related to transactions with shareholders and $157.0 million of borrowing repayments, partially offset by $177.0 million of proceeds from bank borrowings used to finance investing activities and $57.4 million of proceeds from the issuance of ordinary shares. The proceeds from issuance of shares predominantly reflect the exercise price associated with options exercised by employees in connection with the investment by Temasek.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 reflected $240.5 million of proceeds from bank borrowings used to finance investing activities and $43.1 million of proceeds from the issuance of ordinary shares, primarily from the exercise of options, partially offset by $158.7 million used for the repurchase of ordinary shares and the payment of $25.5 million of dividends to non-controlling interests.

Net cash provided by financing activities increased to an inflow of $99.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from an outflow of $163.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 was due to $120.0 million used for repayment of bank borrowings, $31.8 million used for the repurchase of ordinary shares and the payment of $30.7 million of dividends to non-controlling interests.

Contractual Obligations and Contingencies

 

 

Contractual obligations

The following table summarizes our estimated material contractual cash obligations and other commercial commitments at December 31, 2013, and the future periods in which such obligations are expected to be settled in cash:

 

                  Cash payments due by period  
($ in millions)      Total        Less than 1
year
       1-3 years        3-5 years        After 5 years  

Bank borrowings(1)

       282.2           4.0           8.0           270.2           –       

Other indebtedness(2)

       322.5           103.0           175.6           43.9           –       

Operating leases

       140.4           20.8           31.7           26.0           61.9   

Earn out and contingent consideration

       37.0           3.8           7.9           7.8           17.5   

Total

       782.1           131.6           223.2           347.9           79.4   

 

(1) Borrowings commitment includes estimates of future interest payable; the amount of interest payable will depend upon the timing of cash flows as well as fluctuations in the applicable interest rates. In respect of the interest presented in this table, we have assumed an interest rate of 1.49% as of December 31, 2013, which has been applied to the amount at that date. Of our estimated interest payments in respect of borrowings of $14.2 million, $4.0 million is payable in less than one year, $8.0 million is payable in one to three years and $2.2 million is payable in three to five years.

 

(2) As of February 28, 2014 other indebtedness reduced to $296.8 million following a repayment of $25.7 million.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

We have no significant off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

62


Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

 

In addition to the risks inherent in our operations, we are exposed to a variety of financial risks, such as market risk (including foreign currency exchange, cash flow and fair value interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk, and further information can be found in Note 3 to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Principal Accounting Policies, Critical Accounting Estimates and Key Judgments

 

 

The preparation of our financial information requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

Our accounting policies which drive critical accounting estimates and involve key judgments include business combinations, valuation of contingent consideration, valuation of intangible assets on acquisition, goodwill impairment testing, internally developed intangibles, revenue recognition, valuation of the company’s shares and income taxes, and are discussed in further detail in Note 4 to the audited consolidated financial statements that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. For a summary of all of our significant accounting policies, see Note 2 to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. New standards and interpretations not yet adopted are also disclosed in Note 2.25 to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

JOBS Act

 

 

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

We may take advantage of these provisions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue, our common shares held by non-affiliates have a market value in excess of $700 million, or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced burdens.

The JOBS Act permits an “emerging growth company” like us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We are choosing to “opt out” of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted. Our decision to opt out of the extended transition period is irrevocable.

 

63


Table of Contents

Business

Overview

 

 

Markit is a leading global diversified provider of financial information services. Our offerings enhance transparency, reduce risk and improve operational efficiency in the financial markets. Since we launched our business in 2003, we have become deeply embedded in the systems and workflows of many of our customers and continue to become increasingly important to our customers’ operations. We leverage leading technologies and our industry expertise to create innovative products and services across multiple asset classes. We provide pricing and reference data, indices, valuation and trading services, trade processing, enterprise software and managed services. Our end-users include front and back office professionals, such as traders, portfolio managers, risk managers, research professionals and other capital markets participants, as well as operations, compliance and enterprise data managers. We are highly responsive to evolving industry needs and work closely with market participants to develop new products and services.

We have over 3,000 institutional customers globally, including banks, hedge funds, asset managers, accounting firms, regulators, corporations, exchanges and central banks. As of December 31, 2013, we had 22 offices in 10 countries. For the year ended December 31, 2013, approximately 49.9% of our revenue came from customers in the United States, 40.3% from the European Union and 9.8% from other geographic areas, principally located in Asia Pacific. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we generated 50.6% of our revenue from recurring fixed fees and 45.3% from recurring variable fees.

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, we generated revenue of $762.5 million, $860.6 million and $947.9 million, respectively. We generated profit attributable to equity holders of $125.8 million, $125.0 million and $139.4 million, and Adjusted EBITDA of $305.0 million, $358.2 million and $421.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. Our Adjusted EBITDA margin for the year ended December 31, 2013 was 45.6%, reflecting the operating leverage inherent in our business model and our culture of cost management.

Our business is organized in three divisions: Information, Processing and Solutions.

Information: Our Information division, which represented approximately 48.5% of our revenue in 2013, provides enriched content comprising pricing and reference data, indices and valuation and trading services across multiple asset classes and geographies through both direct and third-party distribution channels. Our Information division products and services are used for independent valuations, research, trading, and liquidity and risk assessments. These products and services help our customers price instruments, comply with relevant regulatory reporting and risk management requirements, and analyze financial markets. We conduct more than 150,000 independent valuations and price more than two million corporate, municipal and securitized bonds on a daily basis.

Processing: Our Processing division, which represented approximately 28.0% of our revenue in 2013, offers trade processing solutions globally for over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives, foreign exchange (“FX”) and syndicated loans. Our trade processing services enable buy-side and sell-side firms to confirm transactions rapidly, which increases efficiency by optimizing post-trade workflow, reducing risk, complying with reporting regulations and improving connectivity. We believe we are the largest provider of end-to-end multi-asset OTC derivatives trade processing services. On average, we process over 80,000 OTC derivatives trades daily, and we settle substantially all leveraged syndicated loans in the Loan Syndications and Trading Association (“LSTA”) and also support and settle loans trading in the Loan Market Association (“LMA”) market.

Solutions: Our Solutions division, which represented approximately 23.5% of our revenue in 2013, provides configurable enterprise software platforms, managed services and hosted custom web

 

64


Table of Contents

solutions. Our offerings, which are targeted at a broad range of financial services industry participants, help our customers capture, organize, process, display and analyze information, manage risk and meet regulatory requirements. We manage documentation for over 60,000 unique entities, and our loans portfolio management platform is used to service over $850 billion of loans.

Our Competitive Strengths

 

 

We believe that our competitive strengths include the following:

Demonstrated Ability to Innovate and Develop New Products. We work closely with our customers to develop and introduce new offerings that are designed to enhance transparency, reduce risk and improve operational efficiency. In recent years, we have launched new products addressing a wide array of customer needs, such as managing credit exposure, meeting regulatory reporting requirements, increasing efficiency in trade confirmation, enhancing industry communication and improving bond market transparency. We offer a distribution model that enables our customers to receive our data either through our own proprietary distribution channels or through third-party applications. This flexible model allows customers to use our products efficiently.

Trusted Partner for Diversified, Global Customer Base and Strong Brand Recognition. We believe that our customers trust and rely on us for our consultative approach to product development, dedication to customer support and proven ability to execute and deliver effective solutions. Our industry expertise allows us to understand our customers’ needs, provide effective solutions and grow our product and service offerings. Our global footprint allows us to serve our customers throughout the world and to introduce our products and services to customers in new markets. The Markit brand is well established and recognized throughout the financial services community — many of the major financial market participants use our products and services. We also own a number of well-known index brands, including the Purchasing Managers Index (“PMI”) series, iBoxx, iTraxx and CDX.

Proven Ability to Acquire and Grow Complementary Businesses. We have a history of making targeted acquisitions that facilitate our growth by complementing our existing products and services and addressing market opportunities. We seek to acquire companies that allow us to consolidate existing businesses, diversify into related markets, and access technologies, products or expertise that enhance our product and service offerings. We have a proven track record of successfully integrating acquisitions into our business, including our global sales network, technology infrastructure and operational delivery model. With this strategy, we have driven strong growth in our acquired products, generating attractive returns on capital.

Attractive Financial Model. We believe we have an attractive financial model due to high recurring revenue, strong organic growth and high cash generation.

 

High Recurring Revenue : We offer our products and services primarily through recurring fixed fee and variable fee agreements. This business model has historically delivered stable revenue and predictable cash flows. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we generated 50.6% of our revenue from recurring fixed fees and 45.3% from recurring variable fees. Many of the capabilities that we provide are core to our customers’ business operations, deeply embedded in their existing workflows and difficult to replace.

We calculate a renewal rate to assess how successful we have been in maintaining our existing business for products and services that fall due for renewal. This renewal rate compares the dollar value of renewals during the period to the total dollar value of all contracts that fall due for renewal during the period. This population of renewals is largely contracts that are recurring fixed fee in nature. The value of the contracts renewed includes situations where customers have renewed but downgraded the contract price, reduced the number of products and services they purchase from

 

65


Table of Contents

us and decided not to renew all products and services. It does not include the benefit of price increases on these existing products or services, or upgrades to existing contracted products or services. Using this definition, for the year ended December 31, 2013, our renewal rate of recurring fixed fee contracts was approximately 90%.

 

Strong Organic Growth : The breadth of our offerings in conjunction with our large, global customer base allows us to cross-sell our products and services. We have also developed new products and services and substantially expanded our customer base. We have a demonstrated ability to drive organic growth with average organic revenue growth of 5.4% over the past three years.

 

High Cash Generation : Our business has low capital requirements for product maintenance and development, allowing us to generate strong cash flow. Our infrastructure and technology platforms allow us to accommodate additional product and service volumes with limited incremental operating costs or capital expenditures, further increasing cash generation.

Experienced Management Team Incentivized by Ownership Culture. On average, our 35 most senior managers have worked in the financial industry for 22 years. This experience has provided our management team with a strong network of relationships and an extensive understanding of market participants within the financial services industry. We have attracted a highly-qualified and motivated employee base through significant employee ownership which creates a culture of innovation and an organization that quickly adapts to change. As of December 31, 2013, as adjusted for this offering, our management team and employees collectively held equity and options representing         % of the company. Our management team is further supported by a Board of Directors that also has significant experience in the financial services industry.

Our Market Opportunity

 

 

The financial services industry has experienced significant change from regulatory and market forces over the last several years. We believe we are well-positioned to embrace these changes, which include:

Focus on Efficiency in the Financial Services Industry. Financial institutions are focused on rationalizing costs and increasingly view third-party products and services as effective means of achieving cost efficiencies. In addition, as financial institutions look to optimize vendor management, they are exhibiting a preference for companies with scale that offer a broad array of products and services. We believe our scale and broad portfolio of solutions position us well as customers seek to consolidate vendors. We also work actively with our customers to find opportunities to reduce their costs and improve services through industry solutions, most notably in managed services.

Changing Regulatory Landscape. New global regulations are driving higher capital requirements, enhanced risk management, and increased electronic trading and reporting and compliance requirements. In addition, regulations are driving market participants to gather more timely, relevant and complete data to improve transparency. With these new regulations and as regulatory authorities globally continue to establish stricter standards, we believe our customers will continue to strengthen their compliance capabilities, manage greater volumes of data and improve their risk management functions.

Evolving Technology and Communication Networks. Technology and information services are migrating toward cloud-based solutions and open architecture platforms. This trend creates challenges for securities firms and institutional investors, which have typically employed technology that is designed, built and administered in-house, a model that has limited flexibility and results in increased costs. In addition, instant messaging and social networks challenge the current closed, point-to-point communication networks used in financial services. These trends present an opportunity to create new

 

66


Table of Contents

services based on flexible technologies in a secure and compliant manner by moving away from high-cost, single-provider platforms.

Growth Shifting to Emerging Markets and Developing Economies. Emerging markets and developing economies are experiencing more rapid economic and population growth relative to developed economies in Western Europe and the United States. Emerging markets and developing economies are expected to account for 40.8% of nominal global gross domestic product by 2017 (up from 37.7% in 2012), according to the International Monetary Fund. As financial markets in emerging markets and developing economies continue to mature, we expect increased demand in these countries for our products and services.

Shifting Investment Styles. Investors are allocating increasing amounts of capital to passive investment products and are seeking exposure beyond equities to a wider range of asset classes, including bonds, loans and commodities. Passive investment products have proliferated due to investor demand for transparency, lower costs and greater liquidity, as evidenced by the net assets held by ETFs increasing at a compound annual growth rate of 29% from 2002 to 2012, according to the Investment Company Institute. Furthermore, the share of ETF assets in fixed income and commodities has increased from 10% in 2007 to 27% in 2012, demonstrating investor appetite for a wider range of asset classes. We believe these trends will persist, generating significant growth opportunities for our multi-asset class offerings.

Our Growth Strategies

 

 

Our strong historical results reflect successful execution of our strategy of driving organic growth, through development of new products and services and increased customer penetration, and making targeted acquisitions. We believe we are well-positioned for future growth and have a multi-faceted growth strategy that builds on our strong customer relationships, diversified product and service offerings and investments in people and technology. The key components of our strategy include:

Deliver Products and Services to Drive Customer Cost-Efficiency. The financial services industry’s regulatory and operating environment is putting pressure on our customers’ profits, driving them to rationalize costs and operate more efficiently. We believe there is a significant opportunity to reshape the cost structure of the industry by replacing services that have historically been duplicated across institutions. Our experience, reputation as a trusted partner and strong relationships with major financial institutions have allowed us to respond to customer needs for centralized services such as reference data management, customer on-boarding, global corporate actions and document management, which we believe will generate substantial cost savings for our customers. We believe we are in a strong position to remain a provider of choice for these services to our customers. For example, in September 2013, Markit and Genpact announced a partnership, working alongside some of the world’s largest banks, to centralize non-proprietary processes for on-boarding new customers and to manage other know-your-customer (“KYC”) requirements for the financial services industry.

Capitalize on Evolving Regulatory and Compliance Environment. Changing regulations are creating the need for new compliance and reporting processes, risk management protocols, disclosure requirements and analytics. We will continue to address these needs by providing auditable and compliant sources of risk and pricing data, multi-asset class global solutions, and integrated market and credit risk reporting. Our solutions are expected to support customers’ regulatory submissions, including stress testing and scenario analysis. In addition, we are re-positioning our trade processing business from a transaction-based confirmation service to a connectivity and regulatory reporting service; building out our KYC managed services capabilities; and enhancing our counterparty risk management and risk analytics offerings to meet the growing requirements of regulation and compliance. We expect our index business to benefit from the increased regulatory scrutiny imposed on administrators of benchmarks, which larger, well established providers such as ourselves are best positioned to address.

 

67


Table of Contents

Introduce Innovative Offerings and Enhancements. To maintain and enhance our leadership position, we continuously strive to introduce enhancements to our existing products and services as well as new products and services. We maintain an active dialogue with our customers and partners to allow us to understand their needs and anticipate market developments. For example, in October 2013, after extensive customer consultations, we launched an open messaging network that we believe will enable professionals in all parts of the global financial services industry to communicate and share information seamlessly in a secure and compliant manner.

Increase in Geographic, Product and Customer Penetration. We believe there are significant opportunities to increase the number of users of our products and services at existing institutional customers, increase the number of locations where our products and services are used with existing customers and increase our cross-selling of products and services. We plan to add new customers by responding to the changing demands of the financial services community and by leveraging our brand strength, broad portfolio of solutions, global footprint and strong industry knowledge. We have developed significant penetration into large sell-side and buy-side firms in North America and Western Europe and have established a presence in select emerging markets and developing economies, and there is potential for further penetration and growth in emerging markets and developing economies, particularly in Asia. Reflecting our commitment to these markets, in May 2013 Singapore’s state-owned investment company, Temasek, made a significant equity investment in our company, which has strengthened our links in Asia. We also recently relocated key management to Singapore to support our growing presence in the Asian markets.

Pursue Strategic Acquisitions. We selectively evaluate technologies and businesses that we believe have potential to enhance, complement or expand our product and service offerings and strengthen our value proposition to customers. We target acquisitions that can be efficiently integrated into our global sales network, technology infrastructure and operational delivery model to drive value. We believe we are an acquirer of choice among prospective acquisition targets due to our entrepreneurial culture, growth, global scale, strong brand and market position. We have acquired 25 businesses since our inception to December 31, 2013, with aggregate consideration of approximately $1.8 billion funded principally from operating cash flow.

Business Divisions

 

 

Information

Our Information division (2013 revenue of $459.6 million) provides enriched content comprising pricing and reference data, indices and valuation and trading services across multiple asset classes and geographies through both direct and third-party distribution channels. Our Information division products and services are used throughout the financial services industry for independent valuations, research, trading, and liquidity and risk assessments. These products and services help our customers to price instruments, comply with relevant regulatory reporting and risk management requirements, and analyze financial markets.

The Information division serves over 2,700 customers including buy-side firms (mutual funds, hedge funds, private equity funds, investment managers, insurance companies, pension funds, sovereign wealth funds and wealth managers), sell-side firms (investment banks, commercial banks, prime brokers, retail banks and custodian banks), exchanges, central banks, regulators, government agencies, rating agencies, research organizations, academics, accounting firms, consultancies, technology and service providers, and other corporations.

The Information division comprises three sub-divisions:

 

Pricing and Reference Data : Our pricing and reference data sub-division provides our customers with independent pricing across major geographies and key asset classes as well as instrument,

 

68


Table of Contents
  entity and reference data products. We price instruments spanning major asset classes, including fixed income, equities, credit and FX. Our offering comprises several products that support the pricing and reference data needs of the credit derivative, bond and syndicated loan markets, most notably Reference Entity Database (“RED”) and Bond Reference Data. Customers use our pricing data primarily for independent valuations, risk analytics and pre-trade analytics and our reference data products in a broad range of valuation, trading and risk applications in both cash and derivative markets.

 

Indices : We own and administer indices covering loans, bonds, credit default swaps, structured finance and economic indicators, including the PMI series, iBoxx, iTraxx and CDX. In addition to our Markit index families, we provide a range of index related services to enable our customers to meet their custom index requirements. Our indices are used for benchmarking, risk management, valuation and trading. They also form the basis of a wide range of financial products, including exchange traded funds, index funds, structured products and derivatives.

 

Valuation and Trading Services : We provide a broad range of valuation and trading services to both derivative and cash market participants focused on instrument and portfolio valuations, trading performance and analysis, research aggregation and investment process workflow. For example, Totem provides model validation and pricing verification of complex derivatives for sell-side firms. Our portfolio valuation service provides independent valuations for a wide range of derivatives and cash products across all asset classes to buy-side firms.

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, our Information division generated revenue of $431.3 million and $459.6 million, representing 50.1% and 48.5% of our total revenue, respectively, and Adjusted EBITDA of $214.5 million and $217.2 million, representing 52.8% and 50.2% of our total Adjusted EBITDA before the removal of non-controlling interest, respectively.

Processing

Our Processing division (2013 revenue of $265.3 million) offers trade processing solutions globally for OTC derivatives, FX and syndicated loans, including infrastructure and pre-trade and post-trade support. The division enables buy-side and sell-side firms to confirm transactions rapidly, which increases efficiency by optimizing post-trade workflow, reducing risk, complying with reporting regulations and improving connectivity. Our Processing division sells products and offers services directly rather than via third parties, and its most significant offerings are MarkitSERV, our derivatives processing platform, and Markit Clear, our loans processing platform.

We believe our derivatives processing platform is the industry standard for OTC derivatives post-trade processing across credit, interest rates, equity and FX asset classes. The platform supports electronic confirmation, regulatory reporting, clearing connectivity and trade delivery from trade counterparties and inter-dealer brokers, exchanges and electronic trading platforms and swap execution facilities. Our derivatives processing platform has an active network of over 1,500 customers, including sell-side firms, buy-side firms and execution venues, with connectivity to 15 central counterparties. As part of the derivatives processing offering we launched Credit Centre to allow customers to achieve pre-trade clearing certainty and manage credit lines across multiple venues in an electronically traded marketplace. On an average day, our derivatives processing platform processes over 80,000 OTC trades.

We believe our loans processing platform is the primary platform for the electronic confirmation, documentation and settlement of syndicated loans in the United States. It provides real time data on loan inventories as well as reconciliation and status reporting for new and historical trades. The platform connects sell-side and buy-side firms and loan agents in a single workflow. Functionality is

 

69


Table of Contents

currently being expanded to include loan custodians. We settle substantially all LSTA leveraged syndicated loans and also support and settle loans trading in the LMA market through our loans processing platform.

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, our Processing division generated revenue of $238.8 million and $265.3 million, representing 27.8% and 28.0% of our total revenue, respectively, and Adjusted EBITDA of $124.5 million and $138.1 million, representing 30.6% and 31.9% of our total Adjusted EBITDA before the removal of non-controlling interest, respectively.

Solutions

Our Solutions division (2013 revenue of $223.0 million) provides configurable enterprise software platforms, managed services and hosted custom web solutions. Our offerings help our customers capture, organize, process, display and analyze information, manage risk and meet regulatory requirements. As the financial services industry places a renewed emphasis on cost efficiency and operational risk reduction, institutions are likely to increase their use of outsourcing to industry experts, which should support demand for our Solutions offerings. Our products and services are designed to help our customers achieve material operational efficiency gains by using deep subject matter expertise, increasing automation and straight-through-processing rates, providing cost-effective hosting, institutionalizing regulatory compliance in our products and services and standardizing our customers’ business processes.

The division targets a broad customer base within the financial services industry including buy-side and sell-side firms, custodians, private equity firms, wealth management firms and retail brokerages. The division sells direct via in-house sales teams, cross-selling software and services when possible, with no third-party distribution agreements.

The Solutions division operates in two sub-divisions: enterprise software and managed services.

 

Enterprise Software : The primary products within the enterprise software sub-division include Enterprise Data Management (“EDM”), Analytics and Wall Street Office (“WSO”) – Software.

EDM software and services provide customers a central hub to manage the acquisition, validation, storage and distribution of data sets from multiple sources. EDM software, which is targeted at banks, regulators, data providers, asset managers, hedge funds and insurance companies, produces transparent and auditable views of positions, transactions, valuations, exposure and counterparties.

Analytics provides our customers with a range of enterprise risk management software solutions to enable customers to calculate risk measures while delivering exceptional computation speed and rapid time to market. We expect Analytics to benefit from regulations that introduce new risk measurement requirements and from the financial services industry’s greater adoption of risk management practices. The Analytics customer base focuses on leading banks and insurance companies globally.

WSO – Software provides loan portfolio management software to participants in the syndicated bank loan market, delivering a single platform for reporting, collateralized loan obligation compliance, integration, performance analysis and agent syndication across the complete trading lifecycle. WSO – Software targets buy-side loan investors, middle market lenders, fund administrators and underwriters of structured products (e.g., collateralized loan obligations).

 

Managed Services: Significant offerings within managed services include MOD, Counterparty Manager, WSO – Services, and Collaboration Services.

 

70


Table of Contents

MOD designs, builds and hosts custom web solutions for customers in both the retail and institutional financial services markets. The introduction and rapid growth of new user interfaces (e.g., mobile) along with increased demand for online consumption is expected to support further demand for MOD’s services. MOD targets online retail brokerages, sell-side firms, information providers and media firms.

Counterparty Manager provides an online platform for buy-side firms to manage counterparty documentation as they open and maintain trading accounts with sell-side firms. The platform enables the collection and distribution of KYC documents and regulatory support for the Dodd–Frank Act, Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act and other needs. We believe this platform continues to be in high demand as regulators and tax authorities on a global basis increase their oversight of financial markets.

WSO – Services helps syndicated loan customers streamline their business by providing outsourced access to our portfolio of services for middle and back office loan operations.

Our recently launched Collaboration Services platform provides an open, cross-industry messaging network and directory for the global financial services industry. We believe this will enable professionals in all parts of the industry to communicate and share information seamlessly in a secure and compliant manner.

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, our Solutions division generated revenue of $190.5 million and $223.0 million, representing 22.1% and 23.5% of our total revenue, respectively, and Adjusted EBITDA of $67.6 million and $77.5 million, representing 16.6% and 17.9% of our total Adjusted EBITDA before the removal of non-controlling interest, respectively.

Our History

 

 

Markit was founded in 2003 by a group of entrepreneurs with deep experience in the financial services industry with the goal of increasing transparency in the credit derivatives market, initially with a daily credit default swaps pricing product. After the successful launch of its first product, the company attracted investments from global financial institutions, private equity and other investment funds. Since its founding, Markit has grown through organic product and service development and targeted acquisitions.

Customers

 

 

We have a diverse customer base across buy-side and sell-side firms, including banks, asset managers, hedge funds, private equity and venture capital funds, fund administration firms and other organizations. Our customers also include exchanges, central banks, regulators, government agencies, rating agencies, research organizations, academics, accounting firms, consultancies, technology and service providers, and other corporations. We have over 3,000 corporate customers, including many of the largest companies in the financial services industry. In 2013, only one customer or group of affiliated customers represented more than 5% of our revenue, at 5.1%, and fewer than 20 customers or groups of affiliated customers generated more than $10 million in revenue.

 

71


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing

 

 

We have a dedicated global sales force, which in turn is supported by a global account management team as well as by specialists in all major product and service families. We annually develop sales, distribution and marketing strategies on a product-by-product and service-by-service basis. We leverage customer data, business and market intelligence and competitive profiling to retain customers and cross-sell products and services, while also working to promote unified brand recognition across all of our products and services.

Sources of Data

 

 

The data supporting our Information division products and services is sourced principally through three different kinds of arrangements. First, we gather data from some of our customers under agreements that also permit these customers to use the products and services created based on their data contribution. Second, we purchase or license data from market data providers under contracts that reflect prevailing market pricing for the data elements purchased. Third, we source data either from public sources, such as corporate actions or bond issuances, or through direct means, such as conducting surveys for economic data. Because of the efficiency of our data gathering methods, our costs to source data are limited.

Information Technology

 

 

Our information technology systems are fundamental to our success. They are used for the storage, processing, access and delivery of the data that forms the foundation of our business and the development and delivery of the products and services we provide to our customers. Much of the technology we use and provide to our customers is developed, maintained and supported in-house by a team of over 1,100 employees. We generally own or have secured ongoing rights to use for the purposes of our business all the customer-facing applications that are material to our operations. We support and implement a mix of technologies, focused on implementing the most efficient technology for any given business requirement or task.

Data Centers

We provide most of our corporate and customer-facing services through 11 core data centers that provide a geographically separated and resilient structure. These data centers are located in London, Amsterdam, Boulder (Colorado), Littleton (Colorado), Dallas (Texas), Atlanta (Georgia) and Carlstadt (New Jersey), and are strategically located and operated as close as possible to the business needs in each geographic region.

Disaster Recovery

We ensure that key assets, such as premises, systems, documents and services are available, robust and can be recovered and resumed within acceptable timeframes following an incident that impacts operations. We have a committed business continuity infrastructure that is directed by a steering group, which includes our global head of business continuity and information security, global head of group technology services and other key business heads. Each product and service has a business continuity plan that is tied into an overarching crisis management plan and an office business continuity plan. Our goal is to ensure that production infrastructure and staffing do not create the potential for single points of failure. Thus, all product and service data is backed up regularly, with weekly and monthly backups stored securely at a third-party off-site storage facility.

 

72


Table of Contents

Security

We place a high level of importance on our data protection and information security systems and have a dedicated team of security specialists. Markit’s information security team manages a wide range of security controls aimed at allowing our workforce to operate in a secure, policy-compliant manner. These controls are designed to alert us to possible weaknesses and breaches. Markit’s information security team also provides guidance at the product development stage to ensure best practice and engages in regular penetration testing of our products and services to assess security.

Competitors

 

 

We believe the principal competitive factors in our business include the depth, breadth, timeliness and cost-effectiveness of our products and services; quality and relevance of our offerings; ease of use; our people; and customer support. The breadth of the products and services we offer and the markets we serve expose us to a broad range of competitors that include large information service providers, market data vendors, exchanges, inter-dealer brokers and transaction processing providers.

Our principal competitors for our Information division products and services are Bloomberg L.P., FactSet, Interactive Data Corporation and Thomson Reuters Inc. The principal competitors for our Processing division products and services are Bloomberg L.P., IntercontinentalExchange, Inc. and Traiana. Our Solutions division products and services compete with firms such as Deloitte, GoldenSource, IBM Algorithmics and Intralinks Holdings, Inc.

Intellectual Property

 

 

We rely on a combination of trademark, trade secret, patent, misappropriation and copyright laws, as well as contractual and technical measures, to protect our proprietary rights and intellectual property. We seek to control access to and distribution of our confidential and proprietary information and enter into non-disclosure agreements with our employees, consultants, customers and suppliers that provide that any confidential or proprietary information owned or developed by us or on our behalf be kept confidential and limited to internal use. In the normal course of business, we provide our proprietary data, software and methodologies and business processes to third parties through licensing or restricted use agreements. We have proprietary information, rights and know-how in our data, indices, software processes, methodologies and business processes. We also pursue the registration of certain of our trademarks and service marks for our relevant fields of services in the United States and other key jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2013, we have registered 30 U.S. trademarks, including “MARKIT,” “IBOXX,” “ITRAXX” and “CDX,” and have filed one trademark application with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. As of December 31, 2013, we have also registered over 200 trademarks, including “MARKIT,” “PMI,” “IBOXX,” “ITRAXX” and “CDX,” in various other jurisdictions throughout the world. In addition, we have registered domain names covering many of our marks, including www.markit.com .

Employees

 

 

As of December 31, 2013, Markit had over 3,200 employees, with over 900 in Europe, including over 800 in the United Kingdom, over 1,400 in the United States and over 800 in other locations globally. None of our employees are represented by collective bargaining agreements.

 

73


Table of Contents

Facilities

 

 

Markit is headquartered in London, United Kingdom and operates in over 20 offices around the globe. As of December 31, 2013, our principal offices consisted of the following properties:

 

Location

 

 

Square feet

 

      

Lease expiration date (1)

 

    

Use

 

London, United Kingdom

    105,000         December 2025      Office Space

New Delhi, India

    51,971         July 2021      Office Space
New York City, U.S.     41,743         August 2018      Office Space

Dallas, U.S.

    47,413         September 2029      Office Space

Boulder, U.S. (Central Ave.)

    59,620         December 2017      Office Space

Boulder, U.S. (Flatiron Pkwy)

    30,196         December 2027      Office Space

 

(1) Expiration dates include exclusive renewal options granted to Markit in existing leases.

We also lease offices in the following locations: Amsterdam; Calgary; Edinburgh; Frankfurt; Henley on Thames, U.K.; Hong Kong; Manchester; Naperville, Illinois; Singapore; Sydney; Tokyo; Toronto; Valley Cottage, New York; and Vancouver. Historically, we have sought to consolidate acquisitions into major locations, such as London and New York, whenever logistically and commercially reasonable; however, there have been instances where we have expanded our footprint into new locations post-acquisition.

We continue to invest in our current locations as necessary, and we believe that our properties, taken as a whole, are in good operating condition and are suitable and adequate for our current business operations, and that additional or alternative space will be available on commercially reasonable terms for future use and expansion.

Legal Proceedings

 

 

We are party to regulatory investigations and legal proceedings with respect to the credit default swaps markets, as described below. With respect to these ongoing matters, we are currently unable to determine the ultimate resolution of, or provide a reasonable estimate of the range of possible loss attributable to, these matters, and therefore we cannot predict the impact they may have on our results of operations, financial position or cash flow. Although we believe we have strong defenses and we are defending these matters vigorously, we could in the future incur judgments or fines or enter into settlements of claims that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

In addition to the matters described below, in the ordinary course of our business, we are or may be from time to time involved in various legal proceedings and we may receive routine requests for information from governmental agencies in connection with their regulatory or investigatory authority. We review such proceedings and requests for information and take appropriate action as necessary. We do not believe, however, based on currently available information, that the results of any of these proceedings or requests for information will have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

European Commission Investigation

In April 2011, the Competition Directorate General of the European Commission (“EC”) opened an investigation of the credit default swap information market, with a primary focus on the activities of certain major international investment banks (the “Dealers”), the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) and Markit. During the course of the EC’s investigation, Markit responded to the EC’s various requests for information and met in person with the EC.

 

74


Table of Contents

On July 1, 2013, the EC issued a Statement of Objections to Markit, ISDA and the Dealers, alleging that between 2006 and 2009, the Dealers acted collectively to prevent potential competitors from offering exchange-traded credit default swaps to protect the Dealers’ business as intermediaries in OTC trading of credit default swaps. The EC further alleged that, at the direction of the Dealers, Markit and ISDA denied essential inputs to proposed exchange initiatives and that Markit and ISDA acted as Dealer-controlled associations of undertakings. If the EC ultimately finds that Markit has violated European Union competition laws on this basis and the EC imposes fines on the company, Markit’s liability could be capped at 10% of the sum of the total worldwide revenue of each of the relevant Dealers, rather than 10% of the aggregate worldwide revenue of Markit.

The Statement of Objections is a preliminary finding and does not determine the final outcome of the EC proceedings. Markit has the opportunity to respond to the EC’s preliminary findings both in writing and at an oral hearing, and Markit is defending itself vigorously. There can be no assurance as to the outcome of these proceedings, but the imposition by the EC of a fine against Markit could have a material adverse effect on Markit’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Department of Justice Investigation

In May 2009, the Antitrust Division of the U.S. Department of Justice (the “DOJ”) commenced an investigation seeking information regarding actions in the credit default swaps markets by Markit and other participants, including, principally, the Dealers. From September 2009 through August 2012, the parties to the DOJ investigation, including the Dealers and Markit, produced documents in response to DOJ requests for information and participated in depositions conducted by the DOJ. The matter remains pending with the DOJ. Markit has been fully cooperative, and will continue to cooperate, with the DOJ in connection with its investigation.

Class Action Lawsuits

Since May 2013, Markit has been named as a defendant with the Dealers and other defendants in a number of putative class action lawsuits filed in U.S. courts and arising out of allegations of violations of federal and state antitrust laws in connection with credit default swaps markets activities. The lead plaintiffs in each case include pension funds, investment management funds and other buy-side firms in the credit default swaps markets. All cases were filed either in the U.S. District Courts for the Northern District of Illinois or the Southern District of New York. On October 16, 2013, the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation transferred all cases to the Southern District of New York and on December 13, 2013, the court consolidated all such cases for pre-trial purposes.

The primary allegations by plaintiffs are that the defendants conspired to prevent competitors from offering execution and clearing services for exchange-traded credit default swaps and that the defendants conspired to fix and maintain credit default swap bid/ask spreads in the OTC market above the spreads that would have been realized with the development of exchange trading of credit default swaps. The substance of plaintiffs’ request for relief seeks a permanent injunction foreclosing defendants from continuing their alleged anticompetitive actions and trebled damages in an unspecified amount, plus interest, attorneys’ fees and costs of suit.

Bermuda Exchange Control

 

 

Under Bermuda law, there are currently no restrictions on the export or import of capital, including foreign exchange controls or restrictions that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of our common shares.

We have been designated by the Bermuda Monetary Authority as a non-resident for Bermuda exchange control purposes. This designation allows us to engage in transactions in currencies other

 

75


Table of Contents

than the Bermuda dollar, and there are no restrictions on our ability to transfer funds (other than funds denominated in Bermuda dollars) in and out of Bermuda or to pay dividends to U.S. residents who are holders of our common shares.

Under Bermuda law, “exempted” companies are companies formed for the purpose of conducting business outside Bermuda from a principal place of business in Bermuda. As an exempted company, we may not, without a license or consent granted by the Minister of Finance, participate in certain business transactions, including transactions involving Bermuda landholding rights and the carrying on of business of any kind for which we are not licensed in Bermuda.

Corporate Information

 

 

Markit Group Holdings Limited was formed on May 9, 2007 pursuant to the laws of England and Wales, as a successor company to Markit Group Limited. Markit Ltd. was incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda on January 16, 2014 to become a holding company for Markit Group Holdings Limited. Pursuant to the terms of a corporate reorganization that will be completed prior to the closing of this offering, all of the interests in Markit Group Holdings Limited will ultimately be exchanged for newly issued common shares of Markit Ltd. and, as a result, Markit Group Holdings Limited will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Markit Ltd.

Our principal executive offices are located at 4th Floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London, England EC2Y 9LY. Our telephone number at this address is +44 20 7260 2000. Investors should contact us for any inquiries through the address and telephone number of our principal executive office. We maintain a website at www.markit.com . Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

We maintain a registered office in Bermuda at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda. The telephone number of our registered office is +1 441 295 5950.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

 

76


Table of Contents

Management

Executive Officers and Directors

 

 

The following table sets forth information about our executive officers and directors. Unless otherwise indicated, the current business address for our executive officers and directors is Markit Ltd., c/o Markit Group Limited, 4th Floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London, England EC2Y 9LY.

 

Name    Age        Position

Executive Officers

Lance Uggla

     52         Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Kevin Gould

     51         President

Jeff Gooch

     46         Chief Financial Officer

Adam Kansler

     44         Chief Administrative Officer

Shane Akeroyd

     49         Global Head of Sales

Stephen Wolff

     46         Head of Corporate Strategy

Non-Executive Directors

               

Zar Amrolia

     50         Director

Jill Denham

     53         Director

Dinyar Devitre

     66         Director

William E. Ford

     52         Director

Timothy Frost

     49         Director

Robert Kelly

     59         Director

Robert-Jan Markwick

     53         Director

James A. Rosenthal

     60         Director

Thomas Timothy Ryan, Jr.

     68         Director

Dr. Sung Cheng Chih

     52         Director

Anne Walker

     39         Director

Executive Officers

Lance Uggla is Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Markit, responsible for leading the company’s strategic development and managing its day-to-day operations. Mr. Uggla is a founder of Markit and has been a director and chief executive of the business since its formation in 2003. Prior to this, Mr. Uggla was Global Head of Credit Trading and Head of Europe and Asia for TD Securities. Mr. Uggla started his career at Wood Gundy in Toronto and, following the acquisition by CIBC, was latterly Global Head of Fixed Income. Mr. Uggla holds a BBA from the Simon Fraser University and an MSc from the London School of Economics.

Kevin Gould is President of Markit and a co-founder of the company. Mr. Gould was appointed head of Markit Asia Pacific in July 2013 and leads strategy and operations across that region. Mr. Gould established Markit’s business in North America in 2005 and was a director of Markit from 2003 to January 2014. Prior to this, Mr. Gould was European and Asian Head of Credit Trading and Sales at TD Securities in London. Mr. Gould holds a BSc in Mechanical Engineering from Bristol University.

Jeff Gooch was appointed Chief Financial Officer of Markit in September 2013 and is Chairman of MarkitSERV. He was a board member of Markit from 2003 to 2005. Mr. Gooch joined Markit in 2007 to lead the company’s portfolio valuations and trade processing business. In 2009, Mr. Gooch was appointed Chief Executive Officer of MarkitSERV and held that role until September 2013. Prior to this,

 

77


Table of Contents

Mr. Gooch had a 10 year career at Morgan Stanley, most recently as Head of Fixed Income Operations. Mr. Gooch started his career at Ernst & Young. Mr. Gooch is a chartered accountant and holds an MA in Mathematics from Cambridge University.

Adam Kansler is Chief Administrative Officer of Markit and leads the company’s strategic alliances, corporate communications, legal, human resources, regulatory and government affairs and enterprise risk functions. In 2013, Mr. Kansler was appointed head of Markit’s North American offices and is the General Counsel of Markit. Prior to joining Markit in 2009, Mr. Kansler was a partner in the corporate department of Proskauer LLP where he represented Markit as its outside counsel from the time of its formation. Mr. Kansler holds a BA in Economics from Hobart College and a JD from Columbia University School of Law.

Shane Akeroyd is Global Head of Sales and Marketing and leads Markit’s sales strategy and implementation across all products and geographies. Prior to joining Markit in 2008, Mr. Akeroyd held a number of sales roles most recently as Global Head of Sales for RBC Capital Markets. Mr. Akeroyd holds a BSc (Hons) in Economics from University College London.

Stephen Wolff is Head of Corporate Strategy. Mr. Wolff joined Markit in February 2014 from Deutsche Bank where he was Head of Strategic Investments, managing a portfolio of principal investments, primarily focused on financial market infrastructure. Previous roles at Deutsche Bank included Head of Fixed Income e-commerce and in a prior period, interest rate and FX derivatives trading in both G7 and emerging markets. Between 1999 and 2004, Mr. Wolff worked for Razorfish, and then as managing director of a venture capital start up, Pogo Technology. Mr. Wolff holds a BA in Economics from Manchester University.

Non-Executive Directors

Zar Amrolia has been a director of Markit since October 2013. Mr. Amrolia is Managing Director, Co-head of Fixed Income & Currencies Trading at Deutsche Bank; he was previously Global Head of Foreign Exchange & Markets Electronic Trading at Deutsche Bank. Prior to that, Mr. Amrolia was a partner and co-head of Global Foreign Exchange at Goldman Sachs. Mr. Amrolia also worked at Deutsche Bank from 1995 to 2000 in various roles. Mr. Amrolia holds a BSc in Physics from Imperial College, London, an MSc in Engineering from Oxford University and a DPhil in Mathematics from Oxford University.

Jill Denham has been a director of Markit since December 2013. Ms. Denham is a director of the National Bank of Canada, Morneau Shepell Inc. and Penn West Petroleum Ltd. and is a former director of the Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board, the Foundation Board of the Hospital for Sick Children and the Prostate Cancer Research Foundation. From 2001 to 2005, Ms. Denham was Vice Chair of CIBC Retail Markets. Ms. Denham joined Wood Gundy (subsequently acquired by CIBC) in 1983 and held a number of positions including President Merchant Banking, CIBC Wood Gundy Capital, Managing Director and Executive Vice-President, CIBC, Europe, and head of Commercial Banking and CIBC World Markets e- commerce. Ms. Denham holds an HBA from the University of Western Ontario School of Business Administration and an MBA from Harvard Business School.

Dinyar Devitre has been a director of Markit since November 2012. Mr. Devitre is a special advisor to General Atlantic LLC and a member of the board of directors of Altria Group, Inc., SABMiller plc and The Western Union Company, where he is also the chairman of the nominating and governance committee. Mr. Devitre serves on the board of the Brooklyn Academy of Music and is chairman of the board of Pratham USA. He was formerly a director of The Lincoln Center for the Performing Arts, Inc. From 2002 to 2008 Mr. Devitre was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Altria Group, Inc. Prior to 2002, Mr. Devitre held a number of senior management positions with Altria and Philip Morris and was a director of Kraft Foods Inc. and of Emdeon Inc. Mr. Devitre holds a BA (Hons) Degree from St. Joseph’s College, Darjeeling and an MBA from the Indian Institute of Management in Ahmedabad.

 

78


Table of Contents

William E. Ford has been a director of Markit since January 2010. Mr. Ford is the Chief Executive Officer of General Atlantic LLC, which he joined in 1991, chair of the executive committee and a member of its investment and portfolio committees. Mr. Ford sits on the board of Tory Burch, Oak Hill Advisors and First Republic Bank, and is a trustee of The Rockefeller University, The Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center and Lincoln Center. Mr. Ford sits on the advisory boards of the Stanford Graduate School of Business and Tsinghua University’s School of Economics and Management. Mr. Ford formerly served on the boards of a number of General Atlantic portfolio companies including NYSE Euronext, E*Trade, Priceline, NYMEX and Zagat Survey and was a trustee of Amherst College. Prior to General Atlantic, Mr. Ford worked at Morgan Stanley as an investment banker. Mr. Ford holds a BA in Economics from Amherst College and an MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

Timothy Frost has been a director of Markit since January 2010. He previously served as a director from 2003 to 2004. Mr. Frost is a director of Cairn Capital, a Governor of the London School of Economics and a member of the Court of Directors of The Bank of England, where he is also a member of the Bank’s audit and risk committee. Prior to Cairn Capital Mr. Frost worked at J.P. Morgan in a variety of roles, including Head of Credit Trading, Sales and Research. Mr. Frost began his career as an officer in the British Army and served in Germany and the Falkland Islands. Mr. Frost holds a BSc in Economics from the London School of Economics.

Robert Kelly has been a director of Markit since November 2012 and is lead director of the Board. Mr. Kelly is chancellor of Saint Mary’s University in Canada, chairperson of Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation and chairman of Santander Asset Management. Mr. Kelly was most recently chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Bank of New York Mellon Corporation and Mellon Financial Corporation. Prior to that, Mr. Kelly was Chief Financial Officer of Wachovia Corporation and Vice Chairman of Toronto-Dominion Bank. Mr. Kelly holds a BCom from Saint Mary’s University, a CA & FCA from the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants, an MBA from the Cass Business School as well as honorary doctorates from City University and Saint Mary’s University.

Robert-Jan Markwick has been a director of Markit since September 2013. Mr. Markwick is an advisory director to Goldman Sachs, where he has worked since 1994, and a trustee for MediCinema, a nonprofit organization. Mr. Markwick was previously head of Goldman Sachs’ Principal Strategic Investments Group in Europe. He was a member of its Firmwide Commitments Committee from 2005 to 2010 and rejoined the Committee in 2012. Prior to Goldman Sachs, Mr. Markwick worked at Oppenheimer & Company and Foreign & Colonial. Mr. Markwick holds an MA from Downing College, Cambridge University and an MBA from the Manchester Business School.

James A. Rosenthal has been a director of Markit since September 2013. Mr. Rosenthal is the Chief Operating Officer of Morgan Stanley, Head of Corporate Strategy and a member of Morgan Stanley’s management and operating committees. Mr. Rosenthal currently serves as chair of SIFMA, as a trustee of Lincoln Center and as a member of the board of Student Achievement Partners. Prior to this, Mr. Rosenthal was Chief Operating Officer of Morgan Stanley Smith Barney and Head of Firmwide Technology and Operations for Morgan Stanley, which he joined in March 2008. Mr. Rosenthal served as Chief Financial Officer of Tishman Speyer from 2006 to 2008. Prior to that, Mr. Rosenthal was Head of Corporate Strategy and Corporate Development at Lehman Brothers and a member of its management committee. Mr. Rosenthal joined McKinsey & Company in 1986 and left in 1999 as a senior partner specializing in financial institutions. Mr. Rosenthal holds a BA from Yale and a JD from Harvard Law School.

Thomas Timothy Ryan, Jr. has been a director of Markit since September 2013. Mr. Ryan is the Global Head of Regulatory Strategy and Policy at JPMorgan Chase and was Vice Chairman, Financial Institutions and Governments from 1993 to 2008. Mr. Ryan was President and Chief Executive Officer of the Securities and Financial Markets Association from 2008 to 2013. Prior to JPMorgan, Mr. Ryan was the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision, U.S. Department of the Treasury. Mr. Ryan is a former director of the Resolution Trust Corporation, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Lloyds

 

79


Table of Contents

Banking Group, Power Corporation of Canada, Power Financial Corporation, and Great-West Lifeco Inc. From 1983 to 1990, Mr. Ryan was a partner of Reed, Smith, Shaw & McClay. Mr. Ryan served as a board member and chairman of the audit committee at Koram Bank in Seoul, Korea from 2000 to 2004. He served as an officer in the U.S. Army from 1967 to 1970. Mr. Ryan holds an AB from Villanova University and a JD from American University Law School.

Dr. Sung Cheng Chih has been a director of Markit since December 2013. Dr. Sung is an investment advisor to the finance ministries in Singapore and Norway, the Monetary Authority of Singapore and the Government of Singapore Investment Corporation (GIC). Dr. Sung serves on the boards and investment and risk committees of a number of financial and academic institutions including the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, the Singapore University of Technology and Design, the Risk Management Institute of the National University of Singapore, the NTUC Income Insurance Co-Operative and the Wealth Management Institute in Singapore. Prior to 2011, Dr. Sung was Managing Director and Chief Risk Officer for the GIC, which he joined in 1993, as well as chairman of the group risk committee and a member of the group executive committee. Dr. Sung holds a BSc and MSc in Applied Mathematics from the University of Waterloo and a PhD in Pure Mathematics from the University of Minnesota.

Anne Walker has been a director of Markit since February 2013. Ms. Walker is head of Global Corporate Strategy and Investor Relations for Bank of America and is responsible for strategic planning and investments in addition to managing relationships with investors, industry analysts and members of the investment community. Prior to this, Ms. Walker was head of the U.S. Equity Syndicate desk at Bank of America Merrill Lynch. Ms. Walker started her career with Merrill Lynch in 1996 in investment banking and joined Equity Capital Markets in 2001. Ms. Walker holds a BA from Harvard University and an MBA from Columbia Business School.

Board Composition and Election of Directors after this Offering

 

 

Our Board of Directors is composed of twelve members,              of whom qualify as “independent” under the listing standards of             . Prior to the consummation of this offering, our Shareholders’ Agreement provided certain of our shareholders the right to each designate one individual to serve on our Board of Directors. See “Related Party Transactions – Shareholders’ Agreement and Current Articles of Association.” Upon consummation of this offering and our corporate reorganization, however, our Shareholders’ Agreement will be terminated and new bye-laws of Markit Ltd. will be put in place. Therefore our existing shareholders will no longer have a right to designate any individuals to serve on our Board of Directors. Our directors were elected as follows:

 

Ms. Walker and Mssrs. Markwick, Rosenthal, Ryan and Amrolia were elected as the designees nominated by a Bank Investor (defined below in “Related Party Transactions – Shareholders’ Agreement and Current Articles of Association”) pursuant to the Shareholders’ Agreement;

 

Mr. Uggla was elected as the designee nominated by the Management Investors (defined below in “Related Party Transactions – Shareholders’ Agreement and Current Articles of Association”) pursuant to the Shareholders’ Agreement;

 

Mr. Ford was elected as the designee nominated by General Atlantic pursuant to the Shareholders’ Agreement;

 

Dr. Sung Cheng Chih was elected as the designee nominated by Temasek pursuant to the Shareholders’ Agreement; and

 

Ms. Denham and Mssrs. Devitre, Frost and Kelly were elected by the Board of Directors.

 

80


Table of Contents

The Board of Directors has determined that the following directors qualify as “independent” under the listing standards of                 :                 ,                 ,                 and                 . Each of our directors will continue to serve as director until the election and qualification of his successor, or until the earlier of his death, resignation or removal. Our directors do not have a mandatory retirement age requirement under our bye-laws.

Upon the consummation of this offering, our Board of Directors will be divided into three classes as described below. Pursuant to our bye-laws, our directors are appointed at the annual general meeting of shareholders for a period of three years, with each director serving until the third annual general meeting of shareholders following their election (except that the initial Class I and Class II directors will serve until the first annual general meeting and second annual general meeting of shareholders, respectively). Upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors in that class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual general meeting of shareholders in the year of such expiration.

Messrs.                 ,                 ,                  and                  will initially serve as Class I directors for a term expiring in 2015. Messrs.                 ,                 ,                  and                  will initially serve as Class II directors for a term expiring in 2016. Messrs.                 ,                 ,                  and                  will initially serve as Class III directors for a term expiring in 2017. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of our directors. Mr. Uggla serves as the Chairman of our Board of Directors. For additional information regarding our Board of Directors, see “Description of Share Capital—Election and Removal of Directors.”

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

 

Audit and risk committee

Our audit and risk committee, which consists of                 ,                  and                 , assists the Board of Directors in overseeing our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements. In addition, the audit committee is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the work of our independent registered public accounting firm. The Board of Directors has determined that each of                 ,                  and                  satisfies the “independence” requirement of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and meets the financial literacy and sophistication requirements of the listing standards of                 . The Board of Directors has also determined that                  qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined in the rules of the SEC.

HR and compensation committee

Our human resources and compensation committee (the “Compensation Committee”) consists of                 ,                  and                 . The Compensation Committee’s duties include determining the compensation to our Chief Executive Officer and reviewing recommendations to our Board of Directors with respect to the compensation of our other executive officers and other key management personnel. The Compensation Committee is also responsible for approving, allocating and administering our share incentive plans, executive level contract provisions, executive level succession plans, CEO performance appraisal criteria and benchmarking compensation recommendations against generally accepted market total compensation levels for annual recommendation to our Board of Directors.

 

81


Table of Contents

Nominating and governance committee

Our nominating and governance committee consists of                 ,                 and                 . Our nominating and governance committee identifies, evaluates and selects, or makes recommendations to our Board of Directors regarding, nominees for election to our Board of Directors and its committees.

Compensation of Executive Officers and Directors

 

 

The aggregate compensation, including benefits in kind, accrued or paid to our executive officers and directors with respect to the year ended December 31, 2013 for services in all capacities was $                . As of December 31, 2013, the amount we have set aside or accrued to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits to our executive directors and directors was $                . In the year ended December 31, 2013, we granted 930,000 options to purchase common shares in the aggregate to our executive officers and directors, as set forth in the following table.

 

No. of share options   Exercise price per share   Expiration date
100,000   $267.00  

December 31, 2020

830,000   $267.00   July 24, 2020

Employment Agreements

 

 

Certain of our executive officers have entered into employment agreements with the company, certain of which provide for benefits upon a termination of employment. None of our directors have entered into service agreements with the company.

Equity Incentive Plans

 

 

Prior to the completion of our corporate reorganization, all of our equity incentive plans are administered by our wholly owned subsidiary, Markit Group Holdings Limited. Following the completion of our corporate reorganization, all of our equity incentive plans will be administered by Markit Ltd. For purposes of this section, prior to the completion of our corporate reorganization, references to the “Board of Directors” refer to the board of directors of Markit Group Holdings Limited. Prior to the completion of our corporate reorganization, shares that are issued pursuant to an equity award granted under such plans are the ordinary shares of Markit Group Holdings Limited. Following the completion of our corporate reorganization, shares that are issued pursuant to an equity award granted under such plans will be the common shares of Markit Ltd.

Share Option Plans

Since 2004, as part of our equity compensation program, we have historically adopted a new share option plan each year under which the Board of Directors may grant options to purchase ordinary non-voting shares in the company to eligible participants. Our share option plans are intended to enable us to motivate eligible participants who are important to our success and growth and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between such participants and our shareholders through grants of options to purchase shares in the company. Although the specific terms of our share option plans may differ from year to year, the material terms of our share option plans are set forth below.

 

82


Table of Contents

Any employee, director and consultant of the company or its affiliates is eligible to participate in our share option plans. The Board of Directors administers our share option plans and has absolute discretion to determine the award recipients under each plan, as well as the terms of each individual award, including the vesting schedule and exercise price of such award (which must be determined no later than the grant date). The Board of Directors may also at any time delete, amend or add to the provisions of our share option plans, provided that no deletion, amendment or addition may adversely affect existing rights of participants without prior approval. Under our share option plans, the Board of Directors also has the authority to designate an award of share options to employees as incentive stock options. The exercise price of an incentive stock option will be no less than 100% of the grant date fair market value of a share (or 110% in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a 10% shareholder), as set by the Board of Directors in good faith based on reasonable methods. Currently, there are 4,536,261 shares underlying outstanding share options, including incentive stock options, granted pursuant to our share option plans, at exercise prices ranging from $9.00 to $267.00.

Subject to the Board of Directors determining otherwise, on or before the grant of a share option, share options generally have a seven-year term from the commencement of vesting, with certain share options having a ten-year term. They vest in accordance with the vesting terms as provided in the applicable share option plan or share option grant, and vest over a three- or five-year vesting period. For example, if a share option has a five-year vesting period, upon each anniversary of the grant date, the share option would vest as to one-fifth of the shares underlying such option over a total period of five years. The Board of Directors may at any time in its absolute discretion determine to treat an otherwise unvested share option as having vested in full or in part and may extend the exercise period or lapse date of a share option, provided that such lapse date may not be extended past the seventh anniversary of the commencement of vesting.

Upon a termination of employment or provision of services to the company, unvested share options will generally lapse immediately and vested share options will generally lapse after the expiry of a specified exercise period. In certain circumstances, vested share options may also lapse immediately upon termination. In connection with certain corporate transactions, share options may become fully vested and exercisable for a specified exercise period and may lapse thereafter.

Each of our share option plans may be terminated at any time by the Board of Directors or the company and will in any event terminate on the tenth anniversary of its commencement date. Termination will not affect the outstanding rights of participants.

Restricted Share Plan

Since 2006, under our restricted share plan, the Board of Directors may grant awards of restricted ordinary non-voting shares in the company to eligible participants. The material terms of our restricted share plan are set forth below.

Any senior employee (including a director) of the company or an affiliate of the company is eligible to participate in the restricted share plan. Currently, there are 138,124 outstanding restricted shares issued under our restricted share plan.

Under our restricted share plan, shares are issued to participants and registered in their name. Each restricted share has a nominal value of $0.01 per share, which the participant must pay. Restricted shares held by participants are subject to a vesting period set out in the participant’s allotment letter. For example, if an award of restricted shares has a three-year vesting period, upon each anniversary of the grant date, one-third of the restricted shares would vest over a total period of three years. Upon a termination of employment, certain forfeiture provisions may apply to a participant’s vested and/or unvested restricted shares.

 

83


Table of Contents

Key Employee Incentive Program

The Markit Key Employee Incentive Program (the “KEIP”) was approved by the Board of Directors and adopted by the company on July 25, 2013. Under the KEIP, the Board of Directors may grant options to purchase ordinary non-voting shares in the company (“KEIP options”) to any employee (including an executive director) of the company or its subsidiaries who is required to devote substantially the whole of his or her working time to his or her employment or office. Currently, there are 2,588,500 shares underlying outstanding KEIP options, at an exercise price of $267.00 per share.

The Board of Directors administers the KEIP and has absolute discretion to determine the award recipients and terms of each individual award of KEIP options, including the vesting schedule and exercise price of such award (which must be determined no later than the grant date). The Board of Directors may also at any time delete, amend or add to the provisions of the KEIP, provided that no deletion, amendment or addition may adversely affect existing rights of participants without prior requisite approval.

To be eligible to receive a KEIP option, a participant must agree to an extension of the vesting period for a portion of his or her outstanding share options, which portion is equal to a specified percentage (ranging from 20% to 30%) of their KEIP option grant. Instead of becoming fully vested and exercisable for a specified exercise period upon the occurrence of a listing event, such portion of a participant’s outstanding share options would instead become fully vested and exercisable on the second anniversary of the listing date.

KEIP options vest and become exercisable in three equal tranches on the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of certain listing events, including, but not limited to, a listing on the NASDAQ or NYSE. KEIP options have a seven-year term from the grant date. The Board of Directors may at any time in its sole discretion decide to accelerate the vesting of unvested KEIP options.

Upon a termination of employment, unvested KEIP options will generally lapse immediately and vested KEIP options will generally lapse after the expiry of a specified exercise period. In certain circumstances, vested KEIP options may also lapse immediately upon termination of employment. In connection with certain corporate transactions, KEIP options may become fully vested and exercisable for a specified exercise period.

The KEIP may be terminated at any time by the Board of Directors or the company and will in any event terminate on the tenth anniversary of its commencement date. Termination will not affect the outstanding rights of participants.

Omnibus Plan

Following the completion of this offering, we do not intend to continue our historical practice of adopting a new share option plan each year. Instead, we intend to terminate the existing equity incentive plans as to new grants and adopt a new omnibus equity incentive plan under which we would have the discretion to grant a broad range of equity-based awards to eligible participants.

Employee Benefit Trust

 

 

The Markit Group Holdings Limited Employee Benefit Trust (the “EBT”) was established by a deed dated January 27, 2010 between Markit Group Holdings Limited and Ogier Employee Benefit Trustee Limited (the “Trustee”). The Trustee is an independent provider of fiduciary services, based in Jersey, Channel Islands. The EBT will terminate on January 27, 2090, unless terminated earlier by the Trustee.

 

84


Table of Contents

The EBT is a discretionary trust through which Markit wishes to provide benefits to its existing and former employees. No such employee has the right to receive any benefit from the EBT unless and until the Trustee exercises its discretion to confer a benefit. Neither Markit nor any of its subsidiaries is permitted to be a beneficiary of the EBT.

Markit may make non-binding recommendations to the Trustee regarding the EBT. The Trustee may amend the EBT, subject to Markit’s consent, but not in any manner that would confer on Markit any benefit or possibility of benefit.

The principal activity of the EBT has been to acquire shares in Markit from its existing and former employees and to hold such shares for their benefit. Subject to the exercise of the Trustee’s discretion, such shares may be delivered to such employees in satisfaction of their rights under any share incentive arrangements established by Markit. The Trustee may not vote any of the shares held by the EBT unless Markit directs otherwise. The Trustee is also generally obliged to forgo dividends in respect of each share held by the EBT unless Markit directs otherwise.

Markit has funded the EBT’s acquisition of shares through interest-free loans that are repayable on demand, but without recourse to any assets other than those held by the Trustee in its capacity as trustee of the EBT.

 

85


Table of Contents

Principal and Selling Shareholders

The following table and accompanying footnotes sets forth information relating to the beneficial ownership of our common shares, as of                     , 2014, and after giving effect to our corporate reorganization, by:

 

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of our issued and outstanding common shares;

 

each of our directors;

 

each of our executive officers;

 

all directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

all selling shareholders.

The number of common shares beneficially owned by each entity, person, director or executive officer is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under such rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares over which the individual has sole or shared voting power or investment power as well as any shares that the individual has the right to acquire within 60 days of                     , 2014 through the exercise of any option, warrant or other right. Except as otherwise indicated, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all common shares held by that person.

The percentage of common shares beneficially owned is computed on the basis of              common shares issued and outstanding as of                     , 2014, after giving effect to our corporate reorganization. Common shares that a person has the right to acquire within 60 days of                     , 2014 are deemed issued and outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding such rights, but are not deemed issued and outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person, except with respect to the percentage ownership of all directors and executive officers as a group. Unless otherwise indicated below, the address for each beneficial owner listed is Markit Ltd., c/o Markit Group Limited, 4th Floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London, England EC2Y 9LY.

 

Name and address of beneficial owner   Shares beneficially owned
before this offering
  Number of
shares being
offered
  Shares beneficially owned
after this offering
  Percent of
shares
beneficially
owned
assuming
exercise of
over-
allotment
option
  Number   Percentage     Number   Percentage  

5% Shareholders

                       

Bank of America Corp.

                       

Deutsche Bank AG

                       

Esta Investments Pte Ltd

                       
General Atlantic Partners Tango, L.P.                        

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.

                       

JPMorgan Chase & Co.

                       

 

86


Table of Contents
Name and address of beneficial owner   Shares beneficially owned
before this offering
  Number of
shares being
offered
  Shares beneficially owned
after this offering
  Percent of
shares
beneficially
owned
assuming
exercise of
over-
allotment
option
  Number   Percentage     Number   Percentage  

Executive Officers and Directors

                       

Lance Uggla

                       

Kevin Gould

                       

Jeff Gooch

                       

Adam Kansler

                       

Shane Akeroyd

                       

Stephen Wolff

                       

Zar Amrolia

                       

Jill Denham

                       

Dinyar S. Devitre

                       

William E. Ford

                       

Timothy Frost

                       

Robert Kelly

                       

Robert-Jan Markwick

                       

James A. Rosenthal

                       

Thomas Timothy Ryan, Jr.

                       

Dr. Sung Cheng Chih

                       

Anne Walker

                       
All executive officers and directors as a group (17 persons)                        
                         

Other Selling Shareholders

                       
                         

 

* Indicates beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the total issued and outstanding common shares.

As of                     , 2014, after giving effect to our corporate reorganization,              common shares, representing     % of our issued and outstanding common shares, were held by      U.S. record holders.

 

87


Table of Contents

Related Party Transactions

Related Party Customer Relationships

 

 

Certain of our shareholders were, immediately prior to this offering, the beneficial owners of more than 10% of our common shares or had the right to designate one individual to serve on our Board of Directors, or both, and certain affiliates of these shareholders are also our customers. Our shareholder customers include the following entities or their affiliates: Bank of America Merrill Lynch, Barclays, BNP Paribas, Citigroup, Deutsche Bank, Goldman Sachs, HSBC, J.P. Morgan, Morgan Stanley, Royal Bank of Scotland, UBS, Temasek, Credit Suisse and General Atlantic (collectively, the “Related Party Customers”). For ownership interests of certain of these related parties in our company immediately prior to this offering, see “Principal and Selling Shareholders.”

We receive fees from the Related Party Customers from the sale of our products and services. In some cases, we may receive data or other information from the Related Party Customers, as well as from non-affiliated customers, that we use in providing our products and services. In exchange for that data and information, we may from time to time offer a range of consideration including discounts, rebates or other incentives. Although we believe the terms of these various arrangements with our Related Party Customers are comparable to terms we could have obtained in arm’s length dealings with unrelated third parties, they are often bespoke arrangements and there may not always be a clear objective measure. We cannot assure you, therefore, that in all cases these arrangements are on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in dealings with unrelated third parties. Revenue (net of rebates) from the Related Party Customers totaled $323.0 million, $372.0 million and $390.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

Affiliates of certain of our shareholders are also lenders under our revolving credit facility. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Shareholders’ Agreement and Current Articles of Association

 

 

Markit Group Holdings Limited entered into a Shareholders’ Agreement, amended as of May 21, 2013, among us, certain members of our management team including, among others, our Chief Executive Officer and President (the “Management Investors”), the Related Party Customers and Eton Park. We refer to the Related Party Customers, other than Credit Suisse, General Atlantic and Temasek, herein as the “Bank Investors.” Following the effective time of the Scheme and prior to the closing of this offering, Markit Ltd. will be made party to the Shareholders’ Agreement as the new holding company of Markit Group Holdings Limited. However, effective upon the completion of this offering and our corporate reorganization, pursuant to the terms of the Shareholders’ Agreement and, subject to Investor Consent, the amendment of Markit Group Holdings Limited’s current Articles of Association and the adoption of Markit Ltd.’s new bye-laws, all of the rights and obligations of the Shareholders’ Agreement will terminate. The Shareholders’ Agreement, together with Markit Group Holdings Limited’s current Articles of Association, among other things:

 

limit our shareholders’ ability to transfer their shares, except for certain permitted transfers;

 

provide for drag along and tag along rights with respect to certain qualifying proposed sales of ordinary shares by shareholders, subject to certain conditions;

 

provide for compulsory transfer or redemption of ordinary shares under certain circumstances;

 

provide our shareholders with preemptive rights if we propose to issue any new securities, subject to certain exceptions including the shares to be sold in connection with this offering; and

 

88


Table of Contents
require the written approval by or on behalf of the Bank Investors, General Atlantic and Temasek holding at least 75% of the ordinary voting shares held by those shareholders (“Investor Consent”) before we can take certain actions, including, among other things, changing our authorized or issued share capital, altering our Articles of Association, appointing or removing anyone as a director, disposing of all or substantially all of our assets, and determining whether we should engage in a listing of ordinary shares for trading on the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ.

Under the terms of the Shareholders’ Agreement, each of the Bank Investors, General Atlantic and Temasek is entitled to designate one individual to serve on our Board of Directors. In addition, the Management Shareholders are entitled to designate one individual to serve on our Board of Directors, and, if there are at any time seven or more Bank Investors, the Management Shareholders are entitled to designate one additional individual to serve on our Board of Directors. The Shareholders’ Agreement provides that the Board of Directors may at any time appoint up to three individuals to serve as independent directors. Any shareholder or group of shareholders who has the right to appoint a director is also entitled to appoint an alternate director, which alternate is permitted to attend meetings of the Board of Directors and speak on matters presented at such meetings. However, an alternate director is only entitled to vote on matters presented if the director in respect of whom he or she is the alternate is not present at the meeting.

Under the terms of the Shareholders’ Agreement, we have granted each of Eton Park and Credit Suisse the right to designate an individual as its observer on our Board of Directors. Such observer has the right to attend each meeting of the Board of Directors and to speak on matters presented by others at such board meetings. However, no observer has the right to vote on any matter presented to the Board of Directors. We also provide each such observer with all communications and materials that are provided to the Board of Directors generally, at the same time and in the same manner that such communications and materials are provided to our board members.

Underwriters

 

 

Each of                     ,                     , and                     who are underwriters of this offering, is an affiliate of one of our shareholders. There may be a conflict of interest between their interests as shareholders (i.e., to maximize the value of their investment) and their respective interests as underwriters (i.e., in negotiating the initial public offering price) as well as your interest as a purchaser.

In addition, certain of our directors are employees of                     ,                     , and                     , who are underwriters of this offering, or their affiliates, and as described above under “—Related Party Customer Relationships,” certain underwriters or their affiliates are our customers. The underwriters or their affiliates have also performed commercial banking, investment banking, financing and advisory services for us from time to time for which they have received customary fees and reimbursement of expenses. In particular, affiliates of certain of the underwriters are lenders under our revolving credit facility. The underwriters or their affiliates may in the future engage in transactions with and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business for which they may receive customary fees and reimbursement of expenses.

Other Related Party Transactions

 

 

Pursuant to liquidity events carried out by the Company (which were open to other shareholders of the Company):

 

In February 2011, Markit Group Holdings Limited repurchased 2,464 ordinary non-voting shares for consideration of approximately $0.5 million from an executive officer.

 

In February 2012, Markit Group Holdings Limited repurchased 5,336 ordinary non-voting shares for consideration of approximately $1.2 million from three executive officers.

 

89


Table of Contents

In June 2012, Markit Group Holdings Limited issued an aggregate of 1,229,511 ordinary shares to three Related Party Customers as payment in full for the $210.0 million aggregate principal amount of unsecured convertible notes, carrying a 5% coupon rate, issued to such parties in 2010 pursuant to the terms of a convertible note agreement.

In August 2012, Markit Group Holdings Limited repurchased 2,193,948 shares for consideration of $495.1 million, of which 1,205,884 shares were repurchased from certain of our Related Party Customers for consideration of approximately $272.1 million.

 

90


Table of Contents

Common Shares Eligible for Future Sale

Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our common shares, and a liquid trading market for our common shares may not develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. Furthermore, because only a limited number of common shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to existing contractual and legal restrictions on resale as described below, there may be sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market after the restrictions lapse. This may adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common shares and our ability to raise equity capital in the future. We intend to apply to list our common shares on the                     under the symbol “         .”

Upon completion of this offering, after giving effect to our corporate reorganization, we will have issued and outstanding                 common shares, assuming either no exercise or full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Of the common shares to be issued and outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering, the                 common shares to be sold in this offering (                 common shares assuming full exercise of the over-allotment option) will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act unless purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining common shares are “restricted securities” under Rule 144. A substantial portion of these restricted securities will be subject to the provisions of the lock-up agreements referred to below.

After the expiration of any lock-up period, these restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which exemptions are summarized below.

Rule 144

 

 

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, a person who is not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned our common shares to be sold for at least six months, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of our common shares, provided current public information about us is available. In addition, under Rule 144, a person who is not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned our common shares to be sold for at least one year, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of common shares beginning one year after this offering without regard to whether current public information about us is available. Our affiliates who have beneficially owned our common shares for at least six months are entitled to sell within any three month period a number of common shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

1% of the number of our common shares then issued and outstanding, which will equal approximately                 common shares immediately after this offering, and

 

the average weekly trading volume in our common shares on the                     during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a Notice of Proposed Sale of Securities Pursuant to Rule 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales by affiliates under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. Rule 144 also provides that affiliates relying on Rule 144 to sell our common shares that are not restricted common shares must nonetheless comply with the same restrictions applicable to restricted common shares, other than the holding period requirement.

 

91


Table of Contents

Rule 701

 

 

In general, under Rule 701 under the Securities Act, any of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchase common shares from us in connection with a qualified compensatory share or option plan or other written agreement in a transaction before the effective date of this offering is eligible to resell such shares, subject to the provisions of the lock-up agreements referred to below, 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, without having to comply with certain restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

Lock-up Agreements

 

 

We, the selling shareholders, our executive officers and directors, and most of our other existing shareholders have agreed not to sell or transfer any common shares or securities convertible into, exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common shares, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of                     . Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common shares;

 

sell any option or contract to purchase any common shares;

 

purchase any option or contract to sell any common shares;

 

grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common shares;

 

lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common shares;

 

request or demand that we file a registration statement relating to the common shares; or

 

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common shares whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

This lock-up provision applies to common shares and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common shares. It also applies to common shares owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

 

92


Table of Contents

Description of Share Capital

The following description of our share capital summarizes certain provisions of our memorandum of association and our bye-laws that will become effective as of the closing of this offering. Such summaries do not purport to be complete and are subject to, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, all of the provisions of our memorandum of association and bye-laws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Prospective investors are urged to read the exhibits for a complete understanding of our memorandum of association and bye-laws.

General

 

 

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda. We are registered with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda under registration number 48610. We were incorporated on January 16, 2014 under the name Markit Ltd. Our registered office is located at 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda.

The objects of our business are unrestricted, and the company has the capacity of a natural person. We can therefore undertake activities without restriction on our capacity.

Following our corporate reorganization and prior to the closing of this offering, our shareholders will approve certain amendments to our bye-laws which will become effective upon closing of this offering. The following description assumes that such amendments have become effective.

Since our incorporation, other than an increase in our authorized share capital to              on                 , there have been no material changes to our share capital, mergers, amalgamations or consolidations of us or any of our subsidiaries, no material changes in the mode of conducting our business, no material changes in the types of products produced or services rendered and no name changes. There have been no bankruptcy, receivership or similar proceedings with respect to us or our subsidiaries.

There have been no public takeover offers by third parties for our shares nor any public takeover offers by us for the shares of another company which have occurred during the last or current financial years.

We have applied to list our common shares on                     under the symbol “         .”

Initial settlement of our common shares will take place on the closing date of this offering through The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) in accordance with its customary settlement procedures for equity securities registered through DTC’s book-entry transfer system. Each person beneficially owning common shares registered through DTC must rely on the procedures thereof and on institutions that have accounts therewith to exercise any rights of a holder of the common shares.

Share Capital

 

 

Immediately following the completion of this offering, our authorized share capital of $             will consist of issued common shares, par value $0.01 per share, and undesignated shares, par value $0.01 per share that our Board of Directors is authorized to designate from time to time as common shares or as preference shares. Upon completion of this offering, there will be                 common shares issued and outstanding, excluding                 common shares issuable upon exercise of options granted and              outstanding restricted shares as of December 31, 2013, and no preference shares issued and outstanding. All of our issued and outstanding common shares prior to completion of this offering are and will be fully paid.

Pursuant to our bye-laws, subject to the requirements of any stock exchange on which our shares are listed and to any resolution of the shareholders to the contrary, our Board of Directors is authorized to issue any of our authorized but unissued shares. There are no limitations on the right of non-Bermudians or non-residents of Bermuda to hold or vote our shares.

 

93


Table of Contents

Common Shares

 

 

Holders of common shares have no pre-emptive, redemption, conversion or sinking fund rights. Holders of common shares are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of holders of common shares. Unless a different majority is required by law or by our bye-laws, resolutions to be approved by holders of common shares require approval by a simple majority of votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present.

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common shares are entitled to share equally and ratably in our assets, if any, remaining after the payment of all of our debts and liabilities, subject to any liquidation preference on any issued and outstanding preference shares.

Preference Shares

 

 

Pursuant to Bermuda law and our bye-laws, our Board of Directors may, by resolution, establish one or more series of preference shares having such number of shares, designations, dividend rates, relative voting rights, conversion or exchange rights, redemption rights, liquidation rights and other relative participation, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions as may be fixed by the Board of Directors without any further shareholder approval. Such rights, preferences, powers and limitations, as may be established, could have the effect of discouraging an attempt to obtain control of the company.

Dividend Rights

 

 

Under Bermuda law, a company may not declare or pay dividends if there are reasonable grounds for believing that: (i) the company is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or (ii) that the realizable value of its assets would thereby be less than its liabilities. Under our bye-laws, each common share is entitled to dividends if, as and when dividends are declared by our Board of Directors, subject to any preferred dividend right of the holders of any preference shares.

Any cash dividends payable to holders of our common shares listed on the                     will be paid to Computershare Inc., our paying agent in the United States for disbursement to those holders.

Variation of Rights

 

 

If at any time we have more than one class of shares, the rights attaching to any class, unless otherwise provided for by the terms of issue of the relevant class, may be varied either: (i) with the consent in writing of the holders of 75% of the issued shares of that class; or (ii) with the sanction of a resolution passed by a majority of the votes cast at a general meeting of the relevant class of shareholders at which a quorum consisting of at least two persons holding or representing one-third of the issued shares of the relevant class is present. Our bye-laws specify that the creation or issue of shares ranking equally with existing shares will not, unless expressly provided by the terms of issue of existing shares, vary the rights attached to existing shares. In addition, the creation or issue of preference shares ranking prior to common shares will not be deemed to vary the rights attached to common shares or, subject to the terms of any other class or series of preference shares, to vary the rights attached to any other class or series of preference shares.

Transfer of Shares

 

 

Our Board of Directors may, in its absolute discretion and without assigning any reason, refuse to register the transfer of a share that it is not fully paid. Our Board of Directors may also refuse to recognize an

 

94


Table of Contents

instrument of transfer of a share unless it is accompanied by the relevant share certificate and such other evidence of the transferor’s right to make the transfer as our Board of Directors shall reasonably require. Subject to these restrictions, a holder of common shares may transfer the title to all or any of his common shares by completing a form of transfer in the form set out in our bye-laws (or as near thereto as circumstances admit) or in such other common form as our Board of Directors may accept. The instrument of transfer must be signed by the transferor and transferee, although in the case of a fully paid share our Board of Directors may accept the instrument signed only by the transferor.

Where our shares are listed or admitted to trading on any appointed stock exchange, such as                     , they will be transferred in accordance with the rules and regulations of such exchange.

Meetings of Shareholders

 

 

Under Bermuda law, a company is required to convene at least one general meeting of shareholders each calendar year (the “annual general meeting”). However, the shareholders may by resolution waive this requirement, either for a specific year or period of time, or indefinitely. When the requirement has been so waived, any shareholder may, on notice to the company, terminate the waiver, in which case an annual general meeting must be called. We have chosen not to waive the convening of an annual general meeting.

Bermuda law provides that a special general meeting of shareholders may be called by the Board of Directors of a company and must be called upon the request of shareholders holding not less than 10% of the paid-up capital of the company carrying the right to vote at general meetings. Bermuda law also requires that shareholders be given at least five days’ advance notice of a general meeting, but the accidental omission to give notice to any person does not invalidate the proceedings at a meeting. Our bye-laws provide that our Board of Directors may convene an annual general meeting and the chairman or a majority of our directors then in office may convene a special general meeting. Under our bye-laws, at least                     days’ notice of an annual general meeting or a special general meeting must be given to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting. This notice requirement is subject to the ability to hold such meetings on shorter notice if such notice is agreed: (i) in the case of an annual general meeting by all of the shareholders entitled to attend and vote at such meeting; or (ii) in the case of a special general meeting by a majority in number of the shareholders entitled to attend and vote at the meeting holding not less than 95% in nominal value of the shares entitled to vote at such meeting. Subject to the rules of                 , the quorum required for a general meeting of shareholders is two or more persons present in person at the start of the meeting and representing in person or by proxy in excess of         % of all issued and outstanding common shares.

Access to Books and Records and Dissemination of Information

 

 

Members of the general public have a right to inspect the public documents of a company available at the office of the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda. These documents include the company’s memorandum of association, including its objects and powers, and certain alterations to the memorandum of association. The shareholders have the additional right to inspect the bye-laws of the company, minutes of general meetings and the company’s audited financial statements, which must be presented in the annual general meeting. The register of members of a company is also open to inspection by shareholders and by members of the general public without charge. The register of members is required to be open for inspection for not less than two hours in any business day (subject to the ability of a company to close the register of members for not more than thirty days in a year). A company is required to maintain its share register in Bermuda but may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act 1981 (the “Companies Act”), establish a branch register outside of Bermuda. A company is required to keep at its registered office a register of directors and officers that is open for inspection for not less than two hours in any business day by members of the public without charge. Bermuda law does not, however, provide a general right for shareholders to inspect or obtain copies of any other corporate records.

 

95


Table of Contents

Election and Removal of Directors

 

 

Our bye-laws provide that our Board of Directors shall consist of                     directors or such greater number as the Board of Directors may determine. Our Board of Directors will initially consist of twelve directors. Our Board of Directors is divided into three classes that are, as nearly as possible, of equal size. Each class of directors is elected for a three-year term of office, but the terms are staggered so that the term of only one class of directors expires at each annual general meeting. The initial terms of the Class I, Class II and Class III directors will expire in 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively. At each succeeding annual general meeting, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at the annual general meeting will be elected for a three-year term.

Any shareholder wishing to propose for election as a director someone who is not an existing director or is not proposed by our Board of Directors must give notice of the intention to propose the person for election. Where a Director is to be elected at an annual general meeting, that notice must be given not less than         days nor more than         days before the anniversary of the last annual general meeting prior to the giving of the notice or, in the event the annual general meeting is called for a date that is not less than 30 days before or after such anniversary the notice must be given not later than         days following the earlier of the date on which notice of the annual general meeting was posted to shareholders or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the annual general meeting was made. Where a Director is to be elected at a special general meeting, that notice must be given not later than         days following the earlier of the date on which notice of the special general meeting was posted to shareholders or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the special general meeting was made.

A director may be removed, only with cause, by the shareholders, provided notice of the shareholders meeting convened to remove the director is given to the director. The notice must contain a statement of the intention to remove the director and a summary of the facts justifying the removal and must be served on the director not less than 14 days before the meeting. The director is entitled to attend the meeting and be heard on the motion for his removal.

Proceedings of Board of Directors

 

 

Our bye-laws provide that our business is to be managed and conducted by our Board of Directors. Bermuda law permits individual and corporate directors and there is no requirement in our bye-laws or Bermuda law that directors hold any of our shares. There is also no requirement in our bye-laws or Bermuda law that our directors must retire at a certain age.

The compensation of our directors is determined by the Board of Directors, and there is no requirement that a specified number or percentage of “independent” directors must approve any such determination. Our directors may also be paid all travel, hotel and other reasonable out-of-pocket expenses properly incurred by them in connection with our business or their duties as directors.

A director who discloses a direct or indirect interest in any contract or arrangement with us as required by Bermuda law is not entitled to vote in respect of any such contract or arrangement in which he or she is interested unless the chairman of the relevant meeting of the Board of Directors determines that such director is not disqualified from voting.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

 

Section 98 of the Companies Act provides generally that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability which by virtue of any rule of law would otherwise be imposed on them in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, except in cases where such liability arises from fraud or dishonesty of which such director, officer or auditor may

 

96


Table of Contents

be guilty in relation to the company. Section 98 further provides that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability incurred by them in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is awarded in their favor or in which they are acquitted or granted relief by the Supreme Court of Bermuda pursuant to section 281 of the Companies Act.

Our bye-laws provide that we shall indemnify our officers and directors in respect of their actions and omissions, except in respect of their fraud or dishonesty, and that we shall advance funds to our officers and directors for expenses incurred in their defense upon receipt of an undertaking to repay the funds if any allegation of fraud or dishonesty is proved. Our bye-laws provide that the shareholders waive all claims or rights of action that they might have, individually or in right of the company, against any of the company’s directors or officers for any act or failure to act in the performance of such director’s or officer’s duties, except in respect of any fraud or dishonesty of such director or officer. Section 98A of the Companies Act permits us to purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any officer or director in respect of any loss or liability attaching to him in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, whether or not we may otherwise indemnify such officer or director. We have purchased and maintain a directors’ and officers’ liability policy for such purpose.

Amendment of Memorandum of Association and Bye-laws

 

 

Bermuda law provides that the memorandum of association of a company may be amended by a resolution passed at a general meeting of shareholders. Our bye-laws provide that no bye-law shall be rescinded, altered or amended, and no new bye-law shall be made, unless it shall have been approved by a resolution of our Board of Directors and by a resolution of our shareholders including the affirmative vote of a majority of all votes entitled to be cast on the resolution. In the case of certain bye-laws, such as the bye-laws relating to election and removal of directors, approval of business combinations and amendment of bye-law provisions, the required resolutions must include the affirmative vote of at least     % of our directors then in office and the affirmative vote of at least     % of all votes entitled to be cast on the resolution.

Under Bermuda law, the holders of an aggregate of not less than 20% in par value of a company’s issued share capital or any class thereof have the right to apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda for an annulment of any amendment of the memorandum of association adopted by shareholders at any general meeting, other than an amendment that alters or reduces a company’s share capital as provided in the Companies Act. Where such an application is made, the amendment becomes effective only to the extent that it is confirmed by the Supreme Court of Bermuda. An application for an annulment of an amendment of the memorandum of association must be made within 21 days after the date on which the resolution altering the company’s memorandum of association is passed and may be made on behalf of persons entitled to make the application by one or more of their number as they may appoint in writing for the purpose. No application may be made by shareholders voting in favor of the amendment.

Amalgamations, Mergers and Business Combinations

 

 

The amalgamation or merger of a Bermuda company with another company or corporation (other than certain affiliated companies) requires the amalgamation or merger agreement to be approved by the company’s Board of Directors and by its shareholders. Unless the company’s bye-laws provide otherwise, the approval of 75% of the shareholders voting at such meeting is required to approve the amalgamation or merger agreement, and the quorum for such meeting must be two or more persons holding or representing more than one-third of the issued shares of the company. Our bye-laws provide that a merger or an amalgamation (other than with a wholly-owned subsidiary) that has been approved by the Board of Directors must only be approved by a majority of the votes cast at a general meeting of

 

97


Table of Contents

the shareholders at which the quorum shall be two or more persons present in person and representing in person or by proxy in excess of 50% of all issued and outstanding common shares. Any merger or amalgamation or other business combination (as defined in our bye-laws) not approved by our Board of Directors must be approved by the holders of not less than     % of all votes attaching to all shares then in issue entitling the holder to attend and vote on the resolution.

Under Bermuda law, in the event of an amalgamation or merger of a Bermuda company with another company or corporation, a shareholder of the Bermuda company who did not vote in favor of the amalgamation or merger and who is not satisfied that fair value has been offered for such shareholder’s shares may, within one month of notice of the shareholders meeting, apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda to appraise the fair value of those shares.

Our bye-laws contain provisions regarding “business combinations” with “interested shareholders.” Pursuant to our bye-laws, in addition to any other approval that may be required by applicable law, any business combination with an interested shareholder within a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested shareholder must be approved by our Board of Directors and authorized at an annual or special general meeting by the affirmative vote of at least     % of the votes attaching to our issued and outstanding voting shares that are not owned by the interested shareholder, unless: (i) prior to the time that the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, our Board of Directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder; or (ii) upon the consummation of the transaction that resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the interested shareholder owned shares of the company representing at least     % of the votes attaching to our issued and outstanding voting shares at the time the transaction commenced. For purposes of these provisions, “business combinations” include mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and certain sales, leases, exchanges, mortgages, pledges, transfers and other dispositions of assets, issuances and transfers of shares and other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to an interested shareholder. An “interested shareholder” is a person that beneficially owns shares representing     % or more of the votes attaching to our issued and outstanding voting shares and any person affiliated or associated with us that owned shares representing     % or more of the votes attaching to our issued and outstanding voting shares at any time three years prior to the relevant time.

Shareholder Suits

 

 

Class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under Bermuda law. The Bermuda courts, however, would ordinarily be expected to permit a shareholder to commence an action in the name of a company to remedy a wrong to the company where the act complained of is alleged to be beyond the corporate power of the company or illegal, or would result in the violation of the company’s memorandum of association or bye-laws. Furthermore, consideration would be given by a Bermuda court to acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or, for instance, where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of the company’s shareholders than that which actually approved it.

When the affairs of a company are being conducted in a manner that is oppressive or prejudicial to the interests of some part of the shareholders, one or more shareholders may apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda, which may make such order as it sees fit, including an order regulating the conduct of the company’s affairs in the future or ordering the purchase of the shares of any shareholders by other shareholders or by the company.

Our bye-laws contain a provision by virtue of which our shareholders waive any claim or right of action that they have, both individually and on our behalf, against any director or officer in relation to any action or failure to take action by such director or officer, except in respect of any fraud or dishonesty of such director or officer. We have been advised by the SEC that in the opinion of the SEC, the operation of this provision as a waiver of the right to sue for violations of federal securities laws would likely be unenforceable in U.S. courts.

 

98


Table of Contents

Capitalization of Profits and Reserves

 

 

Pursuant to our bye-laws, our Board of Directors may (i) capitalize any part of the amount of our share premium or other reserve accounts or any amount credited to our profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution by applying such sum in paying up unissued shares to be allotted as fully paid bonus shares pro rata (except in connection with the conversion of shares) to the shareholders; or (ii) capitalize any sum standing to the credit of a reserve account or sums otherwise available for dividend or distribution by paying up in full, partly paid or nil paid shares of those shareholders who would have been entitled to such sums if they were distributed by way of dividend or distribution.

Registrar or Transfer Agent

 

 

A register of holders of the common shares will be maintained by Codan Services Limited in Bermuda, and a branch register will be maintained in the United States by Computershare Trust Company, N.A., which will serve as branch registrar and transfer agent.

Untraced Shareholders

 

 

Our bye-laws provide that our Board of Directors may forfeit any dividend or other monies payable in respect of any shares that remain unclaimed for six years from the date when such monies became due for payment. In addition, we are entitled to cease sending dividend warrants and checks by post or otherwise to a shareholder if such instruments have been returned undelivered to, or left uncashed by, such shareholder on at least two consecutive occasions or, following one such occasion, reasonable enquires have failed to establish the shareholder’s new address. This entitlement ceases if the shareholder claims a dividend or cashes a dividend check or a warrant.

Certain Provisions of Bermuda Law

 

 

We have been designated by the Bermuda Monetary Authority as a non-resident for Bermuda exchange control purposes. This designation allows us to engage in transactions in currencies other than the Bermuda dollar, and there are no restrictions on our ability to transfer funds (other than funds denominated in Bermuda dollars) in and out of Bermuda or to pay dividends to U.S. residents who are holders of our common shares.

The Bermuda Monetary Authority has given its consent for the issue and free transferability of all of the common shares that are the subject of this offering to and between residents and non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes, provided our shares remain listed on an appointed stock exchange, which includes the                     . Approvals or permissions given by the Bermuda Monetary Authority do not constitute a guarantee by the Bermuda Monetary Authority as to our performance or our creditworthiness. Accordingly, in giving such consent or permissions, neither the Bermuda Monetary Authority nor the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda shall be liable for the financial soundness, performance or default of our business or for the correctness of any opinions or statements expressed in this prospectus. Certain issues and transfers of common shares involving persons deemed resident in Bermuda for exchange control purposes require the specific consent of the Bermuda Monetary Authority.

In accordance with Bermuda law, share certificates are only issued in the names of companies, partnerships or individuals. In the case of a shareholder acting in a special capacity (for example as a trustee), certificates may, at the request of the shareholder, record the capacity in which the shareholder is acting. Notwithstanding such recording of any special capacity, we are not bound to investigate or see to the execution of any such trust.

 

99


Table of Contents

Bermuda Company Considerations

Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum of association and bye-laws and by the corporate law of Bermuda. The provisions of the Companies Act, which applies to us, differ in certain material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. companies incorporated in the State of Delaware and their stockholders. The following is a summary of significant differences between the Companies Act (including modifications adopted pursuant to our bye-laws) and Bermuda common law applicable to us and our shareholders and the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law applicable to U.S. companies organized under the laws of Delaware and their stockholders.

 

Bermuda    Delaware

Shareholder meetings

    

–    May be called by the Board of Directors and must be called upon the request of shareholders holding not less than 10% of the paid-up capital of the company carrying the right to vote at general meetings.

  

–    May be held at such time or place as designated in the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws, or if not so designated, as determined by the board of directors.

–    May be held in or outside Bermuda.

  

–    May be held in or outside of Delaware.

–    Notice:

  

–    Notice:

–    Shareholders must be given at least five days’ advance notice of a general meeting, but the unintentional failure to give notice to any person does not invalidate the proceedings at a meeting.

  

–    Written notice shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the meeting.

–    Notice of general meetings must specify the place, the day and hour of the meeting and in the case of special general meetings, the general nature of the business to be considered.

  

–    Whenever stockholders are required to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any.

 

   

Shareholder’s voting rights

    

–    Shareholders may act by written consent to elect directors. Shareholders may not act by written consent to remove a director or auditor.

  

–    With limited exceptions, stockholders may act by written consent to elect directors.

–    Generally, except as otherwise provided in the bye-laws, or the Companies Act, any action or resolution requiring approval of the shareholders may be passed by a simple majority of votes cast. Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy.

  

–    Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy.

–    The voting rights of shareholders are regulated by the company’s bye-laws and, in certain circumstances, by the Companies Act. The

  

–    For stock corporations, the certificate of incorporation or bylaws may specify the number to constitute a quorum, but in no

 

100


Table of Contents
Bermuda    Delaware

bye-laws may specify the number to constitute a quorum and if the bye-laws permit, a general meeting of the shareholders of a company may be held with only one individual present if the requirement for a quorum is satisfied.

  

event shall a quorum consist of less than one-third of shares entitled to vote at a meeting. In the absence of such specifications, a majority of shares entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum.

–    Our bye-laws provide that when a quorum is once present in general meeting it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any shareholders.

  

–    When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting, it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any stockholders.

–    The bye-laws may provide for cumulative voting, although our bye-laws do not.

  

–    The certificate of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting.

–    The amalgamation or merger of a Bermuda company with another company or corporation (other than certain affiliated companies) requires the amalgamation or merger agreement to be approved by the company’s Board of Directors and by its shareholders. Unless the company’s bye-laws provide otherwise, the approval of 75% of the shareholders voting at such meeting is required to approve the amalgamation or merger agreement, and the quorum for such meeting must be two or more persons holding or representing more than one-third of the issued shares of the company.

  

–    Any two or more corporations existing under the laws of the state may merge into a single corporation pursuant to a board resolution and upon the majority vote by stockholders of each constituent corporation at an annual or special meeting.

–    Every company may at any meeting of its Board of Directors sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of its property and assets as its Board of Directors deems expedient and in the best interests of the company to do so when authorized by a resolution adopted by the holders of a majority of issued and outstanding shares of a company entitled to vote.

  

–    Every corporation may at any meeting of the board sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of its property and assets as its board deems expedient and for the best interests of the corporation when so authorized by a resolution adopted by the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock of a corporation entitled to vote.

–    Any company which is the wholly-owned subsidiary of a holding company, or one or more companies which are wholly-owned subsidiaries of the same holding company, may amalgamate or merge without the vote or consent of shareholders provided that the approval of the Board of Directors is obtained and that a director or officer of each such company signs a statutory solvency declaration in respect of the relevant company.

  

–    Any corporation owning at least 90% of the outstanding shares of each class of another corporation may merge the other corporation into itself and assume all of its obligations without the vote or consent of stockholders; however, in case the parent corporation is not the surviving corporation, the proposed merger shall be approved by a majority of the outstanding stock of the parent corporation entitled to vote at a duly called stockholder meeting.

 

101


Table of Contents
Bermuda    Delaware

–    Any mortgage, charge or pledge of a company’s property and assets may be authorized without the consent of shareholders subject to any restrictions under the bye-laws.

  

–    Any mortgage or pledge of a corporation’s property and assets may be authorized without the vote or consent of stockholders, except to the extent that the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides.

 

   

Directors

    

–    The Board of Directors must consist of at least one director.

  

–    The board of directors must consist of at least one member.

–    The number of directors is fixed by the bye-laws, and any changes to such number must be approved by the Board of Directors and/or the shareholders in accordance with the company’s bye-laws.

  

–    Number of board members shall be fixed by the bylaws, unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, in which case a change in the number shall be made only by amendment of the certificate of incorporation.

–    Removal:

  

–    Removal:

–    Under our bye-laws, any or all directors may be removed, with cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at a special meeting convened and held in accordance with the bye-laws for the purpose of such removal.

  

–    Any or all of the directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote unless the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides.

 

–    In the case of a classified board, stockholders may effect removal of any or all directors only for cause.

 

   

Duties of directors

    

–    The Companies Act authorizes the directors of a company, subject to its bye-laws, to exercise all powers of the company except those that are required by the Companies Act or the company’s bye-laws to be exercised by the shareholders of the company. Our bye-laws provide that our business is to be managed and conducted by our Board of Directors. At common law, members of a Board of Directors owe a fiduciary duty to the company to act in good faith in their dealings with or on behalf of the company and exercise their powers and fulfill the duties of their office honestly. This duty includes the following essential elements:

 

–    a duty to act in good faith in the best interests of the company;

 

–    a duty not to make a personal profit from opportunities that arise from the office of director;

  

–    Under Delaware law, the business and affairs of a corporation are managed by or under the direction of its board of directors. In exercising their powers, directors are charged with a fiduciary duty of care to protect the interests of the corporation and a fiduciary duty of loyalty to act in the best interests of its stockholders. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to stockholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the

 

102


Table of Contents
Bermuda    Delaware

–    a duty to avoid conflicts of interest; and

 

–    a duty to exercise powers for the purpose for which such powers were intended.

  

corporation and its stockholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the stockholders generally.

–    The Companies Act imposes a duty on directors and officers of a Bermuda company:

 

–    to act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the company; and

 

–    to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances.

 

–    The Companies Act also imposes various duties on directors and officers of a company with respect to certain matters of management and administration of the company. Under Bermuda law, directors and officers generally owe fiduciary duties to the company itself, not to the company’s individual shareholders, creditors or any class thereof. Our shareholders may not have a direct cause of action against our directors.

 

  

–    In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, a director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction, and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.

   

Takeovers

    

–    An acquiring party is generally able to acquire compulsorily the common shares of minority holders of a company in the following ways:

 

–    By a procedure under the Companies Act known as a “scheme of arrangement.” A scheme of arrangement could be effected by obtaining the agreement of the company and of holders of common shares, representing in the aggregate a majority in number and at least 75% in value of the common shareholders present and voting at a court ordered meeting held to consider the scheme of arrangement. The scheme of arrangement must then be sanctioned by the Bermuda Supreme Court. If a scheme of arrangement receives all necessary agreements and sanctions, upon the filing of the court order with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda, all holders of common shares could be compelled to sell their shares under the terms of the scheme of arrangement.

  

–    Delaware law provides that a parent corporation, by resolution of its board of directors and without any stockholder vote, may merge with any subsidiary of which it owns at least 90% of each class of its capital stock. Upon any such merger, and in the event the parent corporate does not own all of the stock of the subsidiary, dissenting stockholders of the subsidiary are entitled to certain appraisal rights.

 

–    Delaware law also provides, subject to certain exceptions, that if a person acquires 15% of voting stock of a company, the person is an “interested stockholder” and may not engage in “business combinations” with the company for a period of three years from the time the person acquired 15% or more of voting stock.

 

103


Table of Contents
Bermuda    Delaware

–    By acquiring pursuant to a tender offer 90% of the shares or class of shares not already owned by, or by a nominee for, the acquiring party (the offeror), or any of its subsidiaries. If an offeror has, within four months after the making of an offer for all the shares or class of shares not owned by, or by a nominee for, the offeror, or any of its subsidiaries, obtained the approval of the holders of 90% or more of all the shares to which the offer relates, the offeror may, at any time within two months beginning with the date on which the approval was obtained, by notice compulsorily acquire the shares of any nontendering shareholder on the same terms as the original offer unless the Supreme Court of Bermuda (on application made within a one-month period from the date of the offeror’s notice of its intention to acquire such shares) orders otherwise.

 

–    Where the acquiring party or parties hold not less than 95% of the shares or a class of shares of the company, by acquiring, pursuant to a notice given to the remaining shareholders or class of shareholders, the shares of such remaining shareholders or class of shareholders. When this notice is given, the acquiring party is entitled and bound to acquire the shares of the remaining shareholders on the terms set out in the notice, unless a remaining shareholder, within one month of receiving such notice, applies to the Supreme Court of Bermuda for an appraisal of the value of their shares. This provision only applies where the acquiring party offers the same terms to all holders of shares whose shares are being acquired.

 

  
   

Dissenter’s rights of appraisal

    

–    A dissenting shareholder (that did not vote in favor of the amalgamation or merger) of a Bermuda exempted company is entitled to be paid the fair value of his or her shares in an amalgamation or merger.

  

–    With limited exceptions, appraisal rights shall be available for the shares of any class or series of stock of a corporation in a merger or consolidation.

 

–    The certificate of incorporation may provide that appraisal rights are available for shares as a result of an amendment to the certificate

 

104


Table of Contents
Bermuda    Delaware
  

of incorporation, any merger or consolidation or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets.

 

   

Dissolution

    

–    Under Bermuda law, a solvent company may be wound up by way of a shareholders’ voluntary liquidation. Prior to the company entering liquidation, a majority of the directors shall each make a statutory declaration, which states that the directors have made a full enquiry into the affairs of the company and have formed the opinion that the company will be able to pay its debts within a period of 12 months of the commencement of the winding up and must file the statutory declaration with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda. The general meeting will be convened primarily for the purposes of passing a resolution that the company be wound up voluntarily and appointing a liquidator. The winding up of the company is deemed to commence at the time of the passing of the resolution.

  

–    Under Delaware law, a corporation may voluntarily dissolve (i) if a majority of the board of directors adopts a resolution to that effect and the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon vote for such dissolution; or (ii) if all stockholders entitled to vote thereon consent in writing to such dissolution.

   

Shareholder’s derivative actions

    

–    Class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under Bermuda law. Bermuda courts, however, would ordinarily be expected to permit a shareholder to commence an action in the name of a company to remedy a wrong to the company where the act complained of is alleged to be beyond the corporate power of the company or illegal, or would result in the violation of the company’s memorandum of association or bye-laws. Furthermore, consideration would be given by a Bermuda court to acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or, for instance, where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of the company’s shareholders than that which actually approved it.

  

–    In any derivative suit instituted by a stockholder of a corporation, it shall be averred in the complaint that the plaintiff was a stockholder of the corporation at the time of the transaction of which he complains or that such stockholder’s stock thereafter devolved upon such stockholder by operation of law.

 

105


Table of Contents

Taxation

The following sets forth material Bermuda, U.K. and U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our common shares. It is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This discussion does not address all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our common shares, such as the tax consequences under U.S. state, local and other tax laws.

Bermuda Tax Considerations

 

 

At the present time, there is no Bermuda income or profits tax, withholding tax, capital gains tax, capital transfer tax, estate duty or inheritance tax payable by us or by our shareholders in respect of our shares. We have obtained an assurance from the Minister of Finance of Bermuda under the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966 that, in the event that any legislation is enacted in Bermuda imposing any tax computed on profits or income, or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, such tax shall not, until March 31, 2035, be applicable to us or to any of our operations or to our shares, debentures or other obligations except insofar as such tax applies to persons ordinarily resident in Bermuda or is payable by us in respect of real property owned or leased by us in Bermuda.

United Kingdom Taxation

 

 

General

The following is a description of the material U.K. tax consequences of an investment in our common shares. It is intended only as a general guide to the position under current United Kingdom tax law and what is understood to be the current published practice of HMRC and may not apply to certain classes of investors, such as dealers in securities, persons who acquire (or are deemed to acquire) their securities by reason of an office or employment, insurance companies and collective investment schemes. Any person who is in doubt as to his tax position is strongly recommended to consult his own professional tax adviser. To the extent this description applies to U.K. resident and, if individuals, domiciled shareholders, it applies only to those shareholders who beneficially hold their shares as an investment (unless expressly stated otherwise).

The Company

It is the intention of the directors to conduct the affairs of Markit Ltd. so that the central management and control of Markit Ltd. is exercised in the U.K. such that Markit Ltd. is treated as resident in the U.K. for U.K. tax purposes.

Taxation of Dividends

Withholding Tax

We will not be required to withhold tax at source on any dividends paid to shareholders in respect of our common shares.

U.K. resident shareholders

Individuals resident in the U.K. for taxation purposes are generally liable to income tax on the aggregate amount of any dividend received and a tax credit equal to one-ninth of the dividend received (the “gross dividend”). For example, on a dividend received of £90, the tax credit would be £10, and an

 

106


Table of Contents

individual would be liable to income tax on £100. The gross dividend will be part of the individual’s total income for U.K. income tax purposes and will be regarded as the top slice of that income. However, in calculating the individual’s liability to income tax in respect of the gross dividend, the tax credit (which equates to 10 percent of the gross dividend) is set off against the tax chargeable on the gross dividend.

U.K. resident individuals who are subject to income tax at the basic rate (currently 20 percent for taxable income up to £32,010), will be subject to tax on the gross dividend at the rate of 10 percent. The tax credit will, in consequence, satisfy in full their liability to income tax on the gross dividend.

U.K. resident individuals who are subject to income tax at the higher rate (currently 40 percent) are subject to tax on the gross dividend at the rate of 32.5 percent, to the extent that the gross dividend falls above the threshold (currently £32,010) for the higher rate of income tax but below the threshold (currently £150,000) for the additional rate of income tax (currently 45 percent), but are entitled to offset the 10 percent tax credit against such liability. For example, on a dividend received of £90 such a taxpayer would have to pay additional tax of £22.50 (representing 32.5 percent of the gross dividend less the 10 percent credit). This represents an effective tax rate of 25 percent of the cash dividend received.

U.K. resident individuals who are subject to income tax at the additional rate (currently 45 percent) are subject to tax on the gross dividend at the rate of 37.5 percent to the extent that the gross dividend falls above the threshold (currently £150,000) for the additional rate of income tax, but are entitled to offset the 10 percent tax credit against such liability. For example, on a dividend received of £90 such a taxpayer would be required to account for income tax of £27.50 (being 37.5 percent of the gross dividend less the 10 percent tax credit). This represents an effective tax rate of 30.6 percent of the cash dividend received.

A U.K. resident shareholder who holds common shares in an individual savings account or personal equity plan will be exempt from income tax on dividends in respect of such shares but will not be able to claim payment from HMRC of the tax credit associated with the dividend.

No repayment of the tax credit in respect of dividends paid by us can be claimed by a United Kingdom resident shareholder who is not liable to U.K. tax on dividends (such as pension funds and charities).

Subject to certain exceptions, including for traders in securities and insurance companies, dividends paid by us and received by a corporate shareholder resident in the United Kingdom for tax purposes should be able to rely on the provisions set out in Part 9A of the Corporation Tax Act which exempt certain classes of dividend from corporation tax. Each shareholder’s position will depend on its own individual circumstances, although it would normally be expected that the dividends paid by us would fall into an exempt class and will not be subject to corporation tax. Such shareholders will not be able to reclaim repayment of tax credits attaching to dividends.

Non U.K. resident shareholders

Non-U.K. resident shareholders are not subject to tax (including withholding tax) in the United Kingdom on dividends received on our common shares and are therefore not generally entitled to payment of any part of the income tax credit, subject to the existence and terms of any applicable double tax convention between the U.K. and the jurisdiction in which such shareholder is resident.

Taxation of Capital Gains

U.K. Resident Shareholders

A disposal of common shares by an individual shareholder who is (at any time in the relevant United Kingdom tax year) resident in the United Kingdom for tax purposes, may give rise to a chargeable gain or an allowable loss for the purposes of United Kingdom taxation of chargeable gains, depending on the shareholder’s circumstances and subject to any allowable deductions and any available exemption

 

107


Table of Contents

or relief including the annual exempt amount (currently £10,900). Capital gains tax is charged on chargeable gains at a rate of either 18 percent or 28 percent depending on whether the individual is a basic rate taxpayer or a higher or additional rate taxpayer.

For shareholders within the charge to U.K. corporation tax on chargeable gains that do not qualify for the substantial shareholding exemption in respect of the common shares, indexation allowance should be available to reduce the amount of any chargeable gain realized on a disposal of common shares (but not to create or increase any loss).

Non-resident Shareholders

A shareholder who is not resident in the United Kingdom for tax purposes will not be subject to U.K. taxation of capital gains on the disposal or deemed disposal of common shares unless they carry on a trade, profession or vocation in the United Kingdom through a branch or agency (or, in the case of a non-U.K. resident corporate shareholder, a permanent establishment) to which the common shares are attributable, in which case they will be subject to the same rules which apply to United Kingdom resident shareholders.

A shareholder who is an individual and who is temporarily resident for tax purposes outside the United Kingdom at the date of disposal of common shares may also be liable, on his return, to United Kingdom taxation of chargeable gains (subject to any available exemption or relief).

Stamp Duty and Stamp Duty Reserve Tax (“SDRT”)

The statements below summarize the current law and are intended as a general guide only to stamp duty and SDRT. Special rules apply to agreements made by broker dealers and market makers in the ordinary course of their business and to transfers, agreements to transfer or issues to certain categories of person (such as depositaries and clearance services) which may be liable to stamp duty or SDRT at a higher rate.

No stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax will be payable on the transfer of the common shares, provided that the common shares are not registered in a register kept in the U.K. It is not intended that such a register will be kept in the U.K. Further, no stamp duty will be payable on transfer of the common shares provided that (i) any instrument of transfer is not executed in the U.K.; and (ii) such instrument of transfer does not relate to any property situated, or any matter or thing done or to be done, in the U.K.

Inheritance Tax

U.K. inheritance tax may be chargeable on the death of, or on a gift of common shares by, a U.K. domiciled shareholder. For inheritance tax purposes, a transfer of assets at less than full market value may be treated as a gift and particular rules apply to gifts where the donor reserves or retains some benefit. Special rules also apply to the trustees of settlements who hold common shares. Potential investors should consult an appropriate professional adviser if they make a gift or transfer at less than full market value or they intend to hold common shares through trust arrangements.

ISA

The common shares are eligible for inclusion in the stocks and shares component of an ISA, subject, where applicable, to the annual subscription limits for new investments into an ISA (for the tax year 2013/2014 this is £11,520). Sums received by a shareholder on a disposal of common shares will not count towards the shareholder’s annual limit, but a disposal of common shares held in an ISA will not serve to make available again any part of the annual subscription limit that has already been used by the shareholder in that tax year.

 

108


Table of Contents

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

 

 

In the opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, the following is a description of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to the U.S. Holders described below of owning and disposing of common shares. It does not describe all tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular person’s decision to acquire the common shares.

This discussion applies only to a U.S. Holder that holds common shares as capital assets for tax purposes. In addition, it does not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant in light of the U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including alternative minimum tax consequences, the potential application of the provisions of the Code known as the Medicare contribution tax and tax consequences applicable to U.S. Holders subject to special rules, such as:

 

certain financial institutions;

 

dealers or traders in securities who use a mark-to-market method of tax accounting;

 

persons holding common shares as part of a hedging transaction, straddle, wash sale, conversion transaction or other integrated transaction or persons entering into a constructive sale with respect to the common shares;

 

persons whose functional currency for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar;

 

entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

tax-exempt entities, including an “individual retirement account” or “Roth IRA”;

 

persons that own or are deemed to own ten percent or more of our voting shares; or

 

persons holding common shares in connection with a trade or business conducted outside of the United States.

If an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds common shares, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding common shares and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisers as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of the common shares.

This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions, final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations, all as of the date hereof, any of which is subject to change or differing interpretations, possibly with retroactive effect.

A “U.S. Holder” is a holder who, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is a beneficial owner of common shares and is:

 

a citizen or individual resident of the United States;

 

a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state therein or the District of Columbia; or

 

an estate or trust the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.

U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers concerning the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of owning and disposing of common shares in their particular circumstances.

 

109


Table of Contents

This discussion assumes that we are not, and will not become, a passive foreign investment company, as described below.

Taxation of Distributions

Distributions paid on common shares, other than certain pro rata distributions of common shares, will be treated as dividends to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Because we do not expect to maintain calculations of our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, it is expected that distributions generally will be reported to U.S. Holders as dividends. For so long as our common shares are listed on the                      or we are eligible for benefits under the U.S.-U.K. income tax treaty, dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders will be eligible for taxation as “qualified dividend income” and therefore, subject to applicable limitations, will be taxable at rates not in excess of the long-term capital gain rate applicable to such U.S. Holder. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding the availability of the reduced tax rate on dividends in their particular circumstances. The amount of the dividend will generally be treated as foreign-source dividend income to U.S. Holders and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally available to U.S. corporations under the Code. Dividends will be included in a U.S. Holder’s income on the date of the U.S. Holder’s receipt of the dividend.

Sale or Other Disposition of Common Shares

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, gain or loss realized on the sale or other disposition of common shares will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder held the common shares for more than one year. The amount of the gain or loss will equal the difference between the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the common shares disposed of and the amount realized on the disposition, in each case as determined in U.S. dollars. This gain or loss will generally be U.S.-source gain or loss for foreign tax credit purposes. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to various limitations.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

We believe that we are not currently a “passive foreign investment company” (a “PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes and do not expect to become one in the foreseeable future. In general, a non-U.S. corporation is a PFIC for any taxable year if: (i) 75% or more of its gross income consists of passive income (such as dividends, interest, rents and royalties) or (ii) 50% or more of the average quarterly value of its assets consists of assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. Because PFIC status depends on the composition of a company’s income and assets and the market value of its assets from time to time, there can be no assurance that we will not be a PFIC for any taxable year.

If we were a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder held common shares (assuming such U.S. Holder has not made a timely mark-to-market election, as described below), gain recognized by a U.S. Holder on a sale or other disposition (including certain pledges) of the common shares would be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the common shares. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and to any year before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, for that taxable year, and an interest charge would be imposed on the amount allocated to that taxable year. Further, to the extent that any distribution received by a U.S. Holder on its common shares exceeds 125% of the average of the annual distributions on the common shares received during the preceding three years or the U.S. Holder’s holding period, whichever is shorter, that distribution would be subject to taxation in the same manner as gain, described immediately above.

 

110


Table of Contents

A U.S. Holder can avoid certain of the adverse rules described above by making a mark-to-market election with respect to its common shares, provided that the common shares are “marketable.” Common shares will be marketable if they are “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange” or other market within the meaning of applicable Treasury regulations. If a U.S. Holder makes the mark-to-market election, it generally will recognize as ordinary income any excess of the fair market value of the common shares at the end of each taxable year over their adjusted tax basis, and will recognize an ordinary loss in respect of any excess of the adjusted tax basis of the common shares over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). If a U.S. Holder makes the election, the holder’s tax basis in the common shares will be adjusted to reflect the income or loss amounts recognized. Any gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of common shares in a year when the Company is a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as an ordinary loss (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election).

In addition, in order to avoid the application of the foregoing rules, a United States person that owns stock in a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes may make a “qualified electing fund” election (a “QEF Election”) with respect to such PFIC if the PFIC provides the information necessary for such election to be made. If a United States person makes a QEF Election with respect to a PFIC, the United States person will be currently taxable on its pro rata share of the PFIC’s ordinary earnings and net capital gain (at ordinary income and capital gain rates, respectively) for each taxable year that the entity is classified as a PFIC and will not be required to include such amounts in income when actually distributed by the PFIC. We do not intend to provide information necessary for U.S. Holders to make qualified electing fund elections.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries generally are subject to information reporting, and may be subject to backup withholding, unless (i) the U.S. Holder is a corporation or other exempt recipient or (ii) in the case of backup withholding, the U.S. Holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that it is not subject to backup withholding.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle it to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

 

111


Table of Contents

Underwriting

                    and                      are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us, the selling shareholders and the underwriters, the selling shareholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the selling shareholders, the number of common shares set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter    Number of shares

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                     Incorporated

    
Barclays Capital Inc.     
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.     
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC     
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.     
Goldman, Sachs & Co.     
HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.     
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC     
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC     
UBS Securities LLC     
BNP Paribas Securities Corp.     
Jefferies LLC     
RBC Capital Markets, LLC     
TD Securities (USA) LLC     

Total

    
  

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters’ obligation to purchase common shares depends on the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement including:

 

the obligation to purchase all of the common shares offered hereby (other than those common shares covered by their option to purchase additional shares as described below), if any of the common shares are purchased;

 

that the representations and warranties made by us and the selling shareholders to the underwriters are true;

 

that there is no material change in our business or the financial markets; and

 

that we deliver customary closing documents to the underwriters.

We and the selling shareholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

There is no established trading market for our common shares and a liquid trading market may not develop. It is also possible that the shares will not trade at or above the initial offering price following the offering.

 

112


Table of Contents

Commissions and Discounts

 

 

The representatives have advised us and the selling shareholders that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. The underwriters may allow, and the dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess of $         per share to other dealers. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The following table shows the underwriting discounts and commissions that the selling shareholders will pay to the underwriters. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares.

 

    Without over-allotment
option
    With over-allotment
option
 
    Per share     Total     Per share     Total  

Price to public

    $                    $                    $                    $               

Underwriting discounts and commissions

    $                    $                    $                    $               

Proceeds, before expenses, to selling shareholders

    $                    $                    $                    $               

The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discounts and commissions, are estimated at $         million and are payable by                     .                      has agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses relating to the clearance of the offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority in an amount of up to $        .

The Option to Purchase Additional Shares

 

 

The selling shareholders have granted an option to the underwriters to purchase up to             additional shares to cover over-allotments, if any, at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option for 30 days from the date of this prospectus. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

Lock-up Agreements

 

 

We, the selling shareholders, our executive officers and directors, and most of our other existing shareholders have agreed not to sell or transfer any common shares or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common shares, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of                     . Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common shares;

 

sell any option or contract to purchase any common shares;

 

purchase any option or contract to sell any common shares;

 

grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common shares;

 

lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common shares;

 

113


Table of Contents
request or demand that we file a registration statement relating to the common shares; or

 

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common shares whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

This lock-up provision applies to common shares and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common shares. It also applies to common shares owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

Listing

 

 

We intend to apply to list our common shares on             under the symbol “             .” To meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell a minimum number of shares to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by that exchange.

Determination of Offering Price

 

 

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common shares. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations among us, the selling shareholders and the representatives of the underwriters. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

 

the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us;

 

our financial information;

 

the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

 

an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenue;

 

the present state of our development; and

 

the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

 

 

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common shares. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common shares, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common shares in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering.

 

114


Table of Contents

“Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common shares made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common shares or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common shares. As a result, the price of our common shares may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on                     , in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we, the selling shareholders nor any of the underwriters makes any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common shares. In addition, neither we, the selling shareholders nor any of the underwriters makes any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

 

 

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

Other Relationships

 

 

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing, market making and brokerage activities. Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates

 

115


Table of Contents

may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments. See also “Related Party Transactions—Underwriters.”

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

 

 

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”), no offer of common shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

A. to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

B. to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or

 

C. in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of common shares shall require us, the selling shareholders or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State (other than a Relevant Member State where there is a Permitted Public Offer) who initially acquires any common shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that (A) it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive, and (B) in the case of any common shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, the common shares acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been given to the offer or resale. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the common shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a nondiscretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any common shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of common shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of common shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for any of the underwriters, the selling shareholders or us to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither the company, the selling shareholders nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of common shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for the company, the selling shareholders or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

 

116


Table of Contents

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any common shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the common shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the common shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

 

 

In the United Kingdom, this prospectus is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”), or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This prospectus must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

 

 

Our common shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This prospectus has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the common shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us, the selling shareholders or the common shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this prospectus will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of common shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of common shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

 

 

This prospectus relates to an exempt offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in those rules. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with exempt offers. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has not approved this

 

117


Table of Contents

prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and has no responsibility for it. The common shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may be illiquid or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the common shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

 

 

The common shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the common shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to common shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

 

 

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the common shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the common shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

 

 

Where the common shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law. The common shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the “Financial Instruments and Exchange Law”), and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any common shares, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the

 

118


Table of Contents

benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

 

 

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”) in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of our common shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors”(within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The common shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Bermuda

 

 

The securities being offered may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act 2003 of Bermuda (as amended). Additionally, non-Bermudian persons may not carry on or engage in any trade or business in Bermuda unless such persons are authorized to do so under applicable Bermuda legislation. Engaging in the activity of offering or marketing the securities being offered in Bermuda to persons in Bermuda may be deemed to be carrying on business in Bermuda.

 

119


Table of Contents

Legal Matters

The validity of the common shares and certain other matters of Bermuda law will be passed upon for us by Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited, our special Bermuda counsel. Certain matters of U.S. federal and New York State law will be passed upon for us by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York, New York, and for the underwriters by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York.

Experts

The financial statements as of the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales. The current address of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is 1 Embankment Place, London, England WC2N 6RH.

Where You Can Find More Information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement (including amendments and exhibits to the registration statement) on Form F-1 under the Securities Act. This prospectus, which is part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further information, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as part of the registration statement. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports and other information with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 20-F and reports on Form 6-K. Upon completion of this offering, in accordance with SEC rules, we will file our annual report on Form 20-F with the SEC within 120 days from the end of each fiscal year. You may inspect and copy reports and other information filed with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt under the Exchange Act from, among other things, the rules prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act.

 

120


Table of Contents

Expenses of the Offering

We estimate that our expenses in connection with this offering will be as follows:

 

Expenses    Amount  

SEC registration fee

     $                       

                        listing fee

        

FINRA filing fee

        

Printing and engraving expenses

        

Legal fees and expenses

        

Accounting fees and expenses

        

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

        

Miscellaneous costs

        

Total

        

All amounts in the table are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the                      listing fee and the FINRA filing fee.

Enforcement of Judgments

We are a Bermuda exempted company. As a result, the rights of holders of our common shares will be governed by Bermuda law and our memorandum of association and bye-laws. The rights of shareholders under Bermuda law may differ from the rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in other jurisdictions. A number of our directors and some of the named experts referred to in this prospectus are not residents of the United States, and a substantial portion of our assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process on those persons in the United States or to enforce in the United States judgments obtained in U.S. courts against us or those persons based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws. It is doubtful whether courts in Bermuda will enforce judgments obtained in other jurisdictions, including the United States, against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of those jurisdictions or entertain actions in Bermuda against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of other jurisdictions. Our registered address in Bermuda is Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda.

 

121


Table of Contents

I ndex to Financial Statements

 

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements—Markit Group Holdings Limited   
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm      F-2   
Consolidated Income Statements for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013      F-3   
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013      F-4   
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013      F-5   
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013      F-6   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013      F-8   
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements      F-9   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Markit Group Holdings Limited:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, of changes in equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Markit Group Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011, and the statements of income, of comprehensive income, of changes in equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

London, United Kingdom

March 13, 2014

 

 

 

F-2


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

 

 

 

         

Year to  
31 December  
2011  

    

Year to  
31 December  
2012  

    

Year to  
31 December  
2013  

 
            Note           $’m        $’m        $’m    
Revenue    5      762.5         860.6         947.9   
Operating expenses    8      (403.0)         (454.0)         (515.1)   
Exceptional items    6      (11.6)         (40.3)         (60.6)   
Acquisition related items    7      (4.8)         (0.9)         1.4   
Amortization – acquisition related    14      (34.4)         (46.2)         (50.1)   
Depreciation and Amortization – other    13 / 14      (62.7)         (66.7)         (86.0)   
Share-based compensation    21      (11.7)         (16.2)         (8.1)   
Other (losses) / gains – net    9      (4.6)         (11.6)         0.7   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Operating profit         229.7         224.7         230.1   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Finance costs – net    10      (22.9)         (28.9)         (19.4)   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Profit before income tax         206.8         195.8         210.7   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Income tax expense    11      (50.6)         (42.7)         (63.7)   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Profit for the year from continuing operations         156.2         153.1         147.0   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Profit attributable to:            
Equity holders         125.8         125.0         139.4   
Non-controlling interests         30.4         28.1         7.6   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        156.2         153.1         147.0   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
          $        $        $    
Earnings per share – basic    12      7.03         7.03         8.02   
Earnings per share – diluted    12      6.92         6.94         7.94   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

F-3


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

 

 

            Year to  
31 December  
2011  
     Year to  
31 December  
2012  
    

Year to  
31 December  

2013  

 
     Note      $’m        $’m        $’m    
Profit for the year         156.2           153.1         147.0   
Other comprehensive income            

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

           

Available for sale financial assets:

           

- gains arising during the year

     16         -            1.8         2.4   

- reclassification adjustment for sale of available for sale financial asset

     6         -           -           (4.2)   

Cash flow hedges

        -           -           (7.8)   

Currency translation differences

     23         2.8           24.8         11.5   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

        2.8           26.6         1.9   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

        159.0           179.7         148.9   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Attributable to:

           

Equity holders

        128.6           151.6         140.8   

Non-controlling interests

        30.4           28.1         8.1   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

        159.0           179.7         148.9   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Items in the statement above are disclosed net of a tax credit of $2.0m (2012: charge of $1.4m, 2011: charge of $0.1m).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-4


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

 

 

 

          31 December        31 December        31 December    
          2011        2012        2013    
Assets    Note      $’m           $’m           $’m     
Non-current assets            
Property, plant and equipment    13      40.9           49.8           62.3     
Intangible assets    14      2,285.5           2,760.5           2,717.8     
Deferred income tax assets    26      35.0            35.4           108.5     
Derivative financial instruments    17      -           -           0.3     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total non-current assets         2,361.4           2,845.7           2,888.9     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Current assets            
Available for sale financial assets    16      1.0            2.8           -     
Trade and other receivables    18      133.9            190.6           231.2     
Derivative financial instruments    17      0.4            0.1           0.9     
Current income tax receivables         3.3            1.9           3.6     
Cash and cash equivalents    19      148.3            110.2           75.3     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total current assets         286.9           305.6           311.0     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
           
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total assets         2,648.3           3,151.3           3,199.9     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Equity            
Capital and reserves            
Share capital    20      0.2           0.2           0.2     
Share premium    20      16.4           297.0           372.9     
Other reserves    23      (13.4)           16.3           19.5     
Retained earnings    22      1,837.6           1,423.0           1,663.3     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Equity attributable to owners of the parent         1,840.8           1,736.5           2,055.9     
Non-controlling interests    30      190.6           193.2           -     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total equity         2,031.4           1,929.7           2,055.9     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Liabilities            
Non-current liabilities            
Borrowings    25      13.3           536.6           472.7     
Trade and other payables    24      74.8           36.1           29.6     
Derivative financial instruments    17      -           0.2           0.3     
Deferred income tax liabilities    26      97.2           144.5           140.6     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total non-current liabilities         185.3           717.4           643.2     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Current liabilities            
Borrowings    25      208.9           117.1           101.9     
Trade and other payables    24      127.8           205.3           198.6     
Deferred income         88.4           167.3           177.9     
Current income tax liabilities         6.3           13.3           14.3     
Derivative financial instruments    17      0.2           1.2           8.1     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total current liabilities         431.6           504.2           500.8     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
           
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total liabilities         616.9           1,221.6           1,144.0     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
           
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total equity and liabilities         2,648.3           3,151.3                 3,199.9     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-5


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2013  
   

Note  

 

   

Share  
capital  
$’m  

   

Share  
premium  
$’m  

   

Other  
reserves  
$’m  

   

Retained  
earnings  
$’m  

   

Equity  
attributable  
to equity  
holders of  
the  
Company  

$’m  

   

Non-  
controlling  
interest  
$’m  

   

Total  
equity  
$’m  

 
Balance at 1 January 2013       0.2          297.0          16.3          1,423.0        1,736.5        193.2        1,929.7   
Profit for the year       -          -          -          139.4        139.4        7.6        147.0   
Other comprehensive income for the year       -          -          3.2          (1.8)        1.4        0.5        1.9   
   

 

 

 
Total comprehensive income for the year       -          -          3.2          137.6        140.8        8.1        148.9   
   

 

 

 
Share-based compensation     22        -          -          -          8.1        8.1        -          8.1   
Current tax in relation to share options     11        -          -          -          2.7        2.7        -          2.7   
Deferred tax in relation to share options     26        -          -          -          (0.4)        (0.4)        -          (0.4)   

Shares issued

    20        -          75.9          -          -          75.9        -          75.9   
   

 

 

 
Total contributions by and distributions to owners of the parent       -          75.9          -          10.4        86.3        -          86.3   
   

 

 

 

Tax arising on transactions with non-controlling interests

    11        -          -          -          69.4        69.4        -          69.4   

Elimination of non-controlling interests

    30        -          -          -          22.9        22.9        (201.3)        (178.4)   
   

 

 

 
Total Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries that do not result in a loss of control       -          -          -          92.3        92.3        (201.3)        (109.0)   
   

 

 

 
Total transactions with owners       -          75.9          -          102.7        178.6        (201.3)        (22.7)   
   

 

 

 
Balance at 31 December 2013       0.2          372.9          19.5          1,663.3        2,055.9        -          2,055.9   
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-6


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2012                                          
    Note   Share
capital
    Share
premium
    Other
reserves
    Retained
earnings
    Equity
attributable
to equity
holders of
the
Company
   

Non-

controlling
interest

    Total  
equity  
 
                 $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m    
Balance at 1 January 2012       0.2        16.4        (13.4)        1,837.6        1,840.8        190.6        2,031.4   
Profit for the year       -        -        -          125.0        125.0        28.1        153.1   
Other comprehensive income for the year       -        -        24.8        1.8        26.6        -          26.6   
   

 

 

 
Total comprehensive income for the year       -        -        24.8        126.8        151.6        28.1        179.7   
Share-based compensation   22     -        -        -          16.2        16.2        -          16.2   
Dividends to non-controlling interests       -        -        -          -          -          (25.5)        (25.5)   
Deferred tax in relation to share options   22     -        -        -          (8.7)        (8.7)        -          (8.7)   
Other reserve movements   22     -        -        -          (3.7)        (3.7)        -          (3.7)   
Shares held in escrow       -        -        13.0        -          13.0        -          13.0   
Transfer between reserves   22     -        -        (8.1)        8.1        -          -          -     
Shares issued   20     -        280.6        -          -          280.6        -          280.6   
Repurchase of shares   20     -        -        -          (553.3)        (553.3)        -          (553.3)   
   

 

 

 
Total contributions by and distributions to owners       -        280.6        4.9        (541.4)        (255.9)        (25.5)        (281.4)   
   

 

 

 
Balance at 31 December 2012       0.2        297.0        16.3        1,423.0        1,736.5        193.2        1,929.7   
   

 

 

 
Year ended 31 December 2011                                          
    Note   Share
capital
    Share
premium
    Other
reserves
    Retained
earnings
    Equity
attributable
to equity
holders of
the
Company
   

Non-

controlling
interest

    Total  
equity  
 
                 $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m    
Balance at 1 January 2011       0.2        3.9        (16.2)        1,728.5        1,716.4        190.9        1,907.3   
Profit for the year       -        -        -          125.8        125.8        30.4        156.2   
Other comprehensive income for the year       -        -        2.8        -          2.8        -          2.8   
   

 

 

 
Total comprehensive income for the year       -        -        2.8        125.8        128.6        30.4        159.0   
Share-based compensation   22     -        -        -          11.7        11.7        -          11.7   
Dividends to non-controlling interests       -        -        -          -          -          (30.7)        (30.7)   
Current tax in relation to share options       -        -        -          2.7        2.7        -          2.7   
Deferred tax in relation to share options   22     -        -        -          0.7        0.7        -          0.7   
Shares issued   20     -        12.5        -          -          12.5        -          12.5   
Repurchase of shares / options   20/21     -        -        -          (31.8)        (31.8)        -          (31.8)   
   

 

 

 
Total contributions by and distributions to owners       -        12.5        -          (16.7)        (4.2)        (30.7)        (34.9)   
   

 

 

 
Balance at 31 December 2011       0.2        16.4        (13.4)        1,837.6        1,840.8        190.6        2,031.4   
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-7


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

For the year ended 31 December

       

Year ended 31 December  

 
                 2011              2012                2013    
    Note   $’m     $’m       $’m    

Cash generated from operations

       

Profit before income tax

      206.8        195.8        210.7   

Adjustment for:

       

Amortization – acquisition related

  14     34.4        46.2        50.1   

Depreciation and amortization – other

  13 /14     62.7        66.7        86.0   

Impairment of intangible assets

  14     -          8.9        53.5   

(Profit) / loss on disposal of non-current assets

      (2.3)        0.4        -     

Fair value (gains) / losses on derivative financial instruments

  9     (1.0)        1.5        (3.9)   

Fair value adjustments on contingent consideration

  7     2.2        (2.7)        (1.8)   

Profit on sale of available for sale financial assets

  16     -          -          (4.2)   

Share-based compensation

      11.7        16.2        8.1   

Finance costs – net

  10     22.9        28.9        19.4   

Foreign exchange losses and other non-cash charges in

operating activities

      4.4        5.2        3.2   

Changes in working capital:

       

Decrease / (increase) in trade and other receivables

      1.0        (37.8)        (36.0)   

Increase in trade and other payables

      11.4        72.8        28.7   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash generated from operations

      354.2        402.1        413.8   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities

       

Cash generated from operations

      354.2        402.1        413.8   

Interest paid

      (12.6)        (21.4)        (7.3)   

Income tax paid

      (19.4)        (40.1)        (66.7)   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash generated from operating activities

      322.2        340.6        339.8   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

       

Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired

  29     (66.7)        (380.8)        (12.5)   

Settlement of contingent consideration

      -           -          (33.1)   

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

      (13.9)        (28.8)        (35.0)   

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

      3.8        -          -     

Proceeds from sale of available for sale financial asset

  16     -           -          5.2   

Purchases of intangible assets

      (61.1)        (70.2)        (95.5)   

Interest received

      0.1        0.2        0.3   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

      (137.8)        (479.6)        (170.6)   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

       

Proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares

  20     10.2        43.1        57.4   

Share buy back

      -          (69.8)        (102.9)   

Other purchase of shares

      (31.8)        (88.9)        -     

Transactions with non-controlling interest in subsidiaries

      -          -          (178.4)   

Proceeds from borrowings

      15.0        240.5        177.0   

Repayments of finance leases

      (6.0)        -          -     

Repayments of borrowings

      (120.0)        -          (157.0)   

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

      (30.7)        (25.5)        -     
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) / generated from financing activities

      (163.3)        99.4        (203.9)   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

      21.1        (39.6)        (34.7)   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

  19     127.6        148.3        110.2   

Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

      21.1        (39.6)        (34.7)   

Exchange (losses) / gains on cash and cash equivalents

      (0.4)        1.5        (0.2)   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  19     148.3        110.2        75.3   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-8


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

1.

General information

Markit Group Holdings Limited (‘the Company’) and its subsidiaries (together, ‘the Group’) sell financial information services to provide price transparency and to reduce risk and improve operational efficiency. The Group has operations around the world and sells mainly within the United Kingdom, the United States of America and Europe. The Group acquired a number of businesses in the three years ended 31 December 2013 as disclosed in note 29.

The principal activities of the Group consist of:

 

   

Collection, processing and redistribution of market prices for credit derivatives, cash credit instruments, loans to and from financial institutions, as well as providing other credit data;

   

Provision of valuations for OTC (over the counter) derivative instruments including equity derivatives, foreign exchange derivatives, interest rate derivatives, credit derivatives and commodities derivatives to financial institutions;

   

Provision of dividend forecasting as well as index constituents information services to financial institutions;

   

Provision of a trade processing platform for OTC derivatives focusing on capture, ISDA (International Swaps and Derivatives Association) confirmations and life cycle events for financial institutions;

   

Provision of portfolio risk management software and services to syndicated loan market participants;

   

Provision of design, development and hosting of customer websites, reports and tools for the financial services industry;

   

Provision of risk management solutions for the financial markets, specializing in the provision of software to calculate market and credit risk exposures;

   

Provision of post-trade connectivity, workflow and straight through processing for the foreign exchange market;

   

Provision of data, analysis and insight into short-selling and institutional fund flow across the global markets; and

   

Provision of enterprise data management software.

Markit Group Holdings Limited is a limited company incorporated and domiciled in England & Wales. The address of its registered office is 4th Floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London, EC2Y 9LY.

The financial statements were authorized for issue by the Board of Directors on 13 March 2014.

 

2.

Summary of significant accounting policies

The accounting policies set out below have been applied in preparing the financial statements as of 31 December 2011, 2012 and 2013 and for the three years ended 31 December 2013, unless otherwise stated.

 

2.1

Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”), and the International Financial Reporting Standards Interpretations

 

 

 

F-9


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Committee (“IFRIC”) interpretations, collectively ‘IFRSs’. The consolidated financial statements have also been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified to include the fair value of certain financial instruments in accordance with IFRS.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgment in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgment or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements are disclosed in note 4.

2.2 Consolidation

(a) Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are all entities (including structured entities) over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity.

Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases.

The Group applies the acquisition method to account for business combinations. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair value of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquiree and the fair value of any equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. The Group recognizes any non-controlling interest in the acquiree on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis.

Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred (see note 7).

If the business combination is achieved in stages, at the acquisition date for which control is obtained, the fair value of the Group’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree is remeasured to fair value with any resulting gain or loss recorded in the consolidated income statement.

Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the Group is recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration are recognized in the consolidated income statement.

Goodwill is initially measured as the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the fair value of non-controlling interest over the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

Inter-company transactions, balances, income and expenses on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Gains and losses resulting from inter-company transactions that are recognized in assets are also eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

 

 

 

F-10


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

(b) Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries without change of control

Transactions with non-controlling interests that do not result in loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions – that is, as transactions with the owners in their capacity as owners. The difference between fair value of any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity. Gains or losses on disposals to non-controlling interests are also recorded in equity.

2.3 Foreign currency translation

(a) Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in US Dollars ($), which is the Group’s presentation currency. The exchange rates used for the translation of the income statement and the balance sheet are as follows:

 

     2011    

2012

    2013  

STERLING

      

Income statement

     1.6034        1.5852        1.5642   

Balance sheet

     1.5541        1.6255        1.6563   

EURO

      

Income statement

     1.3918        1.2860        1.3283   

Balance sheet

     1.2981        1.3184        1.3280   

(b) Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions or valuation where items are re-measured. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the income statement. Foreign exchange gains and losses that relate to borrowings and cash and cash equivalents are presented in the consolidated income statement within ‘finance costs – net’. All other foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in the consolidated income statement within ‘other losses – net’.

Changes in the fair value of monetary securities denominated in foreign currency classified as available for sale are analyzed between translation differences resulting from changes in the amortized cost of the security and other changes in the carrying amount of the security. Translation differences related to changes in amortized cost are recognized in the consolidated income statement, and other changes in carrying amount are recognized in other comprehensive income.

Translation differences on non-monetary financial assets and liabilities such as equities held at fair value through profit or loss are recognized in the consolidated income statement as part of the fair value gain or loss. Translation differences on non-monetary financial assets, such as equities classified as available for sale, are included in other comprehensive income.

 

 

 

F-11


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

(c) Group companies

The results and financial position of all the Group entities (none of which has the currency of a hyper-inflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:

(i) assets and liabilities for each balance sheet presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet;

(ii) income and expenses for each income statement are translated at average exchange rates (unless this average is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the rate on the dates of the transactions); and

(iii) all resulting exchange differences are recognized in other comprehensive income.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate. Exchange differences arising are recognized in equity.

2.4 Property, plant and equipment

All property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less depreciation.

Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to bring the asset to its working condition for its intended use.

Depreciation on other assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate their cost to their residual values over their estimated useful lives, as follows:

 

Leasehold improvements

  -    Over the period of the lease or 5 years   

Computer equipment

  -   

3 years

  

Fixtures, fittings and equipment

  -    4 years   

Other

  -    4 years   

Assets under construction

  -   

Not depreciated

  

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period.

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognized within ‘other losses – net’ in the consolidated income statement.

 

 

 

F-12


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

2.5 Intangible assets

(a) Goodwill

Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries and represents the excess of the consideration transferred over the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the net identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree and the fair value of the non-controlling interest in the acquiree.

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to cash generating units (‘CGUs’), or groups of CGUs, that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Each unit or group of units to which the goodwill is allocated represents the lowest level within the entity at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. Goodwill is monitored at the level of individual CGUs or groups of CGUs.

Goodwill impairment reviews are undertaken annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential impairment. The carrying value of the CGU is compared to the recoverable amount, which is the higher of the value in use and the fair value less costs to sell. Any impairment is first allocated to goodwill. All goodwill impairment is recognized immediately as expense and not reversed subsequently.

(b) Technology, licenses, customer relationships and trademarks

Technology, licenses, customer relationships and trademarks comprise intellectual property, and software licenses and customer relationships acquired separately or in business combinations.

Separately acquired trademarks, technology and licenses are shown at historical cost.

Technology, licenses, customer relationships and trademarks acquired in a business combination are recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. Technology, licenses, customer relationships and trademarks have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortization. Customer relationships acquired through business combinations are evaluated on a case by case basis, evaluating the terms of contracts such as fixed fee arrangements or flexible contracts with revenues based on transactions and volume, to determine the useful lives of each relevant asset. Amortization is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of licenses over their estimated useful lives as follows:

 

Customer relationships

   -            10 – 18 years

Software licenses and technology

   -            2 – 12 years

Trademarks

   -            10 – 20 years

Other intangible assets

   -            3 – 20 years

 

 

 

F-13


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

(c) Development costs

Development costs that are directly attributable to the design and testing of software products used internally and for providing services to customers are recognized as intangible assets once the project has progressed beyond the research phase and to that of application development. Intangible assets are recognized when the following criteria are met:

 

   

it is technically feasible to complete the software product so that it will be available for use;

   

management intends to complete the software product and use or sell it;

   

there is an ability to use or sell the software product;

   

it can be demonstrated how the software product will generate probable future economic benefits;

   

adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the software product are available; and

   

the expenditure attributable to the software product during its development can be reliably measured.

Costs associated with maintaining computer software programs are recognized as an expense as incurred. Other development expenditures that do not meet these criteria are recognized as an expense as incurred. Development costs previously recognized as an expense are not recognized as an asset in a subsequent period.

Directly attributable costs that are capitalized as part of a software product include the software development employee costs, and an appropriate portion of relevant overheads and the costs of external subcontractors.

Software development costs recognized as assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, which is three years.

2.6 Impairment of non-financial assets

Assets that have an indefinite useful life – for example, goodwill or intangible assets not ready to use – are not subject to amortization and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash generating units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered an impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

2.7 Financial assets

2.7.1 Classification

The Group classifies its financial assets in the following categories: at fair value through profit or loss (which includes derivatives held for trading), loans and receivables, and available for sale. The classification depends on the purpose for which the financial assets were acquired. Management determines the classification of its financial assets at initial recognition.

 

 

 

F-14


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

(a) Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss include all derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments. The Group has no other financial assets held for trading.

Assets in this category are classified as current assets if expected to be settled within 12 months; otherwise, they are classified as non-current.

(b) Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They are included in current assets, except for maturities greater than 12 months after the end of the reporting period. These are classified as non-current assets. The Group’s loans and receivables comprise ‘trade and other receivables’ and ‘cash and cash equivalents’ in the balance sheet (see notes 2.11 and 2.12).

(c) Available for sale financial assets

Available for sale financial assets are non-derivatives that are either designated in this category or not classified in any of the other categories. They are included in non-current assets unless the investment matures or the Group intends to dispose of it within 12 months of the end of the reporting period.

2.7.2 Recognition and measurement

Regular purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on the trade date – the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Investments are initially recognized at fair value plus transaction costs for all financial assets not carried at fair value through profit or loss. Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the investments have expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership. Available for sale financial assets and derivatives held for trading are subsequently carried at fair value. Loans and receivables are subsequently carried at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

Changes in the fair value of monetary and non-monetary securities classified as available for sale are recognized in other comprehensive income.

When securities classified as available for sale are sold or impaired, the accumulated fair value adjustments recognized in equity are included in the consolidated income statement.

Dividends on available for sale equity instruments are recognized in the consolidated income statement as part of other income when the Group’s right to receive payments is established.

2.8 Offsetting financial instruments

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the consolidated balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognized amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

2.9 Impairment of financial assets

a) Loans and receivables

The Group assesses at the end of each reporting period whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired and impairment losses are incurred only if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (a ‘loss event’) and that loss event (or events) has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that can be reliably estimated.

Evidence of impairment may include indications that the debtors or a group of debtors is experiencing significant financial difficulty, default or delinquency in interest or principal payments, the probability that they will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganization, and where observable data indicate that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows, such as changes in arrears or economic conditions that correlate with defaults.

The amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced and the amount of the loss is recognized in the consolidated income statement. If a loan or held-to-maturity investment has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the current effective interest rate determined under the contract. As a practical expedient, the Group may measure impairment on the basis of an instrument’s fair value using an observable market price.

a) Loans and receivables (continued)

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognized (such as an improvement in the debtor’s credit rating), the reversal of the previously recognized impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated income statement.

b) Assets classified as available for sale

The Group assesses at the end of each reporting period whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets classified as available for sale is impaired. In the case of equity investments classified as available for sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost is also evidence that the assets are impaired. If any such evidence exists for available for sale financial assets, the cumulative loss – measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognized in the consolidated income statement – is removed from equity and recognized in the consolidated income statement. Impairment losses recognized in the consolidated income statement on equity instruments are not reversed through the consolidated income statement.

2.10 Derivative financial instruments

Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently re-measured at their fair value.

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Derivatives are classified as a current or non-current asset or liability. The accounting policy for derivatives designated as hedging instruments is set out in note 2.24. The gain or loss on the revaluation of other derivatives is recognized immediately in the consolidated income statement within ‘other losses - net’. The fair values of derivative instruments are disclosed in note 17.

2.11 Trade receivables

Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business and are classified within current assets as collection is expected in one year or less.

Trade receivables are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment.

2.12 Cash and cash equivalents

In the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents includes cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks, other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less and bank overdrafts. In the consolidated balance sheet, bank overdrafts are shown within borrowings in current liabilities.

2.13 Share capital

Ordinary shares are classified as equity.

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new ordinary shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Where any Group company issues share capital which is held in escrow to settle future potential contingent consideration on past acquisitions the nominal value is deducted from equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders until the shares are cancelled or reissued.

Where such ordinary shares are subsequently reissued, any consideration received, net of any directly attributable incremental transaction costs and the related income tax effects, is included in equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders.

2.14 Compound financial instruments

Compound financial instruments issued by the Company comprise convertible loan notes that can be converted to share capital at the option of the holder, and the number of shares to be issued does not vary with changes in their fair value.

The liability component of a compound financial instrument is recognized initially at the fair value of a similar liability that does not have an equity conversion option. The equity component is recognized initially at the difference between the fair value of the compound financial instrument as a whole and the fair value of the liability component. Any directly attributable transaction costs are allocated to the liability and equity components in proportion to their initial carrying amounts.

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Subsequent to initial recognition, the liability component of a compound financial instrument is measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. The equity component of a compound financial instrument is not re-measured subsequent to initial recognition.

2.15 Trade payables

Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of business from suppliers. Accounts payable are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less.

Trade payables are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

2.16 Borrowings

Borrowings are recognized initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently carried at amortized cost; any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognized in the consolidated income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method.

Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities are recognized as transaction costs of the loan to the extent that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down. In this case, the fee is deferred until the draw-down occurs. To the extent there is no evidence that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down, the fee is capitalized as a pre-payment for liquidity services and amortized over the period of the facility to which it relates.

The share buy-back liability arising on the repurchase of shares during the year is carried at amortized cost and the redemption value is recognized in the consolidated income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method (see note 25).

2.17 Current and deferred income tax

The tax expense for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognized in the consolidated income statement, except to the extent that it relates to items recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case, the tax is recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date in the countries where the Company and its subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income. The Group periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred income tax is recognized, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, deferred tax liabilities are not recognized if they arise from the initial recognition

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

of goodwill; deferred income tax is not accounted for if it arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realized or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

Deferred income tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized.

Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates, except for deferred income tax liabilities where the timing of the reversal of temporary differences is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred income tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

2.18 Employee benefits

The Group recognizes a liability and an expense for bonuses, based on a formula that takes into consideration the profit attributable to the Company’s shareholders after certain adjustments. The Group recognizes a provision where contractually obliged or where there is a past practice that has created a constructive obligation.

2.19 Share-based payments

The Group operates a number of equity-settled, share-based compensation plans, under which the entity receives services from employees as consideration for equity instruments (options and restricted shares) of the Group. The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of the options is recognized as an expense over the vesting period. The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the options granted.

The fair value of the options or restricted shares granted is determined using trinomial option pricing models, which take into account the exercise price of the option, the current share price, the dividend expected on the shares, the risk free interest rate, the expected volatility of the share price over the life of the option and other relevant factors.

Non-market vesting conditions are taken into account by adjusting the number of shares or share options included in the measurement of the cost of employee services so that ultimately, the amount recognized in the consolidated income statement reflects the number of vested shares or share options.

At each balance sheet date, the entity revises its estimate of the number of options that are expected to vest. It recognizes the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in the consolidated income statement, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

2.20 Revenue recognition

The Group’s revenue is mainly derived from selling financial data and providing pre and post-trade processing technology services. The Group also provides financial data web solutions development and maintenance services and sells software licenses and related services for risk management, enterprise data management, and pricing and financial analytics. Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable and when the following general revenue recognition principles are met: the amount of revenue can be reliably measured, the receipt of economic benefits are probable, costs incurred or to be incurred can be measured reliably and where relevant, the risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the buyer.

In addition to the general principles outlined above, the following specific policies are applied:

a) Financial data, pre and post-trade processing services and development and maintenance of web solutions services

Customers are invoiced on either a subscription or volume usage basis.

For subscription invoiced arrangements, revenue is recognized over the period of the subscription on a straight line basis and once the general revenue recognition principles have been met. Subscription revenues are invoiced in advance, often on an annual or quarterly basis. Where payments are received from customers in advance, the amounts are recorded as deferred income and released when the services are rendered.

For volume usage arrangements, revenue is recognized in line with the usage in the period and when the general revenue recognition principles are met. Customers are invoiced on a monthly basis to reflect actual usage. Where amounts are invoiced in arrears, revenue is accrued accordingly.

Revenue generated from the sale of third party financial data products or services is recorded net of costs when the Company is acting as an agent between the customer and the vendor and recorded gross when the Group is considered the principal in the transaction.

b) Software

The Group licenses its software on term licenses in multiple element transactions with related support services and at times, professional services. The elements of the transactions are considered to be separately identifiable if the product or service has standalone value to the customer. The amount allocated to each component is based on their relative fair value to the arrangement as a whole or based on the difference between the total arrangement value and the fair value of the undelivered component. Fair values are determined based on prices regularly charged for a component when sold separately, or, when a component is not sold separately, based on internal estimates supported by internal costing and pricing information.

The Company determines that delivery of software licenses occurs upon electronic shipment of the license key to the end user and when all the other general principles have been met.

Support services consist of software maintenance support. The Group renders software maintenance support services over the contract period, which typically ranges from 3 to 7 years.

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Professional services constitute installation and do not generally involve significant production, modification or customization of the related software. Revenue is recognized as the services are performed. Occasionally, when customization is requested by a customer, revenue is recognized for software and customization services together using the percentage-of-completion method based on contract costs incurred to date as a percentage of total estimated contract costs required to complete the development work. The Company assess the recoverability of these contracts on an ongoing basis.

Support services are recognized upon customer acceptance and when all the other general principles have been met.

2.21 Leases

Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are charged to the consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

The Group leases certain property, plant and equipment and certain intangible assets. Leases where the Group has substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance leases. Finance leases are capitalized at the lease’s commencement at the lower of the fair value of the leased asset and the present value of the minimum lease payments.

Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance charges. The corresponding rental obligations, net of finance costs, are included in other long-term payables. The interest element of the finance cost is charged to the income statement over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. The property, plant and equipment and certain intangible assets acquired under finance leases are depreciated or amortized over the shorter of the useful life of the asset and the lease term.

2.22 Dividend distribution

Dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognized as a liability in the consolidated financial statements in the period in which the dividends are approved by the Company’s shareholders.

2.23 Exceptional items

Exceptional items are disclosed separately in the consolidated financial statements where it is necessary to do so to provide further understanding of the financial performance of the Group. They are items of income or expense that have been shown separately due to the significance of their nature, size or incidence of occurrence.

In determining whether an event or transaction is exceptional, management considers quantitative as well as qualitative factors such as the frequency or predictability of occurrence. This is consistent with the way that financial performance is measured by management and reported to the Board and assists in providing a meaningful analysis of the trading results of the group.

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

2.24 Hedge Accounting

During the period the Group commenced hedge accounting for its Euro and Sterling forward foreign exchange contracts under the provisions of IAS 39, ‘Financial instruments: Recognition and measurement’. Derivative financial instruments are initially recognized at fair value on the contract date and are subsequently measured at their fair value at each balance sheet date. The method of recognizing the resulting fair value gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument and the nature of the item being hedged.

At the inception of a hedging transaction, the Group documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and hedged item together with its risk management objective and the strategy underlying the proposed transaction. The Group also documents its assessment, both at the inception of the hedging relationship and subsequently on an ongoing basis, of the effectiveness of the hedge in offsetting movements in the cash flows of the hedged items.

Where the hedging relationship is classified as a cash flow hedge, to the extent the hedge is effective, changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument arising from the hedged risk are recognized directly in equity rather than in the income statement. When the hedged item is recognized in the financial statements, the accumulated gains and losses recognized in other comprehensive income are either recycled to the income statement, or if the hedged item results in a non-financial asset, are recognized as adjustments to its initial carrying amount.

During the period, all of the Group’s cash flow hedges were highly effective and there is therefore no ineffective portion recognized in profit or loss.

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognized when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognized in the income statement. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the income statement within Other (losses)/gains – net.

The full fair value of hedging derivatives is classified as current when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is less than 12 months.

2.25 Changes in accounting policy and disclosures

New and amended standards adopted by the group

The following standards have been adopted by the group for the first time for the financial years beginning on or after 1 January 2013 and have a material impact on the Group:

 

 

Amendment to IFRS 7 - ‘Financial instruments: Disclosures’, on asset and liability offsetting. This amendment includes new disclosures to facilitate comparison between those entities that prepare IFRS financial statements to those that prepare financial statements in accordance with US GAAP.

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

 

IFRS 10 - ‘Consolidated financial statements’ builds on existing principles by identifying the concept of control as the determining factor in whether an entity should be included within the consolidated financial statements of the parent company. The standard provides additional guidance to assist in the determination of control where this is difficult to assess.

 

 

IFRS 13 - ‘Fair value measurement’, aims to improve consistency and reduce complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across IFRSs. The requirements, which are largely aligned between IFRSs and US GAAP, do not extend the use of fair value accounting but provide guidance on how it should be applied where its use is already required or permitted by other standards within IFRSs.

 

 

Amendments to IAS 36 - ‘Impairment of assets’, on the recoverable amount disclosures for non-financial assets. This amendment removed certain disclosures of the recoverable amount of CGUs which had been included in IAS 36 by the issue of IFRS 13. The amendment is not mandatory for the group until 1 January 2014, however the Group has decided to early adopt the amendment as of 1 January 2013.

New standards and interpretations not yet adopted

A number of new standards and amendments to standards and interpretations are effective for annual periods beginning after 1 January 2013, and have not been applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements. None of these are expected to have a significant effect on the consolidated financial statements of the Group, except the following set out below:

 

 

IFRS 9 - ‘Financial instruments’, addresses the classification, measurement and recognition of financial assets and financial liabilities. IFRS 9 was issued in November 2009 and October 2010. It replaces the parts of IAS 39 that relate to the classification and measurement of financial instruments. IFRS 9 requires financial assets to be classified into two measurement categories: those measured as at fair value and those measured at amortized cost. The determination is made at initial recognition. The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing its financial instruments and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the instrument. For financial liabilities, the standard retains most of the IAS 39 requirements. The main change is that, in cases where the fair value option is taken for financial liabilities, the part of a fair value change due to an entity’s own credit risk is recorded in other comprehensive income rather than the income statement, unless this creates an accounting mismatch. IFRS 9 was amended in November 2013 for hedge accounting - the classification and measurement requirements remain unchanged. The Group is yet to assess IFRS 9’s full impact. The Group will also consider the impact of the remaining phases of IFRS 9 when completed by the Board.

 

 

IFRIC 21 - ‘Levies’, sets out the accounting for an obligation to pay a levy that is not income tax. The interpretation addresses what the obligating event is that gives rise to pay a levy and when should a liability be recognized. The Group is not currently subjected to significant levies so the impact on the Group is not material.

There are no other IFRSs or IFRIC interpretations that are not yet effective that would be expected to have a material impact on the Group.

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

3.

Financial risk management

3.1 Financial risk factors

The Group’s operations expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risks (including foreign exchange risk, market price risk and cash flow and fair value interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.

The Group has procedures in place that seek to limit the adverse effects on the financial performance and stability of the Group by monitoring relevant indicators.

The Group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge the economic impact of certain risk exposures.

Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (‘Group Treasury’) under policies approved by the directors and governed by the Chief Executive Officer. Group Treasury identifies, evaluates and with the approval of the Chief Executive Officer hedges the identified financial risks in close co-operation with the Group’s operating units.

Group Treasury provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as written policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, use of derivative financial instruments and non-derivative financial instruments and investment of excess liquidity which are presented to the Chief Executive Officer for approval before their implementation.

(a) Market risk

(i) Foreign exchange risk

The Group’s principal currency risk is translation risk. Translation risk or exposure arises from the fact that the financial records of certain Group subsidiaries are maintained in local currency. The Group’s US Dollar-denominated consolidated financial statements can be affected by changes in the relative value of those local currencies against the US Dollar.

In addition, the Group is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the US Dollar, Sterling, Euro, Indian Rupee, Singapore Dollar and Canadian Dollar. These exposures arise from transactions in currencies other than the functional currency of the entities. Foreign exchange risk arises from the future settlement of recognized assets and liabilities denominated in a currency that is not the entities’ functional currency.

The approved foreign exchange risk policy is to hedge Sterling, Euro, Indian Rupee, Singapore Dollar and Canadian Dollar exchange rate risk at a Group level using a mixture of forward foreign exchange contracts and plain vanilla derivative contracts.

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

For Sterling and Euro foreign exchange risk management, the policy is to hedge a proportion of exposure to forecast consolidated Sterling and Euro revenue (2012: 90% of EBITDA) on a rolling 15 month basis. For Canadian Dollar, Indian Rupee and Singapore Dollar foreign exchange risk management the policy is to hedge 100% of consolidated operating expenditure exposure for 15 months starting from 1 January following the annual budget process.

The Group has certain investments in foreign operations, whose net assets are exposed to foreign currency translation risk. Currency exposure arising from the net assets of the Group’s foreign operations is not hedged as the Group has no current intentions to reduce its investments in any overseas entities.

At 31 December 2013, if the Euro had weakened/strengthened by 10% against the US Dollar with all other variables held constant, operating profit for the year would have been $1.6m higher/lower (2012: $10.5m, 2011: $7.7m). The impact on equity would have been $5.5m higher/lower (2012: $5.6m, 2011: $4.2m) due to the translation of net assets of overseas entities.

At 31 December 2013, if Sterling had weakened/strengthened by 10% against the US Dollar with all other variables held constant, operating profit for the year would have been $8.2m higher/lower (2012: $7.4m, 2011: $5.7m). The impact on equity would have been $1.6m higher/lower (2012: $0.7m, 2011: $1.7m) due to the translation of net assets of overseas entities.

Changes to exchange rate fluctuations in respect of other currencies would not significantly impact the Group’s results.

(ii) Market price risk

The Group is not exposed to significant market price risk as it holds no listed investments, and has no investment trading activity.

(iii) Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk

The Group’s interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk which is partially offset by cash held at variable rates. Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk (see note 25).

As at 31 December 2013 the Group held borrowings with a floating rate of interest totaling $268.0m (2012: $240.5m, 2011:$nil). If interest rates on floating rate borrowings had been 100 basis points higher/lower with all other variables held constant, post-tax profit for the year would have been $3.2m lower/higher (2012: $2.8m, 2011: $0.7m).

As at 31 December 2013 the Group held no borrowings (2012: $nil, 2011: $210m of convertible loan notes) with a fixed rate of interest.

Any future potential interest rate risk exposure as a result of new long-term borrowings will be assessed for the impact of a shift in interest rates over the expected term of the borrowings and if considered material a potential exposure to interest rate movement will be hedged using the appropriate financial instruments approved by the Chief Executive Officer.

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

(b) Credit risk

The Group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to trade and other receivables and cash and cash equivalents. The directors believe that such risk is limited, as the Group’s customer base primarily consists of large financial institutions. The amount of exposure to any individual counterparty is actively monitored and assessed by management.

Credit risk is managed on a Group basis. Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, deposits with banks and financial institutions, as well as credit exposures to customers, including outstanding receivables and committed transactions. For banks and financial institutions, only government backed institutions or independently rated parties with a minimum long term investment grade rating of single ‘A’ are accepted. At 31 December 2013 cash and cash equivalents were held with three (2012: two, 2011: two) independent financial institutions. For customers, the Group assesses the credit quality of the customer, taking into account its financial position, past experience and other factors. Individual risk limits are set based on internal ratings in accordance with limits approved by the Management Committee.

The credit quality of financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired can be assessed by reference to external credit ratings (if available) or to historical information about counterparty default rates. As at 31 December 2013 52% (2012: 53%, 2011: 53%) of the Group’s counterparty risk is with larger institutions which have an external credit rating of investment grade or better. The remaining counterparties are closely monitored and have strict trading limits. Of these counterparties 78% (2012: 80%, 2011: 90%) are with customers with whom the Group has a trading relationship for more than 12 months and with no significant history of default. The credit quality of financial assets in the comparative periods was not significantly different from the current period.

(c) Liquidity risk

The Group’s management reviews liquidity issues on an ongoing basis and the Group actively maintains a mixture of long term and short term debt finance at competitive interest rates that is designed to ensure the Group has sufficient available funds for operations. On-going business is cash flow generative and excess liquidity when not being used to reduce debt is invested short term at competitive yields with approved investment grade institutions.

Cash flow forecasting is performed monthly by the operating entities of the Group and aggregated by Group Treasury on a rolling 12 month basis. Group Treasury monitors rolling forecasts of the Group’s liquidity requirements to ensure it has sufficient cash to meet operational needs while maintaining sufficient headroom on its undrawn committed borrowing facilities at all times so that the Group does not breach borrowing limits or covenants (where applicable) on any of its borrowing facilities. Such forecasting takes into consideration the Group’s debt financing plans, covenant compliance, compliance with internal balance sheet ratio targets and, if applicable, external regulatory or legal requirements.

Surplus cash held by the operating entities over and above the balance required for working capital management are transferred to Group Treasury. Group Treasury invests surplus cash in interest bearing current accounts, time deposits, money market deposits choosing appropriate maturities or

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

sufficient liquidity to provide sufficient headroom as determined by the above-mentioned forecasts. At the reporting date, the Group held short term deposits and cash of $75.3m (2012: $110.2m, 2011: $148.3m) that are expected to readily generate cash for managing liquidity risk.

The table below analyzes the Group’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows, except for derivatives for which fair values are disclosed:

 

As at 31 December 2013

   Less than 6
months
     Between 6
months and
1 year
     Between 1
and 5 years
 
     $’m      $’m      $’m  

Borrowings (excluding finance lease liabilities)

     51.5         51.5         487.5   

Finance lease liabilities

     -         -         -   

Derivative financial instruments

     3.9         4.2         0.3   

Trade and other payables

     194.6         4.0         29.6   

 

As at 31 December 2012

  

Less than 6
months

$’m

    

Between 6
months and
1 year

$’m

     Between 1
and 5 years
$’m
 

Borrowings (excluding finance lease liabilities)

     66.5         51.5         563.0   

Finance lease liabilities

     -         -         -   

Derivative financial instruments

     0.8         0.4         0.2   

Trade and other payables

     167.1         38.2         36.1   

 

As at 31 December 2011

  

Less than 6
months

$’m

    

Between 6
months and
1 year

$’m

     Between 1
and 5 years
$’m
 

Borrowings (excluding finance lease liabilities)

     210.0         -         15.0   

Finance lease liabilities

     0.4         0.4         -   

Derivative financial instruments

     0.1         0.1         -   

Trade and other payables

     122.1         5.7         74.8   

The Group does not anticipate any significant liquidity risks to arise from the repayments scheduled above.

3.2 Capital management

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders, and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.

Consistent with others in the industry, the Group monitors capital on the basis of the gearing ratio. This ratio is calculated as net debt divided by total capital. Net debt is calculated as total borrowings (including ‘current

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

and non-current borrowings’ as shown in the consolidated balance sheet) less cash and cash equivalents. Total capital is calculated as ‘equity’ as shown in the consolidated balance sheet plus net debt.

The gearing ratio as at 31 December 2013 was 20% (2012: 22%, 2011: 4%).

The Group considered that the gearing ratio is appropriate to the current requirements of the Group.

3.3 Fair value estimation

Except for foreign currency derivatives, available for sale financial assets and contingent consideration in respect of past acquisitions the Group holds no financial instruments carried at fair value. Foreign currency derivatives are valued using quoted prices in an active market for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1). The fair value of available for sale financial assets and contingent consideration is based on the Group’s estimates (Level 3), the inputs for which are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs). There have been no reclassifications between Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 during the current or prior years.

The table below presents the Group’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value at 31 December 2013:

 

     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
Assets    $’m      $’m      $’m      $’m  

Available for sale financial assets

     -         -         -         -   

Derivatives used for hedging

     1.2         -         -         1.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1.2         -         -         1.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Contingent consideration

     -         -         33.6         33.6   

Derivatives used for hedging

     8.4         -         -         8.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     8.4         -         33.6         42.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

3.4 Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (level 3)

 

     2013  
     $’m  

Balance at 1 January

     72.1   

Fair value gains on contingent consideration - recognized within acquisition related items

     (1.8)   

Unwind of discount – recognized within finance costs

  

Settlement

     (37.7)   
  

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December

     33.6   
  

 

 

 

The Group had contingent consideration as at 31 December 2013 of $33.6m (2012: $72.1m) arising following the acquisitions of:

 

   

Storm, ClearPar and LoanSERV – Contingent consideration is $12.5m (2012: $48.1m) which is payable based on future revenue, of which a 5% change in forecast revenue would cause an

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

 

increase of $0.7m in contingent consideration. As a result, there is not expected to be any significant change in estimate based on a change in key assumptions.

 

   

Securities Hub – Contingent consideration relating to the 2009 acquisition of $21.1m (2012: $22.4m) reflects future discounts against an annual subscription to the Securities Hub service together with a capped revenue share agreement payable as new customers are signed up to the service.

 

   

Logicscope Limited – Contingent consideration at 31 December 2013 is based on 2013 revenue. Based on actual 2013 revenue, no contingent consideration is expected to be paid (2012: $1.6m).

 

4.

Critical accounting estimates and judgments

Estimates and judgments are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are addressed below.

(a) Business combinations

The Group is highly acquisitive and accordingly there are a number specific areas in which the Group relies on estimates and is required to exercise judgment. Specifically these include:

(i) Valuation of contingent consideration

Contingent consideration is based on performance metrics of the acquired businesses, including revenue and EBITDA. The best estimate of the amount payable is assessed at the time of acquisition. The fair value of the liability is then reassessed at each reporting date to reflect current forecasts and estimates. Determining the fair value requires estimates of the future performance metrics of the businesses acquired. See note 3.4 for further detail.

(ii) Valuation of intangible assets on acquisition

The identification and valuation of separable intangible assets acquired as part of the business combination requires judgment and the use of estimates to determine the expected future cash flows from the separately identified intangible assets (see note 2.5b).

(iii) Goodwill impairment testing

The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment. The recoverable amounts of cash-generating units have been determined based on value-in-use calculations. These calculations require the use of estimates as described in note 14. The impact of changes in assumptions used in testing for impairment of goodwill is disclosed in note 14.

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

(b) Internally developed intangibles

The Group has applied its judgment in determining which development projects meet the criteria for capitalization in IAS 38 ‘Intangible Assets’ (see note 2.5c) and the point at which capitalization should commence on those development projects. The carrying value of development costs capitalized is disclosed in note 14, as ‘Internally developed intangibles’.

The Group has applied its judgment in determining and reviewing the useful economic lives of these assets on a regular basis. The basis of these estimates includes the timing of technological obsolescence, competitive pressures, historical experience and internal business plans for the software. Future results could be affected if management’s current assessment of its software projects differs from actual performance.

(c) Revenue recognition

As described in note 2.20, the Company exercises judgment in determining whether the components of multiple element transactions are identifiable products or services that have standalone value to the customer. In this determination, management considers the transaction from the customer’s perspective and among other factors; management assesses whether the service or good is sold separately by the Company in the normal course of business or whether the customer could purchase the service or good separately.

The Company also uses estimates and exercises judgment in its determination of the fair value of each component in a multiple element transaction in order to allocate the arrangement value to the components. As evidence of the component’s fair value, management looks to the price regularly charged for the component when sold separately, or when a component is not sold separately, management looks to internal estimates supported by internal costing and pricing information.

(d) Valuation of Company’s shares

The Company’s estimate of the fair value of its shares have historically been performed on a quarterly basis with the assistance of an external valuation firm based on information provided to them by the Company. The Company’s shares are valued using a combination of capitalized earnings approach, more commonly known as price-earnings, based on peer company multiples, a discounted cash flow valuation based on the Group’s expectations of future performance and the price at which the Company’s shares have most recently been transacted in an arms’ length transaction.

The Company considers numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair values of the Company’s shares including, but not limited to, recent business performance and, where relevant, revisions to future business performance, the market performance of comparable companies based on equivalent size and industry and their relative price-earnings multiples. The Company also considers the relative illiquidity of the Company’s shares given they are not publicly traded and accordingly applies a discount to the valuation to take into consideration this illiquidity.

The valuation of the Company’s shares is relevant to the calculation of the Group’s share-based compensation (see note 21).

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

(e) Income taxes

The Company calculates an income tax provision in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. However, actual amounts of income tax expense only become final upon filing and acceptance of the tax return by the relevant authorities, which occurs subsequent to the issuance of the financial statements. Additionally, estimation of income taxes includes evaluating the recoverability of deferred tax assets based on an assessment of the ability to use the underlying future tax deductions before they expire against future taxable income. The assessment is based upon existing tax laws and estimates of future taxable income. To the extent estimates differ from the final tax return, earnings would be affected in a subsequent period.

The Company’s 2013 effective income tax rate on earnings from continuing operations was 30.2% (2012: 21.8%, 2011: 24.5%). A 1% increase in the effective income tax rate would have increased 2013 income tax expense by approximately $2.1m (2012: $2.0m, 2011: $2.1m).

 

5.

Operating segmental information

The Chief Executive Officer (CEO) is the Group’s chief operating decision-maker. Management has determined the operating segments based on the information received by the CEO for the purposes of allocating resources and assessing performance.

The CEO considers the performance of the business primarily from the perspective of groups of similar products.

The CEO assesses the performance of the operating segments based on a measure of earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation, amortization, exceptional and acquisition related items, other losses - net and stock compensation charge (Adjusted EBITDA).

This measure excludes the effects of charges or income from the operating segments such as restructuring costs, legal expenses and goodwill impairments when those items result from an isolated event. The measure also excludes the effects of equity-settled share-based payments and foreign exchange gains / losses.

Finance costs are not allocated to segments as this type of activity is driven by the Group treasury function which manages the financing position of the Group.

Central costs are allocated to segments based on various metrics, including revenue and headcount, reflecting the nature of the costs incurred.

Our operating segments are as follows:

Information : Our Information division provides global financial information comprising indices, pricing, reference data and analytics across asset classes and markets. Our information products and services are used for independent valuations, trading, liquidity, and risk assessments allowing our customers to comply with relevant regulatory, reporting, and risk management requirements. Revenues are generated from a combination of license fees and fees for services provided including consultancy.

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Processing : Our Processing division, offers a global trade processing solution for over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives across multiple asset classes and syndicated loans. Our processing services enable buy-side and sell-side financial institutions to optimize workflow efficiency and comply with regulations. Revenue is principally generated via transaction based fees.

Solutions : Our Solutions division provides customized front-to-back technology platforms and managed services, delivering complex functions with simplicity and dependability. Our offerings, which are targeted at a broad range of financial services participants, help capture and analyze information, manage risk and meet regulatory requirements. Revenue is largely generated via term based subscription or license fees.

Segmental

     Note   

Year ended

31

December

2011

    

Year ended

31

December

2012

    

Year ended

31
December
2013

 
                           
          $’m         $m         $’m     
Revenue            

- Information

        373.4            431.3            459.6      

- Processing

        227.3            238.8            265.3      

- Solutions

        161.8            190.5            223.0      
     

 

 

 

Total

                    762.5            860.6            947.9      
     

 

 

 
Adjusted EBITDA 1            

- Information

        174.5            214.5            217.2      

- Processing

        128.8            124.5            138.1      

- Solutions

        56.2            67.6            77.5      

- Non-controlling interests

        (54.5)           (48.4)           (11.5)     
     

 

 

 

Total Adjusted EBITDA 1

        305.0            358.2            421.3      

Reconciliation to the consolidated income statement:

           

- Exceptional items

   6      (11.6)           (40.3)           (60.6)     

- Acquisition related items

   7      (4.8)           (0.9)           1.4      

- Depreciation and amortization

   13/14      (62.7)           (66.7)           (86.0)     

- Amortization – acquisition related

   14      (34.4)           (46.2)           (50.1)     

- Share-based compensation

        (11.7)           (16.2)           (8.1)     

- Other gains/(losses) – net

   9      (4.6)           (11.6)           0.7      

- Finance Costs

   10      (22.9)           (28.9)           (19.4)     

- Non-controlling interests

        54.5            48.4            11.5      
     

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

        206.8            195.8            210.7      
     

 

 

 

1 Represents segment earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation, amortization, exceptional and acquisition related items, other losses – net, share-based compensation and less Adjusted EBITDA attributable to non-controlling interests.

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Geographical

    

Year ended  

31 December  

2011  

    

Year ended  

31 December  
2012  

    

Year ended  

31 December  
2013  

 
     $’m        $’m        $’m    

Revenue – by geography

        

- United States of America

     360.8           414.2           473.4     

- European Union

     341.8           371.5           382.1     

- Other

     59.9           74.9           92.4     
  

 

 

 
     762.5           860.6           947.9     
  

 

 

 

Non-current assets – by geography

        

- United States of America

     1,062.2           1,028.3           996.4     

- European Union

     1,201.0           1,715.9           1,714.9     

- Other

     63.2           66.1           69.1     
  

 

 

 
             2,326.4                   2,810.3           2,780.4     
  

 

 

 

No individual customer accounts for more than 10% of group revenue.

 

6.

Exceptional items

 

    

Year ended  

31 December  

    

Year ended  

31 December  

    

Year ended  

31 December  

 
     2011        2012        2013    
     $’m        $’m        $’m    
        

Impairment of intangible assets

     -           8.9           53.5     

Legal advisory costs

     6.1           6.4           6.3     

Indirect taxes

     -           -           5.0     

Profit on disposal of available for sale financial asset

     -           -           (4.2)    

Platform migration

     -           21.4           -     

IFRS conversion costs

     -           1.8           -     

Restructuring costs

     7.8           1.8           -     

Fair value gains on disposal

     (2.3)           -           -     
  

 

 

 
                 11.6                       40.3                       60.6     

Exceptional items are considered by management to constitute items that are significant either because of their size, nature or incidence of occurrence and are presented on the face of the income statement. The separate reporting of exceptional items is set out below to provide an understanding of the Group’s underlying performance.

Impairment of intangible assets includes the goodwill and acquired intangible asset impairment charges in 2013 which arose in the BOAT, Markit Hub and MOD CGU’s (see note 14). A goodwill impairment charge of $8.9m in 2012 arose in the Data Analytics & Research CGU. Impairments are considered exceptional on the basis of size and their infrequent occurrence.

Legal advisory costs are associated with ongoing anti-trust investigations by both the US Department of Justice, European Commission and the associated class action lawsuits relating to the credit derivatives and related markets. These costs have been classified as exceptional due to the complexity

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

and individual nature of these related cases along with the size of the costs being incurred. These cases represent an industry wide issue and consequently are not considered part of the Group’s normal course of business.

Indirect taxes represent the anticipated cost in connection with the settlement of a one time indirect tax exposure.

The profit on disposal of available for sale financial assets relates to the gain realized on the sale of an investment (see note 16), which due to its size and one off occurrence has been classified as exceptional.

Platform migration relates to significant one off costs incurred in migrating customers of ClearPar, Storm and LoanServ to an integrated platform enabling loan settlement and transaction processing.

The IFRS conversion costs relates to audit, advisory and tax fees associated with the conversion of the Group’s 2011 financial statements as the Group transitioned from UK GAAP as of 1 January 2009.

Restructuring costs comprise costs associated with a review of the Group’s global cost structure including an employee reduction program completed in 2011, together with premises exit costs following a global property review. The breadth and size of these specific reviews mean they have been classified as exceptional.

Fair value gains on disposal represents the profit on disposal of certain assets made in June 2011, which due to its size and one time occurrence has been classified as exceptional.

 

7.

Acquisition related items

 

     Year ended 31 December     
               2011                  2012                  2013    
     $’m        $’m        $’m    

Acquisition costs

     2.6           3.6           0.4     

Fair value gains on contingent consideration

     2.2           (2.7)          (1.8)    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
              4.8                    0.9           (1.4)    
        
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Acquisition costs primarily relate to legal and tax advisory costs attributable to completed acquisitions.

Fair value adjustments to contingent consideration relates to the re-assessment of the fair value of contingent consideration on historic acquisitions (see note 3.4).

 

8.

Operating expenses

 

     Year ended 31 December     
               2011                  2012                  2013    
     $’m        $’m        $’m    

Personnel costs

     242.1           272.1           307.3     

Operating lease payments

     12.8           14.4           15.5     

Technology costs

     66.7           79.6           86.2     

Subcontractors and professional fees

     38.3           39.6           40.1     

Other expenses

     43.1           48.3           66.0     
  

 

 

 
              403.0                    454.0           515.1     
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

The operating expenses above exclude exceptional items (see note 6), acquisition related items (see note 7), other losses – net (see note 9), share-based compensation, depreciation on property, plant and equipment (see note 13) and amortization of intangible assets (see note 14).

 

     Year ended 31 December    
               2011                  2012                  2013    
     $’m        $’m        $’m    

Services provided by the Company’s auditor:

        
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Company’s annual financial statements      0.1           0.2           0.3     

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for other services to the Group

        

- The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries

     1.1           1.2           1.2     
  

 

 

 

Total audit fees

     1.2           1.4           1.5     

Audit related assurance services

     -           -           0.1     

Other services

     0.1           1.3           0.8     
  

 

 

 
     1.3           2.7           2.4     
  

 

 

 

 

9.

Other (losses)/gains - net

 

     Year ended 31 December    
               2011                  2012                  2013    
     $’m        $’m        $’m    

Foreign exchange forward contracts:

        

- Held for trading (see note 17)

     1.0           (1.5)           3.9     

Net foreign exchange losses

     (5.6)          (10.1)           (3.2)    
  

 

 

 

Other (losses)/gains - net

     (4.6)          (11.6)           0.7     
  

 

 

 

The Group holds forward exchange contracts to economically hedge the foreign exchange risk of certain future payables and receivables.

 

10.

Finance costs - net

 

     Year ended 31 December    
               2011                  2012                  2013    
     $’m        $’m        $’m    

Finance costs:

        

- Interest on bank borrowings

     3.1           5.1           6.5     

- Interest on convertible loan notes

     10.5           5.2           -     

- Unwind of discount

     8.9           9.3           12.4     

- Interest on finance lease liabilities

     0.2           -           -     

- Other

     0.3           9.5           0.8     
  

 

 

 
     23.0           29.1           19.7     
  

 

 

 

Finance income:

        

- Interest income on short-term bank deposits

     (0.1)           (0.2)           (0.3)     
  

 

 

 
     (0.1)           (0.2)           (0.3)     
  

 

 

 
        
  

 

 

 

Finance costs

     22.9           28.9           19.4     
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Other finance costs in 2012 include an $8.2m issue cost associated with the Group’s new $800m four-year multi-revolving club facility and includes arrangement and legal fees.

 

11.

Income tax expense

 

     Year ended 31 December     
               2011                   2012                   2013     
     $’m         $’m         $’m     

Current tax:

        

Current tax on profits for the year

     35.3            50.8            78.1      

Adjustments in respect of prior years

     (6.0)           (2.0)           (2.7)     
  

 

 

 

Total current tax

     29.3            48.8            75.4      
  

 

 

 

Deferred tax:

        

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

     18.1            (4.6)           (1.1)     

Impact of change in tax rate

     1.1            (1.6)           (5.0)     

Adjustments in respect of prior years

     2.1            0.1            (5.6)     
  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax

     21.3            (6.1)           (11.7)     
  

 

 

 
        
  

 

 

 

Income tax expense

     50.6            42.7                     63.7      
  

 

 

 

The tax on the Group’s profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the standard tax rate applicable to profits of the Company as follows:

Reconciliation of effective tax rate

 

     Year ended 31 December     
               2011                   2012                   2013     
     $’m         $’m         $’m     

Profit before income tax

     206.8            195.8            210.7      
        

Tax using the corporate rate of 23.25% (2012: 24.5%, 2011: 26.5%)

     54.8            48.0            49.0      

Tax effect of non-deductible items and exempt income

     (4.6)           (13.2)           9.0      

Effect of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions

     3.2            8.9            19.0      

Adjustments in respect of prior years

     (3.9)           (1.9)           (8.3)     

Deferred tax not recognized

     -            2.5            -      

Effect of change in tax rates on deferred tax balances

     1.1            (1.6)           (5.0)     
  

 

 

 

Total

     50.6            42.7                     63.7      
  

 

 

 

The UK corporation tax rate changed from 24% to 23% from 1 April 2013. Accordingly the Group’s profits for 2013 are taxed at an effective rate of 23.25%. The reductions in the UK corporation tax rate to 21% from 1 April 2014 and to 20% from 1 April 2015 were substantively enacted on 2 July 2013 and have been reflected in the calculation of deferred tax at the year end.

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

The income tax charged/(credited) directly to equity during the year is as follows:

 

     Year ended 31 December    
     2011                  2012                  2013    
     $’m        $’m        $’m    

Current tax recognized directly in equity on share-based compensation

     (2.7)           -           (2.7)     

Deferred tax recognized directly in equity on share-based compensation

     (0.7)           8.7           0.4     

Current tax recognized directly in equity on acquisition of non-controlling interests

     -           -           (4.5)     

Deferred tax recognized directly in equity on acquisition of non-controlling interests

     -           -           (64.9)     

Deferred tax recognized directly in equity on derivative financial instruments

     -           -           (2.0)     
  

 

 

 

Total tax recognized directly in equity

     (3.4)           8.7           (73.7)     
  

 

 

 

The tax credit recognized directly in equity on acquisition of non-controlling interests of $64.9m relates to the initial recognition of a deferred tax asset on goodwill arising on the acquisition of the remaining 50% membership interest in MarkitSERV LLC (see note 30).

 

12.

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to equity holders of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.

 

     Year ended 31 December    
     2011                         2012                         2013    
     $’m        $’m        $’m    

Profit attributable to equity holders

     125.8           125.0           139.4     

Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding - basic

     17,892,921           17,771,624           17,387,598     
  

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

     7.03           7.03           8.02     
  

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding to assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. The Company has one category of dilutive potential ordinary shares, namely share-based compensation. A calculation is done to determine the number of shares that could have been acquired at fair value (determined as the appraised value of the Company’s outstanding shares for the period) based on the monetary value of the subscription rights attached to the stock options. The number of shares calculated above is compared with the number of shares that would have been issued assuming the exercise of the stock options.

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

     Year ended 31 December    
                     2011                        2012                        2013    
                      

Profit attributable to equity holders

     125.8           125.0           139.4     

Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding - basic

     17,892,921           17,771,624           17,387,598     
  

 

 

 

Adjustments for:

        

Share-based compensation

        

  -  Dilutive share options

     155,073           131,577           103,209     

  -  Dilutive restricted shares

     125,089           98,811           64,269     
  

 

 

 

Weighted number of ordinary shares outstanding - diluted

     18,173,083           18,002,012           17,555,076     
        
  

 

 

 
Diluted earnings per share    $ 6.92           6.94           7.94     
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

13.

Property, plant and equipment

 

    Leasehold   
     improvements   
    Computer   
 equipment   
    Fixtures,   
 fittings and   
equipment   
    Assets   
under   
construction   
              Total     
    $’m        $’m        $’m        $’m        $’m     
COST          

Balance at 1 January 2011

    6.6           46.6           6.3           14.9           74.4      

Acquisitions

    0.3           0.5           0.2           -           1.0      

Additions

    0.4           11.7           0.2           5.6           17.9      

Transfer

    15.1           0.6           3.9           (19.6)          -      

Disposals

    -           -           (0.3)          -           (0.3)     
Effect of movements in exchange rates     -           (0.6)          -           (0.1)          (0.7)     
 

 

 

 
Balance at 31 December 2011     22.4           58.8           10.3           0.8           92.3      
 

 

 

 

Balance at 1 January 2012

    22.4           58.8           10.3           0.8           92.3      

Acquisitions

    0.2           0.2           -           -           0.4      

Additions

    1.5           14.6           0.9           10.9           27.9      

Transfer

    7.2           0.9           0.9           (9.0)          -      

Disposals

    (0.3)          (0.1)          -           -           (0.4)     
Effect of movements in exchange rates     0.1           0.8           -           (0.1)          0.8      
 

 

 

 
Balance at 31 December 2012     31.1           75.2           12.1           2.6           121.0      
 

 

 

 

Balance at 1 January 2013

    31.1           75.2           12.1           2.6           121.0      

Additions

    1.2           23.5           0.9           9.4           35.0      

Transfer

    7.1           0.5           2.2           (9.8)          -      

Disposals

    (2.6)          (0.9)          (0.2)          -           (3.7)     

Effect of movements in exchange rates

    (0.3)          0.9           -           -           0.6      

Balance at 31 December 2013

    36.5           99.2           15.0           2.2           152.9      
ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION          

Balance at 1 January 2011

    2.5           27.3           3.8           -           33.6      

Depreciation for the year

    2.4           14.3           2.0           -           18.7      

Disposals

    -           -           (0.3)          -           (0.3)     
Effect of movements in exchange rates     -           (0.6)          -           -           (0.6)     
 

 

 

 
Balance at 31 December 2011     4.9           41.0           5.5           -           51.4      
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

    Leasehold   
     improvements   
    Computer   
 equipment   
    Fixtures,   
 fittings and   
equipment   
    Assets   
under   
construction   
              Total     
    $’m        $’m        $’m        $’m        $’m     

Balance at 1 January 2012

    4.9           41.0           5.5           -           51.4      

Depreciation for the year

    3.0           14.1           2.2           -           19.3      

Disposals

    (0.1)          -           -           -           (0.1)     
Effect of movements in exchange rates     -           0.6           -           -           0.6      
 

 

 

 
Balance at 31 December 2012     7.8           55.7           7.7           -           71.2      
 

 

 

 

Balance at 1 January 2013

    7.8           55.7           7.7           -           71.2      

Depreciation for the year

    4.0           15.6           2.6           -           22.2      

Disposals

    (2.6)          (0.9)          (0.2)          -           (3.7)     

Effect of movements in exchange rates

    0.1           0.7           0.1           -           0.9      
 

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2013

    9.3           71.1           10.2           -           90.6      
 

 

 

 
NET BOOK VALUE          

At 31 December 2011

    17.5           17.8           4.8           0.8           40.9      

At 31 December 2012

    23.3           19.5           4.4           2.6           49.8      
 

 

 

 

At 31 December 2013

    27.2           28.1           4.8           2.2           62.3      
 

 

 

 

Assets under construction mainly represent leasehold improvements.

Computer equipment, fixtures, fittings and equipment and other includes $nil (2012: $nil, 2011: $0.4m) where the Group is a lessee under a finance lease. Previously the Group leased certain equipment under non-cancellable finance lease agreements. The lease terms are between one and four years, and ownership of the assets lie within the Group.

The depreciation charge to the consolidated income statement in the year in respect of such assets amounted to $nil (2012: $0.4m, 2011: $2.4m).

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

14.

Intangible assets

 

     Goodwill       

Acquired   

intangibles -   
Customer   
relationships   

   

Acquired   

 intangibles   

 - Other   

    Internally   
developed   
 intangibles   
    Other   
intangible   
assets   
           Total     
COST   $’m        $’m        $’m        $’m        $’m        $’m     

Balance at 1 January 2011

    1,835.3           276.6           75.4           60.5           97.0           2,344.8      

Additions

    -           -           -           56.2           8.2           64.4      

Acquisitions

    63.5           33.8           15.0           -           -           112.3      

Disposals

    -           -           -           -           (4.9)          (4.9)     
Effects of movements in exchange rates     (0.6)          -           (1.3)          (0.4)          0.5           (1.8)     
 

 

 

 
Balance at 31 December 2011     1,898.2           310.4           89.1           116.3           100.8           2,514.8      
 

 

 

 

Balance at 1 January 2012

    1,898.2           310.4           89.1           116.3           100.8           2,514.8      

Additions

    -           -           -           58.2           9.3           67.5      

Acquisitions

    302.8           137.1           54.0           -           -           493.9      
Effects of movements in exchange rates     9.6           4.7           1.7           1.0           1.7           18.7      
 

 

 

 
Balance at 31 December 2012     2,210.6           452.2           144.8           175.5           111.8           3,094.9      
 

 

 

 

Balance at 1 January 2013

    2,210.6           452.2           144.8           175.5           111.8           3,094.9      

Additions

    -           -           -           80.3           20.2           100.5      

Acquisitions

    3.2           9.1           1.7           -           -           14.0      

Disposals

    -           -           -           (0.8)          (0.1)          (0.9)     

Effects of movements in exchange rates

    6.2           2.7           2.3           2.3           0.5           14.0      
 

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2013

    2,220.0           464.0           148.8           257.3           132.4           3,222.5      
 

 

 

 

ACCUMULATED AMORTIZATION AND IMPAIRMENT

           

Balance at 1 January 2011

    28.7           21.8           13.8           25.5           65.6           155.4      

Amortization

    -           20.9           12.2           23.1           22.2           78.4      

Impairment

    -           -           -           -           (3.3)          (3.3)     
Effect of movements in exchange rates     -           -           -           (0.3)          (0.9)          (1.2)     
 

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2011

    28.7           42.7           26.0           48.3           83.6           229.3      
 

 

 

 

Balance at 1 January 2012

    28.7           42.7           26.0           48.3           83.6           229.3      

Amortization

    -           30.9           15.3           37.4           10.0           93.6      

Impairment

    8.9           -           -           -           -           8.9      
Effect of movements in exchange rates     0.1           -           -           0.1           2.4           2.6      
 

 

 

 
Balance at 31 December 2012     37.7           73.6           41.3           85.8           96.0           334.4      
 

 

 

 

Balance at 1 January 2013

    37.7           73.6           41.3           85.8           96.0           334.4      

Amortization

    -           35.1           15.0           53.8           10.0           113.9      

Impairment

    51.1           1.8           -           0.4           0.2           53.5      

Disposals

    -           -           -           (0.8)          (0.1)          (0.9)     

Effect of movements in exchange rates

    (0.1)          0.9           0.3           1.5           1.2           3.8      
 

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2013

    88.7           111.4           56.6           140.7           107.3           504.7      
 

 

 

 
NET BOOK VALUE            

At 31 December 2011

    1,869.5           267.7           63.1           68.0           17.2           2,285.5      

At 31 December 2012

    2,172.9           378.6           103.5           89.7           15.8           2,760.5      
 

 

 

 

At 31 December 2013

    2,131.3           352.6           92.2           116.6           25.1           2,717.8      
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Finance lease agreements

Included within intangible assets is $nil (2012: $nil, 2011: $2.7m) relating to assets held under finance lease agreements. The amortization charged to the financial statements in the year in respect of such assets amounted to $nil (2012: $2.7m, 2011: $2.3m).

Impairment tests for goodwill

The Group reviews the business performance based on cash generating units (‘CGUs’) or groups of CGUs which are based on product types. Goodwill is monitored by the Group at the level of individual CGUs or groups of CGUs.

Goodwill considered significant in comparison to the Group’s total carrying amount of such assets has been allocated to CGUs or groups of CGUs as follows:

 

CGU group   Segment    

31  

    December  
2012  

        Additions         Impairment       Foreign  
    Exchange  
   

31  

    December  
2013  

 
          $’m       $’m       $’m       $’m       $’m    

Core Information

    Information        950.1          -          -           -           950.1     

Indices

    Information        113.2          -          -           -           113.2     

EDM

    Solutions        145.1          -          -           2.8           147.9     

MarkitClear

    Processing        82.4          -          -           -           82.4     

MarkitSERV

    Processing        140.4          -          -           0.2           140.6     

MOD

    Solutions        104.3          -          (20.0)          -           84.3     

Risk Analytics

    Solutions        31.9          -          -           -           31.9     

Core Solutions

    Solutions        91.7          -          -           -           91.7     

WSO Solutions

    Solutions        215.0          -          -           -           215.0     

Securities Finance

    Information        168.3          -          -           3.3           171.6     

Other

    Various        130.5          3.2          (31.1)          -           102.6     
   

 

 

 

Total

      2,172.9          3.2          (51.1)          6.3           2,131.3     
   

 

 

 
CGU group   Segment    

31  

December  
2011  

    Additions       Impairment       Foreign  
Exchange  
   

31  

December  
2012  

 
          $’m       $’m       $’m       $’m       $’m    

Core Information

    Information        950.1          -          -           -           950.1     

Indices

    Information        113.2          -          -           -           113.2     

EDM

    Solutions        -          137.4          -           7.7           145.1     

MarkitClear

    Processing        82.4          -          -           -           82.4     

MarkitSERV

    Processing        140.4          -          -           -           140.4     

MOD

    Solutions        104.3          -          -           -           104.3     

Risk Analytics

    Solutions        31.9          -          -           -           31.9     

Core Solutions

    Solutions        91.7          -          -           -           91.7     

WSO Solutions

    Solutions        215.0          -          -           -           215.0     

Securities Finance

    Information        -          165.4          -           2.9           168.3     

Other

    Various        140.5          -          (8.9)          (1.1)          130.5     
   

 

 

 

Total

      1,869.5          302.8          (8.9)          9.5           2,172.9     
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

CGU group   Segment    

31  

    December  
2010  

        Additions         Impairment       Foreign  
    Exchange  
   

31  

    December  
2011  

 
          $’m       $’m       $’m       $’m       $’m    

Core Information

    Information        950.1          -          -          -          950.1     

Indices

    Information        113.2          -          -          -          113.2     

MarkitClear

    Processing        72.3          10.1          -          -          82.4     

MarkitSERV

    Processing        127.8          12.6          -          -          140.4     

MOD

    Solutions        104.3          -          -          -          104.3     

Risk Analytics

    Solutions        -          31.9          -          -          31.9     

Core Solutions

    Solutions        91.7          -          -          -          91.7     

WSO Solutions

    Solutions        215.0          -          -          -          215.0     

Other

    Various        132.2          8.9          -          (0.6)          140.5     
   

 

 

 

Total

      1,806.6          63.5          -          (0.6)          1,869.5     
   

 

 

 

The recoverable amount of all CGUs has been determined based on value-in-use calculations.

These calculations use pre-tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management covering a five-year period. Cash flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated using the estimated growth rates stated below. As required by IAS 36, the growth rate does not exceed the long-term average growth rate for similar business in which the CGU operates.

Management determined budgeted margin based on past performance and its expectations of market development.

The key assumptions used for value-in-use calculations are as follows:

 

        2011     2012     2013  
CGU group   Segment       Discount  
rate  
        Perpetual  
        growth  
rate  
        Discount  
rate  
    Perpetual  
        growth  
rate  
        Discount  
rate  
    Perpetual  
        growth  
rate  
 

Core information

  Information     13%          1.2%          12%          1.3%          11%          1.2%     

Indices

  Information     15%          2.5%          13%          2.5%          12%          2.5%     

EDM

  Information     -          -          14%          2.5%          13%          2.5%     

MarkitClear

  Processing     16%          2.5%          15%          2.5%          14%          2.5%     

MarkitSERV

  Processing     14%          2.5%          13%          2.5%          12%          2.5%     

MOD

  Solutions     17%          2.5%          15%          2.5%          13%          2.5%     

Risk Analytics

  Solutions     17%          2.5%          15%          2.5%          12%          2.5%     

Core solutions

  Solutions     14%          2.5%          13%          2.5%          11%          2.5%     

WSO solutions

  Solutions     15%          2.5%          14%          2.5%          12%          2.5%     

Securities Finance

  Solutions     -          -          12%          2.5%          11%          2.5%     

Other

  Various     15%          2.5%          14%          2.3%          13%          2.5%     

The perpetual growth rates used are consistent with economic reports. The discount rates used are pre-tax and reflect specific risks relating to the relevant CGU.

Certain goodwill balances have been apportioned across multiple CGU’s, specifically the acquisitions of Markit Group Limited in 2007 (Core) and WSO in 2008. This reflects the allocation of identified CGU’s acquired in these transactions to different segments. The allocation of goodwill has been made based upon forecast cash flows at the date of acquisition. The goodwill recognized upon the acquisition of Markit Group Limited was $1,046.6m, which has been allocated across the following

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

CGUs: Core Information ($950.1m), Core Solutions ($91.7m) and Other ($4.8m). The goodwill recognized upon the acquisition of WSO was $267.5m, which has been allocated to the following CGUs: WSO Solutions ($215.0m) and Other ($52.5m).

Impairment charge arising in 2013

An impairment charge was recognized in the BOAT CGU disclosed above in “Other” (included in the Information operating segment and servicing a MiFID compliant trade reporting platform). Following the decision to close the business, management have concluded that the carrying value of goodwill of $12.7m is fully impaired.

An impairment charge of $20.2m was recognized in the Markit Hub CGU disclosed above in “Other” (included in the Information operating segment and providing a centralized interface for managing research content). Taking account of a reduced commercial outlook for this product, management have concluded that the carrying value of goodwill of $18.4m and of other intangibles assets of $1.8m is fully impaired.

An impairment charge of $20.0m was recognized in the MOD CGU group to write down carrying value to its value in use. This reflects higher costs being incurred in developing and delivering solutions to clients due to local cost pressures associated with operating at this asset’s location, which has reduced expectations for improvements in profit margins. A 1% increase in the discount rate would have the effect of increasing the impairment recorded by $12.6m. MOD provides web design, development and hosting services in the Solutions operating segment.

Impairment review

The value in use for all other CGU or CGU groups was in excess of its carrying value. The excess ranged from 30% to 1,800% of the carrying value of the applicable CGU or CGU group.

The principal assumption underlying the value in use calculations is considered to be pre-tax cash flows, given this, sensitivity analysis has been performed to calculate the reduction in pre-tax cash flows which would eliminate the headroom. This analysis identified:

 

   

In MarkitSERV, the recoverable amount calculated based on value in use exceeded carrying value by 32%. A reduction in forecast pre-tax cash flows of 24% would eliminate the remaining headroom.

   

In Risk Analytics, the recoverable amount calculated based on value in use exceeded carrying value by 51%. A reduction in forecast pre-tax cash flows of 34% would eliminate the remaining headroom.

   

In Securities Finance, the recoverable amount calculated based on value in use exceeded carrying value by 30%. A reduction in forecast pre-tax cash flows of 23% would eliminate the remaining headroom.

Based on sensitivity analysis of the other assumptions of the value in use calculations for these CGUs no other reasonably possible assumption would cause the carrying value of the CGU to exceed its recoverable amount. Across the remaining CGUs there is no factor which is considered reasonably possible that would lead to an excess of carrying value over recoverable amount.

 

 

 

F-44


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

15.

Financial instruments by category

 

Balance at 31 December 2013                            
     Loans and
receivables
    

Assets at fair
value through

the profit and
loss

     Available for
sale
         Total    
     $’m      $’m      $’m      $’m    

Assets as per balance sheet

           

Derivative financial instruments

     -         1.2         -         1.2     

Trade and other receivables excluding prepayments

     156.7         -         -         156.7     

Cash and cash equivalents

     75.3         -         -         75.3     
  

 

 

 
     232.0         1.2         -         233.2     
  

 

 

 
           

Liabilities at

fair value

through the

profit and loss

    

Other financial
liabilities at
amortized

cost

         Total    
            $’m      $’m      $’m    

Liabilities as per balance sheet

           

Borrowings (excluding finance lease liabilities)

        -         574.6         574.6     

Derivative financial instruments

        8.4         -         8.4     

Trade and other payables excluding non-financial liabilities

        33.6         194.6         228.2     
     

 

 

 
        42.0         769.2         811.2     
     

 

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2012                          
    Loans and
receivables
    Assets at fair
value through
the profit and
loss
     Available for
sale
         Total    
    $’m     $’m      $’m      $’m    
Assets as per balance sheet          

Available for sale financial assets

    -        -         2.8         2.8     

Derivative financial instruments

    -        0.1         -         0.1     

Trade and other receivables excluding prepayments

    134.6        -         -         134.6     

Cash and cash equivalents

    110.2        -         -         110.2     
 

 

 

 
    244.8        0.1         2.8         247.7     
 

 

 

 
          Liabilities at
fair value
through the
profit and loss
     Other
financial
liabilities at
amortized
cost
     Total    
          $’m      $’m      $’m    
Liabilities as per balance sheet          

Borrowings (excluding finance lease liabilities)

      -         653.7         653.7     

Derivative financial instruments

      1.4         -         1.4     

Trade and other payables excluding non-financial liabilities

      72.1         169.3         241.4     
   

 

 

 
      73.5         823.0         896.5     
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-45


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2011           
    Loans and
receivables
     Assets at fair
value through
the profit and
loss
     Available for
sale
         Total    
    $’m      $’m      $’m      $’m    
Assets as per balance sheet           

Available for sale financial assets

    -        -         1.0         1.0     

Derivative financial instruments

    -        0.4         -         0.4     

Trade and other receivables excluding prepayments

    122.6         3.9         -         126.5     

Cash and cash equivalents

    148.3         -         -         148.3     
 

 

 

 
    270.9         4.3         1.0         276.2     
 

 

 

 
           Liabilities at
fair value
through the
profit and loss
     Other
financial
liabilities at
amortized
cost
     Total    
           $’m      $’m      $’m    
Liabilities as per balance sheet           

Borrowings (excluding finance lease liabilities)

       -         221.4         221.4     

Finance lease liabilities

       -         0.8         0.8     

Derivative financial instruments

       0.2         -         0.2     

Trade and other payables excluding non-financial liabilities

       78.6         124.0         202.6     
    

 

 

 
       78.8         346.2         425.0     
    

 

 

 

The following financial assets are subject to offsetting:

 

    

Gross
amounts of
recognized
financial
assets

    

Gross
amounts of
recognized
financial
assets
set-off in
the balance
sheet

    

Net
amounts
of
financial
assets
presented
in the
balance
sheet

    

Related amounts not
set off in the balance
sheet

 

        
              Financial
instruments
     Cash
collateral
received
     Net
amount
 
     $’m      $’m      $’m      $’m      $’m      $’m  

Trade receivables

                 

At 31 December 2013

     153.0         (3.6)         149.4         -         -         149.4   

At 31 December 2012

     140.0         (3.3)         136.7         -         -         136.7   

At 31 December 2011

     82.9         (2.0)         80.9         -         -         80.9   

 

 

 

F-46


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

The following financial liabilities are subject to offsetting:

 

    

Gross
amounts of
recognized
financial
liabilities

    

Gross
amounts of
recognized
financial
liabilities
set-off in
the
balance
sheet

    

Net
amounts of
financial
liabilities
presented
in the
balance
sheet

    

Related amounts not
set off in the balance
sheet

 

        
              Financial
instruments
     Cash
collateral
received
     Net
amount
 
     $’m      $’m      $’m      $’m      $’m      $’m  

Trade payables

                 

At 31 December 2013

     (13.0)         3.6         (9.4)         -         -         (9.4)   

At 31 December 2012

     (11.9)         3.3         (8.6)         -         -         (8.6)   

At 31 December 2011

     (3.4)         2.0         (1.4)         -         -         (1.4)   

 

16.

Available for sale financial assets

 

     Balance at 31 December       
     2011        2012        2013     
     $’m        $’m        $’m     

Balance at 1 January

     1.0           1.0           2.8      

Fair value gain

     -           1.8           2.4      

Disposal

     -           -           (5.2)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December

     1.0           2.8           -      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Available for sale financial assets comprised unlisted securities and were all denominated in US Dollars.

 

17.

Derivative financial instruments

 

     Balance at 31 December      
Assets    2011        2012        2013    
     $’m        $’m        $’m    

Forward foreign exchange contracts

     0.4           0.1           1.2     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     0.4           0.1           1.2     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: non-current portion

     -           -           0.3     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current portion

     0.4           0.1           0.9     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2011        2012        2013    
Liabilities    $’m        $’m        $’m    

Forward foreign exchange contracts

     0.2           1.4           8.4     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     0.2           1.4           8.4     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: non-current portion

     -           0.2           0.3     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current portion

     0.2           1.2           8.1     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Trading derivatives are classified as an asset or liability. The movement in fair value which is recognized in the consolidated income statement amounts to a gain of $3.9m (2012: loss of $1.5m, 2011: gain of $1.0m) (see note 9).

The notional principal amounts of the outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts were:

 

     Balance at 31 December    
     2011         2012         2013     
Currency    $’m         $’m         $’m     

Sterling (sold forward)

     (63.5)           (82.5)           (130.5)     

Euro (sold forward)

     (13.3)           (20.5)           (27.1)     

Indian Rupee bought forward

     8.1            13.3            18.7      

Singapore Dollar bought forward

     8.0            11.7            16.3      

Canadian Dollar bought forward

     11.8            13.5            12.1      

 

18.

Trade and other receivables

 

     Balance at 31 December     
     2011         2012         2013     
     $’m         $’m         $’m     

Trade receivables

     80.9            136.7            149.4      

Less: provision for impairment of trade receivables

     (2.8)           (2.1)           (4.0)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade receivables - net

     78.1            134.6            145.4      

Prepayments and accrued income

     45.4            51.4            74.5      

Other receivables

     10.4            4.6            11.3      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     133.9            190.6            231.2      

Less: non-current portion

     -            -            -      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current portion

     133.9            190.6            231.2      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at 31 December 2013 the fair value of trade and other receivables is not materially different from their book values.

As of 31 December 2013, trade receivables of $57.8m (2012: $52.1m, 2011: $33.5m) were past due but not impaired. These relate to a number of independent customers for whom there is no recent history of default. The ageing analysis of these trade receivables is as follows:

 

     Balance at 31 December    
     2011        2012        2013    
     $’m        $’m        $’m    

0 - 30 days

     21.4           26.2           30.1     

31 - 60 days

     9.1           11.1           11.0     

61 - 90 days

     2.7           7.8           7.1     

Greater than 90 days

     0.3           7.0           9.6     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     33.5           52.1           57.8     

Receivables not past due

     44.6           82.5           87.6     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total trade receivables - net

     78.1           134.6           145.4     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

As of 31 December 2013, trade receivables of $4.0m (2012: $2.1m, 2011: $2.8m) were impaired and fully provided. The individually impaired receivables mainly relate to individual small counterparties.

The carrying amounts of the Group’s trade and other receivables are denominated in the following currencies:

 

     Balance at 31 December    
     2011        2012        2013    
     $’m        $’m        $’m    

US Dollar

     91.9           110.8           154.2     

Euro

     8.2           16.3           15.1     

Sterling

     32.3           61.2           58.8     

Other

     1.5           2.3           3.1     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     133.9           190.6           231.2     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Movements on the Group provision for impairment of trade receivables are as follows:

 

     Balance at 31 December     
                 2011                     2012                     2013     
     $’m         $’m         $’m     
                      

At 1 January

     2.4            2.8            2.1      

Amounts provided

     1.0            0.8            2.3      

Utilized

     (0.6)           (1.1)           (0.2)     

Released unutilized

     -            (0.4)           (0.2)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At 31 December

     2.8            2.1            4.0      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The creation and release of provision for impaired receivables have been included in ‘operating expenses’ in the consolidated income statement.

Amounts charged to the allowance account are generally written off, when there is no expectation of recovering additional cash.

The other classes within trade and other receivables do not contain impaired assets. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of each class of receivable mentioned above. The Group does not hold any collateral as security.

The maximum credit exposure to trade and other receivables is the carrying value.

 

19.

Cash and cash equivalents

 

     Balance at 31 December    
                 2011                    2012                    2013    
     $’m        $’m        $’m    
                      

Cash at bank and on hand

     98.3           77.7           43.5     

Short term bank deposits

     50.0           32.5           31.8     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents (excluding bank overdrafts)

     148.3           110.2           75.3     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-49


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents include the following for the purposes of the statement of cash flows:

 

     Balance at 31 December    
                 2011                    2012                    2013    
     $’m        $’m        $’m    

Cash and cash equivalents

     148.3           110.2           75.3     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     148.3           110.2           75.3     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

20.

Share capital and premium

 

Issued and fully paid   

Number of

$0.01

shares

       Share
capital
       Share
premium
       Total    
              $’m        $’m        $’m    
                                   

Balance at 1 January 2011

     18,052,638            0.2           3.9           4.1     

Shares issued

     184,873            -           12.5           12.5     

Shares purchased

     (62,601)           -           -           -     
  

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2011

     18,174,910            0.2           16.4           16.6     
  

 

 

 

Balance at 1 January 2012

     18,174,910            0.2           16.4           16.6     

Shares issued

     1,695,307            -           280.6           280.6     

Shares purchased

       (2,758,717)           -           -           -     
  

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2012

     17,111,500            0.2           297.0           297.2     
  

 

 

 

Balance at 1 January 2013

     17,111,500            0.2           297.0           297.2     

Shares issued

     572,102            -           75.9           75.9     

Shares purchased

               -           -           -     
  

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2013

     17,683,602            0.2           372.9           373.1     
  

 

 

 

 

Issued and fully paid                        2011     

2012

     2013    
Number of shares                     

Ordinary voting shares of $0.01 each

     13,777,659         13,409,868         13,458,551     

Ordinary non-voting shares of $0.01 each

     4,397,251         3,701,632         4,225,051     
  

 

 

 

Total

     18,174,910         17,111,500         17,683,602     
  

 

 

 
Nominal value of shares    $      $      $    

Ordinary voting shares of $0.01 each

     137,777         134,099         134,586     

Ordinary non-voting shares of $0.01 each

     43,973         37,016         42,250     
  

 

 

 

Total

     181,750         171,115         176,836     
  

 

 

 

During the year 554,083 shares were issued for cash and the settlement of interest free promissory notes (2012 for cash and the conversion of convertible loan notes: 1,573,259, 2011: 172,371) (see note 25). The nominal value of these shares was $5,541 (2012: $15,733, 2011: $1,724) and the consideration received was $71.5m (2012: $253.1m, 2011: $10.3m).

During the year 18,019 (2012: 122,048, 2011: 12,502) ordinary shares were issued in respect of historic acquisitions of subsidiaries (see note 29). The nominal value of these shares was $180 (2012:

 

 

 

F-50


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

$1,220, 2011: $125). The fair value of the shares issued was $4.4m (2012: $27.5m, 2011: $2.2m). The fair value of shares is determined by the Board, with the assistance of an external valuation firm.

During the year no (2012: 2,758,717, 2011: 62,601) ordinary shares were repurchased and cancelled for a total consideration including costs of $nil (2012: $553.3m, 2011: $13.5m). Transaction costs incurred, and charged to equity, were $nil (2012: $0.9m, 2011: $0.7m) which related only to the purchase of ordinary shares.

The $553.3m of consideration in 2012 includes $463.6m relating to the share buyback (see note 25e) completed in August 2012 with the balance of $89.7m attributable to the purchase of shares from other employees and institutional investors. The $463.6m reflects the present value of the initial liability as at 31 August 2012. At 31 December 2013 the present value is $306.6m reflecting cash payments of $172.7m offset by the unwinding of discount of $15.7m. The $89.7m of other share purchases was fully paid in 2012.

The rights relating to each class of shares in issue at 31 December 2013, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

 

  a)

The ordinary voting shares carry one vote per share. They entitle the holder to share equally in a distribution of the profits or assets of the Company by dividend with all other holders of ordinary shares, (which for the purposes of this note includes the ordinary voting shares and ordinary non-voting shares) in proportion to the holder’s aggregate holding of all ordinary shares.

  b)

The ordinary non-voting shares carry no entitlement to vote. They entitle the holder to share equally in all distribution of the profits or assets of the Company by dividend with all other holders of ordinary shares in proportion to the holder’s aggregate holding of all ordinary shares.

 

 

 

F-51


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

21.

Share-based compensation

The Group operates share schemes for employees throughout the Group. The current schemes are:

 

Description    Year of
grant
      

Exercise
price

($)

       Exercise
period
 

2011

No. of

options

      

2012

No. of
options

      

2013  

No. of  
options  

 

2004 Markit Loans option plan

     2004           2.50         2005 to 2013     6,539           -           -     

2004 Additional option plan

     2004           11.57         2006 to 2015     20,000           18,742           -     

2004 Additional option plan

     2004           15.42         2006 to 2015     12,733           9,833           6,250     

2004 Additional option plan

     2004           35.62         2006 to 2015     4,164           4,164           4,164     

2006 Share option plan

     2006           51.83         2007 to 2016     11,758           8,550           7,000     

2006 Share option plan

     2006           58.74         2007 to 2016     2,500           2,500           -     

2006 Share option plan – Communicator

     2006           9.00         2007 to 2016     13,493           11,662           9,012     

2006 Share option plan – Communicator

     2006           14.11         2007 to 2016     4,530           2,307           562     

2006 Share option plan – Communicator

     2006           30.34         2007 to 2016     56           -           -     

2006 Share option plan – Communicator

     2006           49.82         2007 to 2016     220           -           -     

2006 MarketXS Share option plan

     2006           74.25         2007 to 2016     15,528           12,667           700     

2007 Markit Share option plan

     2007           74.25         2008 to 2016     3,000           -           -     

2007 Markit Share option plan

     2007           75.14         2008 to 2016     3,500           3,500           3,200     

2007 Markit Share option plan

     2007           81.97         2008 to 2016     50,067           37,191           9,308     

2008 Markit Share option plan

     2008           81.97         2009 to 2017     89,538           57,091           5,938     

2008 Markit Share option plan

     2008           128.31         2009 to 2017     411,816           380,597           285,676     

2008 Additional Share option plan (Swapswire)

     2008           128.31         2009 to 2018     75,433           51,750           50,601     

2008 Additional Share option plan (FCS)

     2008           148.96         2009 to 2015     135,070           106,770           64,125     
2009 Markit Share option plan (mid-year allocations for 2008)      2008           148.96         2009 to 2015     153,358           137,240           122,240     

2009 Markit Share option plan

     2009           158.91         2010 to 2015     537,303           456,007           373,825     

2009 Option plan MarkitSERV

     2009           158.91         2010 to 2016     54,705           42,770           35,985     

2010 Markit Share option plan

     2010           165.35         2010 to 2017     286,420           237,676           206,875     

2010 Option plan MarkitSERV

     2010           165.35         2010 to 2017     30,219           27,348           23,178     

2010 Option plan WSOD

     2010           165.35         2010 to 2017     156,061           150,886           83,189     

2011 Option plan QUIC

     2011           203.06         2011 to 2017     72,200           68,870           67,780     

2011 Markit option plan

     2011           203.06         2011 to 2017     949,528           893,227           782,022     

2011 Option plan MarkitSERV

     2011           203.06         2011 to 2017     53,242           49,212           43,219     

2012 Markit option plan 3 year vesting

     2012           225.65         2012 to 2015     -           79,556           81,649     

2012 Markit option plan 5 year vesting

     2012           225.65         2012 to 2017     -           883,900           823,324     

2013 Markit option plan 3 year vesting

     2013           244.59         2014 to 2017     -           -           142,699     

2013 Markit option plan 5 year vesting

     2013           244.59         2014 to 2020     -           -           476,362     

2013 Markit mid-year option plan 5 year vesting

     2013           267.00         2014 to 2020     -           -           255,400     

Key Employee Incentive Programs

     2013           267.00         2016 to 2020     -           -           2,591,000     
              

 

 

 

Total share option plans

                 3,152,981           3,734,016           6,555,283     
              

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-52


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Description   

Year

of

grant

    

Vesting

period

 

2011

No. of

Shares

      

2012  

No. of  
Shares  

      

2013  

No. of  
Shares  

 
                                     

2009 restricted share plan

     2009       2010 to 2012     9,770           -             -     

2010 restricted share plan – 3 year plan

     2010       2010 to 2013             114,639                   57,238             -     

2010 restricted share plan – 5 year plan

     2010           2010 to 2014     27,775           19,934             12,698     

2011 restricted share plan – 3 year plan

     2011       2012 to 2014     36,396           24,267             12,138     

2011 restricted share plan – 5 year plan

     2011       2012 to 2016     3,327           2,663             1,999     

2012 restricted share plan – 3 year plan

     2012       2013 to 2015     -           33,412             22,275     

2013 restricted share plan – 3 year plan

     2013       2014 to 2016     -           -             28,380     
       

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total restricted share plans

          191,907           137,514             77,490     
       

 

 

      

 

 

 

2004 Markit Loans option plan

This plan was approved on 21 January 2004 and the options are granted to certain employees. As a result of the Group restructuring in 2007, the options are granted over Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The exercise price at the date of grant was $2.50 and the options are exercisable in three equal tranches annually. The options will lapse on 22 April 2014.

2004 Markit additional option plan

This plan was approved on 22 November 2004 and the options are granted to certain employees. As a result of the Group restructuring in 2007, the options are granted over Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The 2004 Additional Plan issued various grants over Markit Group Holdings Limited non-voting shares. These grants have various exercise prices and are exercisable in 36 equal tranches. The options will lapse 10 years after the date of grant.

2006 Markit share option plan

This plan was approved on 25 January 2006 and the options are granted to certain employees. As a result of the Group restructuring in 2007, the options are granted over Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The options were granted at various dates and with various exercise prices. The options are exercisable annually in three equal parts. Initially the options were to lapse on 31 December 2009 but the exercise period has been extended to 31 December 2016.

2006 Markit share option plan – Communicator

Following the acquisition of Communicator, this plan was approved on 26 April 2006 and the options are granted to certain Communicator employees only. As a result of the Markit group restructuring in 2007, the options were granted over Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The options were granted on 11 May 2006 with various exercise prices. The majority of the options were exercisable immediately on the date of grant and lapse at various dates.

2006 MarketXS share option plan

Following the acquisition of MarketXS, this plan was approved on 1 August 2006 and the options are granted to certain MarketXS employees only. As a result of the Markit group restructuring in 2007, the

 

 

 

F-53


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

options are granted over Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The exercise price at the date of grant was $74.25 and the options are exercisable in three equal tranches annually. Initially the options are to lapse on 31 December 2009 but the exercise period has been extended to 31 December 2016.

2007 Markit share option plan

This plan was approved on 5 December 2006 and the options are granted to certain employees. As a result of the Group restructuring in 2007, the options are granted over Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The options were granted at various dates and with various exercise prices. The options are exercisable annually in three equal tranches and lapse in 31 December 2016.

2008 Markit share option plan

This plan was approved on 28 November 2007. The options are granted over Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The options were granted at various dates and with various exercise prices. The options are exercisable annually in three equal tranches. The options will lapse on 31 December 2017.

2008 Markit additional share option plan (Swapswire)

Following the acquisition of Swapswire, this plan was approved by the Board on 20 February 2008. The options are granted over Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The exercise price at the date of grant is $128.31. The options are exercisable annually in three equal tranches. The options will lapse on the 10th anniversary of the date of grant. The date of grant is 1 May 2008.

2008 Markit additional share option plan (FCS)

Following the acquisition of FCS, this plan was approved on 25 June 2008. The options are granted over Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The exercise price at the date of grant is $148.96. The options are exercisable annually in five equal tranches. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary of the date of grant. The date of grant is 1st September 2008.

2009 Markit share option plan (mid-year allocations for 2008)

This plan was approved on 8 December 2008. The options are granted over Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The exercise price at the date of grant is $148.96. The options are exercisable annually in three or five equal tranches. The vesting periods are three years and five years depending on grant. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant. The dates of grant of the options are varied due to new joiners in mid-2008.

2009 Markit share option plan

This plan was approved on 8 December 2008. The options are granted over Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The options were granted at various dates and with various exercise prices. The options are exercisable annually in three or five equal tranches. The vesting periods are three years and five years depending on grant. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant.

 

 

 

F-54


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

2009 Markit share option plan (MarkitSERV)

This plan was approved in 2009. The options are granted over Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The exercise price at the date of grant is $158.91. The options are exercisable annually in five equal tranches and vesting period is five years. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant. The date of grant of the options is 1st October 2009. For employees of MarkitSERV, in the event they leave MarkitSERV for DTCC Deriv/SERV LLC or its subsidiaries their vested options will continue subject to the terms of the plan and rules.

2010 Markit share option plan

This plan was approved in 2010. The options are granted in respect of Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The options were granted at various dates and the exercise price at the date of grant is $165.35. The options are exercisable annually in three or five equal tranches. The vesting periods are three years or five years depending on grant. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant.

2010 Markit share option plan (MarkitSERV)

The allocation was approved in 2010 and the plan rules are part of the 2010 Share Option Plan. The options are granted in respect of Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The exercise price at the date of grant is $165.35. The options are exercisable annually in three or five equal tranches. The vesting periods are three years or five years depending on grant. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant. For employees of MarkitSERV, in the event they leave MarkitSERV for DTCC Deriv/SERV LLC or its subsidiaries their vested options will continue subject to the terms of the plan and rules.

2010 Markit share option plan (WSOD)

Following the acquisition of WSOD, the allocation was approved in 2010 and granted in July 2010. The options are granted in respect of Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The exercise price at the date of grant is $165.35. The options are exercisable annually in five equal tranches and the vesting period is five years. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant.

2011 Markit share option plan (QUIC)

The options are granted in respect of Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The exercise price at the date of grant is $203.06. The options are exercisable annually in five equal tranches. The vesting period is five years. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant.

2011 Markit share option plan

This plan was approved in 2011. The options are granted in respect of Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The options were granted at various dates and the exercise price at the date of grant is $203.06. The options are exercisable annually in three or five equal tranches. The vesting periods are three years or five years depending on the terms of the grant. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant.

 

 

 

F-55


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

2011 Markit share option plan (MarkitSERV)

The allocation was approved in 2011 and the plan rules are part of the 2011 Share Option Plan. The options are granted in respect of Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The exercise price at the date of grant is $203.06. The options are exercisable annually in five equal tranches. The vesting period is five years. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant. For employees of MarkitSERV, in the event they leave MarkitSERV for DTCC Deriv/SERV LLC or its subsidiaries their vested options will continue subject to the terms of the plan and rules.

2012 Markit share option plan

This plan was approved in 2012. The options are granted in respect of Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The options were granted at various dates and the exercise price at the date of grant is $225.65. The options are exercisable annually in three or five equal tranches. The vesting periods are three years or five years depending on the terms of the grant. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant.

2013 Markit share option plan

This plan was approved in 2013. The options are granted in respect of Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The options were granted at various dates and the exercise price at the date of grant is $244.59. The options are exercisable annually in three or five equal tranches. The vesting periods are three years or five years depending on the terms of the grant. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant.

Although the various share option plans described above typically have a vesting period of one to five years, to the extent there is a qualifying event, including an initial public offering or change of control, all options will vest and be immediately exercisable.

2013 Markit mid-year option plan

This plan was approved in 2013. The options are granted in respect of Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares. The options were granted at various dates and the exercise price at the date of grant is $267.00. The options become exercisable annually in five equal tranches. This vesting period lasts five years from the effective date of the option. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary of the effective date of the option.

Key Employee Incentive Program

The program was approved in 2013. Options in respect of Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares were granted on 19 August 2013 with an exercise price of $267.00. The options have a seven year life and vest in three equal tranches on the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of an Initial Public Offering (IPO) of the Company’s shares. If an IPO does not occur within 24 months of the date of grant the option will lapse.

2009 Restricted shares plan

The restricted shares plan was approved on 8 December 2008 and is granted to certain employees. The restricted shares are restricted for a period of 3 years. The restricted shares will become

 

 

 

F-56


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

unrestricted ordinary non-voting shares in three equal tranches annually from 7 May 2009. The restricted shares are issued in respect of Markit Group Holdings Limited ordinary non-voting shares.

2010 Restricted ordinary non-voting shares

The restricted shares plan was approved in 2010 and granted to designated employees on 25 March 2010. The restricted shares are subject to vesting periods of three years or five years depending on grant. The restricted shares will become unrestricted ordinary non-voting shares in three or five equal tranches annually on 1 January.

2011 Restricted ordinary non-voting shares

The restricted shares plan was approved in 2010 and granted to designated employees on 13 June 2011. The restricted shares are subject to vesting periods of three years or five years depending on grant. The restricted shares will become unrestricted ordinary non-voting shares in three or five equal tranches annually on 1 January.

2012 Restricted ordinary non-voting shares

The restricted shares plan was approved in 2012 and granted to designated employees on 15 May 2012. The restricted shares are subject to vesting periods of three years. The restricted shares will become unrestricted ordinary non-voting shares in three tranches annually on 1 January.

2013 Restricted ordinary non-voting shares

The restricted shares plan was approved in 2013. Shares were granted to designated employees on 21 March 2013 and on 10 June 2013. The restricted shares are subject to vesting periods of three years. The restricted shares will become unrestricted ordinary non-voting shares in three tranches annually on each anniversary of the date of grant.

Calculation of the fair value of share-based payments

The number and weighted average exercise prices of share options are as follows:

 

    2011     2012       2013    
                   
   

Weighted average

exercise price

   

Number of

options

   

Weighted average

exercise price

   

Number of  

options  

   

Weighted average

exercise price

   

Number of  

options  

 
    $           $           $        

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

    136.44        2,551,275        161.95        3,152,981          180.09        3,734,016     

Granted during the year

    202.29        1,240,010        225.65        1,101,140          262.91        3,556,491     

Forfeited during the year

    153.90        (505,656)        209.32        (209,115)          223.85        (240,107)     

Exercised during the year

    78.96        (132,648)        138.74        (310,990)          135.12        (495,117)     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at the end of the year

    161.95        3,152,981        180.09        3,734,016          226.84        6,555,283     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exercisable at the end of the year

      1,831,627          1,384,082            1,669,717     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-57


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

During the year no options (2012: nil, 2011: 191,742) were purchased for a total consideration including costs of $nil (2012: $nil, 2011: $18.3m). In 2011 the Company purchased vested options from employees as a constituent part of the Company’s share buyback in 2011. The options were repurchased at their intrinsic value and therefore resulted in the issue of no additional shares. No options (2012: nil, 2011: nil) expired during the year.

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise of share options was $195.77 (2012: $206.34, 2011: $127.31).

The options outstanding at the year-end have an exercise price in the range of $9.00 to $267.00 and a weighted average contractual life of 4.4 years (2012: 4.2 years, 2011: 5.2 years).

The number of restricted shares is as follows:

 

       2011      2012      2013    
                        
      

Number of

shares

    

Number of

shares

    

Number of  

shares  

 
                        

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

       193,527          191,907          137,514     

Granted during the year

       39,723          33,412          29,198     

Vested during the year

       (41,343)         (87,805)         (89,222)    
    

 

 

 

Outstanding at the end of the year

       191,907          137,514          77,490     
    

 

 

 

The restricted shares outstanding at the year-end have a weighted average contractual life of 1.39 years (2012: 1.62 years, 2011: 1.65 years).

On 19 August 2013, 2,656,000 options were granted under the Key Employee Incentive Program subject to a non-market vesting condition. These options will lapse if there is no IPO within 24 months of the date of grant of the options. As at 31 December 2013, Management did not consider it probable that there will be an IPO in this timeframe and consequently none are expected to vest.

The other options were valued using the Monte Carlo option pricing model. There are no market or non-market performance conditions attached to any of the option schemes other than the Key Employee Incentive Program, and as such, no performance conditions were included in the fair value calculations. The fair value of the ordinary shares has been determined by an independent valuation consultant. Consistent assumptions have been used for annual share price volatility at 25% (2012: 25%, 2011: 25%), dividends expected on shares at 0% (2012: 0%, 2011: 0%) and employee exercise multiple at two times (2012: two times, 2011: two times) across all schemes. Employee exit rate has been assumed at 15% on options and 0% on restricted shares (2012: 15% on options and 0% on restricted shares, 2011: 15% on options and 15% on restricted shares).

The Company’s shares are not quoted, therefore the expected volatility parameter was assessed based on the volatilities of certain quoted companies that were considered to offer some degree of comparability to the Company. These volatilities were assessed based on a measurement period of the past 10 years. The fair value of the Company’s shares were valued using a combination of price-earnings multiple based on comparable company multiples, a discounted cash flow valuation reflecting anticipated group performance and with reference to recent equity transactions (see note 4(d)).

 

 

 

F-58


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

The remaining assumptions used in the calculations are as follows:

 

Options                     

Grant date

   Appraisal
value at
date of
grant
     Risk free
rate 1
     Exercise
price of
option
 
     $      %      $  

16/10/2012

     118.44         1.14         225.65   

01/01/2013
(3 year vesting)

     110.38         0.72         244.59   

01/01/2013
(5 year vesting)

     110.38         1.18         244.59   

Restricted shares

 

Grant date    Appraisal
value at date
of grant
     Risk free
rate 1
 
     $      %  

21/03/2013 (1 year vesting)

     110.38         0.13   

21/03/2013 (2 year vesting)

     110.38         0.25   

21/03/2013 (3 year vesting)

     110.38         0.37   

10/06/2013 (1 year vesting)

     117.70         0.12   

10/06/2013 (2 year vesting)

     117.70         0.31   

10/06/2013 (3 year vesting)

     117.70         0.53   

1 Risk free rate is based on the yield of US Government bonds for a period consistent with the life of the equity instrument.

 

22.

Retained earnings

 

            Balance at 31 December    
     Note      2011           2012           2013   
            $’m           $’m           $’m   

Balance at 1 January

          1,728.5              1,837.6              1,423.0    

Profit for the year

          125.8              125.0              139.4    

Share-based compensation

   21        11.7              16.2              8.1    

Deferred tax in relation to share options

   11        0.7              (8.7)             (0.4)   

Current tax in relation to share options

   11        2.7              -              2.7    

Current tax on acquisition of non-controlling interests

   11        -              -              4.5    

Deferred tax on acquisition of non-controlling interests

   11        -              -              64.9    

Revaluation of available for sale assets

   16        -              1.8              2.4    

Reclassification relating to available for sale asset disposal

          -              -              (4.2)   

Other reserve movements

          -              (3.7)               

Transfer from other reserves

          -              8.1                

Elimination of non-controlling interests

          -              -              22.9    

Repurchase of shares

          (31.8)             (553.3)               
       

 

 

      

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December

          1,837.6              1,423.0              1,663.3    
       

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-59


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

The transfer from other reserves in 2012 relates to the equity component of the $210.0m of convertible loan notes issued in 2010 (see note 25(c)) which has been transferred to retained earnings upon the conversion of these loan notes.

 

23.

Other reserves

 

     Convertible  
loan notes  
     Hedging  
reserve  
     Translation  
reserve  
     Other  
reserves  
       Total    
     $’m               $’m        $’m          $’m    

Balance at 1 January 2011

     8.1            -            (24.3)           -              (16.2)     

Currency translation differences

     -            -            2.8            -              2.8      
  

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2011

     8.1            -            (21.5)           -              (13.4)     
  

 

 

 

Balance at 1 January 2012

     8.1            -            (21.5)           -              (13.4)     

Currency translation differences

     -            -            24.8            -              24.8      

Conversion of convertible loan notes

     (8.1)           -            -            -              (8.1)     

Shares to be issued

     -            -            -            13.0              13.0      
  

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2012

     -            -            3.3            13.0              16.3      
  

 

 

 

Balance at 1 January 2013

     -            -            3.3            13.0              16.3      

Currency translation differences

     -            -            11.0            -              11.0      

Cash flow hedges:

                

- fair value losses arising during the year

     -            (12.1)           -            -              (12.1)     

- transfers to Other (losses)/gains - net

     -            2.3            -            -              2.3      

- deferred tax credit

     -            2.0            -            -              2.0      
  

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2013

     -            (7.8)           14.3            13.0              19.5      
  

 

 

 

The hedging reserve represents the movement in the fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts following the adoption of hedge accounting (see note 2.24).

As a part of the acquisition of Cadis Software Limited 57,436 shares were held in escrow not issued. These are held within other reserves and will be issued upon satisfaction of certain restrictions agreed on the purchase of the business.

 

 

 

F-60


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

24.

Trade and other payables

 

          Balance at 31 December    
                      2011                  2012        2013    
     Note      $’m        $’m        $’m    
Non-current            

Contingent consideration

   3.3        72.9           33.9           29.6     

Other payables

        1.9           2.2           -     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        74.8           36.1           29.6     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
           
Current            

Trade payables

        1.4           8.6           9.4     

Social security and other taxes

        10.1           10.4           10.3     

Other payables

        17.6           26.0           38.9     
           

Contingent consideration

   3.3        5.7           38.2           4.0     

Accrued expenses – platform migration

   6      -           21.4           -     

Accrued expenses – other

        93.0           100.7           136.0     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        127.8           205.3           198.6     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
           
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total trade and other payables

        202.6           241.4           228.2     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at 31 December 2013 the fair value of trade and other payables is not materially different from their book values. Contingent consideration is based on performance metrics of the businesses (Level 3 as per note 3.3), including revenue and EBITDA. At the time of acquisition the best estimate of the amount payable is assessed. The fair value of the liability is then reassessed and updated at each reporting date to reflect the current forecasts and estimates.

Other payables (current) principally relates to deferred income for landlord contributions and rent free periods.

 

 

 

F-61


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

25.

Borrowings

 

     Balance at 31 December    
     2011        2012        2013    
     $’m        $’m        $’m    

Non-current

        

Bank borrowings

     -           240.5           268.0     

Interest free promissory notes

     13.3           -           -     

Share buyback

     -           296.1           204.7     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     13.3           536.6           472.7     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current

        

Convertible loan notes

     208.1           -           -     

Share buyback

     -           102.6           101.9     

Interest free promissory note

     -           14.5           -     

Finance lease liabilities

     0.8           -           -     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     208.9           117.1           101.9     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total borrowings

     222.2           653.7           574.6     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value of the non-current borrowings are not significantly different to the carrying value. Bank borrowings are at floating interest rates and, for the share buyback, commercial rates of borrowing have not changed during the year.

All borrowings are denominated in US Dollars.

 

a)

Bank borrowings

During 2012 the Group took out a new multi-revolving club facility agreement of $800m with the option to increase the total commitment by a further $400m up to a total of $1,200m repayable in July 2016. This facility carries interest at a margin of between 1.25% and 2.50% over LIBOR and a commitment fee at 35% of margin on any undrawn balance. The previous facility was fully repaid during 2012 and subsequently cancelled.

The bank borrowings had an average interest rate of 1.5% annually (2012: 2.2%, 2011: 2.5%).

 

b)

Interest free promissory notes

On 5 January 2011, the Company issued $15.0m interest free promissory notes in relation to the acquisition of LoanSERV. These were interest free and were payable at the earlier of the date of earn out payments specified in the LoanSERV purchase agreement or on 30 October 2013 through the issue of shares in the Company.

The fair value of the liability as at the 5 January 2011 issue date was $12.4m and was calculated using a market interest rate for an equivalent non-convertible bond.

 

 

 

F-62


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

The interest free promissory notes matured in July 2013, with $7.5m settled through a cash payment and $7.5 settled through an issue of shares. The fair value of the interest free promissory notes at 31 December 2013 is $nil (2012: $14.5m, 2011: $13.3m). The present value was calculated using cash flows discounted using an effective interest rate of 7%.

 

c)

Convertible loan notes

The loan notes were issued under a $275.0m convertible loan note instrument, of which $210.0m was issued during 2010, carrying a 5% coupon rate. The convertible loan notes were fully repaid on maturity on 30 June 2012 via the issue of 1,229,511 shares.

The discounting was unwound to the consolidated income statement to the point of maturity. During 2012, $1.9m (2011: $3.6m) was charged to the consolidated income statement.

 

d)

Finance lease liabilities

There is no future commitment under finance lease agreements. Prior year commitments are as follows:

 

     Balance at 31 December    
     2011        2012        2013    
     $’m        $’m        $’m    

Amounts payable within 1 year

     0.8           -           -     

Amounts payable between 2 to 5 years

     -           -           -     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gross payable

     0.8           -           -     

Less finance charges included above

     -           -           -     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     0.8           -           -     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Lease liabilities were effectively secured as the rights to the leased asset would have reverted to the lessor in the event of default.

 

e)

Share buyback

In August 2012 the Group purchased 2,193,948 shares for a consideration of $495.1m which equated to a present value of $463.6m, the consideration being payable in quarterly instalments through to May 2017. The present value of the liability at 31 December 2013 amounted to $306.6m (2012: $398.7m, 2011: $nil). The present value is calculated using cash flows discounted at a rate based on an average borrowing rate of 3.1%.

 

 

 

F-63


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

26.

Deferred income tax

The analysis of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities is as follows:

 

     Balance at 31 December    
     2011        2012        2013    
     $’m        $’m        $’m    

Deferred tax assets:

        

Deferred tax assets

     35.0           35.4           108.5     

Deferred tax liabilities:

        

Deferred tax liabilities

     (97.2)          (144.5)          (140.6)    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities - net

     (62.2)          (109.1)          (32.1)    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Materially all the deferred tax balance is non-current. The movement in deferred income tax assets and liabilities during the year, without taking into consideration the offsetting of balances within the same tax jurisdiction, is as follows:

 

Gross deferred
tax assets –

2013

  1 January     Acquired in
business
combination
    Recognized
in income
    Recognized
in equity
    Transfers     Foreign
Exchange
   

31  

December  

 
    $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m    

Goodwill

    13.6        3.0        (0.8     64.9        -        0.4        81.1     

Tax losses

    5.4        -        2.7        -        -        -        8.1     
Share-based compensation     3.7        -        (0.5     (0.4     -        -        2.8     
Other short term timing differences     12.7        -        1.8        2.0        -        -        16.5     
 

 

 

 

Total

    35.4        3.0        3.2        66.5        -        0.4        108.5     
 

 

 

 

 

Gross deferred
tax assets –

2012

  1 January     Acquired in
business
combination
    Recognized
in income
    Recognized
in equity
    Transfers     Foreign
Exchange
   

31  

December  

 
    $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m    

Goodwill

    11.6        -        2.0        -        -        -        13.6     

Tax losses

    2.6        0.8        1.8        -        -        0.2        5.4     
Share-based compensation     12.6        -        (0.2     (8.7)        -        -        3.7     
Other short term timing differences     8.2        -        4.5        -        -        -        12.7     
 

 

 

 

Total

    35.0        0.8        8.1        (8.7)        -        0.2        35.4     
 

 

 

 

 

Gross deferred
tax assets –

2011

  1 January     Acquired in
business
combination
    Recognized
in income
    Recognized
in equity
    Transfers     Foreign
Exchange
   

31  

December  

 
    $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m    

Goodwill

    7.4        4.7        (0.5)        -        -        -        11.6     

Tax losses

    5.8        0.8        (4.0)        -        -        -        2.6     
Share-based compensation     12.2        -        (0.3)        0.7        -        -        12.6     
Other short term timing differences     7.3        1.5        (0.8)        -        -        0.2        8.2     
 

 

 

 

Total

    32.7        7.0        (5.6)        0.7        -        0.2        35.0     
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-64


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Gross deferred
tax liabilities –

2013

   1 January      Acquired in
business
combination
     Recognized
in income
    Recognized
in equity
     Transfers      Foreign
Exchange
   

31  

December  

 
     $’m      $’m      $’m     $’m      $’m      $’m     $’m    

Intangibles

     (94.6)         (4.5)         14.4        -         -         (0.1     (84.8)     

Goodwill

     (20.2)         -         (5.0     -         -         0.1        (25.1)     

Development costs

     (23.3)         -         (3.4     -         -         -        (26.7)     
Other short term timing differences      (6.4)         -         2.4        -         -         -        (4.0)     
  

 

 

 

Total

     (144.5)         (4.5)         8.4        -         -         -        (140.6)     
  

 

 

 

 

Gross deferred
tax liabilities -

2012

   1 January      Acquired in
business
combination
     Recognized
in income
    Recognized
in equity
     Transfers      Foreign
Exchange
    

31  

December  

 
     $’m      $’m      $’m     $’m      $’m      $’m      $’m    

Intangibles

     (59.6)         (43.9)         10.3        -         -         (1.4)         (94.6)     

Goodwill

     (14.2)         -         (6.0     -         -         -         (20.2)     

Development costs

     (15.8)         -         (7.5     -         -         -         (23.3)     
Other short term timing differences      (7.6)         -         1.2        -         -         -         (6.4)     
  

 

 

 

Total

     (97.2)         (43.9)         (2.0     -         -         (1.4)         (144.5)     
  

 

 

 

 

Gross deferred
tax liabilities -

2011

   1 January     Acquired in
business
combination
    Recognized
in income
    Recognized
in equity
     Transfers      Foreign
Exchange
   

31  

December  

 
     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m      $’m      $’m     $’m    

Intangibles

     (51.3     (14.0     5.8        -         -         (0.1     (59.6)     

Goodwill

     (4.5     -        (9.7     -         -         -        (14.2)     

Development costs

     (8.8     -        (7.0     -         -         -        (15.8)     
Other short term timing differences      (1.7     (1.1     (4.8     -         -         -        (7.6)     
  

 

 

 

Total

     (66.3     (15.1     (15.7     -         -         (0.1     (97.2)     
  

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets have been recognized on the basis that there are expected to be sufficient taxable profits in the future to enable these to be utilized.

At the balance sheet date the aggregate amount of the temporary differences for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognized was $24.9m (2012: $25.0m, 2011: $10.3m). These unrecognized deferred tax liabilities relate to undistributed profits from overseas entities which would give rise to a tax liability if they were to be distributed. No liability has been recognized in respect of these differences because the Group is in a position to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and the Group considers that it is probable that such differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future as the expectation is for these undistributed profits to be permanently reinvested.

 

27.

Contingencies

The Group has contingent liabilities in respect of legal claims arising in the ordinary course of business. We are currently subject to a number of antitrust and competition-related claims and investigations, including investigations by the Antitrust Division of the U.S. Department of Justice (the “DoJ”) and the Competition Directorate of the European Commission (the “EC”) as well as class action lawsuits in the United States.

 

 

 

F-65


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

These investigations and lawsuits involve multiple parties and complex claims that are subject to substantial uncertainties and unspecified penalties or damages. The Company reviews these matters in consultation with internal and external legal counsel to make a determination on a case-by-case basis whether a loss from each of these matters is probable, possible or remote.

The Group considers it remote that a liability will arise from the antitrust investigations by the DoJ. Whilst it is possible that remedies that may be sought by the DoJ may include changes in business practice or structure that could have an indirect financial impact on the Group, it is not expected that any such remedy would involve direct financial liability. The Group considers it possible that liabilities will arise from the EC investigation and the class action lawsuits in the United States. It is not considered practicable to estimate the financial effect of either the EC investigation, which remains ongoing, or the class actions, which are at an early stage.

Given this, the Group has recorded no provision for any of the three incidents of investigations or lawsuits described above.

The Group considers that it is remote that any material liabilities will arise from any other contingent liabilities.

 

28.

Commitments

(a) Capital commitments

The Group has no significant capital expenditure contracted for at the end of each reporting period but not yet incurred.

(b) Operating lease commitments – Group company as lessee

The Group leases various equipment and intangible assets under non-cancellable operating lease agreements. The lease terms are no longer than 15 years, and the majority of lease agreements are renewable at the end of the lease period at market rate. The lease expenditure charged to the income statement during the year is disclosed in note 8. The future aggregate minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

 

Balance at 31 December    2011      2012      2013  
     Land and  
Buildings  
     Other        Land and  
Buildings  
     Other        Land and  
Buildings  
     Other    
     $’m        $’m        $’m        $’m        $’m        $’m    

No later than 1 year

     10.4           0.5           13.4           0.2           17.8           3.0     

Later than 1 year but no later than 5 years

     44.1           0.2           59.5           0.3           57.2           0.5     

Later than 5 years

     64.9           -           66.2           -           61.9           -     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
               119.4                           0.7                     139.1                       0.5                     136.9                       3.5     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The total minimum sublease payments expected to be received under non-cancellable subleases at 31 December 2013 is $6.7m (2012: $7.5m, 2011: $8.1m).

 

 

 

F-66


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

29.

Business combinations

Acquisitions in the year

On 1 July 2013 the Group acquired Global Corporate Actions Validation Service (“GCA”), a business operated by the Depository Trust and Clearing Corporation, for $12.5m. GCA is a provider of high quality, validated corporate actions data for multiple asset classes and expands the breadth and depth of the Group’s corporate actions offering.

The revenue included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income since 1 July 2013 contributed by GCA was $5.5m and the loss for the period was $0.5m.

The revenue and profit or loss had GCA been consolidated from 1 January 2013 has not been disclosed; the business purchase did not have separately identifiable pre-acquisition revenues and profits.

Details of net assets acquired and goodwill related to acquisitions in the year are as follows:

 

Year ended 31 December 2013    Total     
     $’m     
Consideration at date of acquisition   
Cash      12.5      
  

 

 

 
Total consideration      12.5      
  

 

 

 
Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed   
Intangible assets      10.8      
Deferred tax assets      3.0      
Deferred tax liabilities      (4.5)     
  

 

 

 
Total identifiable net assets      9.3      
Goodwill      3.2      
  

 

 

 
Total      12.5      
  

 

 

 

Goodwill arising on acquisition of GCA arises predominantly from synergies with the Group’s technology and staff.

Acquisitions in 2012

On 2 April 2012 the Group acquired 100% of the issued share capital of the Data Explorers Group, a global provider of securities lending data. As a result of the acquisition the Group expects to be the leading provider of securities lending data increasing its overall position in the data sector.

The Data Explorers Group contributed a profit of $5.9m to the Group’s operating profit and revenues of $31.8m in the period subsequent to the transaction. Had the Data Explorers Group been consolidated from 1 January 2012, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income would have included revenue of $10.2m and profit of $2.1m.

 

 

 

F-67


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

On 1 June 2012 the Group acquired 100% of the issued share capital of the Cadis Group, a global provider of enterprise data management software. As a result of the acquisition the Group expects to be a key provider of data solutions enhancing its current data offering.

The Cadis Group contributed a profit of $6.5m to the Group’s operating profit and revenues of $18.0m in the period subsequent to the transaction. Had the Cadis Group been consolidated from 1 January 2012, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income would have included revenue of $11.2m and profit of $4.2m.

Acquisitions in 2011

On 5 January 2011, the Group acquired the trade and certain assets and liabilities of DTCC Loan/Serv LLC (“LoanServ”). LoanServ is a messaging portal, providing the end-to-end delivery of FpML messages in the loan industry and further complements the Group’s loans processing functionality. LoanServ contributed no profit and no revenues in the period prior to or subsequent to the acquisition.

On 12 January 2011 the Group acquired 100% of the issued share capital of QuIC Financial Technologies Inc (“QuIC”). QuIC is a leading global provider of risk management solutions for the financial markets, specializing in the provision of software to enable its clients to calculate market and credit risk exposures. The acquisition introduces the Group to the enterprise risk and analytics space. QuIC contributed a loss of $1.7m to the Group’s operating profit and revenues of $25.6m in the period subsequent to the transaction. The revenue and operating profit or loss of QuIC prior to the date of acquisition was negligible.

On 30 September 2011 the Group acquired 100% of the issued share capital of DynamicIT Management Services Limited and its trading subsidiary Logiscope Limited, together (“DITMS Group”). MarkitSERV FX Limited is a market leader in streamlining post-trade connectivity, workflow and straight through processing for the foreign exchange market and expanded the Group into the FX post-trade processing markets. MarkitSERV FX Limited contributed a loss of $0.5m to the Group’s operating profit and revenues of $1.2m in the period subsequent to the transaction. Had the DITMS Group have been consolidated from 1 January 2011, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income would have included revenue of $5.3m and a profit of $0.3m.

On 2 November 2011 the Group acquired 100% of the members’ interest in Quantitative Services Group LLC (“QSG”), a Delaware Corporation. Quantitative Services Group is a leading provider of independent equity research, advanced trading analytics and investment consulting services. The acquisition facilitates the Group providing quantitative research and trading analytics as an additional service particularly relevant to the Group’s equity, indices, ETF and economic data customers. QSG contributed a loss of $0.3m to the Group’s operating profit and revenues of $0.8m in the period subsequent to the transaction. Had QSG been consolidated from 1 January 2011, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income would have included revenue of $5.7m and a loss of $0.1m.

In the opinion of the Group the assets and liabilities acquired are stated at their fair value at the date of acquisition following a review of the subsidiaries’ management accounts including fair value adjustments where appropriate. Acquisition costs related to these acquisitions have been expensed as incurred and are disclosed in note 7.

 

 

 

F-68


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

30.

Transactions with owners of non-controlling interests

On 2 April 2013, the Company acquired the remaining 50% of the membership interest of MarkitSERV LLC. The Group now holds 100% of the equity share capital of MarkitSERV LLC.

 

31.

Related party transactions

(a) Key management compensation

Key management comprises all directors (executive and non-executive) and key group executives. The compensation paid or payable to key management in respect of qualifying services is shown below:

 

     2011      2012      2013    
     $’m      $’m      $’m    

Salary and other short term employee benefits

     3.5         2.8         6.3     

Share-based compensation

     4.3         3.5         3.3     
  

 

 

 
                   7.8         6.3         9.6     
  

 

 

 

Two key management personnel have exercised 54,386 options (2012: nil, 2011: 30,000) during the year with a fair value of $0.7m (2012: $nil, 2011: $1.3m). Key management were awarded 29,198 restricted shares (2012: 29,722, 2011: 30,043) and 889,477 options (2012: 21,120, 2011: 69,326) during the year.

 

(b) Emoluments of highest paid director    2011      2012      2013  
     $’m      $’m      $’m  

Total emoluments

     2.2         1.8         2.4   

The highest paid director exercised no options during the year (2012: nil, 2011: nil). The highest paid director was awarded 28,380 (2012: 29,722, 2011: 18,467) restricted shares and 380,000 options (2012: nil, 2011: 57,526) during the year.

 

 

 

F-69


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

32.

Events after the reporting period

On 13 January 2014 the Group acquired 100% of the issued share capital of thinkFolio Limited for cash consideration of £55.0m and up to £7.5m of deferred consideration and remuneration dependent on future performance. At this stage the acquisition accounting is incomplete. thinkFolio Limited provides software solutions with portfolio modelling and trade management capabilities.

 

33.

Principal subsidiaries

The Company has investments in the following subsidiary undertakings, which principally affected the profits or net assets of the Group, as follows:

 

Entity name    Holding*      Country of incorporation and operation

Markit Group Limited*

     100%       England & Wales

Markit Indices Limited

     100%       England & Wales

Markit Economics Limited

     100%       England & Wales

Markit Valuations Limited

     100%       England & Wales

Markit Equities Limited

     100%       England & Wales

Markit Group (UK) Limited

     100%       England & Wales

BOAT Services Limited

     100%       England & Wales

Markit Securities Finance Analytics Consulting Limited

     100%       England & Wales

Markit Securities Finance Analytics Limited

     100%       England & Wales

Markit EDM Limited

     100%       England & Wales

Markit EDM Hub Limited

     100%       England & Wales

Markit on Demand Incorporated

     100%       USA

Markit North America Incorporated

     100%       USA

Markit WSO Corporation

     100%       USA

Markit Securities Finance Analytics Incorporated

     100%       USA

Markit Analytics Incorporated

     100%       Canada

MarkitSERV Limited

     100%       England & Wales

MarkitSERV FX Limited

     100%       England & Wales

MarkitSERV LLC

     100%       USA

* Held directly by Markit Group Holdings Limited

 

 

 

F-70


Table of Contents

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Entity name    Principal activity
Markit Group Limited*    Providing a range of data and financial services to the financial market
Markit Indices Limited    Providing credit derivative, fixed income and FX index services
Markit Economics Limited    Providing global macro-economic indicators
Markit Valuations Limited    Providing valuation services to the OTC derivatives markets
Markit Equities Limited    Providing dividends forecasting services to the financial markets
Markit Group (UK) Limited    Providing trade compression services for the credit derivative markets
BOAT Services Limited    Providing services of a MiFID compliant trade reporting platform
Markit Securities Finance Analytics Consulting Limited   

Providing advice and organizes forums for institutions in the securities finance industry

Markit Securities Finance

Analytics Limited

   Providing data, analysis and insight on the short selling securities finance market
Markit EDM Limited    Providing enterprise data management software
Markit EDM Hub Limited    Providing business to business e-document exchange with suppliers and customers
Markit on Demand Incorporated   

Providing design, development and hosting of custom websites, reports and tools for the financial services industry

Markit North America

Incorporated

  

Providing data, pricing and valuations services across the financial services industry, including pricing services and electronic trade processing and settlement services for the loan market

Markit WSO Corporation    Providing portfolio risk management software and services to syndicated loan market participants

Markit Securities Finance

Analytics Incorporated

  

Providing data, analysis and insight on the short selling securities finance market

Markit Analytics Incorporated    Providing risk management solutions for the financial services industry
MarkitSERV Limited    Providing an electronic trade confirmation network for the OTC derivative markets
MarkitSERV FX Limited    Providing post-trade connectivity, workflow and STP for the foreign exchange market
MarkitSERV LLC    Providing an electronic trade confirmation network for the OTC derivatives market

All subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-71


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Until                     , 2014 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

 

Item 6.        Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 98 of the Companies Act provides generally that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability which by virtue of any rule of law would otherwise be imposed on them in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, except in cases where such liability arises from fraud or dishonesty of which such director, officer or auditor may be guilty in relation to the company. Section 98 further provides that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability incurred by them in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is awarded in their favor or in which they are acquitted or granted relief by the Supreme Court of Bermuda pursuant to section 281 of the Companies Act.

We have adopted provisions in our bye-laws that provide that we shall indemnify our officers and directors in respect of their actions and omissions, except in respect of their fraud or dishonesty. Our bye-laws provide that the shareholders waive all claims or rights of action that they might have, individually or in right of the company, against any of the company’s directors or officers for any act or failure to act in the performance of such director’s or officer’s duties, except in respect of any fraud or dishonesty of such director or officer. Section 98A of the Companies Act permits us to purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any officer or director in respect of any loss or liability attaching to him in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, whether or not we may otherwise indemnify such officer or director. We have purchased and maintain a directors’ and officers’ liability policy for such a purpose.

 

Item 7.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Set forth below is information regarding all securities issued by Markit Ltd.’s predecessor, Markit Group Holdings Limited, without registration under the Securities Act since January 1, 2011. The information presented below does not give effect to our corporate reorganization as described in the prospectus.

In June 2012, Markit Group Holdings Limited issued an aggregate of 1,229,511 shares to DB UK Holdings Limited, General Atlantic Partners Tango, L.P. and Labmorgan Corporation as payment in full for the $210 million aggregate principal amount of unsecured convertible notes, carrying a 5% coupon rate, issued to such parties in 2010 pursuant to the terms of a convertible note agreement. The shares were issued with a restrictive legend and in reliance on exemptions from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act on the basis that the transactions did not involve public offerings.

Since January 1, 2011, Markit Group Holdings Limited issued an aggregate of 183,233 shares in connection with the acquisition of certain companies or their assets and as consideration to individuals and entities who were former service providers and/or shareholders of such companies. The shares were issued with a restrictive legend and in reliance on exemptions from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act on the basis that the transactions did not involve public offerings.

Since January 1, 2011, Markit Group Holdings Limited issued 195,719 restricted shares to its employees and consultants under its employee compensation plans and 818 shares to certain of its directors. The shares were issued pursuant to Rule 701 of the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to written compensatory plans or pursuant to a written contract relating to compensation or in reliance on exemptions from registration under Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act on the basis that the transactions did not involve public offerings.

Since January 1, 2011, Markit Group Holdings Limited issued and sold, to its employees and consultants, an aggregate of 943,357 shares in connection with the exercise of options granted under its equity compensation plans, at exercise prices ranging from $2.50 to $225.65 per share. The shares

 

II-1


Table of Contents

were issued pursuant to Rule 701 of the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to written compensatory plans or pursuant to a written contract relating to compensation or in reliance on exemptions from registration under Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act on the basis that the transactions did not involve public offerings.

Since January 1, 2011, Markit Group Holdings Limited granted, to its employees and consultants, options to purchase an aggregate of 6,390,207 shares under its equity compensation plans at exercise prices ranging from $165.35 to $267.00 per share. The shares were issued pursuant to Rule 701 of the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to written compensatory plans or pursuant to a written contract relating to compensation or in reliance on exemptions from registration under Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act on the basis that the transactions did not involve public offerings.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

Item 8.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this registration statement:

 

Exhibit
number
     Description of document
  1.1      Form of Underwriting Agreement*
  3.1      Certificate of Incorporation
  3.2      Memorandum of Association*
  3.3      Bye-laws*
  4.1      Form of certificate of common shares*
  5.1      Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited as to the validity of the common shares*
  8.1      Opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP as to U.S. tax matters*
10.1      2004 Markit Additional Share Option Plan
10.2      Markit 2006 Share Option Plan
10.3      Markit 2006 Additional Share Option Plan
10.4      Markit 2006 MarketXS Share Option Plan
10.5      Markit 2007 Share Option Plan
10.6      Markit 2008 Share Option Plan (1/3 vesting)
10.7      Markit 2008 Share Option Plan (1/5 vesting)
10.8      Markit 2008 Additional Share Option Plan (1/3 vesting)
10.9      Markit 2008 Additional Share Option Plan (1/5 vesting)
10.10      Markit 2009 Additional Share Option Plan
10.11      Markit 2009 Share Option Plan (1/3 vesting)
10.12      Markit 2009 Share Option Plan (1/5 vesting)
10.13      Markit 2010 Share Plan
10.14      Markit 2010 Share Option Plan
10.15      Markit 2010 Share Option Plan (1/3 vesting)
10.16      Markit 2010 Share Option Plan (1/5 vesting)
10.17      2011 Markit Share Plan
10.18      2011 Markit Share Option Plan
10.19      2012 Markit Share Plan
10.20      2012 Markit Share Option Plan
10.21      2013 Markit Share Plan
10.22      2013 Markit Share Option Plan
10.23      2013 Markit Share Option Plan (mid-year awards April through December 2013)
10.24      2014 Markit Share Plan
10.25      2014 Markit Share Option Plan
10.26      Markit Key Employee Incentive Program (KEIP)
10.27      2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan*
10.28      Form of Restricted Share Agreement*
10.29      Form of Non-Qualified Share Option Agreement*

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Exhibit
number
     Description of document
10.30      Lease relating to premises on Level 3, Ropemaker Place†
10.31      Lease relating to premises on Level 4, Ropemaker Place†
10.32      Lease relating to premises on Level 5, Ropemaker Place†
10.33      Lease Deed relating to premises at Noida Green Boulevard†
10.34      Indenture of Lease relating to premises at 620 Eighth Avenue†
10.35      Office Lease relating to premises at Three Lincoln Centre†
10.36      Commercial Lease relating to premises at Central Avenue†
10.37      Office Lease Agreement relating to premises at Flatiron Parkway†
10.38      Share Purchase Deed between Ogier Employee Benefit Trustee Limited and Markit Group Holdings Limited, dated as of March 23, 2012
10.39      Share Purchase Deed between Ogier Employee Benefit Trustee Limited and Markit Group Holdings Limited, dated as of August 30, 2012
10.40      Deriv/SERV Support Agreement by and among DTCC Deriv/SERV LLC, The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation and MarkitSERV, LLC, dated as of April 2, 2013†
10.41      Amended and Restated Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement for Markit Group Holdings Limited, arranged by Barclays Bank plc, HSBC Bank plc, Royal Bank of Canada and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, with HSBC Bank acting as Agent, dated March 21, 2014
21.1      List of subsidiaries
23.1      Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
23.2      Consent of Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited (included in Exhibit 5.1)*
23.3      Consent of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1)*
24.1      Powers of attorney (included on signature page to the registration statement)
99.1      Registrant’s application for waiver of requirements of Form 20-F, Item 8.A.4
99.2      Consent of Zar Amrolia, as director nominee
99.3      Consent of Jill Denham, as director nominee
99.4      Consent of Dinyar Devitre, as director nominee
99.5      Consent of William E. Ford, as director nominee
99.6      Consent of Timothy Frost, as director nominee
99.7      Consent of Robert Kelly, as director nominee
99.8      Consent of Robert-Jan Markwick, as director nominee
99.9      Consent of James A. Rosenthal, as director nominee
99.10      Consent of Thomas Timothy Ryan, Jr., as director nominee
99.11      Consent of Dr. Sung Cheng Chih, as director nominee
99.12      Consent of Anne Walker, as director nominee

 

* To be filed by amendment.
Filed in redacted form subject to a Request for Confidential Treatment.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

None.

 

Item 9.    Undertakings

The undersigned hereby undertakes:

 

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

(b)

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore,

 

II-3


Table of Contents
  unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of London on May 5, 2014.

 

Markit Ltd.
By:    

/s/ Lance Uggla

  Name: Lance Uggla
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

II-5


Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Jeff Gooch and Adam Kansler and each of them, individually, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead in any and all capacities, in connection with this registration statement, including to sign in the name and on behalf of the undersigned, this registration statement and any and all amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments and registrations filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons on May 5, 2014 in the capacities indicated:

 

Signature    Title   Date

/s/ Lance Uggla

  

Chief Executive Officer

  May 5, 2014

Lance Uggla

  

(principal executive officer)

 

/s/ Jeff Gooch

  

Chief Financial Officer

  May 5, 2014

Jeff Gooch

  

(principal financial officer and principal

 
  

accounting officer)

 

/s/ Lance Uggla

   Director   May 5, 2014

Lance Uggla

    

/s/ Colleen A. De Vries

Colleen A. De Vries

   Authorized Representative in the United
States
  May 5, 2014

SVP of National Corporate Research, Ltd.

    

 

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

The following documents are filed as part of this registration statement:

 

Exhibit
number
     Description of document
  1.1      Form of Underwriting Agreement*
  3.1      Certificate of Incorporation
  3.2      Memorandum of Association*
  3.3      Bye-laws*
  4.1      Form of certificate of common shares*
  5.1      Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited as to the validity of the common shares*
  8.1      Opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP as to U.S. tax matters*
10.1      2004 Markit Additional Share Option Plan
10.2      Markit 2006 Share Option Plan
10.3      Markit 2006 Additional Share Option Plan
10.4      Markit 2006 MarketXS Share Option Plan
10.5      Markit 2007 Share Option Plan
10.6      Markit 2008 Share Option Plan (1/3 vesting)
10.7      Markit 2008 Share Option Plan (1/5 vesting)
10.8      Markit 2008 Additional Share Option Plan (1/3 vesting)
10.9      Markit 2008 Additional Share Option Plan (1/5 vesting)
10.10      Markit 2009 Additional Share Option Plan
10.11      Markit 2009 Share Option Plan (1/3 vesting)
10.12      Markit 2009 Share Option Plan (1/5 vesting)
10.13      Markit 2010 Share Plan
10.14      Markit 2010 Share Option Plan
10.15      Markit 2010 Share Option Plan (1/3 vesting)
10.16      Markit 2010 Share Option Plan (1/5 vesting)
10.17      2011 Markit Share Plan
10.18      2011 Markit Share Option Plan
10.19      2012 Markit Share Plan
10.20      2012 Markit Share Option Plan
10.21      2013 Markit Share Plan
10.22      2013 Markit Share Option Plan
10.23      2013 Markit Share Option Plan (mid-year awards April through December 2013)
10.24      2014 Markit Share Plan
10.25      2014 Markit Share Option Plan
10.26      Markit Key Employee Incentive Program (KEIP)
10.27      2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan*
10.28      Form of Restricted Share Agreement*
10.29      Form of Non-Qualified Share Option Agreement*
10.30      Lease relating to premises on Level 3, Ropemaker Place†
10.31      Lease relating to premises on Level 4, Ropemaker Place†
10.32      Lease relating to premises on Level 5, Ropemaker Place†
10.33      Lease Deed relating to premises at Noida Green Boulevard†
10.34      Indenture of Lease relating to premises at 620 Eighth Avenue†
10.35      Office Lease relating to premises at Three Lincoln Centre†
10.36      Commercial Lease relating to premises at Central Avenue†
10.37      Office Lease Agreement relating to premises at Flatiron Parkway†
10.38      Share Purchase Deed between Ogier Employee Benefit Trustee Limited and Markit Group Holdings Limited, dated as of March 23, 2012
10.39      Share Purchase Deed between Ogier Employee Benefit Trustee Limited and Markit Group Holdings Limited, dated as of August 30, 2012
10.40      Deriv/SERV Support Agreement by and among DTCC Deriv/SERV LLC, The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation and MarkitSERV, LLC, dated as of April 2, 2013†
10.41      Amended and Restated Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement for Markit Group Holdings Limited, arranged by Barclays Bank plc, HSBC Bank plc, Royal Bank of Canada and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, with HSBC Bank acting as Agent, dated March 21, 2014


Table of Contents
Exhibit
number
     Description of document
21.1      List of subsidiaries
23.1      Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
23.2      Consent of Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited (included in Exhibit 5.1)*
23.3      Consent of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1)*
24.1      Powers of attorney (included on signature page to the registration statement)
99.1      Registrant’s application for waiver of requirements of Form 20-F, Item 8.A.4
99.2      Consent of Zar Amrolia, as director nominee
99.3      Consent of Jill Denham, as director nominee
99.4      Consent of Dinyar Devitre, as director nominee
99.5      Consent of William E. Ford, as director nominee
99.6      Consent of Timothy Frost, as director nominee
99.7      Consent of Robert Kelly, as director nominee
99.8      Consent of Robert-Jan Markwick, as director nominee
99.9      Consent of James A. Rosenthal, as director nominee
99.10      Consent of Thomas Timothy Ryan, Jr., as director nominee
99.11      Consent of Dr. Sung Cheng Chih, as director nominee
99.12      Consent of Anne Walker, as director nominee

 

* To be filed by amendment.
Filed in redacted form subject to a Request for Confidential Treatment.

Exhibit 3.1

 

FORM NO. 6   Registration No. 48610

 

LOGO

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

I hereby in accordance with section 14 of the Companies Act 1981 issue this Certificate of Incorporation and do certify that on the 16 th day of January 2014

Markit Ltd.

was registered by me in the Register maintained by me under the provisions of the said section and that the status of the said company is that of an exempted company.

 

LOGO   

Given under my hand and the Seal of the REGISTRAR OF COMPANIES this 16 th day of January 2014

 

LOGO

 

for Registrar of Companies

Exhibit 10.1

 

 

LOGO

Rules of the Markit Additional Share Option Plan

Markit Group Limited

Rules approved by the Board in 2004 and by the shareholders


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE        PAGE  
1.  

DEFINITIONS

     3   
2.  

COMMENCEMENT AND TITLE

     4   
3.  

THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

     4   
4.  

THE EXERCISE PRICE

     5   
5.  

NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

     5   
6.  

WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

     5   
7.  

MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     6   
8.  

ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

     7   
9.  

SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

     7   
10.  

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     8   
11.  

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     9   
12.  

EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     10   
13.  

TERMINATION

     10   
14.  

TERM

     10   
15.  

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

     10   
16.  

GOVERNING LAW

     10   


RULES OF THE MARKIT 2004

ADDITIONAL SHARE OPTION PLAN

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In these Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

“Affiliate” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Articles” means the Articles of Association of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “Article” shall be construed accordingly;

“Bad Leaver” has the meaning given to it in Article 15.3 of the Articles;

“Board” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

“Commencement Date” means the date on which the Plan is approved by the Board, subject to the approval of the Plan by the shareholders of the Company within 12 months before or after the Plan is adopted by the Board;

“Company” means Markit Group Limited;

“Date of Grant” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

“Deed of Adherence” means a valid deed of adherence to the Shareholders’ Agreement;

“Departing Employee” has the meaning given to it in Article 15.1 of the Articles;

“Drag Along Notice” has the meaning given to it in Article 14.1 of the Articles;

“Eligible Participant” means any employee (including a director) of, or any consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

“Exercise Price” means the price per Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

“Fair Market Value” shall be set in good faith by the Board based on reasonable methods;

“Good Leaver” has the meaning given to it in Article 15.3(c) of the Articles;

“Incentive Stock Option” means any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;

“Listing” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Member of the Group” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

“Non-Qualified Stock Option” means any Option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option;

 

3


“Option” means a right to acquire Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

“Option Tax Liability” means an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions or any other amounts which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group;

“Parent” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code;

“Participant” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

“Plan” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

“Qualifying Proposed Sale” has the meaning given to it in Article 14.1 of the Articles;

“Rules” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

“Share” means a fully paid C Ordinary Share in the capital of the Company, as defined in the Articles;

“Shareholders’ Agreement” is the agreement defined in the Articles;

“Subsidiary” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

“Subsisting Option” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

“Ten Percent Shareholder” means a person owning stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Parent;

“Vesting Schedule” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, the vesting schedule attached to these Rules as Appendix A hereto or such other vesting schedule determined by the Board; and

“Voluntary Resignation” has the meaning given to it in the Articles.

Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Schedule forms a part of the Plan.

The provisions of Rules 7.2 (a) and (b) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

2. COMMENCEMENT AND TITLE

The Plan shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall be known as The Mark-it 2004 Additional Share Option Plan.

 

3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1

The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Shares subject to the rules of this Plan including the Vesting Schedule and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such

 

4


Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. A single deed of grant may be executed in favour of any number of Participants. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with a certificate as evidence of the grant of an Option.

 

3.3 The aggregate number of Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under this Plan shall not exceed 648,387 Shares (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Rule 8.1 of the Plan). If any Option granted under this Plan expires, terminates or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the number of Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

3.4 The Board shall have authority to determine whether an Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option, provided that an Eligible Participant who is a director is not eligible to be granted an Incentive Stock Option; and, provided, further, only Eligible Participants who are employees of the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options.

 

4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1 The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant, provided that the Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant; and provided, further, that if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, the Exercise Price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant.

 

4.2 The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1 Subject to Rule 9, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

6.2 A Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) the tenth anniversary of its Date of Grant, or the fifth anniversary of its Date of Grant with respect to an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder;

 

  (b) the first anniversary of the date of death of the Participant;

 

  (c) the date upon which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

5


  (d) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant in the circumstances contemplated by paragraph 3 of the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (e) three months from the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule and immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule on such date; and

 

  (f) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rule 9.1,9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1 Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an option certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b) below; and

 

  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option. PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 14.1 or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d) is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and (b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised.

 

7.2 The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall be conditional upon:

 

  (a) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability; and

 

  (b) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability; and

 

  (c) execution by the Participant of a Deed of Adherence and agreement by the Participant that he shall take the Shares subject to the Shareholders’ Agreement and Memorandum of Association of the Company and the Articles.

 

6


7.3 Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4 Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Shares then already in issue except that they and any Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.5 The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1 In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2 No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Shares below the nominal value of a Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3 The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1 In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 14.1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with Article 14.1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d) is delivered to the Company pursuant to such Article (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with Article 14.2) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2 Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to Article 14.1(b)or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d), the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of 9.1(a) above); or

 

7


  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of 9.1(b) above).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) and shall be bound to transfer their Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in Article 14.1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3 If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4 If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company under sections 428 to 430F of the Companies Act 1985, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5 If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6 Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within six months of the effective date of a Listing in respect of the Company.

 

9.7 The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages; and

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

8


10.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4 No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval such number the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Company’s Articles with respect to the terms of the Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction; and

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group.

 

11.3 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant Participating Company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service: and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11.5 The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6 The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

9


11.7 The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Shares.

 

11.8 If any Option certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9 In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to this Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the earlier of the date the Plan is adopted or the date of shareholder approval, but Options granted prior to such tenth anniversary may extend beyond that date.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under this Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of this Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend this Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

These Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of this Plan, their Option(s) and any Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

10


APPENDIX A

VESTING SCHEDULE

 

1. Subject to 2 and 3 below and provided the Participant has not become a Departing Employee, an Option shall vest in accordance with one of the following Vesting Conditions determined by the Board in its absolute discretion on the Date of Grant:

Vesting Condition 1

The Option shall vest as to 1/36 of the total number of Shares subject to the Option on the first day of each calendar month, commencing in the month following the month in which the Date of Grant takes place.

Vesting Condition 2

The Option shall vest as to:

 

  (a) 50% of the total number of Shares subject to the Option on the Date of Grant; and

 

  (b) as to the remaining 50% of such Shares, on the first day of the calendar month falling eight months after of the Date of Grant.

Vesting Condition 3

The Option shall vest over all or such number of Shares subject to the Option and on such date or dates and generally in such manner as may be determined by the Board.

 

2. If a Participant who is an employee becomes a Departing Employee prior to the final vesting date (as determined in paragraph 1 above) in circumstances in which he is a Good Leaver, other than by reason of his Voluntary Resignation, his Option shall vest as to an additional number of Shares calculated in accordance with the following formula or if lower, the number of Shares which remain unvested, but shall otherwise cease to vest:

 

 

LOGO

Where:

 

  NS is the number of Shares under Option;

 

  A is the number of full months between 1 January 2005 and the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee;

 

  X 6;

 

  NM is the number of full months between the period beginning on 1 January 2005 and ending on the final date on which the Option would have vested in accordance with paragraph 1 above; and

 

  NV is the number of Shares subject to the Subsisting Option which has already vested on the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee.

 

3.

If a Participant who is a consultant (and not an employee) ceases to be a consultant (that is he ceases to provide services to the Company) and the reason for the Participant

 

11


  having ceased to be a consultant is as a result of either (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of his consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement or (ii) the Participant voluntarily terminates such agreement or gives notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant, any unvested portion of the Participant’s Option shall immediately lapse.

 

4. In the event that the number of vested shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Share, the number of Shares so vested shall be rounded to the nearest whole number of Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Share.

 

12

Exhibit 10.2

 

 

LOGO

Rules of the Markit 2006 Share Option Plan

Markit Group Limited

Rules approved by the Board on 25 January 2006 and by the shareholders


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE        PAGE  
1.  

DEFINITIONS

     3   
2.  

COMMENCEMENT AND TITLE

     4   
3.  

THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

     4   
4.  

THE EXERCISE PRICE

     5   
5.  

NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

     5   
6.  

WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

     5   
7.  

MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     6   
8.  

ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

     7   
9.  

SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

     7   
10.  

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     8   
11.  

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     8   
12.  

EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     9   
13.  

TERMINATION

     9   
14.  

TERM

     10   
15.  

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

     10   
16.  

GOVERNING LAW

     10   


RULES OF THE MARKIT 2006

SHARE OPTION PLAN

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In these Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

Articles ” means the Articles of Association of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “Article” shall be construed accordingly;

Bad Leaver ” has the meaning given to it in Article 15.3 of the Articles;

Board ” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

Commencement Date ” means the date on which the Plan is approved by the Board, subject to the approval of the Plan by the shareholders of the Company within 12 months before or after the Plan is adopted by the Board;

Company ” means Markit Group Limited (No. 4185146);

Date of Grant ” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

Deed of Adherence ” means a valid deed of adherence to the Shareholders’ Agreement;

Departing Employee ” has the meaning given to it in Article 15.1 of the Articles;

Drag Along Notice ” has the meaning given to it in Article 14.1 of the Articles;

Eligible Participant ” means any employee (including a director) of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

Exercise Price ” means the price per Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

Fair Market Value ” shall be set in good faith by the Board based on reasonable methods;

Good Leaver ” has the meaning given to it in Article 15.3(c) of the Articles;

Incentive Stock Option ” means any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;

Listing ” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

Member of the Group ” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option;

Option ” means a right to acquire Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

 

3


Option Tax Liability ” means an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions or any other amounts which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group;

Parent ” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code;

Participant ” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

Plan ” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

Qualifying Proposed Sale ” has the meaning given to it in Article 14.1 of the Articles;

Rules ” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

Share ” means a fully paid C Ordinary Share in the capital of the Company, as defined in the Articles;

Shareholders’ Agreement ” is the agreement defined in the Articles as the same may be amended from time to time;

Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

Subsisting Option ” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

Ten Percent Shareholder ” means a person owning stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Parent;

Vesting Schedule ” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, the vesting schedule attached to these Rules as Appendix A hereto or such other vesting schedule determined by the Board; and

Voluntary Resignation ” has the meaning given to it in the Articles.

Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Schedule forms a part of the Plan.

The provisions of Rules 7.2 (a) and (b) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

2. COMMENCEMENT AND TITLE

The Plan shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall be known as The Markit 2006 Share Option Plan.

 

3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1. The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Shares subject to the rules of this Plan including the Vesting Schedule and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

4


3.2. No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. A single deed of grant may be executed in favour of any number of Participants. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with a certificate as evidence of the grant of an Option.

 

3.3. The aggregate number of Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under this Plan shall not exceed 325,606 Shares (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Rule 8.1 of the Plan). If any Option granted under this Plan expires, terminates or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the number of Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

3.4. The Board shall have authority to determine whether an Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option, provided that an Eligible Participant who is a director is not eligible to be granted an Incentive Stock Option; and, provided, further, only Eligible Participants who are employees of the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options.

 

4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1. The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant, provided that the Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant; and provided, further, that if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, the Exercise Price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant.

 

4.2. The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1. Subject to Rule 9, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

6.2. A Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) 31 December 2009, or the fifth anniversary of its Date of Grant with respect to an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder;

 

  (b) the first anniversary of the date of death of the Participant;

 

  (c) the date upon which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (d) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant in the circumstances contemplated by paragraph 3 of the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (e) three months from the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule and immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule on such date; and

 

5


  (f) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rule 9.1,9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1. Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an option certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b) below; and

 

  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option. PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 14.1 or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d) is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and (b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised.

 

7.2. The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall be conditional upon:

 

  (a) The Vesting Schedule.

 

  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability; and

 

  (c) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability; and

 

  (d) (if not already a party to the Shareholders’ Agreement) execution by the Participant of a Deed of Adherence and agreement by the Participant that he shall take the Shares subject to the Shareholders’ Agreement and Memorandum of Association of the Company and the Articles.

 

7.3. Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4. Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Shares then already in issue except that they and any Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

6


7.5. The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1. In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2. No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Shares below the nominal value of a Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3. The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1. In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 14.1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with Article 14.1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d) is delivered to the Company pursuant to such Article (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with Article 14.2) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2. Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to Article 14.1(b) or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d), the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of 9.1(a) above); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of 9.1(b) above).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) and shall be bound to transfer their Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in Article 14.1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3.

If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or

 

7


  arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4. If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company under sections 428 to 430F of the Companies Act 1985, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5. If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6. Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within six months of the effective date of a Listing in respect of the Company.

 

9.7. The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1. The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2. Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages; and

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3. No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4. No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1.

The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval such number the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Articles with respect to the

 

8


  terms of the Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction; and

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group.

 

11.3. Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant Participating Company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service: and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4. The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11.5. The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6. The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7. The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Shares.

 

11.8. If any Option certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9. In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to this Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants

 

9


14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after 31 December 2009.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under this Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of this Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend this Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

These Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of this Plan, their Option(s) and any Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

10


APPENDIX A

VESTING SCHEDULE

 

1. Subject to 2 and 3 below and provided the Participant has not become a Departing Employee, an Option shall vest in accordance with the following Vesting Condition determined by the Board in its absolute discretion on the Date of Grant:

The Option shall vest as to 1/3 of the total number of Options on each anniversary of the date of grant, commencing on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

2. If a Participant who is a consultant (and not an employee) ceases to be a consultant (that is he ceases to provide services to the Company) and the reason for the Participant having ceased to be a consultant is as a result of either (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of his consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement or (ii) the Participant voluntarily terminates such agreement or gives notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant, any unvested portion of the Participant’s Option shall immediately lapse.

 

3. In the event that the number of vested shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Share, the number of Shares so vested shall be rounded to the nearest whole number of Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Share.

 

11

Exhibit 10.3

 

 

LOGO

Rules of the Markit 2006 Additional Share Option Plan

Markit Group Limited

Rules approved by the Board on 26 April 2006 and by the shareholders


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE        PAGE  
1.  

DEFINITIONS

     3   
2.  

COMMENCEMENT AND TITLE

     4   
3.  

THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

     4   
4.  

THE EXERCISE PRICE

     5   
5.  

NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

     5   
6.  

WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

     5   
7.  

MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     6   
8.  

ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

     7   
9.  

SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

     8   
10.  

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     9   
11.  

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     9   
12.  

EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     10   
13.  

TERMINATION

     10   
14.  

TERM

     10   
15.  

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

     10   
16.  

GOVERNING LAW

     11   


RULES OF THE MARKIT 2006

ADDITIONAL SHARE OPTION PLAN

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In these Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

Articles ” means the Articles of Association of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “Article” shall be construed accordingly;

Bad Leaver ” has the meaning given to it in Article 15.3 of the Articles;

Board ” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

Commencement Date ” means the date on which the Plan is approved by the Board, subject to the approval of the Plan by the shareholders of the Company within 12 months before or after the Plan is adopted by the Board;

Company ” means Markit Group Limited (No. 4185146);

Date of Grant ” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

Deed of Adherence ” means a valid deed of adherence to the Shareholders’ Agreement;

Departing Employee ” has the meaning given to it in Article 15.1 of the Articles;

Drag Along Notice ” has the meaning given to it in Article 14.1 of the Articles;

Eligible Participant ” means any employee (including a director) of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

Exercise Price ” means the price per Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

Fair Market Value ” shall be set in good faith by the Board based on reasonable methods;

Good Leaver ” has the meaning given to it in Article 15.3(c) of the Articles;

Incentive Stock Option ” means any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;

Listing ” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

Member of the Group ” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option;

 

3


Option ” means a right to acquire Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

Option Tax Liability ” means an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions or any other amounts which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group;

Parent ” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code;

Participant ” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

Plan ” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

Qualifying Proposed Sale ” has the meaning given to it in Article 14.1 of the Articles;

Rules ” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

Share ” means a fully paid C Ordinary Share in the capital of the Company, as defined in the Articles;

Shareholders’ Agreement ” is the agreement defined in the Articles as the same may be amended from time to time;

Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

Subsisting Option ” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

Ten Percent Shareholder ” means a person owning stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Parent;

Vesting Schedule ” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, the vesting schedule attached to these Rules as Appendix A hereto or such other vesting schedule determined by the Board; and

Voluntary Resignation ” has the meaning given to it in the Articles.

Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Schedule forms a part of the Plan.

 

2. COMMENCEMENT AND TITLE

The Plan shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall be known as The Markit 2006 Additional Share Option Plan.

 

3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1

The Board may grant Options to an Eligible Participant to acquire Shares subject to (i) the Company having received from each such Eligible Participant a fully signed and dated original of the power of attorney in the form attached to these rules as Appendix B hereto

 

4


  and (ii) the rules of this Plan including the Vesting Schedule and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 The Board, from time to time, also may substitute or assume outstanding awards granted by another company, whether in connection with an acquisition of such other company or otherwise, by either (a) granting an Option under the Plan in substitution of such other company’s award, or (b) assuming such award as if it had been granted under the Plan if the terms of such assumed award could be applied to an Option granted under the Plan. Such substitution or assumption shall be permissible if the holder of the substituted or assumed award would have been eligible to be granted an Option under the Plan if the other company had applied the rules of the Plan to such grant. In the event the Board authorizes the Company to assume an award granted by another company, the terms and conditions of such award shall remain unchanged (except that the exercise price and the number and nature of Shares issuable upon exercise of any such option will be adjusted appropriately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code). In the event the Board elects to grant a new Option rather than assuming an existing option, such new Option may be granted with a similarly adjusted Exercise Price.

 

3.3 No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. A single deed of grant may be executed in favour of any number of Participants. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with a certificate as evidence of the grant of an Option.

 

3.4 The aggregate number of Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under this Plan shall not exceed 300,000 Shares (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Rule 8.1 of the Plan). If any Option granted under this Plan expires, terminates or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the number of Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

3.5 The Board shall have authority to determine whether an Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option, provided that an Eligible Participant who is a director is not eligible to be granted an Incentive Stock Option; and, provided, further, only Eligible Participants who are employees of the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options.

 

4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1 Save as otherwise determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant, the Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant; and provided, further, that if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, the Exercise Price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant.

 

4.2 The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5 shall not prevent the personal

 

5


representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1 Subject to Rule 9, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

6.2 A Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) the fifth anniversary of its Date of Grant with respect to an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, or as otherwise may be decided by the Board;

 

  (b) the first anniversary of the date of death of the Participant;

 

  (c) the date upon which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (d) three months from the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule and immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule on such date; and

 

  (e) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rule 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1 Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an option certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b) below; and

 

  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option. PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 14.1 or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d) is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and (b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised.

 

6


7.2 The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall be conditional upon:

 

  (a) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability; and

 

  (b) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability; and

 

  (c) (if not already a party to the Shareholders’ Agreement) execution by the Participant of a Deed of Adherence and agreement by the Participant that he shall take the Shares subject to the Shareholders’ Agreement and Memorandum of Association of the Company and the Articles.

 

7.3 Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4 Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Shares then already in issue except that they and any Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.5 The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1 In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2 No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Shares below the nominal value of a Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3 The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

7


9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1 In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 14.1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with Article 14.1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d) is delivered to the Company pursuant to such Article (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with Article 14.2) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2 Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to Article 14.1(b) or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d), the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of 9.1(a) above); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of 9.1(b) above).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) and shall be bound to transfer their Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in Article 14.1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3 If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4 If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company under sections 428 to 430F of the Companies Act 1985, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5 If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6 Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within six months of the effective date of a Listing in respect of the Company.

 

9.7 The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

8


10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages; and

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4 No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval such number the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Articles with respect to the terms of the Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction; and

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group.

 

11.3 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

9


  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant Participating Company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service: and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11.5 The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6 The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7 The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Shares.

 

11.8 If any Option certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9 In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to this Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after 31 December 2009.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under this Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted

 

10


until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of this Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend this Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

These Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of this Plan, their Option(s) and any Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

11


LOGO   

10 Bricket Road

St Albans

Hertfordshire

 

Tel +44 (0) 1727 734 200

Fax +44 (0) 1727 834 068

www.markit.com

  

AL1 3JX Registration No.: 4185146

UK

APPENDIX A

VESTING SCHEDULE

 

1. Provided the Participant has not become a Departing Employee, an Option shall vest in accordance with one of the following Vesting Conditions determined by the Board in its absolute discretion on the Date of Grant:

Vesting Condition 1

The Option shall vest as to 1/3 of the total number of Shares subject to the Option on the first day of each year beginning on the anniversary of the date on which the Option is granted.

Vesting Condition 2

The Option shall vest over all or such number of Shares subject to the Option and on such date or dates and generally in such manner as may be determined by the Board.

 

2. In the event that the number of vested shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Share, the number of Shares so vested shall be rounded to the nearest whole number of Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Share.

 

12


APPENDIX B

POWER OF ATTORNEY

WHEREAS the Principal (as defined below) has been granted an option (the “ Option ”) to acquire C Ordinary Shares (the “ Shares ”) in Markit Group Limited (the “ Company ”) subject to the terms of the Markit 2006 Additional Share Option Plan (the “ Plan ”), and terms and expressions used in this power of attorney shall have the same meaning as those defined in the rules of the Plan and/or the Articles of Association of the Company.

BY THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY made on the date set out below, the undersigned (the “ Principal ”) hereby appoints with effect from the Effective Date (as defined below) any director or the company secretary of the Company (each an “ Attorney ”) whose registered address is 10 Bricket Road, St. Albans Herts AL1 3JX as his attorney in the Principal’s name or otherwise and on his behalf and in connection with a Relevant Sale (as defined below) hereby:

AUTHORITY

 

1.      (a)      authorises and directs the Attorney to exercise the Option on his behalf to acquire the maximum number of Shares attainable under the Option within the period during which the Option remains exercisable in accordance with Rule 9.1 of the Plan;

 

  (b) in the case of a proposed sale pursuant to Article 14.1, authorises and directs the Attorney to procure the transfer on his behalf of the Shares acquired on exercise of the Option to the third party purchaser and to do all things necessary to effect such transfer including the execution of any necessary documents on his behalf;

 

  (c) in the case of a proposed sale under Article 14.2, authorises and directs the Attorney to accept the offer made by the third party purchaser on his behalf in respect of the Shares to be acquired on exercise of the Option and to procure the transfer on his behalf of such Shares to the third party purchaser and to do all things necessary to effect acceptance of the offer and such transfer, including the execution of any necessary documents on his behalf;

 

  (d) authorises and directs that all sale proceeds (the “ Sale Proceeds ”) received in respect of the sale of the Shares in accordance with (b) or (c) above be paid to the Company or such other person as the Attorney shall see fit to be held by such person as the Principal’s agent and that the Sale Proceeds shall be paid to the Principal as soon as is reasonably practicable following deduction of the amounts specified in (e) and (f) below;

 

  (e) authorises and directs the Attorney to procure that the aggregate Exercise Price payable in respect of the exercise of his Option is deducted from the Sale Proceeds, which the Principal hereby irrevocably undertakes to pay; and

 

  (f) authorises and directs the Attorney to procure that the Option Tax Liability as defined in the Plan (if any) which arises in respect of the exercise of his Option is deducted from the Sale Proceeds; and

 

2. authorises and directs the Attorney to take any steps or do anything which the Attorney in its absolute discretion considers desirable in connection with the exercise of the Option or the implementation and/or execution of documents relating thereto in connection with, and conditional on completion of the Relevant Sale.

This power of attorney shall become effective immediately upon the date (the “ Effective Date ”) on which the Company receives either a Drag Along Notice pursuant to Article 14.1(b) or a copy

 

13


of the offer(s) to the holders of options under the Employee Share Option Schemes pursuant to Article 14.2(d), as the case may be, provided in each case the proposed sale (the “ Relevant Sale ”) in respect of which such Drag Along Notice or copy of the offer(s) is received is to be for a cash consideration only. This power of attorney shall expire to the extent that any Option is exercised by the Principal or the extent that the Option lapses or expires in accordance with the terms of the Plan and in any event shall expire on 31 December 2010. The Principal undertakes to ratify and confirm whatever the Attorney does or purports to do in good faith in the exercise of any power conferred by this power of attorney.

The Principal declares that a person who deals with the Attorney and the Company in good faith may accept a written statement signed by any director or the company secretary of the Company to the effect that this power of attorney has not been revoked as conclusive evidence of that fact.

The Principal undertakes to indemnify the Attorney fully against all claims, losses, costs, expenses, damages or liability which it sustains or incurs as a result of any action taken by it in good faith pursuant to this power of attorney (including any cost incurred in enforcing this indemnity).

This power of attorney (and any dispute, controversy, proceedings or claim of whatever nature arising out of or in any way relating to this agreement or its formation or any act performed or claimed to be performed under it) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

In witness whereof this power of attorney has been executed as a deed on the date set out below.

 

  Signed and delivered as a deed by:
  Signature:  

 

  «First_Name» «Last_Name»
 

«Address_1»

«Address_2»

«Address_3»

«Address_4»

  Date:  

 

  in the presence of:
  Signature:  

 

  Name:    
  Occupation:    
  Address:    
   

 

14

Exhibit 10.4

 

 

LOGO

Rules of the Markit 2006 MarketXS Share Option Plan

Markit Group Limited

Rules approved by the Board on 1 August 2006 and by the shareholders


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE        PAGE  
1.  

DEFINITIONS

     3   
2.  

COMMENCEMENT AND TITLE

     5   
3.  

THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

     5   
4.  

THE EXERCISE PRICE

     5   
5.  

NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

     5   
6.  

WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

     6   
7.  

MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     6   
8.  

ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

     7   
9.  

SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

     7   
10.  

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     8   
11.  

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     9   
12.  

EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     10   
13.  

TERMINATION

     10   
14.  

TERM

     10   
15.  

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

     10   
16.  

DATA PROTECTION

     11   
17.  

GOVERNING LAW

     11   

 

2


RULES OF THE MARKIT 2006 ADDITIONAL SHARE OPTION PLAN

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In these Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

“Affiliate” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Articles” means the Articles of Association of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “Article” shall be construed accordingly;

“Bad Leaver” has the meaning given to it in Article 15.3 of the Articles;

“Board” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

“Commencement Date” means the date on which the Plan is approved by the Board, subject to the approval of the Plan by the shareholders of the Company within 12 months before or after the Plan is adopted by the Board;

“Company” means Markit Group Limited (No. 4185146);

“Date of Grant” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

“Deed of Adherence” means a valid deed of adherence to the Shareholders’ Agreement;

“Departing Employee” has the meaning given to it in Article 15.1 of the Articles;

“Drag Along Notice” has the meaning given to it in Article 14.1 of the Articles;

“Eligible Participant” means any employee (including a director) of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

“Exercise Price” means the price per Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

“Fair Market Value” shall be set in good faith by the Board based on reasonable methods;

“Incentive Stock Option” means any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;

“Listing” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Member of the Group” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

“Non-Qualified Stock Option” means any Option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option;

 

3


“Option” means a right to acquire Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

“Option Period” means the period commencing on the expiry of first anniversary after the Date of Grant and ending on the third anniversary of the Date of Grant;

“Option Tax Liability” means an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions or any other amounts which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group;

“Parent” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code;

“Participant” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

“Personal Data” has the meaning given to that term in section 1(1) of the Data Protection Act 1998;

“Plan” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

“Qualifying Proposed Sale” has the meaning given to it in Article 14.1 of the Articles;

“Rules” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

“Share” means a fully paid C Ordinary Share in the capital of the Company, as defined in the Articles;

“Shareholders’ Agreement” is the agreement defined in the Articles as the same may be amended from time to time;

“Subsidiary” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

“Subsisting Option” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

“Ten Percent Shareholder” means a person owning stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Parent;

“Vesting Schedule” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, the vesting schedule attached to these Rules as Appendix A hereto or such other vesting schedule determined by the Board; and

“Voluntary Resignation” has the meaning given to it in the Articles.

Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Schedule forms a part of the Plan.

 

4


The provisions of Rules 7.2 (a) and (b) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

2. COMMENCEMENT AND TITLE

The Plan shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall be known as The 2006 MarketXS Share Option Plan.

 

3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1. The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Shares subject to the rules of this Plan including the Vesting Schedule and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2. No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. A single deed of grant may be executed in favour of any number of Participants. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with a certificate as evidence of the grant of an Option.

 

3.3. The aggregate number of Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under this Plan shall not exceed 200,000 Shares (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Rule 8.1 of the Plan). If any Option granted under this Plan expires, terminates or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the number of Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

3.4. The Board shall have authority to determine whether an Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option, provided that an Eligible Participant who is a director is not eligible to be granted an Incentive Stock Option; and, provided, further, only Eligible Participants who are employees of the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options.

 

4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1. The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant, provided that the Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant; and provided, further, that if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, the Exercise Price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant.

 

4.2. The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

5


6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1. Subject to Rule 9, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule, during the Option Period

 

6.2. A Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) the expiry of the Option Period, or the fifth anniversary of its Date of Grant with respect to an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder;

 

  (b) the first anniversary of the date of death of the Participant;

 

  (c) the date upon which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (d) three months from the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule and immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule on such date; and

 

  (e) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rule 9.1,9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1. Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an option certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b) below; and

 

  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option. PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 14.1 or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d) is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and (b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised.

 

7.2. The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall be conditional upon:

 

  (a) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability; and

 

6


  (b) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability; and

 

  (c) (if not already a party to the Shareholders’ Agreement) execution by the Participant of a Deed of Adherence and agreement by the Participant that he shall take the Shares subject to the Shareholders’ Agreement and Memorandum of Association of the Company and the Articles.

 

7.3. Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4. Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Shares then already in issue except that they and any Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.5. The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1. In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2. No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Shares below the nominal value of a Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3. The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1.

In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 14.1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance

 

7


  with Article 14.1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d) is delivered to the Company pursuant to such Article (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with Article 14.2) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2. Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to Article 14.1(b) or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d), the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of 9.1(a) above); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of 9.1(b) above).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) and shall be bound to transfer their Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in Article 14.1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3. If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4. If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company under sections 428 to 430F of the Companies Act 1985, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5. If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6. Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within six months of the effective date of a Listing in respect of the Company.

 

9.7. The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1. The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

8


10.2. Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any Participant under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages; and

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3. No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4. No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1. The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval such number the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Articles with respect to the terms of the Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction; and

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group.

 

11.3. Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant Participating Company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service: and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72

 

9


hours after posting.

 

11.4. The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11.5. The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6. The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7. The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Shares.

 

11.8. If any Option certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9. In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to this Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after the date that is 120 days from the Commencement Date.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Participant during any calendar year under this Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of this Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend this Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

10


16. DATA PROTECTION

As a condition of the grant of an Option, a Eligible Participant consents to the collection, retention, use, processing and transfer (whether between themselves or to any third party and including transfer to countries outside the European Economic Area) of his Personal Data by any Member of the Group, any Affiliate of the Company, the trustees of any employee benefit trust, any administrator of the Plan or the Company’s registrars or brokers for the purposes of implementing and operating the Plan.

 

17. GOVERNING LAW

These Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of this Plan, their Option(s) and any Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

11


APPENDIX A

VESTING SCHEDULE

Provided the Participant has not become a Departing Employee, an Option shall vest in accordance with the following Vesting Condition determined by the Board in its absolute discretion on the Date of Grant:

The Option shall vest as to 1/3 of the total number of Shares subject to the Option on each anniversary of the date of grant, commencing on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant.

In the event that the number of vested shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Share, the number of Shares so vested shall be rounded to the nearest whole number of Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Share.

 

12


APPENDIX B

POWER OF ATTORNEY

WHEREAS the Principal (as defined below) has been granted an option (the “Option” ) to acquire C Ordinary Shares (the “Shares” ) in Markit Group Limited (the “Company” ) subject to the terms of the Markit 2006 MarketXS Share Option Plan (the “Plan” ), and terms and expressions used in this power of attorney shall have the same meaning as those defined in the rules of the Plan and/or the Articles of Association of the Company.

BY THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY made on the date set out below, the undersigned (the “Principal” ) hereby appoints with effect from the Effective Date (as defined below) any director or the company secretary of the Company (each an “Attorney” ) whose registered address is Level 5, 2 More London Riverside, SE1 2AP, UK, as his attorney in the Principal’s name or otherwise and on his behalf and in connection with a Relevant Sale (as defined below) hereby:

AUTHORITY

 

1.      (a)      authorises and directs the Attorney to exercise the Option on his behalf to acquire the maximum number of Shares attainable under the Option within the period during which the Option remains exercisable in accordance with Rule 9.1 of the Plan;

 

  (b) in the case of a proposed sale pursuant to Article 14.1, authorises and directs the Attorney to procure the transfer on his behalf of the Shares acquired on exercise of the Option to the third party purchaser and to do all things necessary to effect such transfer including the execution of any necessary documents on his behalf;

 

  (c) in the case of a proposed sale under Article 14.2, authorises and directs the Attorney to accept the offer made by the third party purchaser on his behalf in respect of the Shares to be acquired on exercise of the Option and to procure the transfer on his behalf of such Shares to the third party purchaser and to do all things necessary to effect acceptance of the offer and such transfer, including the execution of any necessary documents on his behalf;

 

  (d) authorises and directs that all sale proceeds (the “Sale Proceeds” ) received in respect of the sale of the Shares in accordance with (b) or (c) above be paid to the Company or such other person as the Attorney shall see fit to be held by such person as the Principal’s agent and that the Sale Proceeds shall be paid to the Principal as soon as is reasonably practicable following deduction of the amounts specified in (e) and (f) below;

 

  (e) authorises and directs the Attorney to procure that the aggregate Exercise Price payable in respect of the exercise of his Option is deducted from the Sale Proceeds, which the Principal hereby irrevocably undertakes to pay; and

 

  (f)

authorises and directs the Attorney to procure that the Option Tax Liability as defined in the Plan (if any) which arises in respect of the exercise of his

 

13


  Option is deducted from the Sale Proceeds; and

 

2. authorises and directs the Attorney to take any steps or do any thing which the Attorney in its absolute discretion considers desirable in connection with the exercise of the Option or the implementation and/or execution of documents relating thereto in connection with, and conditional on completion of the Relevant Sale.

This power of attorney shall become effective immediately upon the date (the “Effective Date” ) on which the Company receives either a Drag Along Notice pursuant to Article 14.1(b) or a copy of the offer(s) to the holders of options under the Employee Share Option Schemes pursuant to Article 14.2(d), as the case may be, provided in each case the proposed sale (the “Relevant Sale” ) in respect of which such Drag Along Notice or copy of the offer(s) is received is to be for a cash consideration only. This power of attorney shall expire to the extent that any Option is exercised by the Principal or the extent that the Option lapses or expires in accordance with the terms of the Plan and in any event shall expire on 31 December 2015. The Principal undertakes to ratify and confirm whatever the Attorney does or purports to do in good faith in the exercise of any power conferred by this power of attorney.

The Principal declares that a person who deals with the Attorney and the Company in good faith may accept a written statement signed by any director or the company secretary of the Company to the effect that this power of attorney has not been revoked as conclusive evidence of that fact.

The Principal undertakes to indemnify the Attorney fully against all claims, losses, costs, expenses, damages or liability which it sustains or incurs as a result of any action taken by it in good faith pursuant to this power of attorney (including any cost incurred in enforcing this indemnity).

This power of attorney (and any dispute, controversy, proceedings or claim of whatever nature arising out of or in any way relating to this agreement or its formation or any act performed or claimed to be performed under it) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

14


In witness whereof this power of attorney has been executed as a deed on the date set out below.

 

  Signed and delivered as a deed by:
  Signature:  

 

  First Name Surname
 

Address 1

Address 2

Address 3

  Date:  

 

  in the presence of:
  in the presence of:
  Signature:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Occupation:  

 

  Address:  

 

 

 

 

15

Exhibit 10.5

 

 

LOGO

Rules of the Markit 2007 Share Option Plan

Markit Group Limited

Rules approved by the Board on 5 th  December 2006 and by the shareholders


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE        PAGE  
1.  

DEFINITIONS

     3   
2.  

COMMENCEMENT AND TITLE

     4   
3.  

THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

     4   
4.  

THE EXERCISE PRICE

     5   
5.  

NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

     5   
6.  

WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

     5   
7.  

MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     6   
8.  

ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

     7   
9.  

SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

     7   
10.  

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     8   
11.  

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     8   
12.  

EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     9   
13.  

TERMINATION

     9   
14.  

TERM

     10   
15.  

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

     10   
16.  

GOVERNING LAW

     10   


RULES OF THE MARKIT 2007

SHARE OPTION PLAN

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In these Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

Articles ” means the Articles of Association of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “Article” shall be construed accordingly;

Bad Leaver ” has the meaning given to it in Article 15.3 of the Articles;

Board ” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

Commencement Date ” means the date on which the Plan is approved by the Board, subject to the approval of the Plan by the shareholders of the Company within 12 months before or after the Plan is adopted by the Board;

Company ” means Markit Group Limited (No. 4185146);

Date of Grant ” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

Deed of Adherence ” means a valid deed of adherence to the Shareholders’ Agreement;

Departing Employee ” has the meaning given to it in Article 15.1 of the Articles;

Drag Along Notice ” has the meaning given to it in Article 14.1 of the Articles;

Eligible Participant ” means any employee (including a director) of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

Exercise Price ” means the price per Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

Fair Market Value ” shall be set in good faith by the Board based on reasonable methods;

Good Leaver ” has the meaning given to it in Article 15.3(c) of the Articles;

Incentive Stock Option ” means any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;

Listing ” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

Member of the Group ” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option;

Option ” means a right to acquire Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

 

3


Option Tax Liability ” means an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions or any other amounts which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group;

Parent ” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code;

Participant ” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

Plan ” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

Qualifying Proposed Sale ” has the meaning given to it in Article 14.1 of the Articles;

Rules ” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

Share ” means a fully paid C Ordinary Share in the capital of the Company, as defined in the Articles;

Shareholders’ Agreement ” is the agreement defined in the Articles as the same may be amended from time to time;

Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

Subsisting Option ” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

Ten Percent Shareholder ” means a person owning stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Parent;

Vesting Schedule ” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, the vesting schedule attached to these Rules as Appendix A hereto or such other vesting schedule determined by the Board; and

Voluntary Resignation ” has the meaning given to it in the Articles.

Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Schedule forms a part of the Plan.

The provisions of Rules 7.2 (a) and (b) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

2. COMMENCEMENT AND TITLE

The Plan shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall be known as The Markit 2007 Share Option Plan.

 

3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1. The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Shares subject to the rules of this Plan including the Vesting Schedule and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

4


3.2. No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. A single deed of grant may be executed in favour of any number of Participants. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with a certificate as evidence of the grant of an Option.

 

3.3. The aggregate number of Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under this Plan shall not exceed 303,278 Shares (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Rule 8.1 of the Plan). If any Option granted under this Plan expires, terminates or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the number of Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

3.4. The Board shall have authority to determine whether an Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option, provided that an Eligible Participant who is a director is not eligible to be granted an Incentive Stock Option; and, provided, further, only Eligible Participants who are employees of the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options.

 

4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1. The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant, provided that the Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant; and provided, further, that if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, the Exercise Price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant.

 

4.2. The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1. Subject to Rule 9, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

6.2. A Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) 31 December 2011, or the fifth anniversary of its Date of Grant with respect to an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder;

 

  (b) the first anniversary of the date of death of the Participant;

 

  (c) the date upon which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (d) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant in the circumstances contemplated by paragraph 3 of the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (e) three months from the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule and immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule on such date; and

 

5


  (f) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rule 9.1,9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1. Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an option certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b) below; and

 

  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option. PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 14.1 or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d) is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and (b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised.

 

7.2. The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall be conditional upon:

 

  (a) The Vesting Schedule.

 

  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability; and

 

  (c) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability; and

 

  (d) (if not already a party to the Shareholders’ Agreement) execution by the Participant of a Deed of Adherence and agreement by the Participant that he shall take the Shares subject to the Shareholders’ Agreement and Memorandum of Association of the Company and the Articles.

 

7.3. Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4. Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Shares then already in issue except that they and any Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

6


7.5. The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1. In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2. No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Shares below the nominal value of a Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3. The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1. In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 14.1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with Article 14.1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d) is delivered to the Company pursuant to such Article (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with Article 14.2) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2. Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to Article 14.1(b)or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d), the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of 9.1(a) above); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of 9.1(b) above).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) and shall be bound to transfer their Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in Article 14.1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3.

If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or

 

7


  arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4. If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company under sections 428 to 430F of the Companies Act 1985, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5. If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6. Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within six months of the effective date of a Listing in respect of the Company.

 

9.7. The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1. The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2. Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages; and

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3. No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4. No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1.

The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval such number the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Articles with respect to the

 

8


  terms of the Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction; and

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group.

 

11.3. Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant Participating Company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service: and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4. The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11.5. The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6. The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7. The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Shares.

 

11.8. If any Option certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9. In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to this Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants

 

9


14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after 31 December 2011.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under this Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of this Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend this Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

These Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of this Plan, their Option(s) and any Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

10


APPENDIX A

VESTING SCHEDULE

 

1. Subject to 2 and 3 below and provided the Participant has not become a Departing Employee, an Option shall vest in accordance with the following Vesting Condition determined by the Board in its absolute discretion on the Date of Grant:

The Option shall vest as to 1/3 of the total number of Options on each anniversary of the date of grant, commencing on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

2. If a Participant who is a consultant (and not an employee) ceases to be a consultant (that is he ceases to provide services to the Company) and the reason for the Participant having ceased to be a consultant is as a result of either (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of his consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement or (ii) the Participant voluntarily terminates such agreement or gives notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant, any unvested portion of the Participant’s Option shall immediately lapse.

 

3. In the event that the number of vested shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Share, the number of Shares so vested shall be rounded to the nearest whole number of Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Share.

 

11

Exhibit 10.6

 

 

LOGO

Rules of the Markit 2008 Share Option Plan

Markit Group Holdings Limited

Rules approved by the Board on 28 th  November 2007 and by the shareholders


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE        PAGE  
1.  

DEFINITIONS

     3   
2.  

COMMENCEMENT AND TITLE

     5   
3.  

THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

     5   
4.  

THE EXERCISE PRICE

     5   
5.  

NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

     5   
6.  

WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

     5   
7.  

MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     6   
8.  

ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

     8   
9.  

SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

     8   
10.  

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     9   
11.  

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     10   
12.  

EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     11   
13.  

TERMINATION

     11   
14.  

TERM

     11   
15.  

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

     11   
16.  

GOVERNING LAW

     11   


RULES OF THE MARKIT 2008

SHARE OPTION PLAN

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In these Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

Articles ” means the Articles of Association of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “Article” shall be construed accordingly;

Bad Leaver ” has the meaning given to it in Article 15.3 of the Articles;

Board ” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

Commencement Date ” means the date on which the Plan is approved by the Board, subject to the approval of the Plan by the shareholders of the Company within 12 months before or after the Plan is adopted by the Board;

Company ” means Markit Group Holdings Limited (No. 6240773);

Date of Grant ” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

Deed of Adherence ” means a valid deed of adherence to the Shareholders’ Agreement;

Departing Employee ” has the meaning given to it in Article 15.1 of the Articles;

Drag Along Notice ” has the meaning given to it in Article 14.1 of the Articles;

Eligible Participant ” means any employee (including a director) of, or any consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

Employer’s NICs ” means secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions;

Exercise Price ” means the price per Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

Fair Market Value ” shall be set in good faith by the Board based on reasonable methods;

Good Leaver ” has the meaning given to it in Article 15.3(c) of the Articles;

HMRC ” means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

Incentive Stock Option ” means any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;

Listing ” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

Member of the Group ” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

 

3


Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option;

Option ” means a right to acquire Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

Option Tax Liability ” means an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions (including Employer’s NICs which are the subject of an agreement or election under Rule 7.2(e)) or any other amounts which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group;

Parent ” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code;

Participant ” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

Plan ” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

Qualifying Proposed Sale ” has the meaning given to it in Article 14.1 of the Articles;

Rules ” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

Share ” means a fully paid ordinary non-voting share in the capital of the Company, as defined in the Articles;

Shareholders’ Agreement ” is the agreement defined in the Articles as the same may be amended from time to time;

Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

Subsisting Option ” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

Ten Percent Shareholder ” means a person owning stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Parent;

Vesting Schedule ” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, the vesting schedule attached to these Rules as Appendix A hereto or such other vesting schedule determined by the Board; and

Voluntary Resignation ” has the meaning given to it in the Articles.

Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Schedule forms a part of the Plan.

The provisions of Rules 7.2(a) and (b) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

4


2. COMMENCEMENT AND TITLE

The Plan shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall be known as The Markit 2008 Share Option Plan.

 

3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1 The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Shares subject to the rules of this Plan including the Vesting Schedule and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. A single deed of grant may be executed in favour of any number of Participants. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with a certificate as evidence of the grant of an Option.

 

3.3 If any Option granted under this Plan expires, terminates or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the number of Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

3.4 The Board shall have authority to determine whether an Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option, provided that an Eligible Participant who is a director is not eligible to be granted an Incentive Stock Option; and, provided, further, only Eligible Participants who are employees of the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options.

 

4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1 The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant, provided that the Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant; and provided, further, that if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, the Exercise Price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant.

 

4.2 The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1 Subject to Rules 7 and 9, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

6.2 A Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) 31 December 2017; or

 

5


  (aa) the tenth anniversary of its Date of Grant with respect to an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder;

 

  (b) the first anniversary of the date of death of the Participant;

 

  (c) the date upon which the Participant (who is not a consultant) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (d) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant in the circumstances contemplated by paragraph 2 of the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (e) three months from the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule and immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule on such date; and

 

  (f) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rule 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1 Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an option certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct, to include, but not to be limited to, an undertaking to pay) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b) below; and

 

  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option. PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 14.1 or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d) is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and (b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised.

 

7.2 The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall, unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, be conditional upon:

 

  (a) the Vesting Schedule;

 

6


  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (c) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (d) (if not already a party to the Shareholders’ Agreement) execution by the Participant of a Deed of Adherence and agreement by the Participant that he shall take the Shares subject to the Shareholders’ Agreement and Memorandum of Association of the Company and the Articles; and

 

  (e) either of the following conditions being satisfied within one month of the date on which the notice of exercise of that Option was lodged in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) where any Member of the Group would be liable for Employer’s NICs in respect of that exercise:

 

  (i) the Participant entering into an agreement with the Company, in such form as determined by the Board, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; or

 

  (ii) the Participant entering into a form of joint election, in such form as determined by the Board and approved in advance by HMRC, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; and

 

  (iii) the arrangements made in that election for securing that the Participant will meet the liability transferred to him have been approved in advance by HMRC;

and:

 

    in the event that either condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date on which that condition is satisfied; or

 

    in the event that neither condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the exercise of the Option under Rule 7.1 shall not be effective; or

 

    in the event that the Board (including a sub-committee of the Board) waives the requirement for either condition to be satisfied, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date of the waiver.

 

7.3 Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4

Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Shares then already in issue except that they and any Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan

 

7


  will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.5 The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1 In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2 No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Shares below the nominal value of a Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3 The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1 In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 14.1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with Article 14.1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d) is delivered to the Company pursuant to such Article (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with Article 14.2) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2 Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to Article 14.1(b) or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d), the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of 9.1(a) above); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of 9.1(b) above).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) and shall be bound to transfer their Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in Article 14.1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be

 

8


entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3 If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4 If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the provisions contained in Chapter 3 of Part 28 of the Companies Act 2006, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5 If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6 Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within six months of the effective date of a Listing in respect of the Company.

 

9.7 The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages; and

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

9


10.4 No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval such number the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Articles with respect to the terms of the Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction; and

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group.

 

11.3 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant Participating Company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service: and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11.5 The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6 The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7 The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Shares.

 

11.8 If any Option certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

10


11.9 In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to this Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after 31 December 2012.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under this Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of this Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend this Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

These Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of this Plan, their Option(s) and any Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

11


APPENDIX A

VESTING SCHEDULE

 

1. Subject to 2 and 3 below and provided the Participant has not become a Departing Employee, an Option shall vest in accordance with the following Vesting Condition determined by the Board in its absolute discretion on the Date of Grant:

The Option shall vest as to 1/3 of the total number of Options on each anniversary of the date of grant, commencing on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

2. If a Participant who is a consultant (and not an employee) ceases to be a consultant (that is he ceases to provide services to the Company) and the reason for the Participant having ceased to be a consultant is as a result of either (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of his consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement or (ii) the Participant voluntarily terminates such agreement or gives notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant, any unvested portion of the Participant’s Option shall immediately lapse.

 

3. In the event that the number of vested shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Share, the number of Shares so vested shall be rounded to the nearest whole number of Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Share.

 

12

Exhibit 10.7

 

 

LOGO

Rules of the Markit 2008 Share Option Plan

Markit Group Holdings Limited

Rules approved by the Board on 28 th  November 2007 and by the shareholders


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE        PAGE  
1.  

DEFINITIONS

     3   
2.  

COMMENCEMENT AND TITLE

     5   
3.  

THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

     5   
4.  

THE EXERCISE PRICE

     5   
5.  

NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

     5   
6.  

WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

     5   
7.  

MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     6   
8.  

ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

     8   
9.  

SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

     8   
10.  

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     9   
11.  

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     10   
12.  

EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     10   
13.  

TERMINATION

     11   
14.  

TERM

     11   
15.  

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

     11   
16.  

GOVERNING LAW

     11   


RULES OF THE MARKIT 2008

SHARE OPTION PLAN

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In these Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

“Affiliate” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Articles” means the Articles of Association of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “Article” shall be construed accordingly;

“Bad Leaver” has the meaning given to it in Article 15.3 of the Articles;

“Board” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

“Commencement Date” means the date on which the Plan is approved by the Board, subject to the approval of the Plan by the shareholders of the Company within 12 months before or after the Plan is adopted by the Board;

“Company” means Markit Group Holdings Limited (No. 6240773);

“Date of Grant” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

“Deed of Adherence” means a valid deed of adherence to the Shareholders’ Agreement;

“Departing Employee” has the meaning given to it in Article 15.1 of the Articles;

“Drag Along Notice” has the meaning given to it in Article 14.1 of the Articles;

“Eligible Participant” means any employee (including a director) of, or any consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

“Employer’s NICs” means secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions;

“Exercise Price” means the price per Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

“Fair Market Value” shall be set in good faith by the Board based on reasonable methods;

“Good Leaver” has the meaning given to it in Article 15.3(c) of the Articles;

“HMRC” means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

“Incentive Stock Option” means any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;

“Listing” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Member of the Group” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

 

3


“Non-Qualified Stock Option” means any Option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option;

“Option” means a right to acquire Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

“Option Tax Liability” means an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions (including Employer’s NICs which are the subject of an agreement or election under Rule 7.2(e)) or any other amounts which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group;

“Parent” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code;

“Participant” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

“Plan” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

“Qualifying Proposed Sale” has the meaning given to it in Article 14.1 of the Articles;

“Rules” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

“Share” means a fully paid ordinary non-voting share in the capital of the Company, as defined in the Articles;

“Shareholders’ Agreement” is the agreement defined in the Articles as the same may be amended from time to time;

“Subsidiary” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

“Subsisting Option” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

“Ten Percent Shareholder” means a person owning stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Parent;

“Vesting Schedule” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, the vesting schedule attached to these Rules as Appendix A hereto or such other vesting schedule determined by the Board; and

“Voluntary Resignation” has the meaning given to it in the Articles.

Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Schedule forms a part of the Plan.

The provisions of Rules 7.2 (a) and (b) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

4


2. COMMENCEMENT AND TITLE

The Plan shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall be known as The Markit 2008 Share Option Plan.

 

3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1 The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Shares subject to the rules of this Plan including the Vesting Schedule and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. A single deed of grant may be executed in favour of any number of Participants. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with a certificate as evidence of the grant of an Option.

 

3.3 If any Option granted under this Plan expires, terminates or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the number of Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

3.4 The Board shall have authority to determine whether an Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option, provided that an Eligible Participant who is a director is not eligible to be granted an Incentive Stock Option; and, provided, further, only Eligible Participants who are employees of the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options.

 

4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1 The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant, provided that the Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant; and provided, further, that if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, the Exercise Price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant.

 

4.2 The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1 Subject to Rules 7 and 9, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

6.2 A Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) 31 December 2017;

 

5


  (aa) or the tenth anniversary of its Date of Grant with respect to an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder;

 

  (b) the first anniversary of the date of death of the Participant;

 

  (c) the date upon which the Participant (who is not a consultant) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (d) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant in the circumstances contemplated by paragraph 2 of the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (e) three months from the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule and immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule on such date; and

 

  (f) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rule 9.1,9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1 Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an option certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct, to include, but not to be limited to, an undertaking to pay) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b) below; and

 

  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option. PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 14.1 or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d) is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and (b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised.

 

7.2 The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall, unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, be conditional upon:

 

  (a) the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability;

 

6


  (c) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (d) (if not already a party to the Shareholders’ Agreement) execution by the Participant of a Deed of Adherence and agreement by the Participant that he shall take the Shares subject to the Shareholders’ Agreement and Memorandum of Association of the Company and the Articles; and

 

  (e) either of the following conditions being satisfied within one month of the date on which the notice of exercise of that Option was lodged in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) where any Member of the Group would be liable for Employer’s NICs in respect of that exercise:

 

  (i) the Participant entering into an agreement with the Company, in such form as determined by the Board, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; or

 

  (ii) the Participant entering into a form of joint election, in such form as determined by the Board and approved in advance by HMRC, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; and

 

  (iii) the arrangements made in that election for securing that the Participant will meet the liability transferred to him have been approved in advance by HMRC;

and:

 

    in the event that either condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date on which that condition is satisfied; or

 

    in the event that neither condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the exercise of the Option under Rule 7.1 shall not be effective; or

 

    in the event that the Board (including a sub-committee of the Board) waives the requirement for either condition to be satisfied, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date of the waiver.

 

7.3 Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4 Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Shares then already in issue except that they and any Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.5 The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

7


8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1 In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2 No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Shares below the nominal value of a Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3 The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1 In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 14.1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with Article 14.1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d) is delivered to the Company pursuant to such Article (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with Article 14.2) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2 Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to Article 14.1(b) or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d), the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of 9.1(a) above); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of 9.1(b) above).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) and shall be bound to transfer their Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in Article 14.1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3

If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any

 

8


  Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4 If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the provisions contained in Chapter 3 of Part 28 of the Companies Act 2006, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5 If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6 Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within six months of the effective date of a Listing in respect of the Company.

 

9.7 The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages; and

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4 No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

9


11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval such number the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Articles with respect to the terms of the Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction; and

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group.

 

11.3 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant Participating Company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service: and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11.5 The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6 The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7 The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Shares.

 

11.8 If any Option certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9 In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to this Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties

 

10


to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after 31 December 2012.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under this Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of this Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend this Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

These Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of this Plan, their Option(s) and any Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

11


APPENDIX A

VESTING SCHEDULE

 

1. Subject to 2 and 3 below and provided the Participant has not become a Departing Employee, an Option shall vest in accordance with the following Vesting Condition determined by the Board in its absolute discretion on the Date of Grant:

The Option shall vest as to 1/5 of the total number of Options on each anniversary of the date of grant, commencing on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

2. If a Participant who is a consultant (and not an employee) ceases to be a consultant (that is he ceases to provide services to the Company) and the reason for the Participant having ceased to be a consultant is as a result of either (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of his consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement or (ii) the Participant voluntarily terminates such agreement or gives notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant, any unvested portion of the Participant’s Option shall immediately lapse.

 

3. In the event that the number of vested shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Share, the number of Shares so vested shall be rounded to the nearest whole number of Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Share.

 

12

Exhibit 10.8

 

 

LOGO

Rules of the Markit 2008 Additional Share Option Plan

Markit Group Holdings Limited

Rules approved by the Board on 20 February 2008 and by the shareholders


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE        PAGE  
1.  

DEFINITIONS

     3   
2.  

COMMENCEMENT AND TITLE

     5   
3.  

THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

     5   
4.  

THE EXERCISE PRICE

     5   
5.  

NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

     5   
6.  

WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

     5   
7.  

MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     6   
8.  

ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

     8   
9.  

SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

     8   
10.  

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     9   
11.  

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     10   
12.  

EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     11   
13.  

TERMINATION

     11   
14.  

TERM

     11   
15.  

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

     11   
16.  

GOVERNING LAW

     11   

 

2


RULES OF THE MARKIT 2008

ADDITIONAL SHARE OPTION PLAN

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In these Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

Affiliate has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

Articles means the Articles of Association of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “Article” shall be construed accordingly;

Bad Leaver has the meaning given to it in Article 15.3 of the Articles;

Board means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

Commencement Date means the date on which the Plan is approved by the Board, subject to the approval of the Plan by the shareholders of the Company within 12 months before or after the Plan is adopted by the Board;

Company means Markit Group Holdings Limited (No. 6240773);

Date of Grant means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

Deed of Adherence means a valid deed of adherence to the Shareholders’ Agreement;

Departing Employee has the meaning given to it in Article 15.1 of the Articles;

Drag Along Notice has the meaning given to it in Article 14.1 of the Articles;

Eligible Participant means any employee (including a director) of, or any consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

Employer’s NICs means secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions;

Exercise Price means the price per Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

Fair Market Value shall be set in good faith by the Board based on reasonable methods;

Good Leaver has the meaning given to it in Article 15.3(c) of the Articles;

HMRC means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

Incentive Stock Option means any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;

Listing has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

Member of the Group means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

 

3


Non-Qualified Stock Option means any Option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option;

Option means a right to acquire Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

Option Tax Liability means an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions (including Employer’s NICs which are the subject of an agreement or election under Rule 7.2(e)) or any other amounts which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group;

Parent means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code;

Participant means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

Plan means this plan as governed by the Rules;

Qualifying Proposed Sale has the meaning given to it in Article 14.1 of the Articles;

Rules means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

Share means a fully paid ordinary non-voting share in the capital of the Company, as defined in the Articles;

Shareholders’ Agreement is the agreement defined in the Articles as the same may be amended from time to time;

Subsidiary means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

Subsisting Option means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

Ten Percent Shareholder means a person owning stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Parent;

Vesting Schedule means, subject to the terms of the Plan, the vesting schedule attached to these Rules as Appendix A hereto or such other vesting schedule determined by the Board; and

Voluntary Resignation has the meaning given to it in the Articles.

Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Schedule forms a part of the Plan.

The provisions of Rules 7.2(a) and (b) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

4


2. COMMENCEMENT AND TITLE

The Plan shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall be known as The Markit 2008 Additional Share Option Plan.

 

3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1 The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Shares subject to the rules of this Plan including the Vesting Schedule and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. A single deed of grant may be executed in favour of any number of Participants. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with a certificate as evidence of the grant of an Option.

 

3.3 If any Option granted under this Plan expires, terminates or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the number of Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

3.4 The Board shall have authority to determine whether an Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option, provided that an Eligible Participant who is a director is not eligible to be granted an Incentive Stock Option; and, provided, further, only Eligible Participants who are employees of the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options.

 

4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1 The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant, provided that the Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant; and provided, further, that if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, the Exercise Price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant.

 

4.2 The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1 Subject to Rules 7 and 9, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

6.2 A Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) the tenth anniversary of its Date of Grant; or

 

5


  (aa) the fifth anniversary of its Date of Grant with respect to an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder;

 

  (b) the first anniversary of the date of death of the Participant;

 

  (c) the date upon which the Participant (who is not a consultant) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (d) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant in the circumstances contemplated by paragraph 2 of the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (e) three months from the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule and immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule on such date; and

 

  (f) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rule 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1 Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an option certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct, to include, but not to be limited to, an undertaking to pay) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b) below; and

 

  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option. PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 14.1 or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d) is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and (b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised.

 

7.2 The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall, unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, be conditional upon:

 

  (a) the Vesting Schedule;

 

6


  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (c) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (d) (if not already a party to the Shareholders’ Agreement) execution by the Participant of a Deed of Adherence and agreement by the Participant that he shall take the Shares subject to the Shareholders’ Agreement and Memorandum of Association of the Company and the Articles; and

 

  (e) either of the following conditions being satisfied within one month of the date on which the notice of exercise of that Option was lodged in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) where any Member of the Group would be liable for Employer’s NICs in respect of that exercise:

 

  (i) the Participant entering into an agreement with the Company, in such form as determined by the Board, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; or

 

  (ii) the Participant entering into a form of joint election, in such form as determined by the Board and approved in advance by HMRC, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; and

 

  (iii) the arrangements made in that election for securing that the Participant will meet the liability transferred to him have been approved in advance by HMRC;

and:

 

    in the event that either condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date on which that condition is satisfied; or

 

    in the event that neither condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the exercise of the Option under Rule 7.1 shall not be effective; or

 

    in the event that the Board (including a sub-committee of the Board) waives the requirement for either condition to be satisfied, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date of the waiver.

 

7.3 Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4

Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Shares then already in issue except that they and any Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan

 

7


  will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.5 The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1 In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2 No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Shares below the nominal value of a Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3 The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1 In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 14.1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with Article 14.1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d) is delivered to the Company pursuant to such Article (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with Article 14.2) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2 Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to Article 14.1(b) or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d), the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non- Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of 9.1(a) above); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of 9.1(b) above).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) and shall be bound to transfer their Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in Article 14.1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be

 

8


entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3 If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4 If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the provisions contained in Chapter 3 of Part 28 of the Companies Act 2006, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5 If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6 Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within six months of the effective date of a Listing in respect of the Company.

 

9.7 The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages; and

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

9


10.4 No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval such number the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Articles with respect to the terms of the Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction; and

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group.

 

11.3 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant Participating Company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service: and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11.5 The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6 The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7 The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Shares.

 

11.8 If any Option certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

10


11.9 In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to this Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after 31 December 2012.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under this Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of this Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend this Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

These Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of this Plan, their Option(s) and any Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

11


APPENDIX A

VESTING SCHEDULE

 

1. Subject to 2 and 3 below and provided the Participant has not become a Departing Employee, an Option shall vest in accordance with the following Vesting Condition determined by the Board in its absolute discretion on the Date of Grant:

The Option shall vest as to 1/3 of the total number of Options on each anniversary of the date of grant, commencing on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

2. If a Participant who is a consultant (and not an employee) ceases to be a consultant (that is he ceases to provide services to the Company) and the reason for the Participant having ceased to be a consultant is as a result of either (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of his consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement or (ii) the Participant voluntarily terminates such agreement or gives notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant, any unvested portion of the Participant’s Option shall immediately lapse.

 

3. In the event that the number of vested shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Share, the number of Shares so vested shall be rounded to the nearest whole number of Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Share.

 

12

Exhibit 10.9

 

 

LOGO

Rules of the Markit 2008 Additional Share Option Plan

Markit Group Holdings Limited

Rules approved by the Board on 25 June 2008 and by the shareholders


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE        PAGE  
1.  

DEFINITIONS

     3   
2.  

COMMENCEMENT AND TITLE

     5   
3.  

THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

     5   
4.  

THE EXERCISE PRICE

     5   
5.  

NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

     5   
6.  

WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

     6   
7.  

MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     6   
8.  

ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

     8   
9.  

SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

     8   
10.  

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     9   
11.  

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     10   
12.  

EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     11   
13.  

TERMINATION

     11   
14.  

TERM

     11   
15.  

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

     11   
16.  

GOVERNING LAW

     12   


RULES OF THE MARKIT 2008

ADDITIONAL SHARE OPTION PLAN

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In these Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

“Affiliate” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Articles” means the Articles of Association of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “Article” shall be construed accordingly;

“Bad Leaver” has the meaning given to it in Article 15.3 of the Articles;

“Board” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

“Commencement Date” means the date on which the Plan is approved by the Board, subject to the approval of the Plan by the shareholders of the Company within 12 months before or after the Plan is adopted by the Board;

“Company” means Markit Group Holdings Limited (No. 6240773);

“Date of Grant” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

“Deed of Adherence” means a valid deed of adherence to the Shareholders’ Agreement;

“Departing Employee” has the meaning given to it in Article 15.1 of the Articles;

“Drag Along Notice” has the meaning given to it in Article 14.1 of the Articles;

“Eligible Participant” means any employee (including a director) of, or any consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

“Employer’s NICs” means secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions;

“Exercise Price” means the price per Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

“Fair Market Value” shall be set in good faith by the Board based on reasonable methods;

“Good Leaver” has the meaning given to it in Article 15.3(c) of the Articles;

“HMRC” means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

“Incentive Stock Option” means any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;

 

3


“Listing” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Member of the Group” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

“Non-Qualified Stock Option” means any Option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option;

“Option” means a right to acquire Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

“Option Tax Liability” means an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions (including Employer’s NICs which are the subject of an agreement or election under Rule 7.2(e)) or any other amounts (including Medicare) or amounts which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group;

“Parent” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code;

“Participant” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

“Plan” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

“Qualifying Proposed Sale” has the meaning given to it in Article 14.1 of the Articles;

“Rules” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

“Share” means a fully paid ordinary non-voting share in the capital of the Company, as defined in the Articles;

“Shareholders’ Agreement” is the agreement defined in the Articles as the same may be amended from time to time;

“Subsidiary” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

“Subsisting Option” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

“Ten Percent Shareholder” means a person owning stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Parent;

“Vesting Schedule” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, the vesting schedule attached to these Rules as Appendix A hereto or such other vesting schedule determined by the Board; and

“Voluntary Resignation” has the meaning given to it in the Articles.

Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or

 

4


re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Schedule forms a part of the Plan.

The provisions of Rules 7.2 (a) and (b) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

2. COMMENCEMENT AND TITLE

The Plan shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall be known as The Markit 2008 Additional Share Option Plan.

 

3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1. The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Shares subject to the rules of this Plan including the Vesting Schedule and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2. No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. A single deed of grant may be executed in favour of any number of Participants. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with a certificate as evidence of the grant of an Option.

 

3.3. If any Option granted under this Plan expires, terminates or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the number of Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

3.4. The Board shall have authority to determine whether an Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option, provided that an Eligible Participant who is a director is not eligible to be granted an Incentive Stock Option; and, provided, further, only Eligible Participants who are employees of the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options.

 

4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1. The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant, provided that the Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant; and provided, further, that if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, the Exercise Price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant.

 

4.2. The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

5


6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1. Subject to Rules 7 and 9, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

6.2. A Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) the seventh anniversary of its Date of Grant;

 

  (b) the fifth anniversary of its Date of Grant with respect to an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder;

 

  (c) the first anniversary of the date of death of the Participant;

 

  (d) the date upon which the Participant (who is not a consultant) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (e) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant in the circumstances contemplated by 2 of the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (f) three months from the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule and immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule on such date; and

 

  (g) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rule 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

6.3. A Participant may, with the prior agreement of the Board, exercise a Subsisting Option in whole or in part at any time, notwithstanding that it or the relevant part thereof has not then vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1. Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an option certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct, to include, but not to be limited to, an undertaking to pay) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b) below; and

 

  (d)

in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of

 

6


  the Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option. PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 14.1 or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d) is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and (b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised.

 

7.2. The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall, unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, be conditional upon:

 

  (a) the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (c) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (d) (if not already a party to the Shareholders’ Agreement) execution by the Participant of a Deed of Adherence and agreement by the Participant that he shall take the Shares subject to the Shareholders’ Agreement and Memorandum of Association of the Company and the Articles; and

 

  (e) either of the following conditions being satisfied within one month of the date on which the notice of exercise of that Option was lodged in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) where any Member of the Group would be liable for Employer’s NICs in respect of that exercise:

 

  (i) the Participant entering into an agreement with the Company, in such form as determined by the Board, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; or

 

  (ii) the Participant entering into a form of joint election, in such form as determined by the Board and approved in advance by HMRC, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; and

 

  (iii) the arrangements made in that election for securing that the Participant will meet the liability transferred to him have been approved in advance by HMRC;

and:

 

    in the event that either condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date on which that condition is satisfied; or

 

    in the event that neither condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the exercise of the Option under Rule 7.1 shall not be effective; or

 

7


    in the event that the Board waives the requirement for either condition to be satisfied, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date of the waiver.

 

7.3. Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4. Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Shares then already in issue except that they and any Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.5. The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1. In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2. No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Shares below the nominal value of a Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3. The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1. In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 14.1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with Article 14.1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d) is delivered to the Company pursuant to such Article (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with Article 14.2) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2. Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to Article 14.1(b) or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d), the Company shall

 

8


  use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of 9.1(a) above); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of 9.1(b) above).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) and shall be bound to transfer their Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in Article 14.1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3. If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4. If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the provisions contained in Chapter 3 of Part 28 of the Companies Act 2006, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5. If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6. Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within six months of the effective date of a Listing in respect of the Company.

 

9.7. The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1. The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2. Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages; and

 

9


  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3. No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4. No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1. The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval such number the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Articles with respect to the terms of the Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction; and

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group.

 

11.3. Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant Participating Company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service: and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

10


11.4. The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11.5. The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6. The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7. The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Shares.

 

11.8. If any Option certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9. In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to this Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants.

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after 31 December 2012.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under this Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of this Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend this Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

11


16. GOVERNING LAW

These Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of this Plan, their Option(s) and any Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

12


APPENDIX A

VESTING SCHEDULE

 

1. Subject to 2 and 3 below and provided the Participant has not become a Departing Employee, an Option shall vest in accordance with the following Vesting Condition determined by the Board in its absolute discretion on the Date of Grant:

The Option shall vest as to 1/5 of the total number of Options on each anniversary of the date of grant, commencing on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

2. If a Participant who is a consultant (and not an employee) ceases to be a consultant (that is he ceases to provide services to the Company) and the reason for the Participant having ceased to be a consultant is as a result of either (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of his consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement or (ii) the Participant voluntarily terminates such agreement or gives notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant, any unvested portion of the Participant’s Option shall immediately lapse.

 

3. In the event that the number of vested shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Share, the number of Shares so vested shall be rounded to the nearest whole number of Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Share.

 

13

Exhibit 10.10

 

 

LOGO

Rules of the Markit 2009 Additional Share Option Plan

Markit Group Holdings Limited

Rules approved by the Board on 19 November 2009


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE        PAGE  
1.  

DEFINITIONS

     3   
2.  

COMMENCEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

     5   
3.  

THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

     5   
4.  

THE EXERCISE PRICE

     6   
5.  

NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

     6   
6.  

WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

     6   
7.  

MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     7   
8.  

ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

     8   
9.  

SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

     9   
10.  

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     10   
11.  

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     10   
12.  

EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     11   
13.  

TERMINATION

     11   
14.  

TERM

     11   
15.  

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

     11   
16.  

GOVERNING LAW

     12   


RULES OF THE MARKIT 2009

ADDITIONAL SHARE OPTION PLAN

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In these Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

“Affiliate” has the meaning given to it in the Articles or as otherwise set forth in an option certificate;

“Articles” means the Articles of Association of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “Article” shall be construed accordingly;

“Bad Leaver” has the meaning given to it in Article 15.3 of the Articles;

“Board” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

“Code” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

“Commencement Date” means the date on which the Plan is approved by the Board, subject to the approval of the Plan by the shareholders of the Company within 12 months before or after the Plan is adopted by the Board;

“Company” means Markit Group Holdings Limited (No. 6240773);

“Date of Grant” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

“Deed of Adherence” means a valid deed of adherence to the Shareholders’ Agreement;

“Departing Employee” has the meaning given to it in Article 15.1 of the Articles;

“Drag Along Notice” has the meaning given to it in Article 14.1 of the Articles;

“Eligible Participant” means any employee (including a director) of, or any consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

“Employer’s NICs” means secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions;

“Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes” means an amount, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, equal to the sum of all employment and other taxes, insurance premiums and other amounts imposed by any and all Government Authorities on any Member of the Group with respect to the income earned by a Participant arising upon a Participant’s exercise of an Option, the making of an election under section 83(b) of the Code or in accordance with the terms of the Plan or any grant agreement;

“Exercise Price” means the price per Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

“Fair Market Value” shall be set in good faith by the Board based on reasonable methods;

“Good Leaver” has the meaning given to it in Article 15.3(d) of the Articles;

“Government Authority” means the government of the U.S., the government of any U.S. State (including the government of the District of Columbia and the government of any U.S.

 

3


possession or territory) or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing;

“HMRC” means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

“Incentive Stock Option” means any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;

“Listing” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Member of the Group” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

“Non-Qualified Stock Option” means any Option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option;

“Option” means a right to acquire Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

“Option Tax Liability” means the sum of (i) an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions (including Employer’s NICs which are the subject of an agreement or election under Rule 7.2(e)) or any other amounts (including Medicare) which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group and (ii) the Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes;

“Parent” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code;

“Participant” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

“Plan” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

“Qualifying Proposed Sale” has the meaning given to it in Article 14.1 of the Articles;

“Rules” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

“Share” means a fully paid ordinary non-voting share in the capital of the Company, as defined in the Articles;

“Shareholders’ Agreement” is the agreement defined in the Articles as the same may be amended from time to time;

“Subsidiary” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

“Subsisting Option” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

“Ten Percent Shareholder” means a person owning stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Parent;

“Vesting Schedule” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, the vesting schedule attached to these Rules as Appendix A hereto or such other vesting schedule determined by the Board; and

“Voluntary Resignation” has the meaning given to it in the Articles.

 

4


Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Schedule forms a part of the Plan.

The provisions of Rules 7.2(a) and (b) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

The Plan shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall be known as The Markit 2009 Additional Share Option Plan.

The purposes of this Plan are to enable the Company to motivate Eligible Participants who are important to the success and growth of the business of the Company and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between the Eligible Participants and the stockholders of the Company by granting the Eligible Participants Options to purchase Shares.

 

3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1 The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Shares subject to the rules of this Plan including the Vesting Schedule and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. A single deed of grant may be executed in favour of any number of Participants. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with a certificate as evidence of the grant of an Option.

 

3.3 If any Option granted under this Plan expires, terminates or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the number of Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

3.4 The Board shall have authority to determine whether an Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option, provided that an Eligible Participant who is a director or a consultant is not eligible to be granted an Incentive Stock Option; and, provided, further, only Eligible Participants who are employees of the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options.

 

5


4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1 The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant, provided that the Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant; and provided, further, that if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, the Exercise Price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant.

 

4.2 The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1 Subject to Rules 6.3, 7 and 9, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

6.2 A Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) the seventh anniversary of its Date of Grant;

 

  (b) the fifth anniversary of its Date of Grant with respect to an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder;

 

  (c) the first anniversary of the date of death of the Participant;

 

  (d) the date upon which the Participant (who is not a consultant) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (e) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant in the circumstances contemplated by paragraph 2 of the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (f) three months from the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule and immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule on such date; and

 

  (g) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rule 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

6.3 A Participant may, with the prior agreement of the Board, exercise a Subsisting Option in whole or in part at any time, notwithstanding that it or the relevant part thereof has not then vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

6


7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1 Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an option certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct, to include, but not to be limited to, an undertaking to pay) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b) below; and

 

  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option. PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 14.1 or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d) is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and (b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised.

 

7.2 The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall, unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, be conditional upon:

 

  (a) the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (c) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (d) (if not already a party to the Shareholders’ Agreement) execution by the Participant of a Deed of Adherence and agreement by the Participant that he shall take the Shares subject to the Shareholders’ Agreement and Memorandum of Association of the Company and the Articles; and

 

  (e) either of the following conditions being satisfied within one month of the date on which the notice of exercise of that Option was lodged in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) where any Member of the Group would be liable for Employer’s NICs in respect of that exercise:

 

  (i) the Participant entering into an agreement with the Company, in such form as determined by the Board, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; or

 

  (ii)

the Participant entering into a form of joint election, in such form as determined by the Board and approved in advance by HMRC, for the transfer

 

7


  to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; and

 

  (iii) the arrangements made in that election for securing that the Participant will meet the liability transferred to him have been approved in advance by HMRC;

and:

 

    in the event that either condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date on which that condition is satisfied; or

 

    in the event that neither condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the exercise of the Option under Rule 7.1 shall not be effective; or

 

    in the event that the Board waives the requirement for either condition to be satisfied, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date of the waiver.

 

7.3 Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4 Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Shares then already in issue except that they and any Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.5 The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1 In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2 No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Shares below the nominal value of a Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3 The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

8


8.4 Any adjustment made to an option under Rule 8.1 shall be intended not to subject the Option to Section 409A of the Code.

 

9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1 In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 14.1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with Article 14.1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d) is delivered to the Company pursuant to such Article (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with Article 14.2) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2 Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to Article 14.1(b) or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d), the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of 9.1(a) above); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of 9.1(b) above).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) and shall be bound to transfer their Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in Article 14.1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3 If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4 If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the provisions contained in Chapter 3 of Part 28 of the Companies Act 2006, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5 If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6 Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within six months of the effective date of a Listing in respect of the Company.

 

9.7 The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

9


10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages;

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4 No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Articles with respect to the terms of the Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction; and

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group.

 

11.3 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a)

by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant

 

10


  Participating Company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service: and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11.5 The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6 The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7 The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Shares.

 

11.8 If any Option certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9 In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to this Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants.

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after 31 December 2012.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under this Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of this Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend this Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

11


16. GOVERNING LAW

These Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of this Plan, their Option(s) and any Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

12


APPENDIX A

VESTING SCHEDULE

 

1. Subject to 2 and 3 below and provided the Participant has not become a Departing Employee, an Option shall vest in accordance with the following Vesting Condition determined by the Board in its absolute discretion on the Date of Grant:

The Option shall vest as to one fifth (1/5) of the total number of Options on each anniversary of the date of grant, commencing on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

2. If a Participant who is a consultant (and not an employee) ceases to be a consultant (that is he ceases to provide services to the Company) and the reason for the Participant having ceased to be a consultant is as a result of either (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of his consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement or (ii) the Participant voluntarily terminates such agreement or gives notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant, any unvested portion of the Participant’s Option shall immediately lapse.

 

3. In the event that the number of vested shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Share, the number of Shares so vested shall be rounded to the nearest whole number of Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Share.

 

13

Exhibit 10.11

 

 

LOGO

Rules of the Markit 2009 Share Option Plan

Markit Group Holdings Limited

Rules approved by the Board on 8 December 2008 and by the shareholders


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE        PAGE  
1.  

DEFINITIONS

     3   
2.  

COMMENCEMENT TITLE, AND PURPOSES

     5   
3.  

THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

     5   
4.  

THE EXERCISE PRICE

     5   
5.  

NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

     6   
6.  

WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

     6   
7.  

MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     6   
8.  

ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

     8   
9.  

SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

     8   
10.  

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     9   
11.  

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     10   
12.  

EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     11   
13.  

TERMINATION

     11   
14.  

TERM

     11   
15.  

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

     11   
16.  

GOVERNING LAW

     12   


RULES OF THE MARKIT 2009

SHARE OPTION PLAN

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In these Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

“Affiliate” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Articles” means the Articles of Association of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “Article” shall be construed accordingly;

“Bad Leaver” has the meaning given to it in Article 15.3 of the Articles;

“Board” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

“Code” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

“Commencement Date” means the date on which the Plan is approved by the Board, subject to the approval of the Plan by the shareholders of the Company within 12 months before or after the Plan is adopted by the Board;

“Company” means Markit Group Holdings Limited (No. 6240773);

“Date of Grant” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

“Deed of Adherence” means a valid deed of adherence to the Shareholders’ Agreement;

“Departing Employee” has the meaning given to it in Article 15.1 of the Articles;

“Drag Along Notice” has the meaning given to it in Article 14.1 of the Articles;

“Eligible Participant” means any employee (including a director) of, or any consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

“Employer’s NICs” means secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions;

“Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes” means an amount, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, equal to the sum of all employment and other taxes, insurance premiums and other amounts imposed by any and all Government Authorities on any Member of the Group with respect to the income earned by a Participant arising upon a Participant’s exercise of an Option, the making of an election under section 83(b) of the Code or in accordance with the terms of the Plan or any grant agreement;

“Exercise Price” means the price per Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

“Fair Market Value” shall be set in good faith by the Board based on reasonable methods;

“Good Leaver” has the meaning given to it in Article 15.3(d) of the Articles;

 

3


“Government Authority” means the government of the U.S., the government of any U.S. State (including the government of the District of Columbia and the government of any U.S. possession or territory) or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing;

“HMRC” means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

“Incentive Stock Option” means any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;

“Listing” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Member of the Group” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

“Non-Qualified Stock Option” means any Option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option;

“Option” means a right to acquire Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

“Option Tax Liability” means the sum of (i) an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions (including Employer’s NICs which are the subject of an agreement or election under Rule 7.2(e)) or any other amounts (including Medicare) which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group and (ii) the Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes;

“Parent” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code;

“Participant” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

“Plan” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

“Qualifying Proposed Sale” has the meaning given to it in Article 14.1 of the Articles;

“Rules” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

“Share” means a fully paid ordinary non-voting share in the capital of the Company, as defined in the Articles;

“Shareholders’ Agreement” is the agreement defined in the Articles as the same may be amended from time to time;

“Subsidiary” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

“Subsisting Option” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

“Ten Percent Shareholder” means a person owning stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Parent;

 

4


“Vesting Schedule” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, the vesting schedule attached to these Rules as Appendix A hereto or such other vesting schedule determined by the Board; and

“Voluntary Resignation” has the meaning given to it in the Articles.

Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Schedule forms a part of the Plan.

The provisions of Rules 7.2(a) and (b) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

2. COMMENCEMENT TITLE, AND PURPOSES

The Plan shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall be known as The Markit 2009 Share Option Plan.

The purposes of this Plan are to enable the Company to motivate Eligible Participants who are important to the success and growth of the business of the Company and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between the Eligible Participants and the stockholders of the Company by granting the Eligible Participants Options to purchase Shares.

 

3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1 The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Shares subject to the rules of this Plan including the Vesting Schedule and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. A single deed of grant may be executed in favour of any number of Participants. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with a certificate as evidence of the grant of an Option.

 

3.3 If any Option granted under this Plan expires, terminates or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the number of Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

3.4 The Board shall have authority to determine whether an Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option, provided that an Eligible Participant who is a director or a consultant is not eligible to be granted an Incentive Stock Option; and, provided, further, only Eligible Participants who are employees of the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options.

 

4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1 The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant, provided that the Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant; and provided, further, that if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, the Exercise Price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant.

 

5


4.2 The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1 Subject to Rules 6.3, 7 and 9, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

6.2 A Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) the seventh anniversary of its Date of Grant;

 

  (b) the fifth anniversary of its Date of Grant with respect to an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder;

 

  (c) the first anniversary of the date of death of the Participant;

 

  (d) the date upon which the Participant (who is not a consultant) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (e) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant in the circumstances contemplated by paragraph 2 of the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (f) three months from the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule and immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule on such date; and

 

  (g) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rule 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

6.3 A Participant may, with the discretion of the Board, exercise a Subsisting Option in whole or in part at any time, notwithstanding that it or the relevant part thereof has not then vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1 Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an option certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

6


  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct, to include, but not to be limited to, an undertaking to pay) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b) below; and

 

  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option. PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 14.1 or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d) is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and (b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised.

 

7.2 The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall, unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, be conditional upon:

 

  (a) the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (c) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (d) (if not already a party to the Shareholders’ Agreement) execution by the Participant of a Deed of Adherence and agreement by the Participant that he shall take the Shares subject to the Shareholders’ Agreement and Memorandum of Association of the Company and the Articles; and

 

  (e) either of the following conditions being satisfied within one month of the date on which the notice of exercise of that Option was lodged in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) where any Member of the Group would be liable for Employer’s NICs in respect of that exercise:

 

  (i) the Participant entering into an agreement with the Company, in such form as determined by the Board, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; or

 

  (ii) the Participant entering into a form of joint election, in such form as determined by the Board and approved in advance by HMRC, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; and

 

  (iii) the arrangements made in that election for securing that the Participant will meet the liability transferred to him have been approved in advance by HMRC;

and:

 

7


    in the event that either condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date on which that condition is satisfied; or

 

    in the event that neither condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the exercise of the Option under Rule 7.1 shall not be effective; or

 

    in the event that the Board waives the requirement for either condition to be satisfied, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date of the waiver.

 

7.3 Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4 Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Shares then already in issue except that they and any Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.5 The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1 In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2 No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Shares below the nominal value of a Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3 The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

8.4 Any adjustment made to an option under Rule 8.1 shall be intended not to subject the Option to Section 409A of the Code.

 

9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1

In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along

 

8


  Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 14.1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with Article 14.1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d) is delivered to the Company pursuant to such Article (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with Article 14.2) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2 Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to Article 14.1(b) or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d), the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of 9.1(a) above); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of 9.1(b) above).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) and shall be bound to transfer their Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in Article 14.1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3 If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4 If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the provisions contained in Chapter 3 of Part 28 of the Companies Act 2006, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5 If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6 Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within six months of the effective date of a Listing in respect of the Company.

 

9.7 The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

9


10.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages;

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4 No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Articles with respect to the terms of the Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction; and

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group.

 

11.3 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant Participating Company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service; and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

 

10


Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11.5 The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6 The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7 The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Shares.

 

11.8 If any Option certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9 In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to this Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants.

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after 31 December 2012.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under this Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of this Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend this Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

11


16. GOVERNING LAW

These Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of this Plan, their Option(s) and any Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

12


APPENDIX A

VESTING SCHEDULE

 

1. Subject to 2 and 3 below and provided the Participant has not become a Departing Employee, an Option shall vest in accordance with the following Vesting Condition determined by the Board in its absolute discretion on the Date of Grant:

The Option shall vest as to one third (1/3) of the total number of Options on each anniversary of the date of grant, commencing on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

2. If a Participant who is a consultant (and not an employee) ceases to be a consultant (that is he ceases to provide services to the Company) and the reason for the Participant having ceased to be a consultant is as a result of either (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of his consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement or (ii) the Participant voluntarily terminates such agreement or gives notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant, any unvested portion of the Participant’s Option shall immediately lapse.

 

3. In the event that the number of vested shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Share, the number of Shares so vested shall be rounded to the nearest whole number of Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Share.

 

13

Exhibit 10.12

 

 

LOGO

Rules of the Markit 2009 Share Option Plan

Markit Group Holdings Limited

Rules approved by the Board on 8 December 2008 and by the shareholders


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE        PAGE  
1.  

DEFINITIONS

     3   
2.  

COMMENCEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

     5   
3.  

THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

     5   
4.  

THE EXERCISE PRICE

     6   
5.  

NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

     6   
6.  

WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

     6   
7.  

MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     7   
8.  

ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

     8   
9.  

SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

     9   
10.  

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     10   
11.  

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     10   
12.  

EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     11   
13.  

TERMINATION

     11   
14.  

TERM

     12   
15.  

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

     12   
16.  

GOVERNING LAW

     12   


RULES OF THE MARKIT 2009

SHARE OPTION PLAN

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In these Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

“Affiliate” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Articles” means the Articles of Association of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “Article” shall be construed accordingly;

“Bad Leaver” has the meaning given to it in Article 15.3 of the Articles;

“Board” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

“Code” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

“Commencement Date” means the date on which the Plan is approved by the Board, subject to the approval of the Plan by the shareholders of the Company within 12 months before or after the Plan is adopted by the Board;

“Company” means Markit Group Holdings Limited (No. 6240773);

“Date of Grant” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

“Deed of Adherence” means a valid deed of adherence to the Shareholders’ Agreement;

“Departing Employee” has the meaning given to it in Article 15.1 of the Articles;

“Drag Along Notice” has the meaning given to it in Article 14.1 of the Articles;

“Eligible Participant” means any employee (including a director) of, or any consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

“Employer’s NICs” means secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions;

“Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes” means an amount, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, equal to the sum of all employment and other taxes, insurance premiums and other amounts imposed by any and all Government Authorities on any Member of the Group with respect to the income earned by a Participant arising upon a Participant’s exercise of an Option, the making of an election under section 83(b) of the Code or in accordance with the terms of the Plan or any grant agreement;

“Exercise Price” means the price per Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

“Fair Market Value” shall be set in good faith by the Board based on reasonable methods;

 

3


“Good Leaver” has the meaning given to it in Article 15.3(d) of the Articles;

“Government Authority” means the government of the U.S., the government of any U.S. State (including the government of the District of Columbia and the government of any U.S. possession or territory) or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing;

“HMRC” means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

“Incentive Stock Option” means any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;

“Listing” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Member of the Group” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

“Non-Qualified Stock Option” means any Option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option;

“Option” means a right to acquire Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

“Option Tax Liability” means the sum of (i) an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions (including Employer’s NICs which are the subject of an agreement or election under Rule 7.2(e)) or any other amounts (including Medicare) which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group and (ii) the Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes;

“Parent” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code;

“Participant” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

“Plan” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

“Qualifying Proposed Sale” has the meaning given to it in Article 14.1 of the Articles;

“Rules” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

“Share” means a fully paid ordinary non-voting share in the capital of the Company, as defined in the Articles;

“Shareholders’ Agreement” is the agreement defined in the Articles as the same may be amended from time to time;

“Subsidiary” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

“Subsisting Option” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

 

4


“Ten Percent Shareholder” means a person owning stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Parent;

“Vesting Schedule” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, the vesting schedule attached to these Rules as Appendix A hereto or such other vesting schedule determined by the Board; and

“Voluntary Resignation” has the meaning given to it in the Articles.

Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Schedule forms a part of the Plan.

The provisions of Rules 7.2(a) and (b) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

The Plan shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall be known as The Markit 2009 Share Option Plan.

The purposes of this Plan are to enable the Company to motivate Eligible Participants who are important to the success and growth of the business of the Company and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between the Eligible Participants and the stockholders of the Company by granting the Eligible Participants Options to purchase Shares.

 

3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1. The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Shares subject to the rules of this Plan including the Vesting Schedule and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2. No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. A single deed of grant may be executed in favour of any number of Participants. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with a certificate as evidence of the grant of an Option.

 

3.3. If any Option granted under this Plan expires, terminates or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the number of Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

3.4. The Board shall have authority to determine whether an Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option, provided that an Eligible Participant who is a director or a consultant is not eligible to be granted an Incentive Stock Option; and, provided, further, only Eligible Participants who are employees of the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options.

 

5


4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1. The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant, provided that the Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant; and provided, further, that if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, the Exercise Price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant.

 

4.2. The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith . This Rule 5 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1. Subject to Rules 6.3, 7 and 9, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

6.2. A Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) the seventh anniversary of its Date of Grant;

 

  (b) the fifth anniversary of its Date of Grant with respect to an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder;

 

  (c) the first anniversary of the date of death of the Participant;

 

  (d) the date upon which the Participant (who is not a consultant) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (e) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant in the circumstances contemplated by paragraph 2 of the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (f) three months from the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule and immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule on such date; and

 

  (g) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rule 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

6.3. A Participant may, with the prior agreement of the Board, exercise a Subsisting Option in whole or in part at any time, notwithstanding that it or the relevant part thereof has not then vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

6


7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1. Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an option certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct, to include, but not to be limited to, an undertaking to pay) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b) below; and

 

  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option. PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 14.1 or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d) is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and (b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised.

 

7.2. The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall, unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, be conditional upon:

 

  (a) the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (c) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (d) (if not already a party to the Shareholders’ Agreement) execution by the Participant of a Deed of Adherence and agreement by the Participant that he shall take the Shares subject to the Shareholders’ Agreement and Memorandum of Association of the Company and the Articles; and

 

  (e) either of the following conditions being satisfied within one month of the date on which the notice of exercise of that Option was lodged in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) where any Member of the Group would be liable for Employer’s NICs in respect of that exercise:

 

  (i)

the Participant entering into an agreement with the Company, in such form as determined by the Board, for the transfer to the Participant of

 

7


  the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; or

 

  (ii) the Participant entering into a form of joint election, in such form as determined by the Board and approved in advance by HMRC, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; and

 

  (iii) the arrangements made in that election for securing that the Participant will meet the liability transferred to him have been approved in advance by HMRC;

and:

 

    in the event that either condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date on which that condition is satisfied; or

 

    in the event that neither condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the exercise of the Option under Rule 7.1 shall not be effective; or

 

    in the event that the Board waives the requirement for either condition to be satisfied, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date of the waiver.

 

7.3. Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4. Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Shares then already in issue except that they and any Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.5. The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1. In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2. No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Shares below the nominal value of a Share unless and to the extent that:

 

8


  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3. The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

8.4. Any adjustment made to an option under Rule 8.1 shall be intended not to subject the Option to Section 409A of the Code.

 

9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1. In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 14.1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with Article 14.1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d) is delivered to the Company pursuant to such Article (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with Article 14.2) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2. Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to Article 14.1(b) or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 14.2(d), the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of 9.1(a) above); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of 9.1(b) above).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) and shall be bound to transfer their Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in Article 14.1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3. If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4. If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the provisions contained in Chapter 3 of Part 28 of the Companies Act 2006, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9


9.5. If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6. Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within six months of the effective date of a Listing in respect of the Company.

 

9.7. The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1. The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2. Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages;

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3. No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4. No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1. The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Articles with respect to the terms of the Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

10


11.2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction; and

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group.

 

11.3. Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant Participating Company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service: and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4. The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11.5. The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6. The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7. The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Shares.

 

11.8. If any Option certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9. In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to this Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options

 

11


shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after 31 December 2012.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under this Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of this Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend this Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

These Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of this Plan, their Option(s) and any Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

12


APPENDIX A

VESTING SCHEDULE

 

1. Subject to 2 and 3 below and provided the Participant has not become a Departing Employee, an Option shall vest in accordance with the following Vesting Condition determined by the Board in its absolute discretion on the Date of Grant:

The Option shall vest as to one fifth (1/5) of the total number of Options on each anniversary of the date of grant, commencing on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

2. If a Participant who is a consultant (and not an employee) ceases to be a consultant (that is he ceases to provide services to the Company) and the reason for the Participant having ceased to be a consultant is as a result of either (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of his consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement or (ii) the Participant voluntarily terminates such agreement or gives notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant, any unvested portion of the Participant’s Option shall immediately lapse.

 

3. In the event that the number of vested shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Share, the number of Shares so vested shall be rounded to the nearest whole number of Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Share.

 

13

Exhibit 10.13

 

 

LOGO

Rules of the Markit 2010 Share Plan

(1/5 vesting)

Markit Group Holdings Limited

Rules approved by the Board on 27 January 2010


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE    PAGE

1.

   DEFINITIONS    3

2.

   COMMENCEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES    4

3.

   THE ALLOTMENT OF SHARES    4

4.

   EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS    5

5.

   ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT    6

6.

   RESTRICTIONS    6

7.

   GOVERNING LAW    7


RULES OF THE MARKIT 2010 SHARE PLAN

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In these Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

Allotment Letter ” means a letter in the form set out in Appendix A (with such modifications as the Board shall decide) pursuant to which the Company shall allot Shares and a Participant shall agree to take such Shares on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Plan;

Articles ” means the Articles of Association of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “Article” shall be construed accordingly;

Board ” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

Commencement Date ” means the date on which this Plan is approved by the Board, subject to the approval of the shareholders of the Company;

Company ” means Markit Group Holdings Limited;

Date of Allotment ” in respect of a Participant means the date on which Shares are allotted to such Participant and such Participant validly executes an Allotment Letter;

EBT ” means the employee benefit trust to be established by the Company for the benefit of its employees;

Election ” has the meaning given in Rule 3.6(b);

Eligible Participant ” means any senior employee (including a director) of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

Employee Taxation ” has the meaning given in Rule 3.10;

ITEPA ” means the Income Tax Earning and Pensions Act 2003;

Member of the Group ” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

Ordinary Non-Voting Share ” means an ordinary non-voting share of $0.01 each in the capital of the Company;

Participant ” means any individual who has been allotted a Share or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

Plan ” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

Rules ” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

Share ” means a fully paid Ordinary Non-Voting Share allotted pursuant to the terms of this Plan; and

Subscription Price ” has the meaning given in Rule 3.1.

 

3


Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it.

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

The Plan shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall be known as The Markit 2010 Share Plan (1/5 vesting). The purposes of this Plan are to enable the Company to motivate Eligible Participants who are important to the success and growth of the business of the Company and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between the Eligible Participants and the stockholders of the Company by allotting Shares to the Eligible Participants hereunder.

 

3. THE ALLOTMENT OF SHARES

 

3.1 The Board may allot Eligible Participants Shares subject to the rules of this Plan and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Shares may be allotted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The number of Shares to be allotted to an Eligible Participant shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

The Subscription Price for each Share allotted pursuant to this Plan shall be equal to the sum of the nominal value of the Shares, being $0.01 per Share.

 

3.2 The Company shall obtain an independent valuation of the Ordinary Non-Voting Shares indicating the unrestricted market value of the Ordinary Non-Voting Shares (for the purposes of section 431(1) ITEPA) following the allotment of any Shares.

 

3.3 Each Participant to whom Shares are allotted under this Plan shall be sent an Allotment Letter by the Company.

 

3.4 The aggregate number of Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under the Markit 2010 Share Plans shall not exceed 213,297.

 

3.5 All Shares shall be allotted within 6 months after the date of adoption of this Plan by the Board.

 

3.6 Upon allotment of any Shares by the Board, a Participant shall:

 

  (a) execute a counterpart of the Allotment Letter; and

 

  (b) execute an election with his employer pursuant to section 431(1) ITEPA in the form prescribed by the HM Revenue and Customs (as supplied by the Company) and/ or an election pursuant to section 83(b) of the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended in the form prescribed by the US Internal Revenue Service to elect to pay income tax (if any) computed by reference to the unrestricted market value of the Shares so acquired (the “ Election ”),

and lodge the same with the company secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to the Participant in the Allotment Letter), together with payment (in such form and manner as the Board shall direct including, to the extent lawful, the withholding of the Subscription Price from the Participant’s normal pay or other amounts payable to the Participant by the Company or a Member of the Group) of a sum equal to the aggregate Subscription Price of the Shares so allotted.

 

3.7

The Board shall within 30 days of the allotment of any Shares cause the Company to procure the entry of the name of the Participant in the register of members of the

 

4


Company in respect of the relevant Shares and to send to the Participant a share certificate in respect of the same (which shall state that the Shares have been issued under the Plan).

 

3.8 The Board shall by 6 July following the end of the tax year in which the Shares are allotted make a report of the acquisition of such Shares to HM Revenue and Customs on Form 42 (or its successor).

 

3.9 Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the shares of the same class then already in issue.

 

3.10 In any case where any Member of the Group is obliged to account for Employee Taxation to a tax authority as a result of or in respect of the following:

 

  (a) the acquisition of Shares pursuant to this Plan;

 

  (b) the entering into of the Election; or

 

  (c) any action, event or thing done following the acquisition of Shares pursuant to this Plan which gives rise to an Employee Taxation liability in respect of such Shares including where the following sections of ITEPA apply:

 

  (i) section 426 (restricted securities - charge on occurrence of chargeable events);

 

  (ii) section 438 (convertible securities - charge on occurrence of chargeable events);

 

  (iii) section 446E (securities with artificially depressed market value - charge on restricted securities);

 

  (iv) section 446L (securities with artificially enhanced market value - charge on non-commercial increases;

 

  (v) section 446Y (securities disposed of for more than market value); and

 

  (vi) section 447 (post-acquisition benefits from securities - charge on other chargeable benefits from securities),

such Member of the Group may, to the extent lawful, recover the Employee Taxation from the Participant in question and each such Participant agrees that such Member may recover the Employee Taxation via deductions from salary for the relevant period under PAYE and to the extent that such deductions are insufficient to cover the Employee Taxation, the Participant shall having received written notice from such Member (on an after tax basis) pay to such Member the balance three business days before the last day on which such Member can account for the Employee Taxation to a tax authority without incurring interest and penalties. For the purposes of this Rule 3.10, the term “ Employee Taxation ” means (i) any charge to income tax or social security contributions including any Secondary Class 1 National Insurance liability to the extent schedule 1 of the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 (as amended by the National Insurance Contributions and Statutory Payments Act 2004) permits recovery from the Participant and (ii) any applicable US federal, state or local income or employment taxes or insurance premiums.

 

4. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

4.1

The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group

 

5


  shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

4.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages; and

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination;

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

4.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

5. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

5.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Company’s Articles with respect to the terms of the Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

5.2 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company or sent through the Company’s internal postal service; and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the company secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

5.3 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan.

 

5.4 The Board shall have the right to delegate at any time the administration of the Plan to any third party that it deems fit.

 

6. RESTRICTIONS

 

6.1 The Shares held by a Participant shall be subject to a vesting period commencing from the Date of Allotment, so that the unrestricted number of shares, with regards to each Participant, shall be equal to the total number of shares allotted to such Participant, multiplied by 1/5 on 1 January 2011, 2/5 on 1 January 2012, 3/5 on 1 January 2013, 4/5 on 1 January 2014 and 1 on 1 January 2015.

 

6.2 Shares acquired pursuant to this Plan may not be sold or transferred by a Participant to the EBT.

 

6


7. GOVERNING LAW

These Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of this Plan and any Shares allotted or issued to them under this Plan.

 

7

Exhibit 10.14

 

 

LOGO

Rules of the Markit Share Option Plan

Markit Group Holdings Limited

Rules approved by the Board 2010


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE    PAGE  

1.

   DEFINITIONS      3   

2.

   COMMENCEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES      4   

3.

   THE GRANT OF OPTIONS      5   

4.

   THE EXERCISE PRICE      5   

5.

   NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS      5   

6.

   WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED      6   

7.

   MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS      6   

8.

   ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL      8   

9.

   SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION      9   

10.

   EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS      10   

11.

   ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT      10   

12.

   EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS      11   

13.

   TERMINATION      11   

14.

   TERM      11   

15.

   INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS      11   

16.

   GOVERNING LAW      12   

17.

   CERTAIN INFORMATION      12   


RULES OF THE MARKIT

SHARE OPTION PLAN

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In these Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

“Affiliate” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Articles” means the Articles of Association of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “Article” shall be construed accordingly;

“Bad Leaver” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Board” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

“Code” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

“Commencement Date” means the date on which the Plan is approved by the Board;

“Company” means Markit Group Holdings Limited (No. 6240773);

“Date of Grant” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

“Departing Employee” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Drag Along Notice” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Eligible Participant” means any employee (including a director) of, or any consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

“Employer’s NICs” means secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions;

“Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes” means an amount, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, equal to the sum of all employment and other taxes, insurance premiums and other amounts imposed by any and all Government Authorities on any Member of the Group with respect to the income earned by a Participant arising upon a Participant’s exercise of an Option, the making of an election under section 83(b) of the Code or in accordance with the terms of the Plan or any grant agreement;

“Exercise Price” means the price per Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

“Good Leaver” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Government Authority” means the government of the U.S., the government of any U.S. State (including the government of the District of Columbia and the government of any U.S. possession or territory) or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing;

“HMRC” means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

“Listing” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

 

3


“Member of the Group” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

“Option” means a right to acquire Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

“Option Certificate” means the certificate evidencing an Award pursuant to Rule 3.2;

“Option Tax Liability” means the sum of (i) an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions (including Employer’s NICs which are the subject of an agreement or election under Rule 7.2(d)) or any other amounts (including Medicare) which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group and (ii) the Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes;

“Participant” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

“Plan” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

“Qualifying Proposed Sale” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Rules” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

“Share” means a fully paid ordinary non-voting share in the capital of the Company, as defined in the Articles;

“Shareholders’ Agreement” is the agreement defined in the Articles as the same may be amended from time to time;

“Subsidiary” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

“Subsisting Option” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

“Vesting Terms” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, such vesting terms as the Board may, on or before the Date of Grant of an Option, specify and set out in the Option Certificate; and

“Voluntary Resignation” has the meaning given to it in the Articles.

Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Terms form a part of the Plan.

The provisions of Rules 7.2 (b) and (c) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

The Plan shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall be known as The Markit Share Option Plan.

 

4


The purposes of this Plan are to enable the Company to motivate Eligible Participants who are important to the success and growth of the business of the Company and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between the Eligible Participants and the shareholders of the Company by granting the Eligible Participants Options to purchase Shares.

 

3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1 The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Shares subject to the rules of this Plan including the Vesting Terms and such other terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with an Option Certificate:

 

  (a) evidencing the grant of an Option;

 

  (b) setting out the Exercise Price;

 

  (c) including the applicable Vesting Terms; and

 

  (d) setting out any other terms or conditions as the Board may determine under Rule 3.1 above.

 

3.3 The aggregate number of Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under the Markit Share Option Plan shall not exceed Shares be such number as determined by the Board from time to time (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Rule 8.1 of the Plan). If any Option granted under this Plan shall lapse, expire or be terminated or cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1 The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant.

 

4.2 The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

 

5.1 No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever and no Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option (prior to the Option being exercised) shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5.1 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

5.2

In addition, all Options granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan and any Shares to be issued upon exercise of any Option shall be restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position”, or any “call equivalent position” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(v) under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Securities Exchange Act”)), by the Participant prior to the exercise of the Option (except in the circumstances permitted in Rule 12h-

 

5


  1(f)(1)(iv) under the Securities Exchange Act), until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act or is no longer relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1 Subject to Rules 6.2, 6.3, 7 and 9, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms.

 

6.2 A Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) such lapse date as the Board may determine at the Date of Grant and set out in the Option Certificate;

 

  (b) the first anniversary of the date of death of the Participant;

 

  (c) the date upon which the Participant (who is not a consultant) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (d) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant for such reasons as are set out in the Option Certificate, in respect of any element of a Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms on such date;

 

  (e) three months from the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances other than where the Participant is a Bad Leaver, or on which he ceases to be a consultant in circumstances other than those set out in the Option Certificate, in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms on such date;

 

  (f) immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms on such date;

 

  (g) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rule 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5; and

 

  (h) if the Board does not determine a lapse date under Rule 6.2(a), the seventh anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

6.3 A Participant may, with the prior agreement of the Board, exercise a Subsisting Option in whole or in part at any time, notwithstanding that it or the relevant part thereof has not then vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1 Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an Option Certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c)

payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct, to include, but not to be limited to, an undertaking to pay) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the

 

6


  Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b) below;

 

  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to the Articles or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to the Articles is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and (b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised;

 

  (e) an election under section 431 of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003, or an election or other form of documentation designed to achieve a similar effect under the laws of any other relevant jurisdiction (including for the avoidance of doubt an election under Section 83(b) of the Code) in each case in such form as the Board my prescribe.

 

7.2 The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall, unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, be conditional upon:

 

  (a) the Option having vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms;

 

  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (c) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (d) either of the following conditions being satisfied within one month of the date on which the notice of exercise of that Option was lodged in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) where any Member of the Group would be liable for Employer’s NICs in respect of that exercise:

 

  (i) the Participant entering into an agreement with the Company, in such form as determined by the Board, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; or

 

  (ii) the Participant entering into a form of joint election, in such form as determined by the Board and approved in advance by HMRC, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; and

 

  (iii) the arrangements made in that election for securing that the Participant will meet the liability transferred to him have been approved in advance by HMRC;

and:

 

7


    in the event that either condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date on which that condition is satisfied; or

 

    in the event that neither condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the exercise of the Option under Rule 7.1 shall not be effective; or

 

    in the event that the Board waives the requirement for either condition to be satisfied, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date of the waiver.

 

7.3 Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4 In the event that the number of vested Shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Share, the number of Shares so vested shall be rounded to the nearest whole number of Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Share.

 

7.5 Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Shares then already in issue except that they and any Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.6 The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1 In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2 No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Shares below the nominal value of a Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3 The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

8.4 Any adjustment made to an option under Rule 8.1 shall be intended not to subject the Option to Section 409A of the Code.

 

8


9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1 In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 13.1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with Article 13.1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 13.2(d) is delivered to the Company pursuant to such Article (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with Article 13.2) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2 Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to Article 13.1(b) or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 13.2(d), the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of 9.1(a) above); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of 9.1(b) above).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) and shall be bound to transfer their Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in 13.1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3 If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4 If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the provisions contained in Chapter 3 of Part 28 of the Companies Act 2006, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5 If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6 Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within six months of the effective date of a Listing in respect of the Company.

 

9.7 The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

9


10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages;

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4 No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Articles with respect to the terms of the Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction; and

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group.

 

11.3 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a)

by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last

 

10


  known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant participating company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service: and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11.5 The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6 The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7 The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Shares.

 

11.8 If any Option Certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9 In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to this Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants.

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under this Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required

 

11


by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of this Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend this Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

These Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of this Plan, their Option(s) and any Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

17. CERTAIN INFORMATION

The Company shall, for so long as it is relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act and is not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act, provide to each Participant (i) information about the risks associated with an investment in the Shares as described in Rule 701(e)(3) under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) and (ii) the financial information described in Rule 701(e)(4) and (5) under the Securities Act, every six (6) months with the financial statements described therein being not more than 180 days old and with such other information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. Each Participant shall be required to keep such information strictly confidential.

 

12

Exhibit 10.15

 

 

LOGO

Rules of the Markit 2010 Share Option Plan

(1/3 vesting)

Markit Group Holdings Limited

Rules approved by the Board on 27 January 2010


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE    PAGE  

1.

   DEFINITIONS      3   

2.

   COMMENCEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES      5   

3.

   THE GRANT OF OPTIONS      5   

4.

   THE EXERCISE PRICE      6   

5.

   NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS      6   

6.

   WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED      6   

7.

   MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS      7   

8.

   ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL      8   

9.

   SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION      9   

10.

   EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS      10   

11.

   ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT      10   

12.

   EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS      11   

13.

   TERMINATION      12   

14.

   TERM      12   

15.

   INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS      12   

16.

   GOVERNING LAW      12   

17.

   CERTAIN INFORMATION      12   


RULES OF THE MARKIT 2010

SHARE OPTION PLAN

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In these Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

“Affiliate” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Articles” means the Articles of Association of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “Article” shall be construed accordingly;

“Bad Leaver” has the meaning given to it in Article 14.3 of the Articles;

“Board” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

“Code” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

“Commencement Date” means the date on which the Plan is approved by the Board, subject to the approval of the Plan by the shareholders of the Company within 12 months before or after the Plan is adopted by the Board;

“Company” means Markit Group Holdings Limited (No. 6240773);

“Date of Grant” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

“Deed of Adherence” means a valid deed of adherence to the Shareholders’ Agreement;

“Departing Employee” has the meaning given to it in Article 14.1 of the Articles;

“Drag Along Notice” has the meaning given to it in Article 13.1 of the Articles;

“Eligible Participant” means any employee (including a director) of, or any consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

“Employer’s NICs” means secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions;

“Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes” means an amount, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, equal to the sum of all employment and other taxes, insurance premiums and other amounts imposed by any and all Government Authorities on any Member of the Group with respect to the income earned by a Participant arising upon a Participant’s exercise of an Option, the making of an election under section 83(b) of the Code or in accordance with the terms of the Plan or any grant agreement;

“Exercise Price” means the price per Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

“Fair Market Value” shall be set in good faith by the Board based on reasonable methods;

“Good Leaver” has the meaning given to it in Article 14.3(d) of the Articles;

“Government Authority” means the government of the U.S., the government of any U.S. State (including the government of the District of Columbia and the government of

 

3


any U.S. possession or territory) or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing;

“HMRC” means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

“Incentive Stock Option” means any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;

“Listing” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Member of the Group” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

“Non-Qualified Stock Option” means any Option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option;

“Option” means a right to acquire Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

“Option Tax Liability” means the sum of (i) an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions (including Employer’s NICs which are the subject of an agreement or election under Rule 7.2(e)) or any other amounts (including Medicare) which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group and (ii) the Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes;

“Parent” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code;

“Participant” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

“Plan” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

“Qualifying Proposed Sale” has the meaning given to it in Article 13.1 of the Articles;

“Rules” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

“Share” means a fully paid ordinary non-voting share in the capital of the Company, as defined in the Articles;

“Shareholders’ Agreement” is the agreement defined in the Articles as the same may be amended from time to time;

“Subsidiary” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

“Subsisting Option” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

“Ten Percent Shareholder” means a person owning stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Parent;

 

4


“Vesting Schedule” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, the vesting schedule attached to these Rules as Appendix A hereto or such other vesting schedule determined by the Board; and

“Voluntary Resignation” has the meaning given to it in the Articles.

Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Schedule forms a part of the Plan.

The provisions of Rules 7.2 (a) and (b) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

The Plan shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall be known as The Markit 2010 Share Option Plan (1/3 vesting).

The purposes of this Plan are to enable the Company to motivate Eligible Participants who are important to the success and growth of the business of the Company and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between the Eligible Participants and the stockholders of the Company by granting the Eligible Participants Options to purchase Shares.

 

3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1 The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Shares subject to the rules of this Plan including the Vesting Schedule and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. A single deed of grant may be executed in favour of any number of Participants. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with a certificate as evidence of the grant of an Option.

 

3.3 The aggregate number of Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under the 2010 Markit Share Option Plans shall not exceed 433,654 Shares (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Rule 8.1 of the Plan). If any Option granted under this Plan expires, terminates or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

3.4 The Board shall have authority to determine whether an Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option, provided that an Eligible Participant who is a director or a consultant is not eligible to be granted an Incentive Stock Option; and, provided, further, only Eligible Participants who are employees of the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options.

 

5


4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1 The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant, provided that the Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant; and provided, further, that if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, the Exercise Price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant.

 

4.2 The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever and no Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option (prior to the Option being exercised) shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

In addition, all Options granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan and any Shares to be issued upon exercise of any Option shall be restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position”, or any “call equivalent position” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(v) under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Securities Exchange Act”)), by the Participant prior to the exercise of the Option (except in the circumstances permitted in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(iv) under the Securities Exchange Act), until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act or is no longer relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1 Subject to Rules 6.3, 7 and 9, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

6.2 A Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) the 31st of December 2016;

 

  (b) Intentionally Deleted;

 

  (c) the first anniversary of the date of death of the Participant;

 

  (d) the date upon which the Participant (who is not a consultant) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (e) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant in the circumstances contemplated by paragraph 2 of the Vesting Schedule;

 

6


  (f) three months from the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule and immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule on such date; and

 

  (g) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rule 9.1,9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

6.3 A Participant may, with the prior agreement of the Board, exercise a Subsisting Option in whole or in part at any time, notwithstanding that it or the relevant part thereof has not then vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule. If a Participant is permitted to exercise a Subsisting Option that has not been vested, such Participant may be required by the Company to make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1 Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an option certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct, to include, but not to be limited to, an undertaking to pay) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b) below; and

 

  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option. PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 13.1 or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to Article 13.2(d) is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and (b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised.

 

7.2 The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall, unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, be conditional upon:

 

  (a) the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (c)

payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Shares otherwise deliverable

 

7


  to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (d) (if not already a party to the Shareholders’ Agreement) execution by the Participant of a Deed of Adherence and agreement by the Participant that he shall take the Shares subject to the Shareholders’ Agreement and Memorandum of Association of the Company and the Articles; and

 

  (e) either of the following conditions being satisfied within one month of the date on which the notice of exercise of that Option was lodged in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) where any Member of the Group would be liable for Employer’s NICs in respect of that exercise:

 

  (i) the Participant entering into an agreement with the Company, in such form as determined by the Board, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; or

 

  (ii) the Participant entering into a form of joint election, in such form as determined by the Board and approved in advance by HMRC, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; and

 

  (iii) the arrangements made in that election for securing that the Participant will meet the liability transferred to him have been approved in advance by HMRC;

and:

 

    in the event that either condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date on which that condition is satisfied; or

 

    in the event that neither condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the exercise of the Option under Rule 7.1 shall not be effective; or

 

    in the event that the Board waives the requirement for either condition to be satisfied, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date of the waiver.

 

7.3 Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4 Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Shares then already in issue except that they and any Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.5 The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1

In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at

 

8


the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2 No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Shares below the nominal value of a Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3 The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

8.4 Any adjustment made to an option under Rule 8.1 shall be intended not to subject the Option to Section 409A of the Code.

 

9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1 In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 13.1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with Article 13.1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 13.2(d) is delivered to the Company pursuant to such Article (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with Article 13.2) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2 Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to Article 13.1(b) or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 13.2(d), the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of 9.1(a) above); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of 9.1(b) above).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) and shall be bound to transfer their Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in Article 13.1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3

If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in

 

9


  accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4 If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the provisions contained in Chapter 3 of Part 28 of the Companies Act 2006, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5 If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6 Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within six months of the effective date of a Listing in respect of the Company.

 

9.7 The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages;

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4 No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1

The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the

 

10


  Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Articles with respect to the terms of the Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction; and

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group.

 

11.3 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant Participating Company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service: and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11.5 The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6 The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7 The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Shares.

 

11.8 If any Option certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9 In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to this Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

11


13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after 31 December 2013.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under this Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of this Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend this Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

These Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of this Plan, their Option(s) and any Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

17. CERTAIN INFORMATION

The Company shall, for so long as it is relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act and is not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act, provide to each Participant (i) information about the risks associated with an investment in the Shares as described in Rule 701(e)(3) under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) and (ii) the financial information described in Rule 701(e)(4) and (5) under the Securities Act, every six (6) months with the financial statements described therein being not more than 180 days old and with such other information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. Each Participant shall be required to keep such information strictly confidential.

 

12


APPENDIX A

VESTING SCHEDULE

 

1. Subject to 2 and 3 below and provided the Participant has not become a Departing Employee, an Option shall vest in accordance with the following Vesting Condition determined by the Board in its absolute discretion on the Date of Grant:

The Option shall vest as to one third (1/3) of the total number of Options on the 1st of January of each of the 3 calendar years following the Date of Grant, commencing on the 1st of January immediately following the Date of Grant.

 

2. If a Participant who is a consultant (and not an employee) ceases to be a consultant (that is he ceases to provide services to the Company) and the reason for the Participant having ceased to be a consultant is as a result of either (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of his consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement or (ii) the Participant voluntarily terminates such agreement or gives notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant, any unvested portion of the Participant’s Option shall immediately lapse.

 

3. In the event that the number of vested shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Share, the number of Shares so vested shall be rounded to the nearest whole number of Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Share.

 

13

Exhibit 10.16

 

 

LOGO

Rules of the Markit 2010 Share Option Plan

(1/5 vesting)

Markit Group Holdings Limited

Rules approved by the Board on 27 January 2010


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE

   PAGE  

1.

   DEFINITIONS      3   

2.

   COMMENCEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES      5   

3.

   THE GRANT OF OPTIONS      5   

4.

   THE EXERCISE PRICE      6   

5.

   NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS      6   

6.

   WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED      6   

7.

   MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS      7   

8.

   ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL      8   

9.

   SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION      9   

10.

   EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS      10   

11.

   ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT      10   

12.

   EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS      11   

13.

   TERMINATION      12   

14.

   TERM      12   

15.

   INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS      12   

16.

   GOVERNING LAW      12   

17.

   CERTAIN INFORMATION      12   


RULES OF THE MARKIT 2010

SHARE OPTION PLAN

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In these Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

“Affiliate” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Articles” means the Articles of Association of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “Article” shall be construed accordingly;

“Bad Leaver” has the meaning given to it in Article 14.3 of the Articles;

“Board” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

“Code” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

“Commencement Date” means the date on which the Plan is approved by the Board, subject to the approval of the Plan by the shareholders of the Company within 12 months before or after the Plan is adopted by the Board;

“Company” means Markit Group Holdings Limited (No. 6240773);

“Date of Grant” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

“Deed of Adherence” means a valid deed of adherence to the Shareholders’ Agreement;

“Departing Employee” has the meaning given to it in Article 14.1 of the Articles;

“Drag Along Notice” has the meaning given to it in Article 13.1 of the Articles;

“Eligible Participant” means any employee (including a director) of, or any consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

“Employer’s NICs” means secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions;

“Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes” means an amount, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, equal to the sum of all employment and other taxes, insurance premiums and other amounts imposed by any and all Government Authorities on any Member of the Group with respect to the income earned by a Participant arising upon a Participant’s exercise of an Option, the making of an election under section 83(b) of the Code or in accordance with the terms of the Plan or any grant agreement;

“Exercise Price” means the price per Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

“Fair Market Value” shall be set in good faith by the Board based on reasonable methods;

“Good Leaver” has the meaning given to it in Article 14.3(d) of the Articles;

“Government Authority” means the government of the U.S., the government of any U.S. State (including the government of the District of Columbia and the government

 

3


of any U.S. possession or territory) or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing;

“HMRC” means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

“Incentive Stock Option” means any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;

“Listing” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Member of the Group” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

“Non-Qualified Stock Option” means any Option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option;

“Option” means a right to acquire Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

“Option Tax Liability” means the sum of (i) an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions (including Employer’s NICs which are the subject of an agreement or election under Rule 7.2(e)) or any other amounts (including Medicare) which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group and (ii) the Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes;

“Parent” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code;

“Participant” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

“Plan” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

“Qualifying Proposed Sale” has the meaning given to it in Article 13.1 of the Articles;

“Rules” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

“Share” means a fully paid ordinary non-voting share in the capital of the Company, as defined in the Articles;

“Shareholders’ Agreement” is the agreement defined in the Articles as the same may be amended from time to time;

“Subsidiary” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

“Subsisting Option” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

“Ten Percent Shareholder” means a person owning stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Parent;

 

4


“Vesting Schedule” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, the vesting schedule attached to these Rules as Appendix A hereto or such other vesting schedule determined by the Board; and

“Voluntary Resignation” has the meaning given to it in the Articles.

Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Schedule forms a part of the Plan.

The provisions of Rules 7.2 (a) and (b) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

The Plan shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall be known as The Markit 2010 Share Option Plan (1/5 vesting).

The purposes of this Plan are to enable the Company to motivate Eligible Participants who are important to the success and growth of the business of the Company and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between the Eligible Participants and the stockholders of the Company by granting the Eligible Participants Options to purchase Shares.

 

3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1 The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Shares subject to the rules of this Plan including the Vesting Schedule and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. A single deed of grant may be executed in favour of any number of Participants. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with a certificate as evidence of the grant of an Option.

 

3.3 The aggregate number of Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under the 2010 Markit Share Option Plans shall not exceed 433,654 Shares (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Rule 8.1 of the Plan). If any Option granted under this Plan expires, terminates or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

3.4 The Board shall have authority to determine whether an Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option, provided that an Eligible Participant who is a director or a consultant is not eligible to be granted an Incentive Stock Option; and, provided, further, only Eligible Participants who are employees of the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options.

 

5


4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1 The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant, provided that the Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant; and provided, further, that if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, the Exercise Price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant.

 

4.2 The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever and no Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option (prior to the Option being exercised) shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

In addition, all Options granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan and any Shares to be issued upon exercise of any Option shall be restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position”, or any “call equivalent position” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(v) under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Securities Exchange Act”)), by the Participant prior to the exercise of the Option (except in the circumstances permitted in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(iv) under the Securities Exchange Act), until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act or is no longer relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1 Subject to Rules 6.3, 7 and 9, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

6.2 A Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) the 31st of December 2016;

 

  (b) Intentionally Deleted;

 

  (c) the first anniversary of the date of death of the Participant;

 

  (d) the date upon which the Participant (who is not a consultant) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (e) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant in the circumstances contemplated by paragraph 2 of the Vesting Schedule;

 

6


  (f) three months from the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule and immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule on such date; and

 

  (g) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rule 9.1,9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

6.3 A Participant may, with the prior agreement of the Board, exercise a Subsisting Option in whole or in part at any time, notwithstanding that it or the relevant part thereof has not then vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule. If a Participant is permitted to exercise a Subsisting Option that has not been vested, such Participant may be required by the Company to make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1 Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an option certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct, to include, but not to be limited to, an undertaking to pay) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b) below; and

 

  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option. PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 13.1 or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to Article 13.2(d) is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and (b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised.

 

7.2 The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall, unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, be conditional upon:

 

  (a) the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (c)

payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Shares otherwise deliverable

 

7


  to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (d) (if not already a party to the Shareholders’ Agreement) execution by the Participant of a Deed of Adherence and agreement by the Participant that he shall take the Shares subject to the Shareholders’ Agreement and Memorandum of Association of the Company and the Articles; and

 

  (e) either of the following conditions being satisfied within one month of the date on which the notice of exercise of that Option was lodged in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) where any Member of the Group would be liable for Employer’s NICs in respect of that exercise:

 

  (i) the Participant entering into an agreement with the Company, in such form as determined by the Board, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; or

 

  (ii) the Participant entering into a form of joint election, in such form as determined by the Board and approved in advance by HMRC, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; and

 

  (iii) the arrangements made in that election for securing that the Participant will meet the liability transferred to him have been approved in advance by HMRC;

and:

 

    in the event that either condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date on which that condition is satisfied; or

 

    in the event that neither condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the exercise of the Option under Rule 7.1 shall not be effective; or

 

    in the event that the Board waives the requirement for either condition to be satisfied, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date of the waiver.

 

7.3 Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4 Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Shares then already in issue except that they and any Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.5 The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1

In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at

 

8


  the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2 No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Shares below the nominal value of a Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3 The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

8.4 Any adjustment made to an option under Rule 8.1 shall be intended not to subject the Option to Section 409A of the Code.

 

9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1 In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 13.1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with Article 13.1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 13.2(d) is delivered to the Company pursuant to such Article (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with Article 13.2) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2 Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to Article 13.1(b) or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 13.2(d), the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of 9.1(a) above); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of 9.1(b) above).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) and shall be bound to transfer their Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in Article 13.1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3

If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in

 

9


  accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4 If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the provisions contained in Chapter 3 of Part 28 of the Companies Act 2006, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5 If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6 Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within six months of the effective date of a Listing in respect of the Company.

 

9.7 The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages;

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4 No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1

The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the

 

10


  Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Articles with respect to the terms of the Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction; and

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group.

 

11.3 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant Participating Company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service: and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11.5 The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6 The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7 The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Shares.

 

11.8 If any Option certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9 In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to this Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

11


13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after 31 December 2013.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under this Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of this Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend this Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

These Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of this Plan, their Option(s) and any Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

17. CERTAIN INFORMATION

The Company shall, for so long as it is relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act and is not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act, provide to each Participant (i) information about the risks associated with an investment in the Shares as described in Rule 701(e)(3) under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) and (ii) the financial information described in Rule 701(e)(4) and (5) under the Securities Act, every six (6) months with the financial statements described therein being not more than 180 days old and with such other information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. Each Participant shall be required to keep such information strictly confidential.

 

12


APPENDIX A

VESTING SCHEDULE

 

1. Subject to 2 and 3 below and provided the Participant has not become a Departing Employee, an Option shall vest in accordance with the following Vesting Condition determined by the Board in its absolute discretion on the Date of Grant:

The Option shall vest as to one fifth (1/5) of the total number of Options on the 1st of January of each of the 5 calendar years following the Date of Grant, commencing on the 1st of January immediately following the Date of Grant.

 

2. If a Participant who is a consultant (and not an employee) ceases to be a consultant (that is he ceases to provide services to the Company) and the reason for the Participant having ceased to be a consultant is as a result of either (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of his consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement or (ii) the Participant voluntarily terminates such agreement or gives notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant, any unvested portion of the Participant’s Option shall immediately lapse.

 

3. In the event that the number of vested shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Share, the number of Shares so vested shall be rounded to the nearest whole number of Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Share.

 

13

Exhibit 10.17

 

LOGO

 

Rules of the Markit Share Plan

Markit Group Holdings Limited

Rules approved by the Board on 1 December 2010


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE        PAGE  
1.  

DEFINITIONS

     3   
2.  

COMMENCEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

     4   
3.  

THE ALLOTMENT OF SHARES

     4   
4.  

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     6   
5.  

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     6   
6.  

RESTRICTIONS

     7   
7.  

GOVERNING LAW

     7   


LOGO   4th Floor   t: +44 20 7260 2000
  Ropemaker Place   f: +44 20 7260 2001
  25 Ropemaker Street   www.markit.com
  London, EC2Y 9LY  

RULES OF THE MARKIT SHARE PLAN

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In these Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

“Affiliate” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Allotment Letter” means a letter in the form set out in Appendix A (with such modifications as the Board shall decide) pursuant to which the Company shall allot Shares and a Participant shall agree to take such Shares on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Plan;

“Articles” means the Articles of Association of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “Article” shall be construed accordingly;

“Board” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

“Commencement Date” means the date on which this Plan is approved by the Board, subject to the approval of the shareholders of the Company;

“Company” means Markit Group Holdings Limited;

“Date of Allotment” in respect of a Participant means the date on which Shares are allotted to such Participant and such Participant validly executes an Allotment Letter;

“EBT” means the employee benefit trust to be established by the Company for the benefit of its employees;

“Election” has the meaning given in Rule 3.6(b);

“Eligible Participant” means any senior employee (including a director) of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

“Employee Taxation” has the meaning given in Rule 3.10;

“ITEPA” means the Income Tax Earning and Pensions Act 2003;

“Member of the Group” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

“Ordinary Non-Voting Share” means an ordinary non-voting share of $0.01 each in the capital of the Company;

“Participant” means any individual who has been allotted a Share or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

“Plan” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

 

3


“Rules” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

“Share” means a fully paid Ordinary Non-Voting Share allotted pursuant to the terms of this Plan; and

“Subscription Price” has the meaning given in Rule 3.1.

Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it.

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

The Plan shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall be known as The Markit Share Plan. The purposes of this Plan are to enable the Company to motivate Eligible Participants who are important to the success and growth of the business of the Company and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between the Eligible Participants and the stockholders of the Company by allotting Shares to the Eligible Participants hereunder.

 

3. THE ALLOTMENT OF SHARES

 

3.1 The Board may allot Eligible Participants Shares subject to the rules of this Plan and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Shares may be allotted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The number of Shares to be allotted to an Eligible Participant shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

The Subscription Price for each Share allotted pursuant to this Plan shall be equal to the sum of the nominal value of the Shares, being $0.01 per Share.

 

3.2 The Company shall obtain an independent valuation of the Ordinary Non-Voting Shares indicating the unrestricted market value of the Ordinary Non-Voting Shares (for the purposes of section 431(1) ITEPA) following the allotment of any Shares.

 

3.3 Each Participant to whom Shares are allotted under this Plan shall be sent an Allotment Letter by the Company.

 

3.4 The aggregate number of Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under this Plan shall not exceed the amount approved by the Board from time to time.

 

3.5 All Shares shall be allotted within 6 months after the date of adoption of this Plan by the Board.

 

3.6 Upon allotment of any Shares by the Board, a Participant shall:

 

  (a) execute a counterpart of the Allotment Letter; and

 

  (b) execute an election with his employer pursuant to section 431(1) ITEPA in the form prescribed by the HM Revenue and Customs (as supplied by the Company) and/ or an election pursuant to section 83(b) of the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended in the form prescribed by the US Internal Revenue Service to elect to pay income tax (if any) computed by reference to the unrestricted market value of the Shares so acquired (the “ Election ”),

and lodge the same with the company secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to the Participant in the Allotment Letter), together with

 

4


payment (in such form and manner as the Board shall direct including, to the extent lawful, the withholding of the Subscription Price from the Participant’s normal pay or other amounts payable to the Participant by the Company or a Member of the Group) of a sum equal to the aggregate Subscription Price of the Shares so allotted.

 

3.7 The Board shall within 30 days of the allotment of any Shares cause the Company to procure the entry of the name of the Participant in the register of members of the Company in respect of the relevant Shares and to send to the Participant a share certificate in respect of the same (which shall state that the Shares have been issued under the Plan).

 

3.8 The Board shall by 6 July following the end of the tax year in which the Shares are allotted make a report of the acquisition of such Shares to HM Revenue and Customs on Form 42 (or its successor).

 

3.9 Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the shares of the same class then already in issue.

 

3.10 In any case where any Member of the Group is obliged to account for Employee Taxation to a tax authority as a result of or in respect of the following:

 

  (a) the acquisition of Shares pursuant to this Plan;

 

  (b) the entering into of the Election; or

 

  (c) any action, event or thing done following the acquisition of Shares pursuant to this Plan which gives rise to an Employee Taxation liability in respect of such Shares including where the following sections of ITEPA apply:

 

  (i) section 426 (restricted securities - charge on occurrence of chargeable events);

 

  (ii) section 438 (convertible securities - charge on occurrence of chargeable events);

 

  (iii) section 446E (securities with artificially depressed market value - charge on restricted securities);

 

  (iv) section 446L (securities with artificially enhanced market value - charge on non-commercial increases;

 

  (v) section 446Y (securities disposed of for more than market value); and

 

  (vi) section 447 (post-acquisition benefits from securities - charge on other chargeable benefits from securities),

such Member of the Group may, to the extent lawful, recover the Employee Taxation from the Participant in question and each such Participant agrees that such Member may recover the Employee Taxation via deductions from salary for the relevant period under PAYE and to the extent that such deductions are insufficient to cover the Employee Taxation, the Participant shall having received written notice from such Member (on an after tax basis) pay to such Member the balance three business days before the last day on which such Member can account for the Employee Taxation to a tax authority without incurring interest and penalties. For the purposes of this Rule 3.10, the term “Employee Taxation” means (i) any charge to income tax or social security contributions including any Secondary Class 1 National Insurance liability to the extent schedule 1 of the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 (as amended by the National Insurance Contributions and Statutory Payments Act 2004) permits recovery from the Participant

 

5


and (ii) any applicable US federal, state or local income or employment taxes or insurance premiums.

 

4. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

4.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

4.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages; and

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination;

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

4.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

5. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

5.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Company’s Articles with respect to the terms of the Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

5.2 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company or sent through the Company’s internal postal service; and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the company secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

5.3 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan.

 

5.4 The Board shall have the right to delegate at any time the administration of the Plan to any third party that it deems fit.

 

6


6. RESTRICTIONS

 

6.1 The Shares held by a Participant shall be subject to a vesting period set out in the Participant’s Allotment Letter. By way of example, in the case of a three year vesting period, the unrestricted number of shares shall be equal to the total number of shares allotted to such Participant, multiplied by 1/3 on 1 January in each of the three years following the Date of Allotment.

 

7. GOVERNING LAW

These Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of this Plan and any Shares allotted or issued to them under this Plan.

 

7

Exhibit 10.18

 

LOGO

 

Rules of the Markit Share Option Plan

Markit Group Holdings Limited

Rules approved by the Board February 2011


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE        PAGE  
1.  

DEFINITIONS

     3   
2.  

COMMENCEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

     5   
3.  

THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

     5   
4.  

THE EXERCISE PRICE

     5   
5.  

NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

     5   
6.  

WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

     6   
7.  

MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     7   
8.  

ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

     8   
9.  

SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

     9   
10.  

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     10   
11.  

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     10   
12.  

EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     11   
13.  

TERMINATION

     12   
14.  

TERM

     12   
15.  

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

     12   
16.  

GOVERNING LAW

     12   
17.  

CERTAIN INFORMATION

     12   


RULES OF THE MARKIT

SHARE OPTION PLAN

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In these Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

“Affiliate” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Articles” means the Articles of Association of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “Article” shall be construed accordingly;

“Bad Leaver” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Board” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

“Code” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

“Commencement Date” means the date on which the Plan is approved by the Board;

“Company” means Markit Group Holdings Limited (No. 6240773);

“Date of Grant” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

“Departing Employee” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Drag Along Notice” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Deed of Adherence” means a valid deed of adherence to the Shareholders’ Agreement;

“Effective Date” means, with regard to an Option and subject to the terms of the Plan, the date set out in the corresponding Option Certificate from which such Option begins to vest;

“Eligible Participant” means any employee (including a director) of, or any consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

“Employer’s NICs” means secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions;

“Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes” means an amount, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, equal to the sum of all employment and other taxes, insurance premiums and other amounts imposed by any and all Government Authorities on any Member of the Group with respect to the income earned by a Participant arising upon a Participant’s exercise of an Option, the making of an election under section 83(b) of the Code or in accordance with the terms of the Plan or any grant agreement;

“Exercise Price” means the price per Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

“Good Leaver” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Government Authority” means the government of the U.S., the government of any U.S. State (including the government of the District of Columbia and the government of

 

3


any U.S. possession or territory) or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing;

“HMRC” means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

“Listing” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Member of the Group” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

“Option” means a right to acquire Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

“Option Certificate” means the certificate evidencing a grant of an Option pursuant to Rule 3.2;

“Option Tax Liability” means the sum of (i) an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions (including Employer’s NICs which are the subject of an agreement or election under Rule 7.2(e)) or any other amounts (including Medicare) which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group and (ii) the Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes;

“Participant” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

“Plan” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

“Qualifying Proposed Sale” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Rules” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

“Share” means a fully paid ordinary non-voting share in the capital of the Company, as defined in the Articles;

“Shareholders’ Agreement” is the agreement defined in the Articles as the same may be amended from time to time;

“Subsidiary” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

“Subsisting Option” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

“Vesting Terms” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, such vesting terms as the Board may, on or before the Date of Grant of an Option, specify and set out in the Option Certificate; and

“Voluntary Resignation” has the meaning given to it in the Articles.

Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Terms form a part of the Plan.

 

4


The provisions of Rules 7.2 (b) and (c) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

The Plan shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall be known as The Markit Share Option Plan.

The purposes of this Plan are to enable the Company to motivate Eligible Participants who are important to the success and growth of the business of the Company and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between the Eligible Participants and the shareholders of the Company by granting the Eligible Participants Options to purchase Shares.

 

3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1 The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Shares subject to the rules of this Plan including the Vesting Terms and such other terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with an Option Certificate:

 

  (a) evidencing the grant of an Option;

 

  (b) setting out the Exercise Price;

 

  (c) including the applicable Vesting Terms; and

 

  (d) setting out any other terms or conditions as the Board may determine under Rule 3.1 above.

 

3.3 The aggregate number of Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under the Markit Share Option Plan shall not exceed such number as determined by the Board from time to time (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Rule 8.1 of the Plan). If any Option granted under this Plan shall lapse, expire or be terminated or cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1 The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant.

 

4.2 The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

 

5.1

No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever and no Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option (prior to the Option being exercised) shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the

 

5


  Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5.1 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

5.2 In addition, all Options granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan and any Shares to be issued upon exercise of any Option shall be restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position”, or any “call equivalent position” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(v) under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Securities Exchange Act”)), by the Participant prior to the exercise of the Option (except in the circumstances permitted in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(iv) under the Securities Exchange Act), until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act or is no longer relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1 Subject to Rules 6.2, 6.3, 7 and 9, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms.

 

6.2 A Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) such lapse date as the Board may determine at the Date of Grant and set out in the Option Certificate;

 

  (b) the first anniversary of the date of death of the Participant;

 

  (c) the date upon which the Participant (who is not a consultant) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (d) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant by reason of:

 

  (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of the Participant’s consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement; or

 

  (ii) the voluntary termination by the Participant of such agreement or the giving by him of notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant;

or for such reasons as are set out in the Option Certificate, in respect of any element of a Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms on such date;

 

  (e) three months (or such other time period as may be determined by the Board) from the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances other than where the Participant is a Bad Leaver, or on which he ceases to be a consultant in circumstances other than those set out in the Option Certificate, in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms on such date;

 

  (f) immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms on such date;

 

  (g) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rule 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5; and

 

6


  (h) if the Board does not determine a lapse date under Rule 6.2(a), the seventh anniversary of the Effective Date.

 

6.3 A Participant may, with the prior agreement of the Board, exercise a Subsisting Option in whole or in part at any time, notwithstanding that it or the relevant part thereof has not then vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1 Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an Option Certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct, to include, but not to be limited to, an undertaking to pay) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b) below;

 

  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to the Articles or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to the Articles is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and (b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised;

 

  (e) an election under section 431 of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003, or an election or other form of documentation designed to achieve a similar effect under the laws of any other relevant jurisdiction (including for the avoidance of doubt an election under Section 83(b) of the Code) in each case in such form as the Board my prescribe.

 

7.2 The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall, unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, be conditional upon:

 

  (a) the Option having vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms;

 

  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (c) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (d)

(if not already a party to the Shareholders’ Agreement) the Participant may be required to execute a Deed of Adherence and agreement that he shall take the

 

7


  Shares subject to the Shareholders’ Agreement and Memorandum of Association of the Company and the Articles; and

 

  (e) either of the following conditions being satisfied within one month of the date on which the notice of exercise of that Option was lodged in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) where any Member of the Group would be liable for Employer’s NICs in respect of that exercise:

 

  (i) the Participant entering into an agreement with the Company, in such form as determined by the Board, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; or

 

  (ii) the Participant entering into a form of joint election, in such form as determined by the Board and approved in advance by HMRC, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; and

 

  (iii) the arrangements made in that election for securing that the Participant will meet the liability transferred to him have been approved in advance by HMRC;

and:

 

    in the event that either condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date on which that condition is satisfied; or

 

    in the event that neither condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the exercise of the Option under Rule 7.1 shall not be effective; or

 

    in the event that the Board waives the requirement for either condition to be satisfied, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date of the waiver.

 

7.3 Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4 In the event that the number of vested Shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Share, the number of Shares so vested shall be rounded to the nearest whole number of Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Share.

 

7.5 Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Shares then already in issue except that they and any Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.6 The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1

In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Shares have been allotted or

 

8


  transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2 No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Shares below the nominal value of a Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3 The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

8.4 Any adjustment made to an option under Rule 8.1 shall be intended not to subject the Option to Section 409A of the Code.

 

9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1 In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 13.1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with Article 13.1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 13.2(d) is delivered to the Company pursuant to such Article (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with Article 13.2) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2 Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to Article 13.1(b) or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 13.2(d), the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non- Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of 9.1(a) above); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of 9.1(b) above).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) and shall be bound to transfer their Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in 13.1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3

If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in

 

9


  accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4 If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the provisions contained in Chapter 3 of Part 28 of the Companies Act 2006, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5 If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6 Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within six months of the effective date of a Listing in respect of the Company.

 

9.7 The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages;

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4 No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1

The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the

 

10


  Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Articles with respect to the terms of the Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction;

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group; and

 

  (c) delegate to a committee or any officer any of its authority hereunder.

 

11.3 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant participating company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service: and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11.5 The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6 The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7 The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Shares.

 

11.8 If any Option Certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9 In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to this Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

11


13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants.

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under this Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of this Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend this Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

These Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of this Plan, their Option(s) and any Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

17. CERTAIN INFORMATION

The Company shall, for so long as it is relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act and is not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act, provide to each Participant (i) information about the risks associated with an investment in the Shares as described in Rule 701(e)(3) under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) and (ii) the financial information described in Rule 701(e)(4) and (5) under the Securities Act, every six (6) months with the financial statements described therein being not more than 180 days old and with such other information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. Each Participant shall be required to keep such information strictly confidential.

 

12

Exhibit 10.19

 

LOGO

 

Rules of the Markit Share Plan

Markit Group Holdings Limited

Rules approved by the Board on 7 December 2011


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE        PAGE  
1.  

DEFINITIONS

     3   
2.  

COMMENCEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

     4   
3.  

THE ALLOTMENT OF SHARES

     4   
4.  

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     6   
5.  

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     6   
6.  

RESTRICTIONS

     7   
7.  

GOVERNING LAW

     7   


LOGO   4th Floor   t: +44 20 7260 2000
  Ropemaker Place   f: +44 20 7260 2001
  25 Ropemaker Street   www.markit.com
  London, EC2Y 9LY  

RULES OF THE MARKIT SHARE PLAN

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In these Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

“Affiliate” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Allotment Letter” means a letter in the form set out in Appendix A (with such modifications as the Board shall decide) pursuant to which the Company shall allot Shares and a Participant shall agree to take such Shares on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Plan;

“Articles” means the Articles of Association of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “Article” shall be construed accordingly;

“Board” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

“Commencement Date” means the date on which this Plan is approved by the Board, subject to the approval of the shareholders of the Company;

“Company” means Markit Group Holdings Limited;

“Date of Allotment” in respect of a Participant means the date on which Shares are allotted to such Participant and such Participant validly executes an Allotment Letter;

“EBT” means the employee benefit trust to be established by the Company for the benefit of its employees;

“Election” has the meaning given in Rule 3.6(b);

“Eligible Participant” means any senior employee (including a director) of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

“Employee Taxation” has the meaning given in Rule 3.10;

“ITEPA” means the Income Tax Earning and Pensions Act 2003;

“Member of the Group” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

“Ordinary Non-Voting Share” means an ordinary non-voting share of $0.01 each in the capital of the Company;

“Participant” means any individual who has been allotted a Share or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

“Plan” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

 

3


“Rules” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

“Share” means a fully paid Ordinary Non-Voting Share allotted pursuant to the terms of this Plan; and

“Subscription Price” has the meaning given in Rule 3.1.

Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it.

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

The Plan shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall be known as The Markit Share Plan. The purposes of this Plan are to enable the Company to motivate Eligible Participants who are important to the success and growth of the business of the Company and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between the Eligible Participants and the stockholders of the Company by allotting Shares to the Eligible Participants hereunder.

 

3. THE ALLOTMENT OF SHARES

 

3.1 The Board may allot Eligible Participants Shares subject to the rules of this Plan and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Shares may be allotted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The number of Shares to be allotted to an Eligible Participant shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

The Subscription Price for each Share allotted pursuant to this Plan shall be equal to the sum of the nominal value of the Shares, being $0.01 per Share.

 

3.2 The Company shall obtain an independent valuation of the Ordinary Non-Voting Shares indicating the unrestricted market value of the Ordinary Non-Voting Shares (for the purposes of section 431(1) ITEPA) following the allotment of any Shares.

 

3.3 Each Participant to whom Shares are allotted under this Plan shall be sent an Allotment Letter by the Company.

 

3.4 The aggregate number of Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under this Plan shall not exceed the amount approved by the Board from time to time.

 

3.5 All Shares shall be allotted within 6 months after the date of the respective Allotment Letter.

 

3.6 Upon allotment of any Shares by the Board, a Participant shall:

 

  (a) execute a counterpart of the Allotment Letter; and

 

  (b) execute an election with his employer pursuant to section 431(1) ITEPA in the form prescribed by the HM Revenue and Customs (as supplied by the Company) and/ or an election pursuant to section 83(b) of the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended in the form prescribed by the US Internal Revenue Service to elect to pay income tax (if any) computed by reference to the unrestricted market value of the Shares so acquired (the “ Election ”),

and lodge the same with the company secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to the Participant in the Allotment Letter), together with

 

4


payment (in such form and manner as the Board shall direct including, to the extent lawful, the withholding of the Subscription Price from the Participant’s normal pay or other amounts payable to the Participant by the Company or a Member of the Group) of a sum equal to the aggregate Subscription Price of the Shares so allotted.

 

3.7 The Board shall within 30 days of the allotment of any Shares cause the Company to procure the entry of the name of the Participant in the register of members of the Company in respect of the relevant Shares and to send to the Participant a share certificate in respect of the same (which shall state that the Shares have been issued under the Plan).

 

3.8 The Board shall by 6 July following the end of the tax year in which the Shares are allotted make a report of the acquisition of such Shares to HM Revenue and Customs on Form 42 (or its successor).

 

3.9 Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the shares of the same class then already in issue, and for the avoidance of doubt they will not be entitled to any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the Date of Allotment.

 

3.10 In any case where any Member of the Group is obliged to account for Employee Taxation to a tax authority as a result of or in respect of the following:

 

  (a) the acquisition of Shares pursuant to this Plan;

 

  (b) the entering into of the Election; or

 

  (c) any action, event or thing done following the acquisition of Shares pursuant to this Plan which gives rise to an Employee Taxation liability in respect of such Shares including where the following sections of ITEPA apply:

 

  (i) section 426 (restricted securities - charge on occurrence of chargeable events);

 

  (ii) section 438 (convertible securities - charge on occurrence of chargeable events);

 

  (iii) section 446E (securities with artificially depressed market value - charge on restricted securities);

 

  (iv) section 446L (securities with artificially enhanced market value - charge on non-commercial increases;

 

  (v) section 446Y (securities disposed of for more than market value); and

 

  (vi) section 447 (post-acquisition benefits from securities - charge on other chargeable benefits from securities),

such Member of the Group may, to the extent lawful, recover the Employee Taxation from the Participant in question and each such Participant agrees that such Member may recover the Employee Taxation via deductions from salary for the relevant period under PAYE and to the extent that such deductions are insufficient to cover the Employee Taxation, the Participant shall having received written notice from such Member (on an after tax basis) pay to such Member the balance three business days before the last day on which such Member can account for the Employee Taxation to a tax authority without incurring interest and penalties. For the purposes of this Rule 3.10, the term “Employee Taxation” means (i) any charge to income tax or social security contributions including any Secondary Class 1 National Insurance liability to the extent schedule 1 of the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 (as amended by the National Insurance

 

5


Contributions and Statutory Payments Act 2004) permits recovery from the Participant and (ii) any applicable US federal, state or local income or employment taxes or insurance premiums.

 

4. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

4.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

4.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages; and

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination;

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

4.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

5. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

5.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Company’s Articles with respect to the terms of the Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

5.2 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company or sent through the Company’s internal postal service; and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the company secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

5.3 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan.

 

5.4 The Board shall have the right to delegate at any time the administration of the Plan to any third party that it deems fit.

 

6


6. RESTRICTIONS

The Shares held by a Participant shall be subject to a vesting period set out in the Participant’s Allotment Letter. By way of example, in the case of a three year vesting period, the unrestricted number of shares shall be equal to the total number of shares allotted to such Participant, multiplied by 1/3 on 1 January in each of the three years following the Date of Allotment.

 

7. GOVERNING LAW

These Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of this Plan and any Shares allotted or issued to them under this Plan.

 

7

Exhibit 10.20

 

LOGO

 

Rules of the Markit Share Option Plan

Markit Group Holdings Limited

Rules approved by the Board on 7 December 2011


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE        PAGE  
1.  

DEFINITIONS

     3   
2.  

COMMENCEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

     5   
3.  

THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

     5   
4.  

THE EXERCISE PRICE

     5   
5.  

NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

     6   
6.  

WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

     6   
7.  

MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     7   
8.  

ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

     9   
9.  

SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

     10   
10.  

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     11   
11.  

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     11   
12.  

EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     12   
13.  

TERMINATION

     12   
14.  

TERM

     12   
15.  

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

     12   
16.  

GOVERNING LAW

     13   
17.  

CERTAIN INFORMATION

     13   


RULES OF THE MARKIT

SHARE OPTION PLAN

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In these Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

“Affiliate” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Articles” means the Articles of Association of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “Article” shall be construed accordingly;

“Bad Leaver” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Board” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

“Code” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

“Commencement Date” means the date on which the Plan is approved by the Board;

“Company” means Markit Group Holdings Limited (No. 6240773);

“Date of Grant” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

“Departing Employee” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Drag Along Notice” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Deed of Adherence” means a valid deed of adherence to the Shareholders’ Agreement;

“Effective Date” means, with regard to an Option and subject to the terms of the Plan, the date set out in the corresponding Option Certificate from which such Option begins to vest;

“Eligible Participant” means any employee (including a director) of, or any consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

“Employer’s NICs” means secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions;

“Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes” means an amount, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, equal to the sum of all employment and other taxes, insurance premiums and other amounts imposed by any and all Government Authorities on any Member of the Group with respect to the income earned by a Participant arising upon a Participant’s exercise of an Option, the making of an election under section 83(b) of the Code or in accordance with the terms of the Plan or any grant agreement;

“Exercise Price” means the price per Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

“Good Leaver” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Government Authority” means the government of the U.S., the government of any U.S. State (including the government of the District of Columbia and the government of

 

3


any U.S. possession or territory) or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing;

“HMRC” means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

“Listing” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Member of the Group” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

“Option” means a right to acquire Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

“Option Certificate” means the certificate evidencing a grant of an Option pursuant to Rule 3.2;

“Option Exercise Window” means such period as the Board shall determine and notify to Participants;

“Option Tax Liability” means the sum of (i) an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions (including Employer’s NICs which are the subject of an agreement or election under Rule 7.2(e)) or any other amounts (including Medicare) which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group and (ii) the Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes;

“Participant” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

“Plan” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

“Qualifying Proposed Sale” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Retirement” shall occur in such circumstances as the Board shall determine constitute a genuine retirement;

“Rules” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

“Share” means a fully paid ordinary non-voting share in the capital of the Company, as defined in the Articles;

“Shareholders’ Agreement” is the agreement defined in the Articles as the same may be amended from time to time;

“Subsidiary” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

“Subsisting Option” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

“Vesting Terms” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, such vesting terms as the Board may, on or before the Date of Grant of an Option, specify and set out in the Option Certificate; and

“Voluntary Resignation” has the meaning given to it in the Articles.

 

4


Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Terms form a part of the Plan.

The provisions of Rules 7.2 (b) and (c) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

The Plan shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall be known as The Markit Share Option Plan.

The purposes of this Plan are to enable the Company to motivate Eligible Participants who are important to the success and growth of the business of the Company and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between the Eligible Participants and the shareholders of the Company by granting the Eligible Participants Options to purchase Shares.

 

3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1 The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Shares subject to the rules of this Plan including the Vesting Terms and such other terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with an Option Certificate:

 

  (a) evidencing the grant of an Option;

 

  (b) setting out the Exercise Price;

 

  (c) including the applicable Vesting Terms; and

 

  (d) setting out any other terms or conditions as the Board may determine under Rule 3.1 above.

 

3.3 The aggregate number of Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under the Markit Share Option Plan shall not exceed such number as determined by the Board from time to time (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Rule 8.1 of the Plan). If any Option granted under this Plan shall lapse, expire or be terminated or cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1 The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant.

 

4.2 The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5


5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

 

5.1 No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever and no Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option (prior to the Option being exercised) shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5.1 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

5.2 In addition, all Options granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan and any Shares to be issued upon exercise of any Option shall be restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position”, or any “call equivalent position” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(v) under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Securities Exchange Act”)), by the Participant prior to the exercise of the Option (except in the circumstances permitted in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(iv) under the Securities Exchange Act), until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act or is no longer relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1 A Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms which, for the avoidance of doubt, are subject to Rules 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 7 and 9.

 

6.1A Any Subsisting Option shall only be exercisable during an Option Exercise Window.

 

6.2 Subject to Rule 6.4, a Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) such lapse date as the Board may determine at the Date of Grant and set out in the Option Certificate or where the Board does not determine such lapse date, the seventh anniversary of the Effective Date (in either case, the “Normal Lapse Date” );

 

  (b) where a Participant becomes a Departing Employee or ceases to be a consultant by reason of death, disability or Retirement, the Normal Lapse Date, in respect of any element of a Subsisting Option which has vested on the date the Participant so becomes a Departing Employee or ceases to be a consultant in accordance with the Vesting Terms;

 

  (c) the date upon which the Participant (who is not a consultant) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (d) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant by reason of:

 

  (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of the Participant’s consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement; or

 

  (ii) the voluntary termination by the Participant of such agreement or the giving by him of notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant; or

 

6


  (iii) for such reasons as are set out in the Option Certificate (if any),

in respect of any element of a Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms on such date;

 

  (e) subject to Rule 6.2(b), three months (or such other time period as may be determined by the Board under Rule 6.4(a)) from the date on which a Participant:

 

  (i) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances other than where the Participant is a Bad Leaver; or

 

  (ii) ceases to be a consultant in circumstances other than those set out in the Option Certificate (if any),

in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested on the date the Participant so becomes a Departing Employee or ceases to be a consultant in accordance with the Vesting Terms ;

 

  (f) immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms on such date; and

 

  (g) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rule 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

6.3 A Participant may, with the prior agreement of the Board, exercise a Subsisting Option in whole or in part at any time, notwithstanding that it or the relevant part thereof has not then vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms.

 

6.4 In respect of any Subsisting Option, the Board may at any time in its absolute discretion determine:

 

  (a) that, notwithstanding that such Option has not then vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms, it shall be treated as having vested over such number of Shares as the Board shall determine (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, exceeding the maximum number of Shares which remain capable of vesting under the Vesting Terms); and

 

  (b) to extend the period during which such Option may be exercised and the lapse date of such Option, provided that the Board may not extend the lapse date beyond the Normal Lapse Date.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1 Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an Option Certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct, to include, but not to be limited to, an undertaking to pay) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b) below;

 

7


  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to the Articles or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to the Articles is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and (b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised;

 

  (e) an election under section 431 of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003, or an election or other form of documentation designed to achieve a similar effect under the laws of any other relevant jurisdiction (including for the avoidance of doubt an election under Section 83(b) of the Code) in each case in such form as the Board my prescribe.

 

7.2 The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall, unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, be conditional upon:

 

  (a) the Option having vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms;

 

  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (c) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (d) (if not already a party to the Shareholders’ Agreement) the Participant may be required to execute a Deed of Adherence and agreement that he shall take the Shares subject to the Shareholders’ Agreement and Memorandum of Association of the Company and the Articles; and

 

  (e) either of the following conditions being satisfied within one month of the date on which the notice of exercise of that Option was lodged in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) where any Member of the Group would be liable for Employer’s NICs in respect of that exercise:

 

  (i) the Participant entering into an agreement with the Company, in such form as determined by the Board, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; or

 

  (ii) the Participant entering into a form of joint election, in such form as determined by the Board and approved in advance by HMRC, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; and

 

  (iii) the arrangements made in that election for securing that the Participant will meet the liability transferred to him have been approved in advance by HMRC;

and:

 

8


    in the event that either condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date on which that condition is satisfied; or

 

    in the event that neither condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the exercise of the Option under Rule 7.1 shall not be effective; or

 

    in the event that the Board waives the requirement for either condition to be satisfied, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date of the waiver.

 

7.3 Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4 In the event that the number of vested Shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Share, the number of Shares so vested shall be rounded to the nearest whole number of Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Share.

 

7.5 Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Shares then already in issue except that they and any Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.6 The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1 In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2 No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Shares below the nominal value of a Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3 The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

8.4 Any adjustment made to an option under Rule 8.1 shall be intended not to subject the Option to Section 409A of the Code.

 

9


9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1 In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 13.1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with Article 13.1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 13.2(d) is delivered to the Company pursuant to such Article (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with Article 13.2) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2 Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to Article 13.1(b) or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 13.2(d), the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non- Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of 9.1(a) above); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of 9.1(b) above).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) and shall be bound to transfer their Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in 13.1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3 If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4 If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the provisions contained in Chapter 3 of Part 28 of the Companies Act 2006, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5 If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6 Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within six months of the effective date of a Listing in respect of the Company.

 

9.7 The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

10


10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages;

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4 No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Articles with respect to the terms of the Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction;

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group; and

 

  (c) delegate to a committee or any officer any of its authority hereunder.

 

11.3 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

11


  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant participating company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service: and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11.5 The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6 The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7 The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Shares.

 

11.8 If any Option Certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9 In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to this Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants.

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under this Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any

 

12


Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of this Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend this Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

These Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of this Plan, their Option(s) and any Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

17. CERTAIN INFORMATION

The Company shall, for so long as it is relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act and is not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act, provide to each Participant (i) information about the risks associated with an investment in the Shares as described in Rule 701(e)(3) under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) and (ii) the financial information described in Rule 701(e)(4) and (5) under the Securities Act, every six (6) months with the financial statements described therein being not more than 180 days old and with such other information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. Each Participant shall be required to keep such information strictly confidential.

 

13

Exhibit 10.21

 

 

LOGO

Rules of the Markit Share Plan

Markit Group Holdings Limited

Rules approved by the Board on 5 December 2012


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE        PAGE  
1.  

DEFINITIONS

     8   
2.  

COMMENCEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

     9   
3.  

THE ALLOTMENT OF SHARES

     9   
4.  

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     11   
5.  

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     11   
6.  

RESTRICTIONS

     11   
7.  

GOVERNING LAW

     12   


RULES OF THE MARKIT SHARE PLAN

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In these Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

“Affiliate” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Allotment Letter” means a letter in the form set out in Appendix A (with such modifications as the Board shall decide) pursuant to which the Company shall allot Shares and a Participant shall agree to take such Shares on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Plan;

“Articles” means the Articles of Association of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “Article” shall be construed accordingly;

“Board” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

“Commencement Date” means the date on which this Plan is approved by the Board, subject to the approval of the shareholders of the Company;

“Company” means Markit Group Holdings Limited;

“Date of Allotment” in respect of a Participant means the date on which Shares are allotted to such Participant and such Participant validly executes an Allotment Letter;

“EBT” means the employee benefit trust to be established by the Company for the benefit of its employees;

Election has the meaning given in Rule 3.6(b);

Eligible Participant means any senior employee (including a director) of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

Employee Taxation has the meaning given in Rule 3.10;

“ITEPA” means the Income Tax Earning and Pensions Act 2003;

“Member of the Group” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

“Ordinary Non-Voting Share” means an ordinary non-voting share of $0.01 each in the capital of the Company;

“Participant” means any individual who has been allotted a Share or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

“Plan” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

“Rules” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

“Share” means a fully paid Ordinary Non-Voting Share allotted pursuant to the terms of this Plan; and

“Subscription Price” has the meaning given in Rule 3.1.


Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it.

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

The Plan shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall be known as The Markit Share Plan. The purposes of this Plan are to enable the Company to motivate Eligible Participants who are important to the success and growth of the business of the Company and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between the Eligible Participants and the stockholders of the Company by allotting Shares to the Eligible Participants hereunder.

 

3. THE ALLOTMENT OF SHARES

 

3.1 The Board may allot Eligible Participants Shares subject to the rules of this Plan and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Shares may be allotted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The number of Shares to be allotted to an Eligible Participant shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

The Subscription Price for each Share allotted pursuant to this Plan shall be equal to the sum of the nominal value of the Shares, being $0.01 per Share.

 

3.2 The Company shall obtain an independent valuation of the Ordinary Non-Voting Shares indicating the unrestricted market value of the Ordinary Non-Voting Shares (for the purposes of section 431(1) ITEPA) following the allotment of any Shares.

 

3.3 Each Participant to whom Shares are allotted under this Plan shall be sent an Allotment Letter by the Company.

 

3.4 The aggregate number of Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under this Plan shall not exceed the amount approved by the Board from time to time.

 

3.5 All Shares shall be allotted within 6 months after the date of the respective Allotment Letter.

 

3.6 Upon allotment of any Shares by the Board, a Participant shall:

 

  (A) execute a counterpart of the Allotment Letter; and

 

  (B) execute an election with his employer pursuant to section 431(1) ITEPA in the form prescribed by the HM Revenue and Customs (as supplied by the Company) and/ or an election pursuant to section 83(b) of the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended in the form prescribed by the US Internal Revenue Service to elect to pay income tax (if any) computed by reference to the unrestricted market value of the Shares so acquired (the “Election” ),

and lodge the same with the company secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to the Participant in the Allotment Letter), together with payment (in such form and manner as the Board shall direct including, to the extent lawful, the withholding of the Subscription Price from the Participant’s normal pay or other amounts payable to the Participant by the Company or a Member of the Group) of a sum equal to the aggregate Subscription Price of the Shares so allotted.

 

3.7 The Board shall within 30 days of the allotment of any Shares cause the Company to procure the entry of the name of the Participant in the register of members of the Company in respect of the relevant Shares and to send to the Participant a share certificate in respect of the same (which shall state that the Shares have been issued under the Plan).


3.8 The Board shall by 6 July following the end of the tax year in which the Shares are allotted make a report of the acquisition of such Shares to HM Revenue and Customs on Form 42 (or its successor).

 

3.9 Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the shares of the same class then already in issue, and for the avoidance of doubt they will not be entitled to any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the Date of Allotment.

 

3.10 In any case where any Member of the Group is obliged to account for Employee Taxation to a tax authority as a result of or in respect of the following:

 

  (A) the acquisition of Shares pursuant to this Plan;

 

  (B) the entering into of the Election; or

 

  (C) any action, event or thing done following the acquisition of Shares pursuant to this Plan which gives rise to an Employee Taxation liability in respect of such Shares including where the following sections of ITEPA apply:

 

  (i) section 426 (restricted securities - charge on occurrence of chargeable events);

 

  (ii) section 438 (convertible securities - charge on occurrence of chargeable events);

 

  (iii) section 446E (securities with artificially depressed market value - charge on restricted securities);

 

  (iv) section 446L (securities with artificially enhanced market value - charge on non-commercial increases;

 

  (v) section 446Y (securities disposed of for more than market value); and

 

  (vi) section 447 (post-acquisition benefits from securities - charge on other chargeable benefits from securities),

such Member of the Group may, to the extent lawful, recover the Employee Taxation from the Participant in question and each such Participant agrees that such Member may recover the Employee Taxation via deductions from salary for the relevant period under PAYE and to the extent that such deductions are insufficient to cover the Employee Taxation, the Participant shall having received written notice from such Member (on an after tax basis) pay to such Member the balance three business days before the last day on which such Member can account for the Employee Taxation to a tax authority without incurring interest and penalties. For the purposes of this Rule 3.10, the term Employee Taxation means (i) any charge to income tax or social security contributions including any Secondary Class 1 National Insurance liability to the extent schedule 1 of the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 (as amended by the National Insurance Contributions and Statutory Payments Act 2004) permits recovery from the Participant and (ii) any applicable US federal, state or local income or employment taxes or insurance premiums.

 

4. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

4.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.


4.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (A) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages; and

 

  (B) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination;

 

  (C) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

4.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

5. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

5.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Company’s Articles with respect to the terms of the Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

5.2 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (A) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company or sent through the Company’s internal postal service; and

 

  (B) to the Company either personally or by post to the company secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

5.3 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan.

 

5.4 The Board shall have the right to delegate at any time the administration of the Plan to any third party that it deems fit.

 

6. RESTRICTIONS

The Shares held by a Participant shall be subject to a vesting period set out in the Participant’s Allotment Letter. By way of example, in the case of a three year vesting period, the unrestricted number of shares shall be equal to the total number of shares allotted to such Participant, multiplied by 1/3 on 1 January in each of the three years following the Date of Allotment.

 

7. GOVERNING LAW

These Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of this Plan and any Shares allotted or issued to them under this Plan.

Exhibit 10.22

 

 

LOGO

Rules of the Markit Share Option Plan

Markit Group Holdings Limited

Rules approved by the Board on 5 December 2012


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE        PAGE  
1.  

DEFINITIONS

     3   
2.  

COMMENCEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

     5   
3.  

THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

     5   
4.  

THE EXERCISE PRICE

     5   
5.  

NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

     6   
6.  

WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

     6   
7.  

MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     7   
8.  

ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

     9   
9.  

SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

     10   
10.  

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     11   
11.  

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     11   
12.  

EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     12   
13.  

TERMINATION

     12   
14.  

TERM

     12   
15.  

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

     12   
16.  

GOVERNING LAW

     13   
17.  

CERTAIN INFORMATION

     13   


RULES OF THE MARKIT

SHARE OPTION PLAN

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In these Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

“Affiliate” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Articles” means the Articles of Association of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “Article” shall be construed accordingly;

“Bad Leaver” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Board” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

“Code” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

“Commencement Date” means the date on which the Plan is approved by the Board;

“Company” means Markit Group Holdings Limited (No. 6240773);

“Date of Grant” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

“Departing Employee” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Drag Along Notice” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Deed of Adherence” means a valid deed of adherence to the Shareholders’ Agreement;

“Effective Date” means, with regard to an Option and subject to the terms of the Plan, the date set out in the corresponding Option Certificate from which such Option begins to vest;

“Eligible Participant” means any employee (including a director) of, or any consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

“Employer’s NICs” means secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions;

“Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes” means an amount, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, equal to the sum of all employment and other taxes, insurance premiums and other amounts imposed by any and all Government Authorities on any Member of the Group with respect to the income earned by a Participant arising upon a Participant’s exercise of an Option, the making of an election under section 83(b) of the Code or in accordance with the terms of the Plan or any grant agreement;

“Exercise Price” means the price per Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

“Good Leaver” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Government Authority” means the government of the U.S., the government of any U.S. State (including the government of the District of Columbia and the government of

 

3


any U.S. possession or territory) or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing;

“HMRC” means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

“Listing” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Member of the Group” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

“Option” means a right to acquire Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

“Option Certificate” means the certificate evidencing a grant of an Option pursuant to Rule 3.2;

“Option Exercise Window” means such period as the Board shall determine and notify to Participants;

“Option Tax Liability” means the sum of (i) an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions (including Employer’s NICs which are the subject of an agreement or election under Rule 7.2(e)) or any other amounts (including Medicare) which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group and (ii) the Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes;

“Participant” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

“Plan” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

“Qualifying Proposed Sale” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Retirement” shall occur in such circumstances as the Board shall determine constitute a genuine retirement;

“Rules” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

“Share” means a fully paid ordinary non-voting share in the capital of the Company, as defined in the Articles;

“Shareholders’ Agreement” is the agreement defined in the Articles as the same may be amended from time to time;

“Subsidiary” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

“Subsisting Option” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

“Vesting Terms” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, such vesting terms as the Board may, on or before the Date of Grant of an Option, specify and set out in the Option Certificate; and

“Voluntary Resignation” has the meaning given to it in the Articles.

 

4


Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Terms form a part of the Plan.

The provisions of Rules 7.2 (b) and (c) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

The Plan shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall be known as The Markit Share Option Plan.

The purposes of this Plan are to enable the Company to motivate Eligible Participants who are important to the success and growth of the business of the Company and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between the Eligible Participants and the shareholders of the Company by granting the Eligible Participants Options to purchase Shares.

 

3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1 The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Shares subject to the rules of this Plan including the Vesting Terms and such other terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with an Option Certificate:

 

  (a) evidencing the grant of an Option;

 

  (b) setting out the Exercise Price;

 

  (c) including the applicable Vesting Terms; and

 

  (d) setting out any other terms or conditions as the Board may determine under Rule 3.1 above.

 

3.3 The aggregate number of Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under the Markit Share Option Plan shall not exceed such number as determined by the Board from time to time (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Rule 8.1 of the Plan). If any Option granted under this Plan shall lapse, expire or be terminated or cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1 The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant.

 

4.2 The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5


5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

 

5.1 No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever and no Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option (prior to the Option being exercised) shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5.1 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

5.2 In addition, all Options granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan and any Shares to be issued upon exercise of any Option shall be restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position”, or any “call equivalent position” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(v) under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Securities Exchange Act”)), by the Participant prior to the exercise of the Option (except in the circumstances permitted in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(iv) under the Securities Exchange Act), until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act or is no longer relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1 A Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms which, for the avoidance of doubt, are subject to Rules 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 7 and 9.

 

6.1A Any Subsisting Option shall only be exercisable during an Option Exercise Window.

 

6.2 Subject to Rule 6.4, a Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) such lapse date as the Board may determine at the Date of Grant and set out in the Option Certificate or where the Board does not determine such lapse date, the seventh anniversary of the Effective Date (in either case, the “Normal Lapse Date” );

 

  (b) where a Participant becomes a Departing Employee or ceases to be a consultant by reason of death, disability or Retirement, the Normal Lapse Date, in respect of any element of a Subsisting Option which has vested on the date the Participant so becomes a Departing Employee or ceases to be a consultant in accordance with the Vesting Terms;

 

  (c) the date upon which the Participant (who is not a consultant) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (d) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant by reason of:

 

  (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of the Participant’s consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement; or

 

  (ii) the voluntary termination by the Participant of such agreement or the giving by him of notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant; or

 

6


  (iii) for such reasons as are set out in the Option Certificate (if any), in respect of any element of a Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms on such date;

 

  (e) subject to Rule 6.2(b), three months (or such other time period as may be determined by the Board under Rule 6.4(a)) from the date on which a Participant:

 

  (i) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances other than where the Participant is a Bad Leaver; or

 

  (ii) ceases to be a consultant in circumstances other than those set out in the Option Certificate (if any),

in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested on the date the Participant so becomes a Departing Employee or ceases to be a consultant in accordance with the Vesting Terms;

 

  (f) immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms on such date; and

 

  (g) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rule 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

6.3 A Participant may, with the prior agreement of the Board, exercise a Subsisting Option in whole or in part at any time, notwithstanding that it or the relevant part thereof has not then vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms.

 

6.4 In respect of any Subsisting Option, the Board may at any time in its absolute discretion determine:

 

  (a) that, notwithstanding that such Option has not then vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms, it shall be treated as having vested over such number of Shares as the Board shall determine (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, exceeding the maximum number of Shares which remain capable of vesting under the Vesting Terms); and

 

  (b) to extend the period during which such Option may be exercised and the lapse date of such Option, provided that the Board may not extend the lapse date beyond the Normal Lapse Date.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1 Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an Option Certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct, to include, but not to be limited to, an undertaking to pay) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b) below;

 

7


  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to the Articles or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to the Articles is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and (b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised;

 

  (e) an election under section 431 of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003, or an election or other form of documentation designed to achieve a similar effect under the laws of any other relevant jurisdiction (including for the avoidance of doubt an election under Section 83(b) of the Code) in each case in such form as the Board my prescribe.

 

7.2 The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall, unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, be conditional upon:

 

  (a) the Option having vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms;

 

  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (c) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (d) (if not already a party to the Shareholders’ Agreement) the Participant may be required to execute a Deed of Adherence and agreement that he shall take the Shares subject to the Shareholders’ Agreement and Memorandum of Association of the Company and the Articles; and

 

  (e) either of the following conditions being satisfied within one month of the date on which the notice of exercise of that Option was lodged in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) where any Member of the Group would be liable for Employer’s NICs in respect of that exercise:

 

  (i) the Participant entering into an agreement with the Company, in such form as determined by the Board, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; or

 

  (ii) the Participant entering into a form of joint election, in such form as determined by the Board and approved in advance by HMRC, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; and

 

  (iii) the arrangements made in that election for securing that the Participant will meet the liability transferred to him have been approved in advance by HMRC;

and:

 

8


    in the event that either condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date on which that condition is satisfied; or

 

    in the event that neither condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the exercise of the Option under Rule 7.1 shall not be effective; or

 

    in the event that the Board waives the requirement for either condition to be satisfied, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date of the waiver.

 

7.3 Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4 In the event that the number of vested Shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Share, the number of Shares so vested shall be rounded to the nearest whole number of Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Share.

 

7.5 Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Shares then already in issue except that they and any Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.6 The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1 In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2 No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Shares below the nominal value of a Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3 The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

8.4 Any adjustment made to an option under Rule 8.1 shall be intended not to subject the Option to Section 409A of the Code.

 

9


9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1 In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 13.1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with Article 13.1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 13.2(d) is delivered to the Company pursuant to such Article (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with Article 13.2) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2 Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to Article 13.1(b) or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 13.2(d), the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of 9.1(a) above); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of 9.1(b) above).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) and shall be bound to transfer their Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in 13.1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3 If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4 If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the provisions contained in Chapter 3 of Part 28 of the Companies Act 2006, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5 If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6 Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within six months of the effective date of a Listing in respect of the Company.

 

9.7 The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

10


10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages;

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4 No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Articles with respect to the terms of the Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction;

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group; and

 

  (c) delegate to a committee or any officer any of its authority hereunder.

 

11.3 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

11


  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant participating company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service: and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11.5 The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6 The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7 The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Shares.

 

11.8 If any Option Certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9 In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to this Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants.

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under this Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any

 

12


Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of this Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend this Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

These Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of this Plan, their Option(s) and any Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

17. CERTAIN INFORMATION

The Company shall, for so long as it is relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act and is not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act, provide to each Participant (i) information about the risks associated with an investment in the Shares as described in Rule 701(e)(3) under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) and (ii) the financial information described in Rule 701(e)(4) and (5) under the Securities Act, every six (6) months with the financial statements described therein being not more than 180 days old and with such other information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. Each Participant shall be required to keep such information strictly confidential.

 

13

Exhibit 10.23

 

 

LOGO

Rules of the Markit Share Option Plan

(mid-year awards April through December 2013)

Markit Group Holdings Limited

Rules approved by the Board February 2013


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE        PAGE  
1.  

DEFINITIONS

     3   
2.  

COMMENCEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

     5   
3.  

THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

     5   
4.  

THE EXERCISE PRICE

     5   
5.  

NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

     5   
6.  

WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

     6   
7.  

MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     7   
8.  

ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

     9   
9.  

SALE AND LIQUIDATION

     9   
10.  

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     10   
11.  

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     11   
12.  

EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     12   
13.  

TERMINATION

     12   
14.  

TERM

     12   
15.  

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

     12   
16.  

GOVERNING LAW

     12   
17.  

CERTAIN INFORMATION

     13   


RULES OF THE MARKIT

SHARE OPTION PLAN

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In these Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

Articles ” means the Articles of Association of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “Article” shall be construed accordingly;

Bad Leaver ” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

Board ” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

Code ” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

Commencement Date ” means the date on which the Plan is approved by the Board;

Company ” means Markit Group Holdings Limited (No. 6240773);

Date of Grant ” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

Departing Employee ” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

Drag Along Notice ” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

Deed of Adherence ” means a valid deed of adherence to the Shareholders’ Agreement;

Effective Date ” means, with regard to an Option and subject to the terms of the Plan, the date set out in the corresponding Option Certificate from which such Option begins to vest;

Eligible Participant ” means any employee (including a director) of, or any consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

Employer’s NICs ” means secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions;

Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes ” means an amount, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, equal to the sum of all employment and other taxes, insurance premiums and other amounts imposed by any and all Government Authorities on any Member of the Group with respect to the income earned by a Participant arising upon a Participant’s exercise of an Option, the making of an election under section 83(b) of the Code or in accordance with the terms of the Plan or any grant agreement;

Exercise Price ” means the price per Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

Good Leaver ” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

Government Authority ” means the government of the U.S., the government of any U.S. State (including the government of the District of Columbia and the government of

 

3


any U.S. possession or territory) or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing;

HMRC ” means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

Member of the Group ” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

Option ” means a right to acquire Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

Option Certificate ” means the certificate evidencing a grant of an Option pursuant to Rule 3.2;

Option Exercise Window ” means such period as the Board shall determine and notify to Participants;

Option Tax Liability ” means the sum of (i) an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions (including Employer’s NICs which are the subject of an agreement or election under Rule 7.2(e)) or any other amounts (including Medicare) which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group and (ii) the Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes;

Participant ” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

Plan ” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

Qualifying Proposed Sale ” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

Retirement ” shall occur in such circumstances as the Board shall determine constitute a genuine retirement;

Rules ” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

Share ” means a fully paid ordinary non-voting share in the capital of the Company, as defined in the Articles;

Shareholders’ Agreement ” is the agreement defined in the Articles as the same may be amended from time to time;

Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

Subsisting Option ” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

Vesting Terms ” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, such vesting terms as the Board may, on or before the Date of Grant of an Option, specify and set out in the Option Certificate; and

Voluntary Resignation ” has the meaning given to it in the Articles.

Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted

 

4


and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Terms form a part of the Plan.

The provisions of Rules 7.2 (b) and (c) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

The Plan shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall be known as The Markit Share Option Plan.

The purposes of this Plan are to enable the Company to motivate Eligible Participants who are important to the success and growth of the business of the Company and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between the Eligible Participants and the shareholders of the Company by granting the Eligible Participants Options to purchase Shares.

 

3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1 The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Shares subject to the rules of this Plan including the Vesting Terms and such other terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with an Option Certificate:

 

  (a) evidencing the grant of an Option;

 

  (b) setting out the Exercise Price;

 

  (c) including the applicable Vesting Terms; and

 

  (d) setting out any other terms or conditions as the Board may determine under Rule 3.1 above.

 

3.3 The aggregate number of Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under the Markit Share Option Plan shall not exceed such number as determined by the Board from time to time (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Rule 8.1 of the Plan). If any Option granted under this Plan shall lapse, expire or be terminated or cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1 The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant.

 

4.2 The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

 

5.1

No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever and no Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option (prior to the Option being exercised) shall be capable of being transferred by him

 

5


  or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5.1 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

5.2 In addition, all Options granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan and any Shares to be issued upon exercise of any Option shall be restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position”, or any “call equivalent position” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(v) under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Securities Exchange Act”)), by the Participant prior to the exercise of the Option (except in the circumstances permitted in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(iv) under the Securities Exchange Act), until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act or is no longer relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1 A Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms which, for the avoidance of doubt, are subject to Rules 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 7 and 9.

 

6.1A Any Subsisting Option shall only be exercisable during an Option Exercise Window.

 

6.2 Subject to Rule 6.4, a Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) such lapse date as the Board may determine at the Date of Grant and set out in the Option Certificate or where the Board does not determine such lapse date, the seventh anniversary of the Effective Date (in either case, the “Normal Lapse Date” );

 

  (b) where a Participant becomes a Departing Employee or ceases to be a consultant by reason of death, disability or Retirement, the Normal Lapse Date, in respect of any element of a Subsisting Option which has vested on the date the Participant so becomes a Departing Employee or ceases to be a consultant in accordance with the Vesting Terms;

 

  (c) the date upon which the Participant (who is not a consultant) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (d) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant by reason of:

 

  (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of the Participant’s consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement; or

 

  (ii) the voluntary termination by the Participant of such agreement or the giving by him of notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant; or

 

  (iii) for such reasons as are set out in the Option Certificate (if any),

in respect of any element of a Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms on such date;

 

  (e) subject to Rule 6.2(b), three months (or such other time period as may be determined by the Board under Rule 6.4(a)) from the date on which a Participant:

 

6


  (i) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances other than where the Participant is a Bad Leaver; or

 

  (ii) ceases to be a consultant in circumstances other than those set out in the Option Certificate (if any),

in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested on the date the Participant so becomes a Departing Employee or ceases to be a consultant in accordance with the Vesting Terms ;

 

  (f) immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms on such date; and

 

  (g) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rule 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

6.3 A Participant may, with the prior agreement of the Board, exercise a Subsisting Option in whole or in part at any time, notwithstanding that it or the relevant part thereof has not then vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms.

 

6.4 In respect of any Subsisting Option, the Board may at any time in its absolute discretion determine:

 

  (a) that, notwithstanding that such Option has not then vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms, it shall be treated as having vested over such number of Shares as the Board shall determine (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, exceeding the maximum number of Shares which remain capable of vesting under the Vesting Terms); and

 

  (b) to extend the period during which such Option may be exercised and the lapse date of such Option, provided that the Board may not extend the lapse date beyond the Normal Lapse Date.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1 Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an Option Certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct, to include, but not to be limited to, an undertaking to pay) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b) below;

 

  (d)

in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to the Articles or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to the Articles is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the

 

7


  Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and (b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised;

 

  (e) an election under section 431 of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003, or an election or other form of documentation designed to achieve a similar effect under the laws of any other relevant jurisdiction (including for the avoidance of doubt an election under Section 83(b) of the Code) in each case in such form as the Board my prescribe.

 

7.2 The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall, unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, be conditional upon:

 

  (a) the Option having vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms;

 

  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (c) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (d) (if not already a party to the Shareholders’ Agreement) the Participant may be required to execute a Deed of Adherence and agreement that he shall take the Shares subject to the Shareholders’ Agreement and Memorandum of Association of the Company and the Articles; and

 

  (e) either of the following conditions being satisfied within one month of the date on which the notice of exercise of that Option was lodged in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) where any Member of the Group would be liable for Employer’s NICs in respect of that exercise:

 

  (i) the Participant entering into an agreement with the Company, in such form as determined by the Board, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; or

 

  (ii) the Participant entering into a form of joint election, in such form as determined by the Board and approved in advance by HMRC, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; and

 

  (iii) the arrangements made in that election for securing that the Participant will meet the liability transferred to him have been approved in advance by HMRC;

and:

 

    in the event that either condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date on which that condition is satisfied; or

 

    in the event that neither condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the exercise of the Option under Rule 7.1 shall not be effective; or

 

    in the event that the Board waives the requirement for either condition to be satisfied, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date of the waiver.

 

8


7.3 Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4 In the event that the number of vested Shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Share, the number of Shares so vested shall be rounded to the nearest whole number of Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Share.

 

7.5 Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Shares then already in issue except that they and any Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.6 The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1 In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2 No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Shares below the nominal value of a Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3 The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

8.4 Any adjustment made to an option under Rule 8.1 shall be intended not to subject the Option to Section 409A of the Code.

 

9. SALE AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1 In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 13.1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with Article 13.1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 13.2(d) is delivered to the Company pursuant to such Article (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with Article 13.2) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9


9.2 Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to Article 13.1(b) or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 13.2(d), the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non- Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of 9.1(a) above); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of 9.1(b) above).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) and shall be bound to transfer their Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in 13.1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3 If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4 If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the provisions contained in Chapter 3 of Part 28 of the Companies Act 2006, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5 If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6 The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages;

 

  (b)

no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate

 

10


  him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4 No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Articles with respect to the terms of the Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction;

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group; and

 

  (c) delegate to a committee or any officer any of its authority hereunder.

 

11.3 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant participating company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service: and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11


11.5 The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6 The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7 The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Shares.

 

11.8 If any Option Certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9 In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act of 1999 shall not apply to this Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants.

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date.

 

15. I NCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under this Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of this Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend this Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

These Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of this Plan, their Option(s) and any Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

12


17. CERTAIN INFORMATION

The Company shall, for so long as it is relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act and is not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act, provide to each Participant (i) information about the risks associated with an investment in the Shares as described in Rule 701(e)(3) under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) and (ii) the financial information described in Rule 701(e)(4) and (5) under the Securities Act, every six (6) months with the financial statements described therein being not more than 180 days old and with such other information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. Each Participant shall be required to keep such information strictly confidential.

 

13

Exhibit 10.24

Rules of the Markit Share Plan

Markit Group Holdings Limited

Rules approved by the Board on January 2014


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE        PAGE  
1.  

DEFINITIONS

     1   
2.  

COMMENCEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

     2   
3.  

THE ALLOTMENT OF SHARES

     2   
4.  

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     4   
5.  

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     4   
6.  

RESTRICTIONS

     4   
7.  

GOVERNING LAW

     5   


RULES OF THE MARKIT SHARE PLAN

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In these Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

“Affiliate” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Allotment Letter” means a letter in the form set out in Appendix A (with such modifications as the Board shall decide) pursuant to which the Company shall allot Shares and a Participant shall agree to take such Shares on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Plan;

“Articles” means the Articles of Association of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “Article” shall be construed accordingly;

“Board” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

“Commencement Date” means the date on which this Plan is approved by the Board, subject to the approval of the shareholders of the Company;

“Company” means Markit Group Holdings Limited;

“Date of Allotment” in respect of a Participant means the date on which Shares are allotted to such Participant and such Participant validly executes an Allotment Letter;

“EBT” means the employee benefit trust to be established by the Company for the benefit of its employees;

Election ” means an election made by a Participant (i) with his employer pursuant to section 431(1) ITEPA in the form prescribed by HM Revenue and Customs, and/or (ii) pursuant to section 83(b) of the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, in the form prescribed by the US Internal Revenue Service, in either case to pay income tax (if any) computed by reference to the unrestricted market value of the Shares so acquired;

Eligible Participant ” means any senior employee (including a director) of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

Employee Taxation ” has the meaning given in Rule 3.10;

“ITEPA” means the Income Tax Earning and Pensions Act 2003;

“Member of the Group” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

“Ordinary Non-Voting Share” means an ordinary non-voting share of $0.01 each in the capital of the Company;

“Participant” means any individual who has been allotted a Share or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

“Plan” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

“Rules” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;


“Share” means a fully paid Ordinary Non-Voting Share allotted pursuant to the terms of this Plan; and

“Subscription Price” has the meaning given in Rule 3.1.

Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it.

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

The Plan shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall be known as The Markit Share Plan. The purposes of this Plan are to enable the Company to motivate Eligible Participants who are important to the success and growth of the business of the Company and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between the Eligible Participants and the stockholders of the Company by allotting Shares to the Eligible Participants hereunder.

 

3. THE ALLOTMENT OF SHARES

 

3.1 The Board may allot Eligible Participants Shares subject to the rules of this Plan and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Shares may be allotted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The number of Shares to be allotted to an Eligible Participant shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

The Subscription Price for each Share allotted pursuant to this Plan shall be equal to the sum of the nominal value of the Shares, being $0.01 per Share.

 

3.2 The Company shall obtain an independent valuation of the Ordinary Non-Voting Shares indicating the unrestricted market value of the Ordinary Non-Voting Shares (for the purposes of section 431(1) ITEPA) following the allotment of any Shares.

 

3.3 Each Participant to whom Shares are allotted under this Plan shall be sent an Allotment Letter by the Company.

 

3.4 The aggregate number of Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under this Plan shall not exceed the amount approved by the Board from time to time.

 

3.5 All Shares shall be allotted within 6 months after the date of the respective Allotment Letter.

 

3.6 Upon allotment of any Shares by the Board, a Participant shall execute a counterpart of the Allotment Letter and lodge the same with the company secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to the Participant in the Allotment Letter), together with payment (in such form and manner as the Board shall direct including, to the extent lawful, the withholding of the Subscription Price from the Participant’s normal pay or other amounts payable to the Participant by the Company or a Member of the Group) of a sum equal to the aggregate Subscription Price of the Shares so allotted.

 

3.7 The Board shall within 30 days of the allotment of any Shares cause the Company to procure the entry of the name of the Participant in the register of members of the Company in respect of the relevant Shares and to send to the Participant a share certificate in respect of the same (which shall state that the Shares have been issued under the Plan).


3.8 The Board shall by 6 July following the end of the tax year in which the Shares are allotted make a report of the acquisition of such Shares to HM Revenue and Customs on Form 42 (or its successor).

 

3.9 Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the shares of the same class then already in issue, and for the avoidance of doubt they will not be entitled to any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the Date of Allotment.

 

3.10 In any case where any Member of the Group is obliged to account for Employee Taxation to a tax authority as a result of or in respect of the following:

 

  (a) the acquisition of Shares pursuant to this Plan;

 

  (b) the entering into of the Election; or

 

  (c) any action, event or thing done following the acquisition of Shares pursuant to this Plan which gives rise to an Employee Taxation liability in respect of such Shares including where the following sections of ITEPA apply:

 

  (i) section 426 (restricted securities—charge on occurrence of chargeable events);

 

  (ii) section 438 (convertible securities—charge on occurrence of chargeable events);

 

  (iii) section 446E (securities with artificially depressed market value—charge on restricted securities);

 

  (iv) section 446L (securities with artificially enhanced market value—charge on non-commercial increases;

 

  (v) section 446Y (securities disposed of for more than market value); and

 

  (vi) section 447 (post-acquisition benefits from securities—charge on other chargeable benefits from securities),

such Member of the Group may, to the extent lawful, recover the Employee Taxation from the Participant in question and each such Participant agrees that such Member may recover the Employee Taxation via deductions from salary for the relevant period under PAYE and to the extent that such deductions are insufficient to cover the Employee Taxation, the Participant shall having received written notice from such Member (on an after tax basis) pay to such Member the balance three business days before the last day on which such Member can account for the Employee Taxation to a tax authority without incurring interest and penalties. For the purposes of this Rule 3.10, the term “ Employee Taxation ” means (i) any charge to income tax or social security contributions including any Secondary Class 1 National Insurance liability to the extent schedule 1 of the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 (as amended by the National Insurance Contributions and Statutory Payments Act 2004) permits recovery from the Participant and (ii) any applicable US federal, state or local income or employment taxes or insurance premiums.

 

4. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

4.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.


4.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages; and

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination;

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

4.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

5. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

5.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Company’s Articles with respect to the terms of the Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

5.2 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company or sent through the Company’s internal postal service; and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the company secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

5.3 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan.

 

5.4 The Board shall have the right to delegate at any time the administration of the Plan to any third party that it deems fit.

 

6. RESTRICTIONS

The Shares held by a Participant shall be subject to a vesting period set out in the Participant’s Allotment Letter. By way of example, in the case of a three year vesting period, the unrestricted number of shares shall be equal to the total number of shares allotted to such Participant, multiplied by 1/3 on 1 January in each of the three years following the Date of Allotment.

 

7. GOVERNING LAW

These Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of this Plan and any Shares allotted or issued to them under this Plan.

Exhibit 10.25

 

LOGO

Rules of the Markit Share Option Plan

2014

Markit Group Holdings Limited

Rules approved by the Board on January 2014


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE        PAGE  
1.  

DEFINITIONS

     1   
2.  

COMMENCEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

     3   
3.  

THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

     4   
4.  

THE EXERCISE PRICE

     4   
5.  

NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

     4   
6.  

WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

     5   
7.  

MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     6   
8.  

ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

     8   
9.  

SALE, RECONSTRUCTION, TAKEOVER AND LIQUIDATION

     8   
10.  

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     10   
11.  

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     10   
12.  

EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     11   
13.  

TERMINATION

     11   
14.  

TERM

     11   
15.  

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

     11   
16.  

GOVERNING LAW

     12   
17.  

CERTAIN INFORMATION

     12   


RULES OF THE MARKIT

SHARE OPTION PLAN

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In these Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

Act ” means the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003;

“Affiliate” has the meaning given to it in the Articles in force as at 13 January 2014;

“Articles” means, unless otherwise provided, the Articles of Association of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “Article” shall be construed accordingly;

“Bad Leaver” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Board” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

“Code” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

“Commencement Date” means the date on which the Plan is approved by the Board;

“Company” means Markit Group Holdings Limited (No. 6240773);

“Compulsory Acquisition Provisions” means the provisions contained in sections 979 to 982 of the Companies Act 2006;

Condition ” means any condition or other term determined by the Board under Rule 3.1;

“Control” has the meaning given to it by section 719 of the Act;

“Date of Grant” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

“Departing Employee” means any employee or director of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies who shall (i) for any reason, cease to be a director or employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies or any individual whose services are otherwise provided to the Company or any of its Affiliates whose services cease to be provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, or (ii) upon the business of the company of which he is a director or employee being sold by the Company or such Affiliate company, or upon the Affiliate company of which he is a director or employee being sold by the Company and, in any such case, cease to be a director or employee of either the Company or any of its then remaining Affiliate companies;

“Drag Along Notice” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

Deed of Adherence ” means a valid deed of adherence to the Shareholders’ Agreement;

“Effective Date” means, with regard to an Option and subject to the terms of the Plan, the date set out in the corresponding Option Certificate from which such Option begins to vest;

“Eligible Participant” means any employee (including a director) of, or any consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

 

1


“Employer’s NICs” means secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions;

“Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes” means an amount, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, equal to the sum of all employment and other taxes, insurance premiums and other amounts imposed by any and all Government Authorities on any Member of the Group with respect to the income earned by a Participant arising upon a Participant’s exercise of an Option, the making of an election under section 83(b) of the Code or in accordance with the terms of the Plan or any grant agreement;

“Exercise Price” means the price per Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

“Good Leaver” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Government Authority” means the government of the U.S., the government of any U.S. State (including the government of the District of Columbia and the government of any U.S. possession or territory) or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing;

“HMRC” means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

“Internal Reorganisation” means any compromise, arrangement or offer (including any Specified Event) after which, in the reasonable opinion of the Board, Control of the Company remains substantially in the hands of the same person(s) as beforehand;

“Listing” means and includes, without limitation: (i) the official listing of Shares in a state within the European Economic Area; or (ii) the admission to dealing of Shares on a regulated market (as defined in the Insider Dealing (Securities and Regulated Markets) Order 1994); or (iii) Shares being quoted under the rules of a regulated market (as defined in the Insider Dealing (Securities and Regulated Markets) Order 1994) or (iv) Shares being admitted to trading on the Nasdaq National Market or the New York Stock Exchange;

“Member of the Group” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

“Option” means a right to acquire Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

“Option Certificate” means the certificate evidencing a grant of an Option pursuant to Rule 3.2;

“Option Exercise Window” means such period as the Board shall determine and notify to Participants;

“Option Tax Liability” means the sum of (i) an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions (including Employer’s NICs which are the subject of an agreement or election under Rule 7.2(e)) or any other amounts (including Medicare) which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group and (ii) the Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes;

“Participant” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

“Plan” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

“Qualifying Proposed Sale” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

 

2


“Retirement” shall occur in such circumstances as the Board shall determine constitute a genuine retirement;

“Rules” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

“Share” means a fully paid ordinary non-voting share in the capital of the Company, as defined in the Articles;

“Shareholders’ Agreement” is the agreement defined in the Articles as the same may be amended from time to time;

“Specified Event” means any of the following events or, in the case of paragraph (e), dates:

(a) any person obtains Control of the Company by any means, including as a result of making a general offer to acquire the whole of the issued share capital of the Company or all the shares in the Company which are of the same class as the Shares; or

(b) the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 899 of the Companies Act 2006 (or equivalent local legislation pursuant to, or in connection with, which a person will acquire Control of the Company or substantially the whole of the Company’s undertaking or property); or

(c) any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire Shares under the Compulsory Acquisition Provisions (or equivalent local legislation); or

(d) the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up; or

(e) if the Board determines that Options should become exercisable in the event of a proposed demerger of the Company’s business or assets, such date prior to the demerger as the Board shall reasonable determine;

“Subsidiary” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

“Subsisting Option” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

“Vesting Terms” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, such vesting terms as the Board may, on or before the Date of Grant of an Option, specify and set out in the Option Certificate; and

“Voluntary Resignation” has the meaning given to it in the Articles.

Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Terms form a part of the Plan.

The provisions of Rules 7.2 (b) and (c) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

The Plan shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall be known as The Markit Share Option Plan.

 

3


The purposes of this Plan are to enable the Company to motivate Eligible Participants who are important to the success and growth of the business of the Company and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between the Eligible Participants and the shareholders of the Company by granting the Eligible Participants Options to purchase Shares.

 

3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1 The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Shares subject to the rules of this Plan including the Vesting Terms and such other terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with an Option Certificate:

 

  (a) evidencing the grant of an Option;

 

  (b) setting out the Exercise Price;

 

  (c) including the applicable Vesting Terms; and

 

  (d) setting out any other terms or conditions as the Board may determine under Rule 3.1 above.

 

3.3 The aggregate number of Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under the Markit Share Option Plan shall not exceed such number as determined by the Board from time to time (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Rule 8.1 of the Plan). If any Option granted under this Plan shall lapse, expire or be terminated or cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1 The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant.

 

4.2 The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

 

5.1 No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever and no Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option (prior to the Option being exercised) shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5.1 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

5.2

In addition, all Options granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan and any Shares to be issued upon exercise of any Option shall be restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position”, or any “call equivalent position” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(v) under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Securities Exchange Act”)), by the Participant prior to the exercise of the Option (except in the circumstances permitted in Rule 12h-

 

4


  1(f)(1)(iv) under the Securities Exchange Act), until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act or is no longer relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1 A Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms which, for the avoidance of doubt, are subject to Rules 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 7 and 9.

 

6.1A Any Subsisting Option shall only be exercisable during an Option Exercise Window.

 

6.2 Subject to Rule 6.4, a Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) such lapse date as the Board may determine at the Date of Grant and set out in the Option Certificate or where the Board does not determine such lapse date, the seventh anniversary of the Effective Date (in either case, the “Normal Lapse Date” );

 

  (b) where a Participant becomes a Departing Employee or ceases to be a consultant by reason of death, disability or Retirement, the Normal Lapse Date, in respect of any element of a Subsisting Option which has vested on the date the Participant so becomes a Departing Employee or ceases to be a consultant in accordance with the Vesting Terms;

 

  (c) the date upon which the Participant (who is not a consultant) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (d) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant by reason of:

 

  (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of the Participant’s consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement; or

 

  (ii) the voluntary termination by the Participant of such agreement or the giving by him of notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant; or

 

  (iii) for such reasons as are set out in the Option Certificate (if any),

in respect of any element of a Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms on such date;

 

  (e) subject to Rule 6.2(b), three months (or such other time period as may be determined by the Board under Rule 6.4(a)) from the date on which a Participant:

 

  (i) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances other than where the Participant is a Bad Leaver; or

 

  (ii) ceases to be a consultant in circumstances other than those set out in the Option Certificate (if any),

in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested on the date the Participant so becomes a Departing Employee or ceases to be a consultant in accordance with the Vesting Terms;

 

5


  (f) immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms on such date; and

 

  (g) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rule 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

6.3 A Participant may, with the prior agreement of the Board, exercise a Subsisting Option in whole or in part at any time, notwithstanding that it or the relevant part thereof has not then vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms.

 

6.4 In respect of any Subsisting Option, the Board may at any time in its absolute discretion determine:

 

  (a) that, notwithstanding that such Option has not then vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms, it shall be treated as having vested over such number of Shares as the Board shall determine (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, exceeding the maximum number of Shares which remain capable of vesting under the Vesting Terms); and

 

  (b) to extend the period during which such Option may be exercised and the lapse date of such Option, provided that the Board may not extend the lapse date beyond the Normal Lapse Date.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1 Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an Option Certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct, to include, but not to be limited to, an undertaking to pay) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b) below;

 

  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to the Articles or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to the Articles is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and (b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised;

 

  (e) if required by the Company at the time of exercise, an election under section 431 of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003, or an election or other form of documentation designed to achieve a similar effect under the laws of any other relevant jurisdiction (including for the avoidance of doubt an election under Section 83(b) of the Code) in each case in such form as the Board my prescribe.

 

6


7.2 The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall, unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, be conditional upon:

 

  (a) the Option having vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms;

 

  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (c) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (d) (if not already a party to the Shareholders’ Agreement) the Participant may be required to execute a Deed of Adherence and agreement that he shall take the Shares subject to the Shareholders’ Agreement and Memorandum of Association of the Company and the Articles; and

 

  (e) either of the following conditions being satisfied within one month of the date on which the notice of exercise of that Option was lodged in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) where any Member of the Group would be liable for Employer’s NICs in respect of that exercise:

 

  (i) the Participant entering into an agreement with the Company, in such form as determined by the Board, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; or

 

  (ii) the Participant entering into a form of joint election, in such form as determined by the Board and approved in advance by HMRC, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; and

 

  (iii) the arrangements made in that election for securing that the Participant will meet the liability transferred to him have been approved in advance by HMRC;

and:

 

    in the event that either condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date on which that condition is satisfied; or

 

    in the event that neither condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the exercise of the Option under Rule 7.1 shall not be effective; or

 

    in the event that the Board waives the requirement for either condition to be satisfied, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date of the waiver.

 

7.3 Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4

In the event that the number of vested Shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Share, the number of Shares so vested shall be rounded to the nearest whole

 

7


  number of Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Share.

 

7.5 Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Shares then already in issue except that they and any Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.6 The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1 In the event of:

 

  (a) any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise;

 

  (b) any demerger, dividend in specie or super dividend; or

 

  (c) any other corporate event which in the reasonable opinion of the Board justifies such an adjustment;

then the number, nominal value and description of Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2 No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Shares below the nominal value of a Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3 The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any Option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

8.4 Any adjustment made to an Option held by a United States taxpayer under Rule 8.1 shall be intended not to subject the Option to Section 409A of the Code.

 

9. SALE, RECONSTRUCTION, TAKEOVER AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1 In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale prior to a Listing, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Article 13.1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with Article 13.1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 13.2(d) is delivered to the Company pursuant to such Article (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with Article 13.2) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

8


9.2 Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to Article 13.1(b) or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to Article 13.2(d), the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of 9.1(a) above); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of 9.1(b) above).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders (as defined in the Articles) and shall be bound to transfer their Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in Article 13.1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3 Subject to Rules 9.1, 9.2, 9.4 and 9.5, if a Specified Event occurs before the expiry of the Option Period, Participants shall be notified and, provided any Condition(s) have been satisfied or waived, a Subsisting Option shall become exercisable (whether or not it is then Vested) immediately following the Specified Event and may be exercised until the earlier of:

 

  (a) the expiry of the period of one month commencing on the date of the Specified Event; and

 

  (b) the expiry of any period during which any person is bound or entitled to acquire Shares under the Compulsory Acquisition Provisions;

provided that the Board may in its absolute discretion permit a Subsisting Option to become exercisable on such date prior to the Specified Event as the Board shall in its sole discretion reasonably determine, in which case:

 

  (i) any such exercise shall be conditional upon the Specified Event occurring;

 

  (ii) if the Specified Event does not occur, any such exercise shall be null and void; and

 

  (iii) if the Specified Event occurs, any such exercise shall take effect immediately prior to the Specified Event.

 

9.4 If a company (the “Acquiring Company” ) obtains Control of the Company or becomes bound or entitled to acquire Shares as a result of a Specified Event, the Board may determine in its absolute sole discretion that Rule 9.3 shall not apply and that, subject to agreement with the Acquiring Company, Subsisting Options shall be continued, substituted for or assumed by the Acquiring Company on such terms as may be agreed with the Acquiring Company in connection with the Specified Event.

 

9.5 Rule 9.3 shall not apply in the case of an Internal Reorganisation, provided that the Acquiring Company agrees that Subsisting Options shall be continued, substituted for or assumed by the Acquiring Company on such terms as may be agreed by the Company and the Acquiring Company in connection with the Internal Reorganisation.

 

9.6 For the purposes of this Rule 9, a person shall be deemed to have obtained Control of the Company if he and others acting in concert with him have together obtained Control of it.

 

9


9.7 The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages;

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4 No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Articles with respect to the terms of the Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction;

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group; and

 

  (c) delegate to a committee or any officer any of its authority hereunder.

 

10


11.3 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant participating company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service: and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11.5 The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6 The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7 The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Shares.

 

11.8 If any Option Certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9 In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to this Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants.

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under this Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such

 

11


Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of this Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend this Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

These Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of this Plan, their Option(s) and any Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

17. CERTAIN INFORMATION

The Company shall, for so long as it is relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act and is not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act, provide to each Participant (i) information about the risks associated with an investment in the Shares as described in Rule 701(e)(3) under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) and (ii) the financial information described in Rule 701(e)(4) and (5) under the Securities Act, every six (6) months with the financial statements described therein being not more than 180 days old and with such other information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. Each Participant shall be required to keep such information strictly confidential.

 

12

Exhibit 10.26

 

 

LOGO

Rules of the Markit Key Employee Incentive Program (KEIP)

Markit Group Holdings Limited

Rules approved in draft form by the Board on 12 June 2013 and approved in final form by the KEIP Establishment Committee of the Board on July 25, 2013


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE        PAGE  
1.  

DEFINITIONS

     1   
2.  

COMMENCEMENT AND TITLE

     4   
3.  

GRANT OF OPTIONS

     4   
4.  

THE EXERCISE PRICE

     5   
5.  

NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

     5   
6.  

EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     5   
7.  

LAPSE

     6   
8.  

MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     7   
9.  

RECONSTRUCTION, TAKEOVER OR LIQUIDATION

     8   
10.  

CAPITAL REORGANISATION

     9   
11.  

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     10   
12.  

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     11   
13.  

DATA PROTECTION

     12   
14.  

EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     13   
15.  

TERMINATION

     13   
16.  

GOVERNING LAW

     13   
17.  

CERTAIN INFORMATION

     13   

APPENDIX 1

     1   


RULES OF THE

MARKIT KEY EMPLOYEE INCENTIVE PROGRAM (KEIP)

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In these Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

“Act” means the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003;

“Admitted” means the Shares are listed or admitted to trading on a nationally recognised securities exchange, including without limitation the London Stock Exchange, the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Stock Market;

“Associated Company” has the meaning given to it in section 449 of the Corporation Tax Act 2010;

“Board” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board

“Cause” means, unless otherwise defined in the applicable Option certificate, with respect to a Participant’s termination of Employment, a termination due to a Participant’s insubordination, dishonesty, fraud, incompetence, moral turpitude, wilful misconduct, refusal to perform his or her duties or responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity or materially unsatisfactory performance of his or her duties for the Company or an affiliate thereof, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion;

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

“Commencement Date” means the date on which the Plan is approved by the Board;

“Company” means Markit Group Holdings Limited;

“Compulsory Acquisition Provisions” means the provisions contained in sections 979 to 982 of the Companies Act 2006;

“Condition” means any performance condition or any other objective condition determined by the Board on or prior to the Date of Grant of an Option;

“Control” has the meaning given to it by section 719 of the Act;

“Date of Grant” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

“Eligible Employee” means any employee (including an executive director) of any Participating Company who is required to devote substantially the whole of his working time to his employment or office;

“Employer’s NICs” means secondary Class 1 national insurance contributions;

“Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes” means an amount, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, equal to the sum of all employment and other taxes, insurance premiums and other amounts imposed by any and all Government Authorities on any Member of the Group with respect to the income earned by a Participant arising upon a Participant’s exercise of an Option, the making of an election under section 83(b) of the Code or in accordance with the terms of the Plan or any grant certificate or agreement;

 

1


“Employing Company” means the Company or any Member of the Group by which the Participant is or, where the context so admits, was employed;

“Employment” means office or employment with any Member of the Group;

“Exercise Price” means the price per Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

“Good Reason” means, unless otherwise defined in the applicable Option certificate, with respect to a Participant’s termination of Employment, a voluntary resignation for such reason, as the Board, in its sole discretion, shall determine to treat as a Good Reason termination;

“Government Authority” means the government of the U.S., the government of any U.S. State (including the government of the District of Columbia and the government of any U.S. possession or territory) or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing;

“Group” means the Company and its Subsidiaries from time to time;

“HMRC” means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs and, where relevant, any predecessor body which carried out part of its functions and references to any approval by HMRC shall, where appropriate, include approval by an officer of Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

“Internal Reorganisation” means any compromise, arrangement or offer (including any Specified Event) after which, in the reasonable opinion of the Board, Control of the Company remains substantially in the hands of the same person(s) as beforehand;

“Listing Rules” means the listing rules for any securities exchange on which the Shares are Admitted, if applicable;

“London Stock Exchange” means London Stock Exchange plc or any successor company or body carrying on the business of London Stock Exchange plc;

“Member of the Group” means the Company or any one of its Subsidiaries from time to time;

“Model Code” means the Model Code for transactions in securities by directors and certain employees of listed companies annexed to the Listing Rules (or such other code as may replace it), as amended from time to time;

“Option” means a right to acquire a specified number of Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

“Option Period” means the period commencing on the Date of Grant of an Option and, unless otherwise determined by the Board on or before the Date of Grant, ending on the day preceding the seventh anniversary of the Date of Grant of an Option;

“Option Tax Liability” means an amount sufficient to satisfy, wheresoever arising, all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions (including any Employer’s NICs which are the subject of an election under Rule 8.2) or any other amounts which are required to be withheld or accounted for to any tax authority in any jurisdiction by a Participant’s Employing Company, the Company, any Associated Company of the Company or the Trustees in connection with the grant, holding and/or exercise of an Option, and the Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes;

 

2


“Participant” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representative(s) of any such individual;

“Participating Company” means any Member of the Group

“Personal Data” has the meaning given to that term in section 1(1) of the Data Protection Act 1998;

“Plan” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

“Retirement” shall occur in such circumstances as the Board shall determine constitute a genuine retirement;

“Rules” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

“Share” means a fully paid ordinary share in the capital of the Company;

“Specified Event” means any of the following events or, in the case of paragraph (e), dates:

 

  (a) any person obtains Control of the Company by any means, including as a result of making a general offer to acquire the whole of the issued share capital of the Company or all the shares in the Company which are of the same class as the Shares; or

 

  (b) the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 899 of the Companies Act 2006 (or equivalent local legislation pursuant to, or in connection with, which a person will acquire Control of the Company or substantially the whole of the Company’s undertaking or property); or

 

  (c) any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire Shares under the Compulsory Acquisition Provisions (or equivalent local legislation); or

 

  (d) the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up; or

 

  (e) if the Board determines that Options should become exercisable in the event of a proposed demerger of the Company’s business or assets, such date prior to the demerger as the Board shall reasonable determine;

“Subsidiary” means a company which is both under the Control of the Company and is a subsidiary of the Company (within the meaning of section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006);

“Subsisting Option” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

“Trustees” means the trustees of any employee benefit trust established by the Company or any other Member of the Group for the benefit of directors and/or employees of the Company and/or Group;

“Vested” means having vested and become exercisable in accordance with an applicable Vesting Terms, and “Vest” and “Vesting” shall be construed accordingly; and

“Vesting Terms” means the terms of Vesting determined by the Board on or before the Date of Grant, in accordance with Rule 3.4, and as set out in the applicable Option certificate and Schedule 1.

 

3


Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it.

 

2. COMMENCEMENT AND TITLE

The Plan shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall be known as The Markit Key Employee Incentive Program (KEIP).

 

3. GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1 The Board may from time to time in its absolute discretion grant Options to such Eligible Employees as it shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Employee shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 No payment shall be required in consideration for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed or in such form as the Board shall decide. A single deed of grant may be executed in favour of any number of Participants.

 

3.3 Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with a certificate:

 

  (a) evidencing the grant of the Option;

 

  (b) setting out the Exercise Price;

 

  (c) including the applicable Vesting Terms determined under Rule 3.4 below;

 

  (d) setting out any other Condition(s) determined under Rule 3.5 below.

 

3.4 The Board may grant an Option subject to such Vesting Terms as it in its discretion thinks fit pursuant to which an Option shall Vest and become exercisable in accordance with these Rules.

 

3.5 The Board may grant an Option subject to such Condition(s) as it in its discretion thinks fit which must (save as otherwise provided in the Rules) be fulfilled before the Option (other than a new option under Rule 9.2 and 9.3) may be exercised. No such Condition(s) may subsequently be varied or waived (save as otherwise provided in the Rules) unless circumstances occur which cause the Board to determine that such Condition(s) shall have ceased to be appropriate whereupon the Board may in its absolute sole discretion vary or waive such Condition(s) so that any new Condition(s) imposed or any variation are in its opinion fair, reasonable and no more difficult to satisfy than the previous Condition(s).

 

3.6 No Option may be granted at any time at which a dealing in the Shares would not be permitted under the Company’s share dealing code, the Model Code, other applicable laws or any applicable securities exchange rules or regulations.

 

3.7 No Option may be granted under the Plan later than ten years after the Commencement Date.

 

3.8 The aggregate number of Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under the Plan shall not exceed three (3) million (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Rule 10.1 of the Plan). If any Option granted under this Plan shall lapse, expire or be terminated or cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

4


4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1 The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board not later than the Date of Grant.

 

4.2 The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 12.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

 

5.1 An Option may not be transferred, charged, pledged, mortgaged or encumbered in any way whatsoever by a Participant or his personal representative(s). In the event of any breach or purported breach of this Rule, an Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising an Option in accordance with the Rules or the law of succession.

 

5.2 In addition, all Options granted to a Participant under the Plan and any Shares to be issued upon exercise of any Option shall be restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position”, or any “call equivalent position” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(v) under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Securities Exchange Act”)), by the Participant prior to the exercise of the Option (except in the circumstances permitted in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(iv) under the Securities Exchange Act), until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act or is no longer relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act.

 

6. EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

6.1 Save as otherwise provided in the Rules and subject to Rule 8, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable during the Option Period only to the extent it has Vested, and provided that any Condition(s) shall have been fulfilled or waived.

 

6.2 Subject to Rule 8, if a Participant ceases to hold Employment before the expiry of the Option Period by reason of:

 

  (a) death;

 

  (b) injury, ill-health or disability;

 

  (c) redundancy;

 

  (d) Retirement;

 

  (e) the company employing the Participant ceasing to be a Member of the Group;

 

  (f) the business or part of the business to which the Participant’s office or employment relates being transferred to a person who is not a Member of the Group;

 

  (g) the termination of the Participant’s Employment due to a termination by the Company without Cause or a resignation by the Participant for Good Reason; or

 

  (h) any other reason (other than those set out in Rule 7(f)) and that the Board in its absolute discretion so permits,

a Subsisting Option shall, provided any Condition(s) have been satisfied or waived, be exercisable to the extent it has Vested as at the date of cessation during a period of three months (or 12 months where Employment is terminated for a reason set out in Rules 6.2(a) or (b)) commencing on the date of cessation of Employment, or as otherwise

 

5


determined by the Board pursuant to and in accordance with the applicable Option certificate.

 

6.3 If a Participant ceases to hold Employment before the expiry of the Option Period for any of the reasons set out in Rule 6.2(a) to (g) above, or the Board determines that an Option may be exercised under Rule 6.2(h) above, the Board may permit the exercise of any part of a Subsisting Option which has not, as at the date of cessation of Employment, Vested. In such circumstances, subject to Rule 8, the Option may be exercised over such number of Shares and during such time period as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine, provided always that a Subsisting Option may be exercised over a maximum of the total number of Shares in respect of which it was granted.

 

7. LAPSE

A Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) the expiry of the Option Period;

 

  (b) the expiry of any period within which a Condition has to be satisfied in accordance with its terms, if such Condition remains unsatisfied at that date and has not been waived;

 

  (c) the expiry of the applicable period mentioned in Rule 6.2, except that, if the Participant dies during such period, a Subsisting Option shall not lapse by reason of this Rule 7(d) until the first anniversary of the date of death of the Participant, if later;

 

  (d) subject to Rule 6.3, the date of cessation of Employment in respect of any Option or part of any Option which has not at that date Vested;

 

  (e) the date on which the Participant ceases to hold any Employment, or the date on which he gives or is given notice of such cessation, for any reason other than those set out in Rule 6.2(a) to (g) above and the Board has not determined that an Option may be exercised under Rule 6.2(h) above;

 

  (f) the date upon which the Participant ceases to hold Employment (or is given notice to cease) by reason of his dishonesty, fraud, misconduct or any other circumstances justifying summary dismissal;

 

  (g) the first to expire of the periods mentioned in Rule 9 including for the avoidance of doubt the expiry of the period of one month specified in Rule 9.4 (subject to any agreement entered into pursuant to Rule 9.4);

 

  (h) the date upon which the Participant is adjudicated bankrupt; and

 

  (i) any breach or purported breach of Rule 5 by the Participant;

provided that:

 

  (i) where any such date or event falls at a time when a Subsisting Option has been exercised under Rule 8.1 but any condition specified in Rule 8.2 has yet to be satisfied, such an Option shall not lapse and cease to be capable of exercise until the expiry of the period within which such condition has to be satisfied, without such condition having been satisfied; and

 

  (ii)

where any such date or event as is referred to in paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (h) falls at a time when the exercise of a Subsisting Option would be prohibited by the Model Code or any other applicable laws or stock exchange

 

6


  rules or regulations, such an Option shall not lapse and cease to be capable of exercise until the expiry of one month after the first date on which the prohibition ceases to apply.

 

8. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

8.1 Subject to Rule 8.2, a Subsisting Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an option certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in the form set out at Schedule 2 to the Form of Option certificate appended to those Rules, or such other form as the Board may from time to time prescribe; and

 

  (c) payment (in cash or in such other manner as the Board shall permit, including but not limited to an undertaking to pay) of the Exercise Price in respect of the Option;

and the date of exercise shall be the date of receipt of such notice and payment or such other date as the Board may have specified in the notice of exercise.

 

8.2 In the event that on the exercise of an Option by a Participant under these Rules:

 

  (a) that Participant’s Employing Company would be liable for Employer’s NICs in respect of that exercise; and

 

  (b) the Board gives him written notice that it requires him to enter into an election as referred to below, such notice to be given within 30 days after the receipt of the notice of exercise;

the exercise of that Option shall not be effective unless within one month after the date of such notice:

 

  (i) the Participant shall have entered into a form of joint election, in such form as determined by the Board and approved in advance by HMRC, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; and

 

  (ii) the arrangements made in that election for securing that the Participant will meet the liability transferred to him have been approved in advance by HMRC;

and, in the event that such condition is satisfied within the specified period, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date on which the condition is satisfied and, in the event that the condition is not satisfied within the specified period, the exercise of the Option under Rule 8.1 shall be deemed to be invalid.

 

8.3 An Option may be exercised in whole or in part. Following any exercise of an Option in part (other than an exercise which exhausts the Option) the Participant shall be sent a new Option certificate in respect of the balance of Shares which are the subject of such Option.

 

8.4 Unless otherwise provided in these Rules, no Option shall be treated as having been exercised unless and until the Board is satisfied that any Condition(s) have been satisfied or partially satisfied in accordance with their terms or have been waived.

 

8.5

Subject to the obtaining of any necessary consents from H.M. Treasury, the Bank of England or other competent authority and to the terms of any such consent and subject to

 

7


  Rules 8.2, 8.4, 8.7, 8.9 and 12.4 the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of an Option (or, in the event that the Board requires the condition specified in Rule 8.2 to be satisfied, within 30 days of the satisfaction of that condition) cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant a share certificate (or other evidence of title) for the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised.

 

8.6 Shares issued or transferred pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with Shares then already in issue except that they will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

8.7 If and for so long as the Shares are Admitted, the Company shall as soon as practicable after any such allotment apply to the applicable authorities for permission for the same to be Admitted. Any application may be postponed at the Board’s sole discretion until application can be made in respect of such number of shares as the Board considers appropriate.

 

8.8 The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8.9 The Company and/or the Employing Company of a Participant and/or the Trustees shall have the right, prior to the delivery of the Shares otherwise deliverable to him on the exercise of an Option:

 

  (a) to require the Participant to remit to or at the direction of his Employing Company an amount sufficient to satisfy the Option Tax Liability; and/or

 

  (b) to reduce the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant by an amount equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability or sell a sufficient number of the Shares on behalf of the Participant to realise sale proceeds equivalent to the Option Tax Liability and remit such amount to or at the direction of his Employing Company or the Trustees in satisfaction of the liability; and/or

 

  (c) to deduct the amount of the Option Tax Liability from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant.

The Board may make such arrangements and determinations in this regard, consistent with the Rules, as it may in its absolute discretion consider to be appropriate.

 

9. RECONSTRUCTION, TAKEOVER OR LIQUIDATION

 

9.1 Subject to Rules 9.2 and 9.3, if a Specified Event occurs before the expiry of the Option Period, Participants shall be notified and, provided any Condition(s) have been satisfied or waived, a Subsisting Option shall become exercisable (whether or not it is then Vested) immediately following the Specified Event and may be exercised until the earlier of:

 

  (a) the expiry of the period of one month commencing on the date of the Specified Event; and

 

  (b) the expiry of any period during which any person is bound or entitled to acquire Shares under the Compulsory Acquisition Provisions;

provided that the Board may in its absolute discretion permit a Subsisting Option to become exercisable on such date prior to the Specified Event as the Board shall in its sole discretion reasonably determine, in which case:

 

  (i) any such exercise shall be conditional upon the Specified Event occurring;

 

8


  (ii) if the Specified Event does not occur, any such exercise shall be null and void; and

 

  (iii) if the Specified Event occurs, any such exercise shall take effect immediately prior to the Specified Event.

 

9.2 If a company (the “Acquiring Company” ) obtains Control of the Company or becomes bound or entitled to acquire Shares as a result of a Specified Event, the Board may determine in its absolute sole discretion that Rule 9.1 shall not apply and that, subject to agreement with the Acquiring Company, subsisting options shall be continued, substituted for or assumed by the Acquiring Company on such terms as are agreed with the Acquiring Company in connection with the Specified Event.

 

9.3 Rule 9.1 shall not apply in the case of an Internal Reorganisation, unless the Acquiring Company fails to make an offer to Participants to release Subsisting Options in accordance with Rule 9.2 within one week of obtaining Control or becoming bound or entitled to acquire Shares or the Court’s sanction, in which case Rule 9.1 shall apply as if the Specified Event had occurred on the day following the end of the period of one week mentioned above.

 

9.4 For the purposes of this Rule 9, other than Rule 9.3 above, a person shall be deemed to have obtained Control of the Company if he and others acting in concert with him have together obtained Control of it.

 

9.5 The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 8.

 

10. CAPITAL REORGANISATION

 

10.1 In the event of:

 

  (a) any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise;

 

  (b) any demerger, dividend in specie or super dividend; or

 

  (c) any other corporate event which in the reasonable opinion of the Board justifies such an adjustment;

then the number, nominal value and description of Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may determine to be appropriate.

 

10.2 No adjustment under Rule 10.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Shares below the nominal value of a Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

9


10.3 The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 10.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any Option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

10.4 Any adjustment made to an Option held by a United States taxpayer under Rule 8.1 shall be intended not to subject the Option to Section 409A of the Code.

 

11. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

11.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group, or any Associated Company of the Company and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any such company shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

11.2 The grant of an Option to a Participant on one occasion is no indication that any further Option(s) shall be granted to such Participant.

 

11.3 No Eligible Employee or Participant shall be entitled to any compensation for any loss which he may suffer as a result of the exercise by the Board, or its failure to exercise, any of the discretions given to it by the Rules even if such exercise, or failure to exercise, constitutes a breach of contract or breach of duty by the Company or by any Member of the Group or any Associated Company of the Company by whom the Eligible Employee or Participant is employed or gives rise to any other claim whatsoever.

 

11.4 Neither participation in the Plan nor the grant of an Option shall form any part of a Participant’s remuneration or count as his remuneration for any purpose or be pensionable.

 

11.5 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group, or any Associated Company of the Company any additional or other rights to compensation or damages; and

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

11.6 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group, or any Associated Company of the Company arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

11.7 No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group, or any Associated Company of the Company in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each such company shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11.8 By accepting the grant of an Option, a Participant is deemed to have agreed to the provisions of this Rule 11.

 

10


12. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

12.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that:

 

  (a) no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any material way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of the majority of the affected Participants first having been obtained;

 

  (b) no deletion, amendment or addition to the advantage of Participants may be made to any of the provisions of the Plan relating to:

 

  (i) eligibility;

 

  (ii) the limitations on the number or amount of Shares, cash or other benefits subject to the Plan;

 

  (iii) the maximum entitlement for any one Participant;

 

  (iv) the basis for determining a Participant’s entitlement to, and the terms of, Shares, cash or other benefits to be provided under the Plan and for the adjustment thereof (if any) in the event of a capitalisation issue, rights issue or open offer, sub-division or consolidation of Shares or reduction of capital or any other variation of capital;

except with the prior approval of the Company in general meeting, unless the deletion, amendment or addition is minor and to benefit the administration of the Plan, to obtain or maintain HMRC approval of the Plan, to obtain or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for Participants or any Member of the Group or to take into account existing or proposed legislation.

 

12.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality establish further plans, sub-plans or guidelines or provisions to apply in overseas territories governed by rules similar to these Rules but modified to take account of local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice provided that any Shares made available under any such plan shall be treated as counting against any limits on overall or individual participation in the Plan

 

12.3 The Board may from time to time make and vary such rules and regulations not inconsistent with the Plan and establish such procedures for the administration and implementation of the Plan as it thinks fit and in the event of any dispute or disagreement as to the interpretation of any such rules, regulations or procedures, the decision of the Board shall be final and binding upon all persons. The Board may designate employees of the Company and professional advisors to assist the Board in the administration of the Plan and (to the extent permitted by applicable law and securities exchange rules and regulations) may grant authority to officers to grant options and/or execute agreements or other documents, on behalf of the Board.

 

12.4

The Plan, the granting or exercise of Options under the Plan, and the other obligations of the Company under the Plan, shall be subject to all applicable national or local laws, rules, and regulations and to such approvals by any regulatory or governmental agency as may be required, and to any rules or regulations of any exchange or securities association on which the Shares are listed. The Company, in its discretion, may postpone the granting and exercise of Options, the issuance or delivery of Shares under any Option or any other action permitted under the Plan to permit the Company, with reasonable diligence, to complete such stock exchange listing or registration or qualification of such Shares or other required action under any national or local law, rule, or regulation and may require any Participant to make such representations and furnish such information as it may

 

11


  consider appropriate in connection with the issuance or delivery of Shares in compliance with applicable laws, rules, and regulations. The Company shall not be obliged by virtue of any provision of the Plan to recognise the exercise of any Option or to otherwise sell or issue Shares in violation of any such laws, rules, or regulations; and any postponement of the exercise and settlement of any Option under this provision shall not extend the term of such Option, and neither the Company nor its directors or officers shall have any obligation or liability to the Participant with respect to any Option (or Shares issuable or transferable thereunder) that shall lapse because of such postponement.

 

12.5 The Board’s decision on any matter relating to the interpretation of the Rules and any other matters concerning the Plan (including the rectification of errors or mistakes of procedure or otherwise) shall be final, conclusive and binding.

 

12.6 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Employee or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant Participating Company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service; and

 

  (b) to the Company, either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting. Items sent by electronic mail shall be deemed to have been received at the expiration of 24 hours from when they were sent.

 

12.7 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Participating Company to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such Participating Company’s officers or employees.

 

12.8 The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

12.9 The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant to the Plan.

 

12.10 The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Shares.

 

12.11 If any Option certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

12.12 In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

13. DATA PROTECTION

As a condition of the grant of an Option, a Participant consents to the collection, retention, use, processing and transfer (whether between themselves or to any third party and including transfer to countries outside the European Economic Area) of his Personal Data by any Member of the Group, any of their Associated Companies, the Trustees, any administrator of the Plan or the Company’s registrars or brokers for the purposes of implementing and operating the Plan.

 

12


14. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

The Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to this Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

15. TERMINATION

The Board or Company in general meeting may resolve at any time that no Options or further Options shall be granted under the Plan and in any event no Options may be granted under the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date provided that this Rule shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

These Rules and any dispute, controversy, proceedings or claim of whatsoever nature arising out of or in any way relating to these Rules or their formation (including any non-contractual disputes or claims) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

17. CERTAIN INFORMATION

The Company shall, for so long as it is relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act and is not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act, provide to each Participant (i) information about the risks associated with an investment in the Shares as described in Rule 701(e)(3) under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) and (ii) the financial information described in Rule 701(e)(4) and (5) under the Securities Act, every six (6) months with the financial statements described therein being not more than 180 days old and with such other information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. Each Participant shall be required to keep such information strictly confidential.

 

13


SCHEDULE 1

VESTING TERMS

 

1. Subject to Rules 6.3 and 9.1, an Option shall Vest in three equal tranches on the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the Listing (as defined in the Articles of Association of the Company), provided the Participant remains in Employment through and on each such anniversary date.

 

2. If, as a result of a Specified Event an Option is continued, substituted for or assumed by the Acquiring Company in accordance with Rule 9.2 and these Vesting Terms continue to apply, and the Participant following such Specified Event:

 

  (a) is terminated by the Company without Cause; or

 

  (b) resigns his or her employment for Good Reason,

the Option shall Vest in full immediately on the date of such termination of Employment.

 

3. If no Listing shall have occurred within the period of two years commencing on the Date of Grant of an Option, the Option shall immediately lapse and be forfeited (unless otherwise determined by the Board in its sole discretion).

 

4. In respect of any Subsisting Option and notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may at any time in its sole discretion determine:

 

  (a) that, notwithstanding that such Option has not then Vested in accordance with these Vesting Terms: (i) it shall be treated as having Vested over such number of Shares as the Board shall determine (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, exceeding the maximum number of Shares which remain capable of Vesting under the Vesting Terms) and/or (ii) Vesting shall commence on a date prior to the date of Listing; and

 

  (b) to extend the period during which such Option may be exercised and the lapse date of such Option, provided that the Board may not extend the lapse date beyond the seventh anniversary of the Date of Grant of an Option.

Exhibit 10.30

Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The copy

filed herewith omits the information subject to the confidentiality request.

Omissions are designated as *****. A complete version of this

exhibit has been filed separately with the SEC.

DATED 31 May 2011

LEASE

relating to premises on

Level 3

Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street

London EC2Y 9AR

 

DOMINION CORPORATE TRUSTEES LIMITED and DOMINION TRUST LIMITED    (1)
MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED    (2)


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1    INTERPRETATION      3   
2    DEMISE HABENDUM AND REDDENDUM      10   
3    TENANT’S COVENANTS      11   
  

Rent

     11   
  

Outgoings

     12   
  

Water gas and electricity charges and equipment

     12   
  

Repair

     12   
  

Decoration and maintenance

     13   
  

Yield up

     13   
  

Landlord’s rights of entry

     13   
  

Compliance with notices to remedy

     14   
  

Improvements and alterations

     14   
  

Notices of a competent authority

     16   
  

To comply with enactments

     16   
  

To comply with town planning legislation etc

     17   
  

User permitted

     18   
  

User prohibited

     18   
  

Alienation absolutely prohibited

     18   
  

Underletting permitted

     20   
  

Charging permitted

     22   
  

Registration

     22   
  

Not to display advertisements

     22   
  

Insurance

     22   
  

Notice of damage

     22   
  

Indemnity

     23   
  

Landlord’s costs

     23   
  

VAT

     24   
  

Regulations affecting the Premises

     24   
  

Obstructions and encroachments

     24   
  

Covenants and provisions affecting the Landlord’s title

     25   
  

Operation of plant and equipment

     25   
  

Obligations relating to entry and services

     25   
  

Surety

     25   
  

Registration

     25   
  

Section 106 Agreement

     26   
  

Tenant’s obligation to reinstate

     26   
  

Energy performance certificates

     27   
  

Car parking and storage areas

     27   
  

Tenant obligations

     27   
4    LANDLORD’S COVENANTS      27   
  

Quiet enjoyment

     27   
  

Insurance

     28   
  

Landlord’s obligations in relation to insurance

     28   
  

Reinstatement

     29   
  

Obligations relating to Services for the Tenant

     30   
5    PROVISOS      32   
  

Re-entry

     32   
  

Payment of rent not waiver

     33   
  

Suspension of rent

     33   
  

Determination if damage or destruction

     34   
  

Warranty as to use

     36   
  

Service of notices

     37   
  

Disputes between tenants/occupiers

     37   

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  

Modification of compensation

     37   
  

Apportionment

     37   
  

Exclusions of Landlord’s liability

     37   
  

Development of adjoining property

     38   
  

Removal of property

     38   
  

VAT

     38   
  

Exclusion of easements

     39   
  

Sharing of information

     39   
6    CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999      39   
7    GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION      39   
8    TRUSTEES CAPACITY      39   

SECOND SCHEDULE

  
   Part I Rights granted   
   Part II Rights excepted and reserved   

THIRD SCHEDULE Review of Principal Rent

  

 

-2-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

LR1.    Date of Lease    31 May 2011
LR2.    Title number(s):   
LR2.1    Landlord’s title number(s)    NGL163114
LR2.2    Other title numbers   
LR3.    Parties to this Lease   

Landlord

 

DOMINION CORPORATE TRUSTEES LIMITED and DOMINION TRUST LIMITED (both incorporated in Jersey) both of whose registered office is at 47 Esplanade St Helier Jersey JE1 OBD (the “Landlord”) in their capacity as trustees of the Ropemaker Place Unit Trust.

     

Tenant

 

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED (company registration number 6240773) the registered office of which is at 4th Floor Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY (the “Tenant”).

     

Other parties

 

None.

LR4.    Property   

In the case of a conflict between this clause and the remainder of this Lease then, for the purposes of registration, this clause shall prevail .

 

The property defined as “Premises” in clause 1 of this Lease.

LR5.    Prescribed statements etc:   
LR5.1    Statements prescribed under rules 179 (dispositions in favour of a charity), 180 (dispositions by a charity) or 196 (leases under the Leasehold Reform, Housing and Urban Development Act 1993) of the Land Registration Rules 2003    None.
LR5.2    This lease is made under, or by reference to, provisions of:    Not applicable.
LR6.    Term for which the Property is leased    The term as specified in this Lease at clause 2.

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

LR7.    Premium    None.
LR8.    Prohibitions or restrictions on disposing of this Lease    This lease contains a provision that prohibits or restricts dispositions.
LR9.    Rights of acquisition etc:   
LR9.1    Tenant’s contractual rights to renew this Lease, to acquire the reversion or another lease of the Property, or to acquire an interest in other land    None.
LR9.2    Tenant’s covenant to (or offer to) surrender this Lease    None.
LR9.3    Landlord’s contractual rights to acquire this Lease    None.
LR10.    Restrictive covenants given in this Lease by the Landlord in respect of land other than the Property    None.
LR11.    Easements:   
LR11.1    Easements granted by this Lease for the benefit of the Property    The easements set out in Part I of the Second Schedule to this Lease.
LR11.2    Easements granted or reserved by this Lease over the Property for the benefit of other property    The easements set out in Part II of the Second Schedule to this Lease.
LR12.    Estate rent charge burdening the Property    None.
LR13.    Application for standard form of restriction    None.
LR14.    Declaration of trust where there is more than one person comprising the Tenant    None.

 

-2-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  LEASE (referred to throughout as “this Lease”)

 

  DATED 31 May 2011

 

  BETWEEN

 

(1) DOMINION CORPORATE TRUSTEES LIMITED and DOMINION TRUST LIMITED (both incorporated in Jersey) both of whose registered office is at 47 Esplanade St Helier Jersey JE2 (the “Landlord”) in their capacity as trustees of the Ropemaker Place Unit Trust (the “Landlord”)

 

(2) MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED (company registration number 6240773) the registered office of which is at 4 th Floor Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY (the “Tenant”)

WITNESSETH as follows:

 

1 INTERPRETATION

 

  In this Lease:

 

1.1. The following expressions shall have the following meanings:

 

Act    means any Act of Parliament now or hereafter to be passed and includes any instrument order or regulation or other subordinate legislation deriving validity from any Act of Parliament
Act of Terrorism    means:
  

(a)    an act including, but not limited to the use of force or violence and/or threat thereof of any person or group(s) of persons whether acting alone or on behalf of or in connection with any organisation(s) or government(s) committed for political, religious, ideological or similar purposes including the intention to influence any government and/or put the public or any section of the public in fear; and

 

(b)    any other like act which at the relevant time is commonly regarded in the global insurance market as an act of terrorism

approved and authorised    mean approved or authorised in writing by the Landlord
Associated Entity    means:
  

(a)    an entity which is associated or affiliated with the Tenant and/or

 

(b)    independent contractors employed by the Tenant in connection with the services the contractors are providing to the Tenant

Building   

means the land and buildings known as Ropemaker Place 25 Ropemaker Street London EC2Y 9AR shown at ground

 

 

-3-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

   level for the purposes of identification only edged red on Plan MB1 and includes (without limitation) the Foundations and Services and the overhang at upper levels
Common Facilities    means each and every part or parts of the Building (other than Landlord’s Services Equipment) which are from time to time provided by the Landlord (acting reasonably) for common or general use by or for the benefit of the Tenant and other tenants licensees and occupiers of the Building their employees agents servants licensees and customers and all others authorised by the Landlord including (but without limiting the generality of the foregoing) entrance lobbies lift lobbies lifts goods lifts escalators staircases corridors passageways accessways communal plant rooms and lavatories showers and locker rooms and water closet accommodation
company    means a body corporate wheresoever incorporated
consent of the Landlord    means a consent in writing signed by the Landlord
Contractual Term    means the term of years specified in clause 2
Design Standards    means the level of services (including electricity supply) which the Landlord’s Services Equipment are designed to supply to the Premises (brief details of which are set out in the Specification) as the same may be increased from time to time throughout the Tenancy
Electricity Cost    means the actual or reasonably and properly estimated cost of the provision of electricity to the Premises and/or the Store for consumption by the Tenant in accordance with the Landlord’s covenant contained at clause 4.9 being a fair and reasonable proportion or a measured proportion as reasonably determined by the Landlord of the actual or estimated total cost of the provision of electricity to the Building as a whole (including the provision of any security for the supply of electricity to the Building which may from time to time be required by the relevant statutory undertaker responsible for the supply of electricity) which proportion shall so far as practicable be based upon readings taken in such manner and at such times as the Landlord shall from time to time determine (acting reasonably) of the check meters relating to the Premises and/or the Store and other parts of the Building from time to time installed but otherwise shall be determined in such manner as the Landlord shall in its discretion (acting reasonably) consider to be fair and reasonable in all the circumstances and where estimated shall be subject to annual reconciliation
Fire Safety Order    means the Regulatory Reform (Fire Safety) Order 2005
Fitting Out Works    means such works to the Premises (after completion of the Shell and Core Works) as are necessary to prepare the Premises for beneficial use and occupation by the Tenant

 

-4-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  

or any other lawful occupier such works to be carried out to generally no lesser standard than that described in the section of the Specification entitled “Category A Specification”

 

Foundations and Services   

means:

 

(a)    such foundations piles footings columns beams and other load bearing structures (including transfer structures as necessary) steelwork bracings access and inspection pits escalator pits lift pits and other structures and fire proofing and

 

(b)    such drains sewers pipes wires ducts cables and other conduits and

 

(c)    such meter rooms and

 

(d)    such steps

   whether serving the Building or the Building and adjoining property as exist from time to time
Generator Rent    the rent eighthly reserved and as reviewed from time to time in accordance with the Ninth Schedule
Group Company    a company is a Group Company of another company if it is from time to time the holding company of that company or a subsidiary company of that company or any company whose holding company is the holding company of that company where the expressions “holding company” and “subsidiary company” have the meanings under Section 736 of the Companies Act 1985
Insured Risks    means loss or damage whether total or partial caused by the following risks to the extent that insurance cover is available for the same in the London insurance market at reasonable cost namely fire storm earthquake tempest flood lightning explosion aircraft and other aerial devices or articles dropped therefrom riot or civil commotion malicious damage impact bursting and overflowing of pipes or water tanks Act of Terrorism subsidence groundslip and heave breakdown and sudden and unforeseen damage to engineering plant and equipment and such other risks (in respect of which cover is available as aforesaid) as the Landlord (acting as a prudent Landlord) shall from time to time during the Tenancy reasonably and properly determine having regard to the interests of the tenants of the Building
Landlord    includes where the context so admits the estate owner for the time being of the reversion immediately expectant on the Termination of the Tenancy

 

-5-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Landlord’s Services Equipment    means all the plant machinery and equipment (with associated Service Conduits and Appliances) within or serving the Building from time to time comprising or used in connection with the following systems (to the extent specified in the following paragraphs of this definition):
  

(a)    the whole of the sprinkler system within the Building (including sprinkler heads)

 

(b)    the whole of the fire detection and fire alarm systems

 

(c)    the whole of the permanent fire fighting systems (but excluding portable fire extinguishers installed by the Tenant or other tenants of the Building)

 

(d)    the whole of the chilled water system

 

(e)    the whole of the perimeter heating system and underfloor heating system at the base of any atria (if any)

 

(f)     the whole of the building management system installed by the Landlord

 

(g)    the central electrical supply system from the mains supply to the Building so far as (and including) the electrical riser busbars connecting to the distribution boards at each level in the Building which is let or intended to be let by the Landlord

 

(h)    the air handling system limited at each level which is let or intended to be let by the Landlord to the air handling units at each such level and the electricity supply and control systems for the same and the air ducts leading from such air handling units in each case up to the point where such ducts enter the office accommodation

Landlord’s Surveyor    means the surveyor for the time being of the Landlord being a MRICS or FRICS member (or equivalent from time to time) of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors
Level    means the floors of the building so identified on the Plans
Normal Business Hours    means 5 am to 8 pm Monday to Fridays (except Bank Holidays) or such longer hours as the Landlord may in its reasonable discretion determine from time to time and notify in writing with reasonable advance notice to the Tenant
notice    means notice in writing
Option    means an option to tax the Building by the Landlord

 

-6-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

   pursuant to Schedule 10 VATA
Option Agreement    means the option agreement dated 31 March 2010 between the Landlord (1) The British Land Company plc (2) and the Tenant (3)
Outside Normal Business Hours Charge    means (where such Services are provided for the benefit of the Tenant alone) the whole of the cost of carrying out or providing any of the Services at the request of the Tenant outside Normal Business Hours (including (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) costs and expenses in the nature of those set out in Part II of the Sixth Schedule) or in the event of any of the Services being carried out or provided outside Normal Business Hours to the Tenant and any other tenant or tenants of the Building a fair and reasonable proportion thereof as determined by the Landlord (acting reasonably)
Plan    means the plans annexed hereto and numbered accordingly
Planning Acts    means the Act or Acts for the time being in force relating to town and country planning
Premises    means the property described in the First Schedule together with all alterations additions and improvements thereto other than Tenant’s or trade fixtures and fittings
Prescribed Rate    means either the base rate of National Westminster Bank PLC or if no such base rate can be ascertained then the rate at the relevant time which such Bank shall utilise for equivalent purposes or if such alternative rate cannot be ascertained then such other rate as the Landlord shall reasonably select as being equivalent thereto
President    means the President for the time being of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors or his duly appointed deputy
Principal Rent    means the rent first reserved in clause 2 and for the avoidance of doubt will additionally include the rents attributable to the Store
Reinstatement Certificate    means the certificate issued by or on behalf of the Landlord certifying that the Shell and Core Works have been sufficiently completed to enable the Tenant to commence the Fitting Out Works in accordance with clause 3.94
Rent Commencement Date    means 28 February 2014
Rents    means all the rents reserved in clause 2
Section 106 Agreement    means the agreement referred to in paragraph 2 of the

 

-7-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

   Fourth Schedule
Service Conduits and Appliances    means gas water drainage electricity telephone telex signal and telecommunications heating cooling ventilation and other pipes drains sewers mains cables wires supply lines and ducts and other channels through which the same pass and all ancillary appliances apparatus and services
Services    means the services and amenities to be provided by the Landlord for the benefit of the Building or some part or parts thereof as are set out in Part I of the Sixth Schedule and such other services and amenities as are consistent with the management of a high class office building which the Landlord may in its discretion from time to time reasonably decide should be provided or carried out for the benefit of the tenants and occupiers of the Building or some part or parts thereof
Shell and Core Works    means the works to the Building described in paragraph 2 of the Specification
Specification    means the specification annexed hereto and marked “Base Building Definition”
Standby Generators    means the generators and associated switch gear cabling and controls installed by the Landlord in the Building
Store    means the storage area referred to in paragraph 8 of Part I of the Second Schedule in the basement of the Building shown edged red on Plan MTS1-3 which shall include one half severed medially of the non-structural and non-load bearing walls surrounding the Store the entirety of all other non-structural or non-load bearing walls within the Store all Service Conduits and Appliances and Landlord’s Services Equipment exclusively serving the Store and any surface finishes to any structural parts of the same but shall exclude any structural parts loadbearing walls columns foundations external walls and joists in and around the same together with any Landlord’s Services Equipment and such of the Service Conduits and Appliances as are used in common with other parts of the Building
Tenancy    means the tenancy created by this Lease including any statutory continuation of that tenancy
Tenant    includes where the context admits the successors in title and permitted assigns of the Tenant
Term Commencement Date    means 20 May 2011
Termination of the Tenancy    means the determination of the Tenancy whether by effluxion of time re-entry notice surrender (whether by operation of law or otherwise) or by any other means

 

-8-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

   whatsoever
underlease    includes an agreement for underlease other than one which is conditional on obtaining the Landlord’s consent
Uninsured Risk    means a risk which would be an Insured Risk but for the fact that insurance is not available (or is available but only at rates which are not commercially acceptable and which the Landlord is not prepared to accept) in the London insurance market at the date of destruction or damage
VAT    means value added tax as defined in VATA and any future tax of a like nature
VATA    means the Value Added Tax Act 1994 as amended from time to time or any re-enactment thereof
VAT Group    means two or more bodies corporate registered as a group for the purposes of Section 43 of VATA
VAT Regs    means the Value Added Tax Regulations 1995 (SI 1995/2518) as amended from time to time or any re-enactment thereof)

 

-9-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Wireless Data Services    means the provision of wireless data, voice or video connectivity or wireless services permitting or offering access to the Internet or any wireless network mobile network or telecoms system and which involves a wireless or mobile device

 

1.2. Where the context requires:

 

  (a) words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa

 

  (b) words importing the masculine include the feminine and neuter

 

  (c) where a party consists of more than one person covenants and obligations of that party shall take effect as joint and several covenants and obligations

 

1.3. Except where the context otherwise requires references to any Act include references to any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force and any order instrument regulation or bye-law made or issued thereunder

 

1.4. The clause headings shall not in any way affect the construction of this Lease

 

1.5. References to a clause or Schedule shall mean a clause or Schedule of this Lease

 

1.6. The powers rights matters and discretions reserved to or exercisable by the Landlord hereunder shall also be reserved to or exercisable by their (or any superior landlord’s) properly authorised servants managers agents appointees or workmen but in all cases subject to the same obligations as the Landlord under this Lease

 

1.7. Wherever in this Lease the consent or approval of the Landlord is required the relevant provision shall be construed as also requiring the consent or approval of any superior landlord where the same shall be required pursuant to any head lease from time to time which the Landlord shall use all reasonable endeavours to obtain as expeditiously as possible and the Tenant shall bear the cost of obtaining such consents together with all surveyors’ professional or other fees and disbursements in connection therewith unless such consent is unreasonably withheld or delayed in circumstances where it is unlawful to do so

 

1.8. Any covenant on the part of either party not to do any act or thing includes a covenant not to suffer or permit the doing of that act or thing

 

2 DEMISE HABENDUM AND REDDENDUM

 

  The Landlord demises with full title guarantee the Premises to the Tenant TOGETHER WITH the rights set out in Part I of the Second Schedule but EXCEPTING AND RESERVING to the Landlord and all others authorised by the Landlord the rights set out in Part II of the Second Schedule TO HOLD the same for a term commencing on and including the Term Commencement Date and ending on and including 25 December 2025 (determinable as herein provided) SUBJECT to (and so far as applicable with the benefit of) the exceptions and reservations rights covenants conditions agreements or other matters contained or referred to in deeds and documents referred to in the Fourth Schedule so far as the same relate to or affect the Premises PAYING during the Tenancy:

 

  FIRST:

 

  (a) in respect of the period from the Term Commencement Date to and including the day before the Rent Commencement Date a rent of one peppercorn on demand

 

-10-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (b) in respect of the period from and including the Rent Commencement Date until and including day prior to first review date the yearly rent of ********************************* ************************************* *************** (£*******)

 

  (c) thereafter the yearly rent determined in accordance with the provisions of the Third Schedule

 

  such rent to be paid by four equal quarterly payments in advance on the usual quarter days and

 

  SECONDLY a yearly rent equal to a fair and reasonable proportion to be determined by the Landlord (acting reasonably) of the sum or sums paid by the Landlord in performance of the Landlord’s covenant for insurance in clause 4.2 (and including the costs properly incurred by the Landlord in connection with the revaluations of the Building for insurance purposes not more than once in every three years and annual desk top updatings of such valuations) such yearly rent to be paid within 21 days of written demand and

 

  THIRDLY a yearly rent equal to whichever shall be the greater of the Service Charge or the Interim Sum (each as defined in the Fifth Schedule) for any year of the Tenancy such yearly rent to be paid at the times and in the manner provided in the Fifth Schedule and the first instalment of the initial payment shall become due on the date hereof and shall relate to the period commencing on the Term Commencement Date and ending on and including 23 June 2011 and

 

  FOURTHLY a yearly rent equal to the Outside Normal Business Hours Charge such yearly rent to be payable within 21 days of written demand and

 

  FIFTHLY a yearly rent equal to the Electricity Cost such yearly rent to be payable on demand (either annually or by no more than four instalments on the usual quarter days) and

 

  SIXTHLY by way of additional rent to be paid on demand an amount equal to interest calculated on a daily basis at an annual rate equivalent to three percentage points above the Prescribed Rate on any instalment (or part thereof) of the Rents or any other sum of money of whatsoever nature due from the Tenant to the Landlord under the provisions of this Lease not received by the Landlord on the due date for payment in respect of the Rent firstly reserved or within five Working Days of the due date for payment of other monies and Rents (but for the avoidance interest shall not be payable on the Rent hereby sixthly reserved)

 

  all such interest to be in addition and without prejudice to the right of re-entry or to any other remedy herein contained or by law vested in the Landlord and

 

  SEVENTHLY by way of additional rent any VAT payable pursuant to clauses 3.78 to 3.82

 

  EIGHTHLY by way of additional rent a yearly Generator Rent in respect of the Standby Generators such sum to be paid by four equal quarterly payments on the usual quarter days and to be reviewed in accordance with the Ninth Schedule

 

3 TENANT’S COVENANTS

 

  The Tenant covenants with the Landlord:

 

  Rent

 

3.1. To pay the Rents at the times and in manner aforesaid without any deduction by way of set-off (whether legal or equitable) save as may be required by law

 

-11-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  Outgoings

 

3.2. To pay (or in the absence of direct assessment on the Premises and/or the Store to pay to the Landlord within 10 working days a fair and reasonable proportion to be determined by the Landlord’s Surveyor acting properly and reasonably of) all existing and future rates taxes assessments charges and outgoings payable in respect of the Premises and/or the Store or in respect of any part thereof by any estate owner landlord tenant or occupier thereof other than:

 

  (a) any tax payable or assessed as a result of any dealing with (including any actual or deemed disposal of) any reversion immediately or mediately expectant on the Tenancy or

 

  (b) any tax payable or assessed in respect of the Rents or other payments reserved or payable hereunder (save for VAT) or

 

  (c) any future property ownership tax payable or assessment in respect of any reversionary interest in the Premises (except to the extent specifically herein provided to be paid by the Tenant)

 

  (d) any tax payable or assessed on the Landlord in respect of or arising out of or relating to the grant of this Lease

 

3.3. Not to agree any valuation of the Premises for rating purposes or agree any alteration in the rating list in respect thereof without notifying the Landlord of the Tenant’s intention to do so and giving the Landlord a reasonable opportunity to make reasonable representations and having regard to such representations in relation to such valuation

 

3.4. Upon making any proposal to alter the rating list so far as the list relates to the Premises or lodging an appeal in respect thereof to supply to the Landlord promptly copies of all relevant correspondence and documentation

 

3.5. Without prejudice to clause 3.3 without delay upon receipt to provide the Landlord with a copy of any notice of an alteration or proposed alteration in the rating list that will or may affect the Premises

 

  Water gas and electricity charges and equipment

 

3.6. To the extent that the same are not included in the Service Charge (as defined in the Fifth Schedule) the Outside Normal Business Hours Charges or the Electricity Cost to pay to the suppliers thereof all charges for water and electricity (including meter rents) consumed in the Premises and/or the Store during the Tenancy (or in the absence of direct assessment on the Premises to pay the Landlord within 10 working days a fair and reasonable proportion thereof to be determined by the Landlord’s Surveyor acting reasonably)

 

3.7. To comply with the requirements and regulations of the respective supply authorities with regard to the water and electrical installations and equipment in the Premises and/or the Store

 

  Repair

 

3.8. At all times throughout the Tenancy to keep the Premises and the Store in good and substantial repair and condition and maintained cleansed and amended in every respect and as often as may be necessary to rebuild reinstate renew or replace the Premises and the Store and each and every part thereof (damage by any of the Insured Risks and the Uninsured Risk excepted (a) save to the extent that the policy or policies of insurance shall have been vitiated or payment of any of the policy monies withheld or refused in whole or in part by reason of any act neglect or default of the Tenant or any sub-tenant or their respective servants agents licensees or invitees) and/or (b) save where otherwise provided under clause 3.94

 

-12-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

3.9. In the event that the Building and/or the Premises shall be destroyed or damaged and the Tenancy shall not have been determined under clause 5.4 the Tenant shall if so reasonably required by the Landlord join with the Landlord (at the Landlord’s cost) in making application for planning or other permission necessary for rebuilding or reinstating the Premises including (without limitation) entering into any agreement necessary to obtain the same and in pursuing any claim against the insurers of the Building and/or the Premises provided that the Landlord reimburses the Tenant in respect of any liabilities it may reasonably and properly incur in any such agreement and in respect of any costs reasonably and properly incurred in relation to any such claim and indemnifies the Tenant in relation to any financial liabilities which may be imposed on the Tenant pursuant to any planning permission or agreement

 

  Decoration and maintenance

 

3.10. In the fifth year of the Contractual Term and thereafter in every succeeding fifth year of the Tenancy and also during the last 12 months of the Tenancy (however determined) (but not more than once in any period of 24 months) to decorate the inside of the Premises with two coats of good quality paint and paper those parts normally papered with good quality material (in each case) in a good and workmanlike manner such decoration and papering in the last 12 months of the Tenancy (however determined) to be executed in such colours patterns and materials as shall have been previously approved by the Landlord (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)

 

3.11. As often as may be reasonably necessary to clean the internal surfaces of the windows and other glazing in or forming part of the Premises including the internal surfaces of any glazing between the Premises and any atria

 

  Yield up

 

3.12. At the Termination of the Tenancy quietly to yield up unto the Landlord with vacant possession the Premises and the Store in such state and condition as shall be consistent with due performance by the Tenant of the covenants on the Tenant’s part herein contained and if any alterations have been made or portable partitions or tenant’s fixtures and fittings have been affixed to the Premises or any other part of the Building pursuant to the rights granted to the Tenant in Part I of the Second Schedule by the Tenant or any person deriving title under the Tenant whether before or after the date hereof (if reasonably required by the Landlord by written notice given no later than six months prior to the expiry of the Tenancy) to reinstate the Premises to such state and condition described in the section of the Specification entitled “Category A Specification” (or in the case of such other parts of the Building to their former state and condition) the Tenant making good any damage caused to the Premises or such other parts of the Building to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord and to the satisfaction of the relevant supply authorities Provided That the Landlord shall not oblige the Tenant to remove or reinstate any circulation staircases and finishes thereto installed pursuant to the provisions of clause 17 of the Option Agreement

 

3.13. Upon removal of any tenant’s fixtures or fittings as are connected to or take supplies from any of the Service Conduits and Appliances to remove and seal off such Service Conduits and Appliances as the Landlord shall reasonably require by written notice given no later than six months prior to the expiry of the Tenancy such removal and sealing off to be carried out so as not to interfere with the continued function of the remainder of the Service Conduits and Appliances

 

  Landlord’s rights of entry

 

3.14.

To permit the Landlord its agents and all persons authorised by the Landlord at all reasonable times on not less than 24 hours’ prior notice (except in the case of emergency) to enter and remain upon the Premises and/or the Store for the purposes of the exercise of all or any of the

 

-13-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  rights set out in paragraph 2 of Part II of the Second Schedule subject to the conditions set out in such paragraph

 

  Compliance with notices to remedy

 

3.15. To commence as soon as reasonably practicable in the circumstances and thereafter diligently to proceed with any works to the Premises and/or the Store which are reasonably necessary to comply with any notice given by the Landlord requiring the Tenant to remedy any breach of the Tenant’s covenants relating to the state and condition of the Premises found upon any such inspection

 

3.16. If the Tenant shall not within a reasonable period have commenced and be diligently proceeding to comply with any such notice to permit the Landlord and any authorised person to enter the Premises and/or the Store on not less than 24 hours’ prior written notice to remedy any such breach

 

3.17. To pay to the Landlord on demand the costs and expenses properly and reasonably incurred by the Landlord under the provisions of clause 3.16 which sums shall be recoverable by action or at the option of the Landlord as rent in arrears

 

  Improvements and alterations

 

3.18. Subject to the provisions of clauses 3.19 to 3.30 the Tenant shall not erect or permit or suffer to be erected any other building structure pipe wire mast or post upon the Premises nor to make or permit or suffer to be made any alteration therein or addition thereto nor to commit or permit or suffer any waste spoil or destruction in or upon the Premises nor to cut injure or remove or suffer to be cut injured or removed any of the roof walls (whether outside or inside) floor joists timbers wires pipes drains appurtenances or fixtures thereof

 

3.19. Not to make any structural alterations or additions to the Premises save that the Tenant may make minor structural alterations (including the installation of circulation staircases connecting the Premises to adjoining levels within the Building) which do not adversely affect the structural stability of the Premises or the Building or invalidate any relevant warranties which the Landlord has the benefit of or affect the external appearance of the Building or adversely affect the Landlord’s Services Equipment with the prior consent of the Landlord (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and carried out in accordance with drawings and (if appropriate) specifications previously submitted to and approved by the Landlord (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)

 

3.20. Not to make any alterations additions or adjustments to the Premises or the Landlord’s Services Equipment within the Premises or any other plant machinery or equipment within the Premises that would:

 

  (a) have a materially adverse affect on the operation or efficiency of the Landlord’s Services Equipment or the Building’s health and safety systems whether within the Premises or in any other part of the Building or

 

  (b) result in any increase in the level of services to be provided to the Premises by the Landlord’s Services Equipment in excess of the Design Standards

 

3.21. (Save as provided in clause 3.26) not to make any other alterations additions or adjustments to the Landlord’s Services Equipment within the Premises without the prior consent of the Landlord (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) or otherwise than in accordance in all respects with drawings and specifications previously submitted to and approved by the Landlord (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)

 

-14-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

3.22. Not to make any alterations or additions to the electrical wiring and installations within the Premises that would result in a loading on such wiring or installations beyond that which they are designed to bear

 

3.23. Not to make any other alterations or additions to the electrical wiring and installations within the Premises to the extent that the same are comprised within the Landlord’s Services Equipment or Service Conduits and Appliances otherwise than in accordance with conditions laid down by the Institution of Electrical Engineers and/or other regulations of the relevant statutory undertaker

 

3.24. Not to install or maintain within the Premises any equipment or systems providing Wireless Data Services in such a manner as shall have a material adverse affect on other tenants’ equipment or systems within the Building or the Landlord’s Services Equipment it being agreed that the installation of any equipment or systems providing Wireless Data Services which are not likely to have any such a material adverse effect shall not require the consent of the Landlord

 

3.25. To remove any such equipment or systems providing Wireless Data Services forthwith on notice from the Landlord requiring the Tenant to do so if such equipment or systems can be shown by the Landlord to have a material adverse effect on other tenants’ equipment or systems within the Building or the Landlord’s Services Equipment

 

3.26. Non structural alterations including the erection and alteration of any partitions and tenant’s fittings of a similar nature and alterations to the electrical wiring and installations and the Landlord’s Services Equipment related thereto in each case within the Premises are permitted without the consent of the Landlord provided that they are made:

 

  (a) in such a manner as not to affect in a materially adverse manner (save temporarily until they have been rebalanced) the operation or efficiency of the Landlord’s Services Equipment or to impact on the Building’s health and safety systems and provided further that the Tenant shall remove any such works that can be reasonably shown by the Landlord to affect in a materially adverse manner the operation or efficiency of the Landlord’s Services Equipment or to impact on the Building’s health and safety systems without delay upon notice from the Landlord requiring it to do so or

 

  (b) in such a manner as not to affect adversely the Landlord’s ability to pursue a trade contractor or member of the professional team in respect of a breach of contract appointment or warranty in connection with the carrying out of the works to construct the Building

 

3.27. Not to cause any dedicated access points to any Service Conduits or Appliances which now are under or in or pass through the Premises to be or become materially more difficult to access than is the same now

 

3.28. Not to puncture or pierce the internal finishes of the curtain wall surrounding the Premises or any mullions or other parts of the exterior of the Premises and not to affix anything to any of the same save that the Tenant may attach internal partitioning to mullions and make minor bore holes in the structure of the Building without the consent of the Landlord in order to fix and accommodate the other alterations permitted without consent by clauses 3.18 to 3.27

 

3.29. To provide the Landlord with plans and (if appropriate) specifications within 28 days of the practical completion of any relevant works showing any alterations for which consent is not required under the preceding provisions of clauses 3.18 to 3.28

 

  PROVIDED ALWAYS that:

 

  (a) any consent of the Landlord required under the provisions of clauses 3.18 to 3.28 shall be given by way of deed

 

-15-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (b) any such deed shall contain covenants by the Tenant with the Landlord in regard to the execution of the works to the Premises and other conditions and restrictions in such form as the Landlord may reasonably require

 

  (c) where the works affect the Landlord’s Services Equipment the Service Conduits and Appliances or the structure of the Building the Landlord shall be entitled to require to approve the identity of the contractors builders or other professionals or persons appointed in respect of the works for which consent is given (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and

 

  (d) the Tenant shall pay the reasonable and proper legal and surveyors’ costs and expenses properly incurred by the Landlord in relation to the granting of any such consent and (where reasonable) the supervision of the execution of any works thereby authorised

 

3.30. In the event that the Tenant shall carry out works to the Premises in breach of the provisions of clauses 3.18 to 3.30 the Landlord will be entitled having given not less than five working days’ notice (except in an emergency) to enter the Premises and remove such works or any part thereof and reinstate the Premises provided always that the proper costs thereby incurred including interest calculated at 3 per cent above the Prescribed Rate shall be paid by the Tenant within seven days of demand and shall be recoverable by action or at the option of the Landlord as rent in arrears

 

  Notices of a competent authority

 

3.31. Within 14 days (or sooner if requisite) of the receipt by the Tenant of any notice order requisition direction or plan given made or issued to or by a competent authority relating to the Premises or the Building or involving any liability or alleged liability on the part of the Landlord or any superior landlord to supply a copy thereof to the Landlord and at the request and cost of the Landlord to make or join in making such objections or representations against the same or in respect thereof as the Landlord may reasonably require

 

  To comply with enactments

 

3.32. At all times during the Tenancy to observe and comply with the provisions and requirements of any and every Act so far as they relate to the Premises or the user thereof and without derogating from the generality of the foregoing to execute all works and provide and maintain all arrangements which by or under any enactment or by any government department local authority or other public authority or duly authorised officer or Court of competent jurisdiction acting under or in pursuance of any enactment are or may properly be directed or required to be executed provided or maintained at any time during the Tenancy upon or in respect of the Premises in respect of any such user thereof and to indemnify the Landlord at all times against all reasonable and proper fees costs charges and expenses of or incidental to the execution of any works or the provision or maintenance of any arrangements so directed or required in relation to the Premises and/or the Store as aforesaid

 

3.33. Not at any time during the Tenancy to do or omit to be done in on or about the Building and/or the Premises any act or thing by reason of which the Landlord may under any enactment incur or have imposed upon it or become liable to pay any penalty damage compensation fees costs charges or expenses

 

3.34. To notify the Landlord in writing as soon as reasonably practicable after the Tenant becomes aware of any physical defect in the Building and/or the Premises

 

3.35.

Upon the Tenant becoming aware of the happening of any occurrence or receipt of any notice order direction or other thing from a competent authority affecting or likely to affect the Building and/or the Premises whether the same shall be served directly upon the Tenant or the original or a copy thereof be received from any underlessee or other person whatsoever to as soon as

 

-16-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  reasonably practicable deliver a copy thereof to the Landlord and at the cost of the Landlord to make or join in making such objection or representations against or in respect thereof as the Landlord may reasonably require

 

3.36. At the Landlord’s reasonable request to provide the Landlord with a copy of any fire risk assessment carried out by or on behalf of the Tenant and details of all measures taken by or on behalf of the Tenant to comply with the Fire Safety Order (including the names of all competent persons appointed by the Tenant pursuant to Article 18) and any other information reasonably and properly requested by the Landlord to assist the Landlord in complying with its own obligations under the Fire Safety Order in relation to the Premises

 

  To comply with town planning legislation etc

 

3.37. To comply with the provisions and requirements of the Planning Acts and of all planning permissions so far as the same respectively relate to the Premises or any part thereof or any operations works acts or things already or hereafter to be carried out executed done or omitted thereon or the use thereof for any purpose

 

3.38. Not to make any application for planning permission in respect of the Premises without the previous written consent of the Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed

 

3.39. Subject only to any statutory direction to the contrary to pay and satisfy any charge or levy that may hereafter be imposed under the Planning Acts in respect of the carrying out or maintenance to the Premises by the Tenant any Group Company of the Tenant any subtenant or their respective agents servants licensees or invitees of any operations which may constitute development or the institution of any such operations or the institution or continuance of any use which may constitute development

 

3.40. Notwithstanding any consent which may be granted by the Landlord under this Lease not to carry out any development in or to the Premises (whether by alteration or addition or change of use thereto) before all necessary notices under the Planning Acts in respect thereof have been served and all such necessary planning permissions have been produced to the Landlord and in the case of a planning permission acknowledged by it in writing as satisfactory to it (such acknowledgement of satisfaction by the Landlord not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) but so that the Landlord may refuse so to express its satisfaction with any such planning permission on the ground that any condition contained therein or anything omitted therefrom or the period thereof would in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord’s Surveyor be or be likely to be materially prejudicial to its interest in the Building or in any adjoining property whether during the Tenancy or following the determination or expiration thereof

 

3.41. Unless the Landlord shall otherwise direct to carry out and complete before the expiration or sooner determination of the Tenancy:

 

  (a) any works stipulated to be carried out to the Premises by a date subsequent to such expiration or sooner determination as a condition of any planning permission granted for any development begun before such expiration or sooner determination and

 

  (b) any works begun by the Tenant any Group Company of the Tenant or any subtenant or their respective agents servants licensees or invitees upon the Premises

 

3.42. If and when called upon so to do to produce to the Landlord or the Landlord’s Surveyor all such plans documents and other evidence as the Landlord may reasonably require in order to satisfy itself that the provisions of this covenant have been complied with in all respects

 

-17-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  User permitted

 

3.43. To use and occupy the Premises only as offices within paragraph (a) of Class B1 of the Town and Country Planning (Use Classes) Order 1987 (here meaning the 1987 Order and not any subsequent modification or re-enactment thereof notwithstanding the provisions of clause 1.3) and for ancillary purposes thereto

 

  User prohibited

 

3.44. Not to store or bring upon the Premises any materials or liquid of a specially combustible inflammable dangerous or offensive nature (other than those properly required in connection with the use of the Premises and then only in appropriate containers)

 

3.45. Not to do on the Premises or any part thereof any act or thing whatsoever which may be a legal nuisance to the Landlord or any other tenant or occupier of the Building or the owners or occupiers of any adjoining or neighbouring property

 

3.46. Not to use the Premises or any part thereof for any illegal purpose

 

3.47. Not to bring into or upon the Premises or do anything which might throw on the Premises or any part thereof any load or weight in excess of that which the Premises or any part thereof are designed or constructed to bear nor knowingly to cause any undue vibration to the Premises or any part thereof by machinery or otherwise

 

3.48. Not to obstruct or permit to be obstructed whether by loading or unloading goods or any other means any part of the Building or to do anything which is a source of danger to persons using the same and to load and unload goods only in accordance with the rights granted to the Tenant in Part I of the Second Schedule

 

3.49. Not to hold any sales by auction exhibitions public meetings or public entertainments at the Premises nor to permit any vocal or instrumental music to be performed therein provided that this sub-clause shall not prevent the Tenant or any permitted undertenant or occupier of the Premises from holding meetings of clients and their shareholders or members within the Premises

 

3.50. Not to permit any person to reside in the Premises

 

3.51. Not to obstruct hinder or otherwise interfere with the proper exercise by the Landlord and authorised persons of the rights reserved in Part II of the Second Schedule hereto

 

3.52. Not to cause the drains to be obstructed by oil grease or other deleterious matter

 

3.53. Not to load or use the lifts in the Building in any manner that will or may cause strain or damage to the lifts in the Building beyond their design capabilities

 

3.54. Not to permit any person to smoke anywhere on the Premises

 

3.55. Not to use the Store except as areas for storage and/or for the Tenant’s plant and equipment ancillary to the use of the Premises as offices or for such other uses as shall be first approved by the Landlord (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) which are ancillary to the use of the Premises as offices

 

  Alienation absolutely prohibited

 

3.56. Not to charge or assign part only of the Premises

 

3.57. Not to part with possession or share occupation of or declare any trust in respect of the Premises or any part thereof other than by way of:

 

-18-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (a) an assignment permitted under clauses 3.59 to 3.60

 

  (b) an underlease permitted under clauses 3.61 to 3.66 or

 

  (c) a charge permitted under clause 3.67

 

  PROVIDED THAT occupation of the Premises or any part or parts thereof by a Group Company of the Tenant and/or an Associated Entity shall not be in breach of this covenant provided further that:

 

  (d) no legal estate or other right of tenancy shall be created

 

  (e) the Tenant shall as soon as reasonably practicable upon being requested in writing to do so by the Landlord give the identity of such Group Company or Associated Entity the relationship of the Group Company or Associated Entity to the Tenant and the area occupied and

 

  (f) the Tenant shall procure (and hereby covenants to this effect) that any such Group Company and/or Associated Entity shall vacate the Premises forthwith upon whichever is the earlier of the date of expiration or sooner determination of the Tenancy and the date on which such company or entity ceases to be a Group Company of the Tenant or Associated Entity (as the case may be)

 

3.58. Not by assignment underletting or otherwise to permit the occupation of the Premises or any part thereof by or the vesting of any interest or estate therein in any person firm company or government or other body or entity which:

 

  (i) (save for HM Government) has the right to claim diplomatic immunity or exemption in relation to the observance and performance of the covenants and conditions of and contained in this Lease; or

 

  (ii) operates a dating agency business; or

 

  (iii) is listed as a consequence of being designated by HM Treasury pursuant to The Terrorism (United Nations) Order 2006 in the UK sanctions list published by HM Treasury Assignment permitted

 

3.59. Not to assign the whole of the Premises unless on or before completion of the assignment the Tenant enters into a deed of guarantee (being an authorised guarantee agreement within Section 16 of the Landlord and Tenant (Covenants) Act 1995) with the Landlord in the form contained in the Eighth Schedule (or in such other terms as the Landlord may reasonably require due to changes in law) in relation to the proposed assignment and any guarantor of the Tenant guarantees in such form as the Landlord reasonably requires the Tenant’s obligations under such authorised guarantee agreement Provided That where the proposed assignee is of an equal or greater financial standing than that of the assignee (together with any guarantor of the assignee (but excluding any guarantor pursuant to an authorised guarantee agreement)) at the time of the proposed assignment or the financial standing of original Tenant at the time of the Term Commencement Date (whichever shall be the greater financial standing) and where the proposed assignment will not have an adverse effect on the market value of the Building then no such authorised guarantee agreement shall be required

 

3.60.

Subject to clause 3.59 not to assign the whole of the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) which shall be by deed containing covenants by the intended assignee directly with the Landlord to pay the rents hereby reserved and to perform and observe the Tenant’s covenants herein contained including this covenant Provided that (if the Landlord so reasonably requires) the assignee shall provide a guarantor or guarantors acceptable to the Landlord (acting reasonably) who shall covenant

 

-19-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (jointly and severally) with the Landlord in the terms contained in the Seventh Schedule (or in such other terms as the Landlord may reasonably require due to changes in law)

 

  Underletting permitted

 

3.61. Not to underlet the whole of the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed provided that:

 

  (a) the rent to be reserved by the underlease shall be the rent reasonably obtainable in the open market without taking a fine or premium and shall not be commuted or payable more than one quarter in advance save that the rent to be reserved by an underlease with a term of less than five years need not be the open market rent but if such underletting is not at the open market rent then the Tenant shall provide to the Landlord prior to granting such underlease a letter confirming that the rent is not at the open market rent and that such rent shall be disregarded on rent review under this Lease

 

  (b) prior to the entering into of any underlease for a term of less than five years (or if earlier the parties to that underlease becoming contractually bound to enter into it) the parties to the underlease will enter into a valid agreement under Section 38(a) of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 to exclude the provisions of Sections 24 to 28 of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 in relation to that underlease

 

3.62. Not to underlet part only of the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed provided that:

 

  (a) the rent to be reserved by the underlease shall be the rent reasonably obtainable in the open market without taking a fine or premium and shall not be commuted or payable more than one quarter in advance save that the rent to be reserved by an underlease with a term of less than five years need not be the open market rent but if such underletting is not at the open market rent then the Tenant shall provide to the Landlord prior to granting such underlease a letter confirming that the rent is not at the open market rent and that such rent shall be disregarded on rent review under this Lease

 

  (b) prior to the entering into of any underlease comprising less than the whole demise of the Premises (or if earlier the parties to that underlease becoming contractually bound to enter into it) the parties to the underlease will enter into a valid agreement under Section 38(a) of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 to exclude the provisions of Sections 24 to 28 of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 in relation to that underlease

 

  (c) at no time shall the number of occupiers of the Premises exceed 3 any occupation by the Tenant being taking into account for this purpose (and any occupation by a Group Company of or Associated Entity to the Tenant ranking as occupation by the Tenant for this purpose)

 

  (d) the Tenant shall have regard (inter alia) to the position of the cores in the Building and means of escape from the underlet premises and to minimise the corridors within the Premises and ensure such demise is capable of separate and independent occupation

 

3.63. To incorporate or procure the incorporation in every permitted mediate or immediate underlease of the Premises or any part thereof:

 

  (a)

such provisions as are necessary to ensure that the rent thereunder is reviewed at the same frequency (but not necessarily on the same dates) and upon substantially the same terms as for the review of rent under this Lease provided that if is common market practice at the relevant time for the review of rents to be undertaken on an alternative basis the Tenant shall be entitled to underlet in accordance with then market practice and

 

-20-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  provided further that any underlease for a term of less than five years will not be required to provide for the rent thereunder to be reviewed

 

  (b) a covenant that the undertenant shall not assign charge or (in case of an underlease of part of the Premises) underlet part only of the premises thereby demised

 

  (c) a covenant that the undertenant shall not assign the whole of the premises thereby demised unless on or before completion of the assignment the undertenant enters into an authorised guarantee agreement with the Tenant in the form contained in the Eighth Schedule mutatis mutandis in relation to the proposed assignment

 

  (d) a covenant that the undertenant shall not assign the whole or underlet the whole or (in the case of an underlease of the whole of the Premises) part of the premises thereby demised without the consent of both the Landlord and the Tenant under this Lease which (in the case of the Landlord) shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed

 

  (e) a covenant that the undertenant shall not part with or share possession or occupation of or declare a trust in respect of the premises thereby demised save by way of an assignment underletting or charge pursuant to the provisions hereinbefore referred to (save for parting with or sharing occupation or possession with a Group Company of the undertenant upon like terms to those referred to in the proviso to clause 3.57)

 

  (f) a covenant by the undertenant prohibiting the undertenant from causing or suffering any act or thing upon or in relation to the premises underlet inconsistent with or in breach of the provisions of this Lease and

 

  (g) a condition for re-entry in the form or substantially in the form referred to in clause 5.1

 

3.64. Upon any permitted underlease to procure that the undertenant shall give a direct covenant by deed in favour of the Landlord to observe and perform the covenants and conditions on the part of the Tenant contained in this Lease (save as to payment of the rents hereby reserved) insofar as the same relate to the premises underlet and if the Landlord reasonably so requires it to procure that such guarantor or guarantors as may be reasonably acceptable to the Landlord guarantee such covenants in the terms contained in the Seventh Schedule (or in such other terms as the Landlord may reasonably require due to changes in law)

 

3.65. In connection with any underlease the Tenant shall:

 

  (a) not consent to or participate in any variation or addition to any such underlease (or any of the terms thereof) without the prior consent of the Landlord which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed

 

  (b) enforce all the covenants and obligations of the underlessee thereunder and not expressly or knowingly by implication waive any breach of the same

 

  (c) duly and efficiently operate and effect all reviews of rent pursuant to the terms of any such underlease and prior to agreeing any such review to give reasonable notice to the Landlord of the proposed level of rent and to have regard to any reasonable representations made by the Landlord in relation to such level of rent

 

3.66. Within one month after any reasonable written request by the Landlord (but not more than once in any period of 12 months) to notify the Landlord in writing

 

  (a) whether the Tenant occupies the Premises wholly or in part

 

  (b) whether the Tenant has granted an underlease of the whole or any part of the Premises and if so to advise the Landlord of the rent reserved by any underlease and the full name and address of any underlessee and

 

-21-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (c) whether there are any other occupiers of the Premises and if so the identity of those occupiers their relationship with the Tenant and the principal terms on which they occupy

 

  Charging permitted

 

3.67. Not to charge the whole of the Premises (save by way of floating charge to a reputable institution in respect of substantially the whole of the Tenant’s business where consent shall not be required) without the prior written consent of the Landlord such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed

 

  Registration

 

3.68. Within one month after any assignment underlease assignment of underlease mortgage charge transfer disposition or devolution of the Premises or any part thereof or any devolution of the estate of the Tenant therein or of this Lease to give notice thereof in duplicate to the Landlord’s solicitors and to supply them with a certified copy of the instrument or instruments (including any relevant probate letters of administration or assent) for retention by the Landlord

 

  Not to display advertisements

 

3.69. Save as expressly permitted by paragraph 6 of Part I of the Second Schedule not to erect paint affix attach or display any placard poster notice advertisement name or sign or anything whatever in the nature of an advertisement by display or lights or otherwise in or upon the Premises and/or the Building or any part thereof (including the windows)

 

  Insurance

 

3.70. Not to do anything whereby any policy of insurance relating to the Building and/or the Premises may become void or voidable or whereby the rate of premium thereon may be increased where the Tenant has been notified in writing of the relevant terms of the policy and to take such precautions against fire as may be deemed necessary by the Landlord (acting reasonably) or its insurers or required by law and (in each case) notified to the Tenant

 

3.71. Not to effect or maintain any insurance in respect of the Building and/or the Premises (except as to the Tenant’s fixtures and contents)

 

3.72. To reimburse to the Landlord a fair and reasonable proportion of any sum payable in respect of the excess payable on any insurance policy relating to the Building

 

  Notice of damage

 

3.73. As soon as reasonably practicable following the Tenant becoming aware of any material damage to or destruction of the Premises and/or the Store to give notice thereof to the Landlord stating (if possible) the cause of such destruction or damage

 

3.74. In the event of the whole or any part of the Building being damaged or destroyed by any of the Insured Risks at any time during the Tenancy and the insurance money under the policy or policies of insurance effected thereon by the Landlord being wholly or partially irrecoverable by reason solely or in part of any act neglect or default of the Tenant or any Group Company of the Tenant or any undertenant or their respective servants agents licensees or invitees then the Tenant will within 21 days of written demand pay to the Landlord the whole or as the case may be a fair proportion of the amount so irrecoverable

 

3.75.

In the event of the whole or any part of the Premises and/or the Store being damaged or destroyed at any time during the Tenancy by any of the Insured Risks and the amount of the insurance monies received in respect of the reinstatement of any additions alterations or other works carried out to the Premises and/or the Store by the Tenant or any person claiming title

 

-22-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  under the Tenant whether before or after the date of this Lease which the Landlord is obliged to insure pursuant to the provisions of clause 4.2 being less than the reinstatement cost thereof as a result of the Tenant failing to notify the Landlord of the full reinstatement values thereof pursuant to this Lease to pay to the Landlord forthwith the amount by which the actual reinstatement cost exceeds the amount of the insurance monies actually received

 

  Indemnity

 

3.76. To indemnify the Landlord against and to pay within 21 days of written demand all proper costs and expenses including professional fees incurred by the Landlord in connection with all and every reasonably foreseeable loss and damage whatsoever incurred or sustained by the Landlord as a consequence of every breach of the covenants by and conditions on the part of the Tenant set out herein or implied PROVIDED that such indemnity shall extend to and cover all costs and expenses properly incurred by the Landlord in connection with any steps which the Landlord may reasonably take to remedy any such breach and be without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the Landlord in respect of any such breach any such sum arising hereunder to be recoverable by action or at the option of the Landlord as rent in arrear PROVIDED FURTHER THAT the Landlord shall in relation to all indemnities given by the Tenant in this Lease:

 

  (a) as soon as reasonably practicable give the Tenant written notice and full details of any claim

 

  (b) consider written representations made by the Tenant relating to any claim

 

  (c) not settle or compromise any claim without having given the Tenant reasonable opportunity to make representations to the Landlord

 

  (d) use all reasonable endeavours to mitigate as far as practicable any loss or costs incurred by or caused to it as a result of such claim

 

  Landlord’s costs

 

3.77. By way of further or additional rent to pay within 21 days of written demand all costs expenses charges damages and losses (including but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing solicitors’ costs counsel’s architects’ and surveyors’ and other professional fees and commissions payable to a bailiff) properly incurred by the Landlord of or properly incidental to:

 

  (a) the preparation and service of any notice under Sections 146 and 147 of the Law of Property Act 1925 (whether or not any right of re-entry or forfeiture has been waived by the Landlord or a notice served under the said Section 146 or 147 is complied with by the Tenant or the Tenant has been relieved under the provisions of the said Act and notwithstanding forfeiture is avoided otherwise than by relief granted by the court)

 

  (b) the recovery of any rent in arrear or other payments due hereunder

 

  (c) procuring observance and performance of any other obligations of the Tenant hereunder

 

  (d) in connection with every application for any consent made under this Lease whether such consent shall be granted or not or the application withdrawn except where such consent shall be unreasonably withheld or delayed by the Landlord or granted on terms which are unreasonable in either case in circumstances where it is not entitled to do so

 

  (e) any schedule relating to wants of repair to the Premises contrary to the Tenant’s obligations hereunder whether served during or within three months after the termination of the Tenancy

 

  Provided that in the case of clause 3.77(d) such costs shall be reasonable and properly incurred

 

-23-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  VAT

 

3.78. To pay all VAT on any sums of money chargeable thereto which shall be due from the Tenant under or by virtue of the provisions of this Lease upon production of a valid VAT invoice addressed to the Tenant

 

3.79. For the purposes of paragraphs 12 to 17 Schedule 10 to the VATA neither the Tenant nor any person connected with the Tenant is a development financier as defined in paragraph 14 of Schedule 10 in relation to the Landlord’s development of any part of the land and buildings of which the Building forms a part for use other than for eligible purposes with the intention or expectation that the Building would become or continue to be exempt land

 

3.80. The Tenant is not intending to use and will not use all or any part of the Building for a relevant charitable purpose (within the meaning of Schedule 8, Group 5 (Note 6) VAT Act 1994)

 

3.81. If the covenant in clause 3.80 is breached by the Tenant and in consequence supplies made by the Landlord in relation to all or any part of the Building after the making of an Option are not taxable supplies the Tenant shall indemnify the Landlord against:

 

  (a) any VAT paid or payable by the Landlord which is or may become irrecoverable due to the Landlord’s supplies not being taxable

 

  (b) any amount in respect of any VAT which the Landlord has to account for or will have to account for to HM Revenue & Customs under the provisions of Part XIV or Part XV of the VAT Regs

 

  (c) any consequential penalties, interest and/or default surcharge and

 

  (d) any additional liability to corporation tax on any payment made to the Landlord under this clause

 

3.82. For the avoidance of doubt references in clauses 3.79 to 3.81 to the Landlord or the Tenant shall include references to the representative member of the VAT Group of the Landlord or the Tenant as appropriate and references to the Landlord shall include references to a “beneficiary” of the Landlord as such term is defined under para 40 Schedule 10 VATA

 

  Regulations affecting the Premises

 

3.83. To comply in all respects with the reasonable and proper regulations for the time being made by the Landlord for the use operation security and/or maintenance of the amenity and good order of the Building where made in the interests of good estate management and previously notified in writing to the Tenant PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if there shall be any inconsistency between the terms of this Lease and any of the said regulation then the terms of this Lease shall prevail and PROVIDED FURTHER THAT such reasonable and proper regulations shall not materially adversely affect the Tenant and its permitted undertenants and occupiers of the Premises and their respective visitors gaining access to and egress from the Building at all times (save in the case of an emergency)

 

  Obstructions and encroachments

 

3.84.

Not to stop up darken or obstruct any of the windows lights or ventilators belonging to the Premises and/or the Building nor to permit any new window light ventilator passage drainage or other encroachment or easement to be made or acquired into against upon or over the Premises or the Store or any parts thereof AND in case any encroachment or easement whatsoever shall be attempted to be made or acquired by any person whomsoever to give notice thereof to the Landlord as soon as the same shall come to the knowledge of the Tenant and at the request and

 

-24-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  cost of the Landlord do all such things as may be proper for preventing any such encroachment or such easement being made or acquired

 

  Covenants and provisions affecting the Landlord’s title

 

3.85. To observe and perform the covenants and provisions affecting the title of the Landlord specified in the deeds and documents set out in the Fourth Schedule insofar as they relate to the Premises

 

  Operation of plant and equipment

 

3.86. To operate and use all such plant machinery and equipment as is installed in the Premises from time to time and connected to the Landlord’s Services Equipment in accordance with the manufacturers’ recommended method of operation and not to use such plant machinery and equipment in such manner as to affect in a materially adverse manner the operation of the Landlord’s Services Equipment

 

  Obligations relating to entry and services

 

3.87. At all times when exercising any right granted to the Tenant for entry to any other part of the Building:

 

  (a) to cause (and procure that all those exercising the said rights on its behalf cause) as little damage and interference as is reasonably practicable to the remainder of the Building and the business of the tenants and occupiers thereof carried on thereat and to make good any damage caused to such areas and the fixtures and fittings and stock therein to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord and the tenants and occupiers thereof

 

  (b) to comply with the reasonable security requirements of the Landlord and the tenants and occupiers of the remainder of the Building and where requisite the Tenant or such other person exercising the said rights shall only exercise such rights while accompanied by a representative of the Landlord or the tenant or occupier of the relevant part of the remainder of the Building

 

  Surety

 

3.88. In the event that any person firm or body corporate which has or shall have guaranteed the Tenant’s obligations contained in this Lease shall die or an event shall occur in relation to such person a firm or body corporate of the type referred to in clauses 5.1(c) to 5.1(f) then without delay to give notice thereof to the Landlord and if so required by the Landlord (acting reasonably and having regard to the financial covenant strength of the Tenant) at the expense of the Tenant within 20 working days thereafter to procure that some other guarantor or guarantors reasonably acceptable to the Landlord execute a guarantee in respect of the Tenant’s obligations contained in this Lease in the form referred to in the Seventh Schedule (or on such other terms as the Landlord shall reasonably require due to a change in law)

 

  Registration

 

3.89. To apply for first registration of this Lease at the Land Registry as soon as reasonably practicable after this Lease is granted

 

3.90. To provide to the Landlord promptly following the same being sent to the Tenant’s solicitors:

 

  (a) a note of the title number allocated to this Lease

 

  (b) an official copy of the registered title to this Lease showing the Tenant as registered proprietor

 

-25-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

3.91. On determination of this Lease (whether by effluxion of time or otherwise) to apply to the Land Registry for closure of the Tenant’s registered title to this Lease and for removal of all notices relating to this Lease from the Landlord’s title

 

  Section 106 Agreement

 

3.92. Not to do anything that would lead to the Landlord being in breach of the obligations contained in the Section 106 Agreement

 

3.93. To comply with the terms of any Travel Plan pursuant to paragraph 9 of schedule 1 of the Section 106 Agreement and any operational requirements pursuant to paragraphs 6 to 8 (inclusive) of Schedule 3 of the Section 106 Agreement details of which have been provided to the Tenant

 

  Tenant’s obligation to reinstate

 

3.94. In the case of destruction or damage of the Premises by any of the Insured Risks or an Uninsured Risk the Tenant will following the issue of the Reinstatement Certificate complete the rebuilding or reinstatement of the Premises by the carrying out of the Fitting Out Works to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord employing such architects surveyors and other professional advisers as shall previously be approved in writing by the Landlord and in accordance with plans and specifications previously approved by the Landlord (all such approvals not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and the Landlord and the Tenant will use all reasonable endeavours to seek to agree the Tenant’s plans and specifications in sufficient advance time so as to permit the Tenant to commence its reinstatement works on the date of the Reinstatement Certificate) (the date of the last such approval being granted in writing being the “Approvals Date”) it being hereby agreed as follows:

 

  (a) that subject to the Landlord complying with its obligations in clauses 4.3(e) and 4.3(f) the Tenant shall bear the cost of the Fitting Out Works to the extent that is in excess of the cost of rebuilding or reinstating the Premises to the standard described in the section of the Specification entitled “Category A Specification”

 

  (b) that the Tenant shall keep the Landlord informed at reasonable intervals as to the state of progress of such works (including the provision of copies of test and investigation reports)

 

  (c) that subject to the landlord complying with the provisions of clauses 4.6 and 4.7 the Tenant will use all reasonable endeavours to complete the Fitting Out Works (subject to circumstances beyond the reasonable control of the Tenant within six months after the later of the date of the Reinstatement Certificate or the Approvals Date

 

  (d) that the Tenant will carry out the works in a good and workmanlike manner using new good quality materials and using only reputable contractors and in accordance with then current codes of good building practice and in accordance with:

 

  (i) any necessary consents and all statutory and other relevant requirements relating to the works or their execution and to the satisfaction of all competent authorities

 

  (ii) (if applicable) the Construction (Design and Management) Regulations 2007

 

  (iii) any requirement of the insurers of the Premises notified to the Tenant in writing

 

  (iv) conditions laid down by the Institution of Electrical Engineers or other regulations of the relevant supply authority insofar as they are relevant

 

  (v) any other reasonable requirement of the Landlord notified to the Tenant in writing

 

-26-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  Energy performance certificates

 

3.95. Before instructing an energy assessor to prepare any energy performance certificate in respect of the Premises or the Building the Tenant shall first give notice to the Landlord informing the Landlord of the area to which the proposed energy performance certificate will relate and obtain the Landlord’s prior approval of the identity of the energy assessor (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) who must in all circumstances be reputable and suitably qualified

 

3.96. At the Landlord’s reasonable request the Tenant shall supply the energy assessor with any drawings specifications data or other information that the Landlord (acting reasonably) provides to the Tenant

 

3.97. The Tenant shall provide to the Landlord a copy of any energy performance certificate that the Tenant obtains in respect of the Premises or the Building

 

3.98. The Tenant shall on reasonable request permit any energy assessor instructed by or on behalf of the Landlord to enter on and inspect the Premises and/or the Store at reasonable times and upon reasonable prior written notice and shall provide to such energy assessor such information as the Landlord may reasonably request at the reasonable cost of the Landlord

 

  Car parking and storage areas

 

3.99. Not to permit any of the bicycle spaces and motorcycle spaces referred to in paragraph 7 of Part I of the Second Schedule and the Store to be used other than by an occupier of the Premises which is permitted pursuant to the terms of this Lease

 

3.100. Not to do anything in or about the bicycle parking spaces and motorcycle spaces referred to in paragraph 7 of Part I of the Second Schedule or the parking areas of which such spaces form part or the service roads or accessways leading thereto which would or could constitute a nuisance annoyance obstruction disturbance or cause damage to the Landlord or the tenants or other occupiers of the Building or to the owners or occupiers of adjoining buildings

 

3.101. To comply and ensure that the Tenant’s visitors comply with such reasonable and proper regulations as the Landlord may make for the regulation of the traffic to and from and use of the spaces bicycle parking spaces and motorcycle spaces referred to in paragraph 7 of Part I of the Second Schedule and previously notified in writing to the Tenant

 

3.102. Not to carry out works of repair or maintenance to a motor vehicle or pour petrol or other fuel into the tank of a vehicle whilst parked in the car parking spaces referred to in paragraph 7 of Part I of the Second Schedule

 

  Tenant obligations

 

3.103 The Tenant shall comply with its obligations in this Lease throughout the Tenancy

 

4 LANDLORD’S COVENANTS

 

  The Landlord covenants with the Tenant:

 

  Quiet enjoyment

 

4.1. That the Tenant paying the Rents and performing and observing the covenants and stipulations on the part of the Tenant herein shall peaceably hold and enjoy the Premises during the Tenancy without any interruption by the Landlord or any person rightfully claiming under or in trust for the Landlord or by title paramount

 

-27-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

     Insurance

 

4.2. To insure:

 

  (a) the Building and keep the same insured in the name of the Landlord subject to such exclusions excesses and limitations as may be imposed by the insurers and as are common in the London insurance market from time to time against:

 

  (i) the Insured Risks in such a sum as shall be determined from time to time by the Landlord or the Landlord’s Surveyor acting reasonably as being the full cost of rebuilding and reinstatement of the Building (and for these purposes “Building” means the Building constructed in accordance with the Specification) and identifying specifically the sums referable to the cost of rebuilding or reinstating the relevant parts of the Building described in the section of the Specification entitled “Category A Specification” (and the Landlord covenants to have due regard to any reasonable request by the Tenant to increase such sums in respect of the Building) together with architects’ surveyors’ consultants’ legal and other fees in relation to the repair rebuilding or reinstatement of the Building (including any cost or increased cost resulting from the requirements of local or other authorities statutes bye-laws regulations or orders as to the method of or design of or materials to be used in such repairing rebuilding or reinstatement) and making due allowance for the effects of inflation and escalation of building costs and any fees and the cost of site clearance demolition and debris removal and VAT on all such sums including any VAT resulting from any deemed self supply as a result of such rebuilding or reinstatement

 

  (ii) loss of the Principal Rent and the Rent thirdly reserved for such period (being not less than five years and not more than seven years) as the Landlord may from time to time reasonably deem necessary which may be calculated having regard to any relevant reviews or increases of rent and to the likely period required for obtaining planning permission and reinstating the Building

 

  (iii) (to the extent to which the same is not covered by clause 4.2(a)(i)) where applicable engineering and electrical plant and machinery being part of the Building against sudden and unforeseen damage breakdown and inspection

 

  (iv) property owner’s liability and such other insurances as the Landlord may from time to time (acting reasonably) deem necessary to effect

 

  Landlord’s obligations in relation to insurance

 

4.3. In relation to the policy or policies of insurance effected by the Landlord pursuant to its obligations contained in this Lease:

 

  (a) to make available for inspection not more often than once in any 12 month period as soon as reasonably practicable following demand a complete either a copy or full details of the policy or policies of insurance with full details of any additions or amendments made thereto and produce to the Tenant either a copy of the last premium renewal receipt or reasonable evidence of the fact that the last insurance premium has been paid

 

  (b) to procure (unless having used all reasonable endeavours it is unable to procure such a policy at commercial rates) that the interest of the Tenant and any mortgagee of the Tenant (or a general interests clause) is noted or endorsed on the policy or policies of insurance

 

  (c)

to use all reasonable endeavours to procure that the insurance policy contains terms whereby the insurers will not pursue subrogation rights against the Tenant undertenants

 

-28-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  or other lawful occupiers of the Premises notified to the Landlord in writing (other than where the loss has been occasioned or contributed to by the fraudulent or criminal or malicious act of the Tenant or its undertenants)

 

  (d) to use all reasonable endeavours to procure that the insurance policy contains a non-invalidation clause

 

  (e) in the event of destruction or damage to the Premises occurring by reason of an Insured Risk promptly to instruct the insurers in writing and use all reasonable endeavours to procure that the insurance monies referable to the cost of rebuilding or reinstating the Premises to the standard described in the section of the Specification entitled “Category A Specification” to the extent payable shall be paid to the Tenant by means of stage payments as the reinstatement works progress upon production to the Landlord of satisfactory evidence that expenditure has been incurred by the Tenant in so reinstating or rebuilding (or to be paid to the Landlord if evidence of such expenditure is not produced by the time the Tenant is obliged to have completed the Fitting Out Works under clause 3.94) and if and to the extent that any such insurance monies are paid to the Landlord they shall be held by the Landlord (subject as stated in the following proviso) on trust for and paid to the Tenant upon the Tenant producing to the Landlord reasonable evidence of such rebuilding or reinstatement to the Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction provided that any monies held by the Landlord in accordance with this clause 4.3(e) shall belong to the Landlord absolutely in the event of the Termination of the Tenancy save insofar as the Tenant shall have incurred expenditure in such reinstating or rebuilding which has not been reimbursed prior to such determination in which case such monies shall be paid to the Tenant on such determination upon production to the Landlord of satisfactory evidence as aforesaid

 

  (f) In the event that:

 

  (i) The insurance monies recovered and paid to the Tenant pursuant to clause 4.3(a) are less than the reasonable and proper costs incurred by the Tenant in the Fitting Out Works (to the extent only that they relate to the cost of rebuilding or reinstating the Premises to the standard described in the section of the specification entitled “Category A Specification”) and

 

  (ii) Clause 3.74 does not apply

 

    then the Landlord shall pay to the Tenant an amount equal to the shortfall in the insurance proceeds from the Landlord’s own resources within 15 working days of provision of proper receipts evidencing such excess expenditure by the Tenant

 

  Reinstatement

 

4.4.

If the Building (or any part or parts thereof) and/or the Premises (or any part or parts thereof) and/or the means of access to the Premises shall be destroyed or damaged by any of the Insured Risks and subject to the provisions of clause 5.4 and to the payment by the Tenant of any amounts due pursuant to clauses 3.73 to 3.75 (and without prejudice to the liability of the Tenant to make any such payments or any amounts due pursuant to clause 3.76) and subject to obtaining any planning permission or other permission or approval necessary for rebuilding and reinstating the Shell and Core Works (which the Landlord shall use all reasonable endeavours to obtain as quickly as reasonably practicable) and to the necessary labour and materials being and remaining available the Landlord shall apply all monies received by the Landlord by virtue of such insurance and referable to the Shell and Core Works (other than money received for loss of the Principal Rent and Rent thirdly reserved which shall automatically be payable to the Landlord) in rebuilding reinstating and making good (as the case may be) the Shell and Core Works (which may include aesthetic and specification improvements) with all reasonable speed (and the Landlord shall notify the Tenant as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event within 12

 

-29-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  months of such damage or destruction of its proposed reinstatement programme and shall keep the Tenant informed of progress) in a good and workmanlike manner using good and sound materials of their several kinds and in accordance with all planning permissions and consents and all applicable statutes and regulations then in force and any lawful requirements of the insurers and making good any shortfall in the insurance proceeds from the Landlord’s own resources as soon as it is lawful so to do (but not so as to provide accommodation identical in layout provided that the accommodation provided is no less commodious and does not differ materially in size to the accommodation provided at the date hereof) and the Landlord shall use its reasonable endeavours to obtain all necessary licences consents planning permissions and approvals therefor as soon as reasonably practicable and shall procure in favour of the Tenant a package of collateral warranties or third party rights relating to the design and carrying out of such works in a form consistent with market practice at the relevant time

 

4.5. If the Building (or any part or parts thereof) and/or the Premises (or any part or parts thereof) and/or the means of access to the Premises shall be damaged by an Uninsured Risk but not so as to render the Premises unfit for occupation or use such that clause 5.4 applies then (save to the extent that such damage results from the default of the Tenant any Group Company of the Tenant or any sub-tenant or their respective agents servants licensees or invitees) the Landlord shall reinstate and make good such damage as soon as reasonably practicable in a good and workmanlike manner using good and sound materials of their several kinds and in accordance with all planning permissions and consents and all applicable statutes and regulations then in force provided always that such reinstatement shall be at the cost of the Landlord and the costs of or in any way relating to such reinstatement shall not be recoverable from the Tenant directly or via the Service Charge provisions in the Fifth Schedule.

 

4.6. Following any material damage to the Building and/or the Premises the Landlord shall supply to the Tenant at the Landlord’s own cost as soon as practicable (acting reasonably):

 

  (a) the Landlord’s best estimate of the then anticipated date of the relevant Reinstatement Certificate and

 

  (b) sufficient information relating to the Building and Premises (as they are intended to be rebuilt or reinstated) to allow the Tenant to prepare full plans and specifications for the Fitting Out Works

 

  and the Landlord shall update the information referred to in sub-clauses (a) and (b) above promptly upon the Landlord becoming aware of any changes thereto

 

4.7. Following the issue of the relevant Reinstatement Certificate the Landlord shall permit the Tenant access at all times to the Premises through the Common Facilities with or without plant and machinery subject to and in accordance with the fit out guide issued by the Landlord from time to time in order to allow the Fitting Out Works to be completed within six months of the date of the relevant Approvals Date

 

  Obligations relating to Services for the Tenant

 

4.8. To provide or procure the provision of:

 

  (a) the Services during Normal Business Hours and

 

  (b) outside Normal Business Hours such of the Services as the Landlord shall in its reasonable discretion deem appropriate and

 

  (c) such other of the Services outside the Normal Business Hours as the Tenant shall previously request

 

-30-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (having regard to the overall services design standards for the Building and subject to the provisions of clause 5.16) Provided that the Landlord shall be entitled to employ such managing agents professional advisers contractors and other persons as may reasonably be required from time to time in the interests of good estate management for the purpose of the performance of the Services

 

4.9. To provide or procure the provision of electricity to the Premises and the Building and (in each case) each and every part thereof designed to receive such to the extent necessary to meet the reasonable requirements of the Tenant and to use reasonable endeavours to procure that the same shall not be less than the Design Standards having regard to all relevant statutory provisions from time to time regulating the supply and utilisation of electricity and the terms and conditions relative thereto from time to time imposed by the relevant statutory undertaker

 

4.10. Within 21 days of receipt by the Landlord to credit against the Service Cost (as that expression is defined in the Fifth Schedule) for the then current Accounting Period (as defined in the Fifth Schedule) a fair and reasonable proportion reasonably determined by the Landlord or the Landlord’s Surveyor of any rebate or repayment received by the Landlord or any Group Company of the Landlord which relates to any Energy Levy (as defined in the Fifth Schedule) the Landlord taking into account in determining such proportion the relative energy performance of the Building compared to other Buildings owned by the Landlord and/or any Group Company which reports as part of the same entity as the Landlord for the purposes of the CRC Energy Efficiency Scheme

 

4.11. The Landlord will indemnify and keep indemnified the Tenant and its permitted undertenants from and against all actions proceeds liability losses proper and reasonably costs claims and demands which are instituted incurred or made by any person by reason of the Landlord’s failure to comply with the section 106 agreement referred to in paragraph 2 of the Fourth Schedule (save that the indemnity shall not apply in respect of the Tenant’s or any occupier of the Building’s failure to comply with the terms of any Travel Plan pursuant to paragraph 9 of Schedule 1 of such Section 106 Agreement or any operational requirement pursuant to paragraphs 6 to 8 (inclusive) of Schedule 3 of such Section 106 Agreement) provided that the Tenant shall as soon as reasonably practicable have notified the Landlord of any such claim and shall not settle or compromise any such claim without the prior written agreement of the Landlord (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)

 

4.12. The Landlord will indemnify the Tenant against and covenant to pay within 21 days of written demand all proper costs and expenses including professional fees incurred by the Tenant in connection with all and every reasonably foreseeable loss and damage whatsoever incurred or sustained by the Tenant as a consequence of the Tenant not being able to use that part of the Premises which projects over the adopted highway on Finsbury Street ( the “Projection”) as a consequence of any action brought against the Landlord or the Tenant pursuant to the Landlord and Tenant not having registered title to the same PROVIDED THAT the Tenant shall in relation to such indemnity:

 

  (a) as soon as reasonably practicable give the Landlord written notice and full details of any claim;

 

  (b) consider written representations made by the Landlord relating to any claim;

 

  (c) not settle or compromise any claim without having given the Landlord reasonable opportunity to make representations;

 

  (d) use all reasonable endeavours to mitigate as far as practicable any loss or costs incurred by or caused to it as a result of such claim

 

 

and Provided that this indemnity shall cease to apply following the successful registration of the Projection as part of the remainder of the registered premises demised by the Lease (which the

 

-31-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  Tenant will seek to so register as soon as reasonably practicable after receiving notice that the Landlord has registered its freehold title to the Projection).

 

5 PROVISOS

 

  IT IS HEREBY AGREED AND DECLARED as follows:

 

  Re-entry

 

5.1. If:

 

  (a) the Rents or any part thereof shall be in arrear for 21 days next after becoming payable or

 

  (b) there shall be any material breach non-performance or non-observance of any of the Tenant’s covenants

 

  (c) the Tenant shall enter into any arrangement or composition for the benefit of the Tenant’s creditors or convene a meeting of the Tenant’s creditors (or a nominee calls such a meeting on its behalf) or

 

  (d) the Tenant (being one or more individuals):

 

  (i) is the subject of an interim order under Part VIII of the Insolvency Act 1986 or makes application to the Court for such an order or makes a voluntary arrangement under such Part or

 

  (ii) has a bankruptcy order made against him or

 

  (iii) a receiver is appointed in respect of all or any of the assets or undertaking of the Tenant or such surety or

 

  (e) the Tenant (being a company or partnership):

 

  (i) makes a voluntary arrangement or submits to its creditors or any of them a proposal under Part I of the Insolvency Act 1986 or

 

  (ii) makes an application to the Court under Section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 or resolves to make such an application or

 

  (iii) is the subject of an administration order (whether an interim order or otherwise) made under Part II of the Insolvency Act 1986 or is subject to a resolution passed by the directors or shareholders for the presentation of an application for such an order or is the subject of a notice of intention to appoint an administrator or files a notice of appointment of an administrator with the court or passes a resolution by its directors or shareholders for the filing of such a notice or

 

  (iv) is the subject of a resolution for voluntary winding up (otherwise than for the purpose of an amalgamation or reconstruction which has been approved by the Landlord such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) or a meeting of creditors is called to consider a resolution for winding up or

 

  (v) has an interim order or winding up order made against it or

 

  (vi) has an administrative receiver or receiver appointed in respect of all or any of its assets

 

  (vii) ceases to exist

 

-32-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (f) where the Tenant is a company or partnership incorporated outside the United Kingdom analogous proceedings or events to those referred to in clause 5.1(e) shall be instituted or occur in the country of incorporation

 

  it shall be lawful for the Landlord at any time thereafter to re-enter the Premises or any part thereof in the name of the whole and thereupon the Tenancy shall absolutely determine but without prejudice to any rights of action of the Landlord or the Tenant against the other in respect of any antecedent breach by the Landlord or the Tenant (as the case may be) of any of the covenants herein provided that in the event that the Tenant comprises more than one person then the Landlord will be entitled to re-enter the Premises and the Tenancy shall thereupon absolutely determine upon the happening of any of the events referred to in clauses 5.1(c) to 5.1(f) hereof in relation to any one of them

 

  Payment of rent not waiver

 

5.2. No demand for or receipt or acceptance of any part of the Rents or any payment on account thereof shall operate as a waiver by the Landlord of any right which the Landlord may have to forfeit this Lease by reason of any breach of covenant by the Tenant and the Tenant shall not in any proceedings for forfeiture be entitled to rely on any such demand receipt or acceptance as aforesaid as a defence PROVIDED that this clause shall only have effect in relation to a demand receipt or acceptance made or given during such period as may in all the circumstances be reasonable for enabling the Landlord to conduct any negotiations with the Tenant for remedying the breach commenced upon the Landlord becoming aware of such breach

 

  Suspension of rent

 

5.3. If the Premises or the Building or the means of access to the Premises shall at any time during the Tenancy be so damaged or destroyed:

 

  (a) by any of the Insured Risks as to render the Premises or any part of them unfit for occupation or use or inaccessible then (save to the extent that the insurance monies shall be irrecoverable or the policy rendered void by reason of any act or default on the part of the Tenant any Group Company of the Tenant any sub-tenant or their respective servants agents licensees or invitees) the Principal Rent and the Rent thirdly reserved or a fair proportion thereof according to the nature and extent of the damage sustained shall be suspended immediately from the date of such damage or destruction until (if the Premises have not been destroyed or damaged) the date of practical completion of the relevant Shell and Core Works or (if the Premises have been so damaged or destroyed) until the earlier of:

 

  (i) the date of practical completion of the Fitting Out Works and

 

  (ii) the date which is six months after the issue of the relevant Reinstatement Certificate and

 

  (iii) the expiration of the period in respect of which the Landlord has insured for loss of the Principal Rent and the Rent thirdly reserved pursuant to clause 4.2(a)(ii)

 

    (provided that if practical completion of the Fitting Out Works is delayed beyond the date set out in subclause 5.3(a)(ii) as a result of any act or default of the Landlord such rent suspension shall continue until the date of practical completion of the Fit Out Works).

 

    and any dispute with reference to this clause 5.3(a) shall be referred by the Landlord or the Tenant to arbitration in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996

 

  (b)

by an Uninsured Risk as to render the Premises or any part of them unfit for occupation or use or inaccessible then (save to the extent that damage or destruction results from

 

-33-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  the default of the Tenant any Group Company of the Tenant or any sub-tenant or their respective agents servants licensees or invitees) the Principal Rent and the Rent thirdly reserved or a fair proportion thereof according to the nature and extent of the damage sustained shall be suspended from the date 6 months after the date of such damage or destruction until the date when the Premises shall again be rendered fit for occupation and use (meaning the date of practical completion of the relevant Shell and Core Works and any dispute with reference to this proviso shall be referred by the Landlord or the Tenant to arbitration in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996

 

  (c) In this Clause 5.3(c):

 

  (i) “Damaged Premises” means that part of the Premises affected by Relevant Damage (or the access to which is denied) so as to render them unfit for occupation and use or inaccessible;

 

  (ii) “Extended Period” means the period equal to the Lost Rent-Free Period commencing on the Habitable Date or the Rent Commencement Date (whichever shall be later);

 

  (iii) “Habitable Date” means the later of:

 

  (A) date on which (following any Relevant Damage) the Building and/or the Premises (as the case may be) have been reinstated to the standard required by clause 4.4 (in the case of damage by an Insured Risk) and clause 5.5 (in the case of damage caused by an Uninsured Risk); and

 

  (B) (if the Premises themselves are damaged or destroyed by such Relevant Damage and such damage is by an Insured Risk) the date after the date set out in subclause 5.3(c)(iii)(A) as would be reasonable to allow the Tenant to fit out the Premises and which shall be no more than 6 months after the date set out in subclause 5.3(c)(iii)(A);

 

  (iv) “Lost Rent-Free Period” means the period (if any) from the date of occurrence of Relevant Damage until the earlier of the Habitable Date and the Rent Commencement Date;

 

  (v) Relevant Damage” means damage to the Building or any part of it by an Insured Risk or an Uninsured Risk;

 

  (d) If Relevant Damage occurs before the Rent Commencement Date then as from the Habitable Date or the Rent Commencement Date (whichever is the later) the period during which the Principal Rent or a fair proportion thereof would be (but for the rent free period) suspended and cease to be payable pursuant to this clause 5.3 shall be extended by the Extended Period or if the Rent Commencement Date falls on a later date than the last day of the said period of rent suspension then during the period commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and equal to the Extended Period the Principal Rent or a fair proportion thereof (as referred to in clause 5.3(a) and 5.3(b) (as the case may be)) shall be suspended and cease to be payable

 

  (e) Any dispute with reference to this clause 5.3(c) shall be referred by the Landlord or the Tenant to arbitration in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996

 

  Determination if damage or destruction

 

5.4.

If the Premises or the Building shall be destroyed or damaged by an Uninsured Risk so that the Premises are unfit for occupation or use or inaccessible the Landlord may elect not to carry out and complete the rebuilding and reinstatement of the Shell and Core Works pursuant to clause

 

-34-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  5.5 by serving notice to such effect on the Tenant and upon service of such notice the Tenancy shall determine but without prejudice to any claim by the Landlord or the Tenant against the other. If the Landlord shall not have served a notice on the Tenant pursuant to this clause 5.4 or 5.5 by a date prior to the date 12 months after such damage or destruction then either party shall be entitled at any time thereafter by notice in writing to the other party to determine the Tenancy and upon service of such notice the Tenancy shall determine but without prejudice to any claim by the Landlord or the Tenant against the other in respect of any antecedent breach of any covenant or provision herein contained. Until the earlier of the Landlord serving a notice pursuant to clause 5.4 or 5.5 or (if the Landlord does not serve such a notice) the expiry of a period of 12 months from the date of the damage or destruction in question the Landlord shall hold any Principal Rent and Rent thirdly reserved received from the Tenant in respect of the period from the date of the damage or destruction (on the terms of this paragraph 5.4) in a separately designated and interest earning deposit account with a UK clearing bank and in the event that any Principal Rent and Rent thirdly reserved becomes repayable to the Tenant in accordance with paragraph 5.4 the Landlord will also pay to the Tenant at the same time as any such repayment all interest earned on such sums. Following any determination pursuant to this clause 5.4 the Landlord shall return to the Tenant any Principal Rent or Rent thirdly reserved paid by the Tenant to the Landlord relating to a period which is after the date of the damage or destruction

 

5.5. If the Premises or the Building shall be destroyed or damaged by an Uninsured Risk so that the Premises are unfit for occupation or use the Landlord may elect at any time prior to the date 12 months after the date of damage to destruction to carry out and complete the rebuilding and reinstatement of the Shell and Core Works by serving written notice to that effect on the Tenant whereupon the Landlord shall subject to obtaining any planning permission or other permission or approval necessary for rebuilding and reinstating the Shell and Core Works (which the Landlord shall use all reasonable endeavours to obtain as quickly as reasonably practicable) and to the necessary labour and materials being and remaining available be obliged to rebuild reinstate and make good (as the case may be) the Shell and Core Works (which may include aesthetic and specification improvements) with all reasonable speed in a good and workmanlike manner using good and sound materials of their several kinds and in accordance with all planning permissions and consents and all applicable statutes and regulations then in force and any lawful requirements of the insurers (but not so as to provide accommodation identical in layout provided that the accommodation provided is no less commodious and does not differ materially in size to the accommodation provided at the date hereof) and the Landlord shall use its reasonable endeavours to obtain all necessary licences consents planning permissions and approvals therefor as soon as reasonably practicable and shall procure in favour of the Tenant a package of collateral warranties or third party rights relating to the design and carrying out of such works in a form consistent with market practice at the relevant time provided always that such rebuilding or reinstating shall be at the cost of the Landlord and the costs of or in any way relating to rebuilding or reinstating the Shell and Core Works following damage or destruction of the Premises or the Building or any part thereof by an Uninsured Risk shall not be recoverable from the Tenant via the Service Charge provisions in the Fifth Schedule

 

5.6. The provisions of clauses 4.6 and 4.7 shall apply mutatis mutandis in the event of any rebuilding or reinstatement pursuant to clause 5.5

 

5.7. If

 

  (a) the Premises or the Building or the means of access to them shall at any time during the Tenancy be so damaged or destroyed by any of the Insured Risks as to render the Premises unfit for occupation or use or inaccessible and the Landlord has not commenced the works of reinstatement referred to in clause 4.4 within two years of the date of damage or destruction or

 

  (b)

the Premises or the Building or the means of access to them shall at any time during the Tenancy be so damaged or destroyed by any of the Insured Risks as to render the Premises unfit for occupation or use or inaccessible and the Landlord has not completed

 

-35-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  the works of reinstatement referred to in clause 4.4 within four years and six months of the date of damage or

 

  (c) the Premises or the Building or the means of access to them shall at any time during the Tenancy be so damaged or destroyed by an Uninsured Risk as to render the Premises unfit for occupation and use or inaccessible and the Landlord has not commenced the works of reinstatement referred to in clause 5.5 within two years of the date of the damage or destruction or

 

  (d) the Premises or the Building or the means of access to them shall at any time during the Tenancy be so damaged or destroyed by an Uninsured Risk as to render the Premises unfit for occupation and use and the Landlord has not completed the works of reinstatement referred to in clause 5.5 within four years and six months of the date of the damage or destruction

 

  then the Landlord or (subject to clause 5.8) the Tenant may in the circumstances referred to in clause 5.7(a) or clause 5.7(c) by giving to the other not less than six months’ notice in writing or in the circumstances referred to in clause 5.7(b) or clause 5.7(d) by giving to the other not less than one month’s notice in writing determine this Lease and the Tenancy and upon the expiry of such notice the Tenancy shall (unless the Landlord has in the circumstances of clause 5.7(a) or clause 5.7(c) commenced such works of reinstatement or in the circumstances of clause 5.7(b) or clause 5.7(d) completed such works of reinstatement by the expiry of such notice in which case the notice shall be of no effect) determine and this Lease shall cease to be of effect but without prejudice to any claim by the Landlord or the Tenant in respect of any antecedent breach by the other of any of the terms of this Lease

 

5.8. The Tenant shall not be entitled to serve notice on the Landlord pursuant to clause 5.7 if:

 

  (a) in the case of clauses 5.7(a) or 5.7(b) the insurance monies are irrecoverable or the policy rendered void by reason of any act or default on the part of the Tenant any Group Company of the Tenant any sub-tenant or their respective servants agents licensees or invitees unless the Tenant has complied with its obligations in clause 3.74 or

 

  (b) in the case of clauses 5.7(c) or 5.7(d) the damage or destruction results from the default of the Tenant any Group Company of the Tenant any sub-tenant or their respective agents servants licensees or invitees

 

5.9. If the Tenancy is determined under clauses 5.4 to 5.8 the Landlord shall be entitled to retain the insurance monies payable in respect of the Building whether received by the Landlord or by the Tenant

 

5.10. If the Building shall be substantially and severely destroyed or damaged during the last 5 years of the Contractual Term by an Insured Risk or Uninsured Risk so as to render the Premises unfit for occupation and use or inaccessible either the Landlord or the Tenant may (provided that such notice does not prejudice the Landlord’s ability to recover loss of rent insurance monies) by giving to the other at least 6 month’s notice in writing determine the Tenancy and upon expiry of such notice the Tenancy shall determine (unless the Landlord has completed any necessary reinstatement works required to render the Premises fit of occupation and use by the expiry of such notice in which case the notice shall be of no effect) but without prejudice to any claim by the Landlord or the Tenant against the other or any claim which the Landlord may have against the Surety in respect of any antecedent breach of any covenant or provision herein contained

 

  Warranty as to use

 

5.11. Nothing herein shall be deemed to constitute any warranty by the Landlord that the Premises or the Store or any parts thereof are under the Planning Acts or any other relevant laws or regulations now or from time to time in force authorised for use for any specific purpose

 

-36-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  Service of notices

 

5.12. Any notices required to be served hereunder shall be validly served if served in accordance with Section 196 of the Law of Property Act 1925 or Section 23 of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1927 as amended by the Recorded Delivery Service Act 1962 and (in the case of notices to be served on the Tenant) by sending the same to the Tenant at the Premises

 

  Disputes between tenants/occupiers

 

5.13. That in case any dispute or controversy shall at any time or times arise between the Tenant and the tenants and occupiers of the Building and/or any neighbouring adjoining or contiguous property belonging to the Landlord relating to Service Conduits and Appliances serving the Building and/or the Premises or any such adjoining or contiguous property or any easements or privileges whatsoever affecting or relating to the Building and/or the Premises or such neighbouring adjoining or contiguous property the same shall from time to time be settled and determined by the Landlord’s Surveyor or agent (in either case acting reasonably) to which determination the Tenant shall submit (save in the case of manifest error)

 

  Modification of compensation

 

5.14. Subject to Section 38(2) of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 neither the Tenant nor any assignee or underlessee of the Contractual Term or of the Premises or any part of the Premises shall be entitled on quitting the Premises or that part to any compensation under Section 37 of the said Act

 

  Apportionment

 

5.15. Where any question as to the amount or method of apportionment of any sum falls to be determined under the provisions of this Lease (other than any amount or apportionment to be determined pursuant to the provisions of the Fifth Schedule) the same shall be referred (upon application to be made by either party) to and conclusively (save in case of manifest error) determined by the Landlord’s Surveyor (acting reasonably) in accordance with the principles of good estate management and whose fees for so acting shall be added to and deemed for all purposes to form part of the sum to be so apportioned and shall be borne accordingly

 

  Exclusions of Landlord’s liability

 

5.16. Notwithstanding anything in any other provision herein contained the Landlord shall not be liable to the Tenant nor shall the Tenant have any claim against the Landlord in respect of:

 

  (a) any temporary interruption in any of the Services or the supply of electricity to the Premises or the Store or the operation of the Standby Generators caused by factors outside the Landlord’s reasonable control or

 

  (b) temporary closure or diversion of any of the Common Facilities or Service Conduits and Appliances by reason of inspection repair maintenance or replacement thereof or any part thereof or of any plant machinery equipment installations or apparatus used in connection therewith or damage thereto or destruction thereof by any risk (whether or not an Insured Risk) or

 

  (c) by reason of electrical mechanical or other defect or breakdown or frost or other inclement conditions or shortage of fuel materials supplies or labour or whole or partial failure or stoppage of any mains supply outside the reasonable control of the Landlord

 

 

SUBJECT TO the Landlord using all reasonable endeavours to minimise the adverse effects of any of the above events or circumstances and using all reasonable endeavours to reinstate and remedy such event or circumstance as expeditiously as reasonably possible AND PROVIDED

 

-37-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  ALWAYS that the Landlord shall (if reasonably practicable) have previously given reasonable notice of any intended interruption or closure of the nature mentioned above and taken due regard of any representations made by the Tenant in relation thereto

 

  Development of adjoining property

 

5.17. That subject to compliance with the Landlord’s covenants in clause 4.1 and subject to the Landlord or Superior Landlord taking all reasonable steps to minimise legal nuisance to the Tenant the Landlord or any superior landlord may at any time or times without obtaining any consent from or making any arrangement with the Tenant carry out any development or works (or permit the same) of whatsoever nature to the Building (other than the Premises) and/or any neighbouring adjoining or contiguous land or premises whether or not the light or air now or at any time or times enjoyed by the Tenant may be diminished PROVIDED THAT proper means of access to and egress from the Premises is afforded at all times and the rights hereby granted expressly to the Tenant are not prejudiced and the ability of the Tenant to operate its business from the Premises is not materially adversely affected

 

5.18. Any access of light and air now or at any time during the Tenancy enjoyed by the Premises shall be deemed to be by consent or agreement in writing for that purpose within the meaning of Section 3 of the Prescription Act 1832 so that neither the enjoyment thereof nor this Lease shall prevent any such development or works referred to in clause 5.17 and the Tenant shall permit such development or works without interference or objection

 

  Removal of property

 

5.19. If at such time as the Tenant has vacated the Premises after the determination of the Tenancy any property of the Tenant shall remain in or on the Premises or the Store and the Tenant shall fail to remove the same within 14 days after being requested by the Landlord so to do by a notice in that behalf then and in such case the Landlord may (in addition to any other remedies available to it) as the agent of the Tenant (and the Landlord is hereby irrevocably appointed by the Tenant to act in that behalf) sell such property and shall then hold the proceeds of sale after deducting the reasonable costs and expenses of removal storage and sale reasonably and properly incurred by it to the order of the Tenant PROVIDED THAT the Tenant will indemnify the Landlord against any liability properly incurred by it to any third party whose property shall have been sold by the Landlord in the bona fide mistaken belief (which shall be presumed unless the contrary be proved) that such property belonged to the Tenant and was liable to be dealt with as such pursuant to this clause

 

  VAT

 

5.20. Any rent or other sum payable by any party hereunder is exclusive of VAT that is or may be payable thereon and shall be paid upon receipt of a valid VAT invoice

 

5.21. Where under this Lease any party (the “Indemnified Party”) is entitled to recover from another party (the “Paying Party”) the cost of any goods or services supplied to the Indemnified Party the Paying Party will indemnify the Indemnified Party against so much of the input tax on the cost for which the Indemnified Party is not entitled to credit allowance under Section 24-26 of VATA

 

5.22. If VAT is chargeable in respect of any supplies of goods and/or services by any party to the other party under this Lease the recipient of such supplies shall pay such VAT in addition to the amounts (if any) provided for under this Lease and in respect of the supplies made to it under this Lease subject to receipt of a valid VAT invoice

 

-38-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  Exclusion of easements

 

5.23. Nothing herein contained other than those rights expressly granted to the Tenant in Part I of the Second Schedule shall by implication of law or otherwise operate to confer on the Tenant any easement right or privilege whatever over or against any neighbouring adjoining contiguous or other property which might restrict or prejudicially affect the future rebuilding alteration or development of such neighbouring adjoining contiguous or other property

 

  Sharing of information

 

5.24 The Landlord and the Tenant agree that they will:

 

  (a) share the data they hold in respect of energy and water use and waste production/ recycling between themselves and with any other third party who the parties agree in their absolute discretion needs to receive such data;

 

  (b) keep the data disclosed under this clause 5.24 confidential and will only use such data for the purposes of ensuring that the Building is run in a sustainable way that minimises its environmental impact.

 

6 CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999

 

  Unless expressly stated to the contrary nothing in this Lease confers on anyone other than the parties to it any right pursuant to the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999

 

7 GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

  This Lease is governed by and is to be construed in accordance with English law. The parties irrevocably agree that the courts of England and Wales shall have non-exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Lease

 

8 TRUSTEES CAPACITY

 

8.1. Dominion Corporate Trustees Limited and Dominion Trust Limited and/or their successors in title as Trustees of the Ropemaker Place Unit Trust (“Trust”) are entering into this agreement as Trustees of the Trust and as such any liability on the part of the Trustees and/or pursuant to this agreement is limited to the assets held on trust for the time being of the Trust which are in their possession or under their control as trustees of the Trust.

 

8.2. Notwithstanding any other provision of this agreement Dominion Corporate Trustees Limited and Dominion Trust Limited have no obligation to meet any claim or liability under this agreement except to the extent that they can properly meet the claim or liability out of the Trust assets.

IN WITNESS whereof this deed has been executed by the parties hereto and is intended to be and is hereby delivered on the day and year first above written

 

-39-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

SECOND SCHEDULE

Part I

Rights granted

 

1 The right for the Tenant and all persons authorised by the Tenant at all times:

 

  (a) to pass and repass on foot only over and along the pedestrian accessways within the Building from time to time designated by the Landlord and to pass and repass on foot only through and over the Common Facilities and any part or parts thereof to gain access to and from the Premises and to and from the Store and generally to use the Common Facilities for all purposes in connection with the use and enjoyment of the Premises

 

  (b) to pass and repass with or without vehicles over and along the roads and accessways within the Building from time to time reasonably designated by the Landlord on the Building for the purpose of gaining access to and egress from the bicycle parking spaces and the motorcycle spaces referred to in paragraph 7 of this Part I of the Second Schedule and access to and egress from the loading bay in the Building

 

  (c) to use the loading bays in the Building in such locations from time to time designated by the Landlord acting reasonably

 

  (d) to use the compactor in the loading bay in the Building in such location as shall from time to time designated by the Landlord (acting reasonably)

 

  (e) to use such emergency escape routes from the Premises as comply from time to time with statutory requirements and any requirements from time to time of the local authority or local fire authority

 

  (f) otherwise to use the Common Facilities for the purpose for which they are intended

 

  (subject in each case to such regulations in relation thereto as may be imposed from time to time pursuant to clause 3.83 and/or clauses 3.99 to 3.102) in each case such rights being exercised in common with others entitled thereto

 

(2) The right of passage and use of all such Service Conduits and Appliances which now or may hereafter during the Tenancy pass or run into through along under or over the Building and/or adjoining or any neighbouring property of the Landlord and which are used or are designed to be used for the benefit of the Premises

 

(3) Subject to clauses 3.18 to 3.30:

 

  (a) the right at all times to connect into and use (subject to the regulations of any appropriate authority) the Service Conduits and Appliances for the supply of services and for drainage and to connect into and use such other Service Conduits and Appliances as may from time to time be available for connection to the Premises

 

  (b) the right at all times to connect into and use such of the Landlord’s Services Equipment as may from time to time be available for connection to the Premises

 

 

provided that such connection and use does not materially adversely affect the supply of services to other premises within the Building having regard to the Specification and on the basis that any residual capacity in such Service Conduits and Appliances and the Landlord’s Services

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  Equipment over and above that set out in the Specification shall be available and allocated to all occupiers of the Building on a fair and reasonable basis

 

4 The right of support shelter and protection from the remainder of the Building

 

5 The right at all reasonable times and upon reasonable prior notice (except in the case of emergency) to enter other parts of the Building for the purposes of carrying out any works required to comply with the covenants and conditions of the Tenant herein contained and where such works cannot otherwise conveniently be carried out without such entry the Tenant in the exercise of such right causing as little inconvenience and interference as is reasonably practicable in the circumstances to the Landlord or other occupier of the part of the Building so entered and its trade or business carried on therein and making good to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord or the other occupier (as the case may be) any physical damage thereby caused PROVIDED always that (except in the case of emergency) the Landlord may upon reasonable prior written notice to the Tenant elect to carry out any such works on behalf of the Tenant in return for the payment by the Tenant of the proper and reasonable costs of so doing

 

6 The right for the Tenant and any other lawful occupier of the Premises to display its name:

 

  (a) in the Landlord’s house style on the sign board provided by the Landlord for that purpose in the main reception area of the Building in such slot as the Landlord shall allocate and

 

  (b) within the lift lobbies immediately adjacent to the Premises provided that any such signage shall be subject to the Landlord’s prior approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) as to the size nature location and design of the signage concerned

 

7 The right for the Tenant and any lawful occupier of the Premises only at all times to use 10 bicycle parking spaces in the area shown edged yellow on Plans MPC1 and MPC2 and 2 motor cycle parking spaces in the area shown edged red on Plan MPC1 (the Landlord having the right at any time and from time to time on not less than 14 days’ notice to nominate an alternative space or spaces within the Building) provided that the Landlord shall be entitled to temporarily suspend all or any such rights after prior consultation with the Tenant as to timing and duration of the proposed works (save in the case of an emergency) and having proper regard to the Tenant’s representations in relation thereto for the purpose of carrying out works of repair and maintenance to the parts of the Building in which the relevant spaces are located where it would not be practical to carry out the relevant works without such suspension and the Landlord shall use reasonable endeavours to keep any such period of suspension to the minimum reasonably practicable

 

8 The right for the Tenant and any lawful occupier of the Premises only at all times to use the storage area totalling 981 sq ft in the basement of the Building in the location shown edged red on Plan MTS1-3 for the purpose of storing goods and materials ancillary to the Tenant’s use of the Premises (the Landlord having the right at any time and from time to time on not less than 14 days notice to nominate an alternative storage area of not less than 489 sq ft and following ascertainment of the net internal area of such alternative storage area the Principal Rent shall be proportionately varied at the rate of £** per square foot (subject to review pursuant to the Third Schedule) and a memorandum of the revised Principal Rent shall be signed by or on behalf of the Landlord and the Tenant respectively)

 

9

The right to use a fair and reasonable proportion of the riser space and telecoms intake room or rooms allocated to tenants for their use within the Building for the purpose of running Service Conduits and Appliances serving the Premises and/or other premises within the Building occupied by the Tenant or any Group Company or Associated Entity of the Tenant provided that the installation of such cabling shall be subject to the Landlord’s prior written consent such

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and provisos (a) to (d) at the end of clause 3.29 shall apply to such installation and consent Provided that the Landlord will manage the allocation of the riser space for the purposes of the use of and connections to the Service Conduits and Appliances the Landlord’s Services Equipment and such telecoms intake room or rooms on the following basis:

 

  (a) space shall be allocated between each of the tenants (and undertenants shall be not be taken into account for these purposes) in the same proportion as the net internal area they occupy bears to the total net internal area of the Building

 

  (b) where reasonably possible separate risers will be allocated to each tenant and will take into account the location of the premises demised to the tenant

 

  (c) where reasonably possible the allocation of riser space to be used for IT purposes shall be on the basis of separate cages within the risers provided that the Tenant will reimburse the Landlord for the reasonable cost of such cages

 

  (d) the Landlord reserves the right to run cables/pipes and other service media through such risers provided that these shall not materially adversely affect the Tenant’s use of the same and that the Landlord obtains the Tenant’s prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to the location of such cables/pipes and other service media

 

10 The right to use and draw off up to 146.0kW at unity power factor from three of the Standby Generators together with ancillary rights of passage of such electrical capacity through the Service Conduits and Appliances in the Building to the Premises

 

11 The right to use the area shown edged red on Plan MT S5-3 (being part of the tenant roof plant space) subject to obtaining consent from the Landlord (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) by deed and containing covenants of the type referred to in the provisos at the end of clause 3.29 to such installation and subject to the Tenant obtaining all necessary consents and approvals) to install plant and machinery and equipment (including air conditioning equipment) together with a right to install and lay associated cabling and other service media (with any ancillary plant and equipment) in under over and through the Building for connection to the Premises and to use the same and a right to access such area.

Part II

Rights excepted and reserved

 

1 The passage and use of all such Service Conduits and Appliances (if any) as now pass or run into through along under or over the Premises and which are designed, to be used for the benefit of the remainder of the Building

 

2 The right for the Landlord and all authorised persons at all reasonable times upon not less than 48 hours’ prior notice (except in case of emergency) to enter the Premises and/or the Store for all or any of the following purposes:

 

  (a) inspecting the Premises and/or the Store and the state and condition thereof

 

  (b) survey measurement or valuation of the Premises

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (c) reading electricity water and other check meters or sub-meters installed within the Premises

 

  (d) preparation of a schedule of fixtures and fittings in or about the Premises

 

  (e) remedying any breach of covenant by the Tenant after failure by the Tenant so to do in accordance with the provisions of clause 3.8

 

  (f) access to or egress from any of the plant rooms or Service Conduits and Appliances included within the Premises and/or the Store or accessed from the Premises and/or the Store

 

  (g) to comply with obligations owed by the Landlord to third parties or with the covenants on the part of the Landlord contained in this Lease

 

  (h) maintaining amending renewing cleaning repairing or rebuilding any adjoining premises

 

  (i) in connection with the provision of Services

 

  PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT such rights shall only be exercised where the purpose for such entry cannot reasonably be achieved without entering upon the Premises and/or the Store and PROVIDED FURTHER THAT the Landlord or other person exercising such rights shall cause as little interference and inconvenience as reasonably practicable to the Tenant or other occupier of the Premises and its or their trade or business carried on therein and as soon as reasonably practicable make good to the reasonable satisfaction of the Tenant any damage thereby caused to the Premises and PROVIDED FURTHER THAT the Landlord or other person exercising such rights complies with the reasonable security requirements of the Tenant or other occupier and where requisite the Landlord or other person exercising such rights shall only exercise such rights while accompanied by a representative of the Tenant or occupier of the relevant part of the Premises PROVIDED THAT such a representative shall be made available at reasonable times on reasonable request by the Landlord and if such a representative is not made available after a reasonable period after such request (or in the case of emergency) entry may be made without such a representative

 

3 All rights of light air and other easements and rights (but without prejudice to any expressly granted to the Tenant by this Lease (if any)) now or hereafter belonging to or enjoyed by the Premises from or over any adjoining neighbouring or contiguous land or building

 

4 The right to build or rebuild or alter or carry out any development or works to any adjoining neighbouring or contiguous land or building in any manner whatsoever (and to authorise any adjoining owner or occupier to do the same) and to let or authorise the letting of the same for any purpose or otherwise deal therewith notwithstanding that the light or air to the Premises is in any such case thereby diminished or any other liberty easement right or advantage belonging to the Tenant is thereby diminished or prejudicially affected and so that any access of light and air now or at any time during the Tenancy enjoyed by the Premises shall be deemed to be by consent or agreement in writing for that purpose within the meaning of Section 3 of the Prescription Act 1832 so that the enjoyment thereof shall not prevent such building rebuilding alteration development works letting or dealing as aforesaid and the Tenant shall permit such matters without interference or objection PROVIDED THAT the person exercising such right shall cause as little inconvenience or disturbance to the Tenant as reasonably practicable and PROVIDED FURTHER THAT the rights reserved by this paragraph 4 shall not be exercised so as to prejudice the rights expressly granted to the Tenant under this Lease and the ability of Tenant to operate its business from the Premises shall not be materially adversely affected

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

5 The right to support and shelter and all other easements and rights now and hereafter belonging to or enjoyed by all adjoining neighbouring or contiguous land or buildings an interest wherein possession or reversion is at any time during the Tenancy vested in the Landlord

 

6 The right to build on or into any boundary or party wall of the Premises provided always that the Landlord or the person exercising this right shall cause as little inconvenience or disturbance to the Tenant as reasonably practicable and shall make good any damage thereby caused to the Premises to the reasonable satisfaction of the Tenant

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

THIRD SCHEDULE

Review of Principal Rent

 

1 In this Schedule:

 

relevant Review Date    means either the First Review Date or any Subsequent Review Dates
First Review Date    means 30 September 2015
Subsequent Review Dates    means 30 September 2020 and any other date that becomes a Review Date pursuant to paragraph 8
Completed Premises   

means the Premises on the assumption that:

 

(a)    the Landlord has completed the Premises at its own cost to the specification and standard described in the section of the Specification entitled “Category A Specification”

 

(b)    the Tenant has removed all fitting out works carried out by the Tenant or any permitted occupier and made good all damage so caused by such removal so that the Premises are at the relevant Review Date in the same specification and standard as in (a) above and in compliance with statutory requirements

 

(c)    if the Premises or the means of access thereto have been destroyed or damaged they have been completely rebuilt or reinstated and fully restored

Open Market Rent    means the yearly rent which would reasonably be expected to become payable in respect of the Completed Premises after the expiry of a rent free period of such length as would be negotiated in the open market between a willing lessor and a willing lessee for the time required for fitting out the Completed Premises only upon a letting of the Completed Premises as a whole by a willing lessor to a willing lessee in the open market at the relevant Review Date for a term of 10 years commencing the relevant Review Date with rent reviews on each fifth anniversary of term commencement and with vacant possession without a fine or premium and for the use or uses permitted under this Lease but otherwise upon the terms of this Lease (other than (i) the length of the Contractual Term and (ii) the amount of the Principal Rent hereby reserved (but including the provisions for review of the Principal Rent)assuming whether or not it be the case:
  

(a)    that all the Landlord’s and Tenant’s covenants and obligations in this Lease have been fully complied with (provided that in the case of the Landlord the Landlord is at the relevant Review Date using all reasonable endeavours to remedy any subsisting breach which the Tenant notified the Landlord in writing as

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  

subsisting a reasonable period before the relevant Review Date) and

  

(b)    that the Completed Premises are available and suitable for immediate occupation and use for fitting out as offices

  

(c)    the Store has been appropriately partitioned at the expense of the Landlord and is clear and ready for use as permitted by this Lease

  

but   disregarding:

  

(d)    any goodwill attached to the Premises by reason of the carrying on thereat by the Tenant or by any person deriving title or any right to occupy through or under the Tenant of any business and

  

(e)    any effect on rent of any alteration or improvement to the Premises made by the Tenant or any person deriving title or any right to occupy through or under the Tenant or their respective predecessors in title before or after the grant of this Lease other than an alteration or improvement carried out to the Completed Premises pursuant to an obligation to the Landlord provided that for the purposes of this paragraph (e) an alteration or improvement carried out pursuant to clauses 3.32 to 3.36 of this Lease shall (without prejudice to paragraph (a) of this definition of Open Market Rent) not be an alteration or improvement carried out pursuant to an obligation to the Landlord

  

(f)     any effect on rent of the fact that the Tenant or any person deriving title or any right to occupy through or under the Tenant or their respective predecessors in title may have been in occupation of the Premises or other premises in the Building

  

(g)    any effect on rent of any works to or alterations to the Premises carried out by the Tenant or any person deriving title or any right to occupy through or under the Tenant or their respective predecessors in title which reduce their rental value

  

(h)    the provisions of paragraph 3 of the Third Schedule

  

(i)     any reduction in the net internal floor area of the Premises attributable to the installation of any circulation staircases connecting the Premises to other levels in the Building

Surveyor    means an independent chartered surveyor with valuation and market experience in the City of London office market agreed upon by the Landlord and the Tenant (both acting reasonably)

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

   or in default of agreement appointed by the President in accordance with paragraph 3 of this Schedule
agree or agreed    means agree or agreed in writing between the Landlord and the Tenant

 

2 Subject to the provisions of paragraph 3 of this Third Schedule, from each Review Date the Principal Rent shall be such as may at any time be agreed between the Landlord and the Tenant as the Principal Rent payable from that Review Date or (in default of such agreement) whichever is the greater of:

 

2.1 the Open Market Rent and

 

2.2 the Principal Rent contractually payable immediately before that Review Date (ignoring any rent abatement under Clause 5.3).

 

3 From the First Review Date the Principal Rent shall be the rent of A + B where:

 

  A = the higher of the Open Market Rent for the Premises and £********* and further provided that A shall not in any event exceed £**********

 

  B = the Open Market Rent attributable to the rights granted by this Lease in respect of the Store

 

4 If by a date three months before a Review Date the rent payable from that Review Date has not been agreed the Landlord and the Tenant may agree upon a person to act as the Surveyor who shall determine the Open Market Rent but in default of such agreement then either the Landlord or the Tenant may at any time make application to the President to appoint a surveyor to determine the Open Market Rent and every application shall request that the Surveyor to be appointed shall if practicable be a specialist experienced in the letting and rental valuation of office premises in the area in which the Premises are situate

 

5 Unless the Landlord and the Tenant otherwise agree the Surveyor shall act as an arbitrator in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996

 

6 If the Surveyor whether appointed as arbitrator or expert refuses to act or is or becomes incapable of acting or dies the Landlord or the Tenant may apply to the President for the further appointment of a surveyor

 

7 If the Surveyor is appointed as an expert he shall be required to give notice to the Landlord and the Tenant inviting each of them to submit to him within such time as he shall stipulate a proposal for the Open Market Rent supported (if so desired by either of the parties) by any or all of:

 

  (a) a statement of reasons

 

  (b) a professional rental valuation or report and

 

  (c) submissions in respect of each others’ statement of reasons

 

  but notwithstanding the foregoing the Surveyor shall determine the Open Market Rent in accordance with his own judgement

 

8

If by a Review Date the Principal Rent payable from the Review Date has not been ascertained pursuant to this Third Schedule the Tenant shall continue to pay the Principal Rent at the rate payable hereunder immediately before that Review Date and on the quarter day next after such ascertainment the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord the difference between the Principal Rent

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  paid and the Principal Rent so ascertained for the period from the Review Date and ending on the said quarter day together with interest on such difference for such period at the Prescribed Rate (calculated by reference to such difference or the relevant parts thereof from the date or the respective dates on which the same would have become due had the Principal Rent payable from the relevant Review Date been ascertained by such Review Date)

 

9 If at any Review Date there is by virtue of any Act a restriction which operates to restrict the Landlord’s right to review the Principal Rent or if at any time there is by virtue of any Act a restriction which operates to restrict the right of the Landlord to recover an increase in the Principal Rent otherwise payable then upon the ending removal or modification of such restriction the Landlord may at any time within three months thereafter give to the Tenant not less than one month’s notice requiring an alternative rent review upon the succeeding quarter day which quarter day shall for the purposes of this Schedule be a Review Date

 

10 A memorandum of the Principal Rent ascertained from time to time in accordance with this Schedule shall be endorsed on this Lease and the counterpart thereof by way of evidence only and signed by or on behalf of the Tenant and the Landlord respectively

 

11 In this Schedule time shall not be of the essence in agreeing or determining the Open Market Rent nor appointing the Surveyor

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

Exhibit 10.31

Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The copy filed

herewith omits the information subject to the confidentiality request.

Omissions are designated as *****. A complete version of this

exhibit has been filed separately with the SEC.

DATED 31 March 2010

LEASE

relating to premises on

Level 4

Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street

London EC2Y 9AR

 

  DOMINION CORPORATE TRUSTEES LIMITED and    (1)   
  DOMINION TRUST LIMITED      
  MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED    (2)   


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1

  INTERPRETATION      1   

2

  DEMISE HABENDUM AND REDDENDUM      6   

3

  TENANT’S COVENANTS      7   
 

Rent

     7   
 

Outgoings

     7   
 

Water gas and electricity charges and equipment

     8   
 

Repair

     8   
 

Decoration and maintenance

     8   
 

Yield up

     9   
 

Landlord’s rights of entry

     9   
 

Compliance with notices to remedy

     9   
 

Improvements and alterations

     9   
 

Notices of a competent authority

     11   
 

To comply with enactments

     11   
 

To comply with town planning legislation etc.

     12   
 

User permitted

     13   
 

User prohibited

     13   
 

Alienation absolutely prohibited

     13   
 

Underletting permitted

     14   
 

Charging permitted

     14   
 

Registration

     16   
 

Not to display advertisements

     17   
 

Insurance

     17   
 

Notice of damage

     17   
 

Indemnity

     17   
 

Landlord’s costs

     18   
 

VAT

     18   
 

Regulations affecting the Premises

     19   
 

Obstructions and encroachments

     19   
 

Covenants and provisions affecting the Landlord’s title

     19   
 

Operation of plant and equipment

     19   
 

Obligations relating to entry and services

     19   
 

Surety

     20   
 

Registration

     20   
 

Section 106 Agreement

     20   
 

Tenant’s obligation to reinstate

     20   
 

Energy performance certificates

     21   
 

Car parking and storage areas

     21   
 

Tenant obligations

     21   

4

  LANDLORD’S COVENANTS      22   
 

Quiet enjoyment

     22   
 

Insurance

     22   
 

Landlord’s obligations in relation to insurance

     22   
 

Reinstatement

     23   

5

  PROVISOS      25   
 

Re-entry

     25   
 

Payment of rent not waiver

     26   
 

Suspension of rent

     27   
 

Determination if damage or destruction

     28   
 

Warranty as to use

     30   
 

Service of notices

     30   
 

Disputes between tenants/occupiers

     30   
 

Modification of compensation

     30   
 

Apportionment

     30   
 

Exclusions of Landlord’s liability

     30   

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

 

Development of adjoining property

     31   
 

Removal of property

     31   
 

VAT

     31   
 

Exclusion of easements

     31   
 

Sharing of information

     32   
 

Conversion Payment

     32   

6

  CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999      32   

7

  GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION      33   

SECOND SCHEDULE

  
 

Part I - Rights granted

  
 

Part II - Rights excepted and reserved

  

THIRD SCHEDULE - Review of Principal Rent

  

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

LR1.    Date of Lease    31 March 2010
LR2.    Title number(s):   
LR2.1    Landlord’s title number(s)    NGL163114.
LR2.2    Other title numbers   
LR3.    Parties to this Lease    Landlord
      DOMINION CORPORATE TRUSTEES LIMITED and DOMINION TRUST LIMITED (both incorporated in Jersey) both of whose registered office is at 47 Esplanade St Helier Jersey JE1 0BD (the “Landlord”) in their capacity as trustees of the Ropemaker Place Unit Trust.
      Tenant
      MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED (company registration number 6240773) the registered office of which is at Level 5 2 More London Riverside London SE1 2AP (the “Tenant”).
      Other parties
      None.
LR4.    Property    In the case of a conflict between this clause and the remainder of this Lease then, for the purposes of registration, this clause shall prevail.
      The property defined as “Premises” in clause 1 of this Lease.
LR5.    Prescribed statements etc:   
LR5.1    Statements prescribed under rules 179 (dispositions in favour of a charity), 180 (dispositions by a charity) or 196 (leases under the Leasehold Reform, Housing and Urban Development Act 1993) of the Land Registration Rules 2003    None.
LR5.2    This lease is made under, or by reference to, provisions of:    Not applicable.
LR6.    Term for which the Property is leased    The term as specified in this Lease at clause 2.
LR7.    Premium    None.
LR8.    Prohibitions or restrictions on disposing of this Lease    This lease contains a provision that prohibits or restricts dispositions.

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

LR9.    Rights of acquisition etc:   
LR9.1    Tenant’s contractual rights to renew this Lease, to acquire the reversion or another lease of the Property, or to acquire an interest in other land    None.
LR9.2    Tenant’s covenant to (or offer to) surrender this Lease    None.
LR9.3    Landlord’s contractual rights to acquire this Lease    None.
LR10.    Restrictive covenants given in this Lease by the Landlord in respect of land other than the Property    None.
LR11.    Easements:   
LR11.1    Easements granted by this Lease for the benefit of the Property    The easements set out in Part I of the Second Schedule to this Lease.
LR11.2    Easements granted or reserved by this Lease over the Property for the benefit of other property    The easements set out in Part II of the Second Schedule to this Lease.
LR12.    Estate rent charge burdening the Property    None.
LR13.    Application for standard form of restriction    None.
LR14.    Declaration of trust where there is more than one person comprising the Tenant    None.

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

     LEASE (referred to throughout as “this Lease”)

 

     DATED 31 March 2010

 

     BETWEEN

 

(1) DOMINION CORPORATE TRUSTEES LIMITED and DOMINION TRUST LIMITED (both incorporated in Jersey) both of whose registered office is at 47 Esplanade St Helier Jersey JE2 (the “Landlord”) in their capacity as trustees of the Ropemaker Place Unit Trust (the “Landlord”)

 

(2) MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED (company registration number 6240773) the registered office of which is at Level 5 2 More London Riverside London SE1 2AP (the “Tenant”)

 

     WITNESSETH as follows:

 

1 INTERPRETATION

 

     In this Lease:

 

1.1 The following expressions shall have the following meanings:

 

Act    means any Act of Parliament now or hereafter to be passed and includes any instrument order or regulation or other subordinate legislation deriving validity from any Act of Parliament
Act of Terrorism   

means:

 

(a)    an act including, but not limited to the use of force or violence and/or threat thereof of any person or group(s) of persons whether acting alone or on behalf of or in connection with any organisation(s) or government(s) committed for political, religious, ideological or similar purposes including the intention to influence any government and/or put the public or any section of the public in fear; and

 

(b)    any other like act which at the relevant time is commonly regarded in the global insurance market as an act of terrorism

Agreement for Lease    means the agreement for lease dated 31 March 2010 between the Landlord (1) the British Land Company plc (2) and the Tenant (3)
approved and authorised    mean approved or authorised in writing by the Landlord
Associated Entity   

means:

 

(a)    an entity which is associated or affiliated with the Tenant and/or

 

(b)    independent contractors employed by the Tenant in connection with the services the contractors are providing to the Tenant

Building    means the land and buildings known as Ropemaker Place 25 Ropemaker Street London EC2Y 9AR shown at ground level for the purposes of identification only edged red on Plan MB1 and includes (without limitation) the Foundations and Services and the overhang at upper levels
Common Facilities    means each and every part or parts of the Building (other than Landlord’s Services Equipment) which are from time to time provided by the Landlord (acting reasonably) for common or general use by or for the benefit of the Tenant and other

 

1

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

   tenants licensees and occupiers of the Building their employees agents servants licensees and customers and all others authorised by the Landlord including (but without limiting the generality of the foregoing) entrance lobbies lift lobbies lifts goods lifts escalators staircases corridors passageways accessways communal plant rooms and lavatories showers and locker rooms and water closet accommodation

company

   means a body corporate wheresoever incorporated

consent of the Landlord

   means a consent in writing signed by the Landlord

Contractual Term

   means the term of years specified in clause 2

Design Standards

   means the level of services (including electricity supply) which the Landlord’s Services Equipment are designed to supply to the Premises (brief details of which are set out in the Specification) as the same may be increased from time to time throughout the Tenancy

Electricity Cost

   means the actual or reasonably and properly estimated cost of the provision of electricity to the Premises and/or the Store for consumption by the Tenant in accordance with the Landlord’s covenant contained at clause 4.9 being a fair and reasonable proportion or a measured proportion as reasonably determined by the Landlord of the actual or estimated total cost of the provision of electricity to the Building as a whole (including the provision of any security for the supply of electricity to the Building which may from time to time be required by the relevant statutory undertaker responsible for the supply of electricity) which proportion shall so far as practicable be based upon readings taken in such manner and at such times as the Landlord shall from time to time determine (acting reasonably) of the check meters relating to the Premises and/or the Store and other parts of the Building from time to time installed but otherwise shall be determined in such manner as the Landlord shall in its discretion (acting reasonably) consider to be fair and reasonable in all the circumstances and where estimated shall be subject to annual reconciliation

Fire Safety Order

   means the Regulatory Reform (Fire Safety) Order 2005

Fitting Out Works

   means such works to the Premises (after completion of the Shell and Core Works) as are necessary to prepare the Premises for beneficial use and occupation by the Tenant or any other lawful occupier such works to be carried out to generally no lesser standard than that described in the section of the Specification entitled “Category A Specification”

Foundations and Services

  

means:

 

(a)    such foundations piles footings columns beams and other load bearing structures (including transfer structures as necessary) steelwork bracings access and inspection pits escalator pits lift pits and other structures and fire proofing and

 

(b)    such drains sewers pipes wires ducts cables and other conduits and

 

(c)    such meter rooms and

 

(d)    such steps

 

whether serving the Building or the Building and adjoining property as exist from time to time

 

2

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Generator Rent

   the rent eighthly reserved and as reviewed from time to time in accordance with the Ninth Schedule

Group Company

   a company is a Group Company of another company if it is from time to time the holding company of that company or a subsidiary company of that company or any company whose holding company is the holding company of that company where the expressions “holding company” and “subsidiary company” have the meanings under Section 736 of the Companies Act 1985

Insured Risks

   means loss or damage whether total or partial caused by the following risks to the extent that insurance cover is available for the same in the London insurance market at reasonable cost namely fire storm earthquake tempest flood lightning explosion aircraft and other aerial devices or articles dropped therefrom riot or civil commotion malicious damage impact bursting and overflowing of pipes or water tanks Act of Terrorism subsidence groundslip and heave breakdown and sudden and unforeseen damage to engineering plant and equipment and such other risks (in respect of which cover is available as aforesaid) as the Landlord (acting as a prudent Landlord) shall from time to time during the Tenancy reasonably and properly determine having regard to the interests of the tenants of the Building

Landlord

   includes where the context so admits the estate owner for the time being of the reversion immediately expectant on the Termination of the Tenancy

Landlord’s Services Equipment

  

means all the plant machinery and equipment (with associated Service Conduits and Appliances) within or serving the Building from time to time comprising or used in connection with the following systems (to the extent specified in the following paragraphs of this definition):

 

(a)    the whole of the sprinkler system within the Building (including sprinkler heads)

 

(b)    the whole of the fire detection and fire alarm systems

 

(c)    the whole of the permanent fire fighting systems (but excluding portable fire extinguishers installed by the Tenant or other tenants of the Building)

 

(d)    the whole of the chilled water system

 

(e)    the whole of the perimeter heating system and underfloor heating system at the base of any atria (if any)

 

(f)     the whole of the building management system installed by the Landlord

 

(g)    the central electrical supply system from the mains supply to the Building so far as (and including) the electrical riser busbars connecting to the distribution boards at each level in the Building which is let or intended to be let by the Landlord

 

(h)    the air handling system limited at each level which is let or intended to be let by the Landlord to the air handling units at each such level and the electricity supply and control systems for the same and the air ducts leading from such air handling units in each case up to the point where such ducts enter the office accommodation

 

3

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Landlord’s Surveyor

   means the surveyor for the time being of the Landlord being a MRICS or FRICS member (or equivalent from time to time) of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors

Level

   means the floors of the building so identified on the Plans

Normal Business Hours

   means 5 am to 8 pm Monday to Fridays (except Bank Holidays) or such longer hours as the Landlord may in its reasonable discretion determine from time to time and notify in writing with reasonable advance notice to the Tenant

notice

   means notice in writing

Option

   means an option to tax the Building by the Landlord pursuant to Schedule 10 VATA

Outside Normal Business Hours Charge

   means (where such Services are provided for the benefit of the Tenant alone) the whole of the cost of carrying out or providing any of the Services at the request of the Tenant outside Normal Business Hours (including (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) costs and expenses in the nature of those set out in Part II of the Sixth Schedule) or in the event of any of the Services being carried out or provided outside Normal Business Hours to the Tenant and any other tenant or tenants of the Building a fair and reasonable proportion thereof as determined by the Landlord (acting reasonably)

Plan

   means the plans annexed hereto and numbered accordingly

Planning Acts

   means the Act or Acts for the time being in force relating to town and country planning

Premises

   means the property described in the First Schedule together with all alterations additions and improvements thereto other than Tenant’s or trade fixtures and fittings

Prescribed Rate

   means either the base rate of National Westminster Bank PLC or if no such base rate can be ascertained then the rate at the relevant time which such Bank shall utilise for equivalent purposes or if such alternative rate cannot be ascertained then such other rate as the Landlord shall reasonably select as being equivalent thereto

President

   means the President for the time being of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors or his duly appointed deputy

Principal Rent

   means the rent first reserved in clause 2 and for the avoidance of doubt will additionally include the rents attributable to the car parking space and the Store

Reinstatement Certificate

   means the certificate issued by or on behalf of the Landlord certifying that the Shell and Core Works have been sufficiently completed to enable the Tenant to commence the Fitting Out Works in accordance with clause 3.94

Rent Commencement Date

   means 25 December 2013 or (if the Tenant makes an election in accordance with clause 5.26) such earlier date as shall be calculated in accordance with clause 5.26

Rents

   means all the rents reserved in clause 2

Section 106 Agreement

   means the agreement referred to in paragraph 2 of the Fourth Schedule

Service Conduits and Appliances

   means gas water drainage electricity telephone telex signal and telecommunications heating cooling ventilation and other pipes drains sewers mains cables wires supply lines and ducts and other channels through which the same pass and all ancillary

 

4

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

   appliances apparatus and services

Services

   means the services and amenities to be provided by the Landlord for the benefit of the Building or some part or parts thereof as are set out in Part I of the Sixth Schedule and such other services and amenities as are consistent with the management of a high class office building which the Landlord may in its discretion from time to time reasonably decide should be provided or carried out for the benefit of the tenants and occupiers of the Building or some part or parts thereof

Shell and Core Works

   means the works to the Building described in paragraph 2 of the Specification

Specification

   means the specification annexed hereto and marked “Base Building Definition”

Standby Generators

   means the generators and associated switch gear cabling and controls installed by the Landlord in the Building

Store

   means the storage area referred to in paragraph 8 of Part I of the Second Schedule in the basement of the Building shown edged red on Plan MTS1 and MTS3 which shall include one half severed medially of the non-structural and non-load bearing walls surrounding the Store the entirety of all other non-structural or non-load bearing walls within the Store all Service Conduits and Appliances and Landlord’s Services Equipment exclusively serving the Store and any surface finishes to any structural parts of the same but shall exclude any structural parts loadbearing walls columns foundations external walls and joists in and around the same together with any Landlord’s Services Equipment and such of the Service Conduits and Appliances as are used in common with other parts of the Building

Tenancy

   means the tenancy created by this Lease including any statutory continuation of that tenancy

Tenant

   includes where the context admits the successors in title and permitted assigns of the Tenant

Term Commencement Date

   Means 31 March 2010

Termination of the Tenancy

   means the determination of the Tenancy whether by effluxion of time re-entry notice surrender (whether by operation of law or otherwise) or by any other means whatsoever

underlease

   includes an agreement for underlease other than one which is conditional on obtaining the Landlord’s consent

Uninsured Risk

   means a risk which would be an Insured Risk out for the fact that insurance is not available (or is available out only at rates which are not commercially acceptable and which the Landlord is not prepared to accept) in the London insurance market at the date of destruction or damage

VAT

   means value added tax as defined in VATA and any future tax of a like nature

VATA

   means the Value Added Tax Act 1994 as amended from time to time or any re-enactment thereof

VAT Group

   means two or more bodies corporate registered as a group for the purposes of Section 43 of VATA

VAT Regs

   means the Value Added Tax Regulations 1995 (SI 1995/2518) as amended from time to time or any re-enactment thereof)

 

5

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Wireless Data Services

   means the provision of wireless data, voice or video connectivity or wireless services permitting or offering access to the internet or any wireless network mobile network or telecoms system and which involves a wireless or mobile device

 

1.2 Where the context requires:

 

  (a) words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa

 

  (b) words importing the masculine include the feminine and neuter

 

  (c) where a party consists of more than one person covenants and obligations of that party shall take effect as joint and several covenants and obligations

 

1.3 Except where the context otherwise requires references to any Act include references to any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force and any order instrument regulation or bye-law made or issued thereunder

 

1.4 The clause headings shall not in any way affect the construction of this Lease

 

1.5 References to a clause or Schedule shall mean a clause or Schedule of this Lease

 

1.6 The powers rights matters and discretions reserved to or exercisable by the Landlord hereunder shall also be reserved to or exercisable by their (or any superior landlord’s) properly authorised servants managers agents appointees or workmen but in all cases subject to the same obligations as the Landlord under this Lease

 

1.7 Wherever in this Lease the consent or approval of the Landlord is required the relevant provision shall be construed as also requiring the consent or approval of any superior landlord where the same shall be required pursuant to any head lease from time to time which the Landlord shall use all reasonable endeavours to obtain as expeditiously as possible and the Tenant shall bear the cost of obtaining such consents together with all surveyors’ professional or other fees and disbursements in connection therewith unless such consent is unreasonably withheld or delayed in circumstances where it is unlawful to do so

 

1.8 Any covenant on the part of either party not to do any act or thing includes a covenant not to suffer or permit the doing of that act or thing

 

2 DEMISE HABENDUM AND REDDENDUM

 

     The Landlord demises with full title guarantee the Premises to the Tenant TOGETHER WITH the rights set out in Part I of the Second Schedule but EXCEPTING AND RESERVING to the Landlord and all others authorised by the Landlord the rights set out in Part II of the Second Schedule TO HOLD the same for a term commencing on and including the Term Commencement Date and ending on and including 25 December 2025 (determinable as herein provided) SUBJECT to (and so far as applicable with the benefit of) the exceptions and reservations rights covenants conditions agreements or other matters contained or referred to in deeds and documents referred to in the Fourth Schedule so far as the same relate to or affect the Premises PAYING during the Tenancy:

 

     FIRST:

 

  (a) in respect of the period from the Term Commencement Date to and including the day before the Rent Commencement Date a rent of one peppercorn on demand

 

  (b) in respect of the period from and including the Rent Commencement Date until and including day prior to first review date the yearly rent of ************************************************** ********************* ****************** (£************)

 

  (c) thereafter the yearly rent determined in accordance with the provisions of the Third Schedule

 

6

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

     such rent to be paid by four equal quarterly payments in advance on the usual quarter days and

 

     SECONDLY a yearly rent equal to a fair and reasonable proportion to be determined by the Landlord (acting reasonably) of the sum or sums paid by the Landlord in performance of the Landlord’s covenant for insurance in clause 4.2 (and including the costs properly incurred by the Landlord in connection with the revaluations of the Building for insurance purposes not more than once in every three years and annual desk top updatings of such valuations) such yearly rent to be paid within 21 days of written demand and

 

     THIRDLY a yearly rent equal to whichever shall be the greater of the Service Charge or the Interim Sum (each as defined in the Fifth Schedule) for any year of the Tenancy such yearly rent to be paid at the times and in the manner provided in the Fifth Schedule and the first instalment of the initial payment shall become due on the date hereof and shall relate to the period commencing on the Term Commencement Date and ending on and including 23 June 2010 and

 

     FOURTHLY a yearly rent equal to the Outside Normal Business Hours Charge such yearly rent to be payable within 21 days of written demand and

 

     FIFTHLY a yearly rent equal to the Electricity Cost such yearly rent to be payable on demand (either annually or by no more than four instalments on the usual quarter days) and

 

     SIXTHLY by way of additional rent to be paid on demand an amount equal to interest calculated on a daily basis at an annual rate equivalent to three percentage points above the Prescribed Rate on any instalment (or part thereof) of the Rents or any other sum of money of whatsoever nature due from the Tenant to the Landlord under the provisions of this Lease not received by the Landlord on the due date for payment in respect of the Rent firstly reserved or within five Working Days of the due date for payment of other monies and Rents (but for the avoidance interest shall not be payable on the Rent hereby sixthly reserved)

 

     all such interest to be in addition and without prejudice to the right of re-entry or to any other remedy herein contained or by law vested in the Landlord and

 

     SEVENTHLY by way of additional rent any VAT payable pursuant to clauses 3.78 to 3.82

 

     EIGHTHLY by way of additional rent a yearly Generator Rent in respect of the Standby Generators such sum to be paid by four equal quarterly payments on the usual quarter days and to be reviewed in accordance with the Ninth Schedule

 

3 TENANT’S COVENANTS

 

     The Tenant covenants with the Landlord:

 

     Rent

 

3.1 To pay the Rents at the times and in manner aforesaid without any deduction by way of set-off (whether legal or equitable) save as may be required by law

 

     Outgoings

 

3.2 To pay (or in the absence of direct assessment on the Premises and/or the Store to pay to the Landlord within 10 working days a fair and reasonable proportion to be determined by the Landlord’s Surveyor. acting properly and reasonably of) all existing and future rates taxes assessments charges and outgoings payable in respect of the Premises and/or the Store or in respect of any part thereof by any estate owner landlord tenant or occupier thereof other than:

 

  (a) any tax payable or assessed as a result of any dealing with (including any actual or deemed disposal of) any reversion immediately or mediately expectant on the Tenancy or

 

  (b) any tax payable or assessed in respect of the Rents or other payments reserved or payable hereunder (save for VAT) or

 

7

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (c) any future property ownership tax payable or assessment in respect of any reversionary interest in the Premises (except to the extent specifically herein provided to be paid by the Tenant)

 

  (d) any tax payable or assessed on the Landlord in respect of or arising out of or relating to the grant of this Lease

 

3.3 Not to agree any valuation of the Premises for rating purposes or agree any alteration in the rating list in respect thereof without notifying the Landlord of the Tenant’s intention to do so and giving the Landlord a reasonable opportunity to make reasonable representations and having regard to such representations in relation to such valuation

 

3.4 Upon making any proposal to alter the rating list so far as the list relates to the Premises or lodging an appeal in respect thereof to supply to the Landlord promptly copies of all relevant correspondence and documentation

 

3.5 Without prejudice to clause 3.3 without delay upon receipt to provide the Landlord with a copy of any notice of an alteration or proposed alteration in the rating list that will or may affect the Premises

 

     Water gas and electricity charges and equipment

 

3.6 To the extent that the same are not included in the Service Charge (as defined in the Fifth Schedule) the Outside Normal Business Hours Charges or the Electricity Cost to pay to the suppliers thereof all charges for water and electricity (including meter rents) consumed in the Premises and/or the Store during the Tenancy (or in the absence of direct assessment on the Premises to pay the Landlord within 10 working days a fair and reasonable proportion thereof to be determined by the Landlord’s Surveyor acting reasonably)

 

3.7 To comply with the requirements and regulations of the respective supply authorities with regard to the water and electrical installations and equipment in the Premises and/or the Store

 

     Repair

 

3.8 At all times throughout the Tenancy to keep the Premises and the Store in good and substantial repair and condition and maintained cleansed and amended in every respect and as often as may be necessary to rebuild reinstate renew or replace the Premises and the Store and each and every part thereof (damage by any of the Insured Risks and the Uninsured Risk excepted (a) save to the extent that the policy or policies of insurance shall have been vitiated or payment of any of the policy monies withheld or refused in whole or in part by reason of any act neglect or default of the Tenant or any sub-tenant or their respective servants agents licensees or invitees) and/or (b) save where otherwise provided under clause 3.94

 

3.9 In the event that the Building and/or the Premises shall be destroyed or damaged and the Tenancy shall not have been determined under clause 5.4 the Tenant shall if so reasonably required by the Landlord join with the Landlord (at the Landlord’s cost) in making application for planning or other permission necessary for rebuilding or reinstating the Premises including (without limitation) entering into any agreement necessary to obtain the same and in pursuing any claim against the insurers of the Building and/or the Premises provided that the Landlord reimburses the Tenant in respect of any liabilities it may reasonably and properly incur in any such agreement and in respect of any costs reasonably and properly incurred in relation to any such claim and indemnifies the Tenant in relation to any financial liabilities which may be imposed on the Tenant pursuant to any planning permission or agreement

 

     Decoration and maintenance

 

3.10 In the fifth year of the Contractual Term and thereafter in every succeeding fifth year of the Tenancy and also during the last 12 months of the Tenancy (however determined) (but not more than once in any period of 24 months) to decorate the inside of the Premises with two coats of good quality paint and paper those parts normally papered with good quality material (in each case) in a good and workmanlike manner such decoration and papering in the last 12 months of the Tenancy (however determined) to be executed in such colours patterns and materials as shall have been previously approved by the Landlord (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)

 

8

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

3.11 As often as may be reasonably necessary to clean the internal surfaces of the windows and other glazing in or forming part of the Premises including the internal surfaces of any glazing between the Premises and any atria

 

     Yield up

 

3.12 At the Termination of the Tenancy quietly to yield up unto the Landlord with vacant possession the Premises and the Store in such state and condition as shall be consistent with due performance by the Tenant of the covenants on the Tenant’s part herein contained and if any alterations have been made or portable partitions or tenant’s fixtures and fittings have been affixed to the Premises or any other part of the Building pursuant to the rights granted to the Tenant in Part I of the Second Schedule by the Tenant or any person deriving title under the Tenant whether before or after the date hereof (if reasonably required by the Landlord by written notice given no later than six months prior to the expiry of the Tenancy) to reinstate the Premises to such state and condition described in the section of the Specification entitled “Category A Specification” (or in the case of such other parts of the Building to their former state and condition) the Tenant making good any damage caused to the Premises or such other parts of the Building to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord and to the satisfaction of the relevant supply authorities Provided That the Landlord shall not oblige the Tenant to remove or reinstate any circulation staircases and finishes thereto installed pursuant to the provisions of clause 17 of the Agreement for Lease or pursuant to an option agreement dated the date hereof between the parties to the Agreement for Lease

 

3.13 Upon removal of any tenant’s fixtures or fittings as are connected to or take supplies from any of the Service Conduits and Appliances to remove and seal off such Service Conduits and Appliances as the Landlord shall reasonably require by written notice given no later than six months prior to the expiry of the Tenancy such removal and sealing off to be carried out so as not to interfere with the continued function of the remainder of the Service Conduits and Appliances

 

     Landlord’s rights of entry

 

3.14 To permit the Landlord its agents and all persons authorised by the Landlord at all reasonable times on not less than 24 hours’ prior notice (except in the case of emergency) to enter and remain upon the Premises and/or the Store for the purposes of the exercise of all or any of the rights set out in paragraph 2 of Part II of the Second Schedule subject to the conditions set out in such paragraph

 

     Compliance with notices to remedy

 

3.15 To commence as soon as reasonably practicable in the circumstances and thereafter diligently to proceed with any works to the Premises and/or the Store which are reasonably necessary to comply with any notice given by the Landlord requiring the Tenant to remedy any breach of the Tenant’s covenants relating to the state and condition of the Premises found upon any such inspection

 

3.16 If the Tenant shall not within a reasonable period have commenced and be diligently proceeding to comply with any such notice to permit the Landlord and any authorised person to enter the Premises and/or the Store on not less than 24 hours’ prior written notice to remedy any such breach

 

3.17 To pay to the Landlord on demand the costs and expenses properly and reasonably incurred by the Landlord under the provisions of clause 3.16 which sums shall be recoverable by action or at the option of the Landlord as rent in arrears

 

     Improvements and alterations

 

3.18 Subject to the provisions of clauses 3.19 to 3.30 the Tenant shall not erect or permit or suffer to be erected any other building structure pipe wire mast or post upon the Premises nor to make or permit or suffer to be made any alteration therein or addition thereto nor to commit or permit or suffer any waste spoil or destruction in or upon the Premises nor to cut injure or remove or suffer to be cut injured or removed any of the roof walls (whether outside or inside) floor joists timbers wires pipes drains appurtenances or fixtures thereof

 

3.19

Not to make any structural alterations or additions to the Premises save that the Tenant may make minor structural alterations (including the installation of circulation staircases connecting the Premises to adjoining

 

9

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  levels within the Building) which do not adversely affect the structural stability of the Premises or the Building or invalidate any relevant warranties which the Landlord has the benefit of or affect the external appearance of the Building or adversely affect the Landlord’s Services Equipment with the prior consent of the Landlord (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and carried out in accordance with drawings and (if appropriate) specifications previously submitted to and approved by the Landlord (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)

 

3.20 Not to make any alterations additions or adjustments to the Premises or the Landlord’s Services Equipment within the Premises or any other plant machinery or equipment within the Premises that would:

 

  (a) have a materially adverse affect on the operation or efficiency of the Landlord’s Services Equipment or the Building’s health and safety systems whether within the Premises or in any other part of the Building or

 

  (b) result in any increase in the level of services to be provided to the Premises by the Landlord’s Services Equipment in excess of the Design Standards

 

3.21 (Save as provided in clause 3.26) not to make any other alterations additions or adjustments to the Landlord’s Services Equipment within the Premises without the prior consent of the Landlord (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) or otherwise than in accordance in all respects with drawings and specifications previously submitted to and approved by the Landlord (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)

 

3.22 Not to make any alterations or additions to the electrical wiring and installations within the Premises that would result in a loading on such wiring or installations beyond that which they are designed to bear

 

3.23 Not to make any other alterations or additions to the electrical wiring and installations within the Premises to the extent that the same are comprised within the Landlord’s Services Equipment or Service Conduits and Appliances otherwise than in accordance with conditions laid down by the Institution of Electrical Engineers and/or other regulations of the relevant statutory undertaker

 

3.24 Not to install or maintain within the Premises any equipment or systems providing Wireless Data Services in such a manner as shall have a material adverse affect on other tenants’ equipment or systems within the Building or the Landlord’s Services Equipment it being agreed that the installation of any equipment or systems providing Wireless Data Services which are not likely to have any such a material adverse effect shall not require the consent of the Landlord

 

3.25 To remove any such equipment or systems providing Wireless Data Services forthwith on notice from the Landlord requiring the Tenant to do so if such equipment or systems can be shown by the Landlord to have a material adverse effect on other tenants’ equipment or systems within the Building or the Landlord’s Services Equipment

 

3.26 Non structural alterations including the erection and alteration of any partitions and tenant’s fittings of a similar nature and alterations to the electrical wiring and installations and the Landlord’s Services Equipment related thereto in each case within the Premises are permitted without the consent of the Landlord provided that they are made:

 

  (a) in such a manner as not to affect in a materially adverse manner (save temporarily until they have been rebalanced) the operation or efficiency of the Landlord’s Services Equipment or to impact on the Building’s health and safety systems and provided further that the Tenant shall remove any such works that can be reasonably shown by the Landlord to affect in a materially adverse manner the operation or efficiency of the Landlord’s Services Equipment or to impact on the Building’s health and safety systems without delay upon notice from the Landlord requiring it to do so or

 

  (b) in such a manner as not to affect adversely the Landlord’s ability to pursue a trade contractor or member of the professional team in respect of a breach of contract appointment or warranty in connection with the carrying out of the works to construct the Building

 

3.27 Not to cause any dedicated access points to any Service Conduits or Appliances which now are under or in or pass through the Premises to be or become materially more difficult to access than is the same now

 

10

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

3.28 Not to puncture or pierce the internal finishes of the curtain wall surrounding the Premises or any mullions or other parts of the exterior of the Premises and not to affix anything to any of the same save that the Tenant may attach internal partitioning to mullions and make minor bore holes in the structure of the Building without the consent of the Landlord in order to fix and accommodate the other alterations permitted without consent by clauses 3.18 to 3.27

 

3.29 To provide the Landlord with plans and (if appropriate) specifications within 28 days of the practical completion of any relevant works showing any alterations for which consent is not required under the preceding provisions of clauses 3.18 to 3.28

 

     PROVIDED ALWAYS that:

 

  (a) any consent of the Landlord required under the provisions of clauses 3.18 to 3.28 shall be given by way of deed

 

  (b) any such deed shall contain covenants by the Tenant with the Landlord in regard to the execution of the works to the Premises and other conditions and restrictions in such form as the Landlord may reasonably require

 

  (c) where the works affect the Landlord’s Services Equipment the Service Conduits and Appliances or the structure of the Building the Landlord shall be entitled to require to approve the identity of the contractors builders or other professionals or persons appointed in respect of the works for which consent is given (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and

 

  (d) the Tenant shall pay the reasonable and proper legal and surveyors’ costs and expenses properly incurred by the Landlord in relation to the granting of any such consent and (where reasonable) the supervision of the execution of any works thereby authorised

 

3.30 In the event that the Tenant shall carry out works to the Premises in breach of the provisions of clauses 3.18 to 3.30 the Landlord will be entitled having given not less than five working days’ notice (except in an emergency) to enter the Premises and remove such works or any part thereof and reinstate the Premises provided always that the proper costs thereby incurred including interest calculated at 3 per cent above the Prescribed Rate shall be paid by the Tenant within seven days of demand and shall be recoverable by action or at the option of the Landlord as rent in arrears

 

     Notices of a competent authority

 

3.31 Within 14 days (or sooner if requisite) of the receipt by the Tenant of any notice order requisition direction or plan given made or issued to or by a competent authority relating to the Premises or the Building or involving any liability or alleged liability on the part of the Landlord or any superior landlord to supply a copy thereof to the Landlord and at the request and cost of the Landlord to make or join in making such objections or representations against the same or in respect thereof as the Landlord may reasonably require

 

     To comply with enactments

 

3.32 At all times during the Tenancy to observe and comply with the provisions and requirements of any and every Act so far as they relate to the Premises or the user thereof and without derogating from the generality of the foregoing to execute all works and provide and maintain all arrangements which by or under any enactment or by any government department local authority or other public authority or duly authorised officer or Court of competent jurisdiction acting under or in pursuance of any enactment are or may properly be directed or required to be executed provided or maintained at any time during the Tenancy upon or in respect of the Premises in respect of any such user thereof and to indemnify the Landlord at all times against all reasonable and proper fees costs charges and expenses of or incidental to the execution of any works or the provision or maintenance of any arrangements so directed or required in relation to the Premises and/or the Store as aforesaid

 

3.33 Not at any time during the Tenancy to do or omit to be done in on or about the Building and/or the Premises any act or thing by reason of which the Landlord may under any enactment incur or have imposed upon it or become liable to pay any penalty damage compensation fees costs charges or expenses

 

11

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

3.34 To notify the Landlord in writing as soon as reasonably practicable after the Tenant becomes aware of any physical defect in the Building and/or the Premises

 

3.35 Upon the Tenant becoming aware of the happening of any occurrence or receipt of any notice order direction or other thing from a competent authority affecting or likely to affect the Building and/or the Premises whether the same shall be served directly upon the Tenant or the original or a copy thereof be received from any underlessee or other person whatsoever to as soon as reasonably practicable deliver a copy thereof to the Landlord and at the cost of the Landlord to make or join in making such objection or representations against or in respect thereof as the Landlord may reasonably require

 

3.36 At the Landlord’s reasonable request to provide the Landlord with a copy of any fire risk assessment carried out by or on behalf of the Tenant and details of all measures taken by or on behalf of the Tenant to comply with the Fire Safety Order (including the names of all competent persons appointed by the Tenant pursuant to Article 18) and any other information reasonably and properly requested by the Landlord to assist the Landlord in complying with its own obligations under the Fire Safety Order in relation to the Premises

 

     To comply with town planning legislation etc

 

3.37 To comply with the provisions and requirements of the Planning Acts and of all planning permissions so far as the same respectively relate to the Premises or any part thereof or any operations works acts or things already or hereafter to be carried out executed done or omitted thereon or the use thereof for any purpose

 

3.38 Not to make any application for planning permission in respect of the Premises without the previous written consent of the Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed

 

3.39 Subject only to any statutory direction to the contrary to pay and satisfy any charge or levy that may hereafter be imposed under the Planning Acts in respect of the carrying out or maintenance to the Premises by the Tenant any Group Company of the Tenant any subtenant or their respective agents servants licensees or invitees of any operations which may constitute development or the institution of any such operations or the institution or continuance of any use which may constitute development

 

3.40 Notwithstanding any consent which may be granted by the Landlord under this Lease not to carry out any development in or to the Premises (whether by alteration or addition or change of use thereto) before all necessary notices under the Planning Acts in respect thereof have been served and all such necessary planning permissions have been produced to the Landlord and in the case of a planning permission acknowledged by it in writing as satisfactory to it (such acknowledgement of satisfaction by the Landlord not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) but so that the Landlord may refuse so to express its satisfaction with any such planning permission on the ground that any condition contained therein or anything omitted therefrom or the period thereof would in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord’s Surveyor be or be likely to be materially prejudicial to its interest in the Building or in any adjoining property whether during the Tenancy or following the determination or expiration thereof

 

3.41 Unless the Landlord shall otherwise direct to carry out and complete before the expiration or sooner determination of the Tenancy:

 

  (a) any works stipulated to be carried out to the Premises by a date subsequent to such expiration or sooner determination as a condition of any planning permission granted for any development begun before such expiration or sooner determination and

 

  (b) any works begun by the Tenant any Group Company of the Tenant or any subtenant or their respective agents servants licensees or invitees upon the Premises

 

3.42 If and when called upon so to do to produce to the Landlord or the Landlord’s Surveyor all such plans documents and other evidence as the Landlord may reasonably require in order to satisfy itself that the provisions of this covenant have been complied with in all respects

 

12

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

     User permitted

 

3.43 To use and occupy the Premises only as offices within paragraph (a) of Class B1 of the Town and Country Planning (Use Classes) Order 1987 (here meaning the 1987 Order and not any subsequent modification or re-enactment thereof notwithstanding the provisions of clause 1.3) and for ancillary purposes thereto

 

     User prohibited

 

3.44 Not to store or bring upon the Premises any materials or liquid of a specially combustible inflammable dangerous or offensive nature (other than those properly required in connection with the use of the Premises and then only in appropriate containers)

 

3.45 Not to do on the Premises or any part thereof any act or thing whatsoever which may be a legal nuisance to the Landlord or any other tenant or occupier of the Building or the owners or occupiers of any adjoining or neighbouring property

 

3.46 Not to use the Premises or any part thereof for any illegal purpose

 

3.47 Not to bring into or upon the Premises or do anything which might throw on the Premises or any part thereof any load or weight in excess of that which the Premises or any part thereof are designed or constructed to bear nor knowingly to cause any undue vibration to the Premises or any part thereof by machinery or otherwise

 

3.48 Not to obstruct or permit to be obstructed whether by loading or unloading goods or any other means any part of the Building or to do anything which is a source of danger to persons using the same and to load and unload goods only in accordance with the rights granted to the Tenant in Part I of the Second Schedule

 

3.49 Not to hold any sales by auction exhibitions public meetings or public entertainments at the Premises nor to permit any vocal or instrumental music to be performed therein provided that this sub-clause shall not prevent the Tenant or any permitted undertenant or occupier of the Premises from holding meetings of clients and their shareholders or members within the Premises

 

3.50 Not to permit any person to reside in the Premises

 

3.51 Not to obstruct hinder or otherwise interfere with the proper exercise by the Landlord and authorised persons of the rights reserved in Part II of the Second Schedule hereto

 

3.52 Not to cause the drains to be obstructed by oil grease or other deleterious matter

 

3.53 Not to load or use the lifts in the Building in any manner that will or may cause strain or damage to the lifts in the Building beyond their design capabilities

 

3.54 Not to permit any person to smoke anywhere on the Premises

 

3.55 Not to use the Store except as areas for storage and/or for the Tenant’s plant and equipment ancillary to the use of the Premises as offices or for such other uses as shall be first approved by the Landlord (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) which are ancillary to the use of the Premises as offices

 

     Alienation absolutely prohibited

 

3.56 Not to charge or assign part only of the Premises provided that the Tenant may grant rights to the tenant from time to time of the fifth floor of the Building to use part or all of the area shown edged red on plan MTS 5-4 subject to such rights being determined immediately upon the expiry or sooner determination of this Lease and any plant conduits and equipment being removed forthwith

 

3.57 Not to part with possession or share occupation of or declare any trust in respect of the Premises or any part thereof other than by way of:

 

13

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (a) an assignment permitted under clauses 3.59 to 3.60

 

  (b) an underlease permitted under clauses 3.61 to 3.66 or

 

  (c) a charge permitted under clause 3.67

 

     PROVIDED THAT occupation of the Premises or any part or parts thereof by a Group Company of the Tenant and/or an Associated Entity shall not be in breach of this covenant provided further that:

 

  (d) no legal estate or other right of tenancy shall be created

 

  (e) the Tenant shall as soon as reasonably practicable upon being requested in writing to do so by the Landlord give the identity of such Group Company or Associated Entity the relationship of the Group Company or Associated Entity to the Tenant and the area occupied and

 

  (f) the Tenant shall procure (and hereby covenants to this effect) that any such Group Company and/or Associated Entity shall vacate the Premises forthwith upon whichever is the earlier of the date of expiration or sooner determination of the Tenancy and the date on which such company or entity ceases to be a Group Company of the Tenant or Associated Entity (as the case may be)

 

3.58 Not by assignment underletting or otherwise to permit the occupation of the Premises or any part thereof by or the vesting of any interest or estate therein in any person firm company or government or other body or entity which:

 

  (i) (save for HM Government) has the right to claim diplomatic immunity or exemption in relation to the observance and performance of the covenants and conditions of and contained in this Lease; or

 

  (ii) operates a dating agency business; or

 

  (iii) is listed as a consequence of being designated by HM Treasury pursuant to The Terrorism (United Nations) Order 2006 in the UK sanctions list published by HM Treasury Assignment permitted

 

3.59 Not to assign the whole of the Premises unless on or before completion of the assignment the Tenant enters into a deed of guarantee (being an authorised guarantee agreement within Section 16 of the Landlord and Tenant (Covenants) Act 1995) with the Landlord in the form contained in the Eighth Schedule (or in such other terms as the Landlord may reasonably require due to changes in law) in relation to the proposed assignment and any guarantor of the Tenant guarantees in such form as the Landlord reasonably requires the Tenant’s obligations under such authorised guarantee agreement Provided That where the proposed assignee is of an equal or greater financial standing than that of the assignee (together with any guarantor of the assignee (but excluding any guarantor pursuant to an authorised guarantee agreement)) at the time of the proposed assignment or the financial standing of original Tenant at the time of the Term Commencement Date (whichever shall be the greater financial standing) and where the proposed assignment will not have an adverse effect on the market value of the Building then no such authorised guarantee agreement shall be required

 

3.60 Subject to clause 3.59 not to assign the whole of the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) which shall be by deed containing covenants by the intended assignee directly with the Landlord to pay the rents hereby reserved and to perform and observe the Tenant’s covenants herein contained including this covenant Provided that (if the Landlord so reasonably requires) the assignee shall provide a guarantor or guarantors acceptable to the Landlord (acting reasonably) who shall covenant (jointly and severally) with the Landlord in the terms contained in the Seventh Schedule (or in such other terms as the Landlord may reasonably require due to changes in law)

 

     Underletting permitted

 

3.61 Not to underlet the whole of the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed provided that:

 

14

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (a) the rent to be reserved by the underlease shall be the rent reasonably obtainable in the open market without taking a fine or premium and shall not be commuted or payable more than one quarter in advance save that the rent to be reserved by an underlease with a term of less than five years need not be the open market rent but if such underletting is not at the open market rent then the Tenant shall provide to the Landlord prior to granting such underlease a letter confirming that the rent is not at the open market rent and that such rent shall be disregarded on rent review under this Lease

 

  (b) prior to the entering into of any underlease for a term of less than five years (or if earlier the parties to that underlease becoming contractually bound to enter into it) the parties to the underlease will enter into a valid agreement under Section 38(a) of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 to exclude the provisions of Sections 24 to 28 of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 in relation to that underlease

 

3.62 Not to underlet part only of the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed provided that:

 

  (a) the rent to be reserved by the underlease shall be the rent reasonably obtainable in the open market without taking a fine or premium and shall not be commuted or payable more than one quarter in advance save that the rent to be reserved by an underlease with a term of less than five years need not be the open market rent but if such underletting is not at the open market rent then the Tenant shall provide to the Landlord prior to granting such underlease a letter confirming that the rent is not at the open market rent and that such rent shall be disregarded on rent review under this Lease

 

  (b) prior to the entering into of any underlease comprising less than the whole demise of the Premises (or if earlier the parties to that underlease becoming contractually bound to enter into it) the parties to the underlease will enter into a valid agreement under Section 38(a) of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 to exclude the provisions of Sections 24 to 28 of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 in relation to that underlease

 

  (c) at no time shall the number of occupiers of the Premises exceed 4 any occupation by the Tenant being taking into account for this purpose (and any occupation by a Group Company of or Associated Entity to the Tenant ranking as occupation by the Tenant for this purpose)

 

  (d) the Tenant shall have regard (inter alia) to the position of the cores in the Building and means of escape from the underlet premises and to minimise the corridors within the Premises and ensure such demise is capable of separate and independent occupation

 

3.63 To incorporate or procure the incorporation in every permitted mediate or immediate underlease of the Premises or any part thereof:

 

  (a) such provisions as are necessary to ensure that the rent thereunder is reviewed at the same frequency (but not necessarily on the same dates) and upon substantially the same terms as for the review of rent under this Lease provided that if is common market practice at the relevant time for the review of rents to be undertaken on an alternative basis the Tenant shall be entitled to underlet in accordance with then market practice and provided further that any underlease for a term of less than five years will not be required to provide for the rent thereunder to be reviewed

 

  (b) a covenant that the undertenant shall not assign charge or (in case of an underlease of part of the Premises) underlet part only of the premises thereby demised

 

  (c) a covenant that the undertenant shall not assign the whole of the premises thereby demised unless on or before completion of the assignment the undertenant enters into an authorised guarantee agreement with the Tenant in the form contained in the Eighth Schedule mutatis mutandis in relation to the proposed assignment

 

  (d)

a covenant that the undertenant shall not assign the whole or underlet the whole or (in the case of an underlease of the whole of the Premises) part of the premises thereby demised without the

 

15

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  consent of both the Landlord and the Tenant under this Lease which (in the case of the Landlord) shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed

 

  (e) a covenant that the undertenant shall not part with or share possession or occupation of or declare a trust in respect of the premises thereby demised save by way of an assignment underletting or charge pursuant to the provisions hereinbefore referred to (save for parting with or sharing occupation or possession with a Group Company of the undertenant upon like terms to those referred to in the proviso to clause 3.57)

 

  (f) a covenant by the undertenant prohibiting the undertenant from causing or suffering any act or thing upon or in relation to the premises underlet inconsistent with or in breach of the provisions of this Lease and

 

  (g) a condition for re-entry in the form or substantially in the form referred to in clause 5.1

 

3.64 Upon any permitted underlease to procure that the undertenant shall give a direct covenant by deed in favour of the Landlord to observe and perform the covenants and conditions on the part of the Tenant contained in this Lease (save as to payment of the rents hereby reserved) insofar as the same relate to the premises underlet and if the Landlord reasonably so requires it to procure that such guarantor or guarantors as may be reasonably acceptable to the Landlord guarantee such covenants in the terms contained in the Seventh Schedule (or in such other terms as the Landlord may reasonably require due to changes in law)

 

3.65 In connection with any underlease the Tenant shall:

 

  (a) not consent to or participate in any variation or addition to any such underlease (or any of the terms thereof) without the prior consent of the Landlord which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed

 

  (b) enforce all the covenants and obligations of the underlessee thereunder and not expressly or knowingly by implication waive any breach of the same

 

  (c) duly and efficiently operate and effect all reviews of rent pursuant to the terms of any such underlease and prior to agreeing any such review to give reasonable notice to the Landlord of the proposed level of rent and to have regard to any reasonable representations made by the Landlord in relation to such level of rent

 

3.66 Within one month after any reasonable written request by the Landlord (but not more than once in any period of 12 months) to notify the Landlord in writing

 

  (a) whether the Tenant occupies the Premises wholly or in part

 

  (b) whether the Tenant has granted an underlease of the whole or any part of the Premises and if so to advise the Landlord of the rent reserved by any underlease and the full name and address of any underlessee and

 

  (c) whether there are any other occupiers of the Premises and if so the identity of those occupiers their relationship with the Tenant and the principal terms on which they occupy

 

     Charging permitted

 

3.67 Not to charge the whole of the Premises (save by way of floating charge to a reputable institution in respect of substantially the whole of the Tenant’s business where consent shall not be required) without the prior written consent of the Landlord such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed

 

     Registration

 

3.68

Within one month after any assignment underlease assignment of underlease mortgage charge transfer disposition or devolution of the Premises or any part thereof or any devolution of the estate of the Tenant therein or of this Lease to give notice thereof in duplicate to the Landlord’s solicitors and to supply them with

 

16

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  a certified copy of the instrument or instruments (including any relevant probate letters of administration or assent) for retention by the Landlord

 

     Not to display advertisements

 

3.69 Save as expressly permitted by paragraph 6 of Part I of the Second Schedule not to erect paint affix attach or display any placard poster notice advertisement name or sign or anything whatever in the nature of an advertisement by display or lights or otherwise in or upon the Premises and/or the Building or any part thereof (including the windows)

 

     Insurance

 

3.70 Not to do anything whereby any policy of insurance relating to the Building and/or the Premises may become void or voidable or whereby the rate of premium thereon may be increased where the Tenant has been notified in writing of the relevant terms of the policy and to take such precautions against fire as may be deemed necessary by the Landlord (acting reasonably) or its insurers or required by law and (in each case) notified to the Tenant

 

3.71 Not to effect or maintain any insurance in respect of the Building and/or the Premises (except as to the Tenant’s fixtures and contents)

 

3.72 To reimburse to the Landlord a fair and reasonable proportion of any sum payable in respect of the excess payable on any insurance policy relating to the Building

 

     Notice of damage

 

3.73 As soon as reasonably practicable following the Tenant becoming aware of any material damage to or destruction of the Premises and/or the Store to give notice thereof to the Landlord stating (if possible) the cause of such destruction or damage

 

3.74 In the event of the whole or any part of the Building being damaged or destroyed by any of the Insured Risks at any time during the Tenancy and the insurance money under the policy or policies of insurance effected thereon by the Landlord being wholly or partially irrecoverable by reason solely or in part of any act neglect or default of the Tenant or any Group Company of the Tenant or any undertenant or their respective servants agents licensees or invitees then the Tenant will within 21 days of written demand pay to the Landlord the whole or as the case may be a fair proportion of the amount so irrecoverable

 

3.75 In the event of the whole or any part of the Premises and/or the Store being damaged or destroyed at any time during the Tenancy by any of the Insured Risks and the amount of the insurance monies received in respect of the reinstatement of any additions alterations or other works carried out to the Premises and/or the Store by the Tenant or any person claiming title under the Tenant whether before or after the date of this Lease which the Landlord is obliged to insure pursuant to the provisions of clause 4.2 being less than the reinstatement cost thereof as a result of the Tenant failing to notify the Landlord of the full reinstatement values thereof pursuant to this Lease to pay to the Landlord forthwith the amount by which the actual reinstatement cost exceeds the amount of the insurance monies actually received

 

     Indemnity

 

3.76 To indemnify the Landlord against and to pay within 21 days of written demand all proper costs and expenses including professional fees incurred by the Landlord in connection with all and every reasonably foreseeable loss and damage whatsoever incurred or sustained by the Landlord as a consequence of every breach of the covenants by and conditions on the part of the Tenant set out herein or implied PROVIDED that such indemnity shall extend to and cover all costs and expenses properly incurred by the Landlord in connection with any steps which the Landlord may reasonably take to remedy any such breach and be without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the Landlord in respect of any such breach any such sum arising hereunder to be recoverable by action or at the option of the Landlord as rent in arrear PROVIDED FURTHER THAT the Landlord shall in relation to all indemnities given by the Tenant in this Lease:

 

  (a) as soon as reasonably practicable give the Tenant written notice and full details of any claim

 

17

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (b) consider written representations made by the Tenant relating to any claim

 

  (c) not settle or compromise any claim without having given the Tenant reasonable opportunity to make representations to the Landlord

 

  (d) use all reasonable endeavours to mitigate as far as practicable any loss or costs incurred by or caused to it as a result of such claim

 

     Landlord’s costs

 

3.77 By way of further or additional rent to pay within 21 days of written demand all costs expenses charges damages and losses (including but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing solicitors’ costs counsel’s architects’ and surveyors’ and other professional fees and commissions payable to a bailiff) properly incurred by the Landlord of or properly incidental to:

 

  (a) the preparation and service of any notice under Sections 146 and 147 of the Law of Property Act 1925 (whether or not any right of re-entry or forfeiture has been waived by the Landlord or a notice served under the said Section 146 or 147 is complied with by the Tenant or the Tenant has been relieved under the provisions of the said Act and notwithstanding forfeiture is avoided otherwise than by relief granted by the court)

 

  (b) the recovery of any rent in arrear or other payments due hereunder

 

  (c) procuring observance and performance of any other obligations of the Tenant hereunder

 

  (d) in connection with every application for any consent made under this Lease whether such consent shall be granted or not or the application withdrawn except where such consent shall be unreasonably withheld or delayed by the Landlord or granted on terms which are unreasonable in either case in circumstances where it is not entitled to do so

 

  (e) any schedule relating to wants of repair to the Premises contrary to the Tenant’s obligations hereunder whether served during or within three months after the termination of the Tenancy

 

     Provided that in the case of clause 3.77(d) such costs shall be reasonable and properly incurred

 

     VAT

 

3.78 To pay all VAT on any sums of money chargeable thereto which shall be due from the Tenant under or by virtue of the provisions of this Lease upon production of a valid VAT invoice addressed to the Tenant

 

3.79 For the purposes of paragraphs 12 to 17 Schedule 10 to the VATA neither the Tenant nor any person connected with the Tenant is a development financier as defined in paragraph 14 of Schedule 10 in relation to the Landlord’s development of any part of the land and buildings of which the Building forms a part for use other than for eligible purposes with the intention or expectation that the Building would become or continue to be exempt land

 

3.80 The Tenant is not intending to use and will not use all or any part of the Building for a relevant charitable purpose (within the meaning of Schedule 8, Group 5 (Note 6) VAT Act 1994)

 

3.81 If the covenant in clause 3.80 is breached by the Tenant and in consequence supplies made by the Landlord in relation to all or any part of the Building after the making of an Option are not taxable supplies the Tenant shall indemnify the Landlord against:

 

  (a) any VAT paid or payable by the Landlord which is or may become irrecoverable due to the Landlord’s supplies not being taxable

 

  (b) any amount in respect of any VAT which the Landlord has to account for or will have to account for to HM Revenue & Customs under the provisions of Part XIV or Part XV of the VAT Regs

 

18

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (c) any consequential penalties, interest and/or default surcharge and

 

  (d) any additional liability to corporation tax on any payment made to the Landlord under this clause

 

3.82 For the avoidance of doubt references in clauses 3.79 to 3.81 to the Landlord or the Tenant shall include references to the representative member of the VAT Group of the Landlord or the Tenant as appropriate and references to the Landlord shall include references to a “beneficiary” of the Landlord as such term is defined under para 40 Schedule 10 VATA

 

     Regulations affecting the Premises

 

3.83 To comply in all respects with the reasonable and proper regulations for the time being made by the Landlord for the use operation security and/or maintenance of the amenity and good order of the Building where made in the interests of good estate management and previously notified in writing to the Tenant PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if there shall be any inconsistency between the terms of this Lease and any of the said regulation then the terms of this Lease shall prevail and PROVIDED FURTHER THAT such reasonable and proper regulations shall not materially adversely affect the Tenant and its permitted undertenants and occupiers of the Premises and their respective visitors gaining access to and egress from the Building at all times (save in the case of an emergency)

 

     Obstructions and encroachments

 

3.84 Not to stop up darken or obstruct any of the windows lights or ventilators belonging to the Premises and/or the Building nor to permit any new window light ventilator passage drainage or other encroachment or easement to be made or acquired into against upon or over the Premises or the Store or any parts thereof AND in case any encroachment or easement whatsoever shall be attempted to be made or acquired by any person whomsoever to give notice thereof to the Landlord as soon as the same shall come to the knowledge of the Tenant and at the request and cost of the Landlord do all such things as may be proper for preventing any such encroachment or such easement being made or acquired

 

     Covenants and provisions affecting the Landlord’s title

 

3.85 To observe and perform the covenants and provisions affecting the title of the Landlord specified in the deeds and documents set out in the Fourth Schedule insofar as they relate to the Premises

 

     Operation of plant and equipment

 

3.86 To operate and use all such plant machinery and equipment as is installed in the Premises from time to time and connected to the Landlord’s Services Equipment in accordance with the manufacturers’ recommended method of operation and not to use such plant machinery and equipment in such manner as to affect in a materially adverse manner the operation of the Landlord’s Services Equipment

 

     Obligations relating to entry and services

 

3.87 At all times when exercising any right granted to the Tenant for entry to any other part of the Building:

 

  (a) to cause (and procure that all those exercising the said rights on its behalf cause) as little damage and interference as is reasonably practicable to the remainder of the Building and the business of the tenants and occupiers thereof carried on thereat and to make good any damage caused to such areas and the fixtures and fittings and stock therein to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord and the tenants and occupiers thereof

 

  (b) to comply with the reasonable security requirements of the Landlord and the tenants and occupiers of the remainder of the Building and where requisite the Tenant or such other person exercising the said rights shall only exercise such rights while accompanied by a representative of the Landlord or the tenant or occupier of the relevant part of the remainder of the Building

 

19

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

     Surety

 

3.88 In the event that any person firm or body corporate which has or shall have guaranteed the Tenant’s obligations contained in this Lease shall die or an event shall occur in relation to such person a firm or body corporate of the type referred to in clauses 5.1(c) to 5.1(f) then without delay to give notice thereof to the Landlord and if so required by the Landlord (acting reasonably and having regard to the financial covenant strength of the Tenant) at the expense of the Tenant within 20 working days thereafter to procure that some other guarantor or guarantors reasonably acceptable to the Landlord execute a guarantee in respect of the Tenant’s obligations contained in this Lease in the form referred to in the Seventh Schedule (or on such other terms as the Landlord shall reasonably require due to a change in law)

 

     Registration

 

3.89 To apply for first registration of this Lease at the Land Registry as soon as reasonably practicable after this Lease is granted

 

3.90 To provide to the Landlord promptly following the same being sent to the Tenant’s solicitors:

 

  (a) a note of the title number allocated to this Lease

 

  (b) an official copy of the registered title to this Lease showing the Tenant as registered proprietor

 

3.91 On determination of this Lease (whether by effluxion of time or otherwise) to apply to the Land Registry for closure of the Tenant’s registered title to this Lease and for removal of all notices relating to this Lease from the Landlord’s title

 

     Section 106 Agreement

 

3.92 Not to do anything that would lead to the Landlord being in breach of the obligations contained in the Section 106 Agreement

 

3.93 To comply with the terms of any Travel Plan pursuant to paragraph 9 of schedule 1 of the Section Agreement and any operational requirements pursuant to paragraphs 6 to 8 (inclusive) of Schedule 3 of the Section 106 Agreement details of which have been provided to the Tenant

 

     Tenant’s obligation to reinstate

 

3.94 In the case of destruction or damage of the Premises by any of the Insured Risks or an Uninsured Risk the Tenant will following the issue of the Reinstatement Certificate complete the rebuilding or reinstatement of the Premises by the carrying out of the Fitting Out Works to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord employing such architects surveyors and other professional advisers as shall previously be approved in writing by the Landlord and in accordance with plans and specifications previously approved by the Landlord (all such approvals not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and the Landlord and the Tenant will use all reasonable endeavours to seek to agree the Tenant’s plans and specifications in sufficient advance time so as to permit the Tenant to commence its reinstatement works on the date of the Reinstatement Certificate) (the date of the last such approval being granted in writing being the “Approvals Date”) it being hereby agreed as follows:

 

  (a) that subject to the Landlord complying with its obligations in clauses 4.3(e) and 4.3(f) the Tenant shall bear the cost of the Fitting Out Works to the extent that is in excess of the cost of rebuilding or reinstating the Premises to the standard described in the section of the Specification entitled “Category A Specification”

 

  (b) that the Tenant shall keep the Landlord informed at reasonable intervals as to the state of progress of such works (including the provision of copies of test and investigation reports)

 

  (c) that subject to the landlord complying with the provisions of clauses 4.6 and 4.7 the Tenant will use all reasonable endeavours to complete the Fitting Out Works (subject to circumstances beyond the reasonable control of the Tenant within six months after the later of the date of the Reinstatement Certificate or the Approvals Date

 

20

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (d) that the Tenant will carry out the works in a good and workmanlike manner using new good quality materials and using only reputable contractors and in accordance with then current codes of good building practice and in accordance with:

 

  (i) any necessary consents and all statutory and other relevant requirements relating to the works or their execution and to the satisfaction of all competent authorities

 

  (ii) (if applicable) the Construction (Design and Management) Regulations 2007

 

  (iii) any requirement of the insurers of the Premises notified to the Tenant in writing

 

  (iv) conditions laid down by the Institution of Electrical Engineers or other regulations of the relevant supply authority insofar as they are relevant

 

  (v) any other reasonable requirement of the Landlord notified to the Tenant in writing

 

     Energy performance certificates

 

3.95 Before instructing an energy assessor to prepare any energy performance certificate in respect of the Premises or the Building the Tenant shall first give notice to the Landlord informing the Landlord of the area to which the proposed energy performance certificate will relate and obtain the Landlord’s prior approval of the identity of the energy assessor (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) who must in all circumstances be reputable and suitably qualified

 

3.96 At the Landlord’s reasonable request the Tenant shall supply the energy assessor with any drawings specifications data or other information that the Landlord (acting reasonably) provides to the Tenant

 

3.97 The Tenant shall provide to the Landlord a copy of any energy performance certificate that the Tenant obtains in respect of the Premises or the Building

 

3.98 The Tenant shall on reasonable request permit any energy assessor instructed by or on behalf of the Landlord to enter on and inspect the Premises and/or the Store at reasonable times and upon reasonable prior written notice and shall provide to such energy assessor such information as the Landlord may reasonably request at the reasonable cost of the Landlord

 

     Car parking and storage areas

 

3.99 Not to permit any of the car parking spaces bicycle spaces and motorcycle spaces referred to in paragraph 7 of Part I of the Second Schedule and the Store to be used other than by an occupier of the Premises which is permitted pursuant to the terms of this Lease

 

3.100 Not to do anything in or about the car parking spaces bicycle parking spaces and motorcycle spaces referred to in paragraph 7 of Part I of the Second Schedule or the parking areas of which such spaces form part or the service roads or accessways leading thereto which would or could constitute a nuisance annoyance obstruction disturbance or cause damage to the Landlord or the tenants or other occupiers of the Building or to the owners or occupiers of adjoining buildings

 

3.101 To comply and ensure that the Tenant’s visitors comply with such reasonable and proper regulations as the Landlord may make for the regulation of the traffic to and from and use of the car parking spaces bicycle parking spaces and motorcycle spaces referred to in paragraph 7 of Part I of the Second Schedule and previously notified in writing to the Tenant

 

3.102 Not to carry out works of repair or maintenance to a motor vehicle or pour petrol or other fuel into the tank of a vehicle whilst parked in the car parking spaces referred to in paragraph 7 of Part I of the Second Schedule

 

     Tenant obligations

 

3.103 The Tenant shall comply with its obligations in this Lease throughout the Tenancy

 

21

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

4 LANDLORD’S COVENANTS

 

     The Landlord covenants with the Tenant:

 

     Quiet enjoyment

 

4.1 That the Tenant paying the Rents and performing and observing the covenants and stipulations on the part of the Tenant herein shall peaceably hold and enjoy the Premises during the Tenancy without any interruption by the Landlord or any person rightfully claiming under or in trust for the Landlord or by title paramount

 

     Insurance

 

4.2 To insure:

 

  (a) the Building and keep the same insured in the name of the Landlord subject to such exclusions excesses and limitations as may be imposed by the insurers and as are common in the London insurance market from time to time against:

 

  (i) the Insured Risks in such a sum as shall be determined from time to time by the Landlord or the Landlord’s Surveyor acting reasonably as being the full cost of rebuilding and reinstatement of the Building (and for these purposes “Building” means the Building constructed in accordance with the Specification) and identifying specifically the sums referable to the cost of rebuilding or reinstating the relevant parts of the Building described in the section of the Specification entitled “Category A Specification” (and the Landlord covenants to have due regard to any reasonable request by the Tenant to increase such sums in respect of the Building) together with architects’ surveyors’ consultants’ legal and other fees in relation to the repair rebuilding or reinstatement of the Building (including any cost or increased cost resulting from the requirements of local or other authorities statutes bye-laws regulations or orders as to the method of or design of or materials to be used in such repairing rebuilding or reinstatement) and making due allowance for the effects of inflation and escalation of building costs and any fees and the cost of site clearance demolition and debris removal and VAT on all such sums including any VAT resulting from any deemed self supply as a result of such rebuilding or reinstatement

 

  (ii) loss of the Principal Rent and the Rent thirdly reserved for such period (being not less than five years and not more than seven years) as the Landlord may from time to time reasonably deem necessary which may be calculated having regard to any relevant reviews or increases of rent and to the likely period required for obtaining planning permission and reinstating the Building

 

  (iii) (to the extent to which the same is not covered by clause 4.2(a)(i)) where applicable engineering and electrical plant and machinery being part of the Building against sudden and unforeseen damage breakdown and inspection

 

  (iv) property owner’s liability and such other insurances as the Landlord may from time to time (acting reasonably) deem necessary to effect

 

     Landlord’s obligations in relation to insurance

 

4.3 In relation to the policy or policies of insurance effected by the Landlord pursuant to its obligations contained in this Lease:

 

  (a) to make available for inspection not more often than once in any 12 month period as soon as reasonably practicable following demand a complete either a copy or full details of the policy or policies of insurance with full details of any additions or amendments made thereto and produce to the Tenant either a copy of the last premium renewal receipt or reasonable evidence of the fact that the last insurance premium has been paid

 

22

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (b) to procure (unless having used all reasonable endeavours it is unable to procure such a policy at commercial rates) that the interest of the Tenant and any mortgagee of the Tenant (or a general interests clause) is noted or endorsed on the policy or policies of insurance

 

  (c) to use all reasonable endeavours to procure that the insurance policy contains terms whereby the insurers will not pursue subrogation rights against the Tenant undertenants or other lawful occupiers of the Premises notified to the Landlord in writing (other than where the loss has been occasioned or contributed to by the fraudulent or criminal or malicious act of the Tenant or its undertenants)

 

  (d) to use all reasonable endeavours to procure that the insurance policy contains a non-invalidation clause

 

  (e) in the event of destruction or damage to the Premises occurring by reason of an Insured Risk promptly to instruct the insurers in writing and use all reasonable endeavours to procure that the insurance monies referable to the cost of rebuilding or reinstating the Premises to the standard described in the section of the Specification entitled “Category A Specification” to the extent payable shall be paid to the Tenant by means of stage payments as the reinstatement works progress upon production to the Landlord of satisfactory evidence that expenditure has been incurred by the Tenant in so reinstating or rebuilding (or to be paid to the Landlord if evidence of such expenditure is not produced by the time the Tenant is obliged to have completed the Fitting Out Works under clause 3.94) and if and to the extent that any such insurance monies are paid to the Landlord they shall be held by the Landlord (subject as stated in the following proviso) on trust for and paid to the Tenant upon the Tenant producing to the Landlord reasonable evidence of such rebuilding or reinstatement to the Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction provided that any monies held by the Landlord in accordance with this clause 4.3(e) shall belong to the Landlord absolutely in the event of the Termination of the Tenancy save insofar as the Tenant shall have incurred expenditure in such reinstating or rebuilding which has not been reimbursed prior to such determination in which case such monies shall be paid to the Tenant on such determination upon production to the Landlord of satisfactory evidence as aforesaid

 

  (f) In the event that:

 

  (i) The insurance monies recovered and paid to the Tenant pursuant to clause 4.3(a) are less than the reasonable and proper costs incurred by the Tenant in the Fitting Out Works (to the extent only that they relate to the cost of rebuilding or reinstating the Premises to the standard described in the section of the specification entitled “Category A Specification”) and

 

  (ii) Clause 3.74 does not apply

 

       then the Landlord shall pay to the Tenant an amount equal to the shortfall in the insurance proceeds from the Landlord’s own resources within 15 working days of provision of proper receipts evidencing such excess expenditure by the Tenant

 

     Reinstatement

 

4.4

If the Building (or any part or parts thereof) and/or the Premises (or any part or parts thereof) and/or the means of access to the Premises shall be destroyed or damaged by any of the Insured Risks and subject to the provisions of clause 5.4 and to the payment by the Tenant of any amounts due pursuant to clauses 3.73 to 3.75 (and without prejudice to the liability of the Tenant to make any such payments or any amounts due pursuant to clause 3.76) and subject to obtaining any planning permission or other permission or approval necessary for rebuilding and reinstating the Shell and Core Works (which the Landlord shall use all reasonable endeavours to obtain as quickly as reasonably practicable) and to the necessary labour and materials being and remaining available the Landlord shall apply all monies received by the Landlord by virtue of such insurance and referable to the Shell and Core Works (other than money received for loss of the Principal Rent and Rent thirdly reserved which shall automatically be payable to the Landlord) in rebuilding reinstating and making good (as the case may be) the Shell and Core Works (which may include aesthetic and specification improvements) with all reasonable speed (and the Landlord shall notify the Tenant as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event within 12 months of such damage or destruction of its proposed reinstatement programme and shall keep the Tenant informed of progress) in a good and

 

23

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  workmanlike manner using good and sound materials of their several kinds and in accordance with all planning permissions and consents and all applicable statutes and regulations then in force and any lawful requirements of the insurers and making good any shortfall in the insurance proceeds from the Landlord’s own resources as soon as it is lawful so to do (but not so as to provide accommodation identical in layout provided that the accommodation provided is no less commodious and does not differ materially in size to the accommodation provided at the date hereof) and the Landlord shall use its reasonable endeavours to obtain all necessary licences consents planning permissions and approvals therefor as soon as reasonably practicable and shall procure in favour of the Tenant a package of collateral warranties or third party rights relating to the design and carrying out of such works in a form consistent with market practice at the relevant time

 

4.5 If the Building (or any part or parts thereof) and/or the Premises (or any part or parts thereof) and/or the means of access to the Premises shall be damaged by an Uninsured Risk but not so as to render the Premises unfit for occupation or use such that clause 5.4 applies then (save to the extent that such damage results from the default of the Tenant any Group Company of the Tenant or any sub-tenant or their respective agents servants licensees or invitees) the Landlord shall reinstate and make good such damage as soon as reasonably practicable in a good and workmanlike manner using good and sound materials of their several kinds and in accordance with all planning permissions and consents and all applicable statutes and regulations then in force provided always that such reinstatement shall be at the cost of the Landlord and the costs of or in any way relating to such reinstatement shall not be recoverable from the Tenant directly or via the Service Charge provisions in the Fifth Schedule.

 

4.6 Following any material damage to the Building and/or the Premises the Landlord shall supply to the Tenant at the Landlord’s own cost as soon as practicable (acting reasonably):

 

  (a) the Landlord’s best estimate of the then anticipated date of the relevant Reinstatement Certificate and

 

  (b) sufficient information relating to the Building and Premises (as they are intended to be rebuilt or reinstated) to allow the Tenant to prepare full plans and specifications for the Fitting Out Works

 

     and the Landlord shall update the information referred to in sub-clauses (a) and (b) above promptly upon the Landlord becoming aware of any changes thereto

 

4.7 Following the issue of the relevant Reinstatement Certificate the Landlord shall permit the Tenant access at all times to the Premises through the Common Facilities with or without plant and machinery subject to and in accordance with the fit out guide issued by the Landlord from time to time in order to allow the Fitting Out Works to be completed within six months of the date of the relevant Approvals Date

 

     Obligations relating to Services for the Tenant

 

4.8 To provide or procure the provision of:

 

  (a) the Services during Normal Business Hours and

 

  (b) outside Normal Business Hours such of the Services as the Landlord shall in its reasonable discretion deem appropriate and

 

  (c) such other of the Services outside the Normal Business Hours as the Tenant shall previously request

 

     (having regard to the overall services design standards for the Building and subject to the provisions of clause 5.16) Provided that the Landlord shall be entitled to employ such managing agents professional advisers contractors and other persons as may reasonably be required from time to time in the interests of good estate management for the purpose of the performance of the Services

 

4.9

To provide or procure the provision of electricity to the Premises and the Building and (in each case) each and every part thereof designed to receive such to the extent necessary to meet the reasonable requirements of the Tenant and to use reasonable endeavours to procure that the same shall not be less than the Design Standards having regard to all relevant statutory provisions from time to time regulating the

 

24

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  supply and utilisation of electricity and the terms and conditions relative thereto from time to time imposed by the relevant statutory undertaker

 

4.10 Within 21 days of receipt by the Landlord to credit against the Service Cost (as that expression is defined in the Fifth Schedule) for the then current Accounting Period (as defined in the Fifth Schedule) a fair and reasonable proportion reasonably determined by the Landlord or the Landlord’s Surveyor of any rebate or repayment received by the Landlord or any Group Company of the Landlord which relates to any Energy Levy (as defined in the Fifth Schedule) the Landlord taking into account in determining such proportion the relative energy performance of the Building compared to other Buildings owned by the Landlord and/or any Group Company which reports as part of the same entity as the Landlord for the purposes of the CRC Energy Efficiency Scheme

 

4.11 The Landlord will indemnify and keep indemnified the Tenant and its permitted undertenants from and against all actions proceeds liability losses proper and reasonably costs claims and demands which are instituted incurred or made by any person by reason of the Landlord’s failure to comply with the section 106 agreement referred to in paragraph 2 of the Fourth Schedule (save that the indemnity shall not apply in respect of the Tenant’s or any occupier of the Building’s failure to comply with the terms of any Travel Plan pursuant to paragraph 9 of Schedule 1 of such Section 106 Agreement or any operational requirement pursuant to paragraphs 6 to 8 (inclusive) of Schedule 3 of such Section 106 Agreement) provided that the Tenant shall as soon as reasonably practicable have notified the Landlord of any such claim and shall not settle or compromise any such claim without the prior written agreement of the Landlord (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)

 

4.12 The Landlord will indemnify the Tenant against and covenant to pay within 21 days of written demand all proper costs and expenses including professional fees incurred by the Tenant in connection with all and every reasonably foreseeable loss and damage whatsoever incurred or sustained by the Tenant as a consequence of the Tenant not being able to use that part of the Premises which projects over the adopted highway on Finsbury Street ( the “Projection”) as a consequence of any action brought against the Landlord or the Tenant pursuant to the Landlord and Tenant not having registered title to the same PROVIDED THAT the Tenant shall in relation to such indemnity:

 

  (a) as soon as reasonably practicable give the Landlord written notice and full details of any claim;

 

  (b) consider written representations made by the Landlord relating to any claim;

 

  (c) not settle or compromise any claim without having given the Landlord reasonable opportunity to make representations;

 

  (d) use all reasonable endeavours to mitigate as far as practicable any loss or costs incurred by or caused to it as a result of such claim

 

     And Provided That this indemnity shall cease to apply following the successful registration of the Projection as part of the remainder of the registered premises demised by the Lease (which the Tenant will seek to so register as soon as reasonably practicable after receiving notice that the Landlord has registered its freehold title to the Projection).

 

5 PROVISOS

 

     IT IS HEREBY AGREED AND DECLARED as follows:

 

     Re-entry

 

5.1 If:

 

  (a) the Rents or any part thereof shall be in arrear for 21 days next after becoming payable or

 

  (b) there shall be any material breach non-performance or non-observance of any of the Tenant’s covenants

 

25

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (c) the Tenant shall enter into any arrangement or composition for the benefit of the Tenant’s creditors or convene a meeting of the Tenant’s creditors (or a nominee calls such a meeting on its behalf) or

 

  (d) the Tenant (being one or more individuals):

 

  (i) is the subject of an interim order under Part VIII of the Insolvency Act 1986 or makes application to the Court for such an order or makes a voluntary arrangement under such Part or

 

  (ii) has a bankruptcy order made against him or

 

  (iii) a receiver is appointed in respect of all or any of the assets or undertaking of the Tenant or such surety or

 

  (e) the Tenant (being a company or partnership):

 

  (i) makes a voluntary arrangement or submits to its creditors or any of them a proposal under Part I of the Insolvency Act 1986 or

 

  (ii) makes an application to the Court under Section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 or resolves to make such an application or

 

  (iii) is the subject of an administration order (whether an interim order or otherwise) made under Part II of the Insolvency Act 1986 or is subject to a resolution passed by the directors or shareholders for the presentation of an application for such an order or is the subject of a notice of intention to appoint an administrator or files a notice of appointment of an administrator with the court or passes a resolution by its directors or shareholders for the filing of such a notice or

 

  (iv) is the subject of a resolution for voluntary winding up (otherwise than for the purpose of an amalgamation or reconstruction which has been approved by the Landlord such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) or a meeting of creditors is called to consider a resolution for winding up or

 

  (v) has an interim order or winding up order made against it or

 

  (vi) has an administrative receiver or receiver appointed in respect of all or any of its assets

 

  (vii) ceases to exist

 

  (f) where the Tenant is a company or partnership incorporated outside the United Kingdom analogous proceedings or events to those referred to in clause 5.1(e) shall be instituted or occur in the country of incorporation

 

     it shall be lawful for the Landlord at any time thereafter to re-enter the Premises or any part thereof in the name of the whole and thereupon the Tenancy shall absolutely determine but without prejudice to any rights of action of the Landlord or the Tenant against the other in respect of any antecedent breach by the Landlord or the Tenant (as the case may be) of any of the covenants herein provided that in the event that the Tenant comprises more than one person then the Landlord will be entitled to re-enter the Premises and the Tenancy shall thereupon absolutely determine upon the happening of any of the events referred to in clauses 5.1(c) to 5.1(f) hereof in relation to any one of them

 

     Payment of rent not waiver

 

5.2

No demand for or receipt or acceptance of any part of the Rents or any payment on account thereof shall operate as a waiver by the Landlord of any right which the Landlord may have to forfeit this Lease by reason of any breach of covenant by the Tenant and the Tenant shall not in any proceedings for forfeiture be entitled to rely on any such demand receipt or acceptance as aforesaid as a defence PROVIDED that this clause shall only have effect in relation to a demand receipt or acceptance made or given during such period

 

26

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  as may in all the circumstances be reasonable for enabling the Landlord to conduct any negotiations with the Tenant for remedying the breach commenced upon the Landlord becoming aware of such breach

 

     Suspension of rent

 

5.3 If the Premises or the Building or the means of access to the Premises shall at any time during the Tenancy be so damaged or destroyed:

 

  (a) by any of the Insured Risks as to render the Premises or any part of them unfit for occupation or use or inaccessible then (save to the extent that the insurance monies shall be irrecoverable or the policy rendered void by reason of any act or default on the part of the Tenant any Group Company of the Tenant any sub-tenant or their respective servants agents licensees or invitees) the Principal Rent and the Rent thirdly reserved or a fair proportion thereof according to the nature and extent of the damage sustained shall be suspended immediately from the date of such damage or destruction until (if the Premises have not been destroyed or damaged) the date of practical completion of the relevant Shell and Core Works or (if the Premises have been so damaged or destroyed) until the earlier of:

 

  (i) the date of practical completion of the Fitting Out Works and

 

  (ii) the date which is six months after the issue of the relevant Reinstatement Certificate and

 

  (iii) the expiration of the period in respect of which the Landlord has insured for loss of the Principal Rent and the Rent thirdly reserved pursuant to clause 4.2(a)(ii)

 

       (provided that if practical completion of the Fitting Out Works is delayed beyond the date set out in subclause 5.3(a)(ii) as a result of any act or default of the Landlord such rent suspension shall continue until the date of practical completion of the Fit Out Works).

 

       and any dispute with reference to this clause 5.3(a) shall be referred by the Landlord or the Tenant to arbitration in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996

 

  (b) by an Uninsured Risk as to render the Premises or any part of them unfit for occupation or use or inaccessible then (save to the extent that damage or destruction results from the default of the Tenant any Group Company of the Tenant or any sub-tenant or their respective agents servants licensees or invitees) the Principal Rent and the Rent thirdly reserved or a fair proportion thereof according to the nature and extent of the damage sustained shall be suspended from the date 6 months after the date of such damage or destruction until the date when the Premises shall again be rendered fit for occupation and use (meaning the date of practical completion of the relevant Shell and Core Works and any dispute with reference to this proviso shall be referred by the Landlord or the Tenant to arbitration in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996

 

  (c) In this Clause 5.3(c):

 

  (i) Damaged Premises ” means that part of the Premises affected by Relevant Damage (or the access to which is denied) so as to render them unfit for occupation and use or inaccessible;

 

  (ii) Extended Period ” means the period equal to the Lost Rent-Free Period commencing on the Habitable Date or the Rent Commencement Date (whichever shall be later);

 

  (iii) Habitable Date ” means the later of:

 

  (A) date on which (following any Relevant Damage) the Building and/or the Premises (as the case may be) have been reinstated to the standard required by clause 4.4 (in the case of damage by an Insured Risk) and clause 5.5 (in the case of damage caused by an Uninsured Risk); and

 

  (B)

(if the Premises themselves are damaged or destroyed by such Relevant Damage and such damage is by an Insured Risk) the date after the date set out

 

27

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  in subclause 5.3(c)(iii)(A) as would be reasonable to allow the Tenant to fit out the Premises and which shall be no more than 6 months after the date set out in subclause 5.3(c)(iii)(A);

 

  (iv) Lost Rent-Free Period ” means the period (if any) from the date of occurrence of Relevant Damage until the earlier of the Habitable Date and the Rent Commencement Date;

 

  (v) Relevant Damage ” means damage to the Building or any part of it by an Insured Risk or an Uninsured Risk;

 

  (d) If Relevant Damage occurs before the Rent Commencement Date then as from the Habitable Date or the Rent Commencement Date (whichever is the later) the period during which the Principal Rent or a fair proportion thereof would be (but for the rent free period) suspended and cease to be payable pursuant to this clause 5.3 shall be extended by the Extended Period or if the Rent Commencement Date falls on a later date than the last day of the said period of rent suspension then during the period commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and equal to the Extended Period the Principal Rent or a fair proportion thereof (as referred to in clause 5.3(a) and 5.3(b) (as the case may be)) shall be suspended and cease to be payable

 

  (e) Any dispute with reference to this clause 5.3(c) shall be referred by the Landlord or the Tenant to arbitration in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996

 

     Determination if damage or destruction

 

5.4 If the Premises or the Building shall be destroyed or damaged by an Uninsured Risk so that the Premises are unfit for occupation or use or inaccessible the Landlord may elect not to carry out and complete the rebuilding and reinstatement of the Shell and Core Works pursuant to clause 5.5 by serving notice to such effect on the Tenant and upon service of such notice the Tenancy shall determine but without prejudice to any claim by the Landlord or the Tenant against the other. If the Landlord shall not have served a notice on the Tenant pursuant to this clause 5.4 or 5.5 by a date prior to the date 12 months after such damage or destruction then either party shall be entitled at any time thereafter by notice in writing to the other party to determine the Tenancy and upon service of such notice the Tenancy shall determine but without prejudice to any claim by the Landlord or the Tenant against the other in respect of any antecedent breach of any covenant or provision herein contained. Until the earlier of the Landlord serving a notice pursuant to clause 5.4 or 5.5 or (if the Landlord does not serve such a notice) the expiry of a period of 12 months from the date of the damage or destruction in question the Landlord shall hold any Principal Rent and Rent thirdly reserved received from the Tenant in respect of the period from the date of the damage or destruction (on the terms of this paragraph 5.4) in a separately designated and interest earning deposit account with a UK clearing bank and in the event that any Principal Rent and Rent thirdly reserved becomes repayable to the Tenant in accordance with paragraph 5.4 the Landlord will also pay to the Tenant at the same time as any such repayment all interest earned on such sums. Following any determination pursuant to this clause 5.4 the Landlord shall return to the Tenant any Principal Rent or Rent thirdly reserved paid by the Tenant to the Landlord relating to a period which is after the date of the damage or destruction

 

5.5

If the Premises or the Building shall be destroyed or damaged by an Uninsured Risk so that the Premises are unfit for occupation or use the Landlord may elect at any time prior to the date 12 months after the date of damage to destruction to carry out and complete the rebuilding and reinstatement of the Shell and Core Works by serving written notice to that effect on the Tenant whereupon the Landlord shall subject to obtaining any planning permission or other permission or approval necessary for rebuilding and reinstating the Shell and Core Works (which the Landlord shall use all reasonable endeavours to obtain as quickly as reasonably practicable) and to the necessary labour and materials being and remaining available be obliged to rebuild reinstate and make good (as the case may be) the Shell and Core Works (which may include aesthetic and specification improvements) with all reasonable speed in a good and workmanlike manner using good and sound materials of their several kinds and in accordance with all planning permissions and consents and all applicable statutes and regulations then in force and any lawful requirements of the insurers (but not so as to provide accommodation identical in layout provided that the accommodation provided is no less commodious and does not differ materially in size to the accommodation provided at the date hereof) and the Landlord shall use its reasonable endeavours to obtain all necessary licences consents planning permissions and approvals therefor as soon as reasonably practicable and shall procure in favour of the Tenant a package of collateral warranties or third party rights relating to the design and carrying out of

 

28

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  such works in a form consistent with market practice at the relevant time provided always that such rebuilding or reinstating shall be at thecost of the Landlord and the costs of or in any way relating to rebuilding or reinstating the Shell and Core Works following damage or destruction of the Premises or the Building or any part thereof by an Uninsured Risk shall not be recoverable from the Tenant via the Service Charge provisions in the Fifth Schedule

 

5.6 The provisions of clauses 4.6 and 4.7 shall apply mutatis mutandis in the event of any rebuilding or reinstatement pursuant to clause 5.5

 

5.7 If

 

  (a) the Premises or the Building or the means of access to them shall at any time during the Tenancy be so damaged or destroyed by any of the Insured Risks as to render the Premises unfit for occupation or use or inaccessible and the Landlord has not commenced the works of reinstatement referred to in clause 4.4 within two years of the date of damage or destruction or

 

  (b) the Premises or the Building or the means of access to them shall at any time during the Tenancy be so damaged or destroyed by any of the Insured Risks as to render the Premises unfit for occupation or use or inaccessible and the Landlord has not completed the works of reinstatement referred to in clause 4.4 within four years and six months of the date of damage or

 

  (c) the Premises or the Building or the means of access to them shall at any time during the Tenancy be so damaged or destroyed by an Uninsured Risk as to render the Premises unfit for occupation and use or inaccessible and the Landlord has not commenced the works of reinstatement referred to in clause 5.5 within two years of the date of the damage or destruction or

 

  (d) the Premises or the Building or the means of access to them shall at any time during the Tenancy be so damaged or destroyed by an Uninsured Risk as to render the Premises unfit for occupation and use and the Landlord has not completed the works of reinstatement referred to in clause 5.5 within four years and six months of the date of the damage or destruction

 

     then the Landlord or (subject to clause 5.8) the Tenant may in the circumstances referred to in clause 5.7(a) or clause 5.7(c) by giving to the other not less than six months’ notice in writing or in the circumstances referred to in clause 5.7(b) or clause 5.7(d) by giving to the other not less than one month’s notice in writing determine this Lease and the Tenancy and upon the expiry of such notice the Tenancy shall (unless the Landlord has in the circumstances of clause 5.7(a) or clause 5.7(c) commenced such works of reinstatement or in the circumstances of clause 5.7(b) or clause 5.7(d) completed such works of reinstatement by the expiry of such notice in which case the notice shall be of no effect) determine and this Lease shall cease to be of effect but without prejudice to any claim by the Landlord or the Tenant in respect of any antecedent breach by the other of any of the terms of this Lease

 

5.8 The Tenant shall not be entitled to serve notice on the Landlord pursuant to clause 5.7 if:

 

  (a) in the case of clauses 5.7(a) or 5.7(b) the insurance monies are irrecoverable or the policy rendered void by reason of any act or default on the part of the Tenant any Group Company of the Tenant any sub-tenant or their respective servants agents licensees or invitees unless the Tenant has complied with its obligations in clause 3.74 or

 

  (b) in the case of clauses 5.7(c) or 5.7(d) the damage or destruction results from the default of the Tenant any Group Company of the Tenant any sub-tenant or their respective agents servants licensees or invitees

 

5.9 If the Tenancy is determined under clauses 5.4 to 5.8 the Landlord shall be entitled to retain the insurance monies payable in respect of the Building whether received by the Landlord or by the Tenant

 

5.10 If the Building shall be substantially and severely destroyed or damaged during the last 5 years of the Contractual Term by an Insured Risk or Uninsured Risk so as to render the Premises unfit for occupation and use or inaccessible either the Landlord or the Tenant may (provided that such notice does not prejudice the Landlord’s ability to recover loss of rent insurance monies) by giving to the other at least 6 month’s notice in writing determine the Tenancy and upon expiry of such notice the Tenancy shall determine (unless

 

29

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  the Landlord has completed any necessary reinstatement works required to render the Premises fit of occupation and use by the expiry of such notice in which case the notice shall be of no effect) but without prejudice to any claim by the Landlord or the Tenant against the other or any claim which the Landlord may have against the Surety in respect of any antecedent breach of any covenant or provision herein contained

 

     Warranty as to use

 

5.11 Nothing herein shall be deemed to constitute any warranty by the Landlord that the Premises or the Store or any parts thereof are under the Planning Acts or any other relevant laws or regulations now or from time to time in force authorised for use for any specific purpose

 

     Service of notices

 

5.12 Any notices required to be served hereunder shall be validly served if served in accordance with Section 196 of the Law of Property Act 1925 or Section 23 of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1927 as amended by the Recorded Delivery Service Act 1962 and (in the case of notices to be served on the Tenant) by sending the same to the Tenant at the Premises

 

     Disputes between tenants/occupiers

 

5.13 That in case any dispute or controversy shall at any time or times arise between the Tenant and the tenants and occupiers of the Building and/or any neighbouring adjoining or contiguous property belonging to the Landlord relating to Service Conduits and Appliances serving the Building and/or the Premises or any such adjoining or contiguous property or any easements or privileges whatsoever affecting or relating to the Building and/or the Premises or such neighbouring adjoining or contiguous property the same shall from time to time be settled and determined by the Landlord’s Surveyor or agent (in either case acting reasonably) to which determination the Tenant shall submit (save in the case of manifest error)

 

     Modification of compensation

 

5.14 Subject to Section 38(2) of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 neither the Tenant nor any assignee or underlessee of the Contractual Term or of the Premises or any part of the Premises shall be entitled on quitting the Premises or that part to any compensation under Section 37 of the said Act

 

     Apportionment

 

5.15 Where any question as to the amount or method of apportionment of any sum falls to be determined under the provisions of this Lease (other than any amount or apportionment to be determined pursuant to the provisions of the Fifth Schedule) the same shall be referred (upon application to be made by either party) to and conclusively (save in case of manifest error) determined by the Landlord’s Surveyor (acting reasonably) in accordance with the principles of good estate management and whose fees for so acting shall be added to and deemed for all purposes to form part of the sum to be so apportioned and shall be borne accordingly

 

     Exclusions of Landlord’s liability

 

5.16 Notwithstanding anything in any other provision herein contained the Landlord shall not be liable to the Tenant nor shall the Tenant have any claim against the Landlord in respect of:

 

  (a) any temporary interruption in any of the Services or the supply of electricity to the Premises or the Store or the operation of the Standby Generators caused by factors outside the Landlord’s reasonable control or

 

  (b) temporary closure or diversion of any of the Common Facilities or Service Conduits and Appliances by reason of inspection repair maintenance or replacement thereof or any part thereof or of any plant machinery equipment installations or apparatus used in connection therewith or damage thereto or destruction thereof by any risk (whether or not an Insured Risk) or

 

  (c)

by reason of electrical mechanical or other defect or breakdown or frost or other inclement conditions or shortage of fuel materials supplies or labour or whole or partial failure or stoppage of any mains supply outside the reasonable control of the Landlord

 

30

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

SUBJECT TO the Landlord using all reasonable endeavours to minimise the adverse effects of any of the above events or circumstances and using all reasonable endeavours to reinstate and remedy such event or circumstance as expeditiously as reasonably possible AND PROVIDED ALWAYS that the Landlord shall (if reasonably practicable) have previously given reasonable notice of any intended interruption or closure of the nature mentioned above and taken due regard of any representations made by the Tenant in relation thereto

 

     Development of adjoining property

 

5.17 That subject to compliance with the Landlord’s covenants in clause 4.1 and subject to the Landlord or Superior Landlord taking all reasonable steps to minimise legal nuisance to the Tenant the Landlord or any superior landlord may at any time or times without obtaining any consent from or making any arrangement with the Tenant carry out any development or works (or permit the same) of whatsoever nature to the Building (other than the Premises) and/or any neighbouring adjoining or contiguous land or premises whether or not the light or air now or at any time or times enjoyed by the Tenant may be diminished PROVIDED THAT proper means of access to and egress from the Premises is afforded at all times and the rights hereby granted expressly to the Tenant are not prejudiced and the ability of the Tenant to operate its business from the Premises is not materially adversely affected

 

5.18 Any access of light and air now or at any time during the Tenancy enjoyed by the Premises shall be deemed to be by consent or agreement in writing for that purpose within the meaning of Section 3 of the Prescription Act 1832 so that neither the enjoyment thereof nor this Lease shall prevent any such development or works referred to in clause 5.17 and the Tenant shall permit such development or works without interference or objection

 

     Removal of property

 

5.19 If at such time as the Tenant has vacated the Premises after the determination of the Tenancy any property of the Tenant shall remain in or on the Premises or the Store and the Tenant shall fail to remove the same within 14 days after being requested by the Landlord so to do by a notice in that behalf then and in such case the Landlord may (in addition to any other remedies available to it) as the agent of the Tenant (and the Landlord is hereby irrevocably appointed by the Tenant to act in that behalf) sell such property and shall then hold the proceeds of sale after deducting the reasonable costs and expenses of removal storage and sale reasonably and properly incurred by it to the order of the Tenant PROVIDED THAT the Tenant will indemnify the Landlord against any liability properly incurred by it to any third party whose property shall have been sold by the Landlord in the bona fide mistaken belief (which shall be presumed unless the contrary be proved) that such property belonged to the Tenant and was liable to be dealt with as such pursuant to this clause

 

     VAT

 

5.20 Any rent or other sum payable by any party hereunder is exclusive of VAT that is or may be payable thereon and shall be paid upon receipt of a valid VAT invoice

 

5.21 Where under this Lease any party (the “Indemnified Party”) is entitled to recover from another party (the “Paying Party”) the cost of any goods or services supplied to the Indemnified Party the Paying Party will indemnify the Indemnified Party against so much of the input tax on the cost for which the Indemnified Party is not entitled to credit allowance under Section 24-26 of VATA

 

5.22 If VAT is chargeable in respect of any supplies of goods and/or services by any party to the other party under this Lease the recipient of such supplies shall pay such VAT in addition to the amounts (if any) provided for under this Lease and in respect of the supplies made to it under this Lease subject to receipt of a valid VAT invoice

 

     Exclusion of easements

 

5.23

Nothing herein contained other than those rights expressly granted to the Tenant in Part I of the Second Schedule shall by implication of law or otherwise operate to confer on the Tenant any easement right or privilege whatever over or against any neighbouring adjoining contiguous or other property which might

 

31

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  restrict or prejudicially affect the future rebuilding alteration or development of such neighbouring adjoining contiguous or other property

 

     Sharing of information

 

5.24 The Landlord and the Tenant agree that they will:

 

  (a) share the data they hold in respect of energy and water use and waste production/ recycling between themselves and with any other third party who the parties agree in their absolute discretion needs to receive such data;

 

  (b) keep the data disclosed under this clause 5.24 confidential and will only use such data for the purposes of ensuring that the Building is run in a sustainable way that minimises its environmental impact.

 

     Conversion Payment

 

5.25 At any time up to and including 31 December 2010 the Tenant may by written notice (or notices) to the Landlord elect for the Landlord to:

 

  (a) pay on the Tenant’s behalf any outstanding or future invoices due and payable by the Tenant relating to the Service Charge and/or the Interim Sum (but not any VAT on the Service Charge and/or Interim Sum and the Landlord will issue a VAT only invoice to the Tenant following such election) in respect of the period from the date of the written notice up to and including the 31 December 2010 (but not sums due in respect of any period after 31 December 2010); and

 

  (b) reimburse the Tenant any business rates paid by the Tenant relating the period from the date of such written notice up to and including the 31 December 2010 (but not business rates due in respect of any period after 31 December 2010) such reimbursement to paid within 10 Working Days of receipt by the Landlord of evidence of payment by the Tenant of the same.

 

     (each payment being a “ Conversion Payment ”, and “relevant Conversion Payment” shall be construed accordingly).

 

5.26 The parties hereby agree that if any Conversion Payments have been made on or before 31 December 2010 to or on behalf of the Tenant the Rent Commencement Date shall be brought forward by the number of days calculated using the following formula:

 

     A divided by B = C (C being rounded up to the nearest full number)

 

     Where:

 

     A = ****% of the aggregate of all of relevant Conversion Payments (excluding VAT)

 

     B = £****

 

     C = the number of days by which Rent Commencement Date is brought forwards

 

5.27 As soon as practicable following the 31 December 2010 following the calculation of the balancing Service Charge the parties shall attach a memorandum to the Lease documenting the amended Rent Commencement Date.

 

6 CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999

 

     Unless expressly stated to the contrary nothing in this Lease confers on anyone other than the parties to it any right pursuant to the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999

 

32

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

7 GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

     This Lease is governed by and is to be construed in accordance with English law. The parties irrevocably agree that the courts of England and Wales shall have non-exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Lease

 

8 TRUSTEES CAPACITY

 

8.1 Dominion Corporate Trustees Limited and Dominion Trust Limited and/or their successors in title as Trustees of the Ropemaker Place Unit Trust (“Trust”) are entering into this agreement as Trustees of the Trust and as such any liability on the part of the Trustees and/or pursuant to this agreement is limited to the assets held on trust for the time being of the Trust which are in their possession or under their control as trustees of the Trust.

 

8.2 Notwithstanding any other provision of this agreement Dominion Corporate Trustees Limited and Dominion Trust Limited have no obligation to meet any claim or liability under this agreement except to the extent that they can properly meet the claim or liability out of the Trust assets.

 

     IN WITNESS whereof this deed has been executed by the parties hereto and is intended to be and is hereby delivered on the day and year first above written

 

33

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

SECOND SCHEDULE

Part I

Rights granted

 

1 The right for the Tenant and all persons authorised by the Tenant at all times:

 

  (a) to pass and repass on foot only over and along the pedestrian accessways within the Building from time to time designated by the Landlord and to pass and repass on foot only through and over the Common Facilities and any part or parts thereof to gain access to and from the Premises and to and from the Store and generally to use the Common Facilities for all purposes in connection with the use and enjoyment of the Premises

 

  (b) to pass and repass with or without vehicles over and along the roads and accessways within the Building from time to time reasonably designated by the Landlord on the Building for the purpose of gaining access to and egress from the car parking space the bicycle parking spaces and the motorcycle spaces referred to in paragraph 7 of this Part I of the Second Schedule and access to and egress from the loading bay in the Building

 

  (c) to use the loading bays in the Building in such locations from time to time designated by the Landlord acting reasonably

 

  (d) to use the compactor in the loading bay in the Building in such location as shall from time to time designated by the Landlord (acting reasonably)

 

  (e) to use such emergency escape routes from the Premises as comply from time to time with statutory requirements and any requirements from time to time of the local authority or local fire authority

 

  (f) otherwise to use the Common Facilities for the purpose for which they are intended

 

     (subject in each case to such regulations in relation thereto as may be imposed from time to time pursuant to clause 3.83 and/or clauses 3.99 to 3.102) in each case such rights being exercised in common with others entitled thereto

 

2 The right of passage and use of all such Service Conduits and Appliances which now or may hereafter during the Tenancy pass or run into through along under or over the Building and/or adjoining or any neighbouring property of the Landlord and which are used or are designed to be used for the benefit of the Premises

 

3 Subject to clauses 3.18 to 3.30:

 

  (a) the right at all times to connect into and use (subject to the regulations of any appropriate authority) the Service Conduits and Appliances for the supply of services and for drainage and to connect into and use such other Service Conduits and Appliances as may from time to time be available for connection to the Premises

 

  (b) the right at all times to connect into and use such of the Landlord’s Services Equipment as may from time to time be available for connection to the Premises

 

     provided that such connection and use does not materially adversely affect the supply of services to other premises within the Building having regard to the Specification and on the basis that any residual capacity in such Service Conduits and Appliances and the Landlord’s Services Equipment over and above that set out in the Specification shall be available and allocated to all occupiers of the Building on a fair and reasonable basis

 

4 The right of support shelter and protection from the remainder of the Building

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

5 The right at all reasonable times and upon reasonable prior notice (except in the case of emergency) to enter other parts of the Building for the purposes of carrying out any works required to comply with the covenants and conditions of the Tenant herein contained and where such works cannot otherwise conveniently be carried out without such entry the Tenant in the exercise of such right causing as little inconvenience and interference as is reasonably practicable in the circumstances to the Landlord or other occupier of the part of the Building so entered and its trade or business carried on therein and making good to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord or the other occupier (as the case may be) any physical damage thereby caused PROVIDED always that (except in the case of emergency) the Landlord may upon reasonable prior written notice to the Tenant elect to carry out any such works on behalf of the Tenant in return for the payment by the Tenant of the proper and reasonable costs of so doing

 

6 The right for the Tenant and any other lawful occupier of the Premises to display its name:

 

  (a) in the Landlord’s house style on the sign board provided by the Landlord for that purpose in the main reception area of the Building in such slot as the Landlord shall allocate and

 

  (b) within the lift lobbies immediately adjacent to the Premises provided that any such signage shall be subject to the Landlord’s prior approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) as to the size nature location and design of the signage concerned

 

7 The right for the Tenant and any lawful occupier of the Premises only at all times to use one car parking space in the area shown edged green on Plans MPC1 and MPC2 20 bicycle parking spaces in the area shown edged yellow on Plans MPC1 and MPC2 and 4 motor cycle parking spaces in the area shown edged red on Plan MPC1 (the Landlord having the right at any time and from time to time on not less than 14 days’ notice to nominate an alternative space or spaces within the Building) provided that the Landlord shall be entitled to temporarily suspend all or any such rights after prior consultation with the Tenant as to timing and duration of the proposed works (save in the case of an emergency) and having proper regard to the Tenant’s representations in relation thereto for the purpose of carrying out works of repair and maintenance to the parts of the Building in which the relevant spaces are located where it would not be practical to carry out the relevant works without such suspension and the Landlord shall use reasonable endeavours to keep any such period of suspension to the minimum reasonably practicable

 

8 The right for the Tenant and any lawful occupier of the Premises only at all times to use the storage area in the basement of the Building in the location shown edged red on Plan MTS 1-4 for the purpose of storing goods and materials ancillary to the Tenant’s use of the Premises (the Landlord having the right at any time and from time to time on not less than 14 days notice to nominate an alternative storage area

 

9 The right to use a fair and reasonable proportion of the riser space and telecoms intake room or rooms allocated to tenants for their use within the Building for the purpose of running Service Conduits and Appliances serving the Premises and/or other premises within the Building occupied by the Tenant or any Group Company or Associated Entity of the Tenant provided that the installation of such cabling shall be subject to the Landlord’s prior written consent such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and provisos (a) to (d) at the end of clause 3.29 shall apply to such installation and consent Provided that the Landlord will manage the allocation of the riser space for the purposes of the use of and connections to the Service Conduits and Appliances the Landlord’s Services Equipment and such telecoms intake room or rooms on the following basis:

 

  (a) space shall be allocated between each of the tenants (and undertenants shall be not be taken into account for these purposes) in the same proportion as the net internal area they occupy bears to the total net internal area of the Building

 

  (b) where reasonably possible separate risers will be allocated to each tenant and will take into account the location of the premises demised to the tenant

 

  (c) where reasonably possible the allocation of riser space to be used for IT purposes shall be on the basis of separate cages within the risers provided that the Tenant will reimburse the Landlord for the reasonable cost of such cages

 

  (d)

the Landlord reserves the right to run cables/pipes and other service media through such risers provided that these shall not materially adversely affect the Tenant’s use of the same and that the

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  Landlord obtains the Tenant’s prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to the location of such cables/pipes and other service media

 

10 The right to use and draw off up to 286.6 kW at unity power factor from three of the Standby Generators together with ancillary rights of passage of such electrical capacity through the Service Conduits and Appliances in the Building to the Premises

 

11 The right to use the area shown edged red on Plan MTS 5-4 (being part of the tenant roof plant space) subject to obtaining consent from the Landlord (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) by deed and containing covenants of the type referred to in the provisos at the end of clause 3.29 to such installation and subject to the Tenant obtaining all necessary consents and approvals) to install plant and machinery and equipment (including air conditioning equipment) together with a right to install and lay associated cabling and other service media (with any ancillary plant and equipment) in under over and through the Building for connection to the Premises and to use the same and a right to access such area.

Part II

Rights excepted and reserved

 

1 The passage and use of all such Service Conduits and Appliances (if any) as now pass or run into through along under or over the Premises and which are designed to be used for the benefit of the remainder of the Building

 

2 The right for the Landlord and all authorised persons at all reasonable times upon not less than 48 hours’ prior notice (except in case of emergency) to enter the Premises and/or the Store for all or any of the following purposes:

 

  (a) inspecting the Premises and/or the Store and the state and condition thereof

 

  (b) survey measurement or valuation of the Premises

 

  (c) reading electricity water and other check meters or sub-meters installed within the Premises

 

  (d) preparation of a schedule of fixtures and fittings in or about the Premises

 

  (e) remedying any breach of covenant by the Tenant after failure by the Tenant so to do in accordance with the provisions of clause 3.8

 

  (f) access to or egress from any of the plant rooms or Service Conduits and Appliances included within the Premises and/or the Store or accessed from the Premises and/or the Store

 

  (g) to comply with obligations owed by the Landlord to third parties or with the covenants on the part of the Landlord contained in this Lease

 

  (h) maintaining amending renewing cleaning repairing or rebuilding any adjoining premises

 

  (i) in connection with the provision of Services

 

     PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT such rights shall only be exercised where the purpose for such entry cannot reasonably be achieved without entering upon the Premises and/or the Store and PROVIDED FURTHER THAT the Landlord or other person exercising such rights shall cause as little interference and inconvenience as reasonably practicable to the Tenant or other occupier of the Premises and its or their trade or business carried on therein and as soon as reasonably practicable make good to the reasonable satisfaction of the Tenant any damage thereby caused to the Premises and PROVIDED FURTHER THAT the Landlord or other person exercising such rights complies with the reasonable security requirements of the Tenant or other occupier and where requisite the Landlord or other person exercising such rights shall only exercise such rights while accompanied by a representative of the Tenant or occupier of the relevant part of the Premises PROVIDED THAT such a representative shall be made available at reasonable times on reasonable request by the Landlord and if such a representative is not made available after a reasonable period after such request (or in the case of emergency) entry may be made without such a representative

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

3 All rights of light air and other easements and rights (but without prejudice to any expressly granted to the Tenant by this Lease (if any)) now or hereafter belonging to or enjoyed by the Premises from or over any adjoining neighbouring or contiguous land or building

 

4 The right to build or rebuild or alter or carry out any development or works to any adjoining neighbouring or contiguous land or building in any manner whatsoever (and to authorise any adjoining owner or occupier to do the same) and to let or authorise the letting of the same for any purpose or otherwise deal therewith notwithstanding that the light or air to the Premises is in any such case thereby diminished or any other liberty easement right or advantage belonging to the Tenant is thereby diminished or prejudicially affected and so that any access of light and air now or at any time during the Tenancy enjoyed by the Premises shall be deemed to be by consent or agreement in writing for that purpose within the meaning of Section 3 of the Prescription Act 1832 so that the enjoyment thereof shall not prevent such building rebuilding alteration development works letting or dealing as aforesaid and the Tenant shall permit such matters without interference or objection PROVIDED THAT the person exercising such right shall cause as little inconvenience or disturbance to the Tenant as reasonably practicable and PROVIDED FURTHER THAT the rights reserved by this paragraph 4 shall not be exercised so as to prejudice the rights expressly granted to the Tenant under this Lease and the ability of Tenant to operate its business from the Premises shall not be materially adversely affected

 

5 The right to support and shelter and all other easements and rights now and hereafter belonging to or enjoyed by all adjoining neighbouring or contiguous land or buildings an interest wherein possession or reversion is at any time during the Tenancy vested in the Landlord

 

6 The right to build on or into any boundary or party wall of the Premises provided always that the Landlord or the person exercising this right shall cause as little inconvenience or disturbance to the Tenant as reasonably practicable and shall make good any damage thereby caused to the Premises to the reasonable satisfaction of the Tenant

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

THIRD SCHEDULE

Review of Principal Rent

 

1 In this Schedule:

 

relevant Review Date

   means either the First Review Date or any Subsequent Review Dates

First Review Date

   means 30 September 2015

Subsequent Review Dates

   means 30 September 2020 and any other date that becomes a Review Date pursuant to paragraph 8

Completed Premises

  

means the Premises on the assumption that:

 

(a)    the Landlord has completed the Premises at its own cost to the specification and standard described in the section of the Specification entitled “Category A Specification”

 

(b)    the Tenant has removed all fitting out works carried out by the Tenant or any permitted occupier and made good all damage so caused by such removal so that the Premises are at the relevant Review Date in the same specification and standard as in (a) above and in compliance with statutory requirements

 

(c)    if the Premises or the means of access thereto have been destroyed or damaged they have been completely rebuilt or reinstated and fully restored

Open Market Rent

  

means the yearly rent which would reasonably be expected to become payable in respect of the Completed Premises after the expiry of a rent free period of such length as would be negotiated in the open market between a willing lessor and a willing lessee for the time required for fitting out the Completed Premises only upon a letting of the Completed Premises as a whole by a willing lessor to a willing lessee in the open market at the relevant Review Date for a term of 10 years commencing the relevant Review Date with rent reviews on each fifth anniversary of term commencement and with vacant possession without a fine or premium and for the use or uses permitted under this Lease but otherwise upon the terms of this Lease (other than (i) the length of the Contractual Term and (ii) the amount of the Principal Rent hereby reserved (but including the provisions for review of the Principal Rent) assuming whether or not it be the case:

 

(a)    that all the Landlord’s and Tenant’s covenants and obligations in this Lease have been fully complied with (provided that in the case of the Landlord the Landlord is at the relevant Review Date using all reasonable endeavours to remedy any subsisting breach which the Tenant notified the Landlord in writing as subsisting a reasonable period before the relevant Review Date) and

 

(b)    that the Completed Premises are available and suitable for immediate occupation and use for fitting out as offices

 

(c)    the Store has been appropriately partitioned at the expense of the Landlord and is clear and ready for use as permitted

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  

by this Lease

 

but disregarding:

 

(d)    any goodwill attached to the Premises by reason of the carrying on thereat by the Tenant or by any person deriving title or any right to occupy through or under the Tenant of any business and

 

(e)    any effect on rent of any alteration or improvement to the Premises made by the Tenant or any person deriving title or any right to occupy through or under the Tenant or their respective predecessors in title before or after the grant of this Lease other than an alteration or improvement carried out to the Completed Premises pursuant to an obligation to the Landlord provided that for the purposes of this paragraph (e) an alteration or improvement carried out pursuant to clauses 3.32 to 3.36 of this Lease shall (without prejudice to paragraph (a) of this definition of Open Market Rent) not be an alteration or improvement carried out pursuant to an obligation to the Landlord

 

(f)     any effect on rent of the fact that the Tenant or any person deriving title or any right to occupy through or under the Tenant or their respective predecessors in title may have been in occupation of the Premises or other premises in the Building

 

(g)    any effect on rent of any works to or alterations to the Premises carried out by the Tenant or any person deriving title or any right to occupy through or under the Tenant or their respective predecessors in title which reduce their rental value

 

(h)    the provisions of paragraph 3 of the Third Schedule

 

(i)     any reduction in the net internal floor area of the Premises attributable to the installation of any circulation staircases connecting the Premises to other levels in the Building

Surveyor

   means an independent chartered surveyor with valuation and market experience in the City of London office market agreed upon by the Landlord and the Tenant (both acting reasonably) or in default of agreement appointed by the President in accordance with paragraph 3 of this Schedule

agree or agreed

   means agree or agreed in writing between the Landlord and the Tenant

 

2 Subject to the provisions of paragraph 3 of this Third Schedule, from each Review Date the Principal Rent shall be such as may at any time be agreed between the Landlord and the Tenant as the Principal Rent payable from that Review Date or (in default of such agreement) whichever is the greater of:

 

2.1 the Open Market Rent and

 

2.2 the Principal Rent contractually payable immediately before that Review Date (ignoring any rent abatement under Clause 5.3).

 

3 From the First Review Date the Principal Rent shall be the rent of A + B + C where:

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

     A = the higher of the Open Market Rent for the Premises and £*************** and further provided that A shall not in any event exceed £************

 

     B = the Open Market Rent attributable to the rights granted by this Lease in respect of the Store

 

     C = the Open Market Rent attributable to the rights granted by this Lease in respect of the car parking space

 

4 If by a date three months before a Review Date the rent payable from that Review Date has not been agreed the Landlord and the Tenant may agree upon a person to act as the Surveyor who shall determine the Open Market Rent but in default of such agreement then either the Landlord or the Tenant may at any time make application to the President to appoint a surveyor to determine the Open Market Rent and every application shall request that the Surveyor to be appointed shall if practicable be a specialist experienced in the letting and rental valuation of office premises in the area in which the Premises are situate

 

5 Unless the Landlord and the Tenant otherwise agree the Surveyor shall act as an arbitrator in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996

 

6 If the Surveyor whether appointed as arbitrator or expert refuses to act or is or becomes incapable of acting or dies the Landlord or the Tenant may apply to the President for the further appointment of a surveyor

 

7 If the Surveyor is appointed as an expert he shall be required to give notice to the Landlord and the Tenant inviting each of them to submit to him within such time as he shall stipulate a proposal for the Open Market Rent supported (if so desired by either of the parties) by any or all of:

 

  (a) a statement of reasons

 

  (b) a professional rental valuation or report and

 

  (c) submissions in respect of each others’ statement of reasons

 

     but notwithstanding the foregoing the Surveyor shall determine the Open Market Rent in accordance with his own judgement

 

8 If by a Review Date the Principal Rent payable from the Review Date has not been ascertained pursuant to this Third Schedule the Tenant shall continue to pay the Principal Rent at the rate payable hereunder immediately before that Review Date and on the quarter day next after such ascertainment the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord the difference between the Principal Rent paid and the Principal Rent so ascertained for the period from the Review Date and ending on the said quarter day together with interest on such difference for such period at the Prescribed Rate (calculated by reference to such difference or the relevant parts thereof from the date or the respective dates on which the same would have become due had the Principal Rent payable from the relevant Review Date been ascertained by such Review Date)

 

9 If at any Review Date there is by virtue of any Act a restriction which operates to restrict the Landlord’s right to review the Principal Rent or if at any time there is by virtue of any Act a restriction which operates to restrict the right of the Landlord to recover an increase in the Principal Rent otherwise payable then upon the ending removal or modification of such restriction the Landlord may at any time within three months thereafter give to the Tenant not less than one month’s notice requiring an alternative rent review upon the succeeding quarter day which quarter day shall for the purposes of this Schedule be a Review Date

 

10 A memorandum of the Principal Rent ascertained from time to time in accordance with this Schedule shall be endorsed on this Lease and the counterpart thereof by way of evidence only and signed by or on behalf of the Tenant and the Landlord respectively

 

11 In this Schedule time shall not be of the essence in agreeing or determining the Open Market Rent nor appointing the Surveyor

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

Exhibit 10.32

Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The copy filed herewith

omits the information subject to the confidentiality request. Omissions are designated

as *****. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the SEC.

DATED 31 March 2010

LEASE

relating to premises on

Level 5

Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street

London EC2Y 9AR

 

   DOMINION CORPORATE TRUSTEES LIMITED and DOMINION TRUST LIMITED    (1)   
   MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED    (2)   


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.   INTERPRETATION      3   
2.   DEMISE HABENDUM AND REDDENDUM      9   
3.   TENANT’S COVENANTS      10   
 

Rent

     10   
 

Outgoings

     10   
 

Water gas and electricity charges and equipment

     11   
 

Repair

     11   
 

Decoration and maintenance

     11   
 

Yield up

     11   
 

Landlord’s rights of entry

     12   
 

Compliance with notices to remedy

     12   
 

Improvements and alterations

     12   
 

Notices of a competent authority

     14   
 

To comply with enactments

     14   
 

To comply with town planning legislation etc

     14   
 

User permitted

     15   
 

User prohibited

     15   
 

Alienation absolutely prohibited

     16   
 

Underletting permitted

     17   
 

Charging permitted

     19   
 

Registration

     19   
 

Not to display advertisements

     19   
 

Insurance

     19   
 

Notice of damage

     19   
 

Indemnity

     20   
 

Landlord’s costs

     20   
 

VAT

     20   
 

Regulations affecting the Premises

     21   
 

Obstructions and encroachments

     21   
 

Covenants and provisions affecting the Landlord’s title

     21   
 

Operation of plant and equipment

     21   
 

Obligations relating to entry and services

     22   
 

Surety

     22   
 

Registration

     22   
 

Section 106 Agreement

     22   
 

Tenant’s obligation to reinstate

     22   
 

Energy performance certificates

     23   
 

Car parking and storage areas

     23   
 

Tenant obligations

     24   
4.   LANDLORD’S COVENANTS      24   
 

Quiet enjoyment

     24   
 

Insurance

     24   
 

Landlord’s obligations in relation to insurance

     25   
 

Reinstatement

     25   
 

Obligations relating to Services for the Tenant

     26   
5.   PROVISOS      27   
 

Re-entry

     28   
 

Payment of rent not waiver

     29   
 

Suspension of rent

     29   
 

Determination if damage or destruction

     30   
 

Warranty as to use

     32   
 

Service of notices

     32   
 

Disputes between tenants/occupiers

     32   
 

Modification of compensation

     32   
 

Apportionment

     32   
 

Exclusions of Landlord’s liability

     32   
 

Development of adjoining property

     33   
 

Removal of property

     33   
 

VAT

     33   
 

Exclusion of easements

     34   

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

 

Sharing of information

     34   
 

Conversion Payment

     34   
6.   CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999      34   
7.   GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION      35   
8.   TRUSTEES CAPACITY      35
  
SECOND SCHEDULE   

Part I – Rights granted

  

Part II – Rights excepted and reserved

  
THIRD SCHEDULE – Review of Principal Rent   

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

LR1.   Date of Lease    31 March 2010
LR2.   Title number(s):   
LR2.1   Landlord’s title number(s)    NGL163114.
LR2.2   Other title numbers   
LR3.   Parties to this Lease    Landlord
     DOMINION CORPORATE TRUSTEES LIMITED and DOMINION TRUST LIMITED (both incorporated in Jersey) both of whose registered office is at 47 Esplanade St Helier Jersey JE1 0BD (the “Landlord”) in their capacity as trustees of the Ropemaker Place Unit Trust.
     Tenant
     MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED (company registration number 6240773) the registered office of which is at Level 5 2 More London Riverside London SE1 2AP (the “Tenant”).
     Other parties
     None.
LR4.   Property    In the case of a conflict between this clause and the remainder of this Lease then, for the purposes of registration, this clause shall prevail.
     The property defined as “Premises” in clause 1 of this Lease.
LR5.   Prescribed statements etc:   
LR5.1   Statements prescribed under rules 179 (dispositions in favour of a charity), 180 (dispositions by a charity) or 196 (leases under the Leasehold Reform, Housing and Urban Development Act 1993) of the Land Registration Rules 2003    None.
LR5.2   This lease is made under, or by reference to, provisions of:    Not applicable.
LR6.   Term for which the Property is leased    The term as specified in this Lease at clause 2.
LR7.   Premium    None.
LR8.   Prohibitions or restrictions on disposing of this Lease    This lease contains a provision that prohibits or restricts dispositions.
LR9.   Rights of acquisition etc:   
LR9.1   Tenant’s contractual rights to renew this Lease, to acquire    None.

 

-1-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  the reversion or another lease of the Property, or to acquire an interest in other land   
LR9.2   Tenant’s covenant to (or offer to) surrender this Lease    None.
LR9.3   Landlord’s contractual rights to acquire this Lease    None.
LR10.   Restrictive covenants given in this Lease by the Landlord in respect of land other than the Property    None.
LR11.   Easements:   
LR11.1   Easements granted by this Lease for the benefit of the Property    The easements set out in Part I of the Second Schedule to this Lease.
LR11.2   Easements granted or reserved by this Lease over the Property for the benefit of other property    The easements set out in Part II of the Second Schedule to this Lease.
LR12.   Estate rent charge burdening the Property    None.
LR13.   Application for standard form of restriction    None.
LR14.   Declaration of trust where there is more than one person comprising the Tenant    None.

 

-2-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

LEASE (referred to throughout as “this Lease”)

DATED 31 March 2010

BETWEEN

 

(1) DOMINION CORPORATE TRUSTEES LIMITED and DOMINION TRUST LIMITED (both incorporated in Jersey) both of whose registered office is at 47 Esplanade St Helier Jersey JE2 (the “Landlord”) in their capacity as trustees of the Ropemaker Place Unit Trust (the “Landlord”)

 

(2) MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED (company registration number 6240773) the registered office of which is at Level 5 2 More London Riverside London SE1 2AP (the “Tenant”)

WITNESSETH as follows:

 

1. INTERPRETATION

In this Lease:

 

1.1. The following expressions shall have the following meanings:

 

Act   means any Act of Parliament now or hereafter to be passed and includes any instrument order or regulation or other subordinate legislation deriving validity from any Act of Parliament
Act of Terrorism   means:
  (a)   an act including, but not limited to the use of force or violence and/or threat thereof of any person or group(s) of persons whether acting alone or on behalf of or in connection with any organisation(s) or government(s) committed for political, religious, ideological or similar purposes including the intention to influence any government and/or put the public or any section of the public in fear; and
  (b)   any other like act which at the relevant time is commonly regarded in the global insurance market as an act of terrorism
Agreement for Lease   means the agreement for lease dated 31 March 2010 between the Landlord (1) the British Land Company plc (2) and the Tenant (3)
approved and authorised   mean approved or authorised in writing by the Landlord
Associated Entity   means:
  (a)   an entity which is associated or affiliated with the Tenant and/or
  (b)   independent contractors employed by the Tenant in connection with the services the contractors are providing to the Tenant
Building   means the land and buildings known as Ropemaker Place 25 Ropemaker Street London EC2Y 9AR shown at ground level for the purposes of identification only edged red on Plan MB1 and includes (without limitation) the Foundations

 

-3-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  and Services and the overhang at upper levels
Common Facilities   means each and every part or parts of the Building (other than Landlord’s Services Equipment) which are from time to time provided by the Landlord (acting reasonably) for common or general use by or for the benefit of the Tenant and other tenants licensees and occupiers of the Building their employees agents servants licensees and customers and all others authorised by the Landlord including (but without limiting the generality of the foregoing) entrance lobbies lift lobbies lifts goods lifts escalators staircases corridors passageways accessways communal plant rooms and lavatories showers and locker rooms and water closet accommodation
company   means a body corporate wheresoever incorporated
consent of the Landlord   means a consent in writing signed by the Landlord
Contractual Term   means the term of years specified in clause 2
Design Standards   means the level of services (including electricity supply) which the Landlord’s Services Equipment are designed to supply to the Premises (brief details of which are set out in the Specification) as the same may be increased from time to time throughout the Tenancy
Electricity Cost   means the actual or reasonably and properly estimated cost of the provision of electricity to the Premises and/or the Store for consumption by the Tenant in accordance with the Landlord’s covenant contained at clause 4.9 being a fair and reasonable proportion or a measured proportion as reasonably determined by the Landlord of the actual or estimated total cost of the provision of electricity to the Building as a whole (including the provision of any security for the supply of electricity to the Building which may from time to time be required by the relevant statutory undertaker responsible for the supply of electricity) which proportion shall so far as practicable be based upon readings taken in such manner and at such times as the Landlord shall from time to time determine (acting reasonably) of the check meters relating to the Premises and/or the Store and other parts of the Building from time to time installed but otherwise shall be determined in such manner as the Landlord shall in its discretion (acting reasonably) consider to be fair and reasonable in all the circumstances and where estimated shall be subject to annual reconciliation
Fire Safety Order   means the Regulatory Reform (Fire Safety) Order 2005
Fitting Out Works   means such works to the Premises (after completion of the Shell and Core Works) as are necessary to prepare the Premises for beneficial use and occupation by the Tenant or any other lawful occupier such works to be carried out to generally no lesser standard than that described in the section of the Specification entitled “Category A Specification”
Foundations and Services   means:

 

-4-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (a)   such foundations piles footings columns beams and other load bearing structures (including transfer structures as necessary) steelwork bracings access and inspection pits escalator pits lift pits and other structures and fire proofing and
  (b)   such drains sewers pipes wires ducts cables and other conduits and
  (c)   such meter rooms and
  (d)   such steps
  whether serving the Building or the Building and adjoining property as exist from time to time
Generator Rent   the rent eighthly reserved and as reviewed from time to time in accordance with the Ninth Schedule
Group Company   a company is a Group Company of another company if it is from time to time the holding company of that company or a subsidiary company of that company or any company whose holding company is the holding company of that company where the expressions “holding company” and “subsidiary company” have the meanings under Section 736 of the Companies Act 1985
Insured Risks   means loss or damage whether total or partial caused by the following risks to the extent that insurance cover is available for the same in. the London insurance market at reasonable cost namely fire storm earthquake tempest flood lightning explosion aircraft and other aerial devices or articles dropped therefrom riot or civil commotion malicious damage impact bursting and overflowing of pipes or water tanks Act of Terrorism subsidence groundslip and heave breakdown and sudden and unforeseen damage to engineering plant and equipment and such other risks (in respect of which cover is available as aforesaid) as the Landlord (acting as a prudent Landlord) shall from time to time during the Tenancy reasonably and properly determine having regard to the interests of the tenants of the Building
Landlord   includes where the context so admits the estate owner for the time being of the reversion immediately expectant on the Termination of the Tenancy
Landlord’s Services Equipment   means all the plant machinery and equipment (with associated Service Conduits and Appliances) within or serving the Building from time to time comprising or used in connection with the following systems (to the extent specified in the following paragraphs of this definition):
  (a)   the whole of the sprinkler system within the Building (including sprinkler heads)
  (b)   the whole of the fire detection and fire alarm systems
  (c)   the whole of the permanent fire fighting systems (but excluding portable fire extinguishers installed

 

-5-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

    by the Tenant or other tenants of the Building)
  (d)   the whole of the chilled water system
  (e)   the whole of the perimeter heating system and underfloor heating system at the base of any atria (if any)
  (f)   the whole of the building management system installed by the Landlord
  (g)   the central electrical supply system from the mains supply to the Building so far as (and including) the electrical riser busbars connecting to the distribution boards at each level in the Building which is let or intended to be let by the Landlord
  (h)   the air handling system limited at each level which is let or intended to be let by the Landlord to the air handling units at each such level and the electricity supply and control systems for the same and the air ducts leading from such air handling units in each case up to the point where such ducts enter the office accommodation
Landlord’s Surveyor   means the surveyor for the time being of the Landlord being a MRICS or FRICS member (or equivalent from time to time) of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors
Level   means the floors of the building so identified on the Plans
Normal Business Hours   means 5 am to 8 pm Monday to Fridays (except Bank Holidays) or such longer hours as the Landlord may in its reasonable discretion determine from time to time and notify in writing with reasonable advance notice to the Tenant
notice   means notice in writing
Option   means an option to tax the Building by the Landlord pursuant to Schedule 10 VATA
Outside Normal Business Hours Charge   means (where such Services are provided for the benefit of the Tenant alone) the whole of the cost of carrying out or providing any of the Services at the request of the Tenant outside Normal Business Hours (including (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) costs and expenses in the nature of those set out in Part II of the Sixth Schedule) or in the event of any of the Services being carried out or provided outside Normal Business Hours to the Tenant and any other tenant or tenants of the Building a fair and reasonable proportion thereof as determined by the Landlord (acting reasonably)
Plan   means the plans annexed hereto and numbered accordingly
Planning Acts   means the Act or Acts for the time being in force relating to town and country planning
Premises   means the property described in the First Schedule together with all alterations additions and improvements thereto other

 

-6-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  than Tenant’s or trade fixtures and fittings
Prescribed Rate   means either the base rate of National Westminster Bank PLC or if no such base rate can be ascertained then the rate at the relevant time which such Bank shall utilise for equivalent purposes or if such alternative rate cannot be ascertained then such other rate as the Landlord shall reasonably select as being equivalent thereto
President   means the President for the time being of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors or his duly appointed deputy
Principal Rent   means the rent first reserved in clause 2 and for the avoidance of doubt will additionally include the rents attributable to the car parking space and the Store
Reinstatement Certificate   means the certificate issued by or on behalf of the Landlord certifying that the Shell and Core Works have been sufficiently completed to enable the Tenant to commence the Fitting Out Works in accordance with clause 3.94
Rent Commencement Date   means 25 December 2013 or (if the Tenant makes an election in accordance with clause 5.26) such earlier date as shall be calculated in accordance with clause 5.26
Rents   means all the rents reserved in clause 2
Section 106 Agreement   means the agreement referred to in paragraph 2 of the Fourth Schedule
Service Conduits and Appliances   means gas water drainage electricity telephone telex signal and telecommunications heating cooling ventilation and other pipes drains sewers mains cables wires supply lines and ducts and other channels through which the same pass and all ancillary appliances apparatus and services
Services   means the services and amenities to be provided by the Landlord for the benefit of the Building or some part or parts thereof as are set out in Part I of the Sixth Schedule and such other services and amenities as are consistent with the management of a high class office building which the Landlord may in its discretion from time to time reasonably decide should be provided or carried out for the benefit of the tenants and occupiers of the Building or some part or parts thereof
Shell and Core Works   means the works to the Building described in paragraph 2 of the Specification
Specification   means the specification annexed hereto and marked “Base Building Definition”
Standby Generators   means the generators and associated switch gear cabling and controls installed by the Landlord in the Building
Store   means the storage area referred to in paragraph 8 of Part I of the Second Schedule in the basement of the Building shown edged red on Plan MTS1 and MTS3 which shall include one half severed medially of the non-structural and

 

-7-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  non-load bearing walls surrounding the Store the entirety of all other non-structural or non-load bearing walls within the Store all Service Conduits and Appliances and Landlord’s Services Equipment exclusively serving the Store and any surface finishes to any structural parts of the same but shall exclude any structural parts loadbearing walls columns foundations external walls and joists in and around the same together with any Landlord’s Services Equipment and such of the Service Conduits and Appliances as are used in common with other parts of the Building
Tenancy   means the tenancy created by this Lease including any statutory continuation of that tenancy
Tenant   includes where the context admits the successors in title and permitted assigns of the Tenant
Term Commencement Date   means 31 March 2010
Termination of the Tenancy   means the determination of the Tenancy whether by affluxion of time re-entry notice surrender (whether by operation of law or otherwise) or by any other means whatsoever
underlease   includes an agreement for underlease other than one which is conditional on obtaining the Landlord’s consent
Uninsured Risk   means a risk which would be an Insured Risk but for the fact that insurance is not available (or is available but only at rates which are not commercially acceptable and which the Landlord is not prepared to accept) in the London insurance market at the date of destruction or damage
VAT   means value added tax as defined in VATA and any future tax of a like nature
VATA   means the Value Added Tax Act 1994 as amended from time to time or any re-enactment thereof
VAT Group   means two or more bodies corporate registered as a group for the purposes of Section 43 of VATA
VAT Regs   means the Value Added Tax Regulations 1995 (SI 1995/2518) as amended from time to time or any re-enactment thereof)
Wireless Data Services   means the provision of wireless data, voice or video connectivity or wireless services permitting or offering access to the internet or any wireless network mobile network or telecoms system and which involves a wireless or mobile device

 

1.2. Where the context requires:

 

  (a) words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa

 

  (b) words importing the masculine include the feminine and neuter

 

  (c) where a party consists of more than one person covenants and obligations of that party shall take effect as joint and several covenants and obligations

 

-8-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

1.3. Except where the context otherwise requires references to any Act include references to any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force and any order instrument regulation or bye-law made or issued thereunder

 

1.4. The clause headings shall not in any way affect the construction of this Lease

 

1.5. References to a clause or Schedule shall mean a clause or Schedule of this Lease

 

1.6. The powers rights matters and discretions reserved to or exercisable by the Landlord hereunder shall also be reserved to or exercisable by their (or any superior landlord’s) properly authorised servants managers agents appointees or workmen but in all cases subject to the same obligations as the Landlord under this Lease

 

1.7. Wherever in this Lease the consent or approval of the Landlord is required the relevant provision shall be construed as also requiring the consent or approval of any superior landlord where the same shall be required pursuant to any head lease from time” to time which the Landlord shall use all reasonable endeavours to obtain as expeditiously as possible and the Tenant shall bear the cost of obtaining such consents together with all surveyors’ professional or other fees and disbursements in connection therewith unless such consent is unreasonably withheld or delayed in circumstances where it is unlawful to do so

 

1.8. Any covenant on the part of either party not to do any act or thing includes a covenant not to suffer or permit the doing of that act or thing

 

2. DEMISE HABENDUM AND REDDENDUM

The Landlord demises with full title guarantee the Premises to the Tenant TOGETHER WITH the rights set out in Part I of the Second Schedule but EXCEPTING AND RESERVING to the Landlord and all others authorised by the Landlord the rights set out in Part II of the Second Schedule TO HOLD the same for a term commencing on and including the Term Commencement Date and ending on and including 25 December 2025 (determinable as herein provided) SUBJECT to (and so far as applicable with the benefit of) the exceptions and reservations rights covenants conditions agreements or other matters contained or referred to in deeds and documents referred to in the Fourth Schedule so far as the same relate to or affect the Premises PAYING during the Tenancy:

FIRST:

 

  (a) in respect of the period from the Term Commencement Date to and including the day before the Rent Commencement Date a rent of one peppercorn on demand

 

  (b) in respect of the period from and including the Rent Commencement Date until and including the date three months less one day after the Rent Commencement Date the yearly rent of *************************************** *********************************************** (£*********)

 

  (c) in respect of the period from and including the date three months after the Rent Commencement Date until and including [            ] 2015 the yearly rent of ******************************************************** *********************************** (£************)

 

  (d) thereafter the yearly rent determined in accordance with the provisions of the Third Schedule

such rent to be paid by four equal quarterly payments in advance on the usual quarter days and

SECONDLY a yearly rent equal to a fair and reasonable proportion to be determined by the Landlord (acting reasonably) of the sum or sums paid by the Landlord in performance of the Landlord’s covenant for insurance in clause 4.2 (and including the costs properly incurred by the Landlord in connection with the revaluations of the Building for insurance purposes not more than once in every three years and annual desk top updatings of such valuations) such yearly rent to be paid within 21 days of written demand and

THIRDLY a yearly rent equal to whichever shall be the greater of the Service Charge or the Interim Sum (each as defined in the Fifth Schedule) for any year of the Tenancy such yearly rent to be paid at the times and in the manner provided in the Fifth Schedule and the first instalment of the initial payment shall become due on the date hereof and shall relate to the period commencing on the Term Commencement Date and ending on and including 23 June 2010 and

 

-9-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

FOURTHLY a yearly rent equal to the Outside Normal Business Hours Charge such yearly rent to be payable within 21 days of written demand and

FIFTHLY a yearly rent equal to the Electricity Cost such yearly rent to be payable on demand (either annually or by no more than four instalments on the usual quarter days) and

SIXTHLY by way of additional rent to be paid on demand an amount equal to interest calculated on a daily basis at an annual rate equivalent to three percentage points above the Prescribed Rate on any instalment (or part thereof) of the Rents or any other sum of money of whatsoever nature due from the Tenant to the Landlord under the provisions of this Lease not received by the Landlord on the due date for payment in respect of the Rent firstly reserved or within five Working Days of the due date for payment of other monies and Rents (but for the avoidance interest shall not be payable on the Rent hereby sixthly reserved)

all such interest to be in addition and without prejudice to the right of re-entry or to any other remedy herein contained or by law vested in the Landlord and

SEVENTHLY by way of additional rent any VAT payable pursuant to clauses 3.78 to 3.82

EIGHTHLY by way of additional rent a yearly Generator Rent in respect of the Standby Generators such sum to be paid by four equal quarterly payments on the usual quarter days and to be reviewed in accordance with the Ninth Schedule

 

3. TENANT’S COVENANTS

The Tenant covenants with the Landlord:

Rent

 

3.1. To pay the Rents at the times and in manner aforesaid without any deduction by way of set-off (whether legal or equitable) save as may be required by law

Outgoings

 

3.2. To pay (or in the absence of direct assessment on the Premises and/or the Store to pay to the Landlord within 10 working days a fair and reasonable proportion to be determined by the Landlord’s Surveyor acting properly and reasonably of) all existing and future rates taxes assessments charges and outgoings payable in respect of the Premises and/or the Store or in respect of any part thereof by any estate owner landlord tenant or occupier thereof other than:

 

  (a) any tax payable or assessed as a result of any dealing with (including any actual or deemed disposal of) any reversion immediately or mediately expectant on the Tenancy or

 

  (b) any tax payable or assessed in respect of the Rents or other payments reserved or payable hereunder (save for VAT) or

 

  (c) any future property ownership tax payable or assessment in respect of any reversionary interest in the Premises (except to the extent specifically herein provided to be paid by the Tenant)

 

  (d) any tax payable or assessed on the Landlord in respect of or arising out of or relating to the grant of this Lease

 

3.3. Not to agree any valuation of the Premises for rating purposes or agree any alteration in the rating list in respect thereof without notifying the Landlord of the Tenant’s intention to do so and giving the Landlord a reasonable opportunity to make reasonable representations and having regard to such representations in relation to such valuation

 

3.4. Upon making any proposal to alter the rating list so far as the list relates to the Premises or lodging an appeal in respect thereof to supply to the Landlord promptly copies of all relevant correspondence and documentation

 

-10-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

3.5. Without prejudice to clause 3.3 without delay upon receipt to provide the Landlord with a copy of any notice of an alteration or proposed alteration in the rating list that will or may affect the Premises

Water gas and electricity charges and equipment

 

3.6. To the extent that the same are not included in the Service Charge (as defined in the Fifth Schedule) the Outside Normal Business Hours Charges or the Electricity Cost to pay to the suppliers thereof all charges for water and electricity (including meter rents) consumed in the Premises and/or the Store during the Tenancy (or in the absence of direct assessment on the Premises to pay the Landlord within 10 working days a fair and reasonable proportion thereof to be determined by the Landlord’s Surveyor acting reasonably)

 

3.7. To comply with the requirements and regulations of the respective supply authorities with regard to the water and electrical installations and equipment in the Premises and/or the Store

Repair

 

3.8. At all times throughout the Tenancy to keep the Premises and the Store in good and substantial repair and condition and maintained cleansed and amended in every respect and as often as may be necessary to rebuild reinstate renew or replace the Premises and the Store and each and every part thereof (damage by any of the Insured Risks and the Uninsured Risk excepted (a) save to the extent that the policy or policies of insurance shall have been vitiated or payment of any of the policy monies withheld or refused in whole or in part by reason of any act neglect or default of the Tenant or any sub-tenant or their respective servants agents licensees or invitees) and/or (b) save where otherwise provided under clause 3.94

 

3.9. In the event that the Building and/or the Premises shall be destroyed or damaged and the Tenancy shall not have been determined under clause 5.4 the Tenant shall if so reasonably required by the Landlord join with the Landlord (at the Landlord’s cost) in making application for planning or other permission necessary for rebuilding or reinstating the Premises including (without limitation) entering into any agreement necessary to obtain the same and in pursuing any claim against the insurers of the Building and/or the Premises provided that the Landlord reimburses the Tenant in respect of any liabilities it may reasonably and properly incur in any such agreement and in respect of any costs reasonably and properly incurred in relation to any such claim and indemnifies the Tenant in relation to any financial liabilities which may be imposed on the Tenant pursuant to any planning permission or agreement

Decoration and maintenance

 

3.10. In the fifth year of the Contractual Term and thereafter in every succeeding fifth year of the Tenancy and also during the last 12 months of the Tenancy (however determined) (but not more than once in any period of 24 months) to decorate the inside of the Premises with two coats of good quality paint and paper those parts normally papered with good quality material (in each case) in a good and workmanlike manner such decoration and papering in the last 12 months of the Tenancy (however determined) to be executed in such colours patterns and materials as shall have been previously approved by the Landlord (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)

 

3.11. As often as may be reasonably necessary to clean the internal surfaces of the windows and other glazing in or forming part of the Premises including the internal surfaces of any glazing between the Premises and any atria

Yield up

 

3.12.

At the Termination of the Tenancy quietly to yield up unto the Landlord with vacant possession the Premises and the Store in such state and condition as shall be consistent with due performance by the Tenant of the covenants on the Tenant’s part herein contained and if any alterations have been made or portable partitions or tenant’s fixtures and fittings have been affixed to the Premises or any other part of the Building pursuant to the rights granted to the Tenant in Part I of the Second Schedule by the Tenant or any person deriving title under the Tenant whether before or after the date hereof (if reasonably required by the Landlord by written notice given no later than six months prior to the expiry of the Tenancy) to reinstate the Premises to such state and condition described in the section of the Specification entitled “Category A Specification” (or in the case of such other parts of the Building to their former state and condition) the Tenant making good any damage caused to the Premises or such other parts of the Building to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord and to the satisfaction of the relevant supply authorities Provided

 

-11-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  That the Landlord shall not oblige the Tenant to remove or reinstate any circulation staircases and finishes thereto installed pursuant to the provisions of clause 17 of the Agreement for Lease

 

3.13. Upon removal of any tenant’s fixtures or fittings as are connected to or take supplies from any of the Service Conduits and Appliances to remove and seal off such Service Conduits and Appliances as the Landlord shall reasonably require by written notice given no later than six months prior to the expiry of the Tenancy such removal and sealing off to be carried out so as not to interfere with the continued function of the remainder of the Service Conduits and Appliances

Landlord’s rights of entry

 

3.14. To permit the Landlord its agents and all persons authorised by the Landlord at all reasonable times on not less than 24 hours’ prior notice (except in the case of emergency) to enter and remain upon the Premises and/or the Store for the purposes of the exercise of all or any of the rights set out in paragraph 2 of Part II of the Second Schedule subject to the conditions set out in such paragraph

Compliance with notices to remedy

 

3.15. To commence as soon as reasonably practicable in the circumstances and thereafter diligently to proceed with any works to the Premises and/or the Store which are reasonably necessary to comply with any notice given by the Landlord requiring the Tenant to remedy any breach of the Tenant’s covenants relating to the state and condition of the Premises found upon any such inspection

 

3.16. If the Tenant shall not within a reasonable period have commenced and be diligently proceeding to comply with any such notice to permit the Landlord and any authorised person to enter the Premises and/or the Store on not less than 24 hours’ prior written notice to remedy any such breach

 

3.17. To pay to the Landlord on demand the costs and expenses properly and reasonably incurred by the Landlord under the provisions of clause 3.16 which sums shall be recoverable by action or at the option of the Landlord as rent in arrears

Improvements and alterations

 

3.18. Subject to the provisions of clauses 3.19 to 3.30 the Tenant shall not erect or permit or suffer to be erected any other building structure pipe wire mast or post upon the Premises nor to make or permit or suffer to be made any alteration therein or addition thereto nor to commit or permit or suffer any waste spoil or destruction in or upon the Premises nor to cut injure or remove or suffer to be cut injured or removed any of the roof walls (whether outside or inside) floor joists timbers wires pipes drains appurtenances or fixtures thereof

 

3.19. Not to make any structural alterations or additions to the Premises save that the Tenant may make minor structural alterations (including the installation of circulation staircases connecting the Premises to adjoining levels within the Building) which do not adversely affect the structural stability of the Premises or the Building or invalidate any relevant warranties which the Landlord has the benefit of or affect the external appearance of the Building or adversely affect the Landlord’s Services Equipment with the prior consent of the Landlord (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and carried out in accordance with drawings and (if appropriate) specifications previously submitted to and approved by the Landlord (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)

 

3.20. Not to make any alterations additions or adjustments to the Premises or the Landlord’s Services Equipment within the Premises or any other plant machinery or equipment within the Premises that would:

 

  (a) have a materially adverse affect on the operation or efficiency of the Landlord’s Services Equipment or the Building’s health and safety systems whether within the Premises or in any other part of the Building or

 

  (b) result in any increase in the level of services to be provided to the Premises by the Landlord’s Services Equipment in excess of the Design Standards

 

3.21.

(Save as provided in clause 3.26) not to make any other alterations additions or adjustments to the Landlord’s Services Equipment within the Premises without the prior consent of the Landlord (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) or otherwise than in accordance in all respects with drawings

 

-12-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  and specifications previously submitted to and approved by the Landlord (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)

 

3.22. Not to make any alterations or additions to the electrical wiring and installations within the Premises that would result in a loading on such wiring or installations beyond that which they are designed to bear

 

3.23. Not to make any other alterations or additions to the electrical wiring and installations within the Premises to the extent that the same are comprised within the Landlord’s Services Equipment or Service Conduits and Appliances otherwise than in accordance with conditions laid down by the Institution of Electrical Engineers and/or other regulations of the relevant statutory undertaker

 

3.24. Not to install or maintain within the Premises any equipment or systems providing Wireless Data Services in such a manner as shall have a material adverse affect on other tenants’ equipment or systems within the Building or the Landlord’s Services Equipment it being agreed that the installation of any equipment or systems providing Wireless Data Services which are not likely to have any such a material adverse effect shall not require the consent of the Landlord

 

3.25. To remove any such equipment or systems providing Wireless Data Services forthwith on notice from the Landlord requiring the Tenant to do so if such equipment or systems can be shown by the Landlord to have a material adverse effect on other tenants’ equipment or systems within the Building or the Landlord’s Services Equipment

 

3.26. Non structural alterations including the erection and alteration of any partitions and tenant’s fittings of a similar nature and alterations to the electrical wiring and installations and the Landlord’s Services Equipment related thereto in each case within the Premises are permitted without the consent of the Landlord provided that they are made:

 

  (a) in such a manner as not to affect in a materially adverse manner (save temporarily until they have been rebalanced) the operation or efficiency of the Landlord’s Services Equipment or to impact on the Building’s health and safety systems and provided further that the Tenant shall remove any such works that can be reasonably shown by the Landlord to affect in a materially adverse manner the operation or efficiency of the Landlord’s Services Equipment or to impact on the Building’s health and safety systems without delay upon notice from the Landlord requiring it to do so or

 

  (b) in such a manner as not to affect adversely the Landlord’s ability to pursue a trade contractor or member of the professional team in respect of a breach of contract appointment or warranty in connection with the carrying out of the works to construct the Building

 

3.27. Not to cause any dedicated access points to any Service Conduits or Appliances which now are under or in or pass through the Premises to be or become materially more difficult to access than is the same now

 

3.28. Not to puncture or pierce the internal finishes of the curtain wall surrounding the Premises or any mullions or other parts of the exterior of the Premises and not to affix anything to any of the same save that the Tenant may attach internal partitioning to mullions and make minor bore holes in the structure of the Building without the consent of the Landlord in order to fix and accommodate the other alterations permitted without consent by clauses 3.18 to 3.27

 

3.29. To provide the Landlord with plans and (if appropriate) specifications within 28 days of the practical completion of any relevant works showing any alterations for which consent is not required under the preceding provisions of clauses 3.18 to 3.28

PROVIDED ALWAYS that:

 

  (a) any consent of the Landlord required under the provisions of clauses 3.18 to 3.28 shall be given by way of deed

 

  (b) any such deed shall contain covenants by the Tenant with the Landlord in regard to the execution of the works to the Premises and other conditions and restrictions in such form as the Landlord may reasonably require

 

  (c)

where the works affect the Landlord’s Services Equipment the Service Conduits and Appliances or the structure of the Building the Landlord shall be entitled to require to approve the identity of the

 

-13-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  contractors builders or other professionals or persons appointed in respect of the works for which consent is given (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and

 

  (d) the Tenant shall pay the reasonable and proper legal and surveyors’ costs and expenses properly incurred by the Landlord in relation to the granting of any such consent and (where reasonable) the supervision of the execution of any works thereby authorised

 

3.30. In the event that the Tenant shall carry out works to the Premises in breach of the provisions of clauses 3.18 to 3.30 the Landlord will be entitled having given not less than five working days’ notice (except in an emergency) to enter the Premises and remove such works or any part thereof and reinstate. the Premises provided always that the proper costs thereby incurred including interest calculated at 3 per cent above the Prescribed Rate shall be paid by the Tenant within seven days of demand and shall be recoverable by action or at the option of the Landlord as rent in arrears

Notices of a competent authority

 

3.31. Within 14 days (or sooner if requisite) of the receipt by the Tenant of any notice order requisition direction or plan given made or issued to or by a competent authority relating to the Premises or the Building or involving any liability or alleged liability on the part of the Landlord or any superior landlord to supply a copy thereof to the Landlord and at the request and cost of the Landlord to make or join in making such objections or representations against the same or in respect thereof as the Landlord may reasonably require

To comply with enactments

 

3.32. At all times during the Tenancy to observe and comply with the provisions and requirements of any and every Act so far as they relate to the Premises or the user thereof and without derogating from the generality of the foregoing to execute all works and provide and maintain all arrangements which by or under any enactment or by any government department local authority or other public authority or duly authorised officer or Court of competent jurisdiction acting under or in pursuance of any enactment are or may properly be directed or required to be executed provided or maintained at any time during the Tenancy upon or in respect of the Premises in respect of any such user thereof and to indemnify the Landlord at all times against all reasonable and proper fees costs charges and expenses of or incidental to the execution of any works or the provision or maintenance of any arrangements so directed or required in relation to the Premises and/or the Store as aforesaid

 

3.33. Not at any time during the Tenancy to do or omit to be done in on or about the Building and/or the Premises any act or thing by reason of which the Landlord may under any enactment incur or have imposed upon it or become liable to pay any penalty damage compensation fees costs charges or expenses

 

3.34. To notify the Landlord in writing as soon as reasonably practicable after the Tenant becomes aware of any physical defect in the Building and/or the Premises

 

3.35. Upon the Tenant becoming aware of the happening of any occurrence or receipt of any notice order direction or other thing from a competent authority affecting or likely to affect the Building and/or the Premises whether the same shall be served directly upon the Tenant or the original or a copy thereof be received from any underlessee or other person whatsoever to as soon as reasonably practicable deliver a copy thereof to the Landlord and at the cost of the Landlord to make or join in making such objection or representations against or in respect thereof as the Landlord may reasonably require

 

3.36. At the Landlord’s reasonable request to provide the Landlord with a copy of any fire risk assessment carried out by or on behalf of the Tenant and details of all measures taken by or on behalf of the Tenant to comply with the Fire Safety Order (including the names of all competent persons appointed by the Tenant pursuant to Article 18) and any other information reasonably and properly requested by the Landlord to assist the Landlord in complying with its own obligations under the Fire Safety Order in relation to the Premises

To comply with town planning legislation etc

 

3.37. To comply with the provisions and requirements of the Planning Acts and of all planning permissions so far as the same respectively relate to the Premises or any part thereof or any operations works acts or things already or hereafter to be carried out executed done or omitted thereon or the use thereof for any purpose

 

-14-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

3.38. Not to make any application for planning permission in respect of the Premises without the previous written consent of the Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed

 

3.39. Subject only to any statutory direction to the contrary to pay and satisfy any charge or levy that may hereafter be imposed under the Planning Acts in respect of the carrying out or maintenance to the Premises by the Tenant any Group Company of the Tenant any subtenant or their respective agents servants licensees or invitees of any operations which may constitute development or the institution of any such operations or the institution or continuance of any use which may constitute development

 

3.40. Notwithstanding any consent which may be granted by the Landlord under this Lease not to carry out any development in or to the Premises (whether by alteration or addition or change of use thereto) before all necessary notices under the Planning Acts in respect thereof have been served and all such necessary planning permissions have been produced to the Landlord and in the case of a planning permission acknowledged by it in writing as satisfactory to it (such acknowledgement of satisfaction by the Landlord not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) but so that the Landlord may refuse so to express its satisfaction with any such planning permission on the ground that any condition contained therein or anything omitted therefrom or the period thereof would in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord’s Surveyor be or be likely to be materially prejudicial to its interest in the Building or in any adjoining property whether during the Tenancy or following the determination or expiration thereof

 

3.41. Unless the Landlord shall otherwise direct to carry out and complete before the expiration or sooner determination of the Tenancy:

 

  (a) any works stipulated to be carried out to the Premises by a date subsequent to such expiration or sooner determination as a condition of any planning permission granted for any development begun before such expiration or sooner determination and

 

  (b) any works begun by the Tenant any Group Company of the Tenant or any subtenant or their respective agents servants licensees or invitees upon the Premises

 

3.42. If and when called upon so to do to produce to the Landlord or the Landlord’s Surveyor all such plans documents and other evidence as the Landlord may reasonably require in order to satisfy itself that the provisions of this covenant have been complied with in all respects

User permitted

 

3.43. To use and occupy the Premises only as offices within paragraph (a) of Class 81 of the Town and Country Planning (Use Classes) Order 1987 (here meaning the 1987 Order and not any subsequent modification or re-enactment thereof notwithstanding the provisions of clause 1.3) and for ancillary purposes thereto

User prohibited

 

3.44. Not to store or bring upon the Premises any materials or liquid of a specially combustible inflammable dangerous or offensive nature (other than those properly required in connection with the use of the Premises and then only in appropriate containers)

 

3.45. Not to do on the Premises or any part thereof any act or thing whatsoever which may be a legal nuisance to the Landlord or any other tenant or occupier of the Building or the owners or occupiers of any adjoining or neighbouring property

 

3.46. Not to use the Premises or any part thereof for any illegal purpose

 

3.47. Not to bring into or upon the Premises or do anything which might throw on the Premises or any part thereof any load or weight in excess of that which the Premises or any part thereof are designed or constructed to bear nor knowingly to cause any undue vibration to the Premises or any part thereof by machinery or otherwise

 

3.48. Not to obstruct or permit to be obstructed whether by loading or unloading goods or any other means any part of the Building or to do anything which is a source of danger to persons using the same and to load and unload goods only in accordance with the rights granted to the Tenant in Part I of the Second Schedule

 

-15-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

3.49. Not to hold any sales by auction exhibitions public meetings or public entertainments at the Premises nor to permit any vocal or instrumental music to be performed therein provided that this sub-clause shall not prevent the Tenant or any permitted undertenant or occupier of the Premises from holding meetings of clients and their shareholders or members within the Premises

 

3.50. Not to permit any person to reside in the Premises

 

3.51. Not to obstruct hinder or otherwise interfere with the proper exercise by the Landlord and authorised persons of the rights reserved in Part II of the Second Schedule hereto

 

3.52. Not to cause the drains to be obstructed by oil grease or other deleterious matter

 

3.53. Not to load or use the lifts in the Building in any manner that will or may cause strain or damage to the lifts in the Building beyond their design capabilities

 

3.54. Not to permit any person to smoke anywhere on the Premises

 

3.55. Not to use the Store except as areas for storage and/or for the Tenant’s plant and equipment ancillary to the use of the Premises as offices or for such other uses as shall be first approved by the Landlord (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) which are ancillary to the use of the Premises as offices

Alienation absolutely prohibited

 

3.56. Not to charge or assign part only of the Premises provided that the Tenant may grant rights to the tenant from time to time of the fourth floor of the Building to use part or all of the areas shown edged red on plan MT 55-5 subject to such rights being determined immediately upon the expiry or sooner determination of this Lease and any plant conduits and equipment being removed forthwith.

 

3.57. Not to part with possession or share occupation of or declare any trust in respect of the Premises or any part thereof other than by way of:

 

  (a) an assignment permitted under clauses 3.59 to 3.60

 

  (b) an underlease permitted under clauses 3.61 to 3.66 or

 

  (c) a charge permitted under clause 3.67

PROVIDED THAT occupation of the Premises or any part or parts thereof by a Group Company of the Tenant and/or an Associated Entity shall not be in breach of this covenant provided further that:

 

  (d) no legal estate or other right of tenancy shall be created

 

  (e) the Tenant shall as soon as reasonably practicable upon being requested in writing to do so by the Landlord give the identity of such Group Company or Associated Entity the relationship of the Group Company or Associated Entity to the Tenant and the area occupied and

 

  (f) the Tenant shall procure (and hereby covenants to this effect) that any such Group Company and/or Associated Entity shall vacate the Premises forthwith upon whichever is the earlier of the date of expiration or sooner determination of the Tenancy and the date on which such company or entity ceases to be a Group Company of the Tenant or Associated Entity (as the case may be)

 

3.58. Not by assignment underletting or otherwise to permit the occupation of the Premises or any part thereof by or the vesting of any interest or estate therein in any person firm company or government or other body or entity which:

 

  (i) (save for HM Government) has the right to claim diplomatic immunity or exemption in relation to the observance and performance of the covenants and conditions of and contained in this Lease; or

 

  (ii) operates a dating agency business; or

 

-16-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (iii) is listed as a consequence of being designated by HM Treasury pursuant to The Terrorism (United Nations) Order 2006 in the UK sanctions list published by HM Treasury Assignment permitted

 

3.59. Not to assign the whole of the Premises unless on or before completion of the assignment the Tenant enters into a deed of guarantee (being an authorised guarantee agreement within Section 16 of the Landlord and Tenant (Covenants) Act 1995) with the Landlord in the form contained in the Eighth Schedule (or in such other terms as the Landlord may reasonably require due to changes in law) in relation to the proposed assignment and any guarantor of the Tenant guarantees in such form as the Landlord reasonably requires the Tenant’s obligations under such authorised guarantee agreement Provided That where the proposed assignee is of an equal or greater financial standing than that of the assignee (together with any guarantor .of the assignee (but excluding any guarantor pursuant to an authorised guarantee agreement)) at the time of the proposed assignment or the financial standing of original Tenant at the time of the Term Commencement Date (whichever shall be the greater financial standing) and where the proposed assignment will not have an adverse effect on the market value of the Building then no such authorised guarantee agreement shall be required

 

3.60. Subject to clause 3.59 not to assign the whole of the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) which shall be by deed containing covenants by the intended assignee directly with the Landlord to pay the rents hereby reserved and to perform and observe the Tenant’s covenants herein contained including this covenant Provided that (if the Landlord so reasonably requires) the assignee shall provide a guarantor or guarantors acceptable to the Landlord (acting reasonably) who shall covenant (jointly and severally) with the Landlord in the terms contained in the Seventh Schedule (or in such other terms as the Landlord may reasonably require due to changes in law)

Underletting permitted

 

3.61. Not to underlet the whole of the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed provided that:

 

  (a) the rent to be reserved by the underlease shall be the rent reasonably obtainable in the open market without taking a fine or premium and shall not be commuted or payable more than one quarter in advance save that the rent to be reserved by an underlease with a term of Jess than five years need not be the open market rent but if such underletting is not at the open market rent then the Tenant shall provide to the Landlord prior to granting such underlease a letter confirming that the rent is not at the open market rent and that such rent shall be disregarded on rent review under this Lease

 

  (b) prior to the entering into of any underlease for a term of less than five years (or if earlier the parties to that underlease becoming contractually bound to enter into it) the parties to the underlease will enter into a valid agreement under Section 38(a) of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 to exclude the provisions of Sections 24 to 28 of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 in relation to that underlease

 

3.62. Not to underlet part only of the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed provided that:

 

  (a) the rent to be reserved by the underlease shall be the rent reasonably obtainable in the open market without taking a fine or premium and shall not be commuted or payable more than one quarter in advance save that the rent to be reserved by an underlease with a term of less than five years need not be the open market rent but if such underletting is not at the open market rent then the Tenant shall provide to the Landlord prior to granting such underlease a letter confirming that the rent is not at the open market rent and that such rent shall be disregarded on rent review under this Lease

 

  (b) prior to the entering into of any underlease comprising less than the whole demise of the Premises (or if earlier the parties to that underlease becoming contractually bound to enter into it) the parties to the underlease will enter into a valid agreement under Section 38(a) of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 to exclude the provisions of Sections 24 to 28 of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 in relation to that underlease

 

-17-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (c) at no time shall the number of occupiers of the Premises exceed 4 any occupation by the Tenant being taking into account for this purpose (and any occupation by a Group Company of or Associated Entity to the Tenant ranking as occupation by the Tenant for this purpose)

 

  (d) the Tenant shall have regard (inter alia) to the position of the cores in the Building and means of escape from the underlet premises and to minimise the corridors within the Premises and ensure such demise is capable of separate and independent occupation

 

3.63. To incorporate or procure the incorporation in every permitted mediate or immediate underlease of the Premises or any part thereof:

 

  (a) such provisions as are necessary to ensure that the rent thereunder is reviewed at the same frequency (but not necessarily on the same dates) and upon substantially the same terms as for the review of rent under this Lease provided that if is common market practice at the relevant time for the review of rents to be undertaken on an alternative basis the Tenant shall be entitled to underlet in accordance with then market practice and provided further that any underlease for a term of less than five years will not be required to provide for the rent thereunder to be reviewed

 

  (b) a covenant that the undertenant shall not assign charge or (in case of an underlease of part of the Premises) underlet part only of the premises thereby demised

 

  (c) a covenant that the undertenant shall not assign the whole of the premises thereby demised unless on or before completion of the assignment the undertenant enters into an authorised guarantee agreement with the Tenant in the form contained in the Eighth Schedule mutatis mutandis in relation to the proposed assignment

 

  (d) a covenant that the undertenant shall not assign the whole or underlet the whole or (in the case of an underlease of the whole of the Premises) part of the premises thereby demised without the consent of both the Landlord and the Tenant under this Lease which (in the case of the Landlord) shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed

 

  (e) a covenant that the undertenant shall not part with or share possession or occupation of or declare a trust in respect of the premises thereby demised save by way of an assignment underletting or charge pursuant to the provisions hereinbefore referred to (save for parting with or sharing occupation or possession with a Group Company of the undertenant upon like terms to those referred to in the proviso to clause 3.57)

 

  (f) a covenant by the undertenant prohibiting the undertenant from causing or suffering any act or thing upon or in relation to the premises underlet inconsistent with or in breach of the provisions of this Lease and

 

  (g) a condition for re-entry in the form or substantially in the form referred to in clause 5.1

 

3.64. Upon any permitted underlease to procure that the undertenant shall give a direct covenant by deed in favour of the Landlord to observe and perform the covenants and conditions on the part of the Tenant contained in this Lease (save as to payment of the rents hereby reserved) insofar as the same relate to the premises underlet and if the Landlord reasonably so requires it to procure that such guarantor or guarantors as may be reasonably acceptable to the Landlord guarantee such covenants in the terms contained in the Seventh Schedule (or in such other terms as the Landlord may reasonably require due to changes in law)

 

3.65. In connection with any underlease the Tenant shall:

 

  (a) not consent to or participate in any variation or addition to any such underlease (or any of the terms thereof) without the prior consent of the Landlord which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed

 

  (b) enforce all the covenants and obligations of the underlessee thereunder and not expressly or knowingly by implication waive any breach of the same

 

  (c) duly and efficiently operate and effect all reviews of rent pursuant to the terms of any such underlease and prior to agreeing any such review to give reasonable notice to the Landlord of the proposed level of rent and to have regard to any reasonable representations made by the Landlord in relation to such level of rent

 

-18-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

3.66. Within one month after any reasonable written request by the Landlord (but not more than once in any period of 12 months) to notify the Landlord in writing

 

  (a) whether the Tenant occupies the Premises wholly or in part

 

  (b) whether the Tenant has granted an underlease of the whole or any part of the Premises and if so to advise the Landlord of the rent reserved by any underlease and the full name and address of any underlessee and

 

  (c) whether there are any other occupiers of the Premises and if so the identity of those occupiers their relationship with the Tenant and the principal terms on which they occupy

Charging permitted

 

3.67. Not to charge the whole of the Premises (save by way of floating charge to a reputable institution in respect of substantially the whole of the Tenant’s business where consent shall not be required) without the prior written consent of the Landlord such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed

Registration

 

3.68. Within one month after any assignment underlease assignment of underlease mortgage charge transfer disposition or devolution of the Premises or any part thereof or any devolution of the estate of the Tenant therein or of this Lease to give notice thereof in duplicate to the Landlord’s solicitors and to supply them with a certified copy of the instrument or instruments (including any relevant probate letters of administration or assent) for retention by the Landlord

Not to display advertisements

 

3.69. Save as expressly permitted by paragraph 6 of Part I of the Second Schedule not to erect paint affix attach or display any placard poster notice advertisement name or sign or anything whatever in the nature of an advertisement by display or lights or otherwise in or upon the Premises and/or the Building or any part thereof (including the windows)

Insurance

 

3.70. Not to do anything whereby any policy of insurance relating to the Building and/or the Premises may become void or voidable or whereby the rate of premium thereon may be increased where the Tenant has been notified in writing of the relevant terms of the policy and to take such precautions against fire as may be deemed necessary by the Landlord (acting reasonably) or its insurers or required by law and (in each case) notified to the Tenant

 

3.71. Not to effect or maintain any insurance in respect of the Building and/or the Premises (except as to the Tenant’s fixtures and contents)

 

3.72. To reimburse to the Landlord a fair and reasonable proportion of any sum payable in respect of the excess payable on any insurance policy relating to the Building

Notice of damage

 

3.73. As soon as reasonably practicable following the Tenant becoming aware of any material damage to or destruction of the Premises and/or the Store to give notice thereof to the Landlord stating (if possible) the cause of such destruction or damage

 

3.74. In the event of the whole or any part of the Building being damaged or destroyed by any of the Insured Risks at any time during the Tenancy and the insurance money under the policy or policies of insurance effected thereon by the Landlord being wholly or partially irrecoverable by reason solely or in part of any act neglect or default of the Tenant or any Group Company of the Tenant or any undertenant or their respective servants agents licensees or invitees then the Tenant will within 21 days of written demand pay to the Landlord the whole or as the case may be a fair proportion of the amount so irrecoverable

 

3.75.

In the event of the whole or any part of the Premises and/or the Store being damaged or destroyed at any time during the Tenancy by any of the Insured Risks and the amount of the insurance monies received in

 

-19-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  respect of the reinstatement of any additions alterations or other works carried out to the Premises and/or the Store by the Tenant or any person claiming title under the Tenant whether before or after the date of this Lease which the Landlord is obliged to insure pursuant to the provisions of clause 4.2 being less than the reinstatement cost thereof as a result of the Tenant failing to notify the Landlord of the full reinstatement values thereof pursuant to this Lease to pay to the Landlord forthwith the amount by which the actual reinstatement cost exceeds the amount of the insurance monies actually received

Indemnity

 

3.76. To indemnify the Landlord against and to pay within 21 days of written demand all proper costs and expenses including professional fees incurred by the Landlord in connection with all and every reasonably foreseeable loss and damage whatsoever incurred or sustained by the Landlord as a consequence of every breach of the covenants by and conditions on the part of the Tenant set out herein or implied PROVIDED that such indemnity shall extend to and cover all costs and expenses properly incurred by the Landlord in connection with any steps which the Landlord may reasonably take to remedy any such breach and be without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the Landlord in respect of any such breach any such sum arising hereunder to be recoverable by action or at the option of the Landlord as rent in arrear PROVIDED FURTHER THAT the Landlord shall in relation to all indemnities given by the Tenant in this Lease:

 

  (a) as soon as reasonably practicable give the Tenant written notice and full details of any claim

 

  (b) consider written representations made by the Tenant relating to any claim

 

  (c) not settle or compromise any claim without having given the Tenant reasonable opportunity to make representations to the Landlord

 

  (d) use all reasonable endeavours to mitigate as far as practicable any loss or costs incurred by or caused to it as a result of such claim

Landlord’s costs

 

3.77. By way of further or additional rent to pay within 21 days of written demand all costs expenses charges damages and losses (including but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing solicitors’ costs counsel’s architects’ and surveyors’ and other professional fees and commissions payable to a bailiff) properly incurred by the Landlord of or properly incidental to:

 

  (a) the preparation and service of any notice under Sections 146 and 147 of the Law of Property Act 1925 (whether or not any right of re-entry or forfeiture has been waived by the Landlord or a notice served under the said Section 146 or 147 is complied with by the Tenant or the Tenant has been relieved under the provisions of the said Act and notwithstanding forfeiture is avoided otherwise than by relief granted by the court)

 

  (b) the recovery of any rent in arrear or other payments due hereunder

 

  (c) procuring observance and performance of any other obligations of the Tenant hereunder

 

  (d) in connection with every application for any consent made under this Lease whether such consent shall be granted or not or the application withdrawn except where such consent shall be unreasonably withheld or delayed by the Landlord or granted on terms which are unreasonable in either case in circumstances where it is not entitled to do so

 

  (e) any schedule relating to wants of repair to the Premises contrary to the Tenant’s obligations hereunder whether served during or within three months after the termination of the Tenancy

Provided that in the case of clause 3.77(d) such costs shall be reasonable and properly incurred

VAT

 

3.78. To pay all VAT on any sums of money chargeable thereto which shall be due from the Tenant under or by virtue of the provisions of this Lease upon production of a valid VAT invoice addressed to the Tenant

 

-20-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

3.79. For the purposes of paragraphs 12 to 17 Schedule 10 to the VATA neither the Tenant nor any person connected with the Tenant is a development financier as defined in paragraph 14 of Schedule 10 in relation to the Landlord’s development of any part of the land and buildings of which the Building forms a part for use other than for eligible purposes with the intention or expectation that the Building would become or continue to be exempt land

 

3.80. The Tenant is not intending to use and will not use all or any part of the Building for a relevant charitable purpose (within the meaning of Schedule 8, Group 5 (Note 6) VAT Act 1994)

 

3.81. If the covenant in clause 3.80 is breached by the Tenant and in consequence supplies made by the Landlord in relation to all or any part of the Building after the making of an Option are not taxable supplies the Tenant shall indemnify the Landlord against:

 

  (a) any VAT paid or payable by the Landlord which is or may become irrecoverable due to the Landlord’s supplies not being taxable

 

  (b) any amount in respect of any VAT which the Landlord has to account for or will have to account for to HM Revenue & Customs under the provisions of Part XIV or Part XV of the VAT Regs

 

  (c) any consequential penalties, interest and/or default surcharge and

 

  (d) any additional liability to corporation tax on any payment made to the Landlord under this clause

 

3.82. For the avoidance of doubt references in clauses 3.79 to 3.81 to the Landlord or the Tenant shall include references to the representative member of the VAT Group of the Landlord or the Tenant as appropriate and references to the Landlord shall include references to a “beneficiary” of the Landlord as such term is defined under para 40 Schedule 10 VATA

Regulations affecting the Premises

 

3.83. To comply in all respects with the reasonable and proper regulations for the time being made by the Landlord for the use operation security and/or maintenance of the amenity and good order of the Building where made in the interests of good estate management and previously notified in writing to the Tenant PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if there shall be any inconsistency between the terms of this Lease and any of the said regulation then the terms of this Lease shall prevail and PROVIDED FURTHER THAT such reasonable and proper regulations shall not materially adversely affect the Tenant and its permitted undertenants and occupiers of the Premises and their respective visitors gaining access to and egress from the Building at all times (save in the case of an emergency)

Obstructions and encroachments

 

3.84. Not to stop up darken or obstruct any of the windows lights or ventilators belonging to the Premises and/or the Building nor to permit any new window light ventilator passage drainage or other encroachment or easement to be made or acquired into against upon or over the Premises or the Store or any parts thereof AND in case any encroachment or easement whatsoever shall be attempted to be made or acquired by any person whomsoever to give notice thereof to the Landlord as soon as the same shall come to the knowledge of the Tenant and at the request and cost of the Landlord do all such things as may be proper for preventing any such encroachment or such easement being made or acquired

Covenants and provisions affecting the Landlord’s title

 

3.85. To observe and perform the covenants and provisions affecting the title of the Landlord specified in the deeds and documents set out in the Fourth Schedule insofar as they relate to the Premises

Operation of plant and equipment

 

3.86. To operate and use all such plant machinery and equipment as is installed in the Premises from time to time and connected to the Landlord’s Services Equipment in accordance with the manufacturers’ recommended method of operation and not to use such plant machinery and equipment in such manner as to affect in a materially adverse manner the operation of the Landlord’s Services Equipment

 

-21-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Obligations relating to entry and services

 

3.87. At all times when exercising any right granted to the Tenant for entry to any other part of the Building:

 

  (a) to cause (and procure that all those exercising the said rights on its behalf cause) as little damage and interference as is reasonably practicable to the remainder of the Building and the business of the tenants and occupiers thereof carried on thereat and to make good any damage caused to such areas and the fixtures and fittings and stock therein to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord and the tenants and occupiers thereof

 

  (b) to comply with the reasonable security requirements of the Landlord and the tenants and occupiers of the remainder of the Building and where requisite the Tenant or such other person exercising the said rights shall only exercise such rights while accompanied by a representative of the Landlord or the tenant or occupier of the relevant part of the remainder of the Building

Surety

 

3.88. In the event that any person firm or body corporate which has or shall have guaranteed the Tenant’s obligations contained in this Lease shall die or an event shall occur in relation to such person a firm or body corporate of the type referred to in clauses 5.1(c) to 5.1(f) then without delay to give notice thereof to the Landlord and if so required by the Landlord (acting reasonably and having regard to the financial covenant strength of the Tenant) at the expense of the Tenant within 20 working days thereafter to procure that some other guarantor or guarantors reasonably acceptable to the Landlord execute a guarantee in respect of the Tenant’s obligations contained in this Lease in the form referred to in the Seventh Schedule (or on such other terms as the Landlord shall reasonably require due to a change in law)

Registration

 

3.89. To apply for first registration of this Lease at the Land Registry as soon as reasonably practicable after this Lease is granted

 

3.90. To provide to the Landlord promptly following the same being sent to the Tenant’s solicitors:

 

  (a) a note of the title number allocated to this Lease

 

  (b) an official copy of the registered title to this Lease showing the Tenant as registered proprietor

 

3.91. On determination of this Lease (whether by affluxion of time or otherwise) to apply to the Land Registry for closure of the Tenant’s registered title to this Lease and for removal of all notices relating to this Lease from the Landlord’s title

Section 106 Agreement

 

3.92. Not to do anything that would lead to the Landlord being in breach of the obligations contained in the Section 106 Agreement

 

3.93. To comply with the terms of any Travel Plan pursuant to paragraph 9 of schedule 1 of the Section 106 Agreement and any operational requirements pursuant to paragraphs 6 to 8 (inclusive) of Schedule 3 of the Section 106 Agreement details of which have been provided to the Tenant

Tenant’s obligation to reinstate

 

3.94. In the case of destruction or damage of the Premises by any of the Insured Risks or an Uninsured Risk the Tenant will following the issue of the Reinstatement Certificate complete the rebuilding or reinstatement of the Premises by the carrying out of the Fitting Out Works to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord employing such architects surveyors and other professional advisers as shall previously be approved in writing by the Landlord and in accordance with plans and specifications previously approved by the Landlord (all such approvals not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and the Landlord and the Tenant will use all reasonable endeavours to seek to agree the Tenant’s plans and specifications in sufficient advance time so as to permit the Tenant to commence its reinstatement works on the date of the Reinstatement Certificate) (the date of the last such approval being granted in writing being the “Approvals Date”) it being hereby agreed as follows:

 

-22-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (a) that subject to the Landlord complying with its obligations in clauses 4.3(e) and 4.3(f) the Tenant shall bear the cost of the Fitting Out Works to the extent that is in excess of the cost of rebuilding or reinstating the Premises to the standard described in the section of the Specification entitled “Category A Specification”

 

  (b) that the Tenant shall keep the Landlord informed at reasonable intervals as to the state of progress of such works (including the provision of copies of test and investigation reports)

 

  (c) that subject to the landlord complying with the provisions of clauses 4.6 and 4.7 the Tenant will use all reasonable endeavours to complete the Fitting Out Works (subject to circumstances beyond the reasonable control of the Tenant within six months after the later of the date of the Reinstatement Certificate or the Approvals Date

 

  (d) that the Tenant will carry out the works in a good and workmanlike manner using new good quality materials and using only reputable contractors and in accordance with then current codes of good building practice and in accordance with:

 

  (i) any necessary consents and all statutory and other relevant requirements relating to the works or their execution and to the satisfaction of all competent authorities

 

  (ii) (if applicable) the Construction (Design and Management) Regulations 2007

 

  (iii) any requirement of the insurers of the Premises notified to the Tenant in writing

 

  (iv) conditions laid down by the Institution of Electrical Engineers or other regulations of the relevant supply authority insofar as they are relevant

 

  (v) any other reasonable requirement of the Landlord notified to the Tenant in writing

Energy performance certificates

 

3.95. Before instructing an energy assessor to prepare any energy performance certificate in respect of the Premises or the Building the Tenant shall first give notice to the Landlord informing the Landlord of the area to which the proposed energy performance certificate will relate and obtain the Landlord’s prior approval of the identity of the energy assessor (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) who must in all circumstances be reputable and suitably qualified

 

3.96. At the Landlord’s reasonable request the Tenant shall supply the energy assessor with any drawings specifications data or other information that the Landlord (acting reasonably) provides to the Tenant

 

3.97. The Tenant shall provide to the Landlord a copy of any energy performance certificate that the Tenant obtains in respect of the Premises or the Building

 

3.98. The Tenant shall on reasonable request permit any energy assessor instructed by or on behalf of the Landlord to enter on and inspect the Premises and/or the Store at reasonable times and upon reasonable prior written notice and shall provide to such energy assessor such information as the Landlord may reasonably request at the reasonable cost of the Landlord

Car parking and storage areas

 

3.99. Not to permit any of the car parking spaces bicycle spaces and motorcycle spaces referred to in paragraph 7 of Part I of the Second Schedule and the Store to be used other than by an occupier of the Premises which is permitted pursuant to the terms of this Lease

 

3.100. Not to do anything in or about the car parking spaces bicycle parking spaces and motorcycle spaces referred to in paragraph 7 of Part I of the Second Schedule or the parking areas of which such spaces form part or the service roads or accessways leading thereto which would or could constitute a nuisance annoyance obstruction disturbance or cause damage to the Landlord or the tenants or other occupiers of the Building or to the owners or occupiers of adjoining buildings

 

3.101.

To comply and ensure that the Tenant’s visitors comply with such reasonable and proper regulations as the Landlord may make for the regulation of the traffic to and from and use of the car parking spaces bicycle

 

-23-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  parking spaces and motorcycle spaces referred to in paragraph 7 of Part I of the Second Schedule and previously notified in writing to the Tenant

 

3.102. Not to carry out works of repair or maintenance to a motor vehicle or pour petrol or other fuel into the tank of a vehicle whilst parked in the car parking spaces referred to in paragraph 7 of Part I of the Second Schedule

Tenant obligations

 

3.103. The Tenant shall comply with its obligations in this Lease throughout the Tenancy

 

4. LANDLORD’S COVENANTS

The Landlord covenants with the Tenant:

Quiet enjoyment

 

4.1. That the Tenant paying the Rents and performing and observing the covenants and stipulations on the part of the Tenant herein shall peaceably hold and enjoy the Premises during the Tenancy without any interruption by the Landlord or any person rightfully claiming under or in trust for the Landlord or by title paramount

Insurance

 

4.2. To insure:

 

  (a) the Building and keep the same insured in the name of the Landlord subject to such exclusions excesses and limitations as may be imposed by the insurers and as are common in the London insurance market from time to time against:

 

  (i) the Insured Risks in such a sum as shall be determined from time to time by the Landlord or the Landlord’s Surveyor acting reasonably as being the full cost of rebuilding and reinstatement of the Building (and for these purposes “Building” means the Building constructed in accordance with the Specification) and identifying specifically the sums referable to the cost of rebuilding or reinstating the relevant parts of the Building described in the section of the Specification entitled “Category A Specification” (and the Landlord covenants to have due regard to any reasonable request by the Tenant to increase such sums in respect of the Building) together with architects’ surveyors’ consultants’ legal and other fees in relation to the repair rebuilding or reinstatement of the Building (including any cost or increased cost resulting from the requirements of local or other authorities statutes bye-laws regulations or orders as to the method of or design of or materials to be used in such repairing rebuilding or reinstatement) and making due allowance for the effects of inflation and escalation of building costs and any fees and the cost of site clearance demolition and debris removal and VAT on all such sums including any VAT resulting from any deemed self supply as a result of such rebuilding or reinstatement

 

  (ii) loss of the Principal Rent and the Rent thirdly reserved for such period (being not less than five years and not more than seven years) as the Landlord may from time to time reasonably deem necessary which may be calculated having regard to any relevant reviews or increases of rent and to the likely period required for obtaining planning permission and reinstating the Building

 

  (iii) (to the extent to which the same is not covered by clause 4.2(a)(i)) where applicable engineering and electrical plant and machinery being part of the Building against sudden and unforeseen damage breakdown and inspection

 

  (iv) property owner’s liability and such other insurances as the Landlord may from time to time (acting reasonably) deem necessary to effect

Landlord’s obligations in relation to insurance

 

4.3. In relation to the policy or policies of insurance effected by the Landlord pursuant to its obligations contained in this Lease:

 

-24-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (a) to make available for inspection not more often than once in any 12 month period as soon as reasonably practicable following demand a complete either a copy or full details of the policy or policies of insurance with full details of any additions or amendments made thereto and produce to the Tenant either a copy of the last premium renewal receipt or reasonable evidence of the fact that the last insurance premium has been paid

 

  (b) to procure (unless having used all reasonable endeavours it is unable to procure such a policy at commercial rates) that the interest of the Tenant and any mortgagee of the Tenant (or a general interests clause) is noted or endorsed on the policy or policies of insurance

 

  (c) to use all reasonable endeavours to procure that the insurance policy contains terms whereby the insurers will not pursue subrogation rights against the Tenant undertenants or other lawful occupiers of the Premises notified to the Landlord in writing (other than where the loss has been occasioned or contributed to by the fraudulent or criminal or malicious act of the Tenant or its undertenants)

 

  (d) to use all reasonable endeavours to procure that the insurance policy contains a non-invalidation clause

 

  (e) in the event of destruction or damage to the Premises occurring by reason of an Insured Risk promptly to instruct the insurers in writing and use all reasonable endeavours to procure that the insurance monies referable to the cost of rebuilding or reinstating the Premises to the standard described in the section of the Specification entitled “Category A Specification” to the extent payable shall be paid to the Tenant by means of stage payments as the reinstatement works progress upon production to the Landlord of satisfactory evidence that expenditure has been incurred by the Tenant in so reinstating or rebuilding (or to be paid to the Landlord if evidence of such expenditure is not produced by the time the Tenant is obliged to have completed the Fitting Out Works under clause 3.94) and if and to the extent that any such insurance monies are paid to the Landlord they shall be held by the Landlord (subject as stated in the following proviso) on trust for and paid to the Tenant upon the Tenant producing to the Landlord reasonable evidence of such rebuilding or reinstatement to the Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction provided that any monies held by the Landlord in accordance with this clause 4.3(e) shall belong to the Landlord absolutely in the event of the Termination of the Tenancy save insofar as the Tenant shall have incurred expenditure in such reinstating or rebuilding which has not been reimbursed prior to such determination in which case such monies shall be paid to the Tenant on such determination upon production to the Landlord of satisfactory evidence as aforesaid

 

  (f) In the event that:

 

  (i) The insurance monies recovered and paid to the Tenant pursuant to clause 4.3(a) are less than the reasonable and proper costs incurred by the Tenant in the Fitting Out Works (to the extent only that they relate to the cost of rebuilding or reinstating the Premises to the standard described in the section of the specification entitled “Category A Specification”) and

 

  (ii) Clause 3.74 does not apply

then the Landlord shall pay to the Tenant an amount equal to the shortfall in the insurance proceeds from the Landlord’s own resources within 15 working days of provision of proper receipts evidencing such excess expenditure by the Tenant

Reinstatement

 

4.4.

If the Building (or any part or parts thereof) and/or the Premises (or any part or parts thereof) and/or the means of access to the Premises shall be destroyed or damaged by any of the Insured Risks and subject to the provisions of clause 5.4 and to the payment by the Tenant of any amounts due pursuant to clauses 3.73 to 3.75 (and without prejudice to the liability of the Tenant to make any such payments or any amounts due pursuant to clause 3.76) and subject to obtaining any planning permission or other permission or approval necessary for rebuilding and reinstating the Shell and Core Works (which the Landlord shall use all reasonable endeavours to obtain as quickly as reasonably practicable) and to the necessary labour and materials being and remaining available the Landlord shall apply all monies received by the Landlord by virtue of such insurance and referable to the Shell and Core Works (other than money received for loss of

 

-25-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  the Principal Rent and Rent thirdly reserved which shall automatically be payable to the Landlord) in rebuilding reinstating and making good (as the case may be) the Shell and Core Works (which may include aesthetic and specification improvements) with all reasonable speed (and the Landlord shall notify the Tenant as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event within 12 months of such damage or destruction of its proposed reinstatement programme and shall keep the Tenant informed of progress) in a good and workmanlike manner using good and sound materials of their several kinds and in accordance with all planning permissions and consents and all applicable statutes and regulations then in force and any lawful requirements of the insurers and making good any shortfall in the insurance proceeds from the Landlord’s own resources as soon as it is lawful so to do (but not so as to provide accommodation identical in layout provided that the accommodation provided is no less commodious and does not differ materially in size to the accommodation provided at the date hereof) and the Landlord shall use its reasonable endeavours to obtain all necessary licences consents planning permissions and approvals therefor as soon as reasonably practicable and shall procure in favour of the Tenant a package of collateral warranties or third party rights relating to the design and carrying out of such works in a form consistent with market practice at the relevant time

 

4.5. If the Building (or any part or parts thereof) and/or the Premises (or any part or parts thereof) and/or the means of access to the Premises shall be damaged by an Uninsured Risk but not so as to render the Premises unfit for occupation or use such that clause 5.4 applies then (save to the extent that such damage results from the default of the Tenant any Group Company of the Tenant or any sub-tenant or their respective agents servants licensees or invitees) the Landlord shall reinstate and make good such damage as soon as reasonably practicable in a good and workmanlike manner using good and sound materials of their several kinds and in accordance with all planning permissions and consents and all applicable statutes and regulations then in force provided always that such reinstatement shall be at the cost of the Landlord and the costs of or in any way relating to such reinstatement shall not be recoverable from the Tenant directly or via the Service Charge provisions in the Fifth Schedule.

 

4.6. Following any material damage to the Building and/or the Premises the Landlord shall supply to the Tenant at the Landlord’s own cost as soon as practicable (acting reasonably):

 

  (a) the Landlord’s best estimate of the then anticipated date of the relevant Reinstatement Certificate and

 

  (b) sufficient information relating to the Building and Premises (as they are intended to be rebuilt or reinstated) to allow the Tenant to prepare full plans and specifications for the Fitting Out Works

and the Landlord shall update the information referred to in sub-clauses (a) and (b) above promptly upon the Landlord becoming aware of any changes thereto

 

4.7. Following the issue of the relevant Reinstatement Certificate the Landlord shall permit the Tenant access at all times to the Premises through the Common Facilities with or without plant and machinery subject to and in accordance with the fit out guide issued by the Landlord from time to time in order to allow the Fitting Out Works to be completed within six months of the date of the relevant Approvals Date

 

  Obligations relating to Services for the Tenant

 

4.8. To provide or procure the provision of:

 

  (a) the Services during Normal Business Hours and

 

  (b) outside Normal Business Hours such of the Services as the Landlord shall in its reasonable discretion deem appropriate and

 

  (c) such other of the Services outside the Normal Business Hours as the Tenant shall previously request

(having regard to the overall services design standards for the Building and subject to the provisions of clause 5.16) Provided that the Landlord shall be entitled to employ such managing agents professional advisers contractors and other persons as may reasonably be required from time to time in the interests of good estate management for the purpose of the performance of the Services

 

-26-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

4.9. To provide or procure the provision of electricity to the Premises and the Building and (in each case) each and every part thereof designed to receive such to the extent necessary to meet the reasonable requirements of the Tenant and to use reasonable endeavours to procure that the same shall not be less than the Design Standards having regard to all relevant statutory provisions from time to time regulating the supply and utilisation of electricity and the terms and conditions relative thereto from time to time imposed by the relevant statutory undertaker

 

4.10. Within 21 days of receipt by the Landlord to credit against the Service Cost (as that expression is defined in the Fifth Schedule) for the then current Accounting Period (as defined in the Fifth Schedule) a fair and reasonable proportion reasonably determined by the Landlord or the Landlord’s Surveyor of any rebate or repayment received by the Landlord or any Group Company of the Landlord which relates to any Energy Levy (as defined in the Fifth Schedule) the Landlord taking into account in determining such proportion the relative energy performance of the Building compared to other Buildings owned by the Landlord and/or any Group Company which reports as part of the same entity as the Landlord for the purposes of the CRC Energy Efficiency Scheme

 

4.11. The Landlord will pay on the Tenant’s behalf ***% of the Service Charge and/or Interim Sum due and payable by the Tenant in respect of the period from the Rent Commencement Date to and including the date three months after the Rent Commencement Date less one day (but not any VAT due on the same)

 

4.12. The Landlord will reimburse the Tenant **% of any business rates paid by the Tenant relating the period from the Rent Commencement Date to and including the date three months after the Rent Commencement Date less one day such reimbursement to paid within 10 Working Days of receipt by the Landlord of evidence of payment by the Tenant of the same )

 

4.13. The Landlord will indemnify and keep indemnified the Tenant and its permitted undertenants from and against all actions proceeds liability losses proper and reasonably costs claims and demands which are instituted incurred or made by any person by reason of the Landlord’s failure to comply with the section 106 agreement referred to in paragraph 2 of the Fourth Schedule (save that the indemnity shall not apply in respect of the Tenant’s or any occupier of the Building’s failure to comply with the terms of any Travel Plan pursuant to paragraph 9 of Schedule 1 of such Section 106 Agreement or any operational requirement pursuant to paragraphs 6 to 8 (inclusive) of Schedule 3 of such Section 106 Agreement) provided that the Tenant shall as soon as reasonably practicable have notified the Landlord of any such claim and shall not settle or compromise any such claim without the prior written agreement of the Landlord (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)

 

4.14. The Landlord will indemnify the Tenant against and covenant to pay within 21 days of written demand all proper costs and expenses including professional fees incurred by the Tenant in connection with all and every reasonably foreseeable loss and damage whatsoever incurred or sustained by the Tenant as a consequence of the Tenant not being able to use that part of the Premises which projects over the adopted highway on Finsbury Street (the “Projection”) as a consequence of any action brought against the Landlord or the Tenant pursuant to the Landlord and Tenant not having registered title to the same PROVIDED THAT the Tenant shall in relation to such indemnity:

 

  (a) as soon as reasonably practicable give the Landlord written notice and full details of any claim;

 

  (b) consider written representations made by the Landlord relating to any claim;

 

  (c) not settle or compromise any claim without having given the Landlord reasonable opportunity to make representations;

 

  (d) use all reasonable endeavours to mitigate as far as practicable any loss or costs incurred by or caused to it as a result of such claim

and Provided That this indemnity shall cease to apply following the successful registration of the Projection as part of the remainder of the registered premises demised by the Lease (which the Tenant will seek to so register as soon as reasonably practicable after receiving notice that the Landlord has registered its freehold title to the Projection).

 

5. PROVISOS

IT IS HEREBY AGREED AND DECLARED as follows:

 

-27-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Re-entry

 

5.1. If:

 

  (a) the Rents or any part thereof shall be in arrear for 21 days next after becoming payable or

 

  (b) there shall be any material breach non-performance or non-observance of any of the Tenant’s covenants

 

  (c) the Tenant shall enter into any arrangement or composition for the benefit of the Tenant’s creditors or convene a meeting of the Tenant’s creditors (or a nominee calls such a meeting on its behalf) or

 

  (d) the Tenant (being one or more individuals):

 

  (i) is the subject of an interim order under Part VIII of the Insolvency Act 1986 or makes application to the Court for such an order or makes a voluntary arrangement under such Part or

 

  (ii) has a bankruptcy order made against him or

 

  (iii) a receiver is appointed in respect of all or any of the assets or undertaking of the Tenant or such surety or

 

  (e) the Tenant (being a company or partnership):

 

  (i) makes a voluntary arrangement or submits to its creditors or any of them a proposal under Part I of the Insolvency Act 1986 or

 

  (ii) makes an application to the Court under Section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 or resolves to make such an application or

 

  (iii) is the subject of an administration order (whether an interim order or otherwise) made under Part II of the Insolvency Act 1986 or is subject to a resolution passed by the directors or shareholders for the presentation of an application for such an order or is the subject of a notice of intention to appoint an administrator or files a notice of appointment of an administrator with the court or passes a resolution by its directors or shareholders for the filing of such a notice or

 

  (iv) is the subject of a resolution for voluntary winding up (otherwise than for the purpose of an amalgamation or reconstruction which has been approved by the Landlord such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) or a meeting of creditors is called to consider a resolution for winding up or

 

  (v) has an interim order or winding up order made against it or

 

  (vi) has an administrative receiver or receiver appointed in respect of all or any of its assets

 

  (vii) ceases to exist

 

  (f) where the Tenant is a company or partnership incorporated outside the United Kingdom analogous proceedings or events to those referred to in clause 5.1(e) shall be instituted or occur in the country of incorporation

it shall be lawful for the Landlord at any time thereafter to re-enter the Premises or any part thereof in the name of the whole and thereupon the Tenancy shall absolutely determine but without prejudice to any rights of action of the Landlord or the Tenant against the other in respect of any antecedent breach by the Landlord or the Tenant (as the case may be) of any of the covenants herein provided that in the event that the Tenant comprises more than one person then the Landlord will be entitled to re-enter the Premises and the Tenancy shall thereupon absolutely determine upon the happening of any of the events referred to in clauses 5.1(c) to 5.1(f) hereof in relation to any one of them

 

-28-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Payment of rent not waiver

 

5.2. No demand for or receipt or acceptance of any part of the Rents or any payment on account thereof shall operate as a waiver by the Landlord of any right which the Landlord may have to forfeit this Lease by reason of any breach of covenant by the Tenant and the Tenant shall not in any proceedings for forfeiture be entitled to rely on any such demand receipt or acceptance as aforesaid as a defence PROVIDED that this clause shall only have effect in relation to a demand receipt or acceptance made or given during such period as may in all the circumstances be reasonable for enabling the Landlord to conduct any negotiations with the Tenant for remedying the breach commenced upon the Landlord becoming aware of such breach

Suspension of rent

 

5.3. If the Premises or the Building or the means of access to the Premises shall at any time during the Tenancy be so damaged or destroyed:

 

  (a) by any of the Insured Risks as to render the Premises or any part of them unfit for occupation or use or inaccessible then (save to the extent that the insurance monies shall be irrecoverable or the policy rendered void by reason of any act or default on the part of the Tenant any Group Company of the Tenant any sub-tenant or their respective servants agents licensees or invitees) the Principal Rent and the Rent thirdly reserved or a fair proportion thereof according to the nature and extent of the damage sustained shall be suspended immediately from the date of such damage or destruction until (if the Premises have not been destroyed or damaged) the date of practical completion of the relevant Shell and Core Works or (if the Premises have been so damaged or destroyed) until the earlier of:

 

  (i) the date of practical completion of the Fitting Out Works and

 

  (ii) the date which is six months after the issue of the relevant Reinstatement Certificate and

 

  (iii) the expiration of the period in respect of which the Landlord has insured for loss of the Principal Rent and the Rent thirdly reserved pursuant to clause 4.2(a)(ii)

(provided that if practical completion of the Fitting Out Works is delayed beyond the date set out in subclause 5.3(a)(ii) as a result of any act or default of the Landlord such rent suspension shall continue until the date of practical completion of the Fit Out Works).

and any dispute with reference to this clause 5.3(a) shall be referred by the Landlord or the Tenant to arbitration in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996

 

  (b) by an Uninsured Risk as to render the Premises or any part of them unfit for occupation or use or inaccessible then (save to the extent that damage or destruction results from the default of the Tenant any Group Company of the Tenant or any sub-tenant or their respective agents servants licensees or invitees) the Principal Rent and the Rent thirdly reserved or a fair proportion thereof according to the nature and extent of the damage sustained shall be suspended from the date 6 months after the date of such damage or destruction until the date when the Premises shall again be rendered fit for occupation and use (meaning the date of practical completion of the relevant Shell and Core Works and any dispute with reference to this proviso shall be referred by the Landlord or the Tenant to arbitration in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996

 

  (c) In this Clause 5.3(c):

 

  (i) “Damaged Premises means that part of the Premises affected by Relevant Damage (or the access to which is denied) so as to render them unfit for occupation and use or inaccessible;

 

  (ii) “Extended Period means the period equal to the Lost Rent-Free Period commencing on the Habitable Date or the Rent Commencement Date (whichever shall be later);

 

  (iii) “Habitable Date means the later of:

 

  (A)

date on which (following any Relevant Damage) the Building and/or the Premises (as the case may be) have been reinstated to the standard required by clause

 

-29-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  4.4 (in the case of damage by an Insured Risk) and clause 5.5 (in the case of damage caused by an Uninsured Risk); and

 

  (B) (if the Premises themselves are damaged or destroyed by such Relevant Damage and such damage is by an Insured Risk) the date after the date set out in subclause 5.3(c)(iii)(A) as would be reasonable to allow the Tenant to fit out the Premises and which shall be no more than 6 months after the date set out in subclause 5.3(c)(iii)(A);

 

  (iv) “Lost Rent-Free Period means the period (if any) from the date of occurrence of Relevant Damage until the earlier of the Habitable Date and the Rent Commencement Date;

 

  (v) “Relevant Damage means damage to the Building or any part of it by an Insured Risk or an Uninsured Risk;

 

  (d) If Relevant Damage occurs before the Rent Commencement Date then as from the Habitable Date or the Rent Commencement Date (whichever is the later) the period during which the Principal Rent or a fair proportion thereof would be (but for the rent free period) suspended and cease to be payable pursuant to this clause 5.3 shall be extended by the Extended Period or if the Rent Commencement Date falls on a later date than the last day of the said period of rent suspension then during the period commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and equal to the Extended Period the Principal Rent or a fair proportion thereof (as referred to in clause 5.3(a) and 5.3(b) (as the case may be)) shall be suspended and cease to be payable

 

  (e) Any dispute with reference to this clause 5.3(c) shall be referred by the Landlord or the Tenant to arbitration in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996

Determination if damage or destruction

 

5.4. If the Premises or the Building shall be destroyed or damaged by an Uninsured Risk so that the Premises are unfit for occupation or use or inaccessible the Landlord may elect not to carry out and complete the rebuilding and reinstatement of the Shell and Core Works pursuant to clause 5.5 by serving notice to such effect on the Tenant and upon service of such notice the Tenancy shall determine but without prejudice to any claim by the Landlord or the Tenant against the other. If the Landlord shall not have served a notice on the Tenant pursuant to this clause 5.4 or 5.5 by a date prior to the date 12 months after such damage or destruction then either party shall be entitled at any time thereafter by notice in writing to the other party to determine the Tenancy and upon service of such notice. the Tenancy shall determine but without prejudice to any claim by the Landlord or the Tenant against the other in respect of any antecedent breach of any covenant or provision herein contained. Until the earlier of the Landlord serving a notice pursuant to clause 5.4 or 5.5 or (if the Landlord does not serve such a notice) the expiry of a period of 12 months from the date of the damage or destruction in question the Landlord shall hold any Principal Rent and Rent thirdly reserved received from the Tenant in respect of the period from the date of the damage or destruction (on the terms of this paragraph 5.4) in a separately designated and interest earning deposit account with a UK clearing bank and in the event that any Principal Rent and Rent thirdly reserved becomes repayable to the Tenant in accordance with paragraph 5.4 the Landlord will also pay to the Tenant at the same time as any such repayment all interest earned on such sums. Following any determination pursuant to this clause 5.4 the Landlord shall return to the Tenant any Principal Rent or Rent thirdly reserved paid by the Tenant to the Landlord relating to a period which is after the date of the damage or destruction

 

5.5.

If the Premises or the Building shall be destroyed or damaged by an Uninsured Risk so that the Premises are unfit for occupation or use the Landlord may elect at any time prior to the date 12 months after the date of damage to destruction to carry out and complete the rebuilding and reinstatement of the Shell and Core Works by serving written notice to that effect on the Tenant whereupon the Landlord shall subject to obtaining any planning permission or other permission or approval necessary for rebuilding and reinstating the Shell and Core Works (which the Landlord shall use all reasonable endeavours to obtain as quickly as reasonably practicable) and to the necessary labour and materials being and remaining available be obliged to rebuild reinstate and make good (as the case may be) the Shell and Core Works (which may include aesthetic and specification improvements) with all reasonable speed in a good and workmanlike manner using good and sound materials of their several kinds and in accordance with all planning permissions and consents and all applicable statutes and regulations then in force and any lawful requirements of the insurers (but not so as to provide accommodation identical in layout provided that the accommodation

 

-30-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  provided is no less commodious and does not differ materially in size to the accommodation provided at the date hereof) and the Landlord shall use its reasonable endeavours to obtain all necessary licences consents planning permissions and approvals therefor as soon as reasonably practicable and shall procure in favour of the Tenant a package of collateral warranties or third party rights relating to the design and carrying out of such works in a form consistent with market practice at the relevant time provided always that such rebuilding or reinstating shall be at the cost of the Landlord and the costs of or in any way relating to rebuilding or reinstating the Shell and Core Works following damage or destruction of the Premises or the Building or any part thereof by an Uninsured Risk shall not be recoverable from the Tenant via the Service Charge provisions in the Fifth Schedule

 

5.6. The provisions of clauses 4.6 and 4.7 shall apply mutatis mutandis in the event of any rebuilding or reinstatement pursuant to clause 5.5

 

5.7. If

 

  (a) the Premises or the Building or the means of access to them shall at any time during the Tenancy be so damaged or destroyed by any of the Insured Risks as to render the Premises unfit for occupation or use or inaccessible and the Landlord has not commenced the works of reinstatement referred to in clause 4.4 within two years of the date of damage or destruction or

 

  (b) the Premises or the Building or the means of access to them shall at any time during the Tenancy be so damaged or destroyed by any of the Insured Risks as to render the Premises unfit for occupation or use or inaccessible and the Landlord has not completed the works of reinstatement referred to in clause 4.4 within four years and six months of the date of damage or

 

  (c) the Premises or the Building or the means of access to them shall at any time during the Tenancy be so damaged or destroyed by an Uninsured Risk as to render the Premises unfit for occupation and use or inaccessible and the Landlord has not commenced the works of reinstatement referred to in clause 5.5 within two years of the date of the damage or destruction or

 

  (d) the Premises or the Building or the means of access to them shall at any time during the Tenancy be so damaged or destroyed by an Uninsured Risk as to render the Premises unfit for occupation and use and the Landlord has not completed the works of reinstatement referred to in clause 5.5 within four years and six months of the date of the damage or destruction

then the Landlord or (subject to clause 5.8) the Tenant may in the circumstances referred to in clause 5.7(a) or clause 5.7(c) by giving to the other not less than six months’ notice in writing or in the circumstances referred to in clause 5.7(b) or clause 5.7(d) by giving to the other not less than one month’s notice in writing determine this Lease and the Tenancy and upon the expiry of such notice the Tenancy shall (unless the Landlord has in the circumstances of clause 5.7(a) or clause 5.7(c) commenced such works of reinstatement or in the circumstances of clause 5.7(b) or clause 5.7(d) completed such works of reinstatement by the expiry of such notice in which case the notice shall be of no effect) determine and this Lease shall cease to be of effect but without prejudice to any claim by the Landlord or the Tenant in respect of any antecedent breach by the other of any of the terms of this Lease

 

5.8. The Tenant shall not be entitled to serve notice on the Landlord pursuant to clause 5.7 if:

 

  (a) in the case of clauses 5.7(a) or 5.7(b) the insurance monies are irrecoverable or the policy rendered void by reason of any act or default on the part of the Tenant any Group Company of the Tenant any sub-tenant or their respective servants agents licensees or invitees unless the Tenant has complied with its obligations in clause 3.74 or

 

  (b) in the case of clauses 5.7(c) or 5.7(d) the damage or destruction results from the default of the Tenant any Group Company of the Tenant any sub-tenant or their respective agents servants licensees or invitees

 

5.9. If the Tenancy is determined under clauses 5.4 to 5.8 the Landlord shall be entitled to retain the insurance monies payable in respect of the Building whether received by the Landlord or by the Tenant

 

5.10.

If the Building shall be substantially and severely destroyed or damaged during the last 5 years of the Contractual Term by an Insured Risk or Uninsured Risk so as to render the Premises unfit for occupation and use or inaccessible either the Landlord or the Tenant may (provided that such notice does not prejudice

 

-31-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  the Landlord’s ability to recover loss of rent insurance monies) by giving to the other at least 6 month’s notice in writing determine the Tenancy and upon expiry of such notice the Tenancy shall determine (unless the Landlord has completed any necessary reinstatement works required to render the Premises fit of occupation and use by the expiry of such notice in which case the notice shall be of no effect) but without prejudice to any claim by the Landlord or the Tenant against the other or any claim which the Landlord may have against the Surety in respect of any antecedent breach of any covenant or provision herein contained

Warranty as to use

 

5.11. Nothing herein shall be deemed to constitute any warranty by the Landlord that the Premises or the Store or any parts thereof are under the Planning Acts or any other relevant laws or regulations now or from time to time in force authorised for use for any specific purpose

Service of notices

 

5.12. Any notices required to be served hereunder shall be validly served if served in accordance with Section 196 of the Law of Property Act 1925 or Section 23 of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1927 as amended by the Recorded Delivery Service Act 1962 and (in the case of notices to be served on the Tenant) by sending the same to the Tenant at the Premises

Disputes between tenants/occupiers

 

5.13. That in case any dispute or controversy shall at any time or times arise between the Tenant and the tenants and occupiers of the Building and/or any neighbouring adjoining or contiguous property belonging to the Landlord relating to Service Conduits and Appliances serving the Building and/or the Premises or any such adjoining or contiguous property or any easements or privileges whatsoever affecting or relating to the Building and/or the Premises or such neighbouring adjoining or contiguous property the same shall from time to time be settled and determined by the Landlord’s Surveyor or agent (in either case acting reasonably) to which determination the Tenant shall submit (save in the case of manifest error)

Modification of compensation

 

5.14. Subject to Section 38(2) of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 neither the Tenant nor any assignee or underlessee of the Contractual Term or of the Premises or any part of the Premises shall be entitled on quitting the Premises or that part to any compensation under Section 37 of the said Act

Apportionment

 

5.15. Where any question as to the amount or method of apportionment of any sum falls to be determined under the provisions of this Lease (other than any amount or apportionment to be determined pursuant to the provisions of the Fifth Schedule) the same shall be referred (upon application to be made by either party) to and conclusively (save in case of manifest error) determined by the Landlord’s Surveyor (acting reasonably) in accordance with the principles of good estate management and whose fees for so acting shall be added to and deemed for all purposes to form part of the sum to be so apportioned and shall be borne accordingly

Exclusions of Landlord’s liability

 

5.16. Notwithstanding anything in any other provision herein contained the Landlord shall not be liable to the Tenant nor shall the Tenant have any claim against the Landlord in respect of:

 

  (a) any temporary interruption in any of the Services or the supply of electricity to the Premises or the Store or the operation of the Standby Generators caused by factors outside the Landlord’s reasonable control or

 

  (b) temporary closure or diversion of any of the Common Facilities or Service Conduits and Appliances by reason of inspection repair maintenance or replacement thereof or any part thereof or of any plant machinery equipment installations or apparatus used in connection therewith or damage thereto or destruction thereof by any risk (whether or not an Insured Risk) or

 

-32-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (c) by reason of electrical mechanical or other defect or breakdown or frost or other inclement conditions or shortage of fuel materials supplies or labour or whole or partial failure or stoppage of any mains supply outside the reasonable control of the Landlord

SUBJECT TO the Landlord using all reasonable endeavours to minimise the adverse effects of any of the above events or circumstances and using all reasonable endeavours to reinstate and remedy such event or circumstance as expeditiously as reasonably possible AND PROVIDED ALWAYS that the Landlord shall (if reasonably practicable) have previously given reasonable notice of any intended interruption or closure of the nature mentioned above and taken due regard of any representations made by the Tenant in relation thereto

Development of adjoining property

 

5.17. That subject to compliance with the Landlord’s covenants in clause 4.1 and subject to the Landlord or Superior Landlord taking all reasonable steps to minimise legal nuisance to the Tenant the Landlord or any superior landlord may at any time or times without obtaining any consent from or making any arrangement with the Tenant carry out any development or works (or permit the same) of whatsoever nature to the Building (other than the Premises) and/or any neighbouring adjoining or contiguous land or premises whether or not the light or air now or at any time or times enjoyed by the Tenant may be diminished PROVIDED THAT proper means of access to and egress from the Premises is afforded at all times and the rights hereby granted expressly to the Tenant are not prejudiced and the ability of the Tenant to operate its business from the Premises is not materially adversely affected

 

5.18. Any access of light and air now or at any time during the Tenancy enjoyed by the Premises shall be deemed to be by consent or agreement in writing for that purpose within the meaning of Section 3 of the Prescription Act 1832 so that neither the enjoyment thereof nor this Lease shall prevent any such development or works referred to in clause 5.17 and the Tenant shall permit such development or works without interference or objection

Removal of property

 

5.19. If at such time as the Tenant has vacated the Premises after the determination of the Tenancy any property of the Tenant shall remain in or on the Premises or the Store and the Tenant shall fail to remove the same within 14 days after being requested by the Landlord so to do by a notice in that behalf then and in such case the Landlord may (in addition to any other remedies available to it) as the agent of the Tenant (and the Landlord is hereby irrevocably appointed by the Tenant to act in that behalf) sell such property and shall then hold the proceeds of sale after deducting the reasonable costs and expenses of removal storage and sale reasonably and properly incurred by it to the order of the Tenant PROVIDED THAT the Tenant will indemnify the Landlord against any liability properly incurred by it to any third party whose property shall have been sold by the Landlord in the bona fide mistaken belief (which shall be presumed unless the contrary be proved) that such property belonged to the Tenant and was liable to be dealt with as such pursuant to this clause

VAT

 

5.20. Any rent or other sum payable by any party hereunder is exclusive of VAT that is or may be payable thereon and shall be paid upon receipt of a valid VAT invoice

 

5.21. Where under this Lease any party (the “Indemnified Party”) is entitled to recover from another party (the “Paying Party”) the cost of any goods or services supplied to the Indemnified Party the Paying Party will indemnify the Indemnified Party against so much of the input tax on the cost for which the Indemnified Party is not entitled to credit allowance under Section 24-26 of VATA

 

5.22. If VAT is chargeable in respect of any supplies of goods and/or services by any party to the other party under this Lease the recipient of such supplies shall pay such VAT in addition to the amounts (if any) provided for under this Lease and in respect of the supplies made to it under this Lease subject to receipt of a valid VAT invoice

Exclusion of easements

 

5.23.

Nothing herein contained other than those rights expressly granted to the Tenant in Part I of the Second Schedule shall by implication of law or otherwise operate to confer on the Tenant any easement right or

 

-33-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  privilege whatever over or against any neighbouring adjoining contiguous or other property which might restrict or prejudicially affect the future rebuilding alteration or development of such neighbouring adjoining contiguous or other property

Sharing of information

 

5.24. The Landlord and the Tenant agree that they will:

 

  (a) share the data they hold in respect of energy and water use and waste production/ recycling between themselves and with any other third party who the parties agree in their absolute discretion needs to receive such data;

 

  (b) keep the data disclosed under this clause 5.24 confidential and will only use such data for the purposes of ensuring that the Building is run in a sustainable way that minimises its environmental impact.

Conversion Payment

 

5.25. At any time up to and including 31 December 2010 the Tenant may by written notice (or notices) to the Landlord elect for the Landlord to:

 

  (a) pay on the Tenant’s behalf any outstanding or future invoices due and payable by the Tenant relating to the Service Charge and/or the Interim Sum (but not any VAT on the Service Charge and/or Interim Sum and the Landlord will issue a VAT only invoice to the Tenant following such election) in respect of the period from the date of the written notice up to and including the 31 December 2010 (but not sums due in respect of any period after 31 December 2010); and

 

  (b) reimburse the Tenant any business rates paid by the Tenant relating the period from the date of such written notice up to and including the 31 December 2010 (but not business rates due in respect of any period after 31 December 2010) such reimbursement to paid within 10 Working Days of receipt by the Landlord of evidence of payment by the Tenant of the same.

(each payment being a “ Conversion Payment ”, and “relevant Conversion Payment” shall be construed accordingly).

 

5.26. The parties hereby agree that if any Conversion Payments have been made on or before 31 December 2010 to or on behalf of the Tenant the Rent Commencement Date shall be brought forward by the number of days calculated using the following formula:

A divided by B = C (C being rounded up to the nearest full number)

Where:

A = ***% of the aggregate of all of relevant Conversion Payments [(excluding VAT)]

B = £********

C = the number of days by which Rent Commencement Date is brought forwards

 

5.27. As soon as practicable following the 31 December 2010 following the calculation of the balancing Service Charge the parties shall attach a memorandum to the Lease documenting the amended Rent Commencement Date.

 

6. CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999

Unless expressly stated to the contrary nothing in this Lease confers on anyone other than the parties to it any right pursuant to the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999

 

-34-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

7. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

This Lease is governed by and is to be construed in accordance with English law. The parties irrevocably agree that the courts of England and Wales shall have non-exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Lease

 

8. TRUSTEES CAPACITY

 

8.1. Dominion Corporate Trustees Limited and Dominion Trust Limited and/or their successors in title as Trustees of the Ropemaker Place Unit Trust (“Trust”) are entering into this agreement as Trustees of the Trust and as such any liability on the part of the Trustees and/or pursuant to this agreement is limited to the assets held on trust for the time being of the Trust which are in their possession or under their control as trustees of the Trust.

 

8.2. Notwithstanding any other provision of this agreement Dominion Corporate Trustees Limited and Dominion Trust Limited have no obligation to meet any claim or liability under this agreement except to the extent that they can properly meet the claim or liability out of the Trust assets.

IN WITNESS whereof this deed has been executed by the parties hereto and is intended to be and is hereby delivered on the day and year first above written

 

-35-

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

SECOND SCHEDULE

Part I

Rights granted

 

1 The right for the Tenant and all persons authorised by the Tenant at all times:

 

  (a) to pass and repass on foot only over and along the pedestrian accessways within the Building from time to time designated by the Landlord and to pass and repass on foot only through and over the Common Facilities and any part or parts thereof to gain access to and from the Premises and to and from the Store and generally to use the Common Facilities for all purposes in connection with the use and enjoyment of the Premises

 

  (b) to pass and repass with or without vehicles over and along the roads and accessways within the Building from time to time reasonably designated by the Landlord on the Building for the purpose of gaining access to and egress from the car parking space the bicycle parking spaces and the motorcycle spaces referred to in paragraph 7 of this Part I of the Second Schedule and access to and egress from the loading bay in the Building

 

  (c) to use the loading bays in the Building in such locations from time to time designated by the Landlord acting reasonably

 

  (d) to use the compactor in the loading bay in the Building in such location as shall from time to time designated by the Landlord (acting reasonably)

 

  (e) to use such emergency escape routes from the Premises as comply from time to time with statutory requirements and any requirements from time to time of the local authority or local fire authority

 

  (f) otherwise to use the Common Facilities for the purpose for which they are intended

(subject in each case to such regulations in relation thereto as may be imposed from time to time pursuant to clause 3.83 and/or clauses 3.99 to 3.102) in each case such rights being exercised in common with others entitled thereto

 

2 The right of passage and use of all such Service Conduits and Appliances which now or may hereafter during the Tenancy pass or run into through along under or over the Building and/or adjoining or any neighbouring property of the Landlord and which are used or are designed to be used for the benefit of the Premises

 

3 Subject to clauses 3.18 to 3.30:

 

  (a) the right at all times to connect into and use (subject to the regulations of any appropriate authority) the Service Conduits and Appliances for the supply of services and for drainage and to connect into and use such other Service Conduits and Appliances as may from time to time be available for connection to the Premises

 

  (b) the right at all times to connect into and use such of the Landlord’s Services Equipment as may from time to time be available for connection to the Premises

provided that such connection and use does not materially adversely affect the supply of services to other premises within the Building having regard to the Specification and on the basis that any residual capacity in such Service Conduits and Appliances and the Landlord’s Services Equipment over and above that set out in the Specification shall be available and allocated to all occupiers of the Building on a fair and reasonable basis

 

4 The right of support shelter and protection from the remainder of the Building

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

5 The right at all reasonable times and upon reasonable prior notice (except in the case of emergency) to enter other parts of the Building for the purposes of carrying out any works required to comply with the covenants and conditions of the Tenant herein contained and where such works cannot otherwise conveniently be carried out without such entry the Tenant in the exercise of such right causing as little inconvenience and interference as is reasonably practicable in the circumstances to the Landlord or other occupier of the part of the Building so entered and its trade or business carried on therein and making good to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord or the other occupier (as the case may be) any physical damage thereby caused PROVIDED always that (except in the case of emergency) the Landlord may upon reasonable prior written notice to the Tenant elect to carry out any such works on behalf of the Tenant in return for the payment by the Tenant of the proper and reasonable costs of so doing

 

6 The right for the Tenant and any other lawful occupier of the Premises to display its name:

 

  (a) in the Landlord’s house style on the sign board provided by the Landlord for that purpose in the main reception area of the Building in such slot as the Landlord shall allocate and

 

  (b) within the lift lobbies immediately adjacent to the Premises provided that any such signage shall be subject to the Landlord’s prior approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) as to the size nature location and design of the signage concerned

 

7 The right for the Tenant and any lawful occupier of the Premises only at all times to use one car parking space in the area shown edged green on Plans MPC1 and MPC2 20 bicycle parking spaces in the area shown edged yellow on Plans MPC1 and MPC2 and 4 motor cycle parking spaces in the area shown edged red on Plan MPC1 (the Landlord having the right at any time and from time to time on not less than 14 days’ notice to nominate an alternative space or spaces within the Building) provided that the Landlord shall be entitled to temporarily suspend all or any such rights after prior consultation with the Tenant as to timing and duration of the proposed works (save in the case of an emergency) and having proper regard to the Tenant’s representations in relation thereto for the purpose of carrying out works of repair and maintenance to the parts of the Building in which the relevant spaces are located where it would not be practical to carry out the relevant works without such suspension and the Landlord shall use reasonable endeavours to keep any such period of suspension to the minimum reasonably practicable

 

8 The right for the Tenant and any lawful occupier of the Premises only at all times to use the storage area in the basement of the Building in the location shown edged red on Plan MTS 1-5 for the purpose of storing goods and materials ancillary to the Tenant’s use of the Premises (the Landlord having the right at any time and from time to time on not less than 14 days notice to nominate an alternative storage area

 

9 The right to use a fair and reasonable proportion of the riser space and telecoms intake room or rooms allocated to tenants for their use within the Building for the purpose of running Service Conduits and Appliances serving the Premises and/or other premises within the Building occupied by the Tenant or any Group Company or Associated Entity of the Tenant provided that the installation of such cabling shall be subject to the Landlord’s prior written consent such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and provisos (a) to (d) at the end of clause 3.29 shall apply to such installation and consent Provided that the Landlord will manage the allocation of the riser space for the purposes of the use of and connections to the Service Conduits and Appliances the Landlord’s Services Equipment and such telecoms intake room or rooms on the following basis:

 

  (a) space shall be allocated between each of the tenants (and undertenants shall be not be taken into account for these purposes) in the same proportion as the net internal area they occupy bears to the total net internal area of the Building

 

  (b) where reasonably possible separate risers will be allocated to each tenant and will take into account the location of the premises demised to the tenant

 

  (c) where reasonably possible the allocation of riser space to be used for IT purposes shall be on the basis of separate cages within the risers provided that the Tenant will reimburse the Landlord for the reasonable cost of such cages

 

  (d)

the Landlord reserves the right to run cables/pipes and other service media through such risers provided that these shall not materially adversely affect the Tenant’s use of the same and that the

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  Landlord obtains the Tenant’s prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to the location of such cables/pipes and other service media

 

10 The right to use and draw off up to 286.7kW at unity power factor from three of the Standby Generators together with ancillary rights of passage of such electrical capacity through the Service Conduits and Appliances in the Building to the Premises

 

11 The right to use 156 square feet of net internal area within the areas shown edged red on PlanMTS 5-5 (being part of the tenant roof plant space) subject to obtaining consent from the Landlord (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) by deed and containing covenants of the type referred to in the provisos at the end of clause 3.29 to such installation and subject to the Tenant obtaining all necessary consents and approvals) to install plant and machinery and equipment (including air conditioning equipment) together with a right to install and lay associated cabling and other service media (with any ancillary plant and equipment) in under over and through the Building for connection to the Premises and to use the same.

Part II

Rights excepted and reserved

 

1 The passage and use of all such Service Conduits and Appliances (if any) as now pass or run into through along under or over the Premises and which are designed to be used for the benefit of the remainder of the Building

 

2 The right for the Landlord and all authorised persons at all reasonable times upon not less than 48 hours’ prior notice (except in case of emergency) to enter the Premises and/or the Store for all or any of the following purposes:

 

  (a) inspecting the Premises and/or the Store and the state and condition thereof

 

  (b) survey measurement or valuation of the Premises

 

  (c) reading electricity water and other check meters or sub-meters installed within the Premises

 

  (d) preparation of a schedule of fixtures and fittings in or about the Premises

 

  (e) remedying any breach of covenant by the Tenant after failure by the Tenant so to do in accordance with the provisions of clause 3.8

 

  (f) access to or egress from any of the plant rooms or Service Conduits and Appliances included within the Premises and/or the Store or accessed from the Premises and/or the Store

 

  (g) to comply with obligations owed by the Landlord to third parties or with the covenants on the part of the Landlord contained in this Lease

 

  (h) maintaining amending renewing cleaning repairing or rebuilding any adjoining premises

 

  (i) in connection with the provision of Services

PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT such rights shall only be exercised where the purpose for such entry cannot reasonably be achieved without entering upon the Premises and/or the Store and PROVIDED FURTHER THAT the Landlord or other person exercising such rights shall cause as little interference and inconvenience as reasonably practicable to the Tenant or other occupier of the Premises and its or their trade or business carried on therein and as soon as reasonably practicable make good to the reasonable satisfaction of the Tenant any damage thereby caused to the Premises and PROVIDED FURTHER THAT the Landlord or other person exercising such rights complies with the reasonable security requirements of the Tenant or other occupier and where requisite the Landlord or other person exercising such rights shall only exercise such rights while accompanied by a representative of the Tenant or occupier of the relevant part of the Premises PROVIDED THAT such a representative shall be made available at reasonable times on reasonable request by the Landlord and if such a representative is not made available after a reasonable period after such request (or in the case of emergency) entry may be made without such a representative

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

3 All rights of light air and other easements and rights (but without prejudice to any expressly granted to the Tenant by this Lease (if any)) now or hereafter belonging to or enjoyed by the Premises from or over any adjoining neighbouring or contiguous land or building

 

4 The right to build or rebuild or alter or carry out any development or works to any adjoining neighbouring or contiguous land or building in any manner whatsoever (and to authorise any adjoining owner or occupier to do the same) and to let or authorise the letting of the same for any purpose or otherwise deal therewith notwithstanding that the light or air to the Premises is in any such case thereby diminished or any other liberty easement right or advantage belonging to the Tenant is thereby diminished or prejudicially affected and so that any access of light and air now or at any time during the Tenancy enjoyed by the Premises shall be deemed to be by consent or agreement in writing for that purpose within the meaning of Section 3 of the Prescription Act 1832 so that the enjoyment thereof shall not prevent such building rebuilding alteration development works letting or dealing as aforesaid and the Tenant shall permit such matters without interference or objection PROVIDED THAT the person exercising such right shall cause as little inconvenience or disturbance to the Tenant as reasonably practicable and PROVIDED FURTHER THAT the rights reserved by this paragraph 4 shall not be exercised so as to prejudice the rights expressly granted to the Tenant under this Lease and the ability of Tenant to operate its business from the Premises shall not be materially adversely affected

 

5 The right to support and shelter and all other easements and rights now and hereafter belonging to or enjoyed by all adjoining neighbouring or contiguous land or buildings an interest wherein possession or reversion is at any time during the Tenancy vested in the Landlord

 

6 The right to build on or into any boundary or party wall of the Premises provided always that the Landlord or the person exercising this right shall cause as little inconvenience or disturbance to the Tenant as reasonably practicable and shall make good any damage thereby caused to the Premises to the reasonable satisfaction of the Tenant

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

THIRD SCHEDULE

Review of Principal Rent

 

1 In this Schedule:

 

relevant Review Dale   means either the First Review Date or any Subsequent Review
First Review Date   means 30 September 2015
Subsequent Review Dates   means 30 September 2020 and any other date that becomes a Review Date pursuant to paragraph 8
Completed Premises   means the Premises on the assumption that:
  (a)   the Landlord has completed the Premises at its own cost to the specification and standard described in the section of the Specification entitled “Category A Specification”
  (b)   the Tenant has removed all fitting out works carried out by the Tenant or any permitted occupier and made good all damage so caused by such removal so that the Premises are at the relevant Review Date in the same specification and standard as in (a) above and in compliance with statutory requirements
  (c)   if the Premises or the means of access thereto have been destroyed or damaged they have been completely rebuilt or reinstated and fully restored
Open Market Rent   means the yearly rent which would reasonably be expected to become payable in respect of the Completed Premises after the expiry of a rent free period of such length as would be negotiated in the open market between a willing lessor and a willing lessee for the time required for fitting out the Completed Premises only upon a letting of the Completed Premises as a whole by a willing lessor to a willing lessee in the open market at the relevant Review Date for a term of 10 years commencing the relevant Review Date with rent reviews on each fifth anniversary of term commencement and with vacant possession without a fine or premium and for the use or uses permitted under this Lease but otherwise upon the terms of this Lease (other than (i) the length of the Contractual Term and (ii) the amount of the Principal Rent hereby reserved (but including the provisions for review of the Principal Rent) assuming whether or not it be the case:
  (a)   that all the Landlord’s and Tenant’s covenants and obligations in this Lease have been fully complied with (provided that in the case of the Landlord the Landlord is at the relevant Review Date using all reasonable endeavours to remedy any subsisting breach which the Tenant notified the Landlord in writing as subsisting a reasonable period before the relevant Review Date) and

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (b)   that the Completed Premises are available and suitable for immediate occupation and use for fitting out as offices
  (c)   the Store has been appropriately partitioned at the expense of the Landlord and is clear and ready for use as permitted by this Lease
  But disregarding:
  (d)   any goodwill attached to the Premises by reason of the carrying on thereat by the Tenant or by any person deriving title or any right to occupy through or under the Tenant of any business and
  (e)   any effect on rent of any alteration or improvement to the Premises made by the Tenant or any person deriving title or any right to occupy through or under the Tenant or their respective predecessors in title before or after the grant of this Lease other than an alteration or improvement carried out to the Completed Premises pursuant to an obligation to the Landlord provided that for the purposes of this paragraph (e) an alteration or improvement carried out pursuant to clauses 3.32 to 3.36 of this Lease shall (without prejudice to paragraph (a) of this definition of Open Market Rent) not be an alteration or improvement carried out pursuant to an obligation to the Landlord
  (f)   any effect on rent of the fact that the Tenant or any person deriving title or any right to occupy through or under the Tenant or their respective predecessors in title may have been in occupation of the Premises or other premises in the Building
  (g)   any effect on rent of any works to or alterations to the Premises carried out by the Tenant or any person deriving title or any right to occupy through or under the Tenant or their respective predecessors in title which reduce their rental value
  (h)   the provisions of paragraph 3 of the Third Schedule
  (i)   any reduction in the net internal floor area of the Premises attributable to the installation of any circulation staircases connecting the Premises to other levels in the Building
Surveyor   means an independent chartered surveyor with valuation and market experience in the City of London office market agreed upon by the Landlord and the Tenant (both acting reasonably) or in default of agreement appointed by the President in accordance with paragraph 3 of this Schedule
agree or agreed   means agree or agreed in writing between the Landlord and the Tenant

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

2 Subject to the provisions of paragraph 3 of this Third Schedule, from each Review Date the Principal Rent shall be such as may at any time be agreed between the Landlord and the Tenant as the Principal Rent payable from that Review Date or (in default of such agreement) whichever is the greater of:

 

2.1 the Open Market Rent and

 

2.2 the Principal Rent contractually payable immediately before that Review Date (ignoring any rent abatement under Clause 5.3).

 

3 From the First Review Date the Principal Rent shall be the rent of A + B + C where:

A = the higher of the Open Market Rent for the Premises and £*************** and further provided that A shall not in any event exceed £************

B = the Open Market Rent attributable to the rights granted by this Lease in respect of the Store

C = the Open Market Rent attributable to the rights granted by this Lease in respect of the car parking space

 

4 If by a date three months before a Review Date the rent payable from that Review Date has not been agreed the Landlord and the Tenant may agree upon a person to act as the Surveyor who shall determine the Open Market Rent but in default of such agreement then either the Landlord or the Tenant may at any time make application to the President to appoint a surveyor to determine the Open Market Rent and every application shall request that the Surveyor to be appointed shall if practicable be a specialist experienced in the letting and rental valuation of office premises in the area in which the Premises are situate

 

5 Unless the Landlord and the Tenant otherwise agree the Surveyor shall act as an arbitrator in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996

 

6 If the Surveyor whether appointed as arbitrator or expert refuses to act or is or becomes incapable of acting or dies the Landlord or the Tenant may apply to the President for the further appointment of a surveyor

 

7 If the Surveyor is appointed as an expert he shall be required to give notice to the Landlord and the Tenant inviting each of them to submit to him within such time as he shall stipulate a proposal for the Open Market Rent supported (if so desired by either of the parties) by any or all of:

 

  (a) a statement of reasons

 

  (b) a professional rental valuation or report and

 

  (c) submissions in respect of each others’ statement of reasons

but notwithstanding the foregoing the Surveyor shall determine the Open Market Rent in accordance with his own judgement

 

8 If by a Review Date the Principal Rent payable from the Review Date has not been ascertained pursuant to this Third Schedule the Tenant shall continue to pay the Principal Rent at the rate payable hereunder immediately before that Review Date and on the quarter day next after such ascertainment the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord the difference between the Principal Rent paid and the Principal Rent so ascertained for the period from the Review Date and ending on the said quarter day together with interest on such difference for such period at the Prescribed Rate (calculated by reference to such difference or the relevant parts thereof from the date or the respective dates on which the same would have become due had the Principal Rent payable from the relevant Review Date been ascertained by such Review Date)

 

9 If at any Review Date there is by virtue of any Act a restriction which operates to restrict the Landlord’s right to review the Principal Rent or if at any time there is by virtue of any Act a restriction which operates to restrict the right of the Landlord to recover an increase in the Principal Rent otherwise payable then upon the ending removal or modification of such restriction the Landlord may at any time within three months thereafter give to the Tenant not less than one month’s notice requiring an alternative rent review upon the succeeding quarter day which quarter day shall for the purposes of this Schedule be a Review Date

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

10 A memorandum of the Principal Rent ascertained from time to time in accordance with this Schedule shall be endorsed on this Lease and the counterpart thereof by way of evidence only and signed by or on behalf of the Tenant and the Landlord respectively

 

11 In this Schedule time shall not be of the essence in agreeing or determining the Open Market Rent nor appointing the Surveyor

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

Exhibit 10.33

Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The copy filed herewith omits the information subject to the

confidentiality request. Omissions are designated as *****.

A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the SEC.

[Stamp duty paid]

LEASE DEED

THIS LEASE DEED (hereinafter referred to as the “ Lease Deed ”) is made on this 27th day of July, 2012.

BETWEEN

Meriton lnfotech Pvt. limited, a company incorporated under the provisions of Companies Act, 1956 and having its registered office at C-23 Greater Kailash Enclave, Part 1, New Delhi—110048 (hereinafter referred to as the “Lessor” which expression shall, unless it be repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, be deemed to include its administrators, executors, successors and permitted assigns) acting through its authorized signatory Mr. Ravi Bhargav, duly authorized to sign this Lease Deed vide board resolution dated June 30, 2012 of the First Part .

AND

Markit India Services Private limited, a company incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956 having its registered office at 46, Aradhana, Chanakyapuri, New Delhi 110066 (hereinafter referred to as the “ Lessee ”, which expression shall unless it be repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, be deemed to include its administrators, executors, successors and permitted assigns) acting through its authorized signatory Mr. Gautam Moorjani, duly authorized to sign this Lease Deed vide board resolution dated June 14, 2012 of the Second Part.

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

The Lessor and the Lessee are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Parties ” and individually as a “ Party ”.

WHEREAS:

 

A. The Lessor was allotted an institutional plot by New Okhla Industrial Development Authority (“ NOIDA ”) vide allotment letter bearing No. NOIDA/INSTT/05/3999 dated November 30, 2005 for Plot No.B9A, Sector 62, Noida, Uttar Pradesh having total area of 20,000 sq. mtrs (“ Plot ”). Further, a lease deed was executed between the NOIDA and the Lessor on July 31, 2006 for a term of 90 (ninety) years giving exclusive leasehold rights to the Lessor (“ Noida Lease Deed ”).

 

B. The Lessor has constructed a multi-storied building containing three towers, namely, A, B & C with basements and named the building as “Green Boulevard” (hereinafter referred to as the “Building”) in accordance with building plans approved by NOIDA. The Plot and the Building thereon together are hereinafter referred to as the “Property”.

 

C. The Lessor has exclusive leasehold rights over the Plot for a period of 90 years and being in due possession of the said Plot and the Building constructed thereon and, subject to the terms and conditions of the Noida Lease Deed, is competent to give on lease space in the Building and is also competent to execute this Lease Deed.

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

[Stamp duty paid]

 

D. The Lessee has approached the Lessor to take on lease the 3rd floor admeasuring 31,471 square feet and part of the 4th floor admeasuring 20,500 square feet of Tower C of the Building constructed on the Plot (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Demised Premises” and ‘Tower C’ is hereinafter referred to as the “Base Building”) and the Lessor has agreed to give the Demised Premises on lease to the Lessee on the terms and conditions as contained hereinafter. The Demised Premise shall be as per the lay out plan annexed at Annex 1.

 

E. The Lessee or has provided to the Lessee for its inspection copies of land related documents as specified in Annex 2 and the Lessee through its attorney,. has verified these documents and has satisfied itself with regard to the usage of the Plot and the Building including the Demised Premises as per the existing rules, regulations and byelaws of NOIDA.

NOW THEREFORE THIS LEASE DEED WITNESSETH AS UNDER:

ARTICLE 1

EXECUTION OF THE LEASE DEED

 

1.1

The lease of the Demised Premises will commence from the date on which (i) this Lease Deed is executed by the Parties and registered with the sub-registrar of assurances and (ii) possession of the Demised Premises is handed over to the Lessee on an as is where is basis to carry out fit outs (“ Lease Commencement Date ”) and will remain valid until

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

[Stamp duty paid]

 

  expiry of 3 years from the Lease Commencement Date (the “ Initial Term ”) subject to earlier termination in accordance with this Lease Deed.

 

1.2 The term of the lease may be renewed, at the option of the Lessee, for two additional terms of 3 years each (the “ Renewal Term ”) after the expiry off the Initial Term, subject to Lessee exercising the option for the renewal in writing before the expiry of the Initial Term by giving a 90 days’ notice prior to expiry of the Initial Term or the first Renewal Term, as the case may be. If and when the Lessee exercises such renewal option, Lessor confirms that it will execute and register fresh lease deeds, on similar terms contained herein in this Lease Deed subject to enhancement of the Base Rent as defined in clause 4.2 herein below.

 

1.3 In addition to the lease of the Demised Premises, the Lessor shall provide through a reputed property manager (“ Property Manager ”) certain maintenance services (“ Maintenance Services ”) in respect of the Property and the Lessee will be required to pay monthly maintenance charges (“ Maintenance Charges ”) for the Maintenance Services as per the terms and conditions of separate agreement (“ Maintenance Agreement ” ) to be entered into among the Parties and the Property Manager The Maintenance Charges for the Demised Premises shall be payable from the Rent Commencement Date (defined herein below) and as set out in more detail in the Maintenance Agreement.

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

[Stamp duty paid]

 

The Maintenance Agreement shall be co-extensive with the subsistence of this Lease Deed.

 

1.4 The rent free period as provided under Article 2 shall not commence until the following conditions are fulfilled by the Lessor: (i) a service or passenger lift is operational and available to the Lessee for its fit out/workers for access to the Demised Premises; (ii) power and water supply are provided in the Demised Premises on a 24*7 basis; and (iii) fire sprinklers/ tap off are provided. Such date is hereinafter referred to as “ Fit Out Commencement Date ”.

 

1.5 The Lessee shall be entitled to carry out at its own cost, erection of internal partitions, cabins, other fixtures and fittings and other internal alterations and additions which are not visible from outside of the Demised Premises, as may be necessary for the business of the Lessee in the Demised Premises, without causing any damage to the super structure of the Demised Premises.

 

1.6 Super Built Up Area ” as used in this Lease Deed shall mean and include in the total area for which Base Rent shall be charged including the sum of office area of the Demised Premises and its pro-rata share of Common Area in the entire Property admeasuring 51,971 sq. ft.

Common Area ” shall mean all such parts/ areas in the Building which the occupants of the Building shall use by sharing with other allottees / occupant in the said Building including entrance canopy and lobby, lift

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

[Stamp duty paid]

 

lobbies (not lift wells), stilt area, atrium, corridors and passages, area of cooling towers, security /fire control room(s), lift shafts, all electrical shafts, D.G. shafts, AC shafts, pressurization shafts, and rooms, mumties. refuge areas, lift machine rooms, water tanks, electric sub station and transformers. In addition entire services area in basement including but not limited to D.G. set rooms, AC plant room underground water and other storage tanks, pump rooms, maintenance and service rooms, fan rooms and circulation areas, terraces if any etc. shall be counted towards Common Area.

Carpet Area ” as used in this Lease Deed shall mean and include the entire area enclosed by its periphery walls, internal dedicated staircases, toilets area and any other dedicated areas like lift lobby/lobby, electrical rooms, telecom rooms and AHU rooms excluding any common lobbies, elevator and staircase areas, lift shafts, shafts etc., which form integral part of the Demised Premises. The Lessor assures that the efficiency ratio shall be 78% of the Super Built Up Area.

ARTICLE 2

RENT AND RENT FREE PERIOD

 

2.1 The obligation of the Lessee to pay Base Rent (defined below) for the Demised Premises shall commence in three phases (“ Rent Commencement Date ”):

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

[Stamp duty paid]

 

  (a) For Phase 1 -Tower C, 3rd floor -31,471 sq. ft. -The Rent Commencement Date shall be the date falling 105 days from the Fit Out Commencement Date.

 

  (b) For Phase 2 -Tower C, 4th floor -10,250 sq. ft. -The Rent Commencement Date shall be the date falling on the completion of 6 months from the Rent Commencement Date of Phase 1.

 

  (c) For Phase 3 -Tower C, 4th floor -10,250 sq. ft. -The Rent Commencement Date shall be the date falling on the completion Of 11 months from the Rent Commencement Date of Phase 1.

 

2.2 The rent payable for the lease of the Demised Premises during the Initial Term shall be calculated at *** ******************************************* (“ Base Rent ”) on the Super Built Up Area, subject to the deduction of tax at source as may be applicable. It is however clarified that service tax, and/or any other tax, duty, levies, charges of similar nature or description levied or imposed by the government on the Base Rent in future in relation to leasing of Demised Premises shall be borne by the Lessee.

 

2.3

The Lessee shall pay monthly Base Rent to the Lessor before the 7 th working day of each month in advance (“ Due Date ”) by cheque/ bank draft/ transfer (RTGS), which payment shall be routed through the escrow accounts of the Lessor maintained with ING Vysya Bank Ltd., details of which shall be notified by· the Lessor to the Lessee in writing within 1 day

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

[Stamp duty paid]

 

  of the Lease Commencement Date. Payment to such escrow account shall constitute due discharge of the Lessee’ obligations in respect of payment of Base Rent. In the event of any delay in the payment of the Base Rent beyond the Due Date, the Lessee shall be liable to pay interest on such outstanding payment @ 15% per annum calculated from the Due Date to the date of payment. It is however clarified that this is without prejudice to the other rights and remedies available to the Lessor under this Lease Deed and under Law.

ARTICLE 3

SECURITY DEPOSIT

 

3.1 The Lessee has paid an amount equivalent to 3 months’ Base Rent amounting to Rs. ********* (Rupees ************************************ only) as interest free refundable security deposit (“IFRSD”) by way of cashier’s order having no. ******* drawn on The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited dated June 22, 2012 on Lease Commencement Date at the time of signing of this Lease Deed.

 

3.2 The IFRSD amount shall be refunded by the Lessor to the Lessee, simultaneous with Lessee handing over the vacant, physical and peaceful possession of the Demised Premises to the Lessor upon expiry or earlier termination of the Lease Deed with respect to the Demised Premises, after adjusting amounts, if any, that are due and payable under the Lease Deed and Maintenance Agreement by the Lessee to the Lessor. For this purpose. the Parties shall jointly inspect the Demised Premises 15 days

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

[Stamp duty paid]

 

  prior to the expiry or earlier termination of this Lease Deed with a view to identifying any damage caused to the Demised Premises (reasonable wear and tear excepted) which has to be made good by the Lessee.

 

3.3 In the event that the Lessor fails to refund the IFRSD as mentioned above in clause 3.2, at the time the Lessee has offered the vacant peaceful possession of the Demised Premises, the Lessee shall be entitled to continue to occupy the Demised Premises till the time IFRSD is refunded without the payment of any Base Rent and Maintenance Charges and other amounts as set out directly or by reference herein, and shall be entitled to charge the Lessor interest on such outstanding amount of IFRSD@ 18% p.a. from the date on which the amount becomes due to the date on which the same is paid to the Lessee.

ARTICLE 4

RENEWAL & LOCK-IN-PERIOD

 

4.1 In the event the Lessee opts for the renewal of the lease for two additional terms of 3 years after the expiry of the Initial Term or the first Renewal Term, as provided in clause 1.2, the Parties shall give effect to such an option by executing and registering fresh lease deed, on the similar terms contained herein, subject to an increase in Base Rent as stated below in clause 4.2 (“ Renewal Rent ”).

 

4.2

Escalation in Rent: There shall be an escalation at a fixed rate of **% on the last Base Rent paid on expiry of the Initial Term and escalation of

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

[Stamp duty paid]

 

  **% on the Renewal Rent paid for the first Renewal Term if the lease for the Demised Premises is renewed as specified in the clause 4.1 above.

 

4.3 Lock-in-Period: It is agreed between the Parties that the Initial Term of this Lease Deed commencing from the Lease Commencement Date shall be the “ Lock-in-Period ”. Accordingly, if the Lessee terminates the Lease Deed during the Initial Term, (otherwise than as provided in Article 8 and Article 10 then in such event the Lessee shall be liable to pay to the Lessor as liquidated damages Base Rent for the remainder of the Lock-in-Period for which the Lessor is unable, despite its reasonable efforts, to secure an alternate tenant/lessee for the Demised Premises at same or higher Base Rent. For avoidance of doubt it is clarified that the Lessor shall be obliged to let-out the Demised Premises only to an IT/ITES MNC of repute and financial standing. Further, for the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that if an alternate tenant is procured at a rent lower than the Base Rent, the Lessee shall only be liable to pay the differential to the Lessor or the remaining period of the Lock-in Period or if an alternate tenant is procured for a portion of the Demised Premises, the Lessee shall only be liable to pay the Lessor Base Rent for the unoccupied portion for the remaining period of the Lock-in-Period. The aforesaid damages are a commercially pre agreed genuine compensation for the loss to be suffered by the Lessor.

Notwithstanding the above, if this Lease Deed is terminated due to an extended force majeure as envisaged in Article 10 or upon a breach/default by the Lessor as set out in Article 8, the Lessee shall not be

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

[Stamp duty paid]

 

obliged to any Base Rent or Maintenance Charges for the remainder of the Lock-in-Period.

ARTICLE 5

OBLIGATIONS OF LESSEE

 

5.1 The Lessee shall pay the Base Rent payable under this Lease Deed on the Due Date (whether demanded or not) and the Maintenance Charges under the Maintenance Agreement, by cheque/bank draft/transfer (RTGS) payable at New Delhi I Noida and comply with other material obligations as provided in this Lease Deed.

 

5.2 The Lessee shall use the Demised Premises only for IT/ITES purpose and will not carry on or permit to be carried on in the Demised Premises or in any art thereof, any other activity.

 

5.3 The Lessee shall not make any structural additions or alterations in the Demised Premises, unless specifically consented in writing by the Lessor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld and shall be intimated by the Lessor to the Lessee within 7 working days of the request made by the Lessee. Further, the Lessee shall make sure that upon vacating the Demised Premises, the Lessee shall handover the same without damage, save for reasonable wear and tear for which the Lessee shall not be responsible.

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

[Stamp duty paid]

 

5.4 The Lessee shall not object to any transfer or sale by the Lessor of the Demised Premises or the Property. Provided that, the Lessor shall, ensure.(including by executing appropriate documents in favour of the Lessee) that the third party/parties shall be bound by and adhere to the terms and conditions of this Lease Deed and the Maintenance Agreement to ensure uninterrupted and peaceful occupation, use and enjoyment of the Demised Premises by the Lessee.

 

5.5 The Lessee shall not conduct or render permission to conduct on the Demised Premises or common area or parking area any auction or sale or to carry on any form of advertising, including solicitation, distribution of pamphlets or other advertisement materials. Provided however that the Lessee shall be permitted to carry out within the Demised Premises fund raising events for charitable causes.

 

5.6 The Lessee, shall subject to reasonable wear and tear, keep the Demised Premises in good condition. The Lessee shall not make structural alterations to the Demised Premises but shall have the right to complete interior fit-outs as per its requirements and shall have the right to take them on expiry or earlier termination of the Lease Deed.

 

5.7 The Lessee shall be liable to observe and perform strictly the terms and conditions of the Noida Lease Deed, the rent permission obtained in respect of the Demised Premises and NOIDA rules relating to the usage of the Demised Premises.

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

[Stamp duty paid]

 

5.8 The Lessee shall, during the term of the lease as provided in this Lease Deed, pay all electricity bills, telephone bills, bandwidth connection bills, water bills etc. for the consumptions made by it in the Demised Premises, based on the bills raised in relation to such consumption, to the concerned authorities and utility service providers.

 

5.9 The Lessee shall use the Demised Premises for the purpose specified in the NOIDA’s rent permission in favour of the Lessee and the Noida Lease Deed. The Lessee shall during the term abide by all laws of NOIDA specifically applicable to a sub-lessee of a leasehold building in NOIDA designated for IT/ITES use.

 

5.10 The Lessee shall not store any hazardous or inflammable articles/goods in the Demised Premises except in the manner as permitted under applicable laws and shall use the same in ordinary prudent manner.

 

5.11 The Lessee shall not at any time claim any right or interest of any kind or nature whatsoever in the Demised Premises and/or any part thereof, save and except to the extent permitted under this Lease Deed.

ARTICLE 6

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF LESSOR

 

6.1

The representations and other statements made by the Lessor in any of the Recitals and other parts of the Lease Deed are true and will remain

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

[Stamp duty paid]

 

  true throughout the term of the Lease Deed. The Lessor hereby represents and warrants that:

 

  (i) The Lessor is a company duly incorporated and registered under the Companies Act, 1956 and is validly existing.

 

  (ii) Subject to the Noida Lease Deed and in accordance with the rent permission obtained in respect of the Demised Premises, the Lessor has full legal right, power and authority to enter into this Lease Deed and to perform its obligations as set forth herein.

 

  (iii) The execution and performance of this Lease Deed does not and will not conflict with or contravene any provision of the Lessor’s charter documents or any agreement, document, or other obligation to which it is subject.

 

  (iv) Subject to the terms of the Noida Lease Deed and except for the encumbrances in favor of Axis Bank Limited and ING Vysya Bank Limited, the Lessor is the sole owner of the Property and has absolute title, rights and interest in the Property and is in possession of the same and that no other person has any right, title or interest in the Property.

 

  (v)

The Property including the Base Building has been constructed in accordance with the terms of the Noida Lease Deed, sanctioned building plans for the Property and is in compliance with Noida

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

[Stamp duty paid]

 

  building bye-laws, rules and regulations applicable to the construction and upkeep of the Property.

 

  (vi) There is no pending litigation relating to the Property and there is no information relating to the Property known to the Lessor, which may lead to sealing or closure of the Demised Premises or which may adversely impact the intended use and occupancy by the Lessee of the Demised Premises. Further, to the best of the Lessor’s knowledge, as on date, there is no acquisition for public purpose proceedings or litigation or administrative actions or other matters which may adversely impact the intended use and occupancy by the Lessee of the Demised Premises.

 

  (vii) There are no leases, subleases, licenses or agreements, written or oral, granting to any party or parties the right of use or occupancy of any portion of the Demised Premises.

 

  (viii) The rent permission for leasing the Demised Premises to the Lessee from NOIDA and no objection certificate from all the lenders having a charge on the Property have been validly obtained and as on date no other third party approval is required for leasing the Demised Premises.

 

  (ix)

There is no claim, mortgage, lien, charge, right or any other encumbrances in relation to the Property other than an equitable mortgage in favor of ING Vysya Bank Limited and Axis Bank

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

[Stamp duty paid]

 

  Limited and the Lessor is in compliance with the terms of its facilities with ING Vysya Bank Limited and Axis Bank Limited.

 

  (x) The Property is in compliance with the terms of the Noida Lease Deed, all applicable Noida building bye-laws and regulations, environmental laws, electricity laws, fire safety laws, regulations and notifications issued from time to time in respect of the Property including compliance with the terms of conditions of the environmental clearance certificate and consent to operate.

 

6.2 The Lessor hereby covenants that:

 

  (i) The Lessor shall not do any act, matter or thing which would or might constitute a breach of any mandatory orders, regulations and bye-laws (statutory or otherwise) made by the Government, statutory or other authorities including the NOIDA Authority from time to time.

 

  (ii) The Lessor shall, at its sole cost and expense, comply with all future laws that may mandate or require structural modifications or other capital improvements to be performed to the Base Building unless such laws specifically apply solely by reason of the Lessee’s particular use of the Demised Premises.

 

  (iii)

The Lessor shall maintain and repair the Base Building’s exterior and interior public portions, common areas, structure, foundation

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

[Stamp duty paid]

 

  and roof, and plumbing, electrical, heating, ventilating, air conditioning and other mechanical systems in accordance with all government requirements and keep them in a good working condition.

 

  (iv) The Lessor shall be liable to bear and pay on a timely basis all taxes, (including property tax, cess, annual lease rent) to NOIDA, any other charges or any penalties that may be imposed by any statutory central, state, municipal and/or local authorities on the Lessor pertaining to the Property.

 

  (v) Subject to fulfilling the terms and conditions of the Lease Deed, the Lessee will enjoy freedom to peacefully access, occupy and operate from the Demised Premises 365 days a year, 24 hours a day without any hindrance, obstruction and limitation and at no extra additional charge of any kind.

 

  (vi) The Lessor shall provide the Maintenance Services as specified in the Maintenance Agreement through a reputed Property Manager as envisaged herein. The Lessor shall at its sole cost and expense comply, and take all necessary actions to cause the Property Manager to comply, with all applicable mandatory central, state and local requirements.

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

[Stamp duty paid]

 

  (vii) The Lessor shall provide the Demised Premises with water from a reliable source. The Lessor shall ensure that there is sufficient quantity of water which will be of a quality sufficient to meet the needs of the Demised Premises which will include drinking water, water for toilets, maintenance and operation of the systems and equipment and maintenance of the common areas and gardens. The applicable usage charges towards consumption of water by the Lessee shall be included as part of the Maintenance Charges.

 

  (viii) The Lessor confirms that throughout the term of the lease including any Renewal Term, the Lessor will comply with (i) all laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Property; (ii) terms of the Noida Lease Deed and other conditions imposed from time to time by NOIDA; and (iii) terms of all other approvals obtained or required to be obtained by the Lessor.

 

  (ix) The Lessor undertakes to acknowledge and give valid receipts for each and every payment made by the Lessee to the Lessor or his order and such receipts will be duly stamped and signed by the Lessor or his duly authorised agents, which shall be the conclusive proof of such payments.

 

  (x)

The Lessor shall be responsible for all structural repairs and maintenance including interior and exterior structure of the

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

[Stamp duty paid]

 

  Demised Premises, roof space, exterior walls, bearing walls, support beams, foundation, columns, exterior doors and windows, plumbing and sanitary work, and elevators provided by it. The costs of such structural repair and maintenance shall be borne by the Lessor.

 

  (xi) The Lessee shall have the right to install dish antenna at the roof top of the Base Building for television connectivity. The Lessor shall not object for the same in any manner whatsoever and shall assist the Lessee in case any approvals, permissions, licenses are required from local, state or central government.

 

6.3 The Lessee agrees and understands that:

 

  (i) The Lessor or its representatives shall have the right to inspect the Demised Premises with reasonable written notice of 48 hours. Lessor shall, at all times, undertake regular preventive maintenance of all electro-mechanical equipment which shall include, but not limited to, chillers plant, DG sets AHU’s etc.

 

  (ii) The Lessor shall have right to sell, transfer, lease, license, mortgage or otherwise part with possession of the Property. However, in the case of a proposed sale/ transfer of any part of the Property to any third party, the Lessor shall ensure that such third party buyer/ transferee shall execute with the Lessee,

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

[Stamp duty paid]

 

  appropriate documents to protect the interests of the Lessee under the relevant agreements. Further, no such change in ownership of the Demised Premises or part shall adversely affect the provision of Maintenance Services to be provided as envisaged under the Lease Deed and the Maintenance Agreement.

ARTICLE 7

LESSEE’S DEFAULT AND LESSOR’S REMEDIES

 

7.1 Default Defined . The following will be considered a default by the Lessee:

 

  (a) If monthly Base Rent reserved herein and/or Maintenance Charges payable by the Lessee to the Lessor shall be in arrears and unpaid for a period of thirty (30) days after Due Date (whether formally demanded or not), and remain in arrears despite a 30 days’ prior written notice by the Lessor to the Lessee to cure such non-payment,

 

  (b) failure to keep and perform any of the material terms, covenants, obligations or conditions of the Lease Deed, Noida Lease Deed and rent permission, to be kept and performed by the Lessee, despite a 30 days’ prior written notice by the Lessor to the Lessee to cure such failure,

 

  (c) any act of omission or commission by the Lessee which adversely affects the title of the Lessor the Property.

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

[Stamp duty paid]

 

7.2 Lessor’s Remedies . Upon the occurrence of any default by the Lessee as defined in clause 7.1, the Lessor shall have the right to immediately terminate the Lease Deed by giving a written notice to the Lessee.

On such termination, the Lessee shall be obliged to pay the Lessor 6 months’ Base Rent for the period immediately following the termination of the Lease Deed. Provided however that if the default by the Lessee occurs in the Lock-in Period, and after the expiry of 6 months post termination of the Least Deed, the Lessor has been unable to find an alternate tenant, the Lessee shall be obliged to pay the Base Rent for the remaining Lock-in-Period in accordance with clause 4.3.

Provided however that if the Lessee commits a default under clause 7.1(c) or under clause 7.1(b), such that such default adversely affects the title of the Lessor to the Property, then notwithstanding the above, the Lessee shall be liable to the Lessor for all losses, damages, penalties and fines suffered by the Lessor on account of the Lessee’s default under clause 7.1 (b) and /or (c).

For avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that the liability of the Lessee under this clause 7.2 shall in no event exceed the sum stated in this clause. Apart from the above, Lessee shall not be liable to pay any consequential, indirect, business or opportunity losses or damages to the Lessor and shall be entitled to refund of its IFRSD at the earlier of a new tenant occupying the Demised Premises or the expiry of the Lock-in Period.

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

[Stamp duty paid]

 

7.3 In the event Lessee fails/defaults and/ or neglects to handover the vacant, physical and peaceful possession of the Demised Premises to the Lessor upon expiry and /or early termination of the lease in accordance with the Lease Deed despite the Lessor having offered to tender the IFRSD (as evidenced by a copy of bank draft or bankers cheque) in accordance with the terms hereof, then without prejudice and in addition to the rights of the Lessor to avail of the remedies /recourses as are available to it in law for recovering the possession of the Demised Premises, Lessee will be liable to pay to the Lessor, as compensation, an amount equivalent to two times the then prevailing monthly Base Rent payable by Lessee in accordance with the terms of this Lease Deed for every month of overstay or part thereof. The Lessee agrees that the aforesaid damages/compensation is a commercially pre agreed genuine estimate of the loss to be suffered by the Lessor on account of failure and/or default on the part of the Lessee to handover the vacant physical possession of the Demised Premises.

ARTICLE 8

LESSOR’S DEFAULT AND LESSEE’S REMEDIES

 

8.1 Default Defined

The following shall constitute default on the Lessor’s part:

 

  (a)

The failure of the Lessor to honour and perform any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease Deed including the breach of any representation or covenant given by the Lessor in this Lease

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

[Stamp duty paid]

 

  Deed (despite a 30 days’ prior written notice by the Lessee to cure such failure/breach),

 

  (b) A termination of the Maintenance Agreement by the Lessee in accordance with the terms thereof,

 

  (c) any defect in the Lessor’s title to the Property including on account of default by the Lessor vis a vis the lenders who have an encumbrance on the Property,

 

  (d) any unauthorised construction of the Property,

 

  (e) any sealing or closure of the Building as a result of the action of any statutory, regulatory or other authority,

Provide that no such failure or breach on the part of the Lessor shall be deemed ·as an event of default unless and until such failure or breach results in the Lessee being prevented from peacefully and continuously occupying the Demised Premises.

Further, it is clarified that if the Lessor is in default in accordance with this clause 8.1, no event of default on the part of the Lessee shall be considered to have arisen under clause 7.1.

Similarly, it is clarified that if the Lessee is in default in accordance with clause 7.1, no event of default on the part of the Lessor shall be considered to have arisen under clause 8.1.

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

[Stamp duty paid]

 

8.2 Lessee’s Remedies

Upon the occurrence of any default by the Lessor as defined in clause 8.1, the Lessee shall have the right to immediately terminate the lease by giving a written notice.

On termination under clause 8.1 (except clause 8.1(c), the Lessor shall be obliged to:

 

  (i) immediately refund the IFRSD,

 

  (ii) pay liquidated damages amounting to the written down value of the fit outs installed in the Demised Premises as per the value reflected in the books of account of the Lessee,

 

  (iii) reimburse expenses borne by the Lessee in connection with brokerage, stamp duty and registration fees paid in respect of this Lease Deed.

For avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that the liability of the Lessor under this clause 8.2 shall in no event exceed the sum stated in clause 8.2 (i), (ii) and (iii). Apart from the above, Lessor shall not be liable to pay any consequential, indirect and business losses or damages to the Lessee.

Provided however that if the Lessor commits a default under clause 8.1(c), such that such default prevents the Lessee from peacefully and

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

[Stamp duty paid]

 

continuously occupying the Demised Premises, then notwithstanding the above, the Lessor shall be liable to the Lessee for all losses, damages, penalties and fines (but excluding consequential, indirect, business or opportunity· losses or damages) suffered by the Lessee on account of the Lessor’s default under clause 8.1 (c).

For the avoidance of doubt it is further clarified that in the event of termination by Lessee due to Lessor’s default, the Lessee shall not be obliged to pay Base Rent or Maintenance Charges for the remainder of the Lock-in-Period.

ARTICLE 9

ASSIGNMENT AND SUB LEASE

The Lessee shall not during the term of the lease, without the prior written consent of the Lessor assign, or sublet or allow the use of all or any portion of the Demised Premises to any other party. Provided however that the Lessee shall be entitled to do so for its subsidiaries or affiliated companies, subject to the terms of the Noida Lease Deed and the rent permission in respect of the Demised Premises. Provided that in the event of such license or right to use, the Lessee shall be primarily responsible for timely payment of Base Rent, Maintenance Charges and for compliance of the terms of this Lease Deed.

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

[Stamp duty paid]

 

ARTICLE 10

DESTRUCTION OF DEMISED PREMISES AND FORCE MAJEURE

If a force majeure event like fire, (not caused by the willful act or negligence of the Parties) earthquake, flood, lighting violence of any army or mob or enemies of the country or by any other irresistible force so as to render the Demised Premises uninhabitable or renders the use of any part of such space difficult to use for a period in excess of 60 (Sixty) days, the Lessee shall have the right to (i) terminate the Lease Deed and the Maintenance Agreement forthwith and seek return of the IFRSD and other relevant amounts by pay order; and (ii) seek pro-rata adjustment of Base Rent and other amounts paid by the Lessee.

For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that the Lessee shall not be obliged to pay Base Rent or Maintenance Charges for the remaining Lock-in-Period if this Lease Deed is terminated pursuant to this clause on account of an extended force majeure event.

ARTICLE 11

TAXES

All present and future taxes and other levies relating to the Property including Demised Premises viz property taxes, municipal or corporation taxes or any assessment by the state or central government shall be borne and paid by the Lessor. However, the service tax or any other

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

[Stamp duty paid]

 

similar tax or levy imposed or charged on Maintenance Charges and the Base Rent shall be borne by the Lessee.

[Handwritten: Service tax to be Paid by the Lessee. Initialed: SC.]

ARTICLE 12

INSURANCE

The Lessor shall at all times during the Initial Term keep insured the Building and other assets, affixed which are owned by the Lessor at all times against damage by fire, earthquake, riots, floods, tempests and all other insurable risks at its own cost and expense. The Lessor shall provide the Lessee with copies of these insurance policies, if requested.

The Lessee undertakes that it shall not do or permit to be done any act or things which may render void, any insurance of the Property or cause any increase in premium payable in respect thereof.

ARTICLE 13

SIGNAGE, ELECTRICITY, CAR PARKING, STAIRCASE

 

13.1 The Lessee shall be provided space by the Lessor at no additional cost to display its own sign, name plate, logo and its standard graphics on the façade of the Base Building, on the lift lobby of the 3 rd and 4 th floor of the Base Building and at the lobby/landing at the reception (on ground floor) in the Base Building. The Lessor shall ensure that the visibility of such signages are not hampered in any manner whatsoever during the term.

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

[Stamp duty paid]

 

The Lessor grants to the Lessee the right of access to its signage at all reasonable times for the purpose of replacement or change of the same.

 

13.2 The Lessor shall provide, at its own cost, a sanctioned three (3) phase electricity connection of 114 KW of raw power for all lighting and raw power outlets on the Demised Premises (with separate electricity meters installed in the Demised Premises), to operate and conduct the operation of the Lessee, being sufficient and adequate for the Lessee’s business requirements. Further, Lessee shall have the right to enhance the sanctioned load at its own cost. In this regard the Lessor shall sign the relevant papers and applications to be submitted to the relevant government authority. Additionally, the Lessor shall provide 2 feeders (630 A each) from sub LT panel of the Base Building that will provide 362 KW total, power to all power outlets that are connected to the UPS for backup power.

 

13.3 The Lessor shall provide one parking space per 750 sq. ft. of the Super Built Up Area of the Demised Premises (aggregating 69 car parking spaces) to the Lessee in the designated car parking spaces free of charge as set out in Annex 3. The Lessor shall provide the Lessee car parking in a specified manner, that is to say space for one car shall be provided in the open and space for four cars shall be in the covered parking.

Any additional car parking spaces will be provided on payment of ********** **********************.

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

[Stamp duty paid]

 

13.4 The Lessor shall install an aesthetically and good quality steel staircase with a minimum width of six feet to connect 3 rd and 4 th floor of the Base Building to facilitate business operations of the Lessee. The staircase shall be built by the Lessor at its own cost. The Parties shall agree upon the design of the staircase and the Lessor confirms that the staircase shall be constructed within 60 days from the Lease Commencement Date. Further, it is agreed between the Parties that the structure of the staircase shall be in wood and steel supported by concrete pillars.

ARTICLE 14

GENERAL

14.1 Notice.

All notices and other communications under this Lease Deed will be given in writing and shall be valid and sufficient if dispatched by (i) postage prepaid, by certified or registered mail or courier, return receipt requested; (ii) by personal delivery; or (iii) by facsimile, at the addresses listed below.

If addressed to Lessor:

Mr. Surpreet Suri

Director,

Meriton lnfotech Private Limited,

C-23 Greater Kailash Enclave, Part I,

New Delhi -110048.

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

[Stamp duty paid]

 

If addressed to Lessee:

Mr. Gautam Moorjani

Markit India Services Private Limited

46, Aradhna, Chanakyapuri,

New Delhi -110066.

Any Party hereto may change its address by a notice given to the other Party hereto in the manner set forth above. All notices and other communications shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) on the expiry of 7 days after posting, if transmitted by registered post or courier or (ii) on the date of delivery or (iii) immediately after the date of transmission with confirmed answer back, if transmitted by facsimile, whichever shall occur first.

 

14.2 Complete Agreement and Severability.

This Lease Deed, including the attached Annexures, constitutes the entire agreement between the Lessor and the Lessee with respect to the Demised Premises and supersedes any other prior oral or written communications, representations or statements with respect to the transaction contemplated in this Lease Deed. This Lease Deed may not be modified, altered or amended in any manner except by an agreement in writing executed by the Parties. If any provision of this Lease Deed is

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

[Stamp duty paid]

 

invalid or unenforceable or prohibited by law, this Lease Deed shall be considered divisible as to such provision and such provision shall be inoperative and, the remainder of the Lease Deed will be valid, enforceable and effective.

 

14.3 Binding Obligations

This Lease Deed and all rights and duties hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Lessor and the Lessee and their respective personal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

 

14.4 Authority

Each Party to this Lease Deed represents that it possesses full power and authority to enter into this Lease Deed and to perform its obligations hereunder and that the legal representative of each Party is fully authorised to sign this Lease Deed.

 

14.5 Waiver

Failure of either Party to enforce at any time or for any period of time any provision hereof, shall not be construed to be waiver of any provision or of the right thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Lease Deed. None of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease Deed

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

[Stamp duty paid]

 

shall be amended by Lessor or Lessee except by appropriate written instrument by mutual consent.

 

14.6 Governing law, Dispute Resolution and Jurisdiction

 

14.6.1 This Lease Deed shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Republic of India.

 

14.6.2 The Parties shall attempt to amicably settle all disputes arising out of this Lease Deed and the obligations there under (the “Dispute”). Either Party may give written notice of the Dispute to the other Party within 30 days of the occurrence of the event which gives rise to such Dispute or such event came to the notice of the applicable Party.

 

14.6.3 If any Dispute arising between the Parties is not amicably settled within 30 days of commencement of attempts to settle the same, the Dispute shall be referred to and be finally settled by arbitration of a sole arbitrator to be appointed by the Parties by mutual consent. If however, the Parties fail to arrive at a mutually agreeable name within a period of 21 days from the date of the notice for arbitration, the aggrieved Party shall be entitled to approach the court for appointment of an arbitrator in accordance with the provisions of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996. The Parties agree that the arbitration proceedings will be conducted at New Delhi and shall be governed by the provisions of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996. The decision of the arbitrators shall be final and binding on the Parties.

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

[Stamp duty paid]

 

14.6.4 Subject to the foregoing provisions of this clause the courts in Delhi shall have exclusive jurisdiction in all matters arising out of this Lease Deed or any arbitration herein.

 

14.7 Counterparts

This Lease Deed may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which together shall evidence and constitute the same transaction.

 

14.8 Stamp Duty

The stamp duty payable, if any, on the Lease Deed and the registration charges. for registration of the Lease deed shall be borne and paid by the Lessee.

 

14.9 Legal costs

Each Party shall bear its respective legal costs.

 

14.10 Common Areas

Lessor confirms that the Lessee shall at all times during the term, have the right to use the Common Areas of the Base Building and the Property along with other occupants of any part of the Property, on a non-

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

[Stamp duty paid]

 

 

For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD   Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.
[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]   [/s/ Gautam Moorjani]
Authorised Signatory   Director/Authorized Signatory

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

[Stamp duty paid]

 

Discriminatory basis and further that for the Lessee using such Common Areas, no additional charges or amounts will be payable.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Lease Deed on 27 th  July 2012.

For and on behalf of LESSOR

Through its authorized signatory

[For MERITON INFOTECH PVT. LTD]

[/s/ Ravi Bhargav]

Mr. Ravi Bhargav

Authorized vide board resolution dated June 30, 2012

In the presence of Witness:[ Photo]

[Jahwad Singh c/o Redlan Singh

12 Sunlight Colony No 1

New Delhi 110014]

 

For and on behalf of LESSEE   In the presence of: [Photo]

Through its director

[Markit India Services Pvt. Ltd.]

[/s/ Gautam Moorjani]

Mr. Gautam Moorjani

Authorised vide board resolution dated June 14, 2012

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

Exhibit 10.34

Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The copy filed herewith

omits the information subject to the confidentiality request. Omissions are designated as

*****. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the SEC.

Execution Counterpart

INDENTURE OF LEASE

FC EIGHTH AVE., LLC,

as Landlord

to

MARKIT NORTH AMERICA, INC.

as Tenant

Date: as of October 18, 2007

Premises:

Entire rentable portion of the 35th Floor

of the building located at

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, New York


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Table of Contents

 

 

     Page  
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS; PREMISES; TERM      1   
ARTICLE 2 COMMENCEMENT OF TERM; POSSESSION OF DEMISED PREMISES; FIT-OUT WORK      21   
ARTICLE 3 RENT      33   
ARTICLE 4 TAX ESCALATIONS AND BID PAYMENTS; OPERATING EXPENSE PAYMENTS      36   
ARTICLE 5 USE      55   
ARTICLE 6 SERVICES AND EQUIPMENT      58   
ARTICLE 7 ELECTRIC      65   
ARTICLE 8 ASSIGNMENT, SUBLETTING, MORTGAGING      67   
ARTICLE 9 SUBORDINATION, NON DISTURBANCE, SUPERIOR INSTRUMENTS      79   
ARTICLE 10 ENTRY; RIGHT TO CHANGE PUBLIC PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING      86   
ARTICLE 11 LAWS, ORDINANCES, REQUIREMENTS OF PUBLIC AUTHORITIES      89   
ARTICLE 12 REPAIRS      90   
ARTICLE 13 TENANT CHANGES; FIXTURES      92   
ARTICLE 14 RIGHT TO PERFORM OBLIGATIONS      102   
ARTICLE 15 NO LIABILITY OF LANDLORD; FORCE MAJEURE      102   
ARTICLE 16 INSURANCE; INDEMNIFICATION      104   
ARTICLE 17 DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CAUSE      109   
ARTICLE 18 CONDEMNATION      111   
ARTICLE 19 BANKRUPTCY      112   
ARTICLE 20 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES; WAIVER OF REDEMPTION      113   
ARTICLE 21 COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT      117   
ARTICLE 22 SURRENDER OF PREMISES      117   
ARTICLE 23 DEFINITION OF LANDLORD      118   

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

ARTICLE 24 NOTICES      118   
ARTICLE 25 PARTNERSHIP LIABILITY      119   
ARTICLE 26 RULES AND REGULATIONS      120   
ARTICLE 27 BROKER      121   
ARTICLE 28 ZONING RIGHTS      121   
ARTICLE 29 SECURITY DEPOSIT      121   

ARTICLE 30 WINDOW CLEANING

     124   

ARTICLE 31 CONSENTS; ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

     124   

ARTICLE 32 MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

     126   

ARTICLE 33 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

     126   

ARTICLE 34 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

     126   

ARTICLE 35 CONDOMINIUM

     127   

ARTICLE 36 SATELLITE ANTENNA

     128   

ARTICLE 37 NAME OF BUILDING; SIGNAGE

     131   

ARTICLE 38 MESSENGER CENTER

     131   

ARTICLE 39 EXTENSION OPTION

     132   

ARTICLE 40 GUARANTY

     134   

ARTICLE 41 EMERGENCY POWER

     134   

ARTICLE 42 ARBITRATION

     136   

ARTICLE 43 MISCELLANEOUS

     137   

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

INDENTURE OF LEASE, dated as of this 18th day of October, 2007 between FC EIGHTH AVE., LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, having an office at c/o Forest City Ratner Companies, One MetroTech Center North, Brooklyn, New York 11201 (hereinafter referred to as “Landlord”) and MARKIT NORTH AMERICA, INC. , a Delaware corporation, having an address at 360 Hamilton Avenue, 2nd Floor, White Plains, New York 10601 (hereinafter referred to as “Tenant”).

W I T N E S S E T H

In consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions herein contained, Landlord and Tenant hereby covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS; PREMISES; TERM

1.01 A. Defined Terms . As used in this Lease, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

42DP ” shall mean 42nd St. Development Project, Inc., a subsidiary of New York State Urban Development Corporation d/b/a Empire State Development Corporation, a corporate governmental agency of the State of New York constituting a political subdivision and public benefit corporation, having an office at 633 Third Avenue, 33 rd floor, New York, New York 10017.

AAA ” shall mean the American Arbitration Association or any successor thereto.

Abatement Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.01B hereof.

Actual Damages ” shall mean actual, direct damages of Tenant or Landlord (as the case may be) but in no event to include (i) consequential, indirect or punitive damages or (ii) damages on account of loss of business, inconvenience or annoyance.

ADA ” shall mean the Americans with Disabilities Act, Title III, 42 U.S.C.S. §§ 12181-12189 and any amendments thereto.

Additional Rent ” shall mean any and all sums and payments that this Lease requires Tenant to pay Landlord or any third party whether or not expressly designated as Additional Rent, except Fixed Rent.

Additional Fixed Rent ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.01A(iii) hereof.

Affected Portion ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.07 A hereof.

Affiliate ” shall mean (with respect to any Person) any Person who or which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person. term Affiliated shall have correlative meaning.

After-hours Service ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.04 hereof.

alterations ” shall mean every alteration, installation, improvement, addition, removal, demolition, decoration or other physical change.

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Alteration Threshold Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth Section 13.07B(i) hereof.

Ancillary Uses ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.01B hereof.

Antenna ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 36.01 hereof.

Antenna Option ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 36.01 hereof.

Anticipated Delivery Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.02E(i) hereof.

Approved Examiner ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.04A hereof.

Arbiter ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.04D hereof.

Bankruptcy Code ” shall mean the United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. §101 et. seq., as amended.

Bankruptcy Event ” shall mean any or all of the following events: there shall be filed by or against Tenant or Guarantor in any court pursuant to any statute either of the United States or of any State thereof, a petition in bankruptcy, or there shall be commenced a case under the Bankruptcy Code by or against Tenant or Guarantor, or a petition filed for insolvency or for reorganization or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee of all or a portion of Tenant’s or Guarantor property, and, in any case (other than a voluntary filing by Tenant), within sixty (60) days thereof Tenant or Guarantor fails to secure a discharge thereof, or if Tenant or Guarantor makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or petitions for or enters into an arrangement with its creditors.

Bankruptcy Requirements ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 19.01 hereof.

Base Building Contractor ” shall mean the contractor retained to perform the Base Building Work.

Base Building Criteria ” shall mean the criteria for the Base Building Work described on Exhibit C annexed hereto, as the same (subject to the limitations contained herein) may be modified from time to time.

Base Building Work ” shall mean the construction of the Building in accordance with the Base Building Criteria as such work (subject to the limitations contained herein) may be modified from time to time, including all portions thereof that relate to the Ready for Occupancy Conditions other than the Fit-out Work (except as otherwise provided in Section 2.03B(i) hereof).

Base HVAC Specifications ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.01A(ii) hereof.

Base HVAC System ” shall mean the HVAC System for the Building described in the Base Building Criteria.

Base Operating Expense Year ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.03A(i) hereof.

 

2

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Base Systems ” shall mean all utilities, systems and fixtures (including plumbing systems, heating systems, all electrical branches and systems, the Base HVAC System, and all fire safety/life safety systems) serving all or any portion of the Unit other than the NYTC Limited Common Elements (as defined in the Condominium Documents); it being agreed that in no event shall any Tenant Change (including the Fit-out Work) be part of any of the Base Systems.

Base Year Operating Expenses ” shall have the meaning set forth m Section 4.03A(ii) hereof.

Base Year Taxes ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.02A(i) hereof.

BID ” shall mean a Business Improvement District or any successor in function.

BID Assessment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.02A(ii) hereof.

BID Due Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.02C(ii) hereof.

BID Statement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.02C(iii) hereof.

Broker ” shall mean, collectively, CB Richard Ellis, Inc., Ascot Brokerage Ltd. and Studley, Inc.

Building ” shall mean the building located on the Land and known as The New York Times Building.

Building common areas ” shall mean collectively all of the common facilities in the Building and the Land designed and intended for use by tenants or other occupants in the Building in common with Landlord, the other Unit Owners and each other, including elevators, fire stairs, mechanical areas and telephone and electrical closets and riser shafts, walkways, truck docks, plazas, courts, public areas within the property line of the Building, service areas, lobbies, landscaped and garden areas and all other common and service areas of the Building; it being agreed that no portion of the Special FC Limited Areas (as defined in the Condominium Declaration) shall be a Building common area.

Building Insurance ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.01 hereof.

Building Service Employees Union Contract ” shall mean the contract from time to time in effect between Locals 32B and 32J of the Building Service Employees Union AFL-CIO (or any successor thereto) and the Real Estate Advisory Board of New York, Inc. (or any successor thereto).

Business Days ” shall mean Monday through Friday exclusive of Holidays.

Business Hours ” shall mean 8:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M. on Business Days.

Casualty Abatement Period Expiration Date ” shall have the meaning set forth Section 17.01 hereof.

Change Order ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.03E(i) hereof.

City ” shall mean the City of New York, both geographically and as a governmental entity, as the context requires.

 

3

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Cleaning Specifications ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.01A(iii) hereof.

Commencement Date ” shall mean the date which is the earlier to occur of (A) the date on which the Ready for Occupancy Conditions have been satisfied or deemed satisfied in accordance with the terms hereof and vacant possession of the Premises in broom clean condition is delivered to Tenant or (B) the Occupancy Date.

Common Charges ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.03A(iii)(A) hereof.

Common Elements ” shall mean the “Common Elements” as set forth in the Condominium Declaration (it being acknowledged, however, that “Common Elements” shall not include any NYTC Limited Common Elements or any FC Limited Common Elements (as defined in the Condominium Declaration) but shall expressly include the Common Elements Leasable Space (as defined in the Unit Ground Lease).

Comparable Buildings ” shall mean first class office buildings of comparable size located in the area bounded by 34th Street to 60th Street, from 1st Avenue to 8th Avenue, City of New York.

Condominium ” shall mean that certain condominium known as The New York Times Building Condominium formed pursuant to the Condominium Declaration.

Condominium Act ” shall mean Article 9-B of the Real Property Law of the State of New York or any statute enacted in lieu thereof.

Condominium Board ” shall mean, as applicable, the Board of Managers, the FC Board of Managers and/or the NYTC Board of Managers (as such terms are each defined in the Condominium Declaration).

Condominium By-Laws ” shall mean the by-laws annexed to the Condominium Declaration, together with (but subject to the applicable provisions of this Lease) all amendments, modifications and supplements thereto and/or replacements thereof.

Condominium Declaration ” shall mean that certain Declaration of Leasehold Condominium, dated as of August 4, 2006 and recorded in the Office of the City Register, New York County, by which Landlord’s leasehold estate in the Real Property is subjected to the Condominium Act, as amended by First Amendment to Declaration of The New York Times Building Condominium, dated as of January 27, 2007 and recorded in the Office of the City Register, New York County, together with (but subject to the applicable provisions of this Lease) all further amendments, modifications and supplements thereto and/or replacements thereof.

Condominium Documents ” shall mean, collectively, the Condominium Declaration, the Condominium By-Laws and any other documents executed or recorded in connection with subjecting the Real Property to the Condominium Act, together with (but subject to the applicable provisions of this Lease) all amendments, modifications and supplements thereto and/or restatements thereof.

Condominium Obligation ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 35.02B hereof.

Confidentiality Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.04C hereof.

 

4

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Confirmation Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth Section 2.02E(ii) hereof.

Construction Plans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.03A(v) hereof.

Construction Representative ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.12 hereof.

Construction Rules and Regulations ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.06B hereof.

Control ” or “ control ” shall mean either (A) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting stock of a corporation or other majority equity and control interest if not a corporation or (B) ownership of twenty-five (25%) percent or more of the outstanding voting stock of a corporation or other majority equity and beneficial interest if not a corporation and the possession of power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policy of such corporation or other entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by statute or according to the provisions of a contract or other agreement.

Costs of Fit-out Work ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.03B(i) hereof.

CPI ” shall mean “The Consumer Price Index (New Series) (Base Period 1982 84=100) (all items for all urban consumers for New York Northeastern New Jersey (CPI U) Area)” as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the United States Department of Labor or if the same is discontinued, a replacement index published by the Department of Labor or other applicable Governmental Authority, appropriately adjusted. In the event that the CPI is converted to a different standard reference base or otherwise revised, the determination of those increases provided for herein to be made with reference to the CPI shall be made with the use of such conversion factor, formula or table for converting the CPI as may be published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics or, if said Bureau shall not publish the same, then with the use of such conversion factor, formula or table as may be published by Prentice Hall, Inc., or any other nationally recognized publisher of similar statistical information reasonably selected by Landlord and reasonably approved by Tenant. If the CPI ceases to be published, and there is no successor thereto, such other index as Landlord and Tenant shall agree upon in writing shall be substituted for the CPI.

Delivery Condition Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.02E(i) hereof.

Demised Premises ” or “ Premises ” during the Initial Term, shall be deemed to mean the 31,753 RSF on the 35 th floor of the Building as substantially shown on Exhibit A annexed hereto and made a part hereof, taking into account any reduction or increase in the space comprising the Demised Premises pursuant to the terms hereof.

Design Guidelines ” shall mean the guidelines for any Tenant Change as set forth on Exhibit D annexed hereto and made a part hereof, as the same may (subject to the provisions of this Lease) be modified from time to time.

DUO ” shall mean the Design, Use and Operating Requirements which are attached to Ground Lease as Exhibits are incorporated herein by reference.

EDC ” shall mean the New York City Economic Development Corporation or any successor thereto.

Electric Rates ” shall have the meaning set Section 7.04 hereof.

 

5

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Electrical Capacity ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.01 hereof.

Electrical Work ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.03B hereof.

Electricity Additional Rent ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.01A hereof.

Elevator Specifications ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.01A(i) hereof.

Emergency Generators ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 41.01A hereof.

Environmental Laws ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 34.02 hereof.

ESDC ” shall mean The New York State Urban Development Corporation d/b/a Empire State Development Corporation, or any successor thereto.

Estimated BID Statement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.02C(ii) hereof.

Estimated Operating Expense Statement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.03B(ii) hereof.

Estimated Tax Statement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.02B(ii) hereof.

Excess Work Allowance Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.03B(iii) hereof.

Excluded Taxes ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.02A(v) hereof.

Execution Date ” shall mean the date upon which this Lease is fully executed and unconditionally delivered by both parties hereto as set forth in Section 43.15 hereof.

Exempt Transaction ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.01D hereof.

Existing L/C ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 29.010 hereof.

Expiration Date ” shall mean the Stated Expiration Date or, if the Term is renewed as provided in Article 39 hereof, the Stated Extension Term Expiration Date, or the date upon which the Term of this Lease shall otherwise terminate sooner pursuant to any of the terms of this Lease or pursuant to law.

Extension Election Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 39.01 hereof.

Extension Option ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 39.01 hereof.

Extension Term ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 39.01 hereof.

Extension Term Commencement Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 39.01 hereof.

Extension Threshold Conditions ” shall mean the following conditions are satisfied in full as of the date of the Extension Notice and as of the Extension Term Commencement Date:

 

6

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(A) Tenant is leasing directly from Landlord the entire Demised Premises, (B) Tenant Entities are actual occupancy ( i.e. , exclusive of assignees, subtenants or other occupants which are not Tenant Entities) of at least eighty percent (80%) of the RSF of the Demised Premises, (C) no tenant under a Priority Lease has exercised its right under such Priority Lease to lease all or a part of the Demised Premises and (D) there shall be no monetary default or material non-monetary default by Tenant under this Lease, in each case, beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure periods, if any.

FF&E Work ” shall refer to the work and alterations which Tenant shall be responsible to perform and to pay for at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (it being agreed that the cost of which work and alterations shall not be paid out of the Work Allowance, the Rentalized Amount or the Excess Work Allowance Amount unless such FF&E Work is expressly included in the Fit-out Work) to provide furniture, fixtures and equipment for the Demised Premises (including telephones, computers, monitors, data center equipment, networking equipment, movable work stations, office equipment, radios and related equipment, and/or audio visual equipment) to be installed in connection with Tenant’s preparation of the Demised Premises for Tenant’s initial occupancy thereof or otherwise.

Fit-out Work ” shall mean those alterations consisting of all of the materials and work (excluding the FF&E Work, other than such portions thereof as Landlord expressly agrees to perform as part of the Fit-out Work), required to construct and finish (A) the Demised Premises for Tenant’s initial occupancy thereof, subject to and in accordance with the terms and limitations contained herein and (B) the Restroom Upgrade Work, in each instance, (1) substantially as shown on the Construction Plans, and (2) together with such changes thereto as may be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.03 hereof or as mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant.

Fit-out Work Construction Hours ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.03E(i) hereof.

Final Working Drawings ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.02A(i)(A) hereof.

First Rent Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.01A(i)(A) hereof.

Fixed Rent ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.01A hereof.

Fixtures ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.10A hereof.

Force Majeure ” shall mean any delays resulting from any causes beyond Landlord’s or Tenant’s reasonable control, as the case may be, including governmental regulation, governmental restriction, strike, labor dispute, riot, inability to obtain materials or supplies (exclusive of delays inherent in ordering Long Lead Items), acts of God, war, terrorist or bio-chemical attack, fire or other casualty and other like circumstances. Under no circumstances shall the non-payment of money or a failure attributable to a lack of funds be deemed to be (or to have caused) an event of Force Majeure nor shall weather conditions which are reasonably anticipatable as to frequency, duration and severity in their season of occurrence be deemed an event of Force Majeure. For purposes of this Lease, Force Majeure delays shall be deemed to exist only if Landlord or Tenant (as the case may be) promptly notifies the other party in writing of such delay and, after such initial notification promptly after request of the other party, Landlord or Tenant (as the case may be) notifies the other party of the status of such delay. Each party shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate the delay caused by any event of Force Majeure to the extent reasonably commercially practicable, but without the necessity of

 

7

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

employing overtime or premium pay labor unless such party elects to do so within its sole discretion or unless the other party elects to pay for such overtime or premium pay labor.

Full Taxes ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Unit Ground Lease.

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles (consistently applied).

Governmental Authority ” shall mean the United States of America, the State of New York, the City of New York, any political subdivision thereof and any agency, department, commission, board, bureau or instrumentality of any of the foregoing, or any quasi-governmental authority, now existing or hereafter created, having jurisdiction over the Real Property or any portion thereof.

Ground Lease ” shall mean that certain Agreement of Lease, dated as of December 12, 2001, originally between 42DP, as landlord, and NYTB, as tenant, as the same has been amended by the Tri-Party Agreement or otherwise prior to the date hereof, assigned and as may (subject to the provisions of this Lease) be further amended, modified, supplemented, severed and/or restated from time to time.

Ground Lease Landlord ” shall mean the then landlord under the Ground Lease.

Guarantor ” shall mean Market Group Limited, a limited liability company, duly incorporated in England and Wales and subsisting under English law.

Hard Costs ” shall mean all labor costs and all forms of demolition, construction, materials, alterations and decoration work included in the Premises as part of any Tenant Changes (but not any costs relating to FF&E Work or Costs of Fit-out Work).

Hazardous Materials ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 34.02 hereof.

Holidays ” or “ holidays ” shall mean all Building Service Employees Union Contract holidays of general applicability to all employees.

HVAC ” shall mean heating, ventilation and air-conditioning.

Improvements ” shall mean the Unit, and any building machinery, equipment and fixtures (including Base Systems) affixed to and forming a part of the Building (including the Unit and the Common Elements), which may be erected or located wholly or partially on the Building during the Term of this Lease by or on behalf of any Condominium Board, Landlord, Tenant or any subtenant or any other occupant, but excluding any personal property owned or leased by Landlord, Tenant (including Tenant’s Property) or any subtenant or any other occupant.

Incoming Deliveries ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 38.03 hereof.

Indemnified Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.07C hereof.

Indemnified Party Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.07C hereof.

Indemnifying Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.07C hereof.

 

8

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Indemnitees ” shall mean Landlord, each other Landlord and their respective partners, shareholders, officers, directors, members, employees, agents and contractors, the Public Parties, the Ground Lease Landlord, the Superior Lessors and the Superior Mortgagees.

Initial Term ” shall mean the initial term of this Lease commencing on the Commencement Date and ending on the Stated Expiration Date.

Insurance Requirements ” shall mean all customary requirements, now or hereinafter in effect, of any insurance policy covering or applicable to all or any part of the Real Property, the Building, the Unit or the Demised Premises or the use thereof, all requirements of the issuer of any such policy and all orders, rules, regulations, and other customary requirements of the Insurance Services Office, Inc. or any other body exercising the same or similar functions and having jurisdiction of all or any part of the Real Property, the Building, the Unit or the Demised Premises.

Interest Rate ” shall mean the Prime Rate plus three percent (3%) per annum.

Issuing Bank ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 29.01B hereof.

Land ” shall mean the land described in Exhibit B annexed hereto and made a part hereof, in the Borough of Manhattan, City, County and State of New York.

Landlord ” as of the Execution Date, shall mean FC Eighth Ave., LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, having an office at c/o Forest City Ratner Companies, One MetroTech Center North, Brooklyn, New York 11201, and thereafter, shall mean only the owner, at the time in question, of the Unit or that portion of the Unit of which the Demised Premises are a part, or of a lease of the Unit or that portion of the Unit of which the Demised Premises are a part.

Landlord Delay ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.02H(ii) hereof.

Landlord Entity ” shall mean the named Landlord herein ( i.e. , FC Eighth Ave., LLC) and Affiliates of Landlord and after any transfer of Landlord’s interest herein, the then landlord and the Affiliates of the then landlord.

Landlord Party ” shall mean a Landlord Entity and any principal, partner, member, officer, stockholder, director, trustees, employee or agent of a Landlord Entity or of any partner or member of any Person constituting a Landlord Entity or any other direct or indirect holder of an }ownership interest in Landlord, disclosed or undisclosed.

Landlord Services ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.01A hereof.

Landlord’s Consultant ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.02A(ii) hereof.

Landlord’s Profit ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.08 hereof.

Landlord’s Reletting Costs ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.08 hereof.

Landlord’s Statement ” shall mean, as applicable, a BID Statement, an Operating Expense Statement or a Tax Statement.

Landlord’s Violation ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.08B hereof.

 

9

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Lease Guaranty ” shall mean certain Lease Guaranty of Payment and Performance, dated as of the Execution Date, given by Guarantor in favor of Landlord, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented, and/or restated from time to time.

Legal Requirements ” shall mean all laws, statutes and ordinances (including all building codes and zoning regulations and ordinances) and the orders, rules, regulations, directives and requirements of all Governmental Authorities, which may be applicable to or affecting this Lease, the Real Property, the Demised Premises, the Building, the Unit and/or the Common Elements or the use or occupancy thereof, whether now or hereafter enacted or in force, ordinary or extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen and all requirements, obligations and conditions of all instruments of record relating to the Real Property.

List ” shall mean, collectively, as updated from time to time, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC and/or on any other similar list maintained by OFAC pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order or regulation.

Long Lead Item ” shall mean any item which is not a stock item and must be specially manufactured, fabricated or installed or is of such an unusual, delicate or fragile nature that, in any such case, there is a substantial risk that (A) there will be a delay in its manufacture, fabrication, delivery or installation, or (B) after delivery, such item will need to be reshipped or redelivered or repaired so that in Landlord’s reasonable judgment the item in question cannot be completed when the standard items are completed even though the item in question is (1) ordered together with the other items required and (2) installed or performed (after the manufacture or fabrication thereof) in the order and sequence that such item and other items are normally installed or performed in accordance with good construction practice. hereof.

Long Lead Item List ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.03A(xi) hereof.

Major Alterations ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.01A(iv) hereof.

Mast ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 36.01 hereof.

Material Alterations ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.01A(iii) hereof.

Material Tenant Changes ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.01B hereof.

Messenger Center ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 38.01 hereof.

Messenger Center Operating Hours ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 38.02 hereof.

Mid-Rise Elevator Bank ” shall mean the passenger elevators in the Building serving the Mid-Rise Floors, which Mid-Rise Elevator Bank shall at all times contain not less than eight (8) elevator cabs.

Mid-Rise Floors ” shall mean 29th through 43rd floors of the Building.

Milestone Date Agreements ” shall mean one or more agreements in recordable form, stating, among other things, as applicable, the Commencement Date, the Rent Commencement Date, and/or the Stated Date (and other dates, obligations or rights of the parties which may be affected by the determination of such dates).

 

10

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Net Effective Price ” shall mean all sums and other consideration to be paid to Tenant (or any subtenant) by the assignee for, or by reason of, the assignment of this Lease less the present value (discounted at the Prime Rate, compounded monthly) of the amortized cost (such cost to be amortized over the remainder of the Term (or the term of a sublease, as the case may be) as of the proposed effective date of such assignment on a straight line basis with interest thereon at the Prime Rate) of any tenant construction allowances and cost of work to be performed by or on behalf Tenant specifically to prepare the Premises (or the sublet premises) for occupancy by such assignee; it being expressly agreed that no portion of the Costs of Fit-out Work, the FF&E Work or the cost of any other Tenant Changes or other alterations not specifically made by or on behalf of Tenant (or any subtenant) in order to prepare the Premises (or the sublet premises) for occupancy by such assignee shall be included in calculating the Net Effective Price hereunder.

Net Effective Rent ” shall mean an amount on a pro rated RSF basis equal to (a) the fixed rent, escalations for operating expenses and real estate taxes and other additional rent provided under a proposed sublease or a term sheet (as the case may be) less (b) the amortized cost (such cost to be amortized over the proposed term of the sublease on a straight line basis with interest thereon at the Prime Rate) or any free rent or subtenant construction allowances to be provided to the proposed subtenant and the cost of any Tenant Changes or other alterations specifically made by or on behalf of Tenant (or any subtenant) in order to prepare any sublet space for occupancy; it being expressly agreed that no portion of the Costs of Fit-out Work, the FF&E Work, the cost of any other Tenant Changes or other alterations not specifically made by or on behalf of Tenant (or a subtenant) in order to prepare any sublet space for occupancy shall be included in calculating the Net Effective Rent hereunder.

Net Rent ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 20.05(c) hereof.

Non-Extension Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 38.01B(i) hereof.

notices ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 24.01 hereof.

NYTB ” shall mean New York Times Building LLC.

NYTC ” shall mean New York Times Company and its successors and assigns.

NYTC Unit ” shall mean the space demised to NYTREC from time to time pursuant to that certain Agreement of Sublease, dated as of December 12, 2001, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented and/or restated from time to time.

NYTREC ” shall mean NYT Real Estate Company LLC and its successors and assigns.

Occupancy Date ” shall mean the date upon which Tenant first opens for the normal conduct of business in the Demised Premises; it being expressly understood and agreed that the performance of any FF&E Work, and/or the presence of Tenant’s technical people in any portion of the Demised Premises, to install and test the operation of Tenant’s computer and other systems and equipment shall not be deemed the conduct of business by Tenant.

OFAC ” shall mean the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the Department of the Treasury.

Offer ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.04A(i) hereof.

 

11

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Operating Expense Statement ” shall have Section 4.03B(iii) hereof. meaning set m “Operating Expense Year” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.03A(iv) hereof.

Operating Expenses ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.03A(iii) hereof.

Operational Hazardous Materials ” shall mean any Hazardous Materials which are normally or reasonably used in the operation, maintenance or use of a Comparable Building, provided that the same are permitted to be used in such operation, maintenance or use by Legal Requirements and/or Insurance Requirements and are used, stored and disposed of in compliance in all material respects with Legal Requirements and/or Insurance Requirements, including use of fuels, heating oil, lubricants, pesticides, cleaning materials, paint and paint thinners, asphalt, caulks, and chemicals commonly used in connection with heating, plumbing, mechanical and electrical systems and in photocopying machines, computers, word processing equipment and other business machines.

Operation of the Property ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.03A(iii)(B) hereof.

Organized Crime Figure ” shall mean any Person (A) who has been convicted in a criminal proceeding for a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude or that is an organized crime figure or is reputed to have substantial business or other affiliations with an organized crime figure, or (B) who, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, a Person who has been convicted in a criminal proceeding for a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude or that is an organized crime figure or is reputed to have substantial business or other affiliations with an organized crime figure. The determination as to whether any Person is an organized crime figure or is reputed to have substantial business or other affiliations with an organized crime figure shall be within the sole discretion of Landlord (which discretion shall be exercised in good faith) or as determined by the Ground Lease Landlord in accordance with the terms of the Ground Lease.

Original Tenant ” shall mean the tenant named herein ( i.e. , Markit North America, Inc., a Delaware corporation).

Outgoing Deliveries ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 38.04 hereof.

Outline Specifications ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.03A(i) hereof.

Outside Reserve Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.05 hereof.

Overdue Payment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.03 hereof.

Partnership Tenant ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 25.01 hereof.

Permits ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.04A hereof.

Permitted Entity ” shall mean Original Tenant or a Successor to Original Tenant and/or an Affiliate of Original Tenant.

Permitted Tenant Changes ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.01B hereof.

 

12

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Person ” shall mean (A) an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, estate, trust, unincorporated association or other business entity, (B) any federal, state, county or municipal government (or any bureau, department, agency or instrumentality thereof), and (C) any fiduciary acting in such capacity on behalf of any of the foregoing.

PILOT ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Unit Ground Lease.

Predecessor Tenant ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.10 hereof.

Prime Rate ” shall mean, for any period of time during the Term of this Lease, the then published annual prime or base interest rate upon unsecured loans charged by JPMorgan Chase (or any successor thereto) or Citibank, N.A. (or any successor thereto) if JPMorgan Chase N.A., Citibank, N.A. or such successor shall not then have an announced prime or base rate).

Principal ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (A) any director or the president, any vice president, the treasurer, or the secretary thereof if such Person is a corporation, (B) any general partner of a partnership or managing member or manager of a limited liability company, or (C) any shareholder, limited partner, member or other Person having a direct or indirect economic interest in such Person, whether beneficially or of record, in excess of ten percent (1 0%) of all of the issued and outstanding shares, partnership interests, limited liability company interests or other ownership interests of such Person. In calculating the percentage interest of any shareholder, partner, member or other beneficially interested Person referred to in the prior sentence, the interest in the equity of any Affiliate of such shareholder, partner, member or beneficially interested Person shall be attributed to such shareholder, partner, member or beneficially interested Person.

Priority Lease ” shall mean a lease for all or any portion of the Unit executed and delivered prior to the Execution Date which grants to the tenant thereunder the right, on or about the Stated Expiration Date, to lease all or part of the Demised Premises, but which shall not include any amendments to any such leases entered into after the Execution Date which grant such tenant additional rights to lease all or any part of the Demised Premises.

Prohibited Entity ” shall mean (A) any Prohibited Person, (B) any Person that is identified on the List or (C) any Person that is a NYTC Competing User (as defined in the Condominium Declaration).

Prohibited Person ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Unit Ground Lease.

Prohibited Work ” shall mean any Tenant Changes creating excessive noise or fumes (including any Tenant Change (s) involving (A) demolition, (B) cutting, trenching, chopping and drilling of floor slabs, (C) shooting fasteners into slab, floor or overhead, (D) spraying of paint or other coatings, (E) disconnects or shutdowns affecting other tenants or other parts of the Building, (F) burning or welding of steel which causes fumes to be transmitted to other parts of the Building or (G) the use of air-hammers or concrete saws).

Project Documents ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Unit Ground Lease.

Punch List Items ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.02E hereof.

Ready for Occupancy Conditions ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.02A hereof.

 

13

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Real Property ” shall mean collectively the Land and Building.

Recapture Right ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.04A(i) hereof.

Recapture Space ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.04A(i) hereof.

Recapture Sublease ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.04A(iii) hereof.

Recapture Transaction ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.04A(i) hereof.

Recognized Mortgagee ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Unit Ground Lease.

Records ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.04A hereof.

Recurring Additional Rent ” shall mean the recurring monthly payments of Tenant’s Tax Payment, Tenant’s BID Payment and/or Tenant’s Operating Expense Payment.

Rent ” or “ rent ” shall mean all Fixed Rent Additional Rent, Additional Fixed Rent and all other charges payable under this Lease.

Rentalized Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.03B(iii) hereof (which amount shall in no event exceed the sum of $********).

Rent Commencement Date ” or “ RCD ” shall mean the date which is three (3) months after the Commencement Date, as such date may be adjusted (or deemed to have occurred) in accordance with the terms hereof.

Rent Per Square Foot ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.04A(iii)(A) of this Lease.

Rentable Square Feet ” or “ RSF ” shall mean the rentable square feet of the Demised Premises, the Unit and/or other portions of the Building (as the case may be).

Replacement Antenna ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 36.10B hereof.

Replacement L/C ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 29.01G hereof.

Replacement Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 38.01 G hereof.

Reserved Chilled Water Capacity ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.05 hereof.

Restoration Damage Statement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17.05 of this Lease.

Restoration Termination Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17.05 of this Lease.

Restoration Termination Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17.05 of this Lease.

 

14

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Restoration Trigger Date ” shall have the meaning set Section 17.05 of this Lease.

Restroom Upgrade Costs ” shall mean the hard and soft costs incurred by Landlord in order to perform the Restroom Upgrade Work.

Restroom Upgrade Work ” shall mean the work to be performed by Landlord as part of the Fit-out Work consisting of the installation of two (2) unisex ADA compliant bathrooms on the floor in which the Demised Premises are located, as will be preliminarily shown on the Outline Specifications, subject to Tenant’s right to modify the same or make a Change Order in respect thereof as permitted under Section 2.03 hereof.

Retail PILOT ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Unit Ground Lease.

Retail Unit ” shall mean the space demised under the Retail Unit Lease.

Retail Unit Lease ” shall mean that certain Agreement of Sublease (Retail), dated as of December 12, 2001, originally between NYTB, as landlord, and Landlord’s predecessor-in-interest, as tenant, as the same may be amended, assigned, modified, supplemented and/or restated from time to time.

Rules and Regulations ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 26.01 hereof.

Satisfactory Letter of Credit ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 29.01B hereof.

Scheduled PILOT Conversion Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Unit Ground Lease.

Second Rent Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.01A(i)(B)hereof.

SNDA Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.02A hereof.

Soft Costs ” shall mean costs and expenses attributable to architect, construction management, consulting, attorney (but only to the extent that the same relates to Tenant Changes (which shall not include Costs of Fit-out Work) and not on account of the negotiation or entering into of this Lease or any other agreement with Landlord or any other Person), engineering, permit and filing, and other similar fees (including general conditions and contractor fees).

Specialty Alterations ” shall mean Tenant Changes made in or to the Demised Premises (or other portions of the Unit to the extent expressly permitted hereunder, if any) which are not customary office installations for single floor office tenants, including kitchen facilities, cafeteria, safes or vaults, gymnasiums or dedicated fitness centers (including any raised flooring or locker/shower facilities constructed in connection therewith), executive bathrooms or any additional bathrooms (other than bathrooms installed as part of the Restroom Upgrade Work), raised flooring, trading floors, reinforced flooring, dumbwaiters, pneumatic tubes, shaft space constructed the Demised Premises as part of any Tenant Changes (but only to the extent such shaft space materially exceeds that typically found in standard office installations), any antenna, vertical and horizontal transportation systems, auditorium, child or health care facilities, travel agency, print shop, conveyors, elevators, mezzanine space or mezzanine floors, internal

 

15

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

staircases, escalators and alterations made to fire staircases used for inter-floor traffic, emergency generators, UPS systems facilities, or any other Tenant Change of a similar character.

Stated Expiration Date ” shall mean the last day of the month in which the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date occurs.

Stated Extension Term Expiration Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in 39.01 hereof.

Statement of Costs of Fit-out Work Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.03B(ix) hereof.

Substantial Completion ” or “ Substantially Completed ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.02E hereof.

Subway Agreement ” shall mean that certain Agreement, dated as of December 12, 2001, among NYTB, The New York City Transit Authority, 42DP and the City, as the, same may (subject to the provisions hereof) be amended, modified or supplemented and/or restated from time to time.

Successor ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.01B hereof.

Successor Landlord ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.05B hereof.

Superior Instruments ” shall mean the Condominium Documents, DUO, the Ground Lease, the Unit Ground Lease, the Subway Agreement, the Vault Agreement, the other Project Documents, and any Superior Lease or Superior Mortgage.

Superior Leases ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.02A hereof.

Superior Lessor ” shall mean the lessor under a Superior Lease.

Superior Mortgagee ” shall mean the holder or holders (including the agent for any lending syndicate) of a Superior Mortgage.

Superior Mortgages ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.02A hereof.

Superior Obligation Instruments ” shall mean each of the Condominium Documents, DUO, the Ground Lease and the Unit Ground Lease.

Superior Party ” shall mean each of the Condominium Boards, the Ground Lease Landlord, the Unit Ground Lease Landlord, any Superior Lessor, any Superior Mortgagee, 42DP and the City.

Supplemental HVAC System ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.05 hereof.

Tax Adjustment Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.02D(v) hereof.

Tax Base Year ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.02A(iv) hereof.

Tax Due Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(B)(ii) hereof.

 

16

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Tax Statement ” shall have the meaning set forth Section 4.02B(iii) hereof.

Tax Year ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.02A(vi) hereof.

Taxes ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.02A(v) hereof.

Temporary Rate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 39.06A hereof.

Termination Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.04A(ii) hereof

Tenant ” shall mean Original Tenant and its Successors and permitted assigns.

Tenantable ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.07 A hereof.

Tenant Changes ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.01A(i) hereof.

Tenant Delay ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.02F(ii) hereof.

Tenant Entity ” shall mean Tenant and its permitted successors and assigns and their respective Affiliates.

Tenant Party ” shall mean a Tenant Entity and any Principal, partner, member, officer, stockholder, director, employee or agent of a Tenant Entity or of any partner or member of any Person constituting a Tenant Entity or any other direct or indirect holder of an ownership interest in a Tenant Entity, disclosed or undisclosed.

Tenant’s Architect ” shall mean an architect or engineer selected by Tenant licensed to practice in the State of New York with not less than ten (10) years’ experience in major commercial urban centers in designing build-outs for tenants in first class office buildings comparable to the Building and who maintains errors and omissions insurance of not less than $2,000,000. Landlord hereby approves TPG Architecture, LLP at Tenant’s Architect for the Fit-out Work.

Tenant’s BID Payment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.02C(i) hereof.

Tenant’s Conduit ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.03A hereof.

Tenant’s Consent Request ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.05A hereof.

Tenant’s Estimated BID Payment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.02C(ii) hereof.

Tenant’s Estimated Operating Expense Payment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.03B(ii) hereof.

Tenant’s Estimated Tax Payment ” shall have the meaning set forth m Section 4.02B(ii) hereof.

Tenant’s Operating Expense Payment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.03B(i) hereof.

 

17

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Tenant’s Percentage ” shall mean collectively, or individually as applicable, “Tenant’s Proportionate Tax Share” and “Tenant’s Proportionate Operating Expense Share.”

Tenant’s Property ” shall mean all machinery, furniture, equipment, signage and trade fixtures (including property installed as part of FF&E Work or the Fit-out Work (to the extent not funded out of the Work Allowance), and any replacements or substitutions thereof) (A) installed by or on behalf of Tenant which are removable without material damage to the Demised Premises, the Unit, the Common Elements, the FC Limited Common Elements, the NYTC Limited Common Elements or the Building (including interior and exterior signage), (B) which are not replacements of any property of Landlord or the Condominium, whether any such replacement is made at Tenant’s expense or otherwise, (C) which do not constitute Base Systems, FC Limited Common Elements, NYTC Limited Common Elements or Common Elements and (D) which do not and would not constitute machinery and fixtures used in connection with the operation of the Building under the Ground Lease or any “Equipment” (as such term is defined in the Unit Ground Lease) therein and which would not otherwise constitute the property of any of the Superior Parties.

Tenant’s Proportionate Operating Expense Share ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.03A(v) hereof “Tenant’s Proportionate Tax Share” shall have the meaning set forth m Section 4.02A(vii) hereof.

Tenant’s Pro Rata Rent ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.13 hereof.

Tenant’s Reserved Emergency Power ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 41.01A hereof.

Tenant’s Statement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.04D hereof.

Tenant’s Superior Instrument Obligations ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.09A hereof.

Tenant’s Tax Payment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.02B(i) hereof.

Tenant’s TCO ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.03H hereof.

Term ” shall mean the Initial Term of this Lease, as the Initial Term may be extended for the Extension Term, in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of Article 39 hereof, or such sooner date as this Lease shall terminate pursuant to any of the terms of this Lease or pursuant to law.

Times Square Theater Surcharge ” shall mean the “Theater Surcharge” as such term is defined in the Unit Ground Lease.

Trigger Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 22.02A hereof.

Tri-Party Agreement ” shall mean that certain Tri-Party Agreement, dated as of June 25, 2004, by and among 42DP, ESDC, NYTB and GMAC Commercial Mortgage Corporation (now known as Capmark Finance Inc.).

UGL Major Alteration ” shall mean a “Major Alteration” as defined in the Unit Ground Lease.

 

18

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Unamortized Excess Work Allowance ” shall have meaning set forth in Section 8.08 hereof.

Unit ” shall mean the FC Collective Unit (as defined in the Condominium Declaration), including any interest owned by the FC Unit Owner in the Common Elements and the FC Limited Common Elements (including the Special FC Limited Areas) appurtenant to the FC Collective Unit (including the Special FC Limited Areas), but expressly excluding therefrom the Retail Unit, the SPU Unit (as defined in the Condominium Declaration), and any limited common elements appurtenant thereto, if any.

Unit Generator ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.01A(ix) hereof.

Unit Ground Lease ” shall mean that certain Agreement of Sublease (Office), dated as of December 12,2001, originally between NYTB, as landlord, and Landlord’s predecessor-in-interest, as tenant, as the same has been modified by the Tri-Party Agreement and as the same may (subject to the provisions hereof) be assigned, further amended, modified or supplemented and/or or restated from time to time.

Unit Ground Lease Landlord ” shall mean the then landlord under the Unit Ground Lease.

Unit Owner ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Condominium Documents.

Untenantable ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.07A hereof.

Untenantable Space ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.07 A hereof.

Vault Agreement ” shall mean that certain Vault Sublicense, dated as of December 12, 2001, by and between 42DP and NYTB, as the same may (subject to the provisions hereof) be assigned, amended, modified or supplemented and/or restated from time to time.

Walk-Through Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.02E(iii) hereof.

Work Allowance ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.03B(iii) hereof.

Window Blocking ” shall mean that any exterior, curtain wall window of the Premises is blocked or bricked-up for any reason (including, without limitation, by Landlord (except as a result of the Hoist) (A) in connection with the performance of repairs, maintenance or improvements to the Building, (B) if required by any Legal Requirements, or (C) by the use of any netting or similar device).

B. Rules of Construction .

The following rules of construction shall be applicable for all purposes of this Lease and all agreements supplemental hereto, unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) The terms “hereby”, “hereof”, “hereto”, “herein”, “hereunder” and any other similar terms shall refer to this Lease, and “hereafter” shall mean after, and “heretofore” shall mean before, he date of this Lease.

 

19

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(b) Words of the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall mean and include correlative words of the other genders and words importing the singular number shall mean and include the plural number and vice versa.

(c) The terms “include”, “including” and other similar terms shall be construed as if followed by the phrase “without being limited to”.

(d) The term “and/or” when applied to one or more matters or things shall be construed to apply to any one or more or all thereof as the circumstances warrant at the time in question.

(e) The phrases “Landlord shall not have liability to Tenant” or “the same shall be without liability to Landlord” or “without incurring any liability to Tenant therefor” or phrases of similar import shall mean that Tenant is not entitled to terminate this Lease, or to receive any abatement or diminution of rent, claim Landlord Delay, or to be relieved in any manner of any of its other obligations hereunder, or to be compensated for loss or injury suffered or to enforce any other right or kind of liability whatsoever against Landlord under or with respect to this Lease or with respect to Tenant’s use of occupancy of the Demised Premises or any part thereof.

(f) The phrase “such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld” or phrases of similar import shall mean such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed or conditioned (unless the specific provision in which the phrase is used has conditions that are required to be satisfied).

(g) Whenever this Lease requires Landlord to be “reasonable” in giving its consent or approval or in performing an act or refraining :from taking any action, Landlord’s refusal to consent, approve, perform or refrain shall be deemed to be “reasonable” if Landlord’s approval or consent, performance of any act or refraining :from taking any action, would, in the exercise of Landlord’s reasonable judgment, constitute a default under any Superior Instrument.

(h) Each term, covenant, agreement, obligation or other provision of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed shall be deemed and construed as a separate and independent covenant of Tenant, not dependent upon any of the other terms of this Lease, as to which Tenant’s obligation shall be time of the essence, subject, however, to any notice and/or cure period specifically set forth in this Lease with respect to the obligation at issue, if any. This Lease shall be construed without regard to any presumption or other rule requiring construction against the party causing this Lease to be drafted.

1.02 From and after the Commencement Date, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby hires from Landlord the Demised Premises for the Term. The leasing of the Demised Premises by Tenant shall include the right of Tenant (a) subject to the terms of this Lease and the Superior Instruments, to access the Building common areas in common with other tenants and occupants in the Building and (b) to use all fixtures, improvements and betterments owned or leased by Landlord which, at any time during the Term of this Lease, are attached to or installed in the Demised Premises, all subject to such restrictions, rules, regulations, security and access control arrangements and charges (if any) as are provided for in this Lease.

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD unto Tenant, its successors and permitted assigns, for the Term, YIELDING AND PAYING the Fixed Rent and all Additional Rents hereinafter set forth, all on the covenants, conditions and agreements hereinbefore and hereinafter stated.

 

20

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

ARTICLE 2

COMMENCEMENT OF TERM;

POSSESSION OF DEMISED PREMISES; FIT-OUT WORK

2.01 The Term shall commence on the Commencement Date. The payment of Fixed Rent shall commence on the Rent Commencement Date and the payment of Recurring Additional Rent shall commence as provided in Article 4 hereof. All other Additional Rent, including Additional Rent for electricity, freight elevators and other utilities and services, shall be due and payable as hereinafter provided in this Lease.

2.02 A. Subject to the requirements and limitations set forth herein, Landlord shall cause the following conditions (collectively, the “ Ready for Occupancy Conditions ”) to be satisfied (or deemed satisfied) in accordance with the terms hereof:

(i) Substantially Complete the core bathrooms on the floor in which the Demised Premises are located substantially in accordance with the Base Building Criteria; and

(ii) Substantially Complete the Fit-out Work, including the Restroom Upgrade Work.

B. Reserved.

C. Reserved .

D. For purposes of this Lease, “ Substantial Completion ” or “ Substantially Completed ” means completion of (i) the item(s) of Base Building Work in question substantially in accordance with the Base Building Criteria and (ii) any other work or alterations performed hereunder, as applicable, including the Fit-out Work except (a) in the case of Base Building Work or the Fit-out Work, for any item(s) of Base Building Work or the Fit-out Work, as the case may be, which, in accordance with good construction scheduling practices, should only be completed after completion by Tenant of one or more item(s) of the FF&E Work (it being agreed that Landlord shall commence completion of any such item( s) of Base Building Work or the Fit -out Work, as the case may be, as soon as reasonably practicable after Landlord’s receipt of notice from Tenant of completion of the item(s) of the FF&E Work in question); it being agreed that any such deferred item(s) of Base Building Work and/or the Fit-out Work, as the case may be, shall not be a condition to the satisfaction of the Ready for Occupancy Conditions and (b )(1) with respect to any work or alterations under clause (i) or (ii) above, minor or insubstantial details of construction, decoration, mechanical adjustment or installation, the non-completion of which will not interfere (by more than a de minimis extent) with Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises for the normal conduct of Tenant’s business and (2) with respect to the Base Building Work and the Fit-out Work, such minor or insubstantial items as shall have been identified in writing by Tenant after Tenant shall have been afforded access to inspect the Base Building Work applicable to the Demised Premises, the Fit-out Work and the Demised Premises on the Walk-Through Date or otherwise (the items under clauses and (a) and (b) above being referred to herein collectively as the “ Punch List Items ”). Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the list of Punch List Items relating to the Ready for Occupancy Conditions as and when applicable as provided herein no later than five (5) Business Days after the Walk-Through Date thereof.

 

21

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

E. (i) Landlord shall notify Tenant at least fifteen (15) Business Days in advance of the anticipated satisfaction of the Ready for Occupancy Conditions (the “ Delivery Condition Notice ”) setting forth the date on which Landlord reasonably believes the Ready for Occupancy Conditions will be satisfied (such date, as the same may be revised by the Confirmation Notice, is referred to herein as the “ Anticipated Delivery Date ”).

(ii) At least ten (1 0) Business Days prior to the Anticipated Delivery Date specified in the Delivery Condition Notice, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a second notice (the “ Confirmation Notice ”) confirming the Anticipated Delivery Date set forth in the Delivery Condition Notice, or if such delivery date is no longer expected to be met by Landlord, the Confirmation Notice shall set forth the revised anticipated delivery date (which may be later but not earlier than the Anticipated Delivery Date set forth in the Delivery Condition Notice).

(iii) Within five (5) Business Days after Tenant’s receipt of the Confirmation Notice, Tenant shall establish a date (which date shall be no later than five (5) Business Days after Tenant’s receipt of the Confirmation Notice) reasonably acceptable to Landlord (a “ Walk-Through Date ”) on which Landlord and Tenant shall jointly inspect the Premises to determine if the Ready for Occupancy Conditions have been satisfied in accordance with the terms of this Section 2.02. After the delivery to Tenant of the Confirmation Notice, and upon reasonable prior notice from Landlord, Tenant shall use reasonable efforts to meet with Landlord at the Building, accompanied by Tenant’s Construction Representative and such of Tenant’s architectural, engineering and/or construction consultants as Tenant may reasonably designate or Landlord shall have reasonably requested, prior to the Anticipated Delivery Date specified in the Confirmation Notice to facilitate preparation of a draft list of Punch List Items.

(iv) Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall complete all Punch List Items(s) in accordance with good construction practices as soon as reasonably practicable (but in any event, subject to extension due to Force Majeure or Tenant Delays, within sixty (60) days) after the date when Landlord and Tenant shall have confirmed their agreement to a list of Punch List Items in writing, except for any Punch List Item(s) which in accordance with good construction scheduling practices should only be completed after completion by Tenant of one or more item(s) of the FF&E Work (it being agreed that Landlord shall prosecute completion of such Punch List Item(s) diligently and with continuity until completion). In addition, Landlord shall repair any latent defects in the Demised Premises promptly after receiving notice thereof from Tenant, provided that any such notice is delivered not later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the Commencement Date. If (a) Landlord and Tenant fail to agree on the Punch List Items within sixty ( 60) days after the Walk-Through Date or (b) Landlord fails to complete the Punch List Items within such sixty (60) days after the date when Landlord and Tenant shall have confirmed their agreement to a list of Punch List Items in writing (as the same maybe extended due to Force Majeure or Tenant Delays), Tenant may deliver notice to Landlord with respect thereto. If the Punch List has not been agreed upon or the Punch List Items not completed within ten (10) Business Days following the delivery by Tenant to Landlord of such notice, Tenant may deliver to Landlord a second notice with respect thereto (which notice shall expressly state that Tenant may exercise self-help and offset rights in accordance with the provisions of this Section), and in such event, Tenant shall have the right to perform the Punch List Items (but only such Punch List Items as to which Landlord and Tenant have agreed upon in writing as aforesaid) which are not completed by Landlord reasonably promptly following the delivery by Tenant to Landlord, providing a credit against the next payment(s) of Rent payable by Tenant hereunder or paying such sum to Tenant) for its

 

22

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

reasonable out-of-pocket third party expenses connected with performing such Punch List Items within thirty (30) days after Tenant delivers to Landlord an invoice with respect thereto (which invoice shall be accompanied by reasonable supporting documentation so that Landlord shall be able to verify the amount of such expenses). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, at the time Tenant is entitled to such reimbursement, Tenant is then in default under this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure period, Landlord may offset the amount of such reimbursement payable to Tenant against amounts properly due and owing by Tenant to Landlord.

F. (i) If any Tenant Delay occurs and such Tenant Delay causes an actual delay in the Substantial Completion and/or the fulfillment of any condition for the satisfaction of the Ready for Occupancy Conditions, then for purposes of determining the date on which the Ready for Occupancy Conditions have been satisfied (and notwithstanding any provision of this Lease or any other exhibits attached to this Lease to the contrary), but without limiting any other rights or remedies that Landlord may have hereunder, the Ready for Occupancy Conditions shall be deemed to have been satisfied and the Commencement Date shall be deemed to have occurred, on the date on which Landlord would have been reasonably estimated to have satisfied the Ready for Occupancy Conditions but for such Tenant Delay. In addition, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, within thirty (30) days after receipt of Landlord’s invoices therefor, all actual increased hard and soft costs incurred by Landlord by reason of, and directly attributable to any Tenant Delays; provided , however , in the event that any Tenant Delay results in a casualty and such costs are covered by insurance required to be maintained by Tenant hereunder, Landlord agrees to look first to such insurance coverage; provided , further , however , the foregoing shall not relieve Tenant for any costs not so covered by insurance.

(ii) For the purposes hereof, “ Tenant Delay ” shall mean any actual delay beyond the reasonably anticipated completion date for the matter at issue that Landlord may encounter in the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease due to any negligence, omission (where there is a duty to act) or act of any nature of Tenant or any Tenant Party or any of their respective agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors or invitees, including, subject to the terms hereof, the following: (A) any violation noted against the Premises, the Unit, the Building or any part thereof caused by Tenant or any Tenant Entity, or any other act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Entity, which actually delays Landlord in obtaining a temporary or permanent certificate of occupancy for the Building or the Demised Premises; (B) Tenant’s failure to timely (1) provide the Outline Specifications and/or Construction Plans as required under Section 2.03 hereof (or Tenant’s failure to act in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof in revising the same in accordance with the comments of Landlord or Landlord’s Consultants thereto), (2) approve or disapprove any prepurchase specifications or Long Lead Items set forth on the Long Lead Item List, (3) approve or disapprove any aspect of the Fit-out Work which Landlord reasonably requests Tenant to approve on an expedited basis, or ( 4) approve (or disapprove) and designate the contractors to be selected in the bid process as contemplated by Section 2.03B(iv) hereof, each in accordance with the applicable time limitations set forth in Section 2.03 hereof, or if no such time limitations are specified, within a reasonable time period; (C) the effects of Change Orders requested by Tenant or as are reasonably necessary to effectuate Substantial Completion of the Fit-out Work, including the design and permitting thereof; (D) the failure of Tenant’s Construction Representative to timely attend any walk-throughs or preliminary walk-throughs contemplated by Section 2.02E or to attend the coordination meetings contemplated in Section 13.03 hereof; (E) any unreasonable delay in the performance of work by a Person employed by Tenant, including Tenant’s Architect; (F) the failure of Tenant to respond with reasonable promptness to any reasonable Landlord request for Tenant’s specific design requirements for any aspect of the Fit-out Work; (G) the failure by

 

23

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Tenant to make any payment or perform any material obligation required under Section 2.03 prior to Substantial Completion of the Fit-out Work; (H) the failure by Tenant timely to deliver or to cause to be delivered any installation or any item of furniture, fixtures or equipment, which it is Tenant’s obligation to order and deliver to the Building for installation therein by Landlord as part of the Fit-out Work (but the foregoing shall not be construed as requiring Landlord to perform any FF&E Work unless the same is expressly included in the Construction Plans), or which would otherwise delay Landlord in the Substantial Completion of the Fit-out Work; (I) if any dispute with respect to any matter under this Section 2.02 or Article 13 hereof is resolved or settled in favor of Landlord and such dispute causes (1) any delay in the Substantial Completion of the Base Building Work or (2) any delay in the satisfaction of any of the Ready for Occupancy Conditions, (J) any failure of Tenant to timely provide a list of Punch List Items, and/or (K) any other Tenant Delay as specifically provided for in this Lease. Tenant Delay will commence as provided below, but, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, in no event shall Tenant Delay commence earlier than the actual activity or occurrence that causes such Tenant Delay and shall continue only through the date that such activity or occurrence shall cease to constitute a Tenant Delay; provided however , (i) all simultaneous delays which constitute a Tenant Delay hereunder shall be deemed to run concurrently and not consecutively and shall not be “double” counted and (ii) Tenant Delay shall include any consequential delays caused by the initial Tenant Delay events which could constitute a Tenant Delay.

(iii) Unless Tenant knew of or reasonably should have known of the circumstances giving rise to Tenant Delay and the fact of Tenant Delay as evidenced by job minutes, correspondence, memoranda or other writings furnished to or issued by Tenant (which job minutes, correspondence, etc. specifically refer to such circumstances giving rise to a Tenant Delay and to the fact of a Tenant Delay), Tenant shall not be charged for any Tenant Delay unless Landlord shall (except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 2.03 hereof) have delivered notice to Tenant of such Tenant Delay within five (5) Business Days after Landlord has actual knowledge of the circumstances giving rise to such Tenant Delay, which notice shall refer to the circumstances giving rise to such Tenant Delay. If notice is required as aforesaid, the period of Tenant Delay shall not commence until the first Business Day after the date when such notice shall have been delivered to Tenant.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, in the event of any simultaneous occurrence of Tenant Delay with a delay occurring as a result of Force Majeure, for the duration of any such simultaneous occurrence, such delay shall be deemed to be a Force Majeure delay only.

G. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, upon the date when the Ready for Occupancy Conditions shall be satisfied (or deemed satisfied) as provided herein or the Occupancy Date otherwise occurs, Tenant shall be deemed to have agreed for all purposes hereof that the Demised Premises shall have been Substantially Completed and the Ready for Occupancy Conditions have been satisfied, subject to Landlord causing the completion of any Punch List Items relating thereto in the manner provided hereunder and complying with Landlord’s obligations with respect to latent defects as provided Section 2.02E(iv).

H. Tenant acknowledges that at the time the Occupancy Date has occurred, until Substantial Completion of any remaining Base Building Work, construction work will or may be continuing in all or part of the Building common areas and that the performance thereof may disturb Tenant’s quiet enjoyment of, and access to the Demised Premises through, certain Building common areas. Until Substantial Completion of the Base Building Work, Tenant hereby accepts such conditions

 

24

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

as modifications and limitations on its right to use and access the Building common areas, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall, subject to the provisions of Section 10.04 hereof, use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s access to and use and occupancy of the Premises in performing the Base Building Work and shall perform all work and repairs diligently and in a workerlike manner and in compliance with Legal Requirements.

I. Landlord agrees that in no event will the Base Building Criteria, the Base Building Work or the Design Guidelines be changed or modified in such a manner that would (a) reduce the usable area of the Demised Premises, or (b) upon completion (as it relates to the Base Building Work) adversely affect (by more than a de minimis extent) Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Demised Premises as permitted hereunder or access to the Building, without the consent of Tenant, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

2.03 A. (i) Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (except as otherwise expressly provided herein), shall cause Tenant’s Architect to promptly prepare outline specifications and a space plan (collectively, the “ Outline Specifications ”) for the proposed Fit-out Work, which Outline Specifications (a) shall also include a description of any alterations that would constitute a Material Tenant Change, the proposed location of the Rest Room Upgrade Work (and the components thereof) and a list of any potential Long Lead Items, (b) shall not adversely affect the performance of any Base Building Work (beyond a de minimis extent), and (c) shall not include the purchase or installation of any FF&E Work or any programming of computer, telephone or other systems to be installed as part of any FF&E Work or otherwise (unless, if included in the Outline Specifications, Landlord expressly agrees to the installation thereof). The Outline Specifications shall contain such specifications and layouts as Tenant reasonable requires; provided however , and notwithstanding anything contained in the Outline Specifications or anything herein to the contrary, if the time period to Substantially Complete the Fit-out Work (including, without limitation, on account of any changes and/or additions requested by Tenant thereto and approved by Landlord pursuant to the terms hereof or any Change Orders) shall exceed five (5) months (as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion), Landlord shall give Tenant notice thereof; it being agreed, in such event, that the Rent Commencement Date shall be advanced (i.e., moved forward) by one (1) day for each day of such excess, unless, not later than two (2) Business Days following Landlord’s notice thereof, Tenant elects to modify the Outline Specifications to modify the portions thereof which cause the same to exceed a reasonably estimated five (5) month completion time. Tenant shall (a) substantially complete the preparation of the Outline Specifications and deliver a copy thereof to Landlord no later than fifteen (15) Business Days following the Execution Date and (b) make all changes thereto reasonably requested by Landlord and submit a revised draft thereof to Landlord for its review within five (5) Business Days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s comments with respect thereto.

(ii) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Landlord shall perform the Fit-out Work in order to prepare the Demised Premises for Tenant’s initial occupancy thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 2.03 and the Construction Rules and Regulations. In connection with Landlord’s performance of the Fit-out Work, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, a separate supervisory fee in an amount equal to two and one half percent (21/2%) of the Costs of the Fit-out Work, which supervisory fee shall be included in the Costs of Fit-out Work; it being agreed that solely for the purpose of calculating such supervisory fee that the Restroom Upgrade Costs (including the costs of any Change Orders relating to the Restroom Upgrade Work) shall be excluded from the Costs of the Fit-out Work.

(iii) Reserved .

 

25

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(iv) With reasonable promptness, but in no event later than eight (8) weeks following Tenant’s after receipt of Landlord’s comments to the Outline Specifications, Tenant’s Architect shall prepare and deliver to Landlord for its review and approval an initial draft of one hundred percent ( 100%) complete, biddable construction plans and specifications for the Fit-out Work (the “ Construction Plans ”) in accordance with the terms hereof.

(v) Promptly after Landlord’s receipt of the initial or any revised draft of the Construction Plans, Landlord shall give Tenant a notice setting forth (A) any specific comments that Landlord may have thereto, which comments may be marked on the initial or revised draft Construction Plans and (B) any portion of the Fit-out Work that would constitute a Specialty Alteration or a Long Lead Item. Landlord’s review and approval of the Construction Plans shall be in accordance with the terms of Article 13 hereof.

(vi) To the extent that Landlord has delivered any comments to the initial or any revised draft Construction Plans, Tenant agrees to cause Tenant’s Architect to deliver to Landlord, no later than five (5) Business Days after receipt of such comments, revised draft(s) of the Construction Plans until the same are fully approved in accordance with the terms hereof.

(vii) The Construction Plans must (a) be engineering and architecturally complete, (b) be coordinated with the Base Building Criteria and existing Building conditions and facilities, (c) conform to all applicable Legal Requirements and Insurance Requirements, (d) incorporate and elaborate upon any necessary phasing plan in order to create a complete set of construction documents, (e) be materially consistent with the Outline Specifications (e.g., the work and installations set forth in the Construction Plans must not require additional time to perform or lead time to obtain than the work and installations set forth in the Outline Specifications as reasonably determined by Landlord) and otherwise be materially consistent with all comments, corrections and changes thereto as agreed upon by Landlord’s and Tenant’s Construction Representatives and (f) otherwise be prepared in accordance with the requirements set forth in Article 13 hereof.

(viii) In the event that the Construction Plans contain any components of the Fit-out Work which materially differ from the Outline Specifications, as so commented on, corrected or changed (e.g., the work and installations set forth in the Construction Plans require materially more time to perform or lead time to obtain than the work and installations set forth in the Outline Specifications as reasonably determined by Landlord), any additional work required in connection therewith shall, if included in the Fit-out Work, shall constitute a Change Order. In the event of a conflict between the Outline Specifications and the Construction Plans, the Construction Plans will govern and control with respect to the actual construction of the Fit-out Work.

(ix) If, after Landlord has approved the Construction Plans but prior to Landlord putting such Construction Plans out to bid, Tenant desires to make additional revisions to the Construction Plans, Tenant’s Architect shall prepare and deliver such revisions with reasonable promptness as soon as reasonably practical for Landlord’s review and approval. Without limiting anything contained in this Section 2.03, any such

 

26

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

request shall (notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 2.02F hereof) constitute Tenant Delay hereunder whether or not the same actually delays Substantial Completion of the Fit-out Work.

(x) Any changes to the Construction Plans required by the New York City Buildings Department or any other Governmental Authority shall be incorporated into the Construction Plans by Tenant’s Architect.

(xi) Tenant shall be responsible for all costs and expenses of Tenant’s Architect, which costs and expenses shall not be permitted to be included in the Costs of Fit-out Work, nor funded from the Work Allowance, the Rentalized Amount or the Excess Work Allowance Amount.

(xii) All Long Lead Items identified on or prior to the completion and approval of the Construction Plans shall be identified thereon (the “ Long Lead Item List ”). Tenant and Landlord may identify additional Long Lead Items to add to the Long Lead Item List in the event of changes in the Construction Plans, Change Orders or availability of materials. In order to expedite completion of the Fit-out Work, Landlord may request Tenant provide pre-purchase specifications of items on the Long Lead Item List and/ or portions of the Fit-out Work prior to the approval the Construction Plans. If Landlord makes such a request, Tenant shall submit to Landlord specific working drawings for the aspect of the Fit-out Work in question, together with a reasonably detailed description of the equipment or materials to be purchased (model numbers, names of manufacturers, etc.) and, thereafter Landlord shall provide a detailed breakdown of the cost thereof for review by Tenant. Tenant shall approve or disapprove Landlord’s request within five (5) Business Days after Tenant’s receipt thereof, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld if the same does not increase the estimated Costs of Fit-out Work by any more than a de minimis extent. If Tenant disapproves any such request, Tenant shall thereafter approve or disapprove any revised request therefor within five (5) Business Days after Tenant’s receipt of such revised request, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. Upon Tenant’s approval of pre-purchase of the items on the Long. Lead Item List, Landlord shall authorize the solicitation of bids therefor.

B. (i) For the purposes of this Lease, the “ Costs of Fit-out Work ” shall include (except as otherwise expressly provided herein) all hard and soft costs of the Fit-out Work, including all architectural and engineering fees and reimbursables, all code consulting and expediter’s fees, filing fees and other fees and costs for obtaining permits and sign-offs, all trade costs, all costs of utilities, the costs of bonds, insurance, costs of jurisdictional labor relating to the Fit-out Work, the general contractor’s costs of the Fit-out Work as defined in the construction contract entered into between Landlord and the general contractor (including the general contractor’s general conditions, overhead and profit), the costs of all Change Orders (but without duplication), and all other reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the Fit-out Work.

(ii) Except as provided in Section 2.02F with respect to Tenant Delays, Landlord shall pay the Costs of Fit-out Work in the first instance, subject to Tenant’s obligation to pay the Additional Fixed Rent in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.01A(ii) hereof and any other Additional Rent payable by Tenant in accordance with the terms of this Section 2.03, including on account of the Excess Work Allowance Amount. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Landlord shall be

 

27

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

responsible for all Restroom Upgrade Costs in excess of $****** including any soft costs reasonably incurred by Tenant’s Architect and reasonably allocated to the planning of the Restroom Upgrade Work (other than Change Orders relating thereto, which shall be the responsibility of Tenant in accordance with the terms hereof). Only the initial $****** of Restroom Upgrade Costs shall be included in the Costs of Fit-out Work. All Restroom Upgrade Costs in excess of $****** shall not be included in the Costs of Fit-out Work and shall be paid by Landlord directly to the entities providing the work or services.

(iii) Provided that Tenant is not then in monetary default or material nonmonetary default under this Lease, in each instance, beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure period, (a) Landlord shall contribute the sum of ************************ ************************************************** ($*******) towards the Costs of Fit-out Work (the “ Work Allowance ”) and (b) Landlord shall advance, on behalf of Tenant, and Tenant shall be responsible for all amounts payable, to contractors and suppliers of all Costs of Fit-out Work (other than the costs of Change Orders (to the extent not included in the Rentalized Amount) and Tenant Delays, which shall be paid by Tenant in accordance with the applicable terms hereof) in excess of the Work Allowance that Landlord is obligated to contribute to Tenant hereunder (the first $******* of any such excess is referred to herein as the “ Rentalized Amount ” and any such excess above $****** is referred to herein as the “ Excess Work Allowance Amount ”), in the manner hereinafter provided. If any portion of the Work Allowance has not been applied to the Costs of Fit-out Work after the completion of the Fit-out Work, such portion shall, provided Tenant is not in monetary default or material non-monetary default, in each instance, beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure period, be credited against the next installment(s) of Fixed Rent payable hereunder.

(iv) As soon as reasonably practicable after the Construction Plans have been finally approved by Landlord as provided herein, Landlord shall solicit bids :from at least three (3) qualified general contractors for so-called “fixed price contracts” for the Fit-out Work based on consultation with Tenant. Tenant shall have the right to designate at least one (1) of the general contractors :from whom Landlord shall solicit a bid, subject · to Landlord’s approval, not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned provided such general contractor employs union labor. Subject to the terms hereof, Landlord shall prequalify such general contractors on the basis of financial responsibility, safety record, quality of construction and Landlord’s prior experience (if any) with such general contractors and consultation with Tenant. In connection with such bid process, Landlord shall promptly provide Tenant with all information, materials and proposals received :from the general contractors from whom bids were so solicited. Landlord shall select the general contractor designated by Tenant, which designation shall be made no later than five (5) Business Days following notice to Tenant of the receipt of the final bid, together with copies of such bids.

(v) As soon as reasonably practicable after Tenant has designated the bidder to perform the Fit-out Work, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with a proposed budget for the Costs of Fit-out Work. Tenant shall notify Landlord within three (3) Business Days after receipt of the proposed budget whether the proposed budget is acceptable to Tenant.

 

28

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(vi) If the proposed budget is not acceptable to Tenant, then within five (5) Business Days after Tenant’s receipt of the proposed budget Tenant shall meet with Landlord and the designated bidder, and shall change the scope of the Fit-out Work and/or negotiate cost reductions with such bidder. In the event that such discussions with Landlord and/or such negotiations with the designated bidder extend for more than five (5) Business Days, then (a) for each day beyond such five (5) Business Day period that such discussions and/or negotiations extend, the Rent Commencement Date shall be accelerated by one (1) day.

(vii) If as a result of any discussions and/or negotiations Tenant desires reductions in the scope of the Fit-out Work, Tenant shall cause Tenant’s Architect to modify the Construction Plans (by further revisions, bulletin or otherwise) as may be reasonably requested by Tenant for review and approval by Landlord within three (3) Business Days after such reductions are agreed upon. Such modified Construction Plans (by further revisions, bulletin or otherwise) as approved by Landlord shall be deemed to supersede the Construction Plans previously approved by Landlord for all purposes under this Lease. All costs of any modifications to the Construction Plans shall be added to the Costs of Fit-out Work.

(viii) As soon as reasonably practicable after (a) Tenant has completed any scope reduction discussions with Landlord and/or cost reduction discussions with the lowest responsive and responsible bidder and (b) Tenant’s Architect has completed any modifications to the Construction Plans to reflect such modifications, as approved by Landlord, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with the final budget for the Costs of Fit-out Work.

(ix) On or before the Rent Commencement Date, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with a reasonably detailed final statement setting forth the final Costs of Fit-out Work, the supervisory fees due to Landlord, the Rentalized Amount, and the Excess Work Allowance Amount (the “ Statement of Costs of Fit-out Work Amount ”). Within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Statement of Costs of Fit-out Work Amount, Tenant shall pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, (a) any costs of Change Orders pursuant to Section 2.03E not paid out of the Work Allowance, included in the Rentalized Amount or not previously paid by Tenant, as the case may be, to the extent the same shall have become due hereunder, (b) any costs of Tenant Delays pursuant to Section 2.02F not previously paid by Tenant, (c)  intentionally omitted , (d) the Excess Work Allowance Amount and (e)  intentionally omitted . If any subcontracts have not yet been closed out or paid in full as of the Rent Commencement Date or if for any other reason the Costs of Fit-out Work have not been finally determined as of the Rent Commencement Date, then Landlord may thereafter furnish Tenant with an adjusted Statement of Costs of Fit-out Work Amount and (x) the Additional Fixed Rent payable pursuant to Section 3.01A(ii) shall be adjusted as therein provided and (y) the other sums payable pursuant to this Paragraph shall be appropriately adjusted. If any such adjusted Statement of Costs of Fit-out Work Amount sets forth any costs of Change Orders pursuant to Section 2.03E hereof, any costs of Tenant Delays pursuant to Section 2.02F hereof or any other costs required to be paid by Tenant and net previously paid by Tenant, paid out of the Work Allowance or not otherwise included in the Rentalized Amount, then within thirty (30) days after receipt of such adjusted Statement of Costs of Fit-out Work Amount, Tenant shall pay Landlord all such unpaid amounts as Additional Rent.

 

29

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

C. Commencing with reasonable promptness after the Construction Plans have been approved by Landlord in accordance with the terms hereof and after Landlord has selected a general contractor pursuant to Section 2.03B(iv) hereof, Landlord shall commence the Fit-out Work and shall perform the same with reasonable diligence and continuity to completion, subject to delay due to Force Majeure and/or Tenant Delay. Subject to the terms hereof, Landlord shall employ such qualified contractors, subcontractors, and /or materialmen for the performance of the Fit-out Work, and shall perform the Fit-out Work diligently and in such manner as Landlord shall determine in its commercially reasonable discretion, consistent, however, with the Construction Plans and the provisions of this Section 2.03.

D. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is causing the Fit-out Work to be performed solely as an accommodation to Tenant and, accordingly, (i) Tenant shall be solely responsible for the design of the Premises (and the Fit-out Work) and the compliance thereof with applicable Legal Requirements, Insurance Requirements and the terms of this Lease; it being agreed that Landlord’s sole obligation with respect thereto shall be to cause the Fit-out Work to be performed in accordance with the Construction Plans, with such modifications thereto as may be necessary as a result of field conditions, coordination with the Base Building Work and such Change Orders as has been approved in accordance with the terms of Section 2.03E hereof, (ii) Landlord’s review of and/or approval of the Outline Specifications and/or any preliminary plans, final plans, shop drawings, the Construction Plans or any other information relating to the construction and performance of the Fit-out Work shall not in any way be deemed to be an agreement or representation or warranty by Landlord that the Fit-out Work complies with any Legal Requirements or Insurance Requirements or satisfies any design criteria or intent desired by Tenant nor shall it be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of the compliance by Tenant with any provision of this Lease and (iii) Landlord shall not have liability to Tenant for any loss, damage, liability or expense which Tenant may sustain or incur by reason of any failure, inadequacy or defect in the Construction Plans and/or the Fit-out Work. To the extent permitted by the Person providing such warranty or guaranty, Landlord shall name Tenant as an additional beneficiary under all written warranties and/or guaranties received by Landlord with respect to the Fit-out Work.

E. Change Orders .

(i) If Tenant desires any change, addition or alteration (each, a “ Change Order ”) in or to (a) the Scope of the Work as shown on (1) the Outline Specifications, and/or (2) the Construction Plans, (b) the Restroom Upgrade Work and/or (c) any drawings, plans and/or specifications (to the extent that any such change under this clause (c) would increase the cost of architectural, engineering or related services), Tenant shall submit a written request therefor. For the purposes of this Section 2.03E, any Tenant request that labor (premium, overtime or otherwise) be used during hours other than 7:30 a.m. to 3:30 p.m. on Business Days which are not construction trade holidays (the “ Fit-out Work Construction Hours ”) in order to accelerate Substantial Completion of the Fit-out Work, shall also be deemed a Change Order.

(ii) Landlord agrees with reasonable promptness after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s request for a Change Order (including such time as may be necessary to obtain plans and specifications if the same are necessary in order to obtain cost estimates), to submit to Tenant a proposal, based upon reasonably detailed cost estimates, specifying any increase in the Costs of Fit-out Work arising from such Change Order. The costs of any Change Order shall consist of all trade costs, the costs of bonds, the costs of general conditions, general contractor’s overhead and profit, all other costs relating thereto, and all other costs to be incurred by Landlord as a result of the Change Order (without administrative markup or other premium) plus a Landlord supervisory fee equal to two and one half percent (2 1/2%) of the costs of such

 

30

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Change Order. Landlord’s proposal shall also include an estimate of the number of days of Tenant Delay, if any, which would be incurred by Tenant in connection with such proposal. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall in no event be bound by any estimate(s) of the hard and/or soft costs of any such Change Order or the estimate of any Tenant Delay and Landlord shall not have any liability to Tenant if any of such estimate( s) shall be incorrect for any reason.

(iii) Upon receipt of Landlord’s proposal, Tenant shall have a reasonable period of time (given the cost of the Change Order as set forth in Landlord’s proposal), but not to exceed five (5) Business Days, to notify Landlord of its election (a) to accept such proposal or (b) to withdraw its request for such Change Order. If Landlord has not received notice from Tenant of Tenant’s acceptance of such proposal (accompanied by any required payment) within such time limit, Tenant’s request shall be deemed withdrawn.

(iv) In the event that (a) Tenant shall (after receipt of such proposal) have requested a Change Order, (b) Landlord shall have incurred architectural, engineering and related costs in order to prepare a proposal in response to such request, and (c) Tenant thereafter elects to withdraw such request or such request is thereafter deemed withdrawn, then Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, Landlord for the reasonable, actual amount of such architectural, engineering and related costs incurred by or on behalf of Landlord within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s invoice therefor.

(v) If Tenant accepts Landlord’s proposal and elects to proceed with any Change Order, then (a) the reasonable, actual amount of the increased costs of the Fit-out Work arising from such Change Order as the same are specified in Landlord’s proposal shall be added to the Costs of Fit-Out Work, (b) Landlord, with reasonable promptness after receipt of Tenant’s notice of acceptance and receipt of Tenant’s payment, shall perform the Change Order with diligence and continuity, and (c) the Commencement Date shall be deemed accelerated by the number of days of Tenant Delay incurred due to such Change Order, including as contemplated by Section 2.03E(vi) hereof.

(vi) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (a) the parties hereto acknowledge that any request by Tenant for the performance of any Change Order may cause a Tenant Delay, whether or not such Fit-out Work Change is actually performed (i.e., Landlord may be required, consistent with good construction practices and/or scheduling, to cease and/or delay the performance of a portion of the Fit-out Work until it has been determined, upon and subject to the terms of this Section, whether such Fit-out Work Change shall be performed) and (b) accordingly, if any such request by Tenant for the performance of a Change Order (regardless of whether such Change Order is performed, including Tenant’s failure to confirm such request in the manner set forth above), then such delay shall be a Tenant Delay purposes Lease.

F. Tenant acknowledges that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Base Building Work shall have absolute priority over the Fit-out Work but the foregoing shall not relieve Landlord of its obligation to cause the Fit-out Work to be commenced and prosecuted with due diligence in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

31

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

G. To the extent that the same shall not interfere with the performance of the Base Building Work, the Fit-out Work or any other alterations being performed by or on behalf of Landlord in the Building, as determined by Landlord in its sole discretion, Tenant shall be permitted to enter the Premises beginning approximately two (2) weeks prior to the date on which Landlord’s Work is anticipated to be Substantially Complete solely to perform the FF&E Work simultaneously with the performance by Landlord of the Fit-out Work. If, however, Landlord determines that the FF&E Work is causing more than a de minimis interference with the Base Building Work or the Fit-out Work, Tenant shall discontinue such work and shall not be permitted to perform such work until the earlier of the Commencement Date or such time as Landlord determines that such FF&E Work will no longer cause such interference. Tenant and Landlord each agrees to (a) cooperate with the other in the performance and scheduling of the Fit-out Work and the FF&E Work and (b) keep each other apprised of their respective work so as to facilitate the scheduling, coordination and orderly progress of such work, but in no event shall Landlord be obligated to employ overtime labor in connection therewith or to incur any costs in connection therewith in excess of the costs it would have incurred absent such coordination of the Fit-out Work with the FF&E Work. Tenant agrees that in the performance of the FF&E Work or otherwise, (i) neither Tenant, any Tenant Party nor their respective agents or employees shall interfere with the performance of the Base Building Work, the Fit-out Work or any other alterations being performed by or on behalf of Landlord at the Building, (ii) Tenant shall comply with any work schedule, rules and regulations established by Landlord, its agents or employees in connection therewith, and (iii) the labor employed by Tenant shall be harmonious and compatible with the labor employed by Landlord in the Building, it being agreed that if in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the labor employed by Tenant is incompatible, Tenant shall immediately upon Landlord’s demand withdraw such labor from the Building. Tenant’s access to the Premises prior to the Commencement Date for the purposes permitted in this Section 2.030 shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease (but excluding Tenant’s obligation to pay Fixed Rent or Recurring Additional Rent pursuant to the terms hereof).

H. After Substantial Completion of the Fit-out Work Tenant shall be responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense to obtain a temporary certificate of occupancy for the Demised Premises for Tenant’s intended use of the Demised Premises as permitted hereunder (but subject to the limitations set forth in Article 5 hereof (herein “ Tenant’s TCO ”). Landlord acknowledges that Tenant shall have the right to apply for a Tenant’s TCO for up to the maximum number of people permitted by applicable Legal Requirements, and Landlord shall (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) cooperate with Tenant as may be reasonably necessary in order to enable Tenant to secure Tenant’s TCO. In connection with obtaining Tenant’s TCO, Tenant shall be required to use, in Tenant’s discretion, either JAM or Landlord’s Consultant. Landlord agrees that any permanent certificate of occupancy obtained by Landlord shall be for no less than the number of people allowed by Tenant’s TCO, unless a lesser number of people is required by applicable Legal Requirements.

I. (i) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the work necessary to Substantially Complete the Ready for Occupancy Conditions has not been satisfied (or deemed satisfied) as provided herein by the date which is twelve (12) months following final approval of the Construction Plans, as such date may be extended on account of any Tenant Delay and/or by Force Majeure, then Tenant may (as Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy), within thirty (30) days (time being of the essence) after such date (as such date may be extended as set forth above), upon thirty (30) days’ notice to Landlord, cancel and terminate this Lease as of the date set forth such notice. If Tenant exercises its right to terminate this Lease pursuant to this Section, this Lease shall terminate as of such termination date as if such date were the Stated Expiration Date of this Lease. If Tenant shall timely deliver such termination notice, but the Commencement Date shall occur within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s termination notice, then such notice and Tenant’s

 

32

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

election to terminate this Lease shall be null and void and of no further force or effect, and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

(ii) Each of the dates set forth in this Section 2.031, shall be (A) extended on a day-for-day basis for each day of (A) Tenant Delay and (B) Force Majeure delays; it being agreed, however, that any such extension of such dates is not intended to be cumulative (or “double counted”), and that if more than one Tenant Delay or more than one Force Majeure event would actually delay Landlord in satisfying the Ready for Occupancy Conditions, but such events and the delays caused by them occur simultaneously, then, to the extent of such simultaneous occurrence, such delays (whether caused by Tenant Delays, by Force Majeure or both) shall be deemed to run concurrently and not consecutively and, in the event of the simultaneous occurrence of (x) Tenant Delay and (y) a Force Majeure delay, any such simultaneous occurrence shall, for the purposes of Section 2.02F(ii) hereof, be deemed to be a Force Majeure delay and not a Tenant Delay.

2.04 Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) Landlord shall have no obligation to perform any work or provide any work allowance or services in or to the Demised Premises in order to prepare the same for occupancy by Tenant, (ii) Landlord has not made and does not make any representations or warranties with respect to the Premises and (iii) Tenant agrees to take the Premises in its then “as is” condition on the Commencement Date, subject to Landlord’s obligation to complete any Punch List items and remedy latent defects as provided herein.

2.05 Promptly after the Commencement Date and the Rent Commencement Date are determined, Landlord and Tenant, at either Landlord’s or Tenant’s request, will execute a Milestone Date Agreement with respect to any or each of the above dates. Tenant’s or Landlord’s failure or refusal to sign the same shall in no event affect the determination of such dates or either party’s obligations hereunder.

2.06 Tenant expressly (a) waives any right to rescind this Lease under Section 223-a of the New York Real Property Law or under any present or future statute of similar import then in force and (b) waives the right to recover any damages, direct or indirect, which may result from Landlord’s failure to deliver possession of the Premises or to grant access to the Demised Premises prior to the Commencement Date, except as provided in Section 2.03H hereof. Tenant agrees that the provisions of this Section 2.06 are intended to constitute “an express provision to the contrary” within the meaning of said Section 223-a.

ARTICLE 3

RENT

3.01 A. Subject to the terms hereof, during the Term of this Lease, Tenant covenants and agrees to pay to Landlord annual fixed minimum rent (the “ Fixed Rent ”) in lawful money of the United States at the following rates:

(i) (A) subject to the provisions of Section 3.01B hereof, $********** per annum from the Rent Commencement Date through and including the last day of the month in which occurs the fifth (5th) anniversary of the RCD (the “ First Rent Period ”), payable in equal monthly installments of $*********;

 

33

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(B) $*********** per annum from day immediately following the last day of the First Rent Period through and including the Stated Expiration Date (the “ Second Rent Period ”), payable in equal monthly installments of $*********; and

(C) for the Extension Term which may become effective pursuant to Article 39 hereof, Fixed Rent in such amount as is determined pursuant to Article 39 hereof.

(ii) An amount (the “ Additional Fixed Rent ”) commencing on the Rent Commencement Date, equal to the sum of (a) the Rentalized Amount and (b) interest at seven percent (7%) per annum on the Rentalized Amount commencing on the date of the deemed funding thereof (which shall be after the date of the funding by Landlord of the Work Allowance), which sum shall be payable monthly in equal, level installments of the Rentalized Amount and interest at such rate sufficient to amortize the Rentalized Amount on a self-liquidating basis fully by the Stated Expiration Date. The amount of Additional Fixed Rent shall initially be determined in accordance with the initial Statement of Costs of Fit-out Work Amount delivered by Landlord pursuant to Section 2.03B(ix) hereof. If Landlord delivers a subsequent Statement of Costs of Fit-out Work Amount pursuant to Section 2.03B(ix) hereof, the then remaining monthly payments of Additional Fixed Rent payable in accordance with this Section 3.01A(ii) shall be appropriately adjusted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to elect by notice given to Landlord no later than thirty (30) days following the Commencement Date to pay the entire amount of the Rentalized Amount in a single lump sum payment. In the event that Tenant so elects, Tenant shall pay to Landlord (i) such entire amount of the Rentalized Amount no later than thirty (30) days following the Rent Commencement Date and (ii) in full the amount of any additional sums payable by Tenant as shown on a subsequent Statement of Costs of Fit-out Work Amount (relating solely to the Rentalized Amount) within thirty (30) days after demand therefor. If this Lease shall be terminated for any reason prior to the Stated Expiration Date, the entire unpaid amount of the Rentalized Amount, together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate from the date the same was deemed funded until the date repaid, shall be immediately due and payable by Tenant to Landlord as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days thereafter, which obligation shall survive the sooner termination of this Lease.

B. Provided that Tenant is not otherwise in monetary or material non-monetary default hereunder, in each instance beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure period, a portion of the Fixed Rent in the amount of $******** per month, payable during the First Rent Period, shall be abated from the Rent Commencement Date through and including December 31, 2008 (the “ Abatement Period ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall continue to be obligated during the Abatement Period to pay the remainder of Fixed Rent and all Additional Rent and other charges payable by Tenant hereunder in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

C. If the Rent Commencement Date shall occur on a date other than the first (1st) day of any calendar month, then the Fixed Rent and any Additional Rent payable pursuant to this Lease for such calendar month shall be prorated on a per diem basis based on the actual number of days in such month.

D. Tenant agrees to pay the Fixed Rent in equal monthly installments in advance, on the first (1st) day of each calendar month during the Term commencing on the Rent Commencement Date, at the office of Landlord or such other place as Landlord may designate, without any set-off, offset, abatement or deduction whatsoever, except such set-offs, offsets, abatements or deductions (if

 

34

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

any) to which Tenant may be entitled pursuant to the express terms of this Lease. At the request of Landlord or Tenant, Fixed Rent and Recurring Additional Rent shall be payable when due by wire transfer of funds to an account designated in writing from time to time by Landlord. If Landlord shall direct Tenant to pay Fixed Rent and Recurring Additional Rent by wire transfer, then Tenant shall not be in default of Tenant’s obligation to pay any such rent if and for so long as Tenant shall timely comply with Landlord’s wire instructions in connection with such payments. Accordingly, if Tenant shall have timely complied with Landlord’s instructions pertaining to a wire transfer, but the funds shall thereafter have been misdirected or not accounted for properly by the recipient bank designated by Landlord, then the same shall not relieve Tenant’s obligation to make the payment so wired, but shall toll the due date for such payment until the wired funds shall have been located.

E. Whenever this Lease shall provide that Landlord or Tenant shall pay the out-of- pocket costs of the other party, such out-of-pocket costs shall be commercially reasonable and (i) whenever a party requests reimbursement for its out-of-pocket costs, such party shall deliver to the requesting party bills, receipts, invoices or other documentation reasonably evidencing such costs, and (ii) in the event such documentation is not so delivered with five (5) days after request thereof, the time periods set forth herein with respect to any such payments shall be tolled until five (5) days after delivery to the requesting party of such documentation. Subject to the provisions of this Section 3.01D, any Additional Rent for which no time period is expressly provided in this Lease for the payment thereof, shall be due and payable within thirty (30) days after demand from Landlord.

F. Any Additional Rent for which no time period is expressly provided in this Lease for the payment thereof, shall be due and payable within thirty (30) days after demand from Landlord.

3.02 All adjustments of rent, costs, charges and expenses which Tenant is obligated to pay pursuant to this Lease shall be deemed Additional Rent which Tenant covenants to pay when due. In the event of nonpayment of any Additional Rent, Landlord shall, in addition to any other rights and remedies that Landlord has hereunder or at law or in equity, have all the rights and remedies with respect thereto as is herein provided for in case of nonpayment of Fixed Rent. All Rent shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, without offset, reduction, counterclaim and/or deduction and shall be in lawful money of the United States which shall be legal tender in payment of all debts and dues, public and private, at the time of payment.

3.03 Tenant shall pay to Landlord in respect of any amounts payable hereunder to Landlord (including Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and sums advanced by Landlord hereunder to cure a default beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure period by Tenant in the performance of Tenant’s obligations hereunder) which shall not have been paid on the date which is five (5) Business Days after the date when due (regardless of any notice or cure period therefor) (each, an “Overdue Payment”), interest at the Interest Rate on such Overdue Payment from such fifth (5th) Business Day until paid; provided , however , from and after the third (3rd) default in any calendar year in the payment of any Rent, interest on any Overdue Payment with respect to such third (3rd) default and any subsequent default that occurs during the twelve (12) month period following such third (3rd) default shall be at the Interest Rate plus two percent (2%) per annum and shall accrue from the date due (as opposed to the fifth (5th) Business Day thereafter). Such aforesaid charges shall be due and payable, as Additional Rent, within thirty (30) days after demand for payment therefor by Landlord. No failure by Landlord to insist upon the strict performance by Tenant of Tenant’s obligations to pay such Overdue Payment or interest thereon shall constitute a waiver by Landlord of its right to enforce the provisions of this Section 3.03. The provisions of this Section 3.03 shall not be construed in any way to

 

35

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

extend any cure or notice periods with respect to the payment of Rent as provided in Section 20.01A hereof or any other provision of this Lease.

3.04 If any of the Rents payable under the terms of this Lease shall be or become uncollectible, reduced or required to be refunded because of any rent control, federal, state or local law, regulation, proclamation or other Legal Requirement not currently in effect, Tenant shall enter into such agreement(s) and take such other steps (without additional expense to Tenant or the acceleration of any expense payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder) as Landlord may reasonably request and as may be legally permissible to permit Landlord to collect the maximum rent which, from time to time, during the continuance of such legal rent restriction may be legally permissible (and not in excess of the amounts then reserved therefor under this Lease). Upon the termination of any such legal rent restriction, (a) the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent shall become and shall thereafter be payable in accordance with the amounts reserved herein for the periods following such termination and (b) Tenant shall promptly pay in full to Landlord unless expressly prohibited by law, an amount equal to (i) rentals which would have been paid pursuant to this Lease for the period during which such restriction applied but for such legal rent restriction less (ii) the rent actually paid by Tenant during the period such legal rent restriction was in effect.

3.05 If Landlord at any time receives from Tenant any payment less than the sum of the Rent then due and owing from Tenant pursuant to this Lease or Tenant is otherwise in default under this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure period, Tenant hereby waives its right, if any, to designate the items to which such payment shall be applied and agrees that Landlord in its sole discretion may apply such payment in whole or in part to any of the Rent or any other sums then due and payable hereunder. No endorsement or statement on any check and no letter accompanying any check or payment (or instructions accompanying any wire transfer) shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment (or wire transfer) without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance due hereunder or pursue any other right or remedy provided for in this Lease or available at law or in equity.

3.06 If, at any time after the Commencement Date but prior to the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant is entitled to an abatement of Fixed Rent and/or Additional Rent pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.07 A hereof or under Article 17 or Article 18 hereof, then the amount of any such abatement (such amount to be equal to the Rent that would have been due and payable during the abatement period had the Rent Commencement Date occurred on the same date as the Commencement Date) shall be credited against the first Rent becoming due hereunder after the occurrence of the Rent Commencement Date.

ARTICLE 4

TAX ESCALATIONS AND BID

PAYMENTS; OPERATING EXPENSE PAYMENTS

4.01 In addition to the payment of Fixed Rent hereinbefore set forth, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, at the times and in the manner hereinafter set forth, (a) Tenant’s Tax Payment, (b) Tenant’s BID Payment and (c) Tenant’s Operating Expense Payments.

4.02 Taxes .

 

36

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

A. Definitions . For the purposes of this Section 4.02, the following definitions shall be applicable:

(i) “ Base Year Taxes ” shall mean the aggregate amount of Taxes payable by Landlord in respect of the Unit for the Tax Base Year.

(ii) “ BID Assessment ” shall mean the Unit’s proportionate share of the expenses of the BID in which the Building is located.

(iii) “ Full Taxes ” shall mean the real property taxes that would be assessed and levied against the Unit and Landlord’s undivided interest in the Common Elements, or the owner thereof and the interest of Landlord therein, if the Unit and Landlord’s undivided interest in the Common Elements or the owner thereof were not exempt from such taxes, pursuant to (a) the provisions of Chapter 58 of the Administrative Code of The City of New York and Title 11, Chapter 2, of the Administrative Code of the City of New York, as the same may be amended from time to time, or (b) any statute or ordinance in lieu thereof or in addition thereto to the extent the charges imposed thereby are of a type customarily considered as real property taxes.

(iv) “ Tax Base Year ” shall mean calendar year 2008.

(v) “ Taxes ” shall mean the aggregate amount of (a) subject to the terms of the next paragraph of this definition, through the Scheduled PILOT Conversion Date, PILOT due and payable (whether by actual direct payment or by way of credit or offset as provided in Section 3.1(b)(ii) or any other provision of the Unit Ground Lease) by Landlord under the Unit Ground Lease based upon the rate per Taxable Square Foot (as defined in the Unit Ground Lease) payable for such year as set forth on Schedule 1 to the Unit Ground Lease; provided that there shall be excluded from PILOT any Retail PILOT, (b) any Times Square Theater Surcharge payable by Landlord under the Unit Ground Lease, (c) all assessments (special or otherwise) and all other governmental levies, impositions or charges, whether general, special, ordinary, extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen which may legally be assessed, levied or imposed upon all or any part of the Unit and/or Landlord’s undivided interest in the Common Elements, or any part !_hereof and which are required to be paid by Landlord, and (d) any expenses (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of attorneys and other experts and witnesses) incurred in contesting in good faith any of the foregoing or the assessed valuation of all or any part of the Unit and/or Landlord’s undivided interest in the Common Elements, or any part thereof (which expenses shall not exceed the amount of any refund or credit actually received); provided , however , the foregoing shall exclude: (1) all personal property taxes and occupancy and rent taxes assessed against Landlord to the extent same are imposed on Landlord because Landlord is a tenant or occupant of the Unit, (2) all Common Charges and all license and permit fees to the extent same are included in Operating Expenses, (3) any amounts included in “PILOMRT”, “PILOST” and the “Administrative Fee” (as such quoted terms are defined in the Unit Ground Lease), BID Assessments, municipal, state or federal income taxes assessed against Landlord or Tenant, any capital levy, estate, gift, succession, inheritance or transfer taxes, or any corporate franchise taxes or business taxes, income or profit tax, or any transfer or mortgage recording tax imposed upon any owner of the Land, the Unit and the Common Elements appurtenant thereto, or any part thereof, or capital levy that is or may be imposed upon the net income of Landlord, and any fines, penalties and other similar governmental charges applicable to the foregoing, together with any interest or costs with respect to the foregoing, incurred by reason of Landlord’s failure to timely make any payments

 

37

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

as herein provided on account thereof (unless Tenant has not timely paid Tenant’s Tax Payment or Tenant’s BID Payment as required hereunder) (the items set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above, except as contemplated by the next sentence are, collectively referred to herein as the “ Excluded Taxes ”). If at any time after the Execution Date, the methods of taxation prevailing as of the date hereof shall be altered so that in lieu of or as a substitute for the whole or any part of the taxes, assessments, rents, rates, charges, levies or impositions now assessed, levied or imposed upon all or any part of the Unit and/or Landlord’s undivided interest in the Common Elements or any part thereof, there shall be assessed, levied or imposed (1) a tax, assessment, levy, imposition or charge based on the income or rents received therefrom whether or not wholly or partially as a capital levy or otherwise, or (2) a tax, assessment, levy, imposition or charge measured by or based in whole or in part upon all or any part of the Unit and/or Landlord’s undivided interest in the Common Elements, or (3) a license fee measured by the rents, or (4) any other tax, assessment, levy, imposition, charge or license fee with respect to the Unit and/or Landlord’s undivided interest in the Common Elements, or any part thereof, however described or imposed, then all such taxes, assessments, levies, impositions, charges or license fees or the part thereof so measured or based shall be deemed to be Taxes, as applicable; provided , however , that any tax, assessment, levy, imposition or charge imposed on income from the Unit and/or Landlord’s undivided interest in the Common Elements, or any part thereof, shall be calculated as if the Unit is the sole asset of Landlord.

Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, in the event Landlord is required, prior to the Scheduled PILOT Conversion Date to pay Full Taxes under the Unit Ground Lease rather than PILOT or the PILOT program for the Unit is otherwise terminated (a) as a result of Tenant’s acts or omissions, then, from and after the date that Landlord is required to pay Full Taxes, for the purposes of calculating the amount of Tenant’s Tax Payment hereunder, all references in the definition of Taxes to PILOT shall be deemed to be Full Taxes, (b) as a result of Landlord’s acts or omissions, then for the purposes of calculating the amount of Tenant’s Tax Payment hereunder, (i) until the Scheduled PILOT Conversion Date PILOT shall be deemed to be equal to the amount of PILOT (on a Taxable Square Foot [as defined in the Unit Ground Lease] basis) for each Tax Year set forth in Schedule 1 of the Unit Ground Lease and (ii) thereafter Full Taxes and (c) for any reason other than as a result of Tenant’s or Landlord’s acts or omissions, then Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to contest such termination and/or to look to The City of New York for recovery of any such excess amounts pursuant to the indemnity from the City pursuant to that certain Site 8 South Project Agreement, dated as of December 12,2001, by and among ESDC, the City, 42DP, NYTB, NYT Real Estate Company and FC Lion LLC, as the same may have heretofore been, or may hereafter be, amended; if the termination of the PILOT program for the Unit is upheld and the City indemnity is held to be invalid, in both cases, pursuant to the final, unappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, then, for the purposes of calculating the amount of Tenant’s Tax Payment hereunder, the amount Tenant shall be required to pay to Landlord (retroactive to the date of such early termination) on account of PILOT (until the Scheduled PILOT Conversion Date) shall be deemed equal to the sum of (1) the amount of Tenant’s Tax Payment which would have been payable if the PILOT program was still in effect, plus (2) fifty percent (50%) of the positive difference between (A) the amount of Tenant’s Tax Payment calculated with reference to Full Taxes (as opposed to PILOT) less (B) the amount of Tenant’s Tax Payment as calculated under clause (1) above.

(vi) “ Tax Year ” shall mean the period from and after the Rent Commencement Date through the following December 31 (i.e., the end of the calendar year) and each successive calendar year throughout the Term; provided , however , from either

 

38

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(a) the expiration or sooner termination of the Unit Ground Lease and the Ground Lease, (b) the Scheduled PILOT Conversion Date, or (c) the termination of the PILOT program for the Unit, Tax Year shall mean the period from such expiration or termination through the following June 30 (i.e., the end of the then existing New York City real estate fiscal year) and each successive New York City real estate fiscal year commencing on July 1st and expiring on June 30th (if the present use of the July 1 to June 30 real estate tax year shall change, then such changed tax year shall be used with appropriate adjustment for the transition).

(vii) “ Tenant’s Proportionate Tax Share ” shall be computed on the basis of a fraction, the numerator of which is the RSF area, from time to time, of the Premises, and the denominator of which is the total RSF area of the Unit, including, for the purposes of the denominator only, the RSF of the 28th floor portion of the Unit (but not any square footage attributable to any mezzanine space or floor built therein), nor shall the denominator include any RSF attributable to the Roof Top Garden portions of the Building or the Lobby Sublease Space (as defined in the Unit Ground Lease). As of the Execution Date, (A) the RSF for the Premises during the Initial Term shall be deemed to be 31,753 and (B) Tenant’s Proportionate Tax Share for the Premises is 4.513%, subject to adjustment In the event Tenant leases any other space in the Unit.

B. Computations .

(i) Tenant’s Tax Payment . Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount (“ Tenant’s Tax Payment ”) for each Tax Year commencing on the later of (a) the Rent Commencement Date or (b) the day of the first Tax Year after the expiration of the Tax Base Year (i.e., January 1, 2009), equal to Tenant’s Proportionate Tax Share of the increase, if any, in Taxes for such Tax Year over the Base Year Taxes.

(ii) Estimated Tax Statement . At any time before or after the commencement of any Tax Year, Landlord may furnish to Tenant a statement (“ Estimated Tax Statement ”) of Landlord’s reasonable estimate of Tenant’s Tax Payment for such Tax Year (“ Tenant’s Estimated Tax Payment ”). The Estimated Tax Statement shall be accompanied by a copy of the tax statement or bill for the Taxes or any component thereof, provided that if such tax statement or bill is not then available, Landlord will furnish a copy of the tax statement or bill within a reasonable time after Landlord’s receipt thereof. Tenant’s Estimated Tax Payment shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord on the date which is the later to occur of (a) thirty (30) days after receipt of Landlord’s Estimated Tax Statement, or (b) fifteen (15) days prior to the date on which the applicable Taxes or any component thereof or any installments thereof, are due to the applicable taxing authority (such earlier date, the “ Tax Due Date ”) or, if required by any Superior Mortgagee, in twelve (12) equal monthly installments on the first day of each month during the Tax Year. If during any Tax Year the last-issued Estimated Tax Statement for such Tax Year is inaccurate in any respect, Landlord shall promptly issue a revised Estimated Tax Statement. If there shall be any increase in Taxes or any component thereof for any Tax Year as indicated on a revised Estimated Tax Statement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount shown on the revised Estimated Tax Statement on or before the applicable Tax Due Date. Subject to the provisions of the last sentence of this Section 4.02B(ii), if there shall be any decrease in Taxes or any component thereof for any Tax Year as indicated on a revised Estimated Tax Statement, such that Tenant shall have overpaid Tenant’s Tax Payment for the Tax Year in question, then (1) if such decrease will give rise to a credit issued by the taxing authority against future Taxes, Landlord shall credit Tenant’s Proportionate Tax Share of the amount of such credit, as and when received by Landlord (together with interest thereon at the

 

39

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Prime Rate if the amount of the overpayment is more than 3% from the date overpaid to the date credited), against the next subsequent payments of Rent until such credit is fully applied, or (2) if such decrease will give rise to a cash refund from the taxing authority to Landlord, Landlord shall refund to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of such refund by Landlord, Tenant’s Proportionate Tax Share of the amount of such overpayment on the revised Estimated Tax Statement for such Tax Year. If, at the time Landlord receives any such credit or refund, Tenant is then in default under this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure period, Landlord may offset the amount of such credit or refund payable to Tenant against amounts properly due and owing by Tenant to Landlord.

(iii) Tax Statement . If Taxes for any Tax Year after the Tax Base Year shall be less than the amount reflected on the last-issued Estimated Tax Statement for such Tax Year, Landlord shall (and in any other case Landlord may) within sixty (60) days after the end of such Tax Year issue a statement of Taxes for such Tax Year, including a computation of Tenant’s Tax Payment for such Tax Year (a “ Tax Statement ”). If Tenant shall have overpaid Taxes or any component thereof for any Tax Year, Landlord, at its option, shall, subject to the last sentence of Section 4.02B(ii) hereof, either refund the amount overpaid to Tenant together with delivery of the Tax Statement or allow Tenant a credit against the next subsequent payments of Rent in the amount of Tenant’s overpayment of Taxes. If Tenant shall have underpaid Taxes for any Tax Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to the amount of such underpayment of Tenant’s Tax Payment with respect to such Tax Year within thirty (30) days after receipt of the applicable Tax Statement.

C. BID Assessments .

(i) Tenant’s Bid Payment . Commencing with the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount (“ Tenant’s BID Payment ”) equal to Tenant’s Proportionate Tax Share of the BID Assessment for the Tax Year in which the Rent Commencement Date occurs and each Tax Year thereafter.

(ii) Estimated BID Statement . At any time before or after the commencement of any Tax Year, Landlord may furnish to Tenant a statement (“ Estimated BID Statement ”) of Landlord’s reasonable estimate of Tenant’s BID Payment for such BID Year (“ Tenant’s Estimated BID Payment ”). The Estimated BID Statement shall be accompanied by a copy of the tax statement or bill for the BID Assessment, provided that if such tax statement or bill is not then available, Landlord will furnish a copy of the tax statement or bill within a reasonable time after Landlord’s receipt thereof. Tenant’s Estimated BID Payment shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord on the date which is the later to occur of (a) thirty (30) days after receipt of Landlord’s Estimated BID Statement, or (b) fifteen (15) days prior to the date on which the applicable BID Assessment or component thereof, is due to the applicable taxing authority or BID (such earlier date, the “ BID Due Date ”) or, if required by any Superior Mortgagee, in twelve (12) equal monthly installments on the first day of each month during the Tax Year. If during any Tax Year the last-issued Estimated BID Statement for such Tax Year is inaccurate in any respect, Landlord shall promptly issue a revised Estimated BID Statement. If there shall be any increase in the BID Assessment or any component thereof for any Tax Year as indicated on a revised Estimated BID Statement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount shown on the revised Estimated BID Statement on or before the Applicable BID Due Date. Subject to the provisions of the last sentence of this Sec ion 4.02C(ii), if there shall be any decrease in the BID Assessment or any component thereof for any Tax Year as indicated on a revised Estimated BID Statement, such that Tenant shall have overpaid Tenant’s BID Payment

 

40

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

for the Tax Year in question, then (1) if such decrease will give rise to a credit issued by the taxing authority against any future BID Assessment, Landlord shall credit Tenant’s Proportionate Tax Share of the amount of such credit, as and when received by Landlord, against the next subsequent payments of Rent until such credit is fully applied, or (2) if such decrease will give rise to a cash refund from the taxing authority to Landlord, Landlord shall refund to Tenant Tenant’s Proportionate Tax Share of the amount of such overpayment within thirty (30) days after receipt by Landlord of such refund. If, at the time Landlord receives any such credit or refund, Tenant is then in default under this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure period, Landlord may offset the amount of such credit or refund payable to Tenant against amounts due and owing by Tenant to Landlord.

(iii) BID Statement . If, for any Tax Year, the BID Assessment shall be less than the amount reflected on the last-issued Estimated BID Statement for such Tax Year, Landlord shall (and in any other case Landlord may) within sixty (60) days after the end of such Tax Year issue a statement of the BID Assessment for such Tax Year, including a computation of Tenant’s BID Payment for such Tax Year (a “ BID Statement ”). If Tenant shall have overpaid the BID Assessment or any component thereof for any Tax Year, Landlord, at its option, shall, subject to the last sentence of Section 4.02C(ii) hereof, either refund the overpayment to Tenant together with the delivery of the BID Statement or allow Tenant a credit against the next subsequent payments of Rent in the amount of Tenant’s overpayment of the BID Assessment. If Tenant shall have underpaid the BID Assessment for any Tax Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to the amount of such underpayment of Tenant’s BID Payment with respect to such Tax Year within thirty (30) days after receipt of the applicable BID Statement.

D. Miscellaneous .

(i) Challenges and Refunds . Only Landlord shall be eligible to institute tax certiorari or other proceedings to reduce the assessed value of the Unit or any portion thereof. If, subsequent to the date of the Tax Statement or BID Statement for any Tax Year, Landlord shall receive a refund of (a) Taxes or any component thereof for any Tax Year after the Tax Base Year and/or (b) any BID Assessment, Landlord, at its option, shall, subject to the last sentence of Section 4.02B(ii) or 4.02C(ii) hereof, as applicable, either pay to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt by Landlord, or allow Tenant a credit against subsequent payments of Rent (but following the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord shall, subject to the last sentence of Section 4.02B(ii) or 4.02C(ii) hereof, as applicable, pay to Tenant) an amount equal to Tenant’s Proportionate Tax Share of such reduction or refund in respect of Taxes and/or the BID Assessment, as applicable, after deducting from such refund (to the extent not already netted out of the net refund) the reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in obtaining the same, but the amount of such refund or credit to Tenant shall not exceed Tenant’s Tax Payment or Tenant’s BID Payment theretofore paid for such Tax Year. Tenant shall pay to Landlord within thirty (30) days after being billed therefor, Tenant’s Proportionate Tax Share of any actual out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred by Landlord in contesting in good faith any items comprising Taxes or a BID Assessment and/or the assessed value of the Unit to the extent that such expenses have not theretofore been recovered by Landlord pursuant to this Lease, provided that in no event shall Landlord be entitled to recover expenses in excess of the amount of the refund or credit.

 

41

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(ii) Taxes Payable by Tenant . Tenant shall pay any occupancy tax or rent tax now in effect or hereafter enacted and payable by Tenant on or before the date such taxes and assessments are due in accordance with applicable Legal Requirements. Should any Governmental Authority require that a tax, other than the taxes hereinabove-mentioned, be paid by Tenant, but collected by Landlord, for and on behalf of said Governmental Authority, the same shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord, no later than fifteen (15) days in advance of the date such payment is due and payable to the appropriate Governmental Authority, in which case, Landlord shall, promptly after receipt thereof from Tenant, pay the same to the appropriate Governmental Authority.

(iii) Discounts . If Landlord receives a discount for early payment or prepayment of Taxes or a BID Assessment or is entitled to an abatement or exemption therefrom, Tenant shall be entitled to Tenant’s Proportionate Tax Share of the benefit of any such discount for any early payment or prepayment of Taxes or a BID Assessment and of any exemption or abatement relating to all or any part of the Unit and/or Landlord’s interest in the Common Elements, provided that Tenant paid to Landlord Tenant’s Proportionate Tax Share of such tax installment, or BID Assessment, as applicable, earning such discount prior to the last day for payment of the tax installment or BID Assessment, as applicable, to the relevant taxing authority in order to earn such discount (and Landlord hereby agrees that if Tenant pays early (and all other tenants of the Unit also pay early), Landlord agrees to pay early in order to receive the benefit of the available discount). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be entitled to any discount, credit or other benefit in respect of Taxes or a BID Assessment on account of any credit or offset provided in Section 3.1(b)(ii) of the Unit Ground Lease.

(iv) Partial Tax Year; Delay . Tenant’s liability under this Section 4.02 with respect to the applicable Tax Year in which Tenant is first obligated to make Tenant’s Tax Payment for Taxes or Tenant’s BID Payment, as applicable, and with respect to the Tax Year in which this Lease shall expire or terminate (except on account of Tenant’s default) shall be computed on a pro-rata basis based on the actual number of days in the period for which Tenant’s Tax Payment and/or Tenant’s BID Payment, as the case may be, is payable. Landlord’s failure to render or delay in rendering an Estimated Tax Statement or a Tax Statement or an Estimated BID Statement or BID Statement, as the case may be, with respect to any Tax Year shall not prejudice Landlord’s right thereafter to render the same with respect thereto or with respect to any subsequent Tax Year nor shall the rendering of a Tax Statement or BID Statement for any Tax Year prejudice Landlord, provided that Landlord renders the Estimated Tax Statement, Tax Statement, Estimated BID Statement or BID Statement in question within two (2) years after the end of the Tax Year in question or, with respect to Taxes or BID Assessments which are the subject of tax certiorari proceedings, within two (2) years after the final resolution of such proceedings, except that after the Expiration Date, Landlord shall have until the date that is one (1) year after the Expiration Date to render any such Tax Statement or Bid Statement.

(v) Adjustments due to the Sale or Acquisition of Unit(s) . In the event that Landlord shall sell its interest in any of the condominium units comprising the Unit to any third party (other than an Affiliate of Landlord) or acquire any additional condominium units in the Building during the Term, then, with respect to the calculation of any Tenant’s Tax Payment or Tenant’s BID Payment required to be made by Tenant from and after the date (the “Tax Adjustment Date”) which is the later to occur of: (a) the date of such sale or acquisition, as the case may be, or (b) the date that the taxing authority shall designate separate tax lot(s) for the portion(s) of the Unit that continue to be owned by Landlord and/or any Affiliate of Landlord and includes the Demised Premises (including any portion of Tenant’s Tax Payment or Tenant’s BID Payment for the Tax Year in which such designation is made

 

42

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

accruing after the Tax Adjustment Date), (1) an appropriate (A) reduction in the Base Year Taxes, in the case of a sale or (B) an appropriate increase in the Base Year Taxes, in the case of an acquisition shall be made by Landlord and Tenant to reflect the amount of Taxes that were incurred or payable during the Tax Base Year with respect to only the portion of the Unit that is within the tax lot(s) owned (or leased pursuant to the Unit Ground Lease) by Landlord after the Tax Adjustment Date and (2) an appropriate modification to Tenant’s Proportionate Tax Share shall be made by Landlord and Tenant to reflect the reduction or increase, as the case may be, in the number of RSF in the Unit after the Tax Adjustment Date, provided that Landlord shall apply a consistent measurement standard to the Unit and the Demised Premises. No such sale or acquisition shall change the definition of Taxes contained herein nor cause the PILOT program to terminate prior to the Scheduled PILOT Conversion Date.

4.03 Operating Expenses.

A. Definitions . For the purposes of this Section 4.03:

(i) “ Base Operating Expense Year ” shall mean calendar year 2008.

(ii) “ Base Year Operating Expenses ” shall mean, subject to the adjustments provided herein, the aggregate Operating Expenses for the Base Operating Expense Year.

(iii) “ Operating Expenses ” shall mean, without duplication, the following expenses paid or incurred by or on behalf of Landlord or any Landlord Entity in respect of the Unit and Landlord’s undivided interest in the Common Elements:

(A) common charges and special assessments and other charges assessed against the Unit by any Condominium Board in accordance with the provisions of the Condominium Documents, including charges (but not any capital charges or items thereunder) under the Subway Agreement and the Vault Agreement (collectively, “ Common Charges ”); provided , however , there shall be excluded from Common Charges any amounts which are excluded from and/or limited as to their inclusion in Operating Expenses under any other provision of this Section 4.03A(iii) (it being agreed for such purpose that references in such other provisions to the “Unit” shall be deemed to refer to the “Common Elements” (as the context may require) and to “Landlord” shall be deemed to refer to the applicable Condominium Board); and

(B) to the extent not included in clause (A) of this Section 4.03A(iii), the aggregate of, without duplication, all costs, expenses, disbursements and expenditures (and sales, use, excise, value-added and similar taxes, if any, thereon) paid or incurred by or on behalf of Landlord or any Landlord Entity (whether directly or through independent contractors) in respect of the operation, maintenance, repair, cleaning, security and management of the Unit and the plazas, sidewalks, curbs and areas which are part of the Unit and the public sidewalks, curbs and areas adjacent thereto (collectively, the “ Operation of the Property ”) which, under generally applied real estate practice in the City are properly chargeable to the Operation of the Property, including costs incurred in connection with: the repair and/or replacement (subject to the limitations hereinafter set forth) of equipment, facilities and installations; water, fuel and other utilities, HVAC, window cleaning, janitorial and exterminating services; electricity for, and painting of, the public and common areas of the Unit; displays and holiday decorations appropriate to the operation of the Building as a

 

43

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

first class office building in the City; internal access control or other security measures for the Building and the Unit; costs of operating, testing, maintaining, repairing and replacing (to the extent permitted hereby) the Unit Generator; cleaning services and supplies, costs for architectural lighting, gardening and other landscaping services; costs of maintaining submeters in tenanted space, reading such submeters and preparing invoices with respect thereto (unless Landlord is separately reimbursed by any other tenant (including Tenant] with respect to such costs); insurance premiums (including rent or rental value insurance for up to two (2) years’ rent, terrorism, bio-hazards and other similar insurance; uniforms (the cost of which, if purchased, shall be amortized over the useful life of such uniforms) and supplies; sales or use taxes on supplies or services which are includible as Operating Expenses; payroll taxes, wages and salaries of all persons engaged in the Operation of the Property and so called fringe benefits, including social security taxes, unemployment taxes, Workers’ Compensation, coverage for disability benefits, contributions to any pension, hospitalization, welfare or retirement plans or any other similar or like expense incurred under the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement and any other amount incurred to provide benefits for employees so engaged in the Operation of the Property; management services consistent with service provided by comparable owner managed Comparable Buildings or, if the Unit is no longer owner managed, commercially reasonable management fees for management services provided by independent third parties; the charges of any independent contractor who under a contract does any work which otherwise constitutes an Operating Expense with respect to the Operation of the Property; costs of operating the Messenger Center and reasonable legal and accounting fees and disbursements and other professional fees and disbursements in connection with the Operation of the Property; damages, awards and judgments, including interest thereon paid or incurred by Landlord and arising from the Operation of the Property; but specifically excluding or deducting, as appropriate:

(1) Taxes, all Excluded Taxes and all the BID Assessments;

(2) Subject to the provisions of clause (6) below, interest and amortization of any debts;

(3) the cost of any electricity furnished to the Demised Premises or any other tenantable space in the Unit which is not considered a Building common area, a Common Element, a FC Limited Common Element, but the cost of maintaining, reading and invoicing electric meters of tenants (including Tenant) is permitted to be included in Operating Expenses (unless Landlord is separately reimbursed with respect to such costs);

(4) fixed ground rent, percentage rent and any other payments paid under the Unit Ground Lease or any other Superior Lease (other than payments which, independent of the Unit Ground Lease or any other Superior Lease would constitute an Operating Expense);

(5) operating expenses directly attributable to (A) any retail area in the Unit or the Building, including the Retail Unit and/or (B) the Roof Top Garden Space and the Lobby Sublease Space;

 

44

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(6) expenditures for capital improvements except (A) those which under GAAP are expensed or regarded as deferred expenses, (B) those which are intended to result in a savings in the amount of Operating Expenses but not in excess of the actual savings on account thereof during any Operating Expense Year, as reasonably determined in a written report prepared by a reputable, independent licensed engineer retained by Landlord, (C) those made in order to comply with any Legal Requirements enacted or effective after the Commencement Date (or by changes enacted after the Commencement Date to any Legal Requirements enacted prior to the Commencement Date to the extent of such changes), or (D) replacements (other than to the extent excluded under clause (12) below); provided , however , with respect to expenditures for replacements in excess of ************************ ($********) in any Operating Expense Year, expenditures for such replacement (x) shall only be permitted to be included in Operating Expenses if the cost of repairing such item would exceed fifty percent (50%) of the cost of replacing the same, (y) which are included in Operating Expenses in any Operating Expense Year shall not exceed the cost of the repair of such item as reasonably determined by Landlord, and shall be included in Operating Expenses for the appropriate Operating Expense Years, and (z) shall be amortized annually on a straight line basis over its useful life as determined in accordance with GAAP, together with interest at the Prime Rate determined at the time Landlord incurred said cost, and shall be included in Operating Expenses for the appropriate Operating Expense Years. If Landlord shall lease any item of capital equipment that results in savings or reductions in Operating Expenses, then the rentals and other costs paid pursuant to such leasing shall be included in Operating Expenses for the Operating Expense Year in which they are incurred; provided that the amount so included may not exceed the amount that would have otherwise been included pursuant to the preceding sentence had Landlord purchased the same;

(7) depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses except as provided for herein;

(8) leasehold alterations, additions, changes, replacements, improvements and decorations made for tenants or occupants of the Unit or cash allowances in lieu thereof;

(9) brokerage commissions and compensation and finder’s fees;

(10) any expenses incurred in connection with any mortgage or other financing securing any ground or land lease on the Unit, the Land, the Building or the Unit Ground Lease, including mortgage interest or amortization, or in connection with any refinancing thereof, including legal, accounting, consultant, mortgage, brokerage or other expenses related thereto;

(11) any cost or expense which would otherwise be an Operating Expense in connection with any garage (but not any loading dock) located in the below grade portion of the Building to the extent directly attributable to such garage (but not any loading dock);

(12) costs covered by enforceable warranties and guaranties but only to the extent Landlord is actually reimbursed under such warranties and guaranties;

(13) personnel benefits, expenses and salaries of the type set forth in this Section of employees above the level of building manager (except for personnel employed by any Landlord Entity which provides services typically performed by a third party such as cleaning, security and messenger services to the

 

45

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Building and/or other buildings owned by Landlord or other Landlord Entities (provided that the cost of such services, including the salaries, fringe benefits and other compensation for such personnel, does not exceed competitive market rates charged by independent third parties for services comparable to such services being provided at the Building), in which case, such salaries, fringe benefits and compensation shall be equitably apportioned among all such buildings);

(14) the portion of any expenses otherwise includible in Operating Expenses which are allocable to any other properties of Landlord or Landlord Entities, such as the portion of the personnel benefits, expenses and salaries of the type set forth in the definition of Operating Expenses of employees reasonably allocable to time spent by such employees in connection with properties other than the Unit or the portion of the premiums for any insurance carried under “blanket” or similar policies to the extent reasonably allocable, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, to any property other than the Unit and Landlord’s undivided interest in the Common Elements;

(15) any cost or expense which would otherwise be included in Operating Expenses to the extent that Landlord is reimbursed or is required to be reimbursed therefor from any source other than pursuant to provisions in the nature of this Article 4;

(16) advertising, entertaining and promotional expenditures;

(17) the cost of repairs or replacements incurred by reason of fire or other casualty or condemnation, to the extent Landlord is compensated therefor during the Operating Expense Year to which an Operating Expense Statement relates (or would have been compensated therefor if Landlord had carried the insurance coverage required of Landlord hereunder);

(18) direct costs incurred in connection with a transfer or disposition of Landlord’s (direct or indirect) interest in the Unit Ground Lease, that would not otherwise be incurred by Landlord as an Operating Expense;

(19) costs and expenses incurred in connection with, and incidental to, the leasing of space in the Unit, including attorneys’ fees and disbursements; costs and expenses incurred in connection with preparing and negotiating leases, amendments and modifications thereto, consents to sublease, assignments; non-disturbance agreements, take over or assumption fees; any form leases with respect to the Operation of the Property; disputes with tenants or occupants in the Unit (it being agreed that reasonable attorneys’ and accountants’ fees and disbursements incurred directly in connection with the Operation of the Property shall be included in Operating Expenses, subject to the limitations in clause (20) hereof);

(20) legal, accounting and auditing fees, other than (A) accounting and auditing fees reasonably incurred in connection with the preparation of statements required pursuant to additional rent or rental escalation provision, (B) reasonable legal, accounting, consulting and appraisal fees incurred in protesting (or seeking a refund or reduction of) Taxes, BID Assessments and/or utility charges to the extent that the amount thereof is not reimbursed to Landlord under the provisions of Section 4.02 hereof, provided that in no event shall Landlord be entitled to recover expenses in excess of the amount of the refund or credit, and (C) legal, accounting and consulting fees incurred in defending any audit relating to the Operation of the Property conducted by a Governmental Authority (whether or not Landlord prevails in such audit);

 

46

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(21) costs and expenses (including those for labor, materials, tools, equipment and contractor charges) incurred in connection with compliance with any Legal Requirements existing as of the Commencement Date which are applicable to the Unit (including the Demised Premises) with respect to a condition existing as of the Commencement Date, whether or not noted of record, unless caused by an act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Parties or any Person claiming by, through or under Tenant or Tenant Parties;

(22) costs incurred to correct any defect discovered during the first eighteen (18) month period following the Commencement Date (or such longer period as may be covered under any enforceable warranty or guaranty) to the extent resulting from the improper initial construction or design of the Building or the Base Systems (but excluding any Tenant Changes), provided , howeve r, nothing contained herein is intended to exclude from Operating Expenses any portions of such repairs or replacements which would customarily be included in Operating Expenses other than those directly attributable to such construction or design defects;

(23) costs incurred in performing work or furnishing services for any other tenant, whether at such tenant’s or Landlord’s expense, to the extent that such work or service is in excess of any work or service that Landlord is obligated to furnish to Tenant at Landlord’s expense;

(24) the cost of clean-up, removal or remediation of any Hazardous Materials (other than Operational Hazardous Materials) from the Unit or the Building except for costs permitted under clause ( 6) above;

(25) costs of placing the common areas of the Building in compliance with Legal Requirements, including ADA, except for costs permitted under clause (6) above and except for costs of placing the common areas of the Building in compliance with amendments to, or changes in governmental agency interpretations of or regulations governing, the ADA which first become effective after the Commencement Date;

(26) costs relating to withdrawal liability or unfunded pension liability under the Multi-Employer Pension Plan Act or similar law;

(27) all costs and expenses resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, Landlord Entity or any Condominium Board and any damages and attorneys’ fees and disbursements and other costs in connection with any judgment, settlement or arbitration award resulting from any tort liability of Landlord, Landlord Entity or any Condominium Board;

(28) Landlord’s overhead and general and administrative expenses above the level of building manager (except for those related to (A) personnel employed by any Landlord Entity which provides services typically performed by a third party such as cleaning, security and messenger services to the Building and/or other buildings owned

 

47

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

by Landlord or other Landlord Entities [provided that the cost of such services, including the salaries, fringe benefits and other compensation for such personnel, does not exceed competitive market rates charged by independent third parties for services comparable to such services being provided at the Building], in which case, such salaries, fringe benefits and compensation shall be equitably apportioned among all such buildings) and (B) management fees includable in Operating Expenses under the provisions of this Section 4.03A(iii));

(29) the cost of installing, operating and maintaining any specialty facility such as an observatory, lodging, broadcasting facilities, luncheon club, athletic or recreational club, child care facility, auditorium, cafeteria or dining facility (including the auditorium and catering facilities located in the NYTC Unit as of the Execution Date), conference center or similar facilities (except that the costs of maintaining and operating the Mast or the Messenger Center shall not be a deduction from Operating Expenses and may be included therein);

(30) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by Landlord;

(31) subject to the provisions of clause (6) above, any lease payments for equipment which, if purchased, would be specifically excluded as a capital improvement;

(32) dues to professional and lobbying associations (except for the allocable dues for REBNY, BOMA or any successor organization) or contributions to political or charitable organizations;

(33) costs incurred with respect to a sale or transfer of all or any portion of the Unit or any interest therein or in any Person of whatever tier owning an interest therein;

(34) any interest, fine, penalty or other late charge payable by Landlord or any increase in insurance premium resulting from a violation by Landlord, any Landlord Entity or any Condominium Board of any Legal Requirements;

(35) the cost of acquiring or replacing any separate electrical meter or water meter Landlord may provide to any of the tenants in the Unit;

(36) costs incurred to remedy any fines and penalties incurred because of violations of Legal Requirements that arise by reason of the failure of Landlord, any Landlord Entity or any Condominium Board to construct, maintain or operate the Unit or any part thereof in compliance with such Legal Requirements to the extent such failure is not due to a default by any tenant (including Tenant) in its obligations to Landlord under its lease (it being agreed that the costs of permits and approvals required to comply with Legal Requirements in the ordinary course of the Operation of the Property shall be permitted to be included in Operating Expenses);

(37) all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the performance of any sundry services to individual tenants which are not generally provided to all office tenants (including Tenant);

 

48

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(38) any payments received by Landlord for recyclable materials and waste paper for the Building shall be deducted from Operating Expenses;

(39) costs incurred in connection with making any additions to, or building additional stories on, the Building or its plazas, or adding buildings or other structures adjoining the Building, or connecting the Building to other structures adjoining the Building;

(40) costs incurred in connection with the acquisition, sale, financing or other disposition of air rights, transferable development rights, easements or other real property interests;

(41) the cost of overtime heating, air-conditioning and ventilation (including costs related to chilled water) for any tenants of the Unit;

(42) costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any obligation of Landlord or any Condominium Board to indemnify any tenant (including Tenant) of the Unit or the Building pursuant to its lease or otherwise;

(43) any bad debt loss, rent loss or reserves for bad debts or rent loss;

(44) costs of acquiring, leasing, insuring, restoring, removing or replacing (i) sculptures, (ii) paintings and (iii) other objects of art located within or outside the Building, except the cost of routine cleaning and maintenance of such objects in the public areas of the Building may be included in Operating Expenses;

(45) costs incurred by Landlord which result from Landlord’s or any other tenant’s breach of a lease or Landlord’s tortious or negligent conduct;

(46) expenditures for repairing and/or replacing any defect in any work performed by or on behalf of Landlord pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, to the extent expenditures for such repairs and/or replacements would have been covered had Landlord obtained a commercially reasonable warranty for such work;

(47) expenses of relocating or moving any tenant(s) of the Building;

(48) the cost of temporary exhibitions located at or within the Building;

(49) any costs or expenses that are duplicative of costs included in Common Charges;

(50) any costs or expenses attributable to units that are not part of the Unit or to the limited common elements of such units;

(51) all hard and soft costs and expenses relating to the Base Building Work, the Fit-out Work and the construction of the units other than the Unit;

(52) the portion of any fee or expenditure (other than a management fee) paid to Landlord or any other Landlord Entity that is in excess of the amount which would be paid if such fee or expenditure were competitively bid;

 

49

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(53) costs and expenses, including, without limitation legal fees, incurred in connection with the enforcement of leases and occupancy agreements, and/or suits brought by tenants with respect to their leases or occupancy agreements, including, without limitation, disbursements in connection with any summary proceeding to dispossess any tenant or occupant; and

(54) any amounts resulting from Landlord’s failure to meet its legal or contractual obligations (e.g., failure to pay taxes, defaults under leases or agreements, etc.).

If during all or part of any Operating Expense Year (including the Base Operating Expense Year), any particular item(s) of work or service is not furnished (which would otherwise constitute an Operating Expense hereunder) to the Unit (or the Building) due to the fact that less than the entire leasable space of the Unit is occupied or leased (even if portions of the Unit are not yet ready for occupancy or lease), then, for purposes of computing Operating Expenses for such Operating Expense Year, the amount included in Operating Expenses for such item(s) for such period shall be deemed to be increased to reflect the variable Operating Expense costs that would have been payable had the Unit been ninety five percent (95%) occupied for the entire Operating Expense Year or which would reasonably have been incurred during such period by Landlord if it had furnished such item(s) of work or service to the Unit or portion thereof, as the case may be. Without limiting the foregoing, it shall be assumed that all services in respect of the Unit are in place and fully costed ( e.g ., discounts for the initial period of multi-year contracts shall be appropriately adjusted). Similarly, if during all or part of any Operating Expense Year (including the Base Operating Expense Year), Landlord shall not furnish any particular item(s) of work or service (which would otherwise constitute an Operating Expense hereunder) to the Unit due to the fact that such item(s) of work or service is not required or desired by the tenant of such portion or such tenant is itself obtaining and providing such item(s) of work or service, then, for purposes of computing Operating Expenses for such Operating Expense Year, the amount included in Operating Expenses for such item(s) for such period shall be increased to reflect the variable Operating Expense costs that would reasonably have been incurred during such period by Landlord, if it had furnished such item(s) of work or service to the Unit or portion thereof. Further, with respect to the calculation of the Base Year Operating Expenses only, if and to the extent certain expenses are incurred with respect to only a portion of the Base Operating Expense Year, then such expenses shall be annualized to more closely approximate the cost that will be incurred for such expense over the course of the subsequent full year.

To the extent that at any time during the three (3) year period after the Rent Commencement Date, Landlord adds one or more new categories of Operating Expenses not included in the Base Year Operating Expenses, then, for so long as expenses relating to such new categories are included in Operating Expenses, the Base Year Operating Expenses shall be increased by amount equal to (a) the amount included in Operating Expenses for such new category of Operating Expenses in such first Operating Expense Year (it being understood that Landlord shall have no obligation to refund any amounts to Tenant for prior Operating Expense Years solely by reason of any such increase of the Base Year Operating Expenses) reduced by (b) the percentage increase in the CPI, if any, from the first month of the Base Operating Expense Year to the first month of the Operating Expense Year with respect to which such amounts are first included in Operating Expenses. By way of example, (i) if the CPI has increased by 10%, in the aggregate, since the Base Operating Expense Year, and (ii) the new category costs are $***** per annum in such first Operating Expense Year, then the Operating Expenses for the Base Operating Expense Year shall be increased by $**** per annum on account of such new category.

 

50

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(iv) “ Operating Expense Year ” shall mean, for purposes of determining • Operating Expenses, each calendar year all or any part of which shall fall within the Term.

(v) “ Tenant’s Proportionate Operating Expense Share ” shall be computed on the basis of a fraction, the numerator of which is the RSF area, from time to time, of the Premises, and the denominator of which is the total RSF area of the Unit (excluding from the denominator all RSF of the 28th floor included in the Unit and Roof Top Garden portions of the Unit and all lower level storage space in the Building). As of the Execution Date, (A) the RSF of the Premises for the purposes of calculating Tenant’s Proportionate Operating Expense Share during the Initial Term shall be deemed to be 31,753 RSF and (B) Tenant’s Proportionate Operating Expense Share is 4.535% subject to adjustment in the event Tenant leases any other space in the Unit.

B. Computations .

(i) Tenant’s Operating Expense Payment . Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount (“ Tenant’s Operating Expense Payment ”) equal to Tenant’s Proportionate Operating Expense Share of the amount by which Operating Expenses for such Operating Expense Year exceeds the Base Year Operating Expenses commencing on the later of (a) the Rent Commencement Date or (b) January 1, 2009.

(ii) Estimated Operating Expense Statement . At any time before or after the commencement of any Operating Expense Year, Landlord may render to Tenant a statement in reasonable detail of Landlord’s reasonable estimate of Tenant’s Operating Expense Payment for such Operating Expense Year (“ Estimated Operating Expense Statement ”) and the amount shown thereon (the “ Tenant’s Estimated Operating Expense Payment ”) shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord in twelve (12) equal monthly installments on the first day of each month during the Operating Expense Year (but the first payment on account of the Tenant’s Estimated Operating Expense Payment shall not be due and payable until thirty (30) days after delivery to Tenant of such Estimated Operating Expense Statement). If, however, Landlord shall furnish such Estimated Operating Expense Statement for any Operating Expense Year subsequent to the commencement thereof, then (a) until the first day of the month following the month in which such Estimated Operating Expense Statement is furnished to Tenant, Tenant shall continue to pay to Landlord on the first day of each month an amount equal to the monthly sum payable under this Section 4.03B in respect of the last month of the preceding Operating Expense Year, (b) after such Estimated Operating Expense Statement is furnished to Tenant or together therewith, Landlord shall give notice to Tenant stating whether the installments of Tenant’s Operating Expense Payment previously made for such Operating Expense Year pursuant to clause (a) of this sentence were greater or less than the installments of Tenant’s Operating Expense Payment to be made for such Operating Expense Year in accordance with such Estimated Operating Expense Statement, and (1) if there shall be a deficiency, Tenant shall pay the amount thereof within thirty (30) days after demand therefor or (2) subject to the provisions of the last sentence of this Section 4.03B(ii), if there shall have been an overpayment, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s option, pay to Tenant together with such notice, or credit against the next subsequent payments of Rent, the amount thereof (together with interest thereon at the Prime Rate if the amount of the overpayment is more than 3%); and (c) on the first day of the second month following the month in which such Estimated Operating Expense Statement is furnished to Tenant, and monthly thereafter throughout the remainder of such Operating Expense Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the Estimated Operating Expense Payment shown on such Estimated Operating Expense Statement. Landlord may, from

 

51

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

time to time, furnish to Tenant one or more revised Estimated Operating Expense Statements for such Operating Expense Year, and, in such case, Tenant’s payments under this Section on account of such Operating Expense Year shall be adjusted and paid or credited, as the case may be, substantially in the same manner as provided in the immediately preceding sentence. If, at the time Tenant becomes entitled to any refund or credit of an Operating Expense Payment, Tenant is then in default under this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure period, Landlord may offset the amount of such credit or refund payable to Tenant against amounts properly due and owing by Tenant to Landlord.

(iii) Operating Expense Statement . Within two hundred seventy (270) days after the end of each Operating Expense Year after the expiration of the Base Operating Expense Year), Landlord shall issue a statement of Operating Expenses for such Operating Expense Year, including a computation of Tenant’s Operating Expense Payment for such Operating Expense Year (each, an “ Operating Expense Statement ”). If Tenant’s Estimated Operating Expense Payments shall have been less than Tenant’s Operating Expense Payment, the deficiency shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of such Operating Expense Statement. If Tenant’s Estimated Operating Expense Payment shall have been more than Tenant’s Operating Expense Payment, the overpayment (together with interest thereon at the Prime Rate if the amount of the overpayment is more than 3%), shall, subject to the last sentence of Section 4.03(B)(ii), at Landlord’s option, be credited by Landlord against Tenant’s next subsequent payments of Rent or paid to Tenant together with such Operating Expense Statement.

(iv) Partial Operating Expense Year; Delay . Tenant’s liability under this Section 4.03B with respect to the Operating Expense Year in which Tenant is first obligated to make an Operating Expense Payment hereunder and with respect to the Operating Expense Year in which this Lease shall expire or (except on account of Tenant’s default) terminate shall be computed on a pro rata basis based on the actual number of days in the period for which Tenant’s Operating Expense Payment is payable. Landlord’s failure to render or delay in rendering an Estimated Operating Expense Statement or an Operating Expense Statement with respect to any Operating Expense Year shall not prejudice Landlord’s right thereafter to render the same with respect thereto or with respect to any subsequent Operating Expense Year nor shall the rendering of an Operating Expense Statement for any Operating Expense Year prejudice Landlord’s right thereafter to render a corrected Operating Expense Statement for such Operating Expense Year, provided that Landlord renders the Operating Expense Statement in question within two (2) years after the end of the Operating Expense Year in question, except in the case of the Operating Expense Year in which the Expiration Date occurs, in which event such Operating Expense Statement must be rendered within one (1) year after the Expiration Date.

(v) Adjustments due to the Sale or Acquisition of Unit(s) . In the event that Landlord shall sell its interest in any of the condominium units comprising the Unit to a third party (other than a Landlord Affiliate) or acquire any additional units in the Building during the Term, then, with respect to the calculation of any Tenant’s Operating Expense Payment required to be made by Tenant from and after the date such sale or acquisition, as the case may be, (a) an appropriate (1) reduction in the Base Year Operating Expenses, in the case of a sale or (2) an appropriate increase in the Base Year Operating Expenses in the case of an acquisition shall be made by Landlord and Tenant to reflect the amount of Operating Expenses that were incurred or paid during the Base Operating Expense Year with respect to only the portion of the Unit that is within the tax lot(s) owned (or leased pursuant to the Unit Ground Lease) by Landlord after the

 

52

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

date of such sale and (b) an appropriate modification to Tenant’s Proportionate Operating Expense Share shall be made by Landlord and Tenant to reflect the reduction or increase, as the case may be, in the number of RSF in the Unit after the date of such sale, provided that Landlord shall apply a consistent measurement standard to the Unit and the Demised Premises.

4.04 A. Tenant, upon notice given within one hundred fifty (150) days after Tenant’s receipt of a Landlord’s Statement, may elect to have an Approved Examiner designated (in such notice) by Tenant examine such of Landlord’s books and records (collectively “ Records ”) as are relevant to such Landlord’s Statement, together with reasonable supporting data therefor (including Records for the Base Operating Year Expenses relating to Operating Expenses), such examination to occur during Business Hours and upon at least five (5) Business Days’ prior notice to Landlord, and which shall commence not later than thirty (30) days following the date of Tenant’s notice, as such date may be extended on a day for day basis to the extent Landlord unreasonably delays Tenant’s access to the Records following Tenant’s request therefor or due to Force Majeure. An “ Approved Examiner ” shall be (a) a certified public accountant or other qualified professional who is a member of an independent certified public accounting firm or other qualified professional services firm having at least fifteen (15) professionals or (b) an employee of Tenant, who, in each instance, is not (and whose firm is not) being compensated by Tenant, in whole or in part, on a contingency or success fee basis and, which Approved Examiner reviewing such records is not and has not during the Term (or the three (3) year period prior thereto) been Affiliated with, a shareholder, an officer, director, partner, member or employee of, any managing agent of the Building or Landlord or any Landlord Entity. As a condition to Tenant’s right to review the Records, Tenant shall pay all sums required to be paid in accordance with the applicable Landlord’s Statement in question; provided that the payment of such sums shall be without prejudice to Tenant’s rights under Section 4.04D hereof. If Tenant shall not give such notice within such one hundred fifty (150) day period, then such Landlord’s Statement shall be conclusive and binding upon Tenant.

B. Landlord hereby agrees to maintain and preserve its Records with respect to (i) the Base Operating Year Expenses, until the fourth (4th) anniversary of the Commencement Date, and (ii) for each subsequent Operating Year, for a period of at least three (3) years following the delivery of the Operating Expense Statement with respect thereto or such longer period as any dispute and/or audit in respect of such Records may be ongoing.

C. Tenant and Tenant’s employees, accountants and agents (including the Approved Examiner) shall treat all Records as confidential, and, as a condition to any review of the Records, shall confirm such confidentiality obligation in writing by executing a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 4.04C (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”). Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, have the right to obtain copies and/or make abstracts of the Records as it may reasonably request in connection with its verification of any Landlord’s Statement reviewed in accordance with the terms hereof, subject to the provisions of the Confidentiality Agreement.

D. Tenant may, within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date on which the Records are made available to Tenant, as required herein, send a notice (“ Tenant’s Statement ”) to Landlord that Tenant disagrees with the applicable Landlord’s Statement, specifying in reasonable detail the basis for Tenant’s disagreement and Tenant’s reasonable estimate of the amount of Tenant’s Operating Expense Payment, Tenant’s Tax Payment and/or Tenant’s BID Payment, as applicable, that Tenant claims is due. If Tenant fails timely to deliver a Tenant’s Statement, then such Landlord’s Statement shall be conclusive and binding on Tenant. If Tenant timely delivers a Tenant’s Statement, Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to resolve such disagreement within thirty (30) days after delivery of Tenant’s Statement. If they are unable to do so, Tenant may send a notice to Landlord, within ninety

 

53

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(90) days after the delivery of Tenant’s Statement in connection with the disagreement in question indicating that Tenant desires to have such disagreement determined by an Arbiter and setting forth the name of an individual proposed by Tenant to serve as Arbiter. If Landlord does not agree with Tenant’s selection of an Arbiter, Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree on another individual to serve as Arbiter, and if Landlord and Tenant shall be unable to agree upon the designation of the Arbiter within twenty (20) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s notice requesting the appointment of an Arbiter, then either party shall have the right to request the AAA to designate the Arbiter. The “ Arbiter ” shall be a certified public accountant whose practice primarily involves real estate accounting and who is a member of an independent certified public accounting firm having at least fifteen (15) accounting professionals. The Arbiter’s determination, made in accordance with this Section 4.04D, shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties. If Tenant timely delivers a Tenant’s Statement, the disagreement referenced therein is not resolved by the parties and Tenant fails to notify Landlord of Tenant’s desire to have such disagreement determined by an Arbiter within the ninety (90) day period set forth above, then the Landlord’s Statement to which such disagreement relates shall be conclusive and binding on Tenant. The fees of the Arbiter shall be borne equally by Landlord and Tenant; provided that if it is determined that the Operating Expense Statement was overstated by five percent (5%) or more, then the cost of the Arbiter shall be borne by Landlord. Any determination made by an Arbiter shall not exceed the amount determined to be due in the first instance by the Operating Expense Statement (subject to Landlord’s rights to revise such Landlord’s Statement as permitted herein), nor shall such determination be less than the amount claimed to be due by Tenant in Tenant’s Statement, and any determination which does not comply with the foregoing shall be null and void and not binding on the parties. In rendering such determination the Arbiter shall not add to, subtract from or otherwise modify the provisions of this Lease. Pending the resolution of any contest pursuant to this Section, and as a condition to Tenant’s right to prosecute such contest (but without prejudice to Tenant’s position), Tenant shall pay all sums required to be paid in accordance with the Landlord’s Statement in question. If Tenant shall prevail in such contest, Landlord shall, at its option, subject to the last sentence of Section 4.02(B)(ii), Section 4.02C(ii) or Section 4.03B(ii), as applicable, either credit against Tenant’s next subsequent payments of Rent the amount (together with interest thereon at the Prime Rate if such overpayment is more than 3%) determined to be overpaid or pay such amount (including the required interest thereon, if any) to Tenant within thirty (30) days after such. determination.

4.05 In the event that any amount owing to Tenant under this Article 4 and payable either in cash or by means of a credit against the rent (together with any required interest payable thereon, if any) shall not be fully paid or credited to Tenant on the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease then, subject to the last sentence of Section 4.02B(ii), Section 4.02D(ii) or 4.03B(ii) hereof, as applicable, Landlord shall promptly pay to Tenant the amount not theretofore paid or credited to Tenant.

4.06 In no event shall the Fixed Rent ever be reduced by operation of Sections 4.02 or 4.03 hereof. The provisions of this Article 4 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

54

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

ARTICLE 5

USE

5.01 A. The Demised Premises shall be used and occupied as administrative, general and executive offices and may be used for the gathering of financial information over the internet and through other sources, and the summarization, analysis and distribution and sale of same (which sale shall not be to the general public at the Premises), and, subject to the terms hereof, such incidental and ancillary uses which are usual and customary in Comparable Buildings in the Times Square area and for no other purpose except as provided in this Section 5.01.

B. Supplementing the terms of Section 5.01A hereof, portions of the Demised Premises may, subject to the terms hereof, also be used for the following incidental and ancillary uses (the “ Ancillary Uses ”): (i) classrooms for training, (ii) conference center and meeting rooms, (iii) photographic reproduction and/or offset printing facilities in connection with permitted business conducted in the Premises, including reproduction facilities for clients and other business activities, (iv) the operation of computers, data processing, word processing and other business machines, including telephone, fax and other telecommunications equipment required for the conduct of business at the Demised Premises, (v) not more than three (3) pantries in the Demised Premises, provided that if the Demised Premises contain three (3) pantries, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the actual costs incurred in cleaning such third pantry), (vi) libraries, (vii) messenger and mailroom facilities, (viii) the sale of snack foods, beverages and other convenience items by vending machines, and/or (ix) the storage of equipment, books, records, files and other items for the conduct of business, each of the foregoing being exclusively for the use of the employees, licensees, guests and invitees of the permitted occupants of the Premises. In connection with any Ancillary Use, Tenant shall (a) comply with all applicable Legal Requirements and the provisions of this Lease in connection with the installation and operation thereof, (b) obtain (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) any and all required permits and licenses for such Ancillary Uses, and (c) pay for any necessary extermination (in excess of that required for typical office space in first-class Manhattan office buildings), exhaust or ventilation and excess cleaning necessitated by the use of such space for such Ancillary Uses (it being understood that Landlord’s provision of cleaning services shall not be expanded beyond that provided for herein by reason of Landlord’s approval of the use of such space for such Ancillary Uses).

C. In connection with any pantries located in the Demised Premises, Tenant shall be permitted to install in connection therewith Dwyer units, microwave ovens, dishwashers, coffeemakers, refrigerators but not any cooking facilities (including no conventional or convection ovens or stoves). Any pantry use which may be permitted hereunder shall be operated in such a manner that (i) no odors, fumes or smoke will escape from the Demised Premises into other portions of the Building, and (ii) all wet garbage shall be bagged and placed in containers that prevent the escape of odors. Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, the any additional reasonable out-of-pocket charges actually incurred by Landlord in connection with the removal of such garbage (if any).

5.02 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 5.01 hereof, it is expressly understood that no portion of the Demised Premises shall be permitted to be used as or for and Tenant shall not at any time use or occupy the Demised Premises, the Unit, the Building or any part thereof, or suffer or permit any Person to use or occupy the Demised Premises, the Unit, the Building or any part thereof for:

 

55

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(a) the sale to the general public of any products kept in the Demised Premises, or the sale (whether by persons or by vending machines) of alcoholic beverages, cigarettes, cigars, tobacco, narcotics or other controlled or prohibited substances; provided , however , that subject to the provisions of Section 5.01 hereof, (i) the Premises may be used, as an Ancillary Use, to conduct demonstrations, seminars, meetings and related activities in connection with the business of permitted occupants of the Premises with its employees or independent contractors, (ii) the Premises may be used to sell food, candy, beverages and similar items through vending machines located in the Demised ‘Premises for the exclusive use of the officers, employees and invitees of the permitted occupants of the Premises, each of which vending machines (if it dispenses any beverages or other liquids or refrigerates) shall have a waterproof pan located thereunder connected to a drain and (iii) the permitted occupants of the Premises may distribute printed and other materials and equipment from the Demised Premises in connection with their business;

(b) the rendition of medical, psychological, or therapeutic services;

(c) the conduct of any public or private auction;

(d) the conduct of any gambling or gaming activities or of an employment agency;

(e) offices of a governmental agency, or government (including an autonomous governmental corporation or any entity having governmental immunity), or a diplomatic or trade mission;

(f) the operation of any school or college;

(g) a public stenographer or typist, barber shop, beauty or manicure shop, telephone or telegraph agency, telephone or secretarial service for the public at large, messenger service for the public at large (other than internal messengers or messengers employed by the occupants of the Premises for pick up and delivery of its local correspondence);

(h) public restaurant or bar;

(i) commercial document reproduction or offset printing service to the general public;

(j) any obscene or pornographic purposes or any sort of commercial sex establishment;

(k) any of the Prohibited Uses (as defined and set forth in Exhibit I of the Condominium Declaration), including without limitation, the collection and distribution of news by one or more of the following media: (i) newspapers,. (ii) magazines, (iii) internet, (iv) television, and/or (v) radio,; provided , however , that Landlord hereby represents and covenants to Tenant that Tenant’s use of the Demised Premises for the purposes of gathering financial information over the internet and through other sources, and the summarization analysis and distribution and sale of same as permitted herein, shall not be deemed a Prohibited Use; or

(l) any manner which, (i) violates the then current certificate of occupancy for the Building (so long as such certificate of occupancy permits the use of the Premises for office purposes), (ii) causes injury or damage to the Building or to any Building equipment, (iii) impairs the character or appearance of the Building as a first-class office building, (iv) impairs the proper and economic maintenance, operation and repair of the Unit, the Base Systems, the Common Elements, the Building common areas, the Building and/or its equipment, facilities or systems, (v) unreasonably annoys or inconveniences other tenants or occupants of the Unit and/or the Building, (vi) constitutes a nuisance,

 

56

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

public or private, (vii) makes unobtainable at standard rates from a reputable insurance company authorized to do business in New York State fire insurance with extended coverage or liability, elevator, boiler, umbrella or other insurance customarily carried by landlords leasing space in Comparable Buildings (unless Tenant agrees to pay such increased rates), (viii) emits objectionable noise, fumes, vibrations, heat, chilled air, vapors or odors into or from the Unit, the Building, the Base Systems, the Common Elements, the Building common areas and/or any other Building equipment, any flues or vents located at the Building or otherwise, (ix) results in floor loads in excess of what is permitted under the then current certificate of occupancy for the Building, (x) interferes with any of the Building services (except if such interference is temporary, is coordinated with Landlord and does not adversely affect (by more than a de minimis extent) any other tenant or occupant of the Unit and/or the Building) including the furnishing of electrical energy, or the proper and economical cleaning, HVAC or other services servicing the Unit and/or the Building (other than the Demised Premises), (xi) violates any Legal Requirements and/or Insurance Requirements, or any of the provisions of the Condominium Documents, the Unit Ground Lease, the Ground Lease, or DUO, (xii) introduces amounts of public traffic in the Building materially in excess of that which is customary for Comparable Buildings or (xiii) violates the Design Guidelines.

Landlord represents that the use of the Demised Premises as administrative, general or executive offices does not violate this Section 5.02.

5.03 If any governmental license, or permit (other than a certificate of Occupancy for office use of the Demised Premises, which shall be the obligation of Landlord to keep in effect, subject to the terms hereof, after Tenant has obtained Tenant’s TCO), including any required modifications or amendments to the certificate of occupancy for the Building, and any public assembly permit required for any use permitted hereby shall be required for the proper and lawful occupancy of the Demised Premises, then Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall procure and thereafter maintain such license or permit and submit the same to Landlord for inspection upon Landlord’s request. Tenant shall comply with the terms and conditions of each such license and/or permit. Provided Tenant is not then in default hereunder beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure period, Landlord shall cooperate (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) with Tenant’s efforts to obtain any such permits, certificates and licenses, including executing and delivering to Tenant within five (5) Business Days after delivery to Landlord any documents or instruments reasonably required by Tenant in connection therewith, provided that all forms, plans, instruments and other documentation requiring Landlord’s signature or sign off shall be completed by Tenant prior to delivery to Landlord and, provided, further, that Tenant shall provide Landlord with all reasonably requested information regarding such permits, licenses, forms, plans, instruments and other such documentation and that Landlord incurs no additional obligations or liability as a result of the signing of such certificates or applications. Any reasonable, out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred by Landlord in connection with the foregoing cooperation shall be deemed Additional Rent and Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord for the same within thirty (30) days after demand therefor by Landlord. The foregoing provisions are not intended to be deemed Landlord’s consent to any alterations or to a use of the Premises not otherwise permitted hereunder nor to require Landlord to effect such modifications or amendments of any certificate of occupancy.

5.04 In no event shall any Ancillary Uses (whether by Tenant or any third party) be used by, or available for use by, the general public (it being agreed that Tenant’s clients and other business invitees shall not be considered “general public” for the purposes of this Section 5.04). Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to constitute Landlord’s consent to Tenant’s leasing to any third party or otherwise allowing any third party to occupy offices or suites located within the Demised Premises except in accordance with the provisions of Article 8 of this Lease.

 

57

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

5.05 All business machines and mechanical, electrical and other equipment (including printing and reproduction equipment and any fitness equipment or facilities) used and installed by or on behalf of Tenant or any Person claiming by or through Tenant, whether in the Demised Premises or any other portion of the Building, which cause vibration or noise that may be transmitted to the Building structure or the Building common areas, the Common Elements or to any leased or leasable space, shall be designed, subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval of such design, to comply with the Noise Criteria 35 of the ASHRAE Guide and Data Book. Such machine, equipment and facilities shall be operated and maintained in accordance with such approved design by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Without Landlord’s prior consent, Tenant shall not install loud speakers or other sound systems in, or about the Demised Premises, or operate any musical instruments, that (in the case of any of the foregoing) are audible outside the Demised Premises.

ARTICLE 6

SERVICES AND EQUIPMENT

6.01 A. From and after the Occupancy Date, Landlord shall furnish or cause to be furnished the following services to the Demised Premises (collectively, “ Landlord Services ”):

(i) Subject to the terms and limitations contained herein, each of the passenger elevator cabs in the Mid-Rise Elevator Bank and serving the Demised Premises shall be in service and subject to call twenty-four (24) hours per day seven (7) days per week substantially in accordance with the specifications set forth on Exhibit 6.01A(i) annexed hereto and made a part hereof (the “ Elevator Specifications ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to Substantial Completion of the Base Building Work, Landlord shall be entitled to provide Tenant with less than all of the passenger elevators serving the Mid-Rise Floors (but in no event shall less than three (3) passenger elevators service the Premises at any time) in connection with the use thereof by Tenant and other occupants and tenants in fitting out their premises in the Unit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may remove passenger elevator(s) serving the Demised Premises from service for purposes of maintenance, emergency repairs and any reason beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, but Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts, subject to the provisions of Section I 0.04 hereof, to not remove more than two (2) such passenger elevators during Business Hours on Business Days.

(ii) HVAC to the Demised Premises during Business Hours on Business Days and on Saturdays from 9:00 A.M. to 1:00 P.M. (excluding Holidays) substantially in accordance with the specifications and design criteria set forth on Exhibit 6.01A(ii) annexed hereto and made a part hereof (the “ Base HVAC Specifications ”). Tenant shall keep entirely unobstructed all of the vents, intakes, outlets and grilles, at all times and shall comply with and observe all reasonable regulations and requirements prescribed by Landlord for the proper functioning of the Base HVAC System. Tenant acknowledges that some or all of the windows in the Demised Premises are or may be hermetically sealed and will not open.

(iii) Building standard cleaning services to the Demised Premises on Business Days in accordance with the cleaning specifications annexed hereto as Exhibit 6.01A(iii) and made a part hereof (the “ Cleaning Specifications ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be required, as part of the Building standard cleaning services, to clean: the interiors of any exterior windows in the Demised Premises, any secure area; any storage space; any portions of the Premises used for preparation, serving or consumption of food or beverages (other than not more than two (2) pantries per floor; it being agreed that any

 

58

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

cleaning of pantries shall be limited to a general wipe-down of countertops and sinks, mopping of floors and emptying of reasonable amounts of wet garbage, but in no event shall any cleaning of the pantries by Landlord include cleaning or washing of dishes, emptying or loading of dishes in to a dishwasher and/or cleaning, washing or defrosting (if applicable) of Dwyer units, refrigerators or freezers); data processing or reproducing operations (other than the removal of ordinary office refuse therefrom); medical rooms; fitness centers; private lavatories or toilets or other special purpose areas requiring greater or more difficult cleaning work than office areas. Tenant shall retain Landlord’s cleaning contractor to perform additional cleaning in excess of the Cleaning Specifications at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, provided that the cost thereof shall be limited to the additional out-of-pocket cost reasonably incurred by Landlord with respect thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may use its own employees to provide minor cleaning services to pantries and conference rooms within the Demised Premises. Landlord’s cleaning contractor shall have access to the Demised Premises after 5:00 p.m. and before 7:00 a.m. Landlord’s cleaning contractor shall have the right to use, without charge therefor, all reasonable quantities of electric lighting, electric power and hot and cold water in the Demised Premises required to clean the Demised Premises. In addition, upon Tenant’s request, given not less than thirty (30) days’ prior to the effective date thereof and Tenant’s approval thereof in writing, Landlord agrees to have Landlord’s cleaning contractor perform Building standard cleaning services as provided herein after 7:00 p.m. on Business Days, provided that Tenant pays the additional out-of-pocket costs reasonably incurred by Landlord with respect thereto.

(iv) Reasonable quantities of water to the Demised Premises for ordinary lavatory (including private toilets but not showers), drinking, pantry (including dishwashers) and normal office cleaning purposes consistent with and comparable to other Comparable Buildings located within the Times Square area. Tenant shall be responsible for creating its own hot water wherever required; provided , however , that Landlord shall install and maintain hot water heaters for the core toilet rooms and janitors closets only substantially in accordance with the Base Building Criteria. If Tenant requires, uses or consumes water for any other purposes in any part of the Demised Premises, Tenant agrees that Landlord may install a meter or meters to measure Tenant’s water consumption for such other purposes, and Tenant further agrees to reimburse Landlord for the reasonable out-of-pocket cost of the meter or meters and the installation thereof, and to pay for the reasonable out-of-pocket cost of maintenance of said meter equipment during the Term. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the actual cost incurred by Landlord for all water consumed for such other purposes as measured by said meter or meters or as otherwise measured, including sewer rents based on Landlord’s actual out-of-pocket cost therefor (without administrative markup or other premium) within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s demand therefor.

(v) Access control to the Building, utilizing personnel, equipment, systems and procedures, consistent with and comparable to other Comparable Buildings located within the Times Square area with similar tenancies and operations, including the posting of a concierge or lobby attendant twenty four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week and the screening of all employees, guests and visitors before being admitted access to the lobby elevator banks, including the procedures set forth on Exhibit 6.01A(v) annexed hereto and made a part hereof, but subject to the provisions thereof.

(vi) Subject to terms and limitations contained herein, from and after the Commencement Date, two (2) freight elevators for the Unit, on a “first-come, first-served” basis during Business Hours on Business Days and on a reservation, “first-come, first-served” basis during non-Business Hours and non-Business Days, subject to the reasonable requirements of

 

59

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Landlord and other tenants and occupants of the Building and the Unit. Tenant shall be responsible for any damage to the freight elevators in connection with Tenant’s use thereof. Subject to the provisions of this Section 6.01A(vi), at Landlord’s option, the freight elevators shall be operated by automatic control or by manual control, or by a combination of both of such methods. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s actual incremental out-of-pocket costs (including, to the extent applicable, jurisdictional labor claims) incurred for freight elevator service made available at times other than during Business Hours; provided , however , with respect to Tenant’s initial move-in to the Demised Premises and the FF&E Work, up to thirty (30) hours of such freight elevator usage outside of Business Hours shall be provided to Tenant at no charge to Tenant.

(vii) Electricity for the Demised Premises as provided in Article 7 hereof.

(viii) Access to the loading dock of the Building on a “first-come, first-served” basis during Business Hours on Business Days and on a reservation, “first-come, first-served” basis during non-Business Hours and non-Business Days, subject to the reasonable requirements of Landlord and other tenants and occupants of the Building and the Unit. To the extent that, in connection with Tenant’s access to the loading dock, any Building personnel are required to be in the loading dock during any times other than Business Hours, Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent, any actual out-of-pocket costs reasonably incurred by Landlord in connection therewith. Landlord shall not charge any fee for making the loading dock available during non-Business Hours, however, Tenant shall be responsible for providing and paying for the cost of any security with respect to Tenant’s use of any loading dock and Landlord shall not have liability to Tenant on account thereof or as result of any failure to provide such security.

(ix) Emergency power through an emergency generator for the Unit (the “ Unit Generator ”) (A) sufficient to make operational all Base Systems serving the Unit which are required by applicable Legal Requirements to be operational, including at least one (I) elevator in each of the elevator banks serving the Demised Premises, (B) sufficient for emergency lighting in core corridors, stairways and stairway exit signs, and (C) in the electric closet on each floor of the Demised Premises, of Y. watt per useable square foot sufficient for emergency lighting in the Demised Premises.

(x) Water pressure and reserve capacity to the fire sprinkler system serving the Demised Premises at the levels required pursuant to the Building Code for the City of New York.

(xi) A fully capable addressable Class “E” fire alarm system within the Demised Premises, which is connected to the Building fire alarm system, together with pull-stations, alarms, speakers, communications, warden stations, and detectors in the lobbies and other core areas on each floor of the Unit and strobes as shown in the Base Building Criteria, together with supervised hardware control output points as specified in the Base Building Criteria and strobe control panels to the extent required for Tenant’s connections to the Class E system in addition to those installed for the Building use. Additional input and output points can be accommodated at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

(xii) From and after Substantial Completion of the Base Building Work, Landlord will cause the exterior of the windows of the Unit to be cleaned consistent with Comparable Buildings in the Times Square area but in no event less than two (2) times per calendar year after such date and, subject to weather conditions permitting the same, Landlord will endeavor to perform such cleaning a minimum of three (3) times per calendar year.

 

60

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(xiii) Conduct the Operation of the Property as a “first class” office building in the Times Square Area.

B. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease, Landlord will not be required to furnish any other services to Tenant or the Demised Premises. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that notwithstanding anything contained in the Base Building Criteria to the contrary, the following items indicated therein are not included in the demise hereunder nor, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, are such items or systems available for Tenant’s use or installation: (i) unless Tenant exercises the Antenna Option as provided in Article 36 hereof (and, in such event, only as provided in Article 36 hereof), space for antenna mounting and cable trays at the roof level or any space for satellite and/or microwave equipment rooms, (ii) unless Tenant exercises its right to utilize Tenant’s Emergency Reserved Power as provided in Article 41 hereof (and, in such event, only as provided in Article 41 hereof), use of the Emergency Generators, any other stand-by generators (except the Unit Generator as provided in Section 6.0 IA(ix) hereof) or any fuel tanks appurtenant thereto, (iii) kitchen exhaust or any shaft space or fans or other ventilation relating thereto, (iv) space in or on the Building for a future cooling tower, HVAC equipment or future backup generator(s), (v) gas risers serving the Building, (vi) except as may otherwise be expressly provided in Section 6.05 hereof, any chilled water for any Supplemental HVAC System, and/or (vii) except as provided in 6.03A hereof, use or access any conduits or sleeves in the Building.

C. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, if more than one occupant of the Building, including Tenant, is chargeable by Landlord for the same costs and expenses relating to the same services or work requested by or provided to Tenant and such other occupant(s) of the Building for which Tenant is chargeable (whether performed on an overtime basis or otherwise), then Tenant shall only be charged for a proportionate share of such costs and expenses, which apportionment shall be based on the amount of services or work requested by such parties.

6.02 Landlord reserves the right to temporarily interrupt, curtail or suspend the \ services required to be furnished by Landlord under this Lease when the necessity therefor arises by reason of required maintenance, accident, labor dispute, riot, insurrection, emergency, mechanical breakdown, acts of God or other Force Majeure event, or when required by any Legal Requirements and/or Insurance Requirements, or for any other cause beyond the reasonable control of Landlord and, except as provided in Section 6.07 A hereof, the same shall be without liability to Landlord nor shall the same constitute an actual or constructive eviction. Landlord shall provide Tenant with such advance notice, if any, as is reasonable under the circumstances of any stoppage, curtailment or interruption of service, and such notice shall set forth, on a non-binding basis, Landlord’s good faith estimate of the duration of such stoppage. Subject to the provisions of Section 10.04 hereof, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete all required repairs or other necessary work to provide restoration of any service provided by Landlord as reasonably promptly as possible and in a manner so as to minimize interference with Tenant’s ordinary use and enjoyment of the Demised Premises, and, where the cessation or interruption of such service has occurred due to circumstances or conditions beyond the boundaries of the Land, to cause the same to be restored by diligent application or request to the provider. To the extent reasonably possible, Landlord shall, subject to the provisions of Section 10.04 hereof, confine all such stoppages within Landlord’s reasonable control to times that are not Business Hours. Except as provided in Section 6.07 A hereof, Landlord shall not have liability to Tenant therefor and no diminution or abatement of rent or other compensation shall or will be claimed by Tenant as a result thereof, nor shall this Lease or any of the obligations of Tenant be affected or reduced by reason of such interruption, curtailment or suspension.

 

61

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

6.03 A. Landlord agrees that one (1) four inch conduit running in an enclosed vertical shaft from a telecom service entry room located in the cellar of the Building to a base Building telecom riser located on the 29th floor of the Building has been allocated to Tenant’s non-exclusive use during the Term (which shaft will be in one of the locations which are shown on Exhibit 6.03A annexed hereto and made a part hereof, as reasonably designated by Landlord). In addition, Landlord agrees to provide Tenant with a non-exclusive pathway (in a location to be reasonably designated by Landlord) through four inch sleeves connecting a telecom riser closet located on the 29th floor of the Building in which the aforementioned conduit terminates to a telecom riser closet on the 35th floor of the Building; it being agreed, subject to the terms hereof, Tenant may install dedicated conduit in such pathway and that Tenant shall have the right to use up to but not more than 50% of the space in the aforementioned conduit and sleeve. To the extent any conduit permitted to be utilized by Tenant shall be run horizontally, the same shall be run in locations reasonably designated by Landlord. Any conduit or sleeve allocated to or permitted to be installed by Tenant in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.03A is referred to herein as “ Tenant’s Conduit .”

B. Tenant shall be responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for arranging for all telecommunication and data transmission services to the Demised Premises with the approved service providers for the Building. Landlord shall permit the cable television company serving the area in which the Building is located to provide (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) cable television service to the Demised Premises using Tenant’s Conduit only. At no additional cost to Tenant, Landlord shall permit Tenant to access (or its outside service provider to access) Tenant’s Conduit as reasonably required in connection with outside communication services required by Tenant and reasonably approved by Landlord (it being agreed that Verizon, AT&T, Global Crossing and Sprint are hereby approved by Landlord), but Tenant shall be permitted to utilize any outside communication services (provided the service provider is not a Prohibited Entity) selected by Tenant. Ail Tenant’s communication equipment, switches, etc. (as opposed to the suppliers’ equipment, switches, etc.) shall be located in the Demised Premises.

C. Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to install a security system in the Demised Premises which is compatible with the Building security system so as to enable Tenant to utilize a single security/access card but Landlord shall not have liability to Tenant in connection with any such system.

6.04 If Tenant shall require Base HVAC System service at any time other than during Business Hours on Business Days or other than on Saturdays from 9:00 A.M. to 1:00 P.M. (herein, “ After-hours Service ”), then Tenant shall give Landlord notice of such requirement by 3:00 p.m. on the day such After-hours Service is required and, by 3:00 p.m. of the last preceding Business Day if such requirement shall be with respect to a day other than a Business Day, and Landlord shall furnish such After-hours Service at such times. Tenant agrees to pay Landlord’s then actual cost of labor and utilities (as measured by one or more B.T.U. meter(s) or other similar means of measurement) to furnish such After-hours Service on a cost per ton per hour basis, as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days of demand; provided , however , that if any other tenants or occupants shall also require Afterhours Service during such non-Business Hours, then Landlord’s actual labor costs in connection therewith, to the extent attributable to multiple users, shall be equitably apportioned between Tenant and such other tenants and occupants.

 

62

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

6.05 Landlord agrees that Tenant may install, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense in accordance with, and subject to, the applicable provisions of this Lease (including Article 13 hereof) an additional heating, ventilating and air-conditioning system (hereinafter referred to as the “ Supplemental HVAC System ”) or, have the same included in the Fit-out Work, in which event the same shall be included in the Construction Plans and the cost thereof shall be included in the Costs of Fit-out Work. The costs of installation (including connection to any chilled water source), maintenance and operation of the Supplemental HVAC System shall be borne by Tenant, and Tenant shall be responsible for the design and installation of its own chilled water pumps, capable of delivering the required flow to Tenant’s equipment, which design, if the Supplemental HVAC System is part of the Fit-out Work, shall be set forth and reflected in the Construction Plans. All facilities, equipment, machinery and ducts installed by Tenant in connection with the Supplemental HVAC System shall be subject to Landlord’s prior approval, which approval shall be granted or withheld in accordance with the provisions of Article 13 hereof. Landlord shall not have liability to Tenant or responsibility whatsoever for any interruption in service of the Supplemental HVAC System (if any) for any cause whatsoever, nor shall the same constitute an actual or constructive eviction, subject to the provisions of Section 6.07 hereof and Section I 0.04 hereof. Tenant agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord and to abide by all reasonable regulations and requirements which Landlord may prescribe for the proper connection, functioning and protection of the Supplemental HVAC System. In connection with any Supplemental HVAC System intended to be installed by Tenant as provided herein, Landlord agrees to reserve up to fifteen (15) tons of chilled water capacity for Tenant’s use in the Demised Premises (the “ Reserved Chilled Water Capacity ”) until one hundred eighty (180) days after the Commencement Date (the “ Outside Reserve Date ”). If Tenant requires chilled water capacity in excess of the Reserved Chilled Water Capacity for any Supplemental HVAC System after the Outside Reserve Date and the same is then available in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, taking into account the reasonable future needs of existing and future occupants of space in the Building (whether or not such space is then vacant) as well as Landlord’s existing and future reasonable needs in the Operation of the Property, Landlord agrees, upon request of Tenant (and provided Tenant is not then in monetary default or material non-monetary default, under this Lease, in each instance, beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure period), Landlord will make such tonnage of additional chilled water as may be reasonably necessary for such Supplemental HVAC System. Notwithstanding the previous two (2) sentences, if Tenant fails to use such Reserved Chilled Water Capacity (or any part thereof) by the Outside Reserve Date or any additional chilled water (or any part thereof) within one hundred eighty (180) days after Landlord has made the same available to Tenant as aforesaid, Tenant shall have no further right to use any portion of the Reserved Chilled Water Capacity or such additional chilled water not so used by Tenant (unless Tenant again complies with the procedures in the previous sentence). Tenant’s use of any chilled water for any Supplemental HVAC System shall be measured by B.T.U. Meters specified by Landlord and procured and installed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (or, if the part of the Fit-out Work, the cost thereof shall be included in the Costs of Fit-out Work) and maintained by Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, at a location and having a tap approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. There shall be no tap-in connectivity fee in connection with Tenant’s use of the chilled water referred to in this Section 6.05. Any chilled water utilized by Tenant pursuant to this Section 6.05 shall, subject to the provisions of Section 6.02 hereof, be available twenty four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week. Tenant shall pay for the chilled water as shown on such meters based on Landlord’s actual cost of providing the chilled water, inclusive of Tenant’s share of Landlord’s actual labor costs in connection therewith if such chilled water is consumed after-hours. If, after the date of this Lease, the actual cost to Landlord of furnishing chilled water for such Supplemental HVAC System shall be increased, then the aforesaid cost to Tenant shall be increased to fairly reflect the amount of the actual increases in cost incurred by Landlord.

 

63

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

6.06 Tenant acknowledges that the fire stairs serving the Demised Premises are only for use during an emergency.

6.07 A. In case (i) any portion of the Demised Premises (an “ Affected Portion ”) is rendered Untenantable by reason of a default by Landlord in the performance of its obligations to deliver Landlord Services as required hereunder or the performance of any repairs or replacements required to be made by Landlord under this Lease or any other reason except as (x) otherwise provided in this Lease or (y) a result of Tenant’s negligence or willful misconduct, and (ii) Tenant is compelled thereby to discontinue, and has so discontinued, the conduct of its business in the normal course thereof in the Affected Portion and vacated the Affected Portion for at least ten (1 0) consecutive Business Days after Tenant notifies Landlord, WITH EXPRESS REFERENCE TO THE ABATEMENT PROVIDED FOR IN THIS SECTION 6.07 , of the condition giving rise to such Untenantability and discontinuation of the conduct of its business (in reasonable detail), then, but only then, in respect of any Affected Portion of the Premises as to which all of the foregoing conditions of this Section 6.07 A shall have been satisfied (such Affected Portion being the “ Untenantable Space ”), all Rent with respect to only the Untenantable Space shall be abated from and after tenth (10th) consecutive Business Day that the Untenantable Space became Untenantable and Tenant ceased conducting its business in the normal course thereof in the Untenantable Space and vacated the Untenantable Space until the earlier to occur of the date (1) Tenant once again commences operation of its business in the Untenantable Space (or any portion thereof, but only to the extent of the portion thereof) or (2) one (1) Business Day after notice from Landlord to Tenant that the Untenantable Space once again became Tenantable (provided such notice is factually correct), in each case in the same proportion that the Untenantable Space (or the portion thereof, but only to the extent of the portion thereof) bears to the entire Premises. For the purposes of this Lease, “ Untenantable ” shall mean that the Affected Portion is inaccessible or unusable for general office purposes as permitted under this Lease and “ Tenantable ” shall mean that the Affected Portion is accessible and usable for general office purposes. The entry by representatives of Tenant to the Affected Portion on a limited basis solely to retrieve files and documents or to maintain equipment in the Premises and not for the conduct of business shall not by itself be deemed to be the commencement of operation of Tenant’s business in the normal course thereof within the meaning of clause (1) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, there shall be no such abatement to the extent that the Affected Portion is Untenantable and such Untenantability (A) is due to any failure of the utility company, municipality or other service provider to supply electricity, gas or water to the Building unless such failure arises because of Landlord’s gross negligence or intentional wrongful acts, (B) is due to or results from any Legal Requirement, (C) such untenantability is covered by business interruption insurance (but only to the extent of such coverage [or the amount of coverage that Tenant would have in the event Tenant failed to comply with its obligations in respect thereof]; it being agreed that Tenant shall be required to carry business interruption insurance as part of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant hereunder in such amount as Tenant determines in good faith to be necessary to reimburse Tenant for direct or indirect loss of earnings and/or extra expense attributable to perils insured against or attributable to prevention of access to Premises or Building or interruption of services, which amount shall in no event be less than one (1) year’s Fixed Rent payable hereunder), or (D) as a result of a default by Tenant or any Person claiming by or through Tenant under this Lease.

B. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the occurrence of a condition that renders the Premises Untenantable shall not, subject to the terms hereof, relieve Landlord of any obligation of Landlord hereunder to repair the Premises or the Building (or any portion thereof).

C. In no event shall this Section 6.07 be applicable to a casualty or condemnation, which shall be governed by Articles 17 and 18 hereof.

 

64

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

6.08 In connection with any After-hours Service or any other overtime or premium pay service requested by Tenant under this Lease that Landlord agrees to perform (it being agreed that Landlord shall have no obligation to so agree if Tenant is then in monetary default or material nonmonetary default under this Lease, in each instance, beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure period), Tenant acknowledges that (a) Landlord’s employees may be able to perform such work or repairs at no additional cost to Landlord during Business Hours on Business Days and (b) the cost of any overtime or premium pay service costs shall include any additional out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord on account of the terms of any applicable union employees contract, including any required minimum shift time pursuant to the applicable union contract (by way of example only, if Tenant requests that a particular item of work or repair be performed by Landlord on an overtime basis, such work or repair shall require two (2) hours of labor, and such applicable union employees contract requires a minimum overtime shift of four ( 4) hours, Tenant shall be required to pay for the cost of such employee(s) for the entire four ( 4) hours, despite the fact that such work or repair shall only require two (2) hours of labor).

6.09 Subject to reasonable Building security procedures and access control, Force Majeure, the applicable Rules and Regulations and the other provisions of this Lease, Tenant shall be permitted to have access to the Demised Premises twenty four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week (unless prohibited by applicable Legal Requirements and/or Insurance Requirements).

ARTICLE 7

ELECTRIC

7.01 Subject to the other provisions of this Article 7 and Section 13.14 hereof, Landlord shall furnish to the Demised Premises through the transmission facilities to be installed by Landlord in the Unit substantially in accordance with the Base Building Criteria, alternating electric current (the “Electrical Capacity”) in an amount equal to seven (7) watts actual demand load per gross square foot (based on the floor in which the Demised Premises is located containing 26,000 gross square feet), exclusive of electric required to operate the Base Systems (including the Base HVAC System) located in the Demised Premises. Such service shall be provided to the electric closet(s) servicing the Demised Premises. The electric current for the Demised Premises shall be measured by one or more meters with coincident demand and shall be aggregated and billed as if there was only one (1) meter, which meters shall be (A) installed by Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, at such location or locations as Landlord shall reasonably select and (B) maintained by Landlord. Tenant shall pay to Landlord within thirty (30) days after delivery to Tenant of an invoice therefor on account of Tenant’s electrical consumption in the Demised Premises (which amount shall be computed by applying Tenant’s kw and kwh (on and off-peak, if applicable) to the Electric Rates paid by Landlord, (without any premium or administrative markup), plus , to the extent not included in Operating Expenses, any reasonable third party fees associated with the reading of meters and production of bills (the “ Electricity Additional Rent ”). Landlord and its agents shall, upon prior reasonable notice (except in the event of an emergency in which event no prior notice shall be required), be permitted access to the electric closets and the meters during normal Business Hours to maintain and repair the same and make necessary readings thereof.

7.02 Tenant’s use of electrical energy shall never exceed the electrical capacity of the then existing feeders to the Building or the then existing risers or wiring installation serving the Demised Premises. Tenant understands that if the demand load exceeds the Electrical Capacity in the Demised Premises that the Base HVAC System will not be able to perform within the Base HVAC Specifications. If Tenant requires additional electrical capacity in excess of the Electrical Capacity,

 

65

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

subject to the terms hereinafter set forth, then Landlord, subject to the limitations contained herein, shall provide the same to Tenant to the extent (a) it exists within the capacities of the Building’s buss duct system, (b) is not committed to any Building System requirement or tenant under an existing lease obligation or reasonably desired to be reserved by Landlord (taking into account the future needs of p existing and future occupants of space in the Unit or the Building [whether or not such space is then vacant] or Landlord’s existing and future reasonable needs in connection with the Operation of the Property), and/or (c) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the same are necessary and will not cause or create a hazardous condition, unreasonably excessive or unreasonable alterations, repairs or expense or interfere (by more than a de minimis extent) with or disturb other tenants or occupants in the Unit or the Building or cause damage or injury to the Unit, the Common Elements or the Building. Tenant shall not make or perform or permit any changes in or alterations to wiring installations or other electrical facilities in or serving the Demised Premises (as such installations or facilities shall be indicated by the final electrical plans shown on the Final Drawings for the Fit-out Work) except with Landlords’ consent in accordance with Article 13 hereof. Should Landlord grant such consent as aforesaid to the extent required under this Lease, all additional risers, or other modifications to base Building equipment required therefor shall be provided by Landlord and the reasonable out-of-pocket cost thereof shall be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days after being billed therefor. Landlord’s approval of any electrical alterations or changes shall not be deemed a representation that the same comply with applicable Legal Requirements and/or Insurance Requirements. Landlord, its agents and engineers and consultants may survey Tenant’s electrical consumption from time to time during Business Hours upon reasonable prior notice (except during an emergency, in which event no prior notice shall be required), at Landlord’s expense, to determine whether Tenant is complying with its obligations under this Article unless such survey shows that Tenant has exceeded its permitted Electrical Capacity hereunder, in which event Tenant shall be responsible for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith.

7.03 A. Except as provided in Section 6.07A hereof, Landlord shall not have liability to Tenant for any loss, damage or expense which Tenant may sustain or incur by reason of any change, failure, inadequacy or defect in the supply or character of any of the electrical energy furnished to the Demised Premises or if the quantity or character of the electrical energy is no longer available or suitable for Tenant’s requirements.

B. Landlord or any Condominium Board shall have the right upon reasonable prior notice (except that in the event of an emergency, in which event no prior notice shall be required) to “shut down” electrical energy to the Demised Premises when necessitated by the need for repairs, alterations, connections or reconnections, with respect to the electrical system serving the Building, the Unit and/or the Common Elements (singularly or collectively, “ Electrical Work ”), regardless of whether the need for such Electrical Work arises in respect of the Demised Premises, any other tenant space, or any space in the Building, the Unit, the Common Elements and/or the Building common areas. Landlord shall not have liability to Tenant for any loss, damage, or expense which Tenant may sustain due to such “shut down” or Electrical Work. To the extent reasonably possible, Landlord shall subject to the provisions of Section 10.04 hereof, confine all such stoppages within Landlord’s reasonable control to hours other than Business Hours. Except as provided in Section 6.07 A hereof, Landlord shall not have liability to Tenant for any loss, damage, or expense which Tenant may sustain due to such “shut down” or any Electrical Work.

7.04 The term “ Electric Rates ” shall be deemed to mean the actual rates at which Landlord purchases electrical energy from the public utility, alternative service provider, or any other Person supplying electrical service to the Building, including any discounts, surcharges or charges incurred, or utility taxes or sales taxes or other taxes payable by or imposed upon Landlord in

 

66

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

connection therewith, or increase thereof by reason of fuel adjustment or any substitutions for such Electric Rates. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that they understand that the electric rates, charges, taxes and other costs may be changed by virtue of peak demand, time of day rates, or other methods of billing, and that the foregoing reference to changes in methods or rules of billing is intended to include any such change.

7.05 Subject to clause (a) of this Section 7.05, Landlord reserves the right to terminate the furnishing of electrical energy at any time, upon at least thirty (30) days’ notice (provided that such longer notice as is reasonably feasible under the circumstances shall be given) to Tenant unless a shorter period of notice is required or necessitated by Legal Requirements but Landlord shall exercise such right only if required to do so by applicable Legal Requirements or the Condominium Documents. If Landlord shall so discontinue the furnishing of electrical energy, (a) Tenant shall arrange to obtain electrical energy directly from the public utility company or other service provider then furnishing electrical energy to the Building and, unless required by such Legal Requirements and/or Insurance Requirements, Landlord shall not terminate such service until Tenant shall have obtained such direct service, (b) Landlord shall permit the existing feeders, risers, wiring and other electrical facilities serving the Demised Premises to be used by Tenant for such purpose, (c) from and after the effective date of such discontinuance Landlord shall not be obligated to furnish electric energy to Tenant (but the foregoing shall not relieve Tenant from its obligation to pay any Electricity Additional Rent that is accrued and unpaid at the time of such discontinuance), (d) subject to the terms hereof, Landlord shall not have liability to Tenant on account of such discontinuance and (e) Tenant shall install and maintain at locations in the Building reasonably selected by Landlord any necessary electrical meter equipment, panel boards, feeders, risers, wiring and other conductors and equipment which may be required to obtain electrical energy directly from the public utility or other service provider supplying the same including all equipment necessary to supply such power to the existing electric closets serving the Demised Premises, pursuant to clause (b) above; it being agreed that the reasonable out-of-pocket cost of any such installation shall be shared equally between Landlord and Tenant.

7.06 In the event that any tax shall be imposed upon Landlord’s receipts from the sale, use or resale of electrical energy to Tenant, the pro rata share allocable to the electrical energy service received by Tenant shall be passed onto, included in the bill of, and paid by Tenant if and to the extent not prohibited by applicable Legal Requirements.

7.07 Tenant may, at Tenant’s option, furnish and install all replacement lighting, tubes, lamps, starters, bulbs and ballasts required in the Demised Premises, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense using Tenant’s employees (but not any outside contractor) provided such lighting complies with the Design Guidelines. Upon Tenant’s request, Landlord shall furnish and install all replacement lighting, tubes, lamps, starters, bulbs and ballasts required in the Demised Premises and Tenant shall pay to Landlord (or its designated contractor) Landlord’s reasonable, actual out-of-pocket charges therefor, provided such costs are commercially competitive, as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days after demand for such furnishing and installation in accordance with the Design Guidelines.

ARTICLE 8

ASSIGNMENT, SUBLETTING, MORTGAGING

8.01 A. (i) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Article 8, Tenant shall not, whether voluntarily, involuntarily, or by operation of law or otherwise (a) assign or otherwise transfer this Lease or any interest or estate herein, (b) sublet the Demised Premises or any part thereof or allow the Demised Premises or any part thereof to be used or occupied by others, or (c) mortgage, pledge, encumber or otherwise hypothecate this Lease or the Demised Premises or any part thereof in any manner without, in each instance, obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

67

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(ii) For purposes of this Article 8, (a) a material modification, amendment or extension of a sublease requiring Landlord’s consent hereunder shall be deemed a sublease requiring approval of the relevant provisions thereof in accordance with the terms of this Article 8, and (b) any Person or legal representative of Tenant to whom Tenant’s interest under this Lease passes by operation of law or otherwise shall be bound by the provisions of this Article 8.

(iii) For purposes of this Article 8, (a) the issuance of interests in Tenant or any subtenant (whether stock, partnership interests, interests in a limited liability company or otherwise) to any Person or group of related Persons, whether in a single transaction or a series of related or unrelated transactions, in such quantities that after such issuance Control of Tenant, or any subtenant directly or indirectly, shall have changed, shall be deemed an assignment of this Lease or such sublease, as the case may be, and (b) a transfer of Control of Tenant or any subtenant (whether stock, partnership interests, interests in a limited liability company or otherwise) by the direct (as opposed to the indirect) owner(s) thereof, whether in a single transaction or through a series of related or unrelated transactions, shall be deemed an assignment of this Lease, or such sublease, as the case may be. Any assignment (or deemed assignment), sublease (or deemed sublease), license, concession, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance or transfer by Tenant in contravention of this Article 8 shall be void

B. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.01A hereof, Tenant shall have the right, without the consent of Landlord or any requirement to pay the Additional Rent under Section 8.07 hereof and without being subject to Landlord’s Recapture Rights under Section 8.04 hereof (but otherwise subject to Tenant’s compliance with the terms of this Article 8), to assign this Lease to (i) an entity created by merger, reorganization or recapitalization of or with Tenant, (ii) a purchaser of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets or stock (the assignee described in transactions referred to in clause (i) and (ii) above, is referred to herein as a “ Successor” ) or (iii) an Affiliate provided, in each such case, such merger, reorganization, recapitalization or sale or assignment to an Affiliate, as the case may be, shall be for a valid business purpose and not principally for the purpose of transferring the leasehold estate created by this Lease or the avoidance of any obligations under this Lease and, provided, further, such Successor or Affiliate, as the case may be, shall (A) use the Demised Premises in compliance with and assume the terms and provisions of, this Lease from and after the effective date of the assignment and (B) have a net worth (exclusive of good will and general intangibles) computed in accordance with GAAP and certified by an independent certified public accountant reasonably acceptable to Landlord, at least equal to or greater than Tenant’s net worth immediately prior to such merger or consolidation or such acquisition and assumption or assignment, as the case may be.

C. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.01A hereof, Tenant shall have the right, without Landlord’s consent or any requirement to pay the Additional Rent under Section 8.07 hereof and without being subject to Landlord’s Recapture Rights under Section 8.04 hereof (but otherwise subject to Tenant’s compliance with the terms of this Article 8), to sublease all or part of the Demised Premises to an Affiliate of Tenant; provided such subletting shall be for a valid business purpose and not principally for the purpose of transferring this Lease or the avoidance of any obligations under this Lease. If any Affiliate entity shall cease to be an Affiliate of Tenant, then, effective as of the date such Person shall cease to au Affiliate, Tenant shall be deemed to have made an Offer to Landlord upon the terms and conditions of the sublease with such former Affiliate and Landlord shall have the rights with respect to such Offer as provided in Section 8.04 hereof. If Landlord does not exercise (or is deemed to have not exercised) its Recapture Right under Section 8.04 hereof with respect to such Offer,

 

68

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

then such Person may continue to sublease or occupy any portion(s) of the Demised Premises it has theretofore subleased or occupied as an Affiliate of Tenant, as the case may be, provided and upon the condition that (i) the principal purpose of the transaction which results in such entity no longer being an Affiliate of Tenant shall not be the acquisition of such Affiliate’s interest in its sublease or other occupancy agreement, or the avoidance of any obligations under this Lease and (ii) the sublease or other occupancy agreement shall comply with the provisions of this Article 8 and, to the extent applicable, thereafter Tenant shall be obligated to pay the Additional Rent, if any, due under Section 8.07 hereof.

D. Any of the transactions described in Section 8.01B or Section 8.01C is referred to herein as an “ Exempt Transaction .” Not later than ten (10) days prior to the effective date of an Exempt Transaction, Tenant shall give Landlord notice thereof; provided , however , that to the extent that Tenant is unable to provide Landlord with prior notice of such Exempt Transaction due to binding confidentiality agreements or securities regulations, then Tenant shall provide Landlord with notice of such transaction within ten (10) days after the effective date of such transaction.

8.02 If this Lease shall be assigned, whether or not in violation of the provisions of this Lease, Landlord may collect rent from the assignee. If the Demised Premises or any part thereof are sublet or used or occupied by anyone other than Tenant, whether or not in violation of this Lease, Landlord may, after the occurrence of any default by Tenant under this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure period, collect the rent from the subtenant or occupant. In either event, Landlord may apply the net amount collected to the Rent herein reserved, but no such assignment, subletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of any provisions of this Article 8, or the acceptance of the assignee, subtenant or occupant as tenant. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to relieve the Original Tenant or any assignee or other successor in interest (whether immediate or remote) of the Original Tenant from the full and prompt payment, performance and observance of the covenants, obligations and conditions to be paid, performed and observed by Tenant under this Lease. The consent by Landlord to a particular assignment, subletting or use or occupancy by others shall not in any way be considered as a consent by Landlord to any other or further assignment, or subletting or use or occupancy by others. Reference in this Lease to use or occupancy by others (other than Tenant) shall not be construed as limited to subtenants but shall also include licensees and others claiming under or through Tenant, immediately or remotely.

8.03 Any assignment or transfer shall not be effective until the assignee shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an agreement, in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, whereby the assignee shall assume the obligations and performance of this Lease and agree to be bound by and upon all of the terms and conditions hereof on the part of Tenant to be performed or observed from and after the effective date of such assignment and whereby the assignee shall agree that the provisions of this Article 8 hereof shall, notwithstanding such an assignment or transfer, continue to be binding upon it in the future. Notwithstanding any assignment or transfer, whether or not in violation of the provisions of this Lease, and notwithstanding the acceptance of the Fixed Rent (or any other amounts required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease) by Landlord from an assignee or transferee or any other party, Tenant shall remain fully and primarily liable for the payment of the Fixed Rent and the Additional Rent due and to become due under this Lease and for the performance of all of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease on the part of Tenant to be performed or observed.

8.04 A. (i) Except in the case of an Exempt Transaction, if Tenant shall, at any time or times during the term of this Lease, desire to (a) assign this Lease (it being agreed that a sublease of all or substantially all of the Demised Premises for all or substantially all of the remainder of the Term shall be deemed to be an assignment of the Lease) or (b) sublet all or any portion of the

 

69

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Demised Premises, for all or substantially all of the remainder of the Term (a transaction under clause (a) or (b) being referred to herein as a “ Recapture Transaction ”), Tenant shall submit a written request therefor to Landlord, which request shall (1) contain the following caption on the first page thereof in bold and capitalized type THE WITHIN PROPOSED TRANSACTION IS SUBJECT TO LANDLORD’S RECAPTURE RIGHTS IN SECTION 8.04 OF THE LEASE AND THE DEEMED APPROVAL RIGHTS, IF APPLICABLE, SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 8.04 AND 8.05 OF THE LEASE and (2) be accompanied by a statement setting forth (A) all of the material economic and business terms and conditions of the proposed assignment or subletting that Tenant desires to enter into, including, as applicable, the consideration for the assignment, if any, the proposed term, all rental charges, and the proposed changes or alterations that Tenant is prepared to make to the Recapture Space, the proposed effective or commencement date thereof, which date shall be not less than thirty (30) nor more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the giving of such notice and (B) in the case of a subletting under clause (b), a description of the portion of the Demised Premises Tenant desires to sublet (the “ Recapture Space ”). Such request shall be deemed an offer (the “ Offer ”) from Tenant to Landlord whereby Landlord shall have the right (the “ Recapture Right ”), at its option, to (i) terminate this Lease if the Offer is for an assignment (or deemed assignment) as hereinafter provided or (ii) in the case of a proposed subletting under clause (b) above, to either (A) cancel this Lease with respect to the Recapture Space as provided in Section 8.04B hereof, or (B) require Tenant to execute and deliver a Recapture Sublease to Landlord (or its designee) for the Recapture Space on the applicable terms set forth in the Offer, subject to the further provisions of Section 8.04A(iii) hereof). The Recapture Right may be exercised by Landlord by notice to Tenant at any time within twenty (20) days after Landlord’s receipt from Tenant of the Offer and all of the items required to be accompanied therewith, and during such twenty (20) day period, Tenant shall not assign this Lease or sublet the Premises or any part thereof to any Person.

(ii) In the event that Landlord so elects to terminate this Lease, Tenant shall vacate and surrender the Demised Premises or the Recapture Space, as applicable, in accordance with the terms hereof as of the effective date of the proposed assignment or sublease set forth in the Offer (the “ Termination Date ”) and the term of this Lease (or the portion thereof covered by the Recapture Space) shall end on the Termination Date as if such date were the Expiration Date; it being agreed that if the entire lease is so terminated on the Termination Date as aforesaid, then, if at such time there is in effect a sublease(s) of a portion of the Demised Premises that was consented to by Landlord in accordance with the terms hereof, Landlord shall be required to assume Tenant’s obligations under such sublease(s) except that in no event shall Landlord be liable or responsible for the Recognition Carve outs. If this Lease is terminated as to the Recapture Space as aforesaid, (a) the Recapture Space shall no longer be a part of the Demised Premises for any purpose of this Lease, (b) the Fixed Rent, the Recurring Additional Rent and all other items of Rent attributable to the Recapture Space shall be apportioned as of the Termination Date, (c) the Fixed Rent shall be decreased by the amounts thereof attributable to the RSF of the Recapture Space, (d) Tenant’s Percentage shall be decreased by recalculating the same to exclude the number of RSF contained in the Recapture Space, (e) if the Recapture Space is less than an entire floor, Landlord shall make such alterations as may be reasonably required to physically separate such portion(s) of the Recapture Space (and the systems serving the same) from the balance of the Demised Premises, to comply (to the extent applicable) with Tenant’s obligation under Section 7.01 hereof as it relates to reallocation of electrical capacity, and to provide appropriate means of ingress and egress thereto and to the public portions of the balance of such partial floor (and Tenant shall pay for Landlord’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred in connection therewith within thirty (30) days after receipt by Tenant of an invoice therefor) and (f) if the Recapture Space is a full floor, Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall remove any internal staircases (x) within the Recapture Space, (if any) and/or (y) connecting the Recapture Space to any other portion(s) of the Demised Premises and slab over the opening(s) therefor (and Tenant shall pay for Landlord’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred in connection therewith within thirty (30) days after receipt by Tenant of an invoice therefor).

 

70

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(iii) If Landlord exercises its option to sublet the Recapture Space as aforesaid, such sublease to Landlord or its designee (which designee must be an Affiliate of Landlord) as subtenant (a “ Recapture Sublease ”) shall:

(A) be at a rental equal to the lesser of (1) the Rent Per Square Foot from time to time payable under this Lease during the term of such Recapture Sublease multiplied by the number of RSF of the Recapture Space and (2) the sublease rent set forth in the terms of the Offer and otherwise be upon the same terms and conditions as those contained in this Lease (as modified by the terms of the Offer, except such as are irrelevant or inapplicable and except as otherwise expressly set forth to the contrary in this subsection 8.04A(iii)); it being agreed that, any rental payable under any Recapture Sublease shall, at Landlord’s option, either be payable at the times set forth in the Recapture Sublease or shall be a credit against the Rents payable by Tenant hereunder. For the purposes hereof, “ Rent Per Square Foot ” shall mean the sum of the Fixed Rent and Recurring Additional Rent then payable hereunder divided by the total RSF of the Demised Premises;

(B) give the subtenant under the Recapture Sublease, the unqualified and unrestricted right, without Tenant’s consent, to assign such Recapture Sublease to an Affiliate of Landlord or a successor landlord under this Lease or its Affiliate and to further sublet the Recapture Space or any part thereof and to make any and all changes, alterations, and improvements in the Recapture Space without Tenant’s consent (provided that Tenant shall have no obligation to remove or restore any such changes, alterations or improvements);

(C) provide in substance that any such changes, alterations, and improvements made in the Recapture Space may be removed, in whole or in part, prior to or upon the expiration or other termination of the Recapture Sublease, provided that any damage and injury caused to any other portion of the Demised Premises by Landlord or its designee thereby shall be repaired and provided, further that such improvements (that are not personal property or trade fixtures) shall not be removed if Tenant if gives notice to such effect not later than sixty ( 60) days prior to such expiration or other termination of the Recapture Sublease; ·

(D) provide that (I) the parties to such Recapture Sublease expressly negate any intention that any estate created under such Recapture Sublease be merged with any other estate held by either of said parties and (2) Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense equal to Landlord’s reasonable actual out-of-pocket cost shall make such alterations as may be required or reasonably deemed necessary to physically separate the Recapture Space from the balance of the Demised Premises (including removal of any internal staircase(s) (x) within the floors of the Recapture Space (if any) and/or (y) connecting the Recapture Space to any other portion(s) of the Building and to slab over the opening(s) therefor) and to provide appropriate means of ingress to and egress thereto and to the public portions of the balance of the floor such as toilets, janitor’s closets, telephone and electrical closets, fire stairs, and elevator lobbies;

 

71

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(E) provide that the subtenant or occupant may use and occupy the Recapture Space for any lawful office purpose and the Ancillary Uses permitted hereunder; and

(F) provide that the subtenant under the Recapture Sublease shall not be subject to the provisions of Sections 8.01, 8.04, 8.05, and 8.07 hereof.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein: (A) during the term of any Recapture Sublease, Tenant shall be relieved of all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease solely as they relate to the Recapture Space, other than Tenant’s obligation to pay Fixed Rent, Recurring Additional Rent and Electricity Rent (other than the portion thereof separately billed in respect of the Recapture Space, if any); (B) during the term of any Recapture Sublease, if and to the extent that Landlord or its permitted designee (i.e., the designee is an Affiliate of Landlord), as subtenant, fails to pay to Tenant any amount that the subtenant is required to pay to Tenant pursuant to the terms of the Recapture Sublease, then (provided Landlord has not already provided Tenant with a credit on account thereof) Tenant shall have the right to credit such amount against Tenant’s rental obligations under this Lease; (C) if the Recapture Sublease is rejected in bankruptcy by Landlord or its designee, Tenant shall be released from any and all liability in respect of such Recapture Space and such Recapture Space shall no longer be a part of the Demised Premises; and (D) notwithstanding the terms of the Offer for the proposed sublease to which the Recapture Sublease relates, the expiration date of the Recapture Sublease shall be co-terminus with the Expiration Date.

(v) If Landlord is unable to give Tenant possession of the Recapture Space at the expiration of the term of the Recapture Sublease by reason of the holding over or retention of possession of any tenant or other occupant of the Recapture Space claiming through Landlord (other than Tenant or any Tenant Party), then, provided Tenant otherwise has surrendered the balance of the Premises to Landlord as required hereunder, Tenant shall be deemed to have delivered possession of the entire Premises to Landlord upon the Expiration Date and any such holdover or retention of possession of solely the Recapture Space shall not be deemed a holdover by Tenant under this Lease.

(vi) The failure by Landlord to exercise its option under Section 8.04A with respect to any subletting shall not be deemed a waiver of such option with respect to any extension of such subletting or any subsequent subletting of the Demised Premises affected thereby.

(vii) For the purposes of this Article 8, (a) “substantially all of the remainder of the term” shall mean that the term of the proposed subletting shall expire within the final twelve (12) months of the then Term (unless Tenant has validly exercised its right to renew the Initial Term) and (b) “substantially all of the Demised Premises” shall mean at least eighty five percent (85%) of the RSF of the then Demised Premises.

B. (i) If Landlord shall fail to respond to the Offer made by Tenant in accordance with Section 8.04A hereof within twenty (20) days after Landlord’s receipt thereof, then Tenant shall have the right to give Landlord a reminder notice, which reminder notice shall contain the following caption on the first page thereof in bold and capitalized type:

 

72

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

YOU SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE WAIVED YOUR RIGHT TO EXERCISE YOUR RECAPTURE RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO THE TRANSACTION DESCRIBED IN TENANT’S OFFER GIVEN PURSUANT TO SECTION 8.04A DATED             ,     20            IF YOU FAIL TO RESPOND TO SUCH NOTICE WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS AFTER YOUR RECEIPT OF THIS NOTICE.

(ii) If Tenant sends a reminder notice to Landlord as aforesaid and Landlord fails to respond to Tenant within ten (1 0) Business Days after its receipt of such reminder notice and Tenant has otherwise complied with the notice requirements with respect to the Offer at issue, then Landlord shall be deemed to have waived its Recapture Right with respect to the transaction in such Offer, but such deemed waiver shall not relieve Tenant of compliance with the other applicable provisions of this Article 8.

8.05 A. In the event that Landlord shall not exercise (or is deemed to have not exercised) a particular Recapture Right and Tenant shall thereafter at any time or from time to time during the Term obtain a proposed assignee or subtenant upon acceptable terms (determined in Tenant’s sole discretion) or Tenant desires to enter into a sublease that is not subject to a Recapture Right of Landlord, Tenant shall give notice thereof to Landlord (each, a “ Tenant’s Consent Request ”), which Tenant’s Consent Request shall contain the following caption on the first page thereof in bold and capitalized type “ THE WITHIN PROPOSED TRANSACTION IS SUBJECT TO DEEMED APPROVAL RIGHTS SET FORTH IN SECTION 8.05A OF THE LEASE ” and shall be accompanied by (i) a statement setting forth in reasonable detail the identity of the proposed assignee or subtenant and its business address, (ii) a statement setting forth in reasonable detail the nature and character of the business of the proposed assignee or subtenant and its proposed use of the Demised Premises, (iii) current financial information with respect to the proposed assignee or subtenant, (iv) in the case of a proposed sublease of less than the entire Demised Premises, a floor plan clearly indicating the portion of the Demised Premises to be subleased and all means of ingress and egress to such portion of the Demised Premises to be subleased and to the remainder of the Demised Premises, (v) any material changes to the terms of the Offer (or if the proposed subletting is a transaction that would not be subject to a Recapture Right of Landlord, the information that otherwise would have been required to be included in the Offer), and (vi) such additional information related to the proposed assignment or sublease as Landlord shall reasonably request after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Consent Request provided such request is made not later than five (5) Business Days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Consent Request.

B. Within ten (10) Business Days after the receipt of both Tenant’s Consent Request and all other information required to be delivered by Tenant pursuant to Section 8.05A hereof, Landlord’s consent (which must be in writing and in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord) to a proposed assignment of this Lease or proposed subletting of the Demised Premises or any part thereof shall not be unreasonably withheld or denied; it being agreed that any such withholding or denial of consent shall be deemed reasonable if:

(i) the proposed sublessee or assignee (or any Principal thereof) is a Prohibited Entity or the proposed use of the Demised Premises is for a Prohibited Use;

(ii) the proposed sublessee or assignee (or an Affiliate or Principal of such proposed sublessee or assignee) is a prospective tenant, subtenant or assignee with whom Landlord has negotiated a term sheet for a sublease or an assignment within the prior three (3) months and Landlord then has or reasonably anticipates having in the ensuing six (6) months reasonably comparable space in the Building for substantially the same or a comparable term or is then an existing tenant of Landlord (or a Landlord Entity) in the Building and Landlord then has or reasonably anticipates having in the ensuing six (6) months reasonably comparable space in the Building for substantially the same or a comparable term for such existing tenant;

 

73

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(iii) the proposed sublessee or assignee is a prospective subtenant or assignee with whom another Unit Owner has negotiated a term sheet for a sublease or an assignment within the prior three (3) months or is then a tenant of such Unit Owner, and, if the following condition is permitted under the Condominium Documents, such other Unit Owner shall be able to offer to such proposed sublessee or assignee reasonably comparably sized space in the Unit or the Building, as applicable, for substantially the same or a comparable term;

(iv) the general reputation of the proposed assignee or subtenant is not consistent with tenancies of Comparable Buildings in the Times Square area;

(v) the nature of the proposed business to be conducted in the Demised Premises is not (a) appropriate for Comparable Buildings in the Times Square area or (b) permitted by this Lease or under the Superior Instruments;

(vi) the proposed assignee or subtenant shall have or enjoy diplomatic immunity;

(vii) Tenant is then in monetary or material non-monetary default under this Lease, in each instance, beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure period;

(viii) the character of the business to be conducted or the proposed use of the Demised Premises by the proposed assignee or subtenant shall, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, (a) materially increase the operating expenses for the Unit and/or the Building, (b) materially increase the burden on existing cleaning or other Landlord Services or elevators over the burden prior to such proposed subletting or assignment (unless Tenant shall agree to pay to Landlord any such increased costs), or (c) violate any provisions or restrictions contained in Article 5 or elsewhere herein relating to the use or occupancy of the Demised Premises;

(ix) such proposed subletting would result in any floor in which the Demised Premises is located being divided into more than three (3) rental units in the aggregate or in any rental unit located on such floor being less than 5,000 RSF; and/or

(x) such proposed subletting would result in there being more than four (4) sublettings in the aggregate in the Demised Premises.

C. (i) If Landlord does not exercise its Recapture Rights under Section 8.04 hereof (or is deemed to have not so exercised or does not have such Recapture Right) and Landlord thereafter shall fail to grant or deny its consent to the transaction set forth in Tenant’s Consent Request within the time period set forth in Section 8.05B hereof, then Tenant shall have the right to give Landlord a reminder notice, which reminder notice shall contain the following caption on the first page thereof in bold and capitalized type:

YOU SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE GRANTED THE CONSENT REQUESTED IN TENANT’S CONSENT REQUEST DATED             ,     20            IF YOU FAIL TO RESPOND TO SUCH NOTICE WITHIN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS AFTER YOUR RECEIPT OF THIS NOTICE.

 

74

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(ii) If Tenant sends a reminder notice to Landlord as aforesaid and Landlord fails to respond to Tenant within five (5) Business Days after its receipt of such reminder notice and Tenant has otherwise complied with the notice requirements with respect to the Offer at issue, then Landlord shall be deemed to have granted consent with respect to transaction described in Tenant’s Consent Request.

(iii) Anything contained in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, Tenant may give to Landlord an Offer and a Tenant’s Consent Request in one notice but in such event the time periods for Landlord to respond to such notice shall be as set forth in Section 8.04 hereof.

D. Subject to the provisions of Sections 8.05E, 8.05F and 8.05G hereof, if Landlord shall consent (or shall be deemed to have consented) to any assignment or subletting as provided herein, Tenant shall be free to assign this Lease to the proposed assignee set forth in Tenant’s Consent Request or sublet the Demised Premises (or the applicable portion thereof) to the proposed subtenant set forth in Tenant’s Consent Request. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord’s approval (or deemed approval) of any assignment or sublease in accordance with the terms of this Article 8 shall not constitute Landlord’s approval of any of the specific terms of such assignment or sublease, as the case may be, and Tenant shall cause any such assignment or sublease to comply with the terms and provisions of this Lease in all respects.

E. Landlord’s consent to any assignment or sublease for which Landlord’s consent is required to be given by Landlord hereunder shall be set forth in an instrument of consent prepared by Landlord in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and Tenant and Landlord’s consent shall not be effective until such instrument of consent is executed and delivered by Landlord, Tenant and the proposed assignee or subtenant. Landlord agrees promptly upon receipt of the fully executed assignment agreement or agreement of sublease, as the case may be, to which Landlord has consented to hereunder (or has deemed to have consented to hereunder), and such an executed instrument, to sign and deliver such instrument of consent.

F. In the event that either (i) Tenant fails to consummate a proposed assignment or subletting that was the subject of (a) an Offer within one hundred eighty (180) days after Landlord’s election not to recapture (or failure to so elect) as contemplated by Section 8.04 hereof or (b) a Tenant’s Consent Request within one hundred twenty (120) days after the delivery thereof (unless Tenant’s Consent Request is delivered simultaneously with the Offer in which event the applicable period shall be one hundred eighty (180) days), or (ii) if Tenant consummates an assignment or sublease transaction, as the case may be, and, in either instance under clause (i) or clause (ii) of this Section 8.05F, the Net Effective Rent or Net Effective Price, as the case may be, shall be less than 92.5% of the Net Effective Rent or the Net Effective Price, as the case may be, set forth in the Offer furnished to Landlord pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof (or in Tenant’s Consent Request, with respect to a proposed sublease that is not subject to a Recapture Right of Landlord), then, in the case of either clause (i) or (ii) of this Section 8.05F, the provisions of Sections 8.04 and 8.05 hereof shall again apply (and in the case of clause (ii) of this Section 8.05F, such provisions shall apply to such assignment or sublease transaction, notwithstanding the fact that Tenant may have consummated the same) and Tenant shall be required to submit a new Offer and Tenant’s Consent Request (together with the information required to be delivered in connection therewith) if Tenant still desires to assign this Lease or sublease all or part of the Premises, whether pursuant to such consummated assignment or sublease transaction or otherwise.

 

75

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

G. With respect to each any every sublease permitted under this Lease:

(i) no subletting shall be for a term ending later than one day prior to the Stated Expiration Date, as that date may have been theretofore, or may thereafter be, extended in accordance with the terms of this Lease;

(ii) no sublease shall be valid, and no subtenant shall take possession of the Demised Premises or any part thereof, until an executed counterpart of such sublease has been delivered to Landlord;

(iii) in the case of a subletting which includes less than entire floor(s), Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall (A) make or cause to be made, at no expense to Landlord, such Tenant Changes as may be required or reasonably deemed necessary to provide reasonably appropriate means of ingress and egress from the sublet space (which means of ingress and egress shall conform to all applicable Legal Requirements and/or Insurance Requirements and all alterations relating thereto shall be subject to the provisions of Article 13 hereof), and (B) physically separate the sublet space from the balance of the floor in such commercially reasonable manner that the configuration of the sublet space and the balance of the floor would not inhibit; in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, Landlord’s ability to independently lease the sublet space or the balance of the floor to one (1) or more office tenants for general and executive office use; and

(iv) each sublease shall provide that it is subject and subordinate to this Lease and to the matters to which this Lease is or shall be subordinate, and that, in the event of termination, reentry or dispossess by Landlord under this Lease, Landlord may, at its option, either terminate such sublease or take over all of the right, title and interest of Tenant, as sublessor, under such sublease, and such subtenant shall, at Landlord’s option, attorn to Landlord pursuant to the then executory provisions of such sublease, except that Landlord shall not (a) be liable for any previous act, omission or negligence of sublandlord, (b) be subject to any counterclaim, defense or offset, (c) be bound by any modification or amendment of the sublease or by any prepayment of more than one month’s rent and additional rent which shall be payable as provided in such sublease, unless such modification or prepayment shall have been approved in writing by Landlord, or (d) be obligated to perform any repairs or other work in the subleased premises beyond Landlord’s obligations under this Lease.

8.06 Each sublease shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or therein: (a) provide that such sublease shall not be assigned and that the premises demised thereunder shall not be further sublet without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance, which consent with respect to further assignments and further sublettings shall not be unreasonably withheld subject to the terms of this Article 8 (including Landlord’s rights under Section 8.04 and Section 8.07 hereof) except that the third tier down of any further subletting of a sublease shall not be permitted without Landlord’s consent, which may be granted or denied in Landlord’s sole discretion, and (b) contain (or incorporate by reference) provisions substantially the same as those contained in Sections 35.02 and 43.14 hereof. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, if any such sublease or sub-sublease is assigned or further sublet without the consent of Landlord in each instance obtained or without compliance with the provisions of this Article 8, Tenant shall immediately terminate such sublease or arrange for the termination thereof, and proceed expeditiously to have the occupant thereunder dispossessed. Landlord’s consent to any sublease or assignment shall not be deemed or construed to modify, amend or affect the terms and provisions of this Lease, or Tenant’s obligations hereunder, which shall continue to apply to the occupants thereof, as if the sublease or assignment had not been made.

 

76

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

8.07 In connection with any assignment of this Lease or to any sublease of the Demised Premises or any part thereof (other than in connection with an Exempt Transaction), Tenant shall, in consideration therefor, pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, a sum equal to fifty percent (50%) of (x) any fixed rent and additional rent or other consideration paid to Tenant (including sums paid for the sale or rental of Tenant’s fixtures, leasehold improvements, equipment, furniture, furnishings or other personal property, less (1) in the case of the sale thereof, the net unamortized cost thereof paid directly by Tenant (other than to the extent funded by Landlord as part of the Fit-out Work or otherwise) determined on the basis of Tenant’s federal income tax returns or (2) in the case of a rental, thereof the fair rental value thereof) by any assignee with respect to an assignment or by a subtenant under a sublease which is in excess of the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent then being paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the terms hereof (on a RSF basis), and (y) any other profit or gain realized by Tenant from any such assignment or subletting less (z) the following costs and expenses incurred by Tenant or any other Tenant Party (which costs and expenses shall be amortized over the term of the sublease (in the case of a sublease) or over the Term (in the case of an assignment where the consideration is not paid in a lump sum on the date of such assignment): (i) costs and expenses in making alterations to (or other changes in the layout and finish of) the sublet space in order to prepare the sublet space for such subtenant’s occupancy, (ii) costs and expenses in providing a fund to the subtenant for either such purpose (by way of a work allowance or the like), but only to the extent actually funded, (iii) commercially reasonable out-of-pocket brokerage commission(s) paid in connection with such sublease, (iv) commercially reasonable out-of-pocket legal fees paid by Tenant in connection with such sublease, (v) the reasonable amount of all reasonable other concessions paid by Tenant in connection with such sublease, or to be paid by Tenant at any time thereafter ( e.g ., takeover expenses and/or payment of moving expenses), (vi) the amount of commercially reasonable out-of-pocket advertising and marketing costs paid with respect to the sublet space, and (vii) Hard Costs and Soft Costs (other than to the extent funded by Landlord as part of as part of the Fit-out Work or otherwise) in respect of and reasonably allocated to the sublet space, amortized on a straight line basis over the Initial Term, to the extent such amortization is allocable to the period during the term of such sublease; provided , however , if, in connection with such subletting, the alterations to which such Hard Costs and Soft Costs relate are substantially altered or demolished prior to such subletting or within the six ( 6) month period following the rent commencement date of any such sublease, such Hard Costs and Soft Costs shall not be permitted to be so deducted. The parties agree that the profit for each assignment and/or sublease shall be determined on an individual basis and multiple transactions shall not be aggregated for the purposes of this Section 8.07. Tenant shall pay Landlord any amount due Landlord pursuant to this Section 8.07 within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of all or any portion of such consideration. If only a part of the Demised Premises is sublet, then the rent paid therefor by Tenant to Landlord shall be equitably apportioned. Landlord shall have reasonable access to Tenant’s books, accounts and records relating to collection of rent, additional rent and other consideration paid with respect to the Demised Premises to enable Landlord to verify the obligations of Tenant under this Section 8.07.

8.08 Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Tenant shall not be entitled to any proceeds derived from or relating to (directly or indirectly) any reletting of the Demised Premises by virtue of Landlord’s exercise of any Recapture Right pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or otherwise ; provided , however , if (i) Tenant is not then in monetary default or material non-monetary default, in each instance, beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure periods, (ii) this Lease has not been terminated as provided in Article 19 or Article 20 hereof, and (iii) pursuant to Section 8.04A hereof, Landlord and Tenant enter into a Recapture Sublease and Landlord shall thereafter sub-sublet such Recapture Space to a third party which is not an Affiliate of Landlord, then tenant shall be entitled to, and Landlord shall credit against Rent next becoming due hereunder an amount equal to all Landlord’s Profits if, as and when received by Landlord relating to that period which

 

77

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

would have comprised the unexpired portion of the current Term had Landlord not exercised Landlord’s Recapture Right relating to such Recapture Sublease until such time as the Unamortized Excess Work Allowance have been fully credited to Tenant. For the purposes hereof:

(i) “ Landlord’s Profits ” shall mean the amount by which all rentals and other consideration received by Landlord from the sub-sublease of any Recapture Space during the term of any such reletting exceeds Landlord’s Re-letting Costs,

(ii) “ Landlord’s Re-letting Costs ” shall mean, subject to the following sentence, with respect to any Recapture Space that is re-let to a third party, a sum equal to (A) the amount payable by Landlord (or its designee) to Tenant under a Recapture Sublease (l) on account of fixed rent and (2) as additional charges on account of charges analogous to the Recurring Additional Rent or that is credited against the Rents payable by Tenant hereunder, (B) the amount payable by Landlord (or its designee) on account of electricity in respect of the Recapture Space, (C) the amount of any costs reasonably incurred by Landlord in making changes in the layout and finish of the Recapture Space, including any work allowance or rent concession granted in connection with such subletting, (D) the reasonable, actual out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith, including, without limitation, reasonable brokerage commissions, advertising costs and attorneys’ fees and disbursements, (E) (x) until the rent commencement date of any such re-letting or subletting, as the case may be, the fair market rent allocated to the Demised Premises or the Recapture Space from the date of recapture or (cancellation) and (y) from and after such rent commencement date, a sum equal to the Fixed Rent and the Recurring Additional Rent payable by Tenant hereunder, and (F) the then unamortized amount of Landlord’s Work Allowance (Landlord’s Work Allowance being (l) amortized on a straight-line basis over a ten (1 0) year period commencing as of the Rent Commencement Date, (2) based upon the amounts therefor set forth on Landlord’s tax returns, and (3) calculated as of the rent commencement date of any such re-letting directly relating to the exercise of Landlord’s Recapture Right in question), and

(iii) “ Unamortized Excess Work Allowance ” shall mean those hard costs of the Fit-out Work (with respect to the applicable Recapture Space only in event of a Recapture Sublease) which were not funded by the Excess Work Allowance (A) amortized on a straight-line basis over a ten (10) year period commencing as of the Rent Commencement Date, (B) based on the amounts therefor set forth on Tenant’s tax returns, and (C) calculated as of the rent commencement date of any such re-letting directly relating to the exercise of Landlord’s Recapture Right in question.

8.09 Tenant hereby indemnifies Landlord against any liability asserted against Landlord or any Landlord Party for any brokerage commission, finder’s fee, consultant’s fee or other compensation with respect to any assignment or sublease or proposed assignment or sublease by Tenant or any party claiming through Tenant.

8.10 The joint and several liability of Tenant and any immediate or remote successor in interest of Tenant and the due performance of the obligations of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed or observed shall not be discharged, released or impaired in any respect by (a) any waiver or failure of Landlord or any grantee or assignee of Landlord by way of mortgage or otherwise, to enforce any of the obligations of this Lease or (b) any agreement or stipulation made by Landlord, or any grantee or assignee of Landlord by way of mortgage or otherwise, extending the time, or modifying any of the obligations, of this Lease. If this Lease is assigned, the assignor and all its predecessors as tenant hereunder (each, a “ Predecessor Tenant ”) shall be and remain fully liable for the due performance and

 

78

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

observance of all of the terms and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant throughout the Term and no amendment of this Lease or waiver of, or consent to departure from, any of the terms and conditions of this Lease shall constitute a novation or otherwise release any of the Predecessor Tenants; provided , however , if any such subsequent amendment to this Lease is made by a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Predecessor Tenant without any such Predecessor Tenant’s consent and such subsequent amendment shall increase the obligations of Tenant hereunder and/or extend the Term hereof (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein), then such Predecessor Tenant shall not be liable with respect only to such incremental increase and/or such extension term.

8.11 The listing of any name other than that of Tenant, whether on the door of the Demised Premises or any portion thereof or the Building directory, if any, or otherwise, shall not operate to vest any right or interest in this Lease or in the Demised Premises, nor shall it be deemed to be the consent of Landlord to any assignment or transfer of this Lease or to any sublease of the Demised Premises or to the use or occupancy thereof by others.

8.12 Tenant shall reimburse Landlord (whether or not the proposed transaction is consummated), within thirty (30) days after demand, for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord in connection with any assignment (whether or not Landlord’s consent is required therefor) or sublease, including the costs of making investigations as to the acceptability of the proposed assignee or subtenant (or whether such proposed assignee or subtenant satisfies the conditions set forth in this Article 8) and reasonable out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees and disbursements incurred in connection with the granting or reviewing of any matters reasonably related to any such assignment, subletting or other transfer.

8.13 Anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, Tenant shall not advertise (but may list with brokers or include in trade or industry computerized listing services) its space for assignment or subletting at a rental rate lower than the then rental rate for office space in the Building.

ARTICLE 9

SUBORDINATION, NON DISTURBANCE, SUPERIOR INSTRUMENTS

9.01 Landlord’s right, title and interest in and to its leasehold estate and to the Unit are derived from and under the Unit Ground Lease. Tenant shall (a) comply with those provisions of the Superior Obligation Instruments which are applicable to Tenant’s obligations under this Lease as they relate to the Demised Premises and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein (whether or not Landlord’s consent is required therefor), shall not take, fail to take or permit to be taken or not taken any action which would cause a default by Landlord under the Superior Obligation Instruments and (b) cooperate with Landlord and the Public Parties (as defined in the Unit Ground Lease) in all reasonable respects in connection with Landlord’s exercise of rights and/or fulfillment of obligations under the Superior Obligation Instruments, except that Tenant shall have no obligation to disclose any proprietary or confidential information, unless a reasonably requested confidentiality agreement is entered into in a form reasonably acceptable to Tenant.

9.02 A. Subject to the other terms of this Section 9.02 and without limiting any other provision of this Lease, this Lease is and shall be subject and subordinate in all respects to (i) the Ground Lease and the Unit Ground Lease and any other Superior Leases now or hereafter existing, (ii) all mortgages which may now or hereafter affect the Land, the Building, and/or the Unit and/or any Superior Leases, and to each and every advance made or hereafter to be made under such mortgages,

 

79

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(iii) all extensions, renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions of any Superior Leases, Superior Mortgages, (iv) the Condominium Declaration and the other Condominium Documents and (v) DUO. This Lease is also subject and subordinate to all other matters to which the Superior Instruments are subject and subordinate, including the Project Documents, the Permitted Encumbrances (as defined in the Unit Ground Lease) and the Subway Agreement, provided, that as between Landlord and Tenant, the rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant shall be governed solely by the terms and provisions of this Lease and the applicable provisions of the Superior Obligation Instruments. Landlord shall not terminate, surrender, renew, modify, amend, consolidate, replace or extend the Unit Ground Lease, the Condominium Declaration or the other Condominium Documents, the Subway Agreement, the Project Documents, any other instrument to which this Lease is subject and subordinate or the Design Guidelines, in any manner that would (a) extend or shorten the Term, (b)reduce the usable area of the Premises, (c) increase the Fixed Rent, any Additional Rent or any other monetary obligation of Tenant under this Lease, (d) except to a de minimis extent, otherwise increase the obligations of Tenant or the rights of Landlord under this Lease or (e) except to a de minimis extent, otherwise decrease the obligations of Landlord or the rights of Tenant under this Lease. This Section shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required; provided , however , (I) not later than sixty ( 60) days following the Execution Date, Landlord shall obtain from the Ground Lease Landlord (in its capacity as Ground Lease Landlord and Unit Ground Lease Landlord) and the existing Superior Mortgagee an executed and acknowledged non disturbance agreement (each, a “ SNDA Agreement ”) substantially in the forms annexed hereto as Exhibits 9.02A-l and 9.02A-2, respectively, and (2) as an express condition of any subordination of this Lease to any future Superior Mortgage or Superior Lease, Landlord shall obtain from any future Superior Mortgagee and/or Superior Lessor, in each instance, an executed and acknowledged SNDA Agreement or such form which is then customarily used by such party, provided such other form contains the same substantive protections as are set forth in the forms annexed hereto as Exhibits 9.02A-l and 9.02A-2 with such reasonable modifications as Tenant may request (provided that Tenant shall not be entitled to request modifications to any provision of such form that would be more favorable to Tenant in any material respect than the provisions of the form annexed hereto as Exhibit 9.02A-l or 9.02A-2, respectively, and provided further that such form does not (a) extend or shorten the Term, (b) reduce the usable area of the Premises, (c) increase the Fixed Rent, any Additional Rent or any other monetary obligation of Tenant under this Lease, (d) except to a de minimis extent, otherwise increase the obligations of Tenant or the rights of Landlord under this Lease or (e) except to a de minimis extent, otherwise decrease the obligations of Landlord or the rights of Tenant under this Lease). If any future Superior Lessor or Superior Mortgagee refuses to sign the applicable SNDA Agreement, this Lease shall not be subject and subordinate to such Superior Lease or Superior Mortgage, as applicable.

B. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall Landlord be required to (a) make any payment to any Superior Mortgagee or Superior Lessor in connection with any SNDA Agreement other than payments required under the terms of the Superior Lease or the Superior Mortgage, as the case may be, and customary and reasonable payments on account of review, preparation and negotiation of any such SNDA Agreement, (b) alter any of the terms of its financing with any such Superior Mortgagee or the terms of any Superior Lease or the Condominium Documents, (c) commence any action against any such Superior Mortgagee or Superior Lessor in order to obtain such SNDA Agreement or (d) request or obtain, as the case may be, any future SNDA Agreement if Tenant shall then be in default beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure periods hereunder unless and until such default is cured. Landlord shall not have liability to Tenant if any future Superior Lessor or Superior Mortgage does not enter into any such SNDA Agreement; provided , however , this Lease shall not be subordinate to such Superior Lease or Superior Mortgage unless and until the respective SNDA Agreements have been executed by the Superior Lessor and Superior Mortgagee, as the case may be, and delivered to Tenant.

 

80

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

C. The leases to which this Lease is, at the time referred to, subject and subordinate pursuant to this Article are hereinafter sometimes called “ Superior Leases ”, and references to Superior Lessors are intended to include the successors in interest of Superior Lessors and their successors in interest as may be appropriate. The mortgages to which this Lease is, at the time referred to, subject and subordinate and any modifications, extensions or replacements thereof are hereinafter sometimes collectively called “ Superior Mortgages ” and references to Superior Mortgagees are intended to include the successors in interest of Superior Mortgagees and their successors in interest as may be appropriate.

D. In the event that Landlord shall fail to obtain from the Ground Lease Landlord and the then existing Superior Mortgagee an executed and acknowledged SNDA Agreement within sixty (60) days following the Execution Date for any reason whatsoever, then, subject to Tenant’s rights under Section 9.02E hereof, Tenant shall have the right, at its option and as its sole remedy, to terminate this Lease upon ten (10) days’ prior notice to Landlord given not later than ninety (90) days after the Execution Date, time being of the essence, and if Landlord has not obtained such SNDA Agreements within such ten (10) day period, then this Lease shall terminate upon the expiration of such ten (10) day period after Tenant’s delivery of notice of termination, as if such date were the date originally set forth for the expiration of this Lease. If Tenant fails to timely give such notice of cancellation, Tenant’s right to so cancel under this Section 9.02D shall be null and void. If this Lease is terminated as aforesaid then this Lease shall thereupon be deemed null and void and of no further force and effect, and neither of the parties hereto shall have any rights, obligations or claims against the other except those expressly stated to survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

E. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is required to obtain the existing Superior Mortgagee’s consent to this Lease. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Landlord fails to obtain such consent within twenty (20) days following the Execution Date, either Landlord or Tenant, shall have the right, as its sole and exclusive remedy, to elect to cancel and terminate this Lease at any time thereafter by notice to the other, provided that such consent shall not have been delivered prior to the delivery of such cancellation and termination notice. Landlord agrees to use good faith efforts (but without any obligation to pay any fee or other consideration to such Superior Mortgagee other than payments required under the terms of the Superior Mortgage) to obtain such consent. Landlord shall promptly notify Tenant after its receipt of such consent. If this Lease is terminated as aforesaid then this Lease shall thereupon be deemed null and void and of no further force and effect, and neither of the parties hereto shall have any rights, obligations or claims against the other except those expressly stated to survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

F. Except for security deposits or any other amounts deposited with Landlord or with any Recognized Mortgagee in connection with the payment of insurance premiums, taxes and assessments, operating expenses and other similar charges or expenses under the Unit Ground Lease and “Impositions” (as defined in the Unit Ground Lease) having a billing period in excess of one (1) month but not more than twelve (12) months, Tenant shall not pay rent or other sums payable under this Lease to Landlord for more than one (1) month in advance of the due date therefor.

9.03 A. Tenant further agrees that (i) upon receipt from the Superior Mortgagee of notice that an “Event of Default” or term of like import (as described in any Superior Mortgage) exists or otherwise upon the request of a Superior Mortgagee or Landlord, Tenant shall, at such Superior’s Mortgagee’s or Landlord’s direction, pay directly to the Superior Mortgagee all rent thereafter accruing, and Landlord acknowledges that the payment of such rent by Tenant to the Superior Mortgagee shall be a release of Tenant hereunder to the extent of all amounts so paid, (ii) without impairing the rights under the Superior Mortgage, the Superior Mortgagee may, at its option, at any time and from time to time, release to Landlord rent so received by the Superior Mortgagee, or any part

 

81

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

thereof, (iii) the Superior Mortgagee shall not be liable for its failure to collect, or its failure to exercise diligence in the collection of rent, but shall be accountable only for rent that it shall actually receive and (iv) it shall execute and deliver to the Superior Mortgagee such documents as the Superior Mortgagee may reasonably request to evidence or effectuate the above agreements which are consistent with the foregoing and do not reduce Landlord’s or the Superior Mortgagee’s obligations or Tenant’s rights or release Tenant’s obligations.

B. Subject to the terms of any applicable SNDA Agreement, after receiving notice from any Superior Mortgagee that it holds a Superior Mortgage, (a) no notice of default from Tenant to Landlord shall be effective unless and until a copy of such notice is given to such Superior Mortgagee and (b) Tenant shall not exercise any right to terminate this Lease or claim a partial or total eviction or claim an abatement of or setoff against Rent by reason of Landlord’s acts or omissions until (i) it has given written notice of such act or omission to the Superior Mortgagee at its address so furnished and (ii) a reasonable period for remedying such act or omission shall have elapsed following such giving of notice and following the time when the Superior Mortgagee shall have become entitled under the Superior Mortgage to remedy the same (which shall in no event be less than the period to which Landlord would be entitled under this Lease to effect such remedy as extended by (x) the period of time required by the Superior Mortgagee to obtain possession of the Demised Premises if the Superior Mortgagee cannot otherwise cure such act or omission and (y) the number of days caused by judicial restriction of Superior Mortgagee’s acts or by any other circumstance beyond Superior Mortgagee’s reasonable control), provided the Superior Mortgagee shall, with reasonable diligence, give Tenant notice of intention to, and commence and continue to, remedy such act or omission or to cause the same to be remedied.

9.04 Subject to the rights of any Recognized Mortgagee, upon notice from the Unit Ground Lease Landlord, Tenant shall make all payments of rents, additional rents and other sums of money to Unit Ground Lease Landlord upon the occurrence of a monetary or material nonmonetary “Event of Default” (as defined in the Unit Ground Lease) under the Unit Ground Lease, and, in such event, the Unit Ground Lease Landlord shall apply the said payments made to it, first, to retain all amounts that are due and payable to the Unit Ground Lease Landlord pursuant to this Lease, and second, to pay to Landlord all remaining amounts. Landlord acknowledges that the payment of such rent by Tenant to the Unit Ground Lease Landlord shall be a release of Tenant hereunder to the extent of all amounts so paid.

9.05 A. Subject to the provisions of any applicable SNDA Agreement, in the event of a termination of the Unit Ground Lease, or if the interests of Landlord under this Lease are transferred by reason of or assigned in lieu of foreclosure or other proceedings for enforcement of any Superior Instrument or if any Superior Party acquires a lease in substitution therefor, then (a) this Lease shall not terminate or be terminable by Tenant and (b) this Lease shall not terminate or be terminable by any subtenant or successor thereto unless Tenant is specifically named and joined in any such action and unless a judgment is obtained therein against Tenant. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit or qualify the rights of any Recognized Mortgagee, including its right to request a new lease pursuant to Section 31.6 of the Unit Ground Lease.

B. Subject to the terms of any applicable SNDA Agreement, if any Superior Mortgagee or the nominee or designee of any Superior Mortgagee shall succeed to the rights of Landlord under this Lease, whether through possession or foreclosure action or delivery of a new lease or deed, or otherwise, then at the request and option of such party so succeeding to Landlord’s rights or at the request of the Superior Mortgagee (herein called “ Successor Landlord ”), Tenant shall either (i) attorn to and recognize such Successor Landlord as Tenant’s landlord under this Lease, as if this Lease

 

82

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(which shall remain in full force and effect) were a direct lease with the Successor Landlord and Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver any instrument that such Successor Landlord may reasonably request to evidence such attornment, or (ii) enter into a new lease with said Successor Landlord as landlord. Such attornment or new lease shall be on the same terms, conditions and covenants as are set forth in this Lease, except that the Successor Landlord (unless formerly the landlord under this Lease or its nominee or designee) shall not be (i) liable in any way to Tenant for any act or omission, neglect or default on the part of Landlord under this Lease, except that Successor Landlord shall be responsible for the cure of any default by Landlord under this Lease which continues to exist on the date of Successor Landlord’s succession to the rights of Landlord under this Lease, (ii) responsible for any monies owing by or on deposit with Landlord to the credit of Tenant, except to the extent actually received by Successor Landlord, (iii) subject to any counterclaim or setoff which theretofore accrued to Tenant against Landlord, (iv) bound by any amendment or modification of this Lease subsequent.to such Superior Mortgage not expressly provided for in this Lease, or by any previous prepayment of Fixed Rent or additional rent for more than one (I) month in advance of the due date thereof, which was not approved in writing by the Superior Mortgagee, (v) liable to Tenant beyond the Successor Landlord’s interest in the Building, (vi) responsible for the performance of any work to be done by Landlord under this Lease to render the Premises ready for occupancy by Tenant, or (vii) bound by any obligation to make any payment to Tenant which was required to be made prior to the time the Successor Landlord succeeded to Landlord’s interest in this Lease. Tenant hereby agrees to execute and deliver, at any time and from time to time, upon the request of the Successor Landlord any instrument which may be necessary or appropriate to evidence such attornment. Tenant further waives the provisions of any statute or rule or law now or hereafter in effect which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate this Lease or to surrender possession of the Demised Premises in the event any proceeding is brought by any Superior Mortgagee to foreclose a Superior Mortgage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.05B shall be superseded by any SNDA Agreement entered into between Tenant and the Superior Mortgagee.

9.06 Subject to the provisions of any applicable SNDA Agreement, this Lease is subject to the express condition, and by accepting this Lease ·Tenant shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed, that if the Unit Ground Lease should be terminated prior to the Scheduled Expiration Date (as defined in the Unit Ground Lease) or if Unit Ground Lease Landlord should succeed to Landlord’s estate in the Demised Premises, then, at Unit Ground Lease Landlord’s election, to be exercised in Unit Ground Lease Landlord’s sole judgment and discretion, Tenant shall attorn to and recognize Unit Ground Lease Landlord as Tenant’s landlord under this Lease, provided that Unit Ground Lease Landlord shall not (i) be liable for any act or omission or negligence of Landlord hereunder, (ii) be subject to any counterclaim, offset or defense which theretofore accrued to Tenant against Landlord, (iii) be bound by any modification or amendment of this Lease (unless such modification or amendment shall have been approved in writing by Unit Ground Lease Landlord), (iv) be bound by any payment of rent or additional rent for more than one (I) month in advance (unless actually received by Unit Ground Lease Landlord and subject to the provisions of 9.02F hereof), (v) be obligated to perform any Alteration (as defined in the Unit Ground Lease) in the Demised Premises, (vi) in the event of a Casualty (as defined in the Unit Ground Lease), be obligated to repair or restore the Demised Premises or any portion thereof, (vii) in the event of a partial Taking (as defined in the Unit Ground Lease), be obligated to repair or restore the Demised Premises or any part thereof (except that, in the event that Unit Ground Lease Landlord receives Insurance Proceeds (as defined in the Unit Ground Lease) and determines not to restore in such circumstances, Tenant can terminate the Lease), (viii) be obligated to make any payment to Tenant (other than any overpayment of rent made to Unit Ground Lease Landlord), or (viii) be bound by any obligations which Unit Ground Lease Landlord lacks the capacity or reasonable ability to perform. Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver any instrument Unit Ground Lease Landlord may reasonably request to evidence such attornment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.06 shall be superseded by any SNDA Agreement entered into between Tenant and the Unit Ground Lease Landlord.

 

83

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

9.07 If (a) in connection with obtaining financing for or condominiumizing of the Unit, the Land and/or Building, or of any Superior Lease, a banking, insurance company or other Superior Mortgagee shall request reasonable modifications in this Lease as a condition to such financing or condominiumizing and/or (b) the provisions of any Superior Instruments require Tenant to deliver any instruments or acknowledgements, Tenant will not unreasonably withhold its consent thereto and/or delay the delivery thereof, as the case may be, provided that such modifications and/or instruments or acknowledgements, in either instance, do not (A) extend or shorten the Term, (B) reduce the usable area of the Premises, (C) increase the Fixed Rent, any Additional Rent or any other monetary obligation of Tenant hereunder, (D) except to a de minimis extent, otherwise increase the obligations of Tenant or the rights of Landlord under this Lease or (E) except to a de minimis extent, otherwise decrease the obligations of Landlord or the rights of Tenant under this Lease.

9.08 In connection with a proposed sale or financing by Landlord of the Unit or any portion thereof or interest therein, Tenant shall promptly (but in no event more than twenty (20) days after written request therefor) furnish to Landlord, subject to the terms of a confidentiality agreement reasonably satisfactory to Tenant, the latest then available financial statements of Tenant certified by Tenant’s regularly employed independent certified public accountant.

9.09 A. Landlord represents that prior to the date of this Lease, Landlord has provided or made available to Tenant or its counsel true, correct and complete copies of the Superior Obligation Instruments and the Condominium Documents. Tenant (i) acknowledges its receipt of copies of the Superior Obligation Instruments and the Condominium Documents and that it has had ample opportunity to see and review and permit its counsel to see and review the same and (ii) by its execution and delivery of this Lease, Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that it shall comply, and cause its agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, subtenants, operators, licensees, franchisees, concessionaires or other occupants of the Demised Premises to comply, fully and faithfully at all times, to the extent applicable to the Demised Premises, with all terms, covenants and conditions of the Superior Instruments, which by their terms are applicable to a space lease of all or any portion of the Unit (collectively, “ Tenant’s Superior Instrument Obligations ”), such acknowledgment and agreement being a material inducement to Landlord’s execution and delivery of this Lease and leasing of the Demised Premises to Tenant. Tenant further acknowledges and agrees that, pursuant to the Unit Ground Lease, any act or omission of Tenant or any of its agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, subtenants, operators, licensees, franchisees, concessionaires or other occupants of the Demised Premises that violates any provision of the Unit Ground Lease may be deemed to be a violation of such provision by Landlord as the tenant under the Unit Ground Lease.

B. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may request reasonable modifications in this Lease from time to time in order to avoid the occurrence of a default under the Superior Instruments or otherwise, and Tenant will not unreasonably withhold its consent thereto and/ or delay the execution and delivery thereof, provided such modification or amendment does not (a) extend or shorten the Term, (b) reduce the usable area of the Premises, (c) increase the Fixed Rent, any Additional Rent or any other monetary obligation of Tenant hereunder, (d) except to a de minimis extent, otherwise increase the obligations of Tenant or the rights of Landlord under this Lease or (e) except to a de minimis extent, otherwise decrease the obligations of Landlord or the rights of Tenant under this Lease.

 

84

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

9.10 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease but subject to any additional requirements that may be imposed upon Tenant under this Lease, Tenant represents, warrants, covenants and agrees as follows:

(a) Tenant shall comply, and cause its agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, subtenants, operators, licensees, franchisees, concessionaires or other occupants of the Demised Premises to comply, to the extent applicable to the Demised Premises, fully and faithfully with the Superior Instrument Obligations, which by their terms are applicable to a space lease of all or any portion of the Unit.

(b) This Lease is for no other purpose than for the actual occupancy of the Premises by Tenant, a Related Entity (as defined in the Unit Ground Lease) or a permitted assignee or. permitted sublessee for the Permitted Use (as defined in the Unit Ground Lease), subject to the terms of Article 5 of this Lease.

(c) In connection with all aspects of any Tenant Changes performed by Tenant or any Person claiming by, through or under Tenant, Tenant shall comply, and shall cause its agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, subtenants, operators, licensees, franchisees, concessionaires and other occupants of the Demised Premises to comply, with all of the terms, covenants and conditions of DUO, the Unit Ground Lease and the Condominium Documents pertaining to alterations of any type in and to the Demised Premises (including Article IX of the Unit Ground Lease and Article X of the Condominium Declaration, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference), all of which shall be in addition to and not in lieu of the requirements therefor set forth in this Lease.

(d) Tenant is not and shall not become during the Term a Prohibited Entity and shall not assign this Lease or sublet or otherwise grant occupancy rights with respect to its Demised Premises or any portion thereof to a Prohibited Entity.

(e) Tenant will comply with all Legal Requirements from time to time in effect prohibiting· discrimination or segregation. In furtherance of the foregoing, Tenant shall comply with the provisions of Article XXIX and Exhibit 0 of the Unit Ground Lease applicable to this Lease, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference.

9.11 In the event of any conflict between the terms and conditions of this Lease (including all Exhibits and Schedules attached hereto) and the terms of the Superior Obligation Instruments which, by their terms, are applicable to a subtenant under a space lease of the Unit, the terms and conditions of such Superior Obligation Instruments (subject to any limitations agreed to under any applicable SNDA Agreement, if any) shall govern and control if the failure to comply by Tenant hereunder would constitute a default thereunder, otherwise the terms and conditions of this Lease shall govern and control.

9.12 Except to the extent expressly otherwise provided in this Lease, wherever in this Lease a provision of the Unit Ground Lease or the Condominium Documents is incorporated herein by reference it is agreed that the following terms in such provisions so incorporated by reference shall have the following meanings:

(a) The term “ hereunder ”, “ under this Lease ” or “ under this Declaration ” or words of similar import in any such incorporated provision shall be deemed to refer to the Unit Ground Lease or the Condominium Documents, as the case may be;

 

85

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(b) The term “ Property ” or “ Unit ” in any such incorporated provision shall mean the Demised Premises under this Lease;

(c) The term “ Sublease ” in such incorporated provision shall mean this Lease;

(d) The term “ Subtenant ” in such incorporated provision shall mean the tenant under this Lease;

(e) The term “ Tenant ” or “ Unit Owner ” in such incorporated provision shall mean the tenant under this Lease; and

(f) Where in any such provision there is contained an obligation on the part of “ Subtenant ”, “ Tenant ” or “ Unit Owner ” to perform the same, such covenant or obligation shall be deemed a covenant or obligation of Tenant under this Lease, except as expressly modified by this Lease.

9.13 In the event that NYTC purchases or leases all or any portion of the Unit and the Demised Premises or any portion thereof is included in the portion of the Unit so purchased or leased by NYTC, Tenant agrees, that upon the exercise by NYTC of such option to so lease or purchase, to deliver to NYTC, without cost to NYTC, copies of any drawings and/or CAD design files in Tenant’s possession for all leasehold improvements made by or on behalf of such Tenant to such portion on an “as-built basis.”

ARTICLE 10

ENTRY; RIGHT TO CHANGE

PUBLIC PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING

10.01 Subject to the provisions of this Article 10, Tenant shall permit Landlord, agents, representatives, contractors and employees of Landlord and each Condominium Board and utility companies and other service providers servicing the Building, the Unit and/or the Common Elements to erect, use and maintain pipes and conduits in and through the Demised Premises in concealed locations beneath floors, behind core or perimeter walls or within existing column enclosures and above ceilings ; provided , however , to the extent there are alternative locations (which are permitted by Legal Requirements and Insurance Requirements), that provide substantially the same service, do not cost materially more (unless Tenant, after being advised of the incremental cost, agrees to pay such cost to Landlord) and do not inconvenience other tenants of the Building (by more than a de minimis extent) for the pipes and conduits outside of the Demised Premises, Tenant shall have the right to require Landlord to use such alternative locations. Subject to the provisions of this Article 10, Landlord and agents, representatives, contractors and employees of Landlord and any Condominium Board shall have the right to enter the Demised Premises upon prior reasonable notice (except in an emergency, in which event Landlord shall endeavor to give such notice as is reasonably practicable under the circumstances) during Business Hours (unless such entry in Tenant’s reasonable opinion is reasonably likely to adversely affect Tenant’s ability to conduct its business in any substantial or material portion of the Premises or otherwise adversely affect Tenant’s use or occupancy of any substantial or material portion of the Premises, in which event, subject to the provisions of Section 10.04 hereof, such access shall occur at times other than Tenant’s Business Hours), for the purpose of making such repairs or alterations as Landlord or any Condominium Board shall reasonably require or shall have the right to make by the provisions of this Lease or the Condominium Documents. Landlord shall promptly repair or caused to be repaired any damage caused by such repairs or alterations, including repair (or replacement as necessary) of all Tenant finishes in substantially the same condition existing prior to such damage.

 

86

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Subject to the provisions of this Article 10, Landlord shall also have the right on reasonable prior notice during Business Hours to enter the Demised Premises, for the purpose of inspecting them or exhibiting them to prospective purchasers, prospective superior lessors or superior mortgagees of the Building and/or the Unit. Landlord and each Condominium Board shall be allowed to take such material as shall be required for such day’s work into the Demised Premises (provided that if excess material does not in Tenant’s reasonable opinion unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s business and use of the Demised Premises, then Landlord and any Condominium Board can take such reasonable amounts of material as is required for a commercially reasonable period into and upon the Demised Premises during periods when work is in progress (it being expressly understood and agreed that neither Landlord nor any Condominium Board shall store any materials in the Demised Premises (other than in the freight elevator lobby and mechanical space) during the performance of such work other than in a location reasonably designated by Tenant which is adjacent to the area of required work and any such storage shall be without liability to Landlord). Landlord shall clean up or cause to be cleaned up all work areas at the end of each day or block off such work areas in a manner that does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s business and use of the Demised Premises.

10.02 Subject to the provisions of this Article 10, throughout the Term of this Lease, Landlord and any Condominium Board shall have free access to all mechanical installations located in the Unit or the Common Elements, including air-cooling, fan, ventilating and machine rooms and electrical closets, and Tenant shall not construct or place partitions, furniture or other obstructions that interfere with Landlord’s or any Condominium Board’s free access thereto, the proper functioning of the Base Systems or the moving of Landlord’s equipment to and from the enclosures containing said installations. Neither Tenant, any Tenant Party nor any contractor, invitee or licensee of Tenant shall at any time enter the said enclosures or tamper with, adjust, touch or otherwise affect in any manner such mechanical installations.

10.03 During the fifteen (15) months prior to the expiration of (a) the Term of this Lease if the Term shall not have been extended or renewed or (b) the Extension Term if the Term shall have been extended, Landlord may exhibit the Demised Premises to prospective tenants, upon prior reasonable notice to Tenant and in such a manner so as to not unreasonably disrupt Tenant’s business.

10.04 Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s access and use or occupancy of the Demised Premises in making any repairs, alterations, additions or improvements and in inspecting and exhibiting the Demised Premises, and all of the foregoing shall be performed by Landlord with all due diligence; provided , however , that Landlord shall have no obligation to employ contractors or labor at so called overtime or other premium pay rates or to incur any other overtime costs or expenses whatsoever, except that Landlord, at its expense, shall employ contractors or labor at so called overtime or other premium pay rates if necessary to remedy any condition that either (i) results in a denial of reasonable access to the Demised Premises, (ii) threatens the health or safety of any occupant of the Demised Premises, or (iii) unreasonably interferes with Tenant’s ability to conduct its business in the affected portion of the Demised Premises; it being agreed, however, that in no event shall any of the matters set forth in the aforementioned clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) be construed as requiring Landlord to, nor shall Landlord have any obligation to, employ any overtime or premium pay labor in order to complete the Base Building Work, the Fit-out Work and/or satisfy any of the Ready for Occupancy Conditions. In all other cases, at Tenant’s request (except that Tenant shall have no right to request that Landlord perform (and Landlord shall have no obligation to perform) any Base Building Work and/or any work necessary to satisfy any of the Ready for Occupancy Conditions on any overtime or premium pay basis), and provided Tenant is not then in monetary default or material non-monetary default hereunder, in each instance, beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure period, Landlord shall employ contractors or labor at so called overtime or other premium pay rates

 

87

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

and incur any other overtime costs or expenses in making any repairs, alterations, additions or improvements, provided Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, within thirty (30) days after demand, an amount equal to the excess (a) the overtime or other premium pay rates, including all fringe benefits and other elements of such pay rates, over (b) the regular pay rates for such labor, including all fringe benefits and other elements of such pay rates. In making any repairs, alterations, additions or improvements, Landlord shall cause its contractors or labor to cover and secure such repair areas and equipment in such a manner to minimize interference with Tenant’s business operations during Business Hours. If more than one occupant of the Unit, including Tenant, is chargeable by Landlord for the same overtime costs and expenses relating to the same work for which Tenant is chargeable, then Tenant shall only be charged for a proportionate share of such overtime costs and expenses, which apportionment shall be based on the amount of overtime work requested by such parties. During any entry permitted under this Section, Landlord and Landlord’s agents shall accord all due care to Tenant’s Property (and Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause any person gaining entry to the Demised Premises (other than Tenant or any Tenant Entity) pursuant to Section 10.05 hereof to accord all due care to Tenant’s Property). Landlord shall promptly repair any damage to Tenant’s Property arising out of the performance of operations, maintenance or repairs performed by Landlord, or Landlord’s employees, agents or contractors gaining entry to the Demised Premises (other than Tenant or any Tenant Entity) pursuant to the terms of Section 10.05 hereof. Tenant shall have the right to reasonably designate, by notice to Landlord, certain areas of the Demised Premises (including, without limitation, any area containing a safe or any central computer or telephone equipment) as secure areas to which Landlord shall not have access without being accompanied by a representative of Tenant (except in the case of an emergency). Landlord shall not be required to provide cleaning services to any such secure area unless Tenant makes access available to Landlord’s cleaning contractor. Tenant shall have the right to require that a representative of Tenant accompany Landlord (and persons authorized by Landlord) during any entry into the Premises. Tenant agrees to have such representative present during Business Hours on Business Days, provided Landlord shall give reasonable advance notice of the time it desires access. In addition, Tenant shall keep the Building manager’s office advised of the name and telephone number of the person or agency to be notified on behalf of Tenant in the event of any emergency and shall provide such a representative at all times of the day and night. If such representative shall not be provided at any time after reasonable notice under the circumstances when access to the Premises shall be required or if in the event of an emergency of Tenant, Landlord shall nevertheless have the right to enter the Premises, provided that during such entry, Landlord and Landlord’s agents shall accord all due care to Tenant’s Property. Landlord shall not have liability to Tenant for any failure of Landlord to perform any of its obligations hereunder by reason of Landlord’s inability to enter the Premises. Landlord agrees that it shall use reasonable efforts to keep all information obtained by it or its agents during such entry confidential and shall use reasonable efforts to prevent the disclosure of the same.

10.05 Subject to the rights of any Superior Party, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to permit Tenant, throughout the Term of this Lease, to have a right of access through all other tenant spaces in the Unit (and, subject to and in accordance with the conditions and limitations imposed upon any access by Landlord as contained in Sections 10.01 and 10.04 as if such other party were Landlord, other tenants of the Unit and NYTC shall have a right of access through the Demised Premises provided Tenant may require that Tenant be present during such access) as necessary, to install, service, maintain and repair cables, conduits, risers, piping, etc. running through the Building for which Tenant (or, as applicable, other tenants or NYTC) is (or are) permitted or required to install, service, maintain and repair, provided that the party desiring access (i.e., Tenant, NYTC or other tenants, as applicable) shall (a) provide Landlord and the party whose space is affected with reasonable prior notice of the need for such access, (b) schedule such access so as not to unreasonably interfere with the affected party’s business or inconvenience other tenants or occupants of the Building or the

 

88

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Unit, (c) install cables, wires, etc. through conduits if such installation is made outside of their respective demised premises and, in such event, Tenant shall only be permitted to use the Tenant’s Conduit, (d) repair, at the accessing party’s expense, any damage to the Building, the Unit, the Common Elements or the accessed space arising out of such access and (e) indemnify and hold the party whose space is affected harmless from and against any cost, claim, liability, damage or expense (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by such party as a result of permitting such access and work, provided that nothing in this Section 10.05 shall be deemed to limit Landlord’s obligations contained in this Article 10.

ARTICLE 11

LAWS, ORDINANCES, REQUIREMENTS OF PUBLIC AUTHORITIES

11.01 A. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, comply with all Legal Requirements and/or Insurance Requirements which shall impose any violation, order or duty upon Landlord or Tenant arising from Tenant’s particular manner of use of the Demised Premises (in contrast to use by Tenant for customary office purposes) or any Specialty Alterations (or special installations made therein by or at Tenant’s request) or required by reason of a breach of any of Tenant’s covenants or agreements hereunder.

B. Tenant shall have the right to contest the validity of any Legal Requirement or the application thereof in accordance with this Section 11.01B. Any such proceeding instituted by Tenant shall be commenced as soon as is reasonably possible after the issuance of any notification by the applicable Governmental Authority with respect to required compliance with such Legal Requirement and shall be prosecuted to final adjudication with reasonable diligence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant promptly shall comply with any such Legal Requirement and compliance shall be deferred if at any time there is a condition imminently hazardous to human life or health, the Building, the Unit, the Common Elements, or any part thereof, shall be in danger of being forfeited or lost or if Landlord, any Landlord Party or any Superior Parties shall be in danger of being subject to criminal and/or civil liability or penalty by reason of noncompliance therewith. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord and all Superior Parties against any cost or expense incurred by Landlord or any Superior Party by reason of such contest by Tenant. Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve Tenant of its obligation to comply (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) with all Legal Requirements and/or Insurance Requirements in the making of any Tenant Changes, including any Specialty Alterations. Without limiting the applicability of the foregoing, Landlord shall be deemed subject to prosecution for a crime if Landlord, any Landlord Party or any Superior Party or its officers, directors, partners, members, shareholders, agents or employees is charged with a crime of any kind whatsoever, unless such charges are withdrawn ten (10) days before Landlord, Landlord Party or any Superior Party or such officer, director, partner, member, shareholder, agent or employee, as the case may be, is required to plead or answer thereto. The obligations of Tenant to indemnify Landlord and any Superior Parties under this Section 11.01B shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

11.02 If Tenant receives notice of any violation of Legal Requirements and/or Insurance Requirements applicable to the Demised Premises, it shall give prompt notice thereof to Landlord.

11.03 Except as provided in Section 11.01 hereof, Landlord shall comply with or cause to be complied with, all Legal Requirements and/or Insurance Requirements which shall, impose any violation, order or duty upon Landlord or Tenant with respect to the Demised Premises and/or the public and common areas of the Unit and with respect to which Tenant is not obligated by Section 11.01 hereof

 

89

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

to comply. Landlord shall not be required to comply with any Legal Requirements and/or Insurance Requirements for so long as Landlord shall in good faith be diligently contesting, at its sole cost and expense, through appropriate proceedings brought in accordance with applicable Legal Requirements, Landlord’s obligation to comply therewith; provided that (a) neither Tenant nor any Tenant Party shall be subject to imprisonment or prosecution for a crime, nor shall the Demised Premises or any part thereof be subject to being condemned or vacated, nor shall the certificate of occupancy for the Building be suspended or threatened to be suspended by reason of such noncompliance or by reason of such contest, and (b) before the commencement of such contest, if Tenant or any Tenant Party may be subject to any civil fines or economic penalties or other criminal penalties or if Tenant may be liable to any independent third party as a result of such noncompliance, Landlord shall indemnify Tenant (and any such Tenant Party) against the cost of such noncompliance and liability resulting from or incurred in connection with such contest or noncompliance. The obligations of Landlord to indemnify Tenant under this Section 11.03 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 12

REPAIRS

12.01 Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall take good care of the Demised Premises (including the Fit-out Work and any other Tenant Changes) and the fixtures and appurtenances therein or outside the Demised Premises as permitted hereunder, including any Supplemental HVAC System and, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (unless required due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, in which case the same shall be performed by Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense), make all repairs thereto as and when needed in to preserve them in good working order and condition, except for reasonable wear and tear, obsolescence and repairs or damage for which Tenant is not responsible for pursuant to the provisions of Article 17 and Article 18 hereof; it being agreed, however, that Tenant shall have no obligation to make structural repairs unless the need for such repair was necessitated by reason of (a) any cause or condition arising out of any Tenant Changes or other alterations or installations in the Demised Premises (whether made by Tenant or by Landlord or any Landlord Party on behalf of Tenant) or as hereinafter provided in this Section 12.01, or (b) Tenant’s particular manner of use or occupancy (as opposed to mere office use), or (c) any breach of any of Tenant’s covenants or agreements under this Lease, or (d) any negligence or willful misconduct by Tenant, or any contractor, subcontractor, licensee or invitee of Tenant or (e) Tenant’s use or manner of use or occupancy of the Demised Premises as a “place of public accommodation” within the meaning of the ADA. Tenant acknowledges that such obligation applies to, without limitation: (i) all distributions within the Demised Premises of the Base Systems serving the Demised Premises (from the point of connection within the Demised Premises) and (ii) any such Base System located outside of the Demised Premises to the extent it exclusively serves the Demised Premises but in such event Landlord shall perform such repairs at Tenant’s sole but reasonable actual out of pocket cost and expense. All damage or injury to the Demised Premises, whether structural or non-structural, and to its fixtures, glass, appurtenances and equipment or to the Building, or to its fixtures, glass, appurtenances and equipment caused by Tenant moving property in or out of the Building or by installation or removal of furniture, fixtures or other property, or from any other cause of any other kind or nature whatsoever due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees, shall be repaired, restored or replaced promptly by Tenant at its sole but reasonable cost and expense to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord. All aforesaid repairs, maintenance, restorations and replacements shall be in quality and class equal to the original work or installations and shall be done in a good and workerlike manner. At all times during the Term of this Lease, as required under the Unit Ground Lease, Tenant shall (A) not cause any waste to or upon the Building, the Unit, the Demised Premises or the Common Elements or any part thereof, nor permit or suffer any waste to or upon the Building, the Unit,

 

90

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

the Demised Premises or the Common Elements; (B) not cause physical damage (other than as part of any Tenant Change permitted hereunder or as caused by a casualty or taking) to the Building, the Unit, the Demised Premises or the Common Elements or any part thereof; (C) maintain, repair, keep, use and occupy the Demised Premises in compliance with the DUO; and (D) keep the Demised Premises free of graffiti and posters. Tenant shall promptly make, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, all repairs in and to the Demised Premises for which Tenant is responsible, using only the contractor for the trade or trades in question approved by Landlord, which approval shall be granted or withheld in accordance with the provisions of Article 13 hereof. Any other repairs in or to the Building, the Unit and/or the Common Elements, or any portion thereof, or the facilities and systems thereof for which Tenant is responsible shall be performed by Landlord at Tenant’s sole reasonable cost and expense. Landlord and Tenant agree that the core lavatories serving the Premises are not Building common areas, FC Limited Common Elements nor Common Elements and Tenant shall maintain, repair and/or make replacements thereto, as appropriate, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord shall have no obligation to clean, repair, replace or maintain any “private” plumbing fixtures or facilities (i.e., plumbing fixtures and facilities other than those that would be the common toilets in a multi-tenant floor) or the rooms in which they are located but the foregoing shall not vitiate Landlord’s obligation to maintain the plumbing therefor that is part the Base Systems to the point of connection to the Premises in accordance with the terms hereof.

12.02 Except for those repairs which are expressly required to be made by Tenant pursuant to Section 12.01 above but subject to the provisions of Section 12.03 hereof, Landlord shall make or cause to be made all repairs and replacements, structural and otherwise, ordinary or extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, necessary or desirable in order to keep in good order and repair (a) all structural portions of the Unit (whether located within or outside of the Demised Premises), (b) all Building common areas to the extent such areas serve or affect the Demised Premises or Tenant’s use thereof, including all elevators, corridors, lobbies, core lavatories, including all fixtures therein (except as provided in Section 12.01 hereof), core electric closets, core telecommunication closets, core janitor closets, and mechanical rooms, and (c) all Base Systems (whether such Base Systems are located within or outside of the Demised Premises) serving the Demised Premises and the common and public service areas of the Building to the extent such areas serve or affect the Demised Premises or Tenant’s use thereof, including the plumbing, electrical, mechanical, Base HVAC System, fire protection, life safety and sprinkler systems of the Unit (other than any distribution of such systems located in the Demised Premises), in each case throughout the Term, and in such manner as is consistent with the maintenance, operation and repair standards of Comparable Buildings, unless, in any instance, any repair or replacement is required as a result of the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any Tenant Party, in which case the same shall be performed by Landlord at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

12.03 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord, subject to the provisions of Article 35 hereof, shall have no obligation to operate, repair or maintain any portion of the Unit, the Building, the Common Elements and/or the Building common areas, or make any such repairs thereto, to the extent the same is the responsibility of any Condominium Board pursuant to the Condominium Documents but Landlord shall be obligated to enforce the obligations of the Condominium Board as provided in Article 35 hereof.

 

91

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

ARTICLE 13

TENANT CHANGES; FIXTURES

13.01 General .

A. Tenant Changes .

(i) Tenant shall not make nor permit any alterations, installations, additions or improvements in or to the Demised Premises (excluding the initial performance of the Fit-out Work, but including any alterations thereto after Substantial Completion thereof desired to be made by Tenant) or the electrical, plumbing, mechanical or Base HVAC System or other Base Systems serving the Demised Premises (collectively, “Tenant Changes”) except in accordance with the terms of this Article and the other applicable provisions of this Lease.

(ii) If Tenant desires to perform any Tenant Changes, Tenant shall give Landlord not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior notice of its intention to make such Tenant Changes (which notice shall include Tenant’s Final Working Drawings for such Tenant Changes) or such longer period as may be required under the Unit Ground Lease with respect to UGL Major Alterations. If Landlord reasonably requires any additional information or clarification and so notifies Tenant within such ten (10) (or longer) Business Day period (or within five (5) Business Days from Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s resubmission of Final Working Drawings, in the case of resubmission of Final Working Drawings or such longer period as may be required under the Unit Ground Lease with respect to UGL Major Alterations), Tenant shall promptly provide such additional information or clarification, as the case may be. If Landlord shall fail to respond to Tenant’s request for a Tenant Change within ten (10) Business Days after receiving such request (or within five (5) Business Days or longer required period, as the case may be, from Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s resubmission of Final Working Drawings in the case of any resubmission thereof), or if Landlord has requested additional information or clarification from Tenant as hereinabove provided, within five (5) Business Days after receipt by Landlord of such additional information or clarification, then Tenant shall have the right to give Landlord a reminder notice, which reminder notice shall contain the following caption on the first page thereof in bold and capitalized type:

YOUR CONSENT TO THE PROPOSED TENANT’S CHANGE(S) AND THE FINAL WORKING DRAWINGS THEREFOR SHALL BE DEEMED GIVEN IF YOU FAIL TO RESPOND TO THIS REQUEST WITHIN SEVEN (7) BUSINESS DAYS FROM THE DATE OF YOUR RECEIPT OF THIS NOTICE.

If Landlord fails to grant or deny the requested consent within seven (7) Business Days after its receipt of such reminder notice, Landlord’s consent to Tenant Changes shown in the Final Working Drawings shall be deemed given and Tenant shall be permitted to perform the same, provided that Tenant complies with the other applicable provisions of this Article 13. If Landlord denies a request for a Tenant Change, Landlord shall specify the reasons therefor in reasonable detail in the notice to Tenant denying the same.

 

92

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(iii) For the purpose hereof, “Material Alterations” shall mean Tenant Changes that (A) require a Permit and cost (exclusive, regardless of cost, of mere decorative Tenant Changes (e.g., painting, carpeting and floor and wall coverings), which shall be deemed Permitted Tenant Changes hereunder) in excess of $150,000 in the aggregate, (B) adversely affect the Base Systems or any other Building systems, (C) would constitute a UGL Major Alteration (unless such UGL Major Alteration would constitute a Major Alteration hereunder), (D) involve Prohibited Work, and/or (E) are Specialty Alterations.

(iv) For the purpose hereof “ Major Alterations ” shall mean Tenant Changes that (A) affect or involve alterations to the Building exterior (including the curtain wall thereof) and/or the Common Elements in any manner whatsoever, (B) violate the DUO or the Design Guidelines, (C) impair the structural integrity or otherwise change the essential nature of the Building or the Unit, (D) affect in any adverse manner, or impede access to, any of the Building common areas, (E) are DUO Alterations (as defined in the Unit Ground Lease), and/or (F) require any amendment of any certificate of occupancy for the Building or any portion of the Building.

B. Consent to Tenant Changes . Tenant shall make no Tenant Change (a) which constitutes a Material Alteration without Landlord’s prior consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld and (b) which constitutes a Major Alteration without Landlord’s prior consent, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Tenant Changes which do not constitute Material Tenant Changes (collectively, “ Permitted Tenant Changes ”) may be made by Tenant without Landlord’s approval, provided that Tenant complies with the other applicable provisions of this Article 13. For the purposes hereof, Material Alterations and Major Alterations are collectively referred to herein as “ Material Tenant Changes ”.

C. All Tenant Changes (excluding, however, any Tenant’s Property) and the Fit-out Work shall immediately upon the installation thereof become and shall remain the property of the Unit Ground Lease Landlord under the Unit Ground Lease; provided, that Tenant shall have the right to use such improvements throughout the Term and to remove or alter such improvements at any time, subject J to the applicable provisions and limitations contained in this Lease and, provided further, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (i) all Tenant Changes made at Tenant’s expense shall be deemed to be owned by Tenant solely for the purposes of income taxes and Tenant shall have the right to depreciate the cost of such Tenant Changes as permitted under applicable law and (ii) all Tenant Changes funded by Landlord and the Fit-out Work shall be deemed to be owned by Landlord solely for the purposes of income taxes and Landlord shall have the right to depreciate the cost of such Tenant Changes as permitted under applicable law. Tenant shall not be required to remove any Tenant Changes other than Specialty Alterations. Landlord may at any time during the Term identify those Specialty Alterations (if any) that Tenant will not be required to remove upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall remove all Specialty Alterations required to be removed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

D. If, at the time that Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to any Tenant Change, Tenant requests that Landlord inform Tenant whether Landlord will require Tenant to remove any tenant Changes that constitute Specialty Alterations at the end of the Term, Landlord will so advise Tenant at or before the time Landlord consents to such Specialty Alterations, and, with respect to those Specialty Alterations that Landlord stated it will require Tenant to remove, Tenant, at its expense, prior to the Expiration Date or, in the case of an earlier termination of this Lease, within sixty (60) days after the giving of such notice by Landlord, but subject to the provisions of Section 13.01D hereof and shall repair any damage to the Premises or to the Unit, the Building, the Common Elements or any part thereof due to such removal. In the event that Landlord shall fail to notify Tenant with respect to whether Tenant will be required to remove any of such Specialty Alterations at the time Landlord gives (or is deemed to have given) its consent to such Specialty Alterations, then Tenant shall have the right to give Landlord a reminder notice, which reminder notice shall contain the following caption on the first page thereof in bold and capitalized type:

 

93

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

YOU SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE ELECTED TO NOT REQUIRE TENANT TO REMOVE THE SPECIALTY ALTERATIONS PROPOSED BY TENANT SET FORTH IN TENANT’S NOTICE GIVEN PURSUANT TO SECTION 13.02 OF THE LEASE DATED             ,     20            IF YOU FAIL TO RESPOND TO SUCH NOTICE WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS AFTER YOUR RECEIPT OF THIS NOTICE.

If Tenant sends a reminder notice to Landlord as aforesaid and Landlord fails to respond to Tenant within ten (10) days after its receipt of such reminder notice, then Landlord shall be deemed to have elected to not require Tenant to remove such Specialty Alterations specified in such notice.

E. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Article 13 or elsewhere in this Lease, the making of any and all Tenant Changes shall be expressly subject to, and Tenant shall comply, and shall cause its agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, subtenants, operators, licensees, and other occupants of the Demised Premises to comply, with all of the terms, covenants and conditions of, DUO and the other Superior Obligation Instruments pertaining to alterations of any type in and to the Demised Premises (including Article IX and Article XXIX (and Exhibit O) of the Unit Ground Lease and Article X of the Condominium Declaration, each of which are incorporated herein by reference). If any such incorporated terms, covenants or conditions shall require submission of any plans, specifications or other materials or documents to a Superior Party, Tenant shall submit same to Landlord for forwarding to the necessary Superior Party; it being expressly understood that in no event shall Tenant communicate with any Superior Party in respect of any Tenant Changes or any other matter pertaining to this Lease. Upon its receipt and review of any such materials or documents required to be submitted to any such parties as referenced in the preceding sentence, Landlord shall promptly forward same to the applicable parties and cooperate reasonably with Tenant in requesting and seeking to obtain any required approvals thereof from such parties.

F. All Tenant Changes shall be performed in accordance with the Design Guidelines.

13.02 Submission of Plans

A. General .

(i) At the time Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to a Tenant Change, for which such consent is required, Tenant shall submit to Landlord complete and coordinated architectural, mechanical and electrical and, to the extent applicable, plumbing, sprinkler and signage plans and specifications therefor (collectively, “ Final Working Drawings ”). All Final Working Drawings shall be on a scale of 1/8” = 1 foot; all detail drawings shall be on a scale of 1/4” = 1 foot or larger. All Final Working Drawings shall be prepared at Tenant’s sole cost and expense by Tenant’s Architect. In each case, Tenant shall submit three (3) sets of prints, one (1) set of reproducible drawings, marked final for pricing and construction and one (1) complete set of drawings on computer disk in AutoCAD format.

 

94

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(ii) If, in connection with any proposed Tenant Change requiring Landlord’s consent (other than the Fit-out Work, including any portions of the FF&E Work included therein), Landlord, in its reasonable judgment, deems it necessary for Tenant’s Final Working Drawings to be reviewed by Landlord’s Consultant, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the reasonable out-of-pocket fees and expenses of Landlord’s Consultant, as Additional Rent, within thirty (30) days after demand. As used herein, the term “ Landlord’s Consultant ” shall mean such architect, engineer, expeditor or code consultant and/or control inspection consultant licensed to practice in the State of New York as Landlord shall reasonably require given the nature of the proposed Tenant Change or any other alteration.

(iii) Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s Final Working Drawings shall not constitute Landlord’s representation or warranty that the same comply with Legal Requirements and/or Insurance Requirements or that the same are adequate or suitable for the work intended and Landlord shall not have liability to Tenant or responsibility for Tenant’s Final Working Drawings.

(iv) Notwithstanding that Landlord’s approval is not required for Permitted Tenant Changes, Tenant shall nevertheless notify Landlord, at least ten (10) days prior to the performance of any Permitted Tenant Change, and, to the extent Final Working Drawings (or any other drawings) exist with respect to such Permitted Tenant Changes or would customarily be prepared with respect thereto, Tenant shall submit the most detailed of such drawings to Landlord together with such notice or promptly thereafter.

(v) The provisions of this Section 13.02A shall be applicable to the Construction Plans.

B. Tenant’s Construction Professionals . Tenant shall be solely responsible for the payment of the fees and expenses of Tenant’s Architect and any other architect, engineer, designer or architectural engineering or design firm or consultant acting for or on behalf of Tenant, and all such Persons shall be deemed to be agents of Tenant, Landlord shall not have liability to Tenant on account thereof and Tenant shall be responsible for such payment whether or not the anticipated work or service is performed.

C. As - Built Plans . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the substantial completion of any Tenant Change with respect to which plans would typically (or required under Legal Requirements to) be prepared (other than a Material Tenant Change), Tenant shall submit to Landlord two (2) complete sets of either (a) “as built” plans having the same scale as the Final Working Drawings, including detail drawings, or (b) the Final Working Drawings marked to reflect field notes and changes. Within one hundred eighty (180) days after the substantial completion of any Material Tenant Change, Tenant shall submit to Landlord two (2) complete sets of “as-built” plans as aforesaid and one (1) complete set of “as-built” drawings on computer disk in AutoCAD format.

 

95

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

13.03 Contractors . In making any Tenant Change, Tenant shall use only contractors and subcontractors approved by Landlord therefor, which approval by Landlord shall not be unreasonably withheld, provided that Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors (a) would not violate union contracts at the Building or (b) are not Prohibited Entities; it being acknowledged and agreed that any “Major Contractor” (as defined in the Unit Ground Lease) shall be further subject to the approval of the Unit Ground Lease Landlord in accordance with the terms of the Unit Ground Lease. At the time Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to a Material Tenant Change, or at least five (5) Business Days prior to making any Permitted Tenant Change, Tenant shall submit to Landlord for Landlord’s approval a list of the contractors and subcontractors who will perform such Tenant Change. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with any Tenant Change affecting in whole or part any of the Base Systems (including any life safety systems, building management systems, and/or security or access control systems) or Tenant’s tie-in to any such systems, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall be required to utilize Landlord’s designated contractor(s) and consultant(s) for such tie-in; provided that the charges of such contractor or consultant shall be competitive with rates charged to owners of Comparable Buildings in the Times Square area.

13.04 Permits .

A. Prior to the commencement of any Tenant Change, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, obtain and furnish to Landlord all required licenses and permits and shall obtain, execute, and furnish to Landlord, copies of all applicable data sheets, filings and other similar documentation required by Legal Requirements and/or Insurance Requirements or the Construction Rules and Regulations (collectively, “Permits”). Tenant’s Architect shall prepare any applications and plans required to obtain the Permits but any filings therefor shall be done by Landlord’s Consultant in accordance with the terms hereof. All such applications and plans shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval prior to the submission thereof to any Governmental Authority, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld provided such applications and plans are in compliance with the terms and conditions of this Lease and applicable Legal Requirements. Copies of all Permits (if any) and one set of Final Working Drawings (to the extent the same exist) and the Construction Plans shall be kept at the Demised Premises at all times during the performance of each Tenant Change. Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant with respect to obtaining Permits (including Tenant’s TCO) in accordance with the provisions of this Section 13.04A including executing and filing all documentation necessary or required in connection therewith, and, unless the same are part of the Fit-out Work, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the reasonable fees and expenses incurred by Landlord (including those of Landlord’s Consultant) in connection therewith as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days after demand. Landlord’s execution of Permit applications shall not constitute Landlord’s representation that the same comply with Legal Requirements and/or Insurance Requirements or are suitable for the work intended nor shall it be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of the compliance by Tenant of any provision of this Lease, and Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Tenant be permitted to commence any Material Tenant Change until Landlord has approved any required plans therefor pursuant to the provisions of this Article 13.

B. Promptly after completion of any Tenant Change, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall diligently obtain and furnish to Landlord all final governments; approvals, licenses, “sign-offs” and certificates with respect thereto. To the extent any Tenant Change affects any life-safety system, building management system, and/or security or access control system of the Building and without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall use Landlord’s Consultant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to obtain and furnish to Landlord all final governmental approvals, licenses, “sign-offs” and certificates with respect thereto prior to taking occupancy of the portion of the Demised Premises affected thereby, provided the charges of such consultants are at commercially competitive rates charged to owners of Comparable Buildings in the Times Square area.

 

96

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

13.05 Insurance . Prior to the commencement of any Tenant Change, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord:

A. A certificate evidencing that Tenant (or Tenant’s contractors) has (have) procured workers’ compensation insurance in statutory limits covering all persons employed in connection with the Tenant Change who might assert claims for death or bodily injury against any Superior Party, Landlord, Tenant, the Unit or the Building.

B. Such additional personal injury and property damage insurance to the extent reasonably required by Landlord and commercial general liability insurance (with completed operations endorsement) for any occurrence in or about the Building and/or the Unit arising from the performance of any Tenant Change, with the limits set forth in Section 16.03A and otherwise in compliance with the provisions of Article 16 hereof.

13.06 Performance of the Work .

A. Prior to the commencement of any Tenant Change (other than decorative Tenant Changes), Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall on Business Days during Business Hours require Tenant’s general contractor and all subcontractors to verify on site dimensions and existing conditions and to attend a pre-construction meeting with Landlord’s construction or building manager to determine suitable access routes to the Demised Premises, designated loading, unloading and storage areas for materials, working hours, temporary utilities, safety precautions and procedures, rubbish. removal and scheduling procedures.

B. Tenant shall cause all Tenant Changes to be performed (i) in compliance with all Legal Requirements and Insurance Requirements and in compliance with Landlord’s construction rules and regulations attached hereto Exhibit 13.06B (as amended from time to time in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Article 26 hereof, the “ Construction Rules and Regulations ”) and made a part hereof and the Design Guidelines, (ii) in such manner as not to unreasonably interfere with the Operation of the Property and so as not to cause labor problems in the Building or the Unit, (iii) with diligence and continuity to completion, (iv) using new, first class materials, and (v) substantially in accordance with the Final Working Drawings submitted to and approved by Landlord as the same may be modified from time to time with Landlord’s approval (it being agreed that (A) Landlord’s approval shall not be required for any Permitted Tenant Change or for any change order of less than $50,000 unless the same materially changes the scope of the Tenant Change or is of such a nature (regardless of cost) that it would independently be subject to Landlord’s consent and (B) the provisions of this clause (v) shall be applicable to changes to the Construction Plans). Landlord shall be under no obligation to coordinate the performance of any work to be performed as part of any Tenant Change or prepare the Demised Premises therefor and Landlord shall not have liability to Tenant with respect to the installation thereof. Subject to the Construction Rules and Regulations with respect to the manner of performance of Tenant Changes, Tenant shall be permitted to perform Tenant Changes during Business Hours and at all other times, except that, with respect to any Prohibited Work, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with reasonable advance notice thereof and such Prohibited Work shall only be performed during hours other than Business Hours on Business Days as reasonably designated by Landlord. Tenant shall be solely responsible for any additional costs incurred as a result of the foregoing requirement.

 

97

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

C. If the connection of any utilities, fittings or fixtures of Tenant shall require a temporary shut-down of any Building system or service or shall interfere with Building operations or the use of any other portion of the Building, then the same shall be coordinated with Landlord and shall be performed only with Landlord’s prior consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld provided the same does not adversely affect any other tenant or occupant of the Building or the Unit or the Building common areas or any work being performed by or on behalf of Landlord in connection therewith. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, perform such connection work other than any connection work with respect to the fire alarm, life safety systems, building management systems and/or access control or security systems, which work shall be performed by Landlord’s designated contractors, at Tenant’s sole and reasonable cost and expense not to exceed commercially competitive rates that would be charged by a comparable contractor in the City in the absence of such relationship.

D. If, by reason of the performance of any Tenant Change, any work stoppage or labor disruption or dispute shall occur at or affecting the Building or the Unit (other than any work stoppage or labor disruption or dispute affecting only the Demised Premises), Tenant shall cease the performance of such Tenant Change during the continuance of such work stoppage or labor disruption or dispute, provided that Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with one another to seek to resolve the basis for such work stoppages or dispute. If by reason of the performance of any Tenant Change (i) there shall be any material interference with (a) the use and enjoyment of the premises demised to any other tenant or occupant in the Building and/or the Unit or to the Building common areas or (b) any work being performed by or on behalf of Landlord therein and/or (ii) the Demised Premises or the Building and/or the Unit or the Building common areas (or any work or installations in either) shall be damaged, then Tenant shall immediately remedy or remove such condition or conditions.

E. It is understood that Landlord’s and Tenant’s contractors may at times be working in the Premises simultaneously (but in no event shall Tenant’s contractors be permitted to perform any work in the Demised Premises before the Commencement Date except as provided in Section 2.03G hereof). Landlord and Tenant agree that, in connection with the performance of their respective work, the contractors of each will work harmoniously with the contractors of the other and the contractors will do nothing to impede the work being performed by the other’s contractors, including the storage of its tools and materials, labor unrest or jurisdictional disputes or any other things that may prevent or delay Landlord’s contractors from completing the Base Building Work, the Fit-out or any other alterations or work being performed by or on behalf of Landlord at the Building.

F. Tenant shall use reasonable efforts to protect the Demised Premises, including the Fit-out Work and all Base Building Work therein, from damage by Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors and movers, and shall pay for any replacements, repairs or extra cleaning necessitated by any damage caused to the Demised Premises by such contractors or subcontractors or the moving by contractors, subcontractors, movers or other agents of Tenant of fixtures, equipment, furnishings, furniture and other property into or out of the Demised Premises. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to protect the Demised Premises from damage by Landlord’s contractors, or subcontractors, and shall pay for any replacements, repairs or extra cleaning necessitated by any damage caused to the Demised Premises by such contractors or subcontractors.

G. Tenant shall not store any materials and equipment used for or in connection with any Tenant Changes (including the FF&E Work) other than within the Premises.

H. Tenant shall, throughout the performance of the FF&E Work, promptly remove all rubbish and debris from the Premises using a refuse remover designated by Tenant and reasonably acceptable to Landlord but in no event shall Tenant or any contractors, materialmen, laborers or other Persons claiming by or through Tenant use any containers of the Base Building Contractor.

 

98

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

13.07 Payment for the Work .

A. All Tenant Changes shall be performed by Tenant at its sole cost and expense.

B. (i) Subject to the provisions of clause (iv) below, before proceeding with any Tenant Change estimated to cost in excess of the Alteration Threshold Amount, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord one of the following (as selected by Landlord): (a) a cash deposit, (b) an irrevocable, unconditional, negotiable letter of credit, issued by and drawn on a bank or trust company which is a member of the Clearing House in a form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord; in each instance, in an amount equal to one hundred ten (110%) percent of the estimated cost of the Tenant Change or (c) such other security as Landlord may reasonably require. For the purposes hereof, “Alteration Threshold Amount” shall mean $500,000 exclusive of the cost of purely decorative items and furniture, fixtures and equipment.

(ii) Upon (a) the completion of the Tenant Change in accordance with the terms of this Article 13 and (b) the submission to Landlord of proof evidencing the payment in full for said Tenant Change including delivery of waivers of mechanic’s liens (in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord), the security deposited under Section 13.07B(i) hereof) shall, provided Tenant is not then in monetary default or material non-monetary default hereunder, in each instance, beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure period, be returned to Tenant.

(iii) Upon Tenant’s failure to properly perform, complete and fully pay for the said Tenant Change, as reasonably determined by Landlord, and upon Tenant’s failure to do so within fifteen (15) days after receipt of notice thereof from Landlord (or such longer period as shall be necessary provided Tenant is diligently pursuing such performance), Landlord shall be entitled to draw on the security deposited under Section 13.07B(i) or Article 29 hereof or any other provision hereof to the extent it deems necessary to complete any incomplete Tenant Change or otherwise hazardous condition, to effect any necessary restoration and/or protection of the Premises, the Unit or the Real Property and to apply such funds to the payment or satisfaction of any costs, damages or expenses in connection with the foregoing and/or Tenant’s obligations under this Article 13 and this Lease relating to Tenant Changes and repairs, including the satisfaction of any mechanic’s liens

(iv) The provisions of this Section 13.07B shall not be applicable to the Fit-out Work.

C. Any mechanic’s lien filed against the Building and/or the Unit for work claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to, Tenant, any Affiliate or subtenant of Tenant, or any other Person acting by or under any of the foregoing shall be discharged or bonded over by Tenant within thirty (30) days after Tenant shall have received notice (from whatever source) thereof If Tenant shall fail to discharge or bond over any mechanic’s lien within such thirty (30) day period as aforesaid, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, discharge the mechanic’s lien by bond, payment or otherwise and the cost of the discharge, together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate, will be paid by Tenant to Landlord as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s demand therefor.

 

99

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

13.08 Violations . A. In the event any notice of violation is placed against the Unit or the Improvements arising out of any Tenant Change, Tenant shall cure such violation within thirty (30) days after notice thereof or if such violation is of such a nature that it cannot be cured within said thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall commence the curing of said violation within said thirty (30) day period and shall thereafter diligently prosecute to completion all steps necessary to cure such violation. If Tenant fails to cure such violation as aforesaid, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, cure the violation by whatever action Landlord reasonably deems to be necessary, including the removal of all or any part of the Tenant Change, and the cost of the action taken by Landlord to cure such violation shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s demand therefor.

B. If, in connection with the performance of any Tenant Change, there is any violation of Legal Requirements, the compliance with which is the responsibility of Landlord in accordance with this Lease (each, a “ Landlord’s Violation ”) which shall legally delay (or prevent) Tenant from obtaining any governmental permits, consents, approvals or other documentation legally required by Tenant to perform such Tenant Changes, then Landlord, upon notice from Tenant, shall promptly and diligently proceed to cure such Landlord’s Violation.

13.09 Landlord’s Costs . Subject to the provisions of Section 13.02A(ii) hereof, all reasonable, out-of-pocket third-party costs reasonably incurred by Landlord in connection with any Tenant Change, including review of Final Working Drawings shall be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s demand therefor. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 13.09, Landlord shall not charge any “tap-in” or “tie-in” fees, (or any similar fees) in connection with Class E systems, any supplemental or temporary HVAC systems in the Premises, sprinklers or other mechanical, electrical or plumbing systems in connection with any Tenant Changes, nor shall Landlord charge Tenant any supervisory or administrative fees or surcharges in connection with any Tenant Changes, except (A) that Tenant shall be responsible for any actual, reasonable out-of-pocket cost incurred by Landlord in connection with any Landlord’s Consultants that supervise any such tap-ins and (B) as otherwise expressly provided in Section 2.03 hereof.

13.10 Fixtures . A. All alterations, installations, additions or improvements upon the Demised Premises, made by any Person, including all paneling, decoration, non-removable partitions, railings, galleries and the like, affixed to the realty so that they cannot be removed without material damage to the Building and/or the Unit (collectively, “ Fixtures ”) shall remain in the Demised Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term. All Tenant’s Property shall be the property of Tenant, and shall be removed by Tenant on or before the expiration of the Term or sooner termination thereof and, in case of any damage to the Building and/or the Unit by reason of their removal, Tenant shall repair any such damage. Any items of Tenant’s Property which remain in the Demised Premises after fifteen (15) days following the expiration or any earlier termination of this Lease shall, after ten (10) days’ notice to Tenant, be deemed to have been abandoned, and may be retained by Landlord as Landlord’s property or disposed of by Landlord, without accountability, in such manner as Landlord shall determine, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

B. Tenant shall not be permitted to install in, or otherwise make a part of, the Premises any Fixtures or other materials, articles, fixtures, furnishings or equipment which are subject to “liens”, “conditional sales contracts”, “chattel mortgages” or “security interests” (as such quoted terms are defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York at the time of the making of the alteration) or other title retention or instrument of similar import.

 

100

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

13.11 Construction Agreements . A. All construction agreements valued at One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) or more shall include the following provisions:

(i) [“Contractor” / “Subcontractor” / “Materialman”] hereby agrees that immediately upon the purchase by [“contractor” / “subcontractor” / “materialman”] of any building materials to be incorporated in the Demised Premises, such materials shall become the sole property of the Ground Lease Landlord, notwithstanding that such materials have not been incorporated in, or made a part of, such Demised Premises and/or the Common Elements at the time of such purchase; provided , however , that neither Landlord nor any Superior Parties shall be liable in any manner for payment to [“contractor” / “subcontractor” / “materialman”] in connection with the purchase of any such materials, and neither Landlord nor any Superior Parties shall have any obligation to pay any compensation to [“contractor” / “subcontractor” / “materialman”] by reason of such materials becoming the sole property of Ground Lease Landlord.

(ii) [“Contractor” / “Subcontractor” / “Materialman”] hereby agrees that notwithstanding that [“contractor” / “subcontractor” / “materialman”] performed work at the Demised Premises and/or the Common Elements or any part thereof, neither Landlord nor any Superior Parties shall be liable in any manner for payment to [“contractor” / “subcontractor” / “materialman”] in connection with the work performed at the Demised Premises, the Building and/or the Common Elements.

(iii) [“Contractor” / “Subcontractor” / “Materialman”] hereby agrees to make available for inspection by Landlord and the other Superior Parties, during reasonable business hours, [“contractor’s” / “subcontractor’s” / “materialman’s”] books and records relating to the Tenant Changes being performed or the acquisition of any material or equipment to be incorporated into the Demised Premises, the Building and/or the Common Elements.

(iv) Neither Landlord nor any of the Superior Parties is a party to this [“contract” / “agreement”] and will in no way be responsible to any party for any claims of any nature whatsoever arising or which may arise from such [“contract” / “agreement”].

(v) All covenants, representations, guaranties and warranties of [“contractor” / “subcontractor” / “materialman”] set forth in the preceding four paragraphs shall be deemed to be made for the benefit of Landlord and Ground Lease Landlord and shall be enforceable by Landlord and Ground Lease Landlord.

B. Each agreement between Tenant and any contractor, materialman or other party performing any Tenant Change shall contain a representation made by such contractor, materialman or other party that such party is not a Prohibited Person or a Person on the List and shall contain a termination right for the benefit of Tenant if such representation shall at any time be untrue.

13.12 Construction Representatives . Landlord and Tenant shall each designate a representative (each, a “ Construction Representative ”) who shall serve as its representative during the performance of the Base Building Work and the Fit-out Work. Tenant’s initial Construction Representative shall be James Doherty, principal in charge, or Michael Delisio, project manager, both of TPG Architecture, and Landlord’s initial Construction Representative shall be Jesse Cooperman. Landlord’s Construction Representative shall provide administration of the Base Building Work and the Fit-out Work and is authorized to bind Landlord in all matters relating to the Base Building Work, the Fit-out Work and the coordination thereof Tenant’s Construction Representative shall use good faith

 

101

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

reasonable efforts to coordinate with Landlord’s Construction Representative. Tenant’s Construction Representative shall provide administration of the FF&E Work and is authorized to bind Tenant in all matters relating to the Fit-out Work and the FF&E Work and the coordination thereof. Tenant’s Construction Representative shall use good faith reasonable efforts to coordinate with Landlord’s Construction Representative. During the course of the Fit-out Work, the FF&E Work and the Base Building Work (i) all instructions to Landlord shall be directed by Tenant’s Construction Representative to Landlord’s Construction Representative, and Tenant shall be responsible for such directions and (ii) all instructions to Tenant shall be directed by Landlord’s Construction Representative to Tenant’s Construction Representative, and Landlord shall be responsible for such directions. From and after the date hereof until the Commencement Date, Tenant shall cause Tenant’s Construction Representative to meet with Landlord’s Construction Representative (at the Building if so requested by Landlord) once each week during Business Hours and otherwise at times reasonably convenient to all parties, in order to assist in the coordination by Landlord of the Fit-out Work. Any change in a Construction Representative shall be effective the next Business Day after Landlord’s or Tenant’s receipt of the other’s notice thereof.

ARTICLE 14

RIGHT TO PERFORM OBLIGATIONS

14.01 If Tenant shall default in the observance or performance of any term or covenant on its part to be observed or performed under this Lease, and such default shall continue beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure period therefor, Landlord, without being under any obligation to do so and without thereby waiving such default, may, upon at least five (5) days’ prior written notice to Tenant (or such shorter periods, if any, as may be feasible in the case of an emergency), remedy such default for the account of Tenant. All reasonable expenditures made by Landlord in connection therewith, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements in performing the same, with interest at the Interest Rate, shall be deemed to be Additional Rent hereunder and shall be paid to it by Tenant within thirty (30) days after demand.

ARTICLE 15

NO LIABILITY OF LANDLORD; FORCE MAJEURE

15.01 Except as otherwise may be expressly set forth in this Lease, neither Landlord nor any Landlord Parties has made any representations, warranties or promises with respect to the Unit, the Building, the Common Elements, the Building common areas, the Land, the Improvements or the Demised Premises and except as herein expressly set forth no rights, easements or licenses are acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise.

15.02 Except as otherwise expressly provided in Articles 17 and 18 and Section 6.07A hereof, this Lease and the obligation of Tenant to pay rent hereunder and perform all of the other covenants and agreements hereunder on the part of Tenant to be performed shall in no way be affected, impaired or excused because Landlord is unable to fulfill any of its obligations under this Lease or is unable to supply or is unable to make or is delayed in making any repairs, additions, alterations or decorations or is unable to supply or is delayed in supplying any equipment or fixtures, if Landlord is prevented or delayed from so doing by reason of Force Majeure or Tenant Delay. Landlord shall not have liability to Tenant, nor shall Tenant be entitled to terminate this Lease, or be entitled to any abatement or diminution of rent payable by Tenant under this Lease or to any relief from any of its obligations under this Lease (except as expressly set forth in Article 17 hereof in the event of fire or

 

102

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

other casualty, Article 18 hereof in the event of a condemnation or as provided in Section 6.07A hereof only) if by reason of strike or labor trouble or any other cause whatsoever beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, including acts of war, emergency, casualty, terrorism, bioterrorism, or governmental preemption in connection with a National Emergency, there is (a) a lack of access to the Building, the Building common areas, the Unit or the Demised Premises (which shall include the lack of access to the Building, the Building common areas or the Demised Premises when it or they are structurally sound but inaccessible due to evacuation of the surrounding area or damage to nearby structures or public areas); (b) reduced air quality or other contaminants in the Building that would adversely affect the Building or its occupants, including the presence of biological or other airborne agents within the Building or the Demised Premises; (c) disruption of mail and deliveries to the Building or the Demised Premises; (d) disruption of telephone and/or other communications services to the Building or the Demised Premises; (e) disruption of any other services to the Demised Premises or any of the Building systems; or (f) an inability for Tenant to otherwise use and/or occupy the Demised Premises for the conduct of its business.

15.03 A. Neither Landlord nor any Landlord Party shall be liable for (i) any damage to property of Tenant or of others entrusted to employees of Landlord, the Condominium, the Building or the Unit, nor for the loss of or damage to any property of Tenant by theft or otherwise, (ii) any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas, electricity, water, rain or snow leaks from any part of the Building or from the pipes, appliances or plumbing works or from the roof, street or sub surface or from any other place or by dampness or by any other cause of whatsoever nature, except to the extent due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Party or (iii) any damage caused by other tenants or persons in the Building, except to the extent due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Party or caused by operations in construction of any private, public or quasi-public work, but the foregoing shall not limit Tenant’s rights or decrease Landlord’s obligations under this Lease.

B. Landlord shall not have liability to Tenant or any other Person by reason of any Window Blocking or if at any time any windows of the Premises are either temporarily darkened or obstructed by reason of any translucent material for the purpose of energy conservation (but Landlord agrees not to install any such translucent material unless required to do so by Legal Requirements), or if any part of the Building, other than the Premises, is temporarily or permanently closed or inoperable, provided that any such occurrences do not (i) materially interfere with Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, (ii) adversely affect Tenant’s access to the Premises, (iii) permanently close the lobby of the Building (provided at all times there shall be at least one entrance to the Building) or (iv) detract from the first class nature of the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) Landlord shall not permanently close, darken or obstruct such windows except to the extent required by applicable Legal Requirements and/or Insurance Requirements, and (y) Landlord shall not allow any type of signage to be installed which would have the effect of permanently or temporarily closing, darkening or obstructing any such windows. If at any time the windows of the Premises are temporarily closed, darkened or bricked-up, Landlord shall, subject to the provisions of Section 10.04 hereof, perform such repairs, maintenance, alterations or improvements with reasonable diligence as is reasonably necessary to re-open the same and, unless such condition has been imposed pursuant to Legal Requirements, Landlord shall, subject to the provisions of Section 10.04 hereof, use reasonable efforts to minimize the period of time during which such windows are temporarily closed, darkened, or bricked-up.

15.04 Except to the extent of Landlord’s leasehold estate and interest in and to the unit, no recourse shall be had for any of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof against any Landlord Party, past, present or future, or any partner or joint venturer of any partnership or joint venture, or any member of any limited liability company

 

103

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

which shall be Landlord hereunder or included in the term “Landlord” or of any successor of any such Person, or against any principal, disclosed or undisclosed, or any such Person, or against any principal, disclosed or undisclosed, or any affiliate of any party which shall be Landlord or included in the term “Landlord,” whether directly or through Landlord or through any receiver, assignee, agent, trustee in bankruptcy or through any other Person, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law or by enforcement of an assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being expressly waived and released by Tenant.

15.05 Tenant shall look only and solely to Landlord’s leasehold estate and interest in and to the Unit for the satisfaction of any right of Tenant arising out of this Lease or for the collection of any judgment or other judicial process requiring the payment of money by Landlord in connection with this Lease and no other property or assets of Landlord or any Landlord Party shall be subject to levy, lien, execution, attachment, or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s rights and remedies under or with respect to this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant hereunder or under law, or Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Demised Premises or any other liability of Landlord to Tenant.

ARTICLE 16

INSURANCE; INDEMNIFICATION

16.01 Tenant shall not do or permit to be done any act or thing in or upon the Demised Premises which will invalidate or be in conflict with the certificate of occupancy (as the same may be amended from time to time as permitted hereunder) or the terms of the New York State standard form of fire, boiler, sprinkler, water damage or other customary insurance policies covering the Building and/or the Unit (collectively, “Building Insurance”) and the fixtures and property therein provided the foregoing do not prohibit the use of the Demised Premises as general, executive and administrative offices.

16.02 Tenant shall not violate, or permit the violation of, any Insurance Requirements, and shall not do (or permit to be done) or keep (or permit to be kept) anything in the Demised Premises or any part thereof that: (a) increases the fire or other casualty or property insurance rate on the Building; the Unit or the property therein over the rate that would otherwise then be in effect unless Tenant shall agree to pay the amount of any such rate increases and Landlord shall consent thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; or (b) result in insurance companies of good standing refusing to insure the Building, the Unit or any of such property in amounts reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. If, by reason of a failure of Tenant to comply with the provisions of this Section 16.02, the rate of fire or other casualty or property insurance on the Building, the Unit, or equipment or other property of Landlord shall be higher than it otherwise would be, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, within thirty (30) days following demand, for that part of the premiums for such insurance paid by Landlord because of such failure on the part of Tenant. In any action or proceeding wherein Landlord and Tenant are parties, a schedule or “make up” of rates for the Building, the Unit or the Demised Premises issued by the New York Fire Insurance Exchange, the Insurance Services Office or other body making fire insurance rates for said premises, shall be presumptive evidence of the facts therein stated and of the several items and charges in the fire insurance rate then applicable to the Building, the Unit or the Demised Premises.

16.03 A. Tenant shall secure and keep in full force and effect throughout the term, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense: (i) Commercial General Liability Insurance including fire legal liability, written on an occurrence basis, to afford protection in the amount of ***************

 

104

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

($********) combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage including personal injury coverage (with contractual and employee exclusions deleted), broad form property damage coverage, contractual liability coverage as respects any indemnification or hold harmless provisions contained herein, completed operation coverage and independent contractors coverage, or such increased amount as Landlord may reasonably determine from time to time, but in no event may Landlord increase such amount more frequently than every two (2) years or in excess of increases that prudent landlords of Comparable Buildings would require of similarly situated tenants; (ii) “cause of loss/special form” coverage upon the Tenant Changes, Tenant’s Property and, after Substantial Completion thereof, the Fit-out Work for one hundred percent (100%) of replacement cost including, replacement cost coverage and including business interruption coverage; (iii) if not included in the above-mentioned policies, Blanket Broad Form Boiler and Machinery Insurance (including Business Interruption coverage) on all items commonly covered by such insurance and now or hereafter installed by or for Tenant and used exclusively by Tenant, its Affiliates and permitted subtenants, assignees and transferees in amounts reasonably set by Landlord and in no event less than ************** ($********); (iv) Workers’ Compensation Insurance and State Disability Benefits Insurance, as required by law and Employers Liability Insurance of a minimum of **************** ($********) per person and per accident with an umbrella of **************** ($********); (v) terrorism insurance provided the same is available at commercially reasonable rates as reasonably determined by Landlord; and (vi) such other insurance and in such amounts as Landlord may reasonably require from time to time; provided the same are not in excess of what prudent landlords of Comparable Buildings would require of similarly situated tenants. Tenant shall have the right to insure and maintain the insurance coverages set forth in this Section under blanket or umbrella insurance policies covering other premises occupied by Tenant provided that such blanket policies (x) provide the amount of insurance allocable to the Demised Premises shall at all times be not less than the amounts set forth above, and that such amounts will not be reduced by any loss at any other location, and (y) shall comply with the provisions of this Section 16.03. If the insurance required by this Section shall be effected by any such blanket or umbrella policies, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord, executed certificates of such policies showing the insurance (in the proper amounts and with proper coverages) afforded by such policies applicable to the Premises as reasonably requested by Landlord. During the performance of any Tenant Change (including the FF&E Work), Tenant shall cause its construction manager and/or general contractor as well as its major trade contractors and subcontractors to provide Workers’ Compensation Insurance and State Disability Benefits Insurance as required by law, Commercial General Liability Insurance including the coverage described in subsection (i) above except that subcontractors shall only be required to secure Commercial General Liability Insurance, to afford protection in the amount of **************** ($********) combined single limit (or such lower limits as may be approved by Landlord in its reasonable judgment), “cause of loss/special form” insurance including the coverage described in 16.03B below and completed operations coverage which is to be kept in effect for one (1) year after completion of the work, and employers’ liability insurance as described in 16.03A(iv) hereof. Contractors’ and subcontractors’ policies shall comply with Sections 16.04 and 16.05 hereof. Tenant shall be solely responsible for covering the deductibles under the insurance policies provided by or on behalf of Tenant hereunder regardless of whether Landlord has approved the amount of such deductibles.

B. During the period in which the FF&E Work or any other Tenant Changes are being performed, Tenant shall secure and keep in full force and effect (or cause to be secured and kept in full force and effect), at Tenant’s cost, “cause of loss/special form” coverage (including glass breakage, sprinkler leakage and collapse) for one hundred percent (100%) of the replacement cost including a stipulated (agreed) valuation endorsement for the Fit-out Work, the FF&E Work or any other Tenant Changes (whether or not in the course of construction).

 

105

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

16.04 All insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease shall be effected under valid and enforceable policies (written in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord) issued by reputable and independent insurers authorized to do business in the State of New York and rated in Best’s Insurance Guide, or any successor thereto (or if there be none, an organization having a national reputation), as having a general policyholder rating of “A-” (or the equivalent thereof) and a financial rating of at least “IX” (or the equivalent thereof). All such insurance shall have a term of not less than one (1) year. Upon failure of Tenant to procure, maintain and place such insurance and pay all premiums and charges therefor, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to) do so, provided that Landlord and Tenant shall each notify the other promptly upon learning of any such failure and provided further that Landlord shall afford Tenant ten (10) Business Days within which to cure any such failure unless such cure period would expose Landlord to any liability, penalty or other burden. If Landlord elects to procure such insurance as aforesaid, Tenant shall pay the amount thereof to Landlord as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days after demand therefor. All policies of insurance procured by Tenant shall contain endorsements providing that (a) the insurance company shall endeavor to provide Landlord with thirty (30) days’ prior notice before such policy shall be cancelled and (b) Tenant shall be solely responsible for the payment of premiums therefor notwithstanding that Landlord is named as an additional insured. Duly executed certificates of insurance reasonably acceptable to Landlord (including evidence ,of the waivers of subrogation required pursuant to Section 17.03 hereof) shall be delivered by Tenant to Landlord on or before the Commencement Date (or such earlier date as may be required hereunder) and thereafter annually on the anniversary date thereof. Further, all policies of insurance procured by Tenant or Landlord shall be written as primary policies not contributing with nor in excess of coverage that Landlord or Tenant may carry, as the case may be. Tenant shall give Landlord at least thirty (30) days’ prior notice of any modification of the insurance that materially affects the coverage of the insured (including any additional insured) thereunder or any cancellation of any coverage.

16.05 All insurance procured by Tenant or its contractors or subcontractors under this Article 16 shall be issued in the name of Tenant and for the benefit of Tenant and with respect to the “cause of loss/special form” insurance policy and the Commercial General Liability Insurance policy, Tenant (and it contractors and subcontractors) shall name Landlord (and each Landlord Party reasonably designated by Landlord), each Condominium Board, as an additional insured and, unless Landlord otherwise requests, each other Superior Party, including the Public Parties, as additional insureds as their respective interests may appear, and shall contain an endorsement that each of Landlord and the Condominium, and any Superior Party, including the Public Parties, although named as additional insureds, nevertheless shall continue to be named as such additional insured under said policies for so long as such policies are in effect for any loss or damages occasioned during the Term to it, its respective agents, employees, contractors, directors, shareholders, partners and principals (disclosed or undisclosed) by reason of the negligence, acts or omissions of Tenant, its servants, agents and employees.

16.06 None of the Fit-out Work, the FF&E Work, Tenant Changes, nor any Tenant’s Property shall be insured by Landlord under Landlord’s insurance policies nor shall Landlord be required under Article 17 or any other provision of this Lease to either reinstall, restore, repair or replace any portion thereof.

16.07 A. Subject to the provisions of Section 17.03 hereof, Tenant shall indemnify and save each of the Indemnitees harmless (except to the extent any claim arises from the negligence or willful misconduct of any Indemnitee) from and against (i) all claims of whatever nature against the Indemnitees arising from any negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, any Tenant Party or Tenant’s contractors, licensees, agents, servants, employees or, while in the Premises, invitees or visitors, (ii) all

 

106

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

claims against the Indemnitees arising from any accident, injury or damage whatsoever caused to any person or to the property of any person and occurring during the Term in the Premises, (iii) all claims against the Indemnitees arising from any accident, injury or damage occurring outside of the Premises but anywhere within or about the Real Property, to the extent such accident, injury or damage results or is claimed to have resulted from any negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or Tenant’s contractors, licensees, agents, servants, employees, invitees or visitors, and (iv) any breach, violation or non-performance of any covenant, condition or agreement in this Lease set forth and contained on the part of Tenant to be fulfilled, kept, observed and performed. This indemnity and hold harmless agreement shall include indemnity from and against any and all liability, fines, suits, demands, costs and expenses of any kind or nature (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred in or in connection with any such claim or proceeding brought thereon, and the defense thereof.

B. Subject to the provisions of Section 17.03, Landlord shall indemnify and save Tenant and each Tenant Party (except to the extent any claim arises from the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any Tenant Party) from and against (i) all claims of whatever nature against Tenant or any Tenant Party arising from any negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, any Landlord Party or Landlord’s contractors, licensees, agents, servants, employees, invitees or visitors, (ii) all claims against Tenant or any Tenant Party arising from any accident, injury or damage whatsoever caused to any person or to the property of any person and occurring during the Term in or about the Building outside of the Premises, (iii) all claims against Tenant or any Tenant Party arising from any accident, injury or damage occurring within the Premises, to the extent such accident, injury or damage results or is claimed to have resulted from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, any Landlord Party or Landlord’s contractors, licensees, agents, servants, employees, invitees or visitors, and (iv) any breach, violation or non-performance of any covenant, condition or agreement in this Lease set forth and contained on the part of Landlord to be fulfilled, kept, observed and performed. This indemnity and hold harmless agreement shall include indemnity from and against any and all liability, fines, suits, demands, costs and expenses of any kind or nature (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements but excluding fire legal liability) incurred in or in connection with any such claim or proceeding brought thereon, but shall be limited to the extent any insurance proceeds collectible by Tenant or such injured party with respect to such damage or injury are insufficient to satisfy same.

C. If any claim, action or proceeding is made or brought against either party (the “Indemnified Party”), and pursuant to which claim, action or proceeding the other (the “Indemnifying Party”) shall be obligated to indemnify the Indemnified Party, pursuant to the provisions contained in this Article or other provisions of this Lease (i) the Indemnified Party shall give the Indemnifying Party prompt notice (each an “Indemnified Party Notice”) of such claim or action, (ii) the Indemnifying Party shall, at its sole cost and expense, resist or defend such claim, action or proceeding in the Indemnified Party’s name, if necessary, with counsel selected by it, subject to the reasonable approval of Indemnified Party, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld but no approval of counsel shall be required in each and every instance where the claim is resisted or defended by counsel of an insurance carrier obligated so to resist or defend such claim, (iii) the Indemnified Party shall reasonably cooperate with the Indemnifying Party and its counsel in the defense of such claim or action, (iv) the Indemnifying Party shall not settle such claim or action without Indemnified Party’s prior consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld provided that the Indemnified Party receives a general release from the claimant in the action with respect to that action, (v) if the Indemnifying Party shall request that the Indemnified Party settle such claim or action, then the Indemnified Party shall accede to such request in any case where the only relief being sought by the claimant or plaintiff in any proposed settlement is monetary damages and the settlement amount is being paid upon the settlement, (vi) if the Indemnifying Party shall defend any such action or proceeding, the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for the costs

 

107

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

of any separate counsel employed by the Indemnified Party, (vii) notwithstanding the foregoing, an Indemnified Party may retain its own attorneys to defend or assist in defending any claim, action or proceeding involving potential liability, as determined by the Indemnified Party in its sole discretion, of **************** ($********) or more, and the Indemnifying Party shall pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of such attorneys; and (viii) in no event shall the Indemnifying Party be liable for consequential, indirect or special damages. If the Indemnified Party fails to give the Indemnified Party Notice within a time period so as not to prejudice the Indemnifying Party’s or its insurer’s ability to defend effectively any action or proceeding brought on such claim or if the Indemnified Party shall not afford the Indemnifying Party the right to defend and control the defense of any such action or proceeding and, in either of such events, the Indemnifying Party is adversely affected and prejudiced thereby, then the Indemnifying Party shall have no obligation under the applicable indemnity set forth in this Lease with respect to such action or proceeding.

D. The provisions of this Section 16.07 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

16.08 A. Each party hereby releases the other, Tenant hereby releases each Condominium Board and the other Superior Parties, and Landlord hereby agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Condominium Boards and the other Superior Parties, to release Tenant with respect to any covered loss (including a claim for negligence, but excluding a claim based upon willful misconduct) which any of the foregoing might otherwise have against the other for loss, damage or destruction with respect to their respective property by fire or other covered peril (including rental value or business interruption) occurring during the Term to the extent to which any of the foregoing are insured under a policy containing a waiver of subrogation or permission for waiver.

B. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be liable to the other in connection with any matter arising from or relating to this Lease for any consequential, special or indirect damages.

C. The provisions of this Section 16.08 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

16.09 Landlord shall keep the Unit insured against property damage and other destruction with “cause of loss/special perils” insurance in the amount of the full replacement value of the Unit, as the value may exist from time to time. Landlord shall maintain commercial general liability insurance against all claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage arising out of all operations in connection with the Building in the amount required by (and in compliance with the requirements of) the Unit Ground Lease and any Superior Mortgage. All insurance required to be maintained by Landlord hereunder may be effected pursuant to blanket policies covering other locations of Landlord or its Affiliates, provided that such blanket policies (a) provide that the amount of insurance allocable to the Unit shall at all times not be less than the amounts set forth above, and that such amounts will not be reduced by any loss at any other location, and (b) shall comply with the provisions of this Section 16.09. Such insurance limits required by this Section 16.09 may be satisfied by excess policies.

 

108

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

ARTICLE 17

DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CAUSE

17.01 If the Demised Premises or the Unit or the Building shall be partially damaged by fire or other cause, Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord after becoming aware thereof and then Landlord shall (except as otherwise provided herein) repair and restore (i) the Base Systems serving the Premises up to the point of connection to the Premises and (ii) the columns, beams, floor slabs, ceiling slabs and perimeter walls of the Premises and the curtain wall and foundation of the Building adjoining the Premises substantially in accordance with the Base Building Criteria therefor and, until the date (the “ Casualty Abatement Period Expiration Date ”) which is the earlier to occur of (a) ninety (90) days after the date on which such repairs shall be Substantially Completed and (b) the date on which Tenant shall reoccupy such portion of the Demised Premises for the conduct of its business, the Fixed Rent and all Additional Rent shall be apportioned according to the part of the Demised Premises which is usable by Tenant for the conduct of its business in normal fashion (i.e., Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Fixed Rent and Additional Rent with respect only to the portion of the Demised Premises in which Tenant is unable to conduct business in normal fashion by reason of such fire or other cause, but in no event shall Tenant be relieved of its obligation to pay the Additional Fixed Rent). Landlord shall notify Tenant at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date on which Landlord expects such repairs will be Substantially Completed (or such lesser period as may be equal to the estimated time period required for Landlord to perform such repairs). If the Demised Premises are totally or substantially damaged or are rendered wholly or substantially untenantable or inaccessible by fire or other cause insured or required to be insured pursuant to this Lease, then the Fixed Rent and the Additional Rent shall be proportionately paid up to the time of the casualty and thenceforth shall cease until the Casualty Abatement Period Expiration Date (but in no event shall Tenant be relieved of its obligation to pay the Additional Fixed Rent), subject to Landlord’s or Tenant’s right to elect not to restore the same as hereinafter provided. If the Building, Common Elements or the Unit shall be so damaged (whether or not the Demised Premises are damaged in whole or in part) that Landlord or the Condominium Boards, as the case may be, shall decide to demolish it or not to rebuild it and Landlord shall terminate leases for office space in the Unit affecting not less than sixty percent (60%) of the aggregate of RSF then under lease in the Unit, then Landlord may, within sixty (60) days after such fire or other cause, give Tenant a notice of such decision and thereupon the Term of this Lease shall expire by lapse of time upon the tenth (10th) day after such notice is given, and Tenant shall promptly thereafter vacate the Demised Premises and surrender the same to Landlord in accordance with the terms of this Lease. Tenant hereby expressly waives the provision of Section 227 of the Real Property Law and agrees that the foregoing provision of this Article 17 shall govern and control in lieu thereof, ) this Article 17 being an express agreement.

17.02 Except for the abatement of Rent set forth in Section 17.01 hereof, no damage, compensation or claims shall be payable by Landlord for inconvenience, loss of business or annoyance arising from any repair or restoration of any portion of the Demised Premises, the Unit or of the Building. Landlord shall use reasonable and diligent efforts to effect the repairs required to be performed by Landlord under this Article promptly and in such a manner as not unreasonably to interfere with Tenant’s occupancy of the floors not affected by such damage or casualty (which reasonable efforts shall include coordination with Tenant in scheduling such repairs or restoration but which shall in no event obligate Landlord to pay overtime or other premium rates).

 

109

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

17.03 The parties hereto shall each procure and maintain in force and effect an appropriate clause in, or endorsement on, any property insurance covering the Demised Premises and the Building and/or the Unit and the personal property, fixtures and equipment located therein or thereon and any rent insurance carried by Landlord and any business interruption insurance carried by Tenant, pursuant to which the insurance companies waive subrogation. Provided that its right of full recovery under its insurance policies is not adversely affected thereby, each of the parties hereto hereby releases and will not make any claims against or seek to recover from the other for any loss or damage to its property resulting from fire or other hazards to the extent covered by such property or other insurance that each party is required hereunder to maintain or does otherwise maintain hereunder (or to the extent the same would have been covered if the parties hereunder were carrying all insurance required hereunder). The waiver of subrogation in this Section 17.03 shall extend to both Landlord Parties and Tenant Parties.

17.04 Tenant acknowledges that Landlord will not carry insurance on Tenant’s Property, any Tenant Changes (including Specialty Alterations), or the Fit-out Work, and Tenant agrees that Tenant shall be solely responsible to insure and shall insure the same in accordance with the provisions of this Lease and that Landlord will not be obligated to insure or repair any damage thereto or to replace the same. Unless this Lease is terminated pursuant to this Article 17, Tenant shall complete the repair and restoration of the Fit-out Work, the FF&E Work, any Tenant Changes and Tenant’s Property within a reasonable period of time after the occurrence of the casualty and substantial completion of Landlord’s restoration obligations under this Article in accordance with the provisions of this Lease, including Article 13 hereof, subject to delays due to Force Majeure.

17.05 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if all or any portion of the Demised Premises is damaged or rendered untenantable or inaccessible by fire or other cause, then Landlord (if it has not theretofore cancelled this Lease pursuant to the provisions of this Article) shall, within sixty (60) days after such fire or other casualty (the “ Restoration Trigger Date ”), deliver to Tenant a statement (a “ Restoration Damage Statement ”) prepared by a reputable, independent licensed architect or engineer or contractor selected by Landlord setting forth such architect’s or engineer’s or contractor’s reasonable estimate as to the time required to repair such damage, together with a notice from Landlord to the effect that if Tenant fails to respond to such notice within the thirty (30) day period described in the following sentence, then Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its rights to terminate this Lease pursuant to this Section 17.05. If the estimated time period to perform such repairs extends beyond the date that is sixteen (16) months (or if such casualty shall occur during the last eighteen (18) months of the Term, within nine (9) months) following the Restoration Trigger Date (as such period may be extended due to Force Majeure delay (not to exceed sixty (60) days) or due to Tenant Delay), Tenant may elect, as its sole and exclusive remedy, to terminate this Lease by notice to Landlord sent not later than thirty (30) days following receipt of the Restoration Damage Statement, time being of the essence with respect thereto. In the event that the Demised Premises shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, and the repair work required to be performed by Landlord hereunder is not Substantially Completed within sixteen (16) months (or if such casualty shall occur during the last eighteen (18) months of the Term, within nine (9) months) following the Restoration Trigger Date (as such period may be extended due to Force Majeure delay (not to exceed sixty (60) days) or due to Tenant Delay) to such a degree that the Demised Premises are useable by Tenant (or such longer period as is set forth in the Restoration Damage Statement if Tenant does not terminate this Lease pursuant to the provisions set forth hereinabove), Tenant may thereafter elect, as its sole and exclusive remedy, upon not less than thirty (30) days’ prior notice (the “ Restoration Termination Notice ”) to Landlord, cancel and terminate this Lease as of the date set forth in such Restoration Termination Notice (such date being the “ Restoration Termination Date ”), provided that such Restoration Termination Date shall be no less than thirty (30) days after the giving of such Restoration Termination Notice by Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant shall properly deliver the Restoration Termination Notice, but the Demised Premises (and access and services thereto, as the case may be) shall be substantially restored to the extent required herein on or prior to the Restoration Termination Date, then such Restoration Termination Notice shall be null and void and of no force or effect and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

 

110

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

17.06 In the event this Lease is terminated as provided in this Article 17, neither party shall have the duty to repair and/or restore the Demised Premises or any other part of the Building.

17.07 Notwithstanding anything in this Article 17 to the contrary, each Condominium Board, and not Landlord, subject to the provisions of Article 35 hereof, shall be responsible for all repairs to the Building, the Common Elements, the Unit and the Demised Premises which, pursuant to the Condominium Documents, such Condominium Board is required to repair and/or restore, but Landlord shall be obligated to enforce the obligations of the Condominium Board as set forth in Article 35 hereof.

ARTICLE 18

CONDEMNATION

18.01 If the whole or any material part of the Demised Premises shall be acquired or condemned by eminent domain for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, then and in that event, the term of this Lease shall cease and terminate from the date of title vesting in such proceeding and Tenant shall have no claim for the value of any unexpired term of this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire compensation or award therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may make a separate claim in any eminent domain proceeding (affecting all or any portion of the Demised Premises) solely for the then value of Tenant’s Property, the unamortized cost of all Tenant Changes made by Tenant to the Demised Premises at Tenant’s expense during the Term, any increased rent which Tenant is (or would be) required to pay for new space, and/or for any moving expenses incurred by Tenant in connection therewith provided that any such award shall not result in a reduction of the award made to Landlord in connection therewith. If only a non-material part of the Demised Premises shall be acquired or condemned by eminent domain as aforesaid and this Lease shall not be terminated, this Lease and the term of this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, provided , however , that from and after the date of the vesting of title, the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent shall be equitably reduced to include only that portion of the Demised Premises that was not acquired or condemned by eminent domain.

18.02 If the temporary use or occupancy of all or any part of the Demised Premises shall be taken by condemnation or in any other manner for any public or quasi-public use or purpose during the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall be entitled, except as hereinafter set forth, to receive that. 1 , portion of the award or payment for such taking which represents compensation for the use and occupancy of the Demised Premises, for the taking of Tenant’s Property and for moving expenses, and Landlord shall be entitled to receive that portion which represents reimbursement for the cost of restoration of the Premises. This Lease shall be and remain unaffected by such taking and Tenant shall continue to be responsible for all of its obligations hereunder insofar as such obligations are not affected by such taking and shall continue to pay in full the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent when due. If the period of temporary use or occupancy shall extend beyond the Expiration Date of this Lease, that part of the award which represents compensation for the use and occupancy of the Premises (or a part thereof) shall be divided between Landlord and Tenant so that Tenant shall receive so much thereof as represents the period up to and including such Expiration Date and Landlord shall receive so much thereof as represents the period after such Expiration Date. All monies paid as, or as part of, an award or temporary use and occupancy for a period beyond the date to which the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent have been paid shall be received, held and applied by Landlord as a trust fund for payment of the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent becoming due hereunder.

 

111

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

ARTICLE 19

BANKRUPTCY

19.01 To the extent allowable under the Bankruptcy Code and other applicable Legal Requirements (collectively, “ Bankruptcy Requirements ”) if, at any time prior to the date herein fixed as the Commencement Date, a Bankruptcy Event shall occur, this Lease shall be cancelled and terminated, in which event neither Tenant nor any Person claiming through or under Tenant (including Guarantor) or by virtue of any statute or of an order of any court shall be entitled to possession of the Demised Premises and Landlord, in addition to the other rights and remedies given by Section 19.03 hereof and by virtue of any other provision herein or elsewhere in this Lease contained or by virtue of any statute or rule of law, may retain as liquidated damages any rent, security, deposit or monies received by it from Tenant or others (including Guarantor) on behalf of Tenant upon the execution hereof.

19.02 To the extent allowable under the Bankruptcy Requirements, if at the date fixed as the Commencement Date or if at any time during the Term a Bankruptcy Event shall occur, this Lease, at the option of Landlord, exercised within a reasonable time after notice of the happening of any one or more of such events, may be cancelled and terminated, in which event neither Tenant nor any Person claiming through or under Tenant by virtue of any statute or of an order of any court shall be entitled to possession or to remain in possession of the Demised Premises but shall forthwith quit and surrender the Demised Premises.

19.03 To the extent allowable under the Bankruptcy Requirements, it is stipulated and agreed that in the event of the termination of this Lease pursuant to Sections 19.01 or 19.02 hereof, Landlord shall forthwith, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Lease to the contrary, be entitled to recover from Tenant as and for liquidated damages an amount equal to the difference between the rent reserved hereunder for the unexpired portion of the Term demised and the then fair and reasonable rental value of the Demised Premises for the same period. To the extent allowable under the Bankruptcy Requirements, in the computation of such damages, the difference between any installment of rent becoming due hereunder after the date of termination and the fair and reasonable rental value of the Demised Premises for the period for which such installment was payable shall be discounted to the date of termination at the rate of the Prime Rate minus two percent (2%) per annum. If the Demised Premises or any part thereof be re-let by Landlord for the unexpired Term of this Lease, or any part thereof, before presentation of proof of such liquidated damages to any court, commission or tribunal, to the extent allowable under the Bankruptcy Requirements, the amount of rent reserved upon such reletting shall be deemed prima facie to be the fair and reasonable rental value for the part or the whole of the Demised Premises so re-let during the term of there-letting. Nothing herein contained shall limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to prove for and obtain as liquidated damages by reason of such termination, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by the Bankruptcy Requirements governing the proceedings in which, such damages are to be proved, whether or not such amount be greater, equal to or less than the amount of the difference referred to above.

19.04 To the extent allowable under the Bankruptcy Requirements, all amounts payable by Tenant to or on behalf of Landlord under this Lease, whether or not expressly denominated Fixed Rent, Additional Rent or Rent, shall constitute rent for the purposes of Section 502(b )(7) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

112

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

ARTICLE 20

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES; WAIVER OF REDEMPTION

20.01 A. This Lease and the estate and the term hereby granted are subject to the limitation that if (i) Tenant shall default in (a) the payment of the Fixed Rent reserved herein or any item of Recurring Additional Rent or any part of either, for a period of ten (10) days after notice to Tenant of such default or (b) the providing or maintaining of any security required under Section 13.07 or Article 29 hereof (including the replacement of any cash security delivered upon the execution hereof with a Satisfactory Letter of Credit as required under Section 29.01 hereof) for a period of five (5) days after notice to Tenant of such default; (ii) Tenant shall default in the payment of any other Additional Rent or any other payment herein provided for more than ten (10) Business Days after notice from Landlord of such default; (iii) Tenant defaults in fulfilling any of the covenants of this Lease, other than the covenants for the payment of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent or other enumerated defaults in this Section 20.01A, then, in any one or more of such events, upon Landlord serving a written thirty (30) days’ notice upon Tenant specifying the nature of said default, and upon the expiration of said thirty (30) days, if Tenant shall have failed to comply with or remedy such default, or if the said default or omission complained of shall be of such a nature that the same cannot be completely cured or remedied within said thirty (30) day period, and if Tenant shall not have diligently commenced curing such default within said thirty (30) day period, and shall not thereafter with reasonable diligence and in good faith proceed to remedy or cure such default; (iv) Tenant shall fail to pay the monthly installment of Fixed Rent, Additional Fixed Rent or Recurring Additional Rent, more than three (3) times in any period of twelve (12) months by the later of (a) the tenth (10 th ) day of the month or (b) five (5) Business Days after Landlord provides notice that such installment was not received; and/or (v) Guarantor has defaulted under the Lease Guaranty beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure period set forth therein, then in any of said events Landlord may give to Tenant notice of intention to terminate this Lease to end the Term and the estate hereby granted at the expiration of five (5) Business Days from the date of the giving of such notice, and, in the event such notice is given, this Lease and the Term and estate hereby granted (whether or not the Term shall have commenced) shall terminate upon the expiration of said five (5) Business Days with the same effect as if that day were the Expiration Date, but Tenant shall remain liable for damages as hereinafter provided in this Article 20.

B. Nothing in Section 20.01A shall be deemed to require Landlord to give any further notice in addition to the notices, if any required under such Section prior to the commencement of a summary proceeding for nonpayment of rent or a plenary action for the recovery of rent on account of any default in the payment of the same; it being intended that such notices are for the sole purpose of creating a conditional limitation hereunder pursuant to which this Lease shall terminate, and if Tenant thereafter remains in possession or occupancy, it shall become a holdover tenant.

20.02 If this Lease and the Term shall terminate as provided in Section 20.01A hereof:

(i) Landlord and Landlord’s agents, employees, contractors and/or subcontractors may at any time after the Term shall terminate, re-enter the Premises or any part thereof, without further notice (other than the notices provided for in Section 20.01A hereof), either by summary proceedings or by any other applicable action or proceeding permitted by law and/or (but only to the extent permitted by applicable law) by forcible entry, changing of locks, removal of Tenant’s Property and/or other “self-help” remedies (without being liable to indictment, prosecution or damages therefor), and may repossess the Demised Premises and dispossess Tenant and any other persons from the Demised Premises and thereafter remove any and all of its or their property and effects from the Demised Premises, without Landlord incurring any liability to Tenant on account thereof, to the end that Landlord may have, hold and enjoy the Demised Premises and in no event shall re-entry be deemed an acceptance of surrender of this Lease; and

 

113

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(ii) Landlord, at its option, may relet the whole or any part or parts of the Demised Premises from time to time, either in the name of Landlord or otherwise, to such tenant or tenants, for such term or terms ending before, on or after the Expiration Date, at such rental or rentals and upon such other terms and conditions, which may include concessions and free rent periods, as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may determine. Landlord shall have no obligation to relet the Demised Premises or any part thereof and Landlord shall not have liability to Tenant for refusal or failure to relet the Demised Premises or any part thereof or, in the event of such reletting, refusal or failure to collect any rent upon any such reletting, and no such refusal or failure shall operate to relieve Tenant of any liability under this Lease or otherwise to affect any such liability. Landlord, at Landlord’s option, may make such repairs, alterations, additions, decorations and other physical changes in and to the Demised Premises as Landlord, in its sole discretion, considers advisable or necessary in connection with any such reletting or proposed reletting, without relieving Tenant of any liability under this Lease or otherwise affecting any such liability.

20.03 Tenant, on its own behalf and on behalf of all Persons claiming by, through or under Tenant, including all creditors, does, to the fullest extent permitted by law, hereby expressly waive any and all rights which Tenant and all such Persons might otherwise have to (a) the service of any notice of intention to re-enter or to institute legal proceedings to that end (except for any notices expressly provided for in this Lease, including this Article 20)), (b) redeem the Demised Premises or any interest therein, (c) re-enter or repossess the Demised Premises, or (d) restore the operation of this Lease, after Tenant shall have been dispossessed by a judgment or by a warrant of any court or judge, or after any re-entry by Landlord, or after any termination of this Lease, whether such dispossess, reentry by Landlord or termination shall be by operation of law or pursuant to the provisions of this Lease. The words “ re-enter ”, “ re-entry ” and “ re-entered ” as used in this Lease shall not be deemed to be restricted to their technical legal meanings.

20.04 In the event of any breach or threatened breach by Tenant or Landlord hereunder or by any Person claiming through or Tenant or Landlord, as the case may be, of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, the other party shall have the right to enjoin such breach or threatened breach or, subject to the limitations contained herein, to invoke any other right or remedy allowed by law or in equity.

20.05 If this Lease shall terminate as provided in Section 20.01A or by or under any summary proceeding, or any other action or proceeding, then, in any of said events:

(a) Tenant shall pay to Landlord all Rents to the date upon which this Lease shall have been terminated or to the date of re-entry upon the Demised Premises by Landlord, as the case maybe;

(b) Landlord shall be entitled to retain all monies, if any, paid by Tenant to Landlord, whether as advance rent, security or otherwise, but such monies shall be credited by Landlord against any Rents due at the time of such termination or re-entry (in such order and in such amounts as Landlord shall elect in its sole discretion) or, at Landlord’s option, against any damages payable by Tenant and, after all such Rents and damages have been paid in full, any remainder shall be returned to Tenant.

 

114

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(c) Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay to Landlord, as damages, any deficiency between (i) the Rents payable hereunder for the period which otherwise would have constituted the unexpired portion of the Term (conclusively presuming the Recurring Additional Rent and Electricity Additional Rent to be the same as payable for the year immediately preceding such termination or re-entry on an annualized basis if such Additional Rent was not paid for a full year) and (ii) the net amount if any of Rents (“ Net Rent ”) collected under any reletting effected pursuant to the provisions of Section 20.02(ii) hereof for any part of such period (first deducting from the Rents collected under any such reletting all of Landlord’s costs and expenses in connection with the termination of this Lease or Landlord’s re-entry upon the Demised Premises and in connection with such reletting, including, repossession costs, brokerage commissions, legal expenses, alteration costs and other expenses of preparing the Demised Premises for such reletting).

(d) Any deficiency in accordance with subsection (c) above shall be paid in monthly installments by Tenant on the days specified in this Lease for the payment of installments of Fixed Rent. Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant each monthly deficiency as the same shall arise and no suit to collect the amount of the deficiency for any month shall prejudice Landlord’s right to collect the deficiency for any prior or subsequent month by a similar proceeding. Alternatively, suit or suits for the recovery of such deficiencies may be brought by Landlord from time to time at its election.

(e) If Tenant shall fail to pay to Landlord any amount referenced in subsection (c) or (d) above on the date when the sum shall be due or in lieu thereof, then, without further notice to Tenant and whether or not Landlord shall have collected any monthly deficiencies as aforesaid, Landlord, at its option, shall be entitled to recover from Tenant, and Tenant shall pay Landlord, on demand, as and for liquidated and agreed final damages and not as a penalty, a sum equal to the amount by which the Rents for the period to the then stated Expiration Date from the later of the date of termination of this Lease or the date through which monthly deficiencies shall have been paid in full (conclusively presuming Recurring Additional Rent and Electricity Additional Rent to be the same as payable for the year immediately preceding such termination or re-entry on an annualized basis if such Additional Rent was net paid for a full year) exceeds the then fair and reasonable rental value of the Demised Premises for the same period, both discounted at the Prime Rate minus two percent (2%) per annum to present worth.

(f) In no event shall Tenant be entitled (i) to receive any excess of any Net Rent under subsection (c) over the sums payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder or (ii) in any suit for the collection of damages pursuant to this Section, to a credit in respect of any Net Rent from a reletting except to the extent that such Net Rent is actually received by Landlord prior to the commencement of such suit. If the Demised Premises or any part thereof should be relet in combination with other space or for a term that extends beyond the then stated Expiration Date, then proper apportionment (on a per square foot rentable area basis in the case of a reletting in combination with other space outside of the Demised Premises) shall be made of the rent received from such reletting and of the expenses of reletting.

20.06 A. If this Lease be terminated as provided in Section 20.01A or by or under any summary proceeding or any other action or proceeding, Tenant covenants and agrees, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease:

(i) that the Demised Premises shall be required to be in the same condition as that in which Tenant has agreed to surrender the Demised Premises to Landlord on the Expiration Date;

 

115

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(ii) that Tenant, on or before the occurrence of any event of default hereunder, shall have performed every covenant contained in this Lease relating to the making of any Tenant Changes to the Demised Premises or for repairing any part of the Demised Premises; and

(iii) that, for the breach of either subsection (i) or (ii) of this Section 20.06A, or both, Landlord shall be entitled, without limiting any other damages payable by Tenant hereunder, to recover, and Tenant shall pay, as and for agreed damages therefor, the then cost of performing such covenants, plus interest thereon at the Interest Rate for the period between the date of the occurrence of any default and the date when any such work or act, the cost of which is computed, should have been performed under the other terms of this Lease had such default not occurred.

B. Each and every covenant contained in this Section shall be deemed separate and independent, and not dependent on any other term of this Lease for the use and occupation of the Demised Premises by Tenant, and the performance of any such term shall not be considered to be rent or other payment for the use of the Demised Premises. It is understood that the consideration for the covenants in this Section is the making of this Lease, and the damages for failure to perform the same shall be in addition to and separate and independent of the damages accruing by reason of default in observing any other term of this Lease.

20.07 Except as set forth in Section 16.08B hereof, nothing herein contained shall be construed as limiting or precluding the recovery by Landlord against Tenant of any sums or damages to which, in addition to the damages particularly provided above, Landlord may lawfully be entitled by reason of any default hereunder on the part of Tenant.

20.08 Each right and remedy provided for in this Lease shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other right provided for in this Lease or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity (including the equitable remedies of specific performance and injunctive relief), by statute or otherwise, and the exercise or beginning of the exercise by a party of any one or more of such rights shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by such party of any or all other rights provided for in this Lease or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity, by statute or otherwise.

20.09 The provisions of this Article 20 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

116

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

ARTICLE 21

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

21.01 So long as this Lease is in full force and effect, Landlord covenants and agrees with Tenant that Tenant may peaceably and quietly enjoy the premises hereby demised, subject, nevertheless, to the terms and conditions of this Lease.

ARTICLE 22

SURRENDER OF PREMISES

22.01 Upon the expiration or other termination of the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, quit, surrender, vacate and deliver the Demised Premises to Landlord broom clean and in good order, condition and repair except for ordinary wear, tear and damage by fire or other casualty and condemnation, together with all Tenant Changes (except as otherwise provided for in this Lease and subject to Tenant’s obligation to remove any Specialty Alteration, Hazardous Materials and other items pursuant to the terms hereof) and shall remove all Tenant’s Property therefrom.

22.02 A. Tenant acknowledges that possession of the Demised Premises must be surrendered to Landlord at the expiration or sooner termination of the Term hereof. The parties recognize and agree that the damages to Landlord resulting from any failure by Tenant to timely surrender possession of the entire Demised Premises as aforesaid will be substantial and may be impossible accurately to measure as of the date hereof. Tenant desires to limit and liquidate said amounts and therefore agrees that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, if Tenant fails to surrender possession of the Demised Premises to Landlord as required herein upon the Stated Expiration Date or sooner termination of this Lease, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord for each month and for each portion of any month during which Tenant holds over in the Demised Premises or any portion thereof after the expiration or sooner termination of the Term hereof, for use and occupancy, the aggregate sum of (1) an amount equal to the greater of (aa) 150% for the first thirty (30) days of such holding over and 200% thereafter, of the installment of the monthly Fixed Rent payable under this Lease for the last month of the Term and (bb) the monthly fair market rental value of the Demised Premises as of the date of such holdover, plus (2) one-twelfth (1/12) of all items of Recurring Additional Rent which would have been payable monthly pursuant to this Lease had its Term not expired or been terminated, plus (3) those other items of Additional Rent which would have been payable pursuant to this Lease.

B. Tenant agrees to pay the sums payable under Section 22.02A hereof on demand, in full, without setoff, and no extension or renewal of this Lease shall be deemed to have occurred by such holding over, nor shall Landlord be precluded by accepting such aggregate sum for use and occupancy from exercising all rights and remedies available to it to obtain possession of the Demised Premises.

C. The acceptance by Landlord of any such use and occupancy payment by Tenant pursuant to this subsection shall in no event preclude Landlord from commencing and prosecuting a holdover or summary eviction proceeding, and the provisions of this Section shall be deemed be an “agreement expressly providing otherwise” within the meaning of Section 232-c of the Real Property Law of the State of New York and any successor or similar law of like import. Nothing contained in this Section shall (i) imply any right of Tenant to remain in the Premises after the Expiration Date without the execution of a new lease, (ii) imply any obligation of Landlord to grant a new lease or (iii) be construed to limit any right or remedy that Landlord has against Tenant as a holdover tenant or trespasser.

 

117

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

D. Tenant’s obligations under this Article shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 23

DEFINITION OF LANDLORD

23.01 Subject to the other terms of this Lease, the term “Landlord” wherever used in this Lease shall be limited to mean and include only the tenant under the Unit Ground Lease, to whom this Lease may be assigned, or a mortgagee in possession, so that in the event of any sale, assignment or transfer of the Unit, or Landlord’s interest as a lessee under the Unit Ground Lease, in each case, such owner, tenant under the Unit Ground Lease or mortgagee in possession shall thereupon be released and discharged from all covenants, conditions and agreements of Landlord hereunder from and after the effective date of such sale, assignment or transfer; provided that, Landlord shall have delivered any Letter of Credit or cash security, as the case may be, then held by Landlord pursuant to this Lease.

ARTICLE 24

NOTICES

24.01 Any notice, statement, demand, consent, approval or other communication required or permitted to be given, rendered or made by either party pursuant to this Lease or pursuant to any Legal Requirement (collectively, “notices”) shall be in writing (whether or not so stated elsewhere in this Lease unless a specific provision provides the same may be oral) and shall be deemed to have been properly given, rendered or made only if sent by (a) registered or certified mail return receipt requested, posted in a United States post office station or letter box in the continental United States, (b) by a nationally recognized overnight courier ( e.g. , Federal Express) with receipt acknowledged or (c) by personal delivery with receipt acknowledged, to Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, at the address of such party set forth below:

If to Landlord:

Legal Department

Forest City Ratner Companies

One Metrotech Center North, 11 th Floor

Brooklyn, New York 11201

FC Eighth Ave., LLC

c/o Forest City Ratner Companies

One Metrotech Center North, 11 th Floor

Brooklyn, New York 11201

Attention: President

 

118

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

With copies to:

Forest City Enterprises, Inc.

1160 Terminal Tower

50 Public Square

Cleveland, Ohio 441130

Attention: Legal Department

and

Patterson Belknap Webb & Tyler LLP

1133 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10036

Attention: Robert M. Safron, Esq.

If to Tenant at the address set forth above, Attention: Mary Roddy, Managing Director/Chief Administrative Officer N.A.

24.02 Landlord agrees that all notices sent hereunder by Landlord to Tenant which relate to (a) matters of default, but excluding rent demands as a predicate for a non-payment of rent proceeding, or lease compliance, but specifically excluding notices regarding increases in escalations, or (b) termination of this Lease or the exercise by Landlord of its rights, remedies, privileges or powers, shall also be sent in the manner permitted hereunder to Proskauer Rose, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York I 0036, Attention: Adam J. Kansler, Esq.

24.03 Any notice shall be deemed to have been given, rendered or made on the day received, or if receipt is refused, on the date so refused. Either party may, by notice as aforesaid, designate a different address or addresses for notices intended for it.

24.04 Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 24.01 hereof (a) notices requesting any after hours air-conditioning service may be given in writing by personal and actual delivery to the Building manager or any other person in the Building duly designated by Landlord to receive such notices, and (b) notices given by Landlord with respect to changes in Taxes, BID Assessments, Tenant’s Estimated Operating Expense Payment, Tenant’s Estimated Tax Payment and/or Tenant’s Estimated BID Payment and all other rent bills, as well as other routine, nonmaterial communications and correspondence, may be delivered by hand or ordinary United States mail to Tenant only at its address stated in Section 24.01 hereof.

24.05 Notices hereunder from Landlord may be given by Landlord’s managing agent or Landlord’s attorney. Notices hereunder from Tenant may be given by Tenant’s attorney.

ARTICLE 25

PARTNERSHIP LIABILITY

25.01 If Tenant’s interest in this Lease shall be assigned to a partnership (or to two (2) or more Persons, individually, or as joint venturers or as copartners or a partnership) (any such partnership and such Persons are referred to in this Section as “ Partnership Tenant ”), the following provisions shall apply to such Partnership Tenant: (a) the liability of each of the general partners comprising Partnership Tenant shall be joint and several, and (b) each of the parties comprising Partnership Tenant hereby consents in advance to, and agrees to be bound by, any modifications, termination, discharge or surrender of this Lease which may hereafter be made and by any notices, demands, requests or other communications which may hereafter be given, by Partnership Tenant or by any of the parties comprising Partnership Tenant, and (c) any bills, statements, notices, demands,

 

119

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

requests or other communications given or rendered to Partnership Tenant or to any of the parties comprising Partnership Tenant shall be deemed given or rendered to Partnership Tenant and to all such parties and shall be binding upon Partnership Tenant and all parties and (d) if Partnership Tenant shall admit new general partners, all such new general partners shall, by their admission to Partnership Tenant, be deemed to have assumed performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed, and (e) Partnership Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord of the admission of any such new general partners, and upon demand of Landlord, shall cause each such new general partner to execute and deliver to Landlord an agreement in form satisfactory to Landlord, wherein each such new general partner shall assume jointly and severally performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed (but neither Landlord’s failure to request any such agreement nor the failure of any such new general partner to execute or deliver any such agreement to Landlord shall vitiate the provisions of this Article 25.

25.02 A. The provisions of this Article shall not in any way limit, reduce, affect or otherwise modify the liability of the Partnership Tenant or its successors or permitted assignees under this Lease.

ARTICLE 26

RULES AND REGULATIONS

26.01 Tenant, its servants, employees, agents, subtenants, Permitted Occupants and other licensees shall comply with the Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit 26.01 (the “ Rules and Regulations ”) and made a part hereof. Landlord shall have the right from time to time during the Term of this Lease to make reasonable changes in and additions to the Rules and Regulations and/or the Construction Rules and Regulations with the same force and effect as if they were originally attached hereto and incorporated herein, provided that any new Construction Rules and Regulations shall not apply to the performance of Tenant Changes until after such Tenant Changes have been substantially completed except to the extent that any new Construction Rules and Regulations have been made and Tenant has been given notice of the same prior to the bidding of a contract for the Tenant Change in question; provided , however , that Landlord shall have approved Tenant’s plans for the Tenant Change and, provided further, that Tenant shall have notified Landlord before commencing the bidding process.

26.02 Subject to the provisions of this Section 26.02, any failure by Landlord to enforce any Rules and Regulations or Construction Rules and Regulations now or hereafter in effect, either against Tenant or any other tenant in the Building, shall not constitute a waiver of the enforceability of any such Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall not enforce, or fail to enforce, any of the Rules and Regulations or the Construction Rules and Regulations in a manner which would be discriminatory toward Tenant in comparison to Landlord’s treatment of other tenants in the Building. In addition, Landlord shall (i) not adopt any new Rules and Regulations or Construction Rules and Regulations affecting only, or applicable only against, Tenant, (ii) not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any approval required under the Rules and Regulations or Construction Rules and Regulations (unless expressly provided to the contrary therein) and (iii) exercise its judgment in good faith in any instance providing for the exercise of its judgment in the Rules and Regulations or Construction Rules and Regulations. In the event of any conflict or discrepancy between the Rules and Regulations or the Construction Rules and Regulations and the terms and provisions of this Lease, the terms and provisions of this Lease shall control (unless the relevant rule or regulation provides otherwise).

 

120

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

ARTICLE 27

BROKER

27.01 Each of Landlord and Tenant warrants and represents that it has not dealt with any broker in connection with this transaction other than the Broker. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord against and from any claims for any brokerage commissions and all costs, expenses and liabilities in connection therewith, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, arising out of any conversations or negotiations had by Tenant with any broker, other than Broker, concerning this Lease. Landlord agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Tenant against and from any claims for any brokerage commissions and all costs, expenses and liabilities in connection therewith, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, arising out of any conversations or negotiations had by Landlord with any broker including Broker concerning this Lease. Landlord shall be responsible for the payment of any commission or other fee earned by the Broker pursuant to separate agreement between them in connection with this Lease and hereby agrees to defend, save and hold Tenant and Tenant Parties harmless from any claims for fees and commissions and against any liability (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) arising as a result of any claims by the Broker against Tenant or any Tenant Parties on account of this Lease. This Article shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease.

ARTICLE 28

ZONING RIGHTS

28.01 Tenant hereby waives irrevocably any rights that Tenant may have in connection with any zoning lot merger or transfer of development rights with respect to the Real Property, including any rights that Tenant may have to be a party to, to contest, or to execute any Declaration of Restrictions (as such term is used in Section 12-10 of the Zoning Resolution of The City of New York effective December 15, 1961, as amended) with respect to the Real Property, which would cause the Premises to be merged with or unmerged from any other zoning lot pursuant to such Zoning Resolution or to any document of a similar nature and purpose. Tenant agrees that this Lease shall be subject and subordinate to any Declaration of Restrictions or any other document of similar nature and purpose now or hereafter affecting the Real Property, the Building and/or the Unit provided such documents and restrictions are not inconsistent with Tenant’s rights under this Lease. In confirmation of such subordination and waiver, Tenant, from time to time, shall execute and deliver promptly any certificate or instrument that Landlord reasonably requests , provided that the same does not (a) adversely affect Tenant or Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Demised Premises, (b) increase the Fixed Rent, any Additional Rent or any other monetary obligations of Tenant hereunder, (c) otherwise increase the obligations of Tenant or the rights of Landlord under this Lease or (d) otherwise decrease the obligations of Landlord or the rights of Tenant under this Lease.

ARTICLE 29

SECURITY DEPOSIT

29.01 A. As a condition to Landlord entering into this Lease, simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Lease by Tenant, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, as security for the full, faithful and punctual performance by Tenant of all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, a clean, unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit conditioned solely upon presentation of a statement by Landlord (or the then beneficiary thereunder) that Landlord is entitled to draw on the letter by virtue

 

121

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

of (i) Tenant’s default under this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure periods, (ii) Tenant’s failure to timely replace such letter of credit, and/or (iii) as expressly otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of this Lease. The amount of the security required to deposited hereunder shall at all times be in an amount equal to two (2) months of Fixed Rent payable hereunder for the Demised Premises during the First Rent Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as an accommodation to Tenant, Landlord agrees to accept from Tenant on account of the security deposit required to be delivered simultaneously herewith a cash deposit (made payable directly to the order of Landlord) in the amount of the required security deposit, it being agreed in connection therewith that (a) such cash security deposit may be deposited by Landlord and held as the security deposit required hereunder pending receipt of a Satisfactory Letter of Credit in the required security deposit amount, (b) in no event shall Landlord have any obligation to deposit such cash security deposit in an interest bearing account nor shall Tenant be entitled to any interest on such sums, (c) not later than sixty (60) days following the Execution Date (time being of the essence), Tenant shall cause a Satisfactory Letter of Credit in the required security deposit amount to be delivered to Landlord and (d) in the event that Tenant so delivers such Satisfactory Letter of Credit, Landlord agrees to return to Tenant the unapplied proceeds of cash deposit actually delivered by Tenant in accordance with the foregoing promptly after receipt of such Satisfactory Letter of Credit.

B. The letter of credit shall be (i) issued by and drawn upon a commercial bank reasonably acceptable to Landlord that is a member of the Clearing House (the “ Issuing Bank ”) with offices for banking and drawing purposes in the City of New York (or which permits drawing by facsimile or recognized overnight delivery as contemplated in Exhibit 29.01B) and having a net worth of not less than One Billion and 00/100 ($1,000,000,000.00) Dollars, (ii) substantially in the form and substance of the form letter of credit attached hereto as Exhibit 29.01B and (iii) otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord (herein referred to as a “ Satisfactory Letter of Credit ”). Any such letter of credit shall provide that:

(i) Such letter of credit shall have a term of not less than one (1) year and shall pursuant to its terms be automatically renewed, without amendment, for consecutive periods of one (1) year each during the Term of this Lease (including the Extension Term, if applicable), unless the Issuing Bank sends written notice (hereinafter referred to as the “ Non-Extension Notice ”) to Landlord by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, not less than sixty (60) days next preceding the then expiration date of the letter of credit, that it elects not to have such letter of credit renewed; provided , however , in all events, such letter of credit shall be maintained for a period of sixty (60) days after the Expiration Date;

(ii) The beneficiary under the letter of credit shall have the right, exercisable by a sight draft, to receive the monies represented by such letter of credit (which monies shall be held by Landlord or the Superior Mortgagee (if it is the beneficiary thereunder) as a cash deposit pursuant to the terms of this Article 29 pending the replacement by Tenant of such cash deposit with a letter of credit pursuant to the terms hereof) (a) at any time following its receipt of the Non-Extension Notice, (b) upon Tenant’s default hereunder beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure periods), (c) upon the occurrence of a Bankruptcy Event, or (d) as otherwise expressly permitted under the terms of this Lease; and

 

122

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(iii) Upon Landlord’s sale of Landlord’s interest in the Unit or in connection with any financing with a Superior Mortgagee, each letter of credit shall be transferable by Landlord or the then beneficiary under the letter of credit or any transferee thereof as provided herein, without charge to Landlord or the then beneficially or any transferee.

C. To the extent that Landlord or any transferee or beneficiary under any letter of credit required hereunder is required to pay any fee or other sum in connection with a transfer of any such letter of credit, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days of demand, pay to Landlord the amount thereof, which sum shall be used to pay such fee or other sum (or reimburse Landlord for sums previously paid on account thereof).

D. In the event Tenant defaults beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure period in the performance of any of the terms of this Lease, including the payment of rent, or in the event of a Bankruptcy Event, Landlord may use, apply or retain the whole or any part of the security deposit to the extent required for the payment of any rent or for any sum which Landlord may expend or may be required to expend by reason of Tenant’s default in respect of any of the terms of this Lease, including any damages or deficiency in the re-letting of the Demised Premises, whether accruing before or after summary proceedings or other re-entry by Landlord. In the case of every such use, application or retention, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days of demand, deliver a new letter of credit (or an amendment to the existing letter of credit which was used, applied or retained) in the required form equal to the sum used, applied or retained so that the security deposit shall be replenished to its former amount. If Tenant shall fully and punctually comply with all of the terms of this Lease, the security deposit shall be returned to Tenant within fifteen (15) Business Days after both the expiration of this Lease and delivery of exclusive possession of the Demised Premises to Landlord in the manner required hereunder.

E. Tenant acknowledges that it is a material inducement to Landlord to enter into this Lease that the security deposit be maintained in the form of a letter of credit. Tenant further acknowledges that, notwithstanding anything in this Lease, Tenant shall not be permitted to provide cash security (other than any deposit under Section 13.07B hereof, which may, if Tenant so elects, be in the form of cash).

F. In the event of a sale or lease of the portion of Unit of which the Demised Premises forms a part, Landlord shall transfer (or caused to be transferred) the security to the vendee or lessee and Landlord shall immediately be released by Tenant from all liability for the return of the security so transferred, provided Tenant shall have received notice of such transfer; and upon any such transfer such vendee or lessee shall be deemed automatically, without any further act or notice by any party, to have assumed all obligations of Landlord with respect to the security so transferred, and Tenant agrees to look solely to the new owner or landlord for the return of said security; and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment made of the security to a new owner or landlord. Any letter of credit deposited hereunder shall be assignable to such new landlord (or its lender) as provided herein upon notice to the institution issuing same. Tenant shall not assign or encumber or attempt to assign or encumber any monies deposited hereunder as security and neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns shall be bound by any such assignment or encumbrance, or attempted assignment or encumbrance.

G. In the event that at any time during the Term of this Lease (i) the net equity or combined capital and surplus of the Issuing Bank shall be less than the minimum amount specified in Section 29.01B hereof, or (ii) that circumstances have occurred indicating that the Issuing Bank may be incapable of, unable to, or prohibited from honoring any then existing letter of credit (such letter of credit hereinafter referred to as an “ Existing L/C ”) in accordance with the terms thereof, then, upon the happening of either of the foregoing, Landlord may send notice to Tenant (hereinafter referred to as the

 

123

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Replacement Notice ”) requiring Tenant within fifteen (15) Business Days to replace the Existing L/C with a new letter of credit (hereinafter referred to as a “ Replacement L/C ”) from an Issuing Bank meeting the qualifications described in Section 29.01B hereof. Upon receipt of a Replacement L/C meeting the qualifications of Section 29.01B hereof, Landlord shall forthwith return the Existing L/C to Tenant. In the event that (i) a Replacement L/C meeting the qualifications of Section 29.01B hereof is not received by Landlord within the time specified, or (ii) Landlord reasonably believes an emergency exists, then in either event, the Existing L/C may be presented for payment by Landlord and the proceeds thereof shall be held by Landlord in accordance with the terms hereof, subject, however, to Tenant’s obligation, within fifteen (15) Business Days thereafter, to replace such cash security with a new letter of credit meeting the qualifications of Section 29.01B hereof.

H. If Tenant shall have delivered the letter of credit to Landlord, Tenant shall be permitted to deliver to Landlord a new letter of credit or an amendment to the existing letter of credit in the applicable amount. If a new letter of credit in the form required hereunder is so delivered, Landlord shall simultaneously with Landlord’s receipt of the same, surrender the prior letter of credit to Tenant (or cash if such letter of credit has been drawn upon). Landlord’s rights with respect to the letter of credit to be provided in accordance with this Section 29.01H shall be the same as if such letter of credit had been provided as the original letter of credit hereunder.

29.02 Tenant shall be solely responsible for, and shall reimburse to Landlord within thirty (30) days of demand, all actual and reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Landlord (or the then beneficiary under the letter of credit) incident to the issuance, replacement, transfer (including any transfer or other fees of the Issuing Bank), or amendment of any letter of credit required hereunder (including reasonable attorney and other third-party fees, and any bank charges).

ARTICLE 30

WINDOW CLEANING

30.01 Tenant will not clean any window in the Demised Premises from the outside (within the meaning of Section 202 of the New York Labor Law or any successor statute thereto). In addition, unless the equipment and safety devices required by all legal requirements including Section 202 of the New York Labor Law or any successor statute thereto are provided and used, Tenant will not require, permit, suffer or allow the cleaning of any window in the Demised Premises from the outside (within the meaning of said Section).

ARTICLE 31

CONSENTS; ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

31.01 Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease, and subject to the last sentence of this Section 31.01, Tenant hereby waives any monetary claim against Landlord which it may have based upon any assertion that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or unreasonably delayed any consent or approval required to be given hereunder, and, in any such event, Tenant agrees that its sole remedy shall be an action or proceeding to enforce any such provision or for specific performance, injunction, declaratory judgment or, to the extent expressly permitted hereunder, arbitration. In the event of a determination favorable to Tenant, the requested consent or approval shall be deemed to have been granted; provided, however, except as set forth in the next sentence, Landlord shall not have liability to Tenant for its refusal to give such consent or approval. The sole remedy for Landlord’s unreasonably withholding or delaying of consent or approval shall be as set forth in this Section;

provided , however , that if it shall be finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that either party acted capriciously and in bad faith, then such party shall be liable to the other for the Actual Damages incurred by such party.

 

124

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

31.02 If any matter which is the subject of a request for consent or approval hereunder by Tenant requires the consent or approval by any Superior Party or the City, as the case may be, Landlord shall, provided Tenant is not then in monetary or material non-monetary default hereunder, in each instance, beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure period, promptly forward such request to such of the foregoing parties from whom consent is required and, in any such case, Landlord shall in no event be deemed to have unreasonably withheld or delayed any such request for consent or approval nor shall such matter be permitted hereunder if any of the foregoing parties shall fail to respond to such request (unless such failure is deemed to constitute consent under the applicable Superior Obligation Instrument) or shall deny same. If Landlord shall so determine that any such matter requires the consent or approval of any of the foregoing parties, Landlord shall use good faith reasonable efforts to obtain from such parties such consent or approval (but without any obligation to pay any fee to such party unless Tenant agrees to pay the same); provided that Tenant shall submit to Landlord, upon Landlord’s request therefor, all plans, specifications or other materials, information or documentation as may be reasonably required by such parties, in connection with each such parties’ respective consideration of such request. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days after demand therefor, as Additional Rent, all actual out-of-pocket fees, charges or other expenses Landlord may incur arising out of any such request for consent or approval.

31.03 From time to time, within twenty (20) days next following request by Landlord (but no more than twice in any calendar year unless Landlord requires the same in connection with a sale or financing) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord or such other Person as Landlord may reasonably request a written statement executed by Tenant, in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord or such other Person, (1) certifying that this Lease is then in full force and effect and has not been modified (or if modified, setting forth all modifications), (2) setting forth the date to which the Fixed Rent, the Recurring Additional Rent and other items of Rent have been paid, (3) stating whether or not, to the knowledge of Tenant, Landlord is in default under this Lease, and, if Landlord is in default, setting forth the specific nature of all such defaults, and ( 4) as to any other matters reasonably requested by Landlord and related to this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that any statement delivered pursuant to this Section may be relied upon by any purchaser or owner of the Real Property, the Unit or the Building, or Landlord’s interest in the Real Property or the Unit, Ground Lease Landlord, the Condominium Boards, or any other Superior Party, or by an assignee or successor of a Superior Party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the immediately preceding sentence, any statement delivered pursuant to this Section shall reflect the state of facts existing only as of the date it is given by Tenant.

31.04 From time to time, within twenty (20) days next following request by Tenant (but not more than twice in any calendar year), Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written statement executed by Landlord in form reasonably satisfactory to Tenant (i) stating that this Lease is then in full force and effect and has not been modified (or if modified, setting forth all modifications), (ii) setting forth the date to which the Fixed Rent, the Recurring Additional Rent and any other items of Rent have been paid, (iii) stating whether or not, to the knowledge of Landlord, Tenant is in default under this Lease, and, if Tenant is in default, setting forth the specific nature of all such defaults, and (iv) as to any other matters reasonably requested by Tenant and related to this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the immediately preceding sentence, any statement delivered pursuant to this Section shall reflect the state of facts existing only as of the date it is given by Landlord and may be relied upon by Tenant and its successors, assigns and permitted subtenants.

 

125

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

ARTICLE 32

MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

32.01 In no event shall Tenant record this Lease, any amendment hereto or any memoranda hereof or thereof.

ARTICLE 33

SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

33.01 The covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Lease shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and, except as otherwise provided herein, their assigns.

ARTICLE 34

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

34.01 Landlord represents to Tenant that (a) as of the Execution Date (i) there are no pending actions or proceedings in which any person, entity or Governmental Authority has alleged the violation of Environmental Laws with respect to the Land or the presence, release, threat of release or placement of any Hazardous Materials at, on or under the Land, and (ii) Landlord has not received any notice that any Governmental Authority or any employee or agent thereof, has determined that there has been a violation of Environmental Laws at or in connection with the Land and (b) as of the Commencement Date, neither the Land, the Unit, the Building nor any portion thereof shall contain any amount of Hazardous Materials other than Operational Hazardous Materials not in excess of quantities permitted by applicable Environmental Laws.

34.02 Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall cause or permit “Hazardous Materials” to be used, transported, stored, released, handled, produced or installed in, on or from the Demised Premises, the Unit or the Building. The term “ Hazardous Materials ” shall, for the purposes hereof, mean any flammable, explosive or radioactive materials; hazardous wastes; hazardous and toxic substances or related materials; asbestos or any material containing asbestos; or any other such substance nr material; in the definition of “hazardous substances”, “hazardous wastes”, “hazard materials”, “toxic substances”, or “contaminants” as defined by, or any materials regulated by, any federal, state or local law, ordinance, rule or regulation, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as amended, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, and in the regulations adopted and publications promulgated pursuant to each of the foregoing (collectively, “ Environmental Laws ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restriction in the first sentence of this Section 34.02 shall not be deemed to be a restriction on the use of Operational Hazardous Materials or other customary building and office cleaning and maintenance supplies (provided the same are used, handled and stored in accordance with all applicable Environmental Laws).

34.03 In the event of a breach of the provisions of this Article 34, (i) the non-breaching party shall, in addition to all of its rights and remedies under this Lease and pursuant to applicable Legal Requirements, have the right to require the other, at the other’s sole cost and expense, to promptly remove any such Hazardous Materials from the Demised Premises or the Unit, the case may be and (ii) subject to the provisions of Section 16.07 A hereof, such other party shall indemnify and hold

 

126

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

the non-breaching party and its successors and assigns harmless from and against any loss, liability, damages, and costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) that the non-breaching party may at any time suffer by reason of the existence of such Hazardous Materials in accordance with Section 16.07 hereof.

34.04 The provisions of this Article 34 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 35

CONDOMINIUM

35.01 This Lease is expressly subject to all covenants, conditions, provisions, and requirements of the Condominium Documents.

35.02 A. All of the provisions of the Condominium Documents shall be deemed and taken to be covenants running with the Land, the Building and the Unit (subject and subordinate to the Ground Lease and the Unit Ground Lease), as though such provisions were recited and stipulated at length herein and in each and every other lease of the Unit (or to any portion of the Unit). Tenant shall comply with all of the terms and provisions of the Condominium Documents relating to the use and occupancy of the Demised Premises and shall not take any action, or fail to take any action which it is obligated to perform under this Lease, which would cause Landlord to be in default or violation under any of the Condominium Documents.

B. Except as hereinafter set forth, to the extent that any Condominium Board is responsible under the Condominium Documents to provide utilities or service to the Unit or to repair or restore the Common Elements, the Unit and/or the Demised Premises or any appurtenance thereto, or to take any other action which the Condominium Boards are required to take under the Condominium Documents (each, a “ Condominium Obligation ”), Landlord shall use diligent good faith efforts, at Landlord’s expense (and not as an Operating Expense), to cause such Condominium Board to comply with the same (including the exercise (as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion) of such rights that Landlord may have as Unit Owner under the Condominium Declaration) and Landlord shall have no obligation to provide any Condominium Obligation nor shall Landlord have any liability to Tenant for the failure of any Condominium Board to provide or comply with the Condominium Obligations unless Landlord or a Landlord Entity is in control of such Board, in which event Landlord shall be liable for and shall be responsible for the performance of such Condominium Obligation. Except as expressly set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall not have liability to Tenant for any damage which may arise, nor shall Tenant’s obligations hereunder be diminished by reason of, (i) the failure of any Condominium Board to keep, observe or perform any of its obligations pursuant to the terms of the Condominium Documents, or (ii) the acts, omissions or negligence of any Condominium Board, its agents, contractors, or employees. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall do anything that would constitute a default under the Condominium Documents or omit to do anything that such party is obligated to do under the terms of this Lease so as to cause there to be a default under the Condominium Documents, or cause the other to incur any expense or liability under the Condominium Documents (and, if either party shall cause the other to incur any such expense in violation hereof, the causing party shall reimburse the other within thirty (30) days after demand). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall Landlord’s obligation to provide services in accordance with Article 6 or electricity to the Demised Premises in accordance with Article 7 hereof be deemed to be a Condominium Obligation.

 

127

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

35.03 Subject to the limitations contained in the Condominium Documents, in connection with any review of the Records relating to Common Charges, Tenant shall have the right to request that Landlord review the Condominium Board’s books and records as they relate to Unit Owner’s Unit Expenses (as defined in the Declaration) for any given Operating Expense Year that Tenant is reviewing, upon notice by Tenant to Landlord given simultaneously with Tenant’s request to review the Records as permitted under Section 4.04A hereof for the same Operating Expense Year. In the event such books and records are not available or made available to Tenant when Tenant otherwise commences its review of the other Records relating to Operating Expenses, then, subject to the limitations contained in the Condominium Documents, solely with respect to the component of Operating Expenses for such Operating Expense Year relating to Common Charges, the time period set forth in Section 4.04D for Tenant to deliver a Tenant’s Statement (solely with respect to Common Charges only) shall not commence until such books and records are made available to Tenant as permitted under this Section 35.03 notwithstanding the fact that other Records had theretofore been made available to Tenant.

35.04 Tenant expressly agrees that the Condominium Boards shall have the power to enforce against Tenant (and each and every immediate and remote assignee or subtenant of Tenant the terms of the Condominium Documents, if the actions of Tenant (or such assignee or subtenant) shall be in breach of the Condominium Documents, to the extent that the same would entitle the Condominium Boards to enforce the terms of the Condominium Documents against Landlord.

ARTICLE 36

SATELLITE ANTENNA

36.01 Tenant shall have the option (the “ Antenna Option ”), subject to Article 13 hereof and the provisions of this Article 36, to install, maintain and operate one (1) satellite antenna (the “ Antenna ”) in a location to be determined by Landlord on Landlord’s antenna structure (and only on such structure) located on the roof of the Building (the “ Mast ”). The Antenna Option shall be exercisable by notice from Tenant to Landlord delivered not later than sixty (60) days following the Commencement Date (time being of the essence). If Tenant does not exercise the Antenna Option within such period (time being of the essence) this Article 36 shall be null and void. If Tenant timely exercises the Antenna Option, there shall be no rent or other charge or fee therefor except the Additional Rent expressly provided for in this Article 36. The Antenna shall be of a diameter and height, in each instance, not in excess of the criteria set forth on Exhibit 36.01 annexed hereto and made a part hereof and shall be installed on the Mast in accordance with the requirements set forth on Exhibit 36.01. Subject to the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to install cables leading from the Antenna to the Demised Premises at Tenant’s sole cost and expense as described on Exhibit 36.01 and in a location, manner, material and size approved by Landlord, acting reasonably. Landlord, at Landlord’s cost, shall install and maintain a submeter to measure electricity usage in connection with Persons permitted by Landlord to use the Mast. In the event Tenant exercises the Antenna Option as aforesaid, Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, Tenant’s share (based on the total number of Persons permitted by Landlord to use the Mast (and not otherwise separately submetered) from time to time) of the cost of consumption indicated on such submeter (computed by applying the kw and kwh (on and off-peak, if applicable) of such consumption to the Electric Rates paid by Landlord, (without any premium or administrative markup), plus any reasonable third party fees associated with the reading of such meters).

 

128

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

36.02 The Antenna shall be used solely and exclusively for the transmission and reception of signals or other similar types of communications between and among the various divisions, departments, subsidiaries and Affiliates of Tenant and to receive signals from commercial satellites. In no event shall the Antenna be used for general or commercial broadcasting, any similar or related broadcast use or cellular or other wireless services. The transmission or receipt of signals by or for any other Person shall constitute a prohibited use of the Antenna and a default under this Lease. Tenant shall nevertheless notify Landlord in writing of any instance(s) wherein the Antenna is used for general broadcasting purposes. Copies of any filings or statements which Tenant may now or hereafter be required to make, from time to time, with any federal, state or city agency certifying as to the use of the Antenna shall be delivered to Landlord.

36.03 Tenant shall diligently service, repair, and maintain the Antenna, including, without limitation, all electrical wires, guy wires, and conduits related thereto.

36.04 No signs, whether temporary or permanent, shall be affixed, installed or attached to the Antenna other than those required by applicable Legal Requirements and/or Insurance Requirements. No such sign shall be illuminated, unless required by applicable Legal Requirements and/or Insurance Requirements. All signs required, if any, and the location thereof, shall be first approved in writing by Landlord and shall be subject to any limitations or restrictions contained in the Superior Instruments, including DUO.

36.05 In the performance of any installation, alteration, repair, maintenance, removal and/or any other work with respect to the Antenna, Tenant shall comply with all applicable provisions of this Lease.

36.06 Any and all taxes, filing fees, charges, or license fees imposed upon Landlord by virtue of the existence and/or use of the Antenna, whether imposed by any local, state and/or federal government or any agency thereof, shall be exclusively borne by Tenant. Landlord agrees to reasonably cooperate with Tenant in any necessary applications for any necessary license or permits provided Landlord incurs no expense or liability in so doing.

36.07 During Business Hours on Business Days and upon reasonable advance notice to Landlord, Tenant may have access to the roof of the Building for the sole purpose of servicing and maintaining the Antenna. Landlord shall have the right (in its sole discretion and at Tenant’s sole reasonable expense) to have its representative(s) accompany Tenant whenever it services or maintains the Antenna. At all other times, Landlord may keep the entrance to the roof locked. Tenant shall not have any tools and/or materials lying loose on the roof and Tenant’s employees and independent contractors shall close the entrance door to the roof when leaving the roof. Any damage to the Building or to the personal property of Landlord of any other tenant or occupant of the Building arising as a result of such access shall be repaired and restored, by Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to the condition existing prior to such access. If Tenant should require access to the Antenna at times other than specified in the first sentence of this Section 36.07, then, except in the case of an emergency, Tenant shall give Landlord at least two (2) Business Days prior notice of such requirement and shall pay all reasonable costs incurred by Landlord in connection therewith, including any compensation paid to Building employees or any independent contractors or engineers of Landlord.

36.08 On or before the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove the Antenna and any and all appurtenant cables, wires and other equipment and repair and restore any damage caused to the Building or the Unit due to such removal. Such repair and restoration work shall proceed with due diligence and dispatch and shall be completed prior to the expiration of the Term of this Lease. Any holes, damage or injury in or to the Building or the Unit arising out of or collected to the removal of the Antenna and any and all appurtenant cables, wires and other equipment shall be promptly and duly repaired and restored by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 36.08 shall survive the Expiration Date.

 

129

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

36.09 Throughout the Term, Tenant shall inspect the Antenna at least once a month. Tenant shall be solely responsible for preserving the watertight integrity of the roof as may be caused by, or relates to, the installation, maintenance, operation and repair of the Antenna. Tenant shall be responsible for all leaks in the roof arising out of or connected to its installation of Tenant’s Antenna. Tenant’s Antenna shall not exceed the applicable load bearing capacity of the Mast.

36.10 A. If, at any time during the Term hereof, Landlord, in good faith, shall determine that it is necessary to relocate the Antenna to another location on the Mast or is otherwise required to do so as a result of rights granted to NYTC under the Condominium Documents, then Landlord may give notice thereof to Tenant. Within thirty (30) days of receipt of Landlord’s notice or, if a governmental permit is required to be obtained for installation of the Antenna in the new location, then, within thirty (30) days of the obtaining of such permit (which Tenant shall make prompt application for, with Landlord’s reasonable cooperation, at Landlord’s cost), Tenant, at Landlord’s cost, shall move the Antenna (installing new tie-ins between the Antenna and Tenant’s equipment relating to the Antenna in the Demised Premises and arranging for an automatic cut-over so as to minimize any interference with Tenant’s operations occasioned by such move) to the new location.

B. Tenant’s operation or use of the Antenna shall not prevent or interfere with the operation or use of any equipment of any present or future tenant or occupant of the Building. If, at any time during the Term hereof, Landlord, in good faith, shall reasonably determine that Tenant’s Antenna causes interference with other equipment or emits radiation in amounts which may be hazardous to, or interfere with the use or occupancy of, any other tenant(s) in the Building, then Landlord may so notify Tenant, and require Tenant to replace the Antenna with another antenna which would not cause such interference (the “ Replacement Antenna ”). Tenant, within thirty (30) days of receipt of such notice or, if any permit is required under applicable Legal Requirements and/or Insurance Requirements to install such Replacement Antenna, then, within thirty (30) days after the obtaining of such permit (which Tenant shall make prompt application for, with Landlord’s cooperation but at no cost to Landlord), shall replace the Antenna with the new non-interfering Replacement Antenna which shall then be the Antenna hereunder. Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord to allow any antennas desired on the Mast by any other tenants or occupants of the Building and/or the Unit.

36.11 Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord has made no warranties or representations as to the conditions or suitability of the Mast or the Building, or of the roof of the Building for (a) the clear reception and/or transmission of signals to or from the Antenna nor (b) the installation, use, maintenance or operation of the Antenna and Tenant agrees to accept use of its position on the Mast in its then “ as is ” condition and without any work or alterations to be made by Landlord.

 

130

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

ARTICLE 37

NAME OF BUILDING; SIGNAGE

37.01 Subject to any rights of NYTC, Landlord shall have the right at any time without notice to or the consent of Tenant to change the name, number or designation by which the Building may be known.

37.02 Subject to Landlord’s prior approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), Tenant may, at its sole cost and expense, install “entry suite” signage that depicts Tenant’s logo, in the elevator lobby on the floor of the Unit which is then leased by Tenant and/or adjacent to the entrance doors to the Demised Premises, provided that Tenant remove all such signage on or prior to the Expiration Date and repair any damage that may result from such removal. Tenant shall be entitled to its pro-rata share of directory listings in the Building’s lobbies, but only to the extent Landlord provides or maintains such directories in those locations. Tenant acknowledges that it is not entitled under this Lease to any “Concierge Desk” signage allocated to the Unit in the lobby of the Building.

37.03 Except as expressly set forth in this Article 37, Tenant shall have no right to any further signage or identification in the Building or any Building common areas (except for building standard signage, if any on partial floors). Any termination, cancellation or surrender of this Lease shall terminate any rights of Tenant under this Article 37.

ARTICLE 38

MESSENGER CENTER

38.01 Throughout the Term, Landlord shall operate a package intercept/messenger center (the “ Messenger Center ”) in accordance with the standards of Comparable Buildings in the Times Square area for the benefit of tenants for all deliveries made to and from the Unit. The Messenger Center shall be operated in accordance with the terms set forth in this Article, provided , however , Landlord may alter the location of and procedures to be followed with respect to the Messenger Center so long as Landlord provides substantially equivalent services.

38.02 The Messenger Center shall be operated on Business Days from 8:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M. (the “ Messenger Center Operating Hours ”). At all times other than the Messenger Center Operating Hours, messenger deliveries/pickups will be handled through the security desk located in the Lobby. Tenant shall advise all messenger services delivering or picking up packages at the Building that all deliveries must be made to and picked-up from the Messenger Center during the Messenger Center Operating Hours (and at all other times from the Lobby).

38.03 Promptly after receipt by the Messenger Center from messenger services of deliveries addressed to Tenant (such deliveries being hereinafter referred to as “ Incoming Deliveries ”), Landlord shall contact Tenant, at a number designated by Tenant, to inquire whether Tenant desires to (a) retrieve the Incoming Deliveries at the Messenger Center or (b) have Landlord deliver the Incoming Deliveries to Tenant as provided herein. All Incoming Deliveries that Tenant desires Landlord to deliver to Tenant shall be delivered by Landlord during Landlord’s next regularly scheduled distribution of Incoming Deliveries throughout the Building, which scheduled distributions shall be regularly scheduled and shall occur promptly. Deliveries shall occur on a regular basis during the Messenger Center Operating Hours. Unless notified otherwise, Landlord shall deliver all Incoming Deliveries to Tenant during Landlord’s next regularly scheduled distribution of Incoming Deliveries until 6:00 P.M., after which point Landlord shall make deliveries to Tenant only as requested by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

131

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

38.04 During the Messenger Center Operating Hours, Landlord shall regularly pick up deliveries from Tenant that are, in turn, to be picked up at the Messenger Center by messenger services for delivery outside the Building (such deliveries being hereinafter referred to as “ Outgoing Deliveries ”), and hold the Outgoing Deliveries at the Messenger Center, together with any other Outgoing Deliveries brought directly to the Messenger Center by Tenant, until picked up by such messenger services.

38.05 Landlord will make the Messenger Center available to Tenant during periods other than the Messenger Center Operating Hours upon not less than twenty-four (24) hours prior request by Tenant (subject to reasonable Building requirements), and Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses for overtime hours of personnel therefor as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days after demand therefor.

38.06 Landlord shall not have liability to Tenant for accepting or failing to accept or for providing or not providing or for requesting or failing to request receipts or evidence of delivery for any mail or packages or for the handling of, or damage to, such mail or packages except for the gross negligence or intentional wrongful conduct of Landlord’s employees, contractors or agents.

38.07 Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that as of the Commencement Date, Federal Express, Airborne Express, United States Postal Service, United Parcel Service and Emory Airborne Express are permitted to deliver mail and packages directly to the Premises and are not required to use the Messenger Center.

ARTICLE 39

EXTENSION OPTION

39.01 Provided that (i) this Lease is in full force and effect as of the Stated Expiration Date and (ii) the Extension Threshold Conditions are satisfied as of the date Tenant delivers to Landlord the Extension Election Notice, Tenant shall have the option to extend the Initial Term (the “ Extension Option ”) for one (1) additional approximately five (5) year term (the “ Extension Term ”) commencing on the day (the “ Extension Term Commencement Date ”) immediately following the Stated Expiration Date and ending on January 31, 2024 (the “ Stated Extension Term Expiration Date ”). The Extension Option shall be exercised by notice to Landlord (the “ Extension Election Notice ”) delivered no later than the date which is fifteen (15) months prior to the Stated Expiration Date. The annual Fixed Rent for the Extension Term shall be equal to 100% of the fair market rental value of the Demised Premises determined pursuant to the provisions of Sections 39.04B and 39.05 hereof.

39.02 The Extension Option may not be exercised by Tenant unless at the time of the delivery by Tenant of the Extension Election Notice (unless waived by Landlord in its sole discretion), each of the Extension Threshold Conditions are satisfied. If all of the Extension Threshold Conditions shall not be satisfied, then, unless Landlord (in its sole and absolute discretion) waives compliance with the Extension Threshold Conditions, (a) the Extension Election Notice shall be null and void and of no force or effect, (b) Tenant shall be deemed to have irrevocably waived any rights pursuant to this Article 39 that Tenant may have had to renew the Term of this Lease, (c) this Article 39 shall immediately be null and void and of no further force or effect and (d) Tenant agrees upon request of Landlord to confirm such non-exercise in writing, but failure to do so by Tenant shall not operate to revive any rights of Tenant under this Article 39.

 

132

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

39.03 This Lease, as so extended during the Extension Term, shall be upon the same terms and conditions as contained in this Lease, except that (a) the annual Fixed Rent for the Extension Term shall be a sum equal to 100% of the then fair market rental value of the Demised Premises (which may include periodic increases to the extent consistent with the then current market terms for such space) determined as of the Extension Term Commencement Date; (b) the Demised Premises shall be delivered in its then “ as is ” condition; (c) Landlord shall not be required to do any work to the Demised Premises or to provide any work allowance or free rent period or concession in connection with Tenant’s continued occupancy of the Demised Premises; (d) the base years for escalations with respect to Operating Expenses and Taxes shall be the then current base years (i.e., the fiscal year (for Taxes) or calendar year (for Operating Expenses) in which the Extension Term Commencement Date occurs); and (e) this Lease shall not contain any further Extension Option.

39.04 The exercise of the Extension Option shall only be effective upon, and in strict compliance with, the following terms and conditions:

A. The Extension Option must be exercised in the manner specifically set forth in Section 39.01 hereof or such option shall be deemed waived and all of Tenant’s rights with respect thereto shall wholly cease, terminate and expire. Time shall be of the essence in connection with the exercise of the Extension Option and the delivery of the Extension Election Notice by Tenant hereunder. The Extension Election Notice shall be irrevocable by Tenant upon delivery. If Tenant shall fail to duly exercise the Extension Option, (i) this Article 39 shall immediately be null and void and of no further force or effect and (ii) Tenant agrees upon request of Landlord to confirm such nonexercise in writing, but failure to do so by Tenant shall not operate to revive any rights of Tenant under this Article. If the Extension Election Notice does not strictly comply with the requirements set forth herein, it shall be deemed in such event that Tenant failed to timely deliver the Extension Election Notice.

B. Landlord and Tenant shall seek to agree in writing as to the amount of such fair market rental value for the Demised Premises, taking into consideration all then relevant factors.

39.05 If Landlord and Tenant shall not agree as to such fair market rental value by the date which is thirteen (13) months prior to the then stated Expiration Date, then each of Landlord and Tenant, by no later than twelve (12) months prior to the then stated Expiration Date, simultaneously shall meet and exchange notices setting forth (i) the annual fair market rental value that such party believes is the basis for the Fixed Rent which should be paid by Tenant hereunder (which annual fair market rental value may differ from any terms previously proposed by the parties) and (ii) the name and address of an arbitrator designated by such party meeting the standards therefor set forth in Article 42 hereof, and in such event said annual fair market rental value (unless Landlord and Tenant shall each propose the same amount therefor) shall be determined by arbitration in accordance with the provisions of Article 42 hereof.

39.06 A. If, on the Extension Term Commencement Date, the amount of the Fixed Rent payable during the Extension Term in accordance with the foregoing paragraphs of this Article shall not have been determined, then, pending such determination, Tenant shall pay Fixed Rent at the rate which is the average of the rates proposed by Landlord and Tenant for the Extension Term in their respective arbitration notices (the “ Temporary Rate ”). After the determination the amount of the Fixed Rent payable during the Extension Term as aforesaid, if such rental value is greater or less than the

 

133

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

“Temporary Rate,” Landlord shall promptly pay to Tenant the excess of the Temporary Rate over (or Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord the shortfall of the Temporary Rate below) the rental value determined as provided herein, together with interest at the Prime Rate on the amount so paid; and the Fixed Rent as so determined shall be payable during the Extension Term.

B. Upon determination of the Fixed Rent for the Extension Term, Landlord and Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to each other an agreement specifying the amount of the Fixed Rent for the Extension Term (but any failure to execute such an agreement shall not affect Tenant’s obligation to pay and Landlord’s right to receive such Fixed Rent). Any termination, cancellation or surrender of this Lease shall terminate any rights of Tenant under this Article.

ARTICLE 40

GUARANTY

40.01 In order to induce Landlord to enter into this Lease and as a condition to the effectiveness hereof simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Lease by Tenant, Tenant shall cause Guarantor to execute and deliver to Landlord the Lease Guaranty in form and substance of Exhibit 40.01 annexed hereto and made a part hereof. In addition, Tenant shall, not later than five (5) Business Days following the Execution Date cause counsel to Guarantor to deliver one or more opinions addressed to Landlord from a law firm(s) and in form, in each instance reasonably acceptable to Landlord opining as to the due execution of the Guaranty and the enforceability thereof in accordance with the terms thereof, including the submission to jurisdiction provisions thereof.]

ARTICLE 41

EMERGENCY POWER

41.01 A. In connection with the Emergency Generators available at the Building, Landlord agrees to reserve for Tenant’s use a maximum connected load of one hundred (100) kilowatts of emergency electrical power (“ Tenant’s Reserved Emergency Power ”) from one or more of Landlord’s generators located or to be located on the roof of the Building (the “ Emergency Generators ”) as described in the Base Building Criteria for a period of six (6) months after the Execution Date. If Tenant elects to have Tenant’s Reserved Emergency Power available for Tenant’s. use (a) Tenant shall give notice thereof to Landlord by a date that is no later than six (6) months after the Execution Date and (b) Tenant agrees that such power shall be available to Tenant on an emergency basis only in the manner hereinafter provided. If Tenant fails to so elect as aforesaid, Tenant shall have no right to use Tenant’s Reserved Emergency Power under the terms of this Article. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s Reserved Emergency Power shall be available to Tenant on an emergency basis only in the manner hereinafter provided.

B. If Tenant elects to have Tenant’s Reserved Emergency Power available for Tenant’s use as provided in Section 41.01A hereof, then, in consideration of making such emergency power available to Tenant as provided herein, Tenant shall, from and after the date of Tenant’s election, pay to Landlord in equal monthly installments, whether or not Tenant’s Reserved Emergency Power is utilized, as Additional Rent (i) three hundred dollars ($300) per kilowatt/per year (which amount shall be prorated with respect to any partial years or months) for providing Tenant’s Reserved Emergency Power (such sum to be increased each year after the Commencement Date by the percentage increase in the CPI, if any) throughout the remainder of the Term not later than thirty (30) days following Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s invoice and demand therefor plus (ii) Tenant’s share (calculated as a percentage of

 

134

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Tenant’s Reserved Emergency Power over the then total reserved emergency power capacity available to tenants in the Unit using the Emergency Generators and the capacity of the Unit Generator) of the actual cost of fuel consumed by the Emergency Generators and the Unit Generators (unless such fuel is separately metered for the Emergency Generator and the Unit Generator, in which event such cost and such share shall be based solely on the Emergency Generators).

C. Tenant shall not sell Tenant’s Emergency Reserved Power to (i) any other tenant or occupant of the Building or (ii) the general public.

D. If Tenant elects to have Tenant’s Reserved Emergency Power available for Tenant’s use as provided in Section 41.01A hereof, Landlord shall maintain, operate, repair and conduct regular tests to confirm the proper functioning of the Emergency Generators in a manner consistent with Comparable Buildings in the Times Square area.

41.02 If Tenant elects to have Tenant’s Reserved Emergency Power available for Tenant’s use as provided in Section 41.01A hereof, Landlord shall (subject to availability) maintain fuel in the fuel tank at a level necessary to operate the Unit Generator and the Emergency Generator for a commercially reasonable period and otherwise in accordance with customary practices of prudent owners of Comparable Buildings in the Times Square area. Landlord reserves the right, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion to the extent required to conserve fuel due to the fact that sufficient supplies may not be then reasonably available, to temporarily suspend or curtail the operation of the Emergency Generators pending the next fuel delivery in order to provide certain Building services through the Unit Generator required by applicable Legal Requirements. If Tenant elects to have Tenant’s Reserved Emergency Power available for Tenant’s use as provided in Section 41.01A hereof, Landlord shall endeavor to provide Tenant with reasonable prior notice of any such shutdown. Landlord agrees to maintain and operate the Emergency Generators in a commercially reasonable manner consistent with customary practices of prudent owners of Comparable Buildings in the Times Square area.

41.03 Subject to the provisions of this Lease (including Article 13 hereof) and the limitations contained herein, if Tenant elects to have Tenant’s Reserved Emergency Power available for Tenant’s use as provided in Section 41.01A hereof, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall perform all work and make all connections necessary to distribute Tenant’s Reserved Emergency Power to the Premises and to Tenant’s equipment including installation of automatic transfer switches, disconnect switches, distribution panels, wire and cabling. In connection therewith, Tenant shall have the right to distribute Tenant’s Reserved Emergency Power throughout the Premises as Tenant so determines (subject to the approval by Landlord of Tenant’s distribution plan, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). If Tenant elects to have Tenant’s Reserved Emergency Power available for Tenant’s use as provided in Section 41.01A hereof, Tenant’s connection to Tenant’s Reserved Emergency Power shall be via the buss duct located in the electric closet(s) serving the Demised Premises.

41.04 If Tenant elects to have Tenant’s Reserved Emergency Power available for Tenant’s use as provided in Section 41.01A hereof, Tenant shall maintain in good condition any such connections that Tenant makes to the Emergency Generators. In addition, at all times, Tenant shall fully cooperate with Landlord and shall abide by such reasonable regulations and requirements which Landlord may prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the Emergency Generators, provided that such rules and regulations are generally applicable to all tenants in the Building utilizing the Emergency Generators and Landlord does not enforce such rules and regulations against in a discriminatory manner. Any damage or loss resulting from the use by Tenant of the Emergency Generators shall be borne by Tenant and Landlord shall not have liability to Tenant on account thereof.

 

135

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

41.05 Upon notice to Tenant, Landlord shall have the immediate right to temporarily disconnect Tenant’s connection facilities, temporarily discontinue providing Tenant’s Reserved Emergency Power from the Emergency Generators if (a) Landlord, in good faith, determines that a dangerous condition exists and/or (b) Tenant’s connection facilities (i) have been installed improperly or without all necessary approvals of relevant Governmental Authorities or (ii) fail to comply with the connection thereto as approved by Landlord including exceeding a connected load equal to Tenant’s Reserved Emergency Power; it being agreed that any such temporary disconnection or discontinuance will only be for as long as any such condition exists. Landlord, its agents and engineers and consultants may survey Tenant’s connected load to the Emergency Generators from time to time during Business Hours upon reasonable prior notice (except during an emergency, in which event no prior notice shall be required), at Landlord’s expense, to determine whether Tenant is complying with its obligations under this Article unless such survey shows that Tenant has exceeded Tenant’s Reserved Emergency Power or otherwise violated Tenant’s obligations hereunder in which event Tenant shall be responsible for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith. If Tenant elects to have Tenant’s Reserved Emergency Power available for Tenant’s use as provided in Section 41.01A hereof, Tenant shall compile and promptly provide to Landlord a list of sheddable and critical loads so that, if Landlord determines that circumstances warrant during an emergency (as may occur, for example, if Landlord’s diesel system cannot operate at full capacity) specified loads can be disconnected in the manner so identified in advance by the parties.

41.06 Tenant understands and agrees that Landlord provides emergency power on an as-is where-is basis, without express or implied warranties of any kind, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. In no event shall Landlord be liable for any damages including consequential, indirect, special exemplary, or punitive damages, or any lost revenues or lost profits, to the extent that the Emergency Generators fail to provide emergency power to Tenant or that the Emergency Generators damage the Tenant’s systems or property.

41.07 The rights granted in this Article 41 are given in connection with, and as part of the rights created under, this Lease and are not separately transferable or assignable. Any termination, cancellation or surrender of this Lease shall terminate any rights of Tenant under this Article.

ARTICLE 42

ARBITRATION

42.01 In the case of any arbitration of fair market rental value under Article 39 hereof; the parties shall give the notices as required under Section 39.05 hereof. Within ten (10) Business Days after said notice is given by either party, if the second party fails to notify the first party of the appointment of its arbitrator and the basis for the annual fair market rental value as provided in said Sections, then the appointment of the second arbitrator shall be made in the same manner as hereinafter provided for the appointment of a third arbitrator. The arbitrators so chosen shall meet within ten (10) Business Days after the second arbitrator is appointed and within thirty (30) days thereafter shall decide the dispute. If within said period they cannot agree upon their decision, they shall appoint a third arbitrator and if they cannot agree upon said appointment, then the third arbitrator shall be appointed upon their application or upon the application of either party, by the AAA. The three arbitrators shall meet and decide the dispute. The arbitrators so specified in such notices shall be licensed real estate brokers or doing business in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State

 

136

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

of New York, and having not less than ten (10) years’ active experience as real estate brokers of office space or appraisers of first class office buildings and leased office space in said Borough. The third arbitrator shall be required to select either the annual fair market rental value proposed by Landlord or the annual fair market rental value proposed by Tenant in their respective arbitration notices based on which rental value such third arbitrator determines is closer to the actual annual fair market rental value based upon all relevant factors. In designating arbitrators and in deciding the dispute, the arbitrators shall act in accordance with the rules then in force of the AAA, subject, however, to such limitations as may be placed upon them by the provisions of this Lease. Judgment may be had on the decision and award of the arbitrators so rendered in any court.

42.02 The arbitrator(s) conducting any arbitration shall be bound by the provisions of this Lease and shall not have the power to add to, subtract from, or otherwise modify such provisions. Landlord and Tenant agree to sign all documents and to do all other things reasonably necessary to submit any such matter to arbitration and further agree to, and hereby do, waive any and all rights they or either of them may at any time have to revoke their agreement hereunder to submit to arbitration and to abide by the decision rendered thereunder which shall be binding and conclusive on the parties. Landlord and Tenant shall each have the right to appear and be represented by counsel before said arbitrator(s) and to submit such data and memoranda in support of their respective positions as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

42.03 Except as otherwise provided in this Article, each party shall pay the expenses and fees of its designated arbitrator and share equally the expenses and fees of the third arbitrator.

ARTICLE 43

MISCELLANEOUS

43.01 Except in connection with Tenant’s initial move-in to the Demised Premises, but subject to Section 2.01 hereof and Article 13 hereof, Tenant shall not move any safe, heavy equipment or bulky matter in or out of the Building without Landlord’s consent, which consent Landlord agrees not unreasonably to withhold. If the movement of such items is required to be done by persons holding a Master’s Rigger’s License, then all such work shall be done in full compliance with the Administrative Code of the City of New York and other municipal requirements. Except in connection with Tenant’s initial move-in to the Demised Premises, but subject to Section 2.01 hereof and Article 13 hereof, all such movements shall be made during hours which will minimize interference with the normal operations of the Building, and all damage caused by such movement shall be promptly repaired by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Unless installed in connection with an approved Tenant Change, Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Demised Premises which exceeds the load per square foot which such floor was designed in accordance with the Building Criteria to carry and which is allowed by Legal Requirements.

43.02 In the event that an excavation or any construction should be made for Building or other purposes upon land adjacent to the Real Property, or should be authorized to be made, Tenant shall, upon reasonable prior notice, if necessary, afford to the person or persons causing or authorized to cause such excavation or construction or other purpose, the right to enter upon the Demised Premises for the purpose of doing such work as shall reasonably be necessary to protect or preserve the wall or walls of the Unit, or the Building, from injury or damage and to support them by proper foundations, pinning and/or underpinning, or otherwise, provided that any disturbed areas of the Demised Premises are promptly restored to substantially their prior condition.

 

137

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

43.03 Each of Landlord and Tenant waives the right to trial by jury in any summary proceeding that may hereafter be instituted against such party or generally in any action that may be brought hereunder, provided such waiver is not prohibited by law. Tenant shall not interpose any counterclaim in any summary proceeding, except for compulsory counterclaims.

43.04 In the event of any dispute between Landlord and Tenant in any way related to this Lease, and whether involving contract and/or tort claims, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, the non-prevailing party shall pay to the prevailing party all reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, without restriction by statute, court rule or otherwise, incurred by the prevailing party in connection with any action or proceeding (including any appeal and the enforcement of any judgment or award), whether or not the dispute is litigated or prosecuted to final judgment. The “prevailing party” shall be determined based upon an independent assessment of which party’s major arguments or positions taken in the action or proceeding could fairly be said to have prevailed (whether by compromise, settlement, abandonment by the other party of its claim or defense, final decision, after any appeals, or otherwise) over the other party’s major arguments or positions on major disputed issues. Any such fees incurred in enforcing a judgment shall be recoverable separately from any other amount included in the judgment and shall survive and not be merged in the judgment.

43.05 The failure of Landlord or Tenant to seek redress for violation of, or to insist upon the strict performance of, any covenant or condition of this Lease, or, as applicable, any of the Rules and Regulations attached hereto or hereafter adopted by Landlord, shall not prevent a subsequent act, which would have originally constituted a violation, from having all the force and effect of an original violation. No employee of Landlord or of Landlord’s agents shall have any power to accept the keys of the Demised Premises prior to the termination of this Lease. The delivery of keys to any employee of Landlord or of Landlord’s agent shall not operate as a termination of this Lease or a surrender of the Demised Premises. The receipt or acceptance by Landlord, or payment by Tenant, of rent with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach. No provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord or Tenant unless such waiver be in writing signed by such party. No endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as rent shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such rent or pursue any other remedy in this Lease provided.

43.06 This Lease with its exhibits and schedules contain the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior agreements written or oral, all of which are merged herein. Any executory agreement hereafter made between Landlord and Tenant shall be ineffective to change, modify, waive, release, discharge, terminate or effect an abandonment of this Lease, in whole or in part, unless such executory agreement is signed by the parties hereto. This Lease may not be orally waived, terminated, changed or modified.

43.07 The captions of Articles in this Lease and its Table of Contents and Index are inserted only as a convenience and for reference and they in no way define, limit or describe the scope of this Lease or the intent of any provision thereof. References to Articles and Sections are to those in this Lease unless otherwise noted.

43.08 If any term, covenant, condition or provision of this Lease or the application thereof to any circumstance or to any Person shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remaining terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease or the application thereof to any circumstances or to any Person other than those as to which any term, covenant, condition or provision is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby and each remaining term, covenant, condition and provision of this Lease shall be valid and shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirements and/or Insurance Requirements.

 

138

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

43.09 No vault or cellar not within the property line of the Building is leased hereunder, anything to the contrary indicated elsewhere in this Lease notwithstanding.

43.10 Each of the schedules and exhibits appended to this Lease is incorporated by reference herein as if set out in full herein. If, and to the extent that, any of the provisions of this Lease conflict, or are otherwise inconsistent, with any of the schedules and exhibits appended to this Lease, then, whether or not such inconsistency is expressly noted in this Lease, the provisions of this Lease shall (unless a specific provision of this Lease or of any such schedule or exhibit provides to the contrary) prevail.

43.11 Tenant shall not use nor shall Tenant permit any Tenant Entity to use the name or likeness of the Building in any advertising (by whatever medium) without Landlord’s prior consent (not to be unreasonably withheld); provided , however , that Tenant may use the name and address of the Building on its stationary and in advertisements for identification purposes only.

43.12 Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant to the other that (a) this Lease (i) has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such party and (ii) constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such party and (b) the execution and delivery of this Lease is not prohibited by, nor does it conflict with, or constitute a default under, any agreement or instrument to which such party may be bound or any Legal Requirements applicable to such party.

43.13 Landlord and Tenant each hereby (a) irrevocably consents and submits to the jurisdiction of any Federal, state, county or municipal court sitting in the State of New York in respect to any action or proceeding concerning any matters arising out of or in any way relating to this Lease; (b) irrevocably waives all objections as to venue and any and all rights it may have to seek a change of venue with respect to any such action or proceedings if the same is brought in New York City; (c) agrees that this Lease and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be governed by and construed, and all actions, proceedings and all controversies and disputes arising under or of or relating to this Lease shall be resolved in accordance with the internal substantive laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be wholly performed with the State of New York, (d) waives any defense to any action or proceeding granted by the laws of any other country or jurisdiction unless such defense is also allowed by the laws of the State of New York and (e) agrees that any final judgment rendered against it in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in any other jurisdiction by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Landlord and Tenant further agree that any action or proceeding in respect to any matters arising out of or in any way relating to this Lease shall be brought only in the State of New York, County of New York.

43.14 Any disclosure of the terms of this Lease shall be subject to any non-public pre-notification requirements imposed by the ESDC and/or the EDC.

43.15 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, it is to be strictly understood and agreed that (a) the submission by Landlord to Tenant and by Tenant to Landlord of any drafts of this Lease or any correspondence with respect thereto shall (i) be deemed submission solely for Tenant’s or Landlord’s as applicable, consideration and not for acceptance and execution, (ii) have no binding force or effect, (iii) not constitute (A) an option for the leasing of the Premises or a lease or conveyance of the Premises by Landlord to Tenant or (B) a counteroffer for the leasing of the Premises or any acceptance of the Premises by Tenant and (iv) not confer upon Tenant or any other party any title or estate in the

 

139

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Premises, (b) the terms and conditions of this Lease shall not be binding upon either party hereto in any way unless and until it is unconditionally executed and delivered by both parties in their respective sole and absolute discretion, and all other conditions precedent to the effectiveness thereof shall have been fulfilled or waived, and (c) if this Lease and other agreements are not so executed and delivered for any reason whatsoever (including either party’s willful or other refusal to do so or bad faith), neither party shall be liable to the other with respect to this Lease on account of any written or oral representations or negotiations, or drafts, comments or correspondence between the parties or their respective agents or representatives on any legal or equitable theory (including part performance, promissory estoppel, undue enrichment, detrimental reliance, fraud, breach of good faith negotiation obligation or otherwise).

43.16 A. Tenant and Landlord each represents and warrants to other that (i) it and each Affiliate or Principal directly or indirectly owning an interest in it is not a Prohibited Entity, (ii) none of the funds or other assets of it constitute property of, or are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by, any Person on the List, (iii) no Person on the List has any interest of any nature whatsoever in it (whether directly or indirectly), (iv) none of its funds have been derived from any unlawful activity with the result that the investment in it is prohibited by law or that this Lease is in violation of law, and (v) it has implemented procedures, and will consistently apply those procedures, to ensure the foregoing representations and warranties remain true and correct at all times.

B. Tenant and Landlord each covenants and agrees (i) to comply with all Legal Requirements relating to money laundering, anti-terrorism, trade embargos and economic sanctions, now or hereafter in effect, (ii) to immediately notify the other in writing if any of the representations, warranties or covenants set forth in this Section are no longer true or have been breached or if it has a reasonable basis to believe that they may no longer be true or have been breached, (iii) not to use funds from any Person on the List to make any payment due to Landlord under this Lease and (iv) at the request of the other, to provide such information as may be reasonably requested by Landlord or Tenant to determine the other’s compliance with the terms hereof.

C. Landlord and Tenant each hereby acknowledge and agree that inclusion on the List of the other party or any Affiliate or Principal of such party at any time during this Lease Term shall be a material default of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, including Tenant’s rights under Article 8, Tenant shall not permit the Premises or any portion thereof to be used or occupied by any Person on the List (on a permanent, temporary or transient basis), and any such use or occupancy of the Premises by any such Person shall be a material default of this Lease.

43.17 This Lease may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. Any signature page to any counterpart may be detached from such counterpart without impairing the legal effect of the signatures thereon and thereafter attached to another counterpart identical thereto except having attached to it additional signature pages.

[end of Agreement, signatures follow on the next page.]

 

140

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have respectively signed and sealed this Lease as of the date first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

 

FC EIGHTH AVE., LLC

a Delaware limited liability company

 

By:   FC 42 Hotel LLC,

         a Delaware limited liability company, its managing member

By:   FCDT Corp., a New York corporation, its managing member

By: /s/ [Illegible]

Name: [Illegible]

Title: [Sr. Vice President]

 

TENANT:

 

MARKIT NORTH AMERICA, INC. a Delaware corporation

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

141

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have respectively signed and sealed this Lease as of the date first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

 

FC EIGHTH AVE., LLC

a Delaware limited liability company

 

By:   FC 42 Hotel LLC,

         a Delaware limited liability company, its managing member

By:   FCDT Corp., a New York corporation, its managing member

        By:    
      Name:
      Title:

TENANT:

 

MARKIT NORTH AMERICA, INC.

a Delaware corporation

 

By: /s/ Lance Uggla

Name: Lance Uggla

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ First Amendment ”), is dated as of the 18 th day of July 2012 and is by and between FC EIGHTH AVE., LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, having an office c/o Forest City Ratner Companies, One Metrotech Center, Brooklyn, New York 11201 (hereinafter referred to as “ Landlord ”) and MARKIT NORTH AMERICA, INC. , a Delaware corporation, having an address at 360 Hamilton Avenue, 2 nd Floor, White Plains, New York (hereinafter referred to as “ Tenant ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant are parties (the “ Parties ”) to that certain Lease dated as of the 18 th day of October, 2007 (the “ Lease ”), demising approximately 31,753 Rentable Square Feet representing the entire rentable portion of the 35 th floor (the “ Demised Premises ”) of the building known as “ The New York Times Building ” located at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York (the “ Building ”); and

WHEREAS, Tenant desires to expand the Demised Premises, and Landlord is willing to permit Tenant to so expand the Demised Premises, on the terms and conditions as hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of One and 00/100 Dollars ($1.00) and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and legal sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Capitalized Terms : Capitalized terms used but not defined in this First Amendment shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in the Lease.

 

2. Effective Date : Subject to the terms hereof, this First Amendment shall be effective as of the date hereof (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

3. Existing Demised Premises : Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that pursuant to the Lease, Landlord currently leases to Tenant and Tenant currently leases from Landlord those Demised Premises (the “ Existing Demised Premises ”) consisting of 31,753 Rentable Square Feet (RSF).

 

4. Expansion of the Premises : The Parties agree to expand the Demised Premises by approximately 9,990 RSF of space on the 38th floor of the Building, in two (2) phases, as follows:

Phase I Expansion :

 

  (a) 38C Premises: Shall mean that certain space located on the 38th floor of the Building commonly known as Suite C and currently leased to SJP TS, LLC (“ SJP ”), as outlined on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto and made a part hereof) and hereafter referred to as the “ 38C Premises .” 38C Premises Square Footage : Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge that the 38C Premises contains approximately 3,536 Rentable Square Feet.

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (b) Delivery Date of the 38C Premises : Shall mean the date upon which SJP shall actually surrender, vacate and deliver the 38C Premises to Landlord in accordance with the terms and conditions of the SJP Lease and that certain Lease Termination Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the “ SJP Lease Termination Agreement ”) and Landlord shall deliver possession of the 38C Premise to Tenant. The Parties further acknowledge that the Delivery Date referred to herein shall also be deemed the “ 38C Commencement Date .”

 

  (c) Phase I Total Rentable Square Feet : Effective upon the 38C Commencement Date: (i) the Demised Premises shall be increased to include the 38C Premises and shall thereby increase the total number of Rentable Square Feet leased by Tenant in the Building to approximately 35,289 Rentable Square Feet (the “ Phase I Expansion Premises ”); and except as hereinafter provided (i) all subsequent references to the “Premises” or “Demised Premises” shall mean and refer to the Phase I Expansion Premises for all purposes under the Lease.

 

  (d) SJP Lease Termination Agreement : Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall have no rights under the SJP Lease Termination Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise; Landlord shall not be in any way obligated to enforce the SJP Lease Termination Agreement (specifically or otherwise); and Landlord’s obligation to deliver and lease to Tenant, and Tenant’s right and obligation to take possession and lease the 38C Premises in accordance with this First Amendment is expressly conditioned upon SJP’s full performance under the SJP Lease Termination Agreement (including, without limitation, the obligation of SJP to pay to Landlord the Termination Fee (as defined in the SJP Lease Termination Agreement), as the same may be adjusted in accordance with the terms of such SJP Lease Termination Agreement.

Phase II Expansion:

 

  (e) 38D Premises . Shall mean that certain space located on the 38 th floor of the Building commonly known as Suite D and currently leased to Athena Capital Research LLC (“ Athena ”), as outlined on Exhibit A-2 (attached hereto and made a part hereof) and hereafter referred to as the “ 38D Premises .”

 

  (f) 38D Premises Square Footage : Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge that the 38D Premises contains approximately 6,454 Rentable Square Feet.

 

  (g) Delivery Date of the 38D Premises : Shall mean the date which is the later to occur of: (i) November 1, 2012 and (i) the date upon which Athena shall actually surrender, vacate and deliver the 38D Premises to Landlord in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Athena lease agreement. The Parties further acknowledge that the Delivery Date referred to herein shall also be deemed the “ 38D Commencement Date .”

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (h) Phase II Total Rentable Square Feet : Effective upon the 38D Commencement Date: (i) the Demised Premises, as previously expanded pursuant to the Phase I Expansion above referenced, shall be increased to include the 38D Premises, thereby increasing the total number of Rentable Square Feet leased by Tenant in the Building to approximately 41,743 Rentable Square Feet (the “ Expanded Demised Premises ”); and except as hereinafter provided (i) all subsequent references to the “Premises” or the “Demised Premises” shall mean and refer, for all purposes under the Lease, to the total Expanded Demised Premises as per the Phase I and Phase II Expansions.

 

  (i) The Expansion Premises : Shall mean the 38C Premises (3,536 RSF) together with the 38D Premises (6,454 RSF).

 

5. Term for the Expansion Premises :

 

  (a) 38C Term : The Term shall commence on the 38C Commencement Date and shall expire on August 31, 2014.

 

  (b) 38D Term : The Term shall commence on the 38D Commencement Date and shall expire on August 31, 2014.

 

  (c) Expansion Premises Expiration Date : Shall mean August 31, 2014.

 

  (d) Commencement Date Agreements : Landlord and Tenant agree to execute further mutually agreeable instruments confirming the 38C Commencement Date and the 38D Commencement Date, but the failure to execute any such further instruments shall not in any way relieve Tenant of its liability under this First Amendment of Lease with respect to the Expansion Premises to the extent it has taken possession of same.

 

  (e) Option to Extend : The 38C Term and 38D Term are subject to extension in accordance with the term of Section 14 hereof.

 

6. Delivery of the Expansion Premises :

 

  (a) Except as otherwise expressly set forth in the last sentence of this Section 6 , Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that:

 

  (i) Tenant shall accept the Expansion Premises from Landlord in its “AS-IS” condition on the 38C Commencement Date and the 38D Commencement Date, as applicable;

 

  (ii) Landlord shall have no obligation to perform any work or provide any work allowance or services in or to the Expansion Premises, or any part thereof, in order to prepare the same for occupancy by Tenant;

 

  (iii) Landlord has not made and does not make any representations or warranties with respect to the Expansion Premises, nor any part thereof;

 

  (iv) any and all work or other improvements constructed in or to the Expansion Premises shall constitute “Tenant Changes” subject to the terms and conditions of and performed pursuant to Article 13 and all other applicable provisions of the Lease; and

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (v) notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or the Lease, and notwithstanding that Landlord has approved any of the following as “Tenant Changes” pursuant to the Lease, in the event that Tenant performs any specialty alterations in the Expansion Premises which result in an increase in the maximum authorized occupancy of the Expansion Premises pursuant to a new or amended certificate of occupancy, Tenant is fully responsible for and, at the election of Landlord, shall be obligated to perform all alterations (and cover all cost and expense in connection therewith) required to restore the Expansion Premises to its original condition such that the certificate of occupancy for the Expansion Premises reverts back to its original maximum authorized occupancy as of the Effective Date.

 

  (b) If for any reason Landlord is unable to deliver possession of either the 38C Premises or the 38D Premises, this First Amendment shall not be void or voidable, nor shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any damage resulting from Landlord’s inability to deliver such possession, provided, Tenant shall not be required to pay any rent as called for hereunder or under the Lease with respect to the applicable Expansion Premises until such Expansion Premises is so delivered.

 

  (c) Furthermore, any failure of Landlord to deliver the 38C Premises or the 38D Premises to Tenant shall not affect in any way Tenant’s obligation to take possession of the other Expansion Premises, and such obligations are independent of each other in all respects.

 

  (d) In the event Landlord is unable to deliver either the 38C Premises or the 38D Premises, then the terms and conditions of this First Amendment shall continue in full force and effect with respect solely to the Expansion Premises delivered by Landlord hereunder, and Landlord and Tenant agree to enter into a further amendment to the Lease to reflect which Expansion Premises has been so delivered or not delivered, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Landlord has been unable to deliver to Tenant the 38D Premises by January 31, 2013, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate its obligations under this First Amendment solely with respect to the 38D Premises, by delivery of written notice to Landlord of the same no later than February 10, 2013. In the event Tenant shall fail to deliver such written notice, then Tenant’s obligations with respect to accepting possession and leasing of the 38D Premises from Landlord and the terms of this First Amendment with respect to the 38D Premises shall remain in full force and effect. In the event that Landlord has been unable to not previously exercised its right to terminate the Lease pursuant to this Section 6(d) ), then the terms and conditions of this First Amendment shall terminate as to the 38D Premises, and the parties shall have no further obligations hereunder with respect thereto.

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (e) Tenant expressly (i) waives any right to rescind the Lease under Section 223-(a) of the New York Real Property Law or under any present or future statute of similar import then in force and (ii) waives the right to recover any damages, direct or indirect, which result from Landlord’s failure to (x) deliver possession of the Expansion Premises, or any part thereof, or (y) to grant access to the Expansion Premises, or any part thereof, prior to the 38C Commencement Date or the 38D Commencement Date, as applicable.

 

  (f) Tenant agrees that the provisions of this Section 6 are intended to constitute “an express provision to the contrary” within the meaning of said Section 223-(a).

 

  (g) Landlord agrees that the Expansion Premises, on the 38C Commencement Date and the 38D Commencement Date, as applicable, shall comply with applicable building codes and life safety laws (local law 5) consistent with the terms and conditions of the Lease.

 

7. Fixed Rent for the Expansion Premises : Subject to the terms of Section 8 and Section 9 below, Tenant covenants and agrees to pay to Landlord fixed minimum rent (“ Fixed Rent ”) in lawful money of the United States as follows:

 

  (a) with respect to the 38C Premises and during the 38C Term (except as provided below), the amount of $******* per annum , payable in equal monthly installments of $*******;

 

  (b) with respect to the 38D Premises and during the 38D Term, the amount of $******* per annum , payable in equal monthly installments of $*******; and

 

  (c) Payments of Fixed Rent, Tenant’s Tax Payment, Tenant’s Operating Expense Payment or Tenant’s BID Payment shall be proportioned for any partial months occurring during the 38C Term and the 38D Term, as applicable.

 

8.

38C Premises Rent or Interim Term : Notwithstanding the foregoing and subject to the following, within three (3) business days of the later to occur of (i) Landlord’s delivery of a fully executed copy of this Amendment and (ii) Landlord’s delivery of the 38C Premises to Tenant, Tenant shall pay Landlord the lump-sum amount of $******* (the “ 38C Initial Rent Payment ”) for the period commencing on the 38C Commencement Date and continuing through October 31, 2012 (the “ 38C Interim Term ”). During such 38C Interim Term, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay, solely with respect to the 38C Premises , any additional amounts with respect to Fixed Rent, Tenant’s Tax Payment, Tenant’s Operating Expense Payment or Tenant’s BTD Payment. Except for the foregoing payments of Fixed Rent, Tenant’s Tax Payment, Tenant’s Operating Expense remain obligated during the 38C Interim Term to pay all Rent, Additional Rent and other charges payable by Tenant in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease with respect to the Existing Demised Premises and 38C Premises, including, without limitation, the cost of electricity pursuant to Article 7 of the Lease (which is sub-metered and will be billed at actual cost without any premium or administrative markup). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the 38C Premises Commencement Date shall not occur by July 20, 2012, and Tenant has delivered the insurance certificates with

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  respect to the Expansion Premises as required hereunder, then the amount of the 38C Interim Payment shall be reduced by $***** for each day from July 20, 2012 until the date when the 38C Premises is delivered to Tenant. Payment of the 38C Interim Payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available federal funds to an account designated by Landlord pursuant to separate instructions to Tenant (which may be by electronic mail to Colin Walker (colin.walker@markit.com) and Joan Simari (Joan.Simari@markitserv.com)).

 

9. Expansion Premises Rent Abatement : Provided that Tenant is not otherwise in monetary or non-monetary default under the Lease, beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure period, and solely with respect to the Expansion Premises, monthly payments of Fixed Rent shall be fully abated for the period commencing on November 1, 2012 and continuing through February 28, 2013 (the “ Expansion Premises Abatement Period ”). In the event that the 38D Commencement Date shall occur later than November 1, 2012, then the Expansion Premises Abatement Period shall not be modified, but Tenant shall be issued a credit towards payments of Fixed Rent accruing after the Expansion Premises Abatement Period in the amount of Fixed Rent that would have otherwise abated hereunder from November 1, 2012 to the date when the 38D Commencement Date shall have actually occurred. Except for the foregoing payments of Fixed Rent with respect to the Expansion Premises only, Tenant shall remain obligated during the Expansion Premises Abatement Period to pay all Rent, Additional Rent and other charges payable by Tenant in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease with respect to the Existing Demised Premises and the Expansion Premises.

 

10. Tenant’s Proportionate Tax Share : Tenant’s Proportionate Tax Share shall continue to be calculated in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Lease. For the avoidance of doubt:

 

  (a) as of the 38C Commencement Date, and solely with respect to the 38C Premises, Tenant’s Proportionate Tax Share shall equal .503%;

 

  (b) as of the 38D Commencement Date, and solely with respect to the 38D Premises, Tenant’s Proportionate Tax Share shall equal .930%; and

 

  (c) upon Tenant taking possession of each of the 38C Premises and the 38D Premises, Tenant’s Proportionate Tax Share for the entirety of the 38C Premises, the 38D Premises and the Existing Demised Premises shall equal 5.946%.

 

11. Revisions to Base Year : Solely as it relates to the Expansion Premises, as applicable, for purposes of calculating Tenant’s Tax Payment pursuant to Section 4.02(B) of the Lease, the Tax Base Year shall be calendar year 2013.

 

12.

Tenant’s BID Payment : In accordance with Section 4.02 of the Lease, solely with respect to the Expansion Premises, Tenant shall commence payment of BID Payments on November 1, 2012. In the event that the 38D Commencement Date shall occur later than November 1, 2012, then Tenant shall remain obligated to make the BID Payments with respect to the entire Expansion Premises, but Tenant shall be issued a credit towards the next installment of BID Payments immediately following the 38D Commencement Date

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  in an amount equal to the BID Payments made with respect to the 38D Premises for the period from November 1, 2012 to the date when the 38D Commencement Date shall have actually occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Tenant shall have the right, and shall elect, to terminate its obligations with respect to the 38D Premises pursuant to Section 6(d) , then Landlord shall refund all BID Payments made with respect thereto within five (5) business days of receipt of notice of such termination by Tenant and the request therefor.

 

13. Payments in Lieu of Operating Expenses for the Expansion Premises .

 

  (a) For purposes of this First Amendment, “ OP Year ” shall initially mean the calendar year 2013 (the “ OP Base Year ”), and thereafter each calendar year occurring during the 38C Term and 38D Term (as applicable), including during the Expansion Extension Term. Solely with respect to the Expansion Premises, the terms of Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05 and 4.06 of the Lease shall not apply, and for each OP Year after the OP Base Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent, an annual operating expense escalation payment in lieu of Tenant’s Operating Expense Payment (“ PILOOPEX ”) equal to the product of (i) the PILOOPEX Base Year Amount and (ii) the increase in the CPI since the OP Base Year. For purposes of this Section 13 the “ PILOOPEX Base Year Amount ” for (A) the 38C Premises shall equal *************************** *********************************************** and (B) the 38D Premises shall equal ******************** **************************** ******************************************. By way of example only , if the CPI increased by three percent (3%) each year during the Expansion Premises Term (and the Expansion Premises Extension Term), then the annual PILOOPEX payment due from Tenant for each OP Year would be as follows:

 

OP Year

   Amount of PILOOPEX (38C)   Amount of PILOOPEX (38D)

1 (2013)

   $****   $****

2 (2014)

   $*******   $*******

3 (2015)

   $*******   $*******

4 (2016)

   $*******   $*******

5 (2017)

   $*******   $*******

6 (2018)

   $*******   $*******

 

  (b) PILOOPEX shall be due and payable, together with Fixed Rent due hereunder, in equal monthly installments in advance on the first (1 st ) day of each month of the Term commencing with the first day of the second OP Year (January 2014).

 

  (c) Tenant’s liability under this Section 13 with respect to (i) the OP Year in which Tenant is first obligated to make a PILOOPEX payment hereunder and (ii) the OP Year in which the 38C Term or 38D Term shall expire or terminate (except on account of Tenant’s default), as applicable, in either event shall be computed on a pro rata basis based on the actual number of days in the period for which a PILOOPEX payment is payable hereunder.

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (d) In no event shall the Fixed Rent ever be reduced by operation of this Section 13 . The provisions of this Section 13 shall survive the expiration or termination of the Lease.

 

  (e) Wherever in the Lease there is a reference to “Tenant’s Operating Expense Payment”, then solely with respect to the Expansion Premises, as applicable, such reference shall be deemed to refer to the payment of PILOOPEX hereunder.

 

14. Option to Extend the Term of the Expansion Premises; Must-Take Premises :

 

  (a) Subject to the terms hereof, Tenant is hereby granted an option to extend the Term of the Expansion Premises (the “ Expansion Extension Option ”) for one (1) period, commencing as of the day immediately following the Expansion Premises Expiration Date (the “ Expansion Extension Commencement Date ”) and continuing through August 31, 2018 (the “ Expansion Extension Term ”), provided Tenant shall notify Landlord, in writing, no less than six (6) months prior to the Expansion Expiration Date , of Tenant’s intention to exercise such option (the “ Expansion Extension Notice ”), and provided further that at the time of said Expansion Extension Notice, as well as of the Expansion Extension Commencement Date, Tenant has fully complied with the terms and conditions of the Lease and the Expansion Extension Threshold Conditions (the “ Threshold Conditions ”) cited below:

 

  (b) For purposes of this First Amendment, the Threshold Conditions shall mean the following:

 

  (i) Tenant is leasing the entire Expanded Demised Premises directly from Landlord;

 

  (ii) Tenant Entities are in actual occupancy ( i.e. , exclusive of assignees, subtenants or other occupants which are not Tenant Entities) of at least eighty percent (80%) of the Rentable Square Feet of the Expanded Demised Premises;

 

  (iii) there shall be no monetary default or non-monetary default by Tenant under the Lease, beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or cure periods, if any; and

 

  (iv) Tenant must exercise the Expansion Extension Option with respect to the entirety of the Expansion Premises (not just with respect to the individual 38C Premises or 38D Premises).

If all of the Threshold Conditions are not satisfied, either as of the date of the Expansion Extension Notice or on the intended Expansion Extension Commencement Date, then, unless Landlord waives compliance with same (in its sole and absolute discretion): (A) the Expansion Extension Notice shall be null

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

and void and of no force or effect; (B) Tenant shall be deemed to have irrevocably waived any rights pursuant to this Section 14 ; (C) this Section 14 shall be null and void and of no further force or effect and (D) Tenant agrees upon request of Landlord to confirm such non-exercise in writing, but failure to do so by Tenant shall not operate to waive, cure or reinstate any rights of Tenant under this Section 14 .

 

  (c) If exercised, the Expansion Extension Option, shall be upon the same terms and conditions of the Lease, except that (i) the annual Fixed Rent during the Expansion Premises Extension Term shall be an amount equal to the greater of (A) the annual Fixed Rent for the year immediately preceding the Expansion Premises Extension Term and (B) 100% of the then fair market rental value of the Expansion Premises, determined as of the Expansion Extension Commencement Date; (ii) the Premises shall be delivered in its then “AS IS” condition and (iii) Landlord shall not be required to do any work to or in the Expansion Premises or provide any work allowance or free rent period or concession in connection with Tenant’s continued occupancy of the Expansion Premises.

 

  (d) The Parties expressly acknowledge and agree that this First Amendment contains no additional extension options other than the Expansion Premises Extension Option.

 

  (e)

Landlord and Tenant shall agree in writing as to the amount of such fair market rental value for the Expansion Premises, taking into consideration all then relevant factors. If Landlord and Tenant shall not agree as to such fair market rental value by the date which is three (3) months prior to the Expansion Expiration Date, then each of Landlord and Tenant, by no later than two (2) months prior to the Expansion Expiration Date, shall meet and exchange notices setting forth (i) the annual fair market rental value that such party believes is the basis for the Fixed Rent which should be paid by Tenant for the Expansion Premises during the Expansion Extension Term (which annual fair market rental value may differ from any terms previously proposed by the parties) and (ii) the name and address of an arbitrator designated by such party meeting the standards therefor set forth in Article 42 of the Lease, and in such event said annual fair market rental value (unless Landlord and Tenant shall each propose the same amount therefor) shall be determined in arbitration in accordance with Article 42 of the Lease. If on the Expansion Extension Commencement Date, the amount of Fixed Rent payable during the Expansion Extension Term in accordance with this Section 14(d) shall not have been determined, then pending such determination, Tenant shall pay Fixed Rent at the rate which is the average of the rates proposed by Landlord and Tenant in their respective arbitration notices (the “ Expansion Extension Temporary Rate ”). After the determination of the amount of Fixed Rent payable during the Expansion Extension Term as set forth above, if such rental value is greater or less than the Expansion Extension Temporary Rate, Landlord shall promptly pay to Tenant the excess of the Expansion Extension Temporary Rate over (or Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord the shortfall of the Expansion Extension Temporary Rate below) the

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  fair market rental value determined as provided herein, together with interest at the Prime Rate on the amount so paid; and the Fixed Rent as so determined shall be payable during the Expansion Extension Term. Upon determination of the Fixed Rent as set forth above, Landlord and Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to each other an agreement specifying the amount of the Fixed Rent for the Expansion Extension Term (but any failure to execute such an agreement shall not affect Tenant’s obligation to pay and Landlord’s right to receive such Fixed Rent). Any termination, cancellation or surrender of the Lease shall terminate any rights of Tenant under this Section 14 .

 

  (f) Within fifteen (15) days following Tenant’s delivery of the Expansion Extension Notice, Landlord shall provide written notice to Tenant (the “ Must Take Notice ”) indicating that, as an additional condition to Tenant’s exercising the Expansion Extension Option, Tenant shall lease that certain office space located in the northern portion of Suite E of the 381 floor, consisting of approximately 6,000 Rentable Square Feet, as outlined on Exhibit A-3 attached hereto (the “ Must Take Premises ”), on the same terms and conditions as the Expansion Extension Option for the Expansion Premises (including, without limitation, Section 14(c) . The Tax Base Year and the OP Base Year for the Must Take Premises shall be 2014.

 

  (g) If Landlord shall deliver the Must Take Notice, then Tenant shall within fifteen (15) days notify Landlord if it agrees to lease the Must Take Premises in accordance with the foregoing.

 

  (h) If Tenant shall elect to lease the Must Take Premises, then the Must Take Premises shall become part of the Expanded Demised Premises on the Expansion Extension Commencement Date.

 

  (i) In the event that Tenant shall elect not to lease the Must Take Premises, then (i) the Expansion Extension Option shall be null and void; (ii) Tenant shall surrender the Expansion Premises on the Expansion Expiration Date in accordance with Article 22 of the Lease; (iii) the Lease shall terminate with respect to the Expansion Premises, and (iv) the Parties shall be released from their obligations under the Lease with respect to the Expansion Premises, except for those provisions in the Lease which are expressly stated to survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of the Lease. If Tenant shall fail to respond to the Must Take Notice, Tenant shall be deemed to have elected not to lease the Must Take Premises.

 

  (j)

In the event that Tenant shall elect to lease the Must Take Premises, on or prior to the Expansion Extension Commencement Date, Landlord and Tenant agree to enter into a mutually agreeable amendment to the Lease setting forth: (i) the final square footage of the Must Take Premises, as reasonably determined by Landlord; (ii) adjustments to Tenant’s Proportionate Tax Share as a result of the addition of the Must Take Premises; (iii) the determination of PILOOPEX for the OP Base Year for the Must Take Premises (which OP Base Year shall be the calendar year during which the Expansion Extension Commencement Date shall

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  occur); (iv) if it has been determined pursuant to Section 14(d) above , the fair market rental value for the Expansion Premises and, the Must Take Premises and (v) such other terms and conditions reasonably and customarily required to evidence the addition of the Must Take Premises to the Expanded Demised Premises, provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of Landlord and Tenant to enter into the foregoing amendment shall not affect the obligation of Tenant to accept possession of the Must Take Premises on the Expansion Extension Commencement Date and fulfill all obligations of the Lease with respect thereto, including, without limitation, the obligation to pay Rent.

 

15. Insurance :

 

  (a) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, either prior to or contemporaneously with the execution of this First Amendment:

 

  (i) evidence that Tenant is insured for the 38C Expansion Premises, in compliance with the minimum requirements set forth in Article 16 of the Lease, including comprehensive general public liability and property damage coverage in an amount of not less than $5,000,000 for injury (or death) and damage to property; and

 

  (ii) evidence of inclusion of all the entities listed on Exhibit B attached hereto as Additional Insureds under Tenant’s Policy.

 

  (b) Tenant shall deliver the foregoing evidence of insurance with respect to the 38D Expansion Premises prior to the 38D Expansion Premises Commencement Date.

 

  (c) Tenant shall provide, or shall cause evidence of appropriate annual renewals of insurance to be provided to Landlord on an automatic basis, with respect to the entire Demised Premises being occupied at the time of said renewals.

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (d) If and when applicable, and prior to the Expansion Extension Commencement Date, Tenant shall provide evidence of proper insurance with respect to the Must Take Premises in compliance with the provisions of Article 16.

 

16. Fiber Optic Cable Access : Landlord agrees that Tenant may install one (1) 2-inch conduit sleeve in the Building floor slabs running from the 35th to the 38th floor within the Data Closet. The sleeve shall be used exclusively by Tenant solely for the purpose of installing fiber optic cable to connect the Existing Demised Premises on the 35th floor to the Expansion Premises. The sleeve shall be installed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and shall be performed and subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Lease, including, without limitation, Article 13 with respect to Tenant Changes. Tenant may utilize this sleeve for only as long as the Tenant’s Existing Demised Premises on the entire 35th floor and either the 38C Premises or 38D Premises are validly and continuously leased to Tenant, and Tenant shall remove any fiber optic cables and fire-stop the sleeve at each floor of the Building when the right to use the sleeve expires.

 

17. Brokerage :

 

  (a) Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant to the other that it has dealt with, and only with, CBRE, on behalf of Landlord, and Studley, Inc., on behalf of Tenant (collectively, the “ Brokers ”) in connection with this First Amendment, and that no other broker negotiated this First Amendment or is entitled to any fee or brokerage commission in connection herewith.

 

  (b) Landlord and Tenant shall each indemnify, defend and save the other harmless from and against all loss, cost, damage, liability and expense (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred in connection with claims for fees or brokerage commissions from anyone other than the Brokers with whom such party has dealt in connection with the Demised Premises and this First Amendment.

 

  (c) Notwithstanding that Tenant’s Lease did not contain any rights of expansion, Landlord has agreed to and shall remit any applicable brokerage commissions that may be due the Brokers with respect to this First Amendment pursuant to separate written agreements between Landlord and the Brokers.

 

  (d) The respective covenants, representations and agreements of Landlord and Tenant set forth herein shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

 

18. Notices :

 

  (a) Article 24 of the Lease is herein amended by deleting Section 24.01 in its entirety and substituting the following in its place and stead:

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Any notice, statement, demand, consent, approval or other communication required or permitted to be given, rendered or made by either party pursuant to this Lease or pursuant to any Legal Requirement (collectively “Notices”) shall be in writing (whether or not so stated elsewhere in this Lease) and shall be deemed to have been properly given, rendered or made only if sent by (i) Federal Express or other reputable overnight mail courier which obtains a receipt upon delivery or (ii) hand delivery with receipt acknowledged, as follows:

 

To Landlord:    FC Eighth Ave., LLC
   c/o Forest City Ratner Companies, LLC
   One MetroTech Center – 23rd Floor
   Brooklyn, New York 11201
   Attn:     General Counsel
With a copy to:         First New York Management Partners, LLC
   One MetroTech Center – 22 nd Floor
   Brooklyn, New York 11201
   Attn:     Legal Dept.
To Tenant:    Markit North America
   620 Eighth Avenue, 35 th Floor
   New York, New York 10018
   Attn:     General Counsel”

 

  (b) All other terms and conditions contained in Article 24 shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

 

19. No Additional Options : Tenant shall have no further rights of renewal, extension or expansion, except as set forth in the Lease.

 

20. Guaranty : Within ten (10) business days from the 38C Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall cause Markit Group Limited, a limited liability company duly incorporated in England and Wales (“ Guarantor ”), being the Guarantor of the Lease, to deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate with respect to the Guaranty in the form of [ILLEGIBLE] attached hereto (the “ Guarantor Estoppel ”). Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s agreement to cause Guarantor to deliver the Guarantor Estoppel was a material inducement for Landlord to enter into this Amendment, and the failure of the Guarantor to deliver the same within such ten (10) business day period shall constitute a default under the Lease and the Guaranty if Guarantor shall not comply with the foregoing obligation within five (5) business days’ notice from Landlord to Tenant of such failure.

 

21. Survival : The respective covenants, representations and agreement of Landlord and Tenant set forth herein shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, as amended hereby.

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

General Provisions :

 

22. From and after the Effective Date, the Lease shall mean the Lease as amended by this First Amendment.

 

23. Except as expressly set forth herein, all other provisions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Lease and the terms and conditions of this First Amendment, the terms and conditions of this First Amendment shall control.

 

24. This First Amendment may not be changed, amended, modified, waived, discharged or terminated, except by an instrument in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of such change, First Amendment, modification, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

25. This First Amendment constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto respecting the subject matter hereof and there are no other agreements, understandings, undertakings, representations or warranties among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof except as set forth herein.

 

26. This First Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original First Amendment to Lease Agreement, but all of which shall constitute but one and the same First Amendment to Lease Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signatures on Following Page]

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have executed this First Amendment to Lease as of the day and year first above written.

LANDLORD

FC EIGHTH AVE., LLC,

By: FC 42 HOTEL LLC

By: FCDT Corp

By: [/s/ David L. Berliner]

Name: David L. Berliner

Title: Sr. Vice President

LANDLORD

TENANT

MARKIT NORTH AMERICA, a Delaware corporation

By: [/s/ Kevin Gould]

Name: Kevin Gould

Title: President

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

Exhibit 10.35

Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The copy

filed herewith omits the information subject to the confidentiality request.

Omissions are designated as *****. A complete version of this

exhibit has been filed separately with the SEC.

OFFICE LEASE

by and between

TEACHERS INSURANCE AND ANNUITY ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA

(“ Landlord ”)

and

MARKIT WSO CORPORATION

(“ Tenant ”)

Dated as of

                     , 2012

TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
1.   TERM      5   
2.   BASE RENT AND SECURITY DEPOSIT      6   
3.   ADDITIONAL RENT      6   
4.   IMPROVEMENTS AND ALTERATIONS      15   
5.   REPAIRS      17   
6.   USE OF PREMISES      18   
7.   UTILITIES AND SERVICES      20   
8.   NON-LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF LANDLORD; INSURANCE      23   
9.   FIRE OR CASUALTY      26   
10.   EMINENT DOMAIN      27   
11.   ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING      28   
12.   DEFAULT      31   
13.   ACCESS; CONSTRUCTION      36   
14.   BANKRUPTCY      36   
15.   [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.]      37   
16.   SUBORDINATION; ATTORNMENT; ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES      37   
17.   SALE BY LANDLORD; TENANT’S REMEDIES; NONRECOURSE LIABILITY      38   
18.   PARKING; ENTRY CARDS      39   
19.   COMMON AREAS      40   
20.   EXISTING LEASE REIMBURSEMENT      41   
21.   LETTER OF CREDIT      41   
22.   MISCELLANEOUS      45   

 

TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

OFFICE LEASE

THIS OFFICE LEASE (this “ Lease ”) is made between Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America , a New York corporation, for the benefit of its Real Estate Account (“ Landlord ”), and the Tenant described in Item 1 of the Basic Lease Provisions.

LEASE OF PREMISES

Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein, those certain premises (the “ Premises ”) described in Item 3 of the Basic Lease Provisions and as shown in the drawing attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 . The Premises are located in the Building described in Item 2 of the Basic Lease Provisions. The Building is located on that certain land (the “ Land ”) more particularly described on Exhibit A-2 attached hereto, which is also improved with landscaping and other improvements, fixtures and common areas and appurtenances now or hereafter placed, constructed or erected on the Land (sometimes referred to herein as the “ Property ”). The term “ Centre ” shall mean the Building, the Land, the other office buildings, the parking garages and the land, owned by Landlord, located between LBJ Freeway, the Dallas North Tollway, Harvest Hill Lane and Noel Road.

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

 

1.   Tenant:    Markit WSO Corporation, a Texas corporation (“ Tenant ”)
2.   Building:   

Three Lincoln Centre

5430 LBJ Freeway

Dallas, Texas 75240

3.   Description of Premises:    Suite(s): 800 and 900
  Rentable Area:    47,413 square feet of Rentable Area
  Building Size:    537,230 square feet of Rentable Area (subject to Paragraph 19 )
4.   Tenant’s Proportionate Share:    8.83% (47,413 rsf / 537,230 rsf) (See Paragraph 3 )
5.   Base Rent:    (See Paragraph 2 )

 

TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Lease Months    Base Rent per RSF (plus
Electrical Costs)
   Monthly Base Rent (plus
Electrical Costs)

1-24

   $*****    $*********

25-48

   $*****    $*********

49-72

   $*****    $*********

73-96

   $*****    $**********

97-120

   $*****    $**********

121-144

   $*****    $**********

 

6.   Base Rent Installment Payable on the earlier of (a) 5 Business Days Before Tenant Occupies the Premises (except for Early Entry) or (b) the Commencement Date:    $*********
7.   Security Deposit Payable Upon Lease Execution:    $******************* (See Paragraph 2(c) )
8.   Primary Letter of Credit Amount:    $************ (See Paragraph 21)
9.   Additional Security Letter of Credit Amount:    $********** (See Paragraph 21)
10.   Existing Lease Reimbursement    $************ (See Paragraph 20)
11.   Base Year for Operating Expenses:    2012 (See Paragraph 3 )
12.   Initial Term:    One hundred forty-four (144) Lease Months, commencing on the Commencement Date and ending on the last day of the 144th Lease Month. The term “ Lease Month ” means each calendar month during the Term (and if the Commencement Date does not occur on the first day of a calendar month, the period from the Commencement Date to the first day of the next calendar month shall be included in the first Lease Month for purposes of determining the duration of the Term.. (See Paragraph 1 )
13.   Estimated Commencement Date:    September 1, 2012
14.   Estimated Expiration Date:    August 31, 2024
15.   Broker(s) (See Paragraph 19(k) ):   
  Landlord’s Broker:    Cousins Properties Services LLC
  Tenant’s Broker:    CRESA Partners

 

  2   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

16.   Number of Parking Spaces:    Two hundred forty-two (242) total parking spaces [calculated at a rate of 5 spaces per 1,000 square feet of Rentable Area in the Premises], throughout the Initial Term (See Paragraph 18 ). Ninety-five (95) of such spaces will be unreserved spaces, located on the top level of the Centre’s East Garage; seventy-four (74) of such spaces will be unreserved spaces located within the Centre’s East Garage (not limited to the top level), fifty-four (54) of such spaces will be unreserved spaces located in the Centre’s West Garage (“ West Garage Spaces ”), provided, however, five (5) of the West Garage Spaces are terminable by Landlord upon 30 days’ notice to Tenant (all spaces in Centre’s parking garages are “ Garage Spaces ”) and the remaining 19 spaces will be located on the Centre’s surface parking lot. Tenant may convert up to ten (10) unreserved West Garage Spaces to reserved spaces in the Centre’s West parking garage at $** per space per month. The rental for unreserved Garage Spaces ($***** per space per month) and, so long as there is no uncured event of default, the rental for up to five (5) reserved spaces, will be abated during the Initial Term. Upon an Event of Default, then upon notice by Landlord, rental for the Garage Spaces (including the reserved spaces) will commence effective on the date of Tenant’s default.
17.   Addresses for Notices:   
  To: TENANT:    To: LANDLORD:
  Prior to occupancy of the Premises:    Property Management Office:
 

Markit North America, Inc.

Attn: FAO General Counsel

620 8th Avenue, Floor 35

New York, NY 10018

  

Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America for the benefit of its Real Estate Account Attn: Property Manager

5420 LBJ Freeway, Suite 350

Dallas, Texas 75240

 

Following occupancy of the Premises:

at the Premises, Attn: Peter Foster

  
  With a copy to:   
 

Market North America, Inc.

Attn: FAO General Counsel

620 8th Avenue, Floor 35

New York, NY 10018

  
With respect to any default notice, a copy must be sent on the same date and by the same method as sent to Tenant to:    With respect to any default notice, a copy must be sent on the same date and by the same method as sent to Landlord to:

Miller, Egan, Molter & Nelson LLP

Attn: Clay B. Pulliam

4514 Cole Avenue, Suite 1200

Dallas, Texas 75205

  

Munsch Hardt Kopf & Harr, P.C.

Attn: B. Carl Klinke

3800 Lincoln Plaza

500 N. Akard Street

Dallas, Texas 75201-6659

 

  3   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

18.   Address for Payment of Rent:    All payments payable under this Lease shall be sent to Landlord at:
    

TIAA-CREF Lincoln Centre #6239 Collection

P. O. Box 840029

Dallas, Texas 75284

     or to such other address as Landlord may designate in writing.
19.   Guarantor:    N/A
20.   Tenant Improvement Allowance:    Up to $********* (See Exhibit B )
21.   The State:    The State of Texas

This Lease consists of the foregoing introductory paragraphs and Basic Lease Provisions, the provisions of the Standard Lease Provisions (the “ Standard Lease Provisions ”) (consisting of Paragraph 1 through Paragraph 20 which follow) and the following exhibits and addenda, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference:

 

Exhibit A-1    Floor Plan of the Premises
Exhibit A-2    Legal Description of the Property
Exhibit B    Work Letter
Exhibit C    Building Rules and Regulations
Exhibit D    Form Tenant Estoppel Certificate
Exhibit E    Tenant’s Commencement Letter
Exhibit F    Renewal Option
Exhibit G    Right of First Notice
Exhibit H    Janitorial Services
Exhibit I    Signage
Exhibit J    Guaranty
Exhibit K    Letter of Credit

 

  4   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

STANDARD LEASE PROVISIONS

1. TERM

(a) The Initial Term of this Lease and the Rent (defined below) shall commence on the earliest of (i) the date that the Tenant Improvements are Substantially Completed, or (ii) the date the Tenant Improvements would have been Substantially Completed except for Tenant Delays, if any, or (iii) the date that Tenant, or any person with Tenant’s permission, occupies any portion of the Premises, except for Early Entry as defined in Exhibit B (the “ Commencement Date ”). Unless earlier terminated in accordance with the provisions hereof, the Initial Term of this Lease shall be the period shown in Item 9 of the Basic Lease Provisions. As used herein, “ Lease Term ” shall mean the Initial Term referred to in Item 9 of the Basic Lease Provisions, subject to any extension of the Initial Term hereof exercised in accordance with the terms and conditions expressly set forth herein (the “ Expiration Date ”). Unless Landlord is terminating this Lease prior to the Expiration Date in accordance with the provisions hereof, Landlord shall not be required to provide notice to Tenant of the Expiration Date. This Lease shall be a binding contractual obligation effective upon execution hereof by Landlord and Tenant, notwithstanding the later commencement of the Initial Term of this Lease. The terms “ Tenant Improvements ” and “ Substantial Completion ” or “ Substantially Completed ” are defined in the attached Exhibit B Work Letter. “ Tenant Delays ” consist of those delays defined in Exhibit B .

(b) The Premises will be delivered to Tenant when the Tenant Improvements have been Substantially Completed. If the Commencement Date is delayed or otherwise does not occur on the Estimated Commencement Date, set forth in Item 10 of the Basic Lease Provisions, this Lease shall not be void or voidable, nor shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Tenant Improvements in the Premises are not Substantially Completed by December 1, 2012 (subject to the Tenant Delay provisions in Exhibit B ), Tenant may offset from its Base Rent obligations first accruing following the Commencement Date, an amount equal to one day of Base Rent per day for each day thereafter until the day that Landlord tenders possession of the Premises (with the Tenant Improvements Substantially Completed). If the Tenant Improvements in the Premises are not Substantially Completed by February 1, 2013 (subject to Tenant Delay provisions in Exhibit B , the “ Outside Date ”); then Tenant may terminate this Lease (without penalty) by giving written notice to Landlord within 5 business days after the Outside Date, provided that the Tenant Improvements are not Substantially Completed prior to Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s termination notice. If Landlord does not actually receive Tenant’s termination notice within the foregoing 5 business-day period, Tenant is deemed to waive its right to terminate under this Paragraph 1 . The abatement and termination rights afforded to Tenant under this Paragraph 1 shall be Tenant’s sole remedy for Landlord’s failure to timely Substantially Complete the Tenant Improvements and deliver the Premises by the Estimated Commencement Date.

(c) Upon Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall prepare and deliver to Tenant, the Commencement Letter in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto (the “ Commencement Letter ”). Upon Tenant’s receipt of the Commencement Letter, Tenant shall either (i) acknowledge by executing a copy and returning it to Landlord, if Tenant believes the Commencement Letter is accurate, or (ii) respond to Landlord in writing with Tenant’s objection to the Commencement Letter. If Tenant fails to respond in writing as set forth in the prior sentence within ten (10) business days of its receipt of the Commencement Letter from Landlord, the Commencement Letter as sent by Landlord shall be deemed to have correctly set forth the Commencement Date and the other matters addressed in the Commencement Letter. Failure of Landlord to send the Commencement Letter shall have no effect on the Commencement Date; provided, however, if, within 30 days from the Commencement Date, Landlord has not delivered the Commencement Letter to Tenant, Tenant may deliver the Commencement Letter to Landlord setting forth the Commencement Date and the date of expiration of this Lease. Thereafter, Landlord shall either (A) acknowledge by executing a copy and returning it to Tenant, if Landlord believes the Commencement Letter is accurate, or (B) respond to Tenant in writing with Landlord’s objection to the Commencement Letter. If Landlord fails to respond in writing as set forth in the prior sentence within ten (10) business days of its receipt of the Commencement Letter from Tenant, the Commencement Letter as sent by Tenant shall be deemed to have correctly set forth the Commencement Date and the other matters addressed in the Commencement Letter.

 

  5   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

2. BASE RENT AND SECURITY DEPOSIT

(a) Tenant agrees to pay during each month of the Lease Term as Base Rent (“ Base Rent ”) for the Premises the sums shown for such periods in Item 5 of the Basic Lease Provisions.

(b) Except as expressly provided to the contrary herein, Base Rent shall be payable in consecutive monthly installments, in advance, without demand, deduction or offset, commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing on the first day of each Lease Month thereafter until the expiration of the Lease Term. The obligation of Tenant to pay Rent and other sums to Landlord and the obligations of Landlord under this Lease are independent obligations. If the Commencement Date is a day other than the first day of a calendar month, or the Lease Term expires on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, then the Rent for such partial month shall be calculated on a per diem basis. In the event Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant agrees it shall be bound by and subject to all terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of this Lease during the period between the date possession is delivered and the Commencement Date, other than the payment of Base Rent and Additional Rent, in the same manner as if delivery had occurred on the Commencement Date.

(c) Simultaneously with the execution of this Lease, Tenant has paid Landlord the security deposit (the “ Security Deposit ”) in Item 7 of the Basic Lease Provisions as security for the performance of the provisions hereof by Tenant, if applicable. Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general funds and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest thereon.

If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, including, without limitation, the provisions relating to the payment of Rent or the cleaning and restoration of the Premises upon the termination of this Lease, or amounts which Landlord may be entitled to recover pursuant to the terms hereof, Landlord may, but shall not be required to, use, apply or retain all or any part of the Security Deposit (i) for the payment of any Rent or any other sum in default, (ii) for the payment of any other amount which Landlord may reasonably spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default hereunder, or (iii) to compensate Landlord for reasonable costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord to recover possession of the Premises following a default by Tenant hereunder and Landlord’s exercise of its remedies set forth in Paragraph 12(b)(ii) . The use or application of the Security Deposit or any portion thereof shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided hereunder or under any Law and shall not be construed as liquidated damages.

(d) The parties agree that for all purposes hereunder the Premises and the Building shall be stipulated to contain the number of square feet of Rentable Area described in Item 3 of the Basic Lease Provisions. Upon the request of Landlord during any extension or renewal of the Initial Term, Landlord’s architect shall verify the exact number of square feet of Rentable Area in the Premises and/or the Building, pursuant to measurement performed in accordance with BOMA standards. If during any extension or renewal of the Initial Term there is a variation from the number of square feet specified in Item 3 of the Basic Lease Provisions, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to this Lease for the purpose of making appropriate adjustments to the Base Rent, the Security Deposit, Tenant’s Proportionate Share and such other provisions hereof as shall be appropriate under the circumstances.

3. ADDITIONAL RENT

(a) If Operating Expenses (defined below) for any calendar year during the Lease Term exceed Base Operating Expenses (defined below), Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent (“ Additional Rent ”) an amount equal to Tenant’s Proportionate Share (defined below) of such excess. In addition to payment of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses, Tenant shall also pay to Landlord as part of Additional Rent, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Electrical Costs (defined below).

(b) “ Tenant’s Proportionate Share ” is, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 19 , the percentage number described in Item 4 of the Basic Lease Provisions. Tenant’s Proportionate Share represents, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 19 , a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of square feet of Rentable Area in the Premises and the denominator of which is the number of square feet of Rentable Area in the Building, as set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions.

 

  6   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(c) “ Base Operating Expenses ” means all Operating Expenses incurred or payable by Landlord during the calendar year specified as Tenant’s Base Year in Item 8 of the Basic Lease Provisions.

(d) “ Operating Expenses ” means all costs, expenses and obligations incurred or payable by Landlord in connection with the operation, ownership, management, repair or maintenance of the Property plus all operating expenses of the Exterior Common Areas (defined below), exclusive of Electrical Costs (defined below) during or allocable to the Lease Term, including without limitation, the following:

(i) All real property taxes, assessments, license fees, excises, levies, charges, assessments, both general and special assessments, or impositions and other similar governmental ad valorem or other charges (including the franchise tax set forth in V.T.C.A. Tax Code Section 171.0001 et seq., as the same may be amended or recodified from time to time) levied on or attributable to the Property or its ownership, operation or transfer, but only to the extent liability is calculated and charges assessed to tenants with respect to the Centre only (and not on a combined basis with other properties owned by Landlord) levied on or attributable to the Property or its operation, and all taxes, charges, assessments or similar impositions imposed in lieu of the same (collectively, “ Real Estate Taxes ”). Real Estate Taxes shall also include all taxes, assessments, license fees, excises, levies, charges or similar impositions imposed by any governmental agency, district, authority or political subdivision (A) on any interest of Landlord, any mortgagee of Landlord or any interest of Tenant in the Property, the Premises, or on the occupancy or use of space in the Property or the Premises; (B) for the provision of amenities, services or rights of use, whether or not exclusive, public, quasi-public or otherwise made available on a shared use basis, including amenities, services or rights of use such as fire protection, police protection, street, sidewalk, lighting, sewer or road maintenance, refuse removal or janitorial services or for any other service, without regard to whether such services were formerly provided by governmental or quasi-governmental agencies to property owners or occupants at no cost or at minimal cost; and (C) related to any transportation plan, fund or system instituted by any governmental or quasi-governmental body within the geographic area of the Centre or otherwise applicable to the Premises, the Property, the Centre or any portion thereof. Real Estate Taxes shall also include for any year, the amount of all commercially reasonable fees, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) paid by Landlord during such year in seeking or obtaining any refund or reduction of Real Estate Taxes. Real Estate Taxes shall expressly include any tax, assessment or similar charge on the rents or profits from the Premises or Building levied against Landlord and/or the Property in lieu of other real estate taxes on the Property or otherwise as a result of property tax reform in the State of Texas to the extent such tax would be payable by Landlord if the Centre were the only property of Landlord subject to such tax, but shall not otherwise include any estate, inheritance, successor, transfer, gift, corporation or income tax imposed by the State or federal government on Landlord.

(ii) The cost of services and utilities other than Electrical Costs (including taxes and other charges incurred in connection therewith) provided to the Premises, the Property or the Centre, including, without limitation, water, gas, sewer, waste disposal, telephone and cable television facilities, fuel, supplies, equipment, tools, materials, service contracts, janitorial services, waste and refuse disposal, window cleaning, maintenance and repair of services areas, gardening and landscaping; insurance, including, but not limited to, public liability, fire, property damage, wind, hurricane, terrorism, rental loss, rent continuation, boiler machinery, business interruption, contractual indemnification and All Risk or Causes of Loss Special Form coverage insurance for up to the full replacement cost of the Property and such other insurance as is customarily carried by operators of other similar Class-A office buildings in the North Dallas/LBJ submarket, to the extent carried by Landlord in its discretion (or otherwise required by the terms of this Lease), and the deductible portion of any insured loss otherwise covered by such insurance; the cost of compensation, including employment, welfare and social security taxes, paid vacation days, disability, pension, medical and other fringe benefits of all persons (including independent contractors) below the level of (and

 

  7   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

including the) senior property manager who perform services connected with the operation, maintenance, repair or replacement of the Property (however, the compensation paid to the senior property manager will be included in Operating Expenses only to the extent such senior property manager is directly involved in the management operations of the Property, as reasonably determined by Landlord; any association assessments, costs, dues and/or expenses relating to the Property (but only to the extent such costs, dues and/or expenses are otherwise permitted to be included in Operating Expenses pursuant to this Lease), personal property taxes on and maintenance and repair of equipment and other personal property used in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Property; repair and replacement of window coverings provided by Landlord in the premises of tenants in the Property in the ordinary course of maintaining the Property (the cost of a Building-wide or Centre-wide replacement of window coverings shall not be passed through as Operating Expenses); such reasonable auditors’ fees and legal fees as are incurred in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Property; a property management fee not to exceed five percent (5%) of the gross income of the Building (which fee may be imputed if Landlord has internalized management or otherwise acts as its own property manager); the maintenance of any easements or ground leases benefiting the Property, whether by Landlord or by an independent contractor; a reasonable allowance for depreciation of personal property used (but only to the extent used) in the operation, maintenance or repair of the Property as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) or sound real estate accounting practices consistently applied; license, permit and inspection fees; all costs and expenses required by any governmental or quasi-governmental authority after the Commencement Date or by applicable law passed or made applicable to the Centre after the Commencement Date, for any reason, including capital improvements, whether capitalized or not, and the cost of any capital improvements made to the Property by Landlord that improve life-safety systems or are intended to reduce Operating Expenses (provided that at the time of installing or furnishing such capital investment item, Landlord reasonably estimates that the reduction in, or avoidance of, Operating Expenses resulting from the capital investment item will equal or exceed the amortization cost of the capital item) and the costs to replace items that Landlord would be obligated to maintain under the Lease (such costs to be amortized over the useful life of such improvements) determined in accordance with GAAP or, if not applicable, within the guidelines set by the Internal Revenue Service and in accordance with sound real estate accounting practices, consistently applied, together with interest thereon at the actual rate paid by Landlord on funds borrowed for the purpose of funding such improvements); the cost of air conditioning, heating, ventilating, plumbing, elevator maintenance and repair (to include the replacement of components) and other mechanical and electrical systems repair and maintenance; sign maintenance; and Common Area (defined below) repair, resurfacing, operation and maintenance; the reasonable cost for temporary lobby displays and events commensurate with the operation of a similar class building, and the cost of providing security services, if any, deemed appropriate by Landlord.

(iii) As used herein, the term “ Exterior Common Areas ” means that portion of the Property (and other tracts of real property comprising the Centre) which are not located within the Building (or other building in the Centre) and which are provided and maintained for the common use and benefit of Landlord and tenants of the Building (or the Centre) generally and the employees, invitees and licensees of Landlord and such tenants; including without limitation, all parking areas (enclosed or otherwise) and all streets, sidewalks, walkways, and landscaped areas.

(iv) The following items shall be excluded from Operating Expenses :

(A) leasing commissions, costs for lease buy-outs, tenant improvements allowances, signing bonuses, moving expenses, assumption of rent under existing leases and other concessions or inducements, attorneys’ fees, costs and disbursements and other expenses (including but not limited to marketing, advertising and promotional expenses) incurred in connection with leasing, renovating or improving vacant space in the Property for tenants or prospective tenants of the Property;

 

  8   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(B) costs (including but not limited to permit, license and inspection fees) incurred in renovating or otherwise improving or decorating, painting or redecorating space for tenants or vacant space;

(C) Landlord’s costs of any services sold to tenants for which Landlord is entitled to be reimbursed by such tenants as an additional charge or rental over and above the Base Rent and Operating Expenses payable under the lease with such tenant or other occupant;

(D) any depreciation or amortization of the Property except as expressly permitted herein;

(E) costs incurred due to a violation of Law (defined below) by Landlord or any tenant of the Building relating to the Property or the terms of any lease or condition, covenant or restriction affecting the Centre and/or the Building;

(F) [Intentionally Omitted];

(G) all items and services for which Tenant or other tenants reimburse Landlord outside of Operating Expenses;

(H) repairs or other work occasioned by casualty, the cost of work paid for through insurance or condemnation proceeds (excluding any deductible);

(I) legal expenses incurred for (i) negotiating lease terms for prospective tenants, (ii) negotiating termination or extension of leases with existing tenants, (iii) proceedings against any other specific tenant relating solely to the collection of rent or other sums due to Landlord from such tenant, or (iv) the development and/or construction of the Property;

(J) wages, salaries, bonuses and/or benefits of employees above the grade of senior property manager;

(K) interest, amortization, or other payments of loans by Landlord (except to the extent permitted in clause (Z) below);

(L) expenses incurred related to negotiations with existing and prospective tenants;

(M) legal expenses, including those legal expenses incurred in connection with negotiations for leases, financings, refinancings, sales, acquisitions, obtaining of permits or approvals, zoning proceedings or actions, environmental permits or actions, lawsuits, further development of the Centre or any extraordinary transactions, occurrences or events, but excluding those expenses included within the definition of Real Estate Taxes (as set forth above) and those directly related to service contracts for the Building and those incurred by Landlord in reducing or eliminating any component of Operating Expenses;

(N) federal or state income taxes imposed on or measured by the income of Landlord (other than the modified franchise tax included in the definition of Real Property Taxes), taxes on the capital or net worth of Landlord, transfer taxes, inheritance taxes, estate taxes, succession taxes; and interest and penalties for late payment of taxes by Landlord;

(O) rents under ground leases;

 

  9   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(P) costs incurred in selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging, or pledging Landlord’s interest in the Building;

(Q) costs of repairs, replacements, alterations or improvements necessary to make the Building or Centre comply with applicable laws in effect and applicable to the Centre as of the Commencement Date;

(R) costs and expenses (including but not limited to late fees, penalties and interest payments) arising out of (1) the breach by Landlord of any lease, contract, agreement or other obligation of Landlord, or (2) the failure of Landlord to timely pay any amount owed by Landlord to any third parties, including but not limited to insurance premiums and any taxes, assessments or other levies on the Centre or any portion thereof;

(S) costs of correcting defects (including latent defects) in the design or construction of the Building, including the structural elements and the Building systems, except that general maintenance and repair necessitated by or resulting from ordinary wear and tear are not deemed defects;

(T) costs of replacement of the structural elements of the Building;

(U) contributions to Operating Expense reserves;

(V) penalties and interest incurred due to the violation by Landlord of any Applicable Laws;

(W) costs, charges, or fees paid to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for services to the Building or the Centre to the extent that the costs of the services exceed competitive costs for the services rendered by unaffiliated persons or entities of similar skill, competence, and experience;

(X) costs of Landlord’s general overhead and general administrative costs and expenses that would not be chargeable to Operating Expenses in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied;

(Y) advertising and promotional costs and expenses other than tenant newsletters and tenant parties;

(Z) expenditures for capital improvements, except for amortization of the cost, together with interest at the actual rate paid by Landlord, of furnishing and installing capital investment items that are: (a) primarily for the purpose of reducing Operating Expenses or avoiding increases in Operating Expenses (provided Landlord reasonably estimates at the time of installing or furnishing the capital investment item that the reduction in, or avoidance of, Operating Expenses resulting from the capital investment item will equal or exceed the amortization cost of the capital item); or (b) required by applicable Laws not in effect or applicable to the Building on the Commencement Date. All such costs will be amortized over the useful life of the capital investment items with the useful life and amortization schedule being determined in accordance with GAAP, in no event to extend beyond the remaining useful life of the Building;

(AA) any cost or expense to the extent to which Landlord is paid or reimbursed or is entitled to payment or reimbursement from any person (other than as a payment for Operating Expenses);

 

  10   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(BB) any cost or expense to retrofit or reinforce the Building of any other portion of the Centre to comply with laws, rules, codes or regulation related to earthquake safety, flood control and/or handicapped access, but only to the extent such laws, rules, codes or regulations were in effect and applicable to the Centre on date this Lease was fully executed by the parties;

(CC) the cost of any special services available to any tenant that is not otherwise made available to Tenant;

(DD) any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord in (1) curing a default by Landlord under any lease, contract or other agreement to which Landlord is a party, or (2) performing work which is expressly provided in this Lease to be performed at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (in either case including, without limitation, any overtime compensation paid to any employees of Landlord in connection therewith);

(EE) costs of any environmental remediation (including but not limited to removing asbestos or any other Hazardous Material) for which Tenant is not liable pursuant to the express terms of this Lease;

(FF) any auditing fees other than for audits in connection Landlord’s preparation of the reconciliation statements for Operating Expenses and Electrical Costs;

(GG) lease payments for rented equipment if the cost of such equipment would be an excluded expenditure for capital improvements under clause (Z) below if the equipment in question were purchased by Landlord;

(HH) the cost of installing any specialty service, such as, but not limited to, a luncheon club, cafeteria, retail store, sundry shop, newsstand, concession or shuttle service for or in the Building;

(II) contributions to charitable organizations;

(JJ) costs incurred in removing the property of former tenants or other occupants of the Building;

(KK) any cost of acquiring, installing or moving objects of art and/or artwork;

(LL) costs of acquiring, operating and maintaining motor vehicles, except the costs of operating and maintaining vehicles used for Building security or maintenance;

(MM) the initial costs of tools and equipment used in the operation of the Building;

(NN) the amount of rent, whether paid or imputed, for the Building’s management office, to the extent such rent exceeds market rates for premises in the Centre and to the extent the management office exceeds 5,500 rentable square feet;

(OO) insurance premiums to the extent any tenant directly causes Landlord’s existing insurance premiums to increase or require Landlord to purchase additional insurance as evidenced by written notice from Landlord’s insurer regarding the cause of such increase; and

(PP) costs of repairs, replacements, alterations and/or improvements, to the extent the need for which arises out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its employees or agents.

 

  11   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(e) Operating Expenses (other than Real Estate Taxes) for any calendar year (including the Base Year) during which actual occupancy of the Property is less than ninety-five percent (95%) of the Rentable Area of the Property shall be appropriately adjusted using reasonable projections to reflect ninety-five percent (95%) occupancy of the existing Rentable Area of the Property during such period. For purposes of the foregoing “gross up” provision contained in this Paragraph 3(e) , Landlord shall only increase Operating Expenses that by their nature vary based on the occupancy of the Building. Operating Expenses that by their nature are fixed independently of the level of occupancy of the Building will not be adjusted as a result of this Paragraph 3(e) . In determining Operating Expenses, if any services or utilities are separately charged to tenants of the Property or others, Operating Expenses shall be adjusted by Landlord to reflect the amount of expense which would have been incurred for such services or utilities on a full time basis for normal Property operating hours. In the event (i) the Commencement Date shall be a date other than January 1, (ii) the date fixed for the expiration of the Lease Term shall be a date other than December 31, (iii) of any early termination of this Lease, or (iv) of any increase or decrease in the size of the Premises, then in each such event, an appropriate adjustment in the application of this Paragraph 3 shall, subject to the provisions of this Lease, be made to reflect such event on a basis reasonably determined by Landlord to be consistent with the principles underlying the provisions of this Paragraph 3 . In addition, Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to reasonably and equitably allocate and prorate some or all of the Operating Expenses among different tenants and/or different buildings of the Centre and/or on a building-by-building basis, with the goal of allocating specific Operating Expenses among those tenants that benefit from such Operating Expenses (the “ Cost Pools ”), adjusting Tenant’s Proportionate Share as to each of the separately allocated costs based on the ratio of the Rentable Area of the Premises to the Rentable Area of all of the premises to which such costs are allocated. In no event shall the total amounts that Landlord charges to or recovers from Tenant and the other tenants of the Building on account of Operating Expenses with respect to any year (including the Base Year), exceed 100% of the actual Operating Expenses charged to or incurred by Landlord during such year.

(f) The term “Electrical Costs” shall mean the aggregate cost of electricity to the Building reduced by the cost of any extraordinary electrical use by other tenants of the Building where such costs are charged to such tenants. The calculation of Electrical Costs is based on Standard Building Capacity [defined in Paragraph 7(a)(v) ]. Landlord may from time to time, but no more than once per calendar month, deliver to Tenant an invoice for such pro rata share of Electrical Costs and Tenant shall make payment of such amount to Landlord within thirty (30) business days of delivery of the invoice. Landlord, from time to time (but not more often than twice in a calendar year), shall also have the option to make a good faith estimate of Tenant’s pro rata share of the Electrical Costs for each upcoming year and, upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Tenant, (which notice shall include reasonable supporting documentation for such estimate), and Landlord may require that Tenant pay such estimated pro rata share of Electrical Costs on a monthly basis together with Tenant’s payments of Base Rent. Any amounts paid based on such an estimate shall be subject to adjustment as hereafter provided in Paragraph 3(g) (applied to Electrical Costs) when actual Electrical Costs are available for such year. Within a reasonable period after the end of each calendar year, but in no event later than April 30th of the following year, Landlord shall furnish Tenant a statement indicating in reasonable detail the Electrical Costs for such period and the parties shall, within thirty (30) days thereafter, make any payment or allowance necessary to adjust Tenant’s estimated payments to Tenant’s actual share of such excess as indicated by such annual statement. Any payment due Landlord shall be payable by Tenant within thirty (30) days from Tenant’s receipt of written demand from Landlord. Any amount due Tenant shall be credited against installments next becoming due under this Paragraph 3(f) or refunded to Tenant, if requested by Tenant.

(g) Prior to the commencement of each calendar year of the Lease Term following the Commencement Date, Landlord shall give to Tenant an annual written estimate of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of excess Operating Expenses, if any, for the Property for the ensuing year, together with reasonable supporting documentation for such estimate. Tenant shall pay such estimated amount to Landlord in equal monthly installments, in advance on the first day of each month. Landlord may adjust its estimate by written notice to Tenant at any time during the applicable calendar year (but no more frequently than twice in a calendar year) if actual Operating Expenses are substantially different from the estimate previously delivered to Tenant, and thereafter payments by Tenant under this subparagraph 3(g) adjust accordingly, effective as of the first payment due from Tenant after the date that is thirty (30) days following Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written notice of adjustment. Within a reasonable period after the end of each calendar year, but in no event later than April 30 th

 

  12   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

of the following year, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement indicating in reasonable detail the actual excess Operating Expenses for the prior calendar year. If the estimated payments made by Tenant during the prior calendar year exceed Tenant’s Proportionate Share of actual excess Operating Expenses for that year, Landlord shall credit the difference against the next ensuing installments of estimated payments by Tenant hereunder or, if Tenant requests or if this Lease has expired or terminated, Landlord will promptly refund such excess amounts to Tenant. If the estimated payments made by Tenant during the prior calendar year are less than Tenant’s Proportionate Share of actual excess Operating Expenses for that year, Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, the amount of the difference to Landlord in immediately available funds within thirty (30) days after delivery of any invoice therefor by Landlord accompanied by a statement of the actual excess Operating Expenses for that year. Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s pro rata share of the excess Operating Expenses, as well as Landlord’s obligations to deliver reconciliation statements and refund Tenant overpayments, survive the termination or expiration of this Lease.

(h) All capital levies or other taxes assessed or imposed on Landlord upon the rents payable to Landlord under this Lease and any excise, transaction, sales or privilege tax, assessment, levy or charge measured by or based, in whole or in part, upon such rents from the Premises and/or the Property or any portion thereof, if any, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord monthly in estimated installments or upon written demand, at the option of Landlord, as additional rent to be allocated to monthly Operating Expenses. In the event this provision is applicable, Landlord’s option as to Tenant’s method of payment shall be set forth in a written notice delivered by Landlord to Tenant, together with reasonable supporting documentation regarding the amount in question, and the first payment shall be due from Tenant within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s receipt of such notice.

(i) Tenant shall pay before delinquency, all taxes and assessments (i) levied against any personal property of Tenant, Alterations, tenant improvements or trade fixtures of Tenant in or about the Premises, (ii) based upon this Lease or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest in this Lease or an estate in all or any portion of the Premises, and (iii) levied for any of Tenant’s business, professional, or occupational license fees. If any taxes or assessments levied against Landlord are increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures, Tenant shall upon demand reimburse Landlord for the taxes and assessments so levied against Landlord on account of Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures, or such taxes, levies and assessments resulting from such increase in assessed value attributable to Tenant’s property or trade fixtures. To the extent that any such taxes are not separately assessed or billed to Tenant, Tenant shall pay the amount thereof as invoiced to Tenant by Landlord.

(j) Any delay or failure of Landlord in (i) delivering any estimate or statement described in this Paragraph 3 , or (ii) computing or billing Tenant’s Proportionate Share of excess Operating Expenses or Electrical Costs shall not constitute a waiver of its right to require an increase in Rent, or in any way impair the continuing obligations of Tenant under this Paragraph 3 . Tenant, an officer of Tenant or Tenant’s certified public accountant (but (a) in no event shall Tenant hire or employ an accounting firm or any other person to audit Landlord as set forth under this Paragraph who is compensated or paid for such audit on a contingency basis and (b) in the event Tenant hires or employs an independent party to perform such audit, then upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a copy of the engagement letter [which may be redacted as to the hourly rate being charged] or a certified statement by the party performing the audit that such audit is not being performed on a contingency basis) shall have the right after reasonable notice and at reasonable times to inspect Landlord’s accounting records at Landlord’s office. The auditor’s report reflecting the results of Tenant’s audit shall be delivered to Landlord following the completion thereof. If, the Tenant’s audit reveals an overstatement of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the excess Operating Expenses or Electrical Costs by more than **** percent (*%) in the aggregate for the calendar year in question, then Landlord will promptly reimburse Tenant for all reasonable and actual out-of-pocket costs incurred by Tenant in connection with Tenant’s audit, up to $******; otherwise, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the payment of all costs of Tenant’s audit unless Landlord delivers written notice of Landlord’s dispute of the results of Tenant’s audit within 30 days following the conclusion thereof. If Landlord timely delivers notice of a dispute of the results of Tenant’s audit, then Landlord may elect to conduct a certification as to the proper amount of excess Operating Expenses and Electrical Costs and the amount due to or payable by Tenant, which certification shall be made by an independent certified public accountant mutually agreed to by Landlord and Tenant. If Landlord and Tenant cannot mutually agree to an

 

  13   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

independent certified public accountant, then the parties agree that Landlord shall choose an independent certified public accountant to conduct the certification as to the proper amount of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of excess Operating Expenses and Electrical Costs due by Tenant for the period in question; provided, however, such certified public accountant shall not be the accountant who conducted Landlord’s initial calculation of excess Operating Expenses and Electrical Costs to which Tenant is now objecting or affiliated with or employed by the same accounting firm as such accountant. Such certification shall be final and conclusive as to all parties (“ Final Certification ”). If the Final Certification reveals an overstatement of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the excess Operating Expenses or Electrical Costs by more than **** percent (*%) in the aggregate for the calendar year in question, then Landlord shall promptly reimburse Tenant for all reasonable and actual out-of-pocket costs incurred by Tenant in connection with Tenant’s initial audit as provided above; otherwise, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the payment of all costs of Tenant’s initial audit. If the Final Certification reflects that Tenant’s Proportionate Share of excess Operating Expenses and Electrical Costs were overcharged or undercharged in the audited calendar year, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of any underpayment or, if applicable, Landlord shall pay to Tenant the amount of any overpayment, in each case payment shall be made within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s audit report. Tenant waives the right to dispute any matter relating to the calculation of excess Operating Expenses, Electrical Costs, or other Additional Rent under this Paragraph 3 if any claim or dispute is not asserted in writing to Landlord within one hundred eighty (180) days after delivery to Tenant of the reconciliation statement with respect to excess Operating Expenses and Electrical Costs. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the Final Certification for any calendar year reveals that Tenant’s Proportionate Share of excess Operating Expenses and Electrical Costs were overstated for such calendar year in excess of **** percent (*%) and Tenant did not conduct an audit during the previous calendar year, then Tenant may conduct an audit of Landlord’s accounting records for the previous calendar year (only), by providing at least thirty (30) days notice to Landlord; such audit shall be subject to the terms of this Paragraph 3(j) . In no event may any review or audit by Tenant cover periods before the Commencement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall maintain strict confidentiality of all of Landlord’s accounting records and shall not disclose the same to any other person or entity except for Tenant’s professional advisory representatives (such as Tenant’s employees, accountants, advisors, attorneys and consultants) with a need to know such accounting information, who agree to similarly maintain the confidentiality of such financial information.

(k) Even though the Lease Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of excess Operating Expenses and Electrical Costs for the year in which this Lease terminates, Tenant shall immediately pay any increase due over the estimated Operating Expenses and Electrical Costs paid, and conversely, any overpayment made by Tenant shall be promptly refunded to Tenant by Landlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, if Landlord fails to deliver a final written reconciliation statement on or before December 31 of the year following expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord shall no longer have the right to collect from Tenant any underpayment by Tenant shown on such statement (but nothing set forth in this subsection (k) relieves Landlord from the obligation to deliver the final reconciliation statement or refund any overpayment by Tenant as required under this Lease, which obligation shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease). Tenant shall have the right to inspect and/or audit Landlord’s accounting records with respect to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Excess Operating Expenses and Electrical Costs for one year following the expiration of the Lease Term, subject to the terms of Paragraph 3(j) .

(l) Landlord and Tenant agree that each provision of this Lease for determining charges, amounts, and Additional Rent payments by Tenant is commercially reasonable, and as to each such charge or amount, constitutes a “method by which the charge is to be computed” for purposes of Section 93.012 (Assessment of Charges) of the Texas Property Code, as such section now exists or as it may be hereafter amended or succeeded.

(m) For purposes of determining Tenant’s Proportionate Share of excess Operating Expenses, Controllable Operating Expenses (defined below) for any calendar year will be deemed not to increase over the amount of Controllable Operating Expenses during the Base Year by more than *% per year on a cumulative, compounded basis. The term “Controllable Operating Expenses” means all Operating Expenses except costs and expenses for taxes, insurance, and utilities, costs to Landlord resulting from compliance with applicable Laws (to the extent such costs may be included with Operating Expenses as set forth above), and any increases in service contract fees and expenses resulting from government-mandated wage increases.

 

  14   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(n) The Base Rent, Additional Rent, late fees, and other amounts required to be paid by Tenant to Landlord hereunder (including the excess Operating Expenses) are sometimes collectively referred to as, and shall constitute, “ Rent ”.

4. IMPROVEMENTS AND ALTERATIONS

(a) Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant, and Tenant agrees to accept the Premises from Landlord in its existing “AS-IS”, “WHERE-IS” and “WITH ALL FAULTS” condition, and, subject to Landlord’s obligations under Paragraph 7 , Landlord shall have no obligation to refurbish or otherwise improve the Premises throughout the Lease Term; provided, however, and notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Landlord’s sole construction obligation under this Lease is set forth in the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B .

(b) Any alterations, additions, or improvements made by or on behalf of Tenant to the Premises (“ Alterations ”) shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord’s consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed with respect to proposed Alterations that (i) comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; (ii) are compatible with the Building and its mechanical, electrical, HVAC and life safety systems; (iii) will not unreasonably or materially interfere with the use and occupancy of any other portion of the Building by any other tenant or their invitees; (iv) do not affect the structural portions of the Building; and, (v) do not and will not, whether alone or taken together with other improvements, require the construction of any other improvements or alterations within the Building (collectively, “ Non-Structural Alterations ”). Tenant shall cause, at its sole cost and expense, all Alterations to comply with Laws and shall construct, at its sole cost and expense, any alteration or modification required by Laws as a result of any Alterations. All Alterations shall be constructed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, in a first class and good and workmanlike manner by contractors reasonably acceptable to Landlord and only good grades of materials shall be used. All plans and specifications for any Alterations shall be submitted to Landlord for its approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If Landlord fails to respond to Tenant’s request for approval of the plans and specifications within ten (10) business days following (i) Tenant’s written request therefor, and (ii) Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s plans and specifications for any Alterations, then Tenant shall provide Landlord written notice of such failure. If Landlord fails to respond to Tenant’s request for approval within three (3) business days after receipt thereof, Landlord shall be deemed to have approved the plans and specifications for any Non-Structural Alterations for which Tenant has requested approval. In no event will Landlord’s failure to respond to Tenant’s request for approval be deemed to approve any Alterations other than Non-Structural Alterations. Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, may monitor construction of the Alterations. Landlord’s right to review plans and specifications and to monitor construction shall be solely for its own benefit, and Landlord shall have no duty to see that such plans and specifications or construction comply with applicable laws, codes, rules and regulations. Without limiting the other grounds upon which Landlord may refuse to approve any contractor or subcontractor, Landlord may take into account the desirability of maintaining harmonious labor relations at the Centre. Landlord may also require that all life safety related work and all mechanical, electrical, plumbing and roof related work be performed by contractors designated by Landlord and reasonably acceptable to Tenant. Landlord shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to instruct Tenant to remove those improvements or Alterations from the Premises which (i) were not approved in advance by Landlord, (ii) were not built in conformance with the plans and specifications approved by Landlord, or (iii) if requested by Tenant, Landlord specified in writing to Tenant during its review of plans and specifications for Alterations would need to be removed by Tenant upon the expiration of this Lease. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, Tenant shall not be obligated to remove such Alterations at the expiration of this Lease. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its designation of what improvements or Alterations Landlord may require Tenant to remove at the expiration of the Lease. If Landlord fails to respond within ten (10) business days of receiving a written request by Tenant seeking a determination by Landlord with respect to Tenant’s removal of Alterations, then Tenant shall provide Landlord written notice of such failure. If Landlord fails to respond to Tenant’s notice within three (3) business days after receipt thereof, Landlord shall be deemed to have agreed that Tenant is not obligated to remove any Non-Structural Alterations for which Tenant has requested designation for removal. In no event will Landlord’s failure to respond to Tenant’s request for designation of Alterations that need be removed be deemed applicable to any Alterations other than Non-Structural Alterations. If upon the termination of this Lease Landlord requires Tenant to remove any or all of such Alterations from the Premises for one of the reasons specified in this

 

  15   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

paragraph, then Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall promptly remove such Alterations and improvements and Tenant shall repair and restore the Premises to its original condition as of the Commencement Date, excepting reasonable wear and tear, damage due to casualty and condemnation and with any Alterations which Landlord did not require to be removed in accordance with this paragraph. Any Alterations remaining in the Premises following the expiration of the Lease Term or following the surrender of the Premises from Tenant to Landlord shall become the property of Landlord unless Landlord notifies Tenant otherwise. Prior to beginning such construction, Tenant shall provide Landlord with the identities and mailing addresses of all persons performing work or supplying materials, the cost of which exceeds $*****, and Landlord may post on and about the Premises notices of non-responsibility pursuant to applicable law for the duration of construction activities. Tenant shall cause the completion of all work free and clear of liens and shall provide certificates of insurance from Tenant’s contractors performing work on the Alterations, for worker’s compensation (if required by Law) and other coverage in amounts and from an insurance company reasonably satisfactory to Landlord protecting Landlord against liability for bodily injury or property damage during construction. Upon completion of any Alterations and upon Landlord’s reasonable request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord final lien waivers from all contractors and subcontractors performing work on the Alterations, the cost of which exceeds $*****. Additionally, upon completion of any Alteration, Tenant shall provide Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, with a complete set of plans in reproducible form and specifications reflecting the actual conditions of the Alterations, together with a copy of such plans on diskette in the AutoCAD format or such other format as may then be in common use for computer assisted design purposes. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, the reasonable costs of Landlord’s engineers and other consultants (but not Landlord’s on-site management personnel) for review of all plans, specifications and working drawings for the Alterations and for the incorporation of such Alterations in the Landlord’s master Building drawings, within ten (10) business days after Tenant’s receipt of invoices either from Landlord or such consultants.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may make interior, Non-Structural Alterations to the Premises that do not affect Building Systems and do not require a building permit, without the written consent of Landlord provided: (i) such Alterations will not be visible from outside the Premises, (ii) the cost of the work for such Alterations does not exceed $***** in any single instance or series of related alterations performed within a six-month period (provided that Tenant shall not perform any improvements, alterations or additions to the Premises in stages as a means to subvert this provision) and (iii) Tenant secures any and all permits, licenses and approvals required to construct and install such alterations (collectively, “ Permitted Alterations ”). All Permitted Alterations shall be made in accordance with applicable Laws and in a good and first-class, workmanlike manner and in accordance with the terms of this Lease. Tenant shall notify Landlord before performing any Permitted Alterations. All such alterations, additions and improvements shall be constructed, maintained and used by Tenant at its sole risk and expense, in accordance with all applicable Laws.

(c) Tenant shall keep the Premises, the Building and the Property free from any and all liens arising out of any Alterations, work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by or for Tenant. In the event that Tenant shall not, within thirty (30) days following the imposition of any such lien, cause the same to be released of record by payment or posting of a bond in a form and issued by a surety acceptable to Landlord, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to cause such lien to be released by such means as it shall deem proper (including payment of or defense against the claim giving rise to such lien); in such case, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all amounts so paid by Landlord in connection therewith, together with all of Landlord’s reasonable legal costs and expenses, with interest thereon at the Default Rate (defined below) and Tenant shall indemnify and defend each and all of the Landlord Indemnitees (defined below) against any damages, losses or costs arising out of any such claim. Tenant’s indemnification of Landlord contained in this Paragraph shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Such rights of Landlord shall be in addition to all other remedies provided herein or by law.

(d) NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN THAT LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR THE PAYMENT OF ANY COSTS OR EXPENSE INCURRED FOR ANY LABOR, SERVICES OR MATERIALS FURNISHED OR TO BE FURNISHED TO TENANT, OR TO ANYONE HOLDING THE PREMISES THROUGH OR UNDER TENANT, AND THAT NO MECHANICS’ OR OTHER LIENS FOR ANY SUCH LABOR, SERVICES OR MATERIALS SHALL ATTACH TO OR AFFECT THE INTEREST OF LANDLORD IN THE PREMISES, THE BUILDING OR THE PROPERTY.

 

  16   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

5. REPAIRS

(a) Landlord’s obligation with respect to repair as part of Basic Services (as hereinafter defined) shall be limited to, and Landlord shall maintain in good order, condition and repair, (i) the structural portions of the Building, including the structural floor slabs and columns, (ii) the exterior walls of the Building, including, without limitation, glass and glazing, (iii) the roof, (iv) mechanical (including Building standard HVAC and elevators), electrical, plumbing and life safety systems [except for any lavatory, shower, toilet, wash basin and kitchen facilities within the Premises, that serve Tenant exclusively, any supplemental heating and air conditioning systems that serve Tenant exclusively (including all plumbing connected to said facilities or systems) and any other improvements installed or constructed by or on behalf of Tenant outside of the Premises in accordance with this Lease], and (v) Common Areas. Landlord shall not be deemed to have breached any obligation with respect to the condition of any part of the Property unless Tenant has given to Landlord written notice of any required repair and Landlord has not made such repair within a reasonable time following the receipt by Landlord of such notice; provided, however, that no such notice is required for routine and/or scheduled maintenance of building systems and other items requiring same. The foregoing notwithstanding: (i) Landlord shall not be required to repair damage to any of the foregoing to the extent caused by the acts or omissions of Tenant or it agents, employees or contractors, except to the extent covered by insurance carried by Landlord; and (ii) the obligations of Landlord pertaining to damage or destruction by casualty shall be governed by the provisions of Paragraph 9 . Landlord shall have the right but not the obligation to undertake work of repair that Tenant is required to perform under this Lease and that Tenant fails or refuses to perform in a timely and efficient manner and such failure continues following ten (10) days written notice from Landlord. All reasonable costs incurred by Landlord in performing any such repair for the account of Tenant shall be repaid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand, together with an administration fee equal to **** percent (*%) of such costs. Except as expressly provided in Paragraph 9 of this Lease, there shall be no abatement of Rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the making of any repairs, alterations or improvements in or to any portion of the Premises, the Building or the Centre. Tenant waives the right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense under any law, statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

(b) Tenant, at its expense, (i) shall keep the Premises and all fixtures contained therein in a safe, clean and neat condition, and (ii) shall bear the cost of maintenance and repair, by contractors approved by Landlord (which such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed provided such contractors carry the insurance required under this Lease), of all facilities which are not expressly required to be maintained or repaired by Landlord and which are located in the Premises, including, without limitation, lavatory, shower, toilet, wash basin and kitchen facilities, and supplemental heating and air conditioning systems (including all plumbing connected to said facilities or systems installed by or on behalf of Tenant or existing in the Premises at the time of Landlord’s delivery of the Premises to Tenant). Tenant shall make all repairs to the Premises required to be made by Tenant hereunder with replacements of any materials to be made by use of materials of equal or better quality. Tenant shall do all decorating, remodeling, alteration and painting that Tenant elects to make during the Lease Term, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 4 . Tenant shall pay for the cost of any repairs to the Premises, the Building or the Centre made necessary by any negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of its assignees, subtenants, employees or their respective agents, representatives, contractors, or other persons permitted in or invited to the Premises or the Centre by Tenant, except to the extent of insurance proceeds received by Landlord. If Tenant fails to make such repairs or replacements within thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord, Landlord may at its option make such repairs or replacements, and Tenant shall upon demand pay Landlord for the cost thereof, together with an administration fee equal to *** percent (*%) of such costs.

(c) Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises in a safe, clean and neat condition, consistent with that existing on the Commencement Date, normal wear and tear, damage by casualty and condemnation excepted. Except as otherwise set forth in Paragraph 4(b) of this Lease, Tenant shall remove from the Premises all trade fixtures, furnishings and other personal property of Tenant and all computer and phone cabling and wiring installed by or on behalf of Tenant, shall repair all damage caused by such removal. In addition to all other rights Landlord may have, in the event Tenant does not so remove any such fixtures, furnishings or personal property, Tenant shall be deemed to have abandoned the same, in which case Landlord may store or dispose of the same at Tenant’s expense, appropriate the same for itself, and/or sell the

 

  17   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

same in its discretion. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord shall not require Tenant to remove Building-standard materials in the Premises or any of the Tenant Improvements (unless Landlord, prior to Landlord’s approval of the Construction Documents, notifies Tenant in writing that such Tenant Improvements must be removed.

6. USE OF PREMISES

(a) Tenant shall use the Premises only for general office uses and ancillary uses typically found in office premises in comparable buildings in the North Dallas Class A office submarket (“ Comparable Buildings ”; e.g. , kitchen area), and shall not use the Premises or permit the Premises to be used for any other purpose (the “ Permitted Use ”). Landlord shall have the right to deny its consent to any change in the permitted use of the Premises in its sole and absolute discretion.

(b) Tenant shall not at any time use or occupy the Premises, or permit any act or omission in or about the Premises in violation of any law, statute, ordinance or any governmental rule, regulation or order enacted by any governmental authority (collectively, “ Law ” or “ Laws ”) and Tenant shall, upon written notice from Landlord, discontinue any use of the Premises which is declared by any governmental authority to be a violation of Law. If any Law shall, by the sole reason of the nature of Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, impose any duty upon Tenant or Landlord with respect to (i) modification or other maintenance of the Premises, the Building or the Centre, or (ii) the use, Alteration or occupancy thereof, Tenant shall comply with such Law at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord represents to Tenant that, as of the date of this Lease, the Building is in material compliance with the provisions of the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 (as amended) (the “ ADA ”) and the Texas Architectural Barriers Act (as amended) [Tex. Rev. Civ. Stat. Ann. Art. 9102 ] (the “ TABA ”); if, subsequent to the date of this Lease, the Building is not in compliance with the ADA or the TABA for any reason other than Tenant’s particular use of the Premises or as the result of any act or omission by a Tenant Party, Landlord will remedy such default at no expense to Tenant.

(c) This Lease shall be subject to (i) all financing documents encumbering the Building or the Centre and (ii) all covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Premises, the Building or the Centre (the “ Restrictions ”). Landlord represents to Tenant that to its current actual knowledge that the Restrictions do not address a tenant’s density within the Premises; and to Landlord’s current actual knowledge, Landlord has not received notice from any applicable authority that the Restrictions prohibit Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use.

(d) Tenant shall not at any time use or occupy the Premises in violation of the certificates of occupancy issued for or restrictive covenants pertaining to the Building or the Premises, and in the event that any architectural control committee or department of the state or the city or county in which the Centre is located shall at any time reasonably contend or declare that the Premises are used or occupied in violation of such certificate or certificates of occupancy or restrictive covenants, Tenant shall, upon five (5) business days’ notice from Landlord or any such governmental agency, immediately discontinue such use of the Premises (and otherwise remedy such violation). The failure by Tenant to discontinue such use within the period of time set forth above shall be considered a default under this Lease and Landlord shall have the right to exercise any and all rights and remedies provided herein or by Law. Any statement in this Lease of the nature of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a representation or guaranty by Landlord that such business is or will continue to be lawful or permissible under any certificate of occupancy issued for the Building or the Premises, or otherwise permitted by Law.

(e) Tenant shall not do or knowingly permit to be done anything by its agents, employees, contractors or invitees that may invalidate or increase the cost of any fire, All Risk, Causes of Loss. Landlord shall promptly provide Tenant written notice of any such event. Special Form or other insurance policy covering the Building, the Property and/or property located therein and shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations and requirements of the appropriate fire codes and ordinances or any other governmental or quasi-governmental organization performing a similar function. In addition to all other remedies of Landlord, Landlord may require Tenant, promptly upon demand, to reimburse Landlord for the full amount of any additional premiums charged for such policy or policies solely by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Paragraph 6 .

 

  18   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(f) Tenant shall not in any way interfere with the rights or quiet enjoyment of other tenants or occupants of the Premises, the Building or the Centre. Tenant shall not use or allow the Premises to be used for any immoral, unlawful or objectionable purpose, as reasonably determined by Landlord, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain, or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises, the Building or the Centre. Tenant shall not place weight upon any portion of the Premises exceeding the structural floor load (per square foot of area) which such area was designated (and is permitted by Law) to carry or otherwise use any Building system in excess of its capacity or in any other manner which may damage such system or the Building. Tenant shall not create within the Premises a working environment with a density of greater than the lesser of (i) seven (7) persons per 1,000 square feet of Rentable Area, or (ii) the maximum density permitted by Law (the “ Permitted Density ”). Business machines and mechanical equipment shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, in locations and in settings sufficient in Landlord’s reasonable judgment to absorb and prevent vibration, noise and annoyance. Tenant shall not commit any waste in, on, upon or about the Premises, the Building, the Property or the Centre, or suffer to be committed any waste in the Premises.

(g) Tenant shall take all reasonable steps necessary to adequately secure the Premises from unlawful intrusion, theft, fire and other hazards, and shall keep and maintain any and all security devices in or on the Premises in good working order, including, but not limited to, exterior door locks for the Premises and smoke detectors located within the Premises and shall cooperate with Landlord and other tenants in the Building and the Centre with respect to access control and other safety matters.

(h) As used herein, the term “ Hazardous Material ” means any (a) oil or any other petroleum-based substance, flammable substances, explosives, radioactive materials, hazardous wastes or substances, toxic wastes or substances or any other wastes, materials or pollutants which (i) pose a hazard to the Property or the Centre or to persons on or about the Property or the Centre or (ii) cause the Property or the Centre to be in violation of any Laws; (b) asbestos in any form, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, transformers or other equipment that contain dielectric fluid containing levels of polychlorinated biphenyls, or radon gas; (c) chemical, material or substance defined as or included in the definition of “hazardous substances”, “hazardous wastes”, “hazardous materials”, “extremely hazardous waste”, “restricted hazardous waste”, or “toxic substances” or words of similar import under any applicable local, state or federal law or under the regulations adopted or publications promulgated pursuant thereto, including, but not limited to, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §9601, et seq.; the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as amended, 49 U.S.C. §1801, et seq.; the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. §1251, et seq.; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §6901, et seq.; the Safe Drinking Water Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §300, et seq.; the Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended, 15 U.S.C. §2601, et seq.; the Federal Hazardous Substances Control Act, as amended, 15 U.S.C. §1261, et seq.; and the Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. §651, et seq.; (d) other chemical, material or substance, exposure to which is prohibited, limited or regulated by any governmental authority or may or could pose a hazard to the health and safety of the occupants of the Property or the Centre or the owners and/or occupants of property adjacent to or surrounding the Centre, or any other Person coming upon the Centre or adjacent property; and (e) other chemicals, materials or substances which may or could pose a hazard to the environment. The term “ Permitted Hazardous Materials ” shall mean Hazardous Materials which are contained in ordinary office supplies of a type and in quantities typically used in the ordinary course of business within executive offices of similar size in the comparable office buildings, but only if and to the extent that such supplies are transported, stored and used in full compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations and otherwise in a safe and prudent manner. Hazardous Materials which are contained in ordinary office supplies but which are transported, stored and used in a manner which is not in full compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations or which is not in any respect safe and prudent shall not be deemed to be “ Permitted Hazardous Materials ” for the purposes of this Lease.

(i) Tenant, its assignees, subtenants, and their respective agents, servants, employees, representatives and contractors (collectively referred to herein as “ Tenant Affiliates ”) shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Material to be brought upon, kept or used in or about the Premises by Tenant or by Tenant Affiliates without the prior written consent of Landlord (which may be granted, conditioned or withheld in the sole discretion of Landlord), save and except only for Permitted Hazardous Materials, which Tenant or Tenant Affiliates may bring, store and use in reasonable quantities for their intended

 

  19   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

use in the Premises, but only in full compliance with all applicable Laws. On or before the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove from the Premises all Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, Permitted Hazardous Materials), regardless of whether such Hazardous Materials are present in concentrations which require removal under applicable laws, except to the extent that such Hazardous Materials were present in the Premises as of the Commencement Date and were not brought onto the Premises by Tenant or Tenant Affiliates. The provisions of Section 8(b) of this Lease will apply upon any breach of this Section 6(h).

(ii) Disrupt the then-existing tenant mix of the Centre in Landlord’s commercially reasonable discretion;

(iii) [Intentionally Omitted.]

(iv) In the event any investigation or monitoring of site conditions or any clean-up, containment, restoration, removal or other remedial work (collectively, the “ Remedial Work ”) is required under any applicable federal, state or local Law, by any judicial order, or by any governmental entity as the result of operations or activities upon, or any use or occupancy of any portion of the Premises by Tenant or Tenant Affiliates, Landlord shall perform or cause to be performed the Remedial Work in compliance with such Law or order at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. All Remedial Work shall be performed by one or more contractors, selected and approved by Landlord, and under the supervision of a consulting engineer, selected by Tenant and approved in advance in writing by Landlord. All costs and expenses of such Remedial Work shall be paid by Tenant, including, without limitation, the charges of such contractor(s), the consulting engineer, and Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection with monitoring or review of such Remedial Work.

(v) Landlord, its assignees, respective agents, servants, employees, representatives and contractors (collectively referred to herein as “ Landlord Affiliates ”) shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Material to be brought upon, kept or used in or about the Centre in violation of Laws. If any Landlord Affiliate breaches the provisions of this Paragraph 6(h)(iv) then Landlord shall promptly (within the period prescribed by Law) take any and all action required by Law to remedy the same, including taking all appropriate action to clean up or remediate any contamination resulting from its use, generation, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials.

(vi) Each of the covenants and agreements of Tenant set forth in this Paragraph 6(h) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

7. UTILITIES AND SERVICES

(a) Landlord shall generally maintain and operate the Building and the Centre (including but not limited to the Common Areas) in a manner consistent with comparable Class-A office buildings in the North Dallas/LBJ submarket. Landlord shall furnish, or cause to be furnished to the Premises, the utilities and services described in this Paragraph 7(a) (collectively the “ Basic Services ”):

(i) Tepid water at those points of supply provided for general use of other tenants in the Building, and cold water for drinking and cleaning and hot and cold water for lavatory and kitchen (if applicable) purposes only, at the points of supply in the Premises;

(ii) During Business Hours Monday through Friday, and Saturday during Business Hours upon 24 hours written request to Landlord, central heat and air conditioning in season, at such temperatures and in such amounts as are considered standard for comparable Class-A office buildings in the North Dallas/LBJ submarket or as may be permitted or controlled by applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations;

 

  20   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(iii) Maintenance, repairs, structural and exterior maintenance (including, without limitation, exterior glass and glazing), painting and electric lighting service for all Common Areas of the Building in the manner and to the extent standard for comparable Class-A office buildings in the North Dallas/LBJ submarket, subject to the limitation contained in Paragraph 5(a) above;

(iv) Janitorial service on a five (5) day week basis, excluding Holidays at the level deemed standard for comparable Class-A office buildings in the North Dallas/LBJ submarket (the current standards for which are attached as Exhibit H to this Lease) and window washing as reasonably determined to be required by Landlord in its commercially reasonable discretion;

(v) Electrical Services as follows:

(A) Landlord will provide the necessary facilities to supply (i) two (2) watts per square foot of usable area within the Premises, at 277 volts, for Tenant’s fluorescent lighting and (ii) two (2) watts per square foot of usable area within the Premises, at 120 volts, for Tenant’s receptacle/equipment loads (excluding Tenant’s dedicated circuits). Collectively, Tenant’s lighting and receptacle/equipment shall not have an electrical design load greater than an average of four (4) watts per square foot of usable area within the Premises (“ Standard Building Capacity ”).

(B) The electrical facilities in the Building available for Tenant’s use are (i) 277/480 volts, 3 phase, for large equipment loads and fluorescent lighting; and (ii) 120/208 volts, 3 phase, for small equipment loads and incandescent lighting. Tenant shall notify Landlord, in writing, of any equipment that has a rated electrical load greater than 500 watts and/or that requires a service voltage other than 120 volts, and Landlord’s written approval shall be required with respect to the installation of any such high electrical consumption equipment in the Premises.

(vi) All Building standard fluorescent bulb replacement for Building standard fixtures in the Premises and fluorescent and incandescent bulb replacement in the Common Areas.

(vii) Public elevator service on a 24/7 basis, 365 days per year (provided that Landlord may reasonably limit the number of operating elevators during non-Building Hours) and a freight elevator serving the floors on which the Premises are situated, during Building Hours and other reasonable hours designated by Landlord .

(b) Landlord shall provide to Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (and subject to the limitations hereinafter set forth) the following extra services (collectively the “ Extra Services ”):

(i) Such extra cleaning and janitorial services requested by Tenant, and agreed to by Landlord, for special improvements or Alterations;

(ii) Subject to Paragraph 7(d) below, additional air conditioning and ventilating capacity required by reason of Tenant’s working environment in the Premises exceeding a density of five (5) persons per 1,000 square feet of Rentable Area or by reason of any electrical, data processing or other equipment or facilities or services required to support the same, in excess of that typically provided by the Building;

(iii) Maintaining and replacing lamps, bulbs, and ballasts in the Premises other than as listed in subparagraph (a) above;

(iv) Heating, ventilation, air conditioning or extra electrical service provided by Landlord to Tenant (i) during hours other than Business Hours, (ii) on Saturdays (after Business Hours), Sundays, or Holidays, said heating, ventilation and air conditioning or extra service to be furnished on a per-floor basis solely upon the prior written request of Tenant given with such advance notice as Landlord may reasonably require; Tenant shall pay to Landlord Landlord’s standard charge for overtime HVAC on an hourly basis; and

 

  21   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(v) Any Basic Service in amounts reasonably determined by Landlord to exceed the amounts required to be provided above, but only if Landlord elects to provide such additional or excess service. Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost of providing such additional services (or an amount equal to Landlord’s reasonable estimate of such cost, if the actual cost is not readily ascertainable) together with an administration fee equal to five percent (5%) of such cost, within thirty (30) days following presentation of an invoice therefore by Landlord to Tenant. The cost chargeable to Tenant for all extra services shall constitute Additional Rent.

(c) Tenant agrees to cooperate at all times with Landlord and to comply with all regulations and requirements which Landlord may from time to time reasonably prescribe, and provide to Tenant in writing for the use of the utilities and Basic Services described herein. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for the failure of any other tenant, or its assignees, subtenants, employees, or their respective invitees, licensees, agents or other representatives to comply with such regulations and requirements. The term “ Business Hours ” shall be deemed to be Monday through Friday from 8:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M. and Saturday from 8:00 A.M. to 1:00 P.M., excepting Holidays. The term “ Holidays ” shall be deemed to mean and include New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

(d) If Tenant requires utilities in excess of Standard Building Capacity or services in quantities greater than or at times other than that generally furnished by Landlord as set forth above, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days of receipt of a written statement therefor, Landlord’s charge for such use. Landlord shall determine the amount of such additional consumption and potential consumption by either or both: (i) a survey of standard or average tenant usage of the relevant utility in the Building by a reputable consultant selected by Landlord and paid for by Tenant; or (ii) a separate meter in the Premises installed, maintained, and read by Landlord, the cost of which shall be at Tenant’s expense. In the event that Tenant shall require additional electric current, water or gas for use in the Premises and if, in Landlord’s judgment, such excess requirements cannot be furnished unless additional risers, conduits, feeders, switchboards and/or appurtenances are installed in the Building, subject to the conditions stated below, Landlord shall, if Tenant thereafter notifies Landlord that it will still require additional electric current, water or gas for use in the Premises, proceed to install the same the cost of which shall be at the Tenant’s sole expense, payable upon demand in advance. The installation of such facilities shall be conditioned upon Landlord’s consent, and a determination that the installation and use thereof (i) shall be permitted by applicable Law and insurance regulations, (ii) shall not cause permanent damage or injury to the Building or adversely affect the value of the Building or the Property, and (iii) shall not cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition or interfere with or disturb other tenants in the Building. Subject to the foregoing, Landlord shall, upon reasonable prior notice by Tenant, furnish to the Premises additional heating, air conditioning and/or cleaning services upon such reasonable terms and conditions as shall be reasonably determined by Landlord, including payment of Landlord’s cost therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall have the right to contract with any utility provider it deems appropriate to provide utilities to the Centre.

(e) In the event of any failure, stoppage or interruption of any elevator access, utilities, or HVAC provided as part of the Basic Service or the failure of Landlord to make any material repair required by Paragraph 5(a) (a “ Service Failure ”), Landlord shall use diligent efforts to restore such Basic Service promptly, and except as provided in this Paragraph 7(e) , Landlord shall not be liable for such Service Failure, and no such Service Failure shall be construed as an eviction of Tenant, nor shall the same relieve Tenant from any obligation to perform any covenant or agreement under this Lease. If, however:

(i) a Service Failure is caused by the negligence or intentional acts or omissions of Landlord and results in the Premises or a material potion thereof being unusable by Tenant for its business purpose in substantially the same manner Tenant has used the Premises prior to any such Service Failure (“ Untenantable ”) for a period of five (5) consecutive business days or ten (10) days in any thirty (30)-day period following Landlord’s receipt from Tenant of a written notice regarding such unavailability, then effective on the first business day after such Service Failure, Tenant shall be entitled to an equitable abatement of Rent commensurate to that portion of the Premises rendered Untenantable by the Service Failure that Tenant actually vacates, calculated on a per square foot basis and ending at the time the Premises are again suitable for use by Tenant for its intended purposes.

 

  22   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(ii) a Service Failure is not caused by the negligence or intentional acts or omissions of Landlord and renders the Premises Untenantable for a period of twenty (20) consecutive business days following Landlord’s receipt from Tenant of a written notice regarding such unavailability, then effective on the first business day after such Service Failure, Tenant shall be entitled to an equitable abatement of Rent commensurate to that portion of the Premises rendered Untenantable by the Service Failure that Tenant actually vacates, calculated on a per square foot basis and ending at the time the Premises are again suitable for use by Tenant for its intended purposes.

(f) Landlord reserves the right from time to time to make reasonable and nondiscriminatory modifications to the above standards for Basic Services and Extra Services.

8. NON-LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF LANDLORD; INSURANCE

(a) Landlord shall not be liable for any injury, loss or damage suffered by Tenant or to any person or property occurring or incurred in or about the Premises, the Property or the Centre from any cause, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT SUCH LIABILITIES ARE CAUSED BY THE NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF ANY LANDLORD INDEMNITEE (DEFINED BELOW). Except as specified in the prior sentence but subject to Paragraph 8(f) , neither Landlord nor any of its partners, officers, trustees, affiliates, directors, employees, contractors, agents or representatives (collectively, “ Affiliates ”) shall be liable for and there shall be no abatement of Rent (except in the event of a casualty loss or a condemnation as set forth in Paragraph 9 and Paragraph 10 of this Lease) for (i) any damage to Tenant’s property stored with or entrusted to Affiliates of Landlord, or (ii) loss of or damage to any property by theft or any other wrongful or illegal act, or (iii) subject to Paragraph 7(e) , business interruption or loss of use of the Premises, or (iv) any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas, electricity, water or rain which may leak from any part of the Building or the Property or from the pipes, appliances, appurtenances or plumbing works therein or from the roof, street or sub-surface or from any other place or resulting from dampness or any other cause whatsoever or from the acts or omissions of other tenants, occupants or other visitors to the Building or the Property or from any other cause whatsoever, or (v) any diminution or shutting off of light, air or view by any structure which may be erected on lands adjacent to the Building, whether within or outside of the Property, or (vi) any latent defect in the Premises, the Building, or the Property. Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord in the event of (i) the occurrence of a fire or accident in the Premises or in the Building, or (ii) the discovery of a defect therein or in the fixtures or equipment thereof. This Paragraph 8(a) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

(b) Subject to Paragraph 8(f) , Landlord shall not be liable for, and Tenant agrees to indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless Landlord and its designated property management company, and their respective partners, members, affiliates and subsidiaries, and all of their respective officers, trustees, directors, shareholders, employees, servants, partners, representatives, insurers and agents (collectively, “ Landlord Parties ”) for, from and against all liabilities, claims, fines, penalties, costs, damages or injuries to persons, damages to property, losses, liens, causes of action, suits, judgments and expenses (including court costs, attorneys’ fees, expert witness fees and costs of investigation) (collectively, “ Liabilities ”), of any nature, kind or description of any person or entity, directly or indirectly arising out of, caused by, or resulting from (in whole or part) (1) any activity, work or other things done, permitted or suffered by Tenant and its agents and employees in or about the Premises, (2) any act, omission, negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of its agents, contractors, employees, business invitees or licensees (the “ Tenant Parties ”), or (3) any damage to Tenant’s property, or the property of any Tenant Party, located in or about the Premises; EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT SUCH LIABILITIES ARE CAUSED BY THE NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF ANY LANDLORD PARTY . This Paragraph 8(b) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

  23   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(c) Subject to Paragraph 8(f) , Tenant shall not be liable for, and Landlord agrees to indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Tenant Parties for, from and against all Liabilities of any nature, kind or description of any person or entity, directly or indirectly arising out of, caused by, or resulting from (in whole or part) any activity, work or other things done, permitted or suffered by Landlord in the Common Areas of the Centre; EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT SUCH LIABILITIES ARE CAUSED BY THE NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF ANY TENANT PARTY. This Paragraph 8(c) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. IT IS THE INTENT OF LANDLORD AND TENANT THAT THE PROVISIONS OF PARAGRAPHS 8(B) AND 8(C) COMPLY WITH THE CONTRIBUTORY NEGLIGENCE PRINCIPLES OF THE STATE OF TEXAS.

(d) Each party shall promptly advise the other in writing of any action, administrative or legal proceeding or investigation as to which the foregoing indemnifications may apply, and such party, at its sole expense, shall assume on behalf of each and every indemnified party and conduct with due diligence and in good faith the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party; provided, however, that any indemnified party shall have the right, at its option, to be represented therein by advisory counsel of its own selection and at its own expense. In the event of failure by either party to fully perform in accordance with this Paragraph, the indemnified party, at its option, and without relieving the other of its obligations hereunder, may so perform, but all costs and expenses so incurred by the indemnified party in that event shall be reimbursed by the other party, together with interest on the same from the date any such expense was paid by the indemnified party until reimbursed by the other, at the rate of interest provided to be paid on judgments, by the law of the jurisdiction to which the interpretation of this Lease is subject. The indemnifications provided in Paragraphs 8(b) and 8(c) shall not be limited to damages, compensation or benefits payable under insurance policies, workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employees’ benefit acts.

(e) Insurance .

(i) Tenant at all times during the Lease Term shall, at its own expense, keep in full force and effect (A) commercial general liability insurance written on the most current form of ISO CG 00 01 (occurrence basis) or its equivalent, having a minimum each occurrence limit of $*********, a minimum general aggregate limit of $*********, and shall include provision for contractual liability coverage insuring Tenant for the performance of its indemnity obligations set forth in this Paragraph 8 and in Paragraph 6(g)(ii) of this Lease as well as be endorsed for hired/non-owned auto liability coverage of $*********, with an Excess Limits (Umbrella) Policy in the amount of $*********, (B) worker’s compensation insurance to the statutory limit, if any, and employer’s liability insurance in amounts not less than $******* bodily injury per accident/$******* disease each employee/$******* disease policy limit, (C) All Risk or Causes of Loss—Special Form property insurance, including fire and extended coverage, sprinkler leakage, vandalism, malicious mischief, wind and/or hurricane coverage, covering full replacement value of all of Tenant’s personal property, trade fixtures and improvements in the Premises, (D) [intentionally omitted], and (E) such additional insurance coverages or other policy limits as Landlord reasonably requires pursuant to a change in Landlord’s insurance requirements for tenants generally. Landlord, its designated property management firm and all Landlord Indemnitees shall be named additional insureds on each of said policies (excluding the worker’s compensation policy) and said policies shall be issued by an insurance company or companies authorized to do business in the State and which have policyholder ratings not lower than “A-” and financial ratings not lower than “IX” in Best’s Insurance Guide (latest edition in effect as of the date of this Lease and subsequently in effect as of the date of renewal of the required policies). EACH OF SAID POLICIES SHALL ALSO INCLUDE A WAIVER OF SUBROGATION PROVISION OR ENDORSEMENT IN FAVOR OF LANDLORD, AND AN ENDORSEMENT PROVIDING THAT LANDLORD SHALL RECEIVE THIRTY (30) DAYS PRIOR WRITTEN NOTICE OF ANY CANCELLATION OF, NON-RENEWAL OF, REDUCTION OF COVERAGE OR MATERIAL CHANGE IN COVERAGE ON SAID POLICIES. In addition, all policies of Tenant shall be endorsed to be primary, with the policies of all Landlord Indemnitees being excess, secondary and non-contributing. Tenant hereby waives its right of recovery against any Landlord Indemnitee of any amounts paid by Tenant or on Tenant’s behalf to satisfy applicable worker’s compensation laws. The policies or duly executed certificates showing the material terms for the same, together with satisfactory evidence of the payment of the premiums therefor, shall be deposited with Landlord on the date Tenant first occupies the Premises and upon renewals of such policies not less than fifteen (15) days prior to the expiration of the term of such coverage. If certificates are supplied rather than the policies themselves, Tenant shall allow Landlord, upon reasonable notice at all reasonable times, to inspect the policies of insurance required herein.

 

  24   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(ii) It is expressly understood and agreed that the coverages required represent Landlord’s minimum requirements and such are not to be construed to void or limit Tenant’s obligations contained in this Lease, including without limitation Tenant’s indemnity obligations hereunder. Neither shall (A) the insolvency, bankruptcy or failure of any insurance company carrying Tenant, (B) the failure of any insurance company to pay claims occurring nor (C) any exclusion from or insufficiency of coverage be held to affect, negate or waive any of Tenant’s indemnity obligations under this Paragraph 8 and Paragraph 6(g)(ii) or any other provision of this Lease. With respect to insurance coverages, except worker’s compensation, maintained hereunder by Tenant and insurance coverages separately obtained by Landlord, all insurance coverages afforded by policies of insurance maintained by Tenant shall be primary insurance as such coverages apply to Landlord, and such insurance coverages separately maintained by Landlord shall be excess, and Tenant shall have its insurance policies so endorsed. The amount of liability insurance under insurance policies maintained by Tenant shall not be reduced by the existence of insurance coverage under policies separately maintained by Landlord. Tenant shall be solely responsible for any premiums, assessments, penalties, deductible assumptions, retentions, audits, retrospective adjustments or any other kind of payment due under its policies. Tenant shall increase the amounts of insurance or the insurance coverages as Landlord may reasonably request from time to time pursuant to a change in Landlord’s insurance requirements for tenants generally.

(iii) Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises without delivering the certificates of insurance shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s obligations to provide the required coverages. If Tenant provides to Landlord a certificate that does not evidence the coverages required herein, or that is faulty in any respect, such shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s obligations to provide the proper insurance.

(iv) Throughout the Lease Term, Landlord agrees to maintain (i) fire and extended coverage insurance, and, at Landlord’s option, earthquake damage coverage, terrorism coverage, wind and hurricane coverage, and such additional property insurance coverage as Landlord deems appropriate, consistent with the practices of comparable owners of similar Class-A office buildings in the North Dallas/LBJ submarket, on the insurable portions of Building and the remainder of the Centre in an amount not less than the fair replacement value thereof, subject to commercially reasonable deductibles; (ii) boiler and machinery insurance amounts and with deductibles that would be considered standard for similar class office building in the metropolitan area in which the Premises is located by comparable owners of similar Class-A office buildings in the North Dallas/LBJ submarket; and (iii) commercial general liability insurance with a combined single limit coverage of at least $*********** per occurrence. All such insurance shall be obtained from an insurance company or companies authorized to do business in the State and which have policyholder ratings not lower than “A-” and financial ratings not lower than “IX” in Best’s Insurance Guide (latest edition in effect as of the date of this Lease and subsequently in effect as of the date of renewal of the required policies). The premiums for any such insurance shall be a part of Operating Expenses. EACH OF SAID POLICIES SHALL ALSO INCLUDE A WAIVER OF SUBROGATION PROVISION OR ENDORSEMENT IN FAVOR OF TENANT.

(v) Tenant shall cause all of its contractors, subcontractors, suppliers, telecommunications service providers, moving companies and other entities providing services to or performing work for Tenant (collectively, “ Service Providers ”) to deliver evidence satisfactory to Landlord that the insurance specified in Schedule 1 to Exhibit B is in force prior to entering the Project. If any Service Provider performing construction in the Premises does not comply with the insurance requirements, Landlord may obtain the required insurance on behalf of the Service Provider, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent the cost thereof.

 

  25   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(f) Mutual Waivers of Recovery . Landlord, Tenant, and all parties claiming under them, each mutually release and discharge each other from responsibility for that portion of any loss or damage paid or reimbursed by an insurer of Landlord or Tenant under any fire, extended coverage or other property insurance policy maintained by Tenant with respect to its Premises or by Landlord with respect to the Building or the Centre (or which would have been paid had the insurance required to be maintained hereunder been in full force and effect), no matter how caused, including negligence (but not gross negligence or willful misconduct), and each waives any right of recovery from the other including, but not limited to, claims for contribution or indemnity, which might otherwise exist on account thereof. Any fire, extended coverage or property insurance policy maintained by Tenant with respect to the Premises, or Landlord with respect to the Building or the Centre, shall contain, in the case of Tenant’s policies, a waiver of subrogation provision or endorsement in favor of Landlord, and in the case of Landlord’s policies, a waiver of subrogation provision or endorsement in favor of Tenant, or, in the event that such insurers cannot or shall not include or attach such waiver of subrogation provision or endorsement, Tenant and Landlord shall obtain the approval and consent of their respective insurers, in writing, to the terms of this Lease. The mutual releases, discharges and waivers contained in this provision shall apply EVEN IF THE LOSS OR DAMAGE TO WHICH THIS PROVISION APPLIES IS CAUSED SOLELY OR IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE OF LANDLORD OR TENANT (BUT NOT GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT).

(g) Intentionally omitted.

(h) Adjustment of Claims . Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord and Landlord’s insurers in the adjustment of any insurance claim pertaining to the Building or the Centre or Landlord’s use thereof.

(i) Increase in Landlord’s Insurance Costs . Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord any increase in premiums for Landlord’s insurance policies solely resulting from Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises; provided, however, Landlord agrees that Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use will not result in an increase in Landlord’s insurance policies for which Tenant will be liable.

(j) Failure to Maintain Insurance . Any failure of Tenant to obtain and maintain the insurance policies and coverages required hereunder or failure by Tenant to meet any of the insurance requirements of this Lease shall constitute an event of default hereunder if such failure continues for two business days following notice from Landlord, and such failure shall entitle Landlord to pursue, exercise or obtain any of the remedies provided for in Paragraph 12(b) , and Tenant shall be solely responsible for any loss suffered by Landlord as a result of such failure. In the event of failure by Tenant to maintain the insurance policies and coverages required by this Lease or to meet any of the insurance requirements of this Lease, Landlord, at its option, and without relieving Tenant of its obligations hereunder, may obtain said insurance policies and coverages or perform any other insurance obligation of Tenant, but all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in obtaining such insurance or performing Tenant’s insurance obligations shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord, together with interest on same from the date any such cost or expense was paid by Landlord until reimbursed by Tenant, at the rate of interest provided to be paid on judgments, by the law of the jurisdiction to which the interpretation of this Lease is subject.

9. FIRE OR CASUALTY

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Paragraph 9 , in the event the Premises, or access thereto, is wholly or partially destroyed by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall as soon as reasonably practicable to deliver to Tenant Landlord’s estimate of the time needed to repair the damage (the “ Repair Notice ”). Landlord will provide the Repair Notice as soon as reasonably practicable under the circumstances, but in any event not more than 90 days after the date of the fire or casualty. Landlord shall diligently pursue the requisite information estimates from insurance adjusters, contractors and the like. To the extent permitted by applicable laws and covenants, conditions and restrictions then applicable to the Property and subject to the other provisions of this Paragraph 9 , Landlord shall rebuild, repair or restore the Premises and access thereto to substantially the same condition as existing immediately prior to such destruction (excluding Tenant’s Alterations, trade fixtures, equipment and personal property, which Tenant shall be required to restore, but including the Tenant

 

  26   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Improvements made under the Work Letter) and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) Landlord’s obligation to rebuild, repair or restore the Premises shall not apply to any personal property of Tenant or Tenant’s above-standard tenant improvements, and (ii) Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to rebuild, repair or restore the Premises with respect to any damage or destruction occurring during the last twelve (12) months of the term of this Lease or any extension of the term. If Landlord determines not to rebuild, repair or restore the Premises with respect to damage or destruction during the last 12 months of the term of this Lease (as it may be extended), it will give Tenant written notice of such decision and Tenant may thereafter terminate this Lease, without penalty, by giving Landlord written notice within 30 days after receipt of such notice by Landlord; Rent shall abate reasonably and equitably as of the date of the casualty.

(b) Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease in any of the following cases of damage or destruction to the Premises, the Building or the Property: (i) where the cost of rebuilding, repairing and restoring (collectively, “ Restoration ”) of the Building or the Property, would, regardless of the lack of damage to the Premises or access thereto, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, exceed twenty percent (20%) of the then replacement cost of the Building; (ii) where, in the case of any damage or destruction to any portion of the Building or the Property by uninsured casualty (provided Landlord carries the insurance required under this Lease), the cost of Restoration of the Building or the Property, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, exceeds $*******; or (iii) where, in the case of any damage or destruction to the Premises or access thereto by uninsured casualty (provided Landlord carries the insurance required under this Lease), the cost of Restoration of the Premises or access thereto, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, exceeds twenty percent (20%) of the replacement cost of the Premises; or (iv) if Landlord has not obtained appropriate zoning approvals for reconstruction of the Property, Building or Premises, despite using commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such approvals. Any such termination shall be made by thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Tenant given within one hundred twenty (120) days of the date of such damage or destruction. If this Lease is not terminated by Landlord or Tenant and as the result of any damage or destruction, the Premises, or a portion thereof, are rendered untenantable, the Rent shall abate reasonably and equitably during the period of Restoration, commencing as of the date of the casualty (based upon the extent to which such damage and Restoration render portions of the Premises untenantable). This Lease shall be considered an express agreement governing any case of damage to or destruction of the Premises, the Building or the Property. This Lease sets forth the terms and conditions upon which this Lease may terminate in the event of any damage or destruction.

(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Paragraph 9 to the contrary, (i) if Landlord, in its Repair Notice, estimates that the damage caused by the casualty cannot be repaired within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of the casualty or (ii) if Landlord, in its Repair Notice, estimates that the damage caused by the casualty cannot be repaired within thirty (30) days after the date of the casualty that occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term, then Tenant shall have the right and option to terminate this Lease without penalty, by giving written notice to Landlord at any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Repair Notice, in which case Rent shall abate reasonably and equitably as of the date of the casualty (based upon the extent to which such damage and Restoration render portions of the Premises untenantable) until the effective date of termination.

(d) If this Lease is not terminated as a result of the damage and Landlord does not Substantially Complete (as defined in Exhibit B ) its repair and restoration within 90 days after the expiration of the time estimated by Landlord to be necessary to complete same, subject to any Tenant Delays, and the repair and restoration is not complete at the time Tenant gives its notice of termination, then Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days after the last day of the 90 day period.

10. EMINENT DOMAIN

In the event the whole of the Premises, the Building or the Centre shall be taken under the power of eminent domain, or sold to prevent the exercise thereof (collectively, a “ Taking ”), this Lease shall automatically terminate as of the date of such Taking. In the event a Taking of a portion of the Centre, the Building or the Premises shall, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, substantially interfere with Landlord’s operation thereof, Landlord may terminate this Lease upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to Tenant given at any time within sixty (60) days following the date of such Taking. Additionally, if any part of the Building or the Premises becomes

 

  27   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

subject to a Taking and such Taking will prevent or unreasonably impair Tenant from conducting its business in the Premises in a manner reasonably comparable to that conducted immediately before such Taking, then Tenant may terminate this Lease upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to Landlord given at any time within sixty (60) days following the date of such Taking. For purposes of this Lease, the date of Taking shall be the earlier of the date of transfer of title resulting from such Taking or the date of transfer of possession resulting from such Taking. In the event that a portion of the Premises is so taken and this Lease is not terminated, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant an estimate of the time needed to restore the Premises to a complete unit (subject to the terms of this Paragraph 10 ), and shall, to the extent of proceeds paid to Landlord as a result of the Taking, use commercially reasonable efforts to proceed to restore (to the extent permitted by Law and covenants, conditions and restrictions then applicable to the Centre) the Premises (other than Tenant’s personal property and fixtures, and above-standard tenant improvements) to a complete, functioning unit in as substantially similar condition as possible to the condition in which the Premises existed on the Commencement Date. In such case, the Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be reduced proportionately based on the portion of the Premises so taken. If all or any portion of the Premises is the subject of a temporary Taking (i.e., of a duration less than 90 days), this Lease shall remain in full force and effect and Tenant shall continue to perform each of its obligations under this Lease; in such case, Tenant shall be entitled to receive the entire award allocable to the temporary Taking of the Premises. Except as provided herein, Tenant shall not assert any claim against Landlord or the condemning authority for, and hereby assigns to Landlord, any compensation in connection with any such Taking, and Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire amount of any award therefor, without deduction for any estate or interest of Tenant. Nothing contained in this Paragraph 10 shall be deemed to give Landlord any interest in, or prevent Tenant from seeking any award against the condemning authority for the Taking of personal property, fixtures, above standard tenant improvements of Tenant or for relocation or moving expenses recoverable by Tenant from the condemning authority. This Paragraph 10 shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy in the event of a Taking. This Lease sets forth the terms and conditions upon which this Lease may terminate in the event of a Taking. If this Lease is not terminated as a result of the Taking and Landlord does not Substantially Complete (as defined in Exhibit B ) its restoration, so that the Leased Premises are a complete unit that Tenant is able to use in a manner reasonably comparable to that conducted immediately before such Taking, within 90 days after such Taking, subject to any Tenant Delays, and the restoration is not complete at the time Tenant gives its notice of termination, then Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days after the last day of the 90 day period.

11. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Paragraph 11 , Tenant shall not directly or indirectly, voluntarily or involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise, assign, sublet, mortgage or otherwise encumber all or any portion of its interest in this Lease or in the Premises or grant any license for any person other than Tenant or its employees to use or occupy the Premises or any part thereof without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Any such attempted assignment, subletting, license, mortgage, other encumbrance or other use or occupancy without the consent of Landlord shall, at Landlord’s option, be null and void and of no effect. Any mortgage, or encumbrance of all or any portion of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises and any grant of a license for any person other than Tenant or its employees to use or occupy the Premises or any part thereof shall be deemed to be an “assignment” of this Lease. In addition, as used in this Paragraph 11 , the term “Tenant” shall also mean any entity that has guaranteed Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and the restrictions applicable to Tenant contained herein shall also be applicable to such guarantor.

(b) No assignment or subletting shall relieve Tenant of its obligation to pay the Rent and to perform all of the other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder. The acceptance of Rent by Landlord from any other person shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease or to be a consent to any subletting or assignment. Consent by Landlord to one subletting or assignment shall not be deemed to constitute a consent to any other or subsequent attempted subletting or assignment. Except with respect to a Permitted Transfer, if Tenant desires at any time to assign this Lease or to sublet the Premises or any portion thereof, it shall first notify Landlord of its desire to do so and shall submit in writing to Landlord all pertinent information relating to the proposed assignee or sublessee, all pertinent information relating to the proposed assignment or sublease, and all such financial information as Landlord may reasonably request concerning the Tenant and proposed assignee or subtenant (the “ A/S Notice ”). Any assignment or sublease shall be expressly subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease.

 

  28   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(c) Except with respect to a Permitted Transfer, Landlord has a period of thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the A/S Notice to notify Tenant that Landlord elects, in Landlord’s sole discretion, to:

(i) terminate this Lease as to the space that is the subject of the A/S Notice as of the date specified by Tenant in the A/S Notice; or

(ii) consent to the assignment or sublease; or

(iii) refuse to consent to Tenant’s assignment or sublease of that space (provided such refusal is reasonable) and to continue this Lease in effect.

If Landlord does not notify Tenant of Landlord’s election within the 30-day period, Landlord is deemed to elect option (iii). If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease as provided under option (i), Tenant has 10 days following receipt of Landlord’s notice to terminate within which to rescind its notice of its proposed assignment or sublease and avoid a termination of this Lease.

(d) Tenant acknowledges that it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to a proposed assignment or sublease in any of the following instances:

(i) The assignee or sublessee (or any affiliate of the assignee or sublessee) is not, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, sufficiently creditworthy to perform the obligations such assignee or sublessee will have under this Lease (taking into account Tenant’s continuing obligations under this Lease following an assignment or sublease);

(ii) The intended use of the Premises by the assignee or sublessee is not for the Permitted Use;

(iii) The intended use of the Premises by the assignee or sublessee would materially increase the pedestrian or vehicular traffic to the Premises or the Building over that caused by Tenant when Tenant is occupying the Premises for the Permitted Use;

(iv) Occupancy of the Premises by the assignee or sublessee would, in the good faith judgment of Landlord, violate any agreement binding upon Landlord, the Building or the Centre with regard to the identity of tenants, usage in the Building, or similar matters;

(v) The assignee or sublessee (or any affiliate of the assignee or sublessee) is then negotiating with Landlord or has negotiated with Landlord within the previous six (6) months, or is a current tenant or subtenant within the Building or Centre;

(vi) The identity or business reputation of the assignee or sublessee will, in the good faith judgment of Landlord, tend to damage the goodwill or reputation of the Building or Centre;

(vii) the proposed sublease would result in more than two subleases of portions of the Premises being in effect at any one time during the Lease Term; or

(viii) In the case of a sublease, the subtenant has not acknowledged that the Lease controls over any inconsistent provision in the sublease.

 

  29   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

The foregoing criteria shall not exclude any other reasonable basis for Landlord to refuse its consent to such assignment or sublease. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Lease, if Tenant or any proposed assignee or sublessee claims that Landlord has unreasonably withheld its consent to a proposed assignment or sublease or otherwise has breached its obligations under this Paragraph 11 , their sole remedy shall be to seek a declaratory judgment and/or injunctive relief without any monetary damages, and, with respect thereto, Tenant, on behalf of itself and, to the extent permitted by law, such proposed assignee/sublessee, hereby waives all other remedies against Landlord, including, without limitation, the right to seek monetary damages or to terminate this Lease.

(e) [Intentionally Omitted]

(f) Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting, Tenant and any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall at all times during the Initial Term and any subsequent renewals or extensions remain fully responsible and liable for the payment of the rent and for compliance with all of Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease. Except with respect to a Permitted Transfer, in the event that the Rent due and payable by a sublessee or assignee (or a combination of the rental payable under such sublease or assignment, plus any bonus or other consideration therefor or incident thereto) exceeds the Rent payable under this Lease, then Tenant shall be bound and obligated to pay Landlord, as additional rent hereunder, one-half of all such excess Rent (less the actual costs reasonably incurred by Tenant with unaffiliated third parties in connection with such assignment or sublease [i.e., brokerage commissions and tenant finish work]) and other excess consideration within ten (10) days following receipt thereof by Tenant.

(g) If this Lease is assigned or if the Premises is subleased (whether in whole or in part), or in the event of the mortgage or pledge of Tenant’s leasehold interest, or grant of any concession or license within the Premises, or if the Premises are occupied in whole or in part by anyone other than Tenant, then upon a default by Tenant hereunder Landlord may collect Rent from the assignee, sublessee, mortgagee, pledgee, concessionee or licensee or other occupant and, except to the extent set forth in the preceding paragraph, apply the amount collected to the next Rent payable hereunder; and all such Rent collected by Tenant shall be held in deposit for Landlord and immediately forwarded to Landlord. No such transaction or collection of Rent or application thereof by Landlord, however, shall be deemed a waiver of these provisions or a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of its covenants, duties, or obligations hereunder.

(h) If Tenant effects an assignment or sublease or requests the consent of Landlord to any proposed assignment or sublease, then Tenant shall, upon demand, reimburse Landlord for reasonable attorneys’ and paralegal fees and costs incurred by Landlord in connection with such assignment or sublease or request for consent not to exceed $*****. Reimbursement of Landlord’s attorneys’ and paralegal fees shall in no event obligate Landlord to consent to any proposed assignment or sublease.

(i) Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, in the event this Lease is assigned to any person or entity pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, any and all monies or other consideration payable or otherwise to be delivered in connection with such assignment shall be paid or delivered to Landlord, shall be and remain the exclusive property of Landlord and shall not constitute the property of Tenant or Tenant’s estate within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code. All such money and other consideration not paid or delivered to Landlord shall be held in trust for the benefit of Landlord and shall be promptly paid or delivered to Landlord.

(j) The joint and several liability of the Tenant named herein and any immediate and remote successor-in-interest of Tenant (by assignment or otherwise), and the due performance of the obligations of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed or observed, shall not in any way be discharged, released or impaired by any (a) agreement that modifies any of the rights or obligations of the parties under this Lease (other than an amendment between Landlord and Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease), (b) stipulation that extends the time within which an obligation under this Lease is to be performed, (c) waiver of the performance of an obligation required under this Lease, or (d) failure to enforce any of the obligations set forth in this Lease.

 

  30   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(k) Notwithstanding anything in this Paragraph 11 to the contrary, no written consent from Landlord is required under this Lease with respect to any of the following events (each such event being referred to herein as a “ Permitted Transfer ”):

(i) assignment by Tenant of its interest in this Lease or subletting all or any portion of the Premises to an Affiliate of Tenant (being a parent or subsidiary of Tenant or an entity under common control with Tenant);

(ii) assignment by Tenant of its interest in this Lease or subletting all or any portion of the Premises to any corporation, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company or other business entity into which or with which Tenant is merged or any entity acquiring all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets; or

(iii) a Change in Control of Tenant.

provided that with respect to each of the Permitted Transfers described in subparagraphs (ii) and (iii), Tenant’s Tangible Net Worth on the date following each such Permitted Transfer is at least equal to Tenant’s Tangible Net Worth on the date preceding such Permitted Transfer. For purposes of this Lease, “ Tangible Net Worth ” means the excess of total assets over total liabilities, in each case as determined in accordance with GAAP, excluding, however, from the determination of total assets all assets which would be classified as intangible assets under GAAP including goodwill, licenses, patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, and franchises and “ Change in Control ” means a change or series of changes in the ownership of stock or other ownership interests that would result in direct or indirect changes in ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding stock or other ownership interests in Tenant.

Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any such Permitted Transfer. Tenant shall remain liable for the performance of all of the obligations of Tenant hereunder, or if Tenant no longer exists because of a merger or acquisition, the surviving or acquiring entity shall expressly assume in writing the obligations of Tenant hereunder. No later than 30 days after the effective date of any Permitted Transfer, Tenant agrees to furnish Landlord with (A) copies of the instrument effecting any of the foregoing Permitted Transfers, (B) documentation establishing Tenant’s satisfaction of the requirements set forth above applicable to any such Permitted Transfer (including audited financial statements evidencing compliance with the Tangible Net Worth requirements set forth in this Paragraph 11(k) , or in the absence of audited financial statements, financial statements certified as true and correct by an officer of Tenant evidencing compliance with the Tangible Net Worth requirements set forth in this Paragraph 11(k) ), and (C) evidence of insurance as required under this Lease with respect to the transferee that is the assignee or sublessee pursuant to such Permitted Transfer. The occurrence of a Permitted Transfer shall not waive Landlord’s rights as to any subsequent transfers. Any subsequent transfer by a Permitted Transferee shall be subject to the terms of this Paragraph 11(k) .

12. DEFAULT

(a) Events of Default . The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute an “event of default” or “default” (herein so called) under this Lease by Tenant:

(i) Tenant shall fail to pay Rent or any other rental or sums payable by Tenant hereunder within five (5) days after Landlord notifies Tenant in writing of such nonpayment; provided, however, Landlord shall only be obligated to provide such written notice to Tenant no more than two (2) times within any calendar year and in the event Tenant fails to timely pay Rent or any other sums for a third time during any calendar year, then Tenant shall be in default for such late payment and Landlord shall have no obligation or duty to provide notice of such non-payment to Tenant prior to declaring an event of default under this Lease;

 

  31   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(ii) the failure by Tenant to observe or perform any of the express or implied covenants or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, other than monetary failures as specified in Paragraph 12(a)(i) above, where such failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that if the nature of Tenant’s default is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant shall commence such cure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecute such cure to completion;

(iii) the making by Tenant or any guarantor hereof of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors,

(iv) the filing by or against Tenant or any guarantor hereof of a petition to have Tenant or any guarantor hereof adjudged a bankrupt or a petition for reorganization or arrangement under any law relating to bankruptcy (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant or any guarantor hereof, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days),

(v) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or of substantially all of guarantor’s assets, where possession is not restored to Tenant or guarantor within sixty (60) days,

(vi) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of substantially all of guarantor’s assets or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease where such seizure is not discharged within sixty (60) days;

(vii) any material representation or warranty made by Tenant or guarantor in this Lease or any other document delivered in connection with the execution and delivery of this Lease or pursuant to this Lease proves to be incorrect in any material respect;

(viii) Tenant or guarantor shall be liquidated or dissolved or shall begin proceedings towards its liquidation or dissolution; or

(ix) the abandonment of the entire Premises by Tenant in excess of 120 consecutive days, except due to a Taking or an event of casualty; Landlord’s sole and exclusive remedy in the case of such default is termination of this Lease without penalty to Tenant.

(b) Landlord’s Remedies; Termination . In the event of any event of default by Tenant, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease, at law or in equity, Landlord may at its option pursue any one or more of the following remedies, without any notice or demand to the extent permitted by Law:

(i) Landlord may enter the Premises without terminating this Lease and perform any covenant or agreement or cure any condition creating or giving rise to an event of default under this Lease and Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand, as additional rent, the amount expended by Landlord in performing such covenants or agreements or satisfying or observing such condition. Landlord, or its agents or employees, shall have the right to enter the Premises for such purpose, and such entry and such performance shall not terminate this Lease or constitute an eviction of Tenant.

(ii) Landlord may terminate this Lease by written notice to Tenant (and not otherwise) or Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right of possession without terminating this Lease. In either of such events Tenant shall surrender possession of and vacate the Premises immediately and deliver possession thereof to Landlord, and Tenant hereby grants to Landlord full and free license to enter the Premises, in whole or in part, with or without process of law and to expel or remove Tenant and any other person, firm or entity who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof and remove any and all property therefrom, using such lawful force as may be necessary.

 

  32   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(iii) In the event Landlord elects to re-enter or take possession of the Premises after Tenant’s default, with or without terminating this Lease, Landlord may change locks or alter security devices and lock out, expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying all or any part of the Premises without being liable for any claim for damages, except as required by Texas Property Code Section 93.002 or any successor legislation.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Landlord terminates Tenant’s right to possession without terminating this Lease after an event of default, Landlord shall, if required by Law, use commercially reasonable efforts to relet the Premises and mitigate damage as set forth in Paragraph 12(c) below.

(v) Notwithstanding any prior election by Landlord to not terminate this Lease, Landlord may at any time, including subsequent to any re-entry or taking of possession of the Premises as allowed hereinabove, elect to terminate this Lease so long as the event of default in question is still continuing. Tenant shall be liable for and shall immediately pay to Landlord the amount of all Base Rent and other sums of money due under this Lease as may have accrued as of the date of termination. Tenant shall also immediately pay to Landlord, as agreed and liquidated damages, an amount of money equal to the Base Rent and other amounts due for the remaining portion of the Lease Term (had such term not been terminated by Landlord prior to the expiration of the Lease Term), less the fair rental value of the Premises for the residue of the Lease Term, both discounted to their present value based upon an interest rate of eight percent (8%) per annum. In determining fair rental value, Landlord shall be entitled to take into account the time and expenses necessary to obtain a replacement tenant or tenants, including lost rental revenues and anticipated expenses hereinafter described relating to recovery, preparation and reletting of the Premises. If Landlord elects to relet the Premises, or any portion thereof, before presentation of proof of such liquidated damages, the amount of rent reserved upon such reletting shall be deemed prima facie evidence of the fair rental value of the portion of the Premises so relet.

Landlord and Tenant agree that because of the difficulty or impossibility of determining Landlord’s damages from the loss of anticipated Additional Rent and other lease charges from the Tenant, there shall be included as a component of Tenant’s annual total rent obligation (for the calculation of Landlord’s remedies), an amount equal to the average monthly Additional Rent paid by Tenant for the twelve (12) full calendar months immediately preceding the event of default (or such lesser period of the term if the event of default occurs prior to the twelfth (12th) full calendar month of the term) multiplied by the number of months remaining in the Lease Term.

(vi) In addition to any sum provided to be paid above, Tenant shall also be liable for and shall immediately pay to Landlord all commercially reasonable broker’s fees incurred by Landlord in connection with any reletting of the whole or any part of the Premises, the costs of removing and storing Tenant’s or any other occupant’s property, the cost of repairing, altering, remodeling, renovating or otherwise putting the Premises in good repair and condition consistent with that required at expiration of this Lease (reasonable wear and tear [and condemnation and fire or other casualty damage not caused by Tenant, as to which Paragraphs 9 and 10 shall control] excepted), the cost of removal and replacement of Tenant’s signage and all reasonable expenses by Landlord in enforcing Landlord’s remedies, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

(c) Mitigation of Damages .

(i) In the event of a default under the Lease, Landlord and Tenant shall each use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate any damages resulting from a default of the other party under this Lease.

(ii) Unless otherwise required by applicable law, Landlord’s obligation to mitigate damages after a default by Tenant shall be satisfied in full if Landlord undertakes to lease the Premises to another tenant (a “ Substitute Tenant ”) in accordance with the following criteria:

 

  33   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(A) Landlord shall have no obligation to solicit or entertain negotiations with any other prospective tenant for the Premises until Landlord obtains full and complete possession of the Premises including, without limitation, the final and unappealable legal right to relet the Premises free of any claim of Tenant.

(B) Landlord shall not be obligated to offer the Premises to a Substitute Tenant in preference over other premises in the Centre suitable for that prospective tenant’s use are (or soon will be) available.

(C) Landlord shall not be obligated to lease the Premises to a Substitute Tenant for a rental less than the current fair market rental then prevailing for similar space, nor shall Landlord be obligated to enter into a new lease under other terms and conditions that are unacceptable to Landlord under Landlord’s then current leasing policies for comparable space.

(D) Landlord shall not be obligated to enter into a lease with any proposed tenant whose use would:

a. Disrupt the then-existing tenant mix of the Centre in Landlord’s commercially reasonable discretion;

b. Violate any restriction, covenant, or requirement contained in the lease of another tenant of the Centre;

c. Adversely affect the reputation of the Centre, in Landlord’s commercially reasonable discretion; or

d. Be incompatible with the operation of the Centre.

(E) Landlord shall not be obligated to enter into a lease with any proposed Substitute Tenant (a “ Substitute Lease ”) which does not have, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, sufficient financial resources to perform the obligations of Tenant under this Lease or operate the Premises in a manner consistent with that required of office tenants in Comparable Buildings.

(F) Landlord shall not be required to expend any amount of money to alter, remodel, or otherwise make the Premises suitable for use by a proposed Substitute Tenant unless:

a. Tenant pays any such sum to Landlord in advance of Landlord’s execution of a Substitute Lease with such Substitute Tenant (which payment shall not be in lieu of any damages or other sums to which Landlord may be entitled as a result of Tenant’s default under this Lease); or

b. Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion, determines that any such expenditure is financially justified in connection with entering into any such Substitute Lease.

(iii) Upon compliance with the above criteria regarding the releasing of the Premises after a default by Tenant, Landlord shall be deemed to have fully satisfied Landlord’s obligation to mitigate damages under this Lease and under any law or judicial ruling in effect on the date of this Lease or at the time of Tenant’s default, and Tenant waives and releases, to the fullest extent legally permissible, any right to assert in any action by Landlord to enforce the terms of this Lease, any defense, counterclaim, or rights of setoff or recoupment respecting the mitigation of damages by Landlord, unless and to the extent Landlord maliciously or in bad faith fails to act in accordance with the requirements of this Paragraph 12(c) .

 

  34   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(d) Landlord’s Remedies; Re-Entry Rights . No re-entry or taking possession of the Premises by Landlord pursuant to this Paragraph 12(d) , and no acceptance of surrender of the Premises or other action on Landlord’s part, shall be construed as an election to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention be given to Tenant or unless the termination thereof be decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction.

(e) Intentionally deleted .

(f) Interest . If any monthly installment of Rent or Operating Expenses, or any other amount payable by Tenant hereunder is not received by Landlord by the date when due, it shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the date due until paid. All interest, and any late charges imposed pursuant to Paragraph 12(g) below, shall be considered Additional Rent due from Tenant to Landlord under the terms of this Lease. The term “ Default Rate ” as used in this Lease shall mean the lesser of (A) the rate announced from time to time by Wells Fargo Bank or, if Wells Fargo Bank ceases to exist or ceases to publish such rate, then the rate announced from time to time by the largest (as measured by deposits) chartered bank operating in the State, as its “prime rate” or “reference rate”, plus five percent (5%), or (B) the maximum rate of interest permitted by Law.

(g) Late Charges . Tenant acknowledges that, in addition to interest costs, the late payments by Tenant to Landlord of any monthly installment of Base Rent, Additional Rent or other sums due under this Lease will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of such costs being extremely difficult and impractical to fix. Such other costs include, without limitation, processing, administrative and accounting charges and late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any mortgage, deed to secure debt, deed of trust or related loan documents encumbering the Premises, the Building or the Centre. Accordingly, if any monthly installment of Base Rent, Additional Rent or any other amount payable by Tenant hereunder is not received by Landlord by the due date thereof, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum of five percent (5%) of the overdue amount as a late charge, but in no event more than the maximum late charge allowed by law. The parties agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord will incur by reason of any late payment as hereinabove referred to by Tenant, and the payment of late charges and interest are distinct and separate in that the payment of interest is to compensate Landlord for the use of Landlord’s money by Tenant, while the payment of late charges is to compensate Landlord for Landlord’s processing, administrative and other costs incurred by Landlord as a result of Tenant’s delinquent payments. Acceptance of a late charge or interest shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue amount or prevent Landlord from exercising any of the other rights and remedies available to Landlord under this Lease or at law or in equity now or hereafter in effect. Landlord agrees to waive the late charge and interest in connection with the first delinquent payment by Tenant in any 12-month period provided Tenant makes such payment in full, within five (5) days after written notice from Landlord.

(h) Rights and Remedies Cumulative . All rights, options and remedies of Landlord contained in this Paragraph 12 and elsewhere in this Lease shall be construed and held to be cumulative, and no one of them shall be exclusive of the other, and Landlord shall have the right to pursue any one or all of such remedies or any other remedy or relief which may be provided by law or in equity, whether or not stated in this Lease. Nothing in this Paragraph 12 shall be deemed to limit or otherwise affect Tenant’s indemnification of Landlord pursuant to any provision of this Lease.

(i) Tenant’s Waiver of Redemption . Tenant hereby waives and surrenders for itself and all those claiming under it, including creditors of all kinds, (i) any right and privilege which it or any of them may have under any present or future law to redeem any of the Premises or to have a continuance of this Lease after termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s right of occupancy or possession pursuant to any court order or any provision hereof, and (ii) the benefits of any present or future law which exempts property from liability for debt or for distress for Rent.

(j) Costs Upon Default and Litigation . Tenant shall pay to Landlord and its mortgagees as Additional Rent all the expenses incurred by Landlord or its mortgagees in connection with any default by Tenant hereunder or the exercise of any remedy by reason of any default by Tenant hereunder, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses. If Landlord or its mortgagees shall be made a party to any litigation

 

  35   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

commenced against Tenant or any litigation pertaining to this Lease or the Premises brought by a party other than Landlord or Tenant (or any party affiliated with either), then at the option of Landlord and/or its mortgagees, Tenant, at its expense, shall provide Landlord and/or its mortgagees with counsel approved by Landlord (such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and/or its mortgagees and shall pay all reasonable costs incurred or paid by Landlord and/or its mortgagees in connection with such litigation.

13. ACCESS; CONSTRUCTION

(a) Landlord reserves from the leasehold estate hereunder, in addition to all other rights reserved by Landlord under this Lease, the right to use the roof and exterior walls of the Premises and the area beneath, adjacent to and above the Premises. Subject to providing reasonable advance prior written notice to Tenant, Landlord also reserves the right to install, use, maintain, repair, replace and relocate equipment, machinery, meters, pipes, ducts, plumbing, conduits and wiring through the Premises, which serve other portions of the Building or the Centre in a manner and in locations which do not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises. Landlord agrees that except in an emergency, to the extent reasonably practicable, any entry by Landlord into the Premises that is likely to materially interfere with Tenant’s operations in the Premises, will be scheduled outside of Business Hours. In addition, Landlord shall have free access to any and all mechanical installations of Landlord or Tenant, including, without limitation, machine rooms, telephone rooms and electrical closets. Tenant agrees that there shall be no construction of partitions or other obstructions which materially interfere with or which threaten to materially interfere with Landlord’s free access thereto, or materially interfere with the moving of Landlord’s equipment to or from the enclosures containing said installations.

(b) Landlord shall at all reasonable times, during normal business hours and after reasonable written or oral notice (except in an emergency), have the right to enter the Premises to inspect the same, to supply janitorial service and any other service to be provided by Landlord to Tenant hereunder, to exhibit the Premises to prospective purchasers, lenders or tenants (but only to tenants in the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term, and provided that Tenant has not timely exercised an available option to extend the Lease Term), to post notices of non-responsibility pursuant to Paragraph 4(b) to restore, rebuild or repair the Premises or any other portion of the Building, or to do any other act permitted or contemplated to be done by Landlord hereunder, all without being deemed guilty of an eviction of Tenant and without liability for abatement of Rent or otherwise. For such purposes, Landlord may also erect scaffolding and other necessary structures where reasonably required by the character of the work to be performed. Landlord shall conduct all such inspections and/or improvements, alterations and repairs in a manner so as to minimize interference with Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises and operation of business therefrom.

(c) For each of such purposes, Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in, upon and about the Premises (excluding Tenant’s vaults and safes, access to which shall be provided by Tenant upon Landlord’s reasonable request). Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means that Landlord may deem proper in an emergency in order to obtain entry to the Premises or any portion thereof, and Landlord shall have the right, at any time during the Lease Term, to provide whatever access control measures it deems reasonably necessary to the Centre, without any interruption or abatement in the payment of Rent by Tenant so long as Tenant continues to have uninterrupted access to the entire Premises. Any entry into the Premises obtained by Landlord by any of such means shall not under any circumstances be construed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or any eviction of Tenant from the Premises or any portion thereof. No provision of this Lease shall be construed as obligating Landlord to perform any repairs, Alterations or decorations to the Premises or the Centre except as otherwise expressly agreed to be performed by Landlord pursuant to the provisions of this Lease.

14. BANKRUPTCY

(a) If at any time on or before the Commencement Date there shall be filed by or against Tenant in any court, tribunal, administrative agency or any other forum having jurisdiction, pursuant to any applicable law, either of the United States or of any state, a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for reorganization or for the appointment of a receiver, trustee or conservator of all or a portion of Tenant’s property, or if Tenant makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, this Lease shall ipso facto be canceled and terminated and in such event,

 

  36   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

to the extent permitted by applicable law, neither Tenant nor any person claiming through or under Tenant or by virtue of any applicable law or by an order of any court, tribunal, administrative agency or any other forum having jurisdiction, shall be entitled to possession of the Premises and Landlord, in addition to the other rights and remedies given by Paragraph 12 hereof or by virtue of any other provision contained in this Lease or by virtue of any applicable law, may retain as damages any Rent, Security Deposit or moneys received by it from Tenant or others on behalf of Tenant.

(b) If, after the Commencement Date, or if at any time during the term of this Lease, there shall be filed against Tenant in any court, tribunal, administrative agency or any other forum having jurisdiction, pursuant to any applicable law, either of the United States or of any state, a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for reorganization or for the appointment of a receiver, trustee or conservator of all or a portion of Tenant’s property, and the same is not dismissed after sixty (60) calendar days, or if Tenant makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, this Lease, at the option of Landlord exercised within a reasonable time after notice of the happening of any one or more of such events, may be canceled and terminated and in such event neither Tenant nor any person claiming through or under Tenant or by virtue of any statute or of an order of any court shall be entitled to possession or to remain in possession of the Premises, but shall forthwith quit and surrender the Premises, and Landlord, in addition to the other rights and remedies granted by Paragraph 12 hereof or by virtue of any other provision contained in this Lease or by virtue of any applicable law, may retain as damages any Rent, Security Deposit or moneys received by it from Tenant or others on behalf of Tenant.

15. [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.]

16. SUBORDINATION; ATTORNMENT; ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

(a) Tenant agrees that this Lease and the rights of Tenant hereunder shall be subject and subordinate to any and all deeds to secure debt, deeds of trust, security interests, mortgages, master leases, ground leases or other security documents and any and all modifications, renewals, extensions, consolidations and replacements thereof (collectively, “ Security Documents ”) which now or hereafter constitute a lien upon or affect the Property, the Building or the Premises. Such subordination shall be effective without the necessity of the execution by Tenant of any additional document for the purpose of evidencing or effecting such subordination. In addition, Landlord shall have the right to subordinate or cause to be subordinated any such Security Documents to this Lease and in such case, in the event of the termination or transfer of Landlord’s estate or interest in the Property by reason of any termination or foreclosure of any such Security Documents, Tenant shall, notwithstanding such subordination, attorn to and become the Tenant of the successor-in-interest to Landlord at the option of such successor-in-interest. Furthermore, Tenant shall within fifteen (15) days of demand therefor execute any instruments or other documents which may be reasonably required by Landlord or the holder of any Security Document and specifically shall execute, acknowledge and deliver within fifteen (15) days of demand therefor a subordination of lease or subordination of deed of trust or mortgage, in the form required by the holder of the Security Document requesting the document, subject to Tenant’s approval thereof, which approval may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed; the failure to do so by Tenant within such time period shall be a default hereunder; provided, however, the new landlord or the holder of any Security Document shall agree that Tenant’s quiet enjoyment of the Premises shall not be disturbed as long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease.

(b) If any proceeding is brought for default under any ground or master lease to which this Lease is subject or in the event of foreclosure or the exercise of the power of sale under any mortgage, deed of trust or other Security Document made by Landlord covering the Premises, at the election of such ground lessor, master lessor or purchaser at foreclosure, Tenant shall attorn to and recognize the same as Landlord under this Lease, provided such successor expressly agrees in writing to be bound to all future obligations by the terms of this Lease. Tenant hereby waives its rights under any current or future law which gives or purports to give Tenant any right to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of Tenant hereunder in the event of any such foreclosure proceeding or sale.

(c) [Intentionally Omitted.]

 

  37   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(d) Tenant shall, upon not less than ten (10) business days’ prior notice by Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing certifying to those facts for which certification has been requested by Landlord or any current or prospective purchaser, holder of any Security Document, ground lessor or master lessor, including, but without limitation, that (i) this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications), (ii) the dates to which the Base Rent, Additional Rent and other charges hereunder have been paid, if any, and (iii) whether or not to the best knowledge of Tenant, Landlord is in default in the performance of any covenant, agreement or condition contained in this Lease and, if so, specifying each such default of which Tenant may have knowledge. The form of the statement attached hereto as Exhibit D is hereby approved by Tenant for use pursuant to this subparagraph (d) ; however, at Landlord’s option, Landlord shall have the right to use other forms for such purpose as may be reasonably acceptable to Tenant. Tenant’s failure to execute and deliver such statement within such time shall, at the option of Landlord, constitute a default under this Lease and, in any event, shall be conclusive upon Tenant that this Lease is in full force and effect without modification except as may be represented by Landlord in any such certificate prepared by Landlord and delivered to Tenant for execution. Any statement delivered pursuant to this Paragraph 16 may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser of the fee of the Building or the Property or the holder of any mortgage, ground lease or other like encumbrance thereof, to whom addressed or any assignee of the foregoing.

17. SALE BY LANDLORD; TENANT’S REMEDIES; NONRECOURSE LIABILITY

(a) On the closing date of a sale or conveyance by Landlord of the Building or the Property, Landlord shall be released from any and all liability under this Lease first accruing from and after the date of such sale or conveyance provided such transferee of Landlord’s interest in the Building or the Property expressly assumes Landlord’s obligations hereunder accruing after the date of such sale or conveyance. If the Security Deposit has been deposited by Tenant to Landlord prior to such sale or conveyance, Landlord shall transfer the Security Deposit to the purchaser, and upon delivery to Tenant of notice thereof in accordance with Texas Property Code Section 93.007, Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability in reference thereto.

(b) Landlord shall not be in default of any obligation of Landlord hereunder unless Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations under this Lease within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice of such failure from Tenant; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord commences to cure such default within the thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion. All obligations of Landlord under this Lease will be binding upon Landlord only during the period of its ownership of the Property and not thereafter. All obligations of Landlord hereunder shall be construed as covenants, not conditions; and, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant may not terminate this Lease for breach of Landlord’s obligations hereunder.

(c) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, the obligations of Landlord under this Lease (including any actual or alleged breach or default by Landlord) do not constitute personal obligations of the individual partners, directors, officers, trustees, members or shareholders of Landlord or Landlord’s members or partners, and Tenant shall not seek recourse against the individual partners, directors, officers, trustees, members or shareholders of Landlord or against Landlord’s members or partners or against any other persons or entities having any interest in Landlord, or against any of their personal assets for satisfaction of any liability with respect to this Lease. Any liability of Landlord for a default by Landlord under this Lease, or a breach by Landlord of any of its obligations under the Lease, shall be limited solely to its interest in the Property, and in no event shall any personal liability be asserted against Landlord in connection with this Lease nor shall any recourse be had to any other property or assets of Landlord, its partners, directors, officers, trustees, members, shareholders or any other persons or entities having any interest in Landlord. Except as expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy for a default or breach of this Lease by Landlord shall be limited to (i) an action for damages, and/or (ii) an action for injunctive relief; Tenant hereby waiving and agreeing that, except as specifically provided in this Lease, Tenant shall have no offset rights or right to terminate this Lease on account of any breach or default by Landlord under this Lease. Except in connection with indemnities related to third party tort claims under Paragraph 8 , under no circumstances whatsoever shall either party ever be liable for punitive, consequential or special damages under this Lease and each party waives any rights it may have to such damages under this Lease in the event of a breach or default by the other party under this Lease.

 

  38   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(d) As a condition to the effectiveness of any notice of default given by Tenant to Landlord, Tenant shall also concurrently give such notice under the provisions of Paragraph 17(b) to each beneficiary under a Security Document encumbering the Property of whom Tenant has received written notice (such notice to specify the address of the beneficiary). Each such beneficiary shall have the same cure period as that provided to Landlord under this Lease within which to cure such default, or if such default cannot reasonably be cured within such period, then each such beneficiary shall have such additional time as shall be necessary to cure such default, provided that within such period, such beneficiary has commenced and is diligently pursuing the remedies available to it which are necessary to cure such default (including, without limitation, as appropriate, commencement of foreclosure proceedings). However, the foregoing sentence shall not operate to extend any periods of cure following which Tenant has express offset and/or abatement rights hereunder.

18. PARKING; ENTRY CARDS

(a) Tenant shall have the right to the nonexclusive use of the Number of Parking Spaces located in the parking areas of the Centre specified in Item 13 of the Basic Lease Provisions for the parking of operational motor vehicles used by Tenant, its officers and employees only. The use of such spaces shall be subject to the rules and regulations adopted by Landlord from time to time for the use of the parking areas, as applicable to all the tenants of the Building and delivered to Tenant in writing. Landlord further reserves the right to make such changes to the parking system as Landlord may deem necessary or reasonable from time to time; i.e., Landlord may provide for one or a combination of parking systems, including, without limitation, self-parking, single or double stall parking spaces, and valet assisted parking provided such systems are consistent with Tenant’s rights to the Number of Parking Spaces set forth in Item 13 of the Basic Lease Provisions. Except as otherwise expressly agreed to in this Lease, Tenant agrees that Tenant, its officers and employees shall not be entitled to park in any reserved or specially assigned areas designated by Landlord from time to time in the Centre’s parking areas. Landlord may require execution of an agreement with respect to the use of such parking areas by Tenant and/or its officers and employees in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord as a condition of any such use by Tenant, its officers and employees. A default by Tenant, its officers or employees in the payment of such charge, the repeated non-compliance by Tenant, its officers or employees with parking rules and regulations, or the performance of such agreement(s), which continues beyond applicable notice and cure periods, shall constitute a default by Tenant hereunder. Tenant shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Tenant or Tenant’s officers, employees, suppliers, shippers, customers or invitees to be loaded, unloaded or parked in areas other than those designated by Landlord for such activities. If Tenant permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described in this Paragraph, then Landlord shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to Tenant, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Landlord.

(b) Landlord shall be entitled to utilize whatever access device Landlord deems necessary (including but not limited to the issuance of parking stickers or access cards), to assure that only those persons who have contracted to use parking spaces in the parking garages located in or about the Centre (the “ Parking Garages ”), or contracted to use parking spaces within designated areas of the Parking Garages or other parking areas located in or about the Centre are using such parking spaces in the Parking Garages (or designated areas thereof) or applicable designated parking areas elsewhere in or about the Centre. Landlord currently limits access to the Parking Garages through the use of a parking entry card system, the cards for which shall be provided by Landlord. These cards are different from and do not, without a specific request from Tenant, entitle the holder thereof to an after hours entry card to the Building (pursuant to the terms of Paragraph 18(c) . Landlord agrees to provide to Tenant parking entry cards for the Number of Parking Spaces set forth in Item 13 of the Basic Lease Provisions for a refundable deposit of $10.00 per card (such deposit to be refunded based on the number of cards returned to Landlord by Tenant at expiration or earlier termination of this Lease). Tenant further agrees to surrender all parking entry cards in its possession upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Landlord shall be entitled to cancel any lost or stolen cards of which it becomes aware. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any lost or stolen cards. Tenant shall pay Landlord for each additional card(s) or for each replacement card(s) for any card(s) lost by or stolen from Tenant, in such amount as Landlord shall, from time to

 

  39   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

time determine, the present charge for such lost or stolen cards being $100.00 per card. Tenant acknowledges that the parking entry card may also be the same as the master entry card used for access to the Building during other than normal business hours, and to the extent the cards are the same, agrees that the provisions of Paragraph 18(c) shall also be applicable. In the event Tenant, its agents or employees wrongfully park in any of the Parking Garages’ spaces or in any parking areas, not designated for such person, Landlord shall be entitled and is hereby authorized to have any such vehicle towed away, at Tenant’s sole risk and expense, and Landlord is further authorized to impose upon Tenant a penalty of $25.00 for each such occurrence. Tenant hereby agrees to pay all amounts falling due hereunder upon demand therefor, and the failure to pay any such amount beyond any applicable notice and cure period shall additionally be deemed an event of default hereunder and under the Lease, entitling Landlord to all of its rights and remedies hereunder and thereunder.

(c) Landlord shall provide limited access to the Building before and after normal business hours in the form of special limited access entry cards (“ Entry Cards ”) for Tenant and its employees. An Entry Card shall not automatically qualify Tenant or any of its employees for an access card to the Parking Garage. Landlord agrees to provide Tenant with up to, but not in excess of, two hundred forty-two (242) Entry Cards for a refundable deposit of $10.00 per card (such deposit to be refunded based on the number of cards returned to Landlord by Tenant at expiration or earlier termination of this Lease). However, Tenant shall pay Landlord for any additional or replacement cards, in such amount as Landlord shall, from time to time, determine. The current cost required for a replacement card or an additional card is $100.00 per card. Landlord shall be entitled to cancel (by computer entry) any lost or stolen cards of which it becomes aware. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any lost or stolen cards. Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant, its employees, agents, invitees, or licensees for losses due to theft or burglary, or for damages committed by unauthorized persons on the Premises; and neither shall Landlord be required to insure against any such losses. Tenant shall cooperate fully in Landlord’s efforts to maintain security in the Building and shall follow all regulations promulgated by Landlord with respect thereto. Tenant further agrees to surrender all Entry Cards in its possession upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

19. COMMON AREAS

(a) Subject to subparagraph (b)  below and the remaining provisions of this Lease, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right, in common with others, to the use of such entrances, lobbies, fire vestibules, restrooms (excluding restrooms on any full floors leased by a tenant), mechanical areas, ground floor corridors, elevators and elevator foyers, electrical and janitorial closets, telephone and equipment rooms, loading and unloading areas, the Property’s plaza areas, if any, ramps, drives, stairs, and similar access ways and service ways and other common areas and facilities in and adjacent to the Building and the Property as are designated from time to time by Landlord for the general nonexclusive use of Landlord, Tenant and the other tenants of the Property and their respective employees, agents, representatives, licensees and invitees (“ Common Areas ”). The use of such Common Areas shall be subject to the rules and regulations contained herein and the provisions of any covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Building or the Property. Tenant shall keep all of the Common Areas free and clear of any obstructions created or permitted by Tenant or resulting from Tenant’s operations, and shall use the Common Areas only for normal activities, parking and ingress and egress by Tenant and its employees, agents, representatives, licensees and invitees to and from the Premises, the Building or the Property. If, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, unauthorized persons are using the Common Areas by reason of the presence of Tenant in the Premises, Tenant, upon demand of Landlord, shall correct such situation by appropriate action or proceedings against all such unauthorized persons. Nothing herein shall affect the rights of Landlord at any time to remove any such unauthorized persons from said areas or to prevent the use of any of said areas by unauthorized persons. Landlord reserves the right to make such changes, alterations, additions, deletions, improvements, repairs or replacements in or to the Building, the Property (including the Premises), the Centre and the Common Areas as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary or desirable, including, without limitation, constructing new buildings and making changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading areas, landscaped areas and walkways; provided, that such acts do not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises or access thereto. Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, the Common Areas shall not in any event be deemed to be a portion of or included within the Premises leased to Tenant and the Premises shall not be deemed to be a portion of the Common Areas. This Lease is granted subject to the terms hereof, the rights and interests of third parties under

 

  40   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

existing liens, ground leases, easements and encumbrances affecting such property, all zoning regulations, rules, ordinances, building restrictions and other laws and regulations now in effect or hereafter adopted by any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Property or any part thereof.

(b) Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Landlord specifically reserves the right to redefine the terms “ Centre ” and “ Property ” for purposes of allocating and calculating Operating Expenses so as to include or exclude areas as Landlord shall from time to time determine or specify (and any such determination or specification shall be without prejudice to Landlord’s right to revise thereafter such determination or specification). In addition, Landlord shall have the right to contract or otherwise arrange for amenities, services or utilities (the cost of which is included within Operating Expenses) to be on a common or shared basis to both the Property (i.e., the area with respect to which Operating Expenses are determined) and other portions of the Centre, so long as the basis on which the cost of such amenities, services or utilities is allocated to the Property is determined on an arms-length basis or some other basis reasonably determined by Landlord. In the case where the definition of the Property or the Centre is revised for purposes of the allocation or determination of Operating Expenses, Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be appropriately revised. The Rentable Area of the Property and the Centre is subject to adjustment by Landlord from time to time, but only as a result of any additions or deletions to any of the buildings in the Centre, provided, however, in no event will Tenant’s Proportionate Share increase during the initial Term. Landlord shall have the sole right to determine which portions of the Centre and other areas, if any, shall be served by common management, operation, maintenance and repair. Landlord shall have the exclusive rights to the airspace above and around, and the subsurface below, the Premises and other portions of the Building and the Centre.

20. EXISTING LEASE REIMBURSEMENT.

Landlord agrees to reimburse Tenant for the Tenant’s remaining rent obligations under its Existing Lease (herein so called) at Two Galleria Tower (the “ Galleria Rent ”) up to a maximum amount of $********* (the “ Lease Reimbursement ”). Landlord will reimburse Tenant monthly, in arrears, for the Galleria Rent paid by Tenant for such month (including any partial month), commencing from and after the Commencement Date. By way of example, if the Commencement Date is September 1, Landlord will reimburse Tenant for the Galleria Rent paid for September, 2012. By way of further example, if the Commencement Date is September 10, Landlord will reimburse Tenant for the portion of the Galleria Rent attributable to the period after the Commencement Date on a pro rata basis ( i.e. , based upon the number of days in such partial month following the Commencement Date). Each such reimbursement will be made in immediately available funds, within 15 business days following Landlord’s receipt of a “paid” invoice or other documentation evidencing Tenant’s payment of the applicable Galleria Rent. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if during the Term, Tenant settles its remaining rental obligation under the Existing Lease in full, then if such Settlement (plus all previously reimbursed Galleria Rent) is less than $*********, such difference will not be paid to Tenant, but shall be provided to Tenant as reimbursement for Alterations made by Tenant to the Premises in accordance with the terms of this Lease. In the absence of any such settlement, Landlord will continue to make monthly reimbursements of Galleria Rent (up to the maximum amount) under the terms of this Section 20. If Landlord fails to timely pay any portion of the Galleria Rent to Tenant, and such failure continues for 5 business days after written notice from Tenant, such failure shall be a default by Landlord under this Lease and Tenant may, in addition to all other rights and remedies afforded Tenant hereunder or by law or equity, offset the amount of Galleria Rent then due to Tenant against the Rent due to Landlord hereunder. The Lease Reimbursement payable to Tenant shall be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis by the amount of such offset.

21. LETTER OF CREDIT

(a) General Provisions . Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, as collateral for the full performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease and for all losses and damages Landlord may suffer as a result of any default by Tenant under this Lease, two standby, unconditional, irrevocable, transferable letters of credit (the “ Letter(s) of Credit ”) in the form of Exhibit K hereto and containing the terms required herein (or in such other form that is acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion. Tenant must deliver one Letter of Credit (the “ Primary Letter of Credit ”) in the initial amount of $********* (subject to reductions described below). Tenant must deliver the Primary Letter of Credit to Landlord at least five (5) business days prior to the Commencement Date.

 

  41   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

The other Letter of Credit (the “ Additional Security Letter of Credit ”) shall be in the initial amount of $****** and must be delivered concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease. Each of the Letters of Credit must name Landlord as beneficiary, be issued (or confirmed) by a financial institution acceptable to Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion (provided, however, HSBC is deemed to be acceptable to Landlord), permitting multiple and partial draws thereon, and otherwise in form acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion. Tenant shall cause each Letter of Credit to be in effect, in the required amount, until the applicable LC Expiration Date. If either Letter of Credit held by Landlord expires earlier than the applicable LC Expiration Date, Tenant shall deliver a new Letter of Credit or certificate of renewal or extension to Landlord not later than 30 days prior to the expiration date of the applicable Letter of Credit then held by Landlord. Any renewal or replacement Letter of Credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Section 21, shall be irrevocable, transferable and shall remain in effect (or be automatically renewable) through the applicable LC Expiration Date upon the same terms as the expiring Letter of Credit or such other terms as may be acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion.

(b) The Primary Letter of Credit . Provided that no monetary Event of Default is then outstanding, Tenant may reduce the amount of the Primary Letter of Credit by 50% following the expiration of the 13 th Lease Month. For purposes of clarification, the amount of the Primary Letter of Credit Shall be equal to the following amounts during the following periods:

 

Lease Months

   Primary Letter of Credit Amount

1 – 13

   $************

14 – 25

   $**********

If a monetary Event of Default is outstanding at the end of the 13th Lease Month and Tenant cures such monetary Event of Default prior to Landlord drawing the Primary Letter of Credit in its entirety, and exercising its remedies under Paragraph 12(b)(ii) , then on the date that is six months following Tenant’s cure of such Monetary Event of Default, Tenant may reduce the Primary Letter of Credit by 50% as set forth above, provided no additional monetary Event of Default occurs during such six month period. Provided that no monetary Event of Default is then outstanding, Tenant’s obligation to maintain the Primary Letter of Credit expires on the last day of the 25th Lease Month (“ Primary LC Expiration Date ”). If a monetary Event of Default is outstanding at the end of the 25th Lease Month and Tenant cures such monetary Event of Default prior to Landlord exercising its remedies under Paragraph 12(b)(ii) , then Tenant’s obligation to maintain the Primary Letter of Credit will expire on the date that is six months from the date that there is no outstanding monetary Event of Default under the Lease (after taking into account Tenant’s cure of the same).

(c) The Additional Security Letter of Credit . Provided that no monetary Event of Default is then outstanding, Tenant’s obligation to maintain the Additional Security Letter of Credit expires on the last day of the 48th Lease Month (such date and the Primary LC Expiration Date, as applicable, the “ LC Expiration Date ”). If a monetary Event of Default is outstanding at the end of the 48th Lease Month and Tenant cures such monetary Event of Default prior to Landlord exercising its remedies under Paragraph 12(b)(ii) , then Tenant’s obligation to maintain the Additional Security Letter of Credit will expire on the date that is six months from the date that there is no outstanding monetary Event of Default under the Lease (after taking into account Tenant’s cure of the same).

(d) Drawings under Letter(s) of Credit . Landlord shall have the right to draw upon either or both Letters of Credit, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time:

(1) If an Event of Default occurs; or

(2) If either Letter of Credit held by Landlord expires earlier than the applicable LC Expiration Date (whether by reason of a stated expiration date or a notice of termination or non-renewal given by the issuing bank), and Tenant fails to deliver to Landlord, at least 30 days prior to the expiration date of the applicable Letter of Credit then held by Landlord, a renewal or substitute Letter of Credit that is in effect and that complies with the provisions of this Section 21.

 

  42   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

No condition or term of this Lease shall be deemed to render either Letter of Credit conditional to justify the issuer of such Letter of Credit in failing to honor a drawing upon such Letter of Credit in a timely manner. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord is entering into this Lease in material reliance upon the ability of Landlord to draw upon one or both Letters of Credit upon the occurrence of any Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease or upon the occurrence of any of the other events described above in this Section 21(d).

(e) Use of Proceeds by Landlord . The proceeds of each Letter of Credit may be applied by Landlord against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that is not paid when due and/or to pay for all losses and damages that Landlord has suffered or that Landlord reasonably estimates that it will suffer as a result of any Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease. As soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of any Letter of Credit proceeds, Landlord shall deposit any unused proceeds in a separate account in the name of Landlord or its designee at a financial institution selected by Landlord in its sole discretion (the “ LC Proceeds Account ”). Landlord may apply funds from the LC Proceeds Account against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that is not paid when due and/or to pay for all losses and damages that Landlord has suffered or that Landlord reasonably estimates that it will suffer as a result of any Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease. Tenant hereby grants Landlord a security interest in the LC Proceeds Account and agrees that, in addition to all other rights and remedies available to landlord under applicable Law, Landlord shall have all rights of a secured party under the Texas Uniform Commercial Code with respect to the LC Proceeds Account. The LC Proceeds Account shall be under the sole control of Landlord. Tenant shall not have any right to direct the disposition of funds from the LC Proceeds Account or any other right or interest in the LC Proceeds Account; provided, however, Landlord agrees to exhaust the funds, if any, from the LC Proceeds Account with respect to an Event of Default prior to drawing upon either Letter of Credit. Tenant shall, at any time and from time to time, execute, acknowledge and deliver such documents and take such actions as Landlord or the bank with which the LC Proceeds Account is maintained may reasonably request concerning the creation or perfection of the security interest granted to Landlord in (including Landlord’s control of) LC Proceeds Account or to effect the provisions of this Section 21(e). Tenant does hereby make, constitute and appoint Landlord its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, for it and in its name, place and stead, to execute and deliver all such instruments and documents, and to do all such other acts and things, as Landlord may deem to be necessary or desirable to protect and preserve the rights granted to Landlord under this Section 21(e). Tenant hereby grants to Landlord the full power and authority to appoint one or more substitutes to perform any of the acts that Landlord is authorized to perform under this Section 21(e), with a right to revoke such appointment of substitution at Landlord’s pleasure. The power of attorney granted pursuant to this Section 21(e) is coupled with an interest and therefore is irrevocable. Any person dealing with Landlord may rely upon the representation of Landlord relating to any authority granted by this power of attorney, including the intended scope of the authority, and may accept the written certificate of Landlord that this power of attorney is in full force and effect. Photographic or other facsimile reproductions of this executed Lease may be made and delivered by Landlord, and may be relied upon by any person to the same extent as though the copy were an original. Anyone who acts in reliance upon any representation or certificate of Landlord, or upon a reproduction of this Lease, shall not be liable for permitting Landlord to perform any act pursuant to this power of attorney. Provided there is no Event of Default then outstanding, Landlord agrees to pay to Tenant within 30 days after the applicable LC Expiration Date the amount of any proceeds of such Letter of Credit received by Landlord and not applied against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that was not paid when due or used to pay for any losses and/or damages suffered by Landlord (or reasonably estimated by Landlord that it will suffer) as a result of any Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease; provided, that if prior to the applicable LC Expiration Date a voluntary petition is filed by Tenant or any Guarantor, or an involuntary petition is filed against Tenant or any Guarantor by any of Tenant’s or Guarantor’s creditors, under the Federal Bankruptcy Code, then Landlord shall not be obligated to make such payment in the amount of the unused Letter of Credit proceeds until either all preference issues relating to payments under this Lease have been resolved in such bankruptcy or reorganization case or such bankruptcy or reorganization case has been dismissed, in each case pursuant to a final court order not subject to appeal or any stay pending appeal.

 

  43   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(f) Additional Covenants of Tenant . If, as result of any application or use by Landlord of all or any part of the Additional Security Letter of Credit, the amount of the Additional Security Letter of Credit shall be less than the then-applicable Additional Security Letter of Credit Amount, Tenant shall, within five days after Landlord has provided Tenant written notice of Landlord’s application or use of all or any part of the Additional Security Letter of Credit, provide Landlord with additional letter(s) of credit in an amount equal to the deficiency (or a replacement letter of credit in the total the Additional Security Letter of Credit Amount applicable to such Letter of Credit). Any such additional (or replacement) letter of credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Section 21, and if Tenant fails to comply with the foregoing within two business days after Landlord delivers written notice of such failure to Tenant, then notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, the same shall constitute an Event of Default by Tenant. Tenant further covenants and warrants that it will neither assign nor encumber either Letter of Credit or any part thereof or any interest in the LC Proceeds Account and that neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance.

(g) Transfer of Letter of Credit . Landlord may, at any time and without notice to Tenant and without first obtaining Tenant’s consent thereto, transfer all or any portion of its interest in and to one or both Letters of Credit to another party, person or entity, including Landlord’s mortgagee, to which Landlord assigns its interest in this Lease and/or to have such Letter(s) of Credit reissued in the name of Landlord’s transferee. Landlord’s transfer of less than all of its interest in the Letters of Credit shall not increase Tenant’s obligations with respect to the Primary Letter of Credit Amount and the Additional Security Letter of Credit Amount (e.g., Tenant would not have to deliver a new Additional Security Letter of Credit to a new landlord in the amount of $******* if Landlord retained an interest in a portion of the Additional Security Letter of Credit). If Landlord transfers its interest in the Building and transfers one or both Letters of Credit (or any proceeds thereof then held by Landlord) in whole or in part to the transferee, Landlord shall, without any further agreement between the parties hereto, thereupon be released by Tenant from all liability therefor (but only to the extent of such transfer). The provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of all or any part of either Letter of Credit to a new landlord. In connection with any such transfer of the Letter(s) of Credit by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, execute and submit to the issuer of such Letter(s) of Credit such applications, documents and instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such transfer. Tenant shall be responsible for paying the issuer’s transfer and processing fees in connection with any transfer of the Letter(s) of Credit and, if Landlord advances any such fees (without having any obligation to do so), Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such transfer or processing fees within ten days after Landlord’s written request therefor.

(h) Nature of Letter of Credit . Landlord and Tenant (1) acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall either Letter of Credit or any renewal thereof or substitute therefor or any proceeds thereof (including the LC Proceeds Account) be deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” under any Law applicable to security deposits in the commercial context, including Sections 93.004-93.011 of the Texas Property Code, as such sections now exist or as may be hereafter amended or succeeded” (“Security Deposit Laws”), (2) acknowledge and agree that the Letters of Credit (including any renewals thereof or substitutes therefor or any proceeds thereof) are not intended to serve as a security deposit, and the Security Deposit Laws shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto, and (3) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws.

(i) Replacement of Letters of Credit . If, upon Tenant’s request in connection with (or following) an initial public offering of stock (an “ IPO ”) in Tenant’s parent entity, Markit Group (or one of its affiliates), Tenant notifies Landlord that Tenant will pay off and terminate its credit facility (through which the Letters of Credit are provided), (i) the Primary Letter of Credit may be terminated (if it has not previously expired pursuant to Paragraph 21(b) ) following the execution of a guaranty agreement (a “ Guaranty ”) from an entity (a “ Guarantor ”) and on terms that Landlord determines, in its sole discretion, provide Landlord with security not less than the security provided by the Primary Letter of Credit and (ii) the Additional Security Letter of Credit may be terminated (if it has not previously expired pursuant to Paragraph 21(b) ) upon Tenant’s delivery of a cash security deposit in the then-applicable amount of the Additional Security Letter of Credit (the “ Additional Security Deposit ”). With respect to any Guaranty, Landlord agrees a Guaranty will provide Landlord with security not less than the security provided by the Primary Letter of Credit so long as such Guaranty is in the form attached hereto as Exhibit “J” and the Tangible Net Worth of the Guarantor is in excess of $**********. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord will require a detailed financial review of any proposed Guarantor; Tenant agrees to timely deliver all financial information requested by Landlord in connection with

 

  44   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

such review and cooperate with Landlord in connection therewith. Landlord’s and Tenant’s rights and obligations with respect to the Additional Security Deposit shall be the same as the parties’ rights and obligations with respect to the Security Deposit as set forth in Paragraph 2(c) . Within thirty (30) days from the date that the Additional Security Letter of Credit would have expired pursuant to the terms of Paragraph 21(c) , Landlord shall return to Tenant any unapplied (in accordance with the terms of Paragraph 2(c) ) portion of the Additional Security Deposit. Landlord will surrender to Tenant (1) the Primary Letter of Credit at any time following the execution of the Guaranty by Guarantor and (2) the Additional Security Letter of Credit at any time following Tenant’s deposit of the Additional Security Deposit with Landlord, each in accordance with the terms of this Paragraph 21(i) .

22. MISCELLANEOUS

(a) Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any legal action or proceeding brought by either party against the other arising out of this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs (including, without limitation, court costs and expert witness fees) incurred in such action. Such amounts shall be included in any judgment rendered in any such action or proceeding.

(b) Waiver . No waiver by either party of any provision of this Lease or of any breach by the other party hereunder shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other provision hereof, or of any subsequent breach by such other party. Landlord’s consent to or approval of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord’s consent or approval under this Lease shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Landlord’s consent to or approval of any subsequent act of Tenant. No act or thing done by Landlord or Landlord’s agents during the term of this Lease shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, unless in writing signed by Landlord. The delivery of the keys to any employee or agent of Landlord shall not operate as a termination of the Lease or a surrender of the Premises. The acceptance of any Rent by Landlord following a breach of this Lease by Tenant shall not constitute a waiver by Landlord of such breach or any other breach unless such waiver is expressly stated in a writing signed by Landlord.

(c) Notices . Any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, disapproval or certificate (“ Notice ”) required or desired to be given under this Lease shall be in writing and given by certified mail, return receipt requested, by personal delivery or by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service (such as Federal Express or UPS) providing a receipt for delivery. Notices may not be given by facsimile. The date of giving any Notice shall be deemed to be the date upon which delivery is actually made by one of the methods described in this Paragraph 20(c) (or attempted if said delivery is refused or rejected). If a Notice is received on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day. All notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals, disapprovals, or certificates shall be addressed at the address specified in Item 17 of the Basic Lease Provisions or to such other addresses as may be specified by written notice from Landlord to Tenant and if to Tenant, at the Premises. Either party may change its address by giving reasonable advance written Notice of its new address in accordance with the methods described in this Paragraph; provided, however, no notice of either party’s change of address shall be effective until fifteen (15) days after the addressee’s actual receipt thereof. For the purpose of this Lease, Landlord’s counsel may provide Notices to Tenant on behalf of Landlord and such Notices shall be binding on Tenant as if such Notices have been provided directly by Landlord, and Tenant’s counsel may provide Notices to Landlord on behalf of Tenant and such Notices shall be binding on Landlord as if such Notices have been provided directly by Tenant.

(d) Access Control . Landlord shall be the sole determinant of the type and amount of any access control or courtesy guard services to be provided to the Property, if any, provided such access control does not interfere with Tenant’s rights hereunder. IN ALL EVENTS, LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO TENANT, AND TENANT HEREBY WAIVES ANY CLAIM AGAINST LANDLORD, FOR (I) ANY UNAUTHORIZED OR CRIMINAL ENTRY OF THIRD PARTIES INTO THE PREMISES, THE BUILDING, THE PROPERTY OR THE CENTRE, (II) ANY DAMAGE TO PERSONS, OR (III) ANY LOSS OF PROPERTY IN AND ABOUT THE PREMISES, THE BUILDING, THE PROPERTY OR THE CENTRE, BY OR FROM ANY UNAUTHORIZED OR CRIMINAL ACTS OF THIRD PARTIES, REGARDLESS OF ANY ACTION, INACTION, FAILURE, BREAKDOWN, MALFUNCTION AND/OR INSUFFICIENCY OF THE ACCESS CONTROL OR COURTESY GUARD SERVICES PROVIDED BY LANDLORD, IF ANY. Tenant

 

  45   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

shall provide such supplemental security services and shall install within the Premises such supplemental security equipment, systems and procedures as may reasonably be required for the protection of its employees and invitees, provided that Tenant shall coordinate such services and equipment with any security provided by Landlord. The determination of the extent to which such supplemental security equipment, systems and procedures are reasonably required shall be made in the sole judgment, and shall be the sole responsibility, of Tenant. Tenant acknowledges that it has neither received nor relied upon any representation or warranty made by or on behalf of Landlord with respect to the safety or security of the Premises or the Property or any part thereof or the extent or effectiveness of any security measures or procedures now or hereafter provided by Landlord, and further acknowledges that Tenant has made its own independent determinations with respect to all such matters.

(e) Storage . Any storage space at any time leased to Tenant hereunder shall be used exclusively for storage. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease to the contrary, (i) Landlord shall have no obligation to provide heating, cleaning, water or air conditioning therefor, and (ii) Landlord shall be obligated to provide to such storage space only such electricity as will, in Landlord’s judgment, be adequate to light said space as storage space.

(f) Holding Over . If Tenant retains possession of the Premises after the termination or expiration of the Lease Term, then Tenant shall, at Landlord’s election become a tenant at sufferance (and not a tenant at will), such possession shall be subject to immediate termination by Landlord at any time, and all of the other terms and provisions of this Lease (excluding any expansion or renewal option or other similar right or option) shall be applicable during such holdover period, except that Tenant shall pay Landlord from time to time, upon demand, as Base Rent for the first month of the holdover period, an amount equal to ********************** percent (***%) the Base Rent in effect at the expiration date, and thereafter ************** percent (***%) of the Base Rent in effect at the expiration date, in each case computed on a monthly basis for each month or part thereof during such holding over. All other payments (including payment of Additional Rent) shall continue under the terms of this Lease. In the event any unauthorized holding over continues for more than 10 days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, such holding over delays or prevents Landlord from delivering possession of all or a part of the Premises to another tenant or from commencing work to make all or part of the Premises available to another tenant, and Landlord has delivered written notice to Tenant identifying that portion of the Premises that has been leased to another tenant, Tenant shall be liable for all damages incurred by Landlord as a result of such holding over. No holding over by Tenant, whether with or without consent of Landlord, shall operate to extend this Lease except as otherwise expressly provided, and this Paragraph shall not be construed as consent for Tenant to retain possession of the Premises.

(g) Condition of Premises . EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS LEASE, LANDLORD HEREBY DISCLAIMS ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY THAT THE PREMISES ARE SUITABLE FOR TENANT’S INTENDED PURPOSE OR USE, WHICH DISCLAIMER IS HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGED BY TENANT. THE TAKING OF POSSESSION BY TENANT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE THAT TENANT:

(i) ACCEPTS THE PREMISES, THE BUILDING AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS AS SUITABLE FOR THE PURPOSES FOR WHICH THE PREMISES WERE LEASED, SUBJECT TO LANDLORD MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OBLIGATIONS AND OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LEASE;

(ii) ACCEPTS THE PREMISES, THE BUILDING AND THE CENTRE AS BEING IN GOOD AND SATISFACTORY CONDITION;

(iii) WAIVES ANY DEFECTS IN THE PREMISES AND ITS APPURTENANCES EXISTING NOW OR IN THE FUTURE, EXCEPT THAT TENANT’S TAKING OF POSSESSION SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO WAIVE LANDLORD’S COMPLETION OF MINOR FINISH WORK ITEMS THAT DO NOT INTERFERE WITH TENANT’S OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES; AND

 

  46   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(iv) WAIVES ALL CLAIMS BASED ON ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF SUITABILITY OR HABITABILITY.

(h) Quiet Possession . Upon Tenant’s paying the Rent reserved hereunder and observing and performing all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed hereunder, Tenant shall have quiet possession of the Premises for the term hereof without hindrance, disturbance or ejection by Landlord or any person lawfully claiming under Landlord, subject to the provisions of this Lease and to the provisions of any (i) the Restrictions, or (ii) Security Documents to which this Lease is subordinate or may be subordinated in accordance with the requirements of Paragraph 16 above.

(i) Matters of Record . Except as otherwise provided herein, this Lease and Tenant’s rights hereunder are subject and subordinate to all matters affecting Landlord’s title to the Property recorded in the Real Property Records of the County in which the Property is located, prior to and subsequent to the date hereof, including, without limitation, all of the Restrictions. Unless Tenant consents in writing (which consent may be withheld in Tenant’s sole discretion), Tenant shall not be bound by any Matters of Record (or amendments to existing Matters of Record) not affecting the Property as of the date this Lease is executed by both Landlord and Tenant, which Matters of Record are filed by or on behalf of Landlord and materially increase Tenant’s obligations under this Lease (monetary or otherwise, including with respect to Operating Expenses), except for any Matters of Record recorded by or on behalf of Landlord due to requirements of any governmental or quasi-governmental entity or pursuant to any applicable Laws. Tenant agrees for itself and all persons in possession or holding under it that it will comply with and not violate any such covenants, conditions and restrictions or other matters of record. Landlord reserves the right, from time to time, to grant such easements, rights and dedications as Landlord deems necessary or desirable, and to cause the recordation of parcel maps and covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Premises, the Building or the Centre, as long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps, and covenants, conditions and restrictions do not materially interfere with the use of and/or access to the Premises by Tenant and do not materially increase Tenant’s obligations hereunder. At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall join in the execution of any of the aforementioned documents.

(j) Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, all of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns. Tenant shall attorn to each purchaser, successor or assignee of Landlord.

(k) Brokers . Tenant and Landlord each hereby represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, excepting only the brokers named in Item 12 of the Basic Lease Provisions and that it knows of no other real estate broker or agent who is or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless for, from and against all claims for any brokerage commissions, finders’ fees or similar payments by any persons other than those listed in Item 12 of the Basic Lease Provisions and all costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with such claims, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs. Landlord hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless for, from and against all claims for any brokerage commissions, finders’ fees or similar payments by any persons other than those listed in Item 12 of the Basic Lease Provisions and all costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with such claims, including reasonable attorney’s fees and costs.

(l) Centre or Building Name . Landlord shall have the right at any time to install, affix and maintain any and all signs on the exterior and on the interior of the Centre or Building as Landlord may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, desire. Tenant shall not use the name of the Centre or Building or use pictures or illustrations of the Centre or Building in advertising or other publicity or for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord. Additionally, Landlord shall have the exclusive right at all times during the Lease Term to change, modify, add to or otherwise alter the name, number, or designation of the Building and/or the Centre, and Landlord shall not be liable for claims or damages of any kind which may be attributed thereto or result therefrom.

 

  47   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(m) Examination of Lease . Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

(n) Time . Time is of the essence of this Lease and each and all of its provisions.

(o) Defined Terms and Marginal Headings . The words “ Landlord ” and “ Tenant ” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular and for purposes of Articles 5, 7, 13 and 19 , the term Landlord shall include Landlord, its employees, contractors and agents. The marginal headings and titles to the articles of this Lease are not a part of this Lease and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part hereof.

(p) Conflict of Laws; Prior Agreements; Separability . This Lease shall be governed by and construed pursuant to the laws of the State. This Lease contains all of the agreements of the parties hereto with respect to any matter covered or mentioned in this Lease. No prior agreement, understanding or representation pertaining to any such matter shall be effective for any purpose. No provision of this Lease may be amended or added to except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest. The illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Lease shall in no way impair or invalidate any other provision of this Lease, and such remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

(q) Authority . If Tenant is a corporation or limited liability company, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant hereby covenants and warrants that Tenant is a duly authorized and existing corporation or limited liability company, that Tenant has and is qualified to do business in the State, that the corporation or limited liability company has full right and authority to enter into this Lease, and that each person signing on behalf of the corporation is authorized to do so. If Tenant is a partnership or trust, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant hereby covenants and warrants that he is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of Tenant in accordance with the terms of such entity’s partnership or trust agreement. This Lease shall not be construed to create a partnership, joint venture or similar relationship or arrangement between Landlord and Tenant hereunder.

(r) Joint and Several Liability . If two or more individuals, corporations, partnerships or other business associations (or any combination of two or more thereof) shall sign this Lease as Tenant, the liability of each such individual, corporation, partnership or other business association to pay Rent and perform all other obligations hereunder shall be deemed to be joint and several, and all notices, payments and agreements given or made by, with or to any one of such individuals, corporations, partnerships or other business associations shall be deemed to have been given or made by, with or to all of them. In like manner, if Tenant shall be a partnership or other business association, the members of which are, by virtue of statute or federal law, subject to personal liability, then the liability of each such member shall be joint and several.

(s) Rental Allocation . For purposes of Section 467 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to allocate all Rent to the period in which payment is due, or if later, the period in which Rent is paid.

(t) Rules and Regulations . Tenant agrees to comply with all rules and regulations of the Building and the Centre imposed by Landlord as set forth on Exhibit C attached hereto, as the same may be changed from time to time upon reasonable written notice to Tenant provided such changes are applicable to all the tenants of the Building. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for the failure of any other tenant or any of its assignees, subtenants, or their respective agents, employees, representatives, invitees or licensees to conform to such rules and regulations. In the event of a conflict between this Lease and the Rules and Regulations, the terms of this Lease shall control.

(u) Joint Product . This Agreement is the result of arms-length negotiations between Landlord and Tenant and their respective attorneys. Accordingly, neither party shall be deemed to be the author of this Lease and this Lease shall not be construed against either party.

 

  48   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(v) Financial Statements . Upon Landlord’s written request (but not more than once per year), Tenant shall promptly furnish Landlord, from time to time with its most current audited, or in the absence of an audited financial statement, Tenant’s most current financial statements prepared in accordance with sound accounting principles consistently applied, certified by Tenant and an independent auditor (if audited) to be true and correct as of the date of the preparation of such financial statements, reflecting Tenant’s financial condition as of the date of preparation of such financial statements. Landlord agrees that any financial statements provided by Tenant are confidential and constitute proprietary information of Tenant, and that disclosure of the financial terms hereof could adversely affect Tenant. Landlord hereby agrees that Landlord and its partners, officers, directors, employees, agents, accountants and attorneys shall not disclose the terms of this Lease to any other person without Tenant’s prior written consent, except to any bona fide potential purchasers or lenders (and their respective partners, officers, directors, employees, agents accountants and attorneys) in connection with a sale or financing of the Property, or to an entity or person to whom disclosure is required by applicable law. Upon Tenant’s request prior to Tenant’s delivery of any financial statements pursuant to this Section, Landlord will execute a commercially reasonable non-disclosure agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to both Landlord and Tenant.

(w) Force Majeure . Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, acts of war, terrorism, terrorist activities, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefore, governmental actions, civil commotions, fire, flood, earthquake or other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform, except with respect to the obligations imposed with regard to Rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease, Tenant’s obligations under Article 6 and Article 8 of this Lease and Paragraph 20(f) of this Lease and Landlord’s monetary obligations hereunder (collectively, a “ Force Majeure ”), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, shall excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage and, therefore, if this Lease specifies a time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party’s performance caused by a Force Majeure.

(x) Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

(y) APPRAISED VALUE . TENANT HEREBY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO PROTEST THE APPRAISED VALUE OF THE PROPERTY OR TO APPEAL THE SAME AND ALL RIGHTS TO RECEIVE NOTICES OF REAPPRAISALS AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 41.413 AND 42.015 OF THE TEXAS TAX CODE.

(z) Waiver of Right to Jury Trial . LANDLORD AND TENANT WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CONTRACT OR TORT CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM, CROSS-COMPLAINT, OR CAUSE OF ACTION IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, OR HEARING BROUGHT BY EITHER PARTY AGAINST THE OTHER ON ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, OR TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY CLAIM OF INJURY OR DAMAGE OR THE ENFORCEMENT OF ANY REMEDY UNDER ANY CURRENT OR FUTURE LAW, STATUTE, REGULATION, CODE, OR ORDINANCE.

(aa) Office and Communications Services . Landlord has advised Tenant that certain office and communications services may be offered to tenants of the Building by one or more concessionaires under contract to Landlord (each such concessionaire is a “ Provider ”). Tenant shall be permitted to contract with Provider for the provision of any or all of such services on such terms and conditions as Tenant and Provider may agree. Tenant may select a telecommunications provider other than Provider (“ Tenant’s Telecom Provider ”) subject to execution of a right of access agreement between Tenant’s Telecom Provider and Landlord. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that: (i) Landlord has made no warranty or representation to Tenant with respect to the availability of any such services, or the quality, reliability or suitability thereof; (ii) the Provider is not acting as the agent or representative of Landlord in the provision of such services, and Landlord shall have no liability or responsibility for any failure or inadequacy of such services, or any equipment or facilities used in the furnishing thereof, or any act or omission of Provider, or its agents, employees, representatives, officers or contractors; (iii)

 

  49   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for the installation, alteration, repair, maintenance, furnishing, operation, adjustment or removal of any such services, equipment or facilities; and (iv) any contract or other agreement between Tenant and Provider shall be independent of this Lease, the obligations of Tenant hereunder, and the rights of Landlord hereunder, and, without limiting the foregoing, no default or failure of Provider with respect to any such services, equipment or facilities, or under any contract or agreement relating thereto, shall have any effect on this Lease or give to Tenant any offset or defense to the full and timely performance of its obligations hereunder, or entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent or additional rent or any other payment required to be made by Tenant hereunder, or constitute any accrual or constructive eviction of Tenant, or otherwise give rise to any other claim of any nature against Landlord.

(bb) OFAC Compliance .

(i) Certification . Landlord and Tenant each, to its knowledge, certifies, represents, warrants and covenants that:

(A) It is not acting and will not act, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of any person, group, entity, or nation named by any Executive Order or the United States Treasury Department as a terrorist, “Specially Designated National and Blocked Person”, or other banned or blocked person, entity, nation or transaction pursuant to any law, order, rule, or regulation that is enforced or administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control; and

(B) It is not engaged in this transaction, directly or indirectly on behalf of, or instigating or facilitating this transaction, directly or indirectly on behalf of, any such person, group, entity or nation.

(ii) Indemnity . Each party hereby agrees to defend (with counsel reasonably acceptable to the indemnified party), indemnify and hold harmless the other party from and against any and all claims arising from or related to any such breach of the foregoing certifications, representations, warranties and covenants.

(cc) No Easement for Light, Air and View . This Lease conveys to Tenant no rights for any light, air or view. No diminution of light, air or view, or any impairment of the visibility of the Premises from inside or outside the Building, by any structure or other object that may hereafter be erected (whether or not by Landlord) shall entitle Tenant to any reduction of Rent under this Lease, constitute an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant, result in any liability of Landlord to Tenant, or in any other way affect this Lease or Tenant’s obligations hereunder.

(dd) Non-Disclosure of Lease Terms . Tenant agrees that the financial terms of this Lease are confidential and constitute proprietary information of Landlord, and that disclosure of the financial terms hereof could adversely affect the ability of Landlord to negotiate with other tenants. Tenant hereby agrees that Tenant and its partners, officers, directors, employees, agents, real estate brokers and sales persons and attorneys shall not disclose the terms of this Lease to any other person without Landlord’s prior written consent, except to any accountants of Tenant in connection with the preparation of Tenant’s financial statements or tax returns, to an assignee of this Lease or subtenant of the Premises, to a party considering or pursuing the potential acquisition of the assets or stock of Tenant, or to an entity or person to whom disclosure is required by applicable law or in connection with any action brought to enforce this Lease.

(ee) [Intentionally Omitted.]

(ff) ERISA . Tenant is not an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ ERISA ”), which is subject to Title I of ERISA, or a “plan” as defined in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, which is subject to Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986; and (b) the assets of Tenant do not constitute “plan assets” of one or more such plans for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986; and (c) Tenant is not a

 

  50   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

“governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA, and assets of Tenant do not constitute plan assets of one or more such plans; or (d) transactions by or with Tenant are not in violation of state statutes applicable to Tenant regulating investments of and fiduciary obligations with respect to governmental plans.

(gg) Tenant’s Signage . For so long as Tenant leases and occupies at least 40,000 square feet of Rentable Area in the Building, Tenant shall be allowed signage on the currently existing multi-tenant Building monument sign located under the porte-cochere at the main entrance of Two/Three Lincoln Centre. Tenant is solely responsible for the cost of procurement and installation of Tenant’s signage panel (but such cost may be paid out of the Tenant Improvement Allowance); the design of Tenant’s signage must be consistent with the design of other signage panels on the monument sign and is subject to Landlord’s approval in its reasonable discretion. Tenant may exercise its right to signage on the monument sign at any time prior to the date that is 90 days after the Commencement Date (“ Signage Deadline ”); If Tenant has not installed its monument signage (in accordance with this Paragraph 26(gg) prior to the Signage Deadline, Tenant’s right to such monument signage is automatically waived. In addition to costs of procurement and installation of Tenant’s signage, Tenant, at its sole cost must remove its signage and restore all damage resulting therefrom upon the sooner of the expiration or termination of the Lease or the termination of Tenant’s right to monument signage under the terms hereof. Landlord, at no additional cost to Tenant will provide Tenant with a listing in the Building’s electronic directory. Signage at the Premises is at Tenant’s sole cost, which may be applied against the Tenant Improvement Allowance.

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

 

  51   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO OFFICE LEASE

BY AND BETWEEN

TEACHERS INSURANCE AND ANNUITY ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA,

A NEW YORK CORPORATION, FOR THE BENEFIT OF ITS REAL ESTATE ACCOUNT, AS

LANDLORD,

AND MARKIT WSO CORPORATION, AS TENANT

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease to be effective as of the Date of this Lease.

 

LANDLORD ”:           TENANT ”:

TEACHERS INSURANCE AND ANNUITY

ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA , a New

York corporation, for the benefit of its Real

Estate Account

   

MARKIT WSO CORPORATION,

a Texas corporation

By:  

/s/ Duane C. Hale

    By:  

/s/ Mark Murray

Name:   Duane C. Hale     Name:   Mark Murray
Title:   Director     Title:   EVP

 

  52   TEXAS WITH BASE YEAR

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment

has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT (this First Amendment) is made and entered into as of October 22, 2012 (the First Amendment Date ), by and between TEACHERS INSURANCE AND ANNUITY ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA, a New York corporation, for the benefit of its Real Estate Account ( Landlord ), and Markit WSO Corporation, a Texas corporation ( Tenant ).

BACKGROUND:

 

A. On June 15, 2012, Landlord and Tenant entered into an Office Lease Agreement (the Lease ) for approximately 47,413 square feet of Rentable Area (the Premises ) in Suites 800 and 900 of the building commonly known as Three Lincoln Centre (the Building ), being a part of the office complex commonly known as Lincoln Centre (the Centre ).

 

B. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to, among other things, establish the Commencement Date for the Lease.

AGREEMENT:

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1. Capitalized Terms . All capitalized terms which are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Lease.

 

  2. Commencement Date . The term “ Estimated Commencement Date ” is deleted from the Basic Lease Terms. The first sentence of Section 1(a) of the Lease is deleted and the following substituted therefor:

“The Initial Term of this Lease and the Rent (defined below) shall commence on October 1, 2012 (the “ Commencement Date ”), subject to adjustment on a day for day basis by each day of Landlord Delay. As used herein, the term “ Landlord Delay ” is any delay in the Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements (as defined in Exhibit B to the Lease) resulting from any failure by Landlord to (a) furnish any information or deliver or approve any required documents within the time periods set forth in Exhibit B or (b) any inability of Landlord to obtain Building standard materials for construction of the Tenant Improvements within necessary timeframes. If the Commencement Date is adjusted to a later date due to Landlord Delay, then the Landlord will refund the amount of Rent payable with respect to such days of Landlord Delay or will credit such amount against installments of Rent next becoming due under the Lease.”

In addition, the last sentence of Section 1(a) of the Lease is deleted in its entirety.

 

  3. Late Delivery . Section 1(b) of the Lease is deleted and the following substituted therefor:

“(b) The Premises will be delivered to Tenant when the Tenant Improvements have been Substantially Completed. If Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements is delayed or otherwise does not occur on or before the Commencement Date, this Lease shall not be void or voidable, nor shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Tenant Improvements in the Premises are not Substantially Completed by February 1, 2013 (subject to the Materials Delay provisions in Exhibit B , the “ Abatement Date ”), Tenant may offset from its Base

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential

Treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Rent obligations first accruing following Substantial Completion, an amount equal to one day of Base Rent per day for each day thereafter until the day that Landlord tenders possession of the Premises (with the Tenant Improvements Substantially Completed). If the Tenant Improvements in the Premises are not Substantially Completed by April 1, 2013 (subject to Materials Delay provisions in Exhibit B , the “ Outside Date ”), then Tenant may terminate this Lease (without penalty) by giving written notice to Landlord within 5 business days after the Outside Date, provided that the Tenant Improvements are not Substantially Completed prior to Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s termination notice. If Landlord does not actually receive Tenant’s termination notice within the foregoing 5 business-day period, Tenant is deemed to waive its right to terminate under this Paragraph 1. The abatement and termination rights afforded to Tenant under this Paragraph 1 shall be Tenant’s sole remedy for Landlord’s failure to timely Substantially Complete the Tenant Improvements and deliver the Premises by the Commencement Date.”

 

  4. Performance of Obligations . Subject to Sections 4 and 5 of this First Amendment, Landlord and Tenant each agree to commence performance of their applicable obligations under the Lease as of the Commencement Date, pursuant to the terms thereof, including Landlord’s payment of the Galleria Rent. In addition and for all purposes under the Lease, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that as of the First Amendment Date, no Tenant Delay, Materials Delay or Landlord Delay has occurred.

 

  5. Payment of Rent; Letters of Credit . Notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, including Section 4 of this First Amendment and Paragraphs 2(b), 3(f) and 3(g) of the Lease, no installment of Rent shall be payable by Tenant until the date that is ten business days after the First Amendment Date (the “ Initial Payment Date ”). On or before the Initial Payment Date, Tenant shall pay all Rent that would have otherwise been due under the Lease prior to such date.

 

  6. Galleria Rent . Notwithstanding the terms of Section 4 of this First Amendment and Paragraph 20 of the Lease, Landlord’s first reimbursement for the Galleria Rent shall not be due prior to the Initial Payment Date.

 

  7. Tenant Delay . The following sentence is deleted from Exhibit B, Paragraph A: “If Tenant fails to timely deliver such drawings, then each day after the Initial CD Deadline that such drawings are not delivered to Landlord shall be a Tenant Delay Day.” In addition, the reference to “Tenant Delay” in Exhibit B, Paragraph B is hereby replaced with “Materials Delay”. Landlord waives any right to claim a Tenant Delay in connection with the Tenant Improvements in the Premises, and Tenant Delay shall only apply to the extent set forth in Paragraphs 9 and 10 of the Lease.

 

  8. Materials Delay . The following provision is added to Exhibit B, Paragraph D:

“If Landlord is delayed in substantially completing the Tenant Improvements or any Additional Work as a result of any of the following (“ Materials Delay(s) ”):

(1) the construction of the internal stairway connecting the floors of the Premises, provided that Landlord obtains a certificate of occupancy for the Premises (which may be partial or temporary) allowing Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use, despite the incompletion of the internal stairway; or

(2) Tenant’s request for materials, finishes, or installations (other than Landlord’s Building standard items) that Landlord or its contractor has or will identify in writing to Tenant (which writing may be via email), as having a reasonable probability of delaying the completion of the Tenant Improvements due to limited supplies or suppliers, length of time to be fabricated or manufactured and delivered or installed, existing or impending labor problems or other foreseeable circumstances

 

2

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential

Treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

then the Abatement Date and the Outside Date, as set forth in Section 1(b) of the Lease, will each be extended by the number of days of Materials Delays. Tenant acknowledges that as of the date of this First Amendment, Landlord has informed Tenant of materials, finishes and installations with a reasonable probability of delaying the completion of the Tenant Improvements; no further notice is required in connection therewith. Landlord agrees to provide Tenant with timely updates regarding such delays as well as the total number of days of any Materials Delay once the duration of such Materials Delay is determined, as well as with timely notice of any additional delays in obtaining materials, finishes and installations of which Landlord receives notice from its contractor, its vendors, etc. Notwithstanding the terms of this Section 8, no additional Materials Delay shall exist unless Landlord gives Tenant written notice, within a reasonable time following Landlord’s discovery of such Materials Delay(s), of the occurrence thereof, which notice shall include a reasonably specific description of such Materials Delay(s) and the then-estimated duration of each Materials Delay(s) described in such notice. Subject to Tenant’s rights in Section 1(b) of the Lease, neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any liability for a Materials Delay.”

 

  9. Conflicts . The terms of this First Amendment prevail if there is a conflict with the terms of the Lease.

 

  10. Headings . The headings or captions of the paragraphs in this First Amendment are for convenience only and shall not act and shall not be implied to act to limit or expand the construction and intent of the contents of the respective paragraph.

 

  11. Binding Effect . This First Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns (but this reference to assigns shall not be deemed to act as a consent to an assignment by Tenant).

 

  12. Ratification . The Lease, as amended and modified hereby, is ratified and confirmed by the parties as being in full force and effect.

REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK.

SIGNATURE PAGE(S) FOLLOWS.

 

3

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential

Treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

EXECUTED as of the date first above written.

 

LANDLORD:
TEACHERS INSURANCE AND ANNUITY ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA , a New York corporation, for the benefit of its Real Estate Account

By:

 

/s/ Duane C. Hale

Name:

  Duane C. Hale

Title:

  Senior Director

 

TENANT:
MARKIT WSO CORPORATION ,
a Texas corporation

By:

 

/s/ Mark Murray

Name:

 

 

Mark Murray

Title:

 

MD

 

 

4

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential

Treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

Exhibit 10.36

Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The copy filed herewith

omits the information subject to the confidentiality request. Omissions are designated as *****.

A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the SEC.

COMMERCIAL LEASE

THIS LEASE is entered into this date by and between JTR LAND & CATTLE CO. (“Landlord”) and Wall Street On Demand, Inc (“WSOD”).

In consideration of the covenants, Leases and stipulations herein contained on the part of WSOD to be paid, kept and faithfully performed, Landlord does hereby lease, demise and let unto the said WSOD, and WSOD does hereby hire and take from Landlord 59,620 rentable square feet located at and commonly known as 5718 CENTRAL AVENUE, BOULDER, COLORADO 80301, and more fully described as follows:

Lot 1, Flatiron Industrial Park Filing No. 6, a replat of Flatiron Industrial Park Filing No. 5, Lot 4 and Flatiron Industrial Park Filing No. 4 Replat, Lot 7.

Including approximately 163 parking spaces.

In consideration of the leasing of said premises and of the mutual agreements herein contained, each party hereto does hereby expressly covenant and agree to and with the other, as follows:

Section 1. Acceptance of Lease

WSOD accepts said letting and agrees to pay to the order of Landlord the rentals stated below or the full term of this lease, in advance, at the times and in the manner aforesaid.

Section 2. Term

 

A. This lease shall commence May 1, 2005, and will continue through December 31, 2017 (the “Term” (which shall include any extension as provided in Section 3C)).

 

B. WSOD shall be permitted to terminate this lease according to the following schedule:

 

  (i) Beginning on the two year anniversary following Lease Commencement, but prior to the third anniversary, the Termination Penalty shall be four (4) years of gross rent, according the Rent Schedule below in Section 3A.

 

  (ii) Beginning on the three year anniversary, but prior to the four year anniversary, the termination penalty shall be three (3) years of gross rent.

 

  (iii) Beginning on the four year anniversary, but prior to the fifth year anniversary, the termination penalty shall be two (2) years of gross rent.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (iv) WSOD shall have the right to terminate the lease at any time after the initial 5 years of occupancy and prior to the expiration of the Term with a penalty of one year’s gross rent.

 

  (v) Gross Rent shall be Basic Rent, plus the operating expenses as defined in Section 4.B (i) and Section 4.B (ii) below. WSOD will incur in managing the property during the penalty years.

Section 3. Basic Rent.

 

A. WSOD shall pay to Landlord for each full calendar month during the Term, basic rent will be payable per the following schedule:

 

          per sq. ft.      Square
Feet
59620
   Annual      Monthly  

May-2005

   Dec-2005      *            $****         $****   

Jan-2006

   Dec 2006      *            $****         $****   

Jan-2007

   Dec-2007    $ *****          $ **********       $ *********   

Jan-2008

   Dec-2008    $ *****          $ **********       $ *********   

Jan-2009

   Dec-2009    $ *****          $ **********       $ *********   

Jan-2010

   Dec-2010    $ *****          $ **********       $ *********   

Jan-2011

   Dec-2011    $ *****          $ **********       $ *********   

Jan-2012

   Dec-2012    $ *****          $ **********       $ *********   

Jan-2013

   Dec-2013    $ *****          $ **********       $ *********   

Jan-2014

   Dec-2014    $ *****          $ **********       $ *********   

Jan-2015

   Dec-2015    $ *****          $ **********       $ *********   

Jan-2016

   Dec-2016    $ *****          $ **********       $ *********   

 

B. WSOD will be responsible for operating expenses starting on May 1, 2005.

 

C. The basic rent shall be payable in advance upon the 1st day of each calendar month.

 

D. The first month’s basic rent shall be paid on the commencement date of this lease.

 

E. If rent is not paid within five days of its due date, WSOD shall pay an additional late fee of ***** percent (*%) of the monthly gross rent. Any amounts, whether basic rent or additional rent which are not pad within ten (10) days after written notice to WSOD, shall bear interest at the rate of ****** percent (**%) per annum, in addition to the late fee.

Section 4. Operating Expenses

 

A. WSOD shall pay all operating expenses for the premises.

 

B. Operating expenses shall include, but not be limited to:

 

2

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (i) taxes, assessments and governmental taxes, whether federal, state, county or municipal, which are levied on or charged against the premises and any other taxes and assessments attributable to the premises and its operation excluding, however, federal and state income taxes;

 

  (ii) all insurance premiums paid by Landlord attributable to the premises, for property, casualty and comprehensive general liability insurance customarily carried by owners of buildings of the same size and age as the demised premises;

 

  (iii) all expenses incurred in connection with the maintenance, operation, and repair of the building, walks, parking lots and landscaped areas, except for any expenses that are the responsibility of Landlord as set forth in Section 8 B hereinafter,

 

  (iv) building and cleaning supplies and materials;

 

  (v) the cost of all charges for cleaning, maintenance and service contracts, trash collection, snow removal, and other services with independent contractors; and

 

  (vi) Neither WSOD nor Landlord will charge any management fees associated with operating the building.

 

  (vii) WSOD will be responsible for the management of the building. In the event WSOD fails to maintain the building in a manner consistent with other first-class, single-tenant office properties in Boulder County and fails to cure any management deficiencies within thirty (30) days of written notice by Landlord thereof, Landlord may take over the management of the building.

 

  (viii) If Landlord has taken over the management of the building, at the end of each calendar year or, at Landlord’s option, at any other more frequent interval, Landlord shall provide a detailed accounting of the total operating expenses for the Building, WSOD’s share of such amount, and WSOD’s payments toward such amount during the year or interval. If WSOD does not agree with the accounting provided by Landlord, WSOD shall have the right to examine the books and records of Landlord related to the premises for purposes of auditing the operating expense, provided, however that such audit shall be at WSOD’s sole cost and expense unless the audit reveals a discrepancy of more than five percent (5%) in Landlord’s favor, in which case the cost and expense of the audit shall be reimbursed to WSOD by Landlord.

 

3

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Section 5. Right to Contest Taxes

Landlord, at Landlord’s discretion, may protest the amount of any assessment of real property taxes. If Landlord obtains a reduction in assessment and/or real property taxes and after deducting reasonable expenses involved in the contesting of said taxes, Landlord shall credit to WSOD any net reduction in real estate taxes affected for a year for which WSOD has previously paid said taxes. If, in Landlord’s discretion, Landlord refuses. to contest the amount of any assessment and/or real property taxes, then WSOD shall have the right to contest any such assessment and/or real property taxes. If WSOD elects to contest such assessment and/or real property taxes, WSOD shall diligently conduct such proceedings on behalf of Landlord or other entity entitled to initiate such proceedings or other actions. Landlord shall cooperate with WSOD in any such contest and shall execute and deliver any documents reasonably required to be executed by Landlord as owner of the demised premises in connection with such contest. If the proceedings or other actions instituted by WSOD result in a rebate or reduction in the amount of assessment and/or tax, WSOD shall first be reimbursed from such amount for its expenses in undertaking and prosecuting the proceeding or other action, and then WSOD shall be reimbursed the balance of any such rebate or reduction. WSOD shall also be entitled to a credit for any net reduction in real estate taxes affected for future years by reason of the payment of any increase in real property taxes as set forth in this lease.

Section 6. Security Deposit

WSOD shall deposit with Landlord the sum of ******************************************** ($**********) as security for the faithful performance by WSOD of all the terms, covenants, and conditions of this lease by WSOD.

 

A. The deposit shall bear simple interest at the rate of ***** percent (*%) per annum for the benefit of WSOD.

 

B. Landlord shall not be required to segregate the security deposit from Landlord’s general funds.

 

C. At the end of the 36th month of the lease, and upon full performance by WSOD of the lease, one fifth of the security deposit shall be returned to WSOD, as well as a like amount on the 48th, 60th, and 72nd months of the lease. On the 84th month of the Lease, the final fifth of the deposit shall be returned to WSOD, plus accumulated interest, less one month’s basic rent of $**********, which shall be held by Landlord for the remainder of the lease.

 

D. In the event of the failure of WSOD to keep and perform all of the terms, covenants, and conditions of this lease to be kept and performed by WSOD, then, at the option of Landlord, and if the failure has not been cured with twenty (20) days written notice, Landlord may apply the security deposit or so much as may be necessary to compensate Landlord for all loss or damage sustained or suffered by Landlord due to the breach on the part of WSOD.

 

4

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

E. Should any part of the security deposit be appropriated and applied by landlord without terminating this lease, then WSOD shall, on the written demand of Landlord, promptly remit to Landlord a sufficient amount in cash to restore the security deposit to the appropriate balance.

Section 7. Use of Premises

 

A. WSOD shall use said demised premises during the Term for the conduct of web hosting, programming, consulting, design, and for general office purposes provided that said use complies with all applicable laws, ordinances and regulations. and for no other purpose whatsoever without Landlord’s written consent which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

B. WSOD will not make any unlawful, improper or offensive use of said premises; will not suffer any waste thereof; will not permit any objectionable noise or odor to escape or to be emitted from said premises or do anything or permit anything to be done upon or about said premises in any way tending to create a nuisance; will not sell or permit to be sold any spirituous, vinous or malt liquors on said premises, excepting such as WSOD may be licensed by law to sell and as may be herein expressly permitted; nor will it sell or permit to be sold any controlled substance on or about said premises.

 

C. WSOD will not allow the leased premises at any time to fall into such a state of repair or disorder as to increase the fire hazard thereon; shall not permanently install any power machinery on said premises except under the supervision and with the written consent of Landlord; shall not store gasoline or other highly combustible materials on said premises at any time; will not use said premises in such a way or for such a purpose that the fire insurance rate on the building in which said premises are located is thereby increased or that would prevent Landlord from taking advantage of any rulings of any agency of the state in which said leased premises are situated or its successors, which would allow Landlord to obtain reduced premium rates for long term fire insurance policies.

 

D. WSOD accepts the premises in as is condition.

 

  (i) Except as set forth in Section 8 B, Landlord has no obligation to improve, repair, restore or alter the premises.

 

  (ii) WSOD acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty, except as otherwise expressly provided in this lease, with respect to the premises, including, without limitation, any representation or warranty with respect to the suitability or fitness of the premises or any portion for the conduct of WSOD’s business, or compliance of the premises with the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S. C. § 12101–12213, as amended from time to time (the ADA).

 

5

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding the above, Landlord warrants that the HVAC, electrical and mechanical systems, including all plumbing fixtures, are in good condition and repair as of the date of occupancy.

 

  (iv) During the Term, WSOD shall comply in all material respects, at WSOD’s own expense, with all laws and regulations of any municipal, county, state, federal or other public authority respecting the use of said leased premises.

 

  (v) Nothing herein shall require WSOD to make structural repairs or alterations to comply with such laws and regulations unless WSOD has, by its manner of use of the demised premises or method of operation therein, violated any such laws or regulations with respect thereto, or caused the premises to be in non-compliance.

 

  (vi) WSOD may, after securing Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction against all damages, interest, penalties and expenses, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney’s fees, by cash deposit or by surety bond in an amount and in a company satisfactory to Landlord, contest and appeal any such laws or regulations provided same is done with all reasonable promptness and provided such appeal shall not subject Landlord to prosecution for a criminal offense or cause the demised premises or any part thereof to be condemned or vacated.

Section 8. Repairs and Improvements

 

A. Landlord shall not be required to make any repairs, alterations, additions or improvements to or upon said premises during the Term, except only those hereinafter specifically provided for; WSOD hereby agrees to maintain and keep said leased premises including all interior and exterior doors, heating, ventilating and cooling systems, interior wiring, plumbing fixtures and interior drain pipes in good order and repair during the Term at WSOD’s own cost and expense, and to replace all glass which may be broken or damaged during the Term in the windows and doors of said premises with glass of as good or better quality as that now in use, WSOD further agrees that WSOD will make no alterations, additions or improvements to or upon said premises without the written consent of Landlord first being obtained.

 

B.

Landlord agrees to be responsible for and to bear all costs and expenses of the maintenance, repair and replacement during the Term of the exterior walls, roof(s), gutters, downspouts and structural elements and foundations of the building on the demised premises and the sidewalks thereabouts. Notwithstanding the language in Section 4(B)(iii), Landlord shall be responsible for resurfacing the parking lot one time during the term of this lease within 120 days of WSOD’s written request. Landlord agrees to be responsible for and to bear all costs and expenses of the maintenance, repair and replacement during the Term of any wiring, plumbing and drain pipes outside the building, but on the demised

 

6

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  premises, except as such repairs and replacements are caused by the negligent acts or willful wrong doing of WSOD or agents, employees, or licensees of WSOD. It is understood and agreed that Landlord reserves and at any and all times shall have the right to alter, repair or improve the building, or to add thereto and for that purpose at any time may erect scaffolding and all other necessary structures about and upon the demised premises and Landlord and Landlord’s representatives, contractors and workmen for that purpose may with prior written consent to WSOD, enter in or about the said demised premises with such materials as Landlord may deem necessary therefor, and WSOD waives any claim to damages, including loss of business resulting therefrom, provided, however, that Landlord shall use its best efforts not to interfere with the conduct and operation of WSOD’s business at the demised premises and shall use its best efforts to complete such work in a timely fashion; provided, further, however, in the event that such alteration, repair or improvement takes more than thirty (30) days, rent shall abate to the extent such alteration, repair of improvement has a material adverse effect on WSOD’s business or operations.

Section 9. Landlord’s Right of Entry

It shall be lawful for Landlord, its agents and representatives, at any reasonable time, to enter into or upon said demised premises for the purpose of examining into the condition thereof, or any other lawful purpose.

Section 10. Utilities

WSOD shall contract for and obtain, in its name, all utility services required on the premises, including gas, electricity, telephone, water and sewer services, and WSOD shall pay all charges for those services as they become due. If WSOD fails to pay the charges, Landlord may elect to pay them and the charges will then be added to the rental installment next due. WSOD shall be liable for any injury or damages to the equipment or service lines of the utility suppliers that are located on the premises, resulting from the negligent acts or willful wrongdoing of WSOD, or the agents, employees or licensees of WSOD.

Section 11. Right of Assignment

 

A. WSOD will not assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, surrender or dispose of this lease, or any interest herein, sublet, or permit any other person or persons whomsoever to occupy the demised premises without the written consent of Landlord being first obtained in writing, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; this lease is personal to said WSOD; WSOD’s interests, in whole or in part, cannot be sold, assigned, transferred, seized or taken by operation at law, or under or by virtue of any execution or legal process, attachment or proceedings instituted against WSOD, or under or by virtue of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings had in regard to WSOD, or in any other manner, except as above mentioned.

 

7

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

B. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon written notice to Landlord, WSOD may assign this lease without Landlord’s prior written consent in connection with (i) a merger, consolidation or reorganization of WSOD with one or more entities in which WSOD is not the surviving entity, (ii) a sale of substantially all of the assets of WSOD to another person or entity or (iii) any transaction (including, without limitation, a merger or reorganization in which WSOD is the surviving entity) which results in any person or entity owning 50% or more of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of WSOD.

Section 12. Liens

WSOD will not permit any lien of any kind, type or description to be placed or imposed upon the building in which said leased premises are situated, or any part thereof, or the real estate on which it stands, and shall discharge same within thirty (30) days after filing thereof by payment thereof or filing a bond required by law.

Section 13. Ice, Snow, Debris

At all times WSOD shall keep the sidewalks in front of the demised premises free and clear of rubbish, debris and obstruction; and WSOD will not permit rubbish, or debris to accumulate on the roof of said building so as to stop up or obstruct gutters or downspouts or cause damage to said roof, and will save harmless and protect Landlord against any injury whether to Landlord or to Landlord’s property are to any other person or property caused by its failure in that regard.

Section 14. Overloading of Floors

 

A. WSOD will not overload the floors of said premises in such a way as to cause any undue or serious stress or strain upon the building in which said demised premises are located, or any part thereof, and

 

B. Landlord shall have the right, at any time, to call upon any competent engineer or architect whom Landlord may choose, to decide whether or not the floors of said premises, or any part thereof, are being overloaded so as to cause any undue or serious stress or strain on said building, or any part thereof, and the decision of said engineer or architect shall be final and binding upon WSOD; and

 

C. in the event that the engineer or architect so called upon shall decide that in his opinion the stress or strain is such as to endanger or injure said building, or any part thereof, then and in that event WSOD agrees immediately to relieve said stress or strain either by reinforcing the building or by lightening the load which causes such stress or strain in a manner satisfactory to Landlord.

 

D. Landlord represents and warrants that the intended use and operation of the premises will not create undue or serious stress or strain upon the building.

 

8

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Section 15. Subordination of the Leasehold to Mortgages

 

A. This lease shall be subject and subordinate in priority at all times to the lien of any existing and/or hereafter executed mortgages and trust deeds encumbering the premises. Although no instrument or act on the part of WSOD shall be necessary to effectuate such subordination, WSOD will execute and deliver such further instruments subordinating this lease to the lien of any such mortgages or trust deeds as may be desired by the mortgagee or holder of such trust deeds. WSOD hereby appoints Landlord as its attorney in fact, irrevocably, to execute and deliver any such instrument for WSOD. WSOD further agrees at any time and from time to time upon not less than ten (10) days prior written request by Landlord, to reasonably execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an estoppel affidavit in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord and the holder of any existing or contemplated mortgage or deed of trust encumbering the premises.

 

B. WSOD agrees with lender and landlord that if there is a foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed of trust and pursuant to such foreclosure, the Public Trustee or other appropriate officer execute and delivers a deed conveying the premises to the lender or its designee, or in the event Landlord conveys the premises to the lender or its designee in lieu of foreclosure, WSOD will attorn to such grantee of the premises, rather than to Landlord, to perform all of WSOD’s obligations under the lease, and WSOD shall have no right to terminate the lease by reason of the foreclosure or deed given in lieu thereof.

Section 16. Liability Insurance

 

A. WSOD agrees at all times during the Term, at WSOD’s own expense, to maintain and keep in effect, liability insurance policies in form and with an insurer reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, insuring both Landlord and WSOD against all liability for damages to person or property in or about said leased premises;

 

B. The amount of said liability insurance shall not be less than ******************* ($*********) for injury to one person, ************************** ($***********) for injuries arising out of any one accident and not less than ******************** ($*************) for property damage, all subject to WSOD’s reasonable programs of self insurance, and to furnish and deliver to Landlord certificates of said insurance.

 

C. WSOD agrees to and shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless against any and all claims and demands arising from the negligence of WSOD, its officers, agents, invitees and/or employees, as well as those arising from WSOD’s failure to comply with any covenant of this lease on WSOD’s part to be performed, and shall at WSOD’s own expense defend Landlord against any and all suits or actions arising out of such negligence, and shall satisfy and discharge any judgment which may be awarded against Landlord in any such suit or action.

 

D. Notwithstanding the foregoing, WSOD may secure the insurance coverage required by this Section 16 under a blanket form of policy or policies.

 

9

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Section 17. Fixtures

 

A. All partitions, plumbing, electrical wiring, additions to or improvements upon said leased premises, whether installed by Landlord or WSOD, shall be and become a part of the building as soon as installed and the property of Landlord.

 

B. WSOD shall only alter the premises with prior written approval of Landlord, which is not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

C. Landlord and WSOD agree to work toward a space plan that allows WSOD to achieve a design that meets WSOD’s needs, interests, and preferences. Landlord shall retain final approval of said plans but shall not unreasonably withhold or delay approval, and shall work toward a cooperative solution to any design issues.

 

D. If Landlord withholds approval for an alteration, than WSOD has the right to go ahead with the alteration on the condition that it restore premises at the end of the lease as agreed in writing.

 

E. Nothing in this section shall be construed to give Landlord title to or prevent WSOD’s removal of business or trade fixtures, machinery and equipment, moveable office furniture and equipment, provided however, that Landlord shall be given a ten-day right of first refusal to sell or remove the presently existing trade fixtures, machinery and equipment and moveable office furniture and equipment prior to WSOD disposing of the same.

Section 18. Casualty & Fire Damage; Duty to Repair

 

A. In the event of the total destruction of the building (defined as destruction of sixty (60%) or more of the building) in which said leased premises are located, by fire or other casualty, either party hereto may terminate this lease as of the date of said fire or casualty.

 

B. In the event of partial damage to the building (defined as greater than 20% and less than 60%), Landlord shall have the option to terminate the lease or to repair the building. If notice to repair is not given to WSOD within twenty (20) days of the damage, Landlord conclusively shall be deemed to have elected not to repair. In the event Landlord elects or is deemed not to repair said building, then and in that event this lease shall terminate on the date of said damage.

 

C.

If Landlord elects to repair as aforesaid, then landlord shall repair said building within one hundred eighty (180) days of the date of damage to the building and shall have the right to take possession of and occupy, to the exclusion of WSOD, all or any part of said building in order to make the necessary repairs, and WSOD hereby agrees to vacate upon request, all or any part of said building which Landlord may require for the purpose of making necessary repairs. If the repair of

 

10

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  the building is not completed by Landlord within the one hundred eighty (180)-day period, WSOD may terminate the lease as of the date of the damage. For the period of time between the day of such damage and until such time as WSOD can re-occupy the building (or portion thereof), there shall be such an abatement of rent as the nature of the injury or damage and its interference with the occupancy of leased premises by WSOD shall warrant; however, if the premises be but slightly injured and the damage so occasioned shall not cause any material interference with the occupation of the premises by WSOD, then there shall be no abatement of rent and Landlord shall repair said damage within the one hundred eighty (180)-day period.

Section 19. Waiver of Subrogation Rights

 

A. Neither landlord nor WSOD shall be liable to the other for loss arising out of damage to or destruction of the leased premises, or the building or improvement of which the leased premises are a part or with which they are connected, or the contents of any thereof, when such loss is caused by any of the perils which are or could be included within or insured against by a standard form of fire insurance with extended coverage.

 

B. All such claims for any and all loss, however caused, hereby are waived.

 

C. Such absence of liability shall exist whether or not the damage or destruction is caused by the negligence of either Landlord or WSOD or by any of their respective agents, servants or employees.

 

D. It is the intention and lease of Landlord and WSOD that the rentals reserved by this lease have been fixed in contemplation that each party shall fully provide its own insurance protection at its own expense, and that each party shall look to its respective insurance carriers for reimbursement of any such loss, and further, that the insurance carriers involved shall not be entitled to subrogation under any circumstances against any party to this lease.

 

E. Neither Landlord nor WSOD shall have any interest or claim in the other’s insurance policy or policies, or the proceeds thereof, unless specifically covered therein as a joint assured. Both parties shall give notice to their respective insurance carriers of this provision.

Section 20. Eminent Domain

In case of the condemnation or appropriation of all or any substantial part of the said demised premises by any public or private corporation under the laws of eminent domain, this lease may be terminated at the option of either party hereto on thirty (30) days written notice to the other and in that case WSOD shall not be liable for any rent after the date of WSOD’s removal from the premises. Notwithstanding the above, WSOD may make its own claim against the condemning authority based on WSOD’s leasehold interest in the premises.

 

11

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Section 21. Signage

 

A. For the period beginning four months prior to the expiration of the Term, Landlord may post on said premises or in the windows thereof signs of moderate size notifying the public that the premises are “for sale” or “for lease.”

 

B. WSOD may place commercially appropriate signage in front of the building indicating its occupancy thereof; provided, however, WSOD will not use the outside walls of said premises, or allow signs or devices of any kind to be attached thereto or suspended therefrom for advertising or displaying the name or business of WSOD or for any purpose whatsoever, other than in compliance with applicable laws, regulations, ordinances or industrial park rules.

Section 22. Premises on Lease Termination

Upon termination of this lease, WSOD will quit and deliver up said leased premises, broom-clean, to Landlord or those having Landlord’s estate in the premises, peaceably, quietly, and in as good order and condition, reasonable use and wear thereof, damage by fire, unavoidable casualty and the elements alone excepted, the same are now in or hereafter may be put in by Landlord.

Section 23. Environmental Matters

 

A. Environmental Warranties.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this lease, WSOD’s use of the subject real property is expressly subject to the condition precedent that WSOD comply with the warranties, representations and covenants set forth in this section. WSOD warrants, represents and covenants as follows:

 

  (i) WSOD shall conduct no activity or allow to be conducted any activity or use of the property which would result in the presence of any “Hazardous Materials” or any “Hazardous Material Contamination” on the property;

 

  (ii) “Hazardous Materials” means

 

  (a) any “hazardous waste” as defined by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (42 U.S.C. § 6901. et seq.), as amended from time to time, and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

  (b) any “hazardous substance” as defined by the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (42 U.S.C. § 9601, et seq.), as amended from time to time, and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

  (c) radon and material quantities of petroleum products;

 

12

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (d) any substance the presence of which on the property is regulated by any federal, state or local law relating to the protection of the environment or public health; and

 

  (e) any other substance, which by law, requires special handling in its collection, storage, treatment or disposal.

 

  (iii) “Hazardous Materials Contamination” means the contamination occurring after the date hereof of the improvements, facilities, soil, ground water, surface water, air or other elements on or under the property by Hazardous Materials, or the contamination occurring after the date hereof of the buildings, facilities, soil, ground water, surface water, air or other elements on or under any other property as a result of Hazardous Materials emanating from the property.

 

  (iv) WSOD will obtain all federal, state and local environmental permits necessary for its business and use of the property;

 

  (v) WSOD will at all times be in compliance, in all material respects, with the terms and conditions of its environmental permits;

 

  (vi) WSOD will be in compliance, in all material respects, with all applicable federal, state and local environmental statutory and regulatory requirements, other than those contained in its permits;

 

  (vii) There are no pending environmental civil, criminal or administrative proceedings against WSOD that will affect the leased premises;

 

  (viii) WSOD knows of no threatened civil, criminal or administrative proceedings against it relating to environmental matters that will affect the leased premises;

 

  (ix) WSOD knows of no fact or circumstances that may give rise to any future civil, criminal or administrative proceedings against it relating to environmental matters that will affect the leased premises.

 

B. Indemnification

 

  (i) WSOD agrees to indemnify, defend, reimburse and hold harmless the following persons from and against any and all “Environmental Damages” arising from activities of WSOD or its employees, agents, or invitees which (a) result in the presence of “Hazardous Materials” upon, about or beneath the premises or migrating to or from the premises, or (b) result in the violation of any “Environmental Requirements” pertaining to the premises and the activities thereon:

 

13

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  (a) Landlord;

 

  (b) any other person who acquires a portion of the premises in any manner, including but not limited to through purchase, at a foreclosure sale or otherwise through the exercise of the rights and remedies of Landlord under this Lease; and

 

  (c) the directors, officers, shareholders, employees, partners, agents, contractors, subcontractors, experts, licensees, affiliates, mortgagees, trustees, heirs, devisees, successors, assigns and invitees of such persons.

 

  (ii) “Environmental Damages” means all claims, judgments, injuries, actual damages, losses, penalties, fines, liabilities (including strict liability), encumbrances, liens, costs, and expenses of investigations and defense of any claim, and of any settlement of judgment subject to the provisions of Section 23 B (v) below, of whatever kind or nature, contingent or otherwise, matured or unmeasured, foreseeable or unforeseeable, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and consultant’s fees, but excluding consequential damages, any of which are incurred at any time as a result of the existence of “Hazardous Material” upon, about, beneath the premises or migrating or threatening to migrate to or from the premises or the existence of a violation of “Environmental Requirements” pertaining to the premises.

 

  (iii) “Environmental Requirements” means all applicable present and future statutes, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, licenses, permits, orders, approvals, plans, authorization, concessions, franchises, and similar items, of all governmental agencies, departments, commissions, boards, bureaus, or instrumentalities, of the United States, states and political subdivisions thereof, and all applicable judicial, administrative, and regulatory decrees, judgments, and orders relating to the protection of human health or the environment.

 

  (iv) This obligation shall include, but not be limited to, the burden and expense of defending all claims, suits and administrative proceedings (with counsel reasonably approved by the indemnified parties), and conducting all negotiations of any description, and paying and discharging, when and as the same become due, any and all judgments, penalties or other sums due against such indemnified persons. Landlord, at its sole expense, may employ additional counsel of its choice to associate with counsel representing WSOD.

 

  (v)

If WSOD or any indemnified party shall become aware of or receive notice or other communication concerning any actual, alleged, suspected or threatened violation of “Environmental Requirements,” or liability of WSOD for “Environmental Damages” in connection with the premises or past or present activities of any person thereon, or that any

 

14

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

  representation set forth in this Section 23 is not or is no longer accurate, then such party shall deliver to the other party, within ten (10) days of the receipt of such notice, or communication or correcting information by WSOD, a written description of such information or condition, together with copies of any documents evidencing same. Any indemnified party shall cooperate with WSOD and WSOD shall not be required to indemnify any indemnified party for any settlement entered into without the prior consent of WSOD, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld.

 

  (vi) Landlord shall have the right in its sole and absolute discretion, but not the duty, to enter and conduct an inspection of the premises at any reasonable time, with reasonable notice, to determine whether WSOD is complying with the terms of this lease with respect to “Environmental Requirements” and the existence of “Environmental Damages.” WSOD hereby grants to Landlord the right to enter the premises and to perform such tests on the premises as are necessary in the reasonable opinion of Landlord to conduct such reviews and investigations. Landlord shall use its best efforts to minimize interference with the business of WSOD but Landlord shall not be liable for any interference caused thereby.

 

  (vii) Should WSOD fail to perform or observe any of its obligations or leases pertaining to “Hazardous Materials” or “Environmental Requirements,” then Landlord shall have the right, but not the duty, without limitation upon any of the rights of Landlord pursuant to this lease, to enter the premises personally or through its agents. consultants or contractors and perform the same, WSOD agrees to indemnify Landlord for the costs thereof and liabilities therefrom as set forth in Section 23 B above.

 

  (viii) Landlord warrants, represents and covenants that the site is not, at the time of occupancy by WSOD, violating any of the above.

Section 24. Survival

Landlord and WSOD agree that the provisions of Section 23 of this lease shall survive the termination and/or expiration of this lease.

Section 25. Quiet Enjoyment

Landlord warrants and represents that Landlord is the owner of the leased premises, has full authority and right to lease the premises and enter into this lease. Landlord will defend WSOD’s right to quiet enjoyment of the leased premises from the claims of all persons during the Term.

Section 26. Good Faith

The parties hereto covenant, warrant and represent to each other good faith, complete cooperation, due diligence and honesty in fact in the performance of all obligations of the parties pursuant to this lease. All promises and covenants are mutual and dependent.

 

15

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Section 27. Default by WSOD

 

A. If:

 

  (i) WSOD shall be in arrears in the payment of said rent for a period of ten (10) days after written notice of arrearage is given to WSOD; or

 

  (ii) WSOD shall fail or neglect to do, keep, perform or observe any of the covenants contained herein on WSOD’s part to be done, kept, performed and observed and such default shall continue for ten (10) days or more after written notice of such failure or neglect shall be given to WSOD, or if such failure cannot be cured within such ten (10) day period, if, within such 10 day period, WSOD has not commenced and is not diligently pursuing such cure;

then WSOD will be considered in default, and Landlord may have the following remedies:

 

B. Landlord or those having Landlord’s estate in the premises may terminate this lease and, lawfully, at Landlord’s or their option immediately or at any time thereafter, without demand or notice, enter into and upon said demised premises and every part thereof and repossess the same as of Landlord’s former estate, and expel said WSOD and those claiming by, through and under WSOD and remove WSOD’s effects at WSOD’s expense, forcibly if necessary and store the same, all without being deemed guilty of trespass and without prejudice to any remedy which otherwise might be used for arrears of rent or preceding breach of covenant.

 

C. Neither the termination of this lease by forfeiture nor the taking or recovery of possession of the premises shall deprive Landlord of any other action, right or remedy against WSOD for possession, rent or damages, nor shall any omission by Landlord to enforce any forfeiture, right or remedy to which Landlord may be entitled be deemed a waiver by Landlord of the right to enforce the performance of all terms and conditions of this lease by WSOD.

 

D. In the event of any re-entry by Landlord, Landlord may lease or relet the premises in whole or in part to any tenant or tenants who may be satisfactory to Landlord, for any duration, and for the best rent terms and conditions as Landlord may reasonably obtain. Landlord shall apply the rent received from any new tenant first to the cost of retaking and reletting the premises, including remodeling required to obtain any new tenant, and then to any arrears of rent and future rent payable by WSOD under this lease and any other damages to which Landlord may be entitled hereunder.

 

16

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

E. Any property which WSOD leaves on the premises after abandonment or expiration of the Term, or for more than thirty (30) days after any termination of the lease by Landlord, shall be deemed to have been abandoned, and Landlord may remove and sell said property at public or private sale as Landlord sees fit, without being liable for any prosecution therefor or for damages by reason thereof, and the net proceeds of said sale shall be applied toward the expenses of Landlord and rent as aforesaid, and the balance of such amounts, if any, shall be held for and paid to WSOD.

Section 28. Holding Over

In the event WSOD for any reason shall hold over after the expiration of the Term, such holding over shall not be deemed to operate as a renewal or extension of this lease, but shall only create a tenancy from month to month at a basic rental rate equal to **** ************** percent (****%) of the prior rent, which may be terminated at will at any time by Landlord.

Section 29. Default by Landlord

If at any time during the Term Landlord shall fail to: (i) keep, perform or observe any of its obligations under this lease, (ii) make any payments required of it pursuant to this lease, or (iii) make any mortgage, ground rent or other required payments on the land, building or premises, then in any of such events, WSOD may:

 

A. If any such failure shall continue for a period of ten (10) consecutive business days after WSOD gives written notice thereof to Landlord, perform such obligations and/or make such payments and deduct the cost thereof from the rent; and

 

B. If any such failure shall cause disruption in WSOD’s normal business operations being conducted on the premises for a period of ten (10) consecutive business days after WSOD gives written notice to Landlord, abate the rent for the period of such disruption; and

 

C. If any such failure prohibits WSOD from conducting or is a general nuisance to, its normal business operations on the premises for a period of thirty (30) days after WSOD gives written notice thereof to Landlord, terminate this lease; and

 

D. Exercise any and all other rights and remedies available to WSOD at law or in equity.

Section 30. Waiver

No assent or waiver, expressed or implied, or failure to enforce as to any breach of any one or more of the obligations, covenants or agreements herein shall be deemed or taken to be a waiver of any succeeding or additional breach.

 

17

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Section 31. Notices

Notice under this lease shall be in writing and shall be effective when actually delivered. If mailed, notice shall be deemed effective forty-eight (48) hours after mailing as registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, directed to the other party at the address set forth below or such other address as the party may indicate by written notice to the other:

 

Landlord:

   2300 75th Street
  

Boulder, Colorado 80301

WSOD:

   5718 Central Avenue
  

Boulder, Colorado 80301

Section 32. Governing Law

This lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Colorado, exclusive of its conflicts of laws rules.

Section 33. Arbitration

If at any time during the Term any dispute, difference, or disagreement shall arise upon or in respect of the lease, and the meaning and construction hereof, every such dispute, difference and disagreement shall be referred to a single arbitrator from the Judicial Arbiter Group, Denver, Colorado, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

Section 34. Attorney Fees

In the event of an arbitration, suit or action is brought by any party under this lease to enforce any of its term, or in any appeal therefrom, it is agreed that the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys fees to be fixed by the arbitrator, trial court, and/or appellate court.

Section 35. Titles and Captions

All article, section and paragraph titles or captions contained in this lease are for convenience only and shall not be deemed part of the context nor affect the interpretation of this lease.

 

18

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Section 36. Lease Binding

This lease shall be binding upon the heirs, executors. administrators, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

Section 37. Further Action

The parties hereto shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or forbear from all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this lease.

Section 38. Savings Clause

If any provision of this lease, or the application of such provision to any person or circumstance, shall be held invalid, the remainder of this lease, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid, shall not be affected thereby.

Section 39. Waiver of Trial by Jury

It is mutually agreed by and between Landlord and WSOD that the respective parties hereto shall and they hereby do waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties hereto against the other (except for personal injury or property damage) on any matters whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this lease, the relationship of Landlord and WSOD and WSOD’s use of or occupancy of said premises.

 

19

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this lease as of this 28 day of February, 2005.

 

LANDLORD:

 

JTR LAND AND CATTLE COMPANY, INC.

By:   /s/ Thomas W. Ward
       Thomas W. Ward, President

 

WSOD:

 

Wall Street On Demand, Inc

By:   /s/ James Tanner
       James Tanner, President

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential

Treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

Exhibit 10.37

Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The copy filed herewith

omits the information subject to the confidentiality request. Omissions are designated as

*****. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the SEC.

OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

FLATIRON BOULDER OFFICE, INC.

a Texas corporation

AS LANDLORD

AND

WALL STREET ON DEMAND, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

AS TENANT

DATED

January 8th, 2007


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1. Definitions and Basic Provisions

     1   

2. Lease Grant

     1   

3. Tender of Possession

     1   

4. Rent

     2   

5. Delinquent Payment; Handling Charges

     2   

6. Security Deposit

     3   

7. Services; Utilities; Common Areas

     3   

(a) Services

     3   

(b) Excess Utility Use

     4   

(c) Common Areas

     4   

8. Alterations; Repairs; Maintenance; Signs

     5   

(a) Alterations

     5   

(b) Repairs; Maintenance

     6   

(i) By Landlord

     6   

(ii) By Tenant

     7   

(iii) Performance of Work

     8   

(c) Mechanic’s Liens

     8   

(d) Signs

     9   

9. Use

     10   

10. Assignment and Subletting

     11   

(a) Transfers

     11   

(b) Consent Standards

     11   

(c) Request for Consent

     11   

(d) Conditions to Consent

     11   

(e) Attornment by Subtenants

     12   

(f) Cancellation

     12   

(g) Additional Compensation

     12   

11. Insurance; Waivers; Subrogation; Indemnity

     13   

(a) Tenant’s Insurance

     13   

(b) Landlord’s Insurance

     14   

(c) No Subrogation

     14   

(d) Indemnity

     14   

12. Subordination; Attornment; Notice to Landlord’s Mortgagee

     15   

(a) Subordination

     15   

(b) Attornment

     15   

(c) Notice to Landlord’s Mortgagee

     15   

(d) Landlord’s Mortgagee’s Protection Provisions

     16   

13. Rules and Regulations

     16   

14. Condemnation

     16   

(a) Total Taking

     16   

(b) Partial Taking - Tenant’s Rights

     16   

(c) Partial Taking - Landlord’s Rights

     17   

(d) Award

     17   

 

 

i

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

15. Fire or Other Casualty

     17   

(a) Repair Estimate

     17   

(b) Tenant’s Rights

     17   

(c) Landlord’s Rights

     17   

(d) Repair Obligation

     17   

(e) Abatement of Rent

     18   

16. Personal Property Taxes

     18   

17. Events of Default

     18   

(a) Payment Default

     18   

(b) Abandonment

     18   

(c) Estoppel/Financial Statement/Commencement Date Letter

     18   

(d) Insurance

     18   

(e) Mechanic’s Liens

     18   

(f) Other Defaults

     19   

(g) Insolvency

     19   

18. Remedies

     19   

(a) Termination of Lease

     19   

(b) Termination of Possession

     19   

(c) Perform Acts on Behalf of Tenant

     20   

(d) Alteration of Locks

     20   

19. Payment by Tenant; Non-Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

     20   

(a) Payment by Tenant

     20   

(b) No Waiver

     20   

(c) Cumulative Remedies

     21   

20. Landlord’s Lien

     21   

21. Surrender of Premises

     21   

22. Holding Over

     22   

23. Certain Rights Reserved by Landlord

     22   

(a) Building Operations

     22   

(b) Security

     22   

(c) Repairs and Maintenance

     23   

(d) Prospective Purchasers and Lenders

     23   

(e) Prospective Tenants

     23   

24. Substitution Space

     23   

25. Hazardous Materials

     23   

26. Miscellaneous

     25   

(a) Landlord Transfer

     25   

(b) Landlord’s Liability

     25   

(c) Force Majeure

     25   

(d) Brokerage

     25   

(e) Estoppel Certificates

     26   

(f) Notices

     26   

(g) Separability

     26   

(h) Amendments; Binding Effect

     26   

(i) Quiet Enjoyment

     26   

(j) No Merger

     26   

(k) No Offer

     27   

 

ii

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(I) Entire Agreement

     27   

(m) Waiver of Jury Trial

     27   

(n) Governing Law

     27   

(o) Recording

     27   

(p) Joint and Several Liability

     27   

(q) Financial Reports

     27   

(r) Landlord’s Fees

     28   

(s) Telecommunications

     28   

(t) Confidentiality

     28   

(u) Authority

     28   

(v) List of Exhibits

     29   

27. Other Provisions

     29   

 

iii

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

This Basic Lease Information is attached to and incorporated by reference to an Office Lease Agreement between Landlord and Tenant, as defined below.

 

Lease Date:    January 8 th , 2007
Landlord:    Flatiron Boulder Office, Inc., a Texas corporation
Tenant:    Wall Street On Demand, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Premises:    Suite No. 100, containing approximately 15,876 rentable square feet, in the building commonly known as Flatiron Boulder Office (the “ Building ”), and whose street address is 5775 Flatiron Parkway, Boulder, Colorado. The Premises are outlined on the plan attached to the Lease as Exhibit A. The land on which the Building is located (the “ Land ”) is described on Exhibit B. The term “ Project ” or “ Complex ” shall collectively refer to the Building, the Land and the driveways, parking facilities, and similar improvements and easements associated with the foregoing or the operation thereof, including without limitation the Common Areas (as defined in Section 7(c) ).
Term:    Approximately One Hundred Twenty-Nine (129) months, commencing on the Commencement Date and ending at 5:00 p.m. local time on the last day of the One Hundred Twenty-Ninth (129th) full calendar month following the Commencement Date, subject to adjustment and earlier termination as provided in the Lease.
Commencement Date:    The earliest of: (a) the date on which Tenant occupies any portion of the Premises and begins conducting business therein; (b) the date on which the Work (as defined in Exhibit D hereto) in the Premises is Substantially Completed (as defined in Exhibit D hereto); or (c) the date on which the Work in the Premises would have been Substantially Completed but for the occurrence of any Tenant Delay Days (as defined in Exhibit D hereto).
Base Rent:    Base Rent shall be the following amounts for the following periods of time:

 

Lease Month   

Annual Base Rent Rate

Per Rentable Square

Foot

   Monthly Base Rent

1 — 6

   $****    $****

7 — 18

   $*****    $*********

19 — 30

   $*****    $*********

31 — 42

   $*****    $*********

43 — 54

   $*****    $*********

55 — 66

   $*****    $*********

67 — 78

   $*****    $*********

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

79 — 90

   $ *****       $ *********   

91 — 102

   $ *****       $ *********   

103 — 114

   $ *****       $ *********   

115 — 129

   $ *****       $ *********   

 

   As used herein, the term “ Lease Month ” shall mean each calendar month during the Term (and if the Commencement Date does not occur on the first (1 st ) day of a calendar month, the period from the Commencement Date to the first (1 st ) day of the next calendar month shall be included in the first (1 st ) Lease Month for purposes of determining the duration of the Term and the monthly Base Rent rate applicable for such partial month).
   ********************************************
Security Deposit:    $*********
Rent:    Base Rent, Additional Rent, Taxes and Insurance (each as defined in Exhibit C hereto), and all other sums that Tenant may owe to Landlord or otherwise be required to pay under the Lease.
Permitted Use:    General office use, and for no other purpose whatsoever.
Tenant’s Proportionate Share:    ******%, which is the percentage obtained by dividing (a) ************************************ ****** by (b) **********************************************************************. Landlord and Tenant stipulate that the number of rentable square feet in the Premises and in the Building set forth above is conclusive as to the square footage in existence on the date of this Lease and shall be binding upon them.
Initial Liability Insurance Amount    $*********   
Broker/Agent   

For Tenant: NONE

 

For Landlord:

c/o Trammell Crow Denver, Inc.

8390 East Crescent Parkway, Suite 300

Greenwood Village, CO 80111

Attn: Flatiron Boulder Asset Manager

  
Tenant’s Address:   

Prior to Commencement Date:

5718 Central Avenue

Boulder, CO 80301

Attention: Jessica Pappas

  

Following Commencement Date:

(To Premises)

With a copy to :

 

5718 Central Avenue

Boulder, CO 80301

Attention: Accounts Payable if

invoice /

billing issue other issue Jessica

Pappas

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Landlord’s Address:   

For all Notices :

 

c/o Trammell Crow Company

8390 East Crescent Parkway, Suite 300

Greenwood Village, CO 80111

Attention: Property Manager

  

With a copy to :

 

INVESCO Realty Advisors

Three Galleria Tower, Suite 500

13155 Noel Road

Dallas, TX 75240

Attention: Senior Asset Manager

The foregoing Basic Lease Information is incorporated into and made a part of the Lease identified above. If any conflict exists between any Basic Lease Information and the Lease, then the Lease shall control.

 

LANDLORD:    

FLATIRON BOULDER OFFICE, INC.,

a Texas corporation

    By:  

/s/ Terrell W. Bolko

      Name: Terrell W. Bolko
      Title: Vice President

 

TENANT:    

WALL STREET ON DEMAND, INC.

a Delaware corporation

    By:  

/s/ James Tanay

      Name: James Tanay
      Title:
 

WALL STREET ON DEMAND, INC.

a Delaware corporation

  By:   /s/ Jessica Pappas
   

Name: Jessica Pappas

Title: Director of Administration

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT

This Office Lease Agreement (this “ Lease ”) is entered into as of January 8 th , 2006, between Flatiron Boulder Office, Inc., a Texas corporation (“ Landlord ”), and Wall Street On Demand, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

1. Definitions and Basic Provisions . The definitions and basic provisions set forth in the Basic Lease Information (the “ Basic Lease Information ”) executed by Landlord and Tenant contemporaneously herewith are incorporated herein by reference for all purposes. Additionally, the following terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Lease: “ Affiliate ” means any person or entity which, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the party in question; “ Building’s Structure ” means the Building’s exterior walls, roof, elevator shafts (if any), footings, foundations, structural portions of load-bearing walls, structural floors and subfloors, and structural columns and beams; “ Building’s Systems ” means the Premises’ and Building’s HVAC, life-safety, plumbing, electrical, and mechanical systems; “ Business Day(s) ” means Monday through Friday of each week, exclusive of Holidays; “ Holidays ” means New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and any other nationally or regionally recognized holiday; “ including ” means including, without limitation; “ Laws ” means all federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, all court orders, governmental directives, and governmental orders and all interpretations of the foregoing, and all restrictive covenants affecting the Project, and “ Law ” shall mean any of the foregoing; “ Normal Business Hours ” means 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on Business Days and 8:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. on Saturdays, exclusive of Holidays; “ Tenant’s Off-Premises Equipment ” means any of Tenant’s equipment or other property that may be located on or about the Project (other than inside the Premises); and “ Tenant Party ” means any of the following persons: Tenant; any assignees claiming by, through, or under Tenant; any subtenants claiming by, through, or under Tenant; and any of their respective agents, contractors, employees, and invitees.

2. Lease Grant . Subject to the terms of this Lease, Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, the Premises (as defined in the Basic Lease Information). Tenant, its permitted subtenants and their employees, licensees and guests, shall have access to the Premises at all times, twenty-four (24) hours per day, every day of the year, subject to such after-normal business hour security procedures as Landlord may require. In connection with the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense, to install additional access card readers on the entry doors to the Premises, upon written notice to and the reasonable approval of Landlord.

3. Tender of Possession . Landlord and Tenant presently anticipate that possession of the Premises will be tendered to Tenant in the condition required by this Lease on or about April 1, 2007 (the “ Estimated Delivery Date ”). If Landlord is unable to tender possession of the Premises in such condition to Tenant by the Estimated Delivery Date, then: (a) the validity of this Lease shall not be affected or impaired thereby; (b) Landlord shall not be in default hereunder or be liable for damages therefor; and (c) Tenant shall accept possession of the Premises when Landlord tenders possession thereof to Tenant. By occupying the Premises, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the Premises in their condition as of the date of such

 

1

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

occupancy, subject to the performance of punch-list items that remain to be performed by Landlord, if any. Prior to occupying the Premises, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a letter substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto confirming: (1) the Commencement Date (as defined in the Basic Lease Information) and the expiration date of the initial Term (as defined in the Basic Lease Information); (2) that Tenant has accepted the Premises; and (3) that Landlord has performed all of its obligations with respect to the Premises (except for punch-list items specified in such letter); however, the failure of the parties to execute such letter shall not defer the Commencement Date or otherwise invalidate this Lease. Tenant’s failure to execute such document within ten (10) days of receipt thereof from Landlord shall be an Event of Default (as defined in Section 17 ) under this Lease and shall be deemed Tenant’s agreement to the contents of such document. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord grants to Tenant and Tenant’s contractors access to the Premises during the three (3) weeks prior to the Commencement Date (“ Early Access ”) for the purpose of installing Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment provided that such Early Access is coordinated with Landlord and Landlord’s contractors and that it shall in no way interfere with or delay Landlord’s completion of the improvements to the Premises or violate code restrictions. Tenant and its contractors shall observe all rules and regulations of the Building, including Landlord’s insurance requirements. Tenant’s Early Access is subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease. Occupancy of the Premises by Tenant prior to the Commencement Date shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Lease excepting only those requiring the payment of Rent.

4. Rent . Tenant shall timely pay to Landlord Rent (as defined in the Basic Lease Information), including the amounts set forth in Exhibit C hereto, without notice, demand, deduction or set-off (except as otherwise expressly provided herein), by good and sufficient check drawn on a national banking association at Landlord’s address provided for in this Lease or as otherwise specified by Landlord and shall be accompanied by all applicable state and local sales or use taxes. The obligations of Tenant to pay Base Rent (as defined in the Basic Lease Information) and other sums to Landlord and the obligations of Landlord under this Lease are independent obligations. Base Rent, adjusted as herein provided, shall be payable monthly in advance. The first (1st) monthly installment of Base Rent shall be payable contemporaneously with the execution of this Lease; thereafter, Base Rent shall be payable on the first (1st) day of each month beginning on the first (1st) day of the second (2nd) full calendar month of the Term. The monthly Base Rent for any partial month at the beginning of the Term shall equal the product of 1/365 (or in the event of a leap year, 1/366) of the annual Base Rent in effect during the partial month and the number of days in the partial month, and shall be due on the Commencement Date. Payments of Base Rent for any fractional calendar month at the end of the Term shall be similarly prorated. Tenant shall pay Additional Rent, Taxes and Insurance (each as defined in Exhibit C ) at the same time and in the same manner as Base Rent.

5. Delinquent Payment; Handling Charges . All past due payments required of Tenant hereunder shall bear interest from the date due until paid at the lesser of ******* percent (**%) per annum or the maximum lawful rate of interest (such lesser amount is referred to herein as the “ Default Rate ”); additionally, Landlord, in addition to all other rights and remedies available to it, may charge Tenant a fee equal to **** percent (*%) of the delinquent payment to reimburse Landlord for its cost and inconvenience incurred as a consequence of Tenant’s delinquency. In no event, however, shall the charges permitted under this Section 5 or elsewhere in this Lease, to the extent they are considered to be interest under applicable Law, exceed the maximum lawful rate of interest.

 

2

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

6. Security Deposit . Contemporaneously with the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Security Deposit (as defined in the Basic Lease Information), which shall be held by Landlord to secure Tenant’s performance of its obligations under this Lease. The Security Deposit is not an advance payment of Rent or a measure or limit of Landlord’s damages upon an Event of Default (as defined in Section 17 ). Landlord may, at Landlord’s discretion, from time to time following an Event of Default and without prejudice to any other remedy, use all or a part of the Security Deposit to perform any obligation Tenant fails to perform hereunder or in connection with Landlord’s remedies under this Lease. Following any such application of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the amount so applied in order to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Subject to the requirements of, and conditions imposed by, Laws applicable to security deposits under commercial leases, Landlord shall, within the time required by applicable Law, return to Tenant the portion of the Security Deposit remaining after deducting all damages, charges and other amounts permitted by Law. Landlord and Tenant agree that such deductions shall include, without limitation, all damages and losses that Landlord has suffered or that Landlord reasonably estimates that it will suffer as a result of any breach of this Lease by Tenant. Unless required otherwise by applicable Law, the Security Deposit may be commingled with other funds, and no interest shall be paid thereon. If Landlord transfers its interest in the Premises, Landlord may assign the Security Deposit to the transferee and, upon such transfer (and the delivery to Tenant of an acknowledgement of the transferee’s responsibility for the Security Deposit if required by Law), Landlord thereafter shall have no further liability for the return of the Security Deposit.

7. Services; Utilities; Common Areas .

(a) Services . Landlord shall use all reasonable efforts to furnish to Tenant: (i) water at those points of supply provided for general use of tenants of the Building; (ii) heated and refrigerated air conditioning as appropriate, at such temperatures and in such amounts as are required by governmental authority or as Landlord reasonably determines are standard for the Building; (iii) elevators for ingress and egress to the floor on which the Premises are located, in common with other tenants, provided that Landlord may limit the number of operating elevators during non-business hours, during repairs, and Holidays; (iv) replacement of Building-standard light bulbs and fluorescent tubes, provided that Landlord’s standard charge for such bulbs and tubes shall be paid by Tenant; and (v) electrical current during Normal Business Hours for equipment whose electrical energy consumption does not exceed normal office usage. If Tenant desires any of the services specified in Section 7(a)(ii) at a time other than Normal Business Hours, then such services shall be supplied to Tenant upon the written request of Tenant delivered to Landlord before 3:00 p.m. on the Business Day preceding such extra usage, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord the actual cost (and not as a profit) of such services within thirty (30) days after Landlord has delivered to Tenant an invoice therefor. The costs incurred by Landlord in providing HVAC service to Tenant at a time other than Normal Business Hours (currently estimated at $50.00 per hour), shall include costs for electricity, water, sewage, water treatment, labor, metering, filtering, and maintenance reasonably allocated by Landlord to providing such service. Any after hours HVAC cost reimbursement shall be credited against the Operating Costs for the Building.

 

3

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(b) Excess Utility Use . Landlord shall not be required to furnish electrical current for any equipment that consumes more than 0.65 kilowatts as rated capacity, requires voltage other than 120 volts, single phase, or requires the use of self-contained HVAC units. In the event Tenant requires additional HVAC or electric current capacity, subject to Exhibit D , Tenant shall have the right to install such additional services as necessary subject to Landlord’s approval. If Tenant’s requirements for or consumption of electricity exceed the electricity to be provided by Landlord as described in Section 7(a) , Landlord shall, at Tenant’s expense, make reasonable efforts to supply such service through the then-existing feeders and risers and electrical panels serving the Building and the Premises, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of such service within thirty (30) days after Landlord has delivered to Tenant an invoice therefor. Landlord may determine the amount of such additional consumption and potential consumption by any verifiable method, including installation of a separate meter in the Premises installed, maintained, and read by Landlord, at Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall not install any electrical equipment requiring special wiring or requiring voltage in excess of 110 volts unless approved in advance by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant shall not install any electrical equipment requiring voltage in excess of Building capacity unless approved in advance by Landlord, which approval may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. The use of electricity in the Premises shall not exceed the capacity of existing feeders and risers and electrical panels to or wiring in the Premises. Any risers or wiring required to meet Tenant’s excess electrical requirements shall, upon Tenant’s written request, be installed by Landlord, at Tenant’s cost, if, in Landlord’s judgment, the same are necessary and shall not cause permanent damage to the Building or the Premises, cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition, entail excessive or unreasonable alterations, repairs, or expenses, or interfere with or disturb other tenants of the Building. If Tenant uses machines or equipment in the Premises which affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system or otherwise overload any utility, Landlord may install supplemental air conditioning units or other supplemental equipment in the Premises, and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation, operation, use, and maintenance, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within thirty (30) days after Landlord has delivered to Tenant an invoice therefor. Landlord’s obligation to furnish services under Section 7(a) shall be subject to the rules and regulations of the supplier of such services and governmental rules and regulations. Landlord may, upon not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Tenant, discontinue any such service to the Premises, provided Landlord first arranges for a direct connection thereof through the supplier of such service. Tenant shall, however, be responsible for contracting with the supplier of such service and for paying all deposits for, and costs relating to, such service. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to restore any service required of it that becomes unavailable; however, such unavailability shall not render Landlord liable for any damages caused thereby, be a constructive eviction of Tenant, constitute a breach of any implied warranty, or entitle Tenant to any abatement of Tenant’s obligations hereunder.

(c) Common Areas . The term “ Common Area ” is defined for all purposes of this Lease as that part of the Project and/or Complex intended for the common use of all tenants, including among other facilities (as such may be applicable to the Complex), the ground floor lobby, elevator lobbies and hallways on multi-tenant floors, parking areas, private streets and alleys, landscaping, curbs, loading areas, sidewalks, malls and promenades (enclosed or otherwise), lighting facilities, drinking fountains, meeting rooms, public toilets, the parking garage, and the like, but excluding: (i) space in buildings (now or hereafter existing) designated

 

4

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

for rental for commercial purposes, as the same may exist from time to time; (ii) streets and alleys maintained by a public authority; (iii) areas within the Complex which may from time to time not be owned by Landlord (unless subject to a cross-access agreement benefiting the area which includes the Premises); and (iv) areas leased to a single-purpose user where access is restricted. In addition, although the roof(s) of the building(s) in the Complex is not literally part of the Common Area, it will be deemed to be so included for purposes of: (i) Landlord’s ability to prescribe rules and regulations regarding same; and (ii) its inclusion for purposes of Operating Costs reimbursements. Landlord reserves the right to change from time to time the dimensions and location of the Common Area, as well as the dimensions, identities, locations and types of any buildings, signs or other improvements in the Complex. For example, and without limiting the generality of the immediately preceding sentence, Landlord may from time to time substitute for any parking area other areas reasonably accessible to the tenants of the Building or Complex, as applicable, which areas may be elevated, surface or underground. Tenant, and its employees and customers, and when duly authorized pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, its subtenants, licensees and concessionaires, shall have the non-exclusive right to use the Common Area (excluding roof(s)) as constituted from time to time, such use to be in common with Landlord, other tenants in the Building and/or Complex, as applicable, and other persons permitted by the Landlord to use the same, and subject to rights of governmental authorities, easements, other restrictions of record, and such reasonable rules and regulations governing use as Landlord may from time to time prescribe. For example, and without limiting the generality of Landlord’s ability to establish rules and regulations governing all aspects of the Common Area, Tenant agrees as follows:

(i) Tenant shall not solicit business within the Common Area nor take any action which would interfere with the rights of other persons to use the Common Area.

(ii) Landlord may temporarily close any part of the Common Area for such periods of time as may be necessary to make repairs or alterations or to prevent the public from obtaining prescriptive rights.

(iii) With regard to the roof(s) of the building(s) in the Project or Complex, as applicable, use of the roof(s) is reserved to Landlord, or with regard to any tenant demonstrating to Landlord’s satisfaction a need to use same, to such tenant after receiving prior written consent from Landlord.

8. Alterations; Repairs; Maintenance; Signs .

(a) Alterations . Tenant shall not make any alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises (collectively, the “ Alterations ”) without the prior written consent of Landlord, except for the installation of unattached, movable trade fixtures which may be installed without drilling, cutting or otherwise defacing the Premises. Tenant shall furnish complete plans and specifications to Landlord for its approval at the time it requests Landlord’s consent to any Alterations if the desired Alterations: (i) will affect the Building’s Systems or Building’s Structure; or (ii) will require the filing of plans and specifications with any governmental or quasi-governmental agency or authority; or (iii) will cost in excess of Five Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($5,000.00) in the aggregate. Subsequent to obtaining Landlord’s consent and prior to commencement of the Alterations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord any

 

5

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

building permit required by applicable Law and a copy of the executed construction contract(s). Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within ten (10) days after the rendition of a bill for all of Landlord’s actual out-of-pocket costs incurred in connection with any Alterations, including all management, engineering, outside consulting, and construction fees incurred by or on behalf of Landlord for the review and approval of Tenant’s plans and specifications and for the monitoring of construction of the Alterations. If Landlord consents to the making of any Alteration, such Alteration shall be made by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense by a contractor approved in writing by Landlord. Tenant shall require its contractor to maintain insurance in such amounts and in such form as Landlord may require. Without Landlord’s prior written consent, Tenant shall not use any portion of the Common Areas either within or without the Project or Complex, as applicable, in connection with the making of any Alterations. If the Alterations which Tenant causes to be constructed result in Landlord being required to make any alterations and/or improvements to other portions of the Project or Complex, as applicable, in order to comply with any applicable Laws, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in making such alterations and/or improvements. Any Alterations made by Tenant shall become the property of Landlord upon installation and shall remain on and be surrendered with the Premises upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, unless Landlord requires the removal of such Alterations. If Landlord requires the removal of such Alterations, Tenant shall at its sole cost and expense, forthwith and with all due diligence (but in any event not later than ten (10) days after the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease) remove all or any portion of any Alterations made by Tenant which are designated by Landlord to be removed (including without limitation stairs, bank vaults, and cabling, if applicable) and repair and restore the Premises in a good and workmanlike manner to their original condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted. All construction work done by Tenant within the Premises shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner with new materials of first-class quality, lien-free and in compliance with all Laws, and in such manner as to cause a minimum of interference with other construction in progress and with the transaction of business in the Project or Complex, as applicable. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless against any loss, liability or damage resulting from such work, and Tenant shall, if requested by Landlord, furnish a bond or other security satisfactory to Landlord against any such loss, liability or damage. The foregoing indemnity shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Landlord’s consent to or approval of any alterations, additions or improvements (or the plans therefor) shall not constitute a representation or warranty by Landlord, nor Landlord’s acceptance, that the same comply with sound architectural and/or engineering practices or with all applicable Laws, and Tenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring all such compliance.

(b) Repairs; Maintenance .

(i) By Landlord . Landlord shall, subject to reimbursement as set forth in Exhibit C , keep and maintain in good repair and working order and make repairs to and perform maintenance upon: (1) structural elements of the Building; (2) standard mechanical (including HVAC), electrical, plumbing and fire/life safety systems serving the Building generally; (3) Common Areas; (4) the roof of the Building; (5) exterior windows of the Building; and (6) elevators serving the Building. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any such repairs or to perform any maintenance unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after written notice of the need of such repairs or maintenance is given to Landlord by

 

6

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Tenant. If any of the foregoing maintenance or repair is necessitated due to the acts or omissions of any Tenant Party, Tenant shall pay the costs of such repairs or maintenance to Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice, together with an administrative charge in an amount equal to ******* percent (**%) of the cost of the repairs. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any interruption of Tenant’s business or inconvenience caused due to any work performed in the Premises or in the Complex pursuant to Landlord’s rights and obligations under the Lease. To the extent allowed by law, Tenant waives the right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense under any law, statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

(ii) By Tenant . Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly perform all maintenance and repairs to the Premises that are not Landlord’s express responsibility under this Lease, and shall keep the Premises in good condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Tenant’s repair obligations include, without limitation, repairs to: (1) floor covering and/or raised flooring; (2) interior partitions; (3) doors; (4) the interior side of demising walls; (5) electronic, phone and data cabling and related equipment (collectively, “ Cable ”) that is installed by or for the benefit of Tenant and located in the Premises or other portions of the Building or Project; (6) supplemental air conditioning units, private showers and kitchens, including hot water heaters, plumbing, dishwashers, ice machines and similar facilities serving Tenant exclusively; (7) phone rooms used exclusively by Tenant; (8) Alterations performed by contractors retained by or on behalf of Tenant, including related HVAC balancing; and (9) all of Tenant’s furnishings, trade fixtures, equipment and inventory. Tenant shall contract directly for janitorial services to the Premises and will keep the Premises in a first-class condition and appearance. Tenant will pay all costs and expenses for the janitorial services directly to the provider. Landlord will have no obligations with respect to such janitorial services. Tenant acknowledges that the condition and appearance of the Premises are of concern to the Landlord because of the Premises’ location and visibility which as a result may detract from the first-class appearance and image of the Building. If Landlord reasonably determines at any time that the Premises are not being kept in a condition acceptable to Landlord, then Landlord shall notify Tenant and Tenant shall return the Premises to a condition reasonably satisfactory to Landlord within three (3) business days after such notice. if after such 3 business day period, Tenant has not complied, Landlord may during Ordinary Business Hours enter the Premises and have the Premises cleaned to its satisfaction by its own janitorial services at Tenant’s cost and expense. Landlord reserves the right to perform any of the foregoing maintenance or repair obligations or require that such obligations be performed by a contractor approved by Landlord, all at Tenant’s expense. All work shall be performed in accordance with the rules and procedures described in Section 8(a) . If Tenant fails to make any repairs to the Premises for more than fifteen (15) days after notice from Landlord (although notice shall not be required if there is an emergency, or if the area to be repaired is visible from the exterior of the Building), Landlord may, in addition to any other remedy available to Landlord, make the repairs, and Tenant shall pay the reasonable cost of the repairs to Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice, together with an administrative charge in an amount equal to ******* percent (**%) of the cost of the repairs. At the expiration of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises in good condition, excepting reasonable wear and tear and losses required to be restored by Landlord. If Landlord elects to store any personal property of Tenant, including goods, wares, merchandise, inventory, trade fixtures and other personal property of Tenant, same shall be stored at the sole risk of Tenant. Landlord or its agents shall not be liable for any loss or damage to persons or property resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas,

 

7

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

electricity, water or rain which may leak from any part of the Complex or from the pipes, appliances or plumbing works therein or from the roof, street or subsurface or from any other places resulting from dampness or any other cause whatsoever, or from the act or negligence of any other tenant or any officer, agent, employee, contractor or guest of any such tenant. It is generally understood that mold spores are present essentially everywhere and that mold can grow in most any moist location. Emphasis is properly placed on prevention of moisture and on good housekeeping and ventilation practices. Tenant acknowledges the necessity of housekeeping, ventilation, and moisture control (especially in kitchens, janitor’s closets, bathrooms, break rooms and around outside walls) for mold prevention. In signing this Lease, Tenant has first inspected the Premises and certifies that it has not observed mold, mildew or moisture within the Premises. Tenant agrees to immediately notify Landlord if it observes mold/mildew and/or moisture conditions (from any source, including leaks), and allow Landlord to evaluate and make recommendations and/or take appropriate corrective action. Tenant relieves Landlord from any liability for any bodily injury or damages to property caused by or associated with moisture or the growth of or occurrence of mold or mildew on the Premises. In addition, execution of this Lease constitutes acknowledgement by Tenant that control of moisture and mold prevention are integral to its Lease obligations.

(iii) Performance of Work . All work described in this Section 8 shall be performed only by contractors and subcontractors approved in writing by Landlord. Tenant shall cause all contractors and subcontractors to procure and maintain insurance coverage naming Landlord, Landlord’s property management company and INVESCO Institutional (N.A.), Inc. (“ Invesco ”) as additional insureds against such risks, in such amounts, and with such companies as Landlord may reasonably require. Tenant shall provide Landlord with the identities, mailing addresses and telephone numbers of all persons performing work or supplying materials prior to beginning such construction and Landlord may post on and about the Premises notices of non-responsibility pursuant to applicable Laws. All such work shall be performed in accordance with all Laws and in a good and workmanlike manner so as not to damage the Building (including the Premises, the Building’s Structure and the Building’s Systems). All such work which may affect the Building’s Structure or the Building’s Systems, at Landlord’s election, must be performed by Landlord’s usual contractor for such work or a contractor approved by Landlord. All work affecting the roof of the Building must be performed by Landlord’s roofing contractor or a contractor approved by Landlord and no such work will be permitted if it would void or reduce the warranty on the roof.

(c) Mechanic’s Liens . All work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by or at the request of a Tenant Party shall be deemed authorized and ordered by Tenant only, and Tenant shall not permit any mechanic’s liens to be filed against the Premises or the Project in connection therewith. Upon completion of any such work, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord final lien waivers from all contractors, subcontractors and materialmen who performed such work. if such a lien is filed, then Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after Landlord has delivered notice of the filing thereof to Tenant (or such earlier time period as may be necessary to prevent the forfeiture of the Premises, Project or any interest of Landlord therein or the imposition of a civil or criminal fine with respect thereto), either: (1) pay the amount of the lien and cause the lien to be released of record; or (2) diligently contest such lien and deliver to Landlord a bond or other security reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. If Tenant fails to timely take either such action, then Landlord may pay the lien claim, and any amounts so paid,

 

8

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

including expenses and interest, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days after Landlord has invoiced Tenant therefor. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that their relationship is and shall be solely that of “landlord-tenant” (thereby excluding a relationship of “owner-contractor,” “owner-agent” or other similar relationships). Accordingly, all materialmen, contractors, artisans, mechanics, laborers and any other persons now or hereafter contracting with Tenant, any contractor or subcontractor of Tenant or any other Tenant Party for the furnishing of any labor, services, materials, supplies or equipment with respect to any portion of the Premises, at any time from the date hereof until the end of the Term, are hereby charged with notice that they look exclusively to Tenant to obtain payment for same. Nothing herein shall be deemed a consent by Landlord to any liens being placed upon the Premises, Project or Landlord’s interest therein due to any work performed by or for Tenant or deemed to give any contractor or subcontractor or materialman any right or interest in any funds held by Landlord to reimburse Tenant for any portion of the cost of such work. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord, its property manager, Invesco, any subsidiary or affiliate of the foregoing, and their respective officers, directors, shareholders, partners, employees, managers, contractors, attorneys and agents (collectively, the “ Indemnitees ”) from and against all claims, demands, causes of action, suits, judgments, damages and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) in any way arising from or relating to the failure by any Tenant Party to pay for any work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by or at the request of a Tenant Party. The foregoing indemnity shall survive termination or expiration of this Lease.

(d) Signs . Tenant shall not place or permit to be placed any signs upon: (i) the roof of the Building; or (ii) the Common Areas; or (iii) any area visible from the exterior of the Premises without Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed provided any proposed sign is placed only in those locations as may be designated by Landlord, and complies with the sign criteria promulgated by Landlord from time to time. Upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall immediately remove any sign, advertising material or lettering which Tenant has placed or permitted to be placed upon the exterior or interior surface of any door or window or at any point inside the Premises, which in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, is of such a nature as to not be in keeping with the standards of the Building, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may without liability remove the same at Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall comply with such regulations as may from time to time be promulgated by Landlord governing signs, advertising material or lettering of all tenants in the Project or Complex, as applicable. The Tenant, upon vacation of the Premises, or the removal or alteration of its sign for any reason, shall be responsible for the repair, painting or replacement of the Building fascia surface or other portion of the Building where signs are attached. If Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may have the sign removed and the cost of removal plus fifteen percent (15%) as an administrative fee shall be payable by Tenant within ten (10) days of invoice.

Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, during the initial Term, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to place its name on the existing two (2) monument signs for the Building (the “ Signage ”). The Signage shall be installed by Landlord at Landlord’s cost and shall be maintained at Landlord’s sole cost and expense throughout the Term. The rights of Tenant under this paragraph: (i) are personal to Tenant and may, upon receipt of Landlord’s reasonable approval therefor, be assigned to an assignee or subtenant, but may not be assigned to any other party; (ii) are terminable by Landlord following any default not cured within applicable cure periods; and (iii) are terminable by Landlord if Tenant reduces the size of the Premises,

 

9

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

notwithstanding the consent of Landlord thereto. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or the termination of Tenant’s sign rights as set forth herein, Tenant shall remove the Signage, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and restore the monument signs to their condition immediately prior to the installation of the Signage. If Tenant fails to timely remove the Signage, then the Signage shall conclusively be deemed to have been abandoned by Tenant and may be appropriated, sold, stored, destroyed, or otherwise disposed of by Landlord without further notice to Tenant or any other person and without obligation to account therefor. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all reasonable costs incurred by Landlord in connection therewith within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s invoice. The provisions of this paragraph shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

9. Use . Tenant shall continuously occupy and use the Premises only for the Permitted Use (as set forth in the Basic Lease Information) and shall comply with all Laws relating to the use, condition, access to, and occupancy of the Premises and will not commit waste, overload the Building’s Structure or the Building’s Systems or subject the Premises to use that would damage the Premises. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall obtain and keep in effect during the term, all permits, licenses, and other authorizations necessary to permit Tenant to use and occupy the Premises for the Permitted Use in accordance with applicable Law. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, as between Landlord and Tenant: (a) Tenant shall bear the risk of complying with Title III of the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, any state laws governing handicapped access or architectural barriers, and all rules, regulations, and guidelines promulgated under such laws, as amended from time to time (the “ Disabilities Acts ”) in the Premises; and (b) Landlord shall bear the risk of complying with the Disabilities Acts in the Common Areas (subject to reimbursement as set forth in Exhibit C ), other than compliance that is necessitated by the use of the Premises for other than the Permitted Use or as a result of any alterations or additions made by Tenant (which risk and responsibility shall be borne by Tenant). Tenant shall not use any substantial portion of the Premises for a “call center”, any other telemarketing use, or any credit processing use. In addition, the Premises shall not be used for any purpose which creates strong, unusual, or offensive odors, fumes, dust or vapors; which emits noise or sounds that are objectionable due to intermittence, beat, frequency, shrillness, or loudness; which is associated with indecent or pornographic matters; or which involves political or moral issues (such as abortion issues). Tenant shall conduct its business and control each other Tenant Party so as not to create any nuisance or unreasonably interfere with other tenants or Landlord in its management of the Building. Tenant shall not knowingly conduct or permit to be conducted in the Premises any activity, or place any equipment in or about the Premises or the Building, which will invalidate the insurance coverage in effect or increase the rate of fire insurance or other insurance on the Premises or the Building. if any invalidation of coverage or increase in the rate of fire insurance or other insurance occurs or is threatened by any insurance company due to activity conducted from the Premises, or any act or omission by Tenant, or its agents, employees, representatives, or contractors, such statement or threat shall be conclusive evidence that the increase in such rate is due to such act of Tenant or the contents or equipment in or about the Premises, and, as a result thereof, Tenant shall be liable for such increase and shall be considered Additional Rent payable with the next monthly installment of Base Rent due under this Lease. In no event shall Tenant introduce or permit to be kept on the Premises or brought into the Building any dangerous, noxious, radioactive or explosive substance.

 

10

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

10. Assignment and Subletting .

(a) Transfers . Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord: (1) assign, transfer, or encumber this Lease or any estate or interest herein, whether directly or by operation of law; (2) permit any other entity to become Tenant hereunder by merger, consolidation, or other reorganization; (3) if Tenant is an entity other than a corporation whose stock is publicly traded, permit the transfer of an ownership interest in Tenant so as to result in a change in the current control of Tenant; (4) sublet any portion of the Premises; (5) grant any license, concession, or other right of occupancy of any portion of the Premises; or (6) permit the use of the Premises by any parties other than Tenant (any of the events listed in Section 10(a)(1) through Section 10(a)(6) being a “ Transfer ”).

(b) Consent Standards . Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any assignment or subletting of the Premises, provided that Tenant is not then in default under the Lease and the proposed transferee: (1) is creditworthy; (2) has a good reputation in the business community; (3) will use the Premises for the Permitted Use (thus, excluding without limitation, uses for credit processing and telemarketing) and will not use the Premises in any manner that would conflict with any exclusive use agreement or other similar agreement entered into by Landlord with any other tenant of the Project or Complex, as applicable; (4) will not use the Premises, Project or Complex in a manner that would materially increase the pedestrian or vehicular traffic to the Premises, Project or Complex; (5) is not a governmental entity, or subdivision or agency thereof; (6) is not another occupant of the Building (provided Landlord has space available in the Building to meet the needs of such occupant); and (7) is not a person or entity with whom Landlord is then, or has been within the six-month period prior to the time Tenant seeks to enter into such assignment or subletting, negotiating to lease space in the Building or Complex, as applicable, or any Affiliate of any such person or entity; otherwise, Landlord may withhold its consent in its sole discretion.

(c) Request for Consent . If Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to a Transfer, then, at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of the proposed Transfer, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a written description of all terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer, copies of the proposed pertinent documentation, and the following information about the proposed transferee: name and address; reasonably satisfactory information about its business and business history; its proposed use of the Premises; banking, financial, and other credit information; and general references sufficient to enable Landlord to determine the proposed transferee’s creditworthiness and character. Concurrently with Tenant’s notice of any request for consent to a Transfer, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a fee of $1,000 (inclusive of attorney’s fees) to defray Landlord’s expenses in reviewing and considering any request for consent to a Transfer.

(d) Conditions to Consent . If Landlord consents to a proposed Transfer, then the proposed transferee shall deliver to Landlord a written agreement whereby it expressly assumes Tenant’s obligations hereunder; however, any transferee of less than all of the space in the Premises shall be liable only for obligations under this Lease that are properly allocable to the space subject to the Transfer for the period of the Transfer. No Transfer shall release Tenant from its obligations under this Lease, but rather Tenant and its transferee shall be jointly and severally liable therefor. Landlord’s consent to any Transfer shall not be deemed consent to any

 

11

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

subsequent Transfers. If an Event of Default occurs while the Premises or any part thereof are subject to a Transfer, then Landlord, in addition to its other remedies, may collect directly from such transferee all rents becoming due to Tenant and apply such rents against Rent. Tenant authorizes its transferees to make payments of rent directly to Landlord upon receipt of notice from Landlord to do so following the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder. Tenant shall pay for the cost of any demising walls or other improvements necessitated by a proposed subletting or assignment.

(e) Attornment by Subtenants . Each sublease by Tenant hereunder shall be subject and subordinate to this Lease and to the matters to which this Lease is or shall be subordinate, and each subtenant by entering into a sublease is deemed to have agreed that in the event of termination, re-entry or dispossession by Landlord under this Lease, Landlord may, at its option, either terminate the sublease or take over all of the right, title and interest of Tenant, as sublandlord, under such sublease, and such subtenant shall, at Landlord’s option, attorn to Landlord pursuant to the then executory provisions of such sublease, except that Landlord shall not be: (1) liable for any previous act or omission of Tenant under such sublease; (2) subject to any counterclaim, offset or defense that such subtenant might have against Tenant; (3) bound by any previous modification of such sublease or by any rent or additional rent or advance rent which such subtenant might have paid for more than the current month to Tenant, and all such rent shall remain due and owing, notwithstanding such advance payment; (4) bound by any security or advance rental deposit made by such subtenant which is not delivered or paid over to Landlord and with respect to which such subtenant shall look solely to Tenant for refund or reimbursement; or (5) obligated to perform any work in the subleased space or to prepare it for occupancy, and in connection with such attornment, the subtenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord any instruments Landlord may reasonably request to evidence and confirm such attornment. Each subtenant or licensee of Tenant shall be deemed, automatically upon and as a condition of its occupying or using the Premises or any part thereof, to have agreed to be bound by the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 10(e) . The provisions of this Section 10(e) shall be self-operative, and no further instrument shall be required to give effect to this provision.

(f) Cancellation . Landlord may, within thirty (30) days after submission of Tenant’s written request for Landlord’s consent to an assignment or subletting, cancel this Lease as to the portion of the Premises proposed to be sublet or assigned as of the date the proposed Transfer is to be effective. If Landlord cancels this Lease as to any portion of the Premises, then this Lease shall cease for such portion of the Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord all Rent accrued through the cancellation date relating to the portion of the Premises covered by the proposed Transfer, and Rent shall be reduced proportionately based on the remaining square footage in the Premises. Thereafter, Landlord may lease such portion of the Premises to the prospective transferee (or to any other person) without liability to Tenant.

(g) Additional Compensation . Tenant shall pay to Landlord, immediately upon receipt thereof, ***** percent (**%) of the excess of all compensation received by Tenant for a Transfer over the Rent allocable to the portion of the Premises covered thereby.

 

12

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

11. Insurance; Waivers; Subrogation; Indemnity .

(a) Tenant’s Insurance . Effective as of the earlier of: (1) the date Tenant enters or occupies the Premises; or (2) the Commencement Date, and continuing throughout the Term, Tenant shall maintain the following insurance policies: (A) commercial general liability insurance in amounts of $******** per occurrence, which shall apply on a per location basis , or, following the expiration of the initial Term, such other amounts as Landlord may from time to time reasonably require (and, if the use and occupancy of the Premises include any activity or matter that is or may be excluded from coverage under a commercial general liability policy [e.g., the sale, service or consumption of alcoholic beverages], Tenant shall obtain such endorsements to the commercial general liability policy or otherwise obtain insurance to insure all liability arising from such activity or matter [including liquor liability, if applicable] in such amounts as Landlord may reasonably require), insuring Tenant, Landlord, Landlord’s property management company and Invesco against all liability for injury to or death of a person or persons or damage to property arising from the use and occupancy of the Premises and (without implying any consent by Landlord to the installation thereof) the installation, operation, maintenance, repair or removal of Tenant’s Off-Premises Equipment with an additional insured endorsement in form CG 2026 (11/85); (B) if Tenant has any company-owned or leased vehicles, Automobile Liability covering any owned, non-owned, leased, rented or borrowed vehicles of Tenant with limits no less than $******** combined single limit for property damage and bodily injury; (C) All Risk Property insurance covering the full value of all Alterations and improvements and betterments in the Premises, naming Landlord and Landlord’s Mortgagee (as defined in Section 12(a) ) as additional loss payees as their interests may appear; (D) All Risk Property insurance covering the full value of all furniture, trade fixtures and personal property (including property of Tenant or others) in the Premises or otherwise placed in the Project by or on behalf of a Tenant Party (including Tenant’s Off-Premises Equipment) it being understood that no lack or inadequacy of insurance by Tenant shall in any event make Landlord subject to any claim by virtue of any theft of or loss or damage to any uninsured or inadequately insured property; (E) contractual liability insurance sufficient to cover Tenant’s indemnity obligations hereunder (but only if such contractual liability insurance is not already included in Tenant’s commercial general liability insurance policy); (F) worker’s compensation insurance in amounts not less than statutorily required, and Employers’ Liability insurance with limits of not less than ***************** ($*********); (G) business interruption insurance in an amount that will reimburse Tenant for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils insured against under Section 11(a)(2)(C) or attributable to the prevention of access to the Building or Premises; (H) in the event Tenant performs any alterations or repairs in, on, or to the Premises, Builder’s Risk Insurance on an All Risk basis (including collapse) on a completed value (non-reporting) form, or by endorsement including such coverage pursuant to Section 11(a)(2)(C) hereinabove, for full replacement value covering all work incorporated in the Building and all materials and equipment in or about the Premises; and (I) such other insurance or any changes or endorsements to the insurance required herein, including increased limits of coverage, as Landlord, or any mortgagee or lessor of Landlord, may reasonably require from time to time. Tenant’s insurance shall provide primary coverage to Landlord and shall not require contribution by any insurance maintained by Landlord, when any policy issued to Landlord provides duplicate or similar coverage, and in such circumstance Landlord’s policy will be excess over Tenant’s policy. Tenant shall furnish to Landlord certificates of such insurance, with an additional insured endorsement in form CG 2026 (11/85), and such other evidence satisfactory to Landlord of the

 

13

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

maintenance of all insurance coverages required hereunder at least ten (10) days prior to the earlier of the Commencement Date or the date Tenant enters or occupies the Premises, and at least fifteen (15) days prior to each renewal of said insurance, and Tenant shall obtain a written obligation on the part of each insurance company to notify Landlord at least thirty (30) days before cancellation or a material change of any such insurance policies. All such insurance policies shall be in form, and issued by companies with a Best’s rating of A:VII or better, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. If Tenant fails to comply with the foregoing insurance requirements or to deliver to Landlord the certificates or evidence of coverage required herein, Landlord, in addition to any other remedy available pursuant to this Lease or otherwise, may, but shall not be obligated to, obtain such insurance and Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the premium costs thereof, plus an administrative fee of ******* percent (**%) of such cost. It is expressly understood and agreed that the foregoing minimum limits of insurance coverage shall not limit the liability of Tenant for its acts or omissions as provided in this Lease.

(b) Landlord’s Insurance . Throughout the Term of this Lease, Landlord shall maintain, as a minimum, the following insurance policies: (1) property insurance for the Building’s replacement value (excluding property required to be insured by Tenant), less a commercially-reasonable deductible if Landlord so chooses; and (2) commercial general liability insurance in an amount of not less than $********. Landlord may, but is not obligated to, maintain such other insurance and additional coverages as it may deem necessary. Tenant shall pay its Proportionate Share of the cost of all insurance carried by Landlord with respect to the Project or Complex, as applicable, as set forth on Exhibit C . The foregoing insurance policies and any other insurance carried by Landlord shall be for the sole benefit of Landlord and under Landlord’s sole control, and Tenant shall have no right or claim to any proceeds thereof or any other rights thereunder.

(c) No Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant each waives any claim it might have against the other for any damage to or theft, destruction, loss, or loss of use of any property, to the extent the same is insured against under any insurance policy that covers the Building, the Premises, Landlord’s or Tenant’s fixtures, personal property, leasehold improvements, or business, or is required to be insured against under the terms hereof, regardless of whether the negligence of the other party caused such Loss (defined below). Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive any right of subrogation and right of recovery or cause of action for injury including death or disease to respective employees of either as covered by Worker’s Compensation (or which would have been covered if Tenant or Landlord as the case may be, was carrying the insurance as required by this lease). Each party shall cause its insurance carrier to endorse all applicable policies waiving the carrier’s rights of recovery under subrogation or otherwise against the other party.

(d) Indemnity . Subject to Section 11(c) , Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord and the Indemnitees from and against all claims, demands, liabilities, causes of action, suits, judgments, damages, and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and all losses and damages arising from: (1) any injury to or death of any person or the damage to or theft, destruction, loss, or loss of use of any property or inconvenience (a “ Loss ”) arising from any occurrence on the Premises, the use of the Common Areas by any Tenant Party, or arising out of the installation, operation, maintenance, repair or removal of any of Tenant’s Off-Premises Equipment; or (2) Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease, IN EACH CASE

 

14

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

EVEN THOUGH CAUSED OR ALLEGED TO BE CAUSED BY THE NEGLIGENCE OR FAULT OF LANDLORD OR ITS AGENTS (OTHER THAN A LOSS ARISING FROM THE SOLE OR GROSS NEGLIGENCE OF LANDLORD OR ITS AGENTS), AND EVEN THOUGH ANY SUCH CLAIM, CAUSE OF ACTION, OR SUIT IS BASED UPON OR ALLEGED TO BE BASED UPON THE STRICT LIABILITY OF LANDLORD OR ITS AGENTS. THIS INDEMNITY IS INTENDED TO INDEMNIFY LANDLORD AND ITS AGENTS AGAINST THE CONSEQUENCES OF THEIR OWN NEGLIGENCE OR FAULT AS PROVIDED ABOVE WHEN LANDLORD OR ITS AGENTS ARE JOINTLY, COMPARATIVELY, CONTRIBUTIVELY, OR CONCURRENTLY NEGLIGENT WITH TENANT. The indemnities set forth in this Section 11(d) shall survive termination or expiration of this Lease and shall not terminate or be waived, diminished or affected in any manner by any abatement or apportionment of Rent under any provision of this Lease. If any proceeding is filed for which indemnity is required hereunder, Tenant agrees, upon request therefor, to defend Landlord in such proceeding at its sole cost utilizing counsel satisfactory to Landlord in its sole discretion.

12. Subordination; Attornment; Notice to Landlord’s Mortgagee .

(a) Subordination . This Lease shall be subordinate to any deed of trust, mortgage, or other security instrument (each, a “ Mortgage ”), or any ground lease, master lease, or primary lease (each, a “ Primary Lease ”), that now or hereafter covers all or any part of the Premises (the mortgagee under any such Mortgage, beneficiary under any such deed of trust, or the lessor under any such Primary Lease is referred to herein as a “ Landlord’s Mortgagee ”). Any Landlord’s Mortgagee may elect at any time, unilaterally, to make this Lease superior to its Mortgage, Primary Lease, or other interest in the Premises by so notifying Tenant in writing. The provisions of this Section shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required; however, in confirmation of such subordination, Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord (or such other party designated by Landlord) within ten (10) days after written request therefor such documentation, in recordable form if required, as a Landlord’s Mortgagee may reasonably request to evidence the subordination of this Lease to such Landlord’s Mortgagee’s Mortgage or Primary Lease (including a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement) or, if the Landlord’s Mortgagee so elects, the subordination of such Landlord’s Mortgagee’s Mortgage or Primary Lease to this Lease.

(b) Attornment . Tenant shall attorn to any party succeeding to Landlord’s interest in the Premises, whether by purchase, foreclosure, deed in lieu of foreclosure, power of sale, termination of lease, or otherwise, upon such party’s request, and shall execute such agreements confirming such attornment as such party may reasonably request.

(c) Notice to Landlord’s Mortgagee . Tenant shall not seek to enforce any remedy it may have for any default on the part of Landlord without first giving written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, specifying the default in reasonable detail, to any Landlord’s Mortgagee whose address has been given to Tenant, and affording such Landlord’s Mortgagee a reasonable opportunity to perform Landlord’s obligations hereunder.

 

15

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(d) Landlord’s Mortgagee’s Protection Provisions . If Landlord’s Mortgagee shall succeed to the interest of Landlord under this Lease, Landlord’s Mortgagee shall not be: (1) liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor (including Landlord); (2) bound by any rent or additional rent or advance rent which Tenant might have paid for more than one (1) month in advance to any prior lessor (including Landlord), and all such rent shall remain due and owing, notwithstanding such advance payment; (3) bound by any security or advance rental deposit made by Tenant which is not delivered or paid over to Landlord’s Mortgagee and with respect to which Tenant shall look solely to Landlord for refund or reimbursement; (4) bound by any termination, amendment or modification of this Lease made without Landlord’s Mortgagee’s consent and written approval, except for those terminations, amendments and modifications permitted to be made by Landlord without Landlord’s Mortgagee’s consent pursuant to the terms of the loan documents between Landlord and Landlord’s Mortgagee; (5) subject to the defenses which Tenant might have against any prior lessor (including Landlord); and (6) subject to the offsets which Tenant might have against any prior lessor (including Landlord) except for those offset rights which (A) are expressly provided in this Lease, (B) relate to periods of time following the acquisition of the Building by Landlord’s Mortgagee, and (C) Tenant has provided written notice to Landlord’s Mortgagee and provided Landlord’s Mortgagee a reasonable opportunity to cure the event giving rise to such offset event. Landlord’s Mortgagee shall have no liability or responsibility under or pursuant to the terms of this Lease or otherwise after it ceases to own an interest in the Building. Nothing in this Lease shall be construed to require Landlord’s Mortgagee to see to the application of the proceeds of any loan, and Tenant’s agreements set forth herein shall not be impaired on account of any modification of the documents evidencing and securing any loan.

13. Rules and Regulations . Tenant shall comply with the rules and regulations of the Building which are attached hereto as Exhibit E . Landlord may, from time to time, change such rules and regulations for the safety, care, or cleanliness of the Building and related facilities, provided that such changes are applicable to all tenants of the Building, will not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises and are enforced by Landlord in a non-discriminatory manner. Tenant shall be responsible for the compliance with such rules and regulations by each Tenant Party.

14. Condemnation .

(a) Total Taking . If the entire Building or Premises are taken by right of eminent domain or conveyed in lieu thereof (a “ Taking ”) this Lease shall terminate as of the date of the Taking.

(b) Partial Taking - Tenant’s Rights . If any part of the Building becomes subject to a Taking and such Taking will prevent Tenant from conducting its business in the Premises in a manner reasonably comparable to that conducted immediately before such Taking for a period of more than one hundred eighty (180) days, then Tenant may terminate this Lease as of the date of such Taking by giving written notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days after the Taking, and Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such Taking. If Tenant does not terminate this Lease, then Rent shall be abated on a reasonable basis as to that portion of the Premises rendered untenantable by the Taking.

 

16

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(c) Partial Taking - Landlord’s Rights . If any material portion, but less than all, of the Building becomes subject to a Taking, or if Landlord is required to pay any of the proceeds arising from a Taking to a Landlord’s Mortgagee, then Landlord may terminate this Lease by delivering written notice thereof to Tenant within thirty (30) days after such Taking, and Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such Taking. If Landlord does not so terminate this Lease, then this Lease will continue, but if any portion of the Premises has been taken, Rent shall abate as provided in the last sentence of Section 14(b) .

(d) Award . If any Taking occurs, then Landlord shall receive the entire award or other compensation for the Land, the Building, and other improvements taken; however, Tenant may separately pursue a claim (to the extent it will not reduce Landlord’s award) against the condemnor for the value of Tenant’s personal property which Tenant is entitled to remove under this Lease, moving costs, loss of business, and other claims it may have.

15. Fire or Other Casualty .

(a) Repair Estimate . If the Premises or the Building are damaged by fire or other casualty (a “ Casualty ”), Landlord shall use good faith efforts to deliver to Tenant within sixty (60) days after such Casualty a good faith estimate (the “ Damage Notice ”) of the time needed to repair the damage caused by such Casualty.

(b) Tenant’s Rights . If a material portion of the Premises is damaged by Casualty such that Tenant is prevented from conducting its business in the Premises in a manner reasonably comparable to that conducted immediately before such Casualty and Landlord estimates that the damage caused thereby cannot be repaired within one hundred eighty (180) days after the commencement of repairs (the “ Repair Period ”), then Tenant may terminate this Lease by delivering written notice to Landlord of its election to terminate within thirty (30) days after the Damage Notice has been delivered to Tenant.

(c) Landlord’s Rights . If a Casualty damages the Premises or a material portion of the Building and: (1) Landlord estimates that the damage to the Premises cannot be repaired within the Repair Period; (2) the damage to the Premises exceeds fifty percent (50%) of the replacement cost thereof (excluding foundations and footings), as estimated by Landlord, and such damage occurs during the last two (2) years of the Term; (3) regardless of the extent of damage to the Premises, Landlord makes a good faith determination that restoring the Building would be uneconomical; or (4) Landlord is required to pay any insurance proceeds arising out of the Casualty to a Landlord’s Mortgagee, then Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving written notice of its election to terminate within thirty (30) days after the Damage Notice has been delivered to Tenant.

(d) Repair Obligation . If neither party elects to terminate this Lease following a Casualty, then Landlord shall, within a reasonable time after such Casualty, begin to repair the Premises and shall proceed with reasonable diligence to restore the Premises to substantially the same condition as they existed immediately before such Casualty; however, other than building standard leasehold improvements Landlord shall not be required to repair or replace any Alterations or betterments within the Premises (which shall be promptly and with due diligence repaired and restored by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) or any furniture, equipment, trade fixtures or personal property of Tenant or others in the Premises or the Building, and Landlord’s obligation to repair or restore the Premises shall be limited to the

 

17

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

extent of the insurance proceeds actually received by Landlord for the Casualty in question. If this Lease is terminated under the provisions of this Section 15 , Landlord shall be entitled to the full proceeds of the insurance policies providing coverage for all Alterations, improvements and betterments in the Premises (and, if Tenant has failed to maintain insurance on such items as required by this Lease, Tenant shall pay Landlord an amount equal to the proceeds Landlord would have received had Tenant maintained insurance on such items as required by this Lease).

(e) Abatement of Rent . If the Premises are damaged by Casualty, Rent for the portion of the Premises rendered untenantable by the damage shall be abated on a reasonable basis from the date of damage until the completion of Landlord’s repairs (or until the date of termination of this Lease by Landlord or Tenant as provided above, as the case may be), unless a Tenant Party caused such damage, in which case, Tenant shall continue to pay Rent without abatement.

16. Personal Property Taxes . Tenant shall be liable for all taxes levied or assessed against personal property, furniture, or fixtures placed by Tenant in the Premises or in or on the Building or Project. If any taxes for which Tenant is liable are levied or assessed against Landlord or Landlord’s property and Landlord elects to pay the same, or if the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by inclusion of such personal property, furniture or fixtures and Landlord elects to pay the taxes based on such increase, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days following written request therefor, the part of such taxes for which Tenant is primarily liable hereunder.

17. Events of Default . Each of the following occurrences shall be an “ Event of Default ”:

(a) Payment Default . Tenant’s failure to pay Rent within five (5) business days after the same is due;

(b) Abandonment . Tenant abandons the Premises or any substantial portion thereof, or fails to continuously operate its business in the Premises, abandonment being defined as Tenant’s vacation of the Premises and failure to meet one (1) or more lease obligations;

(c) Estoppel/Financial Statement/Commencement Date Letter . Tenant fails to provide: (i) any estoppel certificate after Landlord’s written request therefor pursuant to Section 26(e) ; (ii) any financial statement after Landlord’s written request therefor pursuant to Section 26(q) ; or (iii) the Confirmation of Commencement Date in the form of Exhibit F as required by Section 3 , and such failure shall continue for five (5) calendar days after Landlord’s second (2”) written notice thereof to Tenant;

(d) Insurance . Tenant fails to procure, maintain and deliver to Landlord evidence of the insurance policies and coverages as required under Section 11(a) ;

(e) Mechanic’s Liens . Tenant fails to pay and release of record, or diligently contest and bond around, any mechanic’s lien filed against the Premises or the Project for any work performed, materials furnished, or obligation incurred by or at the request of Tenant, within the time and in the manner required by Section 8(c) ;

 

18

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(f) Other Defaults . Tenant’s failure to perform, comply with, or observe any other agreement or obligation of Tenant under this Lease and the continuance of such failure for a period of thirty (30) calendar days or more after Landlord has delivered to Tenant written notice thereof; and

(g) Insolvency . The filing of a petition by or against Tenant (the term “ Tenant ” shall include, for the purpose of this Section 17(g) , any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations hereunder): (1) in any bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding; (2) seeking any relief under any state or federal debtor relief law; (3) for the appointment of a liquidator or receiver for all or substantially all of Tenant’s property or for Tenant’s interest in this Lease; or (4) for the reorganization or modification of Tenant’s capital structure; however, if such a petition is filed against Tenant, then such filing shall not be an Event of Default unless Tenant fails to have the proceedings initiated by such petition dismissed within sixty (60) calendar days after the filing thereof.

18. Remedies . Upon any Event of Default, Landlord may, in addition to all other rights and remedies afforded Landlord hereunder or by law or equity, take any one or more of the following actions:

(a) Termination of Lease . Terminate this Lease by giving Tenant written notice thereof, in which event Tenant shall pay to Landlord the sum of: (1) all Rent accrued hereunder through the date of termination; (2) all amounts due under Section 19(a) ; and (3) an amount equal to (A) the total Rent that Tenant would have been required to pay for the remainder of the Term discounted to present value at a per annum rate equal to the Prime Rate (“ Prime Rate ” shall be the per annum interest rate publicly announced by a federally insured bank selected by Landlord in the state in which the Premises is located as such bank’s prime or base rate) minus one percent (1%), minus (B) the then present fair rental value of the Premises for such period, similarly discounted;

(b) Termination of Possession . Terminate Tenant’s right to possess the Premises without terminating this Lease by giving written notice thereof to Tenant, in which event Tenant shall pay to Landlord: (1) all Rent and other amounts accrued hereunder to the date of termination of possession; (2) all amounts due from time to time under Section 19(a) ; and (3) all Rent and other net sums required hereunder to be paid by Tenant during the remainder of the Term, diminished by any net sums thereafter received by Landlord through reletting the Premises during such period, after deducting all costs incurred by Landlord in reletting the Premises. If Landlord elects to proceed under this Section 18(b) , Landlord may remove all of Tenant’s property from the Premises and store the same in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost of, and for the account of, Tenant, without becoming liable for any loss or damage which may be occasioned thereby. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to relet the Premises on such terms as Landlord in its sole discretion may determine (including a term different from the Term, rental concessions, and alterations to, and improvement of, the Premises); however, Landlord shall not be obligated to expend funds in connection with reletting the Premises, nor to relet the Premises before leasing other portions of the Building or Complex, as applicable, and Landlord shall not be obligated to accept any prospective tenant proposed by Tenant unless such proposed tenant meets all of Landlord’s leasing criteria. Landlord shall not be liable for, nor shall Tenant’s obligations hereunder be diminished because of, Landlord’s failure to relet the Premises

 

19

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

or to collect rent due for such reletting. Tenant shall not be entitled to the excess of any consideration obtained by reletting over the Rent due hereunder. Reentry by Landlord in the Premises shall not affect Tenant’s obligations hereunder for the unexpired Term; rather, Landlord may, from time to time, bring an action against Tenant to collect amounts due by Tenant, without the necessity of Landlord’s waiting until the expiration of the Term. Unless Landlord delivers written notice to Tenant expressly stating that it has elected to terminate this Lease, all actions taken by Landlord to dispossess or exclude Tenant from the Premises shall be deemed to be taken under this Section 18(b). If Landlord elects to proceed under this Section 18(b), it may at any time elect to terminate this Lease under Section 18(a) ;

(c) Perform Acts on Behalf of Tenant . Perform any act Tenant is obligated to perform under the terms of this Lease (and enter upon the Premises in connection therewith if necessary) in Tenant’s name and on Tenant’s behalf, without being liable for any claim for damages therefor, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord on demand for any expenses which Landlord may incur in thus effecting compliance with Tenant’s obligations under this Lease (including, but not limited to, collection costs and legal expenses), plus interest thereon at the Default Rate; or

(d) Alteration of Locks . Additionally, with or without notice, and to the extent permitted by Law, Landlord may alter locks or other security devices at the Premises to deprive Tenant of access thereto, and Landlord shall not be required to provide a new key or right of access to Tenant.

19. Payment by Tenant; Non-Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .

(a) Payment by Tenant . Upon any Event of Default, Tenant shall pay to Landlord all costs incurred by Landlord (including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) in: (1) obtaining possession of the Premises; (2) removing and storing Tenant’s or any other occupant’s property; (3) repairing, restoring, altering, remodeling, or otherwise putting the Premises into condition acceptable to a new tenant; (4) if Tenant is dispossessed of the Premises and this Lease is not terminated, reletting all or any part of the Premises (including brokerage commissions, cost of tenant finish work, and other costs incidental to such reletting); (5) performing Tenant’s obligations which Tenant failed to perform; and (6) enforcing, or advising Landlord of, its rights, remedies, and recourses arising out of the Event of Default. To the full extent permitted by Law, Landlord and Tenant agree the federal and state courts of the state in which the Premises are located shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any matter relating to or arising from this Lease and the parties’ rights and obligations under this Lease.

(b) No Waiver . Landlord’s acceptance of Rent following an Event of Default shall not waive Landlord’s rights regarding such Event of Default. No waiver by Landlord of any violation or breach of any of the terms contained herein shall waive Landlord’s rights regarding any future violation of such term. Landlord’s acceptance of any partial payment of Rent shall not waive Landlord’s rights with regard to the remaining portion of the Rent that is due, regardless of any endorsement or other statement on any instrument delivered in payment of Rent or any writing delivered in connection therewith; accordingly, Landlord’s acceptance of a partial payment of Rent shall not constitute an accord and satisfaction of the full amount of the Rent that is due.

 

20

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(c) Cumulative Remedies . Any and all remedies set forth in this Lease: (1) shall be in addition to any and all other remedies Landlord may have at law or in equity; (2) shall be cumulative; and (3) may be pursued successively or concurrently as Landlord may elect. The exercise of any remedy by Landlord shall not be deemed an election of remedies or preclude Landlord from exercising any other remedies in the future.

20. Landlord’s Lien . In addition to any statutory landlord’s lien now in effect or hereafter enacted, Tenant grants to Landlord, to secure performance of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, a security interest in all of Tenant’s property situated in or upon, or used in connection with, the Premises or the Project, and all proceeds thereof (except merchandise sold in the ordinary course of business) (collectively, the “ Collateral ”), and the Collateral shall not be removed from the Premises or the Project without the prior written consent of Landlord until all obligations of Tenant have been fully performed. Such personalty thus encumbered includes specifically all trade and other fixtures for the purpose of this Section 20 and inventory, equipment, contract rights, accounts receivable and the proceeds thereof. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord may, in addition to all other remedies, without notice or demand except as provided below, exercise the rights afforded to a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code of the state in which the Premises are located (the “ UCC ”). To the extent the UCC requires Landlord to give to Tenant notice of any act or event and such notice cannot be validly waived before a default occurs, then five (5) days’ prior written notice thereof shall be reasonable notice of the act or event. In order to perfect such security interest, Landlord may file any financing statement or other instrument necessary at Tenant’s expense at the state and county Uniform Commercial Code filing offices. Tenant grants to Landlord a power of attorney to execute and file any financing statement or other instrument necessary to perfect Landlord’s security interest under this Section 20 , which power is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable during the Term. Landlord may also file a copy of this Lease as a financing statement to perfect its security interest in the Collateral. Within ten (10) days following written request therefor, Tenant shall execute financing statements to be filed of record to perfect Landlord’s security interest in the Collateral. The landlord’s lien shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, until all obligations of Tenant have been fully performed.

21. Surrender of Premises . No act by Landlord shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept a surrender of the Premises shall be valid unless it is in writing and signed by Landlord. At the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the Premises with all improvements located therein in good repair and condition, free of Hazardous Materials placed on the Premises during the Term, broom-clean, reasonable wear and tear (and condemnation and Casualty damage, as to which Section 14 and Section 15 shall control) excepted, and shall deliver to Landlord all keys to the Premises. Provided that Tenant has performed all of its obligations hereunder, Tenant may remove all unattached trade fixtures, furniture, and personal property placed in the Premises or elsewhere in the Building by Tenant (but Tenant may not remove any such item which was paid for, in whole or in part, by Landlord or any wiring or cabling unless Landlord requires such removal). Additionally, at Landlord’s option, Tenant shall (not later than ten (10) days after the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease) remove such alterations, additions (including stairs and bank vaults), improvements, trade fixtures, personal property, equipment, wiring, conduits, cabling and furniture (including Tenant’s Off-Premises Equipment) as Landlord may request. Tenant shall repair all damage caused by such removal. All items not so removed shall, at

 

21

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Landlord’s option, be deemed to have been abandoned by Tenant and may be appropriated, sold, stored, destroyed, or otherwise disposed of by Landlord at Tenant’s cost without notice to Tenant and without any obligation to account for such items; any such disposition shall not be considered a strict foreclosure or other exercise of Landlord’s rights in respect of the security interest granted under Section 20 . The provisions of this Section 21 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

22. Holding Over . If Tenant fails to vacate the Premises at the end of the Term, then Tenant shall be a tenant at sufferance and, in addition to all other damages and remedies to which Landlord may be entitled for such holding over: (a) Tenant shall pay, in addition to the other Rent, Base Rent equal to the greater of: (1) ********** percent (***%) of the Base Rent payable during the last month of the Term, or (2) ******************** percent (***%) of the prevailing rental rate in the Building for similar space; and (b) Tenant shall otherwise continue to be subject to all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. The provisions of this Section 22 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at Law. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the termination or expiration of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) and liability resulting from such failure, including any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon such failure to surrender, and any lost profits to Landlord resulting therefrom. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant holds over with Landlord’s express written consent, then Tenant shall be a month-to-month tenant and Tenant shall pay, in addition to the other Rent, Base Rent equal to ****************** percent (***%) of the Base Rent payable during the last month of the Term.

23. Certain Rights Reserved by Landlord . Landlord shall have the following rights:

(a) Building Operations . To decorate and to make inspections, repairs, alterations, additions, changes, or improvements, whether structural or otherwise, in and about the Project or Complex, as applicable, or any part thereof; to enter upon the Premises (after giving Tenant reasonable notice thereof, which may be oral notice, except in cases of real or apparent emergency, in which case no notice shall be required) and, during the continuance of any such work, to temporarily close doors, entryways, public space, and corridors in the Building; to interrupt or temporarily suspend Building services and facilities; to change the name of the Building; and to change the arrangement and location of entrances or passageways, doors, and doorways, corridors, elevators, stairs, restrooms, or other public parts of the Building;

(b) Security . To take such reasonable security measures as Landlord deems advisable (provided, however, that any such security measures are for Landlord’s own protection, and Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is not a guarantor of the security or safety of any Tenant Party and that such security matters are the responsibility of Tenant); including evacuating the Building for cause, suspected cause, or for drill purposes; temporarily denying access to the Building; and closing the Building after Normal Business Hours and on Sundays and Holidays, subject, however, to Tenant’s right to enter when the Building is closed after Normal Business Hours under such reasonable regulations as Landlord may prescribe from time to time;

 

22

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(c) Repairs and Maintenance . To enter the Premises at all reasonable hours to perform Landlord’s repair and maintenance obligations and rights under the Lease; and

(d) Prospective Purchasers and Lenders . To enter the Premises at all reasonable hours to show the Premises to prospective purchasers or lenders; and

(e) Prospective Tenants . At any time during the last twelve (12) months of the Term (or earlier if Tenant has notified Landlord in writing that it does not desire to renew the Term) or at any time following the occurrence of an Event of Default, to enter the Premises at all reasonable hours to show the Premises to prospective tenants.

24. Substitution Space . Intentionally Deleted

25. Hazardous Materials .

(a) During the term of this Lease, Tenant shall comply with all Environmental Laws (as defined in Section 25(i) below) applicable to the operation or use of the Premises, will cause all other persons occupying or using the Premises to comply with all such Environmental Laws, will immediately pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incurred by reason of such compliance.

(b) Tenant shall not generate, use, treat, store, handle, release or dispose of, or permit the generation, use, treatment, storage, handling, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials (as defined in Section 25(i) hereof) on the Premises, or the Complex, or transport or permit the transportation of Hazardous Materials to or from the Premises or the Complex except for limited quantities of household cleaning products and office supplies used or stored at the Premises and required in connection with the routine operation and maintenance of the Premises, and in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws.

(c) At any time and from time to time during the term of this Lease, Landlord may perform, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, an environmental site assessment report concerning the Premises, prepared by an environmental consulting firm chosen by Landlord, indicating the presence or absence of Hazardous Materials caused or permitted by Tenant and the potential cost of any compliance, removal or remedial action in connection with any such Hazardous Materials on the Premises. Tenant shall grant and hereby grants to Landlord and its agents access to the Premises and specifically grants Landlord an irrevocable non-exclusive license to undertake such an assessment; and the cost of such assessment shall be immediately due and payable within thirty (30) days of receipt of an invoice therefor.

(d) Tenant will immediately advise Landlord in writing of any of the following: (1) any pending or threatened Environmental Claim (as defined in Section 25(i) below ) against Tenant relating to the Premises or the Complex; (2) any condition or occurrence on the Premises or the Complex that (a) results in noncompliance by Tenant with any applicable Environmental Law, or (b) could reasonably be anticipated to form the basis of an Environmental Claim against Tenant or Landlord or the Premises; (3) any condition or occurrence on the Premises or any property adjoining the Premises that could reasonably be anticipated to cause the Premises to be subject to any restrictions on the ownership, occupancy, use or transferability of the Premises under any Environmental Law; and (4) the actual or

 

23

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

anticipated taking of any removal or remedial action by Tenant in response to the actual or alleged presence of any Hazardous Material on the Premises or the Complex. All such notices shall describe in reasonable detail the nature of the claim, investigation, condition, occurrence or removal or remedial action and Tenant’s response thereto. In addition, Tenant will provide Landlord with copies of all communications regarding the Premises with any governmental agency relating to Environmental Laws, all such communications with any person relating to Environmental Claims, and such detailed reports of any such Environmental Claim as may reasonably be requested by Landlord.

(e) Tenant will not change or permit to be changed the present use of the Premises.

(f) Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Indemnitees from and against all obligations (including removal and remedial actions), losses, claims, suits, judgments, liabilities, penalties, damages (including consequential and punitive damages), costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and expenses) of any kind or nature whatsoever that may at any time be incurred by, imposed on or asserted against such Indemnitees directly or indirectly based on, or arising or resulting from (a) the actual or alleged presence of Hazardous Materials on the Complex which is caused or permitted by Tenant or a Tenant Party and (b) any Environmental Claim relating in any way to Tenant’s operation or use of the Premises (the “ Hazardous Materials Indemnified Matters ”). The provisions of this Section 25 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

(g) To the extent that the undertaking in the preceding paragraph may be unenforceable because it is violative of any law or public policy, Tenant will contribute the maximum portion that it is permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable Law to the payment and satisfaction of all Hazardous Materials Indemnified Matters incurred by the Indemnitees.

(h) All sums paid and costs incurred by Landlord with respect to any Hazardous Materials Indemnified Matter shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the date so paid or incurred until reimbursed by Tenant, and all such sums and costs shall be immediately due and payable on demand.

(i) “ Hazardous Materials ” means: (i) petroleum or petroleum products, natural or synthetic gas, asbestos in any form that is or could become friable, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, and radon gas; (ii) any substances defined as or included in the definition of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous wastes,” “hazardous materials,” “extremely hazardous wastes,” “restricted hazardous wastes,” “toxic substances,” “toxic pollutants,” “contaminants” or “pollutants,” or words of similar import, under any applicable Environmental Law; and (iii) any other substance exposure which is regulated by any governmental authority; (b) “Environmental Law” means any federal, state or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, policy or rule of common law now or hereafter in effect and in each case as amended, and any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent decree or judgment, relating to the environment, health, safety or Hazardous Materials, including without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C. §§ 9601 et seq.; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 6901 et seq.; the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. §§ 1801 et seq.; the

 

24

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §§ 1251 et seq.; the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq.; the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 7401 et seq.; the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 300f et seq.; the Atomic Energy Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 2011 et seq.; the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, 7 U.S.C. §§ 136 et seq.; the Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C. §§ 651 et seq.; (c) “Environmental Claims” means any and all administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of non-compliance or violation, investigations, proceedings, consent orders or consent agreements relating in any way to any Environmental Law or any Environmental Permit, including without limitation (i) any and all Environmental Claims by governmental or regulatory authorities for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law and (ii) any and all Environmental Claims by any third party seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief resulting from Hazardous Materials or arising from alleged injury or threat of injury to health, safety or the environment.

26. Miscellaneous .

(a) Landlord Transfer . Landlord may transfer any portion of the Building and any of its rights under this Lease. If Landlord assigns its rights under this Lease, then Landlord shall thereby be released from any further obligations hereunder arising after the date of transfer, provided that the assignee assumes Landlord’s obligations hereunder in writing.

(b) Landlord’s Liability . The liability of Landlord (and its partners, shareholders or members) to Tenant (or any person or entity claiming by, through or under Tenant) for any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease or any matter relating to or arising out of the occupancy or use of the Premises and/or other areas of the Building or Complex shall be limited to Tenant’s actual direct, but not consequential, damages therefor and shall be recoverable only from the interest of Landlord in the Building, and Landlord (and its partners, shareholders or members) shall not be personally liable for any deficiency. Additionally, to the extent allowed by Law, Tenant hereby waives any statutory lien it may have against Landlord or its assets, including without limitation, the Building.

(c) Force Majeure . Other than for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease that can be performed by the payment of money (e.g., payment of Rent and maintenance of insurance), whenever a period of time is herein prescribed for action to be taken by either party hereto, such party shall not be liable or responsible for, and there shall be excluded from the computation of any such period of time, any delays due to strikes, riots, acts of God, shortages of labor or materials, war, governmental laws, regulations, or restrictions, or any other causes of any kind whatsoever which are beyond the control of such party.

(d) Brokerage . Neither Landlord nor Tenant has dealt with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Lease, other than as set forth in the Basic Lease Information. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against all costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, liens and other liability for commissions or other compensation claimed by any broker or agent claiming the same by, through, or under Tenant. The foregoing indemnity shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

 

25

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(e) Estoppel Certificates . From time to time, Tenant shall furnish to any party designated by Landlord, within ten (10) days after Landlord has made a request therefor, a certificate signed by Tenant confirming and containing such factual certifications and representations as to this Lease as Landlord may reasonably request. Unless otherwise required by Landlord’s Mortgagee or a prospective purchaser or mortgagee of the Building, the initial form of estoppel certificate to be signed by Tenant is attached hereto as Exhibit G .

(f) Notices . All notices and other communications given pursuant to this Lease shall be in writing and shall be: (1) mailed by first class, United States Mail, postage prepaid, certified, with return receipt requested, and addressed to the parties hereto at the address specified in the Basic Lease Information; (2) hand delivered to the intended addressee; (3) sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service; or (4) sent by facsimile transmission during Normal Business Hours followed by a copy of such notice sent in another manner permitted hereunder. All notices shall be effective upon the earlier to occur of actual receipt, one (1) Business Day following deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier service, or three (3) days following deposit in the United States mail. The parties hereto may change their addresses by giving notice thereof to the other in conformity with this provision.

(g) Separability . If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid, or unenforceable under present or future laws, then the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby and in lieu of such clause or provision, there shall be added as a part of this Lease a clause or provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable clause or provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, and enforceable.

(h) Amendments; Binding Effect . This Lease may not be amended except by instrument in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant. No provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord unless such waiver is in writing signed by Landlord, and no custom or practice which may evolve between the parties in the administration of the terms hereof shall waive or diminish the right of Landlord to insist upon the performance by Tenant in strict accordance with the terms hereof. The terms and conditions contained in this Lease shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, and upon their respective successors in interest and legal representatives, except as otherwise herein expressly provided. This Lease is for the sole benefit of Landlord and Tenant, and, other than Landlord’s Mortgagee, no third party shall be deemed a third party beneficiary hereof.

(i) Quiet Enjoyment . Provided Tenant has performed all of its obligations hereunder, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly hold and enjoy the Premises for the Term, without hindrance from Landlord or any party claiming by, through, or under Landlord, but not otherwise, subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease.

(j) No Merger . There shall be no merger of the leasehold estate hereby created with the fee estate in the Premises or any part thereof if the same person acquires or holds, directly or indirectly, this Lease or any interest in this Lease and the fee estate in the leasehold Premises or any interest in such fee estate.

 

26

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(k) No Offer . The submission of this Lease to Tenant shall not be construed as an offer, and Tenant shall not have any rights under this Lease unless Landlord executes a copy of this Lease and delivers it to Tenant.

(l) Entire Agreement . This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant regarding the subject matter hereof and supersedes all oral statements and prior writings relating thereto. Except for those set forth in this Lease, no representations, warranties, or agreements have been made by Landlord or Tenant to the other with respect to this Lease or the obligations of Landlord or Tenant in connection therewith. The normal rule of construction that any ambiguities be resolved against the drafting party shall not apply to the interpretation of this Lease or any exhibits or amendments hereto.

(m) Waiver of Jury Trial . TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, LANDLORD AND TENANT EACH WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF OR WITH RESPECT TO THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO.

(n) Governing Law . This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Premises are located.

(o) Recording . Tenant shall not record this Lease or any memorandum of this Lease without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld or denied in the sole and absolute discretion of Landlord, and any recordation by Tenant shall be a material breach of this Lease. Tenant grants to Landlord a power of attorney to execute and record a release releasing any such recorded instrument of record that was recorded without the prior written consent of Landlord, which power of attorney is coupled with an interest and is non-revocable during the Term.

(p) Joint and Several Liability . If Tenant is comprised of more than one (1) party, each such party shall be jointly and severally liable for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. All unperformed obligations of Tenant hereunder not fully performed at the end of the Term shall survive the end of the Term, including payment obligations with respect to Rent and all obligations concerning the condition and repair of the Premises.

(q) Financial Reports . Within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s request, Tenant will furnish Tenant’s most recent audited financial statements (including any notes to them) to Landlord, or, if no such audited statements have been prepared, such other financial statements (and notes to them) as may have been prepared by an independent certified public accountant or, failing those, Tenant’s internally prepared financial statements. If Tenant is a publicly traded corporation, Tenant may satisfy its obligations hereunder by providing to Landlord Tenant’s most recent annual and quarterly reports. Tenant will discuss its financial statements with Landlord and, following the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder, will give Landlord access to Tenant’s books and records in order to enable Landlord to verify the financial statements. Landlord will not disclose any aspect of Tenant’s financial statements that Tenant designates to Landlord as confidential except: (1) to Landlord’s Mortgagee or prospective

 

27

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

mortgagees or purchasers of the Building; (2) in litigation between Landlord and Tenant; and (3) if required by court order. Tenant shall not be required to deliver the financial statements required under this Section 26(q) more than once in any twelve (12) month period unless requested by Landlord’s Mortgagee or a prospective buyer or lender of the Building or an Event of Default occurs.

(r) Landlord’s Fees . Whenever Tenant requests Landlord to take any action not required of it hereunder or give any consent required or permitted under this Lease, Tenant will reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable, out-of-pocket costs payable to third parties and incurred by Landlord in reviewing the proposed action or consent, including reasonable attorneys’, engineers’ or architects’ fees, within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of a statement of such costs. Tenant will be obligated to make such reimbursement without regard to whether Landlord consents to any such proposed action.

(s) Telecommunications . Tenant and its telecommunications companies, including local exchange telecommunications companies and alternative access vendor services companies, shall have no right of access to and within the Building, for the installation and operation of telecommunications systems, including voice, video, data, Internet, and any other services provided over wire, fiber optic, microwave, wireless, and any other transmission systems (“ Telecommunications Services ”), for part or all of Tenant’s telecommunications within the Building and from the Building to any other location without Landlord’s prior written consent. All providers of Telecommunications Services shall be required to comply with the rules and regulations of the Building, applicable Laws and Landlord’s policies and practices for the Building. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall not be required to provide or arrange for any Telecommunications Services and that Landlord shall have no liability to any Tenant Party in connection with the installation, operation or maintenance of Telecommunications Services or any equipment or facilities relating thereto. Tenant, at its cost and for its own account, shall be solely responsible for obtaining all Telecommunications Services.

(t) Confidentiality . Tenant acknowledges that the terms and conditions of this Lease are to remain confidential for Landlord’s benefit, and may not be disclosed by Tenant to anyone, by any manner or means, directly or indirectly, without Landlord’s prior written consent. The consent by Landlord to any disclosures shall not be deemed to be a waiver on the part of Landlord of any prohibition against any future disclosure.

(u) Authority . Tenant (if a corporation, partnership or other business entity) hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in the state in which the Premises are located, that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease, and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so.

 

28

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(v) List of Exhibits . All exhibits and attachments attached hereto are incorporated herein by this reference.

 

Exhibit A -    Outline of Premises
Exhibit B -    Description of the Land
Exhibit C -    Additional Rent, Taxes and Insurance
Exhibit D -    Tenant Finish-Work
Exhibit E -    Building Rules and Regulations
Exhibit F -    Form of Confirmation of Commencement Date Letter
Exhibit G -    Form of Tenant Estoppel Certificate
Exhibit H -    Parking
Exhibit I -    Renewal Option
Exhibit J -    Intentionally Deleted
Exhibit K -    Termination Option

27. USA Patriot Act And Anti-Terrorism Laws .

(a) Tenant represents and warrants to, and covenants with, Landlord that neither Tenant nor any of its respective constituent owners or affiliates currently are, or shall be at any time during the Term hereof, in violation of any laws relating to terrorism or money laundering (collectively, the “ Anti-Terrorism Laws ”), including without limitation Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing, effective September 24, 2001 and relating to Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism (the “ Executive Order ”) and/or the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Public Law 107-56) (the “ USA Patriot Act ”).

(b) Tenant covenants with Landlord that neither Tenant nor any of its respective constituent owners or affiliates is or shall be during the Term hereof a “ Prohibited Person , ” which is defined as follows: (i) a person or entity that is listed in the Annex to, or is otherwise subject to, the provisions of the Executive Order; (ii) a person or entity owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any person or entity that is listed in the Annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order; (iii) a person or entity with whom Landlord is prohibited from dealing with or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law, including without limitation the Executive Order and the USA Patriot Act; (iv) a person or entity who commits, threatens or conspires to commit or support “ terrorism ” as defined in Section 3(d) of the Executive Order; (v) a person or entity that is named as a “ specially designated national and blocked person ” on the then-most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control at its official website, http://www.treas.gov/offices/eotffc/ofac/sdn/tllsdn.pdf, or at any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list; and (vi) a person or entity who is affiliated with a person or entity listed in items (i) through (v), above.

(c) At any time and from time-to-time during the Tenn, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, within ten (10) days after receipt of a written request therefor, a written certification or such other evidence reasonably acceptable to Landlord evidencing and confirming Tenant’s compliance with this Section 27.

28. Other Provisions .

LANDLORD AND TENANT EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY THAT THE PREMISES ARE SUITABLE FOR TENANT’S INTENDED COMMERCIAL PURPOSE, AND TENANT’S OBLIGATION TO PAY RENT HEREUNDER IS NOT DEPENDENT

 

29

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

UPON THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES OR THE PERFORMANCE BY LANDLORD OF ITS OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED HEREIN, TENANT SHALL CONTINUE TO PAY THE RENT, WITHOUT ABATEMENT, DEMAND, SETOFF OR DEDUCTION, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY BREACH BY LANDLORD OF ITS DUTIES OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.

This Lease is executed on the respective dates set forth below, but for reference purposes, this Lease shall be dated as of the date first above written. If the execution date is left blank, this Lease shall be deemed executed as of the date first written above.

 

LANDLORD    

FLATIRON BOULDER OFFICE, INC.,

a Texas corporation

    By:  

/s/ Terrell W. Bolko

      Name: Terrell W. Bolko
      Title: Vice President
      Execution Date: 1/18/2007

 

TENANT    

WALL STREET ON DEMAND, INC.

a Delaware corporation

    By:  

/s/ James Tanay

      Name: /s/ James Tanay
      Title: CEO
      Execution Date: 1/18/07

 

  ATTEST:
  By:  

/s/ Jessica Pappas

    Name: Jessica Pappas
    Title: Director of Administration
    Execution Date: 1/8/07

 

30

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (“Amendment”) is entered into effective as of the 31st day of January, 2008 (the “Effective Date”), by and between FLATIRON BOULDER OFFICE, INC., a Texas corporation (“Landlord”), and WALL STREET ON DEMAND, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

Recitals:

A. On or about January 8, 2006, Landlord and Tenant entered into a written Office Lease Agreement (the “Lease”) pertaining to approximately 15,876 rentable square feet (“RSF’’) of space commonly known as Suite 100, located at 5775 Flatiron Parkway, Boulder, Colorado (the “Original Premises”).

B. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease in the manner and form hereinafter set forth.

C. Initially capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Lease.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, Landlord and Tenant hereby agrees as follows:

1. Expansion Premises . Commencing on April l, 2008 (the “Expansion Commencement Date”), and continuing throughout the Term of the Lease (it being the intent hereunder that the lease for the Expansion Premises shall end co-terminously with the lease for the Original Premises), in addition to the Original Premises, Landlord shall lease to Tenant, and Tenant shall rent from Landlord, the additional space in the Building known as Suite 110 consisting of a total of approximately 10,672 RSF, as more particularly depicted and cross-hatched on Exhibit A , attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (collectively, the “Expansion Premises”). As of the Expansion Commencement Date all references in the Lease to the Premises shall mean the Original Premises and the Expansion Premises. consisting (in total) of approximately 26,548 RSF (collectively, the ‘‘Total Premises”).

2. Term . The Term for the Original Premises shall expire at 12:00 midnight on December 31, 2017. The term for the Expansion Premises shall be One Hundred Seventeen (117) months and shall commence on the Expansion Commencement Date and expire co-terminously with Term of the Lease at 12:00 midnight on December 31, 2017 (the “Term”).

3. Base Rent .

A. Existing Premises . Commencing on the Effective Date and continuing throughout the Term of the Lease, Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the Original Premises without regard to this Amendment.

 

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential

Treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

B. Expansion Premises . Commencing on the Expansion Commencement Date and continuing throughout the Term, Tenant shall pay Base Rent monthly in advance for the Expansion Premises as follows:

 

Period

   Rent/RSF   

Monthly Base Rent

04/1/2008 - 09/30/2008

   $****    $****

10/1/2008 - 10/31/2009

   $*****    $*********

11/1/2009 - 10/31/2010

   $*****    $*********

11/1/2010 - 10/31/2011

   $*****    $*********

11/1/2011 - 10/31/2012

   $*****    $*********

11/1/2012 - 10/31/2013

   $*****    $*********

11/1/2013 - 10/31/2014

   $*****    $*********

11/11/2014 - 10/31/2015

   $*****    $*********

11/11/2015 - 10/31/2016

   $*****    $*********

11/11/2016 - 10/31/2017

   $*****    $*********

11/11/2017 - 12/31/2017

   $*****    $*********

4. Operating Expenses . Commencing on the Effective Date and continuing until the Expansion Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Costs, Taxes and Insurance for the Original Premises without regard to this Amendment. Commencing on October 1, 2008 and continuing throughout the Term, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Costs, Taxes and Insurance for the Total Premises as set forth in the Lease; provided, however that effective as of the Expansion Commencement Date, Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be equal to ******%.

5. Condition of Premises and Tenant Improvements . Other than set forth in the Work Letter, attached hereto as Exhibit B and incorporated herein by this reference, Landlord shall have no obligation for the completion or remodeling of the Total Premises, and Tenant shall accept the Total Premises in their “AS-IS” condition as of the Effective Date.

6. Security Deposit . Landlord acknowledges that it has a Security Deposit in the amount of $********* in its possession for the account of Tenant. Contemporaneously with the execution of this Amendment, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional security deposit in the amount of $******** for a total security deposit of $******** (collectively, the “Security Deposit”), which shall continue to be held by Landlord, pursuant to Section 6 of the Lease, to secure Tenant’s performance of its obligations under the Lease as amended by this Amendment.

7. Parking : Tenant shall have the same parking privileges as set forth in the Lease; provided, however, that commencing upon the Expansion Commencement Date and continuing throughout the Term, Tenant shall have the right to use up to one hundred fourteen (114) total surface, unreserved parking spaces.

8. Landlord’s Notice Address . Landlord’s address as set forth in the Basic Lease Information shall be deleted in its entirety and the following inserted in lieu thereof:

 

2

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Landlord:   

CB Richard Ellis

8390 E. Crescent Parkway, Suite 300

Greenwood Village, CO 80111

Attn: Flatiron Boulder Asset Manager

With copy to:   

INVESCO Realty Advisors

Three Galleria Tower, Suite 500

13155 Noel Road

Dallas, Texas 75240

Attention: Senior Asset Manager

9. Brokers : Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant and represent, each to the other, that there were no brokers or agents involved in the transaction which resulted in this Amendment, other than CB Richard Ellis, Inc., which acted as Landlord’s agent. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord against any expense incurred by Landlord as a result of any claim for brokerage or other commissions made by any broker, finder, or agent, whether or not meritorious, employed by Tenant or claiming by, through, or under Tenant. Landlord shall indemnify Tenant against any expense incurred by Tenant as a result of any claim for brokerage or other commissions made by any other broker, finder, or agent, whether or not meritorious, employed by Landlord or claiming by, through, or under Landlord including, but not limited to Trammell.

10. Termination of Termination Option . As of the Expansion Commencement Date, Exhibit K to the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and of no further force or effect.

11. Other Terms . If there is any conflict between the terms and provisions of this Amendment and the terms and provisions of the Lease, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall govern. Except as herein specifically set forth, all other provisions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect and be binding upon the parties in accordance with their terms.

12. Time of Essence . Time is of the essence herein and, unless waived by Landlord (which it shall have the right, but not the obligation, to do so) this Amendment is contingent upon execution and delivery by Tenant to Landlord no later than 5:00 p.m., February 6, 2008 .

13. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which when taken together, shall constitute a whole. It shall be fully executed when each party whose signature is required has signed at least one counterpart notwithstanding that all parties have not executed the same counterpart. The parties agree that signatures transmitted by facsimile shall be binding as if they were original signatures.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

3

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential

Treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment to Lease as of the day and year first written above.

 

FLATIRON BOULDER OFFICE, INC.,

a Texas corporation

By:

 

/s/ Cain Kirk

Name:

 

CAIN KIRK

Title:

 

Vice President

 

TENANT

WALL STREET ON DEMAND, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:

 

/s/ James Tanner

Name:

 

JAMES TANNER

Title:

 

Accountant and CEO

 

ATTEST:

By:

 

/s/ Jessica Pappas

Name:

 

Jessica Pappas

Title:

  Director of Administration

 

4

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential

Treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT

(Markit on Demand, Inc.)

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is dated as October 1, 2013, by and between CROWN-DENVER VII, LLC, a Delaware limited liability(“ Landlord ”), and MARKIT ON DEMAND, INC., a Delaware corporation, successor by merger to Wall Street on Demand, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

Recitals

This Amendment is made with respect to the following facts:

A. Pursuant to an Office Lease Agreement dated January 8, 2007 (the “ Original Lease ”) between Flatiron Boulder Office, Inc., a Texas corporation (“ Original Landlord ”), and Tenant, Original Landlord leased to Tenant premises known as Suite 100, consisting of approximately 15,876 rentable square feet (the “ Original Premises ”) located on the first floor of the building located at 5775 Flatiron Parkway, Boulder, Colorado (the “ Building ”).

B. Original Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated January 31, 2008 (the “ First Amendment ”; the Original Lease and First Amendment are collectively referred to herein as the “ Lease ”) pursuant to which the premises leased by Tenant were expanded to include premises known as Suite 110, consisting of approximately 10,672 rentable square feet (the “ Prior Expansion Premises ”; the “Original Premises and the Prior Expansion Premises are collectively referred to herein as the “ Existing Premises ”) located on the first floor of the Building, for a total of approximately 26,548 rentable square feet.

C. Landlord and Tenant now wish to amend the Lease to (i) modify the Term of the Lease; (ii) expand the leased premises; (iii) modify the rent payable under the Lease; and (iv) address certain other matters, all as more particularly described below.

Amendment

In consideration of the facts set forth in the Recitals and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and legal sufficiency of which are mutually acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Defined Terms . All capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment will have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Lease. All terms that are defined in this Amendment and used in any provisions that are added to the Lease pursuant to this Amendment will have the meanings in the Lease set forth for such terms in this Amendment.

2. Term . The Term of the Lease, with respect to all premises leased to Tenant thereunder from time to time, shall expire at 11:59 p.m. on the last day of the

 

1

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential

Treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

calendar month which is (a) 128 months after the month in which the First Expansion Commencement Date (defined below) occurs, if the first Expansion Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month, or (b) 127 months after the month in which the First Expansion Commencement Date occurs, if the first Expansion Commencement Date is the first day of a calendar month.

3. Demise and Measurement of Expansion Premises .

(a) Measurement . Landlord shall, upon the written request of Tenant received prior to the applicable commencement date, cause the rentable square footage of the Premises to be verified by an architect selected by Landlord and approved by Tenant (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) in accordance with BOMA ANSI 1996 standard methods of measurement. If such measurement results in an upward or downward change in the rentable square footage of the Premises, Rent and Tenant’s Proportionate Share, and any other matters affected by the rentable square footage of the Premises, shall be adjusted accordingly.

(b) Demise of First Expansion Premises . Effective as of the First Expansion Commencement Date ( as defined below), Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, the premises in the Building known as Suite 120 and consisting of 12,037 rentable square feet of space (the “ First Expansion Premises ”) for a term beginning on the First Expansion Commencement Date and ending upon the expiration of the Term (as that term is defined in the Lease and modified by Section 2 of this Amendment), upon and subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Lease, as amended by this Amendment. The term “ First Expansion Commencement Date ” means the later of (i) December 1, 2013 (the “ First Expansion Target Date ”), or (ii) the 120th day following the date on which Landlord delivers the First Expansion Premises to Tenant or such earlier date on which Tenant commences business operations within the First Expansion Premises. Landlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver the First Expansion Premises to Tenant on or before October 1, 2013 (the “ First Expansion Delivery Target Date ”). In the event that Landlord does not deliver the First Expansion Premises to Tenant on or before the First Expansion Delivery Target Date, Base Rent allocable to the First Expansion Premises will be abated for an additional number of days following the First Expansion Delivery Target Date equal to two times the number of days beginning on the day following First Expansion Delivery Target Date until the day on which the First Expansion Premises are so delivered.

(c) Demise of Second Expansion Premises . Effective as of the Second Expansion Commencement Date (as defined below), Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, the premises in the Building known as Suite 115 and consisting of 3,648 rentable square feet of space (the “ Second Expansion Premises ”) for a term beginning on the Second Expansion Commencement Date and ending upon the expiration of the Term (as that term is defined in the Lease and modified by Section 2 of this Amendment), upon and subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Lease, as amended by this Amendment. The term “ Second Expansion Commencement Date ” means the later of (i) April 1, 2014 (the “ Second Expansion Target Date ”), or (ii) the 120th day following the date on which Landlord delivers the Second Expansion Premises to Tenant or such earlier date on which Tenant commences business operations within the Second Expansion Premises. Landlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver the Second Expansion Premises to Tenant on or before November 1, 2013 (the “ Second Expansion Delivery Target Date ”). In the event that Landlord does not deliver the Second Expansion Premises to Tenant on or before the Second Expansion Delivery Target Date, Base Rent allocable to the Second Expansion Premises will be abated for an additional number

 

2

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential

Treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

of days following the Second Expansion Delivery Target Date equal to two times the number of days beginning on the day following Second Expansion Delivery Target Date until the day on which the Second Expansion Premises are so delivered.

(d) Demise of Third Expansion Premises . Effective as of the Third Expansion Commencement Date (as defined below), Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, the premises in the Building known as Suites 200, 205 and 207 and consisting of 10,583 rentable square feet of space (the “ Third Expansion Premises ”) for a term beginning on the Third Expansion Commencement Date and ending upon the expiration of the Term (as that term is defined in the Lease and modified by Section 2 of this Amendment), upon and subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Lease, as amended by this Amendment. The term “ Third Expansion Commencement Date ” means the later of (i) October 1, 2014 (the “ Third Expansion Target Date ”), or (ii) the 120th day following the date on which Landlord delivers the Third Expansion Premises to Tenant or such earlier date on which Tenant commences business operations within the Third Expansion Premises. Landlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver the Third Expansion Premises to Tenant on or before June 1, 2014 (the “ Third Expansion Delivery Target Date ”). In the event that Landlord does not deliver the Third Expansion Premises to Tenant on or before the Third Expansion Delivery Target Date, Base Rent allocable to the Third Expansion Premises will be abated for an additional number of days following the Third Expansion Delivery Target Date equal to two times the number of days beginning on the day following Third Expansion Delivery Target Date until the day on which the Third Expansion Premises are so delivered.

(e) Delayed Delivery Outside Landlord’s Control . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3 , the abatement of Base Rent for late delivery of the First Expansion Premises, the Second Expansion Premises or the Third Expansion Premises described above in this Section 3 will not apply to the extent that the delay is caused by the removal of furniture pursuant to Section 16 below, provided Landlord complies with the provisions in Section 16 and further provided Landlord does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s Work within the First Extension Premises, or to the extent that the delay is caused by an event or circumstance which is outside of Landlord’s reasonable control, such as (i) delays caused by a prior tenant of the Third Expansion Premises that does not timely vacate such premises, provided that Landlord uses commercially reasonable efforts to cause such prior tenant to vacate the Third Expansion Premises, or (ii) delays caused by another tenant with an existing right of first offer or right of first refusal with respect to the Third Expansion Premises in exercising or declining to exercise any such right.

4. Leasehold Improvements .

(a) Existing Premises; Signage .

(i) Work to be performed by Tenant with respect to the Existing Premises (the “ Existing Premises Work ”) will be performed in accordance with and subject to the terms of Exhibit L attached hereto (the “ Work Letter ”).

(ii) As a part of the Existing Premises Work, Tenant may, at Tenant’s expense (but subject to reimbursement through the Allowance set forth in the

 

3

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential

Treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Work Letter) and in compliance with Law and any declaration of covenants affecting the Building:

(1) install signage above the main entrance to the Premises in accordance with the specifications to be agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant acting in good faith,

(2) update the Tenant’s name on the Complex monument sign with the name “Markit” with Landlord’s prior approval which will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and

(3) install parapet signage on the Building in accordance with the specifications to be agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant acting in good faith.

(iii) Tenant will be entitled to the use of a larger portion of the Complex monument sign than will be made available to any other tenant of the Complex (the “ Oversize Monument Signage Right ”), subject to the following conditions:

(1) In the event that Tenant fails to expand into the First Expansion Premises, the Second Expansion Premises or the Third Expansion Premises as contemplated by this Amendment, the Oversize Monument Signage Right will terminate.

(2) If an Event of Default occurs, the Oversize Monument Signage Right will terminate.

(3) If, at any time Tenant after the Third Expansion Commencement Date, Tenant ceases to lease the Existing Premises, the First Expansion Premises, the Second Expansion Premises and the Third Expansion Premises, the Oversize Monument Signage Right will terminate.

(4) If, after any termination of the Oversize Monument Signage Right, Landlord grants to another tenant or occupant an Oversize Monument Signage Right, Tenant’s rights thereafter, if any, will be subject to the Oversize Monument Signage Right of such other tenant or occupant.

(iv) Landlord will not grant to any other tenant or occupant of the Building the right to install or maintain parapet signage on the Building (the “ Parapet Exclusive ”), subject to the following conditions:

(1) In the event that Tenant fails to expand into the First Expansion Premises, the Second Expansion Premises or the Third Expansion Premises as contemplated by this Amendment, the Parapet Exclusive will terminate.

 

4

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential

Treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(2) If an Event of Default occurs, the Parapet Exclusive will terminate.

(3) If, at any time Tenant after the Third Expansion Commencement Date, Tenant ceases to lease the Existing Premises, the First Expansion Premises, the Second Expansion Premises and the Third Expansion Premises, the Parapet Exclusive will terminate.

(4) If, after any termination of the Parapet Exclusive, Landlord grants to another tenant or occupant a Parapet Exclusive, Tenant’s rights thereafter, if any, will be subject to the Parapet Exclusive in favor of such other tenant or occupant.

(v) Landlord will, at Landlord’s expense, install building standard suite entry and lobby directory signage identifying Tenant.

(b) First Expansion Premises . Work to be performed by Tenant with respect to the First Expansion Premises (the “ First Expansion Work ”) will be performed in accordance with and subject to the terms of the Work Letter.

(c) Second Expansion Premises . Work to be performed by Tenant with respect to the Second Expansion Premises (the “ Second Expansion Work ”) will be performed in accordance with and subject to the terms of the Work Letter.

(d) Third Expansion Premises . Work to be performed by Tenant with respect to the Third Expansion Premises (the “ Third Expansion Work ”) will be performed in accordance with and subject to the terms of the Work Letter.

(e) Hazardous Materials . Upon the date on which the First Expansion Premises is delivered to Tenant, the date on which the Second Expansion Premises is delivered to Tenant and the date on which the Third Expansion Premises is delivered to Tenant, Landlord will warrant that the Existing Premises and the First Expansion Premises, the Second Expansion Premises and the Third Expansion Premises, as applicable, are then free of Hazardous Materials in excess of limits established by applicable Environmental Laws, except to the extent that Hazardous Materials are brought or released into or on the Existing Premises, the First Expansion Premises, the Second Expansion Premises, the Third Expansion Premises, Building or Complex by, through or under Tenant.

(f) Building Codes and ADA . Upon the First Expansion Commencement Date, the Second Expansion Commencement Date and the Third Expansion Commencement Date, Landlord will warrant that the First Expansion Premises, the Second Expansion Premises and the Third Expansion Premises, as applicable, then comply with the provisions of the Disabilities Acts and applicable building codes, subject to the completion of punchlist items related to the First Expansion Work, Second Expansion Work or Third Expansion Work, as applicable, and except to the extent that any noncompliance is caused by, through or under Tenant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall not be responsible for or obligated to pay any costs for capital improvements required to bring the Building or any portion of it, or the Common Areas (including, without limitation, common

 

5

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential

Treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

corridors, lobbies, multi-tenant restrooms, and exterior parts of the Building and parking lot) into compliance with the Disabilities Acts or applicable building codes.

(g) Life Safety . Upon the date on which the First Expansion Premises is delivered to Tenant, the date on which the Second Expansion Premises is delivered to Tenant and the date on which the Third Expansion Premises is delivered to Tenant, Landlord will warrant that, to the best of Landlord’s knowledge, all life safety and elevator systems in the Existing Premises and the First Expansion Premises, the Second Expansion Premises and the Third Expansion Premises, as applicable, then will be in good working order and comply with the provisions of Law, except to the extent that defect or any noncompliance is caused by, through or under Tenant.

(h) Additional Provisions . Landlord and Tenant agree that all alterations, improvements and additions made to the Existing Premises, the First Expansion Premises, the Second Expansion Premises or the Third Expansion Premises according to this section, other than the installation of Tenant’s furniture, trade fixtures and equipment, will, without compensation to Tenant, become Landlord’s property upon installation and will remain Landlord’s property at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term. No promises to alter, remodel or improve the Existing Premises, the First Expansion Premises, the Second Expansion Premises, the Third Expansion Premises or the Building and no representations concerning the condition of the Premises or Building have been made by Landlord to Tenant other than as may be expressly stated herein.

5. Premises . Except as expressly set forth to the contrary in this Amendment, (a) as of the First Expansion Commencement Date, all references in the Lease to the “ Premises ” will be deemed to refer to the Existing Premises and the First Expansion Premises, (b) as of the Second Expansion Commencement Date, all references in the Lease to the “ Premises ” will be deemed to refer to the Existing Premises, the First Expansion Premises and the Second Expansion Premises; and (c) as of the Third Expansion Commencement Date, all references in the Lease to the “ Premises ” will be deemed to refer to the Existing Premises, the First Expansion Premises, the Second Expansion Premises and the Third Expansion Premises. Furthermore, upon execution of and subject to the terms set forth in an amendment consummating Tenants exercise of a Specified Expansion Option set forth in Section 8 , Tenant’s election of the Right of Offer set forth in Section 10 below or the Right of Refusal set forth in Section 11 below, all references in the Lease to the “Premises” will thereafter be deemed to include the Specified Expansion Space, ROFO Space or ROFR Space (each as defined below) which are the subject of such exercise.

6. Base Rent . With respect to the period commencing on the First Expansion Commencement Date and continuing through the balance of the Term, the schedule set forth in the definition of “ Base Rent ” appearing in the Basic Lease Information section of the Lease, as amended by the First Amendment, is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

6

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential

Treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Lease Month Commencing with          

First Expansion Commencement Date

  

Annual NNN Base Rent Rate for Rentable Square

Foot of Premises Leased from Time to Time

1-8

   $****/rsf

9-12

   $*****/rsf

13-24

   $*****/rsf

25-36

   $*****/rsf

37-48

   $*****/rsf

49-60

   $*****/rsf

61-72

   $*****/rsf

73-84

   $*****/rsf

85-96

   $*****/rsf

97-108

   $*****/rsf

109-120

   $*****/rsf

121-128

   $*****/rsf

Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Tenant will not be released from any of its unsatisfied obligations to pay Base Rent, if any, existing prior to the First Expansion Commencement Date in accordance with the Lease.

As used in this Amendment, the phrase “Lease Month Commencing with First Expansion Commencement Date” means each full calendar month during the Term commencing on the First Expansion Commencement Date; provided that, if the First Expansion Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month, the period from the First Expansion Commencement Date to the first day of the next calendar month shall be added to and included in the first Lease Month Commencing with the First Expansion Commencement Date for the purposes of determining the monthly Base Rent rate applicable for such partial month.

7. Tenant’s Share, Additional Rent, Audit Right .

(a) Tenant’s Proportionate Share . The term “ Tenant’s Proportionate Share ” will be automatically revised from time to time to the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the number of rentable square feet leased by Tenant at such time pursuant to this Lease, by (b) the number of rentable square feet in the Building which the parties stipulate is 95,869 rentable square feet.

(b) Costs Related to Disabilities Acts . From and after the date of this Amendment, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9 of the Lease or Exhibit C to the Lease, Tenant will not be obligated to pay costs of causing the Common Areas to comply with the Disabilities Acts.

(c) Management Fees . From and after the date of this Amendment, Operating Costs will include management fees or royalties for the management of the Building not to

 

7

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential

Treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

exceed the lesser of (i) ***** percent (*%) of gross revenues of the Project, or (ii) market rates for management fees and royalties charged in connection with the management of similar properties in the Boulder, Colorado metropolitan area.

(d) Gross Up . If the Building is not at least ******* percent (**%) occupied during any calendar year, actual Operating Costs shall be determined as if the Building had been ******* percent (**%) occupied during each such calendar year.

(e) Cap on Controllable Operating Costs . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, for each calendar year after calendar year 2013 during the Term of the Lease, Controllable Costs (as defined below) for each calendar year during the Term used to calculate Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Expenses shall not increase by more than *% over the Controllable Costs for the immediately preceding calendar year. It is the intention of Landlord and Tenant that increases in Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Controllable Costs be capped on a noncumulative and noncompounding basis. “ Controllable Costs ” means all Operating Costs other than actual and reasonable costs of (i) snow removal, and (ii) water, sewer, electricity, natural gas and other utilities not provided by Landlord. To the extent water, sewer, electricity, natural gas or other utilities are provided by Landlord, the same shall be provided at the actual cost incurred by Landlord. For clarification, Taxes and Insurance are not included within either the definition of Operating Costs or the definition of Controllable Costs.

(f) Tenant’s Audit Right . Tenant will have the right to inspect and audit Landlord’s books and records with respect to Operating Costs, Taxes and Insurance following its receipt of an Operating Costs, Tax and Insurance Statement (a “ Tenant Audit ”), provided that Tenant provides Landlord not less than 10 days’ prior notice of Tenant’s intention to conduct such Tenant Audit, which notice must be delivered to Landlord on or before the date that is 180 days after Tenant’s receipt of the applicable Operating Costs, Tax and Insurance Statement (including an Operating Costs, Tax and Insurance Statement received after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term). In the event Tenant does not give Landlord notice of its election to conduct a Tenant Audit within such 180 day period, the terms and amounts set forth in such Operating Costs, Tax and Insurance Statement will be conclusive and final, and Tenant shall have no further right to conduct a Tenant Audit with respect to such Operating Costs, Tax and Insurance Statement or the Operating Costs, Taxes and Insurance related thereto. Tenant may only use a private accounting firm retained on an hourly or fixed fee basis or Tenant’s internal accounting staff to conduct a Tenant Audit; in no event may Tenant use any auditor paid on a contingency fee or result based basis. If the conclusion of the Tenant Audit (which conclusion must be reasonably supported by the documentation reviewed in connection with the Tenant Audit) reveals that the amount charged by Landlord to Tenant for Operating Costs, Taxes and Insurance was greater than Tenant’s Proportionate Share of actual Operating Costs, Taxes and Insurance, Landlord will credit against Rent next coming due after the completion of the Tenant Audit (or if the Term has expired, Landlord will pay to Tenant within 30 days after the completion of the Tenant Audit) the amount due to Tenant based on such difference, and if such conclusion of the Tenant Audit is that the amount charged by Landlord to Tenant for Operating Costs, Taxes and Insurance was less than Tenant’s Proportionate Share of actual Operating Costs, Taxes and Insurance, Tenant will pay to Landlord the amount due from Tenant based on such difference within 30 days after the completion of the Tenant Audit. Unless the Tenant Audit shows that the amount charged by Landlord to Tenant for Operating Costs, Taxes and

 

8

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential

Treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Insurance was greater by 3% or more than Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the actual Operating Costs, Taxes and Insurance, Tenant will be responsible for its own costs and expenses related to the Tenant Audit. If a Tenant Audit shows that the amount charged by Landlord to Tenant for Operating Costs, Taxes and Insurance was greater by 3% or more than Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the actual Operating Costs, Taxes and Insurance, Landlord will be responsible for its own costs and expenses related to the Tenant Audit and will reimburse Tenant for the actual and reasonable costs charged by the accounting fee retained by Tenant, if any, to conduct the Tenant Audit. A permitted assignee of Tenant’s interest in the Lease may conduct a Tenant Audit, but only with respect to Operating Costs, Tax and Insurance Statements delivered after the effective date of the applicable assignment of the Tenant’s interest in the Lease. No subtenant of the Premises will be permitted to conduct a Tenant Audit, but Tenant may conduct the Tenant Audit hereunder for the benefit of such subtenant in connection with the conduct of its own audit.

8. Specific Expansion Options.

(a) Grant of Rights . Vexcel Corporation, Konica Minolta Laboratory, and Cybersource (each, a “ Specified Tenant ”) has the right to exercise a renewal of its lease of the space within the Building currently leased by it, or has other rights to lease space within the Building, consisting of one of Suites 130 and 220, Suite 210, or Suite 230, as applicable (a “Specified Expansion Space”) as more particularly set forth in Exhibit M attached hereto. If any Specified Tenant fails to exercise its renewal rights (without modification or negotiated exceptions), Tenant shall have the option (a “ Specified Expansion Option ”) to lease the Specified Expansion Space currently leased by such Specified Tenant, subject to the terms of this Section 8 , for a term commencing ninety (90) days after the early termination or expiration of the lease of such Specified Tenant, subject to any holdover of such Specified Tenant and subject to the other rights set forth on Exhibit M (the “ Specified Expansion Commencement Date ”), and expiring upon the expiration of the Term.

(b) Exercise . Landlord shall provide Tenant written notice (a “ Specified Expansion Offer Notice ”) within ten (10) days of following the early termination by a Specified Tenant or the election by a Specified Tenant not to exercise its renewal rights (without modification or negotiated exceptions) and, in either case, the waiver by any other applicable Specified Tenant of its right with respect to the applicable Specified Expansion Space. To exercise a Specified Expansion Option, Tenant must deliver notice of the exercise thereof (a “ Specified Expansion Acceptance Notice ”) within ten (10) days following the Specified Expansion Offer Notice, failing which Tenant will have no further right to lease such Specified Tenant’s Specified Expansion Space pursuant to this Section 8 .

(c) Base Rent for Specified Expansion Space . Tenant shall pay Base Rent and will receive an improvement allowance based on the then Market Rental Rate (as determined in accordance with Section 9 read as though the Renewal Notice is the Specified Expansion Acceptance Notice, the Interim Rate (if applicable) is as set forth in Section 9 , and the Renewal Term is the term of the Lease applicable to the Specified Expansion Space (that is, the balance of the then-current Term commencing on the Specified Expansion Commencement Date and expiring coterminous with the then-current term of the Lease)).

 

9

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential

Treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(d) Confirmatory Amendment . Within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s exercise of a Specified Expansion Option and the determination of the Market Rental Rate with respect to the applicable Specified Expansion Space, Landlord and Tenant will execute an amendment to the Lease contemplating the expansion of the Premises to include the Specified Expansion Space for the Market Rental Rate effective as of the Specified Expansion Commencement Date.

(e) After Exercise . Following a Specified Expansion Commencement Date, all of the terms and provisions of this Lease will apply, except that, after the Specified Expansion Commencement Date, Base Rent with respect to the Specified Expansion Space will be payable at the applicable Market Rental Rate, as determined pursuant to this Section 8 , multiplied by the rentable square feet of the Specified Expansion Space.

(f) Limitations on Tenant’s Rights . At Landlord’s option, Tenant will have no Specified Expansion Option, and Tenant’s Specified Expansion Acceptance Notice will be ineffective, if an Event of Default, or any fact or circumstance which with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute an Event of Default, exists beyond any applicable cure period at the time a Specified Expansion Acceptance Notice is given or on the scheduled Specified Expansion Commencement Date. Any termination of this Lease terminates all rights under this Section 8 . Any assignment of this Lease or subletting of more than 30% of the Premises by Tenant (excluding an assignment or sublease that is a Permitted Transfer (as defined below)) terminates Tenant’s rights under this Section 8 , unless Landlord consents to the contrary in writing at the time of such subletting or assignment.

9. Renewal Options .

(a) Grant of Rights . Subject to the terms and provisions of this Section 9 , Tenant, at its option, may extend the Term of the Lease for a period of sixty (60) months at the end of the initial Term as amended hereunder (the “ First Renewal Term ”) with respect to not less than ******** percent (**%) of the Premises as it exists as of the last day of the Term (the “ First Renewal Option ”). If Tenant exercises the First Renewal Option, then, subject to the terms and provisions of this Section 9 , Tenant may further extend the Term of this Lease for another period of sixty (60) months at the end of the First Renewal Term (the “ Second Renewal Term ”) with respect to not less than ********* percent (**%) of the Premises as it exists as of the last day of the First Renewal Term (the “ Second Renewal Option ”). The First Renewal Term and the Second Renewal Term will be referred to individually as a “Renewal Term or, collectively, as the “ Renewal Terms .” The First Renewal Option and the Second Renewal Option will be referred to individually as a “ Renewal Option ” or, collectively, as the “ Renewal Options .” If Tenant elects to exercise either Renewal Term with respect to less than ********** percent (***%), but not less than ********** percent (**%) of the Premises as it exists as of the last day of the Term or First Renewal Term (as applicable), then Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, cause that portion of the Premises that Tenant has elected not to include within the Premises during such Renewal Term to be separately demised so that it may be relet to a third party, and shall be returned to Landlord in the condition required under Section 21 of the Original Lease.

 

10

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential

Treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(b) Exercise . To exercise either such Renewal Option, Tenant must deliver notice of the exercise thereof (a “ Renewal Notice ”) to Landlord no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the initial Term, with respect to the exercise of the First Renewal Option, and prior to the expiration of the First Renewal Term, with respect to the exercise of the Second Renewal Option.

(c) Determination of Market Rental Rate . Within ten (10) days after Tenant delivers a Renewal Notice, Landlord will notify Tenant (the “ Rate Notice ”) of the Market Rental Rate (as defined below). If Tenant agrees that the rental rate set forth in the Rate Notice is the Market Rental Rate, such rental rate will be the Market Rental Rate for the purposes of this Section 9 , and Base Rent for the applicable Renewal Term will be the Market Rental Rate as may be agreed to by Tenant. If Tenant disagrees with the Market Rental Rate in the Rate Notice then Tenant will have thirty (30) days after receipt of the Rate Notice to object to the rental rate in the Rate Notice by giving notice to Landlord and including Tenant’s determination of the Market Rental Rate. If Tenant fails to object within such thirty (30) day period, Tenant will be deemed to have agreed that the Rate Notice contains the Market Rental Rate. If Tenant timely notifies Landlord of Tenant’s objection to the rate set forth in the Rate Notice, then Landlord and Tenant will, for a period of twenty (20) days from and after Tenant gives its objection to the Rate Notice, negotiate to determine a Market Rental Rate acceptable to both Landlord and Tenant.

(i) Parties’ Brokers . If the parties are unable to agree upon the Market Rental Rate during such twenty (20) day period, then, within seven (7) days after the expiration of such twenty (20) day period, Landlord and Tenant will each appoint their own licensed real estate broker who has at least ten (10) years’ fulltime experience in commercial office leasing in the Boulder, Colorado metropolitan area (the “ Parties’ Brokers ”). The Parties’ Brokers will negotiate in good faith for ten (10) days after the date that both Parties’ Brokers have been appointed to determine a Market Rental Rate acceptable to both Landlord and Tenant. If the Parties’ Brokers cannot reach agreement on the Market Rental Rate within such ten (10) day period, then within five (5) business days after the expiration of such ten (10) day period, Landlord will deliver to Tenant a written determination of the Market Rental Rate as determined by Landlord and its broker using the criteria set forth below (“ Landlord’s Determination ”). Tenant will have five (5) business days from the date of Landlord’s delivery of Landlord’s Determination to notify Landlord of Tenant’s acceptance of Landlord’s Determination or deliver to Landlord Tenant’s written determination of the Market Rental Rate using the criteria set forth below (“ Tenant’s Determination ”). If Tenant does not deliver Tenant’s Determination to Landlord within such five (5) business day period, Tenant will be deemed to have accepted Landlord’s Determination and the rental rate set forth in Landlord’s Determination will be the Market Rental Rate. If Tenant does deliver Tenant’s Determination within such five (5) business day period, then the Parties’ Brokers will have an additional seven (7) days from the date of delivery of Tenant’s Determination to negotiate a Market Rental Rate acceptable to both Landlord and Tenant.

 

11

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential

Treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(ii) Third Broker . If no agreement can be reached as to the Market Rental Rate within such seven (7) day period, then, within five (5) days after such seven (7) day period expires, the Parties’ Brokers will appoint a third broker (the “ Third Broker ”). The Third Broker will be a person who has not previously acted in any capacity for either party and who meets the same experience qualifications as required for the Parties’ Brokers. Within ten (10) days of his or her appointment, the Third Broker will review Landlord’s Determination and Tenant’s Determination of the Market Rental Rate and such other information as he or she deems necessary and will select either Landlord’s Determination or Tenant’s Determination of the Market Rental Rate (but no other rate) as being more reasonable. The Third Broker will be instructed, in deciding whether Landlord’s Determination or Tenant’s Determination is more reasonable, to use the criteria as to the Market Rental Rate set forth below. The Third Broker will immediately notify the parties of his or her selection of the Landlord’s Determination or the Tenant’s Determination as being more reasonable, and then such selected determination will be the Market Rental Rate. Each of the parties will bear the entire cost of their own broker and one half (l/2) of the cost of the Third Broker.

(iii) Interim Rate . Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, if no agreement can be reached as to the Market Rental Rate prior to the expiration of the Term, with respect to the exercise of the First Renewal Option, and/or prior to the expiration of the First Renewal Term, with respect to the exercise of the Second Renewal Option, Tenant shall pay Base Rent to Landlord in accordance with the rental rate for the last full calendar month of the Term preceding the Interim Period (the “ Interim Rate ”) for the period (the “ Interim Period ”) beginning on the day immediately following the last day of the Term and/or the First Renewal Term, as applicable, and ending on the date the Market Rental Rate is determined pursuant to this Section 9 (the “ Determination Date ”). If the amount of Base Rent Tenant paid to Landlord during the Interim Period, prorated based on the number of days in such period (the “ Interim Base Rent ”), is more than the amount Tenant would have paid if the Market Rental Rate had been in effect during such Interim Period, Landlord will credit such excess amount against the next payment(s) of Base Rent due from Tenant to Landlord. If the Interim Base Rent is less than the amount Tenant would have paid if the Market Rental Rate had been in effect during such Interim Period, Tenant will pay the deficiency to Landlord within thirty (30) days after the Determination Date.

(d) Market Rental Rate Defined . “ Market Rental Rate ” means the prevailing base rental renewal rate then charged by landlords of similar buildings in suburban Boulder, Colorado of comparable class, quality and age as the Building for similar space, taking into account the length of the applicable Renewal Term and tenant inducements (improvement allowances, free rent, etc.).

(e) After Exercise . During each Renewal Term, all of the terms and provisions of this Lease will apply, except that (i) after the Second Renewal Term there will be no further right of renewal; and (ii) during each Renewal Term, Base Rent will be payable at the

 

12

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential

Treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

applicable Market Rental Rate, as determined pursuant to this Section 9 , multiplied by the rentable square feet of the Premises as of the commencement of the applicable Renewal Term; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything in this Section 9 to the contrary, in no event will the Base Rent payable for any month in the First Renewal Term be less than the Base Rent payable for the last month of the initial Term, nor will the Base Rent payable for any month in the Second Renewal Term be less than the Base Rent payable for the last month of the First Renewal Term. The “Term” of this Lease will include any properly exercised Renewal Term following execution and delivery of a confirmatory amendment regarding the Renewal Option.

(f) Holdover Rate . If Tenant does not exercise any of its Renewal Options hereunder, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, Tenant shall have the right to three (3) consecutive holdover periods of one (I) month each, and the Base Rent applicable to each such holdover period shall be ***% of the Base Rent rate applicable to the last full calendar month of the Term prior to the first such holdover period; any holdover by Tenant beyond the holdover periods contemplated above shall be permitted only with Landlord’s prior written consent, and the Base Rent shall be ***% of the Base Rent rate applicable to the last full calendar month of the Term prior to the first such holdover period.

(g) Limitations on Tenant’s Rights . At Landlord’s option, Tenant will have no right to extend the Term, and Tenant’s Renewal Notice will be ineffective, if an Event of Default, or any fact or circumstance which with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute an Event of Default, exists beyond any applicable cure period at the time a Renewal Notice is given or at the time the applicable Renewal Term is scheduled to commence. Any termination of this Lease terminates all rights under this Section 9 . Any assignment of this Lease or subletting of more than 30% of the Premises by Tenant (excluding an assignment or sublease that is a Permitted Transfer (as defined below)) terminates Tenant’s rights under this Section 9 , unless Landlord consents to the contrary in writing at the time of such subletting or assignment.

10. Right of First Offer .

(a) Terms of Right . If at any time during the Term, any space in the Building (the “ ROFO Space ”) becomes available or is becoming available for lease, Landlord will notify Tenant that such ROFO Space is available for lease or is becoming available, and such notice will set forth the terms upon which Landlord is willing to lease the ROFO Space to prospective tenants (the “ ROFO Offer Notice ”). The ROFO Space shall not be deemed available or becoming available for lease to the extent (i) that it is subject to any rights or options in favor of any other parties that are superior to Tenant’s with respect to the ROFO Space as of the date of this Amendment (and Landlord shall notify Tenant of such rights in the ROFO Offer Notice), and/or (ii) the ROFO Space is subject to a then-existing lease, as such lease may be modified, amended, extended or renewed. Provided that an Event of Default, or any fact or circumstance which with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both would become an Event of Default, does not then exist beyond any applicable cure period, and subject to the provisions of this Section 10 , Tenant will have seven (7) business days after the receipt of the ROFO Offer Notice in which to deliver a written notice to Landlord exercising Tenant’s right to lease all, but not less than all, of the ROFO Space (the “ Right of Offer ”) subject to the applicable ROFO Offer Notice (the “ ROFO Acceptance Notice ”). If Tenant delivers the ROFO Acceptance

 

13

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Notice to Landlord within such seven (7)-business day period, then Landlord and Tenant will promptly amend the Lease to include the ROFO Space on the terms stated in the ROFO Offer Notice or such terms as are mutually agreed to by Landlord and Tenant. If Tenant fails to deliver the ROFO Acceptance Notice within such seven (7)-business day period, Tenant will be deemed to have rejected the ROFO Offer Notice. If Tenant rejects or is deemed to have rejected the ROFO Offer Notice, Tenant’s Right of Offer with respect to the ROFO Space which is the subject of the ROFO Offer Notice will terminate and be of no further force or effect, and Landlord will be free to lease any or all of the ROFO Space that is the subject of the ROFO Offer Notice to any prospective tenant, subject to the terms of Section 11 below at any time after the earlier of the date Tenant rejects the ROFO Offer Notice or the expiration of such seven (7)-business day period.

(b) Additional Terms Applicable to ROFO Acceptance . Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection 10(a) :

(i) Except as set forth below, in the event that Tenant timely delivers a ROFO Acceptance Notice and a confirmatory amendment regarding the ROFO Space is executed by Landlord and Tenant, the Term of the Lease with respect to the entirety of the Premise then leased by Tenant and the ROFO Space will be extended to a date which is seven (7) years following the date that the Lease commences with respect to the ROFO Space.

(ii) In the event that Tenant timely delivers a ROFO Acceptance Notice, a confirmatory amendment regarding the ROFO Space is executed by Landlord and Tenant, and, at the time of delivery of the ROFO Acceptance Notice, Tenant is leasing 65% or more of the rentable area of the Building, the Term of the Lease with respect to the entirety of the Premise then leased by Tenant and the ROFO Space will be extended to a date which is ten (10) years following the date that the Lease commences with respect to the ROFO Space.

(iii) Base Rent rates payable with respect to any such extension of the Term will escalate in the same manner as Base Rent rates with respect to the ROFO Space escalate pursuant to the terms of the ROFO Offer Notice.

(iv) If Tenant fails to execute a confirmatory amendment regarding the ROFO Space as set forth above, the ROFO Acceptance Notice with respect to such ROFO Space will automatically be deemed rescinded and the Right of Offer with respect to such ROFO Space will automatically be deemed to have been rejected by Tenant.

(c) Limitations on Tenant’s Rights . Tenant will have no right to lease any ROFO Space and its ROFO Acceptance Notice will be ineffective if an Event of Default, or any fact or circumstance which with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both would become an Event of Default, exists beyond any applicable cure period at the time such notice is given or at the time the amendment to the Lease is scheduled to be executed by Landlord and Tenant. Any termination of the Lease terminates all rights under this Section 10 . Any assignment or subletting by Tenant of the Lease of more than 30% of the Premises (other than a

 

14

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential

Treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Permitted Transfer) terminates Tenant’s rights with respect to the ROFO Space, unless Landlord consents to the contrary in writing at the time of such subletting or assignment.

(d) Allowance and Free Rent . In connection with an extension of the Term pursuant to this Section 10 :

(i) any tenant improvement allowance described in the ROFO Offer will be adjusted upward or downward in proportion to the relative difference between the duration by which the Term is extended, on the one hand, and the duration of the term contemplated by the ROFO Offer, on the other hand; provided, however, that the tenant improvement allowance will not exceed $**** per rentable square foot; and

(ii) any free rent period described in the ROFO Offer will be lengthened or shortened in proportion to the relative difference between the duration by which the Term is extended, on the one hand, and the duration of the term contemplated by the ROFO Offer, on the other hand; *******************************************.

11. Right of First Refusal .

(a) Right of Refusal . If Landlord, at any time after the date of this Amendment through the end of the Term, receives an offer, acceptable to Landlord, from third parties to lease space in the Building (any such offer will be referred to as a “ ROFR Offer ” and the space described in the ROFR Offer will be referred to as the “ ROFR Space ”), then Landlord will notify Tenant, in writing, and include in such notice the business terms of such ROFR Offer. Tenant will not be entitled to receive a ROFR Offer with respect to any renewal or extension of a lease by a tenant occupying any portion of the ROFR Space. Provided an Event of Default, or any fact or circumstance which with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both would become an Event of Default, does not then exist beyond any applicable cure period under the Lease, and subject to the rights of all other entities which have rights to the ROFR Space that are superior to Tenant’s as of the date of this Amendment (“ Prior Entities ”) and any renewal rights granted to tenants of the ROFR Space as of the date of this Amendment, Tenant will have seven (7) business days from and after the later of the date of its receipt of such notice from Landlord or the date upon which all Prior Entities elect not to take such ROFR Space, in which to elect, by notice (a ‘‘ ROFR Acceptance Notice ”) to Landlord, to lease such ROFR Space for the consideration and on the terms contained in the ROFR Offer (the “ Right of Refusal ”) and other terms as may be mutually agreeable to the Landlord and Tenant. If Tenant does not provide a ROFR Acceptance Notice within such seven (7) business day period, Tenant will be deemed to have elected not to exercise the applicable ROFR Offer. If all Prior Entities elect not to lease the ROFR Space, and Tenant elects to exercise the Right of Refusal, then Landlord and Tenant will amend the Lease to include such ROFR Space on the terms stated in the ROFR Offer. The closing of the amendment of the Lease will take place within thirty (30) days after the later of (i) the date that Landlord receives the ROFR Acceptance Notice, or (ii) the date of expiration of all superior rights of Prior Entities to lease the ROFR Space. The Right of Refusal will be deemed a continuing right and will apply to each ROFR Offer during the Term, provided, however, that upon Tenant’s rejection or deemed rejection of a ROFR Offer, Landlord may enter

 

15

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

into the lease which was described in the ROFR Offer, and Tenant will have no rights under this Section 11 with respect to the ROFR Space subject to such ROFR Offer until after the expiration of the term of any such lease (and any applicable renewals) by and between Landlord and a third party relating to such ROFR Space. In the event that Tenant rejects or is deemed to have rejected a ROFR Offer and Landlord thereafter determines to offer or accept economic terms which overall are more favorable to the proposed tenant than the terms reflected in the ROFR Offer, Landlord shall submit to Tenant a revised ROFR Offer reflecting the proposed terms, where upon the provisions of this Section 11 will again apply except that Tenant will only have three (3) business days in which to accept, reject or be deemed to have rejected the revised ROFR Offer. Tenant’s rights under this Section 11 are subject and subordinate to the existing rights of Prior Entities.

(b) Additional Terms Applicable to ROFR Acceptance . Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection 11(a):

(i) Except as set forth below, in the event that Tenant timely exercises its Right of Refusal and a confirmatory amendment regarding the ROFR Space is executed by Landlord and Tenant, the Term of the Lease with respect to the entirety of the Premise then leased by Tenant and the ROFR Space will be extended to a date which is seven (7) years following the date that the Lease commences with respect to the ROFR Space.

(ii) In the event that Tenant timely exercises its Right of Refusal and a confirmatory amendment regarding the ROFR Space is executed by Landlord and Tenant, and, at the time of exercise of the Right of Refusal, Tenant is leasing **% or more of the rentable area of the Building, the Term of the Lease with respect to the entirety of the Premise then leased by Tenant and the ROFR Space will be extended to a date which is ten (10) years following the date that the Lease commences with respect to the ROFR Space.

(iii) Base Rent rates payable with respect to any such extension of the Term will escalate in the same manner as Base Rent rates with respect to the ROFR Space escalate pursuant to the terms of the ROFR Offer.

(iv) If Tenant fails to execute a confirmatory amendment regarding the ROFR Space as set forth above, the ROFR Acceptance Notice with respect to such ROFR Space will automatically be deemed rescinded and the Right of Refusal with respect to such ROFR Space will automatically be deemed to have been rejected by Tenant.

(c) Allowance and Free Rent . In connection with an extension of the Term pursuant to Subsection 11(b)(b)(i) or (b)(ii) above:

(i) any tenant improvement allowance described in the ROFR Offer will be adjusted upward or downward in proportion to the relative difference between the duration by which the Term is extended, on the one hand, and the duration of the term contemplated by the ROFR Offer, on the other hand;

 

16

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential

Treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

provided, however, that the tenant improvement allowance will not exceed $**** per rentable square foot; and

(ii) any free rent period described in the ROFR Offer will be lengthened or shortened in proportion to the relative difference between the duration by which the Term is extended, on the one hand, and the duration of the term contemplated by the ROFR Offer, on the other hand; *******************************************.

(d) Limitations on Tenant’s Rights . Tenant will have no right to lease any ROFR Space and its notice exercising the Right of Refusal will be ineffective if an Event of Default, or any fact or circumstance which with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both would become an Event of Default, exists beyond any applicable cure period at the time such notice is given or at the time the amendment to the Lease is scheduled to be executed by Landlord and Tenant. Any termination of the Lease terminates all rights under this Section 11 . Any assignment of this Lease or subletting greater than 30% of Premises by Tenant (other than a Permitted Transfer) terminates Tenant’s rights with respect to the Right of Refusal, unless Landlord consents to the contrary in writing at the time of such subletting or assignment

12. Assignment and Subletting .

(a) Permitted Transfers . Tenant may, upon notice to Landlord but without obtaining Landlord’s consent, assign this Lease or sublet all or any portion of the Premises to any individual(s) or entity: (i) that owns or is concurrently acquiring a majority of the equity interests in Tenant; (ii) a majority of the equity interests in which are owned or concurrently being acquired by Tenant; (iii) a majority of the equity interests in which are owned or are concurrently being acquired by the same individual(s) or entity that owns a majority of the equity interests in Tenant; or (iv) is concurrently merging into Tenant or into which Tenant is concurrently merging (any such assignment or sublease being referred to herein as a “ Permitted Transfer ”).

(b) Other Transfers . In connection with any proposed Transfer other than a Permitted Transfer, Landlord will not unreasonably delay, withhold or condition its consent. Any rent received by Tenant under any sublease in excess of Rent due from Tenant under the Lease shall be divided between Landlord and Tenant as provided in Section 10(g) of the Original Lease, after deducting Tenant’s actual and reasonable costs associated therewith.

(c) Termination of Recapture Right . Subsection 10(f) of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety.

13. Parking .

(a) In the event Landlord enters into any new leases of space within the Complex or amends any existing lease within the Complex, Landlord will not grant in any such new lease or amendment rights to use parking spaces which would result in the tenant under such lease or amendment having a right to use in excess of 4.3 parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of space leased by such tenant within the Complex.

 

17

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(b) Landlord may not eliminate, reduce the number of, or reallocate any of the parking spaces allocated by Landlord to the Building as of the date of this Amendment.

(c) Tenant and its employees shall have the right to use up to 227 parking spaces on an unreserved basis at no charge, subject to the terms and conditions of the Lease and to reasonable Rules and Regulations proscribed from time to time by Landlord, including the designation of specified areas in which automobiles operated by Tenant or its employees may be parked; provided, however, that Tenant and its employees shall not use in excess of 193 parking spaces until such time as CH2MHill vacates Suites 205 and 207 of the Building.

14. Staging and Storage Space . Subject to applicable Law, Landlord will make available Suites 115 and 200 of the Building for the exclusive use by Tenant as staging and storage space (the “ Storage Space ”) supporting Tenant’s operations in the Premises. Tenant’s rights hereunder to use the Storage Space are conditioned upon the Lease being in full force and effect and there being no Event of Default thereunder. Tenant’s use of the Storage Space will be subject to all applicable provisions of the Lease as if the Storage Space were included within the definition of the Premises leased to Tenant; provided, however, that Tenant will not be required to pay Rent with respect to the Storage Space. Tenant’s rights to the Storage Space will terminate simultaneously with such termination of the Lease. Tenant will remove all of its property from the Storage Space immediately upon the termination of the Lease.

15. After-Hours HVAC . Section 7(a) of the Lease is hereby amended to provide that the charge payable by Tenant with respect to HVAC service to the Premises outside of Normal Business Hours is $**** per hour.

16. Furniture . Within twenty-one (21) days after the Date of this Amendment, Landlord will remove from the First Expansion Premises the furniture identified on Exhibit N attached hereto.

17. Guaranty . All of Tenant’s obligations under the Lease will be guaranteed by Markit Group Limited (“ Guarantor ”). Upon Tenant’s execution of this Amendment, Tenant will cause Guarantor to execute a Lease Guaranty in the form attached hereto as Exhibit O (the “ Guaranty ”) and will then cause Guarantor to deliver such Guaranty to Landlord simultaneously with Tenant’s delivery of this Amendment. Landlord’s obligations under this Amendment are expressly conditioned on Tenant’s delivery of the Guaranty executed by Guarantor.

18. Deletion of Obsolete Provisions .

(a) Exhibit D attached to the Original Lease and Exhibit B attached to the First Amendment are hereby deleted in their entireties. Landlord will not perform any work with regard to the Premises, except as expressly set forth in this Amendment or the exhibits attached hereto.

(b) Exhibit H attached to the Original Lease and Section 7 of the First Amendment are hereby deleted in their entireties and replaced by Section 13 of this Amendment.

 

18

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

19. Notices . Tenant’s notice address for all written notices required under the Lease and this Amendment shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

MARKIT ON DEMAND, INC.

5718 Central Avenue

Boulder, CO 80301

Attention: Accounts Payable (if invoice/billing) or Jessica Pappas (other issues)

With simultaneous copies to:

MARKIT ON DEMAND, INC.

Attn: Office Manager

5718 Central Avenue

Boulder, CO 80301

MARKIT GROUP LIMITED

Attn: General Counsel

4th floor

Ropemaker Place

25 Ropemaker Street

London EC2Y 9LY

United Kingdom

Berg Hill Greenleaf & Ruscitti LLP

Attn: Patrick K. Perrin, Esq.

1712 Pearl St.

Boulder, CO 80302

20. Counterparts; Electronic Execution . This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which will constitute an original, but all of which, when taken together, will constitute but one agreement. Executed copies hereof may be delivered by telecopier, email or other electronic means and upon receipt will be deemed originals and binding upon the parties hereto, regardless of whether originals are delivered thereafter.

21. Brokers . Landlord and Tenant hereby represent and warrant to each other that they have not dealt with any broker, agent or finder in connection with this Amendment, other than CB Richard Ellis, Inc., representing Landlord, and Cushman & Wakefield of Colorado, Inc., representing Tenant (collectively, “ Broker ”), whose commission shall be paid by Landlord pursuant to a separate agreement. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to indemnify and hold the other party harmless from all damages, liabilities and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising from any claims or demands of any other broker, agent or finder other than Broker

 

19

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

for any commission alleged to be due to such broker, agent or finder in connection with this Amendment.

22. Ratification . Except as amended hereby (and by the First Amendment), the Lease has not been amended and, as amended hereby (and by the First Amendment), the parties ratify and confirm the Lease as being in full force and effect.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

20

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Having read and intending to be bound by this Amendment, the parties have executed it to be effective as of the date first set forth above.

 

LANDLORD:
CROWN-DENVER VII, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company

By:

  Petrus Investors 2005, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership,
its Managing Member
  By:   Petrus-Crown GP 2005, L.L.C.,
a Delaware limited liability company,
its General Partner
    By:   Crown West Realty, L.L.C.,
a New York limited liability company,
its Managing Member
     

By:

 

/s/ Wesley C. Huang

       

Wesley C. Huang

Managing Director

 

 

TENANT:

MARKIT ON DEMAND, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   Catherine Allegra
 

 

Print Name:   CATHERINE ALLEGRA
Title:   Global Head of MARKIT on DEMAND

 

21

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential

Treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

Exhibit 10.38

Execution Version

 

LOGO

Share Purchase Deed

Ogier Employee Benefit Trustee Limited

and

Markit Group Holdings Limited

for the sale and purchase of Shares in the

Capital of Markit Group Holdings Limited

23 March 2012


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE    PAGE  
1.  

DEFINITIONS

     1   
2.  

SALE AND PURCHASE

     3   
3.  

COMPLETION AND CONDITIONS

     4   
4.  

SELLER WARRANTIES

     5   
5.  

ASSIGNMENT

     6   
6.  

GENERAL

     7   


THIS DEED is made the 23 rd day of March 2012

BETWEEN:

 

(1) OGIER EMPLOYEE BENEFIT TRUSTEE LIMITED (No. 78262), a company incorporated in Jersey whose registered office is at Ogier House, The Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey JE4 9WG in its capacity as trustee of the Markit Group Holdings Limited Employee Benefit Trust (the “ Buyer ”); and

 

(2) MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED (No. 06240773) whose registered office is at 4 th floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY (the “ Company ”).

WHEREAS:

 

(A) By a trust deed dated 27 January 2010 (the “ Trust Deed ”) made between the Company and the Buyer, a trust known as the Markit Group Holdings Limited Employee Benefit Trust (the “ Trust ”) was established under which the Buyer in its capacity as trustee of the Trust (the “ Trustee ”) holds the property of the Trust upon discretionary trusts for the Beneficiaries (as defined in the Trust Deed).

 

(B) The Company is undertaking a Liquidity Event which will be structured such that the Buyer will purchase Shares from the Sellers (the “ EBT Transfer ”) upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this deed.

 

(C) Pursuant to the Liquidity Event, the Company will provide an opportunity to Qualifying Shareholders to sell all or some of their holding of Shares to the Buyer. In addition, Optionholders will have the opportunity to participate in the Liquidity Event by exercising all or part of their Options and having their Shares purchased by the Buyer.

THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In this deed the following expressions shall bear the following meanings, unless the context otherwise requires:

Articles ” means the articles of association of the Company (as amended from time to time);

Board ” means the board of directors of the Company from time to time;

Business Day ” means a day (excluding Saturdays and Sundays) on which banks generally are open in London, Jersey and New York, New York for the transaction of normal banking business;

Company’s Solicitors ” means Ashurst LLP, whose office is at Broadwalk House, 5 Appold Street, London EC2A 2HA;

 

1


Completion ” means the completion of this deed in accordance with clause 3 hereof;

Completion Date ” means a date in the future (anticipated according to the current timetable to be 31 March 2012), whereby the Sale Shares are deemed to be transferred to the Buyer;

Conditions ” are those conditions set out in clause 3.1 of this deed;

Encumbrances ” means any mortgage, charge (fixed or floating), pledge lien, security or other third party right or interest (legal or equitable) including any right of preemption, assignment by way of security, reservation of title or any other security interest of any kind however created or arising or any other agreement or arrangement (including a sale and repurchase arrangement) having similar effect or restriction over or in respect of the use of the relevant security or right;

Escrow Deed ” means the escrow agreement between the Company, the Sellers, the Optionholders, the Buyer and Ashurst LLP in the agreed terms;

Form of Authority ” means the form of authority in the agreed form circulated to certain shareholders of the Company and to be completed by those Sellers who wish to sell their Shares pursuant to the terms of this deed and containing the Warranties to the Buyer on the terms set out herein;

Indemnity Form ” means the indemnity for lost share certificates provided by certain of the Sellers to the Buyer;

Loan Agreement ” means the loan agreement between the Company and the Trustee in the agreed terms;

Liquidity Event ” means the EBT Transfer;

Markit Share Option Plans ” means the share option plans of the Company;

Options ” means the options granted to Optionholders which have vested pursuant to the Markit Share Option Plans;

Optionholders ” means the holders of options to acquire Shares pursuant to the Markit Share Option Plans;

Qualifying Shareholders ” means the holders of Shares in the Company at the relevant time who are permitted to participate in the Liquidity Event;

Sale ” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

Sale Consideration ” means the total aggregate consideration payable by tile Buyer to the Sellers for Sale Shares pursuant to the terms of this deed;

Sale Schedule ” has the meaning given to it in clause 3.3 of this deed;

Sale Shares ” means the Shares that are to be sold by the Sellers pursuant to this deed;

 

2


Sellers ” means the participating shareholders and Optionholders of the Company who agree by executing their respective Forms of Authority (and as evidenced by the execution by them on their behalf of a stock transfer form) to sell Shares under the Liquidity Event and “Seller” shall mean any one of them (as the context dictates);

Shareholders’ Agreement ” means the shareholders’ agreement relating to the Company in force at the date hereof (as may be amended from time to time);

Shares ” means the voting ordinary and non-voting ordinary shares in the capital of the Company owned by each of the Qualifying Shareholders; and

Warranties ” means the warranties given by each of the Sellers to the Buyer on the terms set out in clause 4.

 

2. SALE AND PURCHASE

 

2.1 Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this deed, the Company will procure that the Sellers (as legal and beneficial owners) shall sell and the Buyer shall purchase with effect from the Completion Date the Sale Shares with full title guarantee free from any Encumbrances and together with all accrued benefits and rights attaching thereto.

 

2.2 Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this deed, at Completion the Company shall use reasonable endeavors to procure the sale by the Sellers of their respective Sale Shares.

 

2.3 For the avoidance of doubt, the number of Sale Shares to be purchased pursuant to this deed by the Buyer will be determined by the elections made by the Qualifying Shareholders and Optionholders who participate in the Liquidity Event and pro rata allocations made by the Company in respect thereof.

 

2.4 Therefore, the Company gives no guarantee to the Buyer of:

 

  (a) the amount of the loan (up to a maximum of US$62,000,000) that the Company will make to the Buyer for the purchase of the Sale Shares; or

 

  (b) the number of Sale Shares which the Buyer will purchase with effect from Completion save that the Company will ensure that the Buyer receives pursuant to the Loan Agreement the cash required by the Buyer to pay the Sale Consideration.

 

2.5 The consideration for the sale and purchase of each of the Sale Shares, assuming that Completion takes place according to the anticipated timetable on 31 March 2012, shall be for a price of US$225.65 per Sale Share, before the deduction of the Options’ exercise costs (where applicable), relevant taxes, fees, costs and expenses payable by the Sellers.

 

2.6

As soon as is reasonably practicable following the date of this deed, the Company shall make available to the Qualifying Shareholders and Option

 

3


  holders (via the Company’s new online liquidity event manager) the Forms of Authority and additional information relating to the Liquidity Event.

 

3. COMPLETION AND CONDITIONS

 

3.1 Completion is conditional upon the satisfaction of’ the following conditions:

 

  (a) the passing of the requisite shareholder resolutions approving the Liquidity Event;

 

  (b) obtaining the appropriate Investor and Supermajority Consents (each as required by and defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement);

 

  (c) the participation of Qualifying Shareholders and Optionholders in the EBT Transfer; and

 

  (d) the execution of appropriate documentation by the Sellers.

 

3.2 The Company shall use reasonable endeavors to ensure that the Conditions are fulfilled as soon as reasonably practicable after the date of this deed.

 

3.3 The Conditions are waiveable only by the Company. Following the satisfaction (or waiver as applicable) of the Conditions, the Company shall promptly notify the Buyer that the Conditions have been satisfied (or waived as applicable) and shall provide the Buyer with a sale schedule showing the identity of the Sellers, the number of Sale Shares being sold and the Sale Consideration in a form substantially similar to that set out in schedule 1 to this deed (the “ Sale Schedule ”).

 

3.4 Promptly (and in any event prior to Completion) the Buyer and the Company will execute and deliver to the other the Loan Agreement and the Escrow Deed and the Company will, pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement and the Escrow Deed, pay in cash by electronic transfer the Sale Consideration to the Buyer.

 

3.5 Completion shall occur at the offices of Ashurst LLP two days following the service of the Sale Schedule (or such later date as the parties shall agree) and on Completion the Company shall deliver to or make available to the Buyer (i) transfers in the appropriate form relating to all the Sale Shares duly executed on behalf of each Seller in favour of the Buyer and (ii) duly executed Indemnity Forms or share certificates (as appropriate) from the Sellers.

 

3.6 On Completion and upon compliance by the Company with the provisions of clause 3.5 of this deed, the Buyer shall provide for the transfer by CHAPS of the Sale Consideration to the Sellers via the account notified to it by the Company (the payment and receipt of such amount being good discharge by the Buyer of its payment obligations hereunder).

 

3.7 The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that it shall be responsible for any deduction from the Sale Consideration to be paid to the Sellers and will pay in a timely manner any stamp duty charge arising out of or in connection with the sale and purchase of the Sale Shares effected pursuant to this deed.

 

4


4. SELLER WARRANTIES

 

4.1 The Company will procure that the Forms of Authority contain the following provisions set out in clauses 4.2 to 4.8 (inclusive) and if any prospective Seller indicates in their duly returned Form of Authority that they are not prepared to agree to such terms then such prospective Sellers will be precluded from selling their Sale Shares pursuant to this deed (unless agreed to the contrary by the Buyer).

 

4.2 The Form of Authority will provide that the Sellers each severally (and not jointly and severally) warrant to the Buyer and the Company in the following terms as at Completion that:

 

  (a) he/she is the only legal and beneficial owner of the Sale Shares to be sold by him/her;

 

  (b) there is no Encumbrance in relation to any of the Sale Shares to be sold by him/her;

 

  (c) he/she is entitled to transfer or procure the transfer of the full legal and beneficial ownership of the Sale Shares to be sold by him/her to the EBT on the terms set out in this deed;

 

  (d) neither the sale by the Seller of his/her Sale Shares as contemplated by this deed, nor the execution, delivery or performance of any of the other documents to which the Seller is or will become a party, the consummation by the Seller of the transactions contemplated thereby, nor the compliance by the Seller with any of the provisions of this deed and/or the other documents to which he/she is or will become a party will, in each case in any material respect result in any breach of any terms, conditions or provisions of any contract or undertaking to which the Seller is a party; and

 

  (e) there are no proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Seller, threatened against the Seller that would reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Seller’s sale of his/her Sale Shares or prevent or materially delay completion thereof. The Seller is not subject to any outstanding order that could materially and adversely affect the Seller’s sale of his/her Sale Shares.

 

4.3 Each of the Warranties shall be construed as a separate warranty, and (unless expressly provided to the contrary) shall not be limited by the terms of any of the other Warranties or by any other term of this deed.

 

4.4 Nothing in this clause 4 shall exclude or limit liability in respect of claims arising directly out of any statements made fraudulently or arising as a direct result of fraudulent concealment by the Sellers.

 

4.5

Save in the case of fraud or fraudulent concealment by a Seller, a Seller shall be under no liability in respect of any claim under the Warranties unless written notice of such claim shall have been served upon the relevant Seller by the

 

5


  Buyer and/or the Company by the earlier of the completion of a sale, or listing, or by 5.00 p.m. on the day prior to the date which is six years following the date of this deed and the liability of the relevant Seller for any claim specified in such notice shall absolutely determine and cease if legal proceedings have not been instituted in respect of such claim by the due service of legal proceedings within six months of the date of such written notice (unless the amount payable in respect of the relevant claim has been agreed by the relevant Seller within six months of the date of such written notice). For the purpose of this clause 4.5 legal proceedings shall not be deemed to have been commenced unless they shall have been properly issued and validly served upon the Seller.

 

4.6 Save in the case of fraud or fraudulent concealment by a Seller, the aggregate liability of each of the Sellers in respect of all claims (including the proper and reasonable costs of recovery in respect of any claim incurred on behalf of the Buyer and/or the Company) whatsoever under this deed shall not in any circumstances exceed the amount received by that Seller pursuant to this deed and the Escrow Deed.

 

4.7 If the Buyer and/or the Company (as appropriate) becomes aware of any matter giving rise to any claim under the Warranties, it shall give written notice to the relevant Seller and the Company and/or the Buyer (as appropriate) promptly after it became so aware, specifying the matter in reasonable detail and, so far as reasonably practicable, the nature and amount of the claim under the Warranties.

 

4.8 Each of the Sellers acknowledges that, immediately following Completion until such time as the transfer(s) of the Sale Shares have been registered in the register of’ members of the Company in the name of the Buyer, each of the Sellers will hold those Sale Shares registered in his or her name on trust for and as nominee of the Buyer or its nominees and undertakes to hold all dividends and distributions and exercise all voting rights available in respect of those Sale Shares in accordance with the directions of the Buyer or its nominees and if any Seller is in breach of tile undertakings contained in this clause that Seller irrevocably authorises the Buyer to appoint some person or persons to execute all instruments or proxies (including consents to short notice) or other documents which the Buyer or its nominees may reasonably require and which may be necessary to enable the Buyer or its nominees to attend and vote at general meetings of the Company and to do anything or things necessary to give effect to the rights contained in this clause 4.8.

 

4.9 The Buyer acknowledges and agrees that the provisions set out above in clauses 4.2 to 4.8 do not cause or create any legal obligations on the Company and the Company shall have no liability of any kind to the Buyer in respect thereof.

 

5. ASSIGNMENT

 

5.1 This deed is personal to the parties and no party without the prior written consent of the other (a decision in respect of such a consent not to be unreasonably delayed) shall assign, transfer, charge or declare a trust of the benefit of all or any of the other party’s obligations nor any benefit arising under this deed.

 

6


5.2 Any purported assignment, transfer, subcontracting, delegation, charging or dealing in contravention of this clause 5 shall be ineffective.

 

6. GENERAL

 

6.1 The terms of this deed (insofar as not performed at Completion and subject as specifically otherwise provided in this deed) shall continue in force after and notwithstanding Completion. The remedies of the Buyer in respect of any breach of the Warranties shall continue to subsist notwithstanding Completion.

 

6.2 Each of the parties hereto shall bear their own legal, accountancy and other costs, charges and expenses connected with the sale and purchase of the Sale Shares. For the avoidance of doubt, stamp duty shall be payable and borne by the Sellers.

 

6.3 This deed (together with any documents referred to herein) constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto in connection with the subject matter hereof.

 

6.4 If any provision of this deed is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any law, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be in any way affected or impaired thereby.

 

6.5 Following Completion the Sellers shall from time to time forthwith upon request from the Buyer at its own expense do or procure the doing of all such acts and/or execute or procure the execution of all such documents in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Buyer for the purpose of vesting in the Buyer the full legal and beneficial title to the Sale Shares or otherwise to give the Buyer and/or its nominee the full benefit of this deed, subject to any restriction or limitation in this deed on the extent of any party’s obligations under this deed.

 

6.6 This deed and the terms of this deed shall be kept strictly confidential by the parties, save for the disclosure by the Company to its shareholders and Optionholders of this deed and the matters contemplated herein, where the patties otherwise consent or for any other legal or regulatory reason or requirement.

 

6.7 This deed may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by each party on separate counterparts. Each counterpart is an original, but counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of a counterpart of this deed by e-mail attachment or telecopy shall be an effective mode of delivery.

 

6.8 Any notice, demand or other communication given or made or in connection with the matters contemplated by this deed shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally or sent by e-mail or prepaid first class post (air mail if posted to or from a place outside tile United Kingdom):

 

to the Company:   
Address:   

Markit Group Holdings Limited

4th floor

Ropemaker Place

 

7


  

25 Ropemaker Street

London

EC2Y 9LY

Attention:    Rony Grushka
To the Sellers:    to the addresses set out in the Sale Schedule
To the Buyer:   
Address:   

Ogier Employee Benefit Trustee Limited

as trustee of The Markit Group Holdings Limited Employee

Benefit Trust

Ogier House

The Esplanade

St. Helier

Jersey JE4 9WG

Attention:

   Anne Flowers

and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made as follows:

 

  (a) if personally delivered, upon delivery at the address of the relevant party;

 

  (b) if sent by first class post, two Business Days after the date of posting;

 

  (c) if sent by air mail, five Business Days after the date of posting; and

 

  (d) if sent by e-mail, when dispatched provided a receipt of a non-delivery email is not received,

provided that if, in accordance with the above provisions, any such notice, demand or other communication would otherwise be deemed to be given or made after 5.00 p.m. on a Business Day such notice, demand or other communication shall be deemed to be given or made at 9.00 a.m. on the next Business Day.

 

6.9 A party may notify the other parties to this deed of a change to its name, relevant addressee, address or e-mail for the purposes of clause 6.8 provided that such notification shall only be effective on:

 

  (a) the date specified in the notification as the date on which the change is to take place; or

 

  (b) if no date is specified or the date specified is less than five Business Days after the date on which notice is given, the date falling five Business Days after notice of any such change has been given.

 

6.10 This deed (and any dispute, controversy, proceedings or claim of whatever nature arising out at or in any way relating to this deed or its formation) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

8


6.11 Each of the parties to this deed irrevocably agrees that the courts of England and Wales shall have exclusive jurisdiction to hear and decide any suit, action or proceedings, and/or to settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in connection with this deed (respectively, “ Proceedings ” and “ Disputes ”) and, for these purposes, each party irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the courts of England and Wales.

 

6.12 Each party irrevocably waives any objection which it might at any time have to the courts of England and Wales being nominated as the forum to hear and decide any Proceedings and to settle any Disputes and agrees not to claim that the courts of England and Wales are not a convenient or appropriate forum for any such Proceedings or Disputes and further irrevocably agrees that a judgement in any Proceedings or Disputes brought in any court referred to in clauses 6.10, 6.11 and 6.12 shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties and may be enforced in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

6.13 No variation of this deed nor waiver to any provision of this deed shall be valid and effective unless it is in writing and approved by the Company and the Buyer.

 

6.14 Save in the case of fraud or fraudulent concealment, no party shall be entitled to rescind this deed in any circumstances.

 

6.15 The Buyer is entering into this deed solely in its capacity as trustee of the Trust and not otherwise. The Buyer’s liability under this deed is therefore limited at all times to the value of the assets held in the Trust from time to time which are in the Buyer’s possession or under its control as the trustee of the Trust and which have not been appointed or otherwise allocated to a beneficiary of the Trust.

IN WITNESS whereof this deed has been executed on the date first above written.

 

9


Executed as a deed   )
for and on behalf of   )
OGIER EMPLOYEE BENEFIT TRUSTEE LIMITED   )

in its capacity as trustee of the Markit

Group Holdings Limited Employee

Benefit Trust

acting by

 

 

/s/ [illegible]

 

Authorised Signator
/s/ [illegible]

 

Authorised Signatory

 

10


Executed as a deed   )  
for and on behalf of   )  
MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED   )  
acting by Rony Grushka     [/s/ Rony Grushka]

In the presence of:

 

Witness signature:  

/s/ [illegible]

  
Witness name:  

/s/ [illegible]

  
Witness address:  

/s/ [illegible]

  
Witness occupation:  

Solicitor

  

 

11

Exhibit 10.39

Execution Version

 

LOGO

Share Purchase Deed

Ogier Employee Benefit Trustee Limited

and

Markit Group Holdings Limited

and

The Sellers

For the sale and purchase of Shares in the

Capital of Markit Group Holdings Limited

30 August 2012


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE    PAGE  
1. DEFINITIONS      1   
2. SALE AND PURCHASE      3   
3. COMPLETION      4   
4. LIMITED RECOURSE      5   
5. SELLER WARRANTIES      6   
6. ASSIGNMENT      8   
7. GENERAL      8   


THIS DEED is made the 30 day of August 2012

BETWEEN:

 

(1) OGIER EMPLOYEE BENEFIT TRUSTEE LIMITED (No. 78262), a company incorporated in Jersey whose registered office is at Ogier House, The Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey JE4 9WG in its capacity as trustee of the Markit Group Holdings Limited Employee Benefit Trust (the “ Buyer ”);

 

(2) MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED (No. 06240773) whose registered office is at 4th floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY (the “ Company ”); and

 

(3) THE SELLERS whose names are set out in schedule 1 (the “ Sellers ”) and “ Seller ” shall mean any one of them as the context dictates.

WHEREAS:

 

(A) By a trust deed dated 27 January 2010 (the “ Trust Deed ”) made between the Company and the Buyer, a trust known as the Markit Group Holdings Limited Employee Benefit Trust (the “ Trust ”) was established under which the Buyer in its capacity as trustee of the Trust holds the property of the Trust upon discretionary trusts for the Beneficiaries (as defined in the Trust Deed).

 

(B) The Company is undertaking a Liquidity Event (as defined below) pursuant to which the Buyer will purchase Shares from the Sellers upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this deed.

THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In this deed the following expressions shall bear the following meanings unless the context otherwise requires:

Articles ” means the articles of association of the Company (as amended from time to time);

Business Day ” means a day (excluding Saturdays and Sundays) on which banks generally are open in London, Jersey and New York for the transaction of normal banking business;

Completion ” means the completion of this deed in accordance with clause 3 hereof;

Completion Date ” means the date on which the Sale Shares are transferred to the Buyer;

Costs and Expenses ” includes without limitation all relevant taxes (including stamp duty, employment related taxes and employees’ social security contributions), the repayment of loans, exercise costs in respect of Options and Fees, which for each Seller, are set out in columns G to K of schedule 1;

 

1


Deferred Consideration ” means the total aggregate consideration payable by the Buyer to certain of the Sellers in instalments after Completion for the Sale Shares as set out in schedule 2, excluding the payments of the Initial Consideration and after the deduction of Costs and Expenses;

Deferred Consideration Payment Dates ” means the dates on which Deferred Consideration is paid to the Sellers set out in Schedule 2;

Encumbrances ” means any mortgage, charge (fixed or floating), pledge, lien, security or other third party right or interest (legal or equitable) including any right of preemption, assignment by way of security, reservation of title or any other security interest of any kind however created or arising or any other agreement or arrangement (including a sale and repurchase arrangement) having similar effect or restriction over or in respect of the use of the relevant security or right;

Escrow Agent ” has the meaning set out in the Escrow Deed;

Escrow Deed ” means the escrow instruction deed between the Company, the Sellers, the Buyer and Ashurst LLP in the agreed terms;

Fees ” means the 0.5 per cent charge to be levied on the Sellers by the Company on the Gross Consideration receivable;

Form of Authority ” means the forms of authority in the agreed forms circulated to certain shareholders of the Company and to be completed by those Sellers who wish to sell their Shares pursuant to the terms of this deed and containing the Warranties to the Buyer and the Company on the terms set out in clause 5 herein;

Gross Consideration ” means the total aggregate consideration payable by the Buyer to the Sellers for the Sale Shares calculated in accordance with clause 2.4;

Initial Consideration ” means the total aggregate consideration payable by the Buyer to the Sellers for the Sale Shares on Completion as set out in schedule 1;

Letter of Wishes ” means the letter to the Buyer from the Company in the agreed terms;

Loan ” means the advances made by the Company to the Buyer pursuant to the Loan Agreement;

loan Agreement ” means the loan agreement between the Company and the Trustee dated on or about the date hereof in the agreed terms;

Liquidity Event ” means the transfer of the Sale Shares by the Sellers to the Buyer on the terms of this deed;

Markit Share Option Plans ” means the share option plans of the Company as at the date hereof and from time to time;

Options ” means the options granted to Optionholders which have vested and become exercisable pursuant to the Markit Share Option Plans;

 

2


Optionholders ” means the Sellers who are holders of options to acquire Shares pursuant to the Markit Share Option Plans and will exercise Options and sell the resulting Shares in the Liquidity Event;

Qualifying Shareholders ” means the holders of Shares in the Company at the relevant time who are permitted to participate in the Liquidity Event;

Sale ” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

Sale Consideration ” means the total aggregate sum of the Initial Consideration and the Deferred Consideration, payable by the Buyer to the Sellers for the Sale Shares on or after Completion after the deduction of Costs and Expenses and the other deductions to be made pursuant to the terms of this deed;

Sale Shares ” means the Shares that are to be sold by the Sellers to the Buyer pursuant to this deed as set out in schedule 1;

Shares ” means the voting ordinary and non-voting ordinary shares in the capital of the Company owned by each of the Sellers; and

Warranties ” means the warranties given by each of the Sellers to the Buyer and the Company on the terms set out in clause 5.

 

2. SALE AND PURCHASE

 

2.1 Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this deed, the Sellers {as legal and beneficial owners) shall sell and the Buyer shall purchase with effect from the Completion Date the Sale Shares with full title guarantee free from any Encumbrances and together with all accrued benefits and rights attaching thereto.

 

2.2 Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this deed, at Completion the Company shall use reasonable endeavours to procure the sale by the Sellers of their respective Sale Shares.

 

2.3 For the avoidance of doubt, the number of Sale Shares to be purchased pursuant to this deed by the Buyer will be determined by the elections made by the Qualifying Shareholders who participate in the Liquidity Event and the appropriate allocations made by the Company in respect thereof.

 

2.4 The consideration for the sale and purchase of each of the Sale Shares, shall be US$225.65 per Sale Share, before the deduction of Costs and Expenses (the “ Gross Consideration ”).

 

2.5 The Sellers irrevocably consent to the deduction of the Costs and Expenses and the withholding of such sums by the Company and/or the Buyer from the Gross Consideration payable to each Seller as set out in schedule 1.

 

2.6 The Sale Consideration, following the deduction of Costs and Expenses, shall be apportioned between the Sellers in the proportions set out opposite their respective names in schedule 1 and is the aggregate sum of US$484,773,730.91 which shall comprise:

 

3


  (a) the Initial Consideration which shall be paid in accordance with clause 3.3; and

 

  (b) the Deferred Consideration which shall be paid in accordance with clause 3.4.

 

2.7 In respect of the Costs and Expenses withheld {and as further set out in the Escrow Deed), the Sellers, the Company, and the Buyer agree and acknowledge (as applicable) that:

 

  (a) the Company will account to HMRC or the relevant taxation authority for any tax deductions and undertake such actions as required to pay any stamp duty (or equivalents) to validly transfer the Safe Shares to the Buyer as soon as is reasonably practicable;

 

  (b) the Optionholders consent to the Sale Consideration (or the relevant part thereof) owed to them (as indicated in schedule 1) being withheld and used to repay the loan amounts owed by such Optionholders to the Company; and

 

  (c) the amount of Fees owed by such Seller be withheld and paid to the Company.

 

2.8 The Sale Shares so purchased shall be registered in the name of the Trustee or a nominee to be designated by the Trustee and held by the Trustee upon the trusts set out in the Trust Deed, subject to the powers and provisions therein contained, for the benefit of the beneficiaries of the Trust.

 

3. COMPLETION

 

3.1 Completion shall occur at the offices of Ashurst LLP following the execution of this deed and on Completion:

 

  (a) the Company shall deliver to or make available to the Buyer;

 

  (i) transfers in the appropriate form relating to all the Sale Shares duly executed on behalf of each Seller in favour of the Buyer;

 

  (ii) duly executed share certificates from the Sellers;

 

  (iii) share certificates relating to the Sale Shares purchased; and

 

  (iv) copies of this deed, the Loan Agreement, the Letter of Wishes and the Escrow Deed duly executed by the parties thereto (other than the Buyer);

 

  (b) the Company shall deliver to the Sellers a note indicating the amount of Deferred Consideration owed and the due dates for payment of such Deferred Consideration; and

 

  (c) the Buyer shall deliver to the Company copies of this deed, the Loan Agreement, the Letter of Wishes and the Escrow Deed duly executed by the Buyer.

 

4


3.2 The Sellers each irrevocably authorise the Company or such other duly appointed person(s) pursuant to the power of attorney granted in the Form of Authority to duly execute and deliver copies of this deed, the Escrow Deed, transfers in the appropriate form relating to the Sale Shares and such other documents as are required to facilitate the transfer of the Sale Shares to the Buyer and to effect the terms set out in this deed.

 

3.3 As soon as is reasonably practicable following Completion (and as further set out in the Escrow Deed) and upon compliance by the parties with the provisions of clause 3.1 of this deed, the Buyer shall provide for the transfer by CHAPS of the Initial Consideration to the Sellers via the account notified to it by the Company pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Deed.

 

3.4 The Company will procure that the Deferred Consideration shall be paid to the relevant (Sellers at the time(s) (i.e. the Deferred Consideration Payment Dates) and in the amounts set out in schedule 2 in accordance with the provisions of the Escrow Deed. Notwithstanding the provisions of this clause 3.4, the Company may at its sole discretion notify the Buyer in writing that it wishes, all or any of the Deferred Consideration to be paid at a time in advance of the due dates for payment to the Sellers, in which case the Company shall accelerate payment of the relevant advances to the Buyer under the Loan Agreement. The Company shall notify the Sellers as soon as reasonably practicable in advance if payment of the Deferred Consideration is to be accelerated.

 

3.5 The Sellers and the Buyer acknowledge and agree that the Deferred Consideration will be an unsecured debt of the Company which may be, at the Company’s sole discretion, subordinated to any finance facility entered into by the Company. Where any subordination or any similar event occurs which may impact on the Company’s ability to make advances to the Buyer under the Loan Agreement, the Company shall notify the Buyer in writing in advance.

 

3.6 The Company agrees with the Sellers that it will not (without the consent of the Sellers who are owed Deferred Consideration}, until such time as the Deferred Consideration is paid in full pay any dividends to shareholders.

 

3.7 The Sellers acknowledge and agree that the Buyer shall only be liable to the Sellers for any Sale Consideration due under this deed to the extent that the relevant amounts (to meet in full the payments of the Initial Consideration and Deferred Consideration due to the Sellers) are transferred by the Company to the Buyer pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement and the Escrow Deed. In particular and without prejudice to the foregoing, the Sellers acknowledge and agree that the Buyer shall have no liability to the Sellers if the Company fails to pay or makes late or partial payment of any advance due to be paid by the Company to the Buyer under the Loan Agreement.

 

3.8 The parties hereto each acknowledge and agree that the Sellers recourse in the event of any late, partial or non-payment of the Sale Consideration shall be to the Company.

 

4. LIMITED RECOURSE

 

4.1

The Buyer is entering into this deed solely in its capacity as trustee of the Trust and not otherwise. The Buyer’s liability under this deed is therefore limited at all times to

 

5


  the value of the Sale Consideration and then only to the extent that the amounts of the relevant tranches of Initial Consideration and Deferred Consideration are transferred by the Company to the Buyer pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement and the Escrow Deed.

 

4.2 The Company hereby releases and covenants to indemnify, keep indemnified and hold harmless the Buyer, its successors and assigns and each of its partners, employees, officers and agents and their respective heirs, assigns personal representatives and estates against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands, costs, expenses, loss, damage and liabilities whatsoever and wheresoever arising which they may suffer or incur directly or indirectly in connection with the performance of their obligations under this deed, the Loan Agreement and the Escrow Deed, and whether the same shall be enforceable in law or not and in particular (but without prejudice to the foregoing) all taxes, duties and fiscal impositions (including all interest, costs, charges and expenses or other sums incurred in connection therewith) by the revenue authorities of any government in any part of the world, except any arising out of their respective fraud or wilful default.

 

4.3 For the avoidance of doubt, the Company and the Sellers shall have no recourse to any assets of the Trust which were held in the trust fund on or prior to the date of this deed or which are subsequently acquired by the Buyer, other than as set out in clause 4.1 above.

 

4.4 Under no circumstances shall the Buyer be liable for any default of the Escrow Agent in making payments to the Sellers or otherwise under the Escrow Deed, including for the avoidance of doubt, in relation to any late payments.

 

5. SELLER WARRANTIES

 

5.1 The Sellers each severally (and not jointly and severally) warrant to the Buyer and the Company in the following terms as at Completion that:

 

  (a) he/she is the only legal and beneficial owner of the Sale Shares to be sold by him/her;

 

  (b) there is no Encumbrance in relation to any of the Sale Shares to be sold by him/her; and that he/she will indemnify the Buyer and the Company against all claims, demands, liabilities, losses, costs, charges and expenses that may be brought against or suffered or incurred by the Buyer and/or the Company arising out of or in connection with its share certificate(s) still being in existence or the issue of a duplicate certificate with respect to its Sale Shares.

 

  (c) he/she is entitled to transfer or procure the transfer of the full legal and beneficial ownership of the Sale Shares to be sold by him/her to the Buyer on the terms set out in this deed;

 

  (d)

neither the sale by the Seller of his/her Safe Shares as contemplated by this deed, nor the execution, delivery or performance of any of the other documents to which the Seller is or will become a party, the consummation by the Seller of the transactions contemplated thereby, nor the compliance by the Seller with any of the provisions of this deed and/or the other documents to which he/she is or will become a party will, in each case in any material

 

6


  respect result in any breach of any terms, conditions or provisions of any contract or undertaking to which the Seller is a party; and

 

  (e) there are no proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Seller, threatened against the Seller that would reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Seller’s sale of his/her Sale Shares or prevent or materially delay completion thereof. The Seller is not subject to any outstanding order that could materially and adversely affect the Seller’s sale of his/her Sale Shares.

 

5.2 Each of the Warranties shall be construed as a separate warranty, and (unless expressly c provided to the contrary) shall not be limited by the terms of any of the other Warranties or by any other term of this deed.

 

5.3 Nothing in this clause 5 shall exclude or limit liability in respect of claims arising directly out of any statements made fraudulently or arising as a direct result of fraudulent concealment by any of the Sellers.

 

5.4 Save in the case of fraud or fraudulent concealment by a Seller, a Seller shall be under no liability in respect of any claim under the Warranties unless written notice of such claim shall have been served upon the relevant Seller by the Buyer and/or the Company by the earlier of the completion of a sale or listing, or by 5.00 p.m. on the day prior to the date which is six years following the date of this deed and the liability of the relevant Seller for any claim specified in such notice shall absolutely determine and cease if legal proceedings have not been instituted in respect of such claim by the due service of legal proceedings within six months of the date of such written notice (unless the amount payable in respect of the relevant claim has been agreed by the relevant Seller within six months of the date of such written notice). For the purpose of this clause 5.4 legal proceedings shall not be deemed to have been commenced unless they shall have been properly issued and validly served upon the Seller.

 

5.5 Save in the case of fraud or fraudulent concealment by a Seller, the aggregate liability of each of the Sellers in respect of all claims (including the proper and reasonable costs of recovery in respect of any claim incurred on behalf of the Buyer and/or the Company) whatsoever under this deed shall not in any circumstances exceed the Sale Consideration receivable by that Seller pursuant to this deed and the Escrow Deed.

 

5.6 If the Buyer and/or the Company (as appropriate) becomes aware of any matter giving rise to any claim under the Warranties, it shall give written notice to the relevant Seller and the Company and/or the Buyer (as appropriate) promptly after it became so aware, specifying the matter in reasonable detail and, so far as reasonably practicable, the nature and amount of the claim under the Warranties.

 

5.7

Each of the Sellers acknowledges that, immediately following Completion until such time as the transfer(s) of the Sale Shares have been registered in the register of members of the Company in the name of the Buyer, each of the Sellers will hold those Sale Shares registered in his or her name on trust for and as nominee of the Buyer or its nominee(s) and undertakes to hold all dividends and distributions and exercise all voting rights available in respect of those Sale Shares in accordance with the directions of the Buyer or its nominee(s) and if any Seller is in breach of the undertakings contained in this clause that Seller irrevocably authorises the Buyer to appoint some person or persons to execute all instruments or proxies (including

 

7


  consents to short notice) or other documents which the Buyer or its nominee(s) may reasonably require and which may be necessary to enable the Buyer or its nominee(s) to attend and vote at genera! meetings of the Company and to do anything or things necessary to give effect to the rights contained in this clause 5.7.

 

6. ASSIGNMENT

 

6.1 This deed is personal to the parties and no party without the prior written consent of the other parties (a decision in respect of such a consent not to be unreasonably delayed) shall assign, transfer, charge or declare a trust of the benefit of all or any of such party’s obligations nor any benefit arising to it under this deed.

 

6.2 Any purported assignment, transfer, charging or declaration in contravention of this clause 6 shall be ineffective.

 

7. GENERAL

 

7.1 The terms of this deed (insofar as not performed at Completion and subject as specifically otherwise provided in this deed) shall continue in force after and notwithstanding Completion. The remedies of the Buyer and/or the Company in respect of any breach of the Warranties shall continue to subsist notwithstanding Completion.

 

7.2 Save as set out in Schedule 1, each of the parties hereto shall bear their own legal, accountancy and other costs, charges and expenses connected with the sale and purchase of the Sale Shares. For the avoidance of doubt, stamp duty, which forms part of the Costs and Expenses, shall be payable and borne by the Sellers as set out in schedule 1.

 

7.3 This deed (together with the Escrow Instruction Deed, the Loan Agreement and the Letter of Wishes) constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto in connection with the subject matter hereof.

 

7.4 If any provision of this deed is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any law, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be in any way affected or impaired thereby.

 

7.5 Following Completion the Sellers shall from time to time as soon as is reasonably practicable upon reasonable request from the Buyer and/or the Company at their own expense do or procure the doing of all such acts and/or execute or procure the execution of all such documents in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Buyer and/or the Company for the purpose of vesting in the Buyer the full legal and beneficial title to the Sale Shares or otherwise to give the Buyer and/or its nominee(s) the full benefit of this deed, subject to any restriction or limitation in this deed on the extent of any party’s obligations under this deed.

 

7.6 This deed and the terms of this deed shall be kept strictly confidential by the parties, save for:

 

  (a) the disclosure by the Company to its shareholders of this deed and the matters contemplated herein; or

 

  (b) where the parties otherwise consent; or

 

8


  (c) for any other legal or regulatory reason or requirement; or

 

  (d) the disclosure or use is required or made by a member of the Institutional Sellers Group in relation to its ownership of any shares not sold pursuant to this liquidity event; or

 

  (e) the disclosure is made to professional advisers on a need-to-know basis and on the terms that the relevant Seller procures that such professional advisers comply with the confidentiality provisions as if they were a party to this Deed.

 

7.7 This deed may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by each party on separate counterparts. Each counterpart is an original, but all counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of a counterpart of this deed by e-mail attachment or telecopy shall be an effective mode of delivery.

 

7.8 Any notice, demand or other communication given or made or in connection with the matters contemplated by this deed shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally or sent by e-mail or prepaid first class post (air mail if posted to or from a place outside the United Kingdom):

to the Company:

 

Address:   

Markit Group Holdings Limited

4th floor

Ropemaker Place

  

25 Ropemaker Street

London EC2Y 9LY

Attention:    Rony Grushka
To the Sellers:    to the addresses set out in schedule 1

To the Buyer:

 

Address:   

Ogier Employee Benefit Trustee Limited

as trustee of The Markit Group Holdings Limited

Employee Benefit Trust

Ogier House

  

The Esplanade

St. Helier

Jersey JE4 9WG

Attention:    Anne Flowers

and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made as follows:

 

  (a) if personally delivered, upon delivery at the address of the relevant party;

 

  (b) if sent by first class post, two Business Days after the date of posting;

 

  (c) if sent by air mail, five Business Days after the date of posting; and

 

  (d) if sent by e-mail, when dispatched provided a receipt of a non-delivery email is not received,

 

9


provided that if, in accordance with the above provisions, any such notice, demand or other communication would otherwise be deemed to be given or made after 5.00 p.m. on a Business Day such notice, demand or other communication shall be deemed to be given or made at 9.00 a.m. on the next Business Day.

 

7.9 A party may notify the other parties to this deed of a change to its name, relevant addressee, address or e-mail for the purposes of clause 7.8 provided that such notification shall only be effective on:

 

  (a) the date specified in the notification as the date on which the change is to take place; or

 

  (b) if no date is specified or the date specified is less than five Business Days after the date on which notice is given, the date falling five Business Days after notice of any such change has been given.

 

7.10 This deed (and any dispute, controversy, proceedings, non-contractual obligations or claim of whatever nature arising out of, in any way relating to or in connection with this deed or its formation), shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

7.11 The courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to hear and decide any suit, action or proceedings, and/or to settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in connection with this deed (respectively, “ Proceedings ” and “ Disputes ”) and, for these purposes, each party irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the courts of England. This clause 7.11 is for the benefit of the Buyer, the Company and those of the Sellers that are resident in the UK (the “ UK Sellers ”) only. As a result, the Buyer, the Company and the UK Sellers shall not be prevented from taking Proceedings relating to a Dispute against any party who is not resident in the UK in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Buyer and/or the Company and/or the UK Sellers may take concurrent Proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

7.12 Subject to clause 7.11, each of the Sellers, the Buyer and the Company irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the courts of England and waives any objection to Proceedings in any such court on the ground of venue or on the ground that Proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum. Each of the Sellers, the Buyer and the Company further irrevocably agrees that a judgement in any Proceedings or Disputes brought in any court referred to in clauses 7.11 and 7.12 shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties and may be enforced in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

7.13 Save in the case of fraud or fraudulent concealment, no party shall be entitled to rescind this deed in any circumstances.

IN WITNESS whereof this deed has been executed on the date first above written.

 

10


Executed as a deed   )     
for and on behalf of   )     

OGIER EMPLOYEE BENEFIT

TRUSTEE LIMITED in its capacity as

trustee of the Markit Group Holdings

Limited Employee Benefit Trust

  )     

acting by

      

/s/ [illegible]

      
Authorised Signatory       

/s/ [illegible]

      
Authorised Signatory       

 

11


Executed as a deed   )     
for and on behalf of   )     
MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED   )     
acting by        [/s/ Illegible]

In the presence of:

 

Witness signature:  

/s/ Amy Vincent

Witness name:  

AMY VINCENT

 

Witness address:

 

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

Witness occupation:  

Trainee Solicitor

 

12


SELLERS

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for        
WAQAS AHMAD                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:        
Witness Signature:          
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent        
Witness address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

       
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                            

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
KYLE BEAUCHAMP   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:          
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                                  

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
LOUISE BORGENSTIERA   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:          
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                                  

 

13


Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
ELIZABETH BORST (MANKOWSKI)   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:          
Witness Signature:            
 

/s /Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                                  

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
MATTHIJS BROUWER   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:          
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                                  

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
TRINA BROWN   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:          
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                                  

 

14


Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
DAVID CRAMMOND   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:          
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                                  

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
SANDEEP DHINGRA   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:          
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                                  

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
DORIAN DO   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:          
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                                  

 

15


Signed as a deed under power of attorney for  

)

   
STEPHAN FLAGEL  

)

            [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:      
Witness Signature:        
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

   
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent      
Witness address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

     
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                              

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for  

)

   
AAMIR KHAN  

)

            [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:      
Witness Signature:        
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

   
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent      
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

     
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                              

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )    
MARK KNILL   )             [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:      
Witness Signature:        
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

   
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent      
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

     
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                              

 

16


Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )    
SALMA GHANIA LAIDOUDI   )             [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:      
Witness Signature:        
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

   
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent      
Witness address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

     
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                              

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )    
BRIAN LOCASCIO   )             [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:      
Witness Signature:        
 

/s/Amy Vincent

   
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent      
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

     
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                              

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )    
SIMON MARSHALL UNITT   )             [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:      
Witness Signature:        
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

   
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent      
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

     
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                              

 

17


Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )    
DAVID MASON   )             [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:      
Witness Signature:        
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

   
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent      
Witness address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

     
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                              

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )    
ROBERT MASON   )             [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:      
Witness Signature:        
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

   
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent      
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

     
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                              

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )    
KIMIHIKO MATSUNO   )             [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:      
Witness Signature:        
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

   
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent      
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

     
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                              

 

18


Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )    
FEMI ORANGUN   )             [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:      
Witness Signature:        
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

   
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent      
Witness address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

     
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                              

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )    
RICHARD MARK PADDLE   )             [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:      
Witness Signature:        
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

   
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent      
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

     
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                              

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )    
HENRI PEGERON   )             [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:      
Witness Signature:        
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

   
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent      
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

     
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                              

 

19


Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
THOMAS PHILLIPS   )                 [/s/Illegible]                        
In the presence of:          
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR          

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
ANDREW PRENDERGAST   )                 [/s/Illegible]                        
In the presence of:          
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR          

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
CAROLINE RHODES   )                 [/s/Illegible]                        
In the presence of:          
Witness Signature:               
    

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:      Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:     

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:      TRAINEE SOLICITOR          

 

20


Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
MICHAEL RUSSELL   )        
In the presence of:          
Witness Signature:             
  

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:    Amy Vincent          
Witness address:   

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:    TRAINEE SOLICITOR          

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
GILES SARTON   )        
In the presence of:          
Witness Signature:             
  

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:    Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:   

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:    TRAINEE SOLICITOR          

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
ALISTAIR SYKES   )        
In the presence of:          
Witness Signature:             
  

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:    Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:   

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:    TRAINEE SOLICITOR          

 

21


Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
TEEPWOOD LIMITED   )        
In the presence of:          
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR          

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
REINO TRUUMES   )        
In the presence of:          
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR          

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
DEB WINSON   )        
In the presence of:          
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR          

 

22


Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )                   [/s/ Illegible]                        
FLORIS ALKEMADE   )          
In the presence of:            
Witness Signature:              
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

         
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent            
Witness address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

           
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR            

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
EDWARD BARLOW   )        
In the presence of:          
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR          

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
MICHAEL BEDFORD   )        
In the presence of:          
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR          

 

23


Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
NIALL CAMERON   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:          
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR          

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
THOMAS CHARLESWORTH   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:          
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR          

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
ANDREW CHASEN   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:          
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR          

 

24


Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
PENNY DAVENPORT   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:          
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR          

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
JAN DE ROECK   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:          
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR          

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
JAMES HESKETH PRICHARD   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:          
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR          

 

25


Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
CHARLES LONGDEN   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:   )        
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                              

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
TOM PRICE   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:   )        
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                              

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
MARY RODY   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:   )        
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                              

 

26


Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
NISHUL SAPERIA   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:   )        
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                              

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
LEO SCHLINKERT   )        

        [/s/ Illegible]                         

In the presence of:   )        
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                              

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
MELCHIOR VAN WIJLEN   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:   )        
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                              

 

27


Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
MARC VISSER   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:   )        
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                                  

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
NICOLA VON SCHROETER   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:   )        
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                                  

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
CHEYNE SPECIAL SITUATIONS FUND L.P.   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:   )        
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                                  

 

28


Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
CHEYNE VISTA FUND LP   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:   )        
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                                  

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
CITIGROUP FINANCIAL PRODUCTS, INC.   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:   )        
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                                  

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:   )        
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                                  

 

29


Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
COMMERZBANK AG (FRANKFURT BRANCH)   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:   )        
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                                  

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
COMMERZBANK AG (LONDON BRANCH)   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:   )        
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                                  

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
CREDIT AGRICOLE CIB (FORMERLY CALYON)   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:   )        
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                                  

 

30


Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
DB UK HOLDINGS LIMITED   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:   )        
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                                  

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:   )        
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                                  

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
LABMORGAN CORPORATION   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:   )        
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                                  

 

31


Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
LABMORGAN INVESTMENT CORPORATION   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:   )        
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                                  

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:   )        
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                                  

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:   )        
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                                  

 

32


Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
WF INVESTMENT HOLDINGS, LLC   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:   )        
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                                  

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
TIM BARKER   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:   )        
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                                  

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
TRUSTEES OF THE SETTLEMENT OF V. PRICE   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:   )        
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                                  

 

33


Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        
JOHN PRICE   )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:   )        
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                                  

 

Signed as a deed under power of attorney for   )        

CARTLIDE MORLAND TRUSTEES LTD

AND JOHN AIDAN JOSEPH PRICE

  )                 [/s/ Illegible]                        
In the presence of:   )        
Witness Signature:            
 

/s/ Amy Vincent

       
Witness Name:   Amy Vincent          
Witness Address:  

Ashurst LLP

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2HA

United Kingdom

         
Witness Occupation:   TRAINEE SOLICITOR                                  

 

34

Exhibit 10.40

Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The copy filed herewith

omits the information subject to the confidentiality request. Omissions are designated as

*****. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the SEC.

EXECUTION VERSION

DERIV/SERV SUPPORT AGREEMENT

This Deriv/SERV Support Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of April 2, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and among DTCC Deriv/SERV LLC, a New York limited liability company (“ Deriv/SERV ”), The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation, a New York corporation (“ DTCC ”), and MarkitSERV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”). Deriv/SERV and DTCC are each a “ Provider ” and shall collectively be referred to as the “ Providers ”. The Providers and the Company are each a “ Party ” and shall collectively be referred to as the “ Parties ”.

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, Deriv/SERV, DTCC Ventures Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Markit North America, Inc., a Delaware corporation and MarkitSERV Holdings Limited, a corporation formed under the laws of England and Wales, have entered into a Share Purchase Agreement dated April 2, 2013 (the “ Share Purchase Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement, it was agreed that the Parties would enter into this Agreement pursuant to which the Providers shall provide the Services (as defined below) to the Company all in accordance with, and as set forth in more detail in, this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties, for themselves, their successors and assigns, hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

SERVICES

1.1 Transition Services . Deriv/SERV and DTCC shall provide to the Company and its subsidiaries the following services and support (the “ Transition Services ”) in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement:

1.1.1 legal services and support, as set forth on Schedule A1 ;

1.1.2 transitional billing, as set forth on Schedule A2 ; and

1.1.3 settlement and collection, as set forth on Schedule A3 .

1.2 Long Term Services . Deriv/SERV and DTCC shall provide to the Company and its subsidiaries the following services and support (the “ Long Term Services ” and, together with the Transition Services, the “ Services ”) in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement:

1.2.1 access to and support of networking and data center hosting for the Company’s information technology systems, as set forth on Schedule B1 ;


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

1.2.2 long term Tier 2 customer service, as set forth on Schedule B2 ;

1.2.3 ADM mainframe services, as set forth on Schedule B3 ; and

1.2.4 mainframe billing, as set forth on Schedule B4 .

1.3 Provision of Services . The Providers shall, themselves or through any of their affiliates, perform and deliver all Services as detailed in the Schedules referred to in Sections 1.1 and 1.2 above (collectively, the “ Schedules ”). For purposes of the Schedules, references to the Company shall include the Company and its subsidiaries. ******************************************** ************************************************************************************************************ ************************************************************************************************************ ************************************************************************************************************ ************************************************************************************************************ ************************************************************************************************************ **************************************************************

1.4 Duration of Services . Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each Provider of a Service shall provide such Service to the Company until the date on which such Service is terminated as provided in the applicable Schedule or otherwise pursuant to Article 5.

1.5 Outsourcing . It is contemplated that the Services shall be performed solely by the Providers or their respective affiliates. To the extent that a Provider desires to outsource or subcontract the performance of any Service (or otherwise engage a third party service provider to provide any Service), such Provider shall obtain written authorization from the Company (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) before incurring any costs therefor; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require such Provider to obtain written authorization from the Company to engage one or more consultants or advisors to assist it in providing any Service.

ARTICLE 2

MIGRATION OF SERVICES; COSTS; OTHER CHARGES

2.1 Migration of Services . The Parties hereby acknowledge that one of the primary purposes of this Agreement and the provision of Services under this Agreement is to enable the Company to develop either independently or through relationships with third party vendors, services in replacement of the Services provided by the Providers. At the reasonable request of, and at no cost to, the Company, the Providers will provide the Company with reasonable support to assist the Company in transitioning each Service within the timeframe set forth in the applicable Schedule. This support may include, at the Providers’ sole cost and expense, (a) providing the Company with reasonable access to the personnel of the Providers and (b) providing the Company with reasonable access to documents or information in the possession

 

2

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

or control of the Providers and the right to make copies and extracts therefrom, in each case, to the extent related to the Services.

2.2 Fees . The compensation for Services provided by each Provider to the Company shall be set forth on the applicable Schedule, *************************************************************************************************** ************************************************************************************************************ ************************************************************************************************************ ************************************************************************************************************ *********************************

2.3 Changes in Long Term Services . Unless otherwise mutually agreed to by the Parties, beginning no later than February 1 of each calendar year starting in calendar year 2014, the Parties shall consult together to review the Long Term Services that will be provided as of the start of the following calendar year. This consultation process shall be conducted by the Parties in good faith and in a reasonable manner, and if the Parties mutually agree to change any Long Term Service, then no later than April 1 of each calendar year starting in calendar year 2014, the Parties shall execute a writing in the form of the Schedules (or other appropriate form), which shall constitute an amendment of this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.8, setting forth (a) any changes to the Long Term Services to which the Parties agree, (b) the service change fees to be paid to the Providers in connection with the change of such Long Term Services and (c) the fees to be paid to the Providers for the provision of any such Long Term Services. For the avoidance of doubt, except as provided in this Section 2.3 or in the applicable Schedule, the Company shall not reduce its usage of any of the Services.

2.4 Invoicing and Settlement .

2.4.1 Except as otherwise provided in the Schedules, each Provider shall invoice the Company on a monthly basis, in arrears, for the previous month’s Services.

2.4.2 The Company agrees to pay amounts due within forty five (45) days after the date of invoice.

2.4.3 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company disputes in good faith and in writing, within thirty (30) days of receipt of a Provider’s invoice, the amount reflected on such invoice, it may withhold payment of such disputed amount (the Company shall pay the undisputed portion (if any) of such invoice as provided in Section 2.4.2). In the event of such a dispute, representatives of the Company and the applicable Provider shall promptly meet and use reasonable efforts to resolve the dispute, and the Company shall pay the agreed amounts owed to the applicable Provider within five (5) days of resolution of any such dispute. In the event that representatives of the Company and the applicable Provider are unable to resolve the dispute, either the Company or the applicable Provider may then submit the dispute to binding arbitration under the auspices of the International Centre for Dispute Resolution (the “ ICDR ”) in accordance with its International Arbitration Rules by a panel of three arbitrators, one chosen by the Company, one chosen by the applicable Provider and one (who shall be the chairman of the panel)

 

3

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

chosen by the other two arbitrators. Such arbitrators shall not be limited to persons on the rosters maintained by the ICDR but rather may include all persons of demonstrated expertise in international financial services matters.

ARTICLE 3

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

3.1 Ownership of Work Product .

3.1.1 Intellectual Property . For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Intellectual Property ” shall mean, on a worldwide basis, all: (a) inventions, whether or not patentable, reduced to practice or made the subject of one or more pending patent applications, (b) patents and patent applications (including all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, extensions and reexaminations thereof) registered or applied for in the United States and all other nations throughout the world and all improvements to the inventions disclosed in each such registration, patent or patent application, (c) trademarks, service marks, trade dress, logos, domain names, trade names and corporate names (whether or not registered) in the United States and all other nations throughout the world, including all variations, derivations, combinations, registrations and applications for registration of the foregoing and all goodwill associated therewith, (d) copyrights (whether or not registered) and registrations and applications for registration thereof in the United States and all other nations throughout the world, including all derivative works, moral rights, renewals, extensions, reversions or restorations associated with such copyrights, now or hereafter provided by law, regardless of the medium of fixation or means of expression, (e) all computer software, (including data and related documentation), computer software programs or applications in both source and object code form, databases, data collections and technical documentation of all such software programs; firmware, files, schematics, logic diagrams, flow charts, designs, models, algorithms, routines, sub-routines, engineering and product specifications, program and system logic, program architecture, program structure, sequence and organization, listings, screen displays, languages, compilers, testing routines and procedures, test results, training materials, all media on which any of the foregoing is recorded; all technology and tools used to design, develop, test, support, maintain and diagnose errors in the software; all updates, upgrades, modifications, enhancements, improvements and derivatives of the foregoing and all other information and technical data related to the ownership, use, design, development, testing, enhancement, support and/or maintenance of the software (collectively, the “ Software ”), (f) trade secrets and, whether or not confidential, know-how, (g) copies and intangible and tangible embodiments of any of the foregoing, in whatever form or medium, (h) all rights to obtain and rights to apply for patents, and to register trademarks and copyrights, (i) all rights in all of the foregoing provided by treaties, conventions and common law or otherwise and (j) all rights to sue or recover and retain damages and costs and attorneys’ fees for past, present and future infringement or misappropriation of any of the foregoing.

3.1.2 Provider Intellectual Property . The Intellectual Property of each Provider and its affiliates used in connection with the provision of Services to the

 

4

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Company, whether or not created prior to the date of this Agreement (“ Provider Intellectual Property ”), shall remain the property of such Provider or its affiliates, as applicable, and no rights therein shall be assigned or granted to the Company, other than as expressly provided herein. To the extent that any Provider Intellectual Property is required to be used by the Company in connection with the provision of the Services hereunder, each Provider, for itself and as agent for its affiliates, hereby grants to the Company a perpetual, non- exclusive, limited, nontransferable, nonsublicensable (except as provided in the last sentence of this Section 3.1.2), ************ license to use such Provider Intellectual Property of such Provider or its affiliates solely in connection with the use of such Provider’s Services. For the sake of clarity, the Company may continue to use such Provider Intellectual Property of such Provider or its affiliates in connection with such Services even if such Provider is no longer providing such Services; and, if a third party is engaged by the Company to provide such Services to the Company, and, in connection therewith, such Provider Intellectual Property is required to be used by such third party, the Company may grant to such third party a non-exclusive, limited, nontransferable, nonsublicensable, ************ sublicense to use such Provider Intellectual Property solely in connection with the provision of Services by such third party to the Company pursuant to a sublicense agreement among the Company, such third party and such Provider having terms reasonably satisfactory to such Provider, including, without limitation, that the Provider Intellectual Property will be (a) used only for Services rendered by such third party to the Company, (b) kept confidential and (c) returned to the Company at the conclusion of the engagement.

3.1.3 Work Product . ******************************************************************************** ******************************************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************************************* *******************************************************************************************************

3.1.4 Third Party Licensing . Certain systems and Software are used by the Providers under license agreements between the Providers and various vendors (“ Existing License Agreements ”). The provision of the Services is contingent upon the rights granted in the Existing License Agreements. To the extent authorized by a vendor pursuant to an Existing License Agreement, the Providers hereby pass through to the Company any and all warranties accompanying such third party systems and Software used in connection with the Services. To provide the applicable Services using such systems and Software, the Providers may be required by the terms of the Existing License Agreements to negotiate new license agreements, consents or amendments to the Existing License Agreements, or the Company may be required to enter into new agreements directly with

 

5

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

the vendors. The Providers and the Company shall use reasonable commercial efforts to obtain or cooperate in obtaining, at the lowest possible cost, any such new license agreements, consents and amendments to the extent needed to provide the Services. All costs incurred in connection with obtaining any such new license agreements, consents or amendments shall be paid by the Providers. If any such new license agreement, consent or amendment cannot be obtained at reasonable cost, the Providers and the Company shall use reasonable commercial efforts to ensure that the Company receives a benefit as nearly comparable to the Existing Licenses Agreements as practicable.

ARTICLE 4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

4.1 Representations and Warranties . Each Party represents and warrants that: (a) it has all requisite limited liability company or corporate power and authority, as applicable, to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and (b) it has not entered into any agreement in conflict with this Agreement.

4.2 Limitation of Liability and Indemnity .

4.2.1 OTHER THAN WITH RESPECT TO A PROVIDER’S INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, IN NO EVENT WILL (A) ANY PROVIDER BE LIABLE TO THE COMPANY FOR ANY TYPE OF INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOST REVENUE, LOST PROFITS, REPLACEMENT GOODS, LOSS OF TECHNOLOGY, RIGHTS OR SERVICES, LOSS OF DATA, OR INTERRUPTION OR LOSS OF USE OF SERVICES OR EQUIPMENT EVEN IF SUCH PARTY WAS ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, AND WHETHER ARISING UNDER A THEORY OF CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE AND (B) *********************************************************** ************************************************************************************************ ************************************************************************************************** **************************************************************************************************** ************************************************************************************************

4.2.2 OTHER THAN WITH RESPECT TO A PARTY’S INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, NO PARTY SHALL HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO ANY OTHER PARTY HEREUNDER, WHETHER DIRECT OR INDIRECT, AND WHETHER ARISING UNDER A THEORY OF CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EXCEPT FOR DAMAGES WHICH HAVE RESULTED FROM THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE, WILLFUL DEFAULT OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF SUCH PARTY OR ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES.

 

6

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

4.2.3 Each Provider agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Company and any of its affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees, representatives and agents from and against any and all claims, actions, demands, legal proceedings or liabilities (collectively, “ Actions ”), and the damages, losses, judgments, authorized settlements, costs or expenses, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees, resulting therefrom (collectively, “ Losses ”), arising out of, or in connection with, any third party claim:

4.2.3.1 that the Services and/or Work Product provided by such Provider (except to the extent of any design, information, content, data or materials provided by the Company or a third party) infringes or misappropriates any Intellectual Property right of such third party;

4.2.3.2 that the Services and/or Work Product provided by such Provider caused bodily injury (including death) or damaged real or tangible personal property;

4.2.3.3 that the Services and/or Work Product provided by such Provider violated any governmental laws, rules, ordinances, or regulations applicable to such Provider; or

4.2.3.4 that arises from the gross negligence, willful default or willful misconduct of such Provider or its subcontractors in connection with the Services rendered by such Provider.

4.2.4 The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Provider and any of its affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees, representatives and agents, from and against any and all Actions or Losses arising out of, or in connection with, any third party claim:

4.2.4.1 that any design, information, content, data or materials provided by the Company in connection with any Service provided hereunder infringes or misappropriates any Intellectual Property right of such third party;

4.2.4.2 arising out of or in connection with the Company’s misuse of any Services, Provider Intellectual Property and/or Work Product;

4.2.4.3 arising out of or in connection with any violation by the Company of any governmental laws, rules, ordinances or regulations applicable to the Company;

4.2.4.4 that the Company caused bodily injury (including death) or damaged real or tangible personal property; or

4.2.4.5 that arises from the gross negligence, willful default or willful misconduct of the Company or its subcontractors in connection with any Services provided hereunder.

 

7

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

4.3 Indemnification Procedures .

4.3.1 In the event that any Action shall be instituted or threatened in respect of which indemnity may be sought by a person hereunder (an “ Indemnitee ”), such Indemnitee shall promptly notify the person against which a claim for indemnification is being asserted (“Indemnitor”) thereof in writing. Failure to provide such notice promptly shall not affect the Indemnitor’s obligations hereunder except to the extent that the Indemnitor is actually prejudiced thereby.

4.3.2 The Indemnitor shall have the right to control the defense of any such Action, and, in connection therewith, to retain counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee, at the Indemnitor’s expense, to represent the Indemnitee. The Indemnitor shall keep the Indemnitee advised of the status of such Action and the defense thereof and shall consider in good faith recommendations made by the Indemnitee with respect thereto.

4.3.3 In connection with any such Action, the Indemnitee shall have the right to retain its own counsel at its own expense to participate in (but not control) the defense; provided, however, that the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be reimbursed by the Indemnitor if (a) the Action is one for which indemnity may be sought by an Indemnitee pursuant to this Article 4 and the Indemnitor shall have failed, within a reasonable time after having been notified of the existence of such Action, to assume, and thereafter diligently prosecute, the defense thereof, or (b) the named parties to any such Action include both the Indemnitor and such Indemnitee and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that, with respect to any legal expenses of the Indemnitee subject to reimbursement by the Indemnitor pursuant to this Article 4, the Indemnitor shall not be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one law firm (in addition to any required local counsel) and that all fees and expenses of such counsel shall be paid as they are incurred and billed.

4.3.4 The Indemnitor shall not be liable for the settlement of any Action effected without its written consent, but if an Action is settled with its consent or if there is a final judgment against the Indemnitee, the Indemnitor shall indemnify the Indemnitee to the extent provided in this Article 4. The Indemnitor shall not effect any settlement of any Action in respect of which an Indemnitee is seeking indemnification hereunder without the prior written consent of such Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed by such Indemnitee), unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnitee from all liability and claims that are the subject matter of such Action.

4.3.5 As necessary or useful to effecting the foregoing procedures, the Indemnitor shall cooperate with the Indemnitee in the execution and delivery of agreements, instruments and other documents and in the provision of access to witnesses, documents and property (including access to perform interviews, physical investigations or other activities).

 

8

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

ARTICLE 5

TERM AND TERMINATION

5.1 Term . Except as otherwise provided herein or as otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties (including in a Schedule), this Agreement shall remain in effect for a period of ********** from the date hereof unless terminated earlier by mutual agreement of the Parties. To the extent the term of a Service is set forth on a particular Schedule, the obligation of the Provider of such Service to provide or procure such Service shall terminate on the date set forth on the Schedule.

5.2 Termination .

5.2.1 Subject to the provisions of the applicable Schedule, the Company may terminate a Provider’s obligation to provide or procure any Service if the Provider shall have failed to perform any of its material obligations under this Agreement relating to any such Service, and the Company shall have notified Provider in writing of such failure and, to the extent susceptible to cure, such failure shall have continued for a period of forty-five (45) days after receipt of such written notice.

5.2.2 Subject to the provisions of the applicable Schedule, the Company may elect to terminate a Provider’s obligation to provide or procure any Transition Service upon delivery to such Provider of prior written notice of such election at least three (3) months prior to the effective date of any such termination. For the avoidance of doubt, the notice provision in this Section 5.2.2 does not apply to any Transition Service terminated pursuant to Section 5.2.1.

5.2.3 Subject to the provisions of the applicable Schedule, a Provider may terminate its provision of any Service if:

5.2.3.1 the Company shall have failed to perform any of its material obligations (including payment) under this Agreement relating to any such Service, and such Provider shall have notified the Company in writing of such failure and such failure shall have continued for a period of at least thirty (30) days after receipt of such written notice; or

5.2.3.2 the Company is using such Service in violation of law, rule or regulation or otherwise not in compliance with this Agreement, in which case the Provider may terminate its provision of such Service for the duration of such violation or noncompliance.

5.3 Effect of Termination . Other than as required by law or as specifically stated in the Schedule relating to such Service, upon termination of any Service, or upon termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, no Provider shall, after such termination, have any further obligation to provide the terminated Service.

5.3.1 Notwithstanding termination of this Agreement or any Service, and other than as set forth herein, the Company shall remain liable to the Providers for fees

 

9

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

(including any service change fees) then owed and payable in respect of the Services provided prior to the effective date of the termination, and the provisions of Articles 3, 4, 5 and 6 shall survive any such termination indefinitely.

5.3.2 Following termination of this Agreement with respect to any Service, each Provider and the Company agree to cooperate in providing for an orderly transition of such Service to the Company or to a successor service provider.

ARTICLE 6

MISCELLANEOUS

6.1 Confidential Information .

6.1.1 Except as provided below, all oral or written information provided by a Party (a “ Disclosing Party ”) to another Party (a “ Receiving Party ”) pursuant to this Agreement, including information relating to third parties, is deemed confidential (“ Confidential Information ”). A Receiving Party will not use such information for any purpose other than the purpose for which it was disclosed and shall prevent the disclosure to third parties of any and all Confidential Information for a period of ten (10) years from the termination or expiration of this Agreement, provided, that the Receiving Party’s obligation hereunder shall not apply to information that:

6.1.1.1 is already rightfully in the Receiving Party’s possession on a non-confidential basis at the time of disclosure;

6.1.1.2 is or subsequently becomes part of the public domain through no action of the Receiving Party;

6.1.1.3 is subsequently rightfully received by the Receiving Party from a third party having no obligation of confidentiality to the party disclosing the Confidential Information; or

6.1.1.4 is disclosed to third parties as required by law, provided that if a Receiving Party is served with any subpoena or other legal process or a court or governmental request or order requiring or purporting to require the disclosure of any of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, the Receiving Party shall, unless prohibited by law, promptly notify the Disclosing Party of such fact and cooperate fully (at the Disclosing Party’s expense) with the Disclosing Party and its legal counsel in opposing the legal process, seeking a protective order, seeking to limit, or appealing any such legal process, request, or order to the extent deemed appropriate by the Disclosing Party.

6.1.2 The Receiving Party agrees to use the same degree of care, but no less than a reasonable degree of care, to protect against the unauthorized disclosure of a Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information as it uses to protect its own Confidential Information. Confidential Information may be disclosed by a Receiving Party to any of its employees, directors, consultants or advisers, including legal counsel, tax advisers and auditors, on a need-to-know basis in connection with the performance of the Services,

 

10

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

provided, that the Receiving Party shall be liable for any breach of this Section 6.1 by such employee, director, consultant or adviser.

6.1.3 Upon the termination of this Agreement, at the request of a Disclosing Party, the Receiving Party shall deliver to the Disclosing Party, or at the election of the Disclosing Party destroy, all Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party, together with any and all copies thereof.

6.1.4 The Parties acknowledge that the remedies at law for breach of any covenant relating to the protection of Confidential Information may be inadequate, and each Party shall be entitled to seek injunctive relief for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement relating to the protection of its Confidential Information or Intellectual Property. Nothing contained in this Section 6.1.4 shall be construed as limiting the Parties’ rights to any other remedies at law, including the recovery of damages for breach of this Agreement.

6.2 Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given only if delivered (a) personally, (b) by overnight courier service or (c) by mail (first class postage prepaid) to the Parties at the following addresses:

If to Deriv/SERV or DTCC, to:

Jeffrey T. Waddle, Esq.

The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation

55 Water Street

New York, New York 10041

with a copy to:

Larry E. Thompson, Esq.

The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation

55 Water Street

New York, New York 10041

If to the Company, to:

MarkitSERV, LLC

c/o Markit Group Limited

4th floor, Ropemaker Place

25 Ropemaker Street

London, EC2Y 9LY, United Kingdom

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

with a copy to:

Michael E. Callahan, Esq.

Proskauer Rose LLP

 

11

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

11 Times Square

New York, New York 10036

All such notices, requests, consents and other communications shall if (a) delivered personally to the address as provided in this Section 6.2, be deemed given upon delivery, and (b) delivered by overnight courier service or mail in the manner described above to the address as provided in this Section 6.2, be deemed given upon receipt (in each case regardless of whether such notice, request, consent or other communication is received by any other person to whom a copy of such notice, request, consent or other communication is to be delivered pursuant to this Section 6.2). Any Party from time to time may change its address or other information for the purpose of notices to that Party by giving notice pursuant to this Section 6.2 specifying such change to the other Parties.

6.3 Independent Contractor . All Services performed by the Providers under this Agreement shall be performed by the Providers as independent contractors, and employees of the Providers or any other entities providing Services shall at all times be under a Provider’s sole discretion and control. Each Provider shall be responsible for and shall withhold or pay, or both, as may be required by law, all taxes pertaining to the employment of such Provider’s personnel and/or performance by it of such Provider’s Services. Subject to each Party’s express obligations under this Agreement, the management of and control over the provision of the Services shall reside solely with the applicable Provider.

6.4 Force Majeure . For purposes of this Section, “ Force Majeure ” means an event beyond the reasonable control of any Provider, which by its nature could not have been foreseen by a Provider, or, if it could have been foreseen, was unavoidable, and includes without limitation, acts of God, storms, floods, riots, fires, sabotage, civil commotion or civil unrest, labor trouble or shortage, interference by civil or military authorities, acts of war (declared or undeclared), electronic virus, electronic attack or infiltration, internet disturbance, and failure of energy or telecommunications sources. No Provider shall have any liability for failure to perform any Service required to be performed by it or failure to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement, so long as and to the extent to which the fulfillment of such Service or obligation is prevented, frustrated, hindered or delayed as a consequence of circumstances of Force Majeure; provided, that (a) promptly upon the occurrence of such Force Majeure and continuously thereafter, such Provider shall have ******************************************************************************** ******************************** and (b) for the avoidance of doubt, the Company may exercise its rights under Section 5.2.1.

6.5 Insurance . ************************************************************************************ ******************************************************************************************** ****************************

6.6 Entire Agreement . This Agreement (a) supersedes all prior discussions and agreements between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and (b) contains the sole and entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. No oral

 

12

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

explanation of or oral information relating to this Agreement offered by any Party shall alter the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. This Agreement includes the Schedules hereto, which do not change or supersede any term of this Agreement except to the extent that any term of any Schedule is unambiguously contrary to this Agreement, in which case the term of the Schedule will control.

6.7 Waiver . Any term or condition of this Agreement may be waived at any time by the Party that is entitled to the benefit thereof, but no such waiver shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument duly executed by or on behalf of the Party waiving such term or condition. No waiver by any Party of any term or condition of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a waiver of the same or any other term or condition of this Agreement on any future occasion. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

6.8 Amendment . This Agreement may be amended, supplemented or modified only by a written instrument duly executed by or on behalf of each Party.

6.9 No Third Party Beneficiary . The terms and provisions of this Agreement are intended solely for the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors or permitted assigns, and it is not the intention of the Parties to confer third party beneficiary rights upon any person other than a person entitled to indemnity under Article 4.

6.10 No Assignment; Binding Effect . Neither this Agreement nor any right, interest or obligation hereunder may be assigned by any Party without the prior written consent of the other Parties and any attempt to do so shall be void, except each Party may assign any or all of its rights, interests and obligations hereunder to a directly or indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of such Party or the ultimate corporate parent of such Party or to a successor in interest, provided that any such assignee agrees in writing to be bound by all of the terms, conditions and provisions contained herein, but no such assignment shall relieve such Party of its obligations hereunder. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement is binding upon, inures to the benefit of and is enforceable by the Parties and their respective successors and assigns.

6.11 Consent to Jurisdiction . Each Party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or any court of the State of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, and agrees that any such action or proceeding shall be brought only in such courts; provided, however, that such consent to jurisdiction is solely for the purpose referred to in this Section 6.11 and shall not be deemed to be a general submission to the jurisdiction of such courts other than for such purpose. Each Party hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such action or proceeding brought in such courts and any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in such courts has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

6.12 Invalid Provisions . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under any present or future law, and if no Party’s rights or obligations under

 

13

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

this Agreement will be materially and adversely affected thereby, (a) such provision shall be fully severable, (b) this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part hereof and (c) the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance herefrom.

6.13 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to a contract executed and performed in such State, without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof that would cause application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

6.14 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

6.15 Headings . The headings used in this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and do not define or limit the provisions hereof.

[Signature page follows]

 

14

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

EXECUTION VERSION

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

DTCC DERIV/SERV LLC
By:  

/s/ Ellen Fine Levine

  Name:   Ellen Fine Levine
  Title:   Treasurer
THE DEPOSITORY TRUST & CLEARING CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Ellen Fine Levine

  Name:   Ellen Fine Levine
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
MARKITSERV, LLC
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

[ Signature Page – Deriv/SERV Support Agreement ]

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

DTCC DERIV/SERV LLC
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
THE DEPOSITORY TRUST & CLEARING CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
MARKITSERV, LLC
By:  

/s/ J. Gooch

  Name:   J. Gooch
  Title:   CEO

 

[ Signature Page – Deriv/SERV Support Agreement ]

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

DTCC DERIV/SERV LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
THE DEPOSITORY TRUST & CLEARING CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
MARKITSERV, LLC
By:  

/s/ Peter Axilrod

  Name: Peter Axilrod
  Title:   Chairman of the Board of Managers

 

[ Signature Page – Deriv/SERV Support Agreement ]

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Deriv/SERV Support Agreement

Schedule A1 – Legal 1

 

Background and rationale for temporary provision of Service    Original Transaction . In 2009, in connection with the formation of MarkitSERV, LLC (“MarkitSERV U.S.) as a joint venture between DTCC Deriv/SERV LLC (“Deriv/SERV”), on the one hand, and Markit North America, Inc. (“Markit U.S.”) and MarkitSERV Holdings Limited (“Markit U.K.”), on the other hand:
   
    

a.      Deriv/SERV, Markit U.S. and Markit U.K. entered into a Limited Liability Company Agreement of MarkitSERV, LLC, pursuant to which Deriv/SERV came to hold ****************** ****************************************************************************** ****************************************************************************** ********************************************************************** the “MarkitSERV Shares”); and

   
    

b.      Deriv/SERV, The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation (“DTCC”), the corporate parent of Deriv/SERV, Markit U.S. and Markit Group Limited (“MGL”), the corporate parent of Markit U.S., entered into a Parent Support Agreement pursuant to which Deriv/SERV, DTCC, Markit U.S. and MGL have, since 2009, provided various support services to MarkitSERV, including legal services provided by the DTCC Legal Department to MarkitSERV U.S. and MarkitSERV U.K. (together “MarkitSERV”).

   
     ********************************************************************************** ******************************************************
   
     Current Transaction . On the date hereof, in connection with the transfer of the MarkitSERV Shares from Ventures to Markit U.S. and Markit U.K.:
   
    

a.      DTCC, Deriv/SERV, Ventures and certain of their affiliates, on the one hand, and MGL, Markit U.S., Markit U.K., MarkitSERV U.S., MarkitSERV UK and certain of their affiliates, on the other hand, have entered into a Strategic Alliance Agreement to restructure and continue their relationship (in the context of MarkitSERV) going

 

  

 

1   In addition to the specific Service Level Agreements set forth herein, with regard to Services to be provided by Deriv/SERV to MarkitSERV, the parties agree that they will work together in good faith subsequent to the Closing to create and maintain a working transition plan for such Services. Such transition plan shall provide for the documents, training and other matters necessary for full transition of such Services.

 

1

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

   

forward (the “Alliance Agreement”);

   
   

b.      Deriv/SERV, DTCC and MarkitSERV U.S. have entered into a Deriv/SERV Support Agreement for DTCC and Deriv/SERV to provide certain transitional support services to or on behalf of MarkitSERV, including the temporary provision of the legal services described in this Schedule A1 (the “Deriv/SERV Support Agreement”)

 

c.      MarkitSERV U.S., Deriv/SERV and DTCC have entered into a Company Support Agreement for MarkitSERV to provide certain transitional support services to or on behalf of Deriv/SERV and DTCC (the “Company Support Agreement”); and

 

d.      MarkitSERV U.S., Deriv/SERV and DTCC have entered into a Collaboration Services Agreement for the parties to continue to provide certain services to the other (in the context of MarkitSERV), as have been provided prior to the date hereof (the “Collaboration Agreement”).

   
    Necessity for Service . ******************************************************************** ***************** it is acknowledged by the parties that, pursuant to the Alliance Agreement, Deriv/SERV Support Agreement and Company Support Agreement, DTCC and its affiliates will continue to have a significant corporate and business interest in the uninterrupted operation of MarkitSERV business and the effective delivery of MarkitSERV services to (i) DTCC and its affiliates and (ii) the financial services industry generally, including to the customers and clients of Deriv/SERV and other operating subsidiaries of DTCC. It is further acknowledged by the parties that MarkitSERV has not had its own Legal Department since the formation of the joint venture in 2009, and that it will take some reasonable period of time for the MGL Legal Department to be able to fully, independently and competently handle all MarkitSERV legal requirements (or for MarkitSERV to establish its own Legal Department to do so). In light of these unique and urgent circumstances, it is agreed by the parties that, from and after the date hereof:
   
   

a.      the MGL Legal Department shall have primary responsibility for all MarkitSERV legal requirements;

 

b.      the DTCC Legal Department shall have sole responsibility for all DTCC legal requirements relating to the performance of its obligations under the Alliance Agreement, the Deriv/SERV Support Agreement and the Collaboration Agreement and its own immediate affairs relating to this Schedule A1; and

 

 

2

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

   

c.      the DTCC Legal Department shall assist the MGL Legal Department, on a transitional support basis, with respect to the legal matters set forth below:

 

Description of Service   Support services, and the supervision of outside counsel engaged by the MGL Legal Department (it being acknowledged that the DTCC Legal Department shall not engage external lawyers on behalf of MarkitSERV on new matters without the consent of the MGL Legal Department), in connection with the MarkitSERV business, in particular with the following areas of responsibility:
 

 

•       ****

 

 

 

•       ****

 

 

 

•       ****

 

 

 

•       ****

 

 

 

•       ****

 

 

 

•       ****

 

 

 

•       ****

 

 

 

•       ****

 

 

 

•       ****

 

 

 

•       ****

 

 

 

 

•       ****

 

3

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Responsibilities   

-      ****

   
    

-      ****

   
    

-      ****

   
    

-      ****

   
    

-      ****

   
    

-      ****

   
    

-      ****

   
    

-      ****

   
    

-      ****

   
    

 

-      ****

 

4

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

      
   
    

-      ****

   
    

-     ****

 

Term of Service   

************************************************************ ************************************************************ *****************************************

 

Fees associated with Service   

The fees shall be ********** (current estimate budget is $******** per annum for all services), as may be adjusted below.

 

    

The parties shall review the services provided hereunder within one month following Closing and thereafter every 2 months (the “Legal Services Transition Reviews”). At such Legal Services Transition Reviews, the parties shall review the services that have been transitioned to MarkitSERV, and any agreed adjustments shall be made to the fees to reflect the reduced level of services being provided. *** ******************************************************************************** ************************************************************

 

Additional terms and conditions relating to Service   

MGL and MarkitSERV shall, as expeditiously as possible, transition all legal support for MarkitSERV to the MGL Legal Department or a Legal Department established for MarkitSERV. To facilitate this process, MGL and MarkitSERV shall not be precluded from offering employment to attorneys in the DTCC Legal Department who have worked on legal matters for MarkitSERV. However, such attorneys shall not be obligated to accept such offers of employment.

 

Consultation with MGL Legal Department   

Attorneys in the DTCC Legal Department providing support to the MGL Legal Department shall consult with their counterparts in the MGL Legal Department on all matters of material legal consequence and shall take direction from the MGL Legal Department when such direction is given.

 

 

 

5

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Deriv/SERV Support Agreement

Schedule A2 – Transitional Billing 1

 

 

Service Levels relating to the Billing Services provided to MarkitSERV by DTCC

 

   
Production and delivery of Billing File   

On a monthly basis:

 

    

•        Using DSMatch trade data provided in #1 above, provide the ACI file to Markit Finance via FTP, which includes:

 

•        Price per trade per customer

 

•        Priced Volume Discounts per customer

 

•        Priced Credit Tear-ups per customer

 

•        File to be provided in current format before 11am Eastern, on Business Day 2 – see Attachment 2 for example of current format

 

   
Term   

***********************************************************

 

Fees   

The fees shall be ********** (current estimate budget is $****** per annum), and may be adjusted as services transition

 

Attachment 2 – ACI file sent via FTP     

 

1   In addition to the specific Service Level Agreements set forth herein, with regard to Services to be provided by Deriv/SERV to MarkitSERV, the parties agree that they will work together in good faith subsequent to the Closing to create and maintain a working transition plan for such Services. Such transition plan shall provide for the documents, training and other matters necessary for full transition of such Services.

 

1

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Deriv/SERV Support Agreement

Schedule A3 – Settlement and Collection 1

 

 

Service Levels relating to the Billing Services provided to MarkitSERV by DTCC

 

Settlement – collection of outstanding customer amounts   

On a monthly basis:

 

  

•       On a monthly basis, continue to collect, via the DTCC Settlement process, DSMatch Sales invoice amounts for the applicable customers (see Attachment 3 for the current list)

 

•       Excel file of clients and amounts to be collected to be sent by Markit Finance to DTCC on Business Day 10

 

•       Customer receipts to be deposited into the following MarkitSERV bank account on Business Day 15:

 

HSBC Bank USA, 75 Mamaroneck Avenue, White Plains, NY 10601

Routing Code: *********

Account Number: *********

Account Name: *********

SWIFT Code: *********

 

Term   

**************************************************

 

Fees   

The fees shall be ********** (current estimate budget is $***** per annum), and may be adjusted as services transition

 

Attachment 3 – Settlement customers     

 

1   In addition to the specific Service Level Agreements set forth herein, with regard to Services to be provided by Deriv/SERV to MarkitSERV, the parties agree that they will work together in good faith subsequent to the Closing to create and maintain a working transition plan for such Services. Such transition plan shall provide for the documents, training and other matters necessary for full transition of such Services.

 

1

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Deriv/SERV Support Agreement

Schedule B1 – Data Center and Infrastructure Support 1

 

   

Data Center and Infrastructure Support

 

  

Term

 

Description of Services to be provided by DTCC   

The Data Center services include mainframe, mid-tier for web-based applications and database servers, monitoring, systems management, fault detection and repair, backup/restore and problem escalation. Outside of planned code deployments and planned system maintenance as agreed with DTCC, all MarkitSERV managed services should be available (as they would be for DTCC). MarkitSERV managed services include DSMatch; FXMatcher; Novation Consent and MarkitSERV Portal, which shall be referred to herein as “MarkitSERV Services” or “Services”.

 

MarkitSERV depends upon the Data Center facilities and service for the running and delivery of its application services to its clients.

  

********

*********

************

***********

*******

*********

**********

********

********

*********** **************

******** *********** *********** *********** *****

 

Exception: The Services listed under the “Facilities” and “Tampa License” Sections below

    

 

•      MarkitSERV requires Data Center service and access from MarkitSERV’s clients to the MarkitSERV application services.

 

•      MarkitSERV requires service for their applications as specified in Appendix A , with timely, high quality, and efficient support from DTCC operations. Outside of planned code deployments and planned system maintenance as agreed with DTCC, all MarkitSERV services should be up and running as DTCC services would be.

 

•      MarkitSERV requires a detailed, documented escalation procedure for rapidly reporting and escalating all DTCC monitored application, system outages, and capacity and performance issues.

  
    

 

•   Refer to Attachment B - “Production Incident Alert Procedures”.

  
    

 

•  Problem Reporting, Escalation, and Resolution:

 

  

 

1  

In addition to the specific Service Level Agreements set forth herein, with regard to Services to be provided by Deriv/SERV to MarkitSERV, the parties agree that they will work together in good faith subsequent to the Closing to create and maintain a working transition plan for such Services. Such transition plan shall provide for the documents, training and other matters necessary for full transition of such Services.

 

1

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

     Fast and timely detection of Operational issues, restoration of service, and resolution of underlying problems is essential to meeting the high service level expected of MarkitSERV Services.        have a shorter term. See those Sections for details.
    

 

•  DTCC will monitor the MarkitSERV Services and notify MarkitSERV of issues degrading performance or impairing the access by MarkitSERV clients. Refer to Attachment B - “Production Incident Alert Procedures ” for specific escalation times and procedures.

    
    

 

•  DTCC will forward MarkitSERV a post mortem regarding all major production problems and/or any breaches of client confidentiality and any other production problems as requested by MarkitSERV.

    
    

 

•  Mark Green shall be the principal point of contact with respect to MarkitSERV Services (“ appointee ”). The appointee may only be removed or changed by DTCC upon giving MarkitSERV reasonable notice (such period not to be less than 6 months, unless the person voluntarily decides to leave DTCC). DTCC shall give due consideration to the reasonable representations of MarkitSERV in respect of the quality and/or performance of the appointee and in respect the credentials and qualifications of any proposed replacement. DTCC shall ensure that the appointee is dedicated to the co-ordination of the management and operation of the Services, the performance of DTCC’s obligations under this Agreement and the management of DTCC’s day-to-day relationship with MarkitSERV.

    
    

 

Change Management:

    
    

 

The availability and reliability of systems depend on effective planning of all changes to the infrastructure and service, including new implementations, and configuration changes. Proper change management is critical to meeting the expected levels of service. ( Refer to Attachment A - “Software Configuration Management SLA ”).

    
    

 

•  All moves, additions/deletions, and changes affecting the MarkitSERV services must be reviewed and approved through established DTCC and MarkitSERV change management procedures. MarkitSERV must attend the DTCC WEEKEND PLANNING MEETING.

    
    

 

•  MarkitSERV shall have a right to veto any decisions proposed at such sessions to the extent such decision may have an adverse effect on the MarkitSERV services.

    
    

 

•  DTCC must notify MarkitSERV as soon as possible, but in any event not less than 3 days in advance of scheduled moves, additions/deletions and changes on DTCC systems which affect MarkitSERV services, including preventative maintenance, software patches and configuration changes, giving MarkitSERV the ability to assess risk and plan alternatives. DTCC shall notify MarkitSERV of all emergency changes as soon

 

    

 

2

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

     as possible, prior to implementation if possible.         
     
    

•    All changes if applicable require fallback procedures that have been tested and reviewed prior to the change taking place; including plan to execute that mitigates all client downtime. ( Refer to Attachment A - “Software Configuration Management SLA ”).

      
     
     Procurement of Equipment       
     
     Capital purchases required for MarkitSERV Services will be charged to MarkitSERV using the allocation method as agreed with MarkitSERV. Unless otherwise specified by MarkitSERV, all such purchases shall be made by DTCC (as DTCC purchases) in accordance with DTCC infrastructure standards and procurement procedures (such that they are leased by MarkitSERV).       
     
     Remote Access ************       
     
    

•    DTCC will provide a remote access service to MarkitSERV using the DTCC’s standard remote access service. This will allow MarkitSERV employees to remote into various software services, such as MS Office, and other necessary applications. MarkitSERV employees incurring connectivity, login or access related problems will be supported during their normal business hours. MarkitSERV employees utilizing DTCC RDP PCs or other remote application development environments are supported in the same manner as all other DTCC employees.

      
     
    

•    The remote access infrastructure exists at all DTCC data center locations and is available 24X7. The scheduled maintenance window is usually ************ ************ unless otherwise stated. The maintenance and updates are done in a site by site approach so that user access is always available.

      
     
    

•    It should be noted that major updates or changes that require access to be down for any period of time is scheduled and communicated to MarkitSERV in advance.

 

        
Service Levels relating to MarkitSERV Services    Detailed Service Level Agreements are specified in the table that follows. The Services are organized by Lines of Service corresponding to the Data Center Management Service Categories in the Change Management section above. The Expectations table identifies the Service Line, the Service Items within the Line, and the expected Service Level for service delivery.       
     
    

•       Planned changes refer to services, which are delivered according to normal business processes. Planned

 

        

 

3

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

    

delivery covers the vast majority of situations, and represents the standard service level expectation.

    
     
    

•     Emergency changes refer to the extreme situations where the normal business processes are not sufficient to meet business objectives. Emergency delivery represents the service level that should be observed during extreme situations.

    
     
     In the table below, Expectations are specific to the corresponding Service Items.     
     
    

DTCC shall monitor its performance against the Service Levels and those Services provided hereunder (and other schedules) to the extent those Services contain a performance metric and provide a report to MarkitSERV setting out the level of performance against the foregoing, such reports to be provided within 5 Business Days of each calendar month.

 

    

 

4

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

     

Service Lines

 

  

Service Items / Description

 

  

Request Expectations Planned

 

Backups    DTCC will:     
     
    

1.      Develop, implement and schedule procedures to backup and retain application mainframe data for the appropriate retention periods.

   1 – 3 Ongoing
     
    

2.      Restore application data from backups upon requests from MarkitSERV as soon as practicable and in any event within 7 days.

    
     
    

3.      Provides MarkitSERV with timely notification in change in Policy and Procedures regarding data storage.

 

    
Facilities    DTCC will:     
     
    

1.      Provide adequate raised floor space for MarkitSERV’s servers, communications and storage systems located at ADC and PDC.

   1 – 6 Ongoing
     
    

2.      Provide controlled physical access to data center space allotted to MarkitSERV. DTCC shall obtain prior permission from MarkitSERV when access is required or notify MarkitSERV when emergency access is required.

    
     
    

3.      Maintain environment in accordance with equipment manufacturer specifications

    
     
    

4.      Provide environment monitoring and HVAC

    
     
    

5.      Install dual UPS power sources to equipment.

    
     
    

6.      Track data center assets for MarkitSERV. To protect the integrity of the data, MarkitSERV will supply to DTCC, in a timely manor, all changes in asset status.

    
     
    

*******************************************************
******************************************

 

    
Monitoring MarkitSERV Services   

1.      Monitoring, Event Exception tracking and Outage Escalations of the MarkitSERV Services is provided by DTCC support personnel. Refer to Attachment C – “MarkitSERV SLA” .

   1. See Attachment B (Production Incident Alert Procedures) and Attachment C
     
    

2.      DTCC will notify MarkitSERV’s support staff of any issues related to the MarkitSERV applications and determine action to resolve issue in each case as soon as practicable.

   2. As per Section 1.2
     
    

3.      Monitoring and Outage Escalations of the MarkitSERV Mainframe applications is provided by DTCC IT Operations.

   3. See Attachment B & Attachment C
     
    

4.      DTCC IT Operations will follow the escalation notification list provided by MarkitSERV.

 

   4. As needed

 

5

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

    

5.      MarkitSERV will review, update and distribute the support escalation lists quarterly.

   5. Quarterly
     
    

6.      DTCC will produce & disseminate mainframe & distributed systems event log daily.

 

   6. Daily
Disaster Recovery   

1.      Provide MarkitSERV with schedule of planned disaster recovery tests, including scope and objectives of each exercise at least 30 days in advance of such tests

   1. Ongoing
     
    

2.      Provide MarkitSERV with an opportunity for its staff to participate in planned exercises

   2. Upon Request
     
    

3.      MarkitSERV to schedule testing time and participate in Mini DR test. DTCC BCP team will coordinate testing in conjunction with the MarkitSERV ADM Seconded staff members.

 

   3. Upon Request
Performance Testing   

1.      MarkitSERV must follow the established performance and load testing of Web applications deployed into the DTCC DMZ. DTCC must sign-off on all performance test results save where sign-off is required urgently by MarkitSERV so as to avoid any adverse impact on the MarkitSERV services, in which case where DTCC fails to promptly provide such sign-off MarkitSERV may provide such sign-off. Refer to Attachment D – “WTG Web Performance Testing Process”

 

   Ongoing
Process Management   

1.      For new application request, MarkitSERV must provide DTCC with an Infrastructure Assessment form. Refer to Attachment E – “Infrastructure Engagement Request” .

 

   Ongoing
Change Management   

1.      Change requests submitted by MarkitSERV to IT Operations must be acknowledged in writing (email), notify of scheduled date and notify upon completion. MarkitSERV will provide change management notification to its

 

2.      MarkitSERV will follow the DTCC SCM process for all application migrations. Also all application requests must be initiated in the DTCC request systems

  

1 & 2

See Attachment A – “Software Configuration Management SLA” clients of any service interruptions.

     
    

3.      DTCC will notify MarkitSERV of any changes during service interruptions.

   3 & 4 - weekly
     
    

4.      MarkitSERV will have the right to attend DTCC weekend planning meeting and DTCC shall provide agendas at least 3 Business Days prior to such meetings (in particular any issues which may adversely affect the MarkitSERV services)

 

   5. As held.

 

6

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

    

5.      If applicable DTCC to attend MarkitSERV change management meetings

   6. Ongoing.
     
    

6.      DTCC will track all changes

 

    
Performance Monitoring   

1.      Maintain data in historical database for trend analysis

 

•    Provide database performance statistics-i.e. TOP CPU hogs and produce reports with recommendations

   1. See Attachment C – MarkitSERV SLA
     
    

•    DTCC will provide quarterly reports listing “Privileged Batch Jobs” to review and return comments

    
     
    

Such reports will be provided to MarkitSERV as directed by MarkitSERV from time to time

 

    
Technical Support   

DTCC will:

 

1.      Provide on-site assistance in emergencies for reset of equipment.

   1-3 Ongoing
     
    

2.      Provide remote access to equipment for designated MarkitSERV employees through DTCC remote access system.

    
     
    

3.      Provide Production technical support and resolution during MarkitSERV’s full Production window hours. DerivServ services are available 6x24 with a down window from Saturday 1500 thru Sunday 1500.

  

3.1 See Attachment B – “Production Incident Alert Procedures”

 

    

 

3.1. Problem resolution and escalation.

 

  
Data Center Outage   

1.      MarkitSERV requires notification from DTCC immediately upon DTCC identification of a Data Center Outage.

 

2.      MarkitSERV will open a ticket to notify DTCC of an outage.

  

1 & 2

See Attachment B – “Production Incident Alert Procedures

     
    

3.      DTCC will provide outage postmortem documentation for all major outages.

   3. Two business days
     
    

4.      MarkitSERV will participate in Postmortem/ and or taskforce meetings when requested and provide actions to prevent issue further.

   4. When requested
     
    

5.      MarkitSERV will participate in DTCC major production problem summary meeting.

 

   5. Quarterly
Problem Reporting   

1.      MarkitSERV will contact DTCC Operations regarding any problems, questions or service changes. This could include any operability or availability issues, non-provision of service issues.

   1. Ongoing
     
    

2.      A ticket will be opened with the CSC Group by MarkitSERV or DTCC depending on the origin of problem to track each problem to resolution and post mortem response

  

2. & 3.

See Attachment B – “Production Incident Alert Procedures”

 

 

7

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

    

3.      Track and update tickets to reflect status and actions of all requests; provide acknowledgement of each request to MarkitSERV

 

    
Problem Resolution   

1.      DTCC will begin actions to restore service upon detection of any failure or problem

   1. See Attachment B – “Production Incident Alert Procedures”
     
    

2.      DTCC will initiate root cause analysis for Hardware failures

   2. 1 business day
     
    

3.      DTCC will prioritize and schedule all vendor service calls

   3. 1 business day
     
    

4.      DTCC will repair or swap equipment, troubleshoot potential data communications or software problems, load new or diagnostic software

   4. 1 business day, as per change control calendar
     
    

5.      DTCC will collaborate with MarkitSERV on resolution of issues

 

   5. Ongoing
Point of Contact for Operations   

1.      MarkitSERV to be included in production problem bridge line

 

2.      Contact Command Center

  

1 & 2, See Attachment B “Production Incident Alert Procedures”

 

Tampa License    Continued access to Tampa (and related services) as currently provided by DTCC for up to 16 MarkitSERV staff. Current services include:    Ongoing
     
    

•      Provisioning access to DTCC office facilities by MarkitSERV employees.

    
     
    

•      Use of Markit owned rack containing communication equipment supporting Markit’s CISCO IP Phone and intranet connectivity. MarkitSERV employees do not make use of any DTCC supplied equipment.

    
     
    

•      Periodic assistance from DTCC infrastructure to support changes with Markit’s vendors and periodic power down / power up of Markit’s communication equipment. The equipment is managed remotely by Markit networking staff.

    
     
    

*******************************************************
***********************************************

 

    
Other   

•      DTCC will not re-establish the maximum allowable downtimes for MarkitSERV services without explicit instruction and/or agreement from MarkitSERV

   Ongoing
     
    

•      Current RTO/RPO are:

 

    

 

8

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

    

•        Triplicate redundancy utilizing PDC, ADC, and RDC

    
     
    

•         £ 2 hrs recovery for full failover

    
     
    

•         £ 2 minutes of data loss

    
     
    

•        DTCC will continue to support Participant DR testing

 

    
Fees associated with Service   

•        The fee for the Services provided under this Schedule B1 from the date hereof through the end of calendar year 2013 shall be equal to (i) $**************(ii) *********** (it be acknowledged that these fees are annual fees and shall be adjusted accordingly to reflect the period between Closing and December 31, 2013). This fee is based on mainframe usage of **************** or less in the product environment and ************ or less in the test environment. An additional $*********** shall be added to the amount in clause (i) above for mainframe usage in excess of these amounts.

    
     
    

•        The parties have agreed the above fee based on the understanding that MarkitSERV’s current usage is approximately ********** or less. The parties will review and verify this as soon as possible following Closing and, if appropriate, adjust the fees accordingly.

    
     
    

•        The fee for the Services provided under this Schedule B1 in calendar years 2014 and beyond needs to be agreed by the parties in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.3 of the Deriv/SERV Support Agreement (except that, with respect to the fees for calendar year 2014, the consultation period shall begin no later than May 1, 2013 and any amendment shall be executed by the Parties no later than June 1, 2013).

    
     
    

•        Also for the 12 month period post-Closing an aggregate fee of $****** will be charged for the Services provided under the “Tampa License” Section of this Schedule.

 

    

 

9

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Deriv/SERV Support Agreement

Schedule B2 – Long Term Tier 2 Customer Service 1

 

 

MarkitSERV SLA- A – MarkitSERV / DTCC SLA – Customer Support Center 2

 

Description of Service to be provided   

The Customer Support Center (CSC) provides first-line technical support to internal DTCC employees and external clients across four environments: Mainframe, PC/LAN, Web and Remote Access (internal only).

 

Term of provision of Service   

*******************************************************************************

********

 

Fees associated with such Service

 

  

The fees shall be ************** (current estimate budget is $******* per annum)

 

Service Levels relating to such Service   

Service Levels relating to such Service:

 

DTCC will provide:

 

Where the CSC receives a call that is DSMatch Trade Confirmation and/or Novation Consent related, this call will be passed to the MarkitSERV Client Services team, in most cases immediately, but within ************ in every case.

 

** The method by which this information will be passed along to the MarkitSERV Client Services group is via the MarkitSERV Client Services hotline number

 

 

1 In addition to the specific Service Level Agreements set forth herein, with regard to Services to be provided by Deriv/SERV to MarkitSERV, the parties agree that they will work together in good faith subsequent to the Closing to create and maintain a working transition plan for such Services. Such transition plan shall provide for the documents, training and other matters necessary for full transition of such Services.
2 To the extent there are any changes to the internal DTCC group names, this Agreement shall be construed accordingly.

 

1

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

    

(Performance metrics shall be provided to MarkitSERV on the above in the monthly SLA Report)

 

Additional terms and conditions relating to such Service

 

   None.
  
 

MarkitSERV SLA- B – MarkitSERV / DTCC SLA – Participant Interface Planning (PIP)

 

Description of Service to be provided   

Description of Service to be provided:

 

Amongst other responsibilities, the PIP group provides 1st and 2nd level support for external clients having issues with the MQ connections to and from DTCC.

 

Although a small percentage of MQ related issues requires escalation to other DTCC groups, MarkitSERV, on occasion, may need the assistance of those groups to assist in and/or resolve certain issues.

 

Provides technical assistance to customers that require MQ setups.

 

•      Works with other internal areas to process MQ request **********.

 

•      Schedules conference call with customer and coordinates information for setups.

 

•      Supplies customer with Customer Channel and Queue Name.

 

•      Coordinates connectivity testing “ping” test with customer. (Performance metrics shall be provided to MarkitSERV on the above in the monthly SLA Report)

 

Term of provision of Service   

********************************************************************************

********

 

Fees associated with such Service

 

  

The fees shall be ************* (current estimate budget is $******* per annum)

 

Service Levels relating to

 

  

Service Levels relating to such Service:

 

 

2

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

such Service   

DTCC will continue to provide the same level of service provided to DSMatch currently:

 

Where the MarkitSERV Client Services group receives a call that is MQ related, the PIP group may be contacted to assist in troubleshooting the problem.

 

** The method by which MS Client Services will contact the PIP group is through the DTCC hotline number

 

Additional terms and conditions relating to such Service

 

  

None.

 

  
 

MarkitSERV SLA- C – MarkitSERV / DTCC SLA – Enterprise Service Center (ESC)

 

Description of Service to be provided   

Description of Service to be provided:

 

If applicable, sets up Autoroute product numbers to send corresponding output reports to the customer. A/R setups will be sent from Implementation.

 

Amongst other responsibilities, the ESC group provides 1st and 2nd level support for external clients having issues receiving certain reports from DTCC.

 

Although a small percentage of these issues will require escalation to other DTCC groups, MarkitSERV, on occasion, may need the assistance of those groups to assist in and/or resolve certain issues.

 

(Performance metrics shall be provided to MarkitSERV on the above in the monthly SLA Report)

 

 

3

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Term of provision of Service   

*************************************************************************

********************

 

Fees associated with such Service

 

   The fees shall be ************* (current estimate budget is $****** per annum)

Serviced Levels relating

to such Service

  

Service Levels relating to such Service:

 

DTCC will continue to provide the same level of service provided to Deriv/SERV currently:

 

Where the MarkitSERV Client Services group receives a call about not receiving certain DerivSERV reports, the ESC group may be contacted to assist in troubleshooting the problem.

 

** The method by which MS Client Services will contact the ESC group is through the DTCC hotline number

 

Additional terms and

conditions relating to such Service

 

  

None.

 

  
 

MarkitSERV SLA- D – MarkitSERV / DTCC SLA – Account Administration

 

Description of Service to be provided   

Description of Service to be provided:

 

Amongst other responsibilities, the Account Administration Group and/or DTCC Global Sanctions Screening Team shall:

 

•       **************************************************************************
 ********

 

•      Assigns the Organization ID and client account number(s) for prospective clients.

 

•      Assigns client account number(s) for additional fund requests.

 

•      Prepares, validates, and distributes Weekly Membership Update Bulletin wherein new

 

 

4

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

    

entities/accounts are announced, along with other changes to existing client profiles, e.g., account additions, product additions, name changes, account terminations. ( Note: Certain clients have requested to be exempt from publications. )

 

Term of provision of Service   

******************************************************************************

********

 

Fees associated with such Service

 

   The fees shall be ********** (current estimate budget is $****** per annum)
Service Levels relating to such Service   

Service Levels relating to such Service:

 

DTCC will provide:

 

Continued support to the MarkitSERV organization at the level of support given to Deriv/SERV. See attached (appendix A) for current SLA.

 

Additional terms and conditions relating to such Service

 

   None.
  
 

MarkitSERV SLA- E – MarkitSERV / DTCC SLA – DTCC Operations

 

Description of Service to be provided   

Description of Service to be provided:

 

•     Provide support to Bulk Novation and Account Swing Event Setup.

 

•     Perform Mainframe updates to client profiles for access to MarkitSERV DSMatch reports.

 

Term of provision of Service   

******************************************************************************

********

 

Fees associated with such   

The fees shall be ********** (current estimate budget is $****** per annum)

 

 

5

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Service

 

    
Service Levels relating to such Service   

Service Levels relating to such Service:

 

DTCC will provide:

 

Continued support to the MarkitSERV organization at the level of support given to Deriv/SERV.

 

Additional terms and conditions relating to such Service

 

   None.
  
 

MarkitSERV SLA- F – MarkitSERV / DTCC SLA – Registration Support Group (RSG)

 

Description of Service to be provided   

Description of Service to be provided:

 

•     Sets up (Super) Access Coordinators based on Implementation’s requests.

 

•     Works directly with customers to create client profiles for (Super) Access Coordinators on Common Registration System (CRS), i.e., web environment. Supports clients with entitlement issues.

 

•     Allows MarkitSERV staff access to leverage Common Registration System (CRS).

 

Performance metrics shall be provided to MarkitSERV on the above in the monthly SLA Report

 

Term of provision of Service   

*******************************************************************************

********

 

Fees associated with such Service

 

   The fees shall be ********** (current estimate budget is $******* per annum
Service Levels relating to   

Service Levels relating to such Service:

 

 

6

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

such Service

 

  

DTCC will provide:

 

Continued support to the MarkitSERV organization at the level of support given to Deriv/SERV.

 

Additional terms and conditions relating to such Service

 

   None.
  
 

MarkitSERV SLA- G – MarkitSERV / DTCC SLA – COGNOS Reporting Support: ADM

 

Description of Service to be provided   

Description of Service to be provided:

 

•    Ensure database replication, availability, and performance

 

•    Monitor scheduled tasks for failures

 

•    Manually abort jobs which are not executing properly

 

•    Incorporate Trade Confirmation database changes to the Cognos replicated database soon after changes are implemented and ensure that the metadata is in synch.

 

•    Perform & execute the requests that PowerUsers at MarkitSERV cannot support (e.g. requests requiring SQL to be written). These requests will originate from a MarkitSERV PowerUser.

 

•    Create and enhance dashboards, portals, &/or cubes upon receiving written requirements from a MarkitSERV’s PowerUser.

 

•    Manage User access privileges.

 

•    Provide demo and training for MarkitSERV PowerUsers on new features of BI tool.

 

 

7

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

    

•     Communicate resource availability to MarkitSERV PowerUsers to ensure coverage.

 

Term of provision of Service

 

  

********************************************************************************
***********************

 

Fees associated with such Service    The fees shall be ********** (current estimate budget is $******* per annum)

Service Levels relating to such Service

 

  

Service Levels relating to such Service:

 

Cognos DTCC ADM will provide:

 

Continued support to the MarkitSERV organization at the level of support given to Deriv/SERV.

 

Additional terms and conditions relating to such Service

 

   None.

 

8

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Deriv/SERV Support Agreement

Schedule B3 – ADM Mainframe 1

 

ADM – This Schedule B3 to the Deriv/SERV Support Agreement is a Service Level Agreement between MarkitSERV and DTCC, and is meant to provide an explanation of technology based services provided to MarkitSERV by DTCC ADM.

 

Description of Service to be provided

 

  

•    The DTCC ADM Development Team (DTCC SLA FTEs) covered by this SLA will provide MarkitSERV with technology based expertise with respect to their given skillset. MarkitSERV is aware and desirous of the skills that these resources possess, and will be availed of their full services. DTCC shall ensure that such FTEs, who are named in Exhibit 1 hereto, are dedicated to MarkitSERV at all times.

 

•    The DTCC SLA FTEs will provide application support and development for CDS, Equities and Interest Rate confirmation processes for the Deriv/Serv mainframe application. Because there is a very strong relationship between the CDS confirmation application and the CDS warehouse, MarkitSERV and DTCC technology and product managers will meet regularly to identify and resolve any conflicts between the development priorities of the two services.

 

Responsibilities   

Management

 

•    Manages application development workflow (i.e., software installation/migration support, production support, production coverage schedules, issue resolution)

 

•    Oversees functional and technical analysis, design and development activities

 

•    Acts as a liaison, communicating key issues between DTCC and MarkitSERV

 

•    Performs all official DTCC administrative tasks, including, performance reviews, salary adjustments, disciplinary actions, etc.

 

1   In addition to the specific Service Level Agreements set forth herein, with regard to Services to be provided by Deriv/SERV to MarkitSERV, the parties agree that they will work together in good faith subsequent to the Closing to create and maintain a working transition plan for such Services. Such transition plan shall provide for the documents, training and other matters necessary for full transition of such Services.

 

1

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

    

•     Manages prioritization and backlogging of work requests

 

•     Provides work estimates for new and existing projects

 

•     Prepares a monthly status report for management review

 

Developers

 

Application Design:

 

•     Prepares functional specifications

 

•     Translates functional requirements into technical requirements

 

•     Participates in the design of new systems

 

Application Development:

 

•     Codes new and existing systems

 

•     Provides application and user support and performs troubleshooting

 

•     Provides production support as necessary

 

•     Executes unit testing to ensure code quality

 

•     Designs and develops documentation for developed code

 

•     Participates in system testing

 

Term of provision of Service   

*************************************************************************************
*************************************************************************************
*****************

 

Fees associated with such Service   

The fees shall be ********************** (current estimate budget is $********* per annum (i.e., **********************))

 

Additional terms and conditions relating to such Service   

•     All official administrative tasks, such as, performance reviews, salary adjustments, disciplinary actions, etc. will be performed by the DTCC SLA FTE Manager. DTCC reserves the right to take administrative actions with respect to the DTCC SLA FTE for reasons unrelated to MarkitSERV. MarkitSERV will provide input to DTCC regarding annual performance review process for these individuals

 

•     DTCC SLA FTEs will continue to conform with all DTCC processes, procedures and policies; e.g. CMMI, CISO policy, ADM procedures, etc.

 

 

2

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

    

•    If a DTCC SLA FTE leaves DTCC, DTCC will provide a replacement possessing similar skills. Otherwise key resources can only be replaced with mutual agreement between the two parties (See Exhibit 1 for the list of Key SLA FTEs). DTCC shall give due consideration to the reasonable representations of MarkitSERV in respect of the quality and/or performance of the appointee and in respect the credentials and qualifications of any proposed replacement.

 

•    MarkitSERV may not attempt to hire a DTCC SLA FTE without securing prior permission in writing from a DTCC Officer.

 

•    Mainframe development for MarkitSERV is limited to DTCC SLA FTEs and consultants under their management.

 

Change Management   

•    All installations, migrations and changes of software located on, or targeted for DTCC servers, must be reviewed and approved through DTCC change management procedures and conform to established DTCC migration and software development standards.

 

•    Changes will follow the currently established DTCC change management calendar. Changes will be raised and discussed during a weekly scheduled meeting.

 

 

3

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED by Markit Ltd.

 

Deriv/SERV Support Agreement

Schedule B4 – Mainframe Billing and Financial Services 1

 

    

Service Levels relating to the Billing Services provided to MarkitSERV by DTCC

 

Extraction and delivery of DSMatch billable trades file   

On a monthly basis:

 

•     Extraction of DSMatch trade data from Mainframe;

 

•     Application of rules to identify the billable trades, by billing type, and volume discount;

 

•     File to be sent to DTCC Billing on Business Day 1 in existing format – see Attachment 1 for example of current format

 

•     Ongoing maintenance of the rules/ tables

 

•     Development of the system/ tables for incorporation of new trade types and activities into billable trades file as applicable.

 

Term   

*****************************************************************
*****************************************************************

 

Fees   

The fees shall be ********** (current estimate budget is $******* per annum), and may be adjusted as services transition

 

 

1   In addition to the specific Service Level Agreements set forth herein, with regard to Services to be provided by Deriv/SERV to MarkitSERV, the parties agree that they will work together in good faith subsequent to the Closing to create and maintain a working transition plan for such Services. Such transition plan shall provide for the documents, training and other matters necessary for full transition of such Services.

 

1

*** Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential Treatment has

been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

Exhibit 10.41

 

LOGO   

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT

DATED 21 MARCH 2014

FOR

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

THE COMPANY

ARRANGED BY

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

HSBC BANK PLC

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA

AND

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC

WITH

HSBC BANK PLC

ACTING AS AGENT

 

 

RELATING TO A MULTICURRENCY

REVOLVING FACILITY AGREEMENT

DATED 16 JULY 2012

 

 


CONTENTS

 

Clause    Page  
1.    Definitions and Interpretation      1   
2.    Representations      2   
3.    Accession of the New Guarantor      3   
4.    Restatement of the Original Facility Agreement      3   
5.    Effective Date      3   
6.    Continuity and Further Assurance      4   
7.    Costs and Expenses      4   
8.    Miscellaneous      4   
9.    Governing Law      5   
Schedule 1 The Obligors      6   
Schedule 2 Conditions Precedent      8   
Schedule 3 Restated Agreement      11   


THIS AGREEMENT is dated 21 March 2014 and made

BETWEEN:

 

(1) MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED (the “ Company ”);

 

(2) MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED as borrower (the “ Borrower ”);

 

(3) THE SUBSIDIARIES of the Company listed in Schedule 1 as guarantors (together with the Company, the “ Guarantors ”);

 

(4) BARCLAYS BANK PLC, HSBC BANK PLC, ROYAL BANK OF CANADA and THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC as mandated lead arrangers and bookrunners (whether acting individually or together the “ Arranger ”);

 

(5) THE LENDERS (as defined in the Original Facility Agreement);

 

(6) ROYAL BANK OF CANADA (the “ New Lender ”); and

 

(7) HSBC BANK PLC as agent of the other Finance Parties (the “ Agent ”).

RECITALS:

 

(A) Pursuant to an English law governed accession letter dated 29 April 2013, Markit Luxembourg S.à r.l. acceded to the Original Facility Agreement as an Additional Guarantor. Pursuant to, and as a result of, such accession, certain changes and additions were made to the Original Facility Agreement, in particular its Clause 18 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ).

 

(B) The Company, Borrower, Guarantors, Arranger, Lenders and Agent are parties to the Original Facility Agreement and have agreed to amend and restate the Original Facility Agreement. The New Lender has agreed to become a party to the Amended Facility Agreement and assume the Commitment detailed against its name in Part II ( The Original Lenders ) of Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ) of the Amended Facility Agreement. The New Guarantor shall become a Guarantor upon the Effective Date on the terms of this Agreement.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions

In this Agreement:

Amended Facility Agreement ” means the Original Facility Agreement, as amended and restated by this Agreement.

Effective Date ” means the date on which the Agent confirms to the Effective Date Lenders and the Company that it has received each of the documents and other evidence listed in Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

- 1 -


Effective Date Lender ” means each of the Lenders (as defined in the Original Facility Agreement) and the New Lender.

Guarantee Obligations ” means the guarantee and indemnity obligations of a Guarantor contained in the Original Facility Agreement.

New Guarantor ” means thinkFolio Ltd, a limited liability company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 04190478.

Obligors ” means the companies listed in Schedule 1.

Original Facility Agreement ” means the multicurrency revolving facility agreement dated 16 July 2012 (as subsequently amended prior to the date of this Agreement) between the Company, the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Agent, the Arranger and the Lenders.

Restatement Fee Letter ” means the Fee Letter relating to the fees referred to in clause 12.4 ( Amendment and restatement fee ) of the Amended Facility Agreement.

 

1.2 Incorporation of defined terms

 

  (a) Unless a contrary indication appears, a term defined in the Original Facility Agreement has the same meaning in this Agreement.

 

  (b) The principles of construction set out in the Original Facility Agreement shall have effect as if set out in this Agreement.

 

1.3 Clauses

In this Agreement any reference to a “Clause” or a “Schedule” is, unless the context otherwise requires, a reference to a Clause in or a Schedule to this Agreement.

 

1.4 Third party rights

A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

1.5 Designation

In accordance with the Original Facility Agreement, each of the Company and the Agent designates this Agreement as a Finance Document.

 

2. REPRESENTATIONS

The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor (by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing) on:

 

  (a) the date of this Agreement; and

 

  (b) the Effective Date,

 

- 2 -


and references to “this Agreement” in the Repeating Representations should be construed as references to this Agreement and to the Original Facility Agreement and on the Effective Date, to the Amended Facility Agreement.

 

3. ACCESSION OF THE NEW GUARANTOR

 

3.1 Accession of the New Guarantor

 

  (a) With effect from (and including) the Effective Date, the New Guarantor agrees to become an Additional Guarantor and to be bound by the terms of the Amended Facility Agreement as an Additional Guarantor pursuant to Clause 26.5 ( Additional Guarantors ) of the Amended Facility Agreement.

 

  (b) thinkFolio Ltd is a company duly incorporated under the laws of England and Wales and its administrative details are as follows:

 

  Address: c/o Markit, 4th floor, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY

 

  (c) Notwithstanding the requirement at Clause 20.8(c) (“ Know your customer checks ) of the Amended Facility Agreement, that the Company shall, by not less than 10 Business Days notice, notify the Agent of its intention to request that one of its Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Obligor, the Agent, the Company and the Lenders hereby waive such requirement.

 

  (d) The Agent, the Company and the Lenders hereby agree that the requirement for the New Guarantor to satisfy the requirements at Part II of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ) of the Amended Facility Agreement, will be replaced by the satisfaction of the conditions precedent at Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ) to this Agreement.

 

  (e) This Clause 3 shall take effect as an Accession Letter.

 

4. RESTATEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL FACILITY AGREEMENT

 

  (a) With effect from (and including) the Effective Date, the Original Facility Agreement shall be amended and restated so that it shall be read and construed for all purposes as set out in Schedule 3 (Restated Agreement).

 

  (b) The parties to this Agreement agree that, with effect from (and including) the Effective Date, they shall have the rights and take on the obligations ascribed to them under the Amended Facility Agreement.

 

5. EFFECTIVE DATE

The Agent will notify the Effective Date Lenders and the Company promptly when it has received each of the documents and other evidence listed in Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ) in form and substance satisfactory to it.

 

- 3 -


6. CONTINUITY AND FURTHER ASSURANCE

 

6.1 Continuing obligations

The provisions of the Original Facility Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall, save as amended by this Agreement, continue in full force and effect.

 

6.2 Confirmation of Guarantee Obligations

For the avoidance of doubt, each Guarantor confirms for the benefit of the Finance Parties that all Guarantee Obligations owed by it under the Amended Facility Agreement shall (a) remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the amendments referred to in Clause 4 ( Restatement of the Original Facility Agreement ) and (b) extend to any new obligations assumed by any Obligor under the Finance Documents as a result of this Agreement (including, but not limited to, under the Amended Facility Agreement) subject, in each case, to the limitations set forth in Clause 18.11 ( Guarantee Limitations ) of the Amended Facility Agreement.

 

6.3 Further assurance

Each Obligor, shall, at the request of the Agent and at such Obligor’s own expense, do all such acts and things necessary or desirable to give effect to the amendments effected or to be effected pursuant to this Agreement.

 

7. COSTS AND EXPENSES

The Company shall, within five Business Days of demand, pay the Agent, the Arranger and the Effective Date Lenders the amount of all reasonable costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable legal fees) subject to any cap agreed before the date of this Agreement plus VAT or other similar taxes (if applicable) incurred by any of them in connection with the negotiation, preparation and printing and execution of this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement.

 

8. MISCELLANEOUS

 

8.1 Incorporation of terms

The provisions of Clause 31 ( Notices ), Clause 33 ( Partial invalidity ), Clause 34 ( Remedies and waivers ), Clause 40 ( Enforcement ) and Clause 41 ( Wavier of Jury Trial ) of the Original Facility Agreement shall be incorporated into this Agreement as if set out in full in this Agreement and as if references in those clauses to “this Agreement” or “the Finance Documents” are references to this Agreement.

 

8.2 Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

 

- 4 -


9. GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

This Agreement has been executed as a deed by thinkFolio Ltd and is entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

- 5 -


SCHEDULE 1

THE OBLIGORS

 

Name of Borrower   

Registration number (or

equivalent, if any)

Markit Group Holdings Limited    06240773

 

Name of Guarantor   

Registration number (or

equivalent, if any)

Markit Group Holdings Limited    06240773
Markit Group Limited    04185146
Markit Valuations Limited    03352562
Markit Equities Limited    03771325
Markit North America, Inc.    Delaware incorporated
Markit Indices Limited    04215405
Markit Economics Limited    02610943

Markit Securities Finance Analytics Limited

(previously called Data Explorers Limited)

   03492630
Markit WSO Corporation    Texas incorporated

Markit EDM Limited

(previously called Cadis Software Limited)

   05581696

Markit EDM Hub Limited

(previously called Cadis Software Hub Limited)

   02415370
Markit on Demand, Inc.    Delaware incorporated

Markit Securities Finance Analytics Inc.

(previously called Data Explorers Incorporated)

   Delaware incorporated
Markit Analytics Inc.    3456561
Markit Luxembourg S.à r.l. (a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée), incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 12, rue Guillaume Schneider, L-2522 Luxembourg, registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under the number B 175342) with share capital of USD35,233,500    B175342

 

- 6 -


Name of Guarantor   

Registration number (or

equivalent, if any)

MarkitSERV, LLC    Delaware Incorporated
MarkitSERV Limited    04027741
MarkitSERV FX Limited    02828186
thinkFolio Ltd    04190478

 

- 7 -


SCHEDULE 2

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

1. Original Obligors

 

  (a) A copy of the constitutional documents of each Obligor (including in relation to the Luxembourg Guarantor an up-to-date excerpt and certificate of non-inscription of judicial decisions dated as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement).

 

  (b) A copy of a resolution of the board of directors or other appropriate governing body of each Obligor:

 

  (i) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement and the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute this Agreement and the Finance Documents to which it is a party,

 

  (ii) authorising a specified person or persons to execute this Agreement and the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and

 

  (iii) authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with this Agreement and the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

  (c) A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (b) above.

 

  (d) If applicable (it being acknowledged that this paragraph (d) is not applicable in the case of any US Obligors Canadian Obligors or Luxembourg Obligors), a copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares in each Guarantor (other than the Company), approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement and the Finance Documents to which such person is a party.

 

  (e) A certificate of each Obligor (signed by a director or authorised signatory) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on that Obligor to be exceeded.

 

  (f) A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the Effective Date of this Agreement.

 

  (g) In relation to any Obligor incorporated or organised in a state of the U.S. or the District of Columbia, a copy of a good standing certificate (or, in the case of an Obligor incorporated in Texas, other appropriate certificate of status and/or existence, to the extent available) issued on or prior to the Effective Date by the Secretary of State or other appropriate official of each such Obligor’s jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation.

 

- 8 -


  (h) A certificate in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent of an authorized officer of each U.S. Obligor as to the solvency of such U.S. Obligor.

 

  (i) In relation to any Canadian Obligor, a copy of a certificate of compliance or status or similar certificate with respect to such Canadian Obligor issued by the applicable governmental authority.

 

2. Legal opinions

 

  (a) A legal opinion of Clifford Chance LLP, legal advisers to the Arranger and the Agent in England, substantially in the form distributed to the Effective Date Lenders prior to signing this Agreement.

 

  (b) A legal opinion of Clifford Chance, Luxembourg, legal advisers to the Arranger and the Agent, substantially in the form distributed to the Effective Date Lenders prior to signing this Agreement.

 

  (c) A legal opinion of the Fasken Martineau DuMoulin LLP, Canadian legal advisers to the Arranger and the Agent, substantially in the form distributed to the Effective Date Lenders prior to signing this Agreement.

 

  (d) A legal opinion of the Andrews Kurth LLP, Texan legal advisers to the Arranger and the Agent, substantially in the form distributed to the Effective Date Lenders prior to signing this Agreement.

 

  (e) A legal opinion of Clifford Chance US LLP, legal advisers to the Arranger and the Agent, substantially in the form distributed to the Effective Date Lenders prior to signing this Agreement.

 

3. Finance Documents

 

  (a) This Agreement executed by the members of the Group party to this Agreement.

 

  (b) The Restatement Fee Letter executed by the parties thereto.

 

4. Other documents and evidence

 

  (a) The Group Structure Chart.

 

  (b) Confirmation by each of the Effective Date Lenders of satisfaction with all applicable “know your customer” requirements.

 

  (c)

A certificate of the Company signed by a director addressed to the Finance Parties confirming which companies within the Group are Material Companies and that the aggregate of earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as EBITDA, as defined in Clause 21.1 ( Financial definitions ), and by reference to the last Relevant Period) of the Original Facility Agreement and aggregate turnover of the Guarantors (in each case calculated on a consolidated basis and excluding all intra-Group items) exceeds 80% of the EBITDA (as defined in Clause 21.1 ( Financial definitions ) of the Original Facility Agreement), and consolidated

 

- 9 -


  turnover of the Group, in each case pro forma of the resignations of BOAT Services Limited and Markit Securities Finance Analytics Consulting Limited, as at the last date of such Relevant Period.

 

  (d) Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Company pursuant to Clause 12 ( Fees ) and Clause 17 ( Costs and Expenses ) of the Amended Facility Agreement have been or will be paid on or prior to the Effective Date.

 

  (e) The latest audited financial statements for the New Guarantor.

 

  (f) A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of MarkitSERV Holdings Limited approving the entry of MarkitSERV Holdings Limited as a member into a LLC consent in respect of the entry by MarkitSERV, LLC into this Agreement.

 

  (g) A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of Markit North America Inc, approving the entry of Markit North America Inc, as a member into a LLC consent in respect of the entry by MarkitSERV, LLC into this Agreement.

 

  (h) A duly executed Resignation Letter from each of BOAT Services Limited and Markit Securities Finance Analytics Consulting Limited.

 

- 10 -


SCHEDULE 3

RESTATED AGREEMENT

US$1,050,000,000

FACILITY AGREEMENT

DATED 16 JULY 2012

AS AMENDED AND RESTATED ON 21 MARCH 2014

FOR

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

ARRANGED BY

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

HSBC BANK PLC

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA

AND

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC

WITH

HSBC BANK PLC

ACTING AS AGENT

 

 

MULTICURRENCY REVOLVING FACILITY

AGREEMENT

 

 

 

- 11 -


CONTENTS

 

Clause         Page  

1.

   Definitions and Interpretation      14   

2.

   The Facility      48   

3.

   Purpose      53   

4.

   Conditions of Utilisation      53   

5.

   Utilisation - Loans      55   

6.

   Optional Currencies      56   

7.

   Repayment      57   

8.

   Prepayment and Cancellation      58   

9.

   Interest      64   

10.

   Interest Periods      65   

11.

   Changes to the Calculation of Interest      65   

12.

   Fees      66   

13.

   Tax Gross Up and Indemnities      68   

14.

   Increased Costs      79   

15.

   Other Indemnities      81   

16.

   Mitigation by the Lenders      82   

17.

   Costs and Expenses      82   

18.

   Guarantee and Indemnity      84   

19.

   Representations      91   

20.

   Information Undertakings      97   

21.

   Financial Covenants      103   

22.

   General Undertakings      106   

23.

   Events of Default      113   

24.

   Changes to the Lenders      119   

25.

   Changes to the Hedge Counterparties      125   

26.

   Changes to the Obligors      126   

27.

   Role of the Agent and the Arranger      129   

28.

   Conduct of Business by the Finance Parties      137   

29.

   Sharing among the Finance Parties      138   

30.

   Payment Mechanics      140   

31.

   Set-off      144   

32.

   Notices      144   

33.

   Calculations and Certificates      146   

34.

   Partial Invalidity      147   

 

- 12 -


35.

   Remedies and Waivers      147   

36.

   Amendments and Waivers      148   

37.

   Confidentiality      151   

38.

   USA Patriot Act and other Legislation      157   

39.

   Counterparts      157   

40.

   Governing Law      158   

41.

   Enforcement      158   

42.

   Waiver of Jury Trial      158   

Schedule 1 The Original Parties

     160   

Part I The Original Obligors

     160   

Part II The Original Lenders

     161   

Schedule 2 Conditions Precedent

     162   

Part I Conditions Precedent to Initial Utilisation

     162   

Part II Conditions Precedent required to be delivered by an Additional Obligor

     165   

 

- 13 -


THIS AGREEMENT is dated 16 July 2012 as amended on 18 July 2012 and as amended and supplemented on 29 April 2013 and as amended and restated on 21 March 2014 and made between:

 

(1) MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED (“ MGHL ”);

 

(2) THE SUBSIDIARIES of MGHL listed in Part I of Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ) as original borrowers (together with MGHL the “ Original Borrowers ”);

 

(3) THE SUBSIDIARIES of MGHL listed in Part I of Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ) as original guarantors (together with the Company the “ Original Guarantors ”);

 

(4) BARCLAYS BANK PLC, HSBC BANK PLC , ROYAL BANK OF CANADA and THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC as mandated lead arrangers and bookrunners (whether acting individually or together the “ Arranger ”);

 

(5) THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part II of Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ) as lenders (the “ Original Lenders ”); and

 

(6) HSBC BANK PLC as agent of the other Finance Parties (the “ Agent ”).

IT IS AGREED as follows:

SECTION 1

INTERPRETATION

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions

In this Agreement:

Acceptable Bank ” means:

 

  (a) a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender;

 

  (b) a bank or financial institution which has a rating for its short-term unsecured and non credit-enhanced debt obligations of “A-1” or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or Fitch Ratings Ltd or “P-1” or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency; or

 

  (c) any other bank or financial institution approved by the Agent.

Accession Letter ” means a document substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6 ( Form of Accession Letter ).

Additional Borrower ” means a company which becomes an Additional Borrower in accordance with Clause 26 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

Additional Guarantor ” means a company which becomes an Additional Guarantor in accordance with Clause 26 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

 

- 14 -


Additional Obligor ” means an Additional Borrower or an Additional Guarantor.

Affiliate ” means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in relation to The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, the term “Affiliate” shall not include (i) the UK government or any member or instrumentality thereof, including Her Majesty’s Treasury and UK Financial Investments Limited (or any directors, officers, employees or entities thereof) or (ii) any persons or entities controlled by or under common control with the UK government or any member or instrumentality thereof (including Her Majesty’s Treasury and UK Financial Investments Limited) and which are not part of The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc and its subsidiaries or subsidiary undertakings.

Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange ” means the Agent’s spot rate of exchange for the purchase of the relevant currency with the Base Currency in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11:00 a.m. on a particular day.

Amendment and Restatement Agreement ” means the amendment and restatement agreement relating to this Agreement dated 21 March 2014 and made between, among others, Markit Group Holdings Limited and the Lenders.

Assignment Agreement ” means an agreement substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 ( Form of Assignment Agreement ) or any other form agreed between the relevant assignor and assignee.

Authorisation ” means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration.

Availability Period ” means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the date falling one Month prior to the Termination Date.

Available Commitment ” means a Lender’s Commitment minus (subject as set out below):

 

  (a) the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any outstanding Loans; and

 

  (b) in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any Loans that are due to be made on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

For the purposes of calculating a Lender’s Available Commitment in relation to any proposed Utilisation, that Lender’s participation in any Loans that are due to be repaid or prepaid on or before the proposed Utilisation Date shall not be deducted from a Lender’s Commitment.

Available Facility ” means the aggregate for the time being of each Lender’s Available Commitment.

Base Case Model ” means the financial model including income statement, projected balance sheet and cashflow projections in agreed form relating to the Group and delivered to the Agent in accordance with Clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions preceden t).

 

- 15 -


Base Currency ” means dollars.

Base Currency Amount ” means, in relation to a Loan, the amount specified in the Utilisation Request delivered by a Borrower for that Loan (or, if the amount requested is not denominated in the Base Currency, that amount converted into the Base Currency at the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange on the date which is three Business Days before the Utilisation Date or, if later, on the date the Agent receives the Utilisation Request) adjusted to reflect any repayment, prepayment, consolidation or division of that Loan.

Borrower ” means an Original Borrower or an Additional Borrower unless it has ceased to be a Borrower in accordance with Clause 26 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

Break Costs ” means the amount (if any) by which:

 

  (a) the interest (excluding the Margin) which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in a Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

exceeds:

 

  (b) the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

Budget ” means the budget to be delivered pursuant to Clause 20.4 ( Budget ).

Business Day ” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London and:

 

  (a) (in relation to any date for payment or purchase of a currency other than euro) the principal financial centre of the country of that currency; or

 

  (b) (in relation to any date for payment or purchase of euro) any TARGET Day.

Canadian Obligor ” means an Obligor incorporated under the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof.

Capital Expenditure ” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 21.1 ( Financial definitions ).

Cash ” means, at any time, cash in hand or at bank and (in the latter case) credited to an account in the name of a member of the Group with an Acceptable Bank and to which a member of the Group is alone (or together with other members of the Group) beneficially entitled and for so long as:

 

  (a) that cash is repayable on demand or, in relation to a cash deposit, within 7 Business Days of demand;

 

- 16 -


  (b) repayment of that cash is not contingent on the prior discharge of any other indebtedness of any member of the Group or of any other person whatsoever or on the satisfaction of any other condition;

 

  (c) there is no Security over that cash except for any Security permitted under paragraph (b) of the definition of Permitted Security; and

 

  (d) the cash is capable of being applied or made available to be applied in repayment or prepayment of the Facilities within 7 Business Days.

Cash Equivalent Investments ” means at any time:

 

  (a) certificates of deposit maturing within six months after the relevant date of calculation and issued by an Acceptable Bank;

 

  (b) any investment in marketable debt obligations issued or guaranteed by the government of the United States of America, the United Kingdom or Germany or by an instrumentality or agency of any of them having an equivalent credit rating, maturing within one year after the relevant date of calculation and not convertible or exchangeable to any other security;

 

  (c) commercial paper not convertible or exchangeable to any other security:

 

  (d) for which a recognised trading market exists;

 

  (e) issued by an issuer incorporated in the United States of America, the United Kingdom or Germany;

 

  (f) which matures within one year after the relevant date of calculation; and

 

  (g) which has a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or F1 or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-1 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has, in respect of its long-term unsecured and non-credit enhanced debt obligations, an equivalent rating;

 

  (h) sterling bills of exchange eligible for rediscount at the Bank of England and accepted by an Acceptable Bank (or their dematerialised equivalent);

 

  (i) any investment in money market funds (where such funds (i) have a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or F1 or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-1 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited and (ii) invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in paragraphs (a) to (h) above) which can be turned into cash on not more than 30 days’ notice; or

 

  (j) any other debt security approved by the Majority Lenders,

in each case to which any member of the Group is alone (or together with other members of the Group) beneficially entitled at that time and which is not issued or guaranteed by any member of the Group or subject to any Security.

 

- 17 -


Code ” means, on any date, the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (or any successor legislation thereto) as amended from time to time and the regulations promulgated and the rulings issued thereunder, all as the same may be in effect at such date.

Commitment ” means:

 

  (a) in relation to an Original Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set opposite its name under the heading “ Commitment ” in Part II of Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ) and the amount of any other Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase ) or Clause 2.3 ( New Commitments ); and

 

  (b) in relation to any other Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 ( Increase ) or Clause 2.3 ( New Commitments ),

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

Commodity Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § I et seq ), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

Company ” means MGHL or, following a Topco Substitution, Topco.

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 8 ( Form of Compliance Certificate ).

Confidential Information ” means all information relating to the Company, any Obligor, the Group, the Finance Documents or the Facility (including any Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation) of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or the Facility from either:

 

  (a) any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

  (b) another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group or any of its advisers,

in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that:

 

  (i) is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 37 ( Confidentiality ); or

 

  (ii) is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

  (iii)

is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraph (a) or (b) above or is

 

- 18 -


  lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality.

Confidentiality Undertaking ” means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in a recommended form of the LMA as set out in Schedule 10 ( LMA Form of Confidentiality Undertaking ) or in any other form agreed between the Company and the Agent.

control ” shall have the meaning set out in paragraph (b) of Clause 8.2 ( Change of control ).

“CTA means the Corporation Tax Act 2009.

Default ” means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 23 ( Events of Default ) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.

“Defaulting Lender means any Lender:

 

  (a) which has failed to make its participation in a Loan available (or has notified the Agent or the Company (which has notified the Agent) that it will not make its participation in a Loan available) by the Utilisation Date of that Loan in accordance with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation );

 

  (b) which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; or

 

  (c) with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing,

unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:

 

  (i) its failure to pay is caused by:

 

  (A) administrative or technical error; or

 

  (B) a Disruption Event; and,

 

  (C) payment is made within three Business Days of its due date; or

 

  (ii) the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

Disposal Proceeds ” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 8.6 ( Permitted Disposals ).

“Disruption Event means either or both of:

 

  (a)

a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for

 

- 19 -


  payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

  (b) the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

 

  (i) from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (ii) from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

Dutch FSA ” means the Financial Supervision Act ( Wet op het financieel toezicht ), including any regulations issued pursuant thereto.

“Dutch Obligor means an Obligor incorporated in The Netherlands.

“Environmental Claim means any claim, proceeding or investigation by any person in respect of any Environmental Law.

“Environmental Law means any applicable law in any jurisdiction in which any member of the Group conducts business which relates to the pollution or protection of the environment or harm to or the protection of human health or the health of animals or plants.

“Environmental Permits means any permit, licence, consent, approval and other Authorisation and the filing of any notification, report or assessment required under any Environmental Law for the operation of the business of any member of the Group conducted on or from the properties owned or used by the relevant member of the Group.

“ERISA” means, at any date, the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (or any successor legislation thereto), as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder, all as the same may be in effect at such date.

“EURIBOR means in relation to any Loan in euro:

 

  (a) the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

  (b) (if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan) the Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan; or

if:

 

  (i) no Screen Rate is available for the currency of that Loan; or

 

- 20 -


  (ii) no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan and it is not possible to calculate an Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan,

 

  (iii) the Reference Bank Rate,

as of, in the case of paragraphs (a) and 0 above, the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in euro for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the relevant Loan.

Event of Default ” means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 23 ( Events of Default ).

“Excluded Swap Obligation means, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the guarantee of such Guarantor of such Swap Obligation is or becomes illegal or unlawful under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder at the time of the guarantee of such Guarantor. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall only apply to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such guarantee is or becomes illegal.

“Existing Facility” means the US$350,000,000 multicurrency revolving facility made available by HSBC Bank plc to the Group pursuant to a facility agreement dated 23 December 2009 as amended and restated on 27 March 2012.

Facility ” means the revolving loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 ( The Facility ).

Facility Increase ” has the meaning given to it in Clause 2.3 ( New Commitments ).

Facility Increase Lender ” has the meaning given to it in Clause 2.3 ( New Commitments ).

“Facility Office means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

“FATCA” means:

 

  (a) sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations or other official guidance;

 

  (b) any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of paragraph (a) above; or

 

- 21 -


  (c) any agreement pursuant to the implementation of paragraph (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

“FATCA Application Date means:

 

  (a) in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014;

 

  (b) in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to “gross proceeds” from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), 1 January 2017; or

 

  (c) in relation to a “passthru payment” described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above, 1 January 2017,

or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

“FATCA Deduction means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

“FATCA Exempt Party means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

Fee Letter ” means any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement, or on or about the date of the Amendment and Restatement Agreement, in each case between the Arranger and MGHL (or the Agent and MGHL) setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 12 ( Fees).

“Finance Document means this Agreement, any Fee Letter, any Accession Letter, any Resignation Letter, any Hedging Agreement, any Increase Confirmation, any Upsize Notice and any other document designated as a “Finance Document” by the Agent and the Company provided that where the term “Finance Document” is used in, and construed for the purposes of this Agreement, a Hedging Agreement shall be a Finance Document only for the purposes of:

 

  (a) the definition of “Material Adverse Effect”;

 

  (b) paragraph (a)(iii) of Clause 1.2 ( Construction );

 

  (c) Clause 18 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ); and

 

  (d) Clause 23 ( Events of Default ) (other than Clause 23.14 ( Repudiation and rescission of agreements ) and Clause 23.17 ( Acceleration )).

“Finance Group means the Group and including any Joint Venture which is treated as a subsidiary undertaking under IFRS.

 

- 22 -


Finance Lease ” shall have the meaning set out in Clause 21.1 ( Financial definitions ).

“Finance Party means the Agent, the Arranger, a Hedge Counterparty or a Lender provided that where the term “Finance Party” is used in, and construed for the purposes of, this Agreement, a Hedge Counterparty shall be a Finance Party only for the purposes of:

 

  (a) paragraph (c) of the definition of “Material Adverse Effect”;

 

  (b) paragraph (a)(i) of Clause 1.2 ( Construction ); and

 

  (c) Clause 18 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ).

Financial Half Year Date ” has the meaning given to it in Clause 21.1 ( Financial definitions ).

“Financial Indebtedness means any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

  (a) moneys borrowed;

 

  (b) any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

 

  (c) any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

  (d) the amount of any liability in respect of any Finance Lease;

 

  (e) receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

  (f) any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) (but, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any liabilities of any member of the Group relating to any post retirement benefit scheme or health care scheme) having the commercial effect of a borrowing;

 

  (g) any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value shall be taken into account);

 

  (h) any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution (but other than Trade Instruments);

 

  (i) any amount raised by the issue of redeemable shares which are capable of being redeemed (other than at the option of the issuer) prior to the Termination Date;

 

  (j)

any amount of any liability under an advance or deferred purchase agreement if one of the primary reasons behind the entry into such agreement is to raise

 

- 23 -


  finance (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any earn out provisions which are not intended to raise finance); and

 

  (k) (without double counting) the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (j) above.

“Financial Year means the annual accounting period of the Finance Group ending on or about 31 December in each year.

“Flotation means:

 

  (a) a successful application being made for the admission of any part of the share capital of any member of the Group (or Holding Company of any member of the Group) to the Official List of the UK Listing Authority and the admission of any part of the share capital of any member of the Group (or Holding Company of any member of the Group) to trading on the London Stock Exchange plc;

 

  (b) an underwritten public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8 (or any successor form)) of the share capital of any member of the Group (or Holding Company of any member of the Group) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act and listing of the share capital of any member of the Group (or Holding Company of any member of the Group) on the New York Stock Exchange or quoting on the NASDAQ Global Markets or listing or quoting on any other U.S. securities exchange or similar; or

 

  (c) the grant of permission to deal in any part of the issued share capital of any member of the Group (or Holding Company of any member of the Group) on the Alternative Investment Market or the European Acquisition of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System or on any recognised investment exchange (as that term is used in the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000) or in or on any exchange or market replacing the same or any other exchange or market in any country.

Funding Rate ” means any rate notified to the Agent by a Lender pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 11.2 ( Market disruption ).

“GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles in the United Kingdom including IFRS.

“Group means the Company and its Subsidiaries for the time being but excluding for the avoidance of doubt, any Permitted Joint Venture and any of its Subsidiaries from time to time (unless, any such Permitted Joint Venture becomes a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company).

“Group Structure Chart means a group structure chart showing:

 

  (a) each entity that is a member of the Finance Group and its jurisdiction of incorporation;

 

- 24 -


  (b) any Joint Ventures in which any member of the Finance Group has an interest;

 

  (c) that all members of the Finance Group (other than those indicated on the chart) are wholly-owned Subsidiaries of the Company.

Guarantor ” means an Original Guarantor or an Additional Guarantor, unless it has ceased to be a Guarantor in accordance with Clause 26 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

Hedge Counterparty ” means, subject to Clause 25.2 ( Resignation of Hedge Counterparties ) any Lender which has become a Party as a Hedge Counterparty pursuant to Clause 25.1 ( Accession of Hedge Counterparties ).

Hedge Counterparty Accession Deed ” means an accession deed substantially in the form set out in Schedule 14 ( Form of Hedge Counterparty Accession Deed ).

Hedge Counterparty Resignation Letter ” means a resignation letter substantially in the form set out at Schedule 15 ( Form of Hedge Counterparty Resignation Letter ).

Hedging Agreement ” means any master agreement, confirmation, schedule or other agreement entered into or to be entered into by a member of the Group and a Hedge Counterparty for the purpose of hedging the types of liabilities and/or risks permitted under Clause 22.19 ( Treasury Transactions ).

“Holding Company means, in relation to a person, any other person in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

“IFRS means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.

“Impaired Agent means the Agent at any time when:

 

  (a) it has failed to make (or has notified a Party that it will not make) a payment required to be made by it under the Finance Documents by the due date for payment;

 

  (b) the Agent otherwise rescinds or repudiates a Finance Document;

 

  (c) (if the Agent is also a Lender) it is a Defaulting Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of the definition of “Defaulting Lender”; or

 

  (d) an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Agent;

unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:

 

  (i) its failure to pay is caused by:

 

  (A) administrative or technical error; or

 

  (B) a Disruption Event; and

 

  (ii) payment is made within three Business Days of its due date; or

 

- 25 -


  (iii) the Agent is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

Increase Confirmation ” means a confirmation substantially in the form set out in Schedule 12 ( Form of Increase Confirmation ).

“Increase Lender has the meaning given to that term in each Increase Confirmation and includes a Facility Increase Lender.

“Information Pack means the following information in respect of the Group provided to the Original Lenders on the dates indicated in parentheses below:

 

  (a) valuation 2011 (11 May 2012);

 

  (b) annual review 2011 and 2012 annual plan (11 May 2012);

 

  (c) corporate overview May 2012 (11 May 2012);

 

  (d) shareholder agreement summary (11 May 2012);

 

  (e) detailed Monthly profit and loss, cashflow and balance sheet forecasts 2012-2014 and quarterly financial covenant tests (29 May 2012);

 

  (f) reconciliations of 2009, 2010 and 2011 EBITDA to statutory accounts (16 May 2012);

 

  (g) 2011 revenue and EBITDA - pre transfer pricing (29 May 2012);

 

  (h) walkthrough/presentation by segment of 2011 forecast run rate to 2012 run rate (29 May 2012);

 

  (i) average term of contracts/licences (29 May 2012);

 

  (j) historic renewal rates for licences (29 May 2012);

 

  (k) percentage of contracts on auto-renewal terms and details of any termination clauses within contracts (29 May 2012);

 

  (l) main reasons for customers terminating contracts (29 May 2012);

 

  (m) terminations/non renewals by segment (29 May 2012);

 

  (n) run rate revenue by top ten clients (29 May 2012);

 

  (o) cross selling of products for largest customers (29 May 2012); and

 

  (p) April 2012 management report (12 June 2012).

“Insolvency Event in relation to a Finance Party means that the Finance Party:

 

  (a) is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

- 26 -


  (b) becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due;

 

  (c) makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors;

 

  (d) institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official;

 

  (e) has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in paragraph (d) above and:

 

  (i) results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation; or

 

  (ii) is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof;

 

  (f) has exercised in respect of it one or more of the stabilisation powers pursuant to Part 1 of The Banking Act 2009 and/or has instructed against it a bank insolvency proceeding pursuant to Part 1 of The Banking Act 2009 or a bank administration proceeding pursuant to Part 3 of The Banking Act 2009;

 

  (g) has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

  (h) seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets;

 

  (i) has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter;

 

  (j) causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) to (i) above; or

 

  (k) takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

 

- 27 -


“Intellectual Property means:

 

  (a) any patents, trademarks, service marks, designs, business names, copyrights, design rights, moral rights, inventions, confidential information, knowhow and other intellectual property rights and interests, whether registered or unregistered; and

 

  (b) the benefit of all applications and rights to use such assets of each member of the Group.

Interest Cover ” shall have the meaning set out in Clause 21.1 ( Financial definitions ).

Interest Period ” means, in relation to a Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 10 ( Interest Periods ) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 9.3 ( Default interest ).

“Interpolated Screen Rate” means, in relation to LIBOR or EURIBOR for any Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis using the method recommended by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) between:

 

  (a) the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of that Loan; and

 

  (b) the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of that Loan,

 

  (c) each as of the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the currency of that Loan.

“ITA means the Income Tax Act 2007.

“Joint Venture means any joint venture entity whether a company, unincorporated firm, undertaking, association, joint venture or partnership or any other entity.

“Legal Reservations means:

 

  (a) the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganisation and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;

 

  (b) the time barring of claims under the Limitation Acts, the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a person against non-payment of UK stamp duty may be void and defences of set-off or counterclaim;

 

  (c) the principle that any additional interest or other obligation imposed under any relevant agreement may be unenforceable on the grounds that it is a penalty and thus void;

 

- 28 -


  (d) the principle that an English court may not give effect to an indemnity for legal costs incurred by an unsuccessful litigant if the court itself has made an order for costs;

 

  (e) similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any jurisdiction of incorporation of any Obligor; and

 

  (f) any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under Clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) or Clause 26 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

Lender ” means:

 

  (a) any Original Lender; and

 

  (b) any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party in accordance with Clause 2.2 ( Increase ), Clause 2.3 ( New Commitments ) or Clause 24 ( Changes to the Lenders ),

which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

LIBOR ” means, in relation to any Loan:

 

  (a) the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

  (b) (if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan) the Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan; or

if:

 

  (i) no Screen Rate is available for the currency of that Loan; or

 

  (ii) no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan and it is not possible to calculate an Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan,

 

  (iii) the Reference Bank Rate,

as of, in the case of paragraphs (a) and 0 above, the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in the currency of that Loan and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the relevant Loan.

Limitation Acts ” means the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984.

LMA ” means the Loan Market Association.

Loan ” means a loan made or to be made under the Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

 

- 29 -


Majority Lenders ” means a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 662/3% of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 662/3% of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the reduction).

Margin ” means in relation to any Loan or any Unpaid Sum, 0.75 per cent. per annum;

but if:

 

  (a) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and

 

  (b) Total Leverage in respect of the most recently completed Relevant Period is within a range set out below,

then the Margin for each Loan will be the percentage per annum set out below in the column opposite that range:

 

Total Leverage

   Margin
% p.a.
 

Greater than or equal to 2.50:1

     1.750   

Less than to 2.50:1 but greater than or equal to 2.00:1

     1.250   

Less than 2.00:1 but greater than or equal to 1.50:1

     1.000   

Less than 1.50:1 but greater than or equal to 1.00:1

     0.875   

Less than 1.00:1

     0.750   

However:

 

  (i) any increase or decrease in the Margin for a Loan shall take effect on the date (the “ reset date ”) which is five Business Days following receipt by the Agent of the Compliance Certificate for that Relevant Period pursuant to Clause 20.2 ( Compliance Certificate );

 

  (ii) if the Company fails to deliver a Compliance Certificate or an Event of Default is continuing, the Margin for each Loan shall be 1.75 per cent. per annum until such Compliance Certificate is delivered and/or no Event of Default is continuing; and

 

  (iii) for the purpose of determining the Margin, Total Leverage and Relevant Period shall be determined in accordance with Clause 21.1 ( Financial Definitions ).

Margin Stock ” means margin stock or “margin security” within the meaning of Regulations T, U and X.

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on:

 

  (a) the business, operations, assets or financial condition of the Group taken as a whole;

 

  (b)

the ability of an Obligor to perform its payment obligations under the Finance Documents (having regard to any funds which can be readily made available

 

- 30 -


  to it by any other member of the Group) and/ or its obligations under Clause 21.2 ( Financial condition ) of this Agreement provided that in relation to a Hedging Agreement this limb (b) only applies where the aggregate amount owed by the relevant Obligor to the Hedge Counterparty under the Hedging Agreement is more than US$10,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) on a marked-to-market basis; or

 

  (c) the validity, enforceability, or effectiveness of any of the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of any Finance Party under any of the Finance Documents.

Material Company ” means, at any time, a Subsidiary of the Company (excluding for all purposes in this calculation any Permitted Joint Venture and any of its Subsidiaries from time to time (unless any such Permitted Joint Venture becomes a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company)) which has earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as EBITDA) or has turnover (excluding intra group items) representing 10 per cent. or more of the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as EBITDA but with all references to “Finance Group” replaced with references to “Group”) or turnover of the Group calculated on a consolidated basis determined quarterly (or, following a Flotation, semi-annually) by reference to the most recent Compliance Certificate supplied by the Company.

Month ” means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

 

  (a) (subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

  (b) if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

 

  (c) if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.

The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.

New Lender ” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 24 ( Changes to the Lenders ).

Obligor ” means a Borrower or a Guarantor.

Obligors Agent ” means the Company, appointed to act on behalf of each Obligor in relation to the Finance Documents pursuant to Clause 2.5 ( Obligors’ Agent ).

OFAC ” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the US Department of the Treasury.

 

- 31 -


Optional Currency ” means a currency (other than the Base Currency) which complies with the conditions set out in Clause 4.3 ( Conditions relating to Optional Currencies ).

Original Financial Statements ” means:

 

  (a) in relation to MGHL, the audited consolidated financial statements of the Finance Group for the financial year ended 31 December 2011;

 

  (b) in relation to each of Markit Securities Finance Analytics Limited and Markit Securities Finance Analytics Consulting Limited, its audited or unaudited financial statements (as applicable in accordance with paragraph (b) of Clause 20.1 ( Financial statements )) for its financial year ended 30 June 2011; and

 

  (c) in relation to each other Original Obligor, its audited or unaudited financial statements (as applicable in accordance with paragraph (b) of Clause 20.1 ( Financial statements )) for its financial year ended 31 December 2011.

Original Obligor ” means an Original Borrower or an Original Guarantor.

Participating Member State ” means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

Party ” means a party to this Agreement.

Permitted Acquisition ” means:

 

  (a) acquisitions where the consideration is funded solely by the issue of shares in the Company;

 

  (b) acquisitions where the cash consideration (or, in the case of the incorporation of a company, the subscription of shares for cash) payable, or subscribed for, by the relevant member of the Group less any cash amount raised by way of the issue of shares in the Company does not exceed US$425,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) (subject to an aggregate limit of US$725,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) in any one Financial Year);

 

  (c) acquisitions where cash consideration is more than US$425,000,000 or where the aggregate limit of US$725,000,000 under paragraph (b) above would be exceeded provided that at least 21 days but no more than 60 days before the proposed acquisition, the Company provides a certificate (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) signed by any two of a director(s), Group finance director or chief financial officer of the Company and showing, in reasonable detail, that (assuming that the acquisition had occurred and on a pro forma basis):

 

  (i) Interest Cover is not projected to be less than 4:1; and

 

  (ii) Total Leverage is not projected to exceed 2:1,

 

- 32 -


in each case, on each of the next four Quarter Dates (or, following a Flotation, the next two Financial Half Year Dates) following the proposed date of completion of the acquisition. The projections and assumptions on which such calculations are based shall be subject to the approval of the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably) provided that if the Agent objects to any such projections, assumptions or calculations, it must concurrently provide to the Borrower supporting documentation and explanation;

 

  (d) any acquisition where the Majority Lenders have given written consent;

 

  (e) in circumstances constituting a Permitted Disposal; and

 

  (f) an investment in a Permitted Joint Venture.

Permitted Disposal ” means any sale, lease, transfer or other disposal:

 

  (a) made in the ordinary course of trading of the disposing entity;

 

  (b) of assets in exchange for other assets comparable or superior as to type, value and quality;

 

  (c) made with the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders;

 

  (d) of assets that are obsolete, redundant, surplus to requirements or no longer required for the Group’s business taken as a whole;

 

  (e) to a Permitted Joint Venture;

 

  (f) arising out of any Security permitted by this Agreement;

 

  (g) made by an Obligor to any other Obligor or by any member of the Group which is not an Obligor to another member of the Group;

 

  (h) pursuant to a Permitted Reorganisation;

 

  (i) comprising a capital contribution made between members of the Group;

 

  (j) arising under a sale and leaseback or as a consequence of any Finance Lease provided that the aggregate net proceeds of (i) any sale and leaseback and (ii) any Finance Lease (including, for the purposes of this calculation, those permitted under paragraph (c) of the definition of Permitted Financial Indebtedness (but without double counting)) do not exceed an aggregate of £25,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency) at any time;

 

  (k) made on arm’s length terms and for full cash consideration at fair market value where the consideration receivable:

 

  (i) does not exceed US$70,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or currencies) per disposal; and

 

- 33 -


  (ii) (when aggregated with the consideration receivable for any other sale, lease, transfer or other disposal, other than any permitted under paragraphs (a) to (j) above) does not exceed US$140,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or currencies) at any time,

the proceeds of which may be applied in any manner not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement;

 

  (l) made on arm’s length terms and for full cash consideration at fair market value where the consideration receivable exceeds either of the baskets set out in paragraph (k) above provided that in any Financial Year an aggregate amount of no more than US$175,000,000 of the Disposal Proceeds arising from such disposals is reinvested in the business of the Group within 365 days of such disposals or, to the extent not so reinvested, applied in prepayment and cancellation of the Facility in accordance with Clause 8.6 ( Permitted Disposals );

 

  (m) made on arm’s length terms and for full cash consideration at fair market value where the consideration receivable (when aggregated with the consideration receivable for any other sale, lease, transfer or other disposal by the Group, other than any permitted under paragraphs (a) to (l) above) exceeds the baskets set out in paragraphs (k) and (l) above provided that the Disposal Proceeds arising from such disposals in excess of such baskets are applied in prepayment and cancellation of the Facility in accordance with Clause 8.6 ( Permitted Disposals ).

Permitted Distribution ” means (without double counting):

 

  (a) the payment of a dividend or other distribution defeasement, redemption, repurchase, cancellation, retirement, reduction or repayment in respect of share capital of any Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

  (b) the payment of a dividend or other distribution in respect of share capital by any Permitted Joint Venture;

 

  (c) the payment, distribution, defeasement, redemption, repurchase, cancellation, retirement, reduction or repayment of any share capital or options in connection with any share or option buy back scheme operated for the benefit of employees of the Group provided that the aggregate net cash consideration (net of exercise price and before taxes and fees) paid in respect of such transactions in any Financial Year shall not exceed $50,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or currencies); and

 

  (d)

the payment of a dividend or other distribution in respect of share capital of the Company or the redemption, repurchase, cancellation, retirement, defeasement, reduction or repayment of any share capital or options of the Company provided that, the aggregate net cash consideration (net of exercise price and before taxes and fees) paid in respect of such transactions shall not exceed $215,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or currencies) in

 

- 34 -


  any Financial Year or $725,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or currencies) during the life of the Facility.

Permitted Financial Indebtedness ” means:

 

  (a) Financial Indebtedness under any current account cash pooling arrangement between members of the Group as entered into in the ordinary course of business, to the extent that such Financial Indebtedness is netted off against credit balances on those current accounts;

 

  (b) any Financial Indebtedness as permitted by Clause 22.14 ( Loans or credit ) or Clause 22.15 ( No Guarantees or indemnities ) or as permitted by Clause 22.19 ( Treasury Transactions );

 

  (c) any Financial Indebtedness under Finance Leases, provided that the aggregate capital value of all such items so leased under outstanding Finance Leases by members of the Group (when aggregated with the aggregate net proceeds of (i) any sale and leaseback and (ii) any other Finance Lease (in each case, to the extent permitted under paragraph (j) of the definition of Permitted Disposal (but without double counting)) does not exceed £25,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) at any time;

 

  (d) any Financial Indebtedness of any person acquired by the Group after the date of this Agreement which is incurred under arrangements in existence at the date of acquisition, but which is not incurred or increased or does not have its maturity date extended in contemplation of or since that acquisition and which is, in any event, discharged within six months of completion of such acquisition;

 

  (e) any Financial Indebtedness arising from any banking arrangements entered into by a member of the Group in respect of any overdraft facility, short term facility, derivative facility, foreign exchange facility or any other facility or accommodation provided to the Group in each case by a Lender (or any of its Affiliates);

 

  (f) any deferred consideration outstanding as a direct consequence of a Permitted Distribution;

 

  (g) any Financial Indebtedness permitted in writing by the Majority Lenders; and

 

  (h) in respect of members of the Group which are not Obligors, any Financial Indebtedness not permitted by paragraphs (a) to (g) (inclusive) above where the outstanding principal amount does not exceed an aggregate of US$50,000,000 (or its equivalent) at any time.

Permitted Guarantee ” means:

 

  (a) any guarantee or indemnity arising under a Finance Document;

 

  (b) any guarantee of any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group which is permitted under Clause 22.13 ( Financial Indebtedness );

 

- 35 -


  (c) any indemnity provided by a member of the Group in respect of any license or lease arrangement entered into by it in the ordinary course of its business and not in respect of Financial Indebtedness;

 

  (d) any guarantee provided by any member of the Group in respect of any overdraft facility, short term facility, derivative facility, foreign exchange facility or any other facility or accommodation provided to the Group in each case by a Lender (or any Affiliate);

 

  (e) the endorsement of negotiable instruments in the ordinary course of trade;

 

  (f) any performance or similar bond guaranteeing performance by any member of the Group under any contract entered into in the ordinary course of trade;

 

  (g) any guarantee of a Joint Venture to the extent permitted by Clause 22.8 ( Joint venture );

 

  (h) any guarantee permitted under Clause 22.14 ( Loans or credit );

 

  (i) any guarantee given in respect of the netting or set-off arrangements permitted under sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (b) of the definition of Permitted Security;

 

  (j) any guarantees in respect of the Existing Facility until released on the first Utilisation Date; or

 

  (k) any guarantee by an Obligor in respect of the obligations of any member of the Group which is not an Obligor provided that the aggregate of all such guarantees and all loans permitted under paragraph (e) of the definition of Permitted Loan does not exceed US$30,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) at any time.

Permitted Joint Venture ” means:

 

  (a) any investments in any Joint Venture where the aggregate of:

 

  (i) all amounts subscribed for shares in, lent to, or invested in all such Joint Ventures by any member of the Group;

 

  (ii) the contingent liabilities of any member of the Group under any guarantee given in respect of the liabilities of any such Joint Venture; and

 

  (iii) the net book value of any assets transferred by any member of the Group to any such Joint Venture,

 

  (iv) does not exceed (A) US$70,000,000 in any Financial Year and (B) US$140,000,000 in aggregate at any time; or

 

  (b) any investments in any Joint Ventures in respect of which the Majority Lenders have given their consent.

 

- 36 -


Permitted Loan ” means:

 

  (a) any trade credit extended by any member of the Group to its customers on normal commercial terms and in the ordinary course of its trading activities;

 

  (b) Financial Indebtedness which is referred to in the definition of, or otherwise constitutes, Permitted Financial Indebtedness (except under paragraph (b) of that definition);

 

  (c) a loan made by a member of the Group to a Joint Venture to the extent permitted under Clause 22.8 ( Joint venture );

 

  (d) a loan made by an Obligor to another Obligor or made by a member of the Group which is not an Obligor to another member of the Group;

 

  (e) any loan made by an Obligor to a member of the Group which is not an Obligor so long as the aggregate amount of the Financial Indebtedness under any such loans (when aggregated with the amount outstanding under any guarantees under paragraph (k) of the definition of Permitted Guarantee) does not at any time exceed US$30,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or currencies);

 

  (f) any loans made in the ordinary course of business to an employee or director of any member of the Group (i) for any purpose (other than in connection with a loan provided in accordance with paragraph (ii) below) provided that the aggregate amount of all such loans shall not exceed US$15,000,000 at any time and the aggregate amount made available to each employee or director shall not exceed US$600,000 and (ii) for the purchase of shares following the exercise by such employee or director of an option to purchase shares pursuant to the share option scheme made available by the Group and in existence as at the date of this Agreement provided that such loan shall not result in a net cash payment by such Obligor at any time;

 

  (g) any Financial Indebtedness arising under a loan by the Company to an employee benefit trust (or similar vehicle) of the Group:

 

  (i) in existence at the date of this Agreement (or as novated to Topco in connection with a Permitted Reorganisation) up to a maximum aggregate amount of US$250,000,000; or

 

  (ii) incurred after the date of this Agreement in connection with a transaction described in paragraph (c) or (d) of the definition of “Permitted Distribution”;

 

  (h) any deferred consideration arising under a Permitted Disposal; or

 

  (i) any other loans where the aggregate outstanding principal amount does not exceed US$50,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) at any time.

 

- 37 -


Permitted Reorganisation ” means:

 

  (a) any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation, liquidation or corporate reconstruction on a solvent basis of a member of the Group (a “ reorganisation ”) where all of the business and assets of that member remain within the Group provided that :

 

  (i) if that member of the Group was an Obligor immediately prior to such reorganisation being implemented, all of the business and assets of that member are retained by one or more Obligors; and

 

  (ii) if that member of the Group is not an Obligor, so long as any assets distributed as a result of such reorganisation are distributed to other members of the Group,

 

  (iii) and, in each case:

 

  (A) the surviving or continuing entity of any such reorganisation is liable for all the obligations of the member of the Group it has merged with to the same extent as that member of the Group; and

 

  (B) the surviving or continuing entity is incorporated in the same jurisdiction as that member of the Group, in Bermuda or in any jurisdiction in which a member of the Group is incorporated on the date of the Amendment and Restatement Agreement; or

 

  (b) Topco becoming the immediate Holding Company of MGHL (by way of a scheme of arrangement substantially in accordance with the paper entitled “Project Phoenix: Reorganisation and Liquidity Event Strawman” which was circulated to the Lenders prior to the date of the Amendment and Restatement Agreement) in connection with a Flotation and/or a Topco Substitution,

provided in each case the Agent is given not less than ten Business Days’ notice by the Company prior to such reorganisation.

Permitted Security ” means:

 

  (a) any Security listed in Schedule 9 ( Existing Security ) except to the extent that the principal amount secured by that Security exceeds the amount stated in that Schedule;

 

  (b) any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements either:

 

  (i) for the purpose of netting debt and credit balances; or

 

  (ii) as part of that bank’s standard terms and conditions;

 

  (c)

any payment or close out netting or set-off arrangement pursuant to any Treasury Transaction or foreign exchange transaction entered into by a member of the Group which is permitted by Clause 22.19 ( Treasury

 

- 38 -


  Transaction ) excluding any Security or any arrangement referred to in paragraph (b) of Clause 22.10 ( Negative Pledge ) in each case under a credit support arrangement;

 

  (d) any lien arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of trading;

 

  (e) any Security over or affecting any asset acquired by a member of the Group after the date of this Agreement if:

 

  (i) the Security was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of that asset by a member of the Group;

 

  (ii) the principal amount secured has not been increased in contemplation of or since the acquisition of that asset by a member of the Group; and

 

  (iii) the Security is removed or discharged within 90 days of the date of acquisition of such asset;

 

  (f) any Security over or affecting any asset of any company which becomes a member of the Group after the date of this Agreement, where the Security is created prior to the date on which that company becomes a member of the Group if:

 

  (i) the Security was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of that company;

 

  (ii) the principal amount secured has not increased in contemplation of or since the acquisition of that company; and

 

  (iii) the Security is removed or discharged within 90 days of that company becoming a member of the Group;

 

  (g) any Security entered into pursuant to any Finance Document;

 

  (h) any Security in respect of which the Majority Lenders have given their consent;

 

  (i) any Security or any quasi-security (referred to in paragraph (b) of Clause 22.10 ( Negative pledge )) arising under paragraph (j) of the definition of Permitted Disposal;

 

  (j) any Security in respect of the Existing Facility until released on the first Utilisation Date; or

 

  (k) Security imposed by any government agency for Taxes not yet due and delinquent or which are being contested in accordance with Clause 22.4 ( Taxation );

 

  (l) statutory Security incurred, or pledges or deposits made, under work’s compensation, employment insurance and other social security legislation;

 

  (m)

Security of or resulting from any judgment or award, the time for the appeal or petition for rehearsing of which shall not have expired, or in respect of which

 

- 39 -


  the applicable Obligor is prosecuting an appeal or proceeding for review in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and in respect of which a stay of execution pending such appeal or proceeding for review shall have been secured; or

 

  (n) any other Security to the extent that the aggregate outstanding principal amount secured does not at any time exceed US$20,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies).

Qualified ECP Guarantor ” means, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Guarantor that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time the relevant guarantee or grant of the relevant security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or such other person as constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Qualifying Lender ” has the meaning given to it in Clause 13 ( Tax Gross Up and Indemnities ).

Quarter Date ” shall have the meaning set out in Clause 21.1 ( Financial definitions ).

Quotation Day ” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined:

 

  (a) (if the currency is sterling) the first day of that period;

 

  (b) (if the currency is euro) two TARGET Days before the first day of that period; or

 

  (c) (for any other currency) two Business Days before the first day of that period,

unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Day for that currency will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

Reference Bank Quotation ” means any quotation supplied to the Agent by a Reference Bank.

Reference Bank Rate ” means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Reference Banks:

 

  (a) in relation to LIBOR, as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could borrow funds in the London interbank market; or

 

  (b) in relation to EURIBOR, as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could borrow funds in the European interbank market,

 

- 40 -


in the relevant currency and for the relevant period, were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in that currency and for that period.

Reference Banks ” means, in relation to LIBOR, the principal London offices of any two or more Lenders as appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Company and, in relation to EURIBOR, the principal office in London of any two or more Lenders as appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Company.

Regulations T, U and X ” means, respectively, Regulations T, U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor) as now and from time to time in effect from the date of this Agreement.

Related Fund ” in relation to a fund (the “ first fund ”), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.

Relevant Interbank Market ” means in relation to euro, the European interbank market, and, in relation to any other currency, the London interbank market.

Repeating Representations ” means each of the representations set out in Clauses 19.1 ( Status ) to 19.6 ( Governing law and enforcement ) (inclusive), Clause 19.10 ( No default ), paragraphs (d) and (e) of Clause 19.12 ( Financial statements ), Clause 19.13 ( Pari passu ranking ), Clause 19.15 ( No breach of laws ) and Clause 19.21 ( Centre of main interests and establishments ).

Representative ” means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.

Resignation Letter ” means a letter substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7 ( Form of Resignation Letter ).

Restricted Party ” means a person that is:

 

  (a) listed on, or owned or controlled by a person listed on, a Sanctions List, or a person acting on behalf of such a person;

 

  (b) located in or organised under the laws of a country or territory that is the subject of country-wide or territory-wide Sanctions, or a person who is owned or controlled by, or acting on behalf of such a person; or

otherwise a subject of Sanctions.

Rollover Loan ” means one or more Loans:

 

  (a) made or to be made on the same day that a maturing Loan is due to be repaid;

 

  (b) the aggregate amount of which is equal to or less than the amount of the maturing Loan;

 

- 41 -


  (c) in the same currency as the maturing Loan (unless it arose as a result of the operation of Clause 6.2 ( Unavailability of a currency )); and

 

  (d) made or to be made to the same Borrower for the purpose of refinancing a maturing Loan.

Sanctions ” means any trade, economic or financial sanctions laws, regulations, embargoes or restrictive measures administered, enacted or enforced by a Sanctions Authority.

Sanctions Authority ” means:

 

  (a) the Security Council of the United Nations;

 

  (b) the United States of America;

 

  (c) the European Union;

 

  (d) the member states of the European Union;

 

  (e) Switzerland;

 

  (f) Singapore;

 

  (g) Hong Kong; and

 

  (h) the governments and official institutions or agencies of any of paragraphs (a) to (g) above, including OFAC, the US Department of State, and Her Majesty’s Treasury.

Sanctions List ” means the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons list maintained by OFAC, the Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets and the Investment Ban List maintained by Her Majesty’s Treasury, or any similar list maintained by, or public announcement of a Sanctions designation made by, a Sanctions Authority, each as amended, supplemented or substituted from time to time.

Sanctions Systems Effective Date ” means the earlier of:

 

  (a) the date falling six months after the date of the Amendment and Restatement Agreement; and

 

  (b) the date upon which the Company confirms in writing to the Agent that its new sanctions checking systems are in place across the Group.

Screen Rate ” means:

 

  (a) in relation to LIBOR, the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant currency and period displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters screen (or any replacement Reuters page which displays that rate); and

 

- 42 -


  (b) in relation to EURIBOR, the euro interbank offered rate administered by the Banking Federation of the European Union (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant period,

displayed on the EUROBOR01 page of the Reuters screen (or any replacement Reuters screen which displays that rate).

If such page or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Company and the Lenders.

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Security ” means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, hypothec or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

Separate Loan ” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 7.1 ( Repayment of Loans ).

Specified Time ” means a time determined in accordance with Schedule 11 ( Timetables ).

Subsidiary ” means a subsidiary within the meaning of section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006.

“Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

TARGET2 ” means the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer payment system which utilises a single shared platform and which was launched on 19 November 2007.

TARGET Day ” means any day on which TARGET2 is open for the settlement of payments in euro.

Tax ” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

Termination Date ” means the date falling 60 Months after the date of the Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

Topco ” means Markit Limited (or a company previously known as Markit Limited), an exempted limited company incorporated in Bermuda which is (or will be, pursuant to a Permitted Reorganisation) a Holding Company of MGHL.

 

- 43 -


Topco Substitution ” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 26.2 ( Topco Substitution )

Total Commitments ” means the aggregate of the Commitments, being US$1,050,000,000 at the date of this Agreement, as may be increased pursuant to Clause 2.2 ( Increase ) or 2.3 ( New Commitments ).

Total Leverage ” shall have the meaning set out in Clause 21.1 ( Financial definitions ).

Trade Instrument ” means any performance bonds, advance payment bonds or documentary letters of credit issued in respect of the obligations of any member of the Group arising in the ordinary course of trading of that member of the Group.

Transfer Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 ( Form of Transfer Certificate ) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Company.

Transfer Date ” means, in relation to an assignment or a transfer, the later of:

 

  (a) the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate; and

 

  (b) the date on which the Agent executes the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate.

Treasury Transaction ” means any derivative transaction (including any ISDA master agreement) entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price.

Unpaid Sum ” means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.

Upsize Notice ” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 13 ( Form of Upsize Notice ).

U.S. ” and “ United States ” means the United States of America, its territories, possessions and other areas subject to the jurisdiction of the United States of America.

U.S. Borrower ” means a Borrower whose jurisdiction of organization is a state of the United States of America or the District of Columbia.

U.S. Guarantor ” means a Guarantor whose jurisdiction of organisation is a state of the United States of America or the District of Columbia.

U.S. Obligor ” means any U.S. Borrower or U.S. Guarantor.

U.S. Tax Obligor ” means:

 

  (a) a Borrower which is resident for tax purposes in the United States of America; or

 

- 44 -


  (b) an Obligor some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the United States for US federal income tax purposes.

Utilisation ” means a utilisation of the Facility.

Utilisation Date ” means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Loan is to be made.

Utilisation Request ” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 3 ( Utilisation Request ).

VAT ” means value added tax within the meaning of Council Directive 2006/112/EC of 28 November 2006 on the common system of Value Added Tax or any legislation in a member state implementing such Council Directive and any other tax of a similar nature.

 

1.2 Construction

 

  (a) Unless a contrary indication appears any reference in this Agreement to:

 

  (i) the “ Agent ”, the “ Arranger ”, any “ Finance Party ”, any “ Lender ”, any “ Hedge Counterparty ” any “ Obligor ” or any “ Party ” shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees;

 

  (ii) assets ” includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

  (iii) a “ Finance Document ” or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended, replaced or restated (in each case however fundamentally);

 

  (iv) guarantee ” means (other than in Clause 18 ( Guarantee and Indemnity )) any guarantee, letter of credit, bond, indemnity or similar assurance against loss, or any obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase or assume any indebtedness of any person or to make an investment in or loan to any person or to purchase assets of any person where, in each case, such obligation is assumed in order to maintain or assist the ability of such person to meet its indebtedness;

 

  (v) indebtedness ” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

  (vi) a “ person ” includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality);

 

  (vii)

a “ regulation ” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law or, not having the

 

- 45 -


  force of law, in circumstances where compliance is customary) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

  (viii) a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted; and

 

  (ix) a time of day is a reference to London time.

 

  (b) Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

 

  (c) Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

  (d) A Default (other than an Event of Default) is “ continuing ” if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is “ continuing ” if it has not been waived.

 

1.3 Dutch Terms

In this Agreement, where it relates to a Dutch entity, a reference to:

 

  (a) a necessary action to authorise, where applicable, includes without limitation:

 

  (i) any action required to comply with the Dutch Works Council Act ( Wet op de ondernemingsraden ); and

 

  (ii) obtaining unconditional positive advice ( advies ) from each competent works council;

 

  (b) a winding-up, administration or dissolution includes a Dutch entity being:

 

  (i) declared bankrupt ( failliet verklaard );

 

  (ii) dissolved ( ontbonden );

 

  (c) a moratorium includes surséance van betaling and granted a moratorium includes surséance verleend ;

 

  (d) a trustee in bankruptcy includes a curator ;

 

  (e) an administrator includes a bewindvoerder ;

 

  (f) a receiver or an administrative receiver does not include a curator or bewindvoerder ; and

 

  (g) an attachment includes a beslag .

 

- 46 -


1.4 Currency Symbols and Definitions

US$ ” and “ dollars ” denote the lawful currency of the United States of America, “ £ ” and “ sterling ” denote the lawful currency of the United Kingdom and “ EUR ” and “ euro ” denote the single currency unit of any of the Participating Member States.

 

1.5 Third party rights

A person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

- 47 -


SECTION 2

THE FACILITY

 

2. THE FACILITY

 

2.1 The Facility

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrowers a multicurrency revolving loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Commitments.

 

2.2 Increase

 

  (a) The Company may by giving prior notice to the Agent by no later than the date falling 20 Business Days after the effective date of a cancellation of:

 

  (i) the Available Commitments of a Defaulting Lender in accordance with paragraph (f) of Clause 8.5 ( Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender ); or

 

  (ii) the Commitments of a Lender in accordance with:

 

  (A) Clause 8.1 ( Illegality ); or

 

  (B) Paragraph (a) of Clause 8.5 ( Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender ),

request that the Commitments relating to the Facility be increased (and the Commitments relating to the Facility shall be so increased) in an aggregate amount in the Base Currency of up to the amount of the Available Commitments or Commitments relating to that Facility so cancelled as follows:

 

  (iii) the increased Commitments will be assumed by one or more Lenders or other banks, financial institutions, trusts, funds or other entities selected by the Company (each of which shall not be a member of the Group) and each of which confirms in writing by executing an Increase Confirmation its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of a Lender corresponding to that part of the increased Commitments which it is to assume, as if it had been an Original Lender;

 

  (iv) each of the Obligors and any Increase Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another as the Obligors and the Increase Lender would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

  (v) each Increase Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and any Increase Lender and each of the other Finance Parties shall assume obligations towards one another and acquire rights against one another as that Increase Lender and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

- 48 -


  (vi) the Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect; and

 

  (vii) any increase in the Commitments relating to a Facility shall take effect on the date specified by the Company in the notice referred to above or any later date on which the conditions set out in paragraph (b) below are satisfied.

 

  (b) An increase in the Commitments relating to a Facility will only be effective on:

 

  (i) the execution by the Agent of an Increase Confirmation from the relevant Increase Lender; and

 

  (ii) in relation to an Increase Lender which is not a Lender immediately prior to the relevant increase the Agent being satisfied that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assumption of the increased Commitments by that Increase Lender. The Agent shall promptly notify the Company and the Increase Lender upon being so satisfied.

 

  (c) Each Increase Lender, by executing the Increase Confirmation, confirms (for the avoidance of doubt) that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the increase becomes effective.

 

  (d) The Company shall, promptly on demand, pay to the Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by it in connection with any increase in Commitments under this Clause 2.2 or under Clause 2.3 ( New Commitments ).

 

  (e) The Increase Lender shall, on the date upon which the increase takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee in an amount equal to the fee which would be payable under Clause 24.3 ( Assignment or transfer fee ) if the increase was a transfer pursuant to Clause 24.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) and if the Increase Lender was a New Lender.

 

  (f) The Company may pay to the Increase Lender a fee in the amount and at the times agreed between the Company and the Increase Lender in a letter between the Company and the Increase Lender setting out that fee. A reference in this Agreement to a Fee Letter shall include any letter referred to in this paragraph (f).

 

  (g) Clause 24.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ) shall apply mutatis mutandis in this Clause 2.2 and in Clause 2.3 ( New Commitments ) in relation to an Increase Lender as if references in that Clause to:

 

  (i) an “Existing Lender” were references to all the Lenders immediately prior to the relevant increase;

 

  (ii) the “New Lender” were references to that “Increase Lender”; and

 

- 49 -


  (iii) a “re-transfer” and “re-assignment” were references to respectively a “transfer” and “assignment”.”

 

2.3 New Commitments

 

  (a) The Company may at any time, provided that no Default is continuing, request that the Total Commitments be increased by an amount of up to US$400,000,000 (a “ Facility Increase ”) provided that the Total Commitments shall not at any time exceed US$1,450,000,000.

 

  (b) The Company (i) shall offer to the Lenders at that time and (ii) may offer to such other banks and financial institutions or trusts, funds or other entities which are regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (each a “ Potential Increase Lender ”) an opportunity to participate in such Facility Increase on (in the case of the Lenders at such time only) a pro rata basis. Accordingly, the Company shall send a notice to the Agent and to each Potential Increase Lender (an “ Upsize Notice ”) requesting a Facility Increase. The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable following receipt of an Upsize Notice, notify each of the Lenders of the Company’s request, of the amount of the proposed Facility Increase and of each Lender’s potential pro rata share of that Facility Increase. No more than two Upsize Notices may be sent and no more than two Facility Increases may be effected prior to the Termination Date provided that the Total Commitments shall not at any time exceed US$1,450,000,000.

 

  (c) Within 5 Business Days of receipt of the notification from the Agent of the proposed Facility Increase referred to in paragraph (b) above, the existing Lenders at that time shall notify the Agent whether they are, in principle (but subject to, among other things, receipt of the package of information referred to in paragraph (d) below and to credit approval) prepared to lend more than their pro rata share of such Facility Increase in circumstances where (i) one or more of the other existing Lenders at that time either decides not to participate in, or is unable to provide the full amount of its pro rata share of, such proposed Facility Increase or (ii) the arrangement fee proposed by one of the existing Lenders is higher than that proposed by the others.

 

  (d) Within 15 Business Days of the date of the Upsize Notice, the Company undertakes to deliver to the Lenders and to each Potential Increase Lender a package of information relating to the current and future performance of the Group and the proposed purpose for which the Facility Increase is to be used.

 

  (e) The Company hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to (i) ensure that each Lender and each Potential Increase Lender receives the same information from the Company (including, without limitation, in relation to profit forecasts following the Utilisation of the Facility); and (ii) (to the extent that any Lender or Potential Increase Lender receives any information which is not otherwise contained in the original information pack) provide any such further information to each Lender at the same time as such further information is provided to the other Lender or, as the case may be, Potential Increase Lender.

 

- 50 -


  (f) For the avoidance of doubt, no Lender shall be under any obligation to commit to such Facility Increase. If, at the end of the 30th Business Day following the date of the Upsize Notice, credit approved and unconditional (save for the execution of an Increase Confirmation) offers to provide some or all of the requested Facility Increase have not been received by the Company from the existing Lenders (the shortfall between the requested amount and the aggregate offered amounts being the “ Shortfall ”), the Company, without any further consent requirement from the Lenders, shall be entitled to agree with any Potential Increase Lender for them to provide that part of the Facility Increase represented by the Shortfall.

 

  (g) Each Lender or Potential Increase Lender which agrees to participate in a Facility Increase shall notify the Company and the Agent by executing an Increase Confirmation and each such Lender, whether an existing Lender or a Potential Increase Lender, shall be a “ Facility Increase Lender ”.

 

  (h) Save for any arrangement fee payable in relation to a Facility Increase, the terms of any Facility Increase shall be the same as those applicable to the existing Facility (including, without limitation, as to Margin). To the extent that arrangement fees offered by Potential Increase Lenders or by any of the existing Lenders are less than those proposed by any existing Lenders who have agreed to participate in the Facility Increase, the Company shall provide to such existing Lenders details of the level of arrangement fees proposed. Those existing Lenders shall have a period of 3 Business Days from the date of receipt of such details to confirm to the Company whether or not they are prepared to participate in the Facility Increase at the proposed level of arrangement fee. If they are not so prepared (or do not respond within the required period) then the Company, without any further consent from the Lenders, shall be entitled to agree with such Potential Increase Lenders or, as the case may be, such Existing Lenders for them to provide the Facility Increase.

 

  (i) A reference in this Agreement to a Fee Letter shall include any letter referred to in this Clause 2.3. Each of the Finance Parties hereby acknowledges and agrees that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Finance Documents, each Facility Increase Lender shall share in the benefit of all guarantees and indemnities given in respect of the Facility prior to such Facility Increase.

 

  (j) If the Company has received matching offers from the existing Lenders and from any Potential Increase Lenders (taking into account the provisions of paragraph (g) above), the Company hereby confirms that the Facility Increase will be provided by the existing Lenders who have agreed to participate in the Facility Increase (though, for the avoidance of doubt, any Shortfall may be provided by Potential Increase Lenders). To the extent that some or all of the existing Lenders have agreed to participate in the Facility Increase and the amount of the Facility Increase being offered to the Company is greater than the amount originally requested, the Company and the existing Lenders hereby agree that the commitments of the existing Lenders in the Facility Increase shall be reduced pro rata to the Commitments as at the date of the Upsize Notice.

 

- 51 -


  (k) If the Agent receives an Increase Confirmation duly completed and signed by a Facility Increase Lender, the Agent shall (by countersigning the Increase Confirmation) confirm that the Increase Confirmation has become effective in accordance with its terms and the Total Commitments shall be increased by the amount specified in such Increase Confirmation.

 

  (l) Each Lender irrevocably authorises the Agent on its behalf to enter into, without the need for any further authorisation from it, any Increase Confirmation to effect any increase of the Total Commitments in accordance with this Clause 2.3.

 

  (m) The Agent shall promptly notify each other Party of any increase in the Total Commitments and the effective date for such increase.

 

2.4 Finance Parties’ rights and obligations

 

  (a) The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

  (b) The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor shall be a separate and independent debt.

 

  (c) A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents.

 

2.5 Obligors’ Agent

 

  (a) Each Obligor (other than the Company) by its execution of this Agreement or an Accession Letter irrevocably appoints the Company to act on its behalf as its agent in relation to the Finance Documents and irrevocably authorises:

 

  (i) the Company on its behalf to supply all information concerning itself contemplated by this Agreement to the Finance Parties and to give all notices and instructions (including, in the case of a Borrower, Utilisation Requests), to execute on its behalf any Accession Letter, to make such agreements and to effect the relevant amendments, supplements and variations (in each case, however fundamental) capable of being given, made or effected by any Obligor notwithstanding that they may increase the Obligor’s obligations or otherwise affect the Obligor, and to give confirmations as to the continuation of surety obligations without further reference to or the consent of that Obligor; and

 

  (ii)

each Finance Party to give any notice, demand or other communication to that Obligor pursuant to the Finance Documents to the Company,

 

- 52 -


and in each case the Obligor shall be bound as though the Obligor itself had given the notices and instructions (including, without limitation, any Utilisation Requests) or executed or made the agreements or effected the amendments, supplements or variations, or received the relevant notice, demand or other communication.

 

  (b) Every act, omission, agreement, undertaking, settlement, waiver, amendment, supplement, variation, notice or other communication given or made by the Obligors’ Agent or given to the Obligors’ Agent under any Finance Document on behalf of another Obligor or in connection with any Finance Document (whether or not known to any other Obligor and whether occurring before or after such other Obligor became an Obligor under any Finance Document) shall be binding for all purposes on that Obligor as if that Obligor had expressly made, given or concurred with it. In the event of any conflict between any notices or other communications of the Obligors’ Agent and any other Obligor, those of the Obligors’ Agent shall prevail.

 

  (c) Each Obligor (other than Topco, but including MGHL) agrees with effect from the date of the Topco Substitution that Topco shall become its agent in place of MGHL on the terms of paragraphs (a) and (b) above.

 

3. PURPOSE

 

3.1 Purpose

Each Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Facility towards its general corporate and working capital purposes including but not limited to:

 

  (a) financing the purchase price of any Permitted Acquisitions;

 

  (b) financing the buy back and/or redemption of shares in the Company; and

 

  (c) refinancing the Existing Facility.

 

3.2 Monitoring

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

4. CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

 

4.1 Initial conditions precedent

The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 ( Lender’s participation ) in relation to any Utilisation if, on or before the Utilisation Date for that Utilisation, the Agent has received or waived receipt of all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part I of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders). The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied.

 

- 53 -


4.2 Further conditions precedent

The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation ) if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:

 

  (a) in the case of a Rollover Loan, no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan and, in the case of any other Loan, no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan; and

 

  (b) the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true in all material respects.

 

4.3 Conditions relating to Optional Currencies

 

  (a) A currency will constitute an Optional Currency in relation to a Loan if:

 

  (i) it is readily available in the amount required and freely convertible into the Base Currency in the Relevant Interbank Market on the Quotation Day and the Utilisation Date for that Loan; and

 

  (ii) it is euro, sterling or has been approved by the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders) on or prior to receipt by the Agent of the relevant Utilisation Request for that Loan.

 

  (b) If the Agent has received a written request from the Company for a currency to be approved under sub-paragraph (a)(ii) above, the Agent will confirm to the Company by the Specified Time:

 

  (i) whether or not the Lenders have granted their approval; and

 

  (ii) if approval has been granted, the minimum amount (and, if required, integral multiples) for any subsequent Utilisation in that currency.

 

4.4 Maximum number of Loans

 

  (a) A Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request if as a result of the proposed Utilisation 16 or more Loans would be outstanding.

 

  (b) Any Loan made by a single Lender under Clause 6.2 ( Unavailability of a currency ) shall not be taken into account in this Clause 4.4.

 

  (c) Any Separate Loan shall not be taken into account in this Clause 4.4.

 

- 54 -


SECTION 3

UTILISATION

 

5. UTILISATION - LOANS

 

5.1 Delivery of a Utilisation Request

A Borrower may utilise the Facility by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.

 

5.2 Completion of a Utilisation Request

 

  (a) Each Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

  (i) the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period;

 

  (ii) the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 ( Currency and amount ); and

 

  (iii) the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 10 ( Interest Periods ).

 

  (b) Only one Loan may be requested in each Utilisation Request.

 

  (c) A Utilisation Request may be signed by any director, chief financial officer or chief executive officer of the Company or the Group finance director.

 

5.3 Currency and amount

 

  (a) The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be the Base Currency or an Optional Currency.

 

  (b) The amount of the proposed Loan must be:

 

  (i) if the currency selected is:

 

  (A) the Base Currency, a minimum of US$5,000,000;

 

  (B) euro, a minimum of EUR5,000,000; or

 

  (C) sterling, a minimum of £5,000,000,

or if less, the Available Facility; or

 

  (ii) if the currency selected is any other Optional Currency, the minimum amount (and, if required, integral multiple) specified by the Agent pursuant to sub-paragraph (b)(ii) of Clause 4.3 ( Conditions relating to Optional Currencies ) or, if less, the Available Facility; and

 

  (iii) in any event such that its Base Currency Amount is less than or equal to the Available Facility.

 

- 55 -


5.4 Lenders’ participation

 

  (a) If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Loan available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

 

  (b) The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the Available Facility immediately prior to making the Loan.

 

  (c) The Agent shall determine the Base Currency Amount of each Loan which is to be made in an Optional Currency and shall notify each Lender of the amount, currency and the Base Currency Amount of each Loan and the amount of its participation in that Loan, in each case by the Specified Time.

 

5.5 Cancellation of Commitment

The Commitments which, at that time, are unutilised shall be immediately and automatically cancelled at the end of the Availability Period.

 

6. OPTIONAL CURRENCIES

 

6.1 Selection of currency

A Borrower (or the Company on behalf of a Borrower) shall select the currency of a Loan in a Utilisation Request.

 

6.2 Unavailability of a currency

If before the Specified Time on any Quotation Day:

 

  (a) a Lender notifies the Agent that the Optional Currency requested is not readily available to it in the amount required; or

 

  (b) a Lender notifies the Agent that compliance with its obligation to participate in a Loan in the proposed Optional Currency would contravene a law or regulation applicable to it,

the Agent will give notice to the relevant Borrower to that effect by the Specified Time on that day. In this event, any Lender that gives notice pursuant to this Clause 6.2 will be required to participate in the Loan in the Base Currency (in an amount equal to that Lender’s proportion of the Base Currency Amount or, in respect of a Rollover Loan, an amount equal to that Lender’s proportion of the Base Currency Amount of the Rollover Loan that is due to be made) and its participation will be treated as a separate Loan denominated in the Base Currency during that Interest Period.

 

6.3 Participation in a Loan

Each Lender’s participation in a Loan will be determined in accordance with paragraph (b) of Clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation ).

 

- 56 -


SECTION 4

REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

7. REPAYMENT

 

7.1 Repayment of Loans

 

  (a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, each Borrower which has drawn a Loan shall repay that Loan on the last day of its Interest Period and all amounts outstanding under the Facility shall be repaid in full on the Termination Date.

 

  (b) Without prejudice to each Borrower’s obligation under paragraph (a) above, if one or more Loans are to be made available to a Borrower:

 

  (i) on the same day that a maturing Loan is due to be repaid by that Borrower;

 

  (ii) in the same currency as the maturing Loan (unless it arose as a result of the operation of Clause 6.2 ( Unavailability of a currency )); and

 

  (iii) in whole or in part for the purpose of refinancing the Loan;

the aggregate amount of the new Loans shall be treated as if applied in or towards repayment of the maturing Loan so that:

 

  (A) if the amount of the maturing Loan exceeds the aggregate amount of the new Loans:

 

  (1) the relevant Borrower will only be required to pay an amount in cash in the relevant currency equal to that excess; and

 

  (2) each Lender’s participation (if any) in the new Loans shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the Borrower in or towards repayment of that Lender’s participation (if any) in the maturing Loan and that Lender will not be required to make its participation in the new Loans available in cash; and

 

  (B) if the amount of the maturing Loan is equal to or less than the aggregate amount of the new Loans:

 

  (1) the relevant Borrower will not be required to make any payment in cash; and

 

  (2)

each Lender will be required to make its participation in the new Loans available in cash only to the extent that its participation (if any) in the new Loans exceeds that Lender’s participation (if any) in the maturing Loan and the remainder of that Lender’s participation in the new Loans shall be treated as having been made available

 

- 57 -


  and applied by the Borrower in or towards repayment of that Lender’s participation in the maturing Loan.

 

  (c) At any time when a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the maturity date of each of the participations of that Lender in the Loans then outstanding will be automatically extended to the last day of the Availability Period in relation to the Facility and will be treated as separate Loans (the “ Separate Loans ”) denominated in the currency in which the relevant participations are outstanding.

 

  (d) A Borrower to whom a Separate Loan is outstanding may prepay that Loan by giving 5 Business Days’ prior notice to the Agent. The Agent will forward a copy of a prepayment notice received in accordance with this paragraph (d) to the Defaulting Lender concerned as soon as practicable on receipt.

 

  (e) Interest in respect of a Separate Loan will accrue for successive Interest Periods selected by the Borrower by the time and date specified by the Agent (acting reasonably) and will be payable by that Borrower to the Agent (for the account of that Defaulting Lender) on the last day of each Interest Period of that Loan.

 

  (f) The terms of this Agreement shall continue to apply to Separate Loans other than to the extent inconsistent with paragraphs (c) to (e) (inclusive) above, in which case those paragraphs shall prevail in respect of any Separate Loan.

 

8. PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

8.1 Illegality

If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in any Loan:

 

  (a) that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

  (b) upon the Agent notifying the Company, the Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and

 

  (c) each Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Loans made to that Borrower on the last day of the Interest Period for each Loan occurring after the Agent has notified the Company or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law).

 

- 58 -


8.2 Change of control

 

  (a) If any person or group of persons acting in concert gains control of the Company:

 

  (i) the Company shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event and the Agent shall promptly notify each of the Lenders on receipt of such notification from the Company;

 

  (ii) a Lender shall not be obliged to fund a Utilisation (except for a Rollover Loan); and

 

  (iii) if a Lender so requires and notifies the Agent within 30 (thirty) days of the Company notifying the Agent of the event, the Agent shall, by not less than 21 days notice to the Company, cancel the Commitment of that Lender and declare the participation of that Lender in all outstanding Loans, together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents, immediately due and payable, at which time the Commitment of that Lender will be cancelled and all such outstanding amounts will become immediately due and payable.

 

  (b) For the purpose of paragraph (a) above “ control ” means:

 

  (i) the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:

 

  (A) cast, or control the casting of, more than one-half of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the Company; or

 

  (B) appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of the Company; or

 

  (ii) the holding of more than one-half of the issued share capital of the Company (directly or indirectly) (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital).

 

  (iii) For the purpose of paragraph (a) above “ acting in concert ” means, a group of persons who, pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal), actively co-operate, through the acquisition by any of them, either directly or indirectly, of shares in the Company, to obtain or consolidate control of the Company.

 

  (c) There shall be no change of control under this Clause 8.2 solely by virtue of the insertion of Topco immediately above the Company by way of a Permitted Reorganisation as described in paragraph (b) of the definition of Permitted Reorganisation such that the identity of the shareholders holding at least 65 per cent. of the issued share capital of Topco immediately after such Permitted Reorganisation matches that of the Company immediately preceding such Permitted Reorganisation.

 

- 59 -


8.3 Voluntary cancellation

The Company may, if it gives the Agent not less than 5 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum amount of US$2,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) and integral multiples of US$500,000) of the Available Facility. Any cancellation under this Clause 8.3 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under the Facility. Any notice delivered by the Company under this Clause 8.3 shall be made in writing and shall be irrevocable.

 

8.4 Voluntary Prepayment of Loans

A Borrower to which a Loan has been made may, if it gives the Agent not less than 5 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of a Loan (but if in part, being an amount that reduces the Base Currency Amount of the Loan by a minimum amount of US$2,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) and integral multiples of US$500,000).

 

8.5 Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender

 

  (a) If:

 

  (i) any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under paragraph (c) of Clause 13.2 ( Tax gross-up ); or

 

  (ii) any Lender claims indemnification from the Company under Clause 13.3 ( Tax indemnity ) or Clause 14.1 ( Increased costs ),

the Company may, but in the case of sub-paragraphs (a)(i) and (a)(ii) above, only whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues, give the Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Loans or give the Agent notice of its intention to replace that Lender in accordance with paragraph (d) below.

 

  (b) On receipt of a notice of cancellation referred to in paragraph (a) above, the Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

  (c) On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Company has given notice of cancellation under paragraph (a) above (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Company in that notice), each Borrower to which a Loan is outstanding shall repay that Lender’s participation in that Loan.

 

  (d) The Company may, in the circumstances set out in paragraph (a) above, on 5 Business Days’ prior notice to the Agent and that Lender, replace that Lender by requiring that Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law, that Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 24 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity selected by the Company which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations

 

- 60 -


  of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 24 ( Changes to the Lenders ) for a purchase price in cash or other cash payment payable at the time of the transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Loans and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Agent has not given a notification under Clause 24.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

 

  (e) The replacement of a Lender pursuant to paragraph (d) above shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  (i) the Company shall have no right to replace the Agent;

 

  (ii) neither the Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to find a replacement Lender;

 

  (iii) in no event shall the Lender replaced under paragraph (d) above be required to pay or surrender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

  (iv) the Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to paragraph (d) above once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer.

 

  (f) A Lender shall perform the checks described in sub-paragraph (e)(iv) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in paragraph (d) above and shall notify the Agent and the Company when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

 

  (g)     

 

  (i) If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Company may, at any time whilst the Lender continues to be a Defaulting Lender, give the Agent 5 Business Days’ notice of cancellation of each Available Commitment of that Lender.

 

  (ii) On the notice referred to in sub-paragraph (g)(i) above becoming effective, each Available Commitment of the Defaulting Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

  (iii) The Agent shall, as soon as practicable after receipt of a notice referred to in sub-paragraph (g)(i) above, notify all the Lenders.

 

8.6 Permitted Disposals

 

  (a) The Company shall ensure that the Disposal Proceeds from any Permitted Disposal under paragraph (l) of the definition of Permitted Disposal are applied promptly in prepayment and cancellation of the Facility to the extent they are not reinvested in the business of the Group within 365 days of the date of completion of such disposal.

 

- 61 -


  (b) The Company shall ensure that the Disposal Proceeds from any Permitted Disposal under paragraph (m) of the definition of Permitted Disposal are applied promptly in prepayment and cancellation of the Facility.

 

  (c) For the purposes of paragraphs (a) and (b) above:

Disposal Proceeds ” shall mean the consideration received by any member of the Group (including any amount received in repayment of intercompany debt) for the relevant Disposal and after deducting:

 

  (i) any expenses which are properly incurred by any member of the Group with respect to that Disposal to persons who are not members of the Group; and

 

  (ii) any Tax reasonably likely to be incurred by the seller in connection with that Disposal as reasonably determined by the seller, on the basis of existing rates and taking account of any available credit, deduction or allowance.

 

  (d) Subject to paragraph (e) below, the Company may elect that any prepayment under this Clause 8.6 be applied in prepayment of a Loan on the last day of the Interest Period relating to that Loan.

 

  (e) If the Company has made an election under paragraph (d) above, but an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, that election shall no longer apply and a proportion of the Loan in respect of which the election was made equal to the amount of the relevant prepayment shall be immediately due and payable (unless the Majority Lenders otherwise agree in writing).

 

  (f) Each Lender’s Commitment shall be cancelled by an amount equal to that part of its participation in each Loan that has been prepaid under this Clause 8.6 immediately upon such prepayment being made.

 

8.7 Restrictions

 

  (a) Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 8 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

 

  (b) Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

 

  (c) Unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, any part of the Facility which is prepaid or repaid may be reborrowed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

  (d) The Borrowers shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loans or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

- 62 -


  (e) Subject to Clause 2.2 ( Increase ), no amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

 

  (f) If the Agent receives a notice under this Clause 8 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Company or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

 

  (g) If all or part of a Loan under the Facility is repaid or prepaid and is not available for redrawing (other than by operation of Clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent )), an amount of the Commitments (equal to the Base Currency Amount of the amount of the Loan which is repaid or prepaid) in respect of the Facility will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment. Any cancellation under this paragraph (g) shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under the Facility.

 

8.8 Application of prepayments/cancellations

A prepayment under this Clause 8 other than in respect of prepayments in accordance with Clause 8.4 ( Voluntary Prepayment of Loans ) shall be applied as follows:

 

  (a) firstly , in cancellation of the Available Commitments (and the Available Commitment of the Lenders shall be cancelled rateably); and

 

  (b) secondly , in prepayment of the Loans and cancellation of the Commitments.

 

- 63 -


SECTION 5

COSTS OF UTILISATION

 

9. INTEREST

 

9.1 Calculation of interest

The rate of interest on each Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

 

  (a) Margin; and

 

  (b) LIBOR or, in relation to any Loan in euro, EURIBOR.

 

9.2 Payment of interest

The Borrower to which a Loan has been made shall pay accrued interest on that Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (and, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the dates falling at six Monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period).

 

9.3 Default interest

 

  (a) If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is one per cent higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a Loan in the currency of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 9.3 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Agent.

 

  (b) If any overdue amount consists of all or part of a Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Loan:

 

  (i) the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and

 

  (ii) the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be one per cent. higher than the rate which would have applied if the overdue amount had not become due.

 

  (c) Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

9.4 Notification of rates of interest

The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the relevant Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

- 64 -


10. INTEREST PERIODS

 

10.1 Selection of Interest Periods

 

  (a) A Borrower (or the Company on behalf of a Borrower) may select an Interest Period for a Loan in the Utilisation Request for that Loan.

 

  (b) Subject to this Clause 10, a Borrower (or the Company on behalf of a Borrower) may select an Interest Period of one, two, three or six Months or any other period agreed between the Company and the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders) provided that at any time the Loans with an Interest Period under three Months shall not exceed seven (7) in number and/or US$350,000,000 in value.

 

  (c) An Interest Period for a Loan shall not extend beyond the Termination Date.

 

  (d) Each Interest Period for a Loan shall start on the Utilisation Date.

 

  (e) A Loan has one Interest Period only.

 

10.2 Non-Business Days

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

11. CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

 

11.1 Absence of quotations

Subject to Clause 11.2 ( Market disruption ), if LIBOR or, if applicable, EURIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time on the Quotation Day, the applicable LIBOR or EURIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

 

11.2 Market disruption

 

  (a) If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to a Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of that Loan for the Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

  (i) the Margin; and

 

  (ii) the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

 

- 65 -


  (b) In this Agreement “ Market Disruption Event ” means:

 

  (i) at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period LIBOR or, if applicable, EURIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Agent to determine LIBOR or, if applicable, EURIBOR for the relevant currency and the relevant Interest Period; or

 

  (ii) before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in a Loan exceed 35 per cent. of that Loan) that the cost to it of obtaining matching deposits in the Relevant Interbank Market would be in excess of LIBOR or, if applicable, EURIBOR.

 

11.3 Alternative basis of interest or funding

 

  (a) If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or the Company so requires, the Agent and the Company shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

 

  (b) Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Company, be binding on all Parties.

 

11.4 Break Costs

 

  (a) Each Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by that Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum.

 

  (b) Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

 

12. FEES

 

12.1 Commitment fee

 

  (a) The Company shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee in the Base Currency computed at the rate of 35 per cent. of the applicable Margin from time to time on that Lender’s Available Commitment for the Availability Period.

 

  (b) The accrued commitment fee is payable on the last day of each successive period of three Months which ends during the Availability Period, on the last day of the Availability Period and, if cancelled, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender’s Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective.

 

- 66 -


  (c) No commitment fee is payable to the Agent (for the account of a Lender) on any Available Commitment of that Lender for any day on which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender.

 

12.2 Arrangement fee

The Company shall pay to the Arranger an arrangement fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

12.3 Utilisation fee

 

  (a) The Company shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a utilisation fee calculated as follows:

 

  (i) for any day on which more than 50 per cent. (but less than or equal to 75 per cent.) of the Facility is drawn, computed at a rate of 0.15 per cent. per annum on the Loans outstanding at that time; and

 

  (ii) for any day on which more than 75 per cent. of the Facility is drawn, computed at a rate of 0.30 per cent. per annum on the Loans outstanding at that time.

 

  (b) The accrued utilisation fee shall be payable on the last day of each successive period of three Months which ends during the term of the Facility and on the Termination Date.

 

12.4 Amendment and restatement fee

The Company shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Effective Date Lender (as defined in the Amendment and Restatement Agreement)) an amendment and restatement fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

12.5 Agency fee

The Company shall pay to the Agent (for its own account) an agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter. The fees, commissions and expenses payable to the Agent for services rendered and the performance of its obligations under this Agreement shall not be abated by any remuneration or other amounts or profits receivable by the Agent (or by any of its associates) in connection with any transaction effected by the Agent with or for the Lenders or the Company.

 

- 67 -


SECTION 6

ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

 

13. TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES

 

13.1 Definitions

 

  (a) In this Agreement:

Protected Party ” means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

Qualifying Lender ” means:

 

  (i) a Lender (other than a Lender within paragraph (ii) below) which is beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document and is:

 

  (A) a Lender:

 

  (1) which is a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of ITA) making an advance under a Finance Document and is within the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax as respects any payments of interest made in respect of that advance or would be within such charge as respects such payments apart from section 18A of CTA; or

 

  (2) in respect of an advance made under a Finance Document by a person that was a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of ITA) at the time that that advance was made and within the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax as respects any payments of interest made in respect of that advance; or

 

  (B) a Lender which is:

 

  (1) a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

 

  (2) a partnership each member of which is:

 

  (a) a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

 

  (b) a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of

 

- 68 -


  section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

 

  (3) a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company; or

 

  (C) a Treaty Lender; or

 

  (ii) a building society (as defined for the purpose of section 880 of ITA) making an advance under a Finance Document.

Tax Confirmation ” means a confirmation by a Lender that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

 

  (i) a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

 

  (ii) a partnership each member of which is:

 

  (A) a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

 

  (B) a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

 

  (iii) a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.

Tax Credit ” means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.

Tax Deduction ” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document other than a FATCA Deduction.

Tax Payment ” means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 13.2 ( Tax gross-up ) or a payment under Clause 13.3 ( Tax indemnity ).

 

- 69 -


Treaty Lender ” means a Lender which:

 

  (i) is treated as a resident of a Treaty State for the purposes of the Treaty;

 

  (ii) does not carry on a business in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment with which that Lender’s participation in the Loan is effectively connected; and

 

  (iii) fulfils any other conditions which must be fulfilled under the Treaty by residents of that Treaty State for such residents to obtain full exemption from taxation on interest imposed by the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Borrower, subject to the completion of procedural formalities.

Treaty State ” means a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement (a “ Treaty ”) with the United Kingdom which makes provision for full exemption from tax imposed by the United Kingdom on interest.

UK Non-Bank Lender ” means:

 

  (i) where a Lender becomes a Party on the day on which this Agreement is entered into, a Lender listed in Part II of Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ); and

 

  (ii) where a Lender becomes a Party after the day on which this Agreement is entered into, a Lender which gives a Tax Confirmation in the Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation which it executes on becoming a Party.

 

  (b) Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 13 a reference to “determines” or “determined” means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

 

13.2 Tax gross-up

 

  (a) Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

  (b) The Company shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Company and that Obligor.

 

  (c) If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

- 70 -


  (d) A payment shall not be increased under paragraph (c) above by reason of a Tax Deduction on account of Tax imposed by the United Kingdom, if on the date on which the payment falls due:

 

  (i) the payment could have been made to the relevant Lender without a Tax Deduction if the Lender had been a Qualifying Lender, but on that date that Lender is not or has ceased to be a Qualifying Lender other than as a result of any change after the date it became a Lender under this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration, or application of) any law or Treaty, or any published practice or published concession of any relevant taxing authority; or

 

  (ii) the relevant Lender is a Qualifying Lender solely by virtue of paragraph (i)(B) of the definition of Qualifying Lender; and

 

  (A) an officer of HM Revenue & Customs has given (and not revoked) a direction (a “Direction ) under section 931 of the ITA which relates to the payment and that Lender has received from the Obligor making the payment or from the Company a certified copy of that Direction; and

 

  (B) the payment could have been made to the Lender without any Tax Deduction if that Direction had not been made; or

 

  (iii) the relevant Lender is a Qualifying Lender solely by virtue of paragraph (i)(B) of the definition of Qualifying Lender; and

 

  (A) the relevant Lender has not given a Tax Confirmation to the Company; and

 

  (B) the payment could have been made to the Lender without any Tax Deduction if the Lender had given a Tax Confirmation to the Company, on the basis that the Tax Confirmation would have enabled the Company to have formed a reasonable belief that the payment was an “excepted payment” for the purpose of section 930 of the ITA; or

 

  (iv) the relevant Lender is a Treaty Lender and the Obligor making the payment is able to demonstrate that the payment could have been made to the Lender without the Tax Deduction had that Lender complied with its obligations under paragraph (g) below.

 

  (e) If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

  (f)

Within thirty days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment a statement under Section 975 of the ITA, or other evidence

 

- 71 -


  reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

(g)

 

  (i) Subject to sub-paragraph (g)(ii) below, a Treaty Lender and each Obligor which makes a payment to which that Treaty Lender is entitled shall co-operate in completing any procedural formalities necessary for that Obligor to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction.

 

  (ii) Nothing in sub-paragraph (g)(i) above shall require a Treaty Lender to:

 

  (A) register under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme;

 

  (B) apply the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme to any Loan if it has so registered; or

 

  (C) file Treaty forms if it has included an indication to the effect that it wishes the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme to apply to this Agreement in accordance with paragraph (j) below or paragraph (a) of Clause 13.10 ( HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme confirmation ) and the Obligor making that payment has not complied with its obligations under paragraph (k) below or paragraph (b) of Clause 13.10 ( HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme confirmation );

save that the Lender and the Borrower shall co-operate in completing any additional procedural formalities necessary for that Borrower to obtain authorisation to make a payment without a Tax Deduction if the Borrower has not filed form DTTP2 or has filed form DTTP2 but such filing has been rejected by HM Revenue & Customs and, in each case, the Borrower has notified the Lender (with a copy to the Agent) in writing. The Borrower shall not be required to file form DTTP2 unless it has been provided with a copy of the relevant executed Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation containing the relevant Lender’s scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence within 10 Business Days of the relevant Transfer Date or the date on which the Increase in Total Commitments described in the relevant Increase Confirmation takes effect.

 

  (h) A UK Non-Bank Lender which becomes a Party on the day on which this Agreement is entered into gives a Tax Confirmation to the Company by entering into this Agreement.

 

  (i) A UK Non-Bank Lender shall promptly notify the Company and the Agent if there is any change in the position from that set out in the Tax Confirmation.

 

  (j)

A Treaty Lender which becomes a Party on the day on which this Agreement is entered into that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport

 

- 72 -


  scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall include an indication to that effect (for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor) by including its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence opposite its name in Part II of Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ).

 

  (k) Where a Lender includes the indication described in paragraph (j) above in Part II of Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ):

 

  (i) each Original Borrower shall file a duly completed form DTTP2 in respect of such Lender with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of the date of this Agreement and shall promptly provide the Lender with a copy of that filing; and

 

  (ii) each Additional Borrower shall file a duly completed form DTTP2 in respect of such Lender with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of becoming an Additional Borrower and shall promptly provide the Lender with a copy of that filing.

 

  (l) If a Lender has not included an indication to the effect that it wishes the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme to apply to this Agreement in accordance with paragraph (j) above or paragraph (a) of Clause 13.10 ( HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme confirmation ), no Obligor shall file any form relating to the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme in respect of that Lender’s Commitment or its participation in any Loan.

 

13.3 Tax indemnity

 

  (a) The Company shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

 

  (b) Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

 

  (i) with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

 

  (A) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

  (B) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

 

- 73 -


  (ii) to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

 

  (A) is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 13.2 ( Tax gross-up );

 

  (B) would have been compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 13.2 ( Tax gross-up ) but was not so compensated solely because one of the exclusions in paragraph (d) of Clause 13.2 ( Tax gross-up ) applied; or

 

  (C) relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

 

  (c) A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Company.

 

  (d) A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 13.3, notify the Agent.

 

13.4 Tax Credit

If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

 

  (a) a Tax Credit is attributable either to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, or to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was required; and

 

  (b) that Finance Party has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit,

the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.

 

13.5 Lender Status Confirmation

Each Lender which becomes a Party to this Agreement after the date of this Agreement shall indicate, in the Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation which it executes on becoming a Party, and for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, which of the following categories it falls in:

 

  (a) not a Qualifying Lender;

 

  (b) a Qualifying Lender (other than a Treaty Lender); or

 

  (c) a Treaty Lender.

If a New Lender or Increase Lender fails to indicate its status in accordance with this Clause 13.5 then such New Lender or Increase Lender shall be treated for the purposes of this Agreement (including by each Obligor) as if it is not a Qualifying Lender until such time as it notifies the Agent which category applies (and the Agent, upon receipt of such notification, shall inform the Company). For the avoidance of

 

- 74 -


doubt, a Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation shall not be invalidated by any failure of a Lender to comply with this Clause 13.5.

 

13.6 Stamp taxes

The Company shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document provided that this shall not extend to any such liability arising in connection with any assignment, sub-participation, novation or other transfer of rights and/or obligations by a Finance Party.

 

13.7 VAT

 

  (a) All amounts expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party must pay to such Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party must promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to that Party).

 

  (b) If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the “ Supplier ”) to any other Finance Party (the “ Recipient ”) under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the “ Relevant Party ”) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):

 

  (i) (where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The Recipient must (where this sub-paragraph (b)(i) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and

 

  (ii) (where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

 

  (c)

Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify

 

- 75 -


  (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

 

  (d) Any reference in this Clause 13.7 to any Party shall, at any time when such Party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the representative member of such group at such time (the term “representative member” to have the same meaning as in the Value Added Tax Act 1994).

 

  (e) In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Finance Party, that Party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that Party’s VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party’s VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

 

13.8 FATCA Information

 

  (a) Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

 

  (i) confirm to that other Party whether it is:

 

  (A) a FATCA Exempt Party; or

 

  (B) not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

  (ii) supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA (including its applicable “passthru payment percentage” or other information required under the US Treasury Regulations or other official guidance including intergovernmental agreements) as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with FATCA.

 

  (b) If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to 13.8(a)(i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

 

  (c) Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

 

  (i) any law or regulation;

 

  (ii) any fiduciary duty; or

 

  (iii) any duty of confidentiality.

 

- 76 -


  (d) If a Party fails to confirm its status or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with paragraph (a) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then:

 

  (i) if that Party failed to confirm whether it is (and/or remains) a FATCA Exempt Party then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

  (ii) if that Party failed to confirm its applicable “passthru payment percentage” then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments made thereunder) as if its applicable “passthru payment percentage” is 100%,

until (in each case) such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

 

  (e) If a Borrower is a US Tax Obligor, or where the Agent reasonably believes that its obligations under FATCA require it, each Lender shall, within ten Business Days of:

 

  (i) where a Borrower is a US Tax Obligor and the relevant Lender is an Original Lender, the date of the Amendment and Restatement Agreement;

 

  (ii) where a Borrower is a US Tax Obligor and the relevant Lender is a New Lender, the relevant Transfer Date;

 

  (iii) the date a new US Tax Obligor accedes as a Borrower; or

 

  (iv) where the Borrower is not a US Tax Obligor, the date of a request from the Agent,

supply to the Agent:

 

  (v) a withholding certificate on Form W-8 or Form W-9 (or any successor form) (as applicable); or

 

  (vi) any withholding statement and other documentation, authorisations and waivers as the Agent may require to certify or establish the status of such Lender under FATCA.

The Agent shall provide any withholding certificate, withholding statement, documentation, authorisations and waivers it receives from a Lender pursuant to this paragraph (e) to the Borrower and shall be entitled to rely on any such withholding certificate, withholding statement, documentation, authorisations and waivers provided without further verification. The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with this paragraph (e).

 

  (f)

Each Lender agrees that if any withholding certificate, withholding statement, documentation, authorisations and waivers provided to the Agent pursuant to paragraph (e) above is or becomes materially inaccurate or incomplete, it shall promptly update such withholding certificate, withholding statement,

 

- 77 -


  documentation, authorisations and waivers or promptly notify the Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so. The Agent shall provide any such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, documentation, authorisations and waivers to the Borrower. The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with this paragraph (f).

 

13.9 FATCA Deduction

 

  (a) Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

 

  (b) Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction) notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Company, the Agent and the other Finance Parties.

 

13.10 HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme confirmation

 

  (a) A New Lender or an Increase Lender that is a Treaty Lender that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall include an indication to that effect (for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor) in the Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation which it executes by including its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in that Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation.

 

  (b) Where a New Lender includes the indication described in paragraph (a) above in the relevant Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation:

 

  (i) each Borrower which is a Party as a Borrower as at the relevant Transfer Date, or the date on which the increase in Total Commitments described in the relevant Increase Confirmation takes effect, shall file a duly completed form DTTP2 in respect of such Lender with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of that Transfer Date, or the date on which the increase in Total Commitments takes effect, and shall promptly provide the Lender with a copy of that filing; and

 

  (ii) each Additional Borrower which becomes an Additional Borrower after the relevant Transfer Date, or the date on which the increase in Total Commitments described in the relevant Increase Confirmation takes effect, shall file a duly completed form DTTP2 in respect of such Lender with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of becoming an Additional Borrower and shall promptly provide the Lender with a copy of that filing.

 

- 78 -


14. INCREASED COSTS

 

14.1 Increased costs

 

  (a) Subject to Clause 14.3 ( Exceptions ) the Company shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of:

 

  (i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation after the date of this Agreement;

 

  (ii) compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (iii) the implementation or application of or compliance with Basel III or CRD IV,

provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to have been introduced after the date of this Agreement, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

 

  (b) In this Agreement:

 

  (i) Increased Costs ” means:

 

  (A) a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;

 

  (B) an additional or increased cost; or

 

  (C) a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

 

  (ii) Basel III ” means:

 

  (A)

the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk

 

- 79 -


  measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

 

  (B) the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement – Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

 

  (C) any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”.

 

  (iii) CRD IV ” means:

 

  (A) Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms; and

 

  (B) Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms.

 

14.2 Increased cost claims

 

  (a) A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 14.1 ( Increased costs ) shall notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Company.

 

  (b) Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

 

14.3 Exceptions

 

  (a) Clause 14.1 ( Increased costs ) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

  (i) attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

 

  (ii) attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;

 

  (iii) compensated for by Clause 13.3 ( Tax indemnity ) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 13.3 ( Tax indemnity ) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 13.3 ( Tax indemnity ) applied);

 

  (iv) attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation; or

 

- 80 -


  (v) attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement.

 

  (b) In this Clause 14.3, a reference to a “ Tax Deduction ” has the same meaning given to the term in Clause 13.1 ( Definitions ).

 

15. OTHER INDEMNITIES

 

15.1 Currency indemnity

 

  (a) If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a “ Sum ”), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the “ First Currency ”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “ Second Currency ”) for the purpose of:

 

  (i) making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor;

 

  (ii) obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

that Obligor shall as an independent obligation, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

  (b) Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

15.2 Other indemnities

The Company shall (or shall procure that an Obligor will), within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Finance Party as a result of:

 

  (a) the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

  (b) a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 29 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties );

 

  (c) funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Loan requested by a Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party alone); or

 

- 81 -


  (d) a Loan (or part of a Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by a Borrower or the Company.

 

15.3 Indemnity to the Agent

The Company shall promptly indemnify the Agent against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:

 

  (a) investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or

 

  (b) acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised.

The indemnity given by the Company under or in connection with this Agreement is a continuing obligation, independent of the Company’s other obligations under or in connection with that or any other Finance Document and survives after that Finance Document is terminated. It is not necessary for a person to pay any amount or incur any expense before enforcing an indemnity under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Finance Document.

 

16. MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS

 

16.1 Mitigation

 

  (a) Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Company, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 8.1 ( Illegality ), Clause 13 ( Tax Gross Up and Indemnities ) Clause 14 ( Increased Costs ) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

 

  (b) Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

16.2 Limitation of liability

 

  (a) The Company shall promptly indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 16.1 ( Mitigation ).

 

  (b) A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 16.1 ( Mitigation ) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

 

17. COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

17.1 Transaction expenses

The Company shall promptly on demand pay the Agent, the Arranger and the Lenders the amount of all reasonable costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable legal fees subject to any cap agreed before the date of this Agreement) plus

 

- 82 -


VAT or other similar taxes (if applicable) incurred by any of them in connection with the negotiation, preparation and printing and execution of:

 

  (a) this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement; and

 

  (b) any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

 

17.2 Amendment costs

If (a) an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent or (b) an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 30.10 ( Change of currency ), the Company shall, within five Business Days of demand, reimburse the Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Agent in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

 

17.3 Enforcement costs

The Company shall, within five Business Days of demand, pay to each Finance Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by it in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document.

 

- 83 -


SECTION 7

GUARANTEE

 

18. GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

18.1 Guarantee and indemnity

Each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally:

 

  (a) guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by each Borrower of all that Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

  (b) undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever a Borrower does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, that Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and

 

  (c) agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of a Borrower not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by a Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 18 if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

 

18.2 Continuing guarantee

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Borrower under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

18.3 Reinstatement

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Finance Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of each Guarantor under this Clause 18 will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

18.4 Waiver of defences

The obligations of each Guarantor under this Clause 18 will not be affected by any act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 18, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 18 (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Finance Party) including:

 

  (a) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

 

- 84 -


  (b) the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

  (c) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

  (d) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

 

  (e) any amendment, novation, supplement, extension or restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security including without limitation any change in the purpose of, any extension of, or any increase in, any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

 

  (f) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

  (g) any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

18.5 Guarantor Intent

Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 18.4 ( Waiver of defences ), each Guarantor expressly confirms that it intends that this guarantee shall extend from time to time to any (however fundamental and of whatsoever nature and whether or not more onerous) variation, increase, extension or addition of or to any of the Finance Documents and/or any facility or amount made available under any of the Finance Documents for the purposes of or in connection with any of the following: acquisitions of any nature; increasing working capital; enabling investor distributions to be made; carrying out restructurings; refinancing existing facilities; refinancing any other indebtedness; making facilities available to new borrowers; any other variation or extension of the purposes for which any such facility or amount might be made available from time to time, and any fees, costs and/or expenses associated with any of the foregoing.

 

18.6 Immediate recourse

Each Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from that Guarantor under this Clause 18. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

- 85 -


18.7 Appropriations

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

 

  (a) refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

  (b) hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from any Guarantor or on account of any Guarantor’s liability under this Clause 18.

 

18.8 Deferral of Guarantors’ rights

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs, no Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 18:

 

  (a) to be indemnified by an Obligor;

 

  (b) to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

  (c) to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party;

 

  (d) to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which any Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 18.1 ( Guarantee and indemnity );

 

  (e) to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or

 

  (f) to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Finance Party.

If a Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Finance Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Finance Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Agent or as the Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 30 ( Payment Mechanics ).

 

- 86 -


18.9 Release of Guarantors’ right of contribution

If any Guarantor (a “ Retiring Guarantor ”) ceases to be a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents for the purpose of any sale or other disposal of that Retiring Guarantor then on the date such Retiring Guarantor ceases to be a Guarantor:

 

  (a) that Retiring Guarantor is released by each other Guarantor from any liability (whether past, present or future and whether actual or contingent) to make a contribution to any other Guarantor arising by reason of the performance by any other Guarantor of its obligations under the Finance Documents; and

 

  (b) each other Guarantor waives any rights it may have by reason of the performance of its obligations under the Finance Documents to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under any Finance Document or of any other security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, any Finance Document where such rights or security are granted by or in relation to the assets of the Retiring Guarantor.

 

18.10 Additional security

This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security (if any) now or subsequently held by any Finance Party.

 

18.11 Guarantee Limitations

 

  (a) General

This guarantee does not apply to any liability to the extent that it would result in this guarantee constituting unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of sections 678 or 679 of the Companies Act 2006 or any equivalent and applicable provisions under the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the relevant Guarantor and, with respect to any Additional Guarantor, is subject to any limitations set out in the Accession Letter applicable to such Additional Guarantor.

 

  (b) Fraudulent Conveyance

Without limiting paragraph (a) above, any term or provision of this Clause 18.11 or any other term in this Agreement or any Finance Document notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the obligations for which any Guarantor shall be liable under this Agreement shall in no event exceed an amount equal to the largest amount that would not render such Guarantor’s obligations under this Agreement subject to avoidance under applicable United States federal or state fraudulent transfer, fraudulent conveyance or similar laws.

 

  (c) Limitation on Dutch Obligors

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Clause 18.11, the guarantee, indemnity and other obligations of any Dutch Obligor expressed to be

 

- 87 -


assumed in this Clause 18.11 shall be deemed not to be assumed by such Dutch Obligor to the extent that the same would constitute unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of Article 2:207c or 2:98c Dutch Civil Code or any other applicable financial assistance rules under any relevant jurisdiction (the “ Prohibition ”) and the provisions of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall be construed accordingly. For the avoidance of doubt it is expressly acknowledged that the relevant Dutch Obligors will continue to guarantee all such obligations which, if included, do not constitute a violation of the Prohibition.

 

  (d) Limitation on U.S. Obligors

 

  (i) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Clause 18, the guarantee, indemnity and other obligations of any U.S. Obligor expressed to be assumed in this Clause 18 shall in no event extend to any Excluded Swap Obligations and the provisions of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall be construed accordingly. For the avoidance of doubt it is expressly acknowledged that the relevant U.S. Obligors will continue to guarantee all such obligations that are not Excluded Swap Obligations.

 

  (ii) Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each other Guarantor to honour all of its obligations under the Finance Documents in respect of Swap Obligations (provided, however, that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Clause 18.11(d) for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Clause 18, or otherwise under the Finance Documents, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Clause 18.11(d) shall remain in full force and effect until the discharge or release of the guarantee pursuant to the terms of the Finance Documents. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Clause 18.11(d) constitute, and this Clause 18.11(d) shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Party for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

 

- 88 -


  (e) Luxembourg Guarantee Limitation

 

  (i) Notwithstanding the foregoing and any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the guarantee obligations under Clause 18 (Guarantee and Indemnity) of this Agreement of any Obligor incorporated under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg (the “Luxembourg Obligor”) for the obligations of any Obligor which is not a direct or indirect Subsidiary of that Luxembourg Obligor shall be limited at any time, to an aggregate amount not exceeding ninety-nine per cent. (99%) of the greater of:

 

  (A) the Luxembourg Obligor’s own funds (capitaux propres), its subordinated debt and the debt owed by such Luxembourg Obligor to any other member of the Group, as determined by Article 34 of the Luxembourg law of 19 December 2002 on the trade and companies register, accounting and companies annual accounts, as amended, in accordance with the Luxembourg accounting principles used by such Luxembourg Obligor, as at the date of this Agreement; and

 

  (B) the Luxembourg Obligor’s own funds (capitaux propres), its subordinated debt and the debt owed by such Luxembourg Obligor to any other member of the Group, as determined by Article 34 of the Luxembourg law of 19 December 2002 on the trade and companies register, accounting and companies annual accounts, as amended, as reflected in its last annual accounts available (if applicable) and/or in accordance with the Luxembourg accounting principles used by such Luxembourg Obligor as at the date on which the guarantee under this Clause 18 (Guarantee and Indemnity) of this Agreement is called;

it being understood that monies of at least USD 5,000 shall in any event remain available to such Luxembourg Obligor following a call under the above guarantee.

The above limitation shall not apply to any amounts borrowed under the Facility and in each case made available, in any form whatsoever, to such Luxembourg Obligor or any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries.

 

18.12 Guarantee Limitation – Deemed Dividends

Any term or provision of this Clause 18.11(e) or any other term in this Agreement or any Finance Document notwithstanding:

 

  (a) no member of the Group or other person will have any obligation or liability, directly or indirectly, as guarantor or otherwise under this Agreement or any Finance Document with respect to any obligation or liability arising under this Agreement or any Finance Document of any U.S. Obligor (the “ U.S. Obligations ”); and

 

- 89 -


  (b) to the extent any pledges or security interests are granted hereunder, not more than 65% of the stock or other equity interests (measured by the total combined voting power of the issued and outstanding voting stock or other equity interests) of, and none of the assets or property of, any member of the Group may be pledged directly or indirectly as security for any U.S. Obligations,

in each case to the extent such obligation, liability or pledge would cause or result in any “deemed dividend” or other tax liability to any U.S. Obligor pursuant to Section 956 of the Code (or any successor provision thereto).

 

- 90 -


SECTION 8

REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

19. REPRESENTATIONS

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 19 to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement.

 

19.1 Status

 

  (a) It is a corporation or company, duly incorporated and validly existing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

  (b) It and each of its Subsidiaries has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

19.2 Binding obligations

The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Finance Document are, subject to the Legal Reservations, legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

19.3 Non-conflict with other obligations

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents do not and will not conflict with:

 

  (a) any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

  (b) its or any of its Subsidiaries’ constitutional documents; or

 

  (c) any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or any of its Subsidiaries’ assets which has or would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

19.4 Power and authority

It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents.

 

19.5 Validity and admissibility in evidence

All Authorisations required or desirable:

 

  (a) to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

 

  (b) to make the Finance Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation,

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

 

- 91 -


19.6 Governing law and enforcement

 

  (a) The choice of English law as the governing law of the Finance Documents will, subject to the Legal Reservations, be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

  (b) Any judgment obtained in England in relation to a Finance Document will, subject to the Legal Reservations, be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

19.7 Deduction of Tax

Other than any Obligor resident outside the UK for Tax Purposes, it is not required to make any Tax Deduction (as defined in clause 13.1) from any payment it may make under any Finance Document to a Lender which is:

 

  (a) a Qualifying Lender:

 

  (i) falling within paragraph (i)(A) of the definition of Qualifying Lender;

 

  (ii) except where a Direction has been given under section 931 of the ITA in relation to the payment concerned, falling within paragraph (i)(B) of the definition of Qualifying Lender; or

 

  (iii) falling within paragraph (ii) of the definition of Qualifying Lender or;

 

  (b) a Treaty Lender and the payment is one specified in a direction given by the Commissioners of Revenue & Customs under Regulation 2 of the Double Taxation Relief (Taxes on Income) (General) Regulations 1970 (SI 1970/488).

 

19.8 No filing or stamp taxes

Subject to the legal Reservations under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation it is not necessary that the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.

 

19.9 Insolvency

No:

 

  (a) corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in Clause 23.7 ( Insolvency proceedings ); or

 

  (b) creditors’ process described in Clause 23.8 ( Creditors process ),

has been taken or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened in relation to any Material Company and none of the circumstances described in Clause 23.6 ( Insolvency ) applies to any Obligor or Material Company.

 

- 92 -


19.10 No default

 

  (a) No Event of Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of any Utilisation.

 

  (b) No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or any of its Subsidiaries or to which its (or any of its Subsidiaries’) assets are subject which has or would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

19.11 No misleading information

 

  (a) Any written factual information provided by any member of the Group for the purposes of the Information Pack was, to the best of its knowledge after due consideration, true, complete and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated and is not misleading in any material respect.

 

  (b) The financial projections contained in the Information Pack have been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and, to the best of its knowledge after due consideration, on the basis of reasonable assumptions.

 

  (c) To the best of its knowledge after due consideration, nothing has occurred or been omitted from the Information Pack and no information has been given or withheld that results in the information contained in the Information Pack being untrue or misleading in any material respect.

 

  (d) The expressions of opinion or intention provided by or on behalf of an Obligor for the purposes of the Information Pack were made after careful consideration and (as at the date of the relevant report or document containing the expression of opinion or intention) were, to the best of its knowledge after due consideration, fair and based on reasonable grounds.

 

19.12 Financial statements

 

  (a) Its Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied unless expressly disclosed to the Agent in writing to the contrary before the date of this Agreement.

 

  (b) Its Original Financial Statements fairly represent its financial condition and operations (consolidated in the case of the Company) during the relevant financial year unless expressly disclosed to the Agent in writing to the contrary before the date of this Agreement.

 

  (c) There has been no material adverse change in its business or financial condition (or the business or consolidated financial condition of the Group, in the case of the Company) since the date on which the Original Financial Statements were prepared.

 

- 93 -


  (d) Its most recent financial statements or, as the case may be, management accounts delivered pursuant to Clause 20.1 ( Financial statements ):

 

  (i) have been prepared in accordance with IFRS (in respect of the financial statements and management accounts delivered pursuant to sub-paragraphs (a) and (c) of Clause 20.1 ( Financial statements )), or GAAP (in respect of the financial statements delivered pursuant to sub-paragraph (b) of Clause 20.1 ( Financial statements )); and

 

  (ii) give a true and fair view of (if audited) or fairly present (if unaudited) its consolidated financial condition as at the end of, and consolidated results of operations for, the period to which they relate.

 

  (e) The Budgets supplied under this Agreement were arrived at after careful consideration and have been prepared in good faith on the basis of recent historical information and on the basis of assumptions which were, to the best of its knowledge after due consideration, reasonable as at the date they were prepared and supplied.

 

19.13 Pari passu ranking

Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

19.14 No proceedings pending or threatened

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect have (to the best of its knowledge and belief having made due and careful enquiry) been started or threatened against any member of the Group (or against the directors of any member of the Group).

 

19.15 No breach of laws

To the best of its knowledge and belief (after making reasonable enquiry), no Obligor or Material Company has breached any law or regulation applicable to it which breach has or would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

19.16 Taxation

 

  (a) It is not materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns and it is not overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax in each case to an extent which has or would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (b) No claims or investigations are being, or so far as it is aware after due and careful enquiry, are reasonably likely to be, made or conducted against it with respect to Taxes which have a reasonable prospect of being adversely determined against the Group and, if so adversely determined, has or would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

- 94 -


19.17 Tax Status

No notice under Article 36 Tax Collection Act ( Invorderingswet 1990 ) has been given by any member of the Group.

 

19.18 Security and financial indebtedness

 

  (a) No Security exists over all or any of the present or future assets of any member of the Group other than as permitted by this Agreement.

 

  (b) No member of the Group has any Financial Indebtedness outstanding other than as permitted by this Agreement.

 

  (c) No member of the Group has incurred or agreed to leave outstanding any guarantee, indemnity, counterindemnity or other financial arrangement having a similar effect for the benefit of any person or any other assurance against loss other than as permitted by this Agreement.

 

19.19 Intellectual Property

 

  (a) It and each of its Subsidiaries:

 

  (i) is the sole legal and beneficial owner of, or has licensed to it on normal commercial terms, or is the joint legal and beneficial owner with agreements on normal commercial terms with all other joint owners of, all the Intellectual Property which is material in the context of its business and which is required by it in order to carry on its business as it is being conducted;

 

  (ii) does not, in carrying on its businesses, infringe any Intellectual Property of any third party in any respect which has or would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

  (iii) has taken all necessary actions (including payment of fees) required to safeguard, maintain in full force and effect and preserve its ability to enforce all material Intellectual Property owned by it where failure to do so has or would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (b) It is not aware of any adverse circumstances relating to the validity, subsistence, or use of any of its or its Subsidiaries’ Intellectual Property which has or would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

19.20 Group structure chart

The Group Structure Chart delivered to the Agent pursuant to Part I of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ) is true, complete and accurate in all material respects and shows the following information:

 

  (a) each member of the Group, including current name, its jurisdiction of incorporation and/or establishment; and

 

- 95 -


  (b) all minority interests in any member of the Group and any person in which any member of the Group holds shares in its issued share capital or equivalent ownership interest of such person.

 

19.21 Centre of main interests and establishments

For the purposes of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/2000 on Insolvency Proceedings (the “ Regulations ”), its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulations) is situated in its jurisdiction of incorporation and it has no “ establishment ” (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulations) in any other jurisdiction.

 

19.22 No adverse consequences

 

  (a) It is not necessary under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation:

 

  (i) in order to enable any Finance Party to enforce its rights under any Finance Document; or

 

  (ii) by reason of the execution of any Finance Document or the performance by it of its obligations under any Finance Document,

that any Finance Party should be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry on business in any of the jurisdictions in which an Obligor is incorporated.

 

  (b) No Finance Party is or will be deemed to be resident, domiciled or carrying on business in any jurisdiction in which an Obligor is incorporated by reason only of the execution, performance and/or enforcement of any Finance Document.

 

19.23 ERISA and Multiemployer Plans

No Obligor has liability with respect to any employee benefit plan that is covered by Title IV of ERISA that might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

19.24 Federal Reserve Regulations

 

  (a) No Obligor is engaged or will engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock.

 

  (b) None of the proceeds of the Loans or other extensions of credit under this Agreement will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of buying or carrying any Margin Stock, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any Financial Indebtedness that was originally incurred to buy or carry any Margin Stock or for any other purpose which might cause all or any Loans or other extensions of credit under this Agreement to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meaning of Regulation U or Regulation X.

 

- 96 -


19.25 Investment Companies

No Obligor, person controlling an Obligor or Subsidiary of an Obligor is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “ 1940 Act ”).

 

19.26 Repetition

The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor (by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing) on:

 

  (a) the date of each Utilisation Request and the first day of each Interest Period;

 

  (b) the date of any Upsize Notice; and

 

  (c) in the case of an Additional Obligor, the day on which it becomes (or it is proposed that it becomes) an Additional Obligor.

 

20. INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

The undertakings in this Clause 20 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

20.1 Financial statements

The Company shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders or in electronic form:

 

  (a) as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 180 days after the end of each of its Financial Years, its audited consolidated financial statements for that Financial Year;

 

  (b) within the earlier of:

 

  (i) 120 days of delivery of the audited consolidated financial statements under paragraph (a) above; and

 

  (ii) 210 days after the end of each of the Company’s Financial Years,

the audited financial statements of each Obligor for that Financial Year unless such audited financial statements are not a local law requirement for such Obligor, in which case the financial statements of such Obligor which have been used to produce the consolidated financial statements of the Company referred to in paragraph (a) above (other than any U.S. Obligor or Canadian Obligor where nothing need be delivered); and

 

  (c)

prior to a Flotation, as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 45 days after each Quarter Date, its unaudited consolidated management accounts for the Financial Year to date on a quarterly basis and after a Flotation, as soon as the same become available, but in any event

 

- 97 -


  within 60 days after each Financial Half Year Date, its unaudited consolidated financial statements for that Financial Year to date on a half-yearly basis.

 

20.2 Compliance Certificate

 

  (a) The Company shall supply to the Agent, with each set of financial statements or management accounts (as applicable) delivered pursuant to paragraphs (a) or (c) of Clause 20.1 ( Financial statements ), a Compliance Certificate setting out (in reasonable detail):

 

  (i) computations as to compliance with Clause 21 ( Financial Covenants ) as at the date at which those financial statements or management accounts (as applicable) were drawn up; and

 

  (ii) which members of the Group are Material Companies and sufficient information to show that the Company is in compliance with Clause 22.20 ( Guarantor Coverage ) of this Agreement.

 

  (b) Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by any two of a director(s), Group finance director or chief financial officer of the Company.

 

20.3 Requirements as to financial statements

 

  (a) Each set of financial statements or management accounts (as applicable) delivered by the Company pursuant to Clause 20.1 ( Financial statements ) shall be certified by a director, Group finance director or chief financial officer of the relevant company as fairly representing its financial condition as at the date at which those financial statements or management accounts (as applicable) were drawn up.

 

  (b) The Company shall procure that each set of financial statements or management accounts (as applicable) delivered pursuant to sub-paragraphs (a) and (c) of Clause 20.1 ( Financial statements ) is prepared using IFRS and each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (b) of Clause 20.1 ( Financial statements ) is prepared using GAAP.

(c)

 

  (i) The Company shall procure that each set of financial statements of an Obligor delivered pursuant to sub-paragraph (b) of Clause 20.1 ( Financial statements ) is prepared using GAAP.

 

  (ii)

The Company shall procure that each set of financial statements or management accounts (as applicable) of an Obligor delivered pursuant to sub-paragraphs (a) and (c) of Clause 20.1 ( Financial statements ) is prepared using IFRS and accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied at the time that IFRS was adopted by such Obligor, unless in relation to any set of financial statements or management accounts (as applicable) it notifies the Agent that there has been a change in IFRS since the last set of financial statements or management accounts delivered pursuant to Clause 20.1 ( Financial statements ) (the “ Previous Accounts ”) or the accounting practices or

 

- 98 -


reference periods (other than to align with the Group’s financial year end) and its auditors (or, if appropriate, the auditors of the Obligor) deliver to the Agent:

 

  (A) a description of any change necessary for those financial statements or management accounts (as applicable) to reflect the IFRS, accounting practices and reference periods upon which the Previous Accounts were prepared; and

 

  (B) sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 21 ( Financial Covenants ) has been complied with and make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements or management accounts (as applicable) and the Previous Accounts.

 

  (iii) If the Company notifies the Agent of a change in accordance with sub-paragraph (c)(ii)(A) above then the Company and Agent shall enter into negotiations in good faith for a reasonable period with a view to agreeing:

 

  (A) whether or not the change might result in any material alteration in the commercial effect of any of the terms of this Agreement; and

 

  (B) if so, any amendments to this Agreement which may be necessary to ensure that the change does not result in any material alteration in the commercial effect of those terms,

and if any amendments are agreed they shall take effect and be binding on each of the Parties in accordance with their terms.

Any reference in this Agreement to “those financial statements” or “those management accounts” (as applicable) shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements or those management accounts (as applicable) as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared.

 

20.4 Budget

 

  (a) Prior to a Flotation, the Company shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies as the Agent may require or in electronic format, as soon as the same become available but in any event prior to the date falling 15 days after the start of each of its Financial Years, an annual consolidated Budget for the Group for that Financial Year.

 

  (b) The Company shall ensure that each consolidated Budget for the Group:

 

  (i)

is in a form reasonably acceptable to the Agent and includes a projected consolidated profit and loss and cashflow statement for the Group, projected disposals and projected Capital Expenditure for the

 

- 99 -


  Group, descriptions of the proposed significant activities of the Group for the financial year to which the Budget relates. The projections shall relate to the 12 month period comprising that Financial Year;

 

  (ii) is prepared in accordance with the IFRS and the accounting practices and financial reference periods applied to financial statements under Clause 20.1 ( Financial statements ); and

 

  (iii) has been approved by the board of directors of the Company.

 

20.5 Information: miscellaneous

The Company shall supply to the Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Agent so requests):

 

  (a) all documents despatched by the Company to its shareholders (or any class of them) or its creditors generally at the same time as they are dispatched;

 

  (b) promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against any member of the Group (or against the directors of any member of the Group), and which has or, if adversely determined, would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

  (c) promptly, such further information regarding the financial condition, business and operations of any member of the Group (including, without limitation, in relation to (i) the status of, or any material development in, the European Commission’s investigation and the US Department of Justice’s investigation relating to the Group) and (ii) any further regulatory investigation or enquiry which is commenced after the date of this Agreement as any Finance Party (through the Agent) may reasonably request.

 

20.6 Notification of default

 

  (a) Each Obligor shall notify the Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).

 

  (b) Promptly upon a request by the Agent, the Company shall supply to the Agent a certificate signed by two of its directors or senior officers (including the company secretary and chief financial officer) on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

 

- 100 -


20.7 Use of websites

 

  (a) The Company may satisfy its obligation under this Agreement to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the “ Website Lenders ”) who accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Company and the Agent (the “ Designated Website ”) if:

 

  (i) the Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;

 

  (ii) both the Company and the Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and

 

  (iii) the information is in a format previously agreed between the Company and the Agent.

If any Lender (a “ Paper Form Lender ”) does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Agent shall notify the Company accordingly and the Company shall supply the information to the Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event the Company shall supply the Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.

 

  (b) The Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Company and the Agent.

 

  (c) The Company shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Agent if:

 

  (i) the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;

 

  (ii) the password specifications for the Designated Website change;

 

  (iii) any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;

 

  (iv) any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or

 

  (v) the Company becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.

If the Company notifies the Agent under sub-paragraph (c)(i) or sub-paragraph (c)(v) above, all information to be provided by the Company under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.

 

- 101 -


  (d) Any Website Lender may request, through the Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website. The Company shall comply with any such request within ten Business Days.

 

20.8 “Know your customer” checks

 

  (a) If:

 

  (i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

  (ii) any Permitted Reorganisation;

 

  (iii) any change in the status of an Obligor or the composition of the shareholders of an Obligor after the date of this Agreement;

 

  (iv) a proposed accession of a new Hedge Counterparty; or

 

  (v) a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of sub-paragraph (a)(v) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in sub-paragraph (a)(v) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or, in the case of the event described in sub-paragraph (a)(v) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

  (b) Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

  (c)

The Company shall, by not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice (or such shorter period as may be contemplated in the Amendment and Restatement Agreement in respect of any accessions on or around the date thereof) (or not less than five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice in circumstances where the Company confirms in such request that the request is being made to ensure compliance with paragraph (a) or (b) of Clause 22.20

 

- 102 -


  ( Guarantor Coverage )) to the Agent, notify the Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders) of its intention to request that one of its Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Obligor pursuant to Clause 26 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

 

  (d) Following the giving of any notice pursuant to paragraph (c) above, if the accession of such Additional Obligor obliges the Agent or any Lender to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Company shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent or such Lender or any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the accession of such Subsidiary to this Agreement as an Additional Obligor.

 

21. FINANCIAL COVENANTS

 

21.1 Financial definitions

In this Clause 21:

Borrowings ” means Financial Indebtedness other than as set out in paragraph (g) of that definition and excluding, to the extent included in Financial Indebtedness:

 

  (a) Financial Indebtedness arising under paragraph (f) of the definition of Permitted Financial Indebtedness;

 

  (b) balance sheet liabilities in respect of share based payment arising under IFRS 2 and/or FRS 20; and

 

  (c) that proportion of the Financial Indebtedness of any Permitted Joint Venture and any of its Subsidiaries, which is equivalent to the proportion of the total shareholding in that Permitted Joint Venture constituted by Minority Interests.

Capital Expenditure ” means any expenditure or obligation in respect of expenditure which in accordance with IFRS is treated as capital expenditure and including the capital element of any expenditure or obligation incurred in connection with a finance or capital lease and only taking into account the actual cash payment made where assets are replaced and part of the purchase price is paid by way of part exchange.

EBIT ” means, in respect of any Relevant Period, the consolidated operating profit of the Finance Group before taxation:

 

  (a) before deducting any Finance Charges;

 

  (b) before taking into account any accrued interest owing to any member of the Finance Group;

 

  (c) before taking into account any Exceptional Items;

 

- 103 -


  (d) after deducting the amount of any profit (or adding back the amount of any loss) of any member of the Finance Group which is attributable to Minority Interests;

 

  (e) plus or minus the Finance Group’s share of the profits or losses (after finance cost and tax) of Non-Group Entities and after deducting the amount of any profit of any Non-Group Entity to the extent that the amount of the profit included in the financial statements of the Group exceeds the amount actually received in cash by members of the Group through distributions by the Non-Group Entity;

 

  (f) before taking into account any gain or loss arising from an upward or downward revaluation of any other asset;

 

  (g) before taking into account any unrealised gain or loss arising on the currency translation of balances;

 

  (h) after taking into account any realised gain or loss arising on the currency translation of balances; and

 

  (i) before taking into account any adjustments in respect of share based remuneration in accordance with IFRS 2 and/or FRS 20 where the adjustment is in respect of a non cash based charge including such charges arising under the aforementioned accounting standards as a result of a liquidity round,

in each case, to the extent added, deducted or taken into account, as the case may be, for the purposes of determining operating profits of the Finance Group before taxation.

EBITDA ” means, in respect of any Relevant Period, EBIT for that Relevant Period after adding back any amount attributable to the amortisation of intangible assets, including the amortisation of goodwill and the depreciation of tangible assets of members of the Finance Group, but excluding the proportion of such amortisation and depreciation as is attributable to Minority Interests.

Exceptional Items ” means any exceptional, one off, non-recurring or extraordinary items.

Finance Charges ” means, for any Relevant Period, the aggregate amount of the accrued interest, commission, fees, discounts, prepayment fees, premia or charges and other finance payments in respect of Borrowings whether paid, payable or capitalised by any member of the Finance Group (calculated on a consolidated basis) in respect of that Relevant Period:

 

  (a) including the interest (but not the capital) element of payments in respect of Finance Leases;

 

  (b) including any commission, fees, discounts and other finance payments payable by (and deducting any such amounts payable to) any member of the Finance Group under any interest rate hedging arrangement,

and so that no amount shall be added (or deducted) more than once.

 

- 104 -


Finance Lease ” means any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with IFRS, be treated as a finance or capital lease.

Financial Half Year Date ” means 31 December and 30 June.

Financial Quarter ” means the period commencing on the day after one Quarter Date and ending on the next Quarter Date.

Interest Cover ” means, for any Relevant Period, the ratio of EBITDA (for the avoidance of doubt after adjustments for Minority Interests) to Net Finance Charges.

Minority Interests ” means the proportion not held by a member of the Finance Group of any participation, dividend, shareholding or similar interest, direct or indirect, in any member of the Finance Group from time to time.

Net Finance Charges ” means, for any Relevant Period, the Finance Charges for that Relevant Period after deducting any interest payable in that Relevant Period to any member of the Finance Group on any Cash or Cash Equivalent Investment.

Non-Group Entity ” means any investment or entity (which is not itself a member of the Group (including associates and Joint Ventures)) in which any member of the Group has an ownership interest but excluding any Permitted Joint Venture and any of its Subsidiaries from time to time.

Quarter Date ” means each of 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December.

Relevant Period ” means (i) prior to a Flotation, each period of twelve months ending on or about the last day of the Financial Year and each period of twelve months ending on or about each Quarter Date and (ii) after a Flotation, each period of twelve months ending on or about the last day of the Financial Year and each period of twelve months ending on or about each Financial Half Year Date.

Total Leverage ” means, for any Relevant Period, the ratio of Total Net Debt on the last day of that Relevant Period to EBITDA (for the avoidance of doubt after adjustments for Minority Interests).

Total Net Debt ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of all obligations of members of the Finance Group for or in respect of Borrowings at that time but:

 

  (a) excluding any such obligations to any other member of the Finance Group;

 

  (b) including , in the case of Finance Leases only, their capitalised value; and

 

  (c) deducting the aggregate amount of Cash and Cash Equivalent Investments held by any member of the Finance Group at that time,

and so that no amount shall be included or excluded more than once.

 

- 105 -


21.2 Financial condition

The Company shall ensure that:

 

  (a) Interest Cover

Interest Cover in respect of any Relevant Period shall not be less than 4:1.

 

  (b) Total Leverage

Total Leverage in respect of a Relevant Period shall not be more than 3:1.

 

21.3 Financial testing

 

  (a) The first test date will be 30 September 2012.

 

  (b) The financial covenants set out in Clause 21.2 ( Financial condition ) shall be tested by reference to each of the financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (a) and/or each of the management accounts delivered pursuant to paragraph (c) of Clause 20.1 ( Financial statements ) as certified in the Compliance Certificates delivered pursuant to Clause 20.2 ( Compliance Certificate ).

 

21.4 Calculation Adjustments

If a member of the Group acquires, or disposes of, any company, for each Relevant Period which ends less than 12 months after that company became, or ceased to be, a member of the Group, for the purpose of calculating EBITDA in respect of Total Leverage the results of that company will be deemed included with (in the case of an acquisition) or excluded from (in the case of a disposal) those of the rest of the Group for the full duration of the Relevant Period as if that company had become, or ceased to be, a Group Company at the start of the Relevant Period.

 

22. GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

The undertakings in this Clause 22 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

Authorisations and compliance with laws

 

22.1 Authorisations

Each Obligor shall promptly:

 

  (a) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

  (b) supply certified copies to the Agent of,

any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of its jurisdiction of incorporation to enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents and

 

- 106 -


to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation of any Finance Document.

 

22.2 Compliance with laws

Each Obligor shall comply in all respects with all laws to which it may be subject, if failure so to comply would materially impair its ability to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

22.3 Environmental compliance

Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Group will) comply with all Environmental Law and obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Permits where, in each case, failure to do so has or would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

22.4 Taxation

Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Group will) duly and punctually pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties (except to the extent that (a) such payment is being contested in good faith, (b) adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes, (c) such payment can be lawfully withheld and failure to pay those Taxes does not have or would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect).

Restrictions on business focus

 

22.5 Merger

No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group shall) enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction other than a Permitted Reorganisation.

 

22.6 Change of business

The Company shall ensure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Company, the Obligors or the Group (taken as a whole) from that carried on at the date of this Agreement.

 

22.7 Acquisitions

 

  (a) No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group shall):

 

  (i) acquire a company or any shares or securities or a business or undertaking (or, in each case, any interest in any of them); or

 

  (ii) incorporate a company,

except if such acquisition or incorporation constitutes a Permitted Acquisition or is in respect of a Permitted Reorganisation.

 

- 107 -


22.8 Joint venture

No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no member of the Group shall):

 

  (a) enter into, invest in or acquire (or agree to acquire) any shares, stocks, securities or other interest in any Joint Venture; or

 

  (b) transfer any assets or lend to or guarantee or give an indemnity for or give Security for the obligations of a Joint Venture or maintain the solvency of or provide working capital to any Joint Venture (or agree to do any of the foregoing),

other than in respect of a Permitted Joint Venture.

 

22.9 Pari passu ranking

Each Obligor shall ensure that at all times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a Finance Party against it under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies.

 

22.10 Negative pledge

 

  (a) Except as permitted by paragraph (c) below, no Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group shall) create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets.

 

  (b) Except as permitted by paragraph (c) below, no Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group shall):

 

  (i) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by an Obligor or any other member of the Group;

 

  (ii) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

 

  (iii) enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

 

  (iv) enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

 

  (c) Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to Permitted Security:

 

- 108 -


22.11 Disposals

No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group shall), enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset, except where any such sale, lease, transfer or other disposal constitutes a Permitted Disposal or is in respect of a Permitted Reorganisation.

 

22.12 Arm’s length basis

 

  (a) Except as permitted under paragraph (b) below, no Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure no member of the Group shall) enter into any transaction with any person except on arm’s length terms and for full consideration at fair market value.

 

  (b) The following transactions shall not be a breach of this Clause 22.12:

 

  (i) any transaction between Obligors (or between members of the Group who are not Obligors) not otherwise prohibited by any Finance Document;

 

  (ii) any Permitted Reorganisation; and

 

  (iii) any transaction which HM Revenue and Customs or any other relevant tax authority has previously confirmed does not contravene (or will not be subject to adjustment under) any applicable transfer pricing rules.

 

22.13 Financial Indebtedness

 

  (a) Except as permitted under paragraph (b) below, the Company shall ensure that no member of the Group (other than any Obligor, in respect of which there shall be no such restriction on incurring Financial Indebtedness under this Clause 22.13) will incur or allow to remain outstanding any Financial Indebtedness.

 

  (b) Paragraph (a) above does not apply to Financial Indebtedness which is:

 

  (i) Permitted Financial Indebtedness; or

 

  (ii) in respect of a Permitted Reorganisation.

Restrictions on movement of cash - cash out

 

22.14 Loans or credit

 

  (a) No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no member of the Group shall) be a creditor in respect of any Financial Indebtedness except in relation to any Permitted Loan or Permitted Reorganisation.

 

  (b) Paragraph (a) above does not apply upon or following a Flotation.

 

- 109 -


22.15 No Guarantees or indemnities

No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no member of the Group shall) incur or allow to remain outstanding any guarantee other than in respect of any Permitted Guarantee or Permitted Reorganisation.

 

22.16 Dividends and share redemption

 

  (a) The Company shall not (and shall ensure that no member of the Group shall):

 

  (i) declare, make or pay any dividend, charge, fee or other distribution (or interest on any unpaid dividend, charge, fee or other distribution) (whether in cash or in kind) on or in respect of its share capital (or any class of its share capital);

 

  (ii) repay or distribute any dividend or share premium reserve; or

 

  (iii) redeem, repurchase, defease, retire or repay any of its share capital prior to a Flotation or resolve to do so.

 

  (b) Paragraph (a) above does not apply:

 

  (i) upon or following a Flotation;

 

  (ii) pursuant to a Permitted Reorganisation; or

 

  (iii) pursuant to a Permitted Distribution.

Miscellaneous

 

22.17 Insurance

The Company shall procure that each member of the Group maintains insurances on and in relation to its business and assets with reputable underwriters or insurance companies against such risks and to such extent as is usual for companies carrying on a business such as that carried on by such member of the Group.

 

22.18 Intellectual Property

Each Obligor will and will procure that each of its Subsidiaries will:

 

  (a) preserve and maintain the subsistence and validity of the Intellectual Property necessary for the business of the relevant Group member;

 

  (b) use reasonable endeavours to prevent any infringement in any material respect of the Intellectual Property;

 

  (c) make registrations and pay all registration fees and taxes necessary to maintain the Intellectual Property in full force and effect and record its interest in that Intellectual Property;

 

  (d)

not use or permit the Intellectual Property to be used in a way or take any step or omit to take any step in respect of that Intellectual Property which may

 

- 110 -


  materially and adversely affect the existence or value of the Intellectual Property or imperil the right of any member of the Group to use such property; and

 

  (e) not discontinue the use of the Intellectual Property

where failure to do so, in the case of paragraphs (a) and (b) above, or in the case of paragraphs (d) and (e) above, such use, permission to use, omission or discontinuation, has or would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

22.19 Treasury Transactions

No Obligor shall (and the Company will procure that no members of the Group shall) enter into any Treasury Transaction other than:

 

  (a) spot and forward delivery foreign exchange contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; and

 

  (b) any Treasury Transaction entered into for the hedging of actual or projected real exposures arising in the ordinary course of business of a member of the Group and not for speculative purposes.

 

22.20 Guarantor Coverage

 

  (a) The Company shall ensure that, at all times, the aggregate EBITDA (as defined in Clause 21 ( Financial Covenants ) but with all references to “Finance Group” replaced with references to “Guarantors”) and the turnover of the Guarantors represents not less than 80 per cent. of the EBITDA (as defined in Clause 21 ( Financial Covenants ) but with all references to “Finance Group” replaced with references to “Group”), and turnover, of the Group respectively (in each case calculated on an unconsolidated basis and, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any Permitted Joint Venture and its Subsidiaries, from time to time (unless, any such Permitted Joint Venture becomes a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company)) tested quarterly (or, following a Flotation, semi-annually) by reference to the most recent financial statements and/or management accounts as certified in the Compliance Certificates provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary above, the Company shall ensure that each Material Company as at the date of this Agreement executes this Agreement as a Guarantor.

 

  (b) The Company shall promptly notify the Agent if any member of the Group becomes a Material Company and ensure that, within 15 Business Days of such notification, the relevant member of the Group will become an Additional Guarantor.

 

22.21 Compliance with ERISA

No Obligor will incur any liability that might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect under any employee benefit plan of the type referred to in Clause 19.23 ( ERISA and Multiemployer Plans ).

 

- 111 -


22.22 Federal Reserve Regulations

Each U.S. Borrower will use the Facility without violating Regulations T, U and X.

 

22.23 Compliance with U.S. Regulations

No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group shall) become an “investment company,” or an “affiliated person” of, or “promoter” or “principal underwriter” for, an “investment company,” as such terms are defined in the 1940 Act. Neither the making of any Loan, or the application of the proceeds or repayment of any Loan by any Obligor nor the consummation of the other transactions contemplated by this agreement will violate any provision of such act or any rule, regulation or order of the SEC under the 1940 Act.

 

22.24 Anti-corruption law

 

  (a) No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) directly or indirectly use the proceeds of any Utilisation or other transaction contemplated by this Agreement directly or indirectly for any purpose which would breach the Bribery Act 2010, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or other similar legislation in other jurisdictions.

 

  (b) Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each other member of the Group will):

 

  (i) conduct its businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws; and

 

  (ii) maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

 

22.25 Sanctions

 

  (a) With effect from the Sanctions Systems Effective Date, no member of the Group may:

 

  (i) use, lend, contribute or otherwise make available any part of the proceeds of any Utilisation or other transaction contemplated by this Agreement directly or indirectly:

 

  (A) for the purpose of financing any trade, business or other activities involving, or for the benefit of, any Restricted Party; or

 

  (B) in any other manner that would reasonably be expected to result in any member of the Group or Finance Party being in breach of any Sanctions or becoming a Restricted Party;

 

  (ii) engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or breaches or attempts to breach, directly or indirectly, any Sanctions applicable to it; or

 

- 112 -


  (iii) fund all or part of any payment in connection with a Finance Document out of proceeds knowingly derived from business or transactions with a Restricted Party, or from any action which is in breach of any Sanctions.

 

  (b) With effect from the Sanctions Systems Effective Date, each member of the Group must ensure that appropriate controls and safeguards are in place designed to prevent any action being taken that would be contrary to paragraph (a) above.

 

22.26 Anti-Money Laundering

Each Obligor will use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that no funds used to pay the obligations under the Finance Documents are derived from any unlawful activity.

 

22.27 Use of Proceeds

No Obligor shall cause or permit the proceeds of any Utilisation to be used, directly or indirectly, to make a loan or other advance to, invest in or contribute to or otherwise support the activities or business of any person, entity, country or governmental authority that is subject to sanctions administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.

This Clause 22.27 shall cease to apply with effect from the Sanctions Systems Effective Date.

 

23. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 23 is an Event of Default (save as for Clause 23.17 ( Acceleration ).

 

23.1 Non-payment

An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:

 

  (a) its failure to pay is caused by:

 

  (i) administrative or technical error; or

 

  (ii) a Disruption Event; and

 

  (b) payment is made within three (3) Business Days of its due date.

 

23.2 Breach of financial covenants and other obligations

Any requirement of Clause 21 ( Financial Covenants ), Clause 20.1 ( Financial statements ), Clause 20.2 ( Compliance Certificate ), Clause 20.3 ( Requirements as to financial statements ), Clause 22.7 ( Acquisitions ), Clause 22.10 ( Negative pledge ),

 

- 113 -


Clause 22.11 ( Disposals ), Clause 22.14 ( Loans or credit ) or Clause 22.15 ( No Guarantees or indemnities ) is not satisfied.

 

23.3 Other obligations

 

  (a) An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 23.1 ( Non-payment ) and Clause 23.2 ( Breach of financial covenants and other obligations )).

 

  (b) No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within fourteen (14) days of the earlier of (A) the Agent giving notice to the Company and (B) the Company becoming aware of the failure to comply.

 

23.4 Misrepresentation

Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made and if the circumstances giving rise to the default are capable of remedy, they are not remedied within fourteen (14) days of the earlier of:

 

  (a) the Agent notifying the Company of that default; and

 

  (b) that Obligor becoming aware of the relevant matter.

 

23.5 Cross default

 

  (a) Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group (other than that owed to another member of the Group) is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

 

  (b) Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

  (c) Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of any member of the Group as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

  (d) Any creditor of any member of the Group becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described) after the elapse of any originally applicable grace period applicable thereto.

 

  (e) No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 23.5 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraphs (a) to (d) above:

 

  (i) is less than US$10,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies); or

 

- 114 -


  (ii) is owed under a Hedging Agreement and is less than US$10,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies).

 

23.6 Insolvency

 

  (a) An Obligor or a Material Company is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

 

  (b) A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Obligor or Material Company.

 

  (c) Any Obligor shall in any US jurisdiction:

 

  (i) apply for, or consent to, the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, custodian, trustee, examiner or liquidator of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property;

 

  (ii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

 

  (iii) commence a voluntary case under Title 11 of the United States of America Code entitled Bankruptcy (or any successor thereof), as amended;

 

  (iv) file a petition with respect to itself seeking to take advantage of any other law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganisation, liquidation, dissolution, arrangement or winding up, or composition or readjustment of debts; or

 

  (v) take any corporate action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing with respect to itself.

 

  (d) A petition is filed for a receiving order or an assignment is made for the general benefit of creditors of any Canadian Obligor.

 

23.7 Insolvency proceedings

 

  (a) Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

 

  (i) the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, liquidation, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Obligor or Material Company;

 

  (ii) a composition, compromise, assignment, relief or arrangement with any creditor of any Obligor or Material Company generally;

 

  (iii)

the appointment of a liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent liquidation of any Obligor or Material Company), receiver (provisional,

 

- 115 -


  interim or permanent, privately appointed or appointed by the court), administrative receiver, administrator, trustee in bankruptcy, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any Obligor or Material Company or any of its assets;

 

  (iv) enforcement of any Security over any assets of any Obligor or Material Company; or

 

  (v) the filing of any notice of intent to file a proposal or the filing of a proposal under applicable bankruptcy or insolvency law in respect of any Canadian Obligor,

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

  (b) In respect of any Obligor, a proceeding or case shall be commenced, without the application or consent of such Obligor, in any U.S. court of competent jurisdiction, seeking:

 

  (i) its reorganisation, liquidation, dissolution, arrangement or winding-up or the composition or readjustment of its debts;

 

  (ii) the appointment of a receiver, custodian, trustee, examiner, liquidator or the like of the Obligor or of all or any substantial part of its property; or

 

  (iii) similar relief in respect of any Obligor under any law relating to the bankruptcy insolvency, reorganisation, winding-up or composition or adjustment of debts,

and any such proceeding or case referred to in sub-paragraphs (b)(i) to (b)(iii) above shall continue undismissed, or an order, judgment or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered and continue unstayed and in effect, for a period of 21 or more days, or an order for relief against such Obligor shall be entered in an involuntary case under Title 11 of the United States of America Code entitled Bankruptcy (or any successor thereto) as amended.

 

  (c) This Clause 23.7 shall not apply to any winding-up petition which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 21 days of commencement.

 

  (d) Paragraphs (a) and (b) above shall not apply to any step or procedure carried out pursuant to a Permitted Reorganisation.

 

23.8 Creditors’ process

Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution affects any asset or assets of any Obligor or Material Company where the value underlying such a claim exceeds £500,000 and is not discharged within 21 days.

 

- 116 -


23.9 Unlawfulness

It is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

23.10 Cessation of business

Any Obligor or Material Company suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens by an official action of its board of directors to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business other than as a result of a Permitted Disposal or a Permitted Reorganisation.

 

23.11 Ownership of the Obligors

An Obligor (other than the Company) is not or ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Company, except as a result of a disposal which is a Permitted Disposal or a Permitted Reorganisation.

 

23.12 Audit qualification

The auditors of the Group qualify the audited annual consolidated financial statements of the Company in a manner which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably) is material in the context of the Finance Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

23.13 Tax Status

A notice under Article 36 Tax Collection Act ( Invorderingswet 1990 ) has been given by any member of the Group.

 

23.14 Repudiation and rescission

An Obligor (or any other relevant party other than a Finance Party) rescinds or purports to rescind or repudiates or purports to repudiate a Finance Document or evidences an intention to rescind or repudiate a Finance Document.

 

23.15 Litigation

Any litigation, arbitration, administrative, governmental, regulatory or other investigations, proceedings or disputes are commenced or threatened in relation to the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents or against any member of the Group or its assets which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

23.16 Material Adverse Change

Any event or circumstance which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

- 117 -


23.17 Acceleration

 

  (a) On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Company:

 

  (i) cancel the Total Commitments, at which time they shall immediately be cancelled;

 

  (ii) declare that all or part of the Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, at which time they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

 

  (iii) declare that all or part of the Loans be payable on demand, at which time they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders.

 

  (b) If an Event of Default under Clause 23.6 ( Insolvency ) or Clause 23.7 ( Insolvency Proceedings ) shall occur in respect of an Obligor in a U.S. jurisdiction or in a U.S. court of competent jurisdiction, then without notice to such Obligor or any other act by the Agent or any other person, the Loans to such Obligor, interest thereon and all other amounts owed by such Obligor under the Finance Documents shall become immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived.

 

  (c) If an Event of Default under Clause 23.6 ( Insolvency ) or Clause 23.7 ( Insolvency Proceedings ) shall occur in respect of a Canadian Obligor, then without notice to such Canadian Obligor or any other act by the Agent or any other person, the Loans to such Canadian Obligor, interest thereon and all other amounts owed by such Canadian Obligor under the Finance Documents, including without limitation each amount expressed by Clause 18 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ) to be payable by such Canadian Obligor on demand, shall become immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived.

 

23.18 Hedging Agreements

No Event of Default will occur under Clause 23.1 ( Non-payment ), 23.3 ( Other obligations ), 23.4 ( Misrepresentation ), 23.9 ( Unlawfulness ), 23.12 ( Audit qualification ), 23.15 ( Litigation ) and 23.16 ( Material Adverse Change ) following a breach of a Hedging Agreement unless, at the time of such event, the Financial Indebtedness owed by a member of the Group under such Hedging Agreement is equal to or greater than US$10,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies).

 

- 118 -


SECTION 9

CHANGES TO PARTIES

 

24. CHANGES TO THE LENDERS

 

24.1 Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

Subject to this Clause 24, a Lender (the “ Existing Lender ”) may:

 

  (a) assign any of its rights; or

 

  (b) transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations,

to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the “ New Lender ”). The amount transferred to a New Lender in relation to a Loan/Commitment made to any Dutch Obligor which is a Borrower shall be at least EUR 100,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or the amount required under the Dutch FSA from time to time) or, if it is less, the New Lender shall confirm in writing to such Borrower that it, the New Lender, is a professional market party within the meaning of the Dutch FSA.

 

24.2 Conditions of assignment or transfer

 

  (a) The consent of the Company is required for an assignment or transfer, unless that assignment or transfer is:

 

  (i) to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender; or

 

  (ii) made at a time when an Event of Default is continuing.

 

  (b) The consent of the Company to an assignment or transfer must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Company will be deemed to have given consent five Business Days after the Existing Lender has requested it unless consent is expressly refused by the Company within that time.

 

  (c) An assignment will only be effective on:

 

  (i) receipt by the Agent (whether in the Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Finance Parties as it would have been under if it was an Original Lender; and

 

  (ii) performance by the Agent of all necessary “ know your customer ” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.

 

  (d) A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 24.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) is complied with.

 

- 119 -


  (e) If:

 

  (i) a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

 

  (ii) as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 13 ( Tax Gross Up and Indemnities ) or Clause 14 ( Increased Costs ),

then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred. This paragraph (e) shall not apply in relation to Clause 13 ( Tax Gross Up and Indemnities ), to a Treaty Lender that has included an indication to the effect that it wishes the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme to apply to this Agreement in accordance with paragraph (a) of Clause 13.10 ( HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme confirmation ) if the Obligor making the payment has not complied with its obligations under paragraph (b) of Clause 13.10 ( HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme confirmation ).

 

  (f) Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer or assignment becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender.

 

24.3 Assignment or transfer fee

The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of £2,000.

 

24.4 Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

 

  (a) Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

 

  (i) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any other documents;

 

  (ii) the financial condition of any Obligor;

 

  (iii) the performance and observance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents; or

 

  (iv) the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document,

 

- 120 -


and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

 

  (b) Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:

 

  (i) has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

  (ii) will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

  (c) Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

 

  (i) accept a re-transfer or re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 24; or

 

  (ii) support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or otherwise.

 

24.5 Procedure for transfer

 

  (a) Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 24.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ) a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender and the Agent makes a corresponding entry in the Register pursuant to Clause 24.11 ( The Register ). The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate and make such corresponding entry in the Register.

 

  (b) The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender and make such corresponding entry in the Register once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.

 

  (c) Subject to Clause 24.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), on the Transfer Date:

 

  (i)

to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents each of the Obligors and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another

 

- 121 -


  under the Finance Documents and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents shall be cancelled (being the “ Discharged Rights and Obligations ”);

 

  (ii) each of the Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Obligor and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender;

 

  (iii) the Agent, the Arranger, the New Lender and the other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Agent, the Arranger and the Existing Lender shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and

 

  (iv) the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender”.

 

24.6 Procedure for assignment

 

  (a) Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 24.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ) an assignment may be effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender and the Agent makes a corresponding entry in the Register pursuant to Clause 24.11 ( The Register ). The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement and make such corresponding entry in the Register.

 

  (b) The Agent shall only be obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender and make such corresponding entry in the Register once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to such New Lender.

 

  (c) Subject to Clause 24.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), on the Transfer Date:

 

  (i) the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender the rights under the Finance Documents expressed to be the subject of the assignment in the Assignment Agreement;

 

  (ii) the Existing Lender will be released by each Obligor and the other Finance Parties from the obligations owed by it (the “ Relevant Obligations ”) and expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement; and

 

- 122 -


  (iii) the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant Obligations.

 

  (d) Lenders may utilise procedures other than those set out in this Clause 24.6 to assign their rights under the Finance Documents (but not, without the consent of the relevant Obligor or unless in accordance with Clause 24.5 ( Procedure for transfer ), to obtain a release by that Obligor from the obligations owed to that Obligor by the Lenders nor the assumption of equivalent obligations by a New Lender) provided that they comply with the conditions set out in Clause 24.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ).

 

24.7 Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation to Company

The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate, an Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation, send to the Company a copy of that Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation.

 

24.8 Security over Lenders’ rights

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 24.8, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Obligor at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

 

  (a) any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

 

  (b) in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as Security for those obligations or securities,

except that no such charge, assignment or Security shall:

 

  (i) release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

  (ii) require any payments to be made by an Obligor or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

24.9 Pro rata interest settlement

If the Agent has notified the Lenders that it is able to distribute interest payments on a “pro rata basis” to Existing Lenders and New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to Clause 24.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) or any assignment pursuant to

 

- 123 -


Clause 24.6 ( Procedure for assignment ) the Transfer Date of which, in each case, is after the date of such notification and is not on the last day of an Interest Period):

 

  (a) any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the lapse of time shall continue to accrue in favour of the Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date (“ Accrued Amounts ”) and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on the last day of the current Interest Period (or, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the next of the dates which falls at six Monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period); and

 

  (b) the rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts, so that, for the avoidance of doubt:

 

  (i) when the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable to the Existing Lender; and

 

  (ii) the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of this Clause 24.9, have been payable to it on that date, but after deduction of the Accrued Amounts.

 

24.10 Assignment to Federal Reserve Bank

Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement, without notice to or consent of any Party, to any U.S. Federal Reserve Bank provided that (i) no Lender shall be relieved of any of its obligations under this Agreement as a result of any such assignment and pledge and (ii) in no event shall such U.S. Federal Reserve Bank be considered to be a “Lender” or be entitled to require the assigning Lender to take or omit to take any action under this Agreement.

 

24.11 The Register

For U.S. federal income tax purposes only, the Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Obligors, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Transfer Certificate delivered to it and a register (the “ Register ”) for the recordation of the names and addresses of each Lender and the Commitments of and obligations owing to each Lender. Without limitation of any other provision of this Clause 24 ( Changes to the Lenders ), no transfer shall be effective until recorded in the Register. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error and each Obligor, the Agent and each Lender may treat each person whose name is recorded in the Register as a Lender notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by each Obligor at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the registration requirements in U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 5f.103-1 so that the Loan are considered to be in “registered form” pursuant to such regulation.

 

- 124 -


25. CHANGES TO THE HEDGE COUNTERPARTIES

 

25.1 Accession of Hedge Counterparties

 

  (a) An accession of a new Hedge Counterparty is effected when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Hedge Counterparty Accession Deed, delivered to it by the Company and the new Hedge Counterparty or, if later, the date specified in the Hedge Counterparty Accession Deed. The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Hedge Counterparty Accession Deed appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Hedge Counterparty Accession Deed.

 

  (b) The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Hedge Counterparty Accession Deed delivered to it by the Company and the new Hedge Counterparty:

 

  (i) if the new Hedge Counterparty is a Lender; and

 

  (ii) once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such new Hedge Counterparty.

 

  (c) The new Hedge Counterparty shall assume the same obligations and become entitled to the same rights as if it had been an original Party as a Hedge Counterparty.

 

25.2 Resignation of Hedge Counterparties

 

  (a) A resignation of a Hedge Counterparty is effected when

 

  (i) the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Hedge Counterparty Resignation Letter, delivered to it by the Company and the relevant Hedge Counterparty. The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Hedge Counterparty Resignation Letter appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Hedge Counterparty Resignation Letter; or

 

  (ii) all amounts under the Finance Documents (other than the Hedging Agreements) have been finally and irrevocably repaid or prepaid and the Facility has been cancelled and, if the relevant Hedging Agreement(s) have not been irrevocably paid or repaid, the Company has procured that a guarantee equivalent to that contained in Clause 18 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ) has been given in favour of the relevant Hedge Counterparty or Hedge Counterparties on a bilateral basis.

 

  (b) The resigning Hedge Counterparty shall be released from its obligations as and will no longer be entitled to any rights as a Hedge Counterparty under this Agreement (including pursuant to Clause 18 ( Guarantee and Indemnity )).

 

- 125 -


  (c) If a Hedge Counterparty is no longer a Lender it shall resign under this Clause 25.2 and the Company will procure that a guarantee equivalent to that contained in Clause 18 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ) is given in favour of the resigning Hedge Counterparty on a bilateral basis.

 

26. CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS

 

26.1 Assignments and transfers by Obligors

Subject to Clause 26.2 ( Topco Substitution ), no Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

26.2 Topco Substitution

 

  (a) Subject to paragraph (b), MGHL may, at any time by 10 Business Days’ written notice to the Agent (such notice period to run concurrently with the notice period contemplated within paragraph (b) of the definition of Permitted Reorganisation), request that Topco becomes the Company for all purposes under this Agreement (a “ Topco Substitution ”).

 

  (b) Subject to compliance with the provisions of Clause 20.8 ( “Know your customer” checks ), MGHL may effect a Topco Substitution if:

 

  (i) Topco has acceded, or will accede simultaneously with the Topco Substitution, to this Agreement as, and remains, as an Additional Guarantor;

 

  (ii) MGHL is, or will become simultaneously with the Topco Substitution, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Topco; and

 

  (iii) a copy of the court order approving the scheme of arrangement referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition of Permitted Reorganisation has been delivered to the Agent.

 

  (c) Nothing in this Clause 26.2 shall invalidate any agreement or election made by MGHL in its capacity as Company prior to the Topco Substitution or any notice served to or by MGHL in its capacity as the Company prior to the Topco Substitution.

 

26.3 Additional Borrowers

 

  (a) Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 20.8 (“ Know your customer ” checks), the Company may request that any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries or, upon or following a Topco Substitution, Topco becomes an Additional Borrower. Topco or that Subsidiary shall become an Additional Borrower if:

 

  (i) it is Topco or it is incorporated in the same jurisdiction as an existing Borrower or all the Lenders approve the addition of that Subsidiary;

 

  (ii) it also becomes an Additional Guarantor in accordance with Clause 26.5 ( Additional Guarantors );

 

- 126 -


  (iii) the Company delivers to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Letter;

 

  (iv) the Company confirms that no Default is continuing or would occur as a result of that Subsidiary or, upon or following following a Topco Substitution, Topco, as applicable, becoming an Additional Borrower; and

 

  (v) the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ) in relation to that Additional Borrower, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

  (b) The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ).

 

  (c) Upon becoming an Additional Borrower that Subsidiary or Topco, as applicable, shall make any filings (and provide copies of such filings) as required by paragraph (k) of Clause 13.2 ( Tax gross-up ) and paragraph (b) of Clause 13.10 ( HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme confirmation ) in accordance with those paragraphs.

 

26.4 Resignation of a Borrower

 

  (a) The Company may request that a Borrower (other than the Company) ceases to be a Borrower by delivering to the Agent a Resignation Letter.

 

  (b) The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Company and the Lenders of its acceptance if:

 

  (i) no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter (and the Company has confirmed this is the case); and

 

  (ii) the Borrower is under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower under any Finance Documents,

at which time that company shall cease to be a Borrower and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

26.5 Additional Guarantors

 

  (a) Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 20.8 (“ Know your customer” checks ), the Company may request that any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries or Topco become an Additional Guarantor. That Subsidiary or Topco shall become an Additional Guarantor if:

 

  (i) the Company delivers to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Letter; and

 

- 127 -


  (ii) the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ) in relation to that Additional Guarantor, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

  (b) The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ).

 

26.6 Repetition of Representations

Delivery of an Accession Letter constitutes confirmation by the relevant Subsidiary that the Repeating Representations are true and correct in relation to it as at the date of delivery as if made by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.

 

26.7 Resignation of a Guarantor

 

  (a) The Company may request that a Guarantor (other than the Company) ceases to be a Guarantor by delivering to the Agent a Resignation Letter.

 

  (b) The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Company and the Lenders of its acceptance if:

 

  (i) no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter (and the Company has confirmed this is the case);

 

  (ii) all the Lenders have consented to the Company’s request; and

 

  (iii) where the Guarantor is also a Borrower, it is under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower and has resigned and ceased to be a Borrower under Clause 26.4 ( Resignation of a Borrower ),

at which time that company shall cease to be a Guarantor and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

- 128 -


SECTION 10

THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

27. ROLE OF THE AGENT AND THE ARRANGER

 

27.1 Appointment of the Agent

 

  (a) Each other Finance Party appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

  (b) Each other Finance Party authorises the Agent to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

 

  (c) For the avoidance of doubt, the Agent is not appointed by any Hedge Counterparty nor is the Agent authorised to act on behalf of any Hedge Counterparty.

 

27.2 Duties of the Agent

 

  (a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

  (b) Without prejudice to Clause 24.7 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation to Company ), paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate, any Assignment Agreement or any Increase Confirmation.

 

  (c) Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

  (d) If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

  (e) If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Agent or the Arranger) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

  (f) The Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

  (g)

The Agent is authorised by the Prudential Regulation Authority and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority and the Prudential Regulation Authority. Nothing in this Agreement shall require the Agent to carry on an activity of the kind specified by any provision of Part II (other than article 5 (accepting deposits)) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000

 

- 129 -


  (Regulated Activities) Order 2001 or to lend money to any Borrower in its capacity as Agent.

 

  (h) The Agent shall be entitled to deal with money paid to it by any person for the purposes of this Agreement in the same manner as other money paid to a banker by its customers except that it shall not be liable to account to any person for any interest or other amounts in respect of the money.

 

27.3 Role of the Arranger

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Arranger has no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

27.4 No fiduciary duties

 

  (a) Nothing in this Agreement constitutes the Agent or the Arranger as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.

 

  (b) Neither the Agent nor the Arranger shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

 

27.5 Business with the Group

The Agent and the Arranger may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any member of the Group.

 

27.6 Rights and discretions of the Agent

 

  (a) The Agent may rely on:

 

  (i) any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and

 

  (ii) any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or within his power to verify.

 

  (b) The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders) that:

 

  (i) no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 23.1 ( Non-payment ));

 

  (ii) any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority Lenders has not been exercised; and

 

  (iii) any notice or request made by the Company (other than a Utilisation Request) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors.

 

- 130 -


  (c) The Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts.

 

  (d) The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents.

 

  (e) The Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as Agent under this Agreement.

 

  (f) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (e) above, the Agent may disclose the identity of a Defaulting Lender to the other Finance Parties and the Company and shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, disclose the same upon the written request of the Company or the Majority Lenders.

 

  (g) Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent nor the Arranger is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

 

27.7 Majority Lenders’ instructions

 

  (a) Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent shall (i) exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent) and (ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Majority Lenders.

 

  (b) Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Finance Parties.

 

  (c) The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has received such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions.

 

  (d) In the absence of instructions from the Majority Lenders, (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) the Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders.

 

  (e) The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document.

 

27.8 Responsibility for documentation

Neither the Agent nor the Arranger is responsible for:

 

  (a)

the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) provided by the Agent, the Arranger, an Obligor or any other

 

- 131 -


  person given in or in connection with any Finance Document or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents;

 

  (b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document; or

 

  (c) any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

 

27.9 Exclusion of liability

 

  (a) Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph (e) of Clause 30.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ), the Agent will not be liable (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

  (b) No Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this Clause 27.

 

  (c) The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for that purpose.

 

  (d) Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent or the Arranger to carry out any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Agent and the Arranger that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent or the Arranger.

 

  (e)

Any liability of the Agent arising under this Agreement shall be limited to the amount of actual loss suffered (such loss shall be determined as at the date of default of the Agent or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Agent at the time of entering into this Agreement, or at the time of accepting any relevant instructions, which increase the amount of the loss. In no event shall the Agent be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special,

 

- 132 -


  punitive or consequential damages, whether or not the Agent has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.

 

  (f) The liability of the Agent under this Agreement will not extend to any liabilities arising through any acts, events or circumstances not reasonably within its control, or resulting from the general risks of investment in or the holding of assets in any jurisdiction, including, but not limited to, liabilities arising from: nationalisation, exproportion or other governmental actions; any law, order or regulation of a governmental, supranational or regulatory body; regulation of the banking or securities industry including changes in market rules or practice, currency restrictions, devaluations or fluctuations; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; and strikes or industrial action.

 

27.10 Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent

Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 30.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ) notwithstanding the Agent’s negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document). The indemnity given by each Lender under or in connection with this Agreement is a continuing obligation, independent of such Lender’s other obligations under or in connection with that or any other Finance Document and survives after that Finance Document is terminated. It is not necessary for a person to pay any amount or incur any expense before enforcing an indemnity under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Finance Document.

 

27.11 Resignation of the Agent

 

  (a) The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office in the United Kingdom as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Company.

 

  (b) Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving 30 days’ notice to the other Finance Parties and the Company, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Company) may appoint a successor Agent.

 

  (c) If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Agent (after consultation with the Company) may appoint a successor Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom).

 

- 133 -


  (d) If the Agent wishes to resign because (acting reasonably) it has concluded that it is no longer appropriate for it to remain as agent and the Agent is entitled to appoint a successor Agent under paragraph (c) above, the Agent may (if it concludes (acting reasonably) that it is necessary to do so in order to persuade the proposed successor Agent to become a party to this Agreement as Agent) agree with the proposed successor Agent amendments to this Clause 27 and any other term of this Agreement dealing with the rights or obligations of the Agent consistent with the current market practice for the appointment and protection of corporate trustees together with any reasonable amendments to the agency fee payable under this Agreement which are consistent with the successor Agent’s normal fee rates and those amendments will bind the Parties subject to the prior consent of the Company (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

  (e) The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

  (f) The Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

 

  (g) Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 27. Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

  (h) After consultation with the Company, the Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. In this event, the Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above.

 

  (i) The Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

 

  (j) the Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 13.8 ( FATCA Information ) and the Company or a Lender reasonably believes that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

  (k) the information supplied by the Agent pursuant to Clause 13.8 ( FATCA Information ) indicates that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

 

  (l) the Agent notifies the Company and the Lenders that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

and (in each case) the Company or a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the

 

- 134 -


Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and the Company or that Lender, by notice to the Agent, requires it to resign.

 

27.12 Replacement of the Agent

 

  (a) After consultation with the Company, the Majority Lenders may, by giving 30 days’ notice to the Agent (or, at any time the Agent is an Impaired Agent, by giving any shorter notice determined by the Majority Lenders) replace the Agent by appointing a successor Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom).

 

  (b) The retiring Agent shall (at its own cost if it is an Impaired Agent and otherwise at the expense of the Lenders) make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

  (c) The appointment of the successor Agent shall take effect on the date specified in the notice from the Majority Lenders to the retiring Agent. As from this date, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 27 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date).

 

  (d) Any successor Agent and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

27.13 Confidentiality

 

  (a) In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

 

  (b) If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.

 

27.14 Relationship with the Lenders

 

  (a) Subject to Clause 24.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), the Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender at the opening of business (in the place of the Agent’s principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office:

 

  (i) entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and

 

  (ii) entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,

 

- 135 -


unless it has received not less than five Business Days’ prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

  (b) Any Lender may by notice to the Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents. Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 32.5 ( Electronic communication )) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address, department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 32.2 ( Addresses ) and sub-paragraph (a)(iii) of Clause 32.5 ( Electronic communication ) and the Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender.

 

27.15 Credit appraisal by the Lenders

Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms to the Agent and the Arranger that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:

 

  (a) the financial condition, creditworthiness, condition, affairs, status and nature of each member of the Group;

 

  (b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

 

  (c) whether that Lender has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

  (d) the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document,

 

- 136 -


and each Lender warrants to the Agent and the Arranger that it has not relied on and will not at any time rely on the Agent or the Arranger in respect of any of these matters.

 

27.16 Reference Banks

If a Reference Bank (or, if a Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Agent shall (in consultation with the Company) appoint another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender to replace that Reference Bank.

 

27.17 Agent’s Management Time

Any amount payable to the Agent under Clause 15.3 ( Indemnity to the Agent ), Clause 17 ( Costs and Expenses ) and Clause 27.10 ( Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent ) shall include the cost of utilising the Agent’s management time or other resources in relation to any Default or Event of Default or any prior investigation thereof and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent may notify to the Company and the Lenders, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Agent under Clause 12 ( Fees ).

 

27.18 Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent

If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

 

28. CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

No provision of this Agreement will:

 

  (a) interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

  (b) oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

  (c) oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

- 137 -


29. SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

29.1 Payments to Finance Parties

If a Finance Party (a “ Recovering Finance Party ”) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 30 ( Payment Mechanics ) (a “ Recovered Amount ”) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then:

 

  (a) the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery to the Agent;

 

  (b) the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 30 ( Payment Mechanics ), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

 

  (c) the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the “ Sharing Payment ”) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 30.6 ( Partial payments ).

 

29.2 Redistribution of payments

The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the “ Sharing Finance Parties ”) in accordance with Clause 30.6 ( Partial payments ) towards the obligations of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.

 

29.3 Recovering Finance Party’s rights

On a distribution by the Agent under Clause 29.2 ( Redistribution of payments ) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from an Obligor as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

29.4 Reversal of redistribution

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

 

  (a) each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the “ Redistributed Amount ”); and

 

- 138 -


  (b) as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

29.5 Exceptions

 

  (a) This Clause 29 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause 29, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.

 

  (b) A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:

 

  (i) it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

 

  (ii) that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

 

- 139 -


SECTION 11

ADMINISTRATION

 

30. PAYMENT MECHANICS

 

30.1 Payments to the Agent

 

  (a) On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Obligor or Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

 

  (b) Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in such principal financial centre in a Participating Member State or London, as specified by the Agent) and with such bank as the Agent, in each case, specifies.

 

30.2 Distributions by the Agent

Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 30.3 ( Distributions to an Obligor ), Clause 30.4 ( Clawback ) and Clause 27.18 ( Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent ) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice with a bank specified by that Party in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in the principal financial centre of a Participating Member State or London, as specified by that Party).

 

30.3 Distributions to an Obligor

The Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 31 ( Set-Off )) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

30.4 Clawback

 

  (a) Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

 

  (b)

If the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on

 

- 140 -


  that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

30.5 Impaired Agent

 

  (a) If, at any time, the Agent becomes an Impaired Agent, an Obligor or a Lender which is required to make a payment under the Finance Documents to the Agent in accordance with Clause 30.1 ( Payments to the Agent ) may instead either :

 

  (i) pay that amount direct to the required recipient(s); or

 

  (ii) if in its absolute discretion it considers that it is not reasonably practicable to pay that amount direct to the required recipient(s), pay that amount or the relevant part of that amount to an interest-bearing account held with an Acceptable Bank and in relation to which no Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, in the name of the Obligor or the Lender making the payment (the “ Paying Party ”) and designated as a trust account for the benefit of the Party or Parties beneficially entitled to that payment under the Finance Documents. (the “ Recipient Party ” or “ Recipient Parties ”).

In each case such payments must be made on the due date for payment under the Finance Documents.

 

  (b) All interest accrued on the amount standing to the credit of the trust account shall be for the benefit of the Recipient Party or the Recipient Parties pro rata to their respective entitlements.

 

  (c) A Party which has made a payment in accordance with this Clause 30.5 shall be discharged of the relevant payment obligation under the Finance Documents and shall not take any credit risk with respect to the amounts standing to the credit of the trust account.

 

  (d) Promptly upon the appointment of a successor Agent in accordance with Clause 27.12 ( Replacement of the Agent ), each Paying Party shall (other than to the extent that that Party has given an instruction pursuant to paragraph (e) below) give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the amount (together with any accrued interest) to the successor Agent for distribution to the relevant Recipient Party or Recipient Parties in accordance with Clause 30.2 ( Distributions by the Agent ).

 

  (e) A Paying Party shall, promptly upon request by a Recipient Party and to the extent:

 

  (i) that it has not given an instruction pursuant to paragraph (d) above; and

 

  (ii) that it has been provided with the necessary information by that Recipient Party,

 

- 141 -


give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the relevant amount (together with any accrued interest) to that Recipient Party.

 

30.6 Partial payments

 

  (a) If the Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under the Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under the Finance Documents in the following order:

 

  (i) first , in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Agent and the Arranger under the Finance Documents;

 

  (ii) secondly , in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under this Agreement;

 

  (iii) thirdly , in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement; and

 

  (iv) fourthly , in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.

 

  (b) The Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in sub-paragraphs (a)(ii) to (a)(iv) above.

 

  (c) Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

 

30.7 No set-off by Obligors

All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

30.8 Business Days

 

  (a) Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

  (b) During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

30.9 Currency of account

 

  (a) Subject to paragraphs (b) to (e) below, the Base Currency is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

 

- 142 -


  (b) A repayment of a Loan or Unpaid Sum or a part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum shall be made in the currency in which that Loan or Unpaid Sum is denominated on its due date.

 

  (c) Each payment of interest shall be made in the currency in which the sum in respect of which the interest is payable was denominated when that interest accrued.

 

  (d) Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

 

  (e) Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than the Base Currency shall be paid in that other currency.

 

30.10 Change of currency

 

  (a) Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

 

  (i) any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (after consultation with the Company); and

 

  (ii) any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting reasonably).

 

  (b) If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Company) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

 

30.11 Disruption to Payment Systems etc.

If either the Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Agent is notified by the Company that a Disruption Event has occurred:

 

  (a) the Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Company, consult with the Company with a view to agreeing with the Company such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

 

  (b) the Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Company in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

 

- 143 -


  (c) the Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

  (d) any such changes agreed upon by the Agent and the Company shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 36 ( Amendments and Waivers );

 

  (e) the Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 30.11; and

 

  (f) the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.

 

31. SET-OFF

After the occurrence of an Event of Default a Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

32. NOTICES

 

32.1 Communications in writing

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

 

32.2 Addresses

The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

 

  (a) in the case of the Company, that identified with its name below;

 

  (b) in the case of each Lender or any other Obligor, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party; and

 

  (c) in the case of the Agent, that identified with its name below,

 

- 144 -


or any substitute address or fax number or department or officer:

 

  (i) as the Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five Business Days’ notice; or

 

  (ii) which is identified with its name in the Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

 

32.3 Delivery

 

  (a) Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

 

  (i) if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

 

  (ii) if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address,

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 32.2 ( Addresses ), if addressed to that department or officer.

 

  (b) Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with the Agent’s signature below (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent shall specify for this purpose).

 

  (c) All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Agent (save to the extent otherwise required under sub-paragraph (g)(ii) of Clause 13.2 ( Tax gross-up )).

 

  (d) Any communication or document made or delivered to the Company in accordance with this Clause 32 will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.

 

32.4 Notification of address and fax number

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address and/or fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to Clause 32.2 ( Addresses ) or changing its own address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other Parties.

 

32.5 Electronic communication

 

  (a) Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Lender under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Agent and the relevant Lender:

 

  (i) agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;

 

- 145 -


  (ii) notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

  (iii) notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them.

 

  (b) Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Lender to the Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.

 

32.6 Communication when Agent is Impaired Agent

If the Agent is an Impaired Agent the Parties may, instead of communicating with each other through the Agent, communicate with each other directly and (while the Agent is an Impaired Agent) all the provisions of the Finance Documents which require communications to be made or notices to be given to or by the Agent shall be varied so that communications may be made and notices given to or by the relevant Parties directly. This provision shall not operate after a replacement Agent has been appointed unless such replacement Agent becomes an Impaired Agent.

 

32.7 English language

 

  (a) Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

 

  (b) All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

 

  (i) in English; or

 

  (ii) if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

33. CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

 

33.1 Accounts

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

33.2 Certificates and determinations

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

- 146 -


33.3 Day count convention

 

  (a) Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

 

  (b) For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada) and disclosure thereunder, whenever any interest or any fee to be paid under this Agreement or in connection with this Agreement is to be calculated on the basis of a 360-day or 365-day year, the yearly rate of interest to which the rate used in such calculation is equivalent is the rate so used multiplied by the actual number of days in the calendar year in which the same is to be ascertained and divided by 360 or 365, as applicable. The rates of interest under this Agreement are nominal rates, and not effective rates or yields. The principle of deemed reinvestment of interest does not apply to any interest calculation under this Agreement.

 

33.4 Canadian Obligors

If any provision of this Agreement would oblige a Canadian Obligor to make any payment of interest or other amount payable to any Finance Party in an amount or calculated at a rate which would be prohibited by law or would result in a receipt by that Finance Party of “interest” at a “criminal rate” (as such terms are construed under the Criminal Code (Canada)), then, notwithstanding such provisions, as regards to a Canadian Obligor only, such amount or rate shall be deemed to have been adjusted with retroactive effect to the maximum amount or rate of interest, as the case may be, as would not be so prohibited by applicable law or so result in a receipt by that Finance Party of “interest” at a “criminal rate”, such adjustment to be effected, to the extent necessary (but only to the extent necessary), as follows:

 

  (a) first, by reducing the amount or rate of interest required to be paid under this Agreement; and

 

  (b) thereafter, by reducing any fees, commissions, costs, expenses, premiums and other amounts required to be paid which would constitute interest for purposes of section 347 of the Criminal Code (Canada).

 

34. PARTIAL INVALIDITY

If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

35. REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm any of the Finance

 

- 147 -


Documents. No election to affirm any of the Finance Documents on the part of any Finance Party shall be effective unless it is in writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

36. AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

36.1 Required consents

 

  (a) Subject to Clause 36.2 ( Exceptions ) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Company and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

 

  (b) The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 36.

 

36.2 Exceptions

 

  (a) An amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

 

  (i) the definition of “Majority Lenders” in Clause 1.1 ( Definitions );

 

  (ii) an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

  (iii) a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;

 

  (iv) an increase in or an extension of any Commitment;

 

  (v) a change to the Borrowers or Guarantors other than in accordance with Clause 26 ( Changes to the Obligors );

 

  (vi) any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;

 

  (vii) Clause 2.4 ( Finance Parties’ rights and obligations ), Clause 24 ( Changes to the Lenders ), this Clause 36, Clause 40 ( Governing Law ) or Clause 41.1 ( Jurisdiction ); or

 

  (viii) the nature or scope of the guarantee and indemnity granted under Clause 18 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ); or

shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

 

  (b) An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent, the Arranger or any Hedge Counterparty (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of the Agent, the Arranger or the Hedge Counterparty as the case may be.

 

- 148 -


36.3 Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders

 

  (a) For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any Available Commitment, in ascertaining :

 

  (i) the Majority Lenders; or

 

  (ii) whether :

 

  (A) any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments under the Facility; or

 

  (B) the agreement of any specified group of Lenders,

has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Finance Documents, that Defaulting Lender’s Commitments will be reduced by the amount of its Available Commitments and, to the extent that that reduction results in that Defaulting Lender’s Total Commitments being zero, that Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a Lender for the purposes of sub-paragraphs (a)(i) and (a)(ii) above.

 

  (b) For the purposes of this Clause 36.3, the Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders:

 

  (i) any Lender which has notified the Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender;

 

  (ii) any Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of “Defaulting Lender” has occurred,

unless it has received notice to the contrary from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Agent) or the Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender.

 

36.4 Excluded Commitments

If:

 

  (a) any Defaulting Lender fails to respond to a request for a consent, waiver, amendment of or in relation to any term of any Finance Document or any other vote of Lenders under the terms of this Agreement within 5 Business Days of that request being made; or

 

  (b) at any time following a Flotation, any Lender which is not a Defaulting Lender fails to respond to such a request within 15 Business Days of that request being made,

 

- 149 -


(unless, in either case, the Company and the Agent agree to a longer time period in relation to any request):

 

  (i) its Commitment(s) shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments under the Facility when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request; and

 

  (ii) its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request.

 

36.5 Replacement of a Defaulting Lender

 

  (a) The Company may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving 5 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender:

 

  (i) replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 24 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement;

 

  (ii) require such Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 24 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of the undrawn Commitment of the Lender; or

 

  (iii) require such Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 24 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations in respect of the Facility,

to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (a “ Replacement Lender ”) selected by the Company which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations or all the relevant obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 24 ( Changes to the Lenders ) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer which is either:

 

  (A) in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Loans and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Agent has not given a notification under Clause 24.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (B) in an amount agreed between that Defaulting Lender, the Replacement Lender and the Company and which does not exceed the amount described in sub-paragraph (A) above.

 

- 150 -


  (b) Any transfer of rights and obligations of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Clause 36 shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  (i) the Company shall have no right to replace the Agent;

 

  (ii) neither the Agent nor the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to the Company to find a Replacement Lender;

 

  (iii) the transfer must take place no later than 90 days after the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above;

 

  (iv) in no event shall the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Lender any of the fees received by the Defaulting Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

  (v) the Defaulting Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to paragraph (a) above once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer to the Replacement Lender.

 

  (c) The Defaulting Lender shall perform the checks described in sub-paragraph (b)(v) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above and shall notify the Agent and the Company when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

 

37. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

37.1 Confidential Information

Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 37.3 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ) and Clause 37.4 ( Disclosure to numbering service providers ), and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

 

37.2 Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations

 

  (a) The Agent and each Obligor agree to keep each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by paragraphs (c)(i), (c)(ii) and (c)(iii) below.

 

  (b) The Agent may disclose:

 

  (i) any Funding Rate (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any Reference Bank Quotation) to the Company pursuant to Clause 9.4 ( Notification of rates of interest ); and

 

  (ii)

any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation to any person appointed by it to provide administration services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents to the extent necessary to enable such

 

- 151 -


service provider to provide those services if the service provider to whom that information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Agent and the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.

 

  (c) The Agent may disclose any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation, and each Obligor may disclose any Funding Rate, to:

 

  (i) any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives if any person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (i) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to it;

 

  (ii) any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

  (iii) any person to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent or the relevant Obligor , as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; and

 

  (iv) any person with the consent of the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.

 

  (d) The Agent’s obligations in this Clause 37.2 relating to Reference Bank Quotations are without prejudice to its obligations to make notifications under Clause 9.4 ( Notifications of rates of interest ) provided that (other than pursuant to paragraph (b)(i) above) the Agent shall not include the details of any individual Reference Bank Quotation as part of any such notification.

 

- 152 -


  (e) The Agent and each Obligor acknowledge that each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) is or may be price-sensitive information and that its use may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the Agent and each Obligor undertake not to use any Funding Rate or, in the case of the Agent, any Reference Bank Quotation for any unlawful purpose.

 

  (f) The Agent and each Obligor agree (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be:

 

  (i) of the circumstances of any disclosure made pursuant to paragraph (c)(ii) above except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

  (ii) upon becoming aware that any information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 37.2.

 

37.3 Disclosure of Confidential Information

Any Finance Party may disclose:

 

  (a) to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

 

  (b) to any person:

 

  (i) to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

  (ii) with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Obligors and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

  (iii)

appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom sub-paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above applies to receive communications,

 

- 153 -


notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under paragraph (b) of Clause 27.14 ( Relationship with the Lenders ));

 

  (iv) who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in sub-paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above;

 

  (v) to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

 

  (vi) to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 24.8 ( Security over Lenders’ rights );

 

  (vii) to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

 

  (viii) who is a Party; or

 

  (ix) with the consent of the Company;

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if:

 

  (A) in relation to sub-paragraphs (b)(i) or (b)(ii) and (b)(iii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;

 

  (B) in relation to sub-paragraph (b)(iv) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

 

  (C)

in relation to sub-paragraphs (b)(v), (b)(vi) and (b)(vii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so

 

- 154 -


  inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances;

 

  (c) to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom sub-paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Company and the relevant Finance Party;

 

  (d) to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Obligors if the rating agency to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information.

 

  (e) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) to (d) above, any Lender may disclose the size and term of the Facility and the name of each of the Obligors to any investor or a potential investor in a securitisation (or similar transaction of broadly equivalent economic effect) of that Lender’s rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

37.4 Disclosure to numbering service providers

 

  (a) Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors the following information:

 

  (i) names of Obligors;

 

  (ii) country of domicile of Obligors;

 

  (iii) place of incorporation of Obligors;

 

  (iv) date of this Agreement;

 

  (v) the names of the Agent and the Arranger;

 

  (vi) date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement;

 

  (vii) amount of Total Commitments;

 

  (viii) currencies of the Facility;

 

- 155 -


  (ix) type of Facility;

 

  (x) ranking of Facility;

 

  (xi) Termination Date for Facility;

 

  (xii) changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to sub-sub-paragraphs (a)(i) to (a)(xi) above; and

 

  (xiii) such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Company,

to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

 

  (b) The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.

 

  (c) The Company represents that, prior to a Flotation, none of the information set out in sub-paragraphs (a)(i) to (a)(xiii) above is, nor will at any time be, unpublished price-sensitive information.

 

  (d) The Agent shall notify the Company and the other Finance Parties of:

 

  (i) the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors; and

 

  (ii) the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors by such numbering service provider.

 

37.5 Entire agreement

This Clause 37 constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

 

37.6 Inside information

Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

 

- 156 -


37.7 Notification of disclosure

Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Company:

 

  (a) of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to sub-paragraph (b)(v) of Clause 37.3 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

  (b) upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 37.

 

37.8 Continuing obligations

The obligations in this Clause 37 are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of twelve months from the earlier of:

 

  (a) the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with this Agreement have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and

 

  (b) the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.

 

37.9 Tax Disclosure

Notwithstanding any of the provisions of the Finance Documents, the Obligors and the Finance Parties hereby agree that each Party and each employee, representative or other agent of each Party may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the “ tax structure ” and “ tax treatment ” (in each case within the meaning of the U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4) of the Facility and any materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to any of the foregoing relating to such tax structure and tax treatment.

 

38. USA PATRIOT ACT AND OTHER LEGISLATION

Each Lender hereby notifies each Obligor that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act, The Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorism Financing Act (Canada) and other applicable anti-money laundering, anti-terrorist financing, government sanction and “know your client” laws, such Lender is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies such Obligor, which information includes the name and address of such Obligor and other information that will allow such Lender to identify such Obligor in accordance with such laws.

 

39. COUNTERPARTS

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

 

- 157 -


SECTION 12

GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

 

40. GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

41. ENFORCEMENT

 

41.1 Jurisdiction

 

  (a) The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or the consequences of its nullity or any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this Agreement) (a “ Dispute ”).

 

  (b) The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

 

  (c) This Clause 41.1 is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, and notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, any Finance Party may take proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

41.2 Service of process

Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor (other than an Obligor incorporated in England and Wales):

 

  (a) irrevocably appoints MGHL as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document (and MGHL accepts each such appointment); and

 

  (b) agrees that failure by an agent for service of process to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 

42. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT AGREES TO WAIVE IRREVOCABLY ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE DOCUMENTS REFERRED TO IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED IN THIS AGREEMENT. This waiver is intended to apply to all Disputes. Each party acknowledges that: (a) this waiver is a material inducement to enter into this agreement, (b) it has already relied on this waiver in entering into this Agreement; and (c) it will continue to rely on this waiver in future dealings. Each party represents that it has reviewed this waiver with its legal advisers and that it knowingly and voluntarily waives its jury trial rights after

 

- 158 -


consultation with its legal advisers. In the event of litigation, this Agreement may be filed as a written consent to a trial by the court.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

- 159 -


SCHEDULE 1

THE ORIGINAL PARTIES

PART I

THE ORIGINAL OBLIGORS 1

 

Name of Original Borrowers    Registration number (or
equivalent, if any)

Markit Group Holdings Limited

   06240773
Name of Original Guarantors 2    Registration number (or
equivalent, if any)

Markit Group Holdings Limited

   06240773

Markit Group Limited

   04185146

Markit Valuations Limited

   03352562

Markit Equities Limited

   03771325

Markit North America, Inc.

   Delaware incorporated

Markit Indices Limited

   04215405

Markit Economics Limited

   02610943

Markit Securities Finance Analytics Limited (previously called Data Explorers Limited)

   03492630

Markit WSO Corporation

   Texas incorporated

Markit EDM Limited (previously called Cadis Software Limited)

   05581696

Markit EDM Hub Limited(previously called Cadis Software Hub Limited)

   02415370

Markit on Demand, Inc.

   Delaware incorporated

Markit Securities Finance Analytics Inc. (previously called Data Explorers Incorporated)

   Delaware incorporated

 

1   MarkitSERV, LLC, MarkitSERV Limited, MarkitSERV FX Limited and Markit Luxembourg S.à r.l., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under Luxembourg law, having its registered office at 12, rue Guillaume Schneider, L-2522 Luxembourg, registred with the register of commerce and companies of Luxembourg under the number B 175.342 and having a share capital of USD 35,233,500 acceded as Guarantors in April 2013.
2   BOAT Services Limited (06127985) and Markit Securities Finance Analytics Consulting Limited (previously called Data Explorers Consulting Limited) (05028526) resigned as Guarantors and thinkFolio Limited (04190478) acceded as a Guarantor, in each case on or around the date of the Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

 

- 160 -


Name of Original Guarantors 2    Registration number (or
equivalent, if any)

Markit Analytics Inc.

   3456561

PART II

THE ORIGINAL LENDERS

 

Name of Original Lender    Commitment US$    Treaty Passport
scheme reference
number and
jurisdiction of tax
residence (if
applicable)

HSBC Bank plc

   400,000,000    N/A

The Royal Bank of Scotland plc

   250,000,000    N/A

Barclays Bank PLC

   200,000,000    N/A

Royal Bank of Canada

   200,000,000    N/A

Total

   1,050,000,000   

 

- 161 -


SCHEDULE 2

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

PART I

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO INITIAL UTILISATION

 

1. Original Obligors

 

  (a) A copy of the constitutional documents of each Original Obligor.

 

  (b) A copy of a resolution of the board of directors (or, in the case of the Company, a committee of the board) of each Original Obligor:

 

  (i) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

 

  (ii) authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and

 

  (iii) authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

  (c) A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Company, establishing the committee referred to in paragraph (a) above.

 

  (d) A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (a) above.

 

  (e) If applicable (it being acknowledged that this paragraph (d) is not applicable in the case of any US Obligors or Canadian Obligors), a copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares in each Original Guarantor (other than the Company), approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which such person is a party.

 

  (f) A certificate of each Original Obligor (signed by a director or authorised signatory) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on any Original Obligor to be exceeded.

 

  (g) A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Original Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part I of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.

 

  (h) In relation to any Obligor incorporated or organised in a state of the U.S. or the District of Columbia, a copy of a good standing certificate issued on or about the first Utilisation Date by the Secretary of State or other appropriate official of each such Obligor’s jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation.

 

- 162 -


  (i) A certificate in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent of an authorized officer of each U.S. Obligor as to the solvency of such U.S. Obligor.

 

  (j) In relation to any Canadian Obligor, a copy of a certificate of compliance or status or similar certificate with respect to such Canadian Obligor issued by the applicable governmental authority.

 

2. Legal Opinions

 

  (a) A legal opinion of Clifford Chance LLP, legal advisers to the Arranger and the Agent in England, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to signing this Agreement.

 

  (b) If an Original Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Arranger and the Agent in the relevant jurisdiction, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to signing this Agreement.

 

3. Finance Documents

 

  (a) This Agreement executed by the members of the Group party to this Agreement.

 

  (b) The Fee Letters executed by the parties thereto.

 

4. Other Documents and Evidence

 

  (a) The Original Financial Statements of each Original Obligor.

 

  (b) The Group Structure Chart.

 

  (c) The Base Case Model.

 

  (d) A certificate of the Company signed by a director confirming that, as of a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement, each member of the Group maintains insurances on and in relation to its business and assets with reputable underwriters or insurance companies against such risks and to such extent as is usual for companies carrying on a business such as that carried on by such member of the Group.

 

  (e) Evidence (in a form satisfactory to the Lenders) that the Existing Facility will be prepaid and cancelled and all security granted in support of the Existing Facility discharged on the first Utilisation Date.

 

  (f) Confirmation by each of the Lenders of satisfaction with all applicable “know your customer” requirements.

 

  (g)

A certificate of the Company signed by a director addressed to the Finance Parties confirming which companies within the Group are Material Companies and that the aggregate of earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as EBITDA, as defined in Clause 21.1 ( Financial definitions )) and aggregate turnover of the Original

 

- 163 -


  Guarantors (in each case calculated on a consolidated basis and excluding all intra-Group items) exceeds 80% of the EBITDA (as defined in Clause 21.1 ( Financial definitions )), and consolidated turnover of the Group.

 

  (h) A report dated no earlier than 5 Business Days before the date of this Agreement by Clifford Chance LLP on the status of the European Commission’s investigation and the US Department of Justice’s investigation relating to the Group.

 

  (i) Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Company pursuant to Clause 12 ( Fees ) and Clause 17 ( Costs and Expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the first Utilisation Date.

 

  (j) A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary (if it has notified the Company prior to the date of this Agreement) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.

 

  (k) A copy of an extract from the shareholders’ register of the Company evidencing the conversion into equity of the unsecured convertible loan notes 2010.

 

- 164 -


PART II

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT REQUIRED TO BE

DELIVERED BY AN ADDITIONAL OBLIGOR

 

1. An Accession Letter, duly executed by the Additional Obligor and the Company.

 

2. A copy of the constitutional documents of the Additional Obligor (other than a Dutch Additional Obligor), including in relation to a Luxembourg Guarantor an up-to-date excerpt and certificate of non-inscription of judicial decisions dated as at a date no earlier than the date of the Accession Letter.

 

3. A copy of a resolution of the board of directors or other appropriate governing body of the Additional Obligor (other than a Dutch Additional Obligor):

 

  (a) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Accession Letter and the Finance Documents and resolving that it execute the Accession Letter;

 

  (b) authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Accession Letter on its behalf; and

 

  (c) authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all other documents and notices (including, in relation to an Additional Borrower, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

4. A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 3 above.

 

5. If applicable (it being acknowledged that this paragraph is not applicable in the case of any US Obligors, Canadian Obligors or Topco), a copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares of the Additional Guarantor (other than a Dutch Additional Obligor), approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which the Additional Guarantor is a party.

 

6. A certificate of the Additional Obligor (signed by a director or other authorised signatory) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on it to be exceeded.

 

7. A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Additional Obligor certifying that each copy document listed in this Part II of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of the Accession Letter.

 

8. A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by the Accession Letter or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.

 

9. If available, the latest audited financial statements of the Additional Obligor.

 

- 165 -


10. In relation to any Additional Obligor incorporated or organised in a state of the U.S. or the District of Columbia, a copy of a good standing certificate issued on or about the accession date by the Secretary of State or other appropriate official of each such Obligor’s jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation.

 

11. A certificate in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent of an authorized officer of each U.S. Additional Obligor as to the solvency of such U.S. Additional Obligor.

 

12. In relation to any Additional Obligor incorporated or organised in the Cayman Islands, a copy of a good standing certificate with respect to each such Additional Obligor issued by the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands.

 

13. In relation to any Additional Obligor incorporated in Bermuda, a copy of a certificate of compliance with respect to each such Additional Obligor issued by the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda.

 

14. In relation to any Canadian Obligor, a copy of a certificate of compliance or status or similar certificate with respect to such Canadian Obligor issued by the applicable governmental authority.

 

15. A legal opinion of Clifford Chance LLP, legal advisers to the Arranger and the Agent in England.

 

16. If the Additional Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Arranger and the Agent in the jurisdiction in which the Additional Obligor is incorporated.

 

17. If the proposed Additional Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, evidence that the process agent specified in Clause 41.2 ( Service of process ), if not an Obligor, has accepted its appointment in relation to the proposed Additional Obligor.

 

18. Dutch Obligors

 

  (a) A copy of the articles of association ( statuten ) and deed of incorporation ( oprichtingsakte ) of each Dutch Obligor, as well as an extract ( uittreksel ) from the Dutch Commercial Register ( Handelsregister ) of such Dutch Obligor.

 

  (b) A copy of a resolution of the board of managing directors of each Dutch Obligor:

 

  (i) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

 

  (ii) if applicable, authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and

 

  (iii) if applicable, authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

- 166 -


  (c) If applicable, a copy of the resolution of the board of supervisory directors of each Dutch Obligor approving the resolutions of the board of managing directors referred to under paragraph (b) above and, if relevant, appointing an authorised person to represent the relevant Dutch Obligor in case of a conflict of interest.

 

  (d) A copy of the resolution of the shareholder(s) of each Dutch Obligor approving the resolutions of the board of managing directors referred to under paragraph (b) above, if relevant, and appointing an authorised person to represent the relevant Dutch Obligor in case of a conflict of interest.

 

  (e) A specimen of the signature of each member of the board of managing directors of each Dutch Obligor and, if applicable, each person authorised by the resolutions referred to in sub-paragraphs (ii) and/or (iii) of paragraph (b) above in relation to the Finance Documents.

 

  (f) A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Dutch Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part II of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.

 

  (g) If applicable, a copy of (i) the request for advice from each works council, or central or European works council with jurisdiction over the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (ii) the positive advice from such works council which contains no condition, which if complied with, could result in a breach of any of any of the Finance Documents.

 

- 167 -


SIGNATURES

 

THE COMPANY
MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:    /s/ Rony Grushka
Address:    4th floor, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY
THE ORIGINAL BORROWER
MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:    /s/ Rony Grushka
Address:    4th floor, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY
THE ORIGINAL GUARANTORS
MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:    /s/ Rony Grushka
Address:    4th floor, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY
MARKIT GROUP LIMITED
By:    /s/ Rony Grushka
Address:    4th floor, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY


MARKIT VALUATIONS LIMITED
By:    /s/ Rony Grushka
Address:    4th floor, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY
MARKIT EQUITIES LIMITED
By:    /s/ Rony Grushka
Address:    4th floor, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY
MARKIT NORTH AMERICA INC.
By:    /s/ Kevin Gould
Address:    4th floor, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY
MARKIT INDICES LIMITED
By:    /s/ Rony Grushka
Address:    4th floor, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY


BOAT SERVICES LIMITED
By:    /s/ Rony Grushka
Address:    4th floor, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY
MARKIT ECONOMICS LIMITED
By:    /s/ Rony Grushka
Address:    4th floor, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY
MARKIT SECURITIES FINANCE ANALYTICS LIMITED
By:    /s/ Rony Grushka
Address:    4th floor, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY
MARKIT SECURITIES FINANCE ANALYTICS CONSULTING LIMITED
By:    /s/ Rony Grushka
Address:    4th floor, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY


MARKIT EDM LIMITED
By:    /s/ Rony Grushka
Address:    4th floor, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY
MARKIT EDM HUB LIMITED
By:    /s/ Rony Grushka
Address:    4th floor, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY
MARKIT WSO CORPORATION
By:    /s/ Joseph Widner
Address:    4th floor, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY
MARKIT ON DEMAND, INC.
By:    /s/ James Tanner
Address:    4th floor, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY


MARKIT SECURITIES FINANCE ANALYTICS INCORPORATED
By:    /s/ Kevin Gould
Address:    4th floor, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY
MARKIT ANALYTICS INC.
By:    /s/ Kevin Gould
Address:    4th floor, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY
THE ARRANGER
HSBC BANK PLC
By:    /s/ [illegible]
Address:   

HSBC Home and Eastern Counties Corporate Banking Centre

Metropolitan House, CBX3, Floor 6

321 Avebury Boulevard

Milton Keynes MK9 2GA

  
  
  
BARCLAYS BANK PLC
By:    /s/ [illegible]
Address:   

5 The North Colonnade, Canary Wharf

London E14 4BB

  


THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC
By:    /s/ [illegible]
Address:    135 Bishopsgate, London, EC2M 3UR
THE AGENT
HSBC BANK PLC
By:    /s/ [illegible]
Address:   

Corporate Trust & Loan Agency, Level 24

8 Canada Square

London E14 5HQ

THE ORIGINAL LENDERS
HSBC BANK PLC
By:    /s/ [illegible]
Address:   

HSBC Home and Eastern Counties Corporate Banking Centre

Metropolitan House, CBX3, Floor 6

321 Avebury Boulevard

Milton Keynes MK9 2GA


BARCLAYS BANK PLC
By:    /s/ [illegible]
Address:   

5 The North Colonnade

Canary Wharf

London E14 4BB

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC
By:    /s/ [illegible]
Address:    280 Bishopsgate, London, EC2M 4RB


SIGNATURES

THE COMPANY

Signed by Jeff Gooch

a duly authorised representative

 

for and on behalf of     
MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED      /s/ Jeff Gooch
     Signature

 

Address:    4th floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY

THE BORROWER

Signed by Jeff Gooch

a duly authorised representative

 

for and on behalf of     
MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED      /s/ Jeff Gooch
     Signature

 

Address:    4th floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY

THE GUARANTORS

Signed by Jeff Gooch

a duly authorised representative

 

for and on behalf of     
MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED      /s/ Jeff Gooch
     Signature

 

Address:    4th floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY


Signed by Jeff Gooch

a duly authorised representative

 

for and on behalf of     
MARKIT GROUP LIMITED      /s/ Jeff Gooch
     Signature

 

Address:    4th floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY

Signed by Jeff Gooch

a duly authorised representative

 

for and on behalf of     
MARKIT VALUATIONS LIMITED      /s/ Jeff Gooch
     Signature

 

Address:    4th floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY

Signed by Jeff Gooch

a duly authorised representative

 

for and on behalf of     
MARKIT EQUITIES LIMITED      /s/ Jeff Gooch
     Signature

 

Address:    4th floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY


Signed by Adam Kansler
a duly authorised representative

 

for and on behalf of     
MARKIT NORTH AMERICA INC.      /s/ Adam Kansler
     Signature

 

Address:    620 8th Avenue, 35th Floor, New York, NY 10018

Signed by Taber Johnson

a duly authorised representative

 

for and on behalf of     
MARKIT INDICES LIMITED      /s/ Taber Johnson
     Signature

 

Address:    Walter-von-Cronberg, Platz 6, Frankfurt, 60594, Germany

Signed by Jeff Gooch

a duly authorised representative

 

for and on behalf of     
MARKIT ECONOMICS LIMITED      /s/ Jeff Gooch
     Signature

 

Address:    4th floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY


Signed by Jeff Gooch

a duly authorised representative

 

for and on behalf of
MARKIT SECURITIES FINANCE ANALYTICS LIMITED
          /s/ Jeff Gooch
          Signature

 

 

Address:    4th floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY

Signed by Jeff Gooch

a duly authorised representative

 

for and on behalf of     
MARKIT EDM LIMITED      /s/ Jeff Gooch
     Signature

 

Address:    4th floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY

Signed by Jeff Gooch

a duly authorised representative

 

for and on behalf of     
MARKIT EDM HUB LIMITED      /s/ Jeff Gooch
     Signature

 

Address:    4th floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY


Signed by Joe Widner

a duly authorised representative

 

for and on behalf of    
MARKIT WSO CORPORATION   /s/ Joe Widner
  Signature

 

Address:    5430 LBJ Freeway, STE. 800, Dallas, TX, 75240, USA

Signed by Catherine Allegra

a duly authorised representative

 

for and on behalf of    
MARKIT ON DEMAND, INC.   /s/ Catherine Allegra
  Signature

 

Address:    5718 Central Avenue, Boulder, CO, 80301, USA

Signed by Kevin Gould

a duly authorised representative

 

for and on behalf of    
MARKIT SECURITIES FINANCE ANALYTICS INC.
  /s/ Kevin Gould
  Signature

 

Address:    620 8th Avenue, 35th Floor, New York, NY 10018


Signed by David Peterson

a duly authorised representative

 

for and on behalf of    
MARKIT ANALYTICS INC.   /s/ David Peterson
  Signature

 

Address:    1285 West Pender Street, 8th Floor, Vancouver, BC,

MARKIT LUXEMBOURG S.À R.L.

 

Duly represented by:   /s/ Benoit Bauduin
  Signature

 

Name:    Benoit Bauduin
Title:    B category manager and authorised signatory
Address:    12, rue Guillaume Schneider, L-2522 Luxembourg

Signed by Brad Levy

a duly authorised representative

 

for and on behalf of  
MARKITSERV, LLC   /s/ Brad Levy
  Signature

 

Address:    620 8th Avenue, 35th Floor, New York, NY 10018


Signed by Jeff Gooch

a duly authorised representative

 

for and on behalf of    
MARKITSERV LIMITED   /s/ Jeff Gooch
  Signature

 

Address:    4th floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY

Signed by Jeff Gooch

a duly authorised representative

 

for and on behalf of    
MARKITSERV FX LIMITED   /s/ Jeff Gooch
  Signature

 

Address:    4th floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY

THE NEW GUARANTOR

Signed as a deed by THINKFOLIO LTD

 

/s/ Jeff Gooch    Signature of Director
Jeff Gooch    Name of Director

 

in the presence of:     
/s/ Viktoria Grohmann    Signature of witness
Viktoria Grohmann    Name of witness

 

Address:    4th floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9LY


THE ARRANGER

Signed by

a duly authorised representative

 

for and on behalf of    
HSBC BANK PLC   /s/ [illegible]
  Signature

 

Signed by

a duly authorised representative

for and on behalf of

BARCLAYS BANK PLC   /s/ [illegible]
  Signature

 

Signed by

a duly authorised representative

for and on behalf of

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC

/s/ [illegible]

Signature


Signed by

a duly authorised representative

for and on behalf of

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA

/s/ [illegible]

Signature

 

Address:    Royal Bank of Canada, Thames Court, One Queenhithe
   London, EC4V 3DQ

THE LENDERS

Signed by

a duly authorised representative

for and on behalf of

HSBC BANK PLC   /s/ [illegible]
  Signature

Signed by

a duly authorised representative

 

for and on behalf of    
BARCLAYS BANK PLC   /s/ [illegible]
  Signature


Signed by

a duly authorised representative

for and on behalf of

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC

 

/s/ [illegible]        
Signature    

 

THE NEW LENDER

Signed by

a duly authorised representative

for and on behalf of

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA

 

/s/ [illegible]        
Signature    

 

Address:    Royal Bank of Canada, Thames Court, One Queenhithe
   London, EC4V 3DQ


THE AGENT

Signed by

a duly authorised representative

for and on behalf of

HSBC BANK PLC   /s/ [illegible]
  Signature

 

 

Address:    Corporate Trust & Loan Agency, HSBC Bank plc
   Level 27, 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Entity name   

Jurisdiction of organization

Markit EDM Pty Limited    Australia
Markit Group (Australia) Pty Limited    Australia
ThinkFolio Asia Pacific Pty Limited    Australia
MarkitXS BVBA    Belgium
Markit Analytics Inc.    Canada
Markit Group (Canada) Limited    Canada
BOAT Limited    Cayman Islands
Markit EDM Inc.    Delaware
Markit North America, Inc.    Delaware
Markit on Demand, Inc.    Delaware
Markit Securities Finance Analytics Inc.    Delaware
MarkitSERV, LLC    Delaware
WSOD Holding Corporation    Delaware
BOAT Services Limited    England & Wales
Markit Analytics (UK) Limited    England & Wales
Markit Economics Limited    England & Wales
Markit EDM Hub Limited    England & Wales
Markit EDM Limited    England & Wales
Markit Equities Limited    England & Wales
Markit Group (UK) Limited    England & Wales
Markit Group Holdings Limited    England & Wales
Markit Group Limited    England & Wales
Markit Indices Limited    England & Wales
Markit Securities Finance Analytics Consulting Limited    England & Wales
Markit Securities Finance Analytics Limited    England & Wales
Markit Valuations Limited    England & Wales
MarkitSERV FX Limited    England & Wales
MarkitSERV Holdings Limited    England & Wales
MarkitSERV Limited    England & Wales
Securities Finance Systems Limited    England & Wales
Securities Lending Services Group Limited    England & Wales
Thinkfolio Limited    England & Wales
TradeSTP Limited    England & Wales
Markit Group (Hong Kong) Limited    Hong Kong
Markit EDM (HK) Limited    Hong Kong
Markit India Services Private Limited    India
Markit Group Japan K.K.    Japan
Markit Group Limited Sàrl    Luxembourg
Markit Luxembourg Sàrl    Luxembourg
Markit NV    Netherlands


Entity name   

Jurisdiction of organization

Markit Asia Pte. Limited    Singapore
ThinkFolio Pty Limited    South Africa
Markit WSO Corporation    Texas

 

2

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of Markit Ltd of our report dated March 13, 2014 relating to the financial statements of Markit Group Holdings Limited which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

London, United Kingdom

May 5, 2014

Exhibit 99.1

 

New York

Menlo Park

Washington DC

São Paulo

London

 

Paris

Madrid

Tokyo

Beijing

Hong Kong

 

          LOGO   

Richard D. Truesdell, Jr.

        

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

  

212 450 4674 tel

212 701 5674 fax

richard.truesdell@davispolk.com

     

January 27, 2014

 

Re: Markit Ltd. Registration Statement on Form F-1
     Application for Waiver of Requirements of Form 20-F, Item 8.A.4

Division of Corporation Finance

Office of the Chief Accountant

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street, NE

Washington, DC 20549

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Our client, Markit Ltd., an exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda (the “Company”), has, on the date hereof, confidentially submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) its Registration Statement on Form F-1 (the “Registration Statement”) relating to a proposed initial public offering (“IPO”) of the Company’s common shares. This letter, which respectfully requests a waiver of the requirements of Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F, is submitted as Exhibit 99.1 to the Registration Statement.

The Registration Statement at the time of initial confidential submission will contain audited financial statements for the two years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, and unaudited interim financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, in each case prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F, which is applicable to the Registration Statement pursuant to Item 4(a) of Form F-1, states that because this is the Company’s IPO, the Registration Statement must include audited financial statements of a date not older than 12 months unless a waiver is obtained. See also Division of Corporation Finance, Financial Reporting Manual , Section 6220.3.

Instruction 2 to Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F provides that the Commission will waive the 12-month age of financial statements requirement “in cases where the company is able to represent adequately to us that it is not required to comply with this requirement in any other jurisdiction outside the United States and that complying with this requirement is impracticable or involves undue hardship.” See also the Staff’s 2004 release entitled International Reporting and


Division of Corporation Finance Office of the Chief Accountant     January 27, 2014

 

Disclosure Issues in the Division of Corporation Finance (available on the Commission’s website at http://www.sec.gov/divisions/corpfin/internatl/cfirdissues1104.htm ), Section III.B.c, in which the Staff notes:

“the instruction indicates that the staff will waive the 12-month requirement where it is not applicable in the registrant’s other filing jurisdictions and is impracticable or involves undue hardship. As a result, we expect that the vast majority of IPOs will be subject only to the 15-month rule. The only times that we anticipate audited financial statements will be filed under the 12-month rule are when the registrant must comply with the rule in another jurisdiction, or when those audited financial statements are otherwise readily available.” (emphasis added)

We hereby respectfully request that the Staff of the Commission waive the requirement of Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F applicable to the Registration Statement. In connection with this request, we, as counsel to the Company, represent to the Commission that:

 

  1. The Company is not currently a public reporting company in any other jurisdiction.

 

  2. The Company is not required by any jurisdiction outside the United States to file any consolidated financial statements, audited under any generally accepted auditing standards, for any period.

 

  3. Compliance with Item 8.A.4 is impracticable and involves undue hardship for the Company.

 

  4. The Company does not anticipate that its audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013, will be available until mid- to late-February 2014.

 

  5. In no event will the Company seek effectiveness of the Registration Statement if its audited financial statements are older than 15 months at the time of the offering.

Please do not hesitate to contact me at (212) 450-4674, (212) 701-5674 (fax) or richard.truesdell@davispolk.com if you have any questions regarding the foregoing or if I can provide any additional information.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Richard D. Truesdell, Jr.

 

cc: Mr. Jeff Gooch, Chief Financial Officer,
     Mr. Paul Harris, Managing Director & Group
     Finance Director, and
     Mr. Adam Kansler, Chief Administrative Officer
     Markit Ltd.

 

2

Exhibit 99.2

Consent of Director Nominee

Markit Ltd. is filing a Registration Statement on Form F-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the initial public offering of its common shares. In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of Markit Ltd. in the Registration Statement, as may be amended from time to time. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

/s/ Zar Amrolia

Name:  Zar Amrolia

Date:    May 5, 2014

Exhibit 99.3

Consent of Director Nominee

Markit Ltd. is filing a Registration Statement on Form F-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the initial public offering of its common shares. In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of Markit Ltd. in the Registration Statement, as may be amended from time to time. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

/s/ Jill Denham

Name: Jill Denham
Date: May 5, 2014

Exhibit 99.4

Consent of Director Nominee

Markit Ltd. is filing a Registration Statement on Form F-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the initial public offering of its common shares. In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of Markit Ltd. in the Registration Statement, as may be amended from time to time. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

/s/ Dinyar Devitre

Name: Dinyar Devitre
Date: May 5, 2014

Exhibit 99.5

Consent of Director Nominee

Markit Ltd. is filing a Registration Statement on Form F-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the initial public offering of its common shares. In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of Markit Ltd. in the Registration Statement, as may be amended from time to time. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

/s/ William E. Ford

Name: William E. Ford
Date: May 5, 2014

Exhibit 99.6

Consent of Director Nominee

Markit Ltd. is filing a Registration Statement on Form F-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the initial public offering of its common shares. In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of Markit Ltd. in the Registration Statement, as may be amended from time to time. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

/s/ Timothy Frost

Name: Timothy Frost
Date: May 5, 2014

Exhibit 99.7

Consent of Director Nominee

Markit Ltd. is filing a Registration Statement on Form F-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the initial public offering of its common shares. In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of Markit Ltd. in the Registration Statement, as may be amended from time to time. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

/s/ Robert Kelly

Name: Robert Kelly
Date: May 5, 2014

Exhibit 99.8

Consent of Director Nominee

Markit Ltd. is filing a Registration Statement on Form F-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the initial public offering of its common shares. In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of Markit Ltd. in the Registration Statement, as may be amended from time to time. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

/s/ Robert-Jan Markwick

Name: Robert-Jan Markwick
Date: May 5, 2014

Exhibit 99.9

Consent of Director Nominee

Markit Ltd. is filing a Registration Statement on Form F-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the initial public offering of its common shares. In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of Markit Ltd. in the Registration Statement, as may be amended from time to time. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

/s/ James A. Rosenthal

Name: James A. Rosenthal
Date: May 5, 2014

Exhibit 99.10

Consent of Director Nominee

Markit Ltd. is filing a Registration Statement on Form F-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the initial public offering of its common shares. In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of Markit Ltd. in the Registration Statement, as may be amended from time to time. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

/s/ Thomas Timothy Ryan, Jr.

Name: Thomas Timothy Ryan, Jr.
Date: May 5, 2014

Exhibit 99.11

Consent of Director Nominee

Markit Ltd. is filing a Registration Statement on Form F-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the initial public offering of its common shares. In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of Markit Ltd. in the Registration Statement, as may be amended from time to time. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

/s/ Dr. Sung Cheng Chih

Name: Dr. Sung Cheng Chih
Date: May 5, 2014

Exhibit 99.12

Consent of Director Nominee

Markit Ltd. is filing a Registration Statement on Form F-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the initial public offering of its common shares. In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of Markit Ltd. in the Registration Statement, as may be amended from time to time. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

/s/ Anne Walker

Name: Anne Walker
Date: May 5, 2014